WILD OATS MARKETS INC
S-1, 1996-08-30
Previous: HOUGH GROUP OF FUNDS, POS AM, 1996-08-30
Next: MUNICIPAL INVT TR FD MULTISTATE SER 65 DEFINED ASSET FUNDS, 497, 1996-08-30



<PAGE>   1
 
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 30, 1996
 
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                      ------------------------------------
                                    Form S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                   UNDER THE
                             SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                      ------------------------------------
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
          DELAWARE                          5499                         84-1100630
(State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
              of                Classification Code Number)            Identification
      incorporation or                                                    Number)
       organization)
</TABLE>
 
                                 1645 BROADWAY
                            BOULDER, COLORADO 80302
                                 (303) 440-5220
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
                      ------------------------------------
                              MICHAEL C. GILLILAND
                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
                                 1645 BROADWAY
                            BOULDER, COLORADO 80302
                                 (303) 440-5220
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                      ------------------------------------
                                   Copies to:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
         JAMES C. T. LINFIELD, ESQ.                        THERESE A. MROZEK, ESQ.
           CARRIE L. SCHIFF, ESQ.                           NORA L. GIBSON, ESQ.
            COOLEY GODWARD CASTRO                      BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP
           HUDDLESON & TATUM, LLP                           TWO EMBARCADERO PLACE
      2595 CANYON BOULEVARD, SUITE 250                         2200 GENG ROAD
        BOULDER, COLORADO 80302-6737                     PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA 94303
               (303) 546-4000                                  (415) 424-0160
</TABLE>
 
                      ------------------------------------
 
        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
   AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
                      ------------------------------------
     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box.  / /
 
     If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.  / /
 
     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / /
 
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
check the following box.  / /

                      ------------------------------------
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
==============================================================================================
                                                PROPOSED MAXIMUM
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES                   AGGREGATE         AMOUNT OF REGISTRATION
TO BE REGISTERED                              OFFERING PRICE(1)(2)              FEE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>                       <C>
 Common Stock, $.001 par value..............        $46,000,000               $15,862
==============================================================================================
</TABLE>
 
(1) Includes shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Underwriters'
    over-allotment option.
 
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the
    registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of
    1933, as amended.

                      ------------------------------------
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file
a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement
shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the
Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
 
***************************************************************************
*                                                                         *
*  Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A  *
*  registration statement relating to these securities has been filed     *
*  with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not  *
*  be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the        *
*  registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus shall not    *
*  constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy     *
*  nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any State in which  *
*  such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to            *
*  registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such    *
*  State.                                                                 *
*                                                                         *
***************************************************************************

 
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 30, 1996
 
                                    SHARES
 
                        WILD OATS COMMUNITY MARKET LOGO
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
     Of the            shares of Common Stock offered hereby,            shares
are being sold by the Company and            shares are being sold by the
Selling Stockholders. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders." The Company will
not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the Selling
Stockholders.
 
     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering
price will be between $        and $        per share. See "Underwriting" for a
discussion of factors to be considered in determining the initial public
offering price. Application has been made for quotation of the Common Stock on
the Nasdaq National Market, upon completion of this offering, under the symbol
"OATS."
 
     SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 10 OF THE PROSPECTUS FOR A DISCUSSION
OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE
COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
 
                            ------------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
     PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
      REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
========================================================================================== 
                                                                            Proceeds to
                          Price to       Underwriting      Proceeds to        Selling
                           Public        Discounts(1)      Company(2)     Stockholders(2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
Per Share.............         $               $                $                $
Total(3)..............         $               $                $                $
========================================================================================== 
</TABLE>
 
(1) See "Underwriting" for information concerning indemnification of the
    Underwriters and other matters.
(2) Before deducting offering expenses payable by the Company estimated at
    $650,000. The Selling Stockholders are not responsible for offering
    expenses.
(3) The Company and certain of the Selling Stockholders have granted to the
    Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to            additional shares
    of Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If the Underwriters
    exercise this option in full, the Price to Public will total $           ,
    the Underwriting Discounts will total $           , Proceeds to Company will
    total $           , and Proceeds to Selling Stockholders will total
    $           . See "Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Underwriting."
 
     The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters named
herein, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to
their right to reject any orders in whole or in part. It is expected that the
delivery of the certificates representing such shares will be made against
payment therefor at the office of Montgomery Securities on or about            ,
1996.
 
                            ------------------------
 
MONTGOMERY SECURITIES                                          SMITH BARNEY INC.
                                            , 1996
<PAGE>   3
 
     Five photographs, including one picture of two Wild Oats grocery bags
overflowing with groceries (no brand names showing) and four pictures of
exterior store fronts.
<PAGE>   4
 
     Ten photographs, including seven pictures of store interiors and three
pictures of private label products. One picture of private label products
contains fragments of quotations from the product packaging, including "Health
is the primary duty of life. Oscar Wilde. Hurt not the earth, neither the sea
nor the trees. Revelations. The frog does not drink up the pond in which it
lives. Buddhist proverb. Life is not merely to be alive, but to be well.
Martial."
<PAGE>   5
 
     Nine photographs, including six pictures of store interiors, two pictures
of private label products and one picture of informational signage. The picture
of informational signage includes the following text: "great
Organics . . . organics care for earth's soil, air and water, preserving these
resources for our children's children. organics provide greater nutrition and
flavor than conventional produce. organics are safer for human consumption,
especially for growing children. organics support smaller, non-industrial farms,
especially family farms in our area. look for our organic symbol" (also contains
picture of organic fruits and vegetables).




















 
     Wild Oats(R), Wild Oats Community Markets(R), Wild Cafe(TM), Wild Nuts(TM),
Wild Honey(TM), Wild Water(TM), Alfalfa's(TM) and Capers(TM) are trademarks
owned by the Company.
 
     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   6
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial statements, including notes thereto, appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. Except as otherwise specified, all information in
this Prospectus assumes: (i) a [     ] for [     ] stock split of the Common
Stock to be effected prior to the closing of this offering; (ii) the conversion
of each outstanding share of preferred stock into Common Stock upon the closing
of this offering; and (iii) no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment
option. Unless otherwise indicated, references herein to fiscal years of the
Company are to the Company's 52-or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the
Saturday nearest to December 31 of each year, and references to fiscal years of
Alfalfa's, Inc. are to Alfalfa's 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the
Sunday nearest to June 30 of each year. Except as otherwise indicated in this
Prospectus or the financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus,
all references to "Wild Oats" and the "Company" refer to Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
and its predecessors or subsidiaries.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     Wild Oats Markets, Inc. ("Wild Oats" or the "Company") is the second
largest natural foods supermarket chain in North America with the largest
natural foods store base in the western United States. The Company currently
operates 39 stores in eight states, including California, Colorado, Kansas,
Missouri, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah, Washington, and British Columbia, Canada.
 
     Since acquiring its first natural foods store in 1987, Wild Oats has
pursued an aggressive growth strategy. The Company has grown from six natural
foods stores located primarily in Colorado at the end of 1991, to 21 stores in
six states at the end of 1995, representing a compound annual growth rate of
36.8%. During this period, the Company's sales increased from $25.2 million to
$98.5 million, representing a compound annual growth rate of 40.6%. In the first
half of 1996, the Company opened three stores and acquired three additional
stores and sales increased 59.1% to $68.1 million from $42.8 million in the
first half of 1995. Historically, the Company's growth resulted from the
acquisition of independent and small chain natural foods store operators, the
opening of new stores and positive comparable store sales growth.
 
     In July 1996, Wild Oats completed the acquisition of Alfalfa's Inc.,
("Alfalfa's"), a leading natural foods supermarket chain operating 11 stores in
three states and Canada. For its fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, Alfalfa's had
sales of $85.6 million. Through the acquisition of Alfalfa's, the Company
combined two natural foods retailers with similar operating strategies and
complementary store bases, increased the Company's penetration of existing
markets, entered new geographic markets and created a stronger platform for
future growth. The Company believes the successful integration of Alfalfa's will
result in future operating efficiencies created by: (i) warehousing,
distribution and administrative economies of scale; (ii) improved merchandise
buying terms as a result of the Company's larger size; and (iii) the
implementation of coordinated merchandising and marketing strategies. On a pro
forma basis, after giving effect to the Company's 1996 acquisitions, including
the acquisition of Alfalfa's, the Company had sales of $182.4 million for 1995
and $117.9 million for the first half of 1996.
 
     The Company's stores feature a broad selection of high quality natural and
gourmet foods and related products at "down to earth" competitive prices and
offer consumers a one-stop, full-service shopping alternative to both
conventional supermarkets and traditional health food stores. The Company's
flexible store strategy, which includes large supermarket format stores and
medium-sized urban format stores, allows it to open stores in a variety of
locations and to adapt the store layout to specific site characteristics. The
Company also customizes the product mix and design of each store to reflect
regional themes and local cultural traditions. The Company's stores range in
size from 5,000 to 35,000 square feet and feature between 10,000 and 25,000
stock keeping units ("SKUs"). The Company seeks to offer the highest quality
products throughout its merchandise categories and emphasizes unique products
not typically found in conventional supermarkets. Each store strives to create a
fun, friendly and educational environment that makes grocery shopping enjoyable
and encourages shoppers to spend more time in the store and to purchase new
products. Well-trained and knowledgeable store staff and informational signage
serve to educate the customer as to the benefits of natural foods and related
products. In addition, many of the stores offer cafe seating areas, espresso
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   7
 
and fresh juice bars, and in-store massage therapists, all of which emphasize
the comfortable, relaxed nature of the Wild Oats shopping experience. Each store
also actively seeks to sponsor programs which support the local community.
 
     The Company's growth strategy includes increasing sales and income through
new store expansion and increased sales at existing stores. The Company pursues
a strategy of clustering stores in each of its markets to increase overall
sales, take advantage of operating efficiencies and further penetrate markets.
The Company intends to continue to strengthen its position in its existing
markets in the western United States and to enter new regions. Wild Oats plans
to open two additional stores in the remainder of 1996 and anticipates opening
or acquiring seven stores in 1997. While the Company believes that most of its
growth will result from new store openings, it continues to evaluate possible
acquisition opportunities in both new and existing markets. The Company
periodically evaluates the location and positioning of its stores and may close,
consolidate or relocate stores from time-to-time. As part of this strategy, the
Company has identified two stores for closure.
 
     According to The Natural Foods Merchandiser, a leading industry
publication, growth in the natural foods industry has accelerated from a 10%
increase in sales in 1991 to a 22% increase in sales in each of 1994 and 1995,
when the market reached $9.1 billion in sales. The Company believes that this
growth is being propelled by several factors, including healthier eating
patterns, increasing concern regarding food purity and safety, and greater
environmental awareness. The natural foods industry is highly fragmented;
however, there has been considerable consolidation in the industry as natural
foods supermarket chains have acquired smaller independent competitors. The
Company believes natural foods supermarkets, with their extensive product
offerings and broad customer appeal, will continue to lead the overall growth
and consolidation in the natural foods industry.
 
     The Company was incorporated in Colorado in 1987 and reincorporated in
Delaware in 1993. In July 1996, in connection with the acquisition of Alfalfa's,
Inc., the Company effected a merger into WO Holdings, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, which subsequently changed its name to Wild Oats Markets, Inc. The
Company's executive offices are located at 1645 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado, and
its telephone number is (303) 440-5220.
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   8
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                            <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company........................    [          ] shares
Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders...........    [          ] shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the offering..........    [          ] shares (1)
Use of proceeds............................................    To repay outstanding bank
                                                               debt, finance new store
                                                               openings and possible
                                                               acquisitions and for working
                                                               capital and other general
                                                               corporate purposes. See "Use
                                                               of Proceeds."
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.....................    OATS
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Excludes [        ] shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options
    outstanding under the Company's stock option plans as of August 1, 1996 (of
    which [        ] shares are vested as of such date), and the [        ]
    shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding
    warrants. As of August 1, 1996, the weighted average exercise prices of the
    Company's stock options and warrants were $[        ] and $[        ] per
    share, respectively. See "Capitalization," "Management--Stock Option Plans"
    and Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Wild Oats
    Markets, Inc.
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   9
 
        SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA OF WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT OPERATING AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                    FISCAL YEAR                           --------------------
                              -------------------------------------------------------     JULY 1,     JUNE 29,
                               1991        1992        1993        1994        1995        1995         1996
                              -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     --------
<S>                           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
  DATA:
Sales.......................  $25,222     $36,638     $47,266     $65,219     $98,517     $42,785     $ 68,102
Store contribution..........    2,047       2,859       3,915       4,897       6,281       3,918        4,957
Income from operations......    1,084       1,160       1,675       2,580         779       1,858        1,388
Net income(1)...............      580         616         804       1,327         376       1,068          458
Unaudited pro forma net
  income per common
  share(2)(3)...............
Unaudited pro forma weighted
  average number of common
  shares outstanding(3).....

SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Number of stores at end of
  period....................        6           9          11          14          21          17           27
Average square feet per
  store.....................    8,039      11,802      11,196      11,780      13,653      11,736       13,884
Average sales per square
  foot(4)...................  $   500     $   386     $   383     $   432     $   442     $   490     $    421
Comparable store sales
  increase(5)...............        8%         13%          5%         13%          7%         12%           0%
</TABLE>
 
            SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA OF ALFALFA'S, INC.
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT OPERATING DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  FISCAL YEAR
                                                                        -------------------------------
                                                                         1994        1995        1996
                                                                        -------     -------     -------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales...............................................................    $45,880     $64,852     $85,623
Store contribution..................................................      3,952       5,308       4,973
Income (loss) from operations.......................................      1,738       1,717         (51)
Net income (loss)...................................................        979         933         (93)
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Number of stores at end of period...................................          6           9          11
Average square feet per store.......................................     17,783      17,000      16,418
Average sales per square foot(4)....................................    $   445     $   490     $   484
Comparable store sales increase(5)..................................          8%          7%          3%
</TABLE>
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   10
 
      SUMMARY PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA OF WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT OPERATING AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  SIX MONTHS
                                                                                  FISCAL YEAR        ENDED
                                                                                     1995        JUNE 29, 1996
                                                                                 -------------   -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>             <C>
PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales..........................................................................  $     182,432   $     117,928
Store contribution.............................................................         11,723           9,023
Income from operations.........................................................            937           2,983
Unaudited pro forma net income(6)..............................................            564           1,446
Unaudited pro forma net income per common share(6).............................
Pro forma weighted average number of
  common shares outstanding(6)(7)..............................................
Number of stores at end of period..............................................             35              23
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               JUNE 29, 1996
                                                                --------------------------------------------
                                                                                                PRO FORMA AS
                                                                   ACTUAL       PRO FORMA(8)    ADJUSTED(6)
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>             <C>
PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit).....................................  $        499    $       (255)   $
Total assets..................................................        47,807          95,678
Long-term debt, including capitalized lease obligations.......        17,342          17,472
Redeemable convertible preferred stock........................        18,009              --
Stockholders' equity (deficit)................................        (4,809)         51,557
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) On July 3, 1993, Wild Oats changed its corporate status from an S
    corporation to a C corporation. Net income for 1991, 1992 and 1993 are shown
    pro forma (unaudited) to reflect income taxes for Wild Oats as if it had
    been a C corporation for all periods presented. See Note 8 of Notes to the
    Consolidated Financial Statements of Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
 
(2) A portion of the net proceeds from the offering will be used to repay
    certain indebtedness. If, at the beginning of the year ended December 30,
    1995 and the six-month period ended June 29, 1996, the Company had sold a
    sufficient number of shares at $[        ] per share to repay the
    indebtedness, and used the net proceeds therefor, supplemental pro forma net
    income per common share would have been $[        ] and $[        ] for the
    respective periods.
 
(3) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Wild Oats
    Markets, Inc.
 
(4) Average sales per square foot is calculated by dividing annualized total
    sales by the total square footage of stores open during the period. See
    "Business--Properties."
 
(5) Sales of a store are deemed to be comparable commencing in the thirteenth
    full month after the store was opened or acquired.
 
(6) Reflects the sale of the [        ] shares of Common Stock offered by the
    Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering price per share of
    $        and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. See
    "Use of Proceeds."
 
(7) See Note [  ] of Notes to the Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of
    Operations (Unaudited).
 
(8) Reflects the sale by the Company of [        ] shares of its Series E
    Preferred Stock and the acquisition of Alfalfa's in July 1996, and the
    conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into Common Stock,
    which will occur upon the completion of this offering.
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   11
 
                   RECENT ACQUISITIONS AND NEW STORE OPENINGS
 
ALFALFA'S ACQUISITION
 
     In July 1996, Wild Oats acquired Alfalfa's, a leading natural foods
supermarket chain headquartered in Boulder, Colorado. Prior to the acquisition,
Alfalfa's was a privately-owned company which operated 11 stores, including
eight Alfalfa's stores in Colorado, New Mexico and Washington and three Capers
stores in British Columbia, Canada. The Alfalfa's and Capers stores range in
size from 6,500 to 25,000 square feet and offer a broad selection of natural and
gourmet foods and related products. For its fiscal year ended June 30, 1996,
Alfalfa's had sales of $85.6 million. Subsequent to the acquisition, the Company
identified for closure the Alfalfa's Seattle, Washington store.
 
     As a result of the acquisition, Wild Oats is the second largest natural
foods supermarket chain in North America and operates the largest natural foods
store base in the western United States. Through the acquisition of Alfalfa's,
the Company combined two natural foods retailers with similar operating
strategies and complementary store bases, increased the Company's penetration of
existing markets, entered new geographic markets and created a stronger platform
for future growth.
 
     Alfalfa's stores and Wild Oats' stores overlap in four markets: Santa Fe,
New Mexico and Denver, Boulder and Fort Collins, Colorado. In 1995, Wild Oats
opened two stores in Denver and Alfalfa's opened one store in Santa Fe. The
opening of these additional stores resulted in a decline in sales, a temporary
decline in operating results at certain of the existing Wild Oats and Alfalfa's
stores and negatively affected results of operations at both companies in 1995
and the first half of 1996. However, overall sales increased significantly in
these markets and, over time, the affected stores have generally achieved
store-level contribution margins comparable to prior levels on the lower base of
sales. As a result, the Company believes these markets are large enough to
support these stores and that planned cannibalization resulting from the
implementation of the Company's store clustering strategy will contribute to the
Company's overall growth. See "Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial
Statements" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
 
     Certain key members of Alfalfa's management have joined Wild Oats.
Together, management has begun the integration of Alfalfa's operations into Wild
Oats, including: (i) the consolidation and relocation of the Company's corporate
headquarters; (ii) the incorporation of the best practices of both companies
across certain store-level departments, particularly in the areas of perishables
and natural living; (iii) the creation and implementation of a single marketing
and private label strategy; and (iv) the selection and implementation of
combined point-of-sale and pricing information systems. The Company intends to
continue to conduct this integration in stages and expects to complete it by the
end of 1997. The Company believes the continuing integration of Alfalfa's will
result in future operating efficiencies created by: (i) warehousing,
distribution and administrative economies of scale; (ii) improved merchandise
buying terms as a result of the Company's larger size; and (iii) the
implementation of coordinated merchandising and marketing strategies. The
Company anticipates that it will operate existing stores under their current
names and new stores primarily under the name Wild Oats. There can be no
assurance that the Company will not encounter unanticipated problems or
liabilities in connection with the integration of Alfalfa's or that the
integration will result in enhanced store operations or improved profitability.
See "Risk Factors--Integration of Alfalfa's."
 
OTHER 1996 ACQUISITIONS AND OPENINGS TO DATE
 
     Salt Lake City Acquisition.  In June 1996, the Company acquired the assets
of three natural foods stores ranging in size from 7,000 to 10,000 square feet
and operating as New Frontiers in Salt Lake City, Utah. The Company is currently
operating these stores and is in the process of remodeling them. The Company
anticipates renaming these stores Wild Oats when the remodeling is completed in
the fall of 1996.
 
     New Store Openings.  Through August 1996, the Company opened four stores:
(i) a 14,000 square foot store in West Hollywood, California in February; (ii) a
9,000 square foot store in San Francisco, California in
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   12
 
April; (iii) a 23,500 square foot store in Mission Viejo, California in May; and
(iv) a 25,000 square foot store in St. Louis, Missouri in August.
 
1995 ACQUISITIONS AND OPENINGS
 
     Northern California Acquisition.  In April 1995, the Company acquired the
assets of two natural foods stores operating as Living Foods: (i) a 7,500 square
foot store in Berkeley; and (ii) an 8,500 square foot store in San Anselmo. The
Company remodeled these stores and renamed them Wild Oats at the end of 1995.
 
     New Store Openings.  In 1995, the Company opened five stores: (i) an 18,600
square foot store in Denver, Colorado in May; (ii) a 35,000 square foot store in
Greenwood Village, Colorado in August; (iii) an 8,200 square foot store in Santa
Monica, California in September; (iv) a 22,000 square foot store in Mission,
Kansas in October; and (v) a 22,000 square foot store in Albuquerque, New Mexico
in November.
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   13
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     An investment in the Common Stock being offered hereby involves a high
degree of risk. In addition to other information contained in this Prospectus,
prospective investors should carefully consider the following risk factors
before purchasing any of the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus
contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and uncertainties. The
Company's actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these
forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set
forth in the following risk factors and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
INTEGRATION OF ALFALFA'S
 
     In July 1996, the Company significantly increased its store base through
the acquisition of Alfalfa's, a natural foods supermarket chain operating 11
stores in Colorado, New Mexico and Washington and British Columbia, Canada.
Alfalfa's achieved increases in operating income for the four consecutive years
prior to fiscal 1996 when it experienced an operating loss largely as a result
of pre-opening expenses associated with the opening of stores in Santa Fe, New
Mexico and Vancouver, British Columbia and Seattle, Washington. Subsequent to
the acquisition, the Company identified for closure the Alfalfa's Seattle,
Washington store. The Company is in the process of integrating Alfalfa's
production, warehousing and distribution, administration and other operational
functions into Wild Oats. The Company is also implementing changes to certain
aspects of both Wild Oats' and Alfalfa's store-level operations based on
selected practices from each company. The Company intends to convert the
currently different Wild Oats and Alfalfa's point-of-sale and pricing systems to
a single system and is in the process of transferring the Alfalfa's accounting
function to the Company's system. Integrating the operations of the two
companies could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations. For
example, the process could: (i) interrupt the Company's business; (ii) divert
management's attention from the Company's existing stores and expansion plans;
(iii) place further pressure on the Company's executive officers; and (iv)
result in additional administrative expense. In addition, certain members of
Alfalfa's management team have joined Wild Oats. The successful integration of
Alfalfa's is dependent, in part, on the assimilation and retention of these
members of management. There can be no assurance that the Company will not
encounter unanticipated problems or liabilities as it combines the operations of
Wild Oats and Alfalfa's or that the integration of Alfalfa's will result in
enhanced store operations or improved profitability at the Company. The future
operating and financial performance of the Company will depend in part on its
ability to integrate and operate the Alfalfa's stores successfully and to manage
this larger store base. Failure to successfully complete this integration of
operations would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. See "Recent Acquisitions and New
Store Openings," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations--Acquisition of Alfalfa's," "Business--Management
Information Systems" and "Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Statements."
 
UNCERTAIN ABILITY TO EXECUTE GROWTH STRATEGY
 
     The Company's ability to implement its growth strategy depends to a
significant degree upon its ability to open or acquire stores in existing and
new markets and to integrate and operate those stores profitably. While the
Company plans to expand primarily through the opening of new stores, it will
continue to pursue acquisitions of natural foods retailers where attractive
opportunities exist. The Company's growth strategy is dependent upon a number of
factors, including its ability to: (i) access adequate capital resources; (ii)
expand into regions where it has no operating experience; (iii) identify markets
that meet its site selection criteria; (iv) locate suitable store sites and
negotiate acceptable lease terms; (v) locate acquisition targets and negotiate
acceptable acquisition terms; (vi) hire, train and integrate management and
store employees; and (vii) expand its distribution and other operating systems.
In addition, the Company pursues a strategy of clustering stores in each of its
markets to increase overall sales, take advantage of operating efficiencies and
further penetrate markets. In the past, when the Company has opened a store in a
market where it had an existing presence, the Company has experienced a decline
in the sales and operating results at certain of its existing stores in these
markets. The Company intends to continue to pursue its store clustering strategy
and expects these trends to continue. Further, acquisitions involve a number of
additional risks, such as short-term
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   14
 
negative effects on the Company's reported operating results, diversion of
management's attention, unanticipated problems or legal liabilities, and the
integration of potentially dissimilar operations, some or all of which could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations
and financial condition. The Company anticipates opening two stores during the
remainder of 1996 (for a total of five store openings and 14 store acquisitions
in 1996, including the acquisition of Alfalfa's), and opening or acquiring seven
stores in 1997. The Company currently has signed leases for two stores planned
to open in 1996 and for two stores planned to open in 1997. There can be no
assurance that the Company will achieve its planned expansion in existing
markets, enter new markets, or operate or integrate its existing, newly-opened
or newly-acquired stores profitably. If the Company fails to do so, the
Company's business, results of operation and financial condition will be
materially and adversely affected. See "Business--Growth Strategy."
 
FLUCTUATIONS IN FINANCIAL RESULTS; NON-RECURRING CHARGE
 
     The Company's results of operations may fluctuate significantly from
period-to-period as the result of a variety of factors, including: (i) the
number, timing and mix of store openings, acquisitions or closings; (ii) the
ratio of stores opened to stores acquired; (iii) the opening of stores by the
Company or its competitors in markets where the Company has existing stores;
(iv) comparable store sales results; and (v) the ratio of urban format to
supermarket format stores. The Company incurs significant pre-opening expenses
and new stores typically experience an initial period of operating losses. As a
result, the opening of a significant number of stores in a single period will
have an adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. For example, the
Company's profitability was lower in 1995 than in 1994 due in part to the
opening of a significantly larger number of stores in 1995 than in 1994. In
addition, the Company's store base is geographically concentrated and shifts in
economic or demographic trends and consumer preferences in a particular market
could have an adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. Due to the
foregoing factors, the Company believes that period-to-period comparisons of its
operating results are not necessarily meaningful and that such comparisons
cannot be relied upon as indicators of future financial performance.
 
     A variety of factors affect the Company's comparable store sales results,
including, among others, the relative proportion of new stores to mature stores,
the opening of stores by the Company or its competitors in markets where the
Company has existing stores, the timing of promotional events, the Company's
ability to execute its operating strategy effectively, changes in consumer
preferences for natural foods and general economic conditions. Past increases in
comparable store sales may not be indicative of future performance. Comparable
store sales results in the last half of 1995 and the first half of 1996 were
negatively affected primarily by planned cannibalization resulting from the
implementation of the Company's store clustering strategy and a competitive
store opening by Alfalfa's in Santa Fe, New Mexico. The Company experienced a
comparable store sales decrease in the first quarter of 1996 and there can be no
assurance that comparable store sales for any particular period will not
decrease in the future. As a result, following this offering, the Company's
comparable store sales could cause the price of the Common Stock to fluctuate
substantially. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."
 
     During late August 1996, the Company decided to close certain Wild Oats
facilities which were considered redundant as a result of the acquisition of
Alfalfa's and to close certain Alfalfa's operations which it had initially
intended to keep open. As a result, the Company will incur an approximate $5.5
million non-recurring charge in the third quarter of 1996, of which $4.2 million
is expected to be non-cash. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Non-Recurring Charge" and Note 11
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
 
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
 
     The Company's business has grown considerably in size, increasing from six
stores located primarily in Colorado in 1991, to its current size of 39 stores
in eight states and Canada. The Company has identified two stores for closure,
including the Alfalfa's Seattle, Washington store. The Company's continued
growth may place a significant strain on the Company's management, distribution
capabilities, working capital, and financial and management control systems. In
order for the Company to manage its expanding store base successfully,
management will be required to anticipate the changing demands of the Company's
growing
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   15
 
operations and to adapt systems and procedures accordingly. There can be no
assurance that the Company will anticipate all of the changing demands that its
expanding operations will impose on such systems. To support its planned store
growth, the Company will be required to hire and train a greater number of store
managers and store employees than it has in the past, and there can be no
assurance that the training and supervision of a larger number of employees will
not adversely affect the performance of the Company's stores or the levels of
customer service that the Company seeks to maintain in such stores. The Company
will also need to continually evaluate the adequacy of its management
information systems, including its inventory control and distribution systems.
Currently, certain important functions, including certain store-level accounting
and inventory management systems, are processed manually. There can be no
assurances that the Company's current systems will be adequate for its future
needs, or that the Company will be successful in implementing new systems.
Failure to upgrade its information systems or unexpected difficulties
encountered with these systems during expansion could adversely affect the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company's
inability to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See
"Business--Management Information Systems."
 
ANTI-TRUST REGULATIONS
 
     In February 1996, Wild Oats received a Civil Investigative Demand and
Request for Production of Documents from the New Mexico Attorney General's
office alleging possible violations of New Mexico's anti-trust laws as a result
of the acquisition of Alfalfa's. The focus of the investigation is on the
effect, if any, of the acquisition on competition in New Mexico. In May 1996,
the Company received a letter from the New Mexico Attorney General's office
indicating that it would recommend that Wild Oats divest one of its three stores
in Santa Fe, New Mexico in connection with the acquisition. The Company replied
refuting the Attorney General's claim but has not received a response from the
Attorney General's office. The Attorney General's office has not taken any legal
action with respect to the acquisition. The Company believes that the
acquisition complies with federal and state anti-trust law and will continue to
vigorously defend its position in New Mexico. However, there can be no assurance
that the state of New Mexico will not take legal action with respect to the
acquisition, including, but not limited to, demanding the divestiture of one or
more stores in the Santa Fe market to a competitor of the Company. If the
Attorney General of New Mexico elects to take legal action and is successful,
such a result could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. See "Business -- Legal
Proceedings."
 
COMPETITION
 
     The Company's competitors currently include other independent and
multi-unit natural foods supermarkets, smaller traditional natural foods stores,
conventional supermarkets and specialty grocery stores. A number of other
natural foods supermarkets offer a range of natural foods products similar to
those offered in the Company's stores. While certain conventional supermarkets,
smaller traditional natural foods stores and small specialty stores do not offer
as full a range of products as the Company, they do compete with Wild Oats in
one or more product categories. Many of the Company's competitors have been in
business longer and have greater financial or marketing resources than the
Company and may be able to devote greater resources to securing suitable
locations and to the sourcing, promotion and sale of their products. In
addition, should any of the Company's competitors reduce prices, the Company may
be required to implement price reductions in order to remain competitive, which
could have an adverse impact on its business, financial condition and results of
operations. As Wild Oats enters new geographic markets, its success will depend
in part on its ability to gain market share from established competitors. In
addition, traditional and specialty grocery stores may expand more aggressively
in marketing a broader range of natural foods and related products and thereby
compete directly with the Company for products, customers and locations. The
Company expects competition from both new and existing competitors to increase
in its markets and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
compete effectively in the future. See "Business--Competition."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   16
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
     The Company believes that its continued success will depend to a
significant extent upon the leadership and performance of Michael C. Gilliland,
Wild Oats' co-founder and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and S.M.
Hassan, Alfalfa's co-founder and the President of the Company. The loss of the
services of Mr. Gilliland, Mr. Hassan or other of the Company's key personnel
could have a material adverse effect upon the Company. The Company is currently
seeking to hire a Chief Operating Officer. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to attract and retain qualified employees. See
"Management."
 
PRODUCT SOURCING
 
     The Company's business is dependent on its ability to source products from
a small number of distributors and from a large number of relatively small
vendors on a timely basis and at competitive prices. Based on its previous
purchasing patterns, the Company anticipates that it will continue to purchase
approximately half of its products through one wholesale distributor. The
Company has no supply contracts with these parties and any vendor or distributor
could discontinue selling to the Company at any time. Any disruption in its
product supply could have a material adverse effect on its results of
operations. In addition, even where the Company has access to alternative
sources of supply, the failure of a vendor or distributor to meet the Company's
demands may temporarily disrupt store-level merchandise selection. See
"Business--Purchasing and Distribution."
 
ABSENCE OF PRIOR TRADING MARKET; POTENTIAL VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE; NO
DIVIDENDS
 
     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. There can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop or,
if one develops subsequent to this offering, that it will be maintained. The
initial public offering price of the Common Stock will be established by
negotiation among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the representatives
of the Underwriters. See "Underwriting" for factors to be considered in
determining the initial public offering price. The market price of the shares of
Common Stock could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to the
Company's operating results and other factors, including announcements by its
competitors. In addition, the stock market in recent years has experienced
extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated or
disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. These fluctuations,
as well as a shortfall in sales or earnings compared to public market analysts'
expectations, changes in analysts' recommendations or projections, and general
economic and market conditions, may adversely affect the market price of the
Common Stock. The Company has never paid any cash dividends and does not
anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend
Policy."
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
     The sale of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock in the public
market following this offering could adversely affect the market price of the
Common Stock. Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have
outstanding an aggregate of [          ] shares of Common Stock assuming: (i) no
exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option; and (ii) no exercise of
outstanding options. The [          ] shares of Common Stock sold in this
offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), unless such
shares are held by "affiliates" of the Company, as that term is defined under
the Securities Act and the Regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
     The remaining [          ] shares of Common Stock are "Restricted Shares"
and are subject to restrictions under the Securities Act. [          ]
Restricted Shares are subject to lock-up agreements under which the holders have
agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares for a period of
180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of
Montgomery Securities. Approximately [          ] Restricted Shares will be
eligible for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the
Securities Act as of the date of this Prospectus. Of those shares [          ]
shares are held by [     ] stockholders. Beginning 90 days after the date of
this Prospectus, approximately [          ] Restricted Shares will be eligible
for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the
Securities
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   17
 
Act. Beginning 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, approximately
[          ] Restricted Shares will become available for sale in the public
market subject to the volume and other limitations of Rule 144. The remaining
[          ] Restricted Shares will begin to be eligible for sale in April 1997.
In addition, holders of approximately [       ] shares of Common Stock and
outstanding warrants for [       ] shares of Common Stock have registration
rights with respect to such shares. The Company intends to file a registration
statement on Form S-8 90 days after the date of this Prospectus to register
[       ] shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Company's
equity incentive plans, of which options exercisable for [       ] shares are
outstanding. See "Management--Stock Option Plans," "Description of Capital
Stock--Registration Rights," and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER CONSIDERATIONS
 
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain provisions
which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in
control of the Company, may discourage bids for the Common Stock at a premium
over the market price of the Common Stock and may adversely affect the market
price of the Common Stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of the
Common Stock. These provisions include, but are not limited to, a classified
Board of Directors and the authority of the Board of Directors to issue up to
[          ] shares of preferred stock and to fix the price, rights,
preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, of those
shares without further vote or action by the stockholders. The rights of the
holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by,
the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may be issued in the
future. The Company has no present plans to issue shares of preferred stock. In
addition, certain provisions of Delaware law applicable to the Company could
have the effect of discouraging certain attempts to acquire the Company which
could deprive the Company's stockholders of the opportunities to sell their
shares of Common Stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices. See
"Description of Capital Stock."
 
CONTROL BY OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
     Following completion of this offering, directors, executive officers and
principal stockholders of the Company, and certain of their affiliates, will
beneficially own approximately [   ]% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
Accordingly, these persons, individually and as a group, will be able to
effectively control the Company and direct its affairs and business, including
any determination with respect to the acquisition or disposition of assets by
the Company, future issuances of Common Stock or other securities by the
Company, declaration of dividends in the Common Stock and the election of
directors. Such concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company. Pursuant to an
agreement between the Company and certain investors, certain parties holding an
aggregate of [          ] shares of Common Stock have agreed that for four years
after this offering they will vote their shares in favor of electing nominees of
certain investors to the Board of Directors and to the Audit and Compensation
Committees of the Board. See "Management--Board of Directors" and "Principal and
Selling Stockholders."
 
DILUTION
 
     The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net
tangible book value per share of Common Stock. Investors purchasing shares of
Common Stock in this offering will therefore incur immediate and substantial
dilution of $[          ] per share. See "Dilution."
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   18
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the [          ] shares of
Common Stock offered by the Company hereby are estimated to be $[          ]
($[          ] if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full),
assuming an initial public offering price of $[          ] per share and after
deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by
the Company. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the
[          ] shares of Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders. See
"Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
     The Company intends to use approximately $17.0 million of the proceeds of
the offering to repay its bank indebtedness under the Company's revolving line
of credit (the "Revolving Line"). The Revolving Line bears interest at the
lender's prime rate and has a final maturity of February 2002. The repayment of
the foregoing debt by the Company will retire substantially all of the Company's
indebtedness. Following this offering, the Company will have approximately $20.0
million of available borrowing capacity, subject to certain covenants and other
restrictions applicable to the Revolving Line. The Company is currently in
discussion with the lender to increase its borrowing capacity under the
Revolving Line. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources." The remaining
$[          ] of the net proceeds will be used to finance store openings and
possible acquisitions and for working capital and general corporate purposes.
The Company intends to open two additional stores in 1996 and anticipates
opening or acquiring seven stores in 1997. There can be no assurance that the
Company will achieve its planned expansion in existing markets or enter new
markets. Historically, the Company's cash requirements to open a store have
ranged from $1.0 million to $2.0 million, excluding inventory costs and initial
operating losses. The amounts and timing of such expenditures will depend upon
the availability of new store sites and other factors, many of which are beyond
the Company's control. See "Business--Site Selection and Store Format." Although
the Company has no present commitments or agreements with respect to any
acquisitions, funds may be used in connection with future acquisitions if such
opportunities develop. Costs to acquire future stores, if any, are impossible to
predict and could vary materially from the cost of opening stores. Pending such
uses, the net proceeds of this offering will be invested in short-term,
interest-bearing securities.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company currently intends to retain any future earnings to finance the
growth and development of its business and therefore does not anticipate paying
any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of any future
dividends will be at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will
depend upon, among other things, the future earnings, operations, capital
requirements and financial condition of the Company. In addition, the Revolving
Line contains various financial covenants which restrict, among other things,
the Company's ability to pay dividends. As of the date of this Prospectus, the
Company could not pay dividends under the terms of the Revolving Line. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   19
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth at June 29, 1996, the current debt and
capitalized lease obligations as well as the capitalization of the Company: (i)
on an actual basis; (ii) on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the sale of
[          ] shares of Series E Preferred Stock and the acquisition of Alfalfa's
in July 1996, the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into
Common Stock, and the retirement of the Company's treasury stock in August 1996;
and (iii) on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of the
[          ] shares of Common Stock being offered by the Company hereby, and the
application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, assuming an initial public
offering price of $[          ] per share. See "Pro Forma Combined Condensed
Financial Statements."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          JUNE 29, 1996
                                                           -------------------------------------------
                                                                                            PRO FORMA
                                                             ACTUAL         PRO FORMA      AS ADJUSTED
                                                           -----------     -----------     -----------
    <S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
    Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt,
      including capitalized lease obligations............     $  1,675        $  1,935        $
                                                              ========        ========        ========
    Long-term debt, including capitalized lease                                                
      obligations........................................     $ 17,342        $ 17,472        $
    Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $.001 par                                          
      value..............................................       18,009         --              --
                                                              --------        --------        --------
    Stockholders' equity(1):                                                                   
      Common stock, $.001 par value......................            1               2         
      Additional paid-in capital.........................        2,883          53,884         
      Retained earnings..................................       (2,329)         (2,329)        
      Treasury stock.....................................       (5,364)        --              
              Total stockholders' equity.................       (4,809)         51,557         
                                                              --------        --------        --------
                Total capitalization.....................     $ 30,542        $ 69,029        $
                                                              ========        ========        ========
</TABLE>                                                                       
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Excludes [        ] shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options
    outstanding under the Company's stock option plans as of August 1, 1996 (of
    which [        ] shares will be vested as of such date), and [        ]
    shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding
    warrants. As of August 1, 1996, the weighted average exercise prices of the
    Company's stock options and warrants were $[    ] and $[        ] per share,
    respectively. See "Capitalization," "Management--Stock Option Plans" and
    Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Wild Oats Markets,
    Inc.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   20
 
                                    DILUTION
 
     The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company at June 29, 1996, was
approximately $6.0 million or $[     ] per share. "Net tangible book value" per
share represents the amount of the Company's total tangible assets less total
liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. After
giving effect to the sale by the Company of the [     ] shares of Common Stock
offered hereby (at an assumed initial public offering price of $[     ] per
share), and the receipt of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, the pro forma
net tangible book value of the Company at June 29, 1996 would have been
approximately $[     ], or $[     ] per share. This represents an immediate
increase in such net tangible book value of $[     ] per share to existing
stockholders and an immediate dilution of $[     ] per share to new investors.
The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                              <C>          <C>
    Assumed initial public offering price per share..............                 $
      Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 29,
         1996....................................................
      Increase per share attributable to new investors...........
                                                                     --------
    Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
      offering...................................................
                                                                                  --------
    Dilution per share to new investors..........................                 $
                                                                                  ========
</TABLE>
 
     The following table summarizes on a pro forma basis as of June 29, 1996,
the differences between existing stockholders and the new investors with respect
to the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total
consideration paid to the Company and the average consideration paid per share
by the existing investors and by the investors purchasing shares of Common Stock
in this offering (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of
$[     ] per share):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        TOTAL
                                             SHARES PURCHASED       CONSIDERATION        AVERAGE
                                            ------------------    ------------------      PRICE
                                            NUMBER     PERCENT    AMOUNT     PERCENT    PER SHARE
                                            -------    -------    -------    -------    ---------
    <S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
    Existing stockholders(1).............                    %    $                %     $
    New investors........................
                                            -------    -------    -------    -------
      Total..............................               100.0%    $           100.0%
                                            =======     ======    =======     ======
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1)  Sales by the Selling Stockholders in this offering will reduce the number
     of shares held by the existing stockholders to [    ] or [    ]% (or [    ]
     or [    ]% if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the total
     number of shares of Common Stock to be outstanding after this offering, and
     will increase the number of shares to be purchased by new investors to
     [    ] or [    ]% (or [    ] or [    ]% if the over-allotment option is
     exercised in full) of the total shares of Common Stock to be outstanding.
     See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
     Included on a pro forma basis as of June 29, 1996 is the sale by the
Company of [     ] shares of Series E Preferred Stock, the acquisition of
Alfalfa's in July 1996 and the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred
stock into Common Stock. The above tables and calculations assume no exercise of
outstanding options or warrants. As of June 29, 1996, there were [     ] shares
of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding under the
Company's stock option plans (of which [     ] shares will be vested as of such
date), and [     ] shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of
outstanding warrants. As of June 29, 1996, the weighted average exercise prices
of the Company's stock options and warrants were $[     ] and $[     ] per
share, respectively. Additionally, on August 1, 1996 the Company granted options
exercisable for, in the aggregate, [     ] shares of Common Stock at a weighted
average exercise price of $[     ]. See "Capitalization," "Management--Stock
Option Plans" and Note 7 to Consolidated Financial Statements of Wild Oats
Markets, Inc.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   21
 
        SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA OF WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT OPERATING AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
     The statement of operations data for each of the three years in the period
ended December 30, 1995 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1994 and
December 30, 1995 have been derived from the audited financial statements of the
Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus that have been audited by Price
Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants. The balance sheet data as of December
31, 1991, January 2, 1993 and January 1, 1994 and the statement of operations
data for each of the two years in the period ended January 2, 1993 have been
derived from the audited financial statements of the Company not included in
this Prospectus. The selected financial data with respect to the six months
ended July 1, 1995 and June 29, 1996, are derived from unaudited financial
statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The unaudited financial
statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, that the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of the
financial position and results of operations for those periods. Operating
results for the six months ended June 29, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of
the results that may be expected for the full year or for any future period. The
selected operating data for all periods presented below have been derived from
internal records of the Company's operations. The data set forth below should be
read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of Wild Oats
Markets, Inc., including notes thereto, and with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                        FISCAL YEAR                           -------------------
                                                  -------------------------------------------------------     JULY 1,     JUNE 29,
                                                   1991        1992        1993        1994        1995        1995        1996
                                                  -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
<S>                                               <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales............................................ $25,222     $36,638     $47,266     $65,219     $98,517     $42,785     $68,102
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs...........  17,450      25,056      32,475      44,817      67,449      28,940      46,424
                                                  -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
Gross profit.....................................   7,772      11,582      14,791      20,402      31,068      13,845      21,678
Direct store expenses............................   5,725       8,723      10,876      15,505      24,787       9,927      16,721
                                                  -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
Store contribution...............................   2,047       2,859       3,915       4,897       6,281       3,918       4,957
Selling, general and administrative expenses.....     833       1,049       1,824       2,317       4,465       1,842       2,783
Pre-opening expenses.............................     130         650         416          --       1,037         218         786
                                                  -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
Income from operations...........................   1,084       1,160       1,675       2,580         779       1,858       1,388
Interest expense, net............................     135         151         350         373         363          87         578
                                                  -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
Income before income taxes.......................     949       1,009       1,325       2,207         416       1,771         810
Income tax expense(1)............................     369         393         521         880          40         703         352
                                                  -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
Net income(1).................................... $   580     $   616     $   804     $ 1,327     $   376     $ 1,068     $   458
                                                  =======     =======     =======     =======     =======     =======     =======
Unaudited pro forma net income per common
  share(2).......................................                                                 $                       $
                                                                                                  =======                 =======
Unaudited pro forma weighted average number of
  common shares outstanding(3)...................
                                                                                                  =======                 =======
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Number of stores at end of period................       6           9          11          14          21          17          27
Average square feet per store....................   8,039      11,802      11,196      11,780      13,653      11,736      13,884
Average sales per square foot(4)................. $   500     $   386     $   383     $   432     $   442     $   490     $   421
Comparable store sales increase(5)...............       8%         13%          5%         13%          7%         12%          0%
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
Working capital (deficit)........................ $ 1,193     $(1,400)    $  (292)    $ 3,278     $   474                 $   499
Total assets.....................................   4,534       6,763       9,873      24,053      38,376                  47,807
Long-term debt, including capitalized lease
  obligations....................................   1,405       1,446       2,494       3,078      13,302                  17,342
Redeemable convertible preferred stock...........   --          --          3,164      15,018      16,956                  18,009
Stockholders' equity (deficit)...................   1,369       1,301        (358)     (2,645)     (4,209)                 (4,809)
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) On July 3, 1993, Wild Oats changed its corporate status from an S
    corporation to a C corporation. Income tax expense and net income for 1991,
    1992 and 1993 are shown pro forma to reflect income taxes for Wild Oats as
    if it had been a C corporation for all periods presented.
(2) Supplemental pro forma net income per common share for the year ended
    December 31, 1995 and the six-month period ended June 29, 1996, assuming the
    notes payable were retired at the beginning of the period using the net
    proceeds of the offering, are $[        ] and $[        ], respectively. See
    "Use of Proceeds," "Capitalization," "Management's Discussion and Analysis
    of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and Note 1 of Notes to
    the Consolidated Financial Statements of Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
(3) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Wild Oats
    Markets, Inc.
(4) Average sales per square foot is calculated by dividing annualized total
    sales by the total square footage of stores open during the period. See
    "Business--Properties."
(5) Sales of a store are deemed to be comparable commencing in the thirteenth
    full month after the store was opened or acquired.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   22
 
            SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA OF ALFALFA'S, INC.
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT OPERATING AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
     The statement of operations data for each of the three years in the period
ended June 30, 1996 and the balance sheet data as of June 26, 1994, June 25,
1995 and June 30, 1996 have been derived from the audited financial statements
of Alfalfa's included elsewhere in this Prospectus that have been audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, with respect to the years ended
1994 and 1995; and Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, with respect
to the financial statements as of and for the year ended June 30, 1996. The
selected balance sheet data as of June 26, 1994 has been derived from the
audited financial statements of Alfalfa's not included in this Prospectus. The
selected operating data for all periods presented below have been derived from
internal records of Alfalfa's operations. The data set forth below should be
read in conjunction with the financial statements, including notes thereto,
included elsewhere in this Prospectus and with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 FISCAL YEAR
                                                                                       -------------------------------
                                                                                        1994        1995        1996
                                                                                       -------     -------     -------
<S>                                                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales..............................................................................    $45,880     $64,852     $85,623
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs.............................................     30,491      43,379      58,492
                                                                                       -------     -------     -------
Gross profit.......................................................................     15,389      21,473      27,131
Direct store expenses..............................................................     11,437      16,165      22,158
                                                                                       -------     -------     -------
Store contribution.................................................................      3,952       5,308       4,973
Selling, general and administrative expenses.......................................      1,754       3,266       4,362
Pre-opening expenses...............................................................        460         325         662
                                                                                       -------     -------     -------
Income (loss) from operations......................................................      1,738       1,717         (51)
Other income (expense).............................................................       (164)       (173)        (20)
                                                                                       -------     -------     -------
Income (loss) before income taxes..................................................      1,574       1,544         (71)
Income tax expense.................................................................        595         611          22
                                                                                       -------     -------     -------
Net income (loss)..................................................................    $   979     $   933     $   (93)
                                                                                       =======     =======     =======
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Number of stores at end of period..................................................          6           9          11
Average square feet per store......................................................     17,783      17,000      16,418
Average sales per square foot(1)...................................................    $   445     $   410     $   484
Comparable store sales increase(2).................................................          8%          7%          3%
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
Working capital (deficit)..........................................................    $  (611)    $   (68)    $   (50)
Total assets.......................................................................      9,992      22,791      23,074
Long-term debt, including capitalized lease obligations............................      1,650         626         130
Stockholders' equity...............................................................      3,246       6,363       5,503
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Average sales per square foot is calculated by dividing annualized total
    sales by the total square footage of stores open during the period. See
    "Business--Properties."
 
(2) Sales of a store are deemed to be comparable commencing in the thirteenth
    full month after the store was opened or acquired.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   23
 
         PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT OPERATING AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
     In June 1996, the Company acquired the assets of three natural foods stores
located in Salt Lake City, Utah operating as New Frontiers in a cash-for-assets
transaction. In July 1996, Wild Oats acquired all of the outstanding stock of
Alfalfa's, a natural foods supermarket chain headquartered in Boulder, Colorado.
In that transaction, Alfalfa's issued shares of its capital stock in exchange
for shares of the Company's capital stock; however, because the former Wild Oats
stockholders controlled a majority of the voting stock of the combined company
following the acquisition, the transaction was accounted for as a reverse
acquisition with the Company as the acquiror. See "Recent Acquisitions and New
Store Openings."
 
     The transactions referred to in the first paragraph were accounted for
using the purchase method of accounting. The pro forma combined condensed
balance sheet as of June 29, 1996 which follows gives effect to: (i) the
issuance of convertible redeemable Series E Preferred Stock; (ii) the purchase
accounting and estimated fair market value allocation of the net assets acquired
in the acquisition of Alfalfa's; and (iii) the conversion of all redeemable
convertible preferred stock into Common Stock to take place upon the
effectiveness of this offering, as if such events had occurred on that date. The
pro forma combined condensed statements of operation for the fiscal year 1995
and the six months ended June 29, 1996 which follow give effect to the impact of
the acquisition of Alfalfa's and New Frontiers as if the transactions had
occurred at the beginning of those periods. The pro forma financial statements
do not give effect to other acquisitions which both individually and in the
aggregate were immaterial.
 
     In the opinion of the Company all adjustments necessary to present fairly
such pro forma combined financial statements have been made. These unaudited pro
forma financial statements are not necessarily indicative of what actual results
would have been had the transactions occurred at the beginning of the respective
periods nor do they purport to indicate the results of future operations of the
Company. These unaudited pro forma financial statements should be read in
conjunction with the accompanying notes and the historical financial statements
and notes thereto of Wild Oats Markets, Inc., Alfalfa's, Inc., and New
Frontiers, respectively, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   24
 
             PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  HISTORICAL                 JUNE 29, 1996
                                            -----------------------   ---------------------------
                                            WILD OATS    ALFALFA'S    PRO FORMA        PRO FORMA
                                            JUNE 29, 1996 JUNE 30, 1996 ADJUSTMENTS     COMBINED
                                            ----------   ----------   ----------       ----------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................   $    2,816   $    3,591   $   16,480 (a)   $    6,657
                                                                         (16,230)(a)
Inventories..............................        9,849        3,273                        13,122
Accounts receivable net, prepaid expenses
  and other current assets...............        2,825          641                         3,466
Deferred income taxes....................          495          419                           914
                                            ----------   ----------   ----------       ----------
     Total current assets................       15,985        7,924          250           24,159
Property and equipment, net..............       22,145       11,845         (350)(b)       33,640
Intangible assets, net...................        9,400        2,902       24,897 (b)       37,199
Deposits and other.......................          277          403                           680
                                            ----------   ----------   ----------       ----------
     Total assets........................   $   47,807   $   23,074   $   24,797       $   95,678
                                            ==========   ==========   ==========       ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued
  liabilities............................   $   15,421   $    7,714   $      954 (a)   $   24,089
Current portion of long-term
  obligations............................           65          260                           325
                                            ----------   ----------   ----------       ----------
     Total current liabilities...........       15,486        7,974          954           24,414
Long-term obligations....................       17,342          130                        17,472
Deferred income taxes and other..........        1,779          456                         2,235
                                            ----------   ----------   ----------       ----------
     Total liabilities...................       34,607        8,560          954           44,121
                                                                           7,682 (a)
                                                                          16,480 (a)
                                                                          (9,011)(c)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock...       18,009        9,011      (42,171)(d)
                                            ----------   ----------   ----------       ----------
                                                                          14,195 (a)
                                                                          (5,503)(c)
Total stockholders' equity (deficit).....       (4,809)       5,503       42,171 (d)       51,557
                                            ----------   ----------   ----------       ----------
     Total liabilities and stockholders'
       equity............................   $   47,807   $   23,074   $   24,797       $   95,678
                                            ==========   ==========   ==========       ==========
</TABLE>
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the pro forma combined condensed
                           balance sheet (unaudited).
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   25
 
        NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                 JUNE 29, 1996
 
(a) The total estimated purchase price was comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                              <C>
    Acquisition of Alfalfa's common stock and options..............................  $25,925
    Acquisition of Alfalfa's redeemable convertible Series A Preferred Stock.......   12,182
    Assumption of Alfalfa's liabilities............................................    8,560
    Costs associated with the acquisition (financing, legal, accounting and
      related costs)...............................................................      954
                                                                                     -------
              Total acquisition cost...............................................  $47,621
                                                                                     =======
</TABLE>
 
     The total acquisitions cost was funded as follows:
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                              <C>
    Cash...........................................................................  $16,230
    Issuance of Wild Oats common stock and options.................................   14,195
    Issuance of Wild Oats redeemable convertible Series D Preferred Stock..........    7,682
    Assumption of Alfalfa's liabilities............................................    8,560
    Accrued expenses related to acquisition........................................      954
                                                                                     -------
                                                                                     $47,621
                                                                                     =======
</TABLE>
 
     Cash was obtained through the issuance of Wild Oats redeemable convertible
     Series E Preferred Stock to third parties resulting in net proceeds of
     $16,480.
 
(b) The estimated purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired and
     liabilities assumed, based on the estimate of the fair values of the assets
     and liabilities, as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    HISTORICAL COST                         ESTIMATE OF THE
                                                    BASIS OF ASSETS                          FAIR VALUE OF
                                                       ACQUIRED           ADJUSTMENTS       ASSETS ACQUIRED
                                                    ---------------       -----------       ---------------
    <S>                                               <C>                  <C>                 <C>
    Cash and cash equivalents.....................      $     3,591                             $     3,591
    Inventories...................................            3,273                                   3,273
    Accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and               
      other current assets........................              641                                     641
    Deferred income taxes.........................              419                                     419
    Property and equipment, net...................           11,845         $      (350)             11,495
    Intangible assets, net........................            2,902              24,897              27,799
    Deposits and other............................              403                                     403
                                                        -----------         -----------         -----------
              Total...............................      $    23,074         $    24,547         $    47,621
                                                        ===========         ===========         ===========
</TABLE>                                                    
                                                            
(c) Adjustment to eliminate the historical redeemabl    e cotible preferred
     stock and stockholders' equity of Alfalfa's.
 
(d) Adjustment to reflect the conversion of all redeemable convertible preferred
     stock into Common Stock upon effectiveness of this offering.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   26
 
        PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         HISTORICAL
                                      ------------------------------------------------
                                        WILD OATS        ALFALFA'S      NEW FRONTIERS         FISCAL YEAR ENDED 1995
                                        YEAR ENDED       YEAR ENDED       YEAR ENDED     ---------------------------------
                                       DECEMBER 30,     DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,      PRO FORMA          PRO FORMA
                                           1995             1995             1995         ADJUSTMENTS          COMBINED
                                      --------------   --------------   --------------   --------------     --------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>                <C>
Sales................................     $   98,517       $   73,770       $   10,145                          $  182,432
Costs of goods sold and occupancy                                                                                
  costs..............................         67,449           50,190            6,431       $      (70)(a)        124,000
                                          ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------         ----------
Gross profit.........................         31,068           23,580            3,714               70             58,432
Direct store expenses................         24,787           19,135            2,787                              46,709
                                          ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------         ----------
Store contribution...................          6,281            4,445              927               70             11,723
Selling, general and administrative                                                                              
  expenses...........................          4,465            3,790              215              622(b)           8,762
                                                                                                     45(b)       
                                                                                                   (375)(c)      
Pre-opening expenses.................          1,037              987                                                2,024
                                          ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------         ----------
Income (loss) from operations........            779             (332)             712             (222)               937
Interest expense, net................            363               85               17                                 465
                                          ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------         ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes....            416             (417)             695             (222)               472
Income tax expense (benefit).........             40             (224)             261             (169)(d)            (92)
                                          ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------         ----------
Net income (loss)....................     $      376       $     (193)      $      434       $      (53)        $      564
                                          ==========       ==========       ==========       ==========         ==========
Unaudited pro forma net income per                                                                               
  share..............................     $                                                                     $
                                          =========                                                             ==========
Unaudited pro forma weighted average                                                                             
  number of common shares
  outstanding........................
                                          =========                                          ==========         ==========
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         HISTORICAL
                                      ------------------------------------------------
                                        WILD OATS        ALFALFA'S      NEW FRONTIERS     SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 29, 1996
                                        SIX MONTHS       SIX MONTHS      FIVE MONTHS     ---------------------------------
                                      ENDED JUNE 29,   ENDED JUNE 30,   ENDED MAY 31,      PRO FORMA          PRO FORMA
                                           1996             1996             1996         ADJUSTMENTS          COMBINED
                                      --------------   --------------   --------------   --------------     --------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>                <C>
Sales................................     $   68,102       $   45,091       $    4,735       $                  $  117,928
Costs of goods sold and occupancy                                                                                
  costs..............................         46,424           30,390            2,986              (35)(a)         79,765
                                          ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------         ----------
Gross profit.........................         21,678           14,701            1,749               35             38,163
Direct store expenses................         16,721           11,305            1,114                              29,140
                                          ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------         ----------
Store contribution...................          4,957            3,396              635               35              9,023
Selling, general and administrative                                                                              
  expenses...........................          2,783            2,225              104              311(b)           5,254
                                                                                                     19(b)       
                                                                                                   (188)(c)      
Pre-opening expenses.................            786                                                                   786
                                          ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------         ----------
Income from operations...............          1,388            1,171              531             (107)             2,983
Interest expense, net................            578                5                3                                 586
                                          ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------         ----------
Income before income taxes...........            810            1,166              528             (107)             2,397
Income tax expense...................            352              486              198              (85)               951
                                          ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------         ----------
Net income...........................     $      458       $      680       $      330       $      (22)        $    1,446
                                          ==========       ==========       ==========       ==========         ==========
Unaudited pro forma net income per                                                                               
  share..............................     $                                                                     $
                                          ==========                                                            ==========
Unaudited pro forma weighted average                                                                    
  number of common shares                                                                               
  outstanding........................                                                                   
                                          ==========                                                            ==========
</TABLE>                                                                
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the pro forma combined condensed
                      statement of operations (unaudited)
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   27
 
   NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
(a) Elimination of depreciation related to assets written off in Alfalfa's
     acquisition of $350, depreciated over a five year life on a straight line
     basis.
 
(b) Amortization of the incremental excess of the acquisition cost over the
     related net book value of assets acquired, over 40 years on a straight line
     basis, for the following acquisitions:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         AMORTIZATION
                                                                 -----------------------------
                                                                                   SIX MONTHS
                                                                  YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,       JUNE 29,
                                                   EXCESS            1995             1996
                                                ------------     ------------     ------------
        <S>                                     <C>              <C>              <C>
        Alfalfa's.............................  $     24,897     $        622     $        311
        New Frontiers.........................         1,803               45               19
</TABLE>
 
(c) Elimination of salaries and benefits of Alfalfa's employees terminated as a
     direct result of the acquisition ($305) and discontinuance of ESOP
     contributions and related costs ($70).
 
(d) Tax effect of pro forma adjustments.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   28
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
BACKGROUND
 
     Wild Oats acquired its first natural foods store in Boulder, Colorado in
1987 and opened the first Wild Oats Market in Boulder in 1988. In recent years,
the Company has pursued an aggressive growth strategy and it currently operates
39 stores. Since inception, the Company has opened 16 stores and acquired 23
stores (including 11 Alfalfa's stores). The Company has identified two stores
for closure, including the Alfalfa's Seattle, Washington store.
 
     Store Openings and Acquisitions.  The Company's results of operations have
been and will continue to be affected by, among other things, the number, timing
and mix of store openings, acquisitions or closings in a given period. The
Company incurs significant pre-opening costs with each store opening (as
described below). In addition, new stores typically experience operating losses
during the first six to 12 months of operation. New stores build their sales
volumes and refine their merchandise selection gradually and, as a result,
generally have lower gross margins and higher operating expenses as a percentage
of sales than more mature stores. Therefore, the opening of a significant number
of stores in any period will have an adverse effect on the Company's results of
operations for that period. The Company opened five stores in 1995 (all in the
last seven months of the year) and three stores in the first half of 1996. This
represents the greatest concentration of store openings in any 13 month period
in the Company's history. While store openings contributed to an increase in the
Company's overall sales during these periods, net income decreased, largely as a
result of pre-opening costs (which aggregated approximately $1.0 million in 1995
and $786,000 in the first half of 1996), and initial operating losses at these
new stores.
 
     Upon the acquisition of a natural foods store, the Company immediately
benefits from an existing sales base and, in most cases, profitable store-level
operations. The Company seeks to improve the profitability of acquired single
stores or small chains by integrating them into its volume purchase discount
programs and by implementing certain financial controls and marketing
strategies. To date, all of the Company's acquisitions have been accounted for
by the purchase method, resulting in the recording of goodwill which is
amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 40 years.
 
     In the second half of 1996, the Company has opened one store and intends to
open two additional stores. The Company anticipates opening or acquiring seven
stores in 1997. The Company believes that most of its future store growth will
be through store openings; however, it will continue to pursue acquisitions of
natural foods retailers where attractive opportunities exist. There can be no
assurance that the Company will achieve its planned expansion in existing
markets or entrance into new markets. See "Risk Factors--Uncertain Ability to
Execute Growth Strategy."
 
     Store Format and Clustering Strategy.  The Company operates two store
formats: supermarket and urban. The supermarket format is generally 15,000 to
25,000 square feet, and typically generates higher sales and store contribution
than the 5,000 to 15,000 square foot urban format stores. The Company's results
of operations have been and will continue to be affected by the mix of
supermarket and urban format stores opened or acquired and whether stores are
being opened in markets where the Company has an existing presence. The Company
expects to focus primarily on opening or acquiring supermarket format stores in
the future but will consider additional urban stores when appropriate
opportunities exist. The Company pursues a strategy of clustering its stores
within each of its markets in order to more fully penetrate these markets,
achieve regional operating and marketing efficiencies and enhance name
recognition. The Company believes this strategy has resulted in increased
overall sales in each of its markets. In the past when the Company has opened a
store in a market where it had an existing presence, it has experienced a
decline in sales and a temporary decline in operating results at certain of its
existing stores in these markets. However, over time, the affected stores have
generally achieved store-level contribution margins comparable to their prior
levels on a lower base of sales. The Company intends to continue to pursue its
store clustering strategy and expects these trends to continue. See "Risk
Factors--Uncertain Ability to Execute Growth Strategy."
 
     Comparable Store Sales Results.  Sales of a store are deemed to be
comparable commencing in the thirteenth full month after the store was opened or
acquired. The Company believes its comparable store sales
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   29
 
increases through 1995 resulted from growth in the natural foods industry,
improved execution of the Company's operating strategy and the achievement of
peak comparable store sales by a number of new stores which were in their second
and third years of operation in 1995. Historical fluctuations in comparable
store sales resulted in part from the Company's small comparable store base and
the timing of additions to the comparable store base. Comparable store sales
results in the last half of 1995 and the first half of 1996 were negatively
affected primarily by planned cannibalization resulting from the implementation
of the Company's store clustering strategy described above and a competitive
store opening by Alfalfa's in Santa Fe, New Mexico. While the Company
continually seeks to increase sales at existing stores, it may not achieve
comparable store sales increases at the same rates as it had prior to 1996.
Furthermore, the Company experienced a comparable store sales decrease in the
first quarter of 1996 and there can be no assurance comparable store sales will
not decrease in the future. See "Risk Factors--Fluctuations in Financial
Results; Non-Recurring Charge."
 
     Pre-Opening Expenses.  Pre-opening expenses include labor, rent, utility,
supplies and certain other costs incurred prior to a store's opening. The costs
are accrued during the pre-opening period and are expensed in full when the
store opens. Pre-opening expenses have averaged approximately $250,000 per store
over the past 18 months, although the amount per store may vary depending on the
store format and whether the store is the first to be opened in a market, or is
part of a cluster of stores in that market.
 
ACQUISITION OF ALFALFA'S
 
     The Company completed the acquisition of Alfalfa's in July 1996. Through
this acquisition, the Company combined two natural foods retailers with similar
operating strategies and complementary store bases, increased its penetration of
existing markets, entered new geographic markets and created a stronger platform
for future growth. Wild Oats' and Alfalfa's stores overlap in four markets:
Santa Fe, New Mexico and Denver, Boulder and Ft. Collins, Colorado. In 1995,
Wild Oats opened two stores in Denver, Colorado and Alfalfa's opened one store
in Santa Fe, New Mexico. The opening of these additional stores resulted in a
decline in sales and a temporary decline in operating results at certain of the
existing Wild Oats and Alfalfa's stores and negatively affected results of
operations at both companies in 1995 and the first half of 1996. However,
overall sales increased significantly in these markets and, over time, the
affected stores have generally achieved store-level contribution margins
comparable to prior levels on the lower base of sales. As a result, the Company
believes these markets are large enough to support these stores and further
believes that planned cannibalization resulting from the implementation of the
Company's store clustering strategy will contribute to the Company's overall
growth.
 
     The Company believes that the successful integration of Alfalfa's will
result in operating efficiencies created by: (i) warehousing, distribution and
administrative economies of scale; (ii) improved merchandise buying terms as a
result of the Company's larger size; and (iii) the implementation of coordinated
merchandising and marketing strategies. Alfalfa's achieved increases in
operating income for the four consecutive years prior to fiscal 1996 when it
experienced an operating loss largely as a result of pre-opening expenses
associated with the opening of stores in Santa Fe, New Mexico and Vancouver,
British Columbia and Seattle, Washington and the performance of its Denver,
Colorado and Seattle, Washington stores. Subsequent to the acquisition, the
Company identified for closure the Alfalfa's Seattle, Washington store.
 
     As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded incremental goodwill
of approximately $24 million which is amortized on a straight-line basis over 40
years. The future operating and financial performance of the Company will depend
in part on its ability to integrate and operate Alfalfa's successfully and to
enhance the profitability of the acquired business. There can be no assurance
that the Company will be successful in this regard. See "Risk
Factors--Integration of Alfalfa's," "Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial
Statements" and Note 2 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of Wild
Oats Markets, Inc.
 
NON-RECURRING CHARGE
 
     During late August 1996, the Company made the following decisions relating
to its operations which will result in an approximate $5.5 million non-recurring
charge being recorded in the third quarter of 1996, of which $4.2 million is
expected to be non-cash write-downs. Specifically, as a direct result of the
July 1996 acquisition of Alfalfa's, the Company will incur $1.5 million of the
charge by: (i) closing one store and a regional bakery and kitchen; (ii) moving
out of its existing corporate headquarters and relocating to Alfalfa's
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   30
 
former corporate headquarters; and (iii) consolidating certain information
systems and thereby abandoning certain former Wild Oats hardware and software.
In addition, after operating the combined companies for over a month, management
has decided to close two Alfalfa's facilities (one store and one restaurant)
which at the time of the acquisition the Company had planned to retain, which
will result in the remaining $4.0 million of the charge, of which $3.0 million
is expected to be a non-cash write-down. See "Risk Factors--Fluctuations in
Financial Results; Non-Recurring Charge" and Note 11 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements of Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
 
OTHER
 
     Effective July 3, 1993, Wild Oats revoked its S corporation election for
income tax reporting purposes and became taxable as a C corporation.
Accordingly, the presentation of net income and net income per share for 1993
reflects a provision for income taxes on a pro forma basis as if Wild Oats had
been liable for federal and state income taxes throughout the periods presented.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF WILD OATS
 
     The following table sets forth for the periods indicated, certain selected
income statement data expressed as a percentage of sales:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                
                                                                                   SIX MONTHS   
                                                                                      ENDED     
                                                          FISCAL YEAR           ------------------
                                                   -------------------------    JULY 1,   JUNE 29,
                                                   1993      1994      1995      1995      1996
                                                   -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
<S>                                                <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Sales..........................................    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs.........     68.7      68.7      68.5      67.6      68.2
                                                   -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
Gross profit...................................     31.3      31.3      31.5      32.4      31.8
Direct store expenses..........................     23.0      23.8      25.2      23.2      24.5
                                                   -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
Store contribution.............................      8.3       7.5       6.3       9.2       7.3
Selling, general and administrative expenses...      3.9       3.5       4.4       4.3       4.0
Pre-opening expenses...........................      0.9        --       1.1       0.5       1.1
                                                   -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
Income from operations.........................      3.5       4.0       0.8       4.4       2.0
Interest expense, net..........................      0.7       0.6       0.4       0.2       0.8
                                                   -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
Income before income taxes.....................      2.8       3.4       0.4       4.2       1.2
Income tax expense.............................      1.1       1.4        --       1.6       0.5
                                                   -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
Net income.....................................      1.7%      2.0%      0.4%      2.6%      0.7%
                                                   =====     =====     =====     =====     =====
</TABLE>
 
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 29, 1996 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JULY 1, 1995
 
     Sales in the first half of fiscal 1996 increased 59.1% to $68.1 million
from $42.8 million in the first half of fiscal 1995. This increase was primarily
due to the opening of three stores in the first half of fiscal 1996, one store
late in the first half of fiscal 1995, and four stores in the second half of
fiscal 1995. Comparable store sales were flat in the first half of fiscal 1996
compared to the first half of fiscal 1995, reflecting the impact of the planned
cannibalization of existing stores sales in Albuquerque, New Mexico and Denver,
Colorado and Kansas City, Missouri resulting from the Company's opening of
stores in those markets, as well as the effects of a store opening in Santa Fe,
New Mexico by Alfalfa's.
 
     Gross profit consists primarily of sales less cost of goods sold and
occupancy costs. Gross profit in the first half of fiscal 1996 increased 57.2%
to $21.7 million from $13.8 million in the first half of fiscal 1995. As a
percentage of sales, gross profit declined to 31.8% in the first half of fiscal
1996 from 32.4% in the first half of fiscal 1995. Merchandise gross profit
(sales minus cost of sales) increased slightly, which was more than offset by
higher occupancy costs as a percentage of sales at the Company's new stores.
 
     Direct store expenses in the first half of fiscal 1996 increased 68.7% to
$16.7 million from $9.9 million in the first half of fiscal 1995, primarily due
to the increased number of stores. As a percentage of sales, direct
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   31
 
store expenses increased to 24.5% in the first half of fiscal 1996 from 23.2% in
the first half of fiscal 1995 primarily due to higher expenses as a percentage
of sales at the new stores.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $2.8 million in
the first half of fiscal 1996 from $1.8 million in the first half of fiscal
1995. As a percentage of sales, general and administrative expenses decreased
slightly to 4.0% in the first half of fiscal 1996 from 4.3% in the first half of
fiscal 1995 due to increased leverage of the general and administrative expense
on a larger sales base.
 
     Wild Oats incurred $786,000 in pre-opening expenses in the first half of
fiscal 1996 related to the opening of three stores, compared to $218,000 in the
first half of fiscal 1995 related to the opening of one store.
 
     Net interest expense in the first half of fiscal 1996 increased to $578,000
from $87,000 in the first half of fiscal 1995 as a result of higher levels of
indebtedness incurred to fund store openings.
 
FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994
 
     Sales in fiscal 1995 increased 51.1% to $98.5 million from $65.2 million in
fiscal 1994. This increase was primarily due to the opening of five stores and
the acquisition of two additional stores in fiscal 1995, and reporting a full
year of operations for two stores which had been open for only part of fiscal
1994. Comparable store sales increased 7.4% in fiscal 1995 and accounted for
$5.3 million of the increase in sales. Wild Oats believes comparable store sales
results were negatively impacted in the second half of fiscal 1995 by a
competitive entrant into the Santa Fe, New Mexico market, as well as planned
cannibalization of existing store sales in Albuquerque, New Mexico and Denver,
Colorado and Kansas City, Missouri.
 
     Gross profit in fiscal 1995 increased 52.5% to $31.1 million from $20.4
million in fiscal 1994. As a percentage of sales, gross profit increased
slightly to 31.5% in fiscal 1995 from 31.3% in fiscal 1994. Both merchandise
gross profit and occupancy costs remained relatively flat as a percentage of
sales in fiscal 1995, reflecting operating efficiencies at mature stores which
were offset by lower merchandise margins and higher occupancy costs as a
percentage of sales at the five stores opened in fiscal 1995 and the Company's
Santa Fe, New Mexico stores.
 
     Direct store expenses in fiscal 1995 increased 60.0% to $24.8 million from
$15.5 million in fiscal 1994. This increase was primarily due to expenses of
five stores opened and two stores acquired in fiscal 1995 and reporting of a
full year of operations for two stores which had been open for only part of
fiscal 1994. As a percentage of sales, direct store expenses increased to 25.2%
in fiscal 1995 from 23.8% in fiscal 1994, primarily due to higher expenses as a
percentage of sales at the five stores opened in fiscal 1995.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $4.5 million in
fiscal 1995 from $2.3 million in fiscal 1994. As a percentage of sales, selling,
general and administrative expenses increased to 4.5% in fiscal 1995 from 3.5%
in fiscal 1994 due to the addition of central and regional support staff to
support store growth and expansion into new geographic markets.
 
     Wild Oats incurred $1.0 million in pre-opening expenses in fiscal 1995
related to the five stores that opened throughout the year. No pre-opening
expenses were incurred in fiscal 1994 as pre-opening expenses for the one store
opened in January 1994 were expensed in December 1993 since the store was ready
to open at that time.
 
     Net interest expense in fiscal 1995 decreased to $363,000 from $373,000 in
fiscal 1994 as a result of lower average levels of indebtedness.
 
FISCAL 1994 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1993
 
     Sales in fiscal 1994 increased 37.8% to $65.2 million from $47.3 million in
fiscal 1993. This increase was primarily due to the opening of one store and the
acquisition of two stores in fiscal 1994, and reporting a full year of
operations for two stores which had been open for only part of fiscal 1993.
Comparable store sales increased 13% in fiscal 1994 and accounted for $5.6
million of the increase in sales. Wild Oats attributes the increase in
comparable store sales to the relatively high comparable sales experienced by
two new stores operating in their second full year in fiscal 1994 and to a
continued increase in consumer interest in natural foods.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   32
 
     Gross profit in fiscal 1994 increased 37.8% to $20.4 million from $14.8
million in fiscal 1993. As a percentage of sales, gross profit remained flat at
31.3% in fiscal 1994 and fiscal 1993. Merchandise gross profit increased in
fiscal 1994 due to increased purchase discounts, which were offset by higher
occupancy costs as a percentage of sales resulting primarily from the opening of
one store in January 1994.
 
     Direct store expenses in fiscal 1994 increased 42.2% to $15.5 million from
$10.9 million in fiscal 1993. This increase was attributable primarily to
expenses of one store opened and two stores acquired in fiscal 1994 and
reporting of a full year of operations for two stores which had been open for
only part of fiscal 1993. As a percentage of sales, direct store expenses
increased to 23.8% in fiscal 1994 from 23.0% in fiscal 1993 primarily due to
higher expenses as a percentage of sales for the store opened in January 1994.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $2.3 million in
fiscal 1994 from $1.8 million in fiscal 1993. As a percentage of sales, selling,
general and administrative expenses decreased to 3.5% in fiscal 1994 from 3.9%
in fiscal 1993 due to increased leverage of general and administrative expenses
on a larger sales base.
 
     There were no pre-opening expenses in fiscal 1994 because pre-opening
expenses for the store opened in January 1994 were expensed in December 1993
when construction of that store was completed and the store was ready to open.
Wild Oats incurred $416,000 in pre-opening expenses in fiscal 1993 related to
stores opened in January 1993 and January 1994.
 
     Net interest expense in fiscal 1994 increased to $373,000 from $350,000 in
fiscal 1993 as a result of higher average levels of indebtedness.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF ALFALFA'S
 
     The following table sets forth for the periods indicated certain selected
income statement data expressed as a percentage of sales:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             FISCAL YEAR
                                                                      -------------------------
                                                                      1994      1995      1996
                                                                      -----     -----     -----
<S>                                                                   <C>       <C>       <C>
Sales.............................................................    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs............................     66.5      66.9      68.3
                                                                      -----     -----     -----
Gross profit......................................................     33.5      33.1      31.7
Direct store expenses.............................................     24.9      24.9      25.9
                                                                      -----     -----     -----
Store contribution................................................      8.6       8.2       5.8
Selling, general and administrative expenses......................      3.8       5.0       5.1
Pre-opening expenses..............................................      1.0       0.5       0.8
                                                                      -----     -----     -----
Income (loss) from operations.....................................      3.8       2.7      (0.1)
Interest expense, net.............................................      0.4       0.3        --
                                                                      -----     -----     -----
Income (loss) before income taxes.................................      3.4       2.4      (0.1)
Income tax expenses...............................................      1.3       0.9        --
                                                                      -----     -----     -----
Net income (loss).................................................      2.1%      1.5%     (0.1)%
                                                                      =====     =====     =====
</TABLE>
 
FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995
 
     Sales in fiscal 1996 increased 31.9% to $85.6 million from $64.9 million in
fiscal 1995. The increase was attributable primarily to the opening of two
stores early in fiscal 1996, and a full year of operation for a store opened
late in fiscal 1995. Comparable store sales increased 3.0% in fiscal 1996 and
accounted for $2.4 million of the increase in sales. Comparable store sales were
negatively impacted by the opening of Wild Oats stores in Denver, Colorado.
 
     Gross profit in fiscal 1996 increased 26.0% to $27.1 million from $21.5
million in fiscal 1995. As a percentage of sales, gross profit decreased to
31.7% in fiscal 1996 from 33.1% in fiscal 1995, reflecting the effect of the
opening of stores by Wild Oats in certain of Alfalfa's existing markets and
lower merchandise margins and higher occupancy costs as a percentage of sales at
the new stores opened in fiscal 1996.
 
     Direct store expenses in fiscal 1996 increased 37.0% to $22.2 million from
$16.2 million in fiscal 1995, primarily due to the opening of three stores. As a
percentage of sales, direct store expenses increased to 25.9%
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   33
 
in fiscal 1996 from 24.9% in fiscal 1995. This increase is attributed to higher
expenses as a percentage of sales at the three new stores.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $4.4 million in
fiscal 1996 from $3.3 million in fiscal 1995. As a percentage of sales, selling,
general and administrative expenses remained relatively flat at 5.1% in fiscal
1996 as compared to 5.0% in fiscal 1995.
 
     Alfalfa's incurred $662,000 in pre-opening expenses in fiscal 1996
attributable to the opening of two stores, compared to $325,000 in pre-opening
expenses for one store in fiscal 1995.
 
     Other income (expense) in fiscal 1996 decreased to $20,000 from $173,000 in
fiscal 1995 primarily due to the reduced interest expense on lower average
levels of indebtedness.
 
FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994
 
     Sales in fiscal 1995 increased 41.4% to $64.9 million from $45.9 million in
fiscal 1994. The increase was attributable primarily to the acquisition of two
stores in fiscal 1995, and reporting a full year of operations for one store
which had been open for only part of fiscal 1994. The Company's Seattle,
Washington store, which was opened near the end of fiscal 1995, did not
materially affect sales in fiscal 1995. Comparable store sales increased 8% in
fiscal 1995 and accounted for $3.3 million of the increase in sales.
 
     Gross profit in fiscal 1995 increased 39.6% to $21.5 million from $15.4
million in fiscal 1994. As a percentage of sales, gross profit decreased
slightly to 33.1% in fiscal 1995 from 33.5% in fiscal 1994. Gross margins were
somewhat negatively impacted by the opening of a store by Wild Oats in Denver,
Colorado.
 
     Direct store expenses in fiscal 1995 increased 42.1% to $16.2 million from
$11.4 million in fiscal 1994, due to the acquisition of two stores. As a
percentage of sales, direct store expenses remained constant at 24.9% in fiscal
1995 and fiscal 1994.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $3.3 million in
fiscal 1995 from $1.8 million in fiscal 1994. As a percentage of sales, selling,
general and administrative expenses increased to 5.0% in fiscal 1995 from 3.8%
in fiscal 1994 due to the centralization of retail support operations, the
expansion of the commissary to support the growth of new stores and the
increased overhead from the expansion into a new geographic market through the
acquisition of Capers in Vancouver, British Columbia.
 
     Pre-opening expenses in fiscal 1995 were $325,000 and were incurred in
connection with one store opening in the last month of the fiscal year, compared
with fiscal 1994 pre-opening expenses which were $460,000 and which were
incurred in connection with one store opening and the amortization of the
remaining capitalized pre-opening costs associated with two store openings which
occurred in fiscal 1993.
 
     Other income (expense) increased to $173,000 in fiscal 1995 from $164,000
in fiscal 1994, primarily due to the prepayment of interest in connection with
the conversion of shareholder notes to equity in February 1995.
 
FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY RESULTS
 
     The Company's results of operations may fluctuate significantly from
period-to-period as the result of a variety of factors, including: (i) the
number, timing and mix of store openings, acquisitions or closings; (ii) the
ratio of stores opened to stores acquired; (iii) the opening of stores by the
Company or its competitors in markets where the Company has existing stores;
(iv) comparable store sales results; and (v) the ratio of urban format to
supermarket format stores. The Company incurs significant pre-opening expenses
and new stores typically experience an initial period of operating losses. As a
result, the opening of a significant number of stores in a single period will
have an adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. For example, the
Company's profitability was lower in 1995 than in 1994 due in part to the
opening of a significantly larger number of stores in 1995 than in 1994. In
addition, the Company's store base is geographically concentrated and shifts in
economic or demographic trends and consumer preferences in a particular market
could have an adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. Due to the
foregoing factors, the Company believes that period-to-period comparisons of its
operating results are not necessarily meaningful and that such comparisons
cannot be relied upon as indicators of future financial performance.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   34
 
     A variety of factors affect the Company's comparable store sales results,
including, among others, the relative proportion of new stores to mature stores,
the opening of stores by the Company or its competitors in markets where the
Company has existing stores, the timing of promotional events, the Company's
ability to execute its operating strategy effectively, changes in consumer
preferences for natural foods and general economic conditions. Past increases in
comparable store sales may not be indicative of future operating performance.
Comparable store sales results in the last half of 1995 and the first half of
1996 were negatively affected primarily by planned cannibalization resulting
from the implementation of the Company's store clustering strategy and a
competitive store opening by Alfalfa's in Santa Fe, New Mexico. The Company
experienced a comparable store sales decrease in the first quarter of 1996 and
there can be no assurance that comparable store sales for any particular period
will not decrease in the future. See "Risk Factors--Fluctuations in Financial
Results; Non-Recurring Charge."
 
     During late August 1996, the Company made the following decisions relating
to its operations which will result in an approximate $5.5 million non-recurring
charge being recorded in the third quarter of 1996, of which $4.2 million is
expected to be non-cash write-downs. Specifically, as a direct result of the
July 1996 acquisition of Alfalfa's, the Company will incur $1.5 million of the
charge by: (i) closing one store and a regional bakery and kitchen; (ii) moving
out of its existing corporate headquarters and relocating to Alfalfa's former
corporate headquarters; and (iii) consolidating certain information systems and
thereby abandoning certain former Wild Oats hardware and software. In addition,
after operating the combined companies for over a month, management has decided
to close two Alfalfa's facilities (one store and one restaurant) which at the
time of the acquisition the Company had planned to retain, which will result in
the remaining $4.0 million of the charge, of which $3.0 million is expected to
be a non-cash write-down. See "Risk Factors--Fluctuations in Financial Results;
Non-Recurring Charge" and Note 11 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
of Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
 
     The following table sets forth statement of operations and selected
operating data for each of Wild Oats and Alfalfa's last six fiscal quarters and
the percentage of sales represented by the line items presented. The quarterly
statement of operations data and selected operating data set forth below were
derived from unaudited financial statements of Wild Oats and Alfalfa's, which in
the opinion of management of the Company contain all adjustments (consisting
only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation thereof.
 
                                         WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 QUARTER ENDED
                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              APRIL 1,        JULY 1,     SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 30,     MARCH 30,      JUNE 29,
                                1995           1995           1995           1995           1996           1996
                            -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
  DATA:
Sales...................... $      19,426  $      23,359  $      25,724  $      30,008  $      32,327  $      35,775
Gross profit...............         6,298          7,546          8,119          9,104         10,003         11,675
Store contribution.........         1,989          2,071          1,120          1,101          2,226          2,731
Pre-opening expenses.......            --            218            403            416            254            532
Income (loss) from
  operations...............         1,006            852           (380)          (699)           677            711
Net income (loss)..........           599            469           (277)          (414)           236            222
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Number of stores at end of
  period...................            14             17             19             21             22             27
Comparable store sales
  increase (decrease)
  (1)......................            13%            12%             7%             1%            (3)%            2%
AS A PERCENTAGE OF SALES:
Sales......................         100.0%         100.0%         100.0%         100.0%         100.0%         100.0%
Gross profit...............          32.4           32.3           31.6           30.3           31.0           32.6
Store contribution.........           9.9            8.6            4.1            3.4            6.9            7.6
Pre-opening expenses.......            --            0.9            1.6            1.4            0.8            1.5
Income (loss) from
  operations...............           5.2            3.6           (1.5)          (2.3)           2.1            2.0
Net income (loss)..........           3.1%           2.0%          (1.1)%         (1.4)%          0.7%           0.6%
</TABLE>
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   35
 
                                             ALFALFA'S INC.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  QUARTER ENDED
                          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            APRIL 2,        JUNE 25,      SEPTEMBER 24,   DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,       JUNE 30,
                              1995            1995            1995            1995            1996            1996
                          -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
  DATA:
Sales.................... $      16,910   $      16,328   $      19,692   $      20,840   $      20,239   $      24,852
Gross profit.............         5,721           5,429           6,124           6,305           6,287           8,415
Store contribution
  (loss).................         1,462           1,407             636             940           1,091           2,306
Pre-opening expenses.....            --             325             668              (6)             --              --
Income (loss) from
  operations.............           775             116          (1,103)           (120)             29           1,143
Net income (loss)........           483              97            (679)            (94)              2             678
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Number of stores at end
  of period..............             8               9              11              11              11              11
Comparable store sales
  increase
  (decrease)(1)..........             8%             (1)%            (2)%            (2)%            (5)%            21%
AS A PERCENTAGE OF SALES:
Sales....................         100.0%          100.0%          100.0%          100.0%          100.0%          100.0%
Gross profit.............          33.8            32.5            31.1            30.3            31.1            33.9
Store contribution.......           8.7             8.6             3.2             4.5             5.4             9.3
Pre-opening expenses.....            --             2.0             3.4              --              --              --
Income (loss) from
  operations.............           4.6             0.7            (5.6)           (0.6)            0.1             4.6
Net income (loss)........           2.9%            0.6%           (3.5)%          (0.5)%            --             2.7%
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Sales of a store are deemed to be comparable commencing in the thirteenth
    full month after the store was opened or acquired.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     Wild Oats' primary sources of capital have been cash flow from operations,
trade payables, bank indebtedness, and the sale of convertible debt and equity
securities. Primary uses of cash have been the financing of store openings and
acquisitions. The following table presents a summary of the Company's cash flows
for fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the first half of fiscal 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            SIX
                                                                                          MONTHS
                                                                FISCAL YEAR                ENDED
                                                      -------------------------------     JUNE 29,
                                                       1993        1994        1995        1996
                                                      -------     -------     -------     -------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Net cash provided by operating activities.........    $ 2,051     $ 1,529     $ 4,626     $ 2,725
Net cash used in investing activities.............     (1,444)     (4,268)    (17,042)     (6,690)
Net cash provided by financing activities.........        642       7,559       7,153       5,631
                                                      -------     -------     -------     -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents.....................................    $ 1,249     $ 4,820     $(5,263)    $ 1,666
                                                      =======     =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     Net cash provided by operating activities was $2.1 million, $1.5 million
and $4.6 million in fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $2.7 million
in the first half of fiscal 1996. Net income increased in fiscal 1994 but cash
provided by operating activities decreased primarily as a result of a decrease
in accounts payable. Net income decreased in fiscal 1995 but net cash provided
by operating activities increased as a result of increased depreciation and
amortization as well as increased accounts payable in connection with the
initial inventory acquired for the five stores opened in fiscal 1995. The
Company typically receives extended payment terms from vendors in connection
with store openings. Cash flow from operations decreased in the first half of
fiscal 1996 as a result of a decrease in net income related to the performance
of stores opened in the last half of fiscal 1995 and the first half of fiscal
1996. As demonstrated in fiscal 1995, the Company has not required
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   36
 
significant external financing to support inventory requirements at its existing
and new stores because it has been able to rely on vendor financing for most of
the inventory costs.
 
     Net cash used by investing activities was $1.4 million, $4.3 million and
$17.0 million in fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $6.7 million in
the first half of fiscal 1996. These expenditures related primarily to the
acquisition and opening of 12 stores. The Company opened or acquired two, three
and seven stores in fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and six stores in
the first half of fiscal 1996.
 
     Net cash provided by financing activities was $642,000, $7.6 million and
$7.2 million in fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $5.6 million in
the first half of fiscal 1996. In fiscal 1993, the Company received net proceeds
of $2.0 million from the sale of preferred stock and $1.3 million from increased
borrowings. In connection with the preferred stock financing, the Company used
$1.0 million to repurchase shares of Common Stock from one of the Company's
founders. In fiscal 1994, the Company received net proceeds of $12.5 million
from the sale of preferred stock and $125,000 from the sale of common stock. In
connection with the preferred stock financing, the Company used $4.3 million to
repurchase shares of common stock from two stockholders. In addition, the
Company reduced its borrowings by $1.5 million. Net cash provided by financing
activities in fiscal 1995 and the first half of fiscal 1996 consisted primarily
of increased borrowings.
 
     The Company acquired Alfalfa's in July 1996 in a stock-for-stock
transaction. Immediately prior to the acquisition, the Company received net
proceeds of $16.5 million from the sale of preferred stock. The proceeds from
this financing were used to repurchase shares of capital stock from certain
stockholders of Alfalfa's and a stockholder of Wild Oats upon the closing of the
acquisition.
 
     The Company currently has a $20.0 million revolving line of credit with
Bank One Indianapolis, National Association (the "Revolving Line"). The
Revolving Line bears interest at the lender's prime rate and has a final
maturity of February 2002. At June 29, 1996, the Company had borrowings
outstanding under the Revolving Line of approximately $17.0 million. The Company
intends to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay amounts
outstanding on the Revolving Line. Following this offering the Company will have
approximately $20.0 million of available borrowing capacity, subject to certain
covenants and other restrictions applicable to the Revolving Line. The Company
is currently in discussion with its lender to increase its borrowing capacity
under the Revolving Line. The Company's ability to borrow under the Revolving
Line is contingent upon its compliance with certain material covenants,
including covenants related to the Company's net worth, total funded debt to
total capitalization ratio, interest coverage ratio, tangible capital base and
fixed charge coverage.
 
     The Company anticipates that it will spend approximately $4.5 million in
the second half of fiscal 1996 to open three stores. Historically, the Company's
cash requirements to open a store, including leasehold improvements, equipment
and fixtures, have ranged from $1.0 million to $2.0 million, excluding inventory
costs and initial operating losses. The cost of initial inventory for a new
store is approximately $500,000; however, the Company relies on vendor financing
for most of this cost. Pre-opening costs are approximately $250,000 per store
and are expensed when the new store opens. The amounts and timing of such
expenditures will depend upon the availability of new store sites and other
factors, including the location of the store and whether it is in a new or
existing market for the Company, the size of the store, and the required
build-out at the site. Costs to acquire future stores, if any, are impossible to
predict and could vary materially from the cost to open new stores. There can be
no assurance that actual capital expenditures will not exceed anticipated
levels.
 
     The Company believes that the net proceeds of this offering, together with
cash generated from operations and funds available under the Revolving Line,
will be sufficient to satisfy its cash requirements through fiscal 1997.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   37
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
INTRODUCTION
 
     Wild Oats is the second largest natural foods supermarket chain in North
America with the largest natural foods store base in the western United States.
The Company currently operates 39 stores under the names Wild Oats and Alfalfa's
in eight states, including California, Colorado, Kansas, Missouri, Nevada, New
Mexico, Utah and Washington and under the name Capers in British Columbia,
Canada. The Company is dedicated to providing a broad selection of high quality
natural and gourmet foods and related products at "down to earth" competitive
prices in an inviting and educational store environment emphasizing customer
service. The Company's stores range in size from 5,000 to 35,000 square feet and
feature natural alternatives in virtually every product category found in
conventional supermarkets, providing consumers with a one-stop, full-service
shopping alternative to both conventional supermarkets and traditional health
food stores.
 
     The Company has grown from six natural foods stores located primarily in
Colorado at the end of 1991, to 21 stores in six states at the end of 1995,
representing a compound annual growth rate of 36.8%. During this period, the
Company's sales increased from $25.2 million to $98.5 million, representing a
compound annual growth rate of 40.6%. This growth resulted from the acquisition
of independent and small chain natural foods store operators, the opening of new
stores and positive comparable store sales growth. In the first half of 1996,
the Company opened three new stores and acquired three additional stores and
sales increased 59.1% to $68.1 million from $42.8 million in the first half of
1995. In July 1996, Wild Oats completed the acquisition of Alfalfa's, a leading
natural foods supermarket chain operating 11 stores in three states and Canada.
From fiscal 1994 to fiscal 1996 Alfalfa's grew from six to 11 stores,
representing a compound annual growth rate of 35.4%. During this same period
sales increased from $45.9 million to $85.6 million, representing a compound
annual growth rate of 36.6%. Through the acquisition of Alfalfa's, the Company
combined two natural foods retailers with similar operating strategies and
complementary store bases, increased the Company's penetration of existing
markets, entered new geographic markets and created a stronger platform for
future growth. The Company has identified two stores for closure including the
Alfalfa's Seattle, Washington store. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect
to the Company's 1996 acquisitions, including the acquisition of Alfalfa's, the
Company had sales of $182.4 million in 1995 and $117.9 million in the first half
of 1996.
 
NATURAL FOODS INDUSTRY
 
     Natural foods are defined as foods which are minimally processed, free of
artificial ingredients, preservatives and other non-naturally occurring
chemicals and, in general, are as near to their whole, natural state as
possible. Most natural products fall into the food category, but the natural
foods industry also encompasses a number of other categories such as
naturally-based cosmetics, toiletries and personal care items, vitamins and
herbal supplements, naturally-based cleaning agents, and natural and homeopathic
medicines. While sales growth in the traditional supermarket industry remained
relatively flat, the natural foods industry has grown at a 17% compound annual
growth rate since 1990. According to The Natural Foods Merchandiser, a leading
industry publication, growth in the natural foods industry has accelerated from
a 10% increase in sales in 1991 to a 22% increase in sales in each of 1994 and
1995, when the market reached $9.1 billion in sales. The Company believes that
this growth is being propelled by several factors, including healthier eating
patterns, increasing concern regarding food purity and safety, and greater
environmental awareness. While natural products generally have higher costs of
production and correspondingly higher retail prices, the Company believes that a
growing segment of the population now attributes added value to high quality
natural products and is willing to pay a premium for such products. Indeed,
while early growth in the industry was attributed to more educated, wealthier
consumers, there is increasing evidence that the mainstream consumer is driving
much of the recent growth. Further, according to industry data, the natural
foods industry comprises less than 3% of the total supermarket industry,
allowing for significant potential to continue to expand the customer base.
 
     Traditional natural foods stores, offering only vitamins, dietary
supplements, herbs and a limited selection of natural foods product lines, first
emerged over 50 years ago. Over the years, as consumer demand for natural foods
has increased, the number of natural foods stores has grown and the product mix
has expanded. More distributors and vendors have entered the natural foods
industry and many more natural products have become available. In response to
increasing supply and demand, larger format natural foods stores have emerged,
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   38
 
offering virtually every product category found in a conventional supermarket,
including grocery, produce, meat, poultry, seafood, dairy, frozen, deli, bakery,
health and body care and household items. Today, natural foods stores offer a
one-stop, full-service grocery shopping alternative to conventional supermarkets
and appeal to a broader, more mainstream customer base than the traditional
natural foods store.
 
     The Company believes that the appeal of natural foods supermarkets is based
on the quality of the total shopping experience. Many natural foods stores
develop a personal relationship with their customers because there is typically
more interaction between the customer and the store staff than in a conventional
supermarket. The Company believes that conventional supermarkets historically
have had only limited success in competing in the natural foods segment because
they are largely dependent on national brands. As a result, while conventional
supermarkets may carry a limited selection of natural food products, it is
difficult for them to duplicate the inventory of natural foods stores which
carry a more comprehensive selection of natural products sourced from a large
number of independent vendors.
 
     The natural foods industry is highly fragmented. According to The Natural
Foods Merchandiser, there were approximately 6,600 independent natural/health
foods stores in 1995, which generated approximately $6.1 billion of the total
$9.1 billion of natural food sales. Only 13% of these 6,600 stores were
full-service, natural foods stores (defined as stores having a minimum of 5,000
square feet and offering a full range of product categories, including fresh
meat and seafood). The Company believes that the two largest natural foods
retailers (Wild Oats and Whole Foods Markets, Inc.) represented approximately
6.9% of the total natural foods dollars spent by consumers in 1995. There has
been considerable consolidation in the industry as natural foods supermarket
chains have acquired smaller independent competitors. The Company believes
natural foods supermarkets, with their extensive product offerings and broad
customer appeal, will continue to lead the overall growth and consolidation in
the natural foods industry.
 
OPERATING STRATEGY
 
     The Company's objective is to become the grocery store of choice both for
natural foods shoppers and quality-conscious consumers in each of its markets by
emphasizing the following key elements of its operating strategy:
 
     Destination Format.  The Company's stores are one-stop, full-service
supermarkets for customers seeking high quality natural and gourmet foods and
related products. In most of its stores, the Company offers between 10,000 and
25,000 SKUs of natural products in virtually every product category found in a
conventional supermarket. The Company's stores carry a much broader selection of
natural and gourmet foods and related products than those offered by typical
independent natural foods stores or conventional supermarkets.
 
     High Quality, Unique Products.  The Company seeks to offer the highest
quality products throughout its merchandise categories and emphasizes unique
products not typically found in conventional supermarkets. The Company's strict
quality standards require products to be minimally processed, free of
preservatives, artificial colors and chemical additives, and not tested on
animals. Each store tailors its product mix to meet the preferences of the local
market, in particular sourcing produce from local organic growers whenever
possible. The Company also operates regional kitchens and bakeries that provide
its stores with fresh bakery items and a unique assortment of prepared foods for
the quality and health-conscious consumer.
 
     Educational and Entertaining Store Environment.  At Wild Oats, shopping is
"theater." Each store strives to create a fun, friendly and educational
environment that makes grocery shopping enjoyable and encourages shoppers to
spend more time in the store and to purchase new products. In order to enhance
customers' understanding of natural foods and how to prepare them, the Company
trains its store staff to educate customers as to the benefits and quality of
its products and prominently features educational brochures and newsletters as
well as an in-store consumer information department. In addition, many stores
offer cafe seating areas, espresso and fresh juice bars, and in-store massage
therapists, all of which emphasize the comfortable, relaxed nature of the
shopping experience. The Company believes its knowledgeable store staff and high
ratio of store staff to customers results in significantly higher levels of
customer service than in a conventional supermarket.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   39
 
     Extensive Community Involvement.  The Company believes that one of the key
features which differentiates it from the competition is the degree of its
commitment to the local community. Each store makes significant monetary and
in-kind contributions to local not-for-profit organizations through programs
such as "5% Days," where each store donates 5% of its gross sales one day each
month to a local not-for-profit group, and "Charity Work Benefits" where the
Company pays employees for time spent working for local charities. The Company
believes that its support of the local community generates customer loyalty and
repeat business.
 
     Flexible Store Format.  The Company's flexible store format enables it to
customize its stores to specific site characteristics and to meet the unique
needs of a variety of markets. The Company's supermarket format stores are
adapted in size and product selection to suburban markets and its urban format
stores are designed to appeal in size and product selection to more densely
populated urban markets. The Company believes that this flexible store format
strategy allows it to operate successfully in a diverse set of markets, enabling
it to reach a broader customer base and increase market penetration.
 
     Competitive Pricing.  The Company seeks to offer products at prices which
are at or below those of other natural foods stores. The Company has implemented
a "down to earth" competitive price program designed to ensure that high
quality, all natural items in each product category are offered at prices that
are competitive with those offered on similar items in conventional
supermarkets. The Company believes these pricing programs broaden its consumer
appeal and encourage its customers to fill more of their shopping needs at the
Company's stores.
 
     Motivated Staff.  The Company has developed a unique culture by encouraging
active participation and communication among all staff members, advocating
store-level participation in a variety of marketing, merchandising and operating
decisions and rewarding staff based upon the achievement of targeted store-level
sales and other financial performance criteria. In addition, the Company
generally hires individuals dedicated to the concept of natural foods and a
healthy lifestyle. The Company believes that these practices translate into a
satisfied and motivated staff and a high level of customer service.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
     Wild Oats is the second largest natural foods supermarket chain in North
America. To date, the Company has focused its growth in the western half of the
U.S. and has built the largest store base in that region. The Company's growth
strategy is to increase sales and income through: (i) new store expansion; (ii)
increased sales at existing stores; and (iii) realization of operating
efficiencies from the acquisition of Alfalfa's.
 
     New Store Expansion.  The Company has grown from six stores at the end of
1991 to 39 stores currently, through a combination of both new store openings
and acquisitions. Since its inception, the Company has opened 16 stores and
acquired 23 stores (including 11 Alfalfa's stores). The Company has identified
two stores for closure, including the Alfalfa's Seattle, Washington store. Wild
Oats plans to open two additional stores in the remainder of 1996 and to open or
acquire seven stores in 1997. The Company intends to continue to strengthen its
position in the western United States and to expand into new regions, such as
Florida, which it believes offer significant opportunities for natural foods
retailers. While the Company believes that most of its new store expansion will
result from store openings, it continues to evaluate acquisition opportunities
in both existing and new markets. The Company has signed leases for two stores
in Southern California and Florida planned to open in 1996 and for two stores in
Northern and Southern California planned to open in 1997. There can be no
assurance that the Company will achieve its planned expansion in existing
markets or enter new markets. The Company intends to operate new stores
primarily under the Wild Oats name.
 
     Historically, the Company has pursued a strategy of clustering stores
within each of its markets in order to more fully penetrate these markets,
achieve operating efficiencies and enhance name recognition. The Company
believes this strategy has resulted in increased overall sales in each of its
markets. In the past when the Company has opened a store in a market in which it
had an existing presence, the Company has experienced a decline in the revenue
and operating results at certain of its existing stores in that market. However,
over time the affected stores generally have achieved store contribution margins
comparable to prior
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   40
 
levels on the lower base of sales. The Company intends to continue to pursue its
store clustering strategy and expects these trends to continue. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
     The Company's expansion plans depend on a number of factors. See "Risk
Factors--Uncertain Ability to Execute Growth Strategy" for a discussion of
certain of the risks associated with the Company's ability to achieve its
planned expansion.
 
     Increase Sales at Existing Stores.  The Company believes that historical
growth in sales at the Company's existing stores reflects continued strong
growth in the natural foods industry as well as improved execution of the
Company's operating strategy. The Company continually seeks to increase sales at
its existing stores and has undertaken several initiatives designed to increase
comparable store sales. The Company is seeking to attract new customers,
generate repeat business and gradually increase the size of the average
transaction by introducing, expanding and improving key merchandise categories
such as perishables (produce, deli and prepared foods) and private label
products, as well as implementing standardized marketing programs and expanding
customer service. See "Risk Factors--Fluctuations in Financial Results;
Non-Recurring Charge," "Business--Products" and "--Marketing."
 
     Realization of Operating Efficiencies from the Acquisition of
Alfalfa's.  The Company believes the continuing integration of Alfalfa's will
result in future operating efficiencies created by warehousing, distribution and
administrative economies of scale, improved merchandise buying terms, and the
implementation of coordinated merchandising and marketing strategies. The
Company believes that the integration of the best operating, merchandising and
marketing practices of Wild Oats and Alfalfa's will create the potential for
increased productivity and profitability at the Company's stores. For example,
Wild Oats has a deep selection and expertise in natural living while Alfalfa's
is recognized for the variety and quality of its perishables, especially in its
deli, bakery, and meat departments. The Company has begun to improve and expand
the merchandise offerings in its stores and believes it can continue to enhance
the merchandising in both stores. There can be no assurance that the Company
will not encounter unanticipated problems or liabilities in connection with the
integration of Alfalfa's. See "Recent Acquisitions and New Store Openings,"
"Risk Factors--Integration of Alfalfa's," "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Acquisition of Alfalfa's."
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   41
 
STORE LOCATIONS
 
     The following map and store list show the number of stores that the Company
operates in each state and the cities in which the Company's stores are located
as of September 1, 1996.
 
                            [MAP OF UNITED STATES]
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CALIFORNIA              COLORADO              KANSAS                          NEVADA           
- ----------              --------              ------                          ------
<S>                    <C>                    <C>                             <C>                      
Berkeley               Aurora                 Lawrence                        Las Vegas (2)            
Mission Viejo          Boulder (3)            Mission                                                  
Pasadena               Colorado Springs                                                                
San Francisco          Denver (4)                                                                      
San Anselmo            Fort Collins (2)       MISSOURI                        NEW MEXICO               
Santa Monica           Greenwood Village      --------                        ----------
West Hollywood         Littleton              Kansas City                     Albuquerque (2)          
                       Vail                   St. Louis                       Santa Fe (3)             

UTAH                   WASHINGTON             BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA
- ----                   ----------             ------------------------
Salt Lake City (3)     Seattle                Vancouver (2)
                                              West Vancouver
</TABLE>
 
SITE SELECTION AND STORE FORMAT
 
     Prior to opening or acquiring a store, the Company analyzes the local
market, including: (i) certain demographic data, such as education level,
average income, population density and age distribution; (ii) certain lifestyle
data, such as the levels of cultural awareness, physical exercise, health
consciousness and environmental awareness in the community; and (iii) the
existing competition. In addition to performing internal market analysis, the
Company frequently engages an outside consultant to conduct additional market
studies and validate internal sales forecasts. The Company's flexible strategy
allows it to open stores in a variety of locations and adapt its store layout
and merchandise selection to accommodate specific site characteristics, regional
themes and local cultural traditions. The Company seeks locations of
approximately 15,000 to 25,000 square feet for its supermarket format stores and
generally seeks to be either an anchor tenant in a regional neighborhood
shopping center or a stand-alone store with high visibility, easy access and
plenty of parking. The Company seeks locations of approximately 5,000 to 15,000
square feet for urban format stores and generally seeks to be in the commercial
district of densely populated residential areas with convenient parking and a
high level of foot traffic.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   42
 
     When the Company acquires a store it remodels the store in accordance with
the Company's specifications. These acquired stores remain in operation while
they are being remodeled and are not renamed "Wild Oats" until the remodeling is
completed. The timing and cost of the remodel of each store varies depending on
the location of the store and whether it is in a new or existing market for the
Company, the size of the store and the required build-out. The Company typically
requires eight to 16 weeks to remodel a store.
 
PRODUCTS
 
     The Company offers its customers a broad selection of unique, high quality
products that are natural alternatives to those found in conventional
supermarkets. The Company typically does not offer well known national brands
and focuses instead on a comprehensive selection of natural products within each
category. Although the core merchandise assortment is similar at each of the
Company's stores, individual stores adapt the product mix to reflect local and
regional preferences. Stores source produce from local organic growers whenever
possible and typically offer a variety of local products unique to the region.
In addition, in certain markets, stores may offer more food service, gourmet and
ethnic items as well as feature more value-added services such as gift baskets,
catering and home delivery, and in other markets, a store may focus more on bulk
foods, produce and staple grocery items. The Company and its stores regularly
introduce new high quality and locally grown products in its merchandise
selection to minimize overlap with products carried by conventional
supermarkets.
 
     Wild Oats has historically had a deep selection and expertise in natural
living, whereas Alfalfa's has been recognized for the variety and quality of its
deli, bakery and meat departments. As part of the integration, the Company is
currently improving and expanding the merchandise selection in each of these
categories to incorporate the best merchandising practices of both companies. In
addition, the Company intends to continue to expand and enhance its prepared
food and in-store cafe environment. The Company believes that consumers are
increasingly seeking convenient, healthy, "ready-to-eat" meals and that by
increasing its commitment to this category it can provide an added service to
its customers, broaden its customer base, and further differentiate itself from
conventional supermarkets and traditional natural food stores.
 
     Quality Standards.  The Company's objective is to offer products which meet
the following standards: free of preservatives, artificial colors, chemical
additives and added hormones; organically grown, whenever possible; minimally
processed; and not tested on animals. The Company continually evaluates new
products, quality issues and controversial ingredients and frequently counsels
store managers on compliance with the Company's strict product standards.
 
     Product Categories. The Company's stores typically feature the following
product categories:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    PRODUCT CATEGORY                                   DESCRIPTION
- -------------------------   -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>
Grocery..................   Pastas, canned goods, cereals, cooking oils, juices, salad
                            dressings, crackers, chips, pretzels, cookies, baking items,
                            sodas, bottled waters, and beer and wine in selected stores. Many
                            products are formulated for special diets and are identified as
                            fat-free, low-sodium, wheat-free or dairy-free;
Produce..................   Majority of produce is organically grown, although the
                            availability varies, and is sourced seasonally from local organic
                            farmers whenever possible. All produce is clearly labeled as to
                            whether it was grown organically or commercially;
Prepared Foods...........   Hot entrees, salads, sushi, wraps, pizza and pasta which can be
                            taken out or, in the larger stores, eaten in the store's cafe
                            seating area. Most stores feature full- service delis as well as
                            espresso and fresh juice bars;
Baked Goods..............   Muffins, cakes, breads and pies, which are supplied by both the
                            Company's bakeries and outside vendors, and signature items
                            including a proprietary line of private label gourmet breads;
Meat/Poultry/Seafood.....   Fresh beef, lamb, pork, seafood and free-range poultry, as well
                            as value-added meat products such as stuffed peppers, marinated
                            meats and home-made sausages;
</TABLE>
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   43
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    PRODUCT CATEGORY                                   DESCRIPTION
- -------------------------   -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>
Dairy/Frozen.............   Dairy products, both organic and commercial, such as yogurt,
                            milk, cheese, eggs, soy milk, soy foods, and fresh juices, and
                            frozen products such as ice cream, frozen yogurt, entrees,
                            vegetables, desserts, juices, meat and meat substitutes;
Bulk Products............   Generally between 200 and 500 SKUs of bulk products, including
                            beans, pastas, grains, rice, coffee, granolas, snacks, nuts,
                            flours, seeds, dried fruits, soaps, detergents, shampoos and
                            conditioners;
Natural Living...........   Vitamins, supplements, herbs and body care items such as
                            shampoos, lotions, cosmetics, deodorants, dental care products,
                            nutritional supplements, herbal tinctures, bulk herbs and
                            homeopathic remedies as well as a selection of health-related
                            books and magazines; and
General Merchandise......   Environmentally-friendly cleaning compounds, housewares, kitchen
                            tools, recycled paper products and other natural household items,
                            as well as selected gift items, such as natural fiber clothing,
                            greeting cards and decorative glassware.
</TABLE>
 
     Private Label.  The natural foods industry is highly fragmented and
characterized by many small independent vendors. As a result, the Company
believes that its customers do not have strong loyalty to particular brands of
natural foods products. In contrast to conventional supermarkets whose private
label products are intended to be low cost alternatives to name-brand products,
the Company has developed a private label program in order to build brand
loyalty to specific products based on its relationship with its customers and
its reputation as a natural foods authority. Through this program, Wild Oats has
successfully introduced a number of high quality, unique private label products,
such as non-dairy rain forest chocolate bars, gourmet breads, salsa, salad
dressings, all-natural vitamins, chips, pretzels, tortillas, fresh juices,
pasta, pasta sauces, oils, and canned fruit. The Company intends to continue to
expand its private label product offerings on a selected basis.
 
     Pricing.  In general, natural and gourmet foods and related products have
higher costs of production and correspondingly higher retail prices than
conventional grocery items. The Company's pricing strategy has been to maintain
prices that are at or below those of its natural foods competitors while
educating its customers as to the higher quality and added value of its products
so as to differentiate them from conventional products. Like most conventional
supermarkets, the Company regularly features dozens of sale items that are
rotated periodically. In addition, the Company has an ongoing "down to earth"
competitive pricing program that consistently features a natural foods item in
each major product category at a price that is competitive with or lower than
its conventional equivalent. The Company regularly monitors the prices at its
natural foods and conventional supermarket competitors to ensure its prices
remain competitive.
 
STORE ENVIRONMENT
 
     At Wild Oats, shopping is "theater." Each store strives to create a fun,
friendly and educational environment that makes grocery shopping enjoyable and
encourages shoppers to spend more time in the store and to purchase new
products. In order to enhance customers' understanding of natural foods and how
to prepare them, the Company trains its store staff to educate customers as to
the benefits and quality of its products and prominently features educational
brochures and newsletters as well as an in-store consumer information
department. Product brochures, recipe card areas, food sampling stations,
informational signage and, in certain stores, an educational computer kiosk, are
used extensively throughout the store. Most stores offer cafe seating areas,
espresso and fresh juice bars and in-store massage therapists, all of which
emphasize the comfortable, relaxed nature of the Wild Oats shopping experience.
In addition, each store features a monthly calendar of special events such as
educational presentations, children's events, cooking classes, live music, prize
drawings and dog washes. Certain departments are remerchandised several times a
year according to seasonal themes or different marketing campaigns, such as Rain
Forest Month or Organic Harvest Month. The stores also sponsor many
community-related activities such as presentations on health and safety as well
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   44
 
as fund-raising drives for local organizations. The Company encourages and
receives feedback from its customers through its suggestion boxes and posts
responses on the store's community bulletin board.
 
COMPANY CULTURE AND STORE OPERATIONS
 
     Company Culture. The Company's culture is embodied in its "Four Areas of
Responsibility": responsibility to its customers, its staff, its community and
its bottom line. In particular, Wild Oats believes that knowledgeable, satisfied
and motivated staff members have a direct impact on store performance and
overall profitability. Wild Oats encourages active participation and open
communication among all staff members and advocates store-level participation in
a variety of marketing, merchandising and operating decisions. The Company has
made a substantial commitment to staff education and has created an in-house
training program which consists of an intensive orientation for new hires and
mandatory monthly and quarterly education programs for the general staff. The
Company generally hires individuals dedicated to the concept of natural foods
and a healthy lifestyle and seeks to promote store-level employees to positions
of increasing responsibility.
 
     Management and Employees. The Company's stores are organized into seven
geographic regions, each of which has a regional director who is responsible for
the store operations within his or her region and who reports to the Company's
senior management. The Company's regional directors are responsible for, and
frequently visit, their cluster of stores to monitor financial performance and
ensure adherence to the Company's operating standards. The typical staff of a
Wild Oats store consists of one store manager, ten department managers and
between 25 to 200 additional hourly staff members, most of whom work full time.
Store and department managers are responsible for the operations of individual
stores including recruiting and hiring store personnel, communicating financial
results nightly, coordinating merchandise ordering, distribution and receiving,
and to a limited extent, supplementing their stores merchandise mix with
regional and other products suited for their specific market. The accounting
department provides a detailed monthly financial analysis of every department in
each store which is reviewed by both the store and regional managers. The
Company maintains a staff of corporate level department specialists including
Natural Living, Prepared Foods, Produce, Meat/Poultry/Seafood and Grocery
coordinators who manage centralized buying programs and assist in store-level
merchandising, pricing and staff training to ensure Company-wide adherence to
product standards and store concept.
 
     All regional directors and store managers and certain store-level staff
participate in an incentive plan that ties compensation awards to the
achievement of specified store-level sales, profitability and other financial
performance criteria. The Company also seeks to foster enthusiasm and dedication
in its staff members through comprehensive benefits packages including health
insurance and wellness programs as well as an employer matching 401(k) plan and
Equity Incentive Plans.
 
PURCHASING AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The Company has a centralized purchasing function which sets product
standards, approves products and negotiates volume purchase discount
arrangements with distributors and vendors. Individual store purchases are
handled through its department managers who make purchasing decisions within
these established parameters. This approach enables each store to customize its
product mix to meet the needs and preferences of its customers while adhering to
the Company's established product standards and allowing each store to benefit
from the Company's volume purchasing discounts.
 
     The wholesale segment of the natural foods industry provides a large and
growing array of product choices across the full range of grocery product
categories. Although the Company purchases products from more than 1,000
suppliers, the Company purchases nearly half of its products from a single
wholesale distributor which operates warehouses in Colorado and California. The
Company believes that this distributor is able to service all of the Company's
existing stores as well as any future sites. As a result of the Alfalfa's
acquisition, the Company was able to negotiate greater volume discounts with
this distributor and certain other vendors. The Company has no supply contracts
with these parties and any vendor or distributor could discontinue selling to
the Company at any time. The Company believes that it could develop alternative
sources of supply; however, any such termination may create a short-term
disruption in store-level merchandise selection. See "Risk Factors--Product
Sourcing."
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   45
 
     Most products are delivered directly to the stores by vendors and
distributors. The Company currently operates a consolidated warehouse facility
in Denver which receives and distributes truck load purchases and distributes
products that cannot be delivered directly to the stores by outside vendors. The
Company maintains a small fleet of local delivery vans and over-the-road trucks.
As the Company enters new markets it will review the need for additional
warehouse and distribution facilities.
 
     The Company operates four off-site kitchens in Santa Fe, New Mexico and
Denver, Colorado and Los Angeles and San Francisco, California as well as a
bakery in Denver, Colorado. The Company is in the process of closing one of its
off-site kitchens in Boulder which it expects to complete by the end of 1996.
These facilities produce deli food, take out food, bakery products and certain
private label items exclusively for sale in the Company's stores. Each kitchen
can make daily deliveries to stores within a hundred mile radius of the
facility. The Company intends to add new kitchens as it expands into new
markets.
 
MARKETING
 
     The Company's marketing programs are primarily focused on in-store customer
education and information. The Company believes that its customers are more
responsive to the quality of the shopping experience, issue-based marketing and
word-of-mouth advertising than to price-based marketing and traditional media
advertising. As a result, the Company focuses on consumer education and
emphasizes the benefits and quality of its products such as the fact that an
item is organic or grown locally. The Company uses a variety of media, including
in-store flyers, newspaper inserts and promotional brochures in which it
promotes the depth of its merchandise selection, benefits of natural products,
and "down to earth" competitive prices. When the Company first enters a new
market, the Company executes an intense marketing campaign to build awareness of
its new store and its selection of natural products. After the initial campaign,
this advertising is replaced by the marketing strategies described above. The
Company's advertising costs historically have been less than 1.5% of sales.
 
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 
     The Company's management information systems have been designed to provide
detailed store-level profitability financial data, including sales, gross
margin, payroll and store contribution, to regional and store managers and to
the Company's headquarters on a timely basis. Currently, certain store-level
accounting and inventory management systems are processed manually. In addition,
the Company is in the process of transferring Alfalfa's accounting functions to
the Company's system. The Company intends to convert the currently different
Wild Oats and Alfalfa's point-of-sale and pricing systems to one system. Certain
of the Wild Oats stores do not have automated point-of-sale and pricing systems.
The Company is in the process of evaluating point-of-sale and pricing systems
and anticipates selecting and installing one system by the end of 1997 for use
at all stores. Although the Company believes that a combined system can be
implemented without significant disruptions in its operations or financial
reporting, there can be no assurance that such disruption will not occur. The
Company may need to upgrade its information systems to meet the demands of its
growing operations. See "Risk Factors--Management of Growth."
 
COMPETITION
 
     The Company's competitors currently include other independent and
multi-unit natural foods supermarkets, smaller traditional natural foods stores,
and conventional supermarkets and specialty grocery stores. A number of other
natural foods supermarkets offer a range of natural foods products similar to
those offered in the Company's stores. The Company believes that the principal
competitive factors in the natural foods industry include customer service,
quality and variety of selection, store location and convenience, price and
store atmosphere. The Company believes that its primary competitor is Whole
Foods Market, Inc., a publicly-traded company based in Texas. The Company
competes with Whole Foods in California. While certain conventional
supermarkets, smaller traditional natural foods stores and small specialty
stores do not offer as full a range of products as the Company, they do compete
with Wild Oats in one or more product categories. Many of the Company's
competitors have been in business longer and have greater financial or marketing
resources than the Company and may be able to devote greater resources to
securing suitable locations and to the sourcing, promotion and sale of their
products. In addition, should any of the Company's competitors
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   46
 
reduce prices, the Company may be required to implement price reductions in
order to remain competitive, which could have an adverse impact on its business,
financial condition and results of operations. As Wild Oats enters new
geographic markets, its success will depend in part on its ability to gain
market share from established competitors. In addition, traditional and
specialty grocery stores may expand more aggressively in marketing a broader
range of natural foods and related products and thereby compete directly with
the Company for products, customers and locations. The Company expects
competition from both new and existing competitors to increase in its markets
and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete
effectively in the future. See "Risk Factors--Competition."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of July 27, 1996, the Company employed 1,963 full-time individuals and
933 part-time individuals. Approximately 2,896 of the Company's employees are
engaged at the store-level and 120 are devoted to regional administrative and
corporate activities. The Company believes that it maintains good relations with
its employees. The Company's success will depend in large part upon its ability
to attract and retain these and future employees. The Company's store in
Seattle, Washington was under an informational picket from time-to-time since
June 1995 by the local Food and Commercial Workers Union. The picketers were
hired by the union and had never worked for the Company. These unions did not
successfully organize the store's employees or call for a unionization vote.
 
PROPERTIES
 
     The Company currently leases an aggregate of approximately 11,500 square
feet for its corporate offices in two locations in Boulder, Colorado. The
Company is currently consolidating its headquarters into one facility. The lease
for the corporate headquarters into which the Company is moving covers 6,500
square feet, expires in October 2006 and has a renewal option for an additional
six year term. The rental payment is a fixed base rate. The lease for the space
where the Company formerly operated covers 5,141 square feet and will terminate
in six months. The lease for Company's warehouse expires in August 1999 and is
subject to two renewal options of three years each. The rental payment is a
fixed base rate.
 
     The Company leases all of its stores, except for the Lawrence, Kansas store
(which it owns). The Company's leases typically provide for a ten-year base term
and generally have several renewal periods. The rental payments are either fixed
base rates or percentages of sales with minimum rentals. All of the leases are
accounted for as operating leases. See Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements of Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
 
     The Company periodically evaluates the location and productivity of its
stores and may close, consolidate or relocate stores from time-to-time. The
following is a list of the Company's stores as of September 1, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   APPROXIMATE
                                                                                     GROSS
                                                                                     SQUARE
     TERRITORY/STORE                LOCATION              DATE OPENED/ACQUIRED      FOOTAGE
- -------------------------   -------------------------   -------------------------  ----------
<S>                         <C>                         <C>                        <C>
NORTHERN CALIFORNIA/
PACIFIC NORTHWEST
Wild Oats Berkeley          Berkeley, CA                Acquired April 1995             7,500
Wild Oats San Anselmo       San Anselmo, CA             Acquired April 1995             8,500
Wild Oats San Francisco     San Francisco, CA           Opened April 1996               9,000
Alfalfa's Seattle           Seattle, WA                 Acquired July 1996             16,500
SOUTHERN
  CALIFORNIA/NEVADA
Wild Oats Mission Viejo     Mission Viejo, CA           Opened May 1996                23,500
Wild Oats Pasadena          Pasadena, CA                Opened January 1994            15,000
Wild Oats Santa Monica      Santa Monica, CA            Opened September 1995           8,200
Wild Oats West Hollywood    West Hollywood, CA          Opened February 1996           14,000
Wild Oats Las Vegas East    Las Vegas, NV               Acquired July 1994             10,400
Wild Oats Las Vegas West    Las Vegas, NV               Acquired July 1994             16,400
</TABLE>
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   47
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   APPROXIMATE
                                                                                     GROSS
                                                                                     SQUARE
     TERRITORY/STORE                LOCATION              DATE OPENED/ACQUIRED      FOOTAGE
- -------------------------   -------------------------   -------------------------  ----------
<S>                         <C>                         <C>                        <C>
COLORADO
Wild Oats Aurora            Aurora, CO                  Acquired February 1990          8,000
Wild Oats Vegetarian        Boulder, CO                 Acquired October 1987           6,500
Wild Oats Boulder           Boulder, CO                 Opened February 1988           11,500
Alfalfa's Boulder           Boulder, CO                 Acquired July 1996             25,000
Wild Oats Colorado
  Springs                   Colorado Springs, CO        Opened November 1992           16,700
Alfalfa's Cherry Creek      Denver, CO                  Acquired July 1996             17,000
Wild Oats Denver            Denver, CO                  Acquired February 1990          6,300
Wild Oats Washington Park   Denver, CO                  Opened May 1995                18,600
Alfalfa's Capitol Hill      Denver, CO                  Acquired July 1996             22,000
Wild Oats Fort Collins      Fort Collins, CO            Acquired September 1988         5,000
Alfalfa's Fort Collins      Fort Collins, CO            Acquired July 1996             14,000
Wild Oats Orchard           Greenwood Village, CO       Opened August 1995             35,000
Alfalfa's Littleton         Littleton, CO               Acquired July 1996             22,500
Alfalfa's Vail              Vail, CO                    Acquired July 1996              6,200
MIDWEST
Wild Oats Mission           Mission, KS                 Opened October 1995            22,000
Wild Oats Lawrence          Lawrence, KS                Opened January 1993            11,900
Wild Oats Kansas City       Kansas City, MO             Acquired March 1993             5,000
Wild Oats St. Louis         St. Louis, MO               Opened August 1996             25,000
NEW MEXICO
Wild Oats Albuquerque       Albuquerque, NM             Opened May 1992                28,000
Wild Oats Juan Tabo         Albuquerque, NM             Opened November 1995           22,000
Wild Oats St. Francis       Santa Fe, NM                Opened January 1991            15,000
Wild Oats St. Michael       Santa Fe, NM                Opened January 1992             9,000
Alfalfa's Santa Fe          Santa Fe, NM                Acquired July 1996             20,000
UTAH
Wild Oats Salt Lake East    Salt Lake City, UT          Acquired June 1996             10,000
Wild Oats Salt Lake
  Holladay                  Salt Lake City, UT          Acquired June 1996              8,800
Wild Oats Salt Lake South   Salt Lake City, UT          Acquired June 1996              7,000
CANADA
Capers                      Vancouver, B.C.             Acquired in July 1996          17,500
Capers                      Vancouver, B.C.             Acquired in July 1996           8,100
Capers                      West Vancouver, B.C.        Acquired in July 1996          11,800
</TABLE>
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   48
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     From time-to-time, the Company is involved in lawsuits that the Company
considers to be in the normal course of its business, none of which has resulted
in any material losses to date. The Company is also subject to an anti-trust
investigation with respect to its compliance with New Mexico anti-trust laws.
The focus of the investigation is on the effect, if any, of the acquisition on
competition in New Mexico. In May 1996, the Company received a letter from the
New Mexico Attorney General's office indicating that it would recommend that
Wild Oats divest one of its three stores in Santa Fe, New Mexico in connection
with the acquisition. The Company replied refuting the Attorney General's claim
but has not received a response from the Attorney General's office. The Attorney
General's office has not taken any legal action with respect to the acquisition.
The Company believes that the acquisition complies with federal and state
anti-trust law and will continue to vigorously defend its position in New
Mexico. However, there can be no assurance that the state of New Mexico will not
take legal action with respect to the acquisition, including, but not limited
to, demanding the divestiture of one or more stores in the Santa Fe market to a
competitor of the Company. If the Attorney General of New Mexico elects to take
legal action and is successful, such a result could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
See "Risk Factors-- Anti-Trust Regulations."
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
     The Company is subject to numerous federal, state and local laws,
regulations and ordinances regulating health and sanitation standards, food
labeling and handling, equal employment, minimum wages and licensing for the
sale of food and alcoholic beverages. Difficulties or failures in complying with
these regulations could adversely affect the operations of an existing store or
delay the opening of a new store.
 
     In addition, from time-to-time, various federal, state and local
legislative and regulatory proposals are made to, among other things, increase
the minimum wage payable to employees, establish minimum store security
requirements and increase taxes on the retail sale of certain products. In
addition, regulations have been proposed regarding the distribution and labeling
of nutritional supplements. Changes to such laws, regulations or ordinances may
adversely affect the Company's performance by increasing the Company's costs or
affecting its sales of certain products. Recent federal legislation regarding
minimum wage may increase the Company's employee costs and adversely affect the
Company's profitability.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   49
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
 
     The executive officers, directors and key employees of the Company are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                   AGE                             POSITION
- ---------------------------------    ---     --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>     <C>
Michael C. Gilliland(1)..........    37      Chief Executive Officer and Director
S.M. Hassan......................    48      President and Director
Elizabeth C. Cook(1)(2)..........    37      Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and Director
Mary Beth Lewis..................    38      Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Bennett L. Bertoli...............    43      Director of Real Estate
John A. Shields..................    53      Chairman of the Board
David M. Chamberlain(3)..........    53      Vice Chairman of the Board
Peter D. Behrendt................    57      Director
Barnet M. Feinblum(3)............    48      Director
David L. Ferguson(2)(3)..........    41      Director
M. Laird Koldyke(3)..............    35      Director
James B. McElwee(2)(3)...........    44      Director
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Michael C. Gilliland and Elizabeth C. Cook are husband and wife.
 
(2) Member of Audit Committee.
 
(3) Member of Compensation Committee.
 
Michael C. Gilliland co-founded the Company and has been the Chief Executive
Officer and Director of the Company since its inception in July 1987. Mr.
Gilliland also served as its President and Chairman of the Board from inception
until July 1996. Prior to forming the Company in 1987, Mr. Gilliland was
involved in several entrepreneurial ventures.
 
S.M. Hassan has been the President and Director of the Company since July 1996.
Mr. Hassan was a co-founder of Alfalfa's and served as its President and Chief
Executive Officer from November 1989 to July 1996. Mr. Hassan was Vice President
and Secretary of Alfalfa's from 1978 to 1989.
 
Elizabeth C. Cook co-founded the Company and has been Vice President, General
Counsel, Secretary and Director of the Company since its inception in July 1987.
Prior to that, from 1983 to 1987, Ms. Cook was tax counsel on staff with the
Atlantic Richfield Company.
 
Mary Beth Lewis has been Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company
since September 1992. From August 1986 until August 1992, Ms. Lewis was an audit
manager for Price Waterhouse LLP. Ms. Lewis is a Certified Public Accountant.
 
Bennett L. Bertoli has been Director of Real Estate of the Company since
February 1991. From February 1991 until July 1996, Mr. Bertoli was a Director of
the Company. From May 1984 until January 1991, Mr. Bertoli was an attorney in
private practice. From 1981 until 1984, Mr. Bertoli was in the land acquisition
department of the Atlantic Richfield Company.
 
John A. Shields has been Chairman of the Board of the Company since July 1996.
Mr. Shields was a member of the Board of Directors of Alfalfa's from June 1995
to July 1996. He has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of
Delray Farms Markets, a chain of produce, meat and deli markets, since January
1994. From 1983 until 1993, Mr. Shields was President and Chief Executive
Officer of First National Supermarkets. He is currently a director of DIY Home
Warehouse, Inc., Homeland Stores, Inc. and Shore Bank and Trust Company.
 
David M. Chamberlain has been the Vice Chairman of the Board of the Company
since July 1996 and a Director of the Company since July 1994. Since October
1994, Mr. Chamberlain has been President, Chairman and CEO of Genesco, Inc., a
men's shoe wholesaler/retailer company. From May 1994 to October 1994, Mr.
Chamberlain was a principal of Consumer Focus Partners, a private investment
firm. Prior to that, from October 1983 until May 1993, he was with Shaklee
Corp., a nutritional products company, serving as President and Chief Executive
Officer from December 1985 to May 1992 and as Chairman company, serving as
President and Chief Executive Officer from December 1985 to May 1992 and as
Chairman thereafter. From 1969 to 1983, Mr. Chamberlain held various general
management and marketing
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   50
 
positions with Nabisco Brands, Inc. and the Quaker Oats Company. He is currently
a Director of Mrs. Fields, Inc.
 
Peter D. Behrendt has been a Director of the Company since July 1994. Mr.
Behrendt joined Exabyte Corporation, a tape storage company, in July 1987 as its
President, and additionally was named its Chief Executive Officer in July 1990
and Chairman of the Board in January 1992. Prior to joining Exabyte, Mr.
Behrendt spent 26 years with IBM Corporation, most recently as Director of
Quality and Product Assurance, Information Systems and Communications Products
Group. Mr. Behrendt serves on the Board of Directors of Western Digital
Corporation and InFocus Systems.
 
Barnet M. Feinblum has been a Director of the Company since July 1996. Mr.
Feinblum was a Director of Alfalfa's from June 1983 to July 1996. Since 1995,
Mr. Feinblum has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Horizon
Organic Dairy, Inc., an organic dairy products company. From July 1993 to
January 1995, Mr. Feinblum was the President of Natural Venture Partners, Inc. a
corporation investing in natural foods companies. Mr. Feinblum was with
Celestial Seasonings, Inc., an herbal tea company, where he held several
positions from 1976 to 1993, including Chairman, President and CEO.
 
David L. Ferguson has been a Director of the Company since November 1994 and has
been a general partner of Chase Capital Partners (the general partner of Chase
Venture Capital Associates, L.P. -- "Chase") since 1989. Prior to joining Chase
Capital Partners, he was a member of the mergers and acquisitions groups of
Prudential Securities, Inc. from 1987 to 1989 and Bankers Trust New York
Corporation from 1985 to 1987. Mr. Ferguson currently serves as a director of
Thompson PBE, Inc.
 
M. Laird Koldyke has been a Director of the Company since July 1996. Mr. Koldyke
was a Director of Alfalfa's from January 1995 until July 1996. Mr. Koldyke has
been with Frontenac Company, the general partner of Frontenac VI Limited
Partnership ("Frontenac"), a private equity firm since 1988, serving as an
associate from July 1988 until December 1992 and a general partner since January
1993. He serves as a director of Einstein/Noah Bagel Corp.
 
James B. McElwee has been a Director of the Company since July 1993. Since
November 1992, Mr. McElwee has been a general partner of Weston Presidio Capital
(the general partner of Weston Presidio Offshore Capital C.V. -- "Weston"). From
July 1979 until November 1992, he was Senior Vice President and a Managing
Director of the Security Pacific Venture Capital Group.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     The Company currently has eleven authorized directors. In August 1996, the
Company's Board of Directors approved, subject to stockholder approval, the
amendment of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to
provide for, among other things, a classified Board of Directors. In accordance
with the terms of such Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation the
terms of office of the Board of Directors will be divided into three classes:
Class I, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held
in 1997 and who will initially be Peter D. Behrendt, Michael C. Gilliland, S.M.
Hassan and Barnet M. Feinblum; Class II, whose term will expire at the annual
meeting of stockholders to be held in 1998 and who will initially be M. Laird
Koldyke, John A. Shields and a director to be designated by Chase; and Class
III, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in
1999 and who will initially be David M. Chamberlain, Elizabeth C. Cook, David L.
Ferguson and James B. McElwee. At each annual meeting of stockholders beginning
with the 1997 annual meeting, the successors to directors whose terms will then
expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification
until the third annual meeting following election and until their successors
have been duly elected and qualified.
 
     Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement dated as of July 12, 1996 among the
Company and certain investors (the "Stockholders Agreement"), the Company's
Board of Directors consists of: (i) Mr. McElwee as the representative designated
by the holders of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock; (ii) Mr. Ferguson as
the representative designated by the holders of the Company's Series C Preferred
Stock; (iii) Mr. Koldyke as the representative designated by the holders of the
Company's Series D Preferred Stock; (iv) one representative to be designated by
the holders of the Company's Series E Preferred Stock; (v) Mr. Hassan; (vi) Ms.
Cook and Mr. Gilliland; (vi) Mr. Feinblum; (vii) Mr. Shields; and (viii) two
independent directors who are currently Messrs. Behrendt and Chamberlain.
Certain parties to the Stockholders Agreement, holding
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   51
 
in the aggregate [     ] shares of Common Stock, have agreed that for four years
after this offering, they will vote their shares in favor of a nominee of Chase
to be elected to the Company's Board of Directors and to the Audit and
Compensation Committees and will vote to elect the nominee of Weston to the
Audit and Compensation Committees. See "Certain Transactions."
 
COMMITTEES
 
     The Board of Directors currently has three standing committees, the Audit
Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Non-Officer Stock Option
Administration Committee (currently consisting of Elizabeth C. Cook) which
administers the Company's Incentive Plan for non-officer employees.
 
     The Audit Committee consists of Elizabeth C. Cook, David L. Ferguson and
James B. McElwee. The Audit Committee makes recommendations to the Board
regarding the selection of independent auditors, reviews the results and scope
of the audit and other services provided by the Company's independent certified
public accountants and reviews the Company's balance sheet, statement of
operations and statement of cash flows for each interim period.
 
     The Compensation Committee consists of David M. Chamberlain, Barnet M.
Feinblum, David L. Ferguson, M. Laird Koldyke and James B. McElwee. The
Compensation Committee administers the Company's compensation program and makes
recommendations to the Board concerning salaries and incentive compensation for
employees and consultants of the Company.
 
DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION
 
     Each of the Company's non-employee directors is entitled to be reimbursed
for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attendance at
each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.
 
STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
     1996 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
 
     The Company's 1996 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan") was adopted
by the Board of Directors in August 1996 as an amendment and restatement of the
Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan. There are currently [          ] shares of
Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan.
 
     The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to
employees (including officers and employee-directors) and nonstatutory stock
options, restricted stock purchase awards and stock bonuses to employees,
directors and consultants. The Incentive Plan is administered by the
Compensation Committee which has delegated to a Non-Officer Stock Option
Administration Committee (currently consisting of Elizabeth C. Cook) the
authority to determine with respect to employees (other than officers) the
recipients and types of awards to be granted, including the exercise price,
number of shares subject to the award and the exercisability thereof.
 
     The terms of stock options granted under the Incentive Plan generally may
not exceed 10 years. The exercise price of options granted under the Incentive
Plan is determined by the Board of Directors, provided that the exercise price
for an incentive stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value
of the Common Stock on the date of the option grant and the exercise price for a
nonstatutory stock option cannot be less than 85% of the fair market value of
the Common Stock on the date of option grant.
 
     Upon certain changes in control of the Company, all outstanding awards
under the Incentive Plan shall be continued, assumed or substituted by the
surviving entity. If the surviving entity determines not to continue, assume or
substitute such awards, and with respect to persons then performing services as
employees, directors or consultants, the time during which such awards may be
exercised shall be accelerated and the awards terminated if not exercised prior
to such change of control.
 
     The Board of Directors has the authority to amend or terminate the
Incentive Plan, subject to stockholder approval when necessary under the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") or
Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), provided
that no such actions shall impair rights under outstanding awards.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   52
 
     As of July 31, 1996, [          ] shares of Common Stock had been issued
upon the exercise of options granted under the Incentive Plan, options to
purchase [          ] shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise
price of [$          ] were outstanding and [          ] shares remained
available for future grant. The Incentive Plan will terminate in June 2006
unless sooner terminated by the Board of Directors. As of July 31, 1996, no
stock bonuses or restricted stock purchase awards had been granted under the
Incentive Plan.
 
     1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     The Company's 1993 Stock Option Plan (the "1993 Plan") was adopted by the
Board of Directors in August 1993. [          ] shares of Common Stock have been
reserved for issuances under the 1993 Plan. In August 1996, the Board of
Directors designated all shares formerly available for issuance under the 1993
Plan to be available for issuance under the Incentive Plan and amended the 1993
Plan to provide that any shares of Common Stock that are subject to an option
which expires or otherwise terminates prior to exercise shall be transferred to
the Incentive Plan.
 
     The terms of stock options granted under the 1993 Plan generally may not
exceed 10 years. The exercise price of options granted under the 1993 Plan is
determined by the Board of Directors, provided that the exercise price for an
incentive stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the
Common Stock on the date of the option grant and the exercise price for a
nonstatutory stock option cannot be less than 85% of the fair market value of
the Common Stock on the date of option grant.
 
     Upon certain changes in control of the Company, all outstanding options
under the 1993 Plan shall be continued, assumed or substituted by the surviving
entity. If the surviving entity determines not to continue, assume or substitute
such options, the time during which such options may be exercised shall be
accelerated and the options terminated if not exercised prior to such change of
control.
 
     1991 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     The 1991 Option Plan (the "1991 Plan") was adopted in by the Board of
Directors of Alfalfa's in August 1991. In connection with the acquisition of
Alfalfa's, the vesting of all options granted under the 1991 Plan was
accelerated. There are currently [          ] shares subject to vested options.
In August 1996, the Board of Directors designated all shares formerly available
for issuance under the 1991 Plan to be available for issuance under the
Incentive Plan and amended the 1991 Plan to provide that any shares of Common
Stock that are subject to an option which expires or otherwise terminates prior
to exercise shall be transferred to the Incentive Plan. [          ] shares of
Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the 1991 Plan.
 
     The terms of stock options granted under the 1991 Plan generally may not
exceed 10 years. The exercise price of options granted under the 1991 Plan
cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the
date of the option grant.
 
     EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
     In August 1996, the Company's Board of Directors approved the Employee
Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan") covering an aggregate of [          ]
shares of Common Stock. The Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an employee
stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Under the
Purchase Plan, the Board of Directors may authorize participation by eligible
employees, including officers, in periodic offerings following the adoption of
the Purchase Plan. The offering period for any offering will be no more than 27
months. The Board has currently authorized an offering commencing on the
effectiveness of the initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock and
ending June 30, 1997, and sequential six-months offerings thereafter.
 
     Employees are eligible to participate in the currently authorized offerings
if they have been employed by the Company or an affiliate of the Company
incorporated in the United States for at least six months preceding the
beginning of the offering. Employees can have up to 15% of their earnings
withheld pursuant to the Purchase Plan (10% under the currently authorized
offerings) and applied on specified purchase dates (currently the last day of
each authorized offering) to the purchase of shares of Common Stock. The price
of Common Stock purchased under the Purchase Plan will be equal to 85% of the
lower of the fair market value
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   53
 
of the Common Stock on the commencement date of each offering or the relevant
purchase date. Employees may end their participation in the offering at any time
during the offering, and participation ends automatically on termination of
employment.
 
     In the event of certain changes of control, the Company and the Board of
Directors has discretion to provide that each right to purchase Common Stock
will be assumed or an equivalent right substituted by the successor corporation,
or the Board may shorten an offering and provide for all sums collected by
payroll deductions to be applied to purchase stock immediately prior to the
change in control. The Purchase Plan will terminate at the Board's direction.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     Messrs. Chamberlain, Feinblum, Ferguson, Koldyke and McElwee currently
serve as members of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Ferguson is a general
partner of Chase Capital Partners. Mr. Koldyke is a general partner of Frontenac
Company, the general partner of Frontenac. Mr. McElwee is a general partner of
Weston Presidio Capital. See "Certain Transactions" for a description of certain
transactions involving these entities. Compensation of Messrs. Behrendt,
Chamberlain, Feinblum, Ferguson, Koldyke, McElwee and Shields, is determined by
the entire Board of Directors with a view to attracting and retaining talented
individuals to serve as directors.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table sets forth certain compensation of the Company's
President and Chief Executive Officer and the three next most highly compensated
executive officers (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers") for services
rendered in fiscal 1995:
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1995 ANNUAL
                                                                COMPENSATION
                                                           ----------------------      ALL OTHER
            NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION(1)                 SALARY($)     BONUS($)   COMPENSATION($)
- -------------------------------------------------------    ---------     --------   ---------------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>        <C>
Michael C. Gilliland...................................     148,936         --            6,132(2)
  President and Chief Executive
  Officer
Elizabeth C. Cook......................................     144,631         --            7,343(3)
  Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary
Mary Beth Lewis........................................      90,174        15,000       --
  Treasurer and Chief Financial
  Officer
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Mr. Gilliland served as the Company's President until July 1996. In July
    1996, S.M. Hassan was appointed as President of the Company. Mr. Hassan's
    annual salary is $150,000; his bonus and long term compensation are to be
    determined by the Compensation Committee.
 
(2) Other compensation for Mr. Gilliland included: $1,496 in the form of health
    insurance premiums, $864 in the form of automobile insurance premiums, and
    $3,772 in the form of a matching contribution to Mr. Gilliland's account
    under the Company's 401(k) plan.
 
(3) Other compensation for Ms. Cook included: $1,496 in the form of health
    insurance premiums, $2,231 in the form of automobile insurance premiums and
    $3,616 in the form of a matching contribution to Ms. Cook's account under
    the Company's 401(k) plan.
 
OPTION GRANTS
 
     The Company did not grant options to purchase shares of the Company's
Common Stock to any of the Named Executive Officers in the fiscal year ended
December 30, 1995.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   54
 
     The following table sets forth, as of December 30, 1995: (i) the number of
unexercised options; and (ii) the value of unexercised in-the-money options
(i.e., options for which the fair market value of the Common Stock exceeds the
exercise price) held by the Named Executive Officers.
 
                          YEAR END OPTION VALUE TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          NUMBER OF                VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                   UNEXERCISED OPTIONS AT         IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                                    DECEMBER 30, 1995 (#)          DECEMBER 30, 1995 ($)
                     NAME                       EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE(1)   EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE(2)
- ----------------------------------------------  -----------------------------  -----------------------------
<S>                                             <C>                            <C>
Michael C. Gilliland..........................               --                             --
Elizabeth C. Cook.............................               --                             --
Mary Beth Lewis...............................       [     ] -- [     ]             [     ] -- [     ]
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) On August 1, 1996, the Company granted: (i) Mr. Gilliland an option to
    purchase [        ] shares of Common Stock; (ii) Ms. Cook an option to
    purchase [        ] shares of Common Stock; (iii) Ms. Lewis an option to
    purchase [        ] shares of Common Stock; and (iv) Mr. Hassan an option to
    purchase [        ] shares of Common Stock.
 
(2) Based on the deemed fair market value of the Company's Common Stock at
    December 30, 1995, less the exercise price payable per share.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     The Company entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Gilliland and
Hassan and Ms. Cook (each an "Executive") on July 12, 1996 (the "Employment
Agreements"). The Employment Agreements provide that each Executive will be
entitled to: (i) receive a base salary of $150,000, subject to increase as
determined by the Compensation Committee; (ii) participate in a cash bonus and
stock option program, with terms and related performance criteria to be
determined by the Compensation Committee; (iii) participate in any other
employee benefit programs for which the Company's senior executives are
eligible; and (iv) receive four weeks of paid vacation per year. The Employment
Agreements with Messrs. Gilliland and Hassan have two year terms, and the
Employment Agreement with Ms. Cook has a one year term, all subject to automatic
one year renewal periods, unless terminated: (i) by reason of the Executive's
death or disability; (ii) with or without cause, as defined in the Employment
Agreements and as determined by the Company's Board of Directors; or (iii) by
the Executive's written resignation. Upon termination of their respective
Employment Agreements, for any reason during the initial term, and by the
Company without cause or by the Executive for a material breach by the Company
during any subsequent renewal period, Messrs. Gilliland and Hassan will each be
entitled to receive three times his then effective annual base salary rate and
health insurance benefits for three years (two years in the case of Mr. Hassan
if the termination occurs after the initial two year term) and Ms. Cook will be
entitled to receive one and a half times her then effective annual base salary
rate and health insurance benefits for two years. Each Employment Agreement also
contains a non-compete provision which prohibits the Executive from rendering
services to any supermarket, food store or retailer of health and beauty aids
located within ten miles of a Company store or soliciting any of the Company's
employees to leave the Company during the term of the agreement or for three
years after the agreement is terminated (in the case of Ms. Cook, for two years
after the agreement is terminated).
 
401(K) PLAN
 
     As of July 1, 1994, the Company adopted a tax-qualified employee savings
and retirement plan (the "401(k) Plan") covering the Company's employees.
Pursuant to the 401(k) Plan, eligible employees may elect to reduce their
current compensation by up to the lesser of 15% of their annual compensation or
the statutorily prescribed annual limit ($9,500 in 1996) and have the amount of
such reduction contributed to the 401(k) Plan. The 401(k) Plan provides for
additional matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan by the Company in an amount
determined by the Company prior to the end of each plan year. The trustees under
the 401(k) Plan, at the direction of each participant, invest the assets of the
401(k) Plan in designated investment options. The 401(k) Plan is intended to
qualify under Section 401 of the Code so that contributions to the 401(k) Plan,
and income earned on the 401(k) Plan contributions are not taxable until
withdrawn, and so that the contributions by the Company will be deductible when
made.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   55
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
     The Company's Bylaws provide that the Company will indemnify its directors
and executive officers and may indemnify its other officers, employees and other
agents to the fullest extent not prohibited by Delaware law. The Company is also
empowered under its Bylaws to enter into indemnification contracts with its
directors and officers and to purchase insurance on behalf of any person it is
required or permitted to indemnify. Pursuant to this provision, the Company has
entered into indemnity agreements with each of its directors and executive
officers.
 
     In addition, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that, to
the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, the Company's directors will not
be liable for monetary damages for breach of the directors' fiduciary duty of
care to the Company or its stockholders. This provision in the Certificate of
Incorporation does not eliminate the duty of care, and in appropriate
circumstances equitable remedies, such as an injunction or other forms of
non-monetary relief, would remain available under Delaware law. Each director
will continue to be subject to liability for breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, for acts or omissions not in good
faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit and
for improper distributions to stockholders. This provision also does not affect
a director's responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal
securities laws or state or federal environmental laws.
 
     There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or
officer of the Company as to which indemnification is being sought, nor is the
Company aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims
for indemnification by any director or officer.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   56
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     In July 1996, the Company sold [       ] shares of its Series E Preferred
Stock, par value $0.001 (the "Series E Financing") to a group of investors,
including [       ] shares to Chase and [       ] shares to Weston, at a price
per share of $[       ]. David L. Ferguson, a general partner of Chase and James
B. McElwee, a general partner of Weston are both directors of the Company.
 
     In November 1994, the Company sold [       ] and [       ] shares of its
Series C Preferred Stock, par value $.001, to Chase and Weston respectively, at
a price per share of $[       ]. The Company also issued two warrants to
purchase [       ] and [       ] shares of Series B Preferred Stock,
respectively, to Weston. Additionally, in July 1993, the Company sold [       ]
shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, par value $.001, to Weston at a price
per share of $[       ].
 
     In July 1996, in connection with the Acquisition, Frontenac received
[       ] shares of the Company's Common Stock and [       ] shares of the
Company's Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 in exchange for certain
shares of Alfalfa's which Frontenac had previously purchased. M. Laird Koldyke,
a director of the Company, is also a general partner of Frontenac Company, which
is the general partner of Frontenac.
 
     In connection with the Acquisition and the Series E Financing, the Company
entered into the Stockholders Agreement and a Registration Rights Agreement
dated as of July 12, 1996 by and among certain investors (the "Registration
Rights Agreement"). The Stockholders Agreement also provides that, until
consummation of this offering, the Company's Board of Directors shall consist of
eleven Directors as follows: (i) Mr. McElwee as the representative designated by
the holders of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock; (ii) Mr. Ferguson as the
representative designated by the holders of the Company's Series C Preferred
Stock; (iii) Mr. Koldyke as the representative designated by the holders of the
Company's Series D Preferred Stock; (iv) one representative to be designated by
the holders of the Company's Series E Preferred Stock; (v) Mr. Hassan; (vi) Mr.
Gilliland and Ms. Cook; (vi) Mr. Feinblum; (vii) Mr. Shields; and (viii) two
independent directors who are currently Messrs. Behrendt and Chamberlain.
 
     Upon the consummation of this offering, the Stockholders Agreement will be
amended and restated (the "Restated Stockholders Agreement") to terminate the
provisions of the Stockholders Agreement which do not survive this offering by
their terms. The surviving provisions include, among other things, that for four
years after this offering, the holders of [       ] shares of Common Stock shall
be obligated to vote their shares in favor of a nominee of Chase to be elected
to the Company's Board of Directors, Audit and Compensation Committees and shall
vote to elect the nominee of Weston to the Audit and Compensation.
 
     The Registration Rights Agreement provides that certain holders of the
Company's securities will have the right to request the Company to register
certain securities with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See "Description
of Capital Stock--Registration Rights."
 
     In March 1995 the Company paid Messrs. Gilliland and Clapp and Ms. Cook
approximately $88,000, $88,000 and $98,000 respectively in satisfaction of
certain notes which the Company had issued between 1992 and 1995 in connection
with loans made to the Company for working capital. The notes had original
principal amounts of approximately $235,000, $276,000 and $235,000,
respectively, and had annual compound interest rates of 9% to 12%. See
"Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
     Messrs. Gilliland and Clapp and Ms. Cook own Pretty Good Groceries, Inc. a
Colorado company ("PGG") which operates two grocery stores in Boulder, Colorado.
The Company provides certain accounting, legal and administrative service to PGG
for a monthly fee of $1,000. PGG also purchases certain items through the
Company's volume discount programs with its distributors, for which PGG pays the
Company the cost of such items on a monthly basis. The Company does not receive
any profit from the purchase of such items by PGG. In July 1993, the Company
sold the assets of a certain convenience store to PGG for $214,000 in cash.
 
     Messrs. Gilliland and Hassan and Ms. Cook have employment agreements with
the Company. See "Management--Employment Agreements."
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   57
 
     The Company purchases Horizon Organic Dairy, Inc. organic dairy products
from various distributors. Mr. Feinblum is the President and Chief Executive
Officer of Horizon Organic Dairy, Inc.
 
     All future transactions between the Company and its officers, directors,
principal stockholders and affiliates will be on terms no less favorable to the
Company than may be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   58
 
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of July 31, 1996, and as
adjusted to reflect the sale of the Common Stock being offered hereby by: (i)
each Selling Stockholder; (ii) each person (or group of affiliated persons) who
is known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the Common Stock;
(iii) each of the Company's directors; (iv) each of the Named Executive
Officers; and (v) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a
group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     BENEFICIAL                                 BENEFICIAL
                                                      OWNERSHIP                                  OWNERSHIP
                                                      PRIOR TO                                     AFTER
                                                 THE OFFERING(1)(2)    NUMBER OF SHARES     THE OFFERING(1)(2)
                                                 -------------------      TO BE SOLD        -------------------
                    NAME                         NUMBER      PERCENT   IN THE OFFERING      NUMBER      PERCENT
- ---------------------------------------------    -------     -------   ----------------     -------     -------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>       <C>                  <C>         <C>
Chase Capital Partners(3)....................    [      ]           %            --         [      ]           %
380 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Michael C. Gilliland(4)......................    [      ]           %      [      ]         [      ]           %
Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
1645 Broadway
Boulder, CO 80302
Elizabeth C. Cook(5).........................    [      ]           %      [      ]         [      ]           %
Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
1645 Broadway
Boulder, CO 80302
Mark R. Clapp................................    [      ]           %      [      ]         [      ]           %
2147 Kincaid
Boulder, CO 80304
Weston Presidio Offshore Capital C.V.(6).....    [      ]           %            --         [      ]           %
343 Sansome Street, Suite 1210
San Francisco, CA 94104-1316
Frontenac VI Limited Partnership(7)..........    [      ]           %            --         [      ]           %
135 South LaSalle
Suite 3800
Chicago, IL 60603
S.M. Hassan(8)...............................    [      ]           %      [      ]         [      ]           %
John A. Shields(9)...........................    [      ]           %            --         [      ]           %
David M. Chamberlain(10).....................    [      ]           %            --         [      ]           %
Peter D. Behrendt(11)........................    [      ]           %            --         [      ]           %
Barnet M. Feinblum(12).......................    [      ]           %            --         [      ]           %
David L. Ferguson(3).........................    [      ]           %            --         [      ]           %
M. Laird Koldyke(7)..........................    [      ]           %            --         [      ]           %
James B. McElwee(6)..........................    [      ]           %            --         [      ]           %
Mary Beth Lewis(13)..........................    [      ]           %            --         [      ]           %
David Wilkinson..............................    [      ]           %      [      ]         [      ]           *
Bennett Bertoli..............................    [      ]           %      [      ]         [      ]           %
All directors and executive officers as a
  group (11 persons)(14).....................    [      ]           %      [      ]         [      ]           %
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
* Less than one percent.
 
    (1)  Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
         Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or
         investment power with respect to securities. Shares of Common Stock
         subject to options, warrants and convertible notes currently
         exercisable or convertible, or exercisable or convertible as of October
         15, 1996, are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the
         person or entity holding such securities but are not outstanding for
         computing the percentage of any other person or entity. Except as
         indicated by footnote, and subject to community property laws where
         applicable, the persons named in the table above have sole voting and
         investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as
         beneficially owned by them. The information set forth in the table has
         been adjusted to reflect the effects of the automatic conversion, on
         the closing date of this offering, of outstanding shares of all series
         of preferred stock into shares of Common Stock. See "Description of
         Capital Stock."
        
    (2)  Percentage of ownership is based on [        ] shares of Common Stock
         outstanding before the offering and [        ] shares of Common Stock
         outstanding after the offering.
        
                                       55
<PAGE>   59
 
    (3)  Consists of [        ] shares held by Chase Venture Capital Associates,
         L.P. and [        ] shares held by Wild Oats Investors Fund G.P. Mr.
         Ferguson is a General Partner of Chase Capital Partners, the general
         partner of the funds. Mr. Ferguson disclaims beneficial ownership of
         the shares of the funds managed by Chase Capital Partners except to
         the extent of his pecuniary interest therein arising from his general
         partnership interest therein.
        
    (4)  Consists of [        ] shares held by Mr. Gilliland, [        ] shares
         held by Elizabeth C. Cook, [        ] shares held by the Ian Patrick
         Gilliland 1993 Trust and [        ] shares held by the Stella
         Elizabeth Gilliland 1993 Trust. Mr. Gilliland disclaims beneficial
         ownership to the [        ] shares held by the trusts.
        
    (5)  Consists of [        ] shares held by Ms. Cook, [        ] shares held
         by Michael C. Gilliland, [        ] shares held by the Ian Patrick
         Gilliland 1993 Trust and [        ] shares held by the Stella
         Elizabeth Gilliland 1993 Trust. Ms. Cook disclaims beneficial
         ownership of the [        ] shares held by the Trusts.
        
    (6)  Consists of [        ] shares and [        ] shares issuable upon the
         exercise of warrants held by Weston. Mr. McElwee is a general partner
         of Weston Presidio Capital, the general partner of Weston. Mr. McElwee
         disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Weston except to
         the extent of his pecuniary interest therein arising from his general
         partnership interest therein.
        
    (7)  Consists of [        ] shares held by Frontenac. Mr. Koldyke is a
         general partner of Frontenac Company, the general partner of
         Frontenac. Mr. Koldyke disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares
         held by Frontenac except to the extent of his pecuniary interest
         therein arising from his general partnership interest therein.
        
    (8)  Consists of [        ] shares and [        ] shares subject to stock
         options that are exercisable within sixty (60) days of October 15,
         1996 held by Mr. Hassan.
        
    (9)  Consists of [        ] shares and [        ] shares subject to stock
         options that are exercisable within sixty (60) days of October 15,
         1996 held by Mr. Shields.
        
    (10) Consists of [        ] shares and [        ] shares subject to stock
         options that are exercisable within sixty (60) days of October 15,
         1996 held by Mr. Chamberlain.
        
    (11) Consists of [        ] shares and [        ] shares subject to stock
         options that are exercisable within sixty (60) days of October 15,
         1996 held by Mr. Behrendt.
        
    (12) Consists of [        ] shares and [        ] shares subject to stock
         options that are exercisable within sixty (60) days of October 15,
         1996 held by Mr. Feinblum.
        
    (13) Consists of [        ] shares subject to stock options exercisable
         within sixty (60) days of October 15, 1996 held by Ms. Lewis.
 
    (14) Includes shares included pursuant to Notes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
         12 and 13 and includes [        ] shares of Common Stock issuable upon
         the exercise of warrants and [        ] shares subject to stock
         options that are exercisable within sixty (60) days of October 15,
         1996.
        
                                       56
<PAGE>   60
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The following description of the capital stock of the Company and certain
provisions of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws is a summary and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of
the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, which have
been filed as exhibits to the Company's Registration Statement, of which this
Prospectus is a part.
 
     Upon the closing of this offering, the Company's authorized capital stock
will consist of [          ] shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share,
and [          ] shares of preferred stock, $.001 par value per share.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     As of July 31, 1996, there were [          ] shares of Common Stock
outstanding held by approximately 114 holders of record. The holder of each
share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote on such matters and in
such manner as may be provided by law. The holders of Common Stock are not
entitled to cumulative voting rights with respect to the election of directors,
and as a consequence, minority stockholders will not be able to elect directors
on the basis of their votes alone. Subject to the prior rights of holders of all
classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends,
the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive, when and as declared by the
Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor,
such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.
See "Dividend Policy." In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of the Common Stock
are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of
liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding preferred
stock. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights and no right to convert
their Common Stock into any other securities. There are no redemption or sinking
fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All outstanding shares of Common
Stock are, and all shares of Common Stock to be outstanding upon completion of
this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Board of Directors has the authority, without further action by the
stockholders, to issue up to [          ] shares of preferred stock in one or
more series and to determine or alter the designations, preferences, and
relative, participating, optional or other rights, and such qualifications,
limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in resolutions adopted
by the Board of Directors and as may be permitted by the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect
the voting power of holders of Common Stock and the likelihood that such holders
will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation and could have the
effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company.
The Company has no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock. See
"Risk Factors--Anti-Takeover Considerations."
 
WARRANTS
 
     The Company has outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of
[          ] shares of Common Stock at weighted average exercise price of
$[          ] per share which expire November 14, 1999.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
     Upon the closing of this offering, the Company's Series A, B, C, D and E
Preferred Stock will be converted into an aggregate of [          ] shares of
the Company's Common Stock (the "Preferred Shares"). The Company has entered
into a registration rights agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement") with:
(i) the holders of the Preferred Shares; (ii) Mark R. Clapp, Elizabeth C. Cook,
Michael C. Gilliland, S.M. Hassan and Barry Perzow (together, "the Additional
Holders"); and (iii) the holders of certain outstanding warrants, covering in
the aggregate [          ] outstanding shares of Common Stock (the "Warrant
Shares"). The Preferred Shares, the shares held by the Additional Holders and
the Warrant Shares are referred to collectively herein as the "Registrable
Securities." The Registration Rights Agreement provides that six months after
the effective date of the Company's first registration statement and upon the
request from a holder or holders owning more than 60% of the shares issued upon
conversion of any particular
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   61
 
series of preferred stock, the Company shall: (i) give notice to the other
holders of Registrable Securities of the receipt of a request for registration
and such holders' right to participate in such registration: and (ii) effect a
registration under the Act of all Registrable Securities requested to be
included in such registration (a "Demand Registration"). The holders of shares
of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of each respective series of
preferred stock are limited to two Demand Registrations per series of preferred
stock and all such registrations are subject to underwriter cutback. Once during
any twelve month period the Company may defer its obligation to effect a Demand
Registration for up to 90 days if the Company's Board of Directors believes it
would be detrimental to the Company to file a registration statement at that
time.
 
     In addition, after the Company becomes eligible to file a registration
statement on Form S-3, upon the request from an Additional Holder or a holder or
holders owning more than 60% of the shares issued upon conversion of any
particular series of preferred stock, the Company will be obligated to file a
registration statement on Form S-3 covering the shares held by the holders
requesting such registration and such other Registrable Securities as may be
requested to be included in such registration (a "Form S-3 Registration").
 
     The Registration Rights Agreement also provides that the Company is
obligated to pay the expenses of (i) any Demand Registration, (ii) three Form
S-3 Registrations covering shares issued upon conversion of any particular
series of preferred stock, and (iii) three Form S-3 Registrations covering
shares held by the Additional Holders.
 
DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS
 
     The Company is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law (the "Delaware Law"), an anti-takeover law. In general,
the statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a
"business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three
years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested
stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.
For purposes of Section 203, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset
sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested
stockholder, and an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with
affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior, did own) 15% or
more of the corporation's voting stock. The Company's Certificate of
Incorporation provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed
only by resolution of the Board of Directors.
 
     Upon the closing of this offering, the Company's Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate") will provide that any action
required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Company must be
effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may
not be effected by a consent in writing. Special meetings of the stockholders of
the Company may be called only by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the
Board or the Chief Executive Officer. The Company's Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation will also provide that the authorized number of
directors may be changed only by resolution of the Board of Directors, and that
directors can only be removed for cause by a majority vote of the stockholders.
In addition, the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
will provide for the classification of the Board of Directors into three
classes, only one of which shall be elected at any given annual meeting. These
provisions may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in
control of the Company or depressing the market price of Common Stock or
discouraging hostile takeover bids in which stockholders of the Company could
receive a premium for their shares of Common Stock.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     Norwest Bank Minneapolis, N.A. has been appointed as the transfer agent and
registrar for the Company's Common Stock.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   62
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have outstanding an
aggregate of [          ] shares of Common Stock assuming: (i) no exercise of
the Underwriters' over-allotment option; and (ii) no exercise of outstanding
options. Of these shares, approximately [          ] shares, plus the
[          ] shares of Common Stock sold in this offering, will be freely
tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act,
unless such shares are held by "affiliates" of the Company, as that term is
defined under the Securities Act and the Regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
     The remaining [          ] shares of Common Stock are "Restricted Shares"
and are subject to restrictions under the Securities Act. [          ]
Restricted Shares are subject to lock-up agreements under which the holders have
agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares for a period of
180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of
Montgomery Securities. Approximately [          ] Restricted Shares will be
eligible for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the
Securities Act as of the date of this Prospectus. Of those shares [          ]
shares are held by [     ] stockholders. Beginning 90 days after the date of
this Prospectus, approximately [          ] Restricted Shares will be eligible
for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the
Securities Act. Beginning 180 days after the date of the Prospectus,
approximately [          ] Restricted Shares will become available for sale in
the public market subject to the volume and other limitations of Rule 144. The
remaining [          ] Restricted Shares will begin to be eligible for sale
beginning in April 1997.
 
     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate, who has beneficially owned
restricted shares for at least two years is entitled to sell, within any
three-month period commencing 90 days after the effective date of this offering,
a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of: (i) 1% of the then
outstanding shares of Common Stock (approximately [          ] shares
immediately after this offering); or (ii) the average weekly trading volume in
the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale, subject to
the filing of a Form 144 with respect to such sale and certain other limitations
and restrictions. In addition, a person who is not deemed to have been an
affiliate of the Company at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and
who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least three
years, would be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to
the volume limitations described above.
 
     Any employee, officer, director or consultant of the Company who purchased
his or her shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract is
entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, which permits
non-affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to comply with the
public-information, holding-period, volume-limitation or notice provisions of
Rule 144 and permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to
comply with Rule 144's holding period restrictions, in each case commencing 90
days after the Effective Date.
 
     The Company intends to file a registration statement under the Securities
Act to register shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company's
equity incentive plans and the Purchase Plan 90 days after the effective date of
this offering, thus permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in
the public market without restriction under the Securities Act. Such
registration statements will become effective immediately upon filing. At July
31, 1996, options to purchase [          ] shares of Common Stock were
outstanding under the Company's equity incentive plans, and no shares of Common
Stock had been issued under the Purchase Plan.
 
     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company, and any sale of substantial amounts in the open market may
adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock offered hereby.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   63
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     The Underwriters named below, represented by Montgomery Securities and
Smith Barney Inc. (the "Representatives"), have severally agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement (the "Underwriting
Agreement") by and among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the
Underwriters, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders the
number of shares of Common Stock indicated below opposite their respective
names, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount set
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. The Underwriting Agreement provides
that the obligations of the Underwriters are subject to certain conditions
precedent and that the Underwriters are committed to purchase all of the shares
if they purchase any.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              NUMBER OF
                                   UNDERWRITER                                 SHARES
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
      <S>                                                                     <C>
      Montgomery Securities.................................................
      Smith Barney Inc......................................................
 
                                                                              ---------
                Total.......................................................  [       ]
                                                                               ========
</TABLE>
 
     The Representatives have advised the Company and the Selling Stockholders
that the Underwriters propose initially to offer the shares of Common Stock to
the public at the public offering price set forth in the cover page of this
Prospectus. The Underwriters may allow selected dealers a concession of not more
than $     per share and the Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may
reallow, a concession not in excess of $     per share to certain dealers. After
the initial public offering, the public offering price and other selling terms
may be changed by the Representatives. The Common Stock is offered subject to
receipt and acceptance by the Underwriters, and to certain other conditions,
including the right to reject orders in whole or in part.
 
     The Company and certain Selling Stockholders have granted an option to the
Underwriters, exercisable during the 30-day period after the date of this
Prospectus, to purchase up to a maximum of [          ] and [          ]
additional shares of Common Stock, respectively, to cover overallotment options,
if any, at the same price as the initial shares to be purchased by the
Underwriters. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise this option, each of
the Underwriters will be committed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase
such additional shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the
above table.
 
     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Company and the Selling
Stockholders will indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act, or will contribute to payments
the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
     The Company's executive officers, directors and certain other stockholders
of the Company holding an aggregate of [          ] shares of Common Stock,
[          ] warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock and options to purchase
[          ] shares of Common Stock, have agreed that they will not directly or
indirectly offer to sell, sell or otherwise dispose of any of such Common Stock
or any securities convertible into or exchangeable therefor for a period of 180
days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of
Montgomery Securities. The Company has agreed not to sell any shares of Common
Stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus without the
prior written consent of Montgomery Securities, except pursuant to the Company's
equity incentive plans. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   64
 
     The Representatives have informed the Company that the Underwriters do not
expect to make sales to accounts over which they exercise discretionary activity
in excess of 5% of the number of shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
 
     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price will be determined by
negotiations among the Representatives of the Underwriters, the Company and the
Selling Stockholders. Among the factors to be considered in such negotiation
will be the history of, and the prospects for, the Company and the industry in
which it competes, an assessment of the Company's management, its past and
present earnings and the trend of such earnings, the prospects for future
earnings of the Company, the present state of the Company's development, the
general condition of securities markets at the time of this offering and the
market price of publicly traded stock of comparable companies in recent periods.
 
     Montgomery Securities owns [       ] shares of Common Stock and warrants to
purchase [          ] shares of Common Stock at a price of $[     ] per share.
Montgomery Securities will not participate as selling stockholders in this
offering. In addition, Montgomery Securities performed investment banking and
financial advisory services on behalf of the Company in connection with certain
of the Company's private financings, for which such firm received customary
fees.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>   65
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson & Tatum, LLP, Boulder, Colorado.
Certain legal matters relating to the offering will be passed upon for the
Underwriters by Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, Palo Alto, California.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The consolidated financial statements of Wild Oats Markets, Inc. as of
December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994 and for each of the three years in the
period ended December 30, 1995, the consolidated financial statements of
Alfalfa's, Inc. as of June 30, 1996 and for the year then ended, the combined
statements of earnings and cash flows for Kathy's Natural Foods Ranch Market for
the period from January 1, 1994 through July 13, 1994 and the year ended
December 31, 1993, and the combined financial statements of New Frontiers as of
December 31, 1995 and 1994 and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1995 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance
on the reports of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the
authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
     The consolidated financial statements of Alfalfa's, Inc. and its
subsidiaries as of June 25, 1995 and for the years ended June 25, 1995 and June
26, 1994 included in this Prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,
independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and are
included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as
experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
Washington, D.C. 20549, a Registration Statement (the "Registration Statement")
under the Act with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus
does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement
and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to
the Company and such Common Stock, reference is made to the Registration
Statement and the schedules and exhibits filed as a part thereof. Statements
contained in this Prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other
document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, reference is hereby
made to the copy of such contract or document filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement. The Registration Statement, including exhibits thereto,
may be inspected without charge at the Securities and Exchange Commission's
principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may
be obtained from the Public Reference Section, Securities and Exchange
Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, on payment of the
prescribed fees. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains a site on
the World Wide Web that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and
other information regarding the Company. The address for such site is
http://www.sec.gov.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   66
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        ----
<S>                                                                                     <C>
WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
Report of Independent Accountants.....................................................   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheet............................................................   F-3
Consolidated Statement of Operations..................................................   F-4
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)...................   F-5
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows..................................................   F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................   F-7
ALFALFA'S, INC.
Report of Independent Accountants.....................................................  F-17
Independent Auditor's Report..........................................................  F-18
Consolidated Balance Sheet............................................................  F-19
Consolidated Statement of Operations..................................................  F-21
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity.............................  F-22
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows..................................................  F-23
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................  F-24
KATHY'S NATURAL FOODS RANCH MARKET
Report of Independent Accountants.....................................................  F-31
Combined Statement of Operations and Retained Earnings................................  F-32
Combined Statement of Cash Flows......................................................  F-33
Notes to Combined Financial Statements................................................  F-34
NEW FRONTIERS
Report of Independent Accountants.....................................................  F-36
Combined Balance Sheet................................................................  F-37
Combined Statement of Operations......................................................  F-38
Combined Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity.................................  F-39
Combined Statement of Cash Flows......................................................  F-40
Notes to Combined Financial Statements................................................  F-41
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   67
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
of Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements of operations, of changes in stockholders' equity
(deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December
31, 1994 and December 30, 1995 and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 30, 1995, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
Price Waterhouse LLP
 
Boulder, Colorado
February 9, 1996, except for Note 2,
as to which the date is July 14, 1996
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   68
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        JUNE 29,
                                                                                          1996
                                              DECEMBER      DECEMBER                   PRO FORMA
                                                31,           30,         JUNE 29,     STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                1994          1995          1996         EQUITY
                                             ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents................. $    6,413    $    1,150    $    2,816
  Inventories, net..........................      4,426         7,789         9,849
  Accounts receivable (net of allowance for
     doubtful accounts of $37, $47 and $48
     (unaudited))...........................         90           378           673
  Income tax receivable.....................        166         1,367         1,370
  Prepaid expenses and other current
     assets.................................        147           464           782
  Deferred income taxes.....................        252           343           495
                                             ----------    ----------    ----------
     Total current assets...................     11,494        11,491        15,985
Property and equipment, net.................      6,516        19,318        22,145
Intangible assets, net......................      5,928         7,309         9,400
Deposits....................................        115           258           277
                                             ----------    ----------    ----------
                                             $   24,053    $   38,376    $   47,807
                                             ==========    ==========    ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable.......................... $    3,370    $    8,468    $    9,723
  Accrued wages and employee costs..........        742         1,230         1,844
  Accrued sales and property taxes..........        416           793           894
  Deferred charges and other accruals.......        538           444         1,350
  Notes payable.............................                                  1,610
  Current portion of long-term debt.........      2,998
  Current portion of capitalized lease
     obligations............................        152            82            65
                                             ----------    ----------    ----------
     Total current liabilities..............      8,216        11,017        15,486
Long-term debt..............................      2,940        13,236        17,282
Capitalized lease obligations...............        138            66            60
Deferred income taxes.......................        386         1,310         1,779
                                             ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                 11,680        25,629        34,607
                                             ----------    ----------    ----------
Commitments (Note 9)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock;
  $.001 par value; 673,765 shares
  authorized; 168,441 designated as Series
  A, 168,441 issued and outstanding; 1,604
  designated as Series B, none issued and
  outstanding; 419,081 designated as Series
  C, 417,100 issued and outstanding; none
  pro forma (unaudited).....................     15,018        16,956        18,009
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Common stock (equivalent shares basis);
     $.001 par value; 2,506,567 shares
     authorized; 1,535,232, 1,535,555,
     1,536,380 and 1,916,743 (unaudited)
     issued; 1,309,115, 1,689,478, 1,309,115
     (unaudited) and 1,689,478 pro forma
     (unaudited) outstanding................          1             1             1    $        2
  Additional paid-in capital................      2,866         2,870         2,883        15,529
  Retained earnings (deficit)...............       (170)       (1,731)       (2,329)       (2,329)
  Treasury stock, at cost, 226,117, 226,440,
     227,265 and none pro forma (unaudited)
     shares.................................     (5,342)       (5,349)       (5,364)
                                             ----------    ----------    ----------
          Total stockholders' equity
            (deficit).......................     (2,645)       (4,209)       (4,809)   $   13,202
                                                -------       -------       -------    ==========
                                             $   24,053    $   38,376    $   47,807
                                             ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   69
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED                   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                             ----------------------------------------   ------------------
                                             JANUARY 1,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 30,   JULY 1,   JUNE 29,
                                                1994          1994           1995        1995       1996
                                             ----------   ------------   ------------   -------   --------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>       <C>
Sales......................................   $ 47,266      $ 65,219       $ 98,517     $42,785   $ 68,102
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs.....     32,475        44,817         67,449      28,940     46,424
                                              --------      --------       --------     -------   --------
     Gross profit..........................     14,791        20,402         31,068      13,845     21,678
Operating expenses:
  Direct store expenses....................     10,876        15,505         24,787       9,927     16,721
  Selling, general and administrative
     expenses..............................      1,824         2,317          4,465       1,842      2,783
  Pre-opening expenses.....................        416                        1,037         218        786
                                              --------      --------       --------     -------   --------
     Income from operations................      1,675         2,580            779       1,858      1,388
  Interest expense.........................        350           373            363          87        578
                                              --------      --------       --------     -------   --------
     Income before income taxes............      1,325         2,207            416       1,771        810
     Income tax expense....................        347           880             40         703        352
                                              --------      --------       --------     -------   --------
Net income.................................        978         1,327            376       1,068        458
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock....        134           484          1,937         948      1,056
                                              --------      --------       --------     -------   --------
Net income (loss) allocable to common
  stock....................................   $    844      $    843       $ (1,561)    $   120   $   (598)
                                              ========      ========       ========     =======   ======== 
Pro forma presentation -- unaudited (Note
  8):
  Income before tax -- historical..........   $  1,325
  Income tax expense -- pro forma..........        521
                                              --------
  Net income -- pro forma..................        804
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock....        134
                                              --------
Net income allocable to common stock --
  pro forma (unaudited)....................   $    670
                                              ========
Unaudited pro-forma income per
  common share (Note 1)....................                                $    .15               $    .18
                                                                           ========               ========
Unaudited pro-forma weighted average number
  of common shares outstanding (Note 1)....                                   2,476                  2,476
                                                                           ========               ========
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   70

                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         TOTAL
                                   COMMON STOCK        TREASURY STOCK      ADDITIONAL    RETAINED    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                ------------------    -----------------     PAID-IN      EARNINGS      (DEFICIT)
                                 SHARES     AMOUNT    SHARES    AMOUNT      CAPITAL     (DEFICIT)       EQUITY
                                ---------   ------    -------   -------    ----------   ----------   -------------
<S>                             <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance at January 2, 1993....  1,403,678    $  1                           $  1,614     $   (314)      $ 1,301
Repurchase of common stock....                         84,220   $(1,050)                                 (1,050)
Stockholder draws.............                                                             (1,494)       (1,494)
Payments on stock subscription
  receivable..................                                                    42                         42
Accretion of redeemable
  preferred stock.............                                                               (134)         (134)
Net income....................                                                                978           978
                                ---------    ----     -------   -------     --------     --------       -------
Balance at January 1, 1994....  1,403,678       1      84,220    (1,050)       1,656         (964)         (357)
Issuance of common stock
  ($17.45 per share)..........      7,161       0                                125                        125
Issuance of common stock
  ($24.93 per share)..........      2,334       0                                 58                         58
Issuance of warrants to
  purchase preferred stock....                                                    27                         27
Conversion of note payable
  into shares of common
  stock.......................    122,059                                      1,000                      1,000
Repurchase of common stock....                        141,897    (4,292)                                 (4,292)
Accretion of redeemable
  preferred stock.............                                                               (484)         (484)
Stockholder draws.............                                                                (49)          (49)
Net income....................                                                              1,327         1,327
                                ---------    ----     -------   -------     --------     --------       -------
Balance at December 31,
  1994........................  1,535,232       1     226,117    (5,342)       2,866         (170)       (2,645)
Common stock options exercised
  ($12.50 to $30.33 per
  share)......................        323       0                                  4                          4
Repurchase of common stock....                            323        (7)                                     (7)
Accretion of redeemable
  preferred stock.............                                                             (1,937)       (1,937)
Net income....................                                                                376           376
                                ---------    ----     -------   -------     --------     --------       -------
Balance at December 30,
  1995........................  1,535,555       1     226,440    (5,349)       2,870       (1,731)       (4,209)
Common stock options exercised
  ($12.50-$30.33 per share)...        825       0                                 13                         13
Repurchase of common stock....                            825       (15)                                    (15)
Accretion of redeemable
  preferred stock.............                                                             (1,056)       (1,056)
Net income....................                                                                458           458
                                ---------    ----     -------   -------     --------     --------       -------
Balance at June 29, 1996
  (Unaudited).................  1,536,380    $  1     227,265   $(5,364)    $  2,883     $ (2,329)      $(4,809)
                                =========    ====     =======   =======     ========     ========       =======
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   71
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEAR ENDED                      SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                               ----------------------------------------     --------------------
                                               JANUARY 1,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 30,     JULY 1,     JUNE 29,
                                                  1994          1994           1995          1995         1996
                                               ----------   ------------   ------------     -------     --------
                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income...................................    $  978       $ 1,327        $    376       $ 1,068      $  458
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization..............     1,019         1,301           2,078           764       1,718
  Loss on disposal of equipment..............        63            57             241            43          51
  Deferred tax provision.....................       133            51             834           173         317
Change in assets and liabilities:
  Inventories................................      (956)         (570)         (3,363)       (1,095)     (2,060)
  Receivables and other assets...............      (324)         (224)         (1,385)          100        (635)
  Accounts payable...........................     1,045          (618)          5,098         2,893       1,255
  Accrued liabilities........................        93           205             747           582       1,621
                                                 ------       ----------     ----------     -------      ------
     Net cash provided by operating
       activities............................     2,051         1,529           4,626         4,528       2,725
                                                 ------       ----------     ----------     -------      ------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures.........................    (1,444)       (1,907)        (14,213)       (3,663)     (6,190)
Payment for purchase of acquired entities,
  net of cash acquired.......................                  (2,361)         (2,829)       (2,829)       (500)
                                                 ------       ----------     ----------     -------      ------ 
     Net cash used by investing activities...    (1,444)       (4,268)        (17,042)       (6,492)     (6,690)
                                                 ------       ----------     ----------     -------      ------ 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from notes payable..................                                                             1,610
Proceeds from long term debt.................     2,333         3,095          13,236                     4,046
Payments on long term debt...................    (1,046)       (3,546)         (5,938)       (3,465)
Principal payments under capitalized lease
  obligations................................      (172)         (143)           (142)          (77)        (23)
Proceeds from preferred stock issuance, net
  of stock issuance costs....................     2,029        12,369
Proceeds from issuance of common stock.......                     125               4             2          13
Purchase of treasury stock...................    (1,050)       (4,292)             (7)           (3)        (15)
Repayment of stock subscription receivable...        42
Stockholder draws............................    (1,494)          (49)
                                                 ------       ----------     ----------     -------      ------ 
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing
       activities............................       642         7,559           7,153        (3,543)      5,631
                                                 ------       ----------     ----------     -------      ------ 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents................................     1,249         4,820          (5,263)       (5,507)      1,666
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  year.......................................       344         1,593           6,413         6,413       1,150
                                                 ------       ----------     ----------     -------      ------ 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.....    $1,593       $ 6,413        $  1,150       $   906      $2,816
                                                 ======       ========       ========        ======      ======
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   72
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     ORGANIZATION
 
     Wild Oats Markets, Inc. (the "Company"), headquartered in Boulder,
     Colorado, owns and operates natural foods supermarkets in the western
     United States. The Company also operates bakeries, kitchens, and a
     warehouse that supply the retail stores. The Company's operations are
     concentrated in one market segment, grocery stores; however, management
     considers a downturn in this market segment to be unlikely.
 
     Prior to 1995, the consolidated financial statements included the accounts
     of Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, The Wild
     Side, Inc., Kathy's Natural Foods Ranch Market, Inc., and Kathy's Natural
     Foods Ranch Market-West, Inc. All significant intercompany accounts and
     transactions were eliminated upon consolidation. In 1995, all three
     subsidiaries were dissolved and all assets and liabilities were absorbed by
     the Company.
 
     FISCAL YEAR
 
     The Company reports its financial results on a fifty-two or fifty-three
     week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to December 31. Each fiscal
     quarter consists of a thirteen week period, with one fourteen week period
     in a fifty-three week year. All fiscal years presented were fifty-two week
     periods.
 
     STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
     For purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, the Company considers all
     highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less
     to be cash equivalents. For these investments, fair market value
     approximates cost. The Company paid $350,000, $426,000 and $380,000 in
     interest charges in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The Company paid
     income taxes of $262,000, $991,000 and $668,000 in 1993, 1994 and 1995,
     respectively.
 
     In April 1995, the Company, in two separate transactions, acquired the
     assets of two related but not commonly controlled California Limited
     Partnerships. Consideration for these acquisitions was $2.8 million in cash
     which was the net effect on cash and cash equivalents.
 
     In July 1994, the Company acquired the outstanding stock of two commonly
     controlled corporations. Consideration for this acquisition was in the form
     of $2.8 million in cash, $3.6 million in notes payable, and $85,000 in
     stock and warrants. The net effect on cash and cash equivalents at
     acquisition date was a net use of $2.4 million after considering $396,000
     of cash acquired in the transaction.
 
     INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consisting of products held for sale are stated at the lower of
     cost (first-in, first-out) or market, as determined by the retail inventory
     method. Inventories are net of a reserve of approximately $146,000 and
     $300,000 for 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
     DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
     Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed on a
     straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective
     assets (three to seven years). Leasehold improvements are amortized on a
     straight line basis over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the
     lease term. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred and
     improvements are capitalized.
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   73
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     Intangible assets consist primarily of goodwill, which is amortized using
     the straight-line method over 40 years, and are shown net of accumulated
     amortization of $667,000 and $942,000 for 1994 and 1995, respectively. The
     carrying value of goodwill is assessed for recoverability by management
     based on an analysis of undiscounted expected future cash flows from the
     related acquired entities. The Company believes that there has been no
     impairment thereof as of December 30, 1995.
 
     PRE-OPENING EXPENSES
 
     Pre-opening expenses are included in other assets and consist primarily of
     labor costs, rent, utilities, supplies, and other expenses incurred in
     connection with the opening of a new store. Pre-opening costs are
     capitalized and amortized in full as of the store opening date.
 
     ADVERTISING
 
     Advertising is expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $521,000,
     $568,000 and $1.3 million for 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
     USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements
     and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
     In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
     Statement No. 121, "Accounting for impairment of Long-Lived Assets and
     Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of," which requires losses to be recorded
     on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are
     present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those
     assets are less than the assets' carrying amount. Statement No. 121 also
     addresses the accounting for long-lived assets that are expected to be
     disposed. The Company adopted Statement No. 121 in the first quarter of
     1996 and the effect of adoption was not material.
 
     In October 1995, the FASB issued Statement No. 123, "Accounting for
     Stock-Based Compensation," which requires that the Company's financial
     statements include certain disclosures about stock-based employee
     compensation arrangements. As allowed by Statement No. 123, the Company
     will continue to apply the accounting provisions of Accounting Principles
     Board Opinion No. 25; accordingly, the adoption of Statement No. 123 will
     have no effect on future reported net income or earnings per share.
 
     INTERIM FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The interim financial data as of June 29, 1996 and for the six months ended
     July 1, 1995 and June 29, 1996 is unaudited; however, in the opinion of
     management of the Company, the interim data includes all adjustments,
     consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair
     presentation of the results for the interim periods presented. All data
     presented in these notes at such date and for such periods is unaudited.
 
     UNAUDITED PRO FORMA SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     The Board of Directors authorized management of the Company to file a
     registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC")
     permitting the Company to sell shares of its common
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   74
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     stock to the public. If the Company's initial public offering is
     consummated under the terms presently anticipated, all of the redeemable
     convertible preferred stock outstanding will automatically convert into
     585,541 shares of common stock. In addition, in August 1996, the Company
     retired its outstanding treasury stock. Unaudited pro forma shareholders'
     equity as of June 29, 1996, as set forth on the accompanying balance sheet,
     is adjusted for the anticipated conversion of preferred stock and
     aforementioned retirement of treasury stock.
 
     UNAUDITED PRO FORMA EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
     Earnings per common share were computed based on the weighted average
     number of the Company's common shares outstanding on an equivalent share
     basis giving effect to the reverse merger with Alfalfa's Inc. (see Note 2).
     The Company's historical capital structure is not indicative of its
     prospective structure due to the automatic conversion of convertible
     preferred stock into common stock concurrent with the closing of the
     Company's anticipated initial public offering. Accordingly, historical net
     income (loss) per common share is not considered meaningful and has not
     been presented herein.
 
     Pro forma net income (loss) per common share is computed based on the
     weighted average number of common shares outstanding and gives effect to
     certain adjustments described below. Common equivalent shares are not
     included in the per share calculation where the effect of their inclusion
     would be antidilutive, except that, in conformity with SEC requirements,
     common and common equivalent shares issued during the twelve-month period
     prior to the filing of the Company's proposed initial public offering have
     been included in the calculation as if they were outstanding for all
     periods using the treasury stock method. Additionally, all outstanding
     shares of convertible preferred stock are assumed to have been converted to
     common stock at the time of their issuance.
 
     FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments, including
     cash, short-term trade receivables and payables and long-term debt,
     approximate their fair values.
 
2.   MERGER WITH ALFALFA'S INC.
 
     On January 18, 1996, the Company signed a letter of intent to merge with
     Alfalfa's, Inc., a natural foods supermarket chain located in Boulder,
     Colorado. The merger closed on July 14, 1996. The total acquisition cost
     was $47.6 million and was made up of $16.2 million of cash, issuance of
     441,737 shares of common stock and options to acquire 69,975 shares of
     common stock valued at $14.2 million, issuance of 230,243 shares of
     redeemable convertible Series D Preferred Stock valued at $7.7 million,
     assumption of $8.5 million in liabilities and $1.0 million of acquisition
     related costs. The transaction was structured so that Alfalfa's issued
     shares for the Company; however, as the Company's shareholders controlled a
     majority of the voting stock of the combined companies following the
     merger, the transaction was accounted for as a reverse acquisition with the
     Company as the acquiror. Accordingly, all common shares and prices per
     share disclosed in these financial statements have been adjusted on an
     equivalent share basis.
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   75
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
3.   OTHER BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
 
     On May 31, 1996, the Company acquired substantially all of the combined
     assets of three related natural foods retail stores in Salt Lake City, Utah
     in exchange for total consideration of $3.1 million consisting of cash,
     promissory notes and assumption of debt and payables. The acquisition was
     accounted for using the purchase method and the excess of cost over fair
     value of the assets acquired of $1.8 million was allocated to goodwill,
     which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years. The fair
     value of the acquired assets and liabilities at the acquisition date are as
     follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                       <C>
    Current assets..........................................................  $  552
    Equipment...............................................................     611
    Other assets............................................................     110
    Goodwill................................................................   1,803
                                                                              ------
                                                                              $3,076
                                                                              ======
</TABLE>
 
     On April 22, 1995, the Company acquired the assets of a California Limited
     Partnership operating a natural foods supermarket in northern California,
     in exchange for $2.1 million in cash. The acquisition was accounted for
     using the purchase method and the excess of cost over fair value of the
     assets acquired of $1.4 million was allocated to goodwill, which is being
     amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years. The fair values of the
     acquired assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition are as follows
     (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                       <C>
    Current assets..........................................................  $  302
    Equipment...............................................................     447
    Current liabilities.....................................................     (15)
    Goodwill................................................................   1,369
                                                                              ------
                                                                              $2,103
                                                                              ======
</TABLE>
 
     In addition, on April 22, 1995, the Company acquired the assets of a second
     California Limited Partnership operating a natural foods supermarket in
     northern California, in exchange for $726,000 in cash. The acquisition was
     accounted for using the purchase method and the excess of cost over fair
     value of the assets acquired of $313,000 was allocated to goodwill, which
     is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years. The fair values
     of the assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition are as follows (in
     thousands):
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                         <C>
    Current assets............................................................  $262
    Equipment.................................................................   160
    Current liabilities.......................................................    (9)
    Goodwill..................................................................   313
                                                                                ----
                                                                                $726
                                                                                ====
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   76
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     On July 14, 1994, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of two
     related corporations, located in Las Vegas, Nevada, each operating a
     natural foods store under the name Kathy's Natural Foods Ranch Market, at a
     total cost of $6.5 million. Consideration for the acquisition was in the
     form of $2.8 million in cash, $3.6 million in notes payable, and $85,000 in
     stock and warrants. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase
     method and resulted in goodwill of $5.8 million, which is being amortized
     on a straight-line basis over 40 years. The fair values of the Kathy's
     Natural Foods Ranch Markets assets and liabilities at the date of
     acquisition are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                              <C>
    Current assets...............................................    $ 1,423
    Property and equipment.......................................      1,239
    Other assets.................................................         80
    Goodwill.....................................................      5,837
    Current liabilities..........................................     (1,168)
    Notes payable................................................       (855)
    Other liabilities............................................        (90)
                                                                     -------
                                                                     $ 6,466
                                                                     =======
</TABLE>
 
     The following unaudited pro forma combined results of operations of the
     Company and the acquired businesses discussed above have been prepared as
     if the transactions occurred as of the beginning of the respective periods,
     except that in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles the
     operations of the business acquired on May 31, 1996 have been excluded from
     the 1994 pro forma results (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                       --------------------------------------    -----------------------------
                                       DECEMBER 31, 1994    DECEMBER 30, 1995    JULY 1, 1995    JUNE 29, 1996
                                       -----------------    -----------------    ------------    -------------
    <S>                                <C>                  <C>                  <C>             <C>
    Sales............................            $83,577             $111,304      $ 49,778         $75,449
    Net income.......................              1,929                2,084         2,722             974
</TABLE>
 
4.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 30,
                                                                     1994           1995
                                                                 ------------   ------------
    <S>                                                            <C>            <C>
    Machinery and equipment....................................    $  5,833       $ 14,634
    Leasehold improvements.....................................       2,260          5,192
    Land and building..........................................         338            338
    Construction in progress...................................         436          3,022
    Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization............      (2,351)        (3,868)
                                                                   --------       --------
                                                                   $  6,516       $ 19,318
                                                                   ========       ========
</TABLE>
 
     The amounts shown above include $618,338 and $338,016 of machinery and
     equipment which are accounted for as capitalized leases and which have
     accumulated amortization of $380,454 and $227,727 at fiscal year end 1994
     and 1995, respectively.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   77
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
5.   NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     At June 29, 1996, the Company had a short-term note payable of $1.6 million
     which bears interest at an annual rate of 7% and matures on August 31,
     1996.
 
     Long-term debt outstanding consists of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 30,
                                                                      1994           1995
                                                                  ------------   ------------
    <S>                                                           <C>              <C>
    Notes payable to banks:
      Due February 1, 2002, bearing interest, at the Company's
         option, at the prime rate or LIBOR plus 1.75% ($5,236
         at 8.25% and $8,000 at 7.625%, respectively, at
         December 30, 1995), secured by inventory and fixed
         assets.................................................                   $ 13,236
      Due September 1995, bearing interest at prime plus 2.0%
         (8.75% at December 31, 1994), secured by inventories
         and equipment..........................................  $      713
      Due December 1998, bearing interest at prime plus 1.75%
         (10.25% at December 31, 1994), secured by property and
         equipment..............................................       1,300
      Due March 1996, bearing interest at 9%, secured by land
         and building...........................................         400
      Due March 1998, bearing interest at prime plus 1.5% (9.0%
         at December 31, 1994), secured by property and
         equipment..............................................         253
      Due April 1995, bearing interest at 9%, secured by
         property and equipment.................................          69
    Notes payable to corporations and individuals:
      Due April 1995 to October 1995, non-interest bearing,
         secured by shares of stock of an acquired entity.......       1,920
      Due March 1997 to March 2004, bearing interest at 10%,
         unsecured..............................................         773
      Due January 1996, bearing interest at 9%, secured by
         property and equipment.................................         119
      Due March 1996, bearing interest at 9%, secured by
         property...............................................          14
    Notes payable to stockholders:
      Due May 1995-August 1997, bearing interest at 9%-10%,
         unsecured..............................................         172
      Due February 1997, bearing interest at 9%, secured by
         inventory, fixtures and equipment......................          94
    Other notes payable.........................................         111
                                                                  ----------     ----------   
                                                                       5,938         13,236
    Less current portion........................................      (2,998)
                                                                  ----------     ----------   
                                                                  $    2,940     $   13,236
                                                                  ==========     ==========
</TABLE>
 
     At December 30, 1995, the Company has no debt maturing between the years
     1996 and 2000. Fair market value of debt outstanding at December 30, 1995
     approximates its carrying value.
 
     In March 1995, the Company entered into a credit agreement for a $20.0
     million revolving line of credit. The facility has a three year draw
     period, after which the commitment will reduce over a four year period. The
     line bears interest, at the Company's option, at the prime rate or LIBOR
     plus 1.75%. As of December 30, 1995, the Company had $13.2 million
     outstanding on this line of credit. The line of credit agreement includes
     certain financial and other covenants, as well as restrictions of payments
     of dividends.
 
6.   REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
     On November 15, 1994, the Company issued 417,100 shares of Series C
     Preferred Stock at $30.24 per share. On July 3, 1993, the Company issued
     168,441 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at $12.47 per share. The
     preferred stock has a liquidation preference of $12.47 per share plus
     accrued dividends at 12%
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   78
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     compounded annually for Series A and $30.24 per share plus accrued
     dividends at 12% compounded annually for Series C, participates in
     dividends declared on a pro rata basis with common stock, and converts, at
     the option of the holder, into common stock at a ratio of one to one. The
     preferred stock, by its terms, converts to common stock at the closing of
     an initial public offering. If not converted prior to September 30, 1997
     for Series A and December 31, 1999 for Series C, upon election by the
     holders, the Company shall redeem all outstanding preferred stock. The
     redemption price shall include the original stock issue price plus an
     amount equal to a 12% return compounded annually and is then payable in
     sixteen equal quarterly installments. Such amounts would be payable as
     follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
            <S>                                                          <C>
            1997.....................................................    $   426
            1998.....................................................        851
            1999.....................................................      2,259
            2000.....................................................      6,483
            2001.....................................................      6,058
            2002.....................................................      5,632
            2003.....................................................      4,224
                                                                         -------
                                                                         $25,933
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>
 
     During 1994, as consideration for providing certain bridge financing, the
     Company issued two warrants to an existing stockholder to purchase an
     aggregate of 1,510 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. The warrants have a
     five year term and an exercise price of $17.45 to $18.78 per share,
     respectively. The Series B Preferred Stock has all of the same rights,
     terms and privileges as Series A Preferred Stock.
 
     Also during 1994, as consideration for investment advisory services related
     to the placement of Series C Preferred Stock, the Company issued a
     five-year warrant to a Series C stockholder to purchase 1,981 shares of
     Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $37.81 per share.
 
     The above warrants were valued at $27,000 which was recorded as additional
     paid-in capital in 1994.
 
7.   STOCK OPTIONS
 
     The Company has an Incentive Stock Option Plan ("Plan") pursuant to which
     incentive stock options to purchase up to 277,200 shares of the Company's
     common stock may be issued to employees, officers and directors. Under the
     Plan, stock options are granted at an exercise price not less than the fair
     value of the stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company's
     board of directors. Outstanding options vest over a period of five years
     and expire ten years from the date of grant. Options are only exercisable
     during a thirty day period after termination. As of December 30, 1995, no
     options were exercisable under the Plan.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   79
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     Following is a summary of stock option transactions:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             QUALIFIED   NON-QUALIFIED   EXERCISE PRICE
                                                             ---------   -------------   --------------
    <S>                                                      <C>         <C>             <C>
    Outstanding as of January 2, 1993......................         --
    Granted................................................    104,225                    $       12.50
    Forfeited..............................................     (1,900)                   $       12.50
                                                             ---------
    Outstanding as of January 1, 1994......................    102,325                    $       12.50
    Granted................................................     47,930       13,428       $ 12.50-30.33
    Forfeited..............................................    (25,500)      (1,000)      $ 12.50-17.50
                                                             ---------   ----------
    Outstanding as of December 31, 1994....................    124,755       12,428       $ 12.50-30.33
    Granted................................................     64,900                    $       30.33
    Forfeited..............................................    (24,882)                   $ 12.50-30.33
    Exercised..............................................       (323)                   $ 12.50-30.33
                                                             ---------   ----------
    Outstanding as of December 30, 1995....................    164,450       12,428       $ 12.50-30.33
                                                             =========   ==========
</TABLE>
 
8.   INCOME TAXES
 
     Effective July 3, 1993, the Company revoked its S corporation election. The
     pro forma amounts below for the year ended January 1, 1994 are presented as
     if the Company had been a taxable entity for the entire year.
 
     Income tax expense consists of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 JANUARY 1,            YEAR ENDED
                                                    JANUARY 1,      1994       ---------------------------
                                                       1994       PRO FORMA    DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 30,
                                                    HISTORICAL   (UNAUDITED)       1994           1995
                                                    ----------   -----------   ------------   ------------
    <S>                                             <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>
    Current: Federal..............................  $   187         $ 522        $  707          $ (791)
             State................................       27            76           122              (3)
                                                    -------         -----        ------          ------     
                                                        214           598           829            (794)
                                                    -------         -----        ------          ------        
    Deferred: Federal.............................      116           (67)           40             825
              State...............................       17           (10)           11               9
                                                    -------         -----        ------          ------      
                                                        133           (77)           51             834
                                                    -------         -----        ------          ------       
                                                    $   347         $ 521        $  880          $   40
                                                    =======         ======       ======          ====== 
</TABLE>
 
     Income taxes as reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations
     differ from the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal
     corporate tax rate to income as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEAR ENDED
                                                              ----------------------------------------
                                                              JANUARY 1,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 30,
                                                                 1994          1994           1995
                                                              ----------   ------------   ------------
    <S>                                                        <C>          <C>           <C>
    Expected tax rate.......................................      34.0%         34.0%          34.0%
    State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit...       1.1           3.6            3.8
    Tax effect of non-deductible goodwill...................                     1.1            4.7
    Non taxable S corporation income........................     (21.4)
    Effect of conversion to C corporation...................      10.0
    Disposal of assets......................................                                  (30.7)
    Other, net..............................................       2.5           1.2           (2.2)
                                                               -------     ---------      ---------     
    Effective tax rate......................................      26.2%         39.9%           9.6%
                                                               =======     =========      ========= 
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   80
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
     portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as
     follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 30,
                                                                         1994             1995
                                                                     ------------     ------------
    <S>                                                              <C>              <C>
    Deferred tax assets
      Inventory related............................................  $      74        $      165
      Property related.............................................         32                  
      Accruals.....................................................        196               168
      Net operating loss carry forward.............................                          102
                                                                     ---------        ----------
         Total deferred tax assets.................................        302               435
                                                                     ---------        ----------
    Deferred tax liabilities
      Property related.............................................       (418)           (1,310)
      Pre-opening costs............................................        (18)              (92)
                                                                     ---------        ----------
         Total deferred tax liabilities............................       (436)           (1,402)
                                                                     ---------        ----------
    Net deferred tax liability.....................................  $    (134)       $     (967)
                                                                     ==========       ==========
</TABLE>
 
     The tax years 1993 through 1995 are open for examination by the Internal
     Revenue Service (IRS). The Company's federal income tax return for 1994 is
     currently under examination by the IRS. No formal report has been issued to
     date. It is management's belief that the outcome of the examination will
     not have an adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial
     statements.
 
9.   COMMITMENTS
 
     The Company has several noncancelable operating leases related to
     facilities occupied and store equipment. These leases generally contain
     renewal provisions at the option of the Company. Total rental expense
     (consisting of minimum rent and contingent rent) under these leases was
     $1.2 million, $1.8 million and $2.6 million during 1993, 1994 and 1995,
     respectively.
 
     Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases and the
     present value of future minimum capital lease payments as of December 30,
     1995 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         CAPITAL LEASES   OPERATING LEASES    TOTAL
                                                         --------------   ----------------   -------
    <S>                                                     <C>              <C>             <C>
    Fiscal year ending                                                                      
      1996.............................................     $   92            $  3,549       $ 3,641
      1997.............................................         59               3,957         4,016
      1998.............................................          9               3,704         3,713
      1999.............................................                          3,419         3,419
      2000.............................................                          3,204         3,204
      Thereafter.......................................                         19,336        19,336
                                                            ------        ------------       -------
    Total minimum lease payments.......................        160            $ 37,169       $37,329
                                                                          ============       =======
    Less amount representing interest..................        (13)
                                                            ------
    Present value of minimum capital lease payments....        147
    Less current portion...............................        (81)
                                                            ------
                                                            $   66
                                                            ======
</TABLE>
 
     Minimum rentals for operating leases do not include contingent rentals
     which may become due under certain lease terms which provide that rentals
     may be increased based on a percentage of sales. During 1993, 1994 and
     1995, the Company paid contingent rentals of $115,000, $165,000 and
     $158,000, respectively.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   81
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
10.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     On July 4, 1993, the Company sold the assets of a small convenience store
     to a company controlled by a related party for gross proceeds of $200,000
     resulting in an after tax gain of $57,000.
 
11.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     In July 1996, in connection with the acquisition of Alfalfa's, the Company
     amended and restated its Certificate of Incorporation to give effect to the
     following: (i) the Series A Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock
     liquidation preferences were amended to reduce the dividend to 10%
     compounded annually, respectively; and (ii) the Series A Preferred Stock
     redemption election date was amended to be December 31, 1999.
 
     Also, in July 1996, immediately prior to the acquisition of Alfalfa's, the
     Company sold 486,453 shares of Series E Preferred Stock for $16.5 million.
     The proceeds were used primarily to purchase shares of common and preferred
     stock held by former Alfalfa's stockholders. In addition, as part of the
     consideration in the acquisition of Alfalfa's, the Company issued Series D
     Preferred Stock. Both the Series D and E have the same liquidation
     preference of $33.36 per share plus all of the same rights, preferences and
     privileges as the Series A and C Preferred Stock.
 
     Further, in July 1996, the Company received a commitment from its lender to
     raise its revolving line of credit to $40.0 million.
 
     During late August 1996, the Company's Board of Directors made the
     following decisions relating to the Company's operations, which are
     expected to result in an approximate $5.5 million non-recurring charge
     being recorded in the three months ending September 30, 1996. Specifically,
     as a direct result of the July 1996 acquisition of Alfalfa's, the Company
     expects to incur $1.5 million by: (1) closing one Wild Oats store and
     certain Wild Oats regional facilities (a bakery and a kitchen); (2) moving
     out of its existing corporate headquarters and relocating to Alfalfa's; and
     (3) consolidating certain information systems, thereby abandoning certain
     former Wild Oats hardware and software. In addition, after operating the
     combined businesses for over a month, management has decided to close two
     Alfalfa's facilities (one store and one restaurant) which at the time of
     the acquisition it had planned to retain, which is expected to result in
     the remaining $4.0 million. Components of this non-recurring charge are
     expected to consist primarily of lease cancellation costs ($1.1 million),
     employee severance and relocation costs ($200,000) and losses on disposal
     or abandonment of certain assets ($4.2 million).
 
     The Company is under investigation by the New Mexico Assistant Attorney
     General alleging possible violations of anti-trust laws as a result of the
     acquisition of Alfalfa's. The Company replied refuting the Attorney
     General's claim. The Company believes that the acquisition complies with
     federal and state anti-trust laws and will continue to vigorously defend
     its position in New Mexico. The New Mexico Attorney General has taken no
     legal action with respect to the acquisition and the outcome of this matter
     cannot be determined.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   82
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
of Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and related
consolidated statements of operations, of changes in stockholders' equity and of
cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Alfalfa's, Inc. and its subsidiaries at June 30, 1996 and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit
of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards
which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made be management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
Price Waterhouse LLP
 
Boulder, Colorado
August 15, 1996
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   83
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors
Alfalfa's Inc. and Subsidiaries
Denver, Colorado
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Alfalfa's,
Inc. and subsidiaries, as of June 25, 1995, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years
ended June 25, 1995 and June 26, 1994. These consolidated financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Alfalfa's Inc., and
subsidiaries as of June 25, 1995, and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for the years ended June 25, 1995 and June 26, 1994 in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Denver, Colorado
September 6, 1995
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   84
 
                                ALFALFA'S, INC.
 
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       JUNE 25, 1995   JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                       -------------   -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..........................................     $ 1,875         $ 3,591
  Certificate of deposit.............................................       1,500
  Accounts receivable less allowance for doubtful accounts of $33 and
     $57.............................................................          99             234
  Due from Wild Oats Markets, Inc....................................                         316
  Due from Stockholders..............................................          35              21
  Income tax receivable..............................................         134
  Inventories, net...................................................       3,065           3,273
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets..........................         101              70
  Deferred income taxes..............................................         220             419
                                                                          -------         -------
     Total current assets............................................       7,029           7,924
                                                                          -------         -------
Property and equipment, net..........................................      12,152          11,845
Other assets:
  Goodwill, net......................................................       2,956           2,902
  Deferred pre-opening cost..........................................         494
  Deposits and other.................................................          76              95
  Note receivable from employee......................................          48              48
  Deferred income taxes..............................................          36             260
                                                                          -------         -------
     Total other assets..............................................       3,610           3,305
                                                                          -------         -------
                                                                          $22,791         $23,074
                                                                          =======         =======
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   85
 
                                ALFALFA'S, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       JUNE 25, 1995   JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                       -------------   -------------
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                                 
Current liabilities:                                                                                 
  Accounts payable...................................................     $ 4,712         $ 4,931    
  Accrued wages and employee costs...................................       1,554           1,743    
  Other accrued expenses.............................................         393             719    
  Income taxes payable...............................................           6             321    
  Current deferred income taxes......................................          67                    
  Current installments of long-term debt.............................         365             260    
                                                                          -------         -------    
     Total current liabilities.......................................       7,097           7,974    
Long-term debt.......................................................         626             130    
Deferred rent........................................................         408             316    
Deferred income taxes................................................          81             140    
                                                                          -------         -------    
                                                                            8,212           8,560    
Commitments (Note 7)                                                                                 
Redeemable convertible Series A Preferred Stock $1.00 par value;                                     
  authorized 5,000,000 shares for Series A and Series B combined;                                    
  1,200,000 shares designated, 179,249 shares issued and                                             
  outstanding........................................................       8,216           9,011    
Stockholders' equity:                                                                                
  Convertible Series B Preferred Stock; $1.00 par value; authorized                                  
     5,000,000 shares for Series A and Series B combined; 60,000                                     
     shares designated, 57,143 shares issued and outstanding at June                                 
     25, 1995 and none issued and outstanding at June 30, 1996.......          57                    
  Common stock (equivalent share basis), $.005 par value; authorized                                 
     39,702,248 shares; 712,330 shares issued and outstanding at June                                
     25, 1995; 826,261 shares issued and outstanding at June 30,                                     
     1996............................................................           3               4    
  Additional paid-in capital.........................................       3,062           3,121    
  Retained earnings..................................................       3,226           2,339    
  Foreign currency translation adjustment............................          15              39    
                                                                          -------         -------    
     Total stockholders' equity......................................       6,363           5,503    
                                                                          -------         -------    
                                                                          $22,791         $23,074
                                                                          =======         =======
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>   86
 
                                ALFALFA'S, INC.
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEARS ENDED
                                                       -------------------------------------------------
                                                       JUNE 26, 1994     JUNE 25, 1995     JUNE 30, 1996
                                                       -------------     -------------     -------------
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>               <C>
Sales................................................     $45,880           $64,852           $85,623
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs...............      30,491            43,379            58,492
                                                          -------           -------           -------
  Gross profit.......................................      15,389            21,473            27,131
                                                          -------           -------           -------
Operating expenses:
  Direct store expenses..............................      11,437            16,165            22,158
  Selling, general and administrative expenses.......       1,754             3,266             4,362
  Pre-opening expenses...............................         460               325               662
                                                          -------           -------           -------
     Total operating expenses........................      13,651            19,756            27,182
                                                          -------           -------           -------
Income (loss) from operations........................       1,738             1,717               (51)
                                                          -------           -------           -------
Other income (expense):
  Interest income....................................          45               140                56
  Interest expense...................................        (162)             (313)              (76)
  Other expense, net.................................         (47)
                                                          -------           -------           -------
     Total other income (expense)....................        (164)             (173)              (20)
                                                          -------           -------           -------
Income (loss) before income taxes....................       1,574             1,544               (71)
Income tax expense...................................         595               611                22
                                                          -------           -------           -------
Net income (loss)....................................         979               933               (93)
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock..............                           259               794
                                                          -------           -------           -------
Net income (loss) allocable to common stock..........     $   979           $   674           $  (887)
                                                          =======           =======           =======
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>   87
 
                                ALFALFA'S, INC.
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 JUNE 26, 1994, JUNE 25, 1995 AND JUNE 30, 1996
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       SERIES B
                                   PREFERRED STOCK    COMMON STOCK    ADDITIONAL              FOREIGN        TOTAL
                                   ----------------  ---------------   PAID-IN    RETAINED   CURRENCY    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                    SHARES   AMOUNT  SHARES   AMOUNT   CAPITAL    EARNINGS  TRANSLATION     EQUITY
                                   --------  ------  -------  ------  ----------  --------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                <C>       <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>       <C>             <C>
Balance, June 27, 1993............                   628,911    $3      $  676     $1,573                   $ 2,252
Shares contributed to ESOP........                     1,267                15                                   15
Net income........................                                                    979                       979
                                                                
                                                     -------    --      ------     ------                   -------
Balance, June 26, 1994............                   630,178     3         691      2,552                     3,246
Shares contributed to ESOP........                     1,586                30                                   30
Exercise of common stock
  options.........................                    15,881               121                                  121
Issuance of common stock for
  purchase of Canadian
  subsidiary......................                    85,616             1,777                                1,777
Issuance of Series B Preferred
  Stock upon conversion of
  stockholder notes...............   57,143   $ 57                         943                                1,000
Repurchase of common stock........                   (20,931)             (500)                                (500)
Accretion of redeemable preferred
  stock...........................                                                   (259)                     (259)
Net income........................                                                    933                       933
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment......................                                                              $15              15
                                                                  
                                   --------    ---   -------    --      ------     ------       ---         -------
Balance, June 25, 1995............   57,143     57   712,330     3       3,062      3,226        15           6,363
Exercise of common stock
  options.........................                       496                 3                                    3
Conversion of Series B Preferred
  Stock to common stock...........  (57,143)   (57)  113,435     1          56
Accretion of redeemable preferred
  stock...........................                                                   (794)                     (794)
Net loss..........................                                                    (93)                      (93)
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment......................                                                               24              24
                                                                  
                                   --------    ---   -------    --      ------     ------       ---         -------
Balance, June 30, 1996............                   826,261    $4      $3,121     $2,339       $39         $ 5,503
                                   ========    ===   =======    ==      ======     ======       ===         =======
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>   88
 
                                ALFALFA'S, INC.
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEARS ENDED
                                                               -------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  JUNE 25,
                                                               JUNE 26, 1994        1995           JUNE 30, 1996
                                                               -------------    -------------      -------------
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>                <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss).........................................        $   979          $   933            $   (93)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
  provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization...........................          1,367            1,245              2,251
  Loss (gain) on disposal of equipment....................             57               10                 (2)
  Deferred income taxes...................................           (357)             (32)              (431)
  Deferred rent...........................................            (23)             195                (92)
  Other...................................................             17               30
  Change in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable...................................             30             (167)              (303)
    Inventories...........................................            (81)            (597)              (208)
    Prepaid expenses and other............................            (33)             (13)                31
    Accounts payable......................................            890              724                219
    Accrued expenses and income taxes payable.............            970               66                830
                                                                  -------          -------            -------
         Net cash provided by operating activities........          3,816            2,394              2,202
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash required...........                          (1,019)
Additions to property and equipment.......................         (1,623)          (6,442)            (1,855)
Proceeds from disposal of equipment.......................             10                3                  7
Deferred costs, deposits and other........................            (50)            (532)               475
Investment in affiliate...................................           (373)
(Purchase) sale of certificate of deposit.................                          (1,500)             1,500
                                                                  -------          -------            -------
         Net cash provided by (used in) investing
           activities.....................................         (2,036)          (9,490)               127
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible Series A
  Preferred Stock.........................................                           7,958
Principal payments on long-term debt......................           (290)            (901)              (601)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options...................                             121                  3
Payment for repurchase of common stock....................                            (500)
                                                                  -------          -------            -------
         Net cash (used in) provided by financing
           activities.....................................           (290)           6,678               (598)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash...................                               4                (15)
                                                                  -------          -------            -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents......          1,490             (414)             1,716
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year..............            799            2,289              1,875
                                                                  -------          -------            -------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year....................        $ 2,289          $ 1,875            $ 3,591
                                                                  =======          =======            =======
NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issuance of $1,000 in Series B Preferred Stock upon
  conversion of subordinated debt
Issuance of $1,777 of common stock to acquire subsidiary
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>   89
 
                                ALFALFA'S, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
     Alfalfa's, Inc. (the "Company") owns and operates natural foods
     supermarkets in Colorado, New Mexico, Washington, and Canada. The Company
     also operates a commissary that supplies the retail stores. The Company's
     operations are concentrated in one market segment, grocery stores; however,
     management considers a downturn in this market segment unlikely.
 
     The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of
     Alfalfa's, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries in the United States and
     Canada. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been
     eliminated upon consolidation.
 
     FISCAL YEAR
 
     The Company reports its financial results on a fifty-two or fifty-three
     week fiscal year, ending on the last Sunday in June. Each fiscal quarter
     consists of a thirteen week period with one fourteen week period in a
     fifty-three week year. Fiscal years 1994 and 1995 were fifty-two week
     periods and fiscal year 1996 was a fifty-three week period.
 
     STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
     For purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, the Company considers all
     highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three
     months or less to be cash equivalents. For these investments, fair market
     value approximates cost. Cash equivalents consist of a money market account
     with a balance of approximately $1.7 million at June 25, 1995 and $2.7
     million at June 30, 1996. The Company paid $160,000, $299,000 and $85,000
     in interest charges in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The Company paid
     income taxes of $702,000, $1.1 million and $6,000 in 1994, 1995 and 1996,
     respectively.
 
     INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories, consisting of products held for sale, are stated at the lower
     of cost (first-in, first-out) or market as determined by the retail
     inventory method. Inventories are net of a reserve for spoilage of $0 for
     1995 and $500,000 for 1996.
 
     DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
     Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost.
     Depreciation and amortization are calculated on a straight-line basis over
     the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, ranging from three to
     ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis
     over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset, or the lease
     term. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.
 
     GOODWILL
 
     Goodwill resulting from the excess of purchase price over allocated fair
     values in the acquisition of the Canadian subsidiary (Note 3) is amortized
     over a period of forty years using the straight-line method, and is shown
     net of accumulated amortization of $71,000 and $147,000 for 1995 and 1996,
     respectively. The carrying value of goodwill is assessed for recoverability
     by management based on an analysis of undiscounted future expected cash
     flows from the related acquired entities. The Company believes that there
     has been no impairment thereof as of June 30, 1996.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>   90
 
                                ALFALFA'S, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     PRE-OPENING EXPENSES
 
     Expenses associated with the development and opening of new stores are
     deferred until the stores' opening date, at which time such costs are
     expensed. These costs consist primarily of labor costs, supplies and other
     expenses.
 
     ADVERTISING
 
     Advertising is expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $221,000,
     $396,000 and $571,000 for fiscal years ended 1994, 1995 and 1996
     respectively.
 
     FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
 
     The functional currency of the Company's Canadian subsidiary is the
     Canadian dollar. Translation into U.S. dollars is performed for balance
     sheet accounts at year-end rates while income and expense accounts are
     translated at average exchange rates. Adjustments resulting from the
     translation are reflected as a separate component of stockholders' equity.
 
     USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements
     and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments, including
     cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and long-term debt approximate
     their fair values.
 
     NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
     In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
     Statement No. 121, "Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and
     Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of," which requires losses to be recorded
     on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are
     present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those
     assets are less than the assets' carrying amount. Statement No. 121 also
     addresses the accounting for long-lived assets that are expected to be
     disposed. The Company will adopt Statement No. 121 in the first quarter of
     fiscal 1997 and, based on current circumstances, does not believe the
     effect of adoption will be material.
 
     In October 1995, the FASB issued Statement No. 123, "Accounting for
     Stock-Based Compensation," which requires that the Company's financial
     statements include certain disclosures about stock-based employee
     compensation arrangements. As allowed by Statement No. 123, the Company
     will continue to apply the accounting provisions of Accounting Principles
     Board Opinion No. 25; accordingly, the adoption of Statement No. 123 will
     have no effect on future reported net income.
 
     RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
     Certain amounts in the June 26, 1994 and June 25, 1995 financial statements
     have been reclassified to conform to June 30, 1996 presentation.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>   91
 
                                ALFALFA'S, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
2.   MERGER WITH WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
     On July 14, 1996, the Company was acquired by Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
     ("Wild Oats"), a natural foods supermarket chain located in Boulder,
     Colorado. The stockholders of the Company received consideration of
     approximately $38.1 million, which included $16.2 million in cash and
     441,737 shares of common and 230,243 shares of redeemable convertible
     preferred stock of the combined company, in exchange for 100% of the
     outstanding common and preferred stock of the Company. The Company issued
     shares for the outstanding shares of Wild Oats; however, as the Wild Oats'
     stockholders controlled a majority of the voting stock of the combined
     companies following the merger, the transaction was accounted for as a
     reverse acquisition with Wild Oats as the acquiror. In connection with this
     acquisition, Wild Oats agreed to reimburse the Company for the costs it
     incurred related thereto. Accordingly, $316,000 is reflected as due from
     Wild Oats on the Company's consolidated balance sheet.
 
3.   ALFALFA'S CANADA, INC.
 
     In fiscal 1994, the Company invested in the stock of Capers Management
     Holdings, Inc. (Capers). The Company purchased 190,000 shares (19%) of
     common stock and 259 shares of preferred stock for total costs and expenses
     of C$509,000 (US$373,000). Capers owns and operates retail natural foods
     stores which specialize in high quality natural foods in Vancouver, British
     Columbia. The investment was accounted for at cost.
 
     On July 23, 1994, Alfalfa's Canada, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
     Company, purchased the remaining outstanding common and preferred stock of
     Capers for $1.1 million in cash plus 43,129 shares of the Company's common
     stock. The total purchase price, including expenses, of approximately $3.1
     million has been allocated to the assets and liabilities of Capers based on
     fair values. The purchase price associated with the acquisition exceeded
     the fair value of the net assets acquired and has been assigned to
     goodwill. The net assets and results of operations are included in the
     Company's consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.
 
4.   GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION
 
     Since the Company's fiscal 1995 acquisition of Capers, as discussed in Note
     3, it operates in two geographical regions. A breakdown of the Company's
     operations between these regions follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED JUNE 25, 1995
                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                US        CANADA      CONSOLIDATED
                                                              -------     -------     ------------
    <S>                                                       <C>         <C>         <C>
    Sales...................................................  $50,097     $14,755       $ 64,852
    Income from operations..................................    1,655          62          1,717
    Other income (expense)..................................                                (173)
    Income (loss) before income taxes.......................    1,553          (9)         1,544
    Total assets at June 25, 1995...........................   16,879       5,912         22,791
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                US        CANADA      CONSOLIDATED
                                                              -------     -------     ------------
    <S>                                                       <C>         <C>         <C>
    Sales...................................................  $64,433     $21,190       $ 85,623
    Income (loss) from operations...........................     (203)        152            (51)
    Other expense...........................................                                 (20)
    Income (loss) before income taxes.......................     (158)         87            (71)
    Total assets at June 30, 1996...........................   16,088       6,986         23,074
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>   92
 
                                ALFALFA'S, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
5.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       JUNE 25, 1995   JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                       -------------   -------------
    <S>                                                                <C>             <C>
    Equipment........................................................     $ 8,729         $ 9,868
    Leasehold improvements...........................................       8,864           9,568
    Land.............................................................          44              44
    Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization..................      (5,485)         (7,635)
                                                                          -------         -------
                                                                          $12,152         $11,845
                                                                          =======         =======
</TABLE>
 
6.   LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       JUNE 25, 1995   JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                       -------------   -------------
    <S>                                                                <C>             <C>
    Notes to bank, interest at bank's prime rate plus 1%
      cross-collateralized by accounts receivable, inventories,
      equipment, and the assignment of officers' life insurance
      policies. Principal payments of $21,667 plus interest are due
      monthly through January 1998...................................      $ 650           $ 390
    Note payable to Canadian bank, interest at bank's cost of funds
      rate plus 2.75%, collateralized by all real and immovable
      property, all furniture, machinery, equipment and other
      tangible personal property. Principal payments C$12,000 to
      C$25,500 plus interest are payable monthly through March
      1998...........................................................        341
    Less current portion.............................................       (365)           (260)
                                                                            ----            ----
    Long-term debt...................................................      $ 626           $ 130
                                                                            ====            ====
</TABLE>
 
     The Company has a $300,000 revolving line of credit at a bank, bearing
     interest at the bank's prime rate (8.25% at June 30, 1996) plus 1%. No
     amounts were outstanding at June 25, 1995 or June 30, 1996. The revolving
     line of credit is cross-collateralized by accounts receivable, inventories,
     equipment, and the assignment of officers' life insurance policies. The
     revolving line of credit expires November 30, 1996.
 
     The revolving line of credit and the notes to the bank contain covenants
     which limit other borrowings, acquisitions of the Company's stock, capital
     expenditures, expansion of operations to additional locations, selling any
     substantial part of the Company's assets or operations, and require
     maintenance of a cash flow coverage ratio, consolidated debt to worth
     ratio, net income before taxes ratio, and other matters.
 
     Maturities of long-term debt as of June 30, 1996 are summarized as follows
     (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                     <C>
    FISCAL YEAR
    1997..................................................................  $260
    1998..................................................................   130
                                                                            ----
    Total.................................................................  $390
                                                                            ====
</TABLE>
 
7.   LEASES
 
     The Company has entered into noncancelable operating leases primarily for
     operating facilities and equipment. These leases generally contain renewal
     provisions at the option of the Company, and some call for yearly increases
     based on published indices and for additional contingent rentals based on
     sales. Rental expense for leases which contain base rental abatement and
     escalation clauses is recognized on a straight-line basis, resulting in
     deferred rent. Total rental expense (consisting of minimum rent and
     contingent rent) for operating leases during the fiscal years ended June
     26, 1994, June 25, 1995 and June 30, 1996, was $1.4 million, $1.9 million
     and $2.9 million, respectively.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>   93
 
                                ALFALFA'S, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases (with
     initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) as of June 30, 1996
     are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   FISCAL YEAR
                        ---------------------------------
                        <S>                                  <C>
                        1997.............................    $ 2,111
                        1998.............................      1,930
                        1999.............................      1,850
                        2000.............................      1,691
                        2001.............................      1,175
                        Thereafter.......................      4,004
                                                             -------
                        Total minimum lease payments.....    $12,761
                                                             =======
</TABLE>
 
     Minimum rentals in the table above do not include contingent rentals, which
     may become due under certain lease terms that provide that rentals may be
     increased based on a percentage of sales. During fiscal years 1994, 1995
     and 1996, the Company paid contingent rentals of $4,407, $28,742, and
     $23,627, respectively.
 
8.   INCOME TAXES
 
     Income tax expense consists of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                       ---------------------------------------------
                                                       JUNE 26, 1994   JUNE 25, 1995   JUNE 30, 1996
                                                       -------------   -------------   -------------
    <S>                                                <C>             <C>             <C>
    Income taxes currently payable:
      Federal........................................      $ 868           $ 500           $ 311
      State..........................................         84              77              48
      Foreign........................................                         66              94
                                                           -----           -----           -----
                                                             952             643             453
    Deferred income taxes............................       (357)            (32)           (431)
                                                           -----           -----           -----
    Total............................................      $ 595           $ 611           $  22
                                                           =====           =====           =====
</TABLE>
 
     Pre tax income (loss) for the U.S. and Canadian components was $1.6 million
     and ($9,000), respectively, for fiscal year 1995 and ($158,000) and
     $87,000, respectively, for fiscal year 1996.
 
     Income taxes as reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations
     differ from the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal
     corporate tax rate to income as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                       -------------------------------------------------
                                                       JUNE 26, 1994     JUNE 25, 1995     JUNE 30, 1996
                                                       -------------     -------------     -------------
    <S>                                                <C>               <C>               <C>
    Expected tax rate................................       34.0%             34.0%              34.0%
    State income taxes, net of federal income tax
      benefit........................................        3.3               3.3                3.3
    Tax effect of nondeductible goodwill.............         .2               2.6              (52.3)
    Foreign taxes and other..........................         .3               (.3)             (16.0)
                                                            ----              ----               ----
    Effective tax rate...............................       37.8%             39.6%             (31.0)%
                                                            ====              ====               =====
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>   94
 
                                ALFALFA'S, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
     portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as
     follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            JUNE 25,     JUNE 30,
                                                                            --------     --------
                                                                              1995         1996
                                                                            --------     --------
    <S>                                                                     <C>          <C>
    Deferred tax assets:
      Inventory related...................................................    $ 32         $224
      Accruals............................................................      68           32
    Vacation liability....................................................     145          175
    Tenant inducement.....................................................      83           48
    Property related......................................................                  257
    Other.................................................................      12           10
                                                                             -----        -----
    Total deferred tax assets.............................................    $340         $746
                                                                             =====        =====
    Deferred tax liabilities:
      Prepaid expenses....................................................    $ 18         $  5
      Pre-opening costs...................................................      79
      Deferred rent.......................................................                   14
      Property related....................................................     135          184
      Other...............................................................                    4
                                                                             -----        -----
    Total deferred tax liability..........................................   $ 232        $ 207
                                                                             =====        =====
</TABLE>
 
     At the date of the Capers acquisition (Note 3), a subsidiary of Capers had
     net operating loss carryforwards, and the Company provided a valuation
     allowance against the related deferred tax asset. In the period subsequent
     to the acquisition through June 25, 1995, the subsidiary used such
     carryforwards to reduce its tax liability by $60,000. The valuation
     allowance related to the carryforwards has been eliminated, and goodwill
     has been reduced by $60,000 to reflect the utilization of the
     pre-acquisition carryforwards.
 
9.   REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
     In 1995, the Company issued 179,249 shares of redeemable convertible Series
     A Preferred Stock for proceeds (net of offering costs of $542,000) of $8.0
     million. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into one
     share of common stock and has equivalent voting rights. The Series A
     Preferred Stock carries a liquidation preference of $8.5 million which may
     be increased to $12.8 million in certain circumstances if liquidation were
     to occur prior to August 31, 1996. The Series A Preferred Stock is
     redeemable at the option of the holder at a price of $47.42 per share plus
     8% per annum from the date of issuance on or after August 31, 2000 at which
     date the redemption value will be approximately $13.0 million. The
     difference between the original proceeds and the carrying value represents
     accretion.
 
10. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     Under the original terms of the Stockholder Notes, the holders were allowed
     to convert such notes into common stock at any time prior to November 4,
     1995 at $8.82 per share. In 1995, the Company offered to pay all interest
     which would be earned on the Stockholder Note through November 4, 1995 if
     the holders exchanged the Stockholder Notes for convertible Series B
     Preferred Stock in February 1995 at $8.82 per share. All Stockholder Notes
     were exchanged for 57,143 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and the
     Company paid the holders a total of $76,000 (representing interest on the
     Stockholder Notes through November 4, 1995), which is recorded as interest
     expense. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is convertible into one
     share of common stock and has equivalent voting rights. All shares of
     Series B Preferred Stock were converted into common stock on November 5,
     1995.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>   95
 
                                ALFALFA'S, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     In February 1995, the Company purchased 20,931 shares of common stock from
     the Chief Executive Officer at a price of $23.89 per share.
 
     The Company has an incentive stock option plan (ISOP). The Company may
     grant up to 109,181 shares of common stock at a price not less than fair
     market value as of the grant date. Participants will vest 25% at the first
     12-month anniversary date and 2.083% per month thereafter.
 
     The ISOP activity is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SHARES      EXERCISE PRICE
                                                                     -------     ---------------
    <S>                                                              <C>         <C>
    Outstanding as of June 27, 1993................................   64,615      $ 7.05-$10.25
    Granted........................................................   16,873      $11.84-$15.24
    Forfeited......................................................   (1,290)         $7.05
                                                                     -------
    Outstanding as of June 26, 1994................................   80,198      $ 7.05-$15.29
    Granted........................................................   15,881         $20.76
    Forfeited......................................................     (993)        $20.76
    Exercised......................................................  (15,881)     $ 7.05-$ 9.32
                                                                     -------
    Outstanding as of June 25, 1995................................   79,205      $ 7.05-$20.76
    Granted........................................................   11,911         $23.89
    Forfeited......................................................   (3,970)     $ 7.05-$20.76
    Exercised......................................................     (496)        $ 7.05
                                                                     -------
    Options outstanding as of June 30, 1996........................   86,650      $ 7.05-$23.89
                                                                     =======
</TABLE>
 
     The Company has an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) which enables
     eligible employees, as defined, to acquire shares of the Company's common
     stock. The cost of the ESOP is borne by the Company through annual
     contributions to its Employee Stock Ownership Trust (Trust) in amounts
     determined by the Board of Directors. Shares of common stock acquired by
     the ESOP are to be allocated among the employees and are held by the Trust
     until distributed according to the terms of the ESOP. Shares held in trust
     were 31,692 and 28,292 at June 25, 1995 and June 30, 1996, respectively. In
     connection with the acquisition of the Company by Wild Oats, the Company's
     ESOP plan will remain and all further contributions will be discontinued.
 
11. PROFIT SHARING PLAN
 
     The Company has a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (the Plan).
     Employees who have attained the age of 21 and have completed one year of
     service are eligible to participate in the Plan. The Company may elect to
     make matching contributions of 25% of participant contributions not to
     exceed 4% of participant compensation. Matching contributions, if any, will
     be made by the Company prior to the Plan's December 31 year end. Matching
     contributions of $19,629, $23,130 and $34,159 were made in fiscal 1994,
     1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
12. RELATED PARTIES
 
     The Company has a note receivable dated March 20, 1995 in the amount of
     C$67,000 (US $48,000) related to a loan made to an employee. The employee
     secured the note by a pledge of 1,174 shares of the Company's common stock.
     The unpaid principal bears interest at the rate of 7% per annum which is
     due on March 22, 2005.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>   96
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
of Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying combined statements of operations and
retained earnings, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects,
the results of operations and cash flows of Kathy's Natural Foods Ranch Markets
(See Note 1) for the year ended December 31, 1993 and the period from January 1,
1994 through July 13, 1994, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
Price Waterhouse LLP
Boulder, Colorado
August 29, 1996
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>   97
 
                      KATHY'S NATURAL FOODS RANCH MARKETS
 
             COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND RETAINED EARNINGS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PERIOD FROM
                                                                                      JANUARY 1, 1994
                                                                   YEAR ENDED             THROUGH
                                                                DECEMBER 31, 1993      JULY 13, 1994
                                                                -----------------     ---------------
<S>                                                             <C>                   <C>
Sales.........................................................       $ 6,101              $ 6,351
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs........................         3,998                4,210
                                                                     -------              -------
     Gross profit.............................................         2,103                2,141
Operating expenses:
  Direct store expenses.......................................         1,446                1,609
  Selling, general and administrative expenses................            56                   35
                                                                     -------              -------
     Income from operations...................................           601                  497
Interest expense..............................................            57                   92
                                                                     -------              -------
     Income before income taxes...............................           544                  405
Income tax expense............................................           185                  138
                                                                     -------              -------
Net income....................................................           359                  267
Retained earnings -- beginning of period......................           464                  818
Cash dividend declared........................................            (5)
                                                                     -------              -------
Retained earnings -- end of period............................       $   818              $ 1,085
                                                                     =======              =======
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>   98
 
                      KATHY'S NATURAL FOODS RANCH MARKETS
 
                        COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      PERIOD FROM
                                                                       YEAR ENDED      JANUARY 1,
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,    1994 THROUGH
                                                                          1993       JULY 13, 1994
                                                                      ------------   --------------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income..........................................................     $  359           $267
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.....................................         60            129
  Deferred tax provision............................................         34              3
Change in assets and liabilities:
  Accounts and other receivables....................................        (50)           (36)
  Inventories.......................................................        (11)          (396)
  Other assets......................................................         (6)           (43)
  Accounts payable..................................................        122             31
  Accrued liabilities...............................................          9             18
                                                                         ------          -----
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities............        517            (27)
                                                                         ------          -----
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                     
  Capital expenditures..............................................     (1,648)          (450)
  Additions to intangibles..........................................                       (23)
                                                                         ------          -----
     Net cash used by investing activities..........................     (1,648)          (473)
                                                                         ------          -----
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                     
Proceeds from long term debt........................................      1,176            437
Cash dividend.......................................................         (5)
                                                                         ------          -----
     Net cash provided by financing activities......................      1,171            437
                                                                         ------          -----
Net increase (decrease) in cash.....................................         40            (63)
Cash at beginning of year...........................................        118            158
                                                                         ------          -----
Cash at end of year.................................................     $  158          $  95
                                                                         ======          =====
</TABLE>  
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>   99
 
                      KATHY'S NATURAL FOODS RANCH MARKETS
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     ORGANIZATION
 
     These financial statements contain the combined accounts of Kathy's Natural
     Foods Ranch Market-West, Inc. and Kathy's Natural Foods Ranch Market, Inc.
     (referred to collectively as the "Company"). All significant intercompany
     balances have been eliminated. The Company operates two natural foods
     supermarkets in Las Vegas, Nevada. The Company's operations are
     concentrated in one market segment, grocery stores; however, management
     considers a downturn in this market segment to be unlikely.
 
     ACQUISITION BY WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
     On July 14, 1994, the Company was acquired by Wild Oats Markets, Inc., a
     natural foods supermarket company located in Boulder, Colorado, for a total
     purchase price of $6.5 million.
 
     STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
     The Company paid $57,000 and $92,000 in interest charges for the year ended
     December 31, 1993 and the period from January 1, 1994 though July 13, 1994,
     respectively. The Company paid income taxes of $237,000 and $162,000 for
     the year ended December 31, 1993 and the period from January 1, 1994
     through July 13, 1994, respectively.
 
     INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories, consisting of products held for sale, are stated at the lower
     of cost (first-in, first-out) or market, as determined by the retail
     inventory method.
 
     DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
     Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed on a
     straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective
     assets (three to seven years). Leasehold improvements are amortized on a
     straight line basis over the shorter of the useful life of the asset, or
     the lease term. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred and
     improvements are capitalized.
 
     INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     Intangible assets consist of loan fees, which are amortized using the
     straight-line method over the term of the loan, which is 20 years.
 
     ADVERTISING
 
     Advertising is expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $66,000 and
     $181,000 for the year ended December 31, 1993 and the period from January
     1, 1994 through July 13, 1994, respectively.
 
     USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements
     and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
2.   LEASES
 
     The Company has entered noncancelable operating leases primarily for
     operating facilities and equipment. These leases generally contain renewal
     provisions at the option of the Company, and some call for yearly increases
     based on published indices and for additional contingent rentals based on
     sales. Rental
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>   100
 
                      KATHY'S NATURAL FOODS RANCH MARKETS
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     expense for leases that contain based rental abatement and escalation
     clauses is recognized on a straight-line basis, resulting in deferred rent.
     Total rental expense (consisting of minimum rent and contingent rent) for
     operating leases for the year ended December 31, 1993 and the period from
     January 1, 1994 through July 13, 1994 was $133,000, and $62,000,
     respectively.
 
     Total rent expenses include contingent rentals, which may become due under
     certain lease terms that provide that rentals may be increased based on a
     percentage of sales. For the year ended December 31, 1993 and the period
     from January 1, 1994 to July 13, 1994, the Company paid contingent rentals
     of $30,000 and $9,000, respectively.
 
3.   INCOME TAXES
 
     Income tax expense consists of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PERIOD FROM
                                                                            JANUARY 1, 1994
                                                        YEAR ENDED              THROUGH
                                                     DECEMBER 31, 1993       JULY 13, 1994
                                                     -----------------     -----------------
    <S>                                              <C>                   <C>
    Current -- Federal.............................  $             220     $             135
               State...............................                 --                    --
    Deferred -- Federal............................                (35)                    3
                State..............................                 --                    --
                                                     -----------------     -----------------
                                                     $             185     $             138
                                                     =================     =================
</TABLE>
 
     The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
     portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as
     follows (in thousands):
 
     Total income tax does not differ from the amount computed by applying the
     U.S. Federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax income.
 
4.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     Interest expense of $24,000 and $22,000 for the year ended 1993 and the
     period from January 1, 1994 through July 13, 1994, respectively, relates to
     outstanding loans payable to a certain affiliate of the Company at an
     approximate annual interest rate of 10%.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>   101
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
of Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying combined balance sheet and the related
combined statements of operations, of changes in stockholders' equity and of
cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
New Frontiers (See Note 1) at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the results of
their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
Price Waterhouse LLP
 
Boulder, Colorado
August 27, 1996
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>   102
 
                                 NEW FRONTIERS
 
                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                               1994       1995       1996
                                                             -------     ------   -----------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>       <C>
ASSETS                                                                           
Current assets:                                                                  
  Cash and cash equivalents............................      $   253   $   439     $   451
  Accounts receivable..................................           11         9           4
  Inventories, net.....................................          303       521         546
  Other................................................           11         5          28
  Deferred income taxes................................           13        22          25
                                                             -------   -------     -------
          Total current assets.........................          591       996       1,054
Property and equipment, net............................          220       287         273
Intangible assets, net.................................                    127         125
Deferred income taxes..................................           27        43          47
Other noncurrent assets................................            2        55          41
                                                             -------   -------     -------
                                                             $   840   $ 1,508     $ 1,540
                                                             =======   =======     =======
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                 
Current liabilities:                                                                 
  Accounts payable.....................................      $   389   $   607     $   580
  Sales tax payable....................................           45        87          88
  Accrued bonuses......................................           90        95          96
  Other accrued liabilities............................           44        88          98
  Current portion of long-term debt....................           31        29          67
                                                             -------   -------     -------
          Total current liabilities....................          599       906         929
Long-term debt.........................................           81       534         480
                                                             -------   -------     -------
                                                                 680     1,440       1,409
                                                             -------   -------     -------
Commitments (Note 6)                                                                 
Stockholders' equity:                                                                
  Common stock, no par value, 7,500 shares authorized,                               
     3,000 shares issued and outstanding...............            3         3           3
  Retained earnings....................................          157        65         128
                                                             -------   -------     -------
                                                                 160        68         131
                                                             -------   -------     -------
                                                             $   840   $ 1,508     $ 1,540
                                                             =======   =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>   103
 
                                 NEW FRONTIERS
 
                        COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      -------------------------  
                                                -------------------------     MARCH 31,       MARCH 31,
                                                 1993     1994     1995         1995            1996
                                                ------   ------   -------     -----------   -----------  
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>             <C>
Sales.........................................  $5,642   $7,748   $10,145      $ 2,175         $ 2,781
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs........   3,570    4,842     6,431        1,351           1,737
                                                ------   ------    ------      -------         -------
     Gross profit.............................   2,072    2,906     3,714          824           1,044
Operating expenses:
  Direct store expenses.......................   1,691    2,188     2,787          482             756
  Selling, general and administrative
     expenses.................................      73      120       215           50              64
                                                ------   ------    ------      -------         -------
     Income from operations...................     308      598       712          292             224
Other expenses:
  Interest expense............................       8       11        17            2               2
                                                ------   ------    ------      -------         -------
     Income before income taxes...............     300      587       695          290             222
Income tax expense............................     111      218       261          113              89
                                                ------   ------    ------      -------         -------
Net income....................................  $  189   $  369   $   434      $   177         $   133
                                                ======   ======    ======      =======         =======
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>   104
 
                                 NEW FRONTIERS
 
             COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   COMMON STOCK                       TOTAL
                                               --------------------    RETAINED    SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                 SHARES     AMOUNT     EARNINGS       EQUITY
                                               ---------   --------    --------    -------------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992...............     3,000      $    3      $    87       $    90
Distribution to parent company.............                               (164)         (164)
Net income.................................                                189           189
                                                -----      ------      -------       -------
Balance at December 31, 1993...............     3,000           3          112           115
Distribution to parent company.............                               (324)         (324)
Net income.................................                                369           369
                                                -----      ------      -------       -------
Balance at December 31, 1994...............     3,000           3          157           160
Distribution to parent company.............                               (526)         (526)
Net income.................................                                434           434
                                                -----      ------      -------       -------
Balance at December 31, 1995...............     3,000           3           65            68
Distribution to parent company.............                                (70)          (70)
Net income.................................                                133           133
                                                -----      ------      -------       -------
Balance at March 31, 1996 (unaudited)......     3,000      $    3      $   128       $   131
                                                =====      ======      =======       =======
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>   105
 
                                 NEW FRONTIERS
 
                        COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  THREE MONTHS
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                   -------------------------     ---------------
                                                   1993      1994      1995      1995      1996
                                                   -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
<S>                                                <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income........................................ $ 189     $ 369     $ 434     $ 177     $ 133
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net Cash
  provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization...................    69        69        91        20        16
  Deferred tax provision..........................   (24)      (17)      (27)       (6)       (7)
Change in assets and liabilities:
  Accounts receivable.............................    16         9         2       (43)        5
  Inventories.....................................  (108)       (2)     (217)      (25)      (25)
  Other assets....................................     4        (2)        8                  (9)
  Accounts payable................................   144       109       218        60       (27)
  Accrued liabilities.............................    96        29        89       (82)       12
                                                   -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
     Net cash provided by operating activities....   386       564       598       101        98
                                                   -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures..............................  (295)      (25)     (144)
Payment for purchase of acquired entity, net of
  cash acquired...................................                      (193)
                                                   -----     -----     -----
     Net cash used by investing
       activities.................................  (295)      (25)     (337)
                                                   -----     -----     -----
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from long term debt......................    87       (47)      452        28       (16)
Distributions to parent company...................  (164)     (324)     (526)       (7)      (70)
                                                   -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
     Net cash used in (provided by) financing
       activities.................................   (77)     (371)      (74)       21       (86)
                                                   -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.........    14       168       187       122        12
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year....    71        85       252       252       439
                                                   -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
Cash and cash equivalents at end
  of year......................................... $  85     $ 253     $ 439     $ 374     $ 451
                                                   =====     =====     =====     =====     =====
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>   106
 
                                 NEW FRONTIERS
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     ORGANIZATION
 
     New Frontiers (the "Company") operates three natural foods supermarkets in
     Salt Lake City, Utah. The Company's operations are concentrated in one
     market segment, grocery stores; however, management considers a downturn in
     this market segment to be unlikely.
 
     Prior to 1995, the combined financial statements included the accounts of
     two New Frontiers' stores. In May of 1995, a third store was acquired by
     the Company from Kathy's Natural Foods Ranch Market, Inc. All significant
     intercompany balances have been eliminated.
 
     ACQUISITION BY WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
     On May 31, 1996, the Company was acquired by Wild Oats Markets, Inc. a
     natural foods supermarket chain located in Boulder, Colorado. Total
     consideration for the sale was $3.1 million which consisted of cash,
     promissory notes and the assumption of certain debt and accounts payable.
 
     STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
     For purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, the Company considers all
     highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less
     to be cash equivalents. For these investments, fair market value
     approximates cost. The Company paid $8,000, $11,000 and $14,000 in interest
     charges for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
     The Company paid income taxes of $24,000, $16,000 and $26,000 for the years
     ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
     INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories, consisting of products held for sale, are stated at the lower
     of cost (first-in, first-out) or market, as determined by the retail
     inventory method. Inventories are net of a reserve for spoilage of
     approximately $18,000, $18,000 and $27,000 at December 31, 1993, 1994 and
     1995, respectively.
 
     DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
     Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed on a
     straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective
     assets (three to seven years). Leasehold improvements are amortized on a
     straight line basis over the shorter of the useful life of the asset, or
     the lease term. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred and
     improvements are capitalized.
 
     INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     Intangible assets consist of goodwill and an agreement not to compete,
     which are amortized using the straight-line method over 40 and 5 years,
     respectively. Intangible assets are net of accumulated amortization of
     $11,000 at December 31, 1995. The carrying value of goodwill is assessed
     for recoverability by management based on an analysis of undiscounted
     expected future cash flows from the related acquired entities. The Company
     believes that there has been no impairment of goodwill as of December 31,
     1995.
 
     ADVERTISING
 
     Advertising is expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $146,000,
     $197,000 and $260,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995,
     respectively.
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>   107
 
                                 NEW FRONTIERS
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements
     and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments, including
     cash, short-term trade receivables and payables and long-term debt,
     approximate their fair values.
 
     NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
     In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
     Statement No. 121, "Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and
     Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of", which requires losses to be recorded
     on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are
     present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those
     assets are less than the assets' carrying amount. Statement No. 121 also
     addresses the accounting for long-lived assets that are expected to be
     disposed. The Company will adopt Statement No. 121 in the first quarter of
     1996 and, based on current circumstances, does not believe the effect of
     adoption will be material.
 
     In October 1995, the FASB issued Statement No. 123, "Accounting for
     Stock-Based Compensation", which requires that the Company's financial
     statements include certain disclosures about stock-based employee
     compensation arrangements. As allowed by Statement No. 123, the Company
     will continue to apply the accounting provisions of Accounting Principles
     Board Opinion No. 25; accordingly, the adoption of Statement No. 123 will
     have no effect on future reported net income or earnings per share.
 
     INTERIM FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The interim financial data as of March 31, 1996 and for the three months
     ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 is unaudited; however, in the opinion of
     management of the Company, the interim data includes all adjustments,
     consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair
     presentation of the results for the interim periods presented. All data
     presented in these notes at such date and for such periods is unaudited.
 
2.   BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
 
     On May 26, 1995, the Company acquired the assets of a natural foods grocery
     store in Salt Lake City, Utah in exchange for total consideration of
     $595,000 consisting of cash, a promissory note and assumption of certain
     liabilities. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method
     and the excess of cost over fair value of the assets acquired of $182,000
     was allocated to goodwill, which is being amortized on a straight-line
     basis over 40 years. The carrying value of the non-compete agreement is
     being amortized over five years. The fair values of the Kathy's Natural
     Foods Ranch Market, Inc. assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition
     are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                             <C>
    Current assets..............................................................    $    254
    Equipment...................................................................         159
    Current liabilities.........................................................         (44)
    Goodwill....................................................................         132
    Non compete agreement.......................................................          50
                                                                                    --------
                                                                                    $    551
                                                                                    ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>   108
 
                                 NEW FRONTIERS
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The following unaudited pro forma combined results of operations of the
     Company and the acquired store discussed above has been prepared as if the
     transactions occurred as of the beginning of the respective periods (in
     thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1994        1995
                                                           -------     -------
    <S>                                                    <C>         <C>
    Sales..............................................    $10,298     $11,076
    Net Income.........................................        676         614
</TABLE>
 
3.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ---------------
                                                            1994      1995
                                                           ------     ----
    <S>                                                    <C>        <C>
    Leasehold improvements.............................    $  244     $245
    Equipment..........................................       239      414
    Less: accumulated depreciation.....................      (263)    (372)
                                                           ------     ----
                                                           $  220     $287
                                                           ======     ====
</TABLE>
 
4.   LONG TERM DEBT
 
     Long Term Debt is comprised of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         ---------------------
                                                                          1994           1995
                                                                         ------         ------
    <S>                                                                  <C>            <C>
    Notes payable to banks:
    Due March 5, 1995, bearing interest at 3.5% above lender's prime
      rate (11.75% at December 31, 1995), secured by equipment.......    $    3
    Due March 17, 1998, bearing interest at 2.25% above prime rate
      (10.5% at December 31, 1995), secured by vehicles..............       109         $   80
    Notes payable to corporations:
    Due June 1, 2005, bearing interest at 10%, secured by inventory
      and equipment..................................................                      438
    Notes payable to individuals:
    Due June 1, 2005, bearing interest at 10%, secured by inventory
      and equipment..................................................                       45
                                                                         ------         ------
                                                                            112            563
    Less current portion.............................................        31             29
                                                                         ------         ------
    Long-term debt...................................................    $   81         $  534
                                                                         ======         ======
</TABLE>
 
     Fair value of debt outstanding at December 30, 1995 approximates its
     carrying value. Maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 1995 are
     summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     FISCAL YEAR
                                     -----------
      <S>                                                               <C>
      1996............................................................  $ 68
      1997............................................................    71
      1998............................................................    48
      1999............................................................    43
      2000............................................................    52
      Thereafter......................................................   252
</TABLE>                                                                 
 
                                      F-43
<PAGE>   109
 
                                 NEW FRONTIERS
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
5.   INCOME TAXES
 
     Income tax expense consists of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                -------------------------------
                                                                 1993        1994        1995
                                                                -------     -------     -------
    <S>                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
    Current.................................................
             -- Federal                                         $   117     $   203     $   247
                 State......................................         18          31          38
    Deferred -- Federal.....................................        (21)        (14)        (22)
                 State......................................         (3)         (2)         (3)
                                                                -------     -------     -------
                                                                $   111     $   218     $   260
                                                                =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     Income taxes as reflected in the Combined Statement of Operations differ
     from amounts computed by applying the statutory federal corporate tax rate
     to income as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          ----------------------
                                                                          1993     1994     1995
                                                                          ----     ----     ----
    <S>                                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>
    Expected tax rate..................................................   34.0%    34.0%    34.0%
    State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit..............    3.3      3.3      3.3
    Other..............................................................    (.3)     (.1)      .3
                                                                          ----     ----     ----
                                                                          37.0%    37.2%    37.6%
                                                                          ====     ====     ====
</TABLE>
 
     The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
     portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as
     follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   DECEMBER
                                                                                      31,
                                                                                  -----------
                                                                                  1994    1995
                                                                                  ---     ---
    <S>                                                                           <C>     <C>
    Deferred tax assets
      Inventory related.......................................................    $ 6     $11
      Property related........................................................     27      44
      Vacation liability......................................................      7      12
                                                                                  ---     ---
              Total deferred tax assets.......................................    $40     $67
                                                                                  ===     ===
</TABLE>
 
6.   LEASES
 
     The Company has entered noncancelable operating leases primarily for
     operating facilities and equipment. These leases generally contain renewal
     provisions at the option of the Company, and some call for yearly increases
     based on published indices and for additional contingent rentals based on
     sales. Rental expense for leases that contain base rental abatement and
     escalation clauses is recognized on a straight-line basis. Total rental
     expense (consisting of minimum rent and contingent rent) for operating
     leases during the fiscal years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995 was
     $123,000, $192,000, and $264,000, respectively.
 
                                      F-44
<PAGE>   110
 
                                 NEW FRONTIERS
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of
     December 31, 1995, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
            <S>                                                             <C>
            FISCAL YEAR
            1996........................................................    $192
            1997........................................................     191
            1998........................................................     141
            1999........................................................     129
            2000........................................................      70
            Thereafter..................................................     224
                                                                            ----
            Total minimum lease payments................................    $947
                                                                            ====
</TABLE>
 
     Minimum rentals in the table above do not include contingent rentals, which
     may become due under certain lease terms that provide that rentals may be
     increased based on a percentage of sales. During 1993, 1994, and 1995, the
     Company paid contingent rentals of $21,000, $53,000, and $71,000,
     respectively.
 
7.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     On May 31, 1996, as a condition of the acquisition agreement between the
     Company and Wild Oats Markets, Inc., the Company paid off a note due March
     17, 1998. The final payment was $68,000 consisting of principal of $67,000
     and interest of $1,000. The Company incurred no penalty for early repayment
     of this debt.
 
                                      F-45
<PAGE>   111
 
     Eleven photographs, including three pictures of store interiors, four
pictures of store exteriors, two pictures of private label products and two
pictures of informational signage. The informational signage includes the
following text: (i) "Our Wild Oath. We promise to ...  make you happy! If you're
less than satisfied with any product, return it for a full refund or credit.
 sell foods without artificial colors, flavors, or additives.  support organic
farms that keep our earth, air, and water pure.  sell the finest, freshest,
organically grown fruits and vegetables.  make shopping fun! Enjoy free classes,
food festivals, & more. - share at least 7.5% of our pre-tax profits with local
nonprofit groups.  sell only earth-friendly cleansers; pure, natural
supplements; and gentle, cruelty-free body care products.  give you the health
information you need to shop on the Wild Side!; and (ii)Botanical body care.
Skin  your body's largest organ. Like a sponge, your skin absorbs everything put
on it. Treat yourself to the gentle essence of plant-based skin care. Nutrients
from nature, for your body. We will not sell products tested on animals" (also
contains photographs of plants).
<PAGE>   112

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
=====================================      =====================================
  No dealer, representative or any
other person has been authorized to
give information or to make any
representations other than those
contained in this Prospectus, and,                       SHARES
if given or made, such information                         
or representation must not be relied
upon as having been authorized by 
the Company, the Selling Stockholders 
or by the Underwriters. Neither the 
delivery of this Prospectus nor any
sale made hereunder shall under any
circumstances create any implication
that there has been no change in the
affairs of the Company since the
date hereof. This Prospectus does
not constitute an offer to sell or a
solicitation of an offer to buy any
securities offered hereby by anyone
in any jurisdiction in which such
offer or solicitation is not authorized                [WILD OATS LOGO]
or in the person LOGO making such offer 
or solicitation is not qualified to do so
or to anyone to whom it is unlawful to
make such offer or solicitation.
                                            
         -----------------
         TABLE OF CONTENTS
         -----------------
 
                                        Page
                                        ----
Prospectus Summary.....................
Recent Acquisitions and Store
  Openings.............................
Risk Factors...........................
Use of Proceeds........................
Dividend Policy........................                 COMMON STOCK
Capitalization.........................
Dilution...............................
Selected Financial and Operating Data                    
  of Wild Oats Markets, Inc............
Selected Financial and Operating Data
  of Alfalfa's Inc.....................               ----------------
Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial                   PROSPECTUS
  Statements...........................               ----------------
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...........................
Business...............................
Management.............................
Certain Transactions...................
                                                                        
Principal and Selling Stockholders.....                                 
Description of Capital Stock...........                                 
Shares Eligible for Future Sale........            MONTGOMERY SECURITIES
Underwriting...........................                                 
Legal Matters..........................              SMITH BARNEY, INC.  
Experts................................
Additional Information.................                   
Index to Financial Statements..........

   ----------------------------
 
                                                                
  Until           , 1996 (25 days
after the date of this Prospectus),
all dealers effecting transactions
in the Common Stock, whether or not
participating in this distribution,
may be required to deliver a
Prospectus. This is in addition to
the obligation of dealers to deliver                      , 1996
a Prospectus when acting as
underwriters and with respect to
their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
=====================================      =====================================

</TABLE>

<PAGE>   113
 
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
     The following table sets forth all expenses, other than the underwriting
discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale
of the Common Stock being registered. All the amounts shown are estimates except
for the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                         <C>
    SEC registration fee....................................................    $ 15,862
    NASD filing fee.........................................................       5,100
    Nasdaq application fee..................................................      20,000
    Blue sky qualification fee and expenses.................................      10,000
    Printing and engraving expenses.........................................     150,000
    Legal fees and expenses.................................................     225,000
    Accounting fees and expenses............................................     120,000
    Transfer agent, custodian and registrar fees............................       7,000
    Miscellaneous...........................................................      97,038
                                                                                --------
    Total...................................................................    $650,000
                                                                                ========
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.
 
     Under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant
has broad powers to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities
they may incur in such capacities, including liabilities under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The Registrant's Bylaws also
provide that the Registrant will indemnify its directors and officers and may
indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest extent not prohibited by
Delaware law, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such
person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause
to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
     The Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation provides for the elimination
of liability for monetary damages for breach of the directors' fiduciary duty of
care to the Registrant and its stockholders. These provisions do not eliminate
the directors' duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable
remedies such an injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain
available under Delaware law. In addition, each director will continue to be
subject to liability for breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
Registrant, for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional
misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for any transaction from which the
director derived an improper personal benefit, and for payment of dividends or
approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that are unlawful under Delaware
law. The provision does not affect a director's responsibilities under any other
laws, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental
laws.
 
     The Registrant has entered into agreements with its directors and executive
officers that require the Registrant to indemnify such persons against expenses,
judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred
(including expenses of a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding,
whether actual or threatened, to which any such person may be made a party by
reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the
Registrant, provided that such person's conduct was not knowingly fraudulent or
deliberately dishonest and did not constitute willful misconduct. The
indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in
the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder.
 
     The Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration
Statement provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of the Registrant and
its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities
Act or otherwise.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   114
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
     Since August 27, 1993, the Registrant has issued and/or sold unregistered
     securities as set forth below.
 
(1) During the period, the Registrant granted stock options to employees,
     consultants, directors, officers and affiliates of the Registrant as
     provided below. From August 27, 1993 to December 31, 1993, the Registrant
     granted stock options under the 1993 Stock Option Plan covering an
     aggregate of [          ] shares of Common Stock at an average exercise
     price of $[          ] per share. In 1994, the Registrant granted stock
     options under the 1993 Stock Option Plan covering and aggregate of
     [          ] shares of Common Stock at an average exercise price of
     $[          ] per share. In 1995, the Registrant granted stock options
     under the 1993 Stock Option Plan covering an aggregate of [          ]
     shares of Common Stock at an average exercise price of [          ] per
     share. These options vest over a period of time following their respective
     dates of grant. Since January 1, 1996, the Registrant has granted stock
     options under the 1993 Stock Option Plan covering an aggregate of
     [          ] shares of Common Stock at an average exercise price of
     $[          ] per share. On August 1, 1996 the Registrant granted stock
     options under the Incentive Plan covering an aggregate of [          ]
     shares of Common Stock at an average exercise price of $[          ] per
     share. Each of these options vests over a period of time following their
     respective dates of grant. See "Equity Incentive Plans."
 
(2) During the period, the Registrant sold to employees, directors and
     affiliates of the Registrant: (i)[          ] shares of Common Stock
     pursuant to the exercise of stock options at an exercise price of
     $[          ] per share for cash in the aggregate amount of $[          ];
     (ii) an aggregate of [          ] shares of Common Stock pursuant to the
     exercise of stock options at an exercise price of $[          ] per share
     for cash in the aggregate amount of $[          ]; (iii) an aggregate of
     [          ] shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of stock
     options at an exercise price of $[          ] per share for cash in the
     aggregate amount of $[          ]; and (iv) an aggregate of [          ]
     share of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options at an
     exercise price of $[          ] per share for cash in the aggregate amount
     of $[          ].
 
(3) In November 1994, the Registrant issued [          ] shares of Common Stock
     pursuant to the conversion of the principal of a promissory note in the
     amount of $1 million to one accredited investor. The Registrant immediately
     repurchased the shares so issued at a price of $[          ] per share.
 
(4) In November, 1994, the Registrant issued two warrants to purchase
     [          ] and [          ] shares, respectively of Series B Preferred
     Stock at an exercise price of $[          ] and [          ] per share,
     respectively to one accredited investor.
 
(5) In November 1994, the Registrant sold [          ] shares of Series C
     Preferred Stock at a price of $[          ] per share to three accredited
     investors, and issued a warrant for the purchase of [          ] shares of
     Series C Preferred Stock to one accredited investor.
 
(6) In July 1996, the Registrant sold [          ] shares of Series E Preferred
     Stock at a price of $[          ] per share to four accredited investors.
 
(7) In July 1996, in connection with the acquisition of Alfalfa's, the
     Registrant's predecessor corporation, W. O. Holdings, Inc., issued
     [          ] shares of Common Stock, [          ] shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock, [          ] shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and
     [          ] shares of Series E Preferred Stock in exchange for [     ]
     shares of Common Stock, [     ]shares of Series A Preferred Stock, [     ]
     shares of Series C Preferred Stock and [     ] shares of Series E Preferred
     Stock of the Registrant, respectively; and issued [     ] shares of Series
     D Preferred Stock and [     ] shares of Common Stock, in exchange for
     [     ] shares of Series A Preferred Stock and [     ] shares of Common
     Stock of Alfalfa's, respectively.
 
     The sales and issuance of securities in the transactions described in
paragraph (1) above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the
Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated thereunder in that they were
offered and sold either pursuant to written compensatory benefit plans or
pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation, as provided by Rule
701.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   115
 
     The sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in
paragraphs (2) through (7) above were deemed to be exempt from registration
under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof and/or Regulation D
promulgated under the Securities Act. The purchasers in each case represented
their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a
view to the distribution thereof. Appropriate legends are affixed to the stock
certificates issued in such transactions. Similar legends were imposed in
connection with any subsequent sales of any such securities. All recipients
either received adequate information about the Company or had access, through
employment or other relationships, to such information.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
     (a)        Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    EXHIBIT
    NUMBER                                 DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
    -------    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>        <C>
    1.1        Form of Underwriting Agreement.
    2.1        Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Registrant, Alfalfa's, Inc. and WO
               Holdings, Inc. dated June 4, 1996.
    2.2        Purchase Agreement among the Registrant, Alfalfa's Canada, Inc., the
               shareholders of Capers Management Holdings Inc. and Capers Management Holdings
               Inc. dated June 30, 1994.
    2.3        Share Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and certain holders of the
               Common Stock of Kathy's Natural Food Ranch Market, Inc. and Kathy's Natural
               Food Ranch Market-West, Inc. dated July 14, 1994.
    3(i).1     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
    3(i).2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon
               the closing of the offering.
    3(ii).1    By-Laws of the Registrant.
    3(ii).2    Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws to be effective upon the closing of the
               offering.
    4.1        Reference is made to Exhibits 3(i).1 through 3(ii).2.
    4.2*       Specimen stock certificate.
    5.1*       Opinion of Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson & Tatum LLP.
    10.1       Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant and its directors and
               executive officers, with related schedule.
    10.2       Registrant's 1996 Equity Incentive Plan, including forms of Options granted to
               employees and non-employee directors thereunder.
    10.3       Registrant's 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
    10.4       Registrant's 1993 Stock Option Plan.
    10.5       Registrant's 1991 Stock Option Plan.
    10.6       Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
    10.7       Employment Agreement between Registrant and Michael L. Gilliland, dated July
               12, 1996 as amended.
    10.8       Employment Agreement between Registrant and S.M. Hassan, dated July 12, 1996.
    10.9       Employment Agreement between Registrant and Elizabeth C. Cook, dated July 12,
               1996 as amended.
    10.10      Warrant to purchase Series C Preferred Stock issued to Montgomery Securities
               dated November 14, 1994.
    10.11      Warrant to purchase Series B Preferred Stock issued to Weston Presidio Offshore
               Capital C.V. dated November 14, 1994.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   116
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    EXHIBIT
    NUMBER                                 DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
    -------    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>        <C>
    10.12      Warrant to purchase Series B Preferred Stock issued to Weston Presidio Offshore
               Capital C.V. dated November 14, 1994.
    10.13      Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and the
               purchasers named therein dated July 12, 1996.
    10.14      Stockholders Agreement among the Registrant and certain parties named therein
               dated July 12, 1996.
    10.15      Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement among the Registrant and certain
               parties named therein to become effective upon the closing of the offering.
    10.16      Registration Rights Agreement between the Registrant and certain parties named
               therein dated July 12, 1996.
    10.17      Credit Agreement between the Registrant and Bank One, Indianapolis, National
               Association dated March 15, 1995.
    10.18      First Amendment to Credit Agreement between the Registrant and Bank One,
               Indianapolis, National Association dated November 30, 1995.
    10.19      Lease Agreement between Registrant and Bway Property Limited Partnership for
               the property located at 1645 Broadway, Boulder, CO dated October 5, 1992.
    10.20      Lease Agreement between Registrant and Bway Property Limited Partnership for
               the property located at 1651 Broadway, Boulder, CO dated October 11, 1982.
    10.21      Amendment to Lease Agreements between Registrant and Bway Property Limited
               Partnership dated March 9, 1995 for the properties located at 1645 and 1651
               Broadway, Boulder, CO.
    10.22      Lease Agreement between Registrant and Overland Outfitters, Inc. for the
               property located at 1655 Broadway, Boulder, CO dated April 10, 1989.
    10.23      Lease Agreement between Registrant and Marianna Partners Limited for the
               property located at the northwest corner of St. Francis Drive and Cordova Road,
               Santa Fe, NM dated August 27, 1990.
    10.24      First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Registrant and CAMPR Partners, Ltd.,
               successor by merger to Marianna Partners Limited for the property located at
               the northwest corner of St. Francis Drive and Cordova Road, Santa Fe, NM dated
               August 1, 1992.
    10.25      Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between Registrant and CAMPR Partners,
               Ltd., for the property located at the northwest corner of St. Francis Drive and
               Cordova Road, Santa Fe, NM dated February 2, 1995.
    10.26      Lease Agreement between Registrant and First Interstate Bank of New Mexico,
               N.A., as Trustee of the Joseph M. Montoya Trust, the Patrick J. Montoya Trust,
               and the Lynda M. Haran Trust for the property located at the northwest corner
               of Don Diego Avenue and Cordova Road, Santa Fe, NM dated June 29, 1994.
    10.27      Lease between Registrant and Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company for the
               property located at 6300-A San Mateo, Albuquerque, NM dated May 27, 1994.
    10.28      Shopping Center Lease between Registrant and Skunk Creek Investors dated August
               8, 1995 for the store located at Baseline Road, Boulder, CO.
    10.29      Lease between Registrant and AGF Property Management Corp. for the property
               located at 1111-23 South Washington Street, Denver, CO dated October 12, 1994.
    10.30      Lease between Registrant and 306283 British Columbia Ltd. for the property
               located at 2211 West 4th Avenue, Vancouver, B.C. dated November 6, 1992.
    10.31      Shopping Center Lease between Registrant and Country Club Plaza Associates
               dated January 19, 1990 for the property located at University Blvd., Denver,
               CO.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>   117
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    EXHIBIT
    NUMBER                                 DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
    -------    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>        <C>
    10.32      Lease Agreement between Registrant and Fireside Liquors, Inc. for the property
               located at 1425/1421/1411 Montana Avenue, Santa Monica, CA dated September 15,
               1994.
    10.33      Amended and Restated Shopping Center Lease between Registrant and the Trustees
               of the Estate of James Campbell dated May 1, 1992 for the property located at
               910 South University Blvd., Littleton, CO.
    11.1       Statement regarding computation of pro forma net income (loss) per share.
    21.1       List of subsidiaries.
    23.1       Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP.
    23.2       Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
    23.3*      Consent of Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson & Tatum, LLP. Reference is made to
               Exhibit 5.1.
    24.1       Power of Attorney. Reference is made to page II-6.
    27.1       Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
*    To be filed by amendment.
 
     (b)       Financial Statement Schedules.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   NUMBER                                   DESCRIPTION
- ------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>
Schedule II   Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves.
</TABLE>
 
     All other schedules are omitted because they are not required, are not
applicable, or the information is included in the consolidated financial
statements or notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter
at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
     The undersigned Registrant undertakes that: (1) for purposes of determining
any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the
form of prospectus as filed as part of the registration statement in reliance
upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant
pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be
deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the time it was declared
effective, and (2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>   118
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boulder, County of
Boulder, State of Colorado, on the 30th day of August, 1996.
 
                                          WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
                                          By  /s/  Michael C. Gilliland
                                              ---------------------------
                                                   Michael C. Gilliland
                                                  Chief Executive Officer
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
     Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Michael
C. Gilliland and Mary Beth Lewis his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact
and agents, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him or her and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, any amendments thereto, filed
pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the amount of securities for which
registration is being sought, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto,
and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary
to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or his or her substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              SIGNATURE                               TITLE                        DATE
              ---------                               -----                        ----           
<C>                                 <S>                                      <C>
   /s/  Michael C. Gilliland        Chief Executive Officer and Director     August 30, 1996
- --------------------------------    (Principal Executive Officer)
     Michael C. Gilliland          
                                   
       /s/  S. M. Hassan            President and Director                   August 30, 1996
- --------------------------------   
         S. M. Hassan              
                                   
     /s/  Mary Beth Lewis           Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    August 30, 1996
- --------------------------------    (Principal Financial and Accounting
        Mary Beth Lewis             Officer)                           
                                                                       
    /s/  Elizabeth C. Cook          Vice President, Secretary and            August 30, 1996
- --------------------------------    Director
       Elizabeth C. Cook           
                                   
       /s/  John Shields            Chairman of the Board                    August 30, 1996
- --------------------------------   
         John Shields              
                                   
    /s/  David Chamberlain          Vice Chairman of the Board               August 30, 1996
- --------------------------------   
       David Chamberlain
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>   119
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              SIGNATURE                      TITLE               DATE
              ---------                      -----               ----        
<C>                                         <S>               <C>
       /s/  Peter D. Behrendt               Director          August 30, 1996
- -------------------------------------               
          Peter D. Behrendt                         
                                                    
       /s/  Barnet M. Feinblum              Director          August 30, 1996
- -------------------------------------               
         Barnet M. Feinblum                         
                                                    
       /s/  David L. Ferguson               Director          August 30, 1996
- -------------------------------------               
          David L. Ferguson                         
                                                    
        /s/  M. Laird Koldyke               Director          August 30, 1996
- -------------------------------------               
          M. Laird Koldyke                          
                                                    
        /s/  James B. McElwee               Director          August 30, 1996
- -------------------------------------
          James B. McElwee
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>   120
 
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
 
          SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                  FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      CHARGED                              CHARGED                              CHARGED
          BALANCE     TO COSTS                             TO COSTS                             TO COSTS
            AT          AND                     BALANCE      AND                     BALANCE      AND                     BALANCE
         BEGINNING    EXPENSES    DEDUCTIONS    AT END     EXPENSES    DEDUCTIONS    AT END     EXPENSES    DEDUCTIONS    AT END
DESCRIPTION  OF 1993    1993         1993       OF 1993      1994         1994       OF 1994      1995         1995       OF 1995
- -------  ---------    --------    ----------    -------    --------    ----------    -------    --------    ----------    -------
<S>      <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>
Reserves
deducted
  from
assets:
Current
receivables... $      25 $     12 $       --    $    37    $     --    $       --    $    37    $     10    $       --    $    47
  Inventory... $       0 $    154 $       28    $   126    $    114    $       94    $   146    $    326    $      172    $   300
</TABLE>
 
                                       S-1
<PAGE>   121
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    EXHIBIT
    NUMBER                                 DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
    -------                                -----------------------
    <S>        <C>
    1.1        Form of Underwriting Agreement.

    2.1        Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Registrant, Alfalfa's, Inc. and WO
               Holdings, Inc. dated June 4, 1996.

    2.2        Purchase Agreement among the Registrant, Alfalfa's Canada, Inc., the
               shareholders of Capers Management Holdings Inc. and Capers Management Holdings
               Inc. dated June 30, 1994.

    2.3        Share Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and certain holders of the
               Common Stock of Kathy's Natural Food Ranch Market, Inc. and Kathy's Natural
               Food Ranch Market-West, Inc. dated July 14, 1994.

    3(i).1     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.

    3(i).2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon
               the closing of the offering.

    3(ii).1    By-Laws of the Registrant.

    3(ii).2    Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws to be effective upon the closing of the
               offering.

    4.1        Reference is made to Exhibits 3(i).1 through 3(ii).2.

    4.2*       Specimen stock certificate.

    5.1*       Opinion of Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson & Tatum LLP.

    10.1       Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant and its directors and
               executive officers, with related schedule.

    10.2       Registrant's 1996 Equity Incentive Plan, including forms of Options granted to
               employees and non-employee directors thereunder.

    10.3       Registrant's 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

    10.4       Registrant's 1993 Stock Option Plan.

    10.5       Registrant's 1991 Stock Option Plan.

    10.6       Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

    10.7       Employment Agreement between Registrant and Michael L. Gilliland, dated July
               12, 1996 as amended.

    10.8       Employment Agreement between Registrant and S.M. Hassan, dated July 12, 1996.

    10.9       Employment Agreement between Registrant and Elizabeth C. Cook, dated July 12,
               1996 as amended.

    10.10      Warrant to purchase Series C Preferred Stock issued to Montgomery Securities
               dated November 14, 1994.

    10.11      Warrant to purchase Series B Preferred Stock issued to Weston Presidio Offshore
               Capital C.V. dated November 14, 1994.

    10.12      Warrant to purchase Series B Preferred Stock issued to Weston Presidio Offshore
               Capital C.V. dated November 14, 1994.

    10.13      Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and the
               purchasers named therein dated July 12, 1996.

    10.14      Stockholders Agreement among the Registrant and certain parties named therein
               dated July 12, 1996.

    10.15      Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement among the Registrant and certain
               parties named therein to become effective upon the closing of the offering.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   122
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    EXHIBIT
    NUMBER                                 DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
    -------                                -----------------------
    <S>        <C>
    10.16      Registration Rights Agreement between the Registrant and certain parties named
               therein dated July 12, 1996.

    10.17      Credit Agreement between the Registrant and Bank One, Indianapolis, National
               Association dated March 15, 1995.

    10.18      First Amendment to Credit Agreement between the Registrant and Bank One,
               Indianapolis, National Association dated November 30, 1995.

    10.19      Lease Agreement between Registrant and Bway Property Limited Partnership for
               the property located at 1645 Broadway, Boulder, CO dated October 5, 1992.

    10.20      Lease Agreement between Registrant and Bway Property Limited Partnership for
               the property located at 1651 Broadway, Boulder, CO dated October 11, 1982.

    10.21      Amendment to Lease Agreements between Registrant and Bway Property Limited
               Partnership dated March 9, 1995 for the properties located at 1645 and 1651
               Broadway, Boulder, CO.

    10.22      Lease Agreement between Registrant and Overland Outfitters, Inc. for the
               property located at 1655 Broadway, Boulder, CO dated April 10, 1989.

    10.23      Lease Agreement between Registrant and Marianna Partners Limited for the
               property located at the northwest corner of St. Francis Drive and Cordova Road,
               Santa Fe, NM dated August 27, 1990.

    10.24      First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Registrant and CAMPR Partners, Ltd.,
               successor by merger to Marianna Partners Limited for the property located at
               the northwest corner of St. Francis Drive and Cordova Road, Santa Fe, NM dated
               August 1, 1992.

    10.25      Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between Registrant and CAMPR Partners,
               Ltd., for the property located at the northwest corner of St. Francis Drive and
               Cordova Road, Santa Fe, NM dated February 2, 1995.

    10.26      Lease Agreement between Registrant and First Interstate Bank of New Mexico,
               N.A., as Trustee of the Joseph M. Montoya Trust, the Patrick J. Montoya Trust,
               and the Lynda M. Haran Trust for the property located at the northwest corner
               of Don Diego Avenue and Cordova Road, Santa Fe, NM dated June 29, 1994.

    10.27      Lease between Registrant and Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company for the
               property located at 6300-A San Mateo, Albuquerque, NM dated May 27, 1994.

    10.28      Shopping Center Lease between Registrant and Skunk Creek Investors dated August
               8, 1995 for the store located at Baseline Road, Boulder, CO.

    10.29      Lease between Registrant and AGF Property Management Corp. for the property
               located at 1111-23 South Washington Street, Denver, CO dated October 12, 1994.

    10.30      Lease between Registrant and 306283 British Columbia Ltd. for the property
               located at 2211 West 4th Avenue, Vancouver, B.C. dated November 6, 1992.

    10.31      Shopping Center Lease between Registrant and Country Club Plaza Associates
               dated January 19, 1990 for the property located at University Blvd., Denver,
               CO.

    10.32      Lease Agreement between Registrant and Fireside Liquors, Inc. for the property
               located at 1425/1421/1411 Montana Avenue, Santa Monica, CA dated September 15,
               1994.

    10.33      Amended and Restated Shopping Center Lease between Registrant and the Trustees
               of the Estate of James Campbell dated May 1, 1992 for the property located at
               910 South University Blvd., Littleton, CO.

    11.1       Statement regarding computation of pro forma net income (loss) per share.

    21.1       List of subsidiaries.

    23.1       Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   123
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    EXHIBIT
    NUMBER                                 DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
    -------                                -----------------------
    <S>        <C>
    23.2       Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

    23.3       Consent of Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson & Tatum, LLP. Reference is made to
               Exhibit 5.1.

    24.1       Power of Attorney. Reference is made to page II-6.

    27.1       Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
*    To be filed by amendment.

<PAGE>   1
                               __________ Shares

                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.

                                  Common Stock


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT


                                                                October __, 1996

MONTGOMERY SECURITIES
SMITH BARNEY INC.
  As Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o MONTGOMERY SECURITIES
600 Montgomery Street
San Francisco, California 94111

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                 SECTION 1.  Introductory.  Wild Oats Markets, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the ``Company''), proposes to issue and sell __________
shares of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
(the ``Common Stock''), and certain stockholders of the Company named in
Schedule A annexed hereto (the ``Principal Selling Stockholders'') and certain
stockholders of the Company named in Schedule B annexed hereto (the ``Other
Selling Stockholders,'' and together with the Principal Selling Stockholders,
the ``Selling Stockholders'') propose to sell an aggregate of __________ shares
of the Company's issued and outstanding Common Stock to the several
underwriters named in Schedule C annexed hereto (the ``Underwriters''), for
whom you are acting as Representatives.  Said aggregate of _________ shares are
herein called the ``Firm Common Shares.''  In addition, the Company and certain
Selling Stockholders propose to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase
up to _______ additional shares of Common Stock (the ``Optional Common
Shares''), as provided in Section 5 hereof. The Firm Common Shares and, to the
extent such option is exercised, the Optional Common Shares are hereinafter
collectively referred to as the Common Shares.

                 You have advised the Company and the Selling Stockholders that
the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions
of the Common Shares on the effective date of the registration statement
hereinafter referred to, or as soon thereafter as in your judgment is
advisable.

                 The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders hereby
confirm their respective agreements with respect to the purchase of the Common
Shares by the Underwriters as follows:

                 SECTION 2.  Representations and Warranties of the Company and
the ``Principal Selling Stockholders.  The Company and each of the Principal
Selling Stockholders represents and warrants to the several Underwriters that:

                          (a)     A registration statement on Form S-1 (File
         No. 333-_______) with respect to the Common Shares has been prepared
         by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities
         Act of 1933, as amended (the ``Act''), and the rules and regulations
         (the ``Rules and





                                       1.
<PAGE>   2
         Regulations'') of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
         ``Commission'') thereunder, and has been filed with the Commission.
         The Company has prepared and has filed or proposes to file prior to
         the effective date of such registration statement an amendment or
         amendments to such registration statement, which amendment or
         amendments have been or will be similarly prepared.  There have been
         delivered to you two signed copies of such registration statement and
         amendments, together with two copies of each exhibit filed therewith.
         Conformed copies of such registration statement and amendments (but
         without exhibits) and of the related preliminary prospectus have been
         delivered to you in such reasonable quantities as you have requested
         for each of the Underwriters.  The Company will next file with the
         Commission one of the following:  (i) prior to effectiveness of such
         registration statement, a further amendment thereto, including the
         form of final prospectus, (ii) a final prospectus in accordance with
         Rules 430A and 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations, or (iii) a term
         sheet (the ``Term Sheet'') as described in and in accordance with
         Rules 434 and 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations.  As filed, the
         final prospectus, if one is used, or the Term Sheet and Preliminary
         Prospectus (as hereinafter defined), if a final prospectus is not
         used, shall include all Rule 430A Information (as hereinafter defined)
         and, except to the extent that you shall agree in writing to a
         modification, shall be in all substantive respects in the form
         furnished to you prior to the date and time that this Agreement was
         executed and delivered by the parties hereto, or, to the extent not
         completed at such date and time, shall contain only such specific
         additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the
         latest Preliminary Prospectus (as hereinafter defined)) as the Company
         shall have previously advised you in writing would be included or made
         therein.

                          The term ``Registration Statement'' as used in this
         Agreement shall mean such registration statement at the time such
         registration statement becomes effective and, in the event any
         post-effective amendment thereto becomes effective prior to the First
         Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), shall also mean such
         registration statement as so amended; provided, however, that such
         term shall also include (i) all Rule 430A Information deemed to be
         included in such registration statement at the time such registration
         statement becomes effective as provided by Rule 430A of the Rules and
         Regulations and (ii) a registration statement, if any, filed pursuant
         to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations relating to the Common
         Shares.  The term ``Preliminary Prospectus'' shall mean any
         preliminary prospectus referred to in the preceding paragraph and any
         preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the
         time it becomes effective that omits Rule 430A Information.  The term
         ``Prospectus'' as used in this Agreement shall mean either (i) the
         prospectus relating to the Common Shares in the form in which it is
         first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules
         and Regulations, or (ii) if a Term Sheet is not used and no filing
         pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations is required, the
         form of final prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the
         time such registration statement becomes effective, or (iii) if a Term
         Sheet is used, the Term Sheet in the form in which it is first filed
         with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and
         Regulations, together with the Preliminary Prospectus included in the
         Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective.  The term
         ``Rule 430A Information'' means information with respect to the Common
         Shares and the offering thereof permitted to be omitted from the
         Registration Statement when it becomes effective pursuant to Rule 430A
         of the Rules and Regulations.

                          (b)     The Commission has not issued any order
         preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, and
         each Preliminary Prospectus has conformed in all material respects to
         the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and, as of
         its date, has not included any untrue statement of a material fact or
         omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
         therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,
         not misleading; and at the time the Registration Statement becomes
         effective, and at all times subsequent thereto up to and including
         each Closing Date hereinafter mentioned, the Registration Statement
         and the Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto, will
         contain all material statements and information required to be
         included therein by the Act and the Rules and Regulations and will in
         all material respects conform to





                                       2.
<PAGE>   3
         the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and neither
         the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus, nor any amendment or
         supplement thereto, will include any untrue statement of a material
         fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
         necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided,
         however, no representation or warranty contained in this subsection
         2(b) shall be applicable to information contained in or omitted from
         any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus
         or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity
         with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of
         any Underwriter, directly or through the Representatives, specifically
         for use in the preparation thereof.

                          (c)     The Company does not own or control, directly
         or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than
         the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement.
         The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly incorporated
         and are validly existing as corporations in good standing under the
         laws of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation, with full
         power and authority (corporate and other) to own and lease their
         properties and conduct their respective businesses as described in the
         Prospectus; the Company owns all of the outstanding capital stock of
         its subsidiaries free and clear of all claims, liens, charges and
         encumbrances; the Company and each of its subsidiaries are in
         possession of and operating in compliance with all authorizations,
         licenses, permits, consents, certificates and orders material to the
         conduct of their respective businesses taken as a whole, all of which
         are valid and in full force and effect; the Company and each of its
         subsidiaries are duly qualified to do business and in good standing as
         foreign corporations in each jurisdiction in which the ownership or
         leasing of properties or the conduct of their respective businesses
         requires such qualification, except for jurisdictions in which the
         failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect upon
         the Company or the subsidiary; and, to the best of the Company's
         knowledge, no proceeding has been instituted in any such jurisdiction,
         revoking, limiting or curtailing, or seeking to revoke, limit or
         curtail, such power and authority or qualification.

                          (d)     The Company has an authorized and outstanding
         capital stock as set forth under the heading Capitalization in the
         Prospectus; the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock have
         been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and
         nonassessable, to the best of the Company's knowledge have been issued
         in compliance with all federal and state securities laws, were not
         issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other
         rights to subscribe for or purchase securities, and conform to the
         description thereof contained in the Prospectus.  All issued and
         outstanding shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company
         have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and
         nonassessable.  Except as disclosed in or contemplated by the
         Prospectus and the financial statements of the Company, and the
         related notes thereto, included in the Prospectus, neither the Company
         nor any subsidiary has outstanding any options to purchase, or any
         preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, any
         securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts or
         commitments to issue or sell, shares of its capital stock or any such
         options, rights, convertible securities or obligations.  The
         description of the Company's stock option, stock bonus and other stock
         plans or arrangements, and the options or other rights granted and
         exercised thereunder, set forth in the Prospectus accurately and
         fairly presents the information required to be shown with respect to
         such plans, arrangements, options and rights.

                          (e)     The Common Shares to be sold by the Company
         have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in
         the manner set forth in this Agreement, will be duly authorized,
         validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will conform to the
         description thereof contained in the Prospectus.  No preemptive rights
         or other rights to subscribe for or purchase exist with respect to the
         issuance and sale of the Common Shares by the Company pursuant to this
         Agreement.  No stockholder of the Company has any right which has not
         been waived to require the





                                       3.
<PAGE>   4
         Company to register the sale of any shares owned by such stockholder
         under the Act in the public offering contemplated by this Agreement.
         No further approval or authority of the stockholders or the Board of
         Directors of the Company will be required for the transfer and sale of
         the Common Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders or the
         issuance and sale of the Common Shares to be sold by the Company as
         contemplated herein.

                          (f)     The Company has full legal right, power and
         authority to enter into this Agreement and perform the transactions
         contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has been duly authorized,
         executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and
         binding obligation of the Company in accordance with its terms.  The
         making and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the
         consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not violate
         any provisions of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or other
         organizational documents, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries,
         and will not conflict with, result in the breach or violation of, or
         constitute, either by itself or upon notice or the passage of time or
         both, a default under any agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, lease,
         franchise, license, indenture, permit or other instrument to which the
         Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company
         or any of its subsidiaries or any of its respective properties may be
         bound or affected, any statute or any authorization, judgment, decree,
         order, rule or regulation of any court or any regulatory body,
         administrative agency or other governmental body applicable to the
         Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective
         properties.  No consent, approval, authorization or other order of any
         court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
         body is required for the execution and delivery of this Agreement or
         the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
         except for compliance with the Act, the Blue Sky laws applicable to
         the public offering of the Common Shares by the several Underwriters
         and the clearance of such offering with the National Association of
         Securities Dealers, Inc. (the ``NASD'').

                          (g)     Price Waterhouse LLP, who have expressed
         their opinion with respect to the financial statements and schedules
         filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and
         included in the Prospectus and in the Registration Statement, are
         independent accountants as required by the Act and the Rules and
         Regulations.

                          (h)     The financial statements and schedules of the
         Company and Alfalfa's, Inc., and the related notes thereto, included
         in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus present fairly the
         financial position of Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and Alfalfa's, Inc. as
         of the respective dates of such financial statements and schedules,
         and present fairly the results of operations and changes in financial
         position of Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and Alfalfa's, Inc. for the
         respective periods covered thereby.  Such statements, schedules and
         related notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
         accounting principles applied on a consistent basis as certified by
         the independent accountants named in subsection 2(g) in the case of
         the financial statements of Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and by Deloitte &
         Touche LLP in the case of the financial.  No other financial
         statements or schedules are required to be included in the
         Registration Statement.  The selected financial data set forth in the
         Prospectus under the captions ``Capitalization'' and ``Selected
         Financial and Operating Data'' fairly present the information set
         forth therein on the basis stated in the Registration Statement.  The
         pro forma financial information included in the Registration Statement
         and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein, have
         been prepared in accordance with the Commission's rules and guidelines
         with respect to pro forma financial statements, have been properly
         compiled on the pro forma bases described therein, and, in the opinion
         of the Company, the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are
         reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give
         effect to the transactions or circumstances referred to therein.  No
         other financial statements or schedules of the Company or any other
         entity are required to be included in, or incorporated into, the
         Registration Statement pursuant to any requirement of the Act or any
         Rules and Regulations, including Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X.





                                       4.
<PAGE>   5
                          (i)     Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, and
         except as to violations, breaches and defaults which individually or
         in the aggregate would not be material to the Company, neither the
         Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation or default of any
         provision of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or other
         organizational documents, or is in breach of or default with respect
         to any provision of any agreement, judgment, decree, order, mortgage,
         deed of trust, lease, franchise, license, indenture, permit or other
         instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its
         properties are bound; and there does not exist any state of facts
         which constitutes an event of default on the part of the Company or
         any such subsidiary as defined in such documents or which, with notice
         or lapse of time or both, would constitute such an event of default.

                          (j)     There are no contracts or other documents
         required to be described in the Registration Statement or to be filed
         as exhibits to the Registration Statement by the Act or by the Rules
         and Regulations which have not been described or filed as required.
         The contracts so described in the Prospectus are in full force and
         effect on the date hereof; and neither the Company nor any of its
         subsidiaries, nor to the best of the Company's knowledge, any other
         party is in breach of or default under any of such contracts.

                          (k)     Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there
         are no legal or governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or,
         to the best of the Company's knowledge, threatened to which the
         Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be a party or of which
         property owned or leased by the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
         or may be the subject, or related to environmental or discrimination
         matters, which actions, suits or proceedings might, individually or in
         the aggregate, prevent or adversely affect the transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement or result in a material adverse change
         in the condition (financial or otherwise), properties, business,
         results of operations or prospects of the Company and its
         subsidiaries; and no labor disturbance by the employees of the Company
         or any of its subsidiaries exists or is imminent which might be
         expected to affect adversely such condition, properties, business,
         results of operations or prospects.  Neither the Company nor any of
         its subsidiaries is a party or subject to the provisions of any
         material injunction, judgment, decree or order of any court,
         regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body.

                          (l)     The Company or the applicable subsidiary has
         good and marketable title to all the properties and assets reflected
         as owned in the financial statements hereinabove described (or
         elsewhere in the Prospectus), subject to no lien, mortgage, pledge,
         charge or encumbrance of any kind except (i) those, if any, reflected
         in such financial statements (or elsewhere in the Prospectus), or (ii)
         those which are not material in amount and do not adversely affect the
         use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and
         its subsidiaries.  The Company or the applicable subsidiary holds its
         leased properties under valid and binding leases, with such exceptions
         as are not materially significant in relation to the business of the
         Company.  Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company owns or
         leases all such properties as are necessary to its operations as now
         conducted or as proposed to be conducted.

                          (m)     Since the respective dates as of which
         information is given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and
         except as described in or specifically contemplated by the Prospectus:
         (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material
         liabilities or obligations, indirect, direct or contingent, or entered
         into any material verbal or written agreement or other transaction
         which is not in the ordinary course of business or which could result
         in a material reduction in the future earnings of the Company and its
         subsidiaries; (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries have not sustained
         any material loss or interference with their respective businesses or
         properties from fire, flood, windstorm, accident or other calamity,
         whether or not covered by insurance; (iii) the Company has not paid or
         declared any dividends or other distributions with respect to its
         capital stock and the Company and its subsidiaries are not in default
         in the payment of principal or interest on any outstanding debt





                                       5.
<PAGE>   6
         obligations; (iv) there has not been any change in the capital stock
         (other than upon the sale of the Common Shares hereunder and upon the
         exercise of options or warrants described in the Registration
         Statement) or indebtedness material to the Company and its
         subsidiaries (other than in the ordinary course of business); and (v)
         there has not been any material adverse change in the condition
         (financial or otherwise), business, properties, results of operations
         or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries.

                          (n)     Except as disclosed in or specifically
         contemplated by the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries have
         sufficient trademarks, trade names, patent rights, mask works,
         copyrights, licenses, approvals and governmental authorizations to
         conduct their businesses as now conducted; the expiration of any
         trademarks, trade names, patent rights, mask works, copyrights,
         licenses, approvals or governmental authorizations would not have a
         material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise),
         business, results of operations or prospects of the Company or its
         subsidiaries; and the Company has no knowledge of any material
         infringement by it or its subsidiaries of trademark, trade name
         rights, patent rights, mask works, copyrights, licenses, trade secret
         or other similar rights of others, and there is no claim being made
         against the Company or its subsidiaries regarding trademark, trade
         name, patent, mask work, copyright, license, trade secret or other
         infringement which could have a material adverse effect on the
         condition (financial or otherwise), business, results of operations or
         prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries.

                          (o)     The Company has not been advised, and has no
         reason to believe, that either it or any of its subsidiaries is not
         conducting business in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and
         regulations of the jurisdictions in which it is conducting business,
         including, without limitation, all applicable local, state and federal
         environmental laws and regulations; except where failure to be so in
         compliance would not materially adversely affect the condition
         (financial or otherwise), business, results of operations or prospects
         of the Company and its subsidiaries.

                          (p)     The Company and its subsidiaries have filed
         all necessary federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax
         returns and have paid all taxes shown as due thereon; and the Company
         has no knowledge of any tax deficiency which has been or might be
         asserted or threatened against the Company or its subsidiaries which
         could materially and adversely affect the business, operations or
         properties of the Company and its subsidiaries.

                          (q)     The Company is not an ``investment company''
         within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

                          (r)     The Company has not distributed and will not
         distribute prior to the First Closing Date any offering material in
         connection with the offering and sale of the Common Shares other than
         the Prospectus, the Registration Statement and the other materials
         permitted by the Act.

                          (s)     Each of the Company and its subsidiaries
         maintains insurance of the types and in the amounts generally deemed
         adequate for its business, including, but not limited to, insurance
         covering real and personal property owned or leased by the Company and
         its subsidiaries against theft, damage, destruction, acts of vandalism
         and all other risks customarily insured against, all of which
         insurance is in full force and effect.

                          (t)     Neither the Company nor any of its
         subsidiaries has at any time during the last five years (i) made any
         unlawful contribution to any candidate for foreign office, or failed
         to disclose fully any contribution in violation of law, or (ii) made
         any payment to any federal or state governmental officer or official,
         or other person charged with similar public or quasi-public duties,
         other than payments required or permitted by the laws of the United
         States of any jurisdiction thereof.





                                       6.
<PAGE>   7
                          (u)     The Company has not taken and will not take,
         directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be
         reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or
         manipulation of the price of the Common Stock to facilitate the sale
         or resale of the Common Shares.

                          (v)     The Common Stock has been approved for
         quotation as a national market system security on the Nasdaq National
         Market upon notice of issuance.

                          (w)     Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates
         does business with the government of Cuba or with any person or
         affiliate located in Cuba in violation of Section 517.075 of the
         Florida Statutes.

                 SECTION 3.  Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the 
Selling Stockholders.

                          (a)     Each of the Selling Stockholders represents
         and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

                                  (i)      Such Selling Stockholder has, and on
                 the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date hereinafter
                 mentioned will have, good and marketable title to the Common
                 Shares proposed to be sold by such Selling Stockholder
                 hereunder on such Closing Date and full right, power and
                 authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign,
                 transfer and deliver such Common Shares hereunder, free and
                 clear of all voting trust arrangements, liens, encumbrances,
                 equities, security interests, restrictions and claims
                 whatsoever; and upon delivery of and payment for such Common
                 Shares hereunder, the Underwriters will acquire good and
                 marketable title thereto, free and clear of all liens,
                 encumbrances, equities, claims, restrictions, security
                 interests, voting trusts or other defects of title whatsoever.

                                  (ii)     Such Selling Stockholder has
                 executed and delivered a Power of Attorney and caused to be
                 executed and delivered on his behalf a Custody Agreement
                 (hereinafter collectively referred to as the ``Stockholders
                 Agreement'') and in connection herewith such Selling
                 Stockholder further represents, warrants and agrees that such
                 Selling Stockholder has deposited in custody, under the
                 Stockholders Agreement, with the agent named therein (the
                 ``Agent'') as custodian, certificates in negotiable form for
                 the Common Shares to be sold hereunder by such Selling
                 Stockholder, for the purpose of further delivery pursuant to
                 this Agreement.  Such Selling Stockholder agrees that the
                 Common Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder on
                 deposit with the Agent are subject to the interests of the
                 Company and the Underwriters, that the arrangements made for
                 such custody are to that extent irrevocable, and that the
                 obligations of such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be
                 terminated, except as provided in this Agreement or in the
                 Stockholders Agreement, by any act of such Selling
                 Stockholder, by operation of law, by the death or incapacity
                 of such Selling Stockholder or by the occurrence of any other
                 event.  If the Selling Stockholder should die or become
                 incapacitated, or if any other event should occur, before the
                 delivery of the Common Shares hereunder, the documents
                 evidencing Common Shares then on deposit with the Agent shall
                 be delivered by the Agent in accordance with the terms and
                 conditions of this Agreement as if such death, incapacity or
                 other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the
                 Agent shall have received notice thereof.  This Agreement and
                 the Stockholders Agreement have been duly executed and
                 delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and the
                 form of such Stockholders Agreement has been delivered to you.

                                  (iii)    The performance of this Agreement
                 and the Stockholders Agreement and the consummation of the
                 transactions contemplated hereby and by the Stockholders





                                       7.
<PAGE>   8
                 Agreement will not result in a breach or violation by such
                 Selling Stockholder of any of the terms or provisions of, or
                 constitute a default by such Selling Stockholder under, any
                 indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, trust (constructive or
                 other), loan agreement, lease, franchise, license or other
                 agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a
                 party or by which such Selling Stockholder or any of its
                 properties is bound, any statute, or any judgment, decree,
                 order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency
                 or body applicable to such Selling Stockholder or any of its   
                 properties.
        
                                  (iv)     Such Selling Stockholder has not
                 taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action
                 designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably
                 be expected to cause or result in stabilization or
                 manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to
                 facilitate the sale or resale of the Common Shares.

                                  (v)      Each Preliminary Prospectus and the
                 Prospectus, insofar as it has related to such Selling
                 Stockholder, has conformed in all material respects to the
                 requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and has
                 not included any untrue statement of a material fact or
                 omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the
                 statements therein not misleading in light of the
                 circumstances under which they were made; and neither the
                 Registration Statement nor the Prospectus, nor any amendment
                 or supplement thereto, as it relates to such Selling
                 Stockholder, will include any untrue statement of a material
                 fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated
                 therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
                 misleading.

                          (b)     Each of the Selling Stockholders agrees with
         the Company and the Underwriters not to offer to sell, sell or
         contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or
         securities convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of Common
         Stock, for a period of 180 days after the first date that any of the
         Common Shares are released by you for sale to the public, without the
         prior written consent of Montgomery Securities, which consent may be
         withheld at the sole discretion of Montgomery Securities.


                 (c)       Each of the Other Selling Stockholders represents
         and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that it is
         not aware that any of the representations and warranties set forth in
         Section 2 above is untrue or inaccurate in any material respect.

                 SECTION 4.  Representations and Warranties of the
Underwriters.  The Representatives, on behalf of the several Underwriters,
represent and warrant to the Company and to the Selling Stockholders that the
information set forth (i) on the cover page of the Prospectus with respect to
price, underwriting discounts and commissions and terms of offering and (ii)
under ``Underwriting'' in the Prospectus was furnished to the Company by and on
behalf of the Underwriters for use in connection with the preparation of the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus and is correct in all material
respects.  The Representatives represent and warrant that they have been
authorized by each of the other Underwriters as the Representatives to enter
into this Agreement on its behalf and to act for it in the manner herein
provided.

                 SECTION 5.  Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Common Shares.  On
the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained,
but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (i) the Company
agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriters __________ of the Firm Common
Shares, and (ii) the Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to
sell to the Underwriters in the respective amounts set forth in Schedule B
hereto, an aggregate of ________ of the Firm Common Shares.  The Underwriters
agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Selling
Stockholders, respectively, the number of Firm Common Shares described below.
The purchase price per share to be paid by





                                       8.
<PAGE>   9
the several Underwriters to the Company and to the Selling Stockholders,
respectively, shall be $_________ per share.

                 The obligation of each Underwriter to the Company shall be to
purchase from the Company that number of full shares which (as nearly as
practicable, as determined by you) bears to __________ the same proportion as
the number of shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in
Schedule A hereto bears to the total number of Firm Common Shares.  The
obligation of each Underwriter to the Selling Stockholders shall be to purchase
from the Selling Stockholders that number of full shares which (as nearly as
practicable, as determined by you) bears to __________ the same proportion as
the number of shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in
Schedule A hereto bears to the total number of Firm Common Shares.

                 Delivery of certificates for the Firm Common Shares to be
purchased by the Underwriters and payment therefor shall be made at the offices
of Montgomery Securities, 600 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California (or
such other place as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Representatives)
at such time and date, not later than the third (or, if the Firm Common Shares
are priced, as contemplated by Rule 15c6-1(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), after 4:30 P.M. Washington D.C. Time, the
fourth) full business day following the first date that any of the Common
Shares are released by you for sale to the public, as you shall designate by at
least 48 hours' prior notice to the Company (or at such other time and date,
not later than one week after such third or fourth, as the case may be, full
business day as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Representatives) (the
First Closing Date); provided, however, that if the Prospectus is at any time
prior to the First Closing Date recirculated to the public, the First Closing
Date shall occur upon the later of the third or fourth, as the case may be,
full business day following the first date that any of the Common Shares are
released by you for sale to the public (as set forth above) or the date that is
48 hours after the date that the Prospectus has been so recirculated.

                 Delivery of certificates for the Firm Common Shares shall be
made by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders to you, for
the respective accounts of the Underwriters against payment by you, for the
accounts of the several Underwriters, of the purchase price therefor by
certified or official bank checks payable in next day funds or a wire transfer
to the order of the Company and of the Agent in proportion to the number of
Firm Common Shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders,
respectively.  The certificates for the Firm Common Shares shall be registered
in such names and denominations as you shall have requested at least two full
business days prior to the First Closing Date, and shall be made available for
checking and packaging on the business day preceding the First Closing Date at
a location in New York, New York, as may be designated by you.  Time shall be
of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified in this Agreement
is a further condition to the obligations of the Underwriters.

                 In addition, on the basis of the representations, warranties
and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein
set forth, the Company and certain Selling Stockholders hereby grants an option
to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to an
aggregate of __________ Optional Common Shares at the purchase price per share
to be paid for the Firm Common Shares, for use solely in covering any
over-allotments made by you for the account of the Underwriters in the sale and
distribution of the Firm Common Shares.  The option granted hereunder may be
exercised at any time (but not more than once) within 30 days after the first
date that any of the Common Shares are released by you for sale to the public,
upon notice by you to the Company said Selling Stockholders setting forth the
aggregate number of Optional Common Shares as to which the Underwriters are
exercising the option, the names and denominations in which the certificates
for such shares are to be registered and the time and place at which such
certificates will be delivered.  Such time of delivery (which may not be
earlier than the First Closing Date), being herein referred to as the Second
Closing Date, shall be determined by you, but if at any time other than the
First Closing Date shall not be earlier than three nor later than five full
business days after delivery of such notice of exercise.  The number of
Optional Common Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be determined
by multiplying the number of Optional Common Shares to be sold by the Company
pursuant to such





                                       9.
<PAGE>   10
notice of exercise by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Firm
Common Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite its
name in Schedule C and the denominator of which is _________ (subject to such
adjustments to eliminate any fractional share purchases as you in your
discretion may make).  Certificates for the Optional Common Shares will be made
available for checking and packaging on the business day preceding the Second
Closing Date at a location in New York, New York, as may be designated by you.
The manner of payment for and delivery of the Optional Common Shares shall be
the same as for the Firm Common Shares purchased from the Company and the
Selling Stockholders as specified in the two preceding paragraphs.  At any time
before lapse of the option, you may cancel such option by giving written notice
of such cancellation to the Company said Selling Stockholders.  If the option
is cancelled or expires unexercised in whole or in part, the Company will
deregister under the Act the number of Option Shares as to which the option has
not been exercised.

                 You have advised the Company and the Selling Stockholders that
each Underwriter has authorized you to accept delivery of its Common Shares, to
make payment and to receipt therefor.  You, individually and not as the
Representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make
payment for any Common Shares to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds
shall not have been received by you by the First Closing Date or the Second
Closing Date, as the case may be, for the account of such Underwriter, but any
such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from any of its obligations
under this Agreement.

                 Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Underwriters
propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Common
Shares as soon after the effective date of the Registration Statement as in the
judgment of the Representatives is advisable and at the public offering price
set forth on the cover page of and on the terms set forth in the Prospectus, if
one is used, or on the first page of the Term Sheet, if one is used.

                 SECTION 6.  Covenants of the Company.  The Company covenants 
and agrees that:

                          (a)     The Company will use its best efforts to
         cause the Registration Statement and any amendment thereof, if not
         effective at the time and date that this Agreement is executed and
         delivered by the parties hereto, to become effective.  If the
         Registration Statement has become or becomes effective pursuant to
         Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, or the filing of the
         Prospectus is otherwise required under Rule 424(b) of the Rules and
         Regulations, the Company will file the Prospectus, properly completed,
         pursuant to the applicable paragraph of Rule 424(b) of the Rules and
         Regulations within the time period prescribed and will provide
         evidence satisfactory to you of such timely filing.  The Company will
         promptly advise you in writing (i) of the receipt of any comments of
         the Commission, (ii) of any request of the Commission for amendment of
         or supplement to the Registration Statement (either before or after it
         becomes effective), any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or
         for additional information, (iii) when the Registration Statement
         shall have become effective and (iv) of the issuance by the Commission
         of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
         Statement or of the institution of any proceedings for that purpose.
         If the Commission shall enter any such stop order at any time, the
         Company will use its best efforts to obtain the lifting of such order
         at the earliest possible moment.  The Company will not file any
         amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement (either before
         or after it becomes effective), any Preliminary Prospectus or the
         Prospectus of which you have not been furnished with a copy a
         reasonable time prior to such filing or to which you reasonably object
         or which is not in compliance with the Act and the Rules and
         Regulations.

                          (b)     The Company will prepare and file with the
         Commission, promptly upon your request, any amendments or supplements
         to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your judgment
         may be necessary or advisable to enable the several Underwriters to
         continue the





                                      10.
<PAGE>   11
         distribution of the Common Shares and will use its best efforts to
         cause the same to become effective as promptly as possible.  The
         Company will fully and completely comply with the provisions of Rule
         430A of the Rules and Regulations with respect to information omitted
         from the Registration Statement in reliance upon such Rule.

                          (c)     If at any time within the nine-month period
         referred to in Section 10(a)(3) of the Act during which a prospectus
         relating to the Common Shares is required to be delivered under the
         Act any event occurs, as a result of which the Prospectus, including
         any amendments or supplements, would include an untrue statement of a
         material fact, or omit to state any material fact required to be
         stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
         misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Prospectus,
         including any amendments or supplements, to comply with the Act or the
         Rules and Regulations, the Company will promptly advise you thereof
         and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, at its own
         expense, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement
         or omission or an amendment or supplement which will effect such
         compliance and will use its best efforts to cause the same to become
         effective as soon as possible; and, in case any Underwriter is
         required to deliver a prospectus after such nine-month period, the
         Company upon request, but at the expense of such Underwriter, will
         promptly prepare such amendment or amendments to the Registration
         Statement and such Prospectus or Prospectuses as may be necessary to
         permit compliance with the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the
         Act.

                          (d)     As soon as practicable, but not later than 45
         days after the end of the first quarter ending after one year
         following the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined
         in Rule 158(c) of the Rules and Regulations, the ``Effective Date''),
         the Company will make generally available to its security holders an
         earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a period of 12
         consecutive months beginning after the effective date of the
         Registration Statement which will satisfy the provisions of the last
         paragraph of Section 11(a) of the Act.

                          (e)     During such period as a prospectus is
         required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an
         Underwriter or dealer, the Company, at its expense, but only for the
         nine-month period referred to in Section 10(a)(3) of the Act, will
         furnish to you and the Selling Stockholders or mail to your order
         copies of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Preliminary
         Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to any such documents in
         each case as soon as available and in such quantities as you and the
         Selling Stockholders may request, for the purposes contemplated by the
         Act.

                          (f)     The Company shall cooperate with you and your
         counsel in order to qualify or register the Common Shares for sale
         under (or obtain exemptions from the application of) the Blue Sky laws
         of such jurisdictions as you designate, will comply with such laws and
         will continue such qualifications, registrations and exemptions in
         effect so long as reasonably required for the distribution of the
         Common Shares.  The Company shall not be required to qualify as a
         foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process
         in any such jurisdiction where it is not presently qualified or where
         it would be subject to taxation as a foreign corporation.  The Company
         will advise you promptly of the suspension of the qualification or
         registration of (or any such exemption relating to) the Common Shares
         for offering, sale or trading in any jurisdiction or any initiation or
         threat of any proceeding for any such purpose, and in the event of the
         issuance of any order suspending such qualification, registration or
         exemption, the Company, with your cooperation, will use its best
         efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof.

                          (g)     During the period of five years hereafter,
         the Company will furnish to the Representatives and, upon request of
         any Representative, to each of the other Underwriters:  (i) as soon as
         practicable after the end of each fiscal year, copies of the Annual
         Report of the Company containing





                                      11.
<PAGE>   12
         the balance sheet of the Company as of the close of such fiscal year
         and statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the
         year then ended and the opinion thereon of the Company's independent
         public accountants; (ii) as soon as practicable after the filing
         thereof, copies of each proxy statement, Annual Report on Form 10-K,
         Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Current Report on Form 8-K or other
         report filed by the Company with the Commission, the NASD or any
         securities exchange; and (iii) as soon as available, copies of any
         report or communication of the Company mailed generally to holders of
         its Common Stock.

                          (h)     During the period of 180 days after the first
         date that any of the Common Shares are released by you for sale to the
         public, without the prior written consent of Montgomery Securities
         (which consent may be withheld at the sole discretion of Montgomery
         Securities), the Company will not other than pursuant to outstanding
         stock options disclosed in the Prospectus issue, offer, pledge, sell,
         grant options to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or
         indirectly, any of the Company's equity securities or any other
         securities convertible into or exchangeable with its Common Stock or
         other equity security, other than pursuant to its Stock Option Plan.
         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall, at any time after
         the period of 90 days after the first date that any of the Common
         Shares are released by you for sale to the public, be permitted to
         file a Registration Statement on Form S-8 registering stock options
         pursuant to its Stock Option Plan.

                          (i)     The Company will apply the net proceeds of
         the sale of the Common Shares sold by it substantially in accordance
         with its statements under the caption Use of Proceeds in the
         Prospectus.

                          (j)     The Company will use its best efforts to
         qualify or register its Common Stock for sale in non-issuer
         transactions under (or obtain exemptions from the application of) the
         Blue Sky laws of the State of California (and thereby permit market
         making transactions and secondary trading in the Company's Common
         Stock in California), will comply with such Blue Sky laws and will
         continue such qualifications, registrations and exemptions in effect
         for a period of five years after the date hereof.

                          (k)     The Company will use its best efforts to
         maintain the Common Stock as a national market system security on the
         Nasdaq National Market.

                 You, on behalf of the Underwriters, may, in your sole
discretion, waive in writing the performance by the Company of any one or more
of the foregoing covenants or extend the time for their performance.

                 SECTION 7.  Payment of Expenses.  Whether or not the
transactions contemplated hereunder are consummated or this Agreement becomes
effective or is terminated, the Company and, unless otherwise paid by the
Company, the Selling Stockholders agree to pay in such proportions as they may
agree upon among themselves all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection
with the performance of their obligations hereunder and in connection with the
transactions contemplated hereby, including without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, (i) all expenses incident to the issuance and delivery of the
Common Shares (including all printing and engraving costs), (ii) all fees and
expenses of the registrar and transfer agent of the Common Stock, (iii) all
necessary issue, transfer and other stamp taxes in connection with the issuance
and sale of the Common Shares to the Underwriters, (iv) all fees and expenses
of the Company's counsel and the Company's independent accountants, (v) all
costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, printing,
filing, shipping and distribution of the Registration Statement, each
Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (including all exhibits and financial
statements) and all amendments and supplements provided for herein, this
Agreement, the Agreement Among Underwriters, the Selected Dealers Agreement,
the Underwriters' Questionnaire, the Underwriters' Power of Attorney and the
Blue Sky memorandum, (vi) all filing fees,





                                      12.
<PAGE>   13
attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by the Company or the Underwriters in
connection with qualifying or registering (or obtaining exemptions from the
qualification or registration of) all or any part of the Common Shares for
offer and sale under the Blue Sky laws, (vii) the filing fee of the NASD, and
(viii) all other fees, costs and expenses referred to in Item 13 of the
Registration Statement.  The Underwriters may deem the Company to be the
primary obligor with respect to all costs, fees and expenses to be paid by the
Company and by the Selling Stockholders.  Except as provided in this Section 7,
Section 9 and Section 11 hereof, the Underwriters shall pay all of their own
expenses, including the fees and disbursements of their counsel (excluding
those relating to qualification, registration or exemption under the Blue Sky
laws and the Blue Sky memorandum referred to above).  This Section 7 shall not
affect any agreements relating to the payment of expenses between the Company
and the Selling Stockholders.

                 The Company will pay (directly or by reimbursement) all fees
and expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this
Agreement which are not otherwise specifically provided for herein, including
but not limited to (i) any fees and expenses of counsel for such Selling
Stockholders, (ii) any fees and expenses of the Agent, and (iii) all expenses
and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Common Shares to be sold by
such Selling Stockholders to the Underwriters hereunder.

                 SECTION 8.  Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters.
The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm
Common Shares on the First Closing Date and the Optional Common Shares on the
Second Closing Date shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and
warranties on the part of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein set
forth as of the date hereof and as of the First Closing Date or the Second
Closing Date, as the case may be, to the accuracy of the statements of
Company's officers and the Selling Stockholders made pursuant to the provisions
hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of their
respective obligations hereunder, and to the following additional conditions:

                          (a)     The Registration Statement shall have become
         effective not later than 5:00 P.M. (or, in the case of a registration
         statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations
         relating to the Common Shares, not later than 10:00 P.M.), Washington,
         D.C. Time, on the date of this Agreement, or at such later time as
         shall have been consented to by you; if the filing of the Prospectus,
         or any supplement thereto, is required pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the
         Rules and Regulations, the Prospectus shall have been filed in the
         manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) of the Rules
         and Regulations; and prior to such Closing Date, no stop order
         suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have
         been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been
         instituted or shall be pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,
         the Selling Stockholders or you, shall be contemplated by the
         Commission; and any request of the Commission for inclusion of
         additional information in the Registration Statement, or otherwise,
         shall have been complied with to your satisfaction.

                          (b)     You shall be satisfied that since the
         respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration
         Statement and Prospectus, (i) there shall not have been any change in
         the capital stock other than pursuant to the exercise of outstanding
         options or warrants disclosed in the Prospectus of the Company or any
         of its subsidiaries or any material change in the indebtedness (other
         than in the ordinary course of business) of the Company or any of its
         subsidiaries, (ii) except as set forth or contemplated by the
         Registration Statement or the Prospectus, no material verbal or
         written agreement or other transaction shall have been entered into by
         the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which is not in the ordinary
         course of business or which could result in a material reduction in
         the future earnings of the Company and its subsidiaries, (iii) no loss
         or damage (whether or not insured) to the property of the Company or
         any of its subsidiaries shall have been sustained which materially and
         adversely affects the condition (financial or otherwise), business,
         results of operations or prospects of the Company and its
         subsidiaries, (iv) no legal or governmental action, suit or proceeding
         affecting the





                                      13.
<PAGE>   14
         Company or any of its subsidiaries which is material to the Company or
         any of its subsidiaries or which affects or may affect the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been instituted
         or threatened except as disclosed in the Prospectus and (v) there
         shall not have been any material change in the condition (financial or
         otherwise), business, management, results of operations or prospects
         of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which makes it impractical
         or inadvisable in the judgment of the Representatives to proceed with
         the public offering or purchase the Common Shares as contemplated
         hereby.

                          (c)     There shall have been furnished to you, as
         Representatives of the Underwriters, on each Closing Date, in form and
         substance satisfactory to you, except as otherwise expressly provided
         below:

                                  (i)      An opinion of Cooley Godward Castro
                 Huddleson & Tatum LLP counsel for the Company and the Selling
                 Stockholders, addressed to the Underwriters and dated the
                 First Closing Date, or the Second Closing Date, as the case
                 may be, to the effect that:

                                           (1)  Each of the Company and its
                          subsidiaries has been duly incorporated and is
                          validly existing as a corporation in good standing
                          under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation,
                          is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
                          corporation and is in good standing in all other
                          jurisdictions where the ownership or leasing of
                          properties or the conduct of its business requires
                          such qualification, except for jurisdictions in which
                          the failure to so qualify would not have a material
                          adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries
                          taken as a whole, and has full corporate power and
                          authority to own its properties and conduct its
                          business as described in the Registration Statement;

                                           (2)  The authorized, issued and
                          outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set
                          forth under the caption ``Capitalization'' in the
                          Prospectus as of the date set forth therein and
                          conforms as to legal matters in all material respects
                          to the description thereof contained in the
                          Registration Statement and the Prospectus under the
                          caption ``Description of Capital Stock;'' all
                          necessary and proper corporate proceedings have been
                          taken in order to authorize validly such authorized
                          Common Stock; all outstanding shares of Capital Stock
                          (including the Firm Common Shares and any Optional
                          Common Shares) have been duly and validly issued, are
                          fully paid and nonassessable, were not issued in
                          violation of or to the best of such counsel's
                          knowledge, subject to any preemptive rights or other
                          rights to subscribe for or purchase any securities
                          and conform to the description thereof contained in
                          the Prospectus under the caption ``Description of
                          Capital Stock''; without limiting the foregoing,
                          there are no preemptive or to the best of such
                          counsel's knowledge, other rights to subscribe for or
                          purchase any of the Common Shares to be sold by the
                          Company hereunder;

                                           (3)  All shares of Common Stock
                          issued in connection with the merger of Wild Oats
                          Markets, Inc. and Alfalfa's, Inc. were issued in
                          compliance with federal securities laws.

                                           (4)  All of the issued and
                          outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company's
                          subsidiaries have been duly and validly authorized
                          and issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are
                          owned beneficially by the Company free and





                                      14.
<PAGE>   15
                          clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities, claims,
                          security interests, voting trusts or other defects of
                          title whatsoever;

                                           (5)  The certificate evidencing the
                          Common Shares of the Company incorporated by
                          reference as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
                          are in due and proper form under Delaware law, and
                          when duly countersigned by the Company's transfer
                          agent and registrar, and delivered to you or upon
                          your order against payment of the agreed
                          consideration therefor in accordance with the
                          provisions of this Agreement, the Common Shares
                          represented thereby will be duly authorized and
                          validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will
                          not have been issued in violation of or subject to
                          any preemptive rights or to the best of such
                          counsel's knowledge, other rights to subscribe for or
                          purchase securities and will conform in all respects
                          to the description thereof contained in the
                          Prospectus under the caption ``Description of Capital
                          Stock'';

                                           (6)  Except as disclosed in or
                          specifically contemplated by the Prospectus, to the
                          best of such counsel's knowledge, there are no
                          outstanding options, warrants or other rights calling
                          for the issuance of, and no commitments, plans or
                          arrangements to issue, any shares of capital stock of
                          the Company or any security convertible into or
                          exchangeable for capital stock of the Company;

                                           (7)  (a)  The Registration
                          Statement has become effective under the Act, and, to
                          the best of such counsel's knowledge, no stop order
                          proceeding suspending the effectiveness of the
                          Registration Statement or preventing the use of the
                          Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for
                          that purpose have been instituted or are pending or
                          threatened by the Commission; any required filing of
                          the Prospectus and any supplement thereto pursuant to
                          Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations has been
                          made in the manner and within the time period
                          required by such Rule 424(b);

                                                (b)  The Registration Statement,
                          the Prospectus and each amendment or supplement
                          thereto (except for the financial statements and
                          schedules and financial and statistical data included
                          therein as to which such counsel need express no
                          opinion) comply as to form in all material respects
                          with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and
                          Regulations;

                                                (c)  To the best of such 
                          counsel's knowledge, there are no franchises, leases,
                          contracts, agreements or documents of a character
                          required to be disclosed in the Registration
                          Statement or Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to
                          the Registration Statement which are not disclosed or
                          filed, as required by the Act and the Rules and
                          Regulations; and

                                                (d)  To the best of such 
                          counsel's knowledge, there are no legal or 
                          governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or
                          threatened against the Company which are required to 
                          be described in the Prospectus which are not described
                          as required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

                                           (8)  The Company has full corporate
                          right, power and authority to enter into this
                          Agreement and to sell and deliver the Common Shares
                          to be sold by it to the several Underwriters; this
                          Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by all
                          necessary corporate action by the Company, has been
                          duly and validly executed and delivered by and on
                          behalf of the Company, and is a valid and binding
                          agreement





                                      15.
<PAGE>   16
                          of the Company in accordance with its terms, except
                          as enforceability may be limited by general equitable
                          principles, bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
                          moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights
                          generally and except as to those provisions relating
                          to indemnity or contribution for liabilities arising
                          under the Act as to which no opinion need be
                          expressed; and no approval, authorization, order,
                          consent, registration, filing, qualification, license
                          or permit of or with any court, regulatory,
                          administrative or other governmental body or agency
                          is required for the execution and delivery of this
                          Agreement by the Company or the consummation of the
                          transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except
                          such as have been obtained and are in full force and
                          effect under the Act and such as may be required
                          under applicable Blue Sky laws in connection with the
                          purchase and distribution of the Common Shares by the
                          Underwriters and the clearance of such offering with
                          the NASD;

                                           (9)  The execution and performance
                          of this Agreement and the consummation of the
                          transactions herein contemplated will not conflict
                          with, result in the breach of, or constitute, either
                          by such execution, performance or consummation or
                          upon notice or the passage of time or both, a default
                          under, any agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, lease,
                          franchise, license, indenture, permit or other
                          instrument known to such counsel which is
                          incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the
                          Registration Statement and to which the Company or
                          any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the
                          Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of its or
                          their property may be bound or affected which is
                          material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as
                          a whole, or violate any of the provisions of the
                          certificate of incorporation or bylaws, of the
                          Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the best of
                          such counsel's knowledge, violate any statute,
                          judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation of any
                          court or governmental body having jurisdiction over
                          the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of its
                          or their property;

                                           (10) Neither the Company nor any
                          subsidiary is in violation of its certificate of
                          incorporation or bylaws, or to the best of such
                          counsel's knowledge, in breach of or default with
                          respect to any provision of any agreement, mortgage,
                          deed of trust, lease, franchise, license, indenture,
                          permit or other instrument known to such counsel to
                          which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party
                          or by which it or any of its properties may be bound
                          or affected, except where such default would not
                          materially adversely affect the Company and its
                          subsidiaries taken as a whole; and, to the best of
                          such counsel's knowledge, the Company and its
                          subsidiaries are in compliance with all laws, rules,
                          regulations, judgments, decrees, orders and statutes
                          of any court or jurisdiction to which they are
                          subject, except where noncompliance would not
                          materially adversely affect the Company and its
                          subsidiaries taken as a whole;

                                           (11) To the best of such
                          counsel's knowledge, no holders of securities of the
                          Company have rights which have not been waived to the
                          registration of shares of Common Stock or other
                          securities, because of the filing of the Registration
                          Statement by the Company or the offering contemplated
                          hereby;

                                           (12) To the best of such
                          counsel's knowledge, this Agreement and the
                          Stockholders Agreement have been duly authorized,
                          executed and delivered by or on behalf of each of the
                          Selling Stockholders; the Agent has been duly and
                          validly authorized to act as the custodian of the
                          Common Shares to be sold by each such Selling
                          Stockholder in accordance with the terms and
                          provisions of the Stockholders





                                      16.
<PAGE>   17
                          Agreement; and the performance of this Agreement and
                          the Stockholders Agreement and the consummation of
                          the transactions herein contemplated by the Selling
                          Stockholders will not result in a breach of, or
                          constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage,
                          deed of trust, trust (constructive or other), loan
                          agreement, lease, franchise, license or other
                          agreement or instrument to which any of the Selling
                          Stockholders is a party or by which any of the
                          Selling Stockholders or any of their properties may
                          be bound, or violate any statute, judgment, decree,
                          order, rule or regulation known to such counsel of
                          any court or governmental body having jurisdiction
                          over any of the Selling Stockholders or any of their
                          properties; and to the best of such counsel's
                          knowledge, no approval, authorization, order or
                          consent of any court, regulatory body, administrative
                          agency or other governmental body is required for the
                          execution and delivery of this Agreement or the
                          Stockholders Agreement or the consummation by the
                          Selling Stockholders of the transactions contemplated
                          by this Agreement, except such as have been obtained
                          and are in full force and effect under the Act and
                          such as may be required under the rules of the NASD
                          and applicable Blue Sky laws;

                                           (13) To the best of such
                          counsel's knowledge, each of the Selling Stockholders
                          has good and marketable title to such Common Shares
                          so sold, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances,
                          equities, claims, restrictions, security interests,
                          voting trusts, or other defects of title whatsoever,
                          has been transferred to the Underwriters (whom
                          counsel may assume to be bona fide purchasers)
                          (assuming payment in full therefor by such
                          Underwriters) who have purchased such Common Shares
                          hereunder; and

                                           (14) To the best of such
                          counsel's knowledge, this Agreement and the
                          Stockholders Agreement are valid and binding
                          agreements of each of the Selling Stockholders in
                          accordance with their terms except as enforceability
                          may be limited by general equitable principles,
                          bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
                          other laws affecting creditors' rights generally and
                          except with respect to those provisions relating to
                          indemnities or contributions for liabilities under
                          the Act, as to which no opinion need be expressed.

                                           (15) No transfer taxes are
                          required to be paid in connection with the sale and
                          delivery of the Common Shares to the Underwriters
                          hereunder.

                          In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (i)
         as to the matters set forth in paragraphs (12), (13) and (14), on
         opinions of other counsel retained by the Selling Stockholders, (ii)
         as to matters of local law, on opinions of local counsel, and (iii) as
         to matters of fact, on certificates of the Selling Stockholders and of
         officers of the Company and of governmental officials, in which case
         their opinion is to state that they are so doing and that the
         Underwriters are justified in relying on such opinions or certificates
         and copies of said opinions are to be attached to the opinion.  Such
         counsel shall also include a statement to the effect that nothing has
         come to such counsel's attention that would lead such counsel to
         believe that either at the effective date of the Registration
         Statement or at the applicable Closing Date the Registration Statement
         or the Prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, contains any
         untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact
         required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
         therein not misleading.

                                  (ii)     Such opinion or opinions of Brobeck,
                 Phleger & Harrison LLP, counsel for the Underwriters dated the
                 First Closing Date or the Second Closing Date, as the case may
                 be, with respect to the incorporation of the Company, the
                 sufficiency of all corporate





                                      17.
<PAGE>   18
                 proceedings and other legal matters relating to this
                 Agreement, the validity of the Common Shares, the Registration
                 Statement and the Prospectus and other related matters as you
                 may reasonably require, and the Company and the Selling
                 Stockholders shall have furnished to such counsel such
                 documents and shall have exhibited to them such papers and
                 records as they may reasonably request for the purpose of
                 enabling them to pass upon such matters.  In connection with
                 such opinions, such counsel may rely on representations or
                 certificates of officers of the Company and governmental
                 officials.

                                  (iii)    A certificate of the Company
                 executed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive
                 Officer or President and the chief financial or accounting
                 officer of the Company, dated the First Closing Date or the
                 Second Closing Date, as the case may be, to the effect that:

                                          (1)    The representations and
                          warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2 of
                          this Agreement are true and correct as of the date of
                          this Agreement and as of the First Closing Date or
                          the Second Closing Date, as the case may be, and the
                          Company has complied with all the agreements and
                          satisfied all the conditions on its part to be
                          performed or satisfied on or prior to such Closing
                          Date;

                                          (2)    The Commission has not issued
                          any order preventing or suspending the use of the
                          Prospectus or any Preliminary Prospectus filed as a
                          part of the Registration Statement or any amendment
                          thereto; no stop order suspending the effectiveness
                          of the Registration Statement has been issued; and to
                          the best of the knowledge of the respective signers,
                          no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted
                          or are pending or contemplated under the Act;

                                          (3)    Each of the respective signers
                          of the certificate has carefully examined the
                          Registration Statement and the Prospectus; in his
                          opinion and to the best of his knowledge, the
                          Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any
                          amendments or supplements thereto contain all
                          statements required to be stated therein regarding
                          the Company and its subsidiaries; and neither the
                          Registration Statement nor the Prospectus nor any
                          amendment or supplement thereto includes any untrue
                          statement of a material fact or omits to state any
                          material fact required to be stated therein or
                          necessary to make the statements therein not
                          misleading;

                                          (4)    Since the initial date on which
                          the Registration Statement was filed, no agreement,
                          written or oral, transaction or event has occurred
                          which should have been set forth in an amendment to
                          the Registration Statement or in a supplement to or
                          amendment of any prospectus which has not been
                          disclosed in such a supplement or amendment;

                                          (5)    Since the respective dates as
                          of which information is given in the Registration
                          Statement and the Prospectus, and except as disclosed
                          in or contemplated by the Prospectus, there has not
                          been any material adverse change or a development
                          involving a material adverse change in the condition
                          (financial or otherwise), business, properties,
                          results of operations, management or prospects of the
                          Company and its subsidiaries; and, except as
                          disclosed in or contemplated by the Prospectus, no
                          legal or governmental action, suit or proceeding is
                          pending or threatened against the Company or any of
                          its subsidiaries which is material to the Company and
                          its subsidiaries, whether or not arising from
                          transactions in the ordinary course of business, or
                          which may adversely affect the transactions
                          contemplated by





                                      18.
<PAGE>   19
                          this Agreement; since such dates and except as so
                          disclosed, neither the Company nor any of its
                          subsidiaries has entered into any verbal or written
                          agreement or other transaction which is not in the
                          ordinary course of business or which could result in
                          a material reduction in the future earnings of the
                          Company or incurred any material liability or
                          obligation, direct, contingent or indirect, made any
                          change in its capital stock, made any material change
                          in its short-term debt or funded debt or repurchased
                          or otherwise acquired any of the Company's capital
                          stock; and the Company has not declared or paid any
                          dividend, or made any other distribution, upon its
                          outstanding capital stock payable to stockholders of
                          record on a date prior to the First Closing Date or
                          Second Closing Date; and

                                          (6)    Since the respective dates as
                          of which information is given in the Registration
                          Statement and the Prospectus and except as disclosed
                          in or contemplated by the Prospectus, the Company and
                          its subsidiaries have not sustained a material loss
                          or damage by strike, fire, flood, windstorm, accident
                          or other calamity (whether or not insured).

                                  (iv)    On the First Closing Date or the
                 Second Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate, dated
                 such Closing Date and addressed to you, signed by or on behalf
                 of each of the Selling Stockholders to the effect that the
                 representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder in
                 this Agreement are true and correct, as if made at and as of
                 the First Closing Date or the Second Closing Date, as the case
                 may be, and such Selling Stockholder has complied with all the
                 agreements and satisfied all the conditions on his or her part
                 to be performed or satisfied prior to the First Closing Date
                 or the Second Closing Date, as the case may be.

                                  (v)     On the date before this Agreement is
                 executed and also on the First Closing Date and the Second
                 Closing Date a letter addressed to you, as Representatives of
                 the Underwriters, from Price Waterhouse LLP, independent
                 accountants, the first one to be dated the day before the date
                 of this Agreement, the second one to be dated the First
                 Closing Date and the third one (in the event of a Second
                 Closing) to be dated the Second Closing Date, in form and
                 substance satisfactory to you.

                                  (vi)    On the date before this Agreement is
                 executed and also on the First Closing Date and the Second
                 Closing Date a letter addressed to you, as the Representatives
                 of the Underwriters, from Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent
                 accountants, the first one to be dated the day before the date
                 of this Agreement, the second one to be dated the First
                 Closing Date and the third one (in the event of a Second
                 Closing) to be dated the Second Closing Date, in form and
                 substance satisfactory to you.

                                  (vii)   On or before the First Closing Date,
                 letters from each of the Selling Stockholders, each holder of
                 one percent (1%) or more of the Company's Common Stock and
                 each director and officer of the Company, in form and
                 substance satisfactory to you, confirming that for a period of
                 180 days after the first date that any of the Common Shares
                 are released by you for sale to the public, such person will
                 not directly or indirectly offer to sell, pledge, sell or
                 contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common
                 Stock or any right to acquire such shares or securities
                 convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of Common
                 Stock without the prior written consent of Montgomery
                 Securities, which consent may be withheld at the sole
                 discretion of Montgomery Securities.





                                      19.
<PAGE>   20
                                  (viii)  The Common Stock shall have been
                 approved for quotation as a national market system security on
                 the Nasdaq National Market upon notice of issuance.

                 All such opinions, certificates, letters and documents shall
be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are satisfactory to
you and to Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, counsel for the Underwriters.  The
Company shall furnish you with such manually signed or conformed copies of such
opinions, certificates, letters and documents as you request.  Any certificate
signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Representatives or to
counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed to be a representation and
warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the statements made therein.

                 If any condition to the Underwriters' obligations hereunder to
be satisfied prior to or at the First Closing Date is not so satisfied, this
Agreement at your election will terminate upon notification by you as
Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders without liability
on the part of any Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders except
for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by the Company and by the Selling
Stockholders pursuant to Sections 7 and 9 hereof and except to the extent
provided in Section 11 hereof.

                 SECTION 9.  Reimbursement of Underwriters' Expenses.
Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, if this Agreement shall be
terminated by you pursuant to Section 8, or if the sale to the Underwriters of
the Common Shares at the First Closing is not consummated because of any
refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company or the Selling
Stockholders to perform any agreement herein or to comply with any provision
hereof, the Company agrees to reimburse you and the other Underwriters upon
demand for all out-of-pocket expenses that shall have been reasonably incurred
by you and them in connection with the proposed purchase and the sale of the
Common Shares, including but not limited to fees and disbursements of counsel,
printing expenses, travel expenses, postage, telegraph charges and telephone
charges relating directly to the offering contemplated by the Prospectus.  Any
such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party
except that the provisions of this Section, Section 7 and Section 11 shall at
all times be effective and shall apply.

                 SECTION 10.  Effectiveness of Registration Statement.  You,
the Company and the Selling Stockholders will use your, its and their best
efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective, to prevent the
issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement and, if such stop order be issued, to obtain as soon as possible the
lifting thereof.

                 SECTION 11.  Indemnification.

                          (a)(1)  The Company and each of the Principal Selling
         Stockholders, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold
         harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any
         Underwriter within the meaning of the Act against any losses, claims,
         damages, liabilities or expenses, joint or several, to which such
         Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject, under the
         Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state statutory law or
         regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of
         any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written
         consent of the Company), insofar as such losses, claims, damages,
         liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated
         below) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
         untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration
         Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any
         amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the
         omission or alleged omission to state in any of them a material fact
         required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements in
         any of them not misleading, or arise out of or are based in whole or
         in part on any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of the
         Company or the Principal Selling Stockholders contained herein or any
         failure of the Company or the Principal Selling Stockholders to
         perform their respective obligations hereunder or under law; and will
         reimburse each





                                      20.
<PAGE>   21
         Underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal and other
         expenses as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Underwriter
         or such controlling person in connection with investigating,
         defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim,
         damage, liability, expense or action; provided, however, that neither
         the Company nor the Principal Selling Stockholders will be liable in
         any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage,
         liability or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue
         statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission
         made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the
         Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and
         in conformity with the information furnished to the Company pursuant
         to Section 4 hereof.  The indemnity agreement provided in this Section
         11(a)(1) with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to
         the benefit of any Underwriter from whom the person asserting any such
         losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses based upon any untrue
         statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact or any
         omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
         purchased Common Shares if a copy of the Prospectus in which such
         untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
         omission was corrected had not been delivered to such person within
         the time required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations thereunder,
         unless such failure is the result of noncompliance by the Company with
         Section 6(e) hereof. The Company and the Principal Selling
         Stockholders may agree, as among themselves and without limiting the
         rights of the Underwriters under this Agreement, as to their
         respective amounts of such liability for which they each shall be
         responsible.  In addition to its other obligations under this Section
         11(a)(1), the Company and the Principal Selling Stockholders agree
         that, as an interim measure during the pendency of any claim, action,
         investigation, inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or based
         upon any statement or omission, or any alleged statement or omission,
         or any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of the Company
         or the Principal Selling Stockholders, as the case may be, herein or
         failure to perform their respective obligations hereunder, all as
         described in this Section 11(a)(1), they will reimburse each
         Underwriter on a quarterly basis for all reasonable legal or other
         expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any
         such claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding,
         notwithstanding the absence of a judicial determination as to the
         propriety and enforceability of the Company's or the Principal Selling
         Stockholders' obligation to reimburse each Underwriter for such
         expenses and the possibility that such payments might later be held to
         have been improper by a court of competent jurisdiction.  To the
         extent that any such interim reimbursement payment is so held to have
         been improper, each Underwriter shall promptly return it to the
         Company and the Principal Selling Stockholders together with interest,
         compounded daily, determined on the basis of the prime rate (or other
         commercial lending rate for borrowers of the highest credit standing)
         announced from time to time by Bank of America NT&SA, San Francisco,
         California (the Prime Rate).  Any such interim reimbursement payments
         which are not made to an Underwriter within 30 days of a request for
         reimbursement, shall bear interest at the Prime Rate from the date of
         such request.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any
         liability which the Company or the Principal Selling Stockholders may
         otherwise have. In no event shall the liability of any Principal
         Selling Stockholder for indemnification under this Section 11(a)(1) or
         for breach of representations or warranties under this Agreement
         exceed the proceeds received by such Principal Selling Stockholder
         from the Underwriters in the offering.

                 (a)(2)   Each of the Other Selling Stockholders, jointly and
         severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and
         each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning
         of the Act against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
         expenses, joint or several, to which such Underwriter or such
         controlling person may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange
         Act, or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at
         common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if
         such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company),
         insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or
         actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arise out of or are
         based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any
         material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary
         Prospectus, the Prospectus,





                                      21.
<PAGE>   22
         or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based
         upon the omission or alleged omission to state in any of them a
         material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
         statements in any of them not misleading, or arise out of or are based
         in whole or in part on any inaccuracy in the representations and
         warranties of the Other Selling Stockholders contained herein or any
         failure of the Other Selling Stockholders to perform their respective
         obligations hereunder or under law; and will reimburse each
         Underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal and other
         expenses as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Underwriter
         or such controlling person in connection with investigating,
         defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim,
         damage, liability, expense or action; provided, however, that the
         Other Selling Stockholders will not be liable in any such case to the
         extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises
         out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue
         statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration
         Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment
         or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with the
         information furnished to the Company pursuant to Section 4 hereof. The
         indemnity agreement provided in this Section 11(a)(2) with respect to
         any Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any
         Underwriter from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims,
         damages, liabilities or expenses based upon any untrue statement or
         alleged untrue statement of any material fact or any omission or
         alleged omission to state therein a material fact purchased Common
         Shares if a copy of the Prospectus in which such untrue statement or
         alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was corrected
         had not been delivered to such person within the time required by the
         Act and the Rules and Regulations thereunder, unless such failure is
         the result of noncompliance by the Company with Section 6(e) hereof.
         The Other Selling Stockholders may agree, as among themselves and
         without limiting the rights of the Underwriters under this Agreement,
         as to their respective amounts of such liability for which they each
         shall be responsible.  In addition to its other obligations under this
         Section 11(a)(2), the Other Selling Stockholders agree that, as an
         interim measure during the pendency of any claim, action,
         investigation, inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or based
         upon any statement or omission, or any alleged statement or omission,
         or any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of the Other
         Selling Stockholders herein or failure to perform its obligations
         hereunder, all as described in this Section 11(a)(2), they will
         reimburse each Underwriter on a quarterly basis for all reasonable
         legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or
         defending any such claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other
         proceeding, notwithstanding the absence of a judicial determination as
         to the propriety and enforceability of the Other Selling Stockholders'
         obligation to reimburse each Underwriter for such expenses and the
         possibility that such payments might later be held to have been
         improper by a court of competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that any
         such interim reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper,
         each Underwriter shall promptly return it to the Other Selling
         Stockholders together with interest, compounded daily, determined on
         the basis of the prime rate (or other commercial lending rate for
         borrowers of the highest credit standing) announced from time to time
         by Bank of America NT&SA, San Francisco, California (the Prime Rate).
         Any such interim reimbursement payments which are not made to an
         Underwriter within 30 days of a request for reimbursement, shall bear
         interest at the Prime Rate from the date of such request.  This
         indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the
         Other Selling Stockholders may otherwise have.  Notwithstanding
         anything else herein, including but not limited to the provisions of
         Section 11(d) below, each Other Selling Stockholder shall only be
         liable under this Section 11(a)(2) with respect to (A) information
         pertaining to such Other Selling Stockholder furnished by or on behalf
         of such Other Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the
         Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
         thereto, or (B) facts that would constitute a breach of any
         representation or warranty of such Other Selling Stockholder set forth
         in Section 3 of this Agreement. In addition, in no event shall the
         liability of any Other Selling Stockholder for indemnification under
         this Section 11(a)(2) or for breach of representations or warranties
         under this Agreement exceed the proceeds received by such Other
         Selling Stockholder from the Underwriters in the offering.





                                      22.
<PAGE>   23
                          (b)     Each Underwriter will severally indemnify and
         hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers
         who signed the Registration Statement, the Selling Stockholders and
         each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling
         Stockholder within the meaning of the Act, against any losses, claims,
         damages, liabilities or expenses to which the Company, or any such
         director, officer, Selling Stockholder or controlling person may
         become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or
         state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise
         (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is
         effected with the written consent of such Underwriter), insofar as
         such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in
         respect thereof as contemplated below) arise out of or are based upon
         any untrue or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained
         in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the
         Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or
         are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
         material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
         statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but
         only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue
         statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration
         Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any
         amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity
         with the information furnished to the Company pursuant to Section 4
         hereof; and will reimburse the Company, or any such director, officer,
         Selling Stockholder or controlling person for any legal and other
         expense reasonably incurred by the Company, or any such director,
         officer, Selling Stockholder or controlling person in connection with
         investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such
         loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action. In addition to its
         other obligations under this Section 11(b), each Underwriter severally
         agrees that, as an interim measure during the pendency of any claim,
         action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or
         based upon any statement or omission, or any alleged statement or
         omission, described in this Section 11(b) which relates to information
         furnished to the Company pursuant to Section 4 hereof, it will
         reimburse the Company (and, to the extent applicable, each officer,
         director, controlling person or Selling Stockholder) on a quarterly
         basis for all reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in
         connection with investigating or defending any such claim, action,
         investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding the
         absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and
         enforceability of the Underwriters' obligation to reimburse the
         Company (and, to the extent applicable, each officer, director,
         controlling person or Selling Stockholder) for such expenses and the
         possibility that such payments might later be held to have been
         improper by a court of competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that any
         such interim reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper,
         the Company (and, to the extent applicable, each officer, director,
         controlling person or Selling Stockholder) shall promptly return it to
         the Underwriters together with interest, compounded daily, determined
         on the basis of the Prime Rate.  Any such interim reimbursement
         payments which are not made to the Company within 30 days of a request
         for reimbursement, shall bear interest at the Prime Rate from the date
         of such request.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any
         liability which such Underwriter may otherwise have.

                          (c)     Promptly after receipt by an indemnified
         party under this Section of notice of the commencement of any action,
         such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be
         made against an indemnifying party under this Section, notify the
         indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the
         omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from
         any liability which it may have to any indemnified party for
         contribution or otherwise than under the indemnity agreement contained
         in this Section or to the extent it is not prejudiced as a proximate
         result of such failure.  In case any such action is brought against
         any indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to
         seek indemnity from an indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will
         be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it may wish,
         jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, to
         assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to
         such indemnified party; provided, however, if the defendants in any
         such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying
         party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that
         there





                                      23.
<PAGE>   24
         may be a conflict between the positions of the indemnifying party and
         the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or
         that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other
         indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those
         available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties
         shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal
         defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on
         behalf of such indemnified party or parties.  Upon receipt of notice
         from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election
         so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the
         indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be
         liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or
         other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in
         connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party
         shall have employed such counsel in connection with the assumption of
         legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding
         sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party
         shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate
         counsel, approved by the Representatives in the case of paragraph (a),
         representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action)
         or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel
         reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the
         indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of
         commencement of the action, in each of which cases the fees and
         expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party.

                          (d)     If the indemnification provided for in this
         Section 11 is required by its terms but is for any reason held to be
         unavailable to or otherwise insufficient to hold harmless an
         indemnified party under paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) in respect of any
         losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein,
         then each applicable indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount
         paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of any losses,
         claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein (i) in
         such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits
         received by the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters
         from the offering of the Common Shares or (ii) if the allocation
         provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in
         such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative
         benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault
         of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters in
         connection with the statements or omissions or inaccuracies in the
         representations and warranties herein which resulted in such losses,
         claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other
         relevant equitable considerations.  The respective relative benefits
         received by the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters
         shall be deemed to be in the same proportion, in the case of the
         Company and the Selling Stockholders as the total price paid to the
         Company and to the Selling Stockholders, respectively, for the Common
         Shares sold by them to the Underwriters (net of underwriting
         commissions but before deducting expenses), and in the case of the
         Underwriters as the underwriting commissions received by them bears to
         the total of such amounts paid to the Company and to the Selling
         Stockholders and received by the Underwriters as underwriting
         commissions.  The relative fault of the Company, the Selling
         Stockholders and the Underwriters shall be determined by reference to,
         among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of
         a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a
         material fact or the inaccurate or the alleged inaccurate
         representation and/or warranty relates to information supplied by the
         Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters and the parties'
         relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to
         correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The amount paid or
         payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages,
         liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include,
         subject to the limitations set forth in subparagraph (c) of this
         Section 11, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by
         such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or
         claim.  The provisions set forth in subparagraph (c) of this Section
         11 with respect to notice of commencement of any action shall apply if
         a claim for contribution is to be made under this subparagraph (d);
         provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with
         respect to any action for which notice has been given under
         subparagraph (c) for purposes of indemnification.  The Company, the
         Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be
         just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 11





                                      24.
<PAGE>   25
         were determined solely by pro rata allocation (even if the
         Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any
         other method of allocation which does not take account of the
         equitable considerations referred to in this subparagraph (d).
         Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11, no Underwriter
         shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of
         the total underwriting commissions received by such Underwriter in
         connection with the Common Shares underwritten by it and distributed
         to the public.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation
         (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to
         contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
         misrepresentation.  The Underwriters' obligations to contribute
         pursuant to this Section 11 are several in proportion to their
         respective underwriting commitments and not joint.

                          (e)     It is agreed that any controversy arising out
         of the operation of the interim reimbursement arrangements set forth
         in Sections 11(a) and 11(b) hereof, including the amounts of any
         requested reimbursement payments and the method of determining such
         amounts, shall be settled by arbitration conducted under the
         provisions of the Constitution and Rules of the Board of Governors of
         the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. or pursuant to the Code of
         Arbitration Procedure of the NASD.  Any such arbitration must be
         commenced by service of a written demand for arbitration or written
         notice of intention to arbitrate, therein electing the arbitration
         tribunal.  In the event the party demanding arbitration does not make
         such designation of an arbitration tribunal in such demand or notice,
         then the party responding to said demand or notice is authorized to do
         so.  Such an arbitration would be limited to the operation of the
         interim reimbursement provisions contained in Sections 11(a) and 11(b)
         hereof and would not resolve the ultimate propriety or enforceability
         of the obligation to reimburse expenses which is created by the
         provisions of such Sections 11(a) and 11(b) hereof.

                 SECTION 12.  Default of Underwriters.  It shall be a condition
to this Agreement and the obligation of the Company and the Selling
Stockholders to sell and deliver the Common Shares hereunder, and of each
Underwriter to purchase the Common Shares in the manner as described herein,
that, except as hereinafter in this paragraph provided, each of the
Underwriters shall purchase and pay for all the Common Shares agreed to be
purchased by such Underwriter hereunder upon tender to the Representatives of
all such shares in accordance with the terms hereof.  If any Underwriter or
Underwriters default in their obligations to purchase Common Shares hereunder
on either the First or Second Closing Date and the aggregate number of Common
Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to
purchase on such Closing Date does not exceed 10% of the total number of Common
Shares which the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date,
the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to
their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Common Shares which
such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing
Date.  If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number
of Common Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than the
above percentage and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the
Company for the purchase of such Common Shares by other persons are not made
within 48 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without
liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the
Selling Stockholders except for the expenses to be paid by the Company and the
Selling Stockholders pursuant to Section 7 hereof and except to the extent
provided in Section 11 hereof.

                 In the event that Common Shares to which a default relates are
to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters or by another party or
parties, the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone
the First or Second Closing Date, as the case may be, for not more than five
business days in order that the necessary changes in the Registration
Statement, Prospectus and any other documents, as well as any other
arrangements, may be effected.  As used in this Agreement, the term
``Underwriter'' includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this
Section.  Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability
for its default.





                                      25.
<PAGE>   26
                 SECTION 13.  Effective Date.  This Agreement shall become
effective immediately as to Sections 7, 9, 11, 14 and 16 and, as to all other
provisions, (i) if at the time of execution of this Agreement the Registration
Statement has not become effective, at 2:00 P.M., California Time, on the first
full business day following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or
(ii) if at the time of execution of this Agreement the Registration Statement
has been declared effective, at 2:00 P.M., California Time, on the first full
business day following the date of execution of this Agreement; but this
Agreement shall nevertheless become effective at such earlier time after the
Registration Statement becomes effective as you may determine on and by notice
to the Company or by release of any of the Common Shares for sale to the
public.  For the purposes of this Section 13, the Common Shares shall be deemed
to have been so released upon the release for publication of any newspaper
advertisement relating to the Common Shares or upon the release by you of
telegrams (i) advising Underwriters that the Common Shares are released for
public offering, or (ii) offering the Common Shares for sale to securities
dealers, whichever may occur first.

                 SECTION 14.  Termination.  Without limiting the right to
terminate this Agreement pursuant to any other provision hereof:

                          (a)     This Agreement may be terminated by the
         Company by notice to you and the Selling Stockholders or by you by
         notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders at any time prior
         to the time this Agreement shall become effective as to all its
         provisions, and any such termination shall be without liability on the
         part of the Company or the Selling Stockholders to any Underwriter
         (except for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by the Company and
         the Selling Stockholders pursuant to Sections 7 and 9 hereof and
         except to the extent provided in Section 11 hereof) or of any
         Underwriter to the Company or the Selling Stockholders (except to the
         extent provided in Section 11 hereof).

                          (b)     This Agreement may also be terminated by you
         prior to the First Closing Date by notice to the Company (i) if
         additional material governmental restrictions, not in force and effect
         on the date hereof, shall have been imposed upon trading in securities
         generally or minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally
         established on the New York Stock Exchange or on the American Stock
         Exchange or in the over the counter market by the NASD, or trading in
         securities generally shall have been suspended on either such Exchange
         or in the over the counter market by the NASD, or a general banking
         moratorium shall have been established by federal, New York or
         California authorities, (ii) if an outbreak of major hostilities or
         other national or international calamity or any substantial change in
         political, financial or economic conditions shall have occurred or
         shall have accelerated or escalated to such an extent, as, in the
         judgment of the Representatives, to affect adversely the marketability
         of the Common Shares, (iii) if any adverse event shall have occurred
         or shall exist which makes untrue or incorrect in any material respect
         any statement or information contained in the Registration Statement
         or Prospectus or which is not reflected in the Registration Statement
         or Prospectus but should be reflected therein in order to make the
         statements or information contained therein not misleading in any
         material respect, or (iv) if there shall be any action, suit or
         proceeding pending or threatened, or there shall have been any
         development or prospective development involving particularly the
         business or properties or securities of the Company or any of its
         subsidiaries or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
         which, in the reasonable judgment of the Representatives, may
         materially and adversely affect the Company's business or earnings and
         makes it impracticable or inadvisable to offer or sell the Common
         Shares.  Any termination pursuant to this subsection (b) shall be
         without liability on the part of any Underwriter to the Company or the
         Selling Stockholders or on the part of the Company or the Selling
         Stockholders to any Underwriter (except for expenses to be paid or
         reimbursed by the Company and the Selling Stockholders pursuant to
         Sections 7 and 9 hereof and except to the extent provided in Section
         11 hereof).

                     (c)  This Agreement shall also terminate at 5:00 P.M.,
         California Time, on the tenth full business day after the Registration
         Statement shall have become effective if the initial public offering





                                      26.
<PAGE>   27
         price of the Common Shares shall not then as yet have been determined
         as provided in Section 5 hereof.  Any termination pursuant to this
         subsection (c) shall without liability on the part of any Underwriter
         to the Company or the Selling Stockholders or on the part of the
         Company or the Selling Stockholders to any Underwriter (except for
         expenses to be paid or reimbursed by the Company and the Selling
         Stockholders pursuant to Sections 7 and 9 hereof and except to the
         extent provided in Section 11 hereof).

                 SECTION 15.  Failure of the Selling Stockholders to Sell and
Deliver.  If one or more of the Selling Stockholders shall fail to sell and
deliver to the Underwriters the Common Shares to be sold and delivered by such
Selling Stockholders at the First Closing Date under the terms of this
Agreement, then the Underwriters may at their option, by written notice from
you to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, either (i) terminate this
Agreement without any liability on the part of any Underwriter or, except as
provided in Sections 7, 9 and 11 hereof, the Company or the Selling
Stockholders, or (ii) purchase the shares which the Company and other Selling
Stockholders have agreed to sell and deliver in accordance with the terms
hereof.  In the event of a failure by one or more of the Selling Stockholders
to sell and deliver as referred to in this Section, either you or the Company
shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date for a period not exceeding
seven business days in order that the necessary changes in the Registration
Statement, Prospectus and any other documents, as well as any other
arrangements, may be effected.

                 SECTION 16.  Representations and Indemnities to Survive
Delivery.  The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties
and other statements of the Company, of its officers, of the Selling
Stockholders and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to
this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any
investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Company or any of
its or their partners, officers or directors or any controlling person, or the
Selling Stockholders, as the case may be, and will survive delivery of and
payment for the Common Shares sold hereunder and any termination of this
Agreement.

                 SECTION 17.  Notices.  All communications hereunder shall be
in writing and, if sent to the Representatives shall be mailed, delivered or
telegraphed and confirmed to you at 600 Montgomery Street, San Francisco,
California 94111, Attention:  Lynda Sullivan, with a copy to Brobeck, Phleger &
Harrison LLP, One Market, Spear Street Tower, San Francisco, California 94105:
Therese A. Mrozek, Esq.; and if sent to the Company or the Selling Stockholders
shall be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to the Company at 1645
Broadway, Boulder, Colorado 80302, Attention:  Michael C. Gilliland, Chief
Executive Officer with a copy to Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson & Tatum LLP,
2595 Canyon Boulevard, Suite 250, Boulder, Colorado 80302-6737, Attention:
James C.T. Linfield, Esq.  The Company, the Selling Stockholders or you may
change the address for receipt of communications hereunder by giving notice to
the others.

                 SECTION 18.  Successors.  This Agreement will inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, including any substitute
Underwriters pursuant to Section 12 hereof, and to the benefit of the officers
and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 11, and in each
case their respective successors, personal representatives and assigns, and no
other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.  No such assignment
shall relieve any party of its obligations hereunder.  The term ``successors''
shall not include any purchaser of the Common Shares as such from any of the
Underwriters merely by reason of such purchase.

                 SECTION 19.  Representation of Underwriters.  You will act as
Representatives for the several Underwriters in connection with all dealings
hereunder, and any action under or in respect of this Agreement taken jointly
or by Montgomery Securities, as Representatives, will be binding upon all the
Underwriters.





                                      27.
<PAGE>   28
                 SECTION 20.  Partial Unenforceability.  The invalidity or
unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall
not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or
provision hereof.  If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is
for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed
to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to
make it valid and enforceable.

                 SECTION 21.  Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the internal laws (and not the laws
pertaining to conflicts of laws) of the State of California.

                 SECTION 22.  General.  This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or
oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations
with respect to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement may be executed in
several counterparts, each one of which shall be an original, and all of which
shall constitute one and the same document.

                 In this Agreement, the masculine, feminine and neuter genders
and the singular and the plural include one another.  The section headings in
this Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only and will not affect
the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.  This Agreement may be
amended or modified, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be
waived, only by a writing signed by the Company, the Selling Stockholders and
you.

                 Any person executing and delivering this Agreement as
Attorney-in-fact for the Selling Stockholders represents by so doing that he
has been duly appointed as Attorney-in-fact by such Selling Stockholder
pursuant to a validly existing and binding Power of Attorney which authorizes
such Attorney-in-fact to take such action.  Any action taken under this
Agreement by any of the Attorneys-in-fact will be binding on all the Selling
Stockholders.

                 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of
our agreement, kindly sign and return to us the enclosed copies hereof,
whereupon it will become a binding agreement between among the Company, the
Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters including you, all in
accordance with its terms.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.


                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Michael C. Gilliland
                                           Chief Executive Officer

                                        
                                        SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
                                        
                                        
                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           (Attorney-in-fact)





                                      28.
<PAGE>   29
The foregoing Underwriting Agreement
is hereby confirmed and accepted by
us in San Francisco, California as of
the date first above written.

MONTGOMERY SECURITIES

SMITH BARNEY INC.

Acting as Representatives of the
several Underwriters named in
the attached Schedule A.

By MONTGOMERY SECURITIES



By:
   --------------------------------
   Managing Director





                                      29.
<PAGE>   30
                                   SCHEDULE A




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Number of Firm
                                                                                    Common Shares
Name of Principal Selling Stockholder                                                 to be Sold  
- -------------------------------------                                               --------------
               <S>                                                                  <C>
                                                                                                         
                                                                                    --------------
               TOTAL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        
                                                                                    ==============
</TABLE>





                                      A-1
<PAGE>   31
                                   SCHEDULE B




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Number of Firm
                                                                                    Common Shares
Name of Other Selling Stockholder                                                     to be Sold  
- ---------------------------------                                                   --------------
               <S>                                                                  <C>
                                                                                                         
                                                                                    --------------
               TOTAL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        
                                                                                    ==============
</TABLE>





                                      B-1

<PAGE>   32
                                  SCHEDULE C



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Number of Firm
                                                                                     Common Shares
Name of Underwriter                                                                 to be Purchased
- -------------------                                                                 ---------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
Montgomery Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Smith Barney Inc.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .





                                                                                                         
                                                                                    ---------------
               TOTAL      . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        
                                                                                    ===============
</TABLE>





                                      C-1

<PAGE>   1





                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER


         AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER dated June 4, 1996 (the "Agreement"), by
and among WILD OATS MARKETS, INC. ("Wild Oats"), a Delaware corporation,
ALFALFA'S, INC. ("Alfalfa's"), a Colorado corporation, and WO HOLDINGS, INC.
("Newco"), a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Alfalfa's.

                                    RECITALS

         A.      Wild Oats is a corporation duly organized and validly existing
under the corporate laws of Delaware, with its principal executive offices
located at 1668 Valtec Lane, Boulder, Colorado 90301.

         B.      The authorized capital stock of Wild Oats as of the date of
this Agreement consists of 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock ("Wild Oats Common
Stock"), par value $.001 per share, 1,305,684 shares of which are issued and
outstanding; and 672,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share,
of which (i) 168,000 shares have been designated "Series A Preferred Stock"
(the "Wild Oats Series A Preferred Stock"), all of which are issued and
outstanding, (ii) 1,600 shares have been designated "Series B Preferred Stock"
(the "Wild Oats Series B Preferred Stock"), none of which are issued and
outstanding, and (iii) 417,983 shares of which have been designated "Series C
Preferred Stock" (the "Wild Oats Series C Preferred Stock" and, together with
the Wild Oats Series A Preferred Stock, the Wild Oats Series B Preferred Stock
and the Wild Oats Series E Preferred Stock (as defined in Section 11.1), the
"Wild Oats Preferred Stock"), 416,007 shares of which are issued and
outstanding.

         C.      Alfalfa's is a corporation duly organized and validly existing
under the corporate laws of Colorado with its principal executive offices
located at 1645 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado 80302.

         D.      The authorized capital stock of Alfalfa's as of the date of
this Agreement consists of 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01
per share ("Alfalfa's Common Stock"), 415,979 shares of which are issued and
outstanding; and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share,
of which (i) 200,000 shares have been designated as "Series A Participating
Convertible Preferred Stock" (the "Alfalfa's Old Series A Preferred Stock"),
179,249 shares of which are issued and outstanding, and (ii) 60,000 shares have
been designated as "Series B Convertible Preferred Stock," none of which are
issued and outstanding.

         E.      Newco is a corporation duly organized and validly existing
under the corporate laws of Delaware, with its principal executive offices
located at 1645 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado 80302.
<PAGE>   2
         F.      The authorized capital stock of Newco as of the date of this
Agreement consists of 100 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value ("Holdings
Common Stock"), 10 shares of which are issued and outstanding and held by
Alfalfa's; prior to the Effective Time (as defined in Article II), the
authorized capital stock of Newco will consist of 4,700,476 shares of Common
Stock, 10 shares of which will be issued and outstanding and held by Alfalfa's,
and 1,799,168 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value ("Holdings Preferred
Stock"), none of which will be outstanding, and of which (i) 168,598 will have
been designated as "Series A Preferred Stock" (the "Holdings Series A Preferred
Stock"), (ii) 1,608 will have been designated "Series B Preferred Stock" (the
"Holdings Series B Preferred Stock"), (iii) 419,471 will have been designated
"Series C Preferred Stock" (the "Holdings Series C Preferred Stock"), (iv)
355,829 will have been designated as "Series D Preferred Stock" (the "Holdings
Series D Preferred Stock") and (v) 853,664 will have been designated "Series E
Preferred Stock" (the "Holdings Series E Preferred Stock").

         G.      The respective Boards of Directors of Alfalfa's and Newco have
determined that a merger of Alfalfa's into Newco (the "Alfalfa's
Reincorporation Merger") whereby Alfalfa's will be merged with and into Newco,
with Newco surviving the merger and changing its corporate name to "Wild Oats
Markets, Inc." ("Holdings"), is desirable and in the best interests of the
stockholders of the respective companies and have, by resolutions duly adopted,
approved and adopted a merger agreement (the "Reincorporation Merger
Agreement") to effect the Alfalfa's Reincorporation Merger.  The
Reincorporation Merger Agreement has been approved by Alfalfa's as the sole
stockholder of Newco by written consent pursuant to Section 228 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL") and the Board of
Directors of Alfalfa's has directed that the Reincorporation Merger Agreement
and the Reincorporation Merger be submitted to a vote of the stockholders of
Alfalfa's.

         H.      The respective Boards of Directors of Wild Oats, Alfalfa's and
Newco have determined that a merger of Wild Oats into Holdings (the "Merger")
following completion of the Alfalfa's Reincorporation Merger is desirable and
in the best interests of the stockholders of the respective companies and have,
by resolutions duly adopted, approved and adopted this Agreement and directed
that the Agreement and the Merger be submitted to a vote of the stockholders of
Wild Oats and Alfalfa's, respectively.  This Agreement and the Merger have been
approved by the sole stockholder of Newco by written consent pursuant to
Section 228 of the DGCL.

         I.      For the purpose of prescribing the terms and conditions of the
Merger, the mode of carrying the same into effect, the manner and basis of
exchanging or adjusting the shares of the constituent corporations, the method
of determining the effective date of the Merger, and such other details and
provisions as are deemed necessary or desirable, Wild Oats, Alfalfa's and Newco





                                     -2-
<PAGE>   3
agree, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement,
as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I
                                   The Merger

         1.1     In accordance with the provisions of the DGCL, and as of the
Effective Time (as defined in Article II), Wild Oats shall be merged into
Holdings, and Holdings shall be, and is referred to in this Agreement as, the
Surviving Corporation, the name of which shall be "WO Holdings, Inc.," unless
and until changed in accordance with the DGCL.  The corporate existence of
Holdings, with all its purposes, powers and objects, shall continue unaffected
and unimpaired by the Merger.

         1.2     As of the Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of
Wild Oats shall cease, and Holdings, as the Surviving Corporation, shall
thereupon and thereafter possess all the rights, privileges, immunities and
franchises of a public, as well as a private, nature of both Wild Oats and
Holdings, and all property, whether real, personal or mixed, and all debts due
on whatever account, including subscriptions to shares, and all choses in
action, and each and every other interest of or belonging to or due Wild Oats
and Holdings shall be taken and deemed to be transferred to and vested in
Holdings as the Surviving Corporation, without further act or deed; and the
title to any real estate, or any interest therein, vested in Wild Oats and
Holdings shall not revert or be in any way impaired by reason of the Merger.
Holdings, as the Surviving Corporation, shall as of the Effective Time be
responsible and liable for all the obligations and liabilities of Wild Oats and
Holdings, and any claim existing or action or proceeding, whether civil or
criminal, pending by or against Wild Oats or Holdings may be prosecuted as if
the Merger had not taken place, or Holdings, as the Surviving Corporation, may
be substituted in its place.  Neither the rights of creditors nor any liens
upon the property of Wild Oats or Holdings shall be impaired by the Merger.


                                   ARTICLE II
                            Effective Time of Merger

         Wild Oats and Holdings shall execute and file an appropriate
Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of Delaware pursuant to the
DGCL at the earliest practicable date following the satisfaction or waiver of
all conditions contained in Article XV.  The Merger shall become effective at
the time and on the day as of which such Certificate of Merger shall have been
filed in accordance with the DGCL (the "Effective Time").





                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>   4
                                  ARTICLE III
                             Surviving Corporation

         3.1     The Certificate of Incorporation of Holdings as attached
hereto as Exhibit 3.1(a) (the "Holdings Charter") shall be the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation.  The Bylaws of Holdings as attached
hereto as Exhibit 3.1(b) (the "Holdings Bylaws") shall continue as the Bylaws
of the Surviving Corporation.  Holdings, as the Surviving Corporation, shall
continue as a business corporation governed by the laws of the State of
Delaware.

         3.2     Subject to action by the Board of Directors and the
stockholders of the Surviving Corporation, (i) the directors and the members of
the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of the Surviving
Corporation shall be as set forth in Section 5.4(a), until their successors
shall have been duly elected and qualified, and the executive officers of the
Surviving Corporation shall be as set forth in Section 5.4(a), all of whom
shall serve in such positions in accordance with the Bylaws of the Surviving
Corporation.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                  Conversion and Exchange of Wild Oats Shares

         4.1     At the Effective Time:

                 (a)      each issued and outstanding share of Wild Oats Common
Stock (other than those shares held by persons who have validly elected to
demand an appraisal of their shares pursuant to the DGCL) shall become and be
converted into, and shall thereafter represent only, the right to receive
1.0035584 shares of Holdings Common Stock in the manner set forth in Section
4.4;

                 (b)      each issued and outstanding share of Wild Oats Series
A Preferred Stock shall become and be converted into, and shall thereafter
represent only, the right to receive 1.0035584  shares of Holdings Series A
Preferred Stock in the manner set forth in Section 4.4;

                 (c)      each issued and outstanding share of Wild Oats Series
B Preferred Stock shall become and be converted into, and shall thereafter
represent only, the right to receive 1.0035584  shares of Holdings Series B
Preferred Stock in the manner set forth in Section 4.4;

                 (d)      each issued and outstanding share of Wild Oats Series
C Preferred Stock shall become and be converted into, and shall thereafter
represent only, the right to receive 1.0035584 shares of Holdings Series C
Preferred Stock in the manner set forth in Section 4.4; and





                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>   5
                 (e)  each issued and outstanding share of Wild Oats Series E 
Preferred Stock shall become and be converted into, and shall thereafter
represent only, the right to receive one share of Holdings' New Series E
Preferred Stock in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.

         4.2     At the Effective Time:

                 (a)  each option to purchase a share of Wild Oats Common Stock
outstanding under Wild Oats' 1993 Stock Option Plan (the "Wild Oats Plan")
shall become an option to purchase 1.0035584 shares of Holdings Common Stock.
The vesting schedule and exercise price per share of Holdings Common Stock
shall be equal to the vesting schedule and exercise price per share of Wild
Oats Common Stock under the particular stock option agreement pursuant to which
such stock option was granted as in effect immediately prior to the Effective
Time; and

                 (b)  each outstanding warrant to purchase a share of Wild Oats
Series B Preferred Stock or Wild Oats Series C Preferred Stock shall become a
warrant to purchase 1.0035584 shares of Holdings' New Series B Preferred Stock
or Holdings' New Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, on the same
terms as set forth in such outstanding warrants, and each outstanding warrant
to purchase a share of Wild Oats Series E Preferred Stock shall become a
warrant to purchase one share of Holdings' New Series E Preferred Stock, on the
same terms as set forth in such outstanding warrants.

         4.3     All certificates which, prior to the Effective Time,
represented issued and outstanding shares of Wild Oats Common Stock and Wild
Oats Preferred Stock shall be cancelled at the Effective Time, which time shall
be the record date for the determination of those stockholders of Wild Oats
entitled to receive Holdings Common Stock and Holdings Preferred Stock as
provided in Section 4.1.

         4.4     As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, the Surviving
Corporation shall send a notice and transmittal form to each record holder of
certificates theretofore representing shares of Wild Oats Common Stock or Wild
Oats Preferred Stock advising such holder of the procedure for surrendering
such certificates for exchange pursuant to the terms of Section 4.1 hereof.  If
Holdings Common Stock or Holdings Preferred Stock is to be issued pursuant to
Section 4.1 to a person other than a person in whose name the certificates for
shares of Wild Oats Common Stock or Wild Oats Preferred Stock surrendered for
exchange are registered, it shall be a condition to the exchange that the
person requesting such exchange shall pay to the Surviving Corporation any
transfer or other taxes required by reason of such delivery, or shall establish
to the satisfaction of the Surviving Corporation that such tax has been paid or
is not applicable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto shall be
liable to a holder of certificates theretofore representing shares of Wild Oats
Common Stock or Wild





                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>   6
Oats Preferred Stock for any amount paid to a public official pursuant to any
property, escheat or similar law.

         4.5     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (i) fewer
than 229,552 shares of Alfalfa's Common Stock are validly tendered and not
withdrawn in the Tender Offer (as defined in Section 5.2), (ii) the amount of
Wild Oats Series E Preferred Stock sold as contemplated by Section 15.1(f) is
less than 843,125 shares or (iii) less than $8,130,000 of proceeds from the
sale of Wild Oats Series E Preferred Stock is used to repurchase share of Wild
Oats Common Stock, the number of shares (and options and warrants to purchase
shares) of Holdings capital stock into which shares of Wild Oats Common Stock
and Wild Oats Preferred Stock (other than Wild Oats Series E Preferred Stock)
are to be converted pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 hereof shall be adjusted
(and the corresponding adjustments shall be made to the Holdings Charter) to
reflect the previously agreed allocation of the dilutive effect of the
redemption of certain shares of Alfalfa's Old Series A Preferred Stock
consistent with Exhibit A to the Letter of Intent dated January 18, 1996
between Wild Oats and Alfalfa's, which Exhibit A is attached hereto as Exhibit
4.5; provided, however, that such reduction shall in no event cause the
conversion ratio to be less than 1.0018211 shares of Holdings capital stock for
each share of Wild Oats capital stock.

         4.6     Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
shares of Wild Oats Common Stock that are issued and outstanding immediately
prior to the Effective Time and that are held by stockholders who have not
voted such shares in favor of the Merger or consented thereto in writing and
who have delivered a written demand for payment for such shares in the manner
provided in Section 262 of the DGCL (the "Dissenting Shares") shall not be
converted into or represent a right to receive shares of Holdings Common Stock
pursuant to the Article IV, but the holder thereof shall be entitled only to
such rights as are granted by Section 262 of the DGCL.  Each holder of
Dissenting Shares shall receive payment therefor from the Surviving Corporation
in accordance with the DGCL; provided, however,  if any such holder of
Dissenting Shares shall have failed to establish his entitlement to receive
payment for such shares as provided in Section 262 of the DGCL, or if any such
holder of Dissenting Shares shall have effectively withdrawn his demand for
payment for such shares of Common Stock or lost his right to receive payment
for his shares of Common Stock under Section 262 of the DGCL, or if neither any
holder of Dissenting Shares nor the Surviving Corporation shall have filed a
petition demanding a determination of the value of all Dissenting Shares within
the time provided in Section 262 of the DGCL, such holder or holders (as the
case may be) shall forfeit the right to receive payment for such shares of Wild
Oats Common Stock pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL and each such share of
Wild Oats Common Stock shall thereupon be deemed to have been converted, as of
the Effective Time, into the right to receive the number of shares of Holdings
Common Stock as determined pursuant to this Article IV.





                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>   7

                                   ARTICLE V
              Actions to be Taken by Alfalfa's, Newco and Holdings

         5.1     Prior to the Effective Time, Newco and Alfalfa's shall have
filed with the Secretary of State of Colorado Articles of Merger effecting the
Alfalfa's Reincorporation Merger which will effect a conversion of Alfalfa's
Common Stock and Alfalfa's Old Series A Preferred Stock into Holdings Common
Stock and Holdings Series D Preferred Stock, respectively, whereby each
outstanding share of Alfalfa's Common Stock (other than those shares held by
persons who have validly elected to demand an appraisal of their shares
pursuant to the Colorado Business Corporation Act (the "CBCA") or the DGCL)
prior to the Alfalfa's Reincorporation shall become 1.9851124 shares of
Holdings Common Stock, and each outstanding share of Alfalfa's Old Series A
Preferred Stock (other than those shares held by persons who have validly
elected to demand an appraisal of their shares pursuant to the CBCA or the
DGCL) shall become 1.9851124 shares of Holdings Series D Preferred Stock (the
"Conversion Adjustment"); provided, however that no fractional shares or scrip
will be issued in connection with the Conversion Adjustment, and in lieu of any
fractional interest resulting therefrom, a holder shall receive an amount in
cash determined by multiplying such fractional interest by $29.626.

         5.2     Prior to the Effective Time, Alfalfa's shall commence a cash
tender offer for up to 229,552 shares (before giving effect to the Conversion
Adjustment) of Alfalfa's Common Stock at $58.81 per share in cash (the "Tender
Offer") payable at the Effective Time.

         5.3     At the Effective Time the 63,264 shares of Alfalfa's Old
Series A Preferred Stock (before giving effect to the Conversion Adjustment)
held by Stolberg Partners, L.P. shall be redeemed for $71.13 per share in cash.

         5.4     Newco's and Alfalfa's directors and stockholders shall take
all actions necessary so that, at the Effective Time:

                 (a)      the Board of Directors of Holdings shall be comprised
of John Shields (Chairman), David Chamberlain (Vice Chairman), Michael C.
Gilliland, Elizabeth C. Cook, S.M. Hassan, Peter D. Behrendt, Barnett M.
Feinblum, David L. Ferguson, M. Laird Koldyke, James B. McElwee and one
designee of the holders of the Holdings New Series E Preferred Stock as
contemplated by Section 15.1(f), and the compensation committee of the Board of
Directors of Holdings shall be comprised of David Chamberlain, Barney Feinblum,
David L. Ferguson, M. Laird Koldyke and James B.  McElwee, in each case until
their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, and the executive
officers of Holdings shall be:

                 Chief Executive Officer - Michael C. Gilliland
                 President - S.M. Hassan
                 Vice President and Secretary - Elizabeth C. Cook





                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>   8
                 Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer - Mary Beth Lewis

all of whom shall serve in such positions in accordance with the Holdings
Bylaws and the stockholders agreement referred to in Section 15.1(g).  Each of
the persons named above as Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman of the Board
shall be appointed for a minimum term of 24 months from the Effective Time,
subject to removal in the first such 12 months only by the vote of at least
eight of the directors of Holdings, and by the vote of a majority of the
directors of Holdings thereafter; and

                 (b)      The 1996 Stock Option Plan in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit 5.4 shall have been adopted by the board of directors and
stockholders of Holdings.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                            [Intentionally Omitted]


                                  ARTICLE VII
                            Additional Documentation

         From time to time, as and when requested by the Surviving Corporation,
or by its successors or assigns, Wild Oats shall execute and deliver or cause
to be executed and delivered all such deeds and other instruments, and shall
take or cause to be taken all such further or other action as the Surviving
Corporation, or its successors and assigns, may deem necessary or desirable in
order to vest in and confirm unto the Surviving Corporation, or its successors
or assigns, title to and possession of all the property, rights, privileges,
powers and franchises referred to in Article I hereof and otherwise to carry
out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.  After the Effective Time, the
officers of the Surviving Corporation shall have the authority to execute such
documents and take such actions as may be necessary in the name of Wild Oats in
order to give effect to this Article VII.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                  Representations and Warranties of Wild Oats

         8.1     Wild Oats and each of its subsidiaries are corporations duly
organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the corporate laws of
the jurisdiction of its formation, with full power and authority and all
material licenses, permits and authorizations necessary to own its property and
to carry on its business as presently conducted.  Wild Oats and each of its
subsidiaries are duly qualified to do business in every jurisdiction wherein
the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect upon the
business, prospects or financial condition of Wild Oats and its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole.





                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>   9
         8.2     Wild Oats has complete and unrestricted power to enter into
and, upon the receipt of such approvals as may be required by law, to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         8.3     The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have
been duly and properly authorized and approved by the Board of Directors and
stockholders of Wild Oats.  This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding
obligation of Wild Oats, enforceable in accordance with its terms.  Except as
contemplated by Sections 8.9 and 15.1, the execution and delivery by Wild Oats
of this Agreement and the fulfillment of and compliance with the respective
terms hereof by Wild Oats do not and will not (a) conflict with or result in a
breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (b) constitute a default
under, (c) result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or
encumbrance upon Wild Oats' or any of its subsidiaries' capital stock or assets
pursuant to, (d) give any third party the right to accelerate, in whole or in
part, any obligation under, (e) result in a violation of, or (f) except as will
be obtained by the Effective Time, require any material authorization, consent,
approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any court or administrative
or governmental body or other third party pursuant to, the charter or bylaws of
Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries, any agreement, indenture instrument,
order, judgment or decree to which Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries is
subject, or any law, statute, rule or regulation to which Wild Oats or any of
its subsidiaries is subject.

         8.4     The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of Wild
Oats is as set forth in Recital B of this Agreement, and all outstanding shares
of Wild Oats' capital stock have been validly issued and are fully paid and
non- assessable.  Except for the conversion rights of the Wild Oats Preferred
Stock, outstanding options and warrants to purchase a total of 176,878 shares
of Wild Oats Common Stock, 1,506 shares of Wild Oats Series B Preferred Stock
and 1,976 shares of Wild Oats Series C Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase
10,539 shares of Wild Oats Series E Preferred Stock to be issued prior to the
Effective Time, Wild Oats does not have outstanding any stock or securities
convertible into or exchangeable for shares of its capital stock, or any rights
or options to subscribe for or to purchase any capital stock or any stock or
securities convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock.  Wild Oats
is not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or
otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its capital stock otherwise than
pursuant to the terms of the Wild Oats Preferred Stock.

         8.5     Wild Oats' (a) unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of
April 27, 1996 (the "Latest Wild Oats Balance Sheet") and the related
consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended
attached hereto as Exhibit 8.5(a), and (b) audited consolidated balance sheet
as of December 30, 1995 and the related audited consolidated statements of
operations,





                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>   10
stockholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended (including
in all cases the notes thereto) attached hereto as Exhibit 8.5(b) are accurate
and complete in all material respects and have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.  Since the date
of the Latest Wild Oats Balance Sheet, except as set forth on Schedule 8.5, (i)
there has been no material adverse change in Wild Oats' consolidated financial
condition, operating results, business prospects, employee relations, customer
relations, or otherwise, other than changes occurring in the ordinary course of
business which in the aggregate have not been materially adverse to Wild Oats
or (ii) Wild Oats has not made any change in accounting principals or practices
from those utilized in the preparation of the balance sheets and related
statements referred to in this Section 8.5.

         8.6     Except as set forth on the Latest Wild Oats Balance Sheet or
on Schedule 8.6, Wild Oats has no material obligation or liability (whether
accrued, absolute, contingent, unliquidated or otherwise) other than
liabilities which have arisen after the date of the Latest Wild Oats Balance
Sheet in the ordinary course of business and which do not involve breach of
contract, breach of warranty, torts, infringements, claims or lawsuits.

         8.7     Except as set forth on Schedule 8.7 or as contemplated by
Section 15.1(f), Wild Oats has not, since the date of the Latest Wild Oats
Balance Sheet, (a) issued any capital stock, bonds or other securities other
than upon the exercise of existing stock options, (b) borrowed any amount or
incurred or become subject to any liabilities that aggregate in excess of
$100,000, (c) discharged or satisfied any lien or encumbrance or paid any
obligation or liability other than current liabilities paid in the ordinary
course of business, (d) declared or made any payment or distribution of cash or
other property to stockholders with respect to its stock, or purchased or
redeemed any shares of its capital stock, (e) mortgaged or pledged any of its
property or assets, or subjected them to any lien, security interest, charge or
any other encumbrance, except in the ordinary course of business and except
liens for current property taxes not yet due and payable, (f) sold, assigned or
transferred any of its tangible assets, except in the ordinary course of
business, or cancelled any debts or claims, (g) sold, assigned or transferred
any patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets or other
intangible assets, or disclosed any proprietary confidential information to any
person, (h) suffered any extraordinary losses or waived any rights of material
value, whether or not in the ordinary course of business or consistent with
past practice, (i) made capital expenditures or commitments therefor that
aggregate in excess of $100,000, (j) entered into any other transaction other
than in the ordinary course of business, or entered into any other material
transaction, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, (k) made
charitable contributions or pledges aggregating in excess of $25,000, (l)
suffered any material damage, destruction or casualty





                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>   11
loss, whether or not covered by insurance, or (m) made any illegal political
contributions, or any bribes, kickback payments or other illegal payments.

         8.8     Wild Oats' inventory consists of items of a quality and
quantity salable at Wild Oats' normal profit levels in the ordinary course of
business.  The values at which such inventory is carried on the Latest Wild
Oats' Balance Sheet are in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.  Schedule 8.8 contains a materially complete and accurate summary
of Wild Oats' inventory as of March 30, 1996.

         8.9     Except for the investigation by the Attorney General of New
Mexico or as set forth on Schedule 8.9, (a) there are no material actions,
suits, proceedings, orders, investigations or claims pending against Wild Oats
or any of its subsidiaries, and to the best of Wild Oats' knowledge, there are
no such actions, suits, proceedings, orders, investigations or claims
threatened against or affecting Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries at law or
in equity, or before or by any governmental department, commission, board,
bureau, agency or instrumentality, (b) there are no material arbitration
proceedings pending under collective bargaining agreements or otherwise, and
(c) there are no material governmental inquiries (including inquiries as to the
qualification of Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries to hold or receive any
license or permit) involving Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries.

         8.10    Except as set forth on Schedule 8.10, there are no labor
controversies pending or, to the best of Wild Oats' knowledge, threatened
against Wild Oats or any subsidiary of Wild Oats.  There are no organizational
efforts in progress or, to the best of Wild Oats' knowledge, threatened
involving any employees of Wild Oats or any subsidiary of Wild Oats.  To the
best of Wild Oats' knowledge, Wild Oats and each of its subsidiaries has
complied in all material respects with all laws relating to the employment of
labor.

         8.11    (a)      Except as set forth on Schedule 8.11, Wild Oats and
each of its subsidiaries have filed, or timely applied for extensions of time
in which to file, all returns, declarations, reports, estimates, information
returns, and statements ("Returns") required to be filed or sent by it in
respect of any Taxes (as defined in clause (n) below) or required to be filed
or sent by it by any taxing authority having jurisdiction; (ii) timely and
properly paid (or has had paid on its behalf) all Taxes shown to be due and
payable on such Returns; (iii) established on the Latest Wild Oats Balance
Sheet (and until the Effective Time will establish on its books and records),
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, reserves that are
adequate for the payment of any Taxes not yet due and payable; (iv) complied
with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations relating to the withholding of
Taxes and the payment thereof (including, without limitation, withholding of
Taxes under Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"),
or similar provisions under





                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>   12
any foreign laws), and timely and properly withheld from individual employee
wages and paid over to the proper governmental authorities all amounts required
to be so withheld and paid over under all applicable laws;

                 (b)      There are no liens for Taxes upon any assets of Wild
Oats or any of its subsidiaries, except for liens for Taxes not yet due;

                 (c)      No deficiency for any Taxes has been proposed,
asserted or assessed against Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries that has not
been resolved and paid in full.  No waiver, extension or comparable consent
given by Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries regarding the application of the
statute of limitations with respect to any Taxes or Returns is outstanding, nor
is any request for any such waiver or consent pending.  There has been no Tax
audit or other administrative proceeding or court proceeding with regard to any
Taxes or Returns, nor is any such Tax audit or other proceeding pending, nor
has there been any notice to Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries by Taxing
authority regarding any such Tax, audit or other proceeding, or, to the best
knowledge of Wild Oats, is any such Tax audit or other proceeding threatened
with regard to any Taxes or Returns. Wild Oats does not expect the assessment
of any additional Taxes and is not aware of any unresolved questions, claims or
disputes concerning the liability for Taxes of Wild Oats or its subsidiaries
which would exceed the estimated reserves established on their books and
records;

                 (d)      Neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries is a
party to any agreement, contract or arrangement that would result, separately
or in the aggregate, in the payment of any "excess parachute payments" within
the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not be a factor causing
payments to be made by Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries that is not
deductible (in whole or in part) under Section 280G of the Code;

                 (e)      Neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries has
requested any extension of time within which to file any Return, which Return
has not since been filed;

                 (f)      No property of Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries
is property that such entity is or will be required to treat as being owned by
another person under the provisions of Section 168(f)(8) of the Code (as in
effect prior to amendment by the Tax Reform Act of 1986) or is "tax-exempt use
property" within the meaning of Section 168 of the Code;

                 (g)      Wild Oats is not required to include in income any
adjustment under Section 481(a) of the Code by reason of a voluntary change in
accounting method initiated by Wild Oats as a result of the Tax Reform Act of
1986 and Wild Oats has no knowledge





                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>   13
that the Internal Revenue Service has proposed any such adjustment or change in
accounting method;

                 (h)      All transactions that could give rise to an
understatement of federal income tax (within the meaning of Section 6661 of the
Code as it applied prior to repeal) or an underpayment of tax (within the
meaning of Section 6662 of the Code) were reported in a manner for which there
is substantial authority or were adequately disclosed (or, with respect to
Returns filed before the Effective Time, will be reported in such a manner or
adequately disclosed) on the Returns required in accordance with Sections
6661(b)(2)(B) and 6662(d)(2)(B) of the Code;

                 (i)      Neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries has
engaged in any transaction that would result in a deemed election under Section
338(e) of the Code, and none of such entities will engage in any such
transaction within any applicable "consistency period" (as such term is defined
in Section 338 of the Code);

                 (j)      Neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries has
filed any consent under Section 341(f) of the Code;

                 (k)      Schedule 8.11 contains a description of all tax
sharing agreements in effect as of the date hereof all of which have previously
been delivered to Alfalfa's;

                 (l)      Neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries is a
"United States real property holding corporation" (as such term is defined in
Section 897 of the Code);

                 (m)      Wild Oats is not a "foreign person" (as such term is
defined in Section 1445(f)(3) of the Code); and

                 (n)      For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Tax" or
"Taxes" means all taxes, charges, fees, levies, or other assessments,
including, without limitation, all net income, gross income, gross receipts,
sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, withholding,
payroll, employment, social security, unemployment, excise, estimated,
severance, stamp, occupation, property, or other taxes, customs duties, fees,
assessments, or charges of any kind whatsoever, including, without limitation,
all interest and penalties thereon, and additions to tax or additional amounts
imposed by any taxing authority, domestic or foreign, upon Wild Oats or any of
its subsidiaries.

         8.12    (a)      Except for the documentation relating to the sale of
the Wild Oats Series E Preferred Stock as contemplated by Sections 15.1(f) and
(g), Schedule 8.12 lists the following agreements, whether oral or written, to
which Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries is a party, which is currently in
effect (such list to set forth the commencement date and termination or
expiration date of such agreement): (i) collective bargaining agreement or
contract with any labor union; (ii) bonus, pension, profit sharing,





                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>   14
retirement or other form of deferred compensation plan; (iii) hospitalization
insurance or other welfare benefit plan or practice, whether formal or
informal; (iv) stock purchase or stock option plan; (v) contract for the
employment of any officer, individual employee or other person on a full-time,
part-time or consulting basis or relating to severance pay for any such person;
(vi) confidentiality agreement; (vii) contract, agreement or understanding
relating to the voting of common stock or the election of directors of Wild
Oats or any of its subsidiaries; (viii) agreement or indenture relating to the
borrowing of money or to mortgaging, pledging or otherwise placing a lien on
any of the assets of Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries; (ix) guaranty of any
obligation for borrowed money or otherwise; (x) lease or agreement under which
Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries is lessee of, or holds or operates any
property, real or personal, owned by any other party; (xi) lease or agreement
under which Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries is lessor of, or permits any
third party to hold or operate, any property, real or personal; (xii) contract
or group of related contracts with the same party for the purchase of products
or services, other than in the ordinary course of business; (xiii) contract or
group of related contracts with the same party (other than any contract or
group of related contracts for the purchase or sale of products or services)
continuing over a period of more than six months from the date or dates
thereof, not terminable by it on 30 days or less notice without penalty; (xiv)
contract which prohibits Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries from freely
engaging in business anywhere in the world; (xv) contract for the distribution
of any of Wild Oats' products (including any distributor or sales contract);
(xvi) any franchise agreements; (xvii) contract or commitment for capital
expenditures; (xviii) agreement for the sale of any capital asset; (xix)
contract with any affiliate which in any way relates to Wild Oats or any of its
subsidiaries; or (xx) other agreement which is either material to the business
of Wild Oats or was not entered into in the ordinary course of business;

                 (b)      Wild Oats and its subsidiaries have performed all
obligations required to be performed by them in connection with the contracts
or commitments required to be disclosed in Schedule 8.12 and they are not in
receipt of any claim of default under any such contract or commitment; neither
Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries has any present expectation or intention
of not fully performing any material obligation pursuant to any such contract
or commitment; and neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries has knowledge
of any breach or anticipated breach by any other party to any such contract or
commitment; and

                 (c)      Prior to the Effective Time, Alfalfa's or Holdings
shall be supplied with a true and correct copy of each written contract or
commitment disclosed in Schedule 8.12, and a written description of each oral
contract or commitment disclosed in Schedule 8.12, together with all
amendments, waivers or other changes thereto.





                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>   15
         8.13    Schedule 8.13 describes all registrations of, applications for
or rights in patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names,
copyrights, trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property rights owned
by, licensed to or otherwise controlled by Wild Oats or used in, developed for
use in or necessary to the conduct of the business of Wild Oats as now
conducted or planned to be conducted.  Wild Oats owns and possesses all right,
title and interest, or holds a valid license, in and to the rights set forth in
Schedule 8.13 and none of such rights has been licensed or assigned to any
third party.  Wild Oats has taken all necessary action to protect the
intellectual property rights set forth in Schedule 8.13.  Neither Wild Oats nor
any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of, nor are there any facts
known to Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries which indicate a likelihood of,
any infringement or misappropriation by, or conflict from, any third party with
respect to the intellectual property rights which are listed; no claim by any
third party contesting the validity of any intellectual property rights listed
under such caption has been made, is currently outstanding or, to the best
knowledge of Wild Oats, is threatened; neither Wild Oats nor any of its
subsidiaries has received any notice of any infringement, misappropriation or
violation of any intellectual property rights of any third party and neither
Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries has infringed, misappropriated or
otherwise violated any such intellectual property rights; and no infringement,
illicit copying, misappropriation or violation has occurred or will occur with
respect to products currently being sold by Wild Oats or with respect to the
products currently under development (in their present state of development) or
with respect to the conduct of Wild Oats' business as now conducted.

         8.14    Except as set forth on Schedule 8.14:

                 (a)      Wild Oats and its subsidiaries have materially
complied with all laws relating to the employment of labor, including
provisions thereof relating to wages, hours, equal opportunity, collective
bargaining and the payment of social security and other taxes;

                 (b)      neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries has any
material labor relations problem pending and labor relations are satisfactory;

                 (c)      there are no material workers' compensation claims
pending against Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries nor is Wild Oats or any of
its subsidiaries aware of any facts that would give rise to such a claim;

                 (d)      no employee of Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries
is subject to any confidentiality or noncompetition agreement or any other
agreement or restriction of any kind that would impede in any way the ability
of such employee to carry out fully all activities of such employee; and





                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>   16
                 (e)      no employee or former employee has any claim with
respect to any intellectual property rights of Wild Oats set forth in Schedule
8.13.

         8.15    (a)      Except as set forth on Schedule 8.15, with respect to
all employees and former employees of Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries and
all dependents and beneficiaries of such employees and former employees,
neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries (i) maintains or contributes to
any nonqualified deferred compensation or retirement plans, contracts or
arrangements; (ii) maintains or contributes to any qualified defined
contribution plans (as defined in Section 3(34) of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), or Section 414(i) of the
Code; (iii) maintains or contributes to any qualified defined benefit plans (as
defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA or Section 414(j) of the Code); and (iv)
maintains or contributes to any employee welfare benefit plans (as defined in
Section 3(1) of ERISA);

                 (b)      To the extent required (either as a matter of law or
to obtain the intended tax treatment and tax benefits), all employee benefit
plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) which Wild Oats or any of its
subsidiaries maintains or to which any of them contributes (collectively, the
"Plans") comply with the requirements of ERISA and the Code. With respect to
the Plans, (i) all required contributions which are due have been made and a
proper accrual has been made for all contributions due in the current fiscal
year; (ii) there are no actions, suits or claims pending, other than routine
uncontested claims for benefits; and (iii) there have been no prohibited
transactions (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code);

                 (c)      Schedule 8.15 contains true and complete copies of
(i) the most recent determination letter, if any, received by Wild Oats or any
of its subsidiaries from the Internal Revenue Service regarding the Plans and
any amendment to any Plan made subsequent to any Plan amendments covered by any
such determination letter; (ii) the most recent financial statements and annual
report or return for the Plans; and (iii) the most recently prepared actuarial
valuation reports;

                 (d)      Neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries
contributes (and has not ever contributed) to any multi-employer plan, as
defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.  Neither Wild Oats nor any of its
subsidiaries has actual or potential liabilities under Section 4201 of ERISA
for any complete or partial withdrawal from a multi-employer plan.  Neither
Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries has actual or potential liability for
death or medical benefits after separation from employment, other than (i)
death benefits under the employee benefit plans or programs (whether or not
subject to ERISA) set forth in Schedule 8.15 and (ii) health care continuation
benefits described in Section 4980B of the Code;





                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>   17
                 (e)      Neither Wild Oats nor any of their subsidiaries, nor
any of their directors, officers, employees or other "fiduciaries", as such
term is defined in Section 3(21) of ERISA, has committed any breach of
fiduciary responsibility imposed by ERISA or any other applicable law with
respect to the Plans which would subject Wild Oats, any of its subsidiaries or
Alfalfa's or any of their respective directors, officers or employees to any
liability under ERISA or any applicable law; and

                 (f)      Neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries has
incurred any liability for any tax or civil penalty or any disqualification of
any employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) imposed by
Sections 4980B and 162(k) and 4975 of the Code and Part 6 of Title I and
Section 502(i) of ERISA.

         8.16    Schedule 8.16 lists and briefly describes each insurance
policy maintained by Wild Oats and each of its subsidiaries as of the date of
the Latest Wild Oats Balance Sheet with respect to their properties, assets and
operations and sets forth the date of expiration of each such insurance policy.
All of such insurance policies are, as of the date hereof, and as of the
Effective Time will be, in full force and effect and issued by insurers of
recognized responsibility and are for amounts which have been sufficient to
cover claims that Wild Oats and its subsidiaries have settled within the last
five years.  Neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries is in default with
respect to its obligations under any of such insurance policies.

         8.17    Except as set forth on Schedule 8.17:

                 (a)      To the best knowledge of Wild Oats, other than
pursuant to this Agreement, no officer or director, nor any of the employees
identified on Schedule 8.17 hereof who make or are expected to make significant
contributions to the business of Wild Oats (each a "Wild Oats Key Employee") of
Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries or any member of the immediate family of
any such officer, director or Wild Oats Key Employee, or any entity in which
any of such persons owns any beneficial interest (other than any publicly-held
corporation whose stock is traded on a national securities exchange or in the
over-the counter market and less than one percent of the stock of which is
beneficially owned by any of such persons) (collectively "insiders"), has any
agreement with Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries or any interest in any
property, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, used in or
pertaining to Wild Oats' business.  To the best knowledge of Wild Oats, none of
the insiders has any direct or indirect interest in any competitor, supplier or
customer of Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries or in any person, firm or
entity from whom or to whom Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries leases any
property, or in any other person, firm or entity with whom Wild Oats or any of
its subsidiaries transacts business of any nature. For purposes of this Section
8.17, the members of the immediate family of an officer, director or employee
shall consist of the spouse, parents,





                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>   18
children, siblings, mothers- and fathers-in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law,
and brothers- and sisters-in-law of such officer, director or employee; and

                 (b)      Except for the payment of salaries, accrued paid time
off and other normal elements of compensation and reimbursement for
out-of-pocket expenses in the ordinary course of business, neither Wild Oats
nor any of its subsidiaries will immediately following the Effective Time be
indebted to any of their directors, officers or employees on any account
whatsoever.

         8.18    Schedule 8.18 lists all officers and directors of the Wild
Oats and its subsidiaries and all bank accounts of Wild Oats and its
subsidiaries (designating each authorized signer).

         8.19    (a)      The real property demised by the leases described
(including the term thereof) in Schedule 8.19 constitutes all of the real
property used or occupied by Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries (the "Real
Property"). The Real Property has access, sufficient for the conduct of Wild
Oats' business as now conducted or as presently proposed to be conducted, to
public roads and to all utilities, including electricity, sanitary and storm
sewer, potable water, natural gas and other utilities, used in the operation of
the Business at that location;

                 (b)      The leases described in Schedule 8.19 are in full
force and effect, and Wild Oats or its subsidiary that is a party to each such
lease holds a valid and existing leasehold interest under each of such leases
for the term set forth in Schedule 8.19.  Wild Oats has delivered to Alfalfa's
or Holdings complete and accurate copies of each of the leases described in
Schedule 8.19, and none of such leases shall have been modified in any respect,
prior to the Effective Time.  None of Wild Oats or its subsidiaries is in
default, and no circumstances exist which, if unremedied, would, either with or
without notice or the passage of time or both, result in a default under any of
such leases; nor, to the best knowledge of Wild Oats and its subsidiaries, is
any other party to any of such leases in default;

                 (c)      Schedule 8.19 discloses the aggregate value of the
tangible properties and tangible assets of Wild Oats and its subsidiaries as
reflected on the Latest Wild Oats Balance Sheet.  Wild Oats and its
subsidiaries own good and marketable title to its tangible properties and
tangible assets as described in Schedule 8.19 and reflected on the Latest Wild
Oats Balance Sheet or acquired since the date thereof, free and clear of all
liens and encumbrances, except for (i) liens for current taxes not yet due and
payable, (ii) the properties subject to the leases listed in Schedule 8.19,
(iii) as otherwise disclosed in Schedule 8.19, (iv) inventory disposed of since
the date of the Latest Wild Oats Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of
business, and (v) liens in respect of pledges or deposits under workers'
compensation laws;





                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>   19
                 (d)      Wild Oats or its subsidiaries own, or lease under
valid leases, all buildings, machinery, equipment and other tangible assets
used in the conduct of their business;

                 (e)      Neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries is in
violation of any applicable zoning ordinance or other law, regulation or
requirement relating to the operation of any properties used in the operation
of its business, and neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries has received
any notice of any such violation, or the existence of any condemnation
proceeding with respect to any of the Real Property; and

                 (f)      Neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries has
knowledge of improvements made or contemplated to be made by any public or
private authority, the costs of which are to be assessed as special taxes or
charges against any of the Real Property, and there are no present assessments.

         8.20    Except as set forth on Schedule 8.20, (a) each of Wild Oats
and its subsidiaries and their officers, directors, agents and employees have
complied in all material respects with all applicable laws, regulations and
other requirements, including, but not limited to, federal, state, local and
foreign laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and other requirements pertaining
to product labeling, consumer products safety, equal employment opportunity,
employee retirement, affirmative action and other hiring practices,
occupational safety and health, workers' compensation, unemployment,
environmental and building and zoning codes, which affect Wild Oats' business
or any real Property and to which any of them may be subject.  No claims have
been filed against Wild Oats or any of its subsidiaries alleging a violation of
any such laws, regulations or other requirements. There is no action pending
or, to Wild Oats' knowledge threatened, to change the zoning or building
ordinances or any other laws, rules, regulations or ordinances affecting the
Real Property.  Neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries is relying on any
exemption from or deferral of any such applicable law, regulation or other
requirement that would not be available to Alfalfa's after the Merger;

                 (b)      Each of Wild Oats and its subsidiaries have in full
force and effect, all licenses, permits and certificates, from federal, state,
local and foreign authorities (including, without limitation, federal and state
agencies regulating occupational health and safety) necessary to conduct their
business and own and operate their properties (collectively, the "Permits").
Wild Oats and its subsidiaries have conducted their business in compliance with
all material terms and conditions of the Permits; and

                 (c)      Neither Wild Oats nor any of its subsidiaries has
made or has agreed to make gifts of money, other property or similar benefits
(other than incidental gifts of articles of nominal value) to any actual or
potential customer, supplier, governmental employee or any other person in a
position to assist





                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>   20
or hinder Wild Oats in connection with any actual or proposed transaction.

         8.21    None of the information relating to Wild Oats or its
subsidiaries, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
which has been supplied or is to be supplied by Wild Oats for inclusion in (a)
a Private Placement Memorandum relating to the offering of shares of Wild Oats
Series E Preferred Stock (the "Private Placement Memorandum"), (b) a proxy
statement/offer to purchase to be mailed to Alfalfa's stockholders in
connection with the Tender Offer and the meeting to be called pursuant to
Section 12.1 (the "Proxy Statement"), or (c) any other document to be filed
with any regulatory authority in connection with the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement will, at the respective times such documents are filed,
become effective or are mailed to stockholders, as the case may be, be false or
misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material
fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading or, in
the case of the Proxy Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, at the
time of the meetings of stockholders referred to in Section 12.1, be false or
misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material
fact necessary to correct any statement in any earlier communication with
respect to the solicitation of any proxy for the meeting in connection with
which the Proxy Statement shall be mailed.  All documents which Wild Oats is
responsible for filing in connection with the Merger will comply as to form in
all material respects with the applicable requirements of the statutes, rules
and regulations pursuant to which they are filed.


                                   ARTICLE IX
                  Representations and Warranties of Alfalfa's

         Alfalfa's hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Wild Oats as
follows:

         9.1     Alfalfa's and each of its subsidiaries are corporations duly
organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the corporate laws of
the jurisdiction of its formation, with full power and authority and all
material licenses, permits and authorizations necessary to own its property and
to carry on its business as presently conducted.  Alfalfa's and each of its
subsidiaries are duly qualified to do business in every jurisdiction wherein
the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect upon the
business, prospects or financial condition of Alfalfa's and its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole.

         9.2     Alfalfa's has complete and unrestricted power to enter into
and, upon the receipt of such approvals as may be required by law, to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.





                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>   21
         9.3     The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have
been duly and properly authorized and approved by the Board of Directors of
Alfalfa's.  Upon stockholder approval of this Agreement as provided in Section
15.1, this Agreement will constitute a valid and binding obligation of
Alfalfa's enforceable in accordance with its terms.  Except as contemplated by
Sections 9.9 and 15.1, the execution and delivery by Alfalfa's of this
Agreement and the fulfillment of and compliance with the respective terms
hereof by Alfalfa's do not and will not (a) conflict with or result in a breach
of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (b) constitute a default under, (c)
result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance
upon Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries' capital stock or assets pursuant to,
(d) give any third party the right to accelerate, in whole or in part, any
obligation under, (e) result in a violation of, or (f) except as will be
obtained by the Effective Time, require any material authorization, consent,
approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any court or administrative
or governmental body or other third party pursuant to, the charter or bylaws of
Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries, any agreement, indenture, instrument,
order, judgment or decree to which Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries is
subject, or any law, statute, rule or regulation to which Alfalfa's or any of
its subsidiaries is subject.

         9.4     The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of
Alfalfa's is as set forth in Recital D of this Agreement, and all outstanding
shares of Alfalfa's capital stock have been validly issued and are fully paid
and non- assessable.  Except for the conversion rights of the Alfalfa's Old
Series A Preferred Stock and outstanding options to purchase 43,900 shares of
Alfalfa's Common Stock, Alfalfa's does not have outstanding any stock or
securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of its capital stock, or
any rights or options to subscribe for or to purchase any capital stock or any
stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock.
Alfalfa's is not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to
repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its capital stock other
than pursuant to the terms of the Alfalfa's Old Series A Preferred Stock.

         9.5     Alfalfa's (a) unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of April
28, 1996 (the "Latest Alfalfa's Balance Sheet") and the related consolidated
statements of income and cash flows for the periods then ended attached hereto
as Exhibit 9.5(a), and (b) audited consolidated balance sheet as of June 30,
1995 and the related audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders'
equity and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended (including in all cases
the notes thereto) attached hereto as Exhibit 9.5(b) are accurate and complete
in all material respects and have been prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.  Since the date of the
Latest Alfalfa's Balance Sheet, except as set forth on Schedule 9.5, (i) there
has been no material adverse change in Alfalfa's consolidated





                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>   22
financial condition, operating results, business prospects, employee relations,
customer relations or otherwise, other than changes occurring in the ordinary
course of business which in the aggregate have not been materially adverse to
Alfalfa's or (ii) Alfalfa's has not made any change in accounting principals or
practices from those utilized in the preparation of the balance sheets and
related statements referred to in this Section 9.5.

         9.6     Except as set forth on the Latest Alfalfa's Balance Sheet or
on Schedule 9.6, Alfalfa's has no material obligation or liability (whether
accrued, absolute, contingent, unliquidated or otherwise) other than
liabilities which have arisen after the date of the Latest Alfalfa's Balance
Sheet in the ordinary course of business and which do not involve breach of
contract, breach of warranty, torts, infringements, claims or lawsuits.

         9.7     Except as set forth on Schedule 9.7, Alfalfa's has not, since
the date of the Latest Alfalfa's Balance Sheet, (a) issued any capital stock,
bonds or other securities other than upon the issuance of existing stock
options, (b) borrowed any amount or incurred or become subject to any
liabilities that aggregate in excess of $100,000, except current liabilities
incurred in the ordinary course of business and liabilities under contracts
entered into in the ordinary course of business, (c) discharged or satisfied
any lien or encumbrance or paid any obligation or liability other than current
liabilities paid in the ordinary course of business, (d) declared or made any
payment or distribution of cash or other property to stockholders with respect
to its stock, or purchased or redeemed any shares of its capital stock, (e)
mortgaged or pledged any of its property or assets, or subjected them to any
lien, security interest, charge or any other encumbrance, except liens for
current property taxes not yet due and payable, (f) sold, assigned or
transferred any of its tangible assets, except in the ordinary course of
business, or cancelled any debts or claims, (g) sold, assigned or transferred
any patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets or other
intangible assets, or disclosed any proprietary confidential information to any
person, (h) suffered any extraordinary losses or waived any rights of material
value, whether or not in the ordinary course of business or consistent with
past practice, (i) made capital expenditures or commitments therefor that
aggregate in excess of $100,000, (j) entered into any other transaction other
than in the ordinary course of business, or entered into any other material
transaction, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, (k) made
charitable contributions or pledges aggregating in excess of $25,000, (l)
suffered any material damage, destruction or casualty loss, whether or not
covered by insurance, or (m) made any illegal political contributions, or any
bribes, kickback payments or other illegal payments.

         9.8     Alfalfa's inventory consists of items of a quality and
quantity salable at Alfalfa's normal profit levels in the ordinary course of
business.  The values at which such inventory is carried





                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>   23
on the Latest Alfalfa's Balance Sheet are in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.  Schedule 9.8 contains a materially complete and
accurate summary of Alfalfa's inventory as of March 24, 1996.

         9.9     Except for the investigation by the Attorney General of New
Mexico or as set forth on Schedule 9.9, (a) there are no material actions,
suits, proceedings, orders, investigations or claims pending against Alfalfa's
or any of its subsidiaries, and to the best of Alfalfa's knowledge, there are
no such actions, suits, proceedings, orders, investigations or claims
threatened against or affecting Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries at law or
in equity, or before or by any governmental department, commission, board,
bureau, agency or instrumentality, (b) there are no material arbitration
proceedings pending under collective bargaining agreements or otherwise, and
(c) there are no material governmental inquiries (including inquiries as to the
qualification of Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries to hold or receive any
license or permit) involving Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries.

         9.10    Except as set forth on Schedule 9.10, there are no labor
controversies pending or, to the best of Alfalfa's knowledge, threatened
against Alfalfa's or any subsidiary of Alfalfa's.  There are no organizational
efforts in progress or, to the best of Alfalfa's knowledge, threatened
involving any employees of Alfalfa's or any subsidiary of Alfalfa's.  To the
best of Alfalfa's knowledge, Alfalfa's and each of its subsidiaries has
complied in all material respects with all laws relating to the employment of
labor.

         9.11    (a)      Except as set forth on Schedule 9.11, Alfalfa's and
each of its subsidiaries have filed, or timely applied for extensions of time
in which to file, all returns, declarations, reports, estimates, information
returns, and statements ("Returns") required to be filed or sent by it in
respect of any Taxes (as defined in clause (n) below) or required to be filed
or sent by it by any taxing authority having jurisdiction; (ii) timely and
properly paid (or has had paid on its behalf) all Taxes shown to be due and
payable on such Returns; (iii) established on the Latest Alfalfa's Balance
Sheet (and until the Effective Time will establish on its books and records),
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, reserves that are
adequate for the payment of any Taxes not yet due and payable; (iv) complied
with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations relating to the withholding of
Taxes and the payment thereof (including, without limitation, withholding of
Taxes under Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"),
or similar provisions under any foreign laws), and timely and properly withheld
from individual employee wages and paid over to the proper governmental
authorities all amounts required to be so withheld and paid over under all
applicable laws;





                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>   24
                 (b)      There are no liens for Taxes upon any assets of
Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries, except for liens for Taxes not yet due;

                 (c)      No deficiency for any Taxes has been proposed,
asserted or assessed against Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries that has not
been resolved and paid in full.  No waiver, extension or comparable consent
given by Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries regarding the application of the
statute of limitations with respect to any Taxes or Returns is outstanding, nor
is any request for any such waiver or consent pending.  There has been no Tax
audit or other administrative proceeding or court proceeding with regard to any
Taxes or Returns, nor is any such Tax audit or other proceeding pending, nor
has there been any notice to Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries by Taxing
authority regarding any such Tax, audit or other proceeding, or, to the best
knowledge of Alfalfa's, is any such Tax audit or other proceeding threatened
with regard to any Taxes or Returns. Alfalfa's does not expect the assessment
of any additional Taxes and is not aware of any unresolved questions, claims or
disputes concerning the liability for Taxes of Alfalfa's or its subsidiaries
which would exceed the estimated reserves established on their books and
records;

                 (d)      Neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries is a
party to any agreement, contract or arrangement that would result, separately
or in the aggregate, in the payment of any "excess parachute payments" within
the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not be a factor causing
payments to be made by Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries that is not
deductible (in whole or in part) under Section 280G of the Code;

                 (e)      Neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries has
requested any extension of time within which to file any Return, which Return
has not since been filed;

                 (f)      No property of Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries
is property that such entity is or will be required to treat as being owned by
another person under the provisions of Section 168(f)(8) of the Code (as in
effect prior to amendment by the Tax Reform Act of 1986) or is "tax-exempt use
property" within the meaning of Section 168 of the Code;

                 (g)      Alfalfa's is not required to include in income any
adjustment under Section 481(a) of the Code by reason of a voluntary change in
accounting method initiated by Alfalfa's as a result of the Tax Reform Act of
1986 and Alfalfa's has no knowledge that the Internal Revenue Service has
proposed any such adjustment or change in accounting method;

                 (h)      All transactions that could give rise to an
understatement of federal income tax (within the meaning of Section 6661 of the
Code as it applied prior to repeal) or an underpayment





                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>   25
of tax (within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code) were reported in a
manner for which there is substantial authority or were adequately disclosed
(or, with respect to Returns filed before the Effective Time, will be reported
in such a manner or adequately disclosed) on the Returns required in accordance
with Sections 6661(b)(2)(B) and 6662(d)(2)(B) of the Code;

                 (i)      Neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries has
engaged in any transaction that would result in a deemed election under Section
338(e) of the Code, and none of such entities will engage in any such
transaction within any applicable "consistency period" (as such term is defined
in Section 338 of the Code);

                 (j)      Neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries has
filed any consent under Section 341(f) of the Code;

                 (k)      Schedule 9.11 contains a description of all tax
sharing agreements in effect as of the date hereof all of which have previously
been delivered to Wild Oats;

                 (l)      Neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries is a
"United States real property holding corporation" (as such term is defined in
Section 897 of the Code);

                 (m)      Alfalfa's is not a "foreign person" (as such term is
defined in Section 1445(f)(3) of the Code); and

                 (n)      For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Tax" or
"Taxes" means all taxes, charges, fees, levies, or other assessments,
including, without limitation, all net income, gross income, gross receipts,
sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, withholding,
payroll, employment, social security, unemployment, excise, estimated,
severance, stamp, occupation, property, or other taxes, customs duties, fees,
assessments, or charges of any kind whatsoever, including, without limitation,
all interest and penalties thereon, and additions to tax or additional amounts
imposed by any taxing authority, domestic or foreign, upon Alfalfa's or any of
its subsidiaries.

         9.12    (a)      Schedule 9.12 lists the following agreements, whether
oral or written, to which Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries is a party,
which is currently in effect (such list to set forth the commencement date and
termination or expiration date of such agreement): (i) collective bargaining
agreement or contract with any labor union; (ii) bonus, pension, profit
sharing, retirement or other form of deferred compensation plan; (iii)
hospitalization insurance or other welfare benefit plan or practice, whether
formal or informal; (iv) stock purchase or stock option plan; (v) contract for
the employment of any officer, individual employee or other person on a
full-time, part-time or consulting basis or relating to severance pay for any
such person; (vi) confidentiality agreement; (vii) contract, agreement or
understanding relating to the voting of common stock or the





                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>   26
election of directors of Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries; (viii) agreement
or indenture relating to the borrowing of money or to mortgaging, pledging or
otherwise placing a lien on any of the assets of Alfalfa's or any of its
subsidiaries; (ix) guaranty of any obligation for borrowed money or otherwise;
(x) lease or agreement under which Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries is
lessee of, or holds or operates any property, real or personal, owned by any
other party; (xi) lease or agreement under which Alfalfa's or any of its
subsidiaries is lessor of, or permits any third party to hold or operate, any
property, real or personal; (xii) contract or group of related contracts with
the same party for the purchase of products or services, other than in the
ordinary course of business; (xiii) contract or group of related contracts with
the same party (other than any contract or group of related contracts for the
purchase or sale of products or services) continuing over a period of more than
six months from the date or dates thereof, not terminable by it on 30 days or
less notice without penalty; (xiv) contract which prohibits Alfalfa's or any of
its subsidiaries from freely engaging in business anywhere in the world; (xv)
contract for the distribution of any of Alfalfa's' products (including any
distributor or sales contract); (xvi) any franchise agreements; (xvii) contract
or commitment for capital expenditures; (xviii) agreement for the sale of any
capital asset; (xix) contract with any affiliate which in any way relates to
Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries; or (xx) other agreement which is either
material to the business of Alfalfa's or was not entered into in the ordinary
course of business;

                 (b)      Alfalfa's and its subsidiaries have performed all
obligations required to be performed by them in connection with the contracts
or commitments required to be disclosed in Schedule 9.12 and they are not in
receipt of any claim of default under any such contract or commitment; neither
Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries has any present expectation or intention
of not fully performing any material obligation pursuant to any such contract
or commitment; and neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries has knowledge
of any breach or anticipated breach by any other party to any such contract or
commitment; and

                 (c)      Prior to the Effective Time, Wild Oats shall be
supplied with a true and correct copy of each written contract or commitment
disclosed in Schedule 9.12, and a written description of each oral contract or
commitment disclosed in Schedule 9.12, together with all amendments, waivers or
other changes thereto.

         9.13    Schedule 9.13 describes all registrations of, applications for
or rights in patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names,
copyrights, trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property rights owned
by, licensed to or otherwise controlled by Alfalfa's or used in, developed for
use in or necessary to the conduct of the business of Alfalfa's as now
conducted or planned to be conducted.  Alfalfa's owns and possesses all right,
title and interest, or holds a valid license, in and to





                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>   27
the rights set forth in Schedule 9.13 and none of such rights has been licensed
or assigned to any third party.  Alfalfa's has taken all necessary action to
protect the intellectual property rights set forth in Schedule 9.13.  Neither
Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of, nor are there
any facts known to Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries which indicate a
likelihood of, any infringement or misappropriation by, or conflict from, any
third party with respect to the intellectual property rights which are listed;
no claim by any third party contesting the validity of any intellectual
property rights listed under such caption has been made, is currently
outstanding or, to the best knowledge of Alfalfa's, is threatened; neither
Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of any
infringement, misappropriation or violation of any intellectual property rights
of any third party and neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries has
infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any such intellectual property
rights; and no infringement, illicit copying, misappropriation or violation has
occurred or will occur with respect to products currently being sold by
Alfalfa's or with respect to the products currently under development (in their
present state of development) or with respect to the conduct of Alfalfa's'
business as now conducted.

         9.14    Except as set forth on Schedule 9.14:

                 (a)      Alfalfa's and its subsidiaries have materially
complied with all laws relating to the employment of labor, including
provisions thereof relating to wages, hours, equal opportunity, collective
bargaining and the payment of social security and other taxes;

                 (b)      neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries has any
material labor relations problem pending and labor relations are satisfactory;

                 (c)      there are no material workers' compensation claims
pending against Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries nor is Alfalfa's or any of
its subsidiaries aware of any facts that would give rise to such a claim;

                 (d)      no employee of Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries
is subject to any confidentiality or noncompetition agreement or any other
agreement or restriction of any kind that would impede in any way the ability
of such employee to carry out fully all activities of such employee; and

                 (e)      no employee or former employee has any claim with
respect to any intellectual property rights of Alfalfa's set forth in Schedule
9.13.

         9.15    (a)      Except as set forth on Schedule 9.15, with respect to
all employees and former employees of Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries and
all dependents and beneficiaries of such employees





                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>   28
and former employees, neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries (i)
maintains or contributes to any nonqualified deferred compensation or
retirement plans, contracts or arrangements; (ii) maintains or contributes to
any qualified defined contribution plans (as defined in Section 3(34) of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), or
Section 414(i) of the Code; (iii) maintains or contributes to any qualified
defined benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA or Section 414(j)
of the Code); and (iv) maintains or contributes to any employee welfare benefit
plans (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA);

                 (b)      To the extent required (either as a matter of law or
to obtain the intended tax treatment and tax benefits), all employee benefit
plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) which Alfalfa's or any of its
subsidiaries maintains or to which any of them contributes (collectively, the
"Plans") comply with the requirements of ERISA and the Code. With respect to
the Plans, (i) all required contributions which are due have been made and a
proper accrual has been made for all contributions due in the current fiscal
year; (ii) there are no actions, suits or claims pending, other than routine
uncontested claims for benefits; and (iii) there have been no prohibited
transactions (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code);

                 (c)      Schedule 9.15 contains true and complete copies of
(i) the most recent determination letter, if any, received by Alfalfa's or any
of its subsidiaries from the Internal Revenue Service regarding the Plans and
any amendment to any Plan made subsequent to any Plan amendments covered by any
such determination letter; (ii) the most recent financial statements and annual
report or return for the Plans; and (iii) the most recently prepared actuarial
valuation reports;

                 (d)      Neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries
contributes (and has not ever contributed) to any multi-employer plan, as
defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.  Neither Alfalfa's nor any of its
subsidiaries has actual or potential liabilities under Section 4201 of ERISA
for any complete or partial withdrawal from a multi-employer plan.  Neither
Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries has actual or potential liability for
death or medical benefits after separation from employment, other than (i)
death benefits under the employee benefit plans or programs (whether or not
subject to ERISA) set forth in Schedule 9.15 and (ii) health care continuation
benefits described in Section 4980B of the Code;

                 (e)      Neither Alfalfa's nor any of their subsidiaries, nor
any of their directors, officers, employees or other "fiduciaries", as such
term is defined in Section 3(21) of ERISA, has committed any breach of
fiduciary responsibility imposed by ERISA or any other applicable law with
respect to the Plans which would subject Alfalfa's, any of its subsidiaries or
Alfalfa's or any of their





                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>   29
respective directors, officers or employees to any liability under ERISA or any
applicable law; and

                 (f)      Neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries has
incurred any liability for any tax or civil penalty or any disqualification of
any employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) imposed by
Sections 4980B and 162(k) and 4975 of the Code and Part 6 of Title I and
Section 502(i) of ERISA.

         9.16    Schedule 9.16 lists and briefly describes each insurance
policy maintained by Alfalfa's and each of its subsidiaries as of the date of
the Latest Alfalfa's Balance Sheet with respect to their properties, assets and
operations and sets forth the date of expiration of each such insurance policy.
All of such insurance policies are, as of the date hereof, and as of the
Effective Time will be, in full force and effect and issued by insurers of
recognized responsibility and are for amounts which have been sufficient to
cover claims that Alfalfa's and its subsidiaries have settled within the last
five years.  Neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries is in default with
respect to its obligations under any of such insurance policies.

         9.17    Except as set forth on Schedule 9.17:

                 (a)      To the best knowledge of Alfalfa's, other than
pursuant to this Agreement, no officer or director, nor any of the employees
identified on Schedule 8.17 hereof who make or are expected to make significant
contributions to the business of Alfalfa's (each an "Alfalfa's Key Employee")
of Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries or any member of the immediate family
of any such officer, director or Alfalfa's Key Employee, or any entity in which
any of such persons owns any beneficial interest (other than any publicly-held
corporation whose stock is traded on a national securities exchange or in the
over-the counter market and less than one percent of the stock of which is
beneficially owned by any of such persons) (collectively "insiders"), has any
agreement with Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries or any interest in any
property, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, used in or
pertaining to Alfalfa's' business.  To the best knowledge of Alfalfa's, none of
the insiders has any direct or indirect interest in any competitor, supplier or
customer of Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries or in any person, firm or
entity from whom or to whom Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries leases any
property, or in any other person, firm or entity with whom Alfalfa's or any of
its subsidiaries transacts business of any nature. For purposes of this Section
9.17, the members of the immediate family of an officer, director or employee
shall consist of the spouse, parents, children, siblings, mothers- and
fathers-in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law, and brothers- and sisters-in-law of
such officer, director or employee; and

                 (b)      Except for the payment of salaries, accrued paid time
off and other normal elements of compensation and





                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>   30
reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses in the ordinary course of business,
neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries will immediately following the
Effective Time be indebted to any of their directors, officers or employees on
any account whatsoever.

         9.18    Schedule 9.18 lists all officers and directors of Alfalfa's
and its subsidiaries and all bank accounts of Alfalfa's and its subsidiaries
(designating each authorized signer).

         9.19    (a)      The real property demised by the leases described
(including the term thereof) in Schedule 9.19 constitutes all of the real
property used or occupied by Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries (the "Real
Property"). The Real Property has access, sufficient for the conduct of
Alfalfa's' business as now conducted or as presently proposed to be conducted,
to public roads and to all utilities, including electricity, sanitary and storm
sewer, potable water, natural gas and other utilities, used in the operation of
the Business at that location;

                 (b)      The leases described in Schedule 9.19 are in full
force and effect, and Alfalfa's or its subsidiary that is a party to each such
lease holds a valid and existing leasehold interest under each of such leases
for the term set forth in Schedule 9.19.  Alfalfa's has delivered to Wild Oats
complete and accurate copies of each of the leases described in Schedule 9.19,
and none of such leases shall have been modified in any respect, prior to the
Effective Time.  None of Alfalfa's or its subsidiaries is in default, and no
circumstances exist which, if unremedied, would, either with or without notice
or the passage of time or both, result in a default under any of such leases;
nor, to the best knowledge of Alfalfa's and its subsidiaries, is any other
party to any of such leases in default;

                 (c)      Schedule 9.19 discloses the aggregate value of the
tangible properties and tangible assets of Alfalfa's and its subsidiaries as
reflected on the Latest Alfalfa's Balance Sheet.  Alfalfa's and its
subsidiaries own good and marketable title to its tangible properties and
tangible assets as described in Schedule 9.19 and reflected on the Latest
Alfalfa's Balance Sheet or acquired since the date thereof, free and clear of
all liens and encumbrances, except for (i) liens for current taxes not yet due
and payable, (ii) the properties subject to the leases listed in Schedule 9.19,
(iii) as otherwise disclosed in Schedule 9.19, (iv) inventory disposed of since
the date of the Latest Alfalfa's Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of
business, and (v) liens in respect of pledges or deposits under workers'
compensation laws;

                 (d)      Alfalfa's or its subsidiaries own, or lease under
valid leases, all buildings, machinery, equipment and other tangible assets
used in the conduct of their business;

                 (e)      Neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries is in
violation of any applicable zoning ordinance or other law,





                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>   31
regulation or requirement relating to the operation of any properties used in
the operation of its business, and neither Alfalfa's nor any of its
subsidiaries has received any notice of any such violation, or the existence of
any condemnation proceeding with respect to any of the Real Property; and

                 (f)      Neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries has
knowledge of improvements made or contemplated to be made by any public or
private authority, the costs of which are to be assessed as special taxes or
charges against any of the Real Property, and there are no present assessments.

         9.20    Except as set forth on Schedule 9.20, (a) each of Alfalfa's
and its subsidiaries and their officers, directors, agents and employees have
complied in all material respects with all applicable laws, regulations and
other requirements, including, but not limited to, federal, state, local and
foreign laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and other requirements pertaining
to product labeling, consumer products safety, equal employment opportunity,
employee retirement, affirmative action and other hiring practices,
occupational safety and health, workers' compensation, unemployment,
environmental and building and zoning codes, which affect Alfalfa's' business
or any real Property and to which any of them may be subject.  No claims have
been filed against Alfalfa's or any of its subsidiaries alleging a violation of
any such laws, regulations or other requirements. There is no action pending
or, to Alfalfa's' knowledge threatened, to change the zoning or building
ordinances or any other laws, rules, regulations or ordinances affecting the
Real Property.  Neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries is relying on any
exemption from or deferral of any such applicable law, regulation or other
requirement that would not be available to Alfalfa's after the Merger;

                 (b)      Each of Alfalfa's and its subsidiaries have in full
force and effect, all licenses, permits and certificates, from federal, state,
local and foreign authorities (including, without limitation, federal and state
agencies regulating occupational health and safety) necessary to conduct their
business and own and operate their properties (collectively, the "Permits").
Alfalfa's and its subsidiaries have conducted their business in compliance with
all material terms and conditions of the Permits; and

                 (c)      Neither Alfalfa's nor any of its subsidiaries has
made or has agreed to make gifts of money, other property or similar benefits
(other than incidental gifts of articles of nominal value) to any actual or
potential customer, supplier, governmental employee or any other person in a
position to assist or hinder Alfalfa's in connection with any actual or
proposed transaction.

         9.21    None of the information relating to Alfalfa's or its
subsidiaries, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by





                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>   32
this Agreement has been supplied or is to be supplied by Alfalfa's for
inclusion in (a) the Private Placement Memorandum, (b) the Proxy Statement, and
(c) any other documents to be filed with any regulatory authority in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will, at the respective
times such documents are filed, become effective or are mailed to stockholders,
as the case may be, be false or misleading with respect to any material fact,
or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein not misleading or, in the case of the Proxy Statement or any amendment
or supplement thereto, at the time of the meeting of stockholders referred to
in Section 12.1 hereof, be false or misleading with respect to any material
fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary to correct any statement in
any earlier communication with respect to the solicitation of any proxy for the
meeting in connection with which the Proxy Statement shall be mailed.  All
documents which Alfalfa's or Holdings is responsible for filing in connection
with the Merger will comply as to form in all material respects with the
applicable requirements of the statutes, rules and regulations pursuant to
which they are filed.


                                   ARTICLE X
                    Representations and Warranties of Newco

         10.1    Newco is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and
in good standing under the corporate laws of Delaware, with full power and
authority and all material licenses, permits and authorizations necessary to
own its property and to carry on its business as presently conducted.  Newco
was formed in April, 1996 and has conducted no business and has no
subsidiaries.

         10.2    Newco has complete and unrestricted power to enter into and,
upon the receipt of such approvals as may be required by law, to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         10.3    The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have
been duly and properly authorized and approved by the Board of Directors of
Newco and its sole stockholder, Alfalfa's.  This Agreement constitutes a valid
and binding obligation of Newco enforceable in accordance with its terms.
Except as contemplated by Sections 9.9 and 15.1, the execution and delivery by
Newco of this Agreement and the fulfillment of and compliance with the
respective terms hereof by Newco do not and will not (a) conflict with or
result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (b) constitute a
default under, (c) result in the creation of any lien, security interest,
charge or encumbrance upon Newco's capital stock or assets pursuant to, (d)
give any third party the right to accelerate, in whole or in part, any
obligation under, (e) result in a violation of, or (f) require any
authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any
court or administrative or governmental body or other third party pursuant to,
the charter or bylaws of Newco, any agreement,





                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>   33
indenture, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Newco is subject, or
any law, statute, rule or regulation to which Newco is subject.

         10.4    The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of Newco
is as set forth in Recital F of this Agreement, and all outstanding shares of
Newco's capital stock have been validly issued and are fully paid and non-
assessable.  Newco does not have outstanding any stock or securities
convertible into or exchangeable for shares of its capital stock, or any rights
or options to subscribe for or to purchase any capital stock or any stock or
securities convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock.  Newco is
not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or
otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its capital stock.

         10.5    Newco has no material obligation or liability (whether
accrued, absolute, contingent, unliquidated or otherwise) other than
liabilities pursuant to this Agreement.

         10.6    All documents which Newco or Holdings is responsible for
filing in connection with the Merger will comply as to form in all material
respects with the applicable requirements of the statutes, rules and
regulations pursuant to which they are filed.


                                   ARTICLE XI
                             Covenants of Wild Oats

         11.1    Prior to the Effective Time, Wild Oats shall file with the
Secretary of State of Delaware an Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation (the "New Wild Oats Charter") substantially in the form of
Exhibit 11.1, which will contain the rights, preferences and privileges of the
Wild Oats Series E Preferred Stock.

         11.2    During the period from the date of this Agreement to the
Effective Time, Wild Oats shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries to,
conduct its operations according to its ordinary and usual course of business
consistent with past practices and use all commercially reasonable efforts to
maintain and preserve its business organization, employees and relationships
with agents and others and to retain the services of its officers and Wild Oats
Key Employees.

         11.3    During the period from the date of this Agreement to the
Effective Time, neither Wild Oats nor any subsidiary of Wild Oats shall,
without the prior written consent of Alfalfa's:

                 (a)      Adjust, split, combine or reclassify its capital
stock; make, declare or pay any dividend (except for subsidiary dividends paid
to Wild Oats in the ordinary course of business); declare or make any other
distribution on, or directly or





                                     - 33 -
<PAGE>   34
indirectly redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire, any shares of its capital
stock or any securities or obligations convertible into or exchangeable for,
any shares of its capital stock other as contemplated by Section 15.1(f); grant
any options or stock appreciation rights or give any person any right to
acquire from Wild Oats or any subsidiary any shares of its capital stock; or
issue or agree to issue any additional shares of capital stock of Wild Oats;

                 (b)      Sell, transfer, pledge, mortgage, encumber or
otherwise dispose of any material property or assets of Wild Oats or any of its
subsidiaries or the stock of any subsidiary;

                 (c)      Adopt or amend to increase materially compensation or
benefits payable under any collective bargaining, bonus, profit sharing,
compensation, stock option, pension, retirement, deferred compensation,
severance or termination, employment or other plan, agreement, trust, fund
arrangement for the benefit of employees; or grant any severance or termination
pay (otherwise than pursuant to policies or agreements of Wild Oats in effect
on the date hereof) to, or enter into any employment agreement with, any
executive officer or director of Wild Oats; or

                 (d)      Make any material changes in the Restated Certificate
of Incorporation or Bylaws of Wild Oats or in the articles of incorporation or
bylaws of any subsidiary of Wild Oats except as contemplated by Section
15.1(f).


                                  ARTICLE XII
                             Covenants of Alfalfa's

         12.1    Alfalfa's, as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later
than July 11, 1996, shall call and hold one or more meetings of its
stockholders for the purposes of:

                 (a)      considering and approving the Alfalfa's
Reincorporation Merger and the Reincorporation Merger Agreement; at such
meeting, Alfalfa's will submit and recommend approval of the Reincorporation
Merger Agreement to its stockholders and, if the requisite approval by such
stockholders is obtained, will undertake promptly to consummate the Alfalfa's
Reincorporation Merger, and will cause Newco to consummate the Alfalfa's
Reincorporation Merger; and

                 (b)      considering and approving this Agreement and the
Merger; at such meeting, Alfalfa's will submit and recommend approval of this
Agreement to its shareholders and, if the requisite approval by such
shareholders is obtained, will undertake promptly to consummate the Merger.

         12.2    Alfalfa's will cause Holdings to have available to it at the
Effective Time sufficient shares of duly authorized Holdings





                                     - 34 -
<PAGE>   35
Common Stock and Holdings Preferred Stock to exchange for the outstanding Wild
Oats Common Stock and Wild Oats Preferred Stock to be surrendered pursuant to
Article IV hereof.

         12.3    During the period from the date of this Agreement to the
Effective Time, Alfalfa's shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and
Holdings to, conduct its operations according to its ordinary and usual course
of business consistent with past practices and use all commercially reasonable
efforts to maintain and preserve its business organization, employees and
relationships with agents and others and to retain the services of its officers
and Alfalfa's Key Employees.

         12.4    During the period from the date of this Agreement to the
Effective Time, except as contemplated by Article V, none of Alfalfa's, any
subsidiary of Alfalfa's nor Holdings shall, without the prior written consent
of Wild Oats:

                 (a)      Other than in connection with the Conversion
Adjustment, adjust, split, combine or reclassify its capital stock; make,
declare or pay any dividend (except for subsidiary dividends paid in the
ordinary course of business); declare or make any other distribution on, or
directly or indirectly redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire, any shares of its
capital stock or any securities or obligations convertible into or exchangeable
for, any shares of its capital stock; grant any options or stock appreciation
rights or give any person any right to acquire from Alfalfa's or any subsidiary
any shares of its capital stock; or issue or agree to issue any additional
shares of capital stock of Alfalfa's (other than issuances of its Common Stock
pursuant to the options and warrants described in Section 9.4);

                 (b)      Sell, transfer, pledge, mortgage, encumber or
otherwise dispose of any material property or assets of Alfalfa's or any of its
subsidiaries or the stock of any subsidiary;

                 (c)      Adopt or amend to increase materially the
compensation or benefits payable under any collective bargaining, bonus, profit
sharing, compensation, stock option, pension, retirement, deferred
compensation, severance or termination, employment or other plan, agreement,
trust, fund or arrangement for the benefit of employees; or grant any severance
or termination pay (otherwise than pursuant to policies or agreements of
Alfalfa's in effect on the date hereof) to, or enter into any employment
agreement with, any executive officer or director of Alfalfa's; or

                 (d)      Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, make
any material change in the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or
Bylaws of Alfalfa's or in the articles of incorporation or bylaws of any
subsidiary of Alfalfa's.





                                     - 35 -
<PAGE>   36
                                  ARTICLE XIII
                               Covenants of Newco

         13.1    During the period from the date of this Agreement to the
Effective Time, Newco shall conduct no operations or activities other than in
furtherance of this Agreement.

         13.2    During the period from the date of this Agreement to the
Effective Time Newco shall not, without the prior written consent of Wild Oats:

                 (a)      Other than in connection with the Conversion
Adjustment or as contemplated by this Agreement, adjust, split, combine or
reclassify its capital stock; make, declare or pay any dividend (except for
subsidiary dividends paid in the ordinary course of business); declare or make
any other distribution on, or directly or indirectly redeem, purchase or
otherwise acquire, any shares of its capital stock or any securities or
obligations convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of its capital
stock; grant any options or stock appreciation rights or give any person any
right to acquire from Newco or any subsidiary any shares of its capital stock;
or issue or agree to issue any additional shares of capital stock of Newco;

                 (b)      Sell, transfer, pledge, mortgage, encumber or
otherwise dispose of any material property or assets of Newco;

                 (c)      Pay or agree to pay any compensation to any officer,
director or employee of Newco; or

                 (d)      Except as contemplated by this Agreement, make any
material change in the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of Newco.


                                  ARTICLE XIV
                              Additional Covenants

         14.1    Wild Oats, Alfalfa's and Newco will cooperate in good faith
and use reasonable efforts to prepare all documentation, promptly to effect all
filings and to obtain all permits, consents, approvals and authorizations of
all third parties and governmental bodies necessary to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Wild Oats, Alfalfa's and Newco
shall, as soon as practicable, file, or use their respective best efforts to
cause any other party to file, all Notification and Report Forms under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino Act ("HSR") with the Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") and the
Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice (the "Antitrust Division")
required by this Agreement or to permit the consummation of the share exchanges
contemplated by Article IV hereof or the offering of Wild Oats Series E
Preferred Stock contemplated by Section 15.1(f) hereof and shall use best
efforts to respond as promptly as practicable, and to cause such other





                                     - 36 -
<PAGE>   37
parties to respond as promptly as practicable, to all inquiries or requests
received from the FTC or the Antitrust Division for additional information or
documentation, and shall take all reasonable actions necessary to cooperate
promptly with and furnish information to the other parties hereto in connection
with any such inquiries or requests directed at them in connection with the
Merger.

         14.2    Wild Oats and Alfalfa's agree that following the Effective
Time (a) the organizational structure for Holdings will be as set forth in
Exhibit 14.2, and (b) a search committee comprised of Michael Gilliland, S.M.
Hassan, and the Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of
Holdings will conduct a search for a Chief Operating Officer under the guidance
of the Holdings Board of Directors.

         14.3    Wild Oats and Alfalfa's agree that following the Effective
Time, Holdings will honor the existing contracts that Alfalfa's has entered
into with Barry Perzow, Russell Precious, Teresa Precious and Caryn Ellison
attached hereto as Exhibits 14.3(a), (b) and (c) and will pay the reasonable
fees and disbursements of Hopkins and Sutter, counsel to the holders of a
majority of the Alfalfa's Old Series A Preferred Stock, incurred in connection
with the Merger.

         14.4    Prior to the Effective Time, Wild Oats and Alfalfa's will
agree upon the terms of severance agreements for officers and other employees
of Wild Oats and Alfalfa's whose positions are eliminated in connection with
the Merger.

         14.5    Between the date hereof and the Effective Time,
representatives of each of Wild Oats and Alfalfa's and their respective
accountants and attorneys shall be given full access at reasonable times to all
books, accounting and financial records, corporate records, tax returns and
other business files of the other party (except for information which is not
material and which is restricted solely to protect the attorney-client
privilege), and each shall cooperate fully in making its officers and personnel
available to such representatives at reasonable times.  Each of Wild Oats and
Alfalfa's agrees that it and its representatives will hold in strict confidence
and will not use for any purpose other than in connection with the
reorganization, any confidential or proprietary information obtained from the
other party or its stockholders with respect to the business or financial
condition of such party.  If the Merger is not consummated, each party will
return to the other party (or certify that it has destroyed) all copies of
documents containing proprietary or confidential information furnished by the
other party or its stockholders.  The obligations set forth in this Section
14.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

         14.6    Prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section
16.1, neither Wild Oats nor Alfalfa's, nor their respective





                                     - 37 -
<PAGE>   38
stockholders nor any of their representatives, will directly or indirectly
solicit, encourage, assist, initiate discussions with, engage in negotiations
with, provide any information to, or enter into or perform any confidentiality
agreement or other agreement or transaction with any person other than the
other party relating to (a) any possible investment in such party, (b) the
purchase of any significant assets of such party, or (c) any form of merger,
acquisition, or other business combination transaction (other than acquisition
by a party of another entity that does not represent more than 10% of such
party's total assets).

         14.7    No disclosure of the terms of this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby shall be made by any party without the prior
consent of the other parties except as required by law, and each party shall
furnish to the others advance copies of any releases or statements which it
proposes to make concerning the transaction, which shall be subject to approval
by such parties (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

         14.8    If the Merger shall not become effective or shall be
abandoned, then (a) Wild Oats on the one hand and Alfalfa's and Newco on the
other hand shall each bear their expenses separately incurred in connection
therewith, except that (i) Wild Oats shall pay all fees and expenses incurred
in marketing the Wild Oats Series E Preferred Stock, (ii) Wild Oats shall pay
all filing fees in connection with all HSR filings and (iii) Wild Oats shall
pay 50% and Alfalfa's shall pay 50% of any expenses directly relating to the
investigation by the Attorney General of New Mexico, including the fees of
economists, public relations specialists, local New Mexico counsel and legal
antitrust specialists engaged in connection with the investigation other than
Brownstein Hyatt Farber & Strickland, P.C., Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson &
Tatum or Latham & Watkins, and (b) Wild Oats and Alfalfa's shall each return to
the other all non-public documents and other materials obtained from the other,
without retaining any copies thereof, and shall hold confidential and not use
in any manner any non-public information so obtained.

         14.9    Each of Wild Oats, Alfalfa's and Newco will use all 
commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and
to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under
applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make effective the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Wild Oats and Alfalfa's will, and
will cause each of their respective subsidiaries to, use their commercially
reasonable efforts to obtain consents of all third parties and governmental
bodies necessary or, in the opinion of Wild Oats or Alfalfa's, desirable for
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         14.10  In connection with any proceedings under or relating to HSR or
any other federal or state antitrust or fair trade law, the parties will
consult and cooperate with one another and consider in





                                     - 38 -
<PAGE>   39
good faith the views of one another in connection with any analysis,
presentation, memorandum, brief, argument, appearance, opinion or proposal made
or submitted by or on behalf of any party hereto; provided however that nothing
herein shall prevent any party hereto or their authorized representatives from
(i) making or submitting any such analysis, appearance, presentation,
memorandum, brief, argument, opinion or proposal in response to a subpoena or
other legal process or as otherwise required by law, or (ii) submitting factual
information to the Antitrust Division, the FTC, state attorney general, any
other governmental agency or any court or administrative law judge in response
to a request therefor or as otherwise required by law.

         14.11   Any document attached hereto as an Exhibit may be revised prior
to the Effective Time, provided that any material revision shall have been
approved by each of Michael C. Gilliland and S.M. Hassan.


                                   ARTICLE XV
               Conditions Precedent to Consummation of the Merger

         15.1    The obligations of each of Wild Oats, Alfalfa's and Newco to
consummate the Merger shall be subject to the fulfillment of the following
conditions precedent:

                 (a)      The Alfalfa's Reincorporation Merger shall have
occurred and the New Wild Oats Charter shall have been filed with the Secretary
of State of Delaware;

                 (b)      This Agreement shall have been duly and validly
approved and adopted (i) at a meeting of the stockholders of Alfalfa's by
two-thirds of the stockholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting
and (ii) by the holders of all outstanding Wild Oats Preferred Stock and by the
holders of 75% of all outstanding Wild Oats Common Stock;

                 (c)      The applicable waiting period under the HSR relating
to all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without
limitation the consummation of the share exchanges contemplated by Article IV
hereof and the offering of Wild Oats Series E Preferred Stock contemplated by
Section 15.1(f) hereof shall have expired or been terminated;

                 (d)      Each of Wild Oats and Alfalfa's shall be satisfied
with the status of the investigation by the Attorney General of New Mexico,
provided that this condition shall terminate on June 17, 1996 unless either of
Wild Oats or Alfalfa's shall notify the other in writing that it does not
consent to the termination of this condition;





                                     - 39 -
<PAGE>   40
                 (e)      Each of Wild Oats and Alfalfa's shall have received
all material consents or approvals necessary or advisable in connection with
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

                 (f)      A minimum of 539,503 shares (the "Minimum Series E
Sale"), but no more than 843,125 shares, of Wild Oats Series E Preferred Stock
shall have been issued for $33.364 cash per share and a warrant to purchase no
more than 10,539 shares of Wild Oats Series E Preferred Stock shall have been
issued to the placement agent with respect to the issuance of the Wild Oats
Series E Preferred Stock; and the first $8,130,000 of the proceeds of such sale
in excess of the Minimum Series E Sale shall have been used to repurchase
shares of Wild Oats Common Stock from existing holders of such shares at
$29.626 per share pursuant to the Stock Redemption Agreement in the form set
forth in Exhibit 15.1(f), and those shares of Wild Oats Common Stock shall be
treated as treasury stock and shall not be exchanged for Holdings Common Stock
pursuant to Section 4.1;

                 (g)      The stockholders agreement and registration rights
agreement, in the forms of Exhibit 15.1(g)(i) and 15.1(g)(ii), respectively,
shall have been entered into by the parties thereto;

                 (h)      The employment agreements attached hereto as Exhibits
15.1(h)(i), (ii) and (iii) between Holdings and each of Michael C. Gilliland,
Elizabeth C. Cook and S.M. Hassan shall not have been amended and shall be in
full force and effect;

                 (i)      The compensation agreements attached hereto Exhibits
15.1(i)(i) and (ii) between Holdings and each of John Shields and David
Chamberlain shall not have been amended and shall be in full force and effect;

                 (j)      The actions required to be taken by Alfalfa's, Newco
and Holdings pursuant to Article V shall have been taken;

                 (k)      The matters referred to in Section 14.4 shall have
been agreed upon by Wild Oats and Alfalfa's;

                 (l)      There (i) shall not be in effect a temporary
restraining order or a preliminary injunction or other order, decree or ruling
by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a governmental, regulatory or
administrative agency or commission which (A) restrains or prohibits the Merger
or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (B) prohibits
or restricts the ownership or operation by Holdings of any portion of its (or
Wild Oats' or Alfalfa's) business or assets or compels Holdings, Wild Oats or
Alfalfa's to dispose of or hold separate any portion of its business or assets,
or (C) imposes any limitations on the ability of Holdings effectively to
control in any respect its business or operations or those of Wild Oats or
Alfalfa's; or (ii) shall not be pending before any court of competent
jurisdiction or before any administrative law judge or court or





                                     - 40 -
<PAGE>   41
before any federal or state governmental, regulatory or administrative agency
or commission, any action or proceedings, whether in law or in equity or
otherwise, brought by any federal or state governmental, regulatory or
administrative agency, commission or authority, which seeks as relief a result
described in clause (i) above; provided however, that the parties shall use
their best efforts to litigate against the entry of, or to obtain the lifting
of, such temporary restraining order or preliminary or permanent injunction or
other governmental action.  In no event shall a party be required to sell or
otherwise dispose of, hold separate or otherwise divest itself of, any shares
or any portion of the retail stores, business or assets of Holdings, Wild Oats
or Alfalfa's;

                 (m)      Holders of no more than 10% of the outstanding
capital stock of either Wild Oats or Alfalfa's shall have validly elected to
demand an appraisal of their shares pursuant to the DGCL or the CBCA in
connection with the Merger.

         15.2    The obligation of Wild Oats to consummate the Merger shall be
subject to the fulfillment of the following additional conditions precedent:

                 (a)      Each of Alfalfa's, Newco and Holdings shall have
performed its obligations contained in this Agreement required to be performed
at or prior to the Effective Time in all material respects, and the
representations and warranties made by Alfalfa's in Article VIX and made by
Newco in Article X shall be true and correct in all material respects as though
such representations and warranties had been made or given on and as of the
Effective Time by Holdings; and

                 (b)      Wild Oats shall have received an opinion letter from
Brownstein Hyatt Farber & Strickland, P.C., dated the Effective Time,
substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 15.2.

         15.3    The obligation of Holdings to consummate the Merger shall be
subject to the fulfillment of the following additional conditions precedent:

                 (a)      Wild Oats shall have performed its obligations
contained in this Agreement required to be performed at or prior to the
Effective Time in all material respects, and the representations and warranties
made by Wild Oats in Article VIII shall be true and correct in all material
respects as though such representations and warranties had been made or given
on and as of the Effective Time;

                 (b)      Wild Oats shall have negotiated a successor line of
credit to its existing credit facility with Bank One, Indianapolis, National
Association that is adequate to fund the proposed business plan of Holdings;





                                     - 41 -
<PAGE>   42
                 (c)      William Blair & Co. shall not have withdrawn its
opinion attached hereto as Exhibit 15.3(c) as of the Effective Time; and

                 (d)      Holdings shall have received an opinion letter from
Elizabeth C. Cook, Esq., dated the Effective Time, substantially in the form
set forth in Exhibit 15.3.

                                  ARTICLE XVI
                             Termination and Waiver

         16.1    Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary
notwithstanding, the Merger may be terminated and abandoned at or prior to the
Effective Time, notwithstanding approval of this Agreement by stockholders of
Alfalfa's:

                 (a)      By mutual consent of the respective Boards of
Directors of Wild Oats and Alfalfa's (or Holdings);

                 (b)      By either party if the Effective Time has not
occurred by July 12, 1996;

                 (c)      By either party if any action, suit or proceeding
shall have been instituted before any court or other governmental body or by
any public authority to challenge, restrain, enjoin or prohibit the Merger, or
to restrict the operation of the business of Wild Oats or Alfalfa's (or
Holdings) following the Merger, or to subject any of the parties to this
Agreement or their directors or officers to any liability, fine, forfeiture or
penalty.

         16.2     Any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement may be
waived in writing at any time by the party which is entitled to the benefit
thereof.


                                  ARTICLE XVII
                 Termination of Representations and Warranties

         The respective representations and warranties of the parties to this
Agreement shall expire with, and be terminated and extinguished by, the Merger
at the Effective Time.  None of the parties shall be under any liability
whatsoever with respect to any such representation or warranty which does not
so survive, it being intended that the sole remedy of the parties for a breach
of any such representation or warranty shall be to elect not to proceed with
the Merger.





                                     - 42 -
<PAGE>   43
                                 ARTICLE XVIII
                                 Miscellaneous

         18.1    This Agreement (a) embodies the entire agreement among Wild
Oats, Alfalfa's and Newco with respect to the Merger, and supersedes all
previous written or oral proposals or communications concerning the
transactions contemplated herein, and there are no other binding agreements,
representations or warranties, written or oral, between the parties with
respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, (b) is not intended to confer
upon any person not a party to this Agreement any rights or remedies under this
Agreement, and (c) shall not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise.

         18.2    This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts and
each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all
such counterparts together shall constitute but one instrument.

         18.3    Wild Oats, Alfalfa's and Newco agree that if it becomes
necessary or desirable to execute further instruments or to make such other
assurances as are deemed necessary, the party requested to do so will use its
best efforts to provide such executed instruments or do all things necessary or
proper to carry out this Agreement.

         18.4    Wild Oats, Alfalfa's and Newco, by mutual consent of their
respective Boards of Directors, may amend, modify, supplement and interpret
this Agreement in such manner as may be mutually agreed upon by them in writing
at any time.





                                     - 43 -
<PAGE>   44
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands as of the
date first written above.

                                       WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.



                                       By:  /s/ Michael C. Gilliland   
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Michael C. Gilliland
                                           Chief Executive Officer



                                       ALFALFA'S, INC.



                                       By:  /s/ S.M. Hassan   
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           S.M. Hassan
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer



                                        WO HOLDINGS, INC.



                                        By: /s/ S.M. Hassan   
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           S.M. Hassan
                                           President





                                     - 44 -
<PAGE>   45

                                  SCHEDULE 9.5

                            MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGES



                                     NONE.
<PAGE>   46
                                  SCHEDULE 9.6

                      MATERIAL OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES



                                     NONE.
<PAGE>   47
                                  SCHEDULE 9.7

                    STOCK OR DEBT ISSUANCES, PAYMENTS, ETC.



                                     NONE.
<PAGE>   48
                                  SCHEDULE 9.8

                              SUMMARY OF INVENTORY



         Physical count of inventory as of April 28, 1996 - $3,573,840.
<PAGE>   49
                                  SCHEDULE 9.9

                       MATERIAL LITIGATION, CLAIMS, ETC.





         I.      Investment Canada Review.  The acquisition of Capers
         Management Holdings Inc. in July, 1994 was subject to review by
         Investment Canada, an agency of the Canadian government, a review
         process customarily required in connection with the acquisition of
         Canadian companies by foreign investors.  The focus of the review has
         been a commitment on behalf of the Company for the continued sale of
         Canadian "cultured products", which primarily consist of books,
         magazines, periodicals and similar publications.  A copy of the Letter
         of Undertaking regarding the continued sale of Canadian cultural
         products is attached.  Also attached is a letter dated February 20,
         1995 from Canadian counsel describing the status and outstanding
         issues in the review process.  The Company has been informed by
         Canadian counsel that while Investment Canada retains the theoretical
         right to disapprove the acquisition of Capers, that such a result can
         be avoided, in the worst case, by agreeing to the undertakings
         proposed by Investment Canada with respect to Canadian cultural
         products.

         II.     Liability Claims.  The following claims exceed the $5,000
         reserve and have been filed with the Company's insurance company.
         These claims are not in litigation.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Claimant                 DOL              Reserve  Description
         --------                 ---              -------  -----------
         <S>                      <C>              <C>     <C>
         Erika Horing             3/4/96           $7,500   Claimant struck by cart pushed by employee
         Ann Harvey               2/27/96          $5,000   Claimant fell in parking lot
         Katherine Casades        1/5/96           $7,000   Claimant accidently hit with boxes from employee
         Jane Montgomery          7/5/95           $7,500   Claimant fell from water in meat department
</TABLE>

         III.    Civil Investigative Demand with the New Mexico Attorney
         General's Office.  In February, 1996, Alfalfa's received a Civil
         Investigative Demand and Request for Production of Documents from the
         New Mexico Attorney General's Office alleging possible violations of
         anti-trust laws as a result of the proposed Combination with
         Alfalfa's.  On Monday, March 4, 1996, Alfalfa's met with the New
         Mexico Assistant Attorney General and determined the focus and scope
         of the investigation.  The focus of the investigation is on the
         effect, if any, of the Combination on competition in Santa Fe,
<PAGE>   50
         New Mexico.  Alfalfa's responded in full to the New Mexico Attorney
         General's document request on March 19, 1996.  On May 13, 1996,
         Alfalfa's received a letter from the New Mexico Attorney General's
         office stating that they have concluded that the merger will
         substantially lessen competition in Santa Fe and suggesting
         divestiture of either the St. Francis or Cordova Road store.  On May
         15, 1996, Wild Oats responded with its economist's (David Scheffman)
         white paper which analyzes the industry and Wild Oats counsel provided
         a legal brief summarizing case law supporting our position.  We expect
         to schedule a meeting with the New Mexico Attorney General's office
         within the next two weeks to formally present our position.  After
         this meeting, we will have a clearer picture of New Mexico's intent or
         interest in settling, and the likelihood that we will prevail if we
         end up in litigation over the divestiture of a larger store (which we
         would vigorously oppose).  The merger agreement as currently drafted
         proposes that the merger will close with the New Mexico situation
         unresolved, unless either party objects before June 15, 1996.
<PAGE>   51
                                 SCHEDULE 9.10

                              LABOR CONTROVERSIES

                                     NONE.
<PAGE>   52
                                 SCHEDULE 9.11

                                TAX DISCLOSURES



                                     NONE.
<PAGE>   53
                                 SCHEDULE 9.12

                              MATERIAL AGREEMENTS



         #       Management and Cost Sharing Agreement dated March 12, 1993, by
                 and between Alfalfa's, Inc. and Alfalfa's Boulder, Inc.

         #       Management and Cost Sharing Agreement dated March 12, 1993, by
                 and between Alfalfa's, Inc. and Alfalfa's Littleton, Inc.

         #       Management and Cost Sharing Agreement dated March 12, 1993, by
                 and between Alfalfa's, Inc. and Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc.

         #       Management and Cost Sharing Agreement dated March 12, 1993, by
                 and between Alfalfa's, Inc. and Alfalfa's FC, Inc.

         #       Management and Cost Sharing Agreement dated March 12, 1993, by
                 and between Alfalfa's, Inc. and Alfalfa's Capitol Hill, Inc.

         #       Letter Agreement dated July 23, 1994 by and between Alfalfa's,
                 Inc., Alfalfa's Canada, Inc., Capers Management Holdings Inc.,
                 Encore Resources Ltd. and Barry Perzow, as amended by that
                 certain Letter Agreement dated December 28, 1994.

         #       Letter Agreement dated July 23, 1994 by and between Alfalfa's,
                 Inc., Alfalfa's Canada, Inc., Capers Management Holdings Inc.,
                 Encore Resources Ltd. and Russell Precious, as amended by that
                 certain Letter Agreement dated January 6, 1995.

         #       Voting Agreement dated November 4, 1991, as amended February
                 28, 1995, by and between Shahid Hassan, Lyle Davis, William
                 Rothacker, Barney M. Feinblum, Denis Nock ("Shareholders") and
                 WPG Corporate Development Associates III, L.P., WPG Corporate
                 Development Associates III (Overseas), Ltd., WPG Enterprise
                 Fund, L.P., Weiss, Peck & Greer Venture Associates II, L.P.,
                 and Weiss, Peck & Greer Venture Associates II (Overseas), Ltd.
                 ("Purchasers").

         #       Shareholders' Rights and Standstill Agreement dated November
                 4, 1991, as amended February 28, 1995, by and between
                 Alfalfa's, Inc. and WPG Corporate Development Associates III,
                 L.P., WPG Corporate Development Associates III (Overseas),
                 Ltd., WPG Enterprise Fund, L.P., Weiss, Peck & Greer Venture
<PAGE>   54
                 Associates II, L.P., and Weiss, Peck & Greer Venture
                 Associates II (Overseas), Ltd.

         #       Co-Sale Agreement dated November 4, 1991, as amended February
                 28, 1995, by and between Shahid Hassan and John Payne and WPG
                 Corporate Development Associates III, L.P., WPG Corporate
                 Development Associates III (Overseas), Ltd., WPG Enterprise
                 Fund, L.P., Weiss, Peck & Greer Venture Associates II, L.P.,
                 and Weiss, Peck & Greer Venture Associates II (Overseas), Ltd.

         #       A Shareholder's Agreement exists between Alfalfa's, Inc. and
                 each shareholder substantially in the form attached.

         #       Incentive Stock Option Agreements relating to 43,900
                 unexercised common shares between Alfalfa's Inc.  and various
                 employees and directors.

         #       Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 8, 1992 by and between
                 Alfalfa's, Inc. and Fruit Basket Company, Emery Dorsey and
                 Vivian Dorsey.

         #       Management Agreement dated July 23, 1994, as amended, by and
                 between Capers Management Holdings Inc., Alfalfa's, Inc. and
                 Russell Precious.

         #       Management Agreement dated ____, 1995, by and between Capers
                 Management Holdings Inc., Alfalfa's, Inc.  and Teresa
                 Precious.

         #       Severance Agreements dated March 15, 1996, by and between
                 Alfalfa's Canada, Inc., Alfalfa's, Inc. and each of Russell
                 Precious and Teresa Precious.

         #       Letter Agreement dated January 18, 1995 by and between
                 Alfalfa's, Inc. and Deloitte & Touche for consulting services.

         #       Agreement dated as of January 2, 1996 between Alfalfa's, Inc.
                 and Caryn D. Ellison.

         #       Amendment to Stock Option Agreements dated as of January 2,
                 1996 between Alfalfa's, Inc. and Caryn D.  Ellison.

         #       Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of
                 February 28, 1995 by and between Alfalfa's, Inc. and the
                 Purchasers named therein.

         #       Shareholders Agreement dated as of February 28, 1995 by and
                 between Alfalfa's, Inc. and the shareholders named therein.
<PAGE>   55
         #       Registration Agreement dated as of February 28, 1995
                 Alfalfa's, Inc. and the Investors named therein.

         #       Management Agreement dated July 23, 1994, as amended May ____,
                 1996, by and between Capers Management Holdings Inc.,
                 Alfalfa's, Inc. and Barry Perzow.
<PAGE>   56
                                 SCHEDULE 9.13

                             INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY





Alfalfa's, Inc.:

         #       Alfalfa's, Inc. - Service Mark.  The Alfalfa's name has not
                 been registered as a service mark with the U.S. Patent and
                 Trademark Office and may not be available in every
                 jurisdiction.

         #       Alfalfa's has certain rights to recipes developed by employees
                 as provided in the employee handbook.

Alfalfa's Canada, Inc.:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Trademark                         Application/Registration No.      Registration Date
         ---------                         ----------------------------      -----------------
         <S>                               <C>                               <C>
         Capers Design*                    TMA 429,017                       June 17, 1994

         CAPERS                            TMA 429,970                       July 1, 1994

         Capers Design*                    Appn. No. 724,331                 N/A (Notice of Allowance dated April 15,
                                                                             1994)

</TABLE>

*  See attached page for copies of design marks.
<PAGE>   57
                                 SCHEDULE 9.14

                               EMPLOYMENT ISSUES


UFCW Local Number 110005 is attempting to unionize the workers at the Seattle
store, and have been picketing the store two to four days a week.
<PAGE>   58
                                 SCHEDULE 9.15

                               ERISA DISCLOSURES




#Alfalfa's Inc. Employees' 401(K) Plan

#Health Insurance Plan (self-insured), including Manufacturers Life Insurance
Company Group Insurance Policy - Third Party Administrator for claims with
insured stop/loss aggregates

#Gainsharing Plan taken from Employee Handbook

#Amended and Restated Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective June 28, 1993,
executed July 15, 1993

         #       1991 Stock Option Plan

         #       Incentive Stock Option Agreements exist between Alfalfa's,
                 Inc. and all employees participating in the 1991 Stock Option
                 Plan, substantially in the form attached.

         #       Flexible Spending Plan

         #       Store and Executive Management Bonus (Cash) Program (Sample
                 bonus computation attached)
<PAGE>   59
                                 SCHEDULE 9.16

                               INSURANCE POLICIES





                            See attached schedules.
<PAGE>   60
                                 SCHEDULE 9.17

                              INSIDER DISCLOSURES




<TABLE>
         <S>                      <C>
         John Shields -           Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and lead
                                  investor in Delray Farms Markets


         Barnet M. Feinblum -     President and Chief Executive Officer of Natural Horizons
                                  Director of Allegro Coffee Company
                                  Director of White Wave Vegetarian Foods
                                  Director of Zand Pharmaceuticals
                                  Owns a minority interest in each of these companies

         S.M. Hassan -            Director of Zand Pharmaceuticals
                                  Owns 1,000 shares of Zand Pharmaceuticals

         Caryn D. Ellison -       Director of Rudy's Bakery

         Frontenac VI Limited     An affiliate owns Health Valley
           Partnership    -       A Frontenac employee is a director of Health Valley
</TABLE>



The key employees of Alfalfa's, Inc. are S.M. Hassan, Barry Perzow and Caryn D.
Ellison.
<PAGE>   61
                                 SCHEDULE 9.18

                OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, BANK ACCOUNT INFORMATION




ALFALFA'S, INC.

Directors:
                 Barney Feinblum
                 S. M. Hassan
                 M. Laird Koldyke
                 Barry Perzow
                 John A. Shields
                 E. Theodore Stolberg

Officers:
                 S. M. Hassan - President
                 Caryn D. Ellison - Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer


ALFALFA'S ROCKY MOUNTAIN, INC.:

Directors:
                 S. M. Hassan
                 Caryn D. Ellison

Officers:
                 S. M. Hassan - President
                 Caryn D. Ellison - Vice President and Secretary
<PAGE>   62
ALFALFA'S SANTA FE, INC.:

Directors:
                 S. M. Hassan
                 M. Laird Koldyke
                 E. Theodore Stolberg

Officers:
                 S. M. Hassan - President
                 Caryn D. Ellison - Secretary and Treasurer


ALFALFA'S NORTHWEST, INC.:

Directors:
                 S. M. Hassan
                 M. Laird Koldyke
                 E. Theodore Stolberg

Officers:
                 S. M. Hassan - President
                 Caryn D. Ellison - Secretary and Treasurer


ALFALFA'S CANADA, INC.:

Directors:
                 S. M. Hassan
                 Barry Perzow
                 Russell Precious

Officers:
                 S. M. Hassan - President
                 Caryn D. Ellison - Secretary
<PAGE>   63
                                 SCHEDULE 9.19

                                     LEASES



Leased Property:

         #       Lease Agreement dated October 5, 1992 by and between
                 Alfalfa's, Inc. and BWay Property Limited Partnership for the
                 property located at 1645 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado, as
                 amended by that certain Amendment to Lease Agreements dated
                 March 9, 1995.

         #       Lease dated October 11, 1982 by and between Alfalfa's Boulder,
                 Inc. and Bway Property Limited Partnership for the property
                 located at 1651 Broadway, Boulder, CO, as amended by that
                 certain Amendment to Lease Agreement dated September 10, 1991,
                 and as amended by that certain Amendment to Lease Agreements
                 dated March 9, 1995.

         #       Lease Agreement dated May 16, 1984 by and between Overland
                 Sheepskin Co. and Colorado National Bank for the property
                 located at 1655 Broadway, Boulder, CO, as amended by that
                 certain Sublease Agreement dated August 7, 1984 by and between
                 Natural Horizons, Inc. and Overland Sheepskin, Inc., and that
                 certain Assignment Agreement dated April 10, 1989 by and
                 between Alfalfa's Boulder, Inc. and Overland Outfitters, Inc.,
                 and that certain Amendment to Lease dated September 10, 1991.

         #       Building Lease dated February 8, 1984 by and between Fruit
                 Basket Company and Midtown 900 Associates for the property
                 located at 900 E. 11th Ave., Denver, CO, as amended by that
                 certain Amendment to Building Lease dated October 9, 1991,
                 that certain Assignment and Second Amendment of Building Lease
                 dated January 13, 1993 by and between Alfalfa's Capitol Hill,
                 Inc., Fruit Basket Company and Midtown 900 Associates, and
                 that certain Third Amendment to Building Lease dated September
                 15, 1993.  Guaranty dated January 13, 1993, executed by
                 Alfalfa's, Inc.

         #       Business Lease dated November 9, 1993 by and between
                 Alfalfa's, Inc. and McNeil-Meyer Investment Co.  for the
                 property located at 9355 Elm Ct., Federal Heights, CO.

         #       Shopping Center Lease dated January 19, 1990 by and between
                 Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc. and Country Club Plaza Associates
                 for the property located at 201 University Blvd., Denver, CO,
                 as amended by that certain First Amendment to
<PAGE>   64
                 Shopping Center Lease dated February 20, 1990, and that
                 certain Second Amendment to Shopping Center Lease dated March
                 20, 1991.  Guaranty dated January 19, 1990 executed by
                 Alfalfa's, Inc.

         #       Shopping Center Lease dated May 1, 1992 by and between
                 Alfalfa's Littleton, Inc. and Trustees under the Will and of
                 the Estate of James Campbell, Deceased for the property
                 located at 5910 S. University Blvd., Littleton, CO., as
                 amended by that certain Lease Amendment dated September 6,
                 1995, Guaranty of Lease dated May 1, 1992 executed by
                 Alfalfa's, Inc., Ground Lease dated September 6, 1995 between
                 Alfalfa's Rocky Mountain, Inc. and Development Corp. of the
                 Rockies II, Inc., Guaranty of Ground Lease dated September 6,
                 1995, executed by Alfalfa's, Inc.

         #       Lease dated February 20, 1992 by and between Alfalfa's FC,
                 Inc. and Shirley DeSautels and Alfred DeSautels for the
                 property located at 216 W. Horsetooth Rd., Fort Collins, CO.
                 Limited Guaranty of Alfalfa's, Inc. executed by Alfalfa's FC,
                 Inc.

         #       Lease Agreement dated July 9, 1993 by and between Alfalfa's
                 Vail, Inc. and Trevina L.P. for the property located at 141 E.
                 Meadow Dr., F109 & F103, Vail, CO.  Guaranty dated July 9,
                 1993 executed by Alfalfa's, Inc.

         #       Lease Agreement dated June 29, 1994 by and between Alfalfa's
                 Santa Fe, Inc. and First Interstate Bank of New Mexico, N.A.,
                 as Trustee of the Joseph M. Montoya Trust, the Patrick Montoya
                 Trust, and the Lynda M. Haran Trust for the property located
                 at 333 W. Cordova Rd., Santa Fe, NM.  Lease Guaranty dated
                 June 29, 1994 executed by Alfalfa's, Inc.

         #       Lease Agreement dated January 12, 1984 by and between Pacific
                 Gamble Robinson Co. and Walter Griffin, Agnes Griffin, Robert
                 McAusland, Donald McAusland and Lucia Wood for the property
                 located at 5440 Sandpoint Way N.E., Seattle, WA, as amended by
                 that certain Amended and Restated Sublease Agreement dated
                 September 30, 1994 by and between Alfalfa's, Inc., Food
                 Services of America, Inc. and Cap Food Services Company.

         #       Lease Agreement dated November 6, 1992 by and between Encore
                 Resources Ltd. and 306283 British Columbia Ltd. for the
                 property located at 2211 W. 4th Ave., Vancouver, BC (office),
                 as amended by that certain Assignment of Lease dated November
                 1, 1993.

         #       Lease Agreement dated November 6, 1992 by and between Encore
                 Resources Ltd. and 306283 British Columbia Ltd. for the
                 property located at 2211 W. 4th
<PAGE>   65
                 Ave., Vancouver, BC (retail), as amended by that certain
                 Assignment of Lease dated November 1, 1993.

         #       Lease dated February 28, 1993 by and between Encore Resources
                 Ltd. and Camgornik Equities Ltd. and Hoopp Realty Inc. for the
                 property located at 2494-2496 Marine Dr., West Vancouver, B.C.

         #       Lease dated January 17, 1995 between Amon Investments Ltd. and
                 Encore Resources Ltd. for the property located at 1675 Robson
                 Street, Vancouver, B.C.

         #       Parking Agreement dated November 23, 1992 by and between
                 Alfalfa's Market, Inc. and Bank Western for the use of thirty
                 (30) parking spaces in the multi-story structure adjacent to
                 the store located at 210 University Boulevard, Denver, CO.

         #       Rental Agreement for Storage Space dated December 16, 1993 by
                 and between Alfalfa's Vail, Inc. and Trevina L.P. for storage
                 space located in the west building in the Crossroads of Vail
                 Shopping Center in Vail, CO.

         #       Lease Agreement dated March 23, 1993 by and between Alfalfa's,
                 Inc. ("Lessor") and Fred Miller, Shavano Valley Crop & Pork
                 Producers, and Cedaredge Meats ("Lessee"), as amended by that
                 certain Equipment Lease Addendum dated March 28, 1994, and
                 that certain Equipment Lease Addendum dated September 29,
                 1994, and that certain Equipment Lease Addendum dated March
                 20, 1995, and that certain Equipment Lease Addendum dated
                 October 31, 1995 until March 31, 1996.

Real Property Owned

         #       A part of Lot 23, South Mesa Subdivision, City of Fort
                 Collins, County of Larimer, State of Colorado, which begins at
                 the Southwest corner of said Lot 23, and run thence N 00
                 degrees 54'E 103.01 feet to the Northwest corner of said Lot
                 23, thence N 38 degrees 55'E 189.23 feet along the North line
                 of said Lot 23; thence S 00 degrees 05'E 103.00 feet to a
                 point on the South line of said Lot 23; thence S 89 degrees
                 55'W 191.00 feet to the point of beginning; which has a street
                 address of 3517 South Mason Street, Fort Collins, Colorado.
<PAGE>   66
                                 SCHEDULE 9.20

                                    PERMITS



                                     None.
<PAGE>   67
                       SUPPLEMENT TO DISCLOSURE SCHEDULES
                                       TO
                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
                               DATED JUNE 4, 1996
                         AMONG WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
                                ALFALFA'S, INC.
                                      AND
                               WO HOLDINGS, INC.



         The following updates Schedules 9.8, 9.12 and 9.19 of the above
captioned Merger Agreement:


Schedule 9.8 (Summary of Inventory)


Physical count of inventory as of May 26, 1996 - $3,602,515


Schedule 9.12 (Material Agreements)

Letter Agreement dated March 1, 1996 between Alfalfa's, Inc. and Ted Tannenbaum
& Associates

Schedule 9.19 (Leases)

Equipment Lease Addendum, dated April 22, 1996, to the Lease Agreement dated as
of March 23, 1996 by and between Alfalfa's, Inc., Fred Miller, Shavano Valley
Crop & Pork Products and Cedaredge Meats.

<PAGE>   1





                                                                  EXECUTION COPY
================================================================================




                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                  by and among

                                ALFALFA'S, INC.,

                            ALFALFA'S CANADA, INC.,

                              THE SHAREHOLDERS OF
                        CAPERS MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS INC.

                                      and

                        CAPERS MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS INC.

                              As of June 30, 1994




================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                 PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of June 30,
1994, by and among Alfalfa's, Inc., a Colorado corporation ("Alfalfa's"),
Alfalfa's Canada, Inc., a British Columbia corporation ("NewCorp")
(collectively referred to herein with Alfalfa's as "Buyer"), the undersigned
shareholders of Capers Management Holdings Inc.  ("Sellers") and Capers
Management Holdings Inc., a British Columbia corporation ("Capers").

                                   RECITALS:

                 A.       Sellers own shares of capital stock, consisting of
common stock (the "Common Stock") and preferred stock (the "Preferred Stock",
and together with the Common Stock, the "Shares") of Capers.

                 B.       Capers owns all of the outstanding shares of capital
stock of Encore Resources Ltd., a British Columbia corporation ("Encore").
Capers and Encore are sometimes referred to herein as the "Companies".

                 C.       Encore owns and operates two natural health food and
specialty gourmet food deli and supermarkets located in Greater Vancouver,
British Columbia, Canada (the "Business").

                 D.       NewCorp is a wholly owned subsidiary of Alfalfa's
which owns and operates natural health food and specialty gourmet food
supermarkets.

                 E.       Sellers desire to sell and transfer to Buyer and
Buyer desires to purchase from Sellers the Shares on the terms contained
herein.

                 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the
respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth
herein, the parties agree as follows.


                                   AGREEMENT
<PAGE>   3
                                      II.

                                 SALE OF SHARES



         II. A.       Sale of Shares.

                 1.       On the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement, on the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), each Seller shall
sell, assign, convey, transfer and deliver to NewCorp, and NewCorp shall
purchase from each Seller, the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such
Seller as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.  The obligations of each Seller to
sell its shares of Common Stock are several and not joint.  The performance of
each Seller individually is not dependent upon the performance or failure to
perform of any other Seller.

                 2. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement, on the Closing Date, each Seller owning shares of Preferred Stock
shall sell, assign, convey, transfer and deliver to NewCorp, and NewCorp shall
purchase from each Seller, the Preferred Stock owned by such Seller as set
forth on Exhibit A hereto.  The obligations of each such Seller to sell its
shares of Preferred Stock, if any, are several and not joint.  The performance
of each Seller individually is not dependent upon the performance or failure to
perform of any other Seller.

                 3. The purchase of Shares by NewCorp from the Sellers are
deemed by the parties hereto to be separate purchases and sales and this
Agreement is deemed by the parties hereto to be separate agreements between the
Buyer on the one hand and each Seller on the other.  Unless waived by Newcorp,
it is a condition to the effectiveness of this Agreement that all shareholders
of Capers execute this Agreement.

         II. A.       Consideration.

                 1.       The full amount of the consideration due to each
Seller to be paid at the Closing (as hereinafter defined) by NewCorp is set
forth opposite each Seller's name on Exhibit A hereto (the "Purchase Price").
The obligation of NewCorp to each Seller is individual to each Seller.

                 (b) The full consideration to be paid at the Closing by
NewCorp for each share of Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Purchase Price")
shall be $1.00 in cash plus accrued and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock
to the Closing Date.  Each Seller of shares of Preferred Stock hereby
acknowledges that the Preferred Purchase Price is less than each of the
redemption price and liquidation value of the Preferred Stock.  The aggregate
consideration to be paid to each Seller for the shares of Preferred Stock shall
be the Preferred Purchase Price multiplied by the number of shares of Preferred
Stock owned by such Seller as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.





                                       2
<PAGE>   4
         1.3     Purchase of Alfalfa's Common Stock.  On the Closing Date and
following the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to Section 1.1 of this
Agreement, each Seller will purchase from Alfalfa's the number of shares of the
common stock of Alfalfa's (the "Alfalfa's Common Stock") set forth opposite
such Seller's name on Exhibit A hereto.  The purchase price for each share of
Alfalfa's Common Stock is $41.96.  The aggregate purchase price to be paid by a
Seller for such shares of Alfalfa's Common Stock shall be $41.96 multiplied by
the number of such shares to be purchased.  Alfalfa's agrees to deliver to each
Seller desiring to purchase Alfalfa's Common Stock certificates representing
the number of shares paid for by such Seller, provided that immediately prior
to such delivery, each Seller purchasing such shares executes and delivers to
Alfalfa's a copy of the Shareholders' Agreement of Alfalfa's (the "Alfalfa's
Shareholders' Agreement") which is attached hereto as Exhibit B.  Such share
certificates shall be in the respective name of each Seller purchasing shares
of Alfalfa's Common Stock.

         1.4     The Closing.

                 (a)      The closing of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, including the purchase of any shares of Alfalfa's Common Stock (the
"Closing") will take place at the offices of Brownstein Hyatt Farber &
Strickland, P.C., 410 17th Street, Twenty-Second Floor, Denver, Colorado
80202-4437, at 10:00 A.M. M.S.T. on July 23, 1994 (the "Closing Date"), or at
such other place and on such other date as is mutually agreeable to Buyer and
the Majority Sellers (as defined in Article 2 hereof).  The Closing shall be
effective as of the close of business on the Closing Date.

                 (b)      Subject to the conditions set forth in this
Agreement, the parties agree to consummate the following "Closing Transactions"
on the Closing Date:

                          a.      Each Seller will assign and transfer to
         NewCorp good and valid title in and to the shares of Common Stock
         owned by such seller, free and clear of all Liens (as defined in
         Section 2.5), by delivering to NewCorp a stock certificate or
         certificates representing such Common Stock, duly endorsed for
         transfer or accompanied by duly executed stock powers endorsed in
         blank; and

                          b.      Each Seller owning shares of Preferred Stock
         will assign and transfer to NewCorp good and valid title in and to
         such shares of Preferred Stock, free and clear of all Liens, by
         delivering to NewCorp a stock certificate or certificates representing
         such shares of Preferred Stock owned by such Seller duly endorsed for
         transfer or accompanied by duly executed stock powers endorsed in
         blank; and


                          c.      NewCorp shall deliver to each Seller the
         aggregate Purchase Price and, if applicable, the aggregate Preferred 
         Purchase Price, payable to such Seller pursuant to





                                       3
<PAGE>   5
         Section 1.2 (as applicable) in cash by wire transfer of immediately 
         available funds to the account designated by counsel to the Sellers, 
         McCarthy Tetrault, in trust for the Sellers, which account shall be 
         so designated at least two business days prior to Closing.


                                      III.

              REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS AND CAPERS

         Each of Capers and each of Russell Precious, Teresa Precious and Barry
Perzow (collectively, the "Majority Sellers") hereby, severally and not
jointly, represent and warrant to Buyer the following, except as set forth in
the Disclosure Schedule delivered to Buyer within seven days of the date hereof
(the "Disclosure Schedule") (which Disclosure Schedule shall set forth the
exceptions to the representations and warranties contained in this Article 2
under captions referencing the Sections to which such exceptions apply).  In
addition, each Seller hereby, severally and not jointly , represent and warrant
to Buyer with respect to Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.27 and 2.28 solely as
such Sections relate to such Seller.

         III. A.          Organization and Corporate Power.  Capers and Encore
are duly organized corporations, validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of the Province of British Columbia in Canada with all requisite
corporate power and authority and all authorizations, licenses, permits and
certifications necessary to own and operate their properties and to carry on
the Business as now conducted and presently proposed to be conducted, except
such licenses, permits and certifications that are not material to the conduct
of the Business.  The copies of Capers' and Encore's Memorandum and Articles
attached to Section 2.1 of the Disclosure Schedule reflect all amendments made
thereto and are correct and complete as of the date hereof.  All material
financial transactions of the Companies have been accurately recorded in the
books and records of the Companies.

         III. B.          Execution, Delivery; Valid and Binding Agreements.
This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Seller and Capers
and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each Seller and Capers,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, except that the enforceability of
this Agreement may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium and other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to
creditors' rights generally, and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless
of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law).

         III. C.          No Breach.  The execution, delivery and performance
of this Agreement by each Seller and Capers and the consummation by each Seller
and Capers of the transactions contemplated hereby do not conflict with or
result in any breach of any of the provisions of, constitute a default under,
result in a violation of, result in the creation of a right of termination or





                                       4
<PAGE>   6
acceleration or any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any
assets of Sellers or the Companies or require any authorization, consent,
approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any court or other
governmental body, under the Memorandum and Articles of the Companies, as
applicable, or any indenture, mortgage, lease, loan agreement or other
agreement or instrument by which any of the Companies or Sellers is bound or
affected, or any law, statute, rule or regulation or order, judgment or decree
to which any of the Companies, Sellers or the Business (including but not
limited to the properties related to the Business) is subject.

         III. D.          Governmental Authorities; Consents.  Sellers and
Capers are not required to submit any notice, report or other filing with any
governmental authority in connection with the execution or delivery by them of
this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  No
consent, approval or authorization of any governmental or regulatory authority
or any other party or person is required to be obtained by Sellers or Capers in
connection with their execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or
the transactions contemplated hereby.  Each Seller waives any right of first
refusal he may have pursuant to the Shareholders' Agreement dated November 10,
1993 among Sellers, Alfalfa's, Capers and Encore (the "Capers Shareholders'
Agreement").

         III. E.          Ownership of Capital Stock.  Each Seller owns all
right, title and interest in and to their Shares, beneficially and of record,
free and clear of any security interests, claims, liens, pledges, options
(including rights of first refusal, other than those set forth in the Capers
Shareholders' Agreement), encumbrances, charges, agreements, voting trusts,
proxies or other arrangements (collectively, the "Liens"), restrictions or
limitations of any kind and on the Closing Date, through the delivery of a
certificate or certificates in the manner set forth in Section 1.4(b) hereof,
will transfer, subject to approval by the Board of Directors of Capers, good
and valid title to the Shares to NewCorp, free and clear of any Liens of any
kind.

         III. F.          Subsidiaries.  Except for the stock of Encore owned
by Capers, neither Capers nor Encore owns any stock, partnership interest,
joint venture interest or any other security or ownership interest issued by
any other corporation, organization or entity.





                                       5
<PAGE>   7
         III. G.          Capital Stock.

                 1.       Capers.  The authorized capital stock of Capers
consists of 10,000,000 shares of common stock, of which, as of the date hereof,
1,000,000 shares are issued and outstanding, and 875 shares of Preferred Stock,
of which, as of the date hereof, all are issued and outstanding, all of which
Common stock and Preferred Stock are owned beneficially and of record by
Sellers (other than the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock owned by
Alfalfa's) free and clear of any Liens of any kind.  All of the shares of
Common Stock and Preferred Stock have been duly authorized and are validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of preemptive rights, except as
required by law.  Other than the above-described Common and Preferred Stock,
Capers has no other equity securities or securities containing any equity
features authorized, issued or outstanding.  There are no agreements or other
rights or arrangements existing which provide for the sale or issuance of
capital stock by Capers and there are no rights, subscriptions, warrants,
options, conversion rights or agreements of any kind outstanding to purchase or
otherwise acquire from Capers any shares of capital stock or other securities
of Capers of any kind.  There are no agreements or other obligations
(contingent or otherwise) which may require Capers to repurchase or otherwise
acquire any shares of its capital stock, other than as set forth in the
Articles of Capers.

                 2.       Encore.  Section 2.7 of the Disclosure Schedule will
set forth the authorized capital stock of Encore and the number of shares
issued and outstanding, all of which are owned beneficially and of record by
Capers, free and clear of any Liens of any kind.  All of Encore's common stock
has been duly authorized and is validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable
and free of preemptive rights, except as required by law.  Other than the
above-described common stock, Encore has no other equity securities or
securities containing any equity features authorized, issued or outstanding.
There are no agreements or other rights or arrangements existing which provide
for the sale or issuance of capital stock by Encore and there are no rights,
subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion rights or agreements of any kind
outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire from Encore any shares of capital
stock or other securities of Encore of any kind.  There are no agreements or
other obligations (contingent or otherwise) which may require Encore to
repurchase or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock.

         III. H.          Financial Statements.  Section 2.8 of the Disclosure
Schedule will contain copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the
Companies, as of June 4, 1994 and the unaudited consolidated statements of
earnings and shareholders' equity and cash flows for the eleven periods ended
June 4, 1994 (the June 4, 1994 Financial Statements are referred to herein as
the "Latest Financial Statements").  The Latest Financial Statements are based
upon the information contained in the books and records of the Companies and
fairly present the financial condition of the Companies as of the date thereof
and results of operations for the periods referred to therein.  The Latest
Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian generally
accepted accounting principles, consistently applied throughout the periods
indicated.





                                       6
<PAGE>   8
         III. I.          Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities.  Neither of the
Companies has liabilities (whether accrued, absolute, contingent, unliquidated
or otherwise, whether due or to become due, whether known or unknown, and
regardless of when asserted) arising out of transactions or events heretofore
entered into, or any action or inaction, or any state of facts existing, with
respect to or based upon transactions or events heretofore occurring, except
(i) as reflected in the Latest Financial Statements, and (ii) liabilities which
have arisen after the date of the Latest Financial Statements in the ordinary
course of business (none of which is a material uninsured liability for breach
of contract, breach of warranty, tort, infringement, claim or lawsuit).

         III. J.          No Material Adverse Changes.  Since the date of the
Latest Financial Statements there has been no change materially adverse,
individually or in the aggregate, to the assets, financial condition, operating
results, customers, employees or supplier relations, business condition or
prospects of either of the Companies.

         III. K.          Absence of Certain Developments.  Other than pursuant
to this Agreement, since the date of the Latest Financial Statements none of
the Companies has:

                 1.       borrowed any amount or incurred or become subject to
any liability, except (i) current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course
of business and (ii) liabilities under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business;

                 2.       mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any lien, charge
or any other encumbrance, any of their assets except (i) liens for current
property taxes not yet due and payable, (ii) liens imposed by law and incurred
in the ordinary course of business for obligations not yet due to carriers,
warehousemen, laborers, materialmen and the like, and (iii) liens in respect of
pledges or deposits under workers' compensation laws.

                 3.       discharged or satisfied any lien or encumbrance or
paid any liability, other than current liabilities paid in the ordinary course
of business or listed on the Latest Financial Statements;

                 4.       sold, assigned or transferred (including, without
limitation, transfers to any employees, affiliates or shareholders) any
tangible assets (other than inventory in the ordinary course of business) or
cancelled any debts or claims;

                 5.       sold, assigned or transferred (including, without
limitation, transfers to any employees, affiliates or shareholders) any
patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets or other intangible
assets;





                                       7
<PAGE>   9
                 6.       waived any rights of value or suffered any losses or
adverse changes in collection loss experience, whether or not in the ordinary
course of business or consistent with past practice;

                 7.       declared or paid any dividends or other distributions
with respect to any shares of the Companies' capital stock or redeemed or
purchased, directly or indirectly, any shares of the Companies' capital stock
or any options;

                 8.       issued, sold or transferred any of the Companies'
equity securities, securities convertible into or exchangeable for any of the
Companies' equity securities or warrants, options or other rights to acquire
any of the Companies' equity securities, or any bonds or debt securities;

                 9.       taken any other action or entered into any other
transaction other than in the ordinary course of business and in accordance
with past custom and practice, or entered into any transaction with any insider
(as defined in Section 2.22) other than the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement;

                 10.      suffered any material theft, damage, destruction or
loss of or to any property or properties owned or used by the Companies,
whether or not covered by insurance;

                 11.      made or granted any bonus or any wage, salary or
compensation increase to any director, officer, or consultant or made or
granted any increase in any employee benefit plan or arrangement, or amended or
terminated any existing employee benefit plan or arrangement, or adopted any
new employee benefit plan or arrangement or made any commitment or incurred any
liability to any labor organization;

                 12.      made any single capital expenditure or commitment in
excess of Three Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($3,000) therefor;

                 13.      made any loans or advances to, or guarantees or
financial assistance for the benefit of, any persons;

                 14.      made charitable contributions or pledges in excess of
One Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($1,000.00) individually or Five Thousand and
no/100 Dollars ($5,000.00) in the aggregate; or





                                       8
<PAGE>   10
                 15.      made any change in accounting principles or practices
from those utilized in Canada and in the preparation of the Latest Financial
Statements.

         III. L.          Title to Properties.

                 1.       The real property demised by the leases to be
described (including the term thereof) in Section 2.12 of the Disclosure
Schedule constitutes all of the real property used or occupied by the Companies
(the "Real Property").  The Real Property has access, sufficient for the
conduct of the Business as now conducted or as presently proposed to be
conducted, to public roads and to all utilities, including electricity,
sanitary and storm sewer, potable water, natural gas and other utilities, used
in the operation of the Business at that location.

                 2.       The leases to be described in Section 2.12 of the
Disclosure Schedule are in full force and effect, and Capers and Encore that is
a party to each such lease holds a valid and existing leasehold interest under
each of such leases for the term set forth in Section 2.12 of the Disclosure
Schedule.  Capers and Encore have delivered to Buyer complete and accurate
copies of each of the leases described in Section 2.12, and none of such leases
has been modified in any respect, except to the extent that such modifications
are disclosed by the copies delivered to Buyer. To the best knowledge of the
Majority Sellers, neither of the Companies is in default, and no circumstances
exist which, if unremedied, would, either with or without notice or the passage
of time or both, result in such default under any of such leases; nor, to the
best knowledge of Sellers and the Companies, is any other party to any of such
leases in default.

                 3.       Section 2.12 of the Disclosure Schedule will disclose
the aggregate value of the tangible properties and tangible assets of Capers
and Encore as reflected on the Latest Financial Statements.  Each of Capers and
Encore owns good and marketable title to its tangible properties and tangible
assets described in Section 2.12 of the Disclosure Schedule and as reflected on
the Latest Financial Statements or acquired since the date thereof, free and
clear of all liens and encumbrances, except for (i) liens for current taxes not
yet due and payable, (ii) the properties subject to the leases to be listed in
Section 2.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, (iii) as otherwise disclosed in
Section 2.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, and (iv) inventory disposed of since
the date of the Latest Financial Statements in the ordinary course of business.

                 4.       The Companies own, or lease under valid leases, all
buildings, machinery, equipment and other tangible assets necessary or
desirable for the conduct of the Business.

                 5.       To the best knowledge of the Majority Sellers,
neither Capers nor Encore is in violation of any applicable zoning ordinance or
other law, regulation or requirement that is material to the operation of any
properties used in the operation of the Business, and neither Sellers nor any
of the Companies has received any notice of any such violation, or the
existence of any condemnation proceeding with respect to any of the Real
Property.





                                       9
<PAGE>   11
                 6.       Neither the Majority Sellers nor either of the
Companies has knowledge of improvements made or contemplated to be made to the
Real Property by any public or private authority, the costs of which are to be
assessed as special levies, taxes or charges against any of the Real Property,
and there are no present assessments for which either of the Companies would be
responsible.

         III. M.          Accounts Receivable.  The accounts receivable
reflected on the Latest Financial Statements are valid receivables, are not
subject to valid counterclaims or setoffs, and are collectible in accordance
with their terms, except to the extent of the bad debt reserve reflected on the
Latest Financial Statements.

         III. N.          Inventory.  The inventory of Capers and Encore
consists of items of a quality and quantity salable at each of Capers' and
Encore's normal profit levels, in each case, in the ordinary course of the
Business.  The values at which such inventory is carried on the Latest
Financial Statements are in accordance with Canadian generally accepted
accounting principles.  Section 2.14 of the Disclosure Schedule will contain a
complete and accurate statement of the Capers' and Encore's inventory as of
June 4, 1994.

         III. O.          Tax Matters.

                 (a)      Each of the Companies has duly filed in a timely
manner (i) all federal and provincial income tax returns and election forms and
the tax returns of any other jurisdiction required to be filed and all such
returns and forms have been completed accurately and correctly in all respects;
and (ii) all Workers' Compensation Board returns, corporation capital tax
returns, social services tax returns, goods and service tax returns and other
reports and information required to be filed with all applicable government
authorities, agencies or regulatory bodies.  Each of the Companies (i) has paid
all taxes (including all federal, provincial and local taxes, custom or duty
taxes, assessments or other imposts in respect of its income, business, assets
or property) and all interest and penalties thereon, for all previous years and
all required quarterly or monthly installments, as applicable, due for the
current fiscal year has been paid; and (ii) has provided adequate reserves for
all taxes for the periods covered by, and such reserves are reflected in, the
Financial Statements.  There is no agreement, waiver or other arrangement
providing for an extension of time with respect to the filing of any tax
return, or payment of any tax, governmental charge or deficiency by the
Companies nor is there any action, suit, proceeding, investigation or claim now
threatened or pending against the Companies in respect of, or discussions
underway with any governmental authority relating to, any such tax or
governmental charge or deficiency.

                 (b)      Capers and Encore have not:





                                       10
<PAGE>   12
                          (i)  made any election under Section 85 of the Income
         Tax Act of Canada in effect on the date of this Agreement (the "Income
         Tax Act") with respect to the acquisition or disposition of any
         property;

                          (ii)  made any election under Section 83 of the
         Income Tax Act with respect to the payment out of their capital
         dividend account;

                          (iii)  acquired or had the use of any material
         property from a person with whom it was not dealing at arm's length
         other than at fair market value;

                          (iv)  disposed of any material property to a person
         with whom it was not dealing at arm's length for proceeds less than
         the fair market value thereof; or

                          (v)  discontinued carrying on any business in respect
         of which non-capital losses were incurred, and any non-capital losses
         which the company has are not losses from property or business
         investment losses.

                 (c)      The Companies have made all elections required to be
made pursuant to Part III of the Income Tax Act in connection with any
distributions by them and all such elections were true and correct and in the
prescribed form and were made within the prescribed time periods.

                 (d)      Capers and Encore are and have been since their
respective incorporation, a "Canadian-controlled private corporation" within
the meaning of such term under the Income Tax Act.

                 (e)      Neither Capers nor Encore have filed with the
Minister of National Revenue any agreement or form pursuant to Section 125(3)
of the Income Tax Act for the current taxation year and Capers has never
carried on business as a member of a partnership.

                 (f)      To the best knowledge of the Majority Sellers, there
are not any contingent tax liabilities nor any grounds which would prompt a
reassessment including aggressive treatment of income and expenses in filing
earlier tax returns.

                 (g)      The financial statements and schedules attached to
the corporate income tax returns as filed by Capers and Encore for each of its
taxation years reflect and disclose all transactions to which Capers or Encore
was party as required by the Income Tax Act or other applicable revenue laws
and all of the transactions to which Capers or Encore was or is a party are
reflected or disclosed in such financial statements and schedules and the
corporate income tax returns and schedules have been duly and accurately
completed as required by such acts.





                                       11
<PAGE>   13
                 (h)      None of the Sellers (other than Mr. James Wilson,
Eleanor H. Wilson Trust No. 1 and Stuart Abelson) is a "non-resident" of Canada
within the meaning of Section 116 of the Income Tax Act.

         III. P.          Contracts and Commitments.

                 1.       Section 2.16 of the Disclosure Schedule will list the
following agreements, whether oral or written, to which any of the Companies is
a party, which is currently in effect, and which relate to the operation of the
Business (such list to set forth the commencement date and termination or
expiration date of such agreement): (i) collective bargaining agreement or
contract with any labor union; (ii) bonus, pension, profit sharing, retirement
or other form of deferred compensation plan, other than as described in Section
2.20 hereof or Section 2.20 of the Disclosure Schedule; (iii) hospitalization
insurance or other welfare benefit plan or practice, whether formal or
informal, other than as described in Section 2.20 hereof or Section 2.20 of the
Disclosure Schedule; (iv) stock purchase or stock option plan; (v) contract for
the employment of any officer, individual employee or other person on a full-
time, part-time or consulting basis or relating to severance pay for any such
person, other than contracts with hourly employees; (vi) confidentiality
agreement; (vii) contract, agreement or understanding relating to the voting of
common stock or the election of directors of either of the Companies; (viii)
agreement or indenture relating to the borrowing of money or to mortgaging,
pledging or otherwise placing a lien on any of the assets of the Companies;
(ix) guaranty of any obligation for borrowed money or otherwise; (x) lease or
agreement under which either of the Companies is lessee of, or holds or
operates any property, real or personal, owned by any other party; (xi) lease
or agreement under which any of the Companies is lessor of, or permits any
third party to hold or operate, any property, real or personal; (xii) contract
or group of related contracts with the same party for the purchase of products
or services, other than in the ordinary course of business; (xiii) contract or
group of related contracts with the same party (other than any contract or
group of related contracts for the purchase or sale of products or services)
continuing over a period of more than six months from the date or dates
thereof, not terminable by it on 30 days or less notice without penalty; (xiv)
contract which prohibits either of the Companies from freely engaging in
business anywhere in the world; (xv) contract for the distribution of either of
the Companies' products (including any distributor or sales contract); (xvi)
any franchise agreements; (xvii) contracts or commitments for capital
expenditures; (xviii) agreements for the sale of any capital asset; (xix)
contracts with any affiliate which in any way relates to either of the
Companies; or (xx) other agreements which are either material to the Business
or were not entered into in the ordinary course of business.

                 2.       The Companies have performed all material obligations
required to be performed by them in connection with the contracts or
commitments required to be disclosed in Section 2.16 of the Disclosure Schedule
and they are not in receipt of any claim of default under any such contract or
commitment; none of the Companies has any present expectation or intention of
not fully performing any material obligation pursuant to any such contract or
commitment; and





                                       12
<PAGE>   14
neither Sellers nor either of the Companies has knowledge of any breach or
anticipated breach by any other party to any such contract or commitment.

                 3.       Prior to the Closing Date, Buyer will have been
supplied with a true and correct copy of each written contract or commitment
disclosed in Section 2.16 of the Disclosure Schedule, and a written description
of each oral contract or commitment disclosed in Section 2.16 of the Disclosure
Schedule, together with all amendments, waivers or other changes thereto.

         III. Q.          Intellectual Property Rights.  Section 2.17 of the
Disclosure Schedule will describe all registered rights in patents, trademarks,
trade names, and copyrights owned by, licensed to or otherwise controlled by
any of the Companies and used in, developed for use in or necessary to the
conduct of the Business as now conducted or planned to be conducted.  The
Companies own and possess all right, title and interest, or hold a valid
license, in and to the registration to be set forth in Section 2.17 of the
Disclosure Schedule and none of such rights has been licensed or assigned to
any third party.  The Companies have taken all necessary action to obtain the
registrations with respect to the intellectual property rights set forth under
such caption.  None of the Companies has received any notice of, nor are there
any facts known to the Majority Sellers or any of the Companies which indicate
a likelihood of, any infringement or misappropriation by, or conflict from, any
third party with respect to the intellectual property rights which are listed;
no claim by any third party contesting the validity of any intellectual
property rights listed under such caption has been made, is currently
outstanding or, to the best knowledge of the Majority Sellers, is threatened;
none of the Companies has received any notice of any infringement,
misappropriation or violation by any of the intellectual property rights of any
third parties and, to the best knowledge of the Companies and the Majority
Sellers, neither of the Companies has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise
violated any such intellectual property rights; and no infringement, illicit
copying, misappropriation or violation has occurred with respect to products
currently being sold by the Companies or with respect to the products currently
under development (in their present state of development) or with respect to
the conduct of the Business as now conducted.





                                       13
<PAGE>   15
         III. R.          Litigation.  There are no actions, suits,
proceedings, orders or investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of
Sellers, threatened against either of the Companies, at law or in equity, or
before or by any federal (Canadian), provincial, municipal or other
governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,
domestic (Canadian) or foreign.

         III. S.          Employees.

                 1.       To the best knowledge of the Majority Sellers and the
Companies, no executive employee of either of the Companies and no group of
either of the Companies' employees has any plans to terminate his or its
employment; (b) the Companies have complied with all laws relating to the
employment of labor, including provisions thereof relating to wages, hours,
equal opportunity, collective bargaining and the payment of social security and
other taxes and to the best knowledge of the Majority Sellers and the
Companies, there does not exist any union organization efforts being made or
contemplated; (c) all amounts required to be withheld and paid to any
governmental authority have been paid or are assumed to have been paid; (d)
none of the Companies has any material labor relations problem pending and
labor relations are satisfactory; (e) there are no workers' compensation claims
pending against any of the Companies nor are the Majority Sellers or either of
the Companies aware of any facts that would give rise to such a claim; (f) to
the best knowledge of the Majority Sellers, no employee of the Companies is
subject to any confidentiality or non-competition agreement or any other
agreement or restriction of any kind that would impede in any way the ability
of such employee to carry out fully all activities of such employee for the
benefit of the Companies, other than the letter of intent among Alfalfa's,
Capers and certain shareholders of Capers dated April 28, 1994; and (g) no
employee or former employee has any claim with respect to any intellectual
property rights of the Companies to be set forth in Section 2.17 of the
Disclosure Schedule.

         III. T.          Employee Benefit Plans.

                 1.       Except for the Canada Pension Plan or other
statutorily mandated plan with respect to all employees and former employees of
the Companies and all dependents and beneficiaries of such employees and former
employees, none of the Companies maintains or contributes to any employee
benefit or pension plan.

                 (b).     All such employee benefit and pension plans that will
be disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule are registered where required by and
are in good standing under all applicable legislation.

         III. U.          Insurance.  Section 2.21 of the Disclosure Schedule
will list and briefly describes each insurance policy maintained by the
Companies as of the date of the Latest Financial Statements with respect to
their properties, assets and operations and sets forth the date of expiration
of each such insurance policy. All of such insurance policies are, as of the
date hereof,





                                       14
<PAGE>   16
and, unless Capers or the Majority Sellers notify Buyer in writing otherwise,
as of the Closing Date will be, in full force and effect and issued by insurers
of recognized responsibility and are for amounts and cover risks customarily
insured against by prudent operators of enterprises engaged in similar
business.  None of the Companies is in default with respect to its obligations
under any of such insurance policies.

         III. V. Affiliate Transactions.

                 (a)      To the best knowledge of the Companies and the
Majority Sellers, other than pursuant to this Agreement and the Capers
Shareholders' Agreement, no officer, director or employee of the Companies or
any member of the immediate family of any such officer, director or employee,
or any entity in which any of such persons owns any beneficial interest (other
than any publicly-held corporation whose stock is traded on a national
securities exchange or in the over-the counter market and less than one percent
of the stock of which is beneficially owned by any of such persons)
(collectively "insiders"), has any agreement with any of the Companies or the
Majority Sellers or any interest in any property, real, personal or mixed,
tangible or intangible, used in or pertaining to the Business (other than
ownership of capital stock of Capers).  To the best knowledge of the Companies
and the Majority Sellers, none of the insiders has any direct or indirect
interest in any competitor, supplier or customer of the Companies or in any
person, firm or entity from whom or to whom any of the Companies leases any
property, or in any other person, firm or entity with whom any of the Companies
transacts business of any nature. For purposes of this Section 2.22, the
members of the immediate family of an officer, director or employee shall
consist of the spouse, parents, children, siblings, mothers- and
fathers-in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law, and brothers- and sisters-in-law of
such officer, director or employee.

                 (b)      Except for the payment of salaries and reimbursement
for out-of-pocket expenses in the ordinary course, neither Capers nor Encore
will immediately following the Closing be indebted to any of the Sellers or any
directors, officers or employees of Capers or Encore on any account whatsoever.

         III. W.          Customers and Suppliers.  Section 2.23 of the
Disclosure Schedule will list the current 10 largest suppliers of inventory of
Encore and sets forth opposite the name of each such supplier the approximate
percentage of net sales or purchases by Encore attributable to such supplier
for each such period.  Since the date of the Latest Financial Statements, no
supplier to be listed in Section 2.23 of the Disclosure Schedule has indicated
that it will stop or decrease the rate of business done with Encore except for
changes in the ordinary course of the Business.

         III. X.          Officers and Directors; Bank Accounts. Section 2.24
of the Disclosure Schedule will list all officers and directors of the
Companies and all of the Companies' bank accounts (designating each authorized
signer).





                                       15
<PAGE>   17
         III. Y.          Compliance with Laws; Permits.

                 1.       Each of the Companies and their officers, directors,
agents and employees have complied in all material respects with all applicable
laws, judgments, decrees, orders, injunctions, rules, statutes, and regulations
of all courts, arbitrators or governmental authorities including, but not
limited to, federal (Canadian), provincial, local and foreign laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations and other requirements pertaining to product labeling,
consumer products safety, equal employment opportunity, employee retirement,
affirmative action and other hiring practices, occupational safety and health,
workers' compensation, unemployment and building and zoning codes, which
materially affect the Business or the Real Property and to which either of the
Companies may be subject, and no claims have been filed against any of the
Companies alleging a violation of any such laws, regulations or other
requirements, in each case except as are not material to the conduct of the
Business.  Each Majority Seller has no knowledge of any action, pending or
threatened, to change the zoning or building ordinances or any other laws,
rules, regulations or ordinances affecting the Real Property.  None of the
Companies is relying on any exemption from or deferral of any such applicable
law, regulation or other requirement that would not be available to Buyer after
it acquires the Shares.

                 2.       Each of the Companies has in full force and effect,
all licenses, permits and certificates, from federal (Canadian), provincial,
local and foreign authorities (including, without limitation, federal and state
agencies regulating the environment, occupational health and safety) material
to the conduct of the Business and own and operate its respective properties
(collectively, the "Permits").  A true, correct and complete list of all the
Permits will be set forth in Section 2.25 of the Disclosure Schedule.  Capers
and Encore have conducted the Business in compliance with all material terms
and conditions of the Permits.  None of the Permits will be effected by, and no
consent will be required as a prerequisite to, the purchase of the Shares.

                 3.       Neither of the Companies has made or has agreed to
make gifts of money, other property or similar benefits (other than incidental
gifts of articles of nominal value) to any actual or potential customer,
supplier, governmental employee or any other person in a position to assist or
hinder the Companies in connection with any actual or proposed transaction.

                 4.       In particular, but without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, none of the Companies has violated, has liability or has
received a notice or charge asserting any violation of or liability under
federal (Canadian) or provincial acts (including rules and regulations
thereunder) regulating or otherwise affecting employee health and safety.





                                       16
<PAGE>   18
         III. Z.          Environmental Matters.

                 1.       As used in this Section 2.26, "Hazardous Substances"
means any contaminants, pollutants, dangerous substances, liquid wastes,
individual wastes, hauled liquid wastes, toxic substances, hazardous wastes,
hazardous materials, or hazardous substances as defined in or pursuant to any
law, judgment, decree, order, injunction, rule, statute and regulation of any
court, arbitrator or governmental authority by which the Companies' businesses,
the Companies' assets or the Companies are bound or to which the Companies'
businesses, the Companies' assets or the Companies are subject;

                 (b)  The Companies have not used any of their properties or
assets, or permitted them to be used, to generate, manufacture, refine, treat,
transport, store, handle, dispose of, transfer, produce or process Hazardous
Substances, except in compliance with applicable laws, judgments, decrees,
orders, injunctions, rules, statutes and regulations of all courts, arbitrators
or governmental authorities, including all environmental, health and safety
statutes and regulations, and to the best knowledge of the Majority Sellers,
neither has any lessee, prior owner or other person.

                 (c)  The businesses of the Companies and their property and
assets comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, judgments,
decrees, orders, injunctions, rules, statutes and regulations of all courts,
arbitrators or governmental authorities, including all environmental, health
and safety statutes and regulations.

                 (d)  None of the Companies' businesses, assets or properties
are subject to any pending judicial or administrative proceeding alleging the
violation of any applicable environmental, health or safety law, judgment,
decree, order, injunction, rule, statute or regulation.

                 (e)  To the best knowledge of the Companies and the Majority
Sellers, none of the Companies' businesses, assets or properties are the
subject of investigation by any governmental authority evaluating whether any
remedial action is needed to respond to a release of any Hazardous Substance
into the environment.

                 (f)  Neither the Majority Sellers nor the Companies has filed
any notice under any applicable environmental, health or safety law, judgment
decree, order, injunction, rule, statute or regulation indicating past or
present treatment, storage or disposal of a Hazardous Substance or constituent,
or other substance into the environment.

                 (g)  Neither the Majority Sellers nor the Companies has any
contingent liability in connection with the release of any Hazardous Substance
or constituent, or other substance into the environment.





                                       17
<PAGE>   19
                 (h)  To the best knowledge of the Companies and the Majority
Sellers, no underground storage tanks or surface impoundments are located on
any of the Companies' assets or properties.

                 (i)  To the best knowledge of the Companies and the Majority
Sellers, the Real Property and any improvements thereon, contain no asbestos,
urea, formaldehyde, radon, polychlorinated byphenyls (PCBs) or pesticides, at
levels above natural background levels.

         2.27    Brokerage.  No third party shall be entitled to receive any
brokerage commissions, finder's fees, fees for fairness opinions or financial
advisory services or similar compensation in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement based on any arrangement or agreement made by or
on behalf of Sellers.

         2.28    Investment Intent.  Each Seller is purchasing the Alfalfa's
Common Stock for their own account with the present intention of holding the
Alfalfa's Common Stock for investment purposes and not with a view to or for
sale in connection with any distribution of the Alfalfa's Common Stock in
violation of any applicable securities law.  Sellers will refrain from
transferring or otherwise disposing of any of the Alfalfa's Common Stock, or
any interest therein, in such manner as to cause Buyer to be in violation of
the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
applicable state securities or blue sky laws or applicable Canadian securities
laws.  Each Seller understands that the shares of Alfalfa's Common Stock which
may be sold to such Seller will bear a legend restricting transfers of such
shares, including, but not limited to, a right of first refusal for the benefit
of Alfalfa's, all as required by Canadian or United States securities laws or
set forth in the Alfalfa's Shareholders' Agreement.

                                      IV.

                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

         Alfalfa's and NewCorp, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to
Sellers that, except as set forth in the disclosure schedule delivered to
Sellers on the date hereof (the "Buyer Disclosure Schedule") (which Buyer
Disclosure Schedule sets forth the exceptions to the representations and
warranties contained in this Article 3 under captions referencing the Sections
to which such exceptions apply):

         3.1     Organization and Corporate Power.  Each of Alfalfa's and
Alfalfa's Subsidiaries is a duly organized corporation, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization in the United
States and the Province of British Columbia in Canada, as applicable, with all
requisite corporate power and authority and all authorizations, licenses,
permits and certifications necessary to own and operate their properties and to
carry on their respective business





                                       18
<PAGE>   20
as now conducted and presently proposed to be conducted, except such licenses,
permits and certifications that are not material to the conduct of such
business.  The copies of Alfalfa's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and
NewCorp's Memorandum and Articles attached to Section 3.1 of the Buyer
Disclosure Schedule reflect all amendments made thereto and are correct and
complete as of the date hereof.  All material financial transactions of
Alfalfa's and Alfalfa's Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 3.6 below) have
been accurately recorded in the books and records of Alfalfa's.

         3.2     Execution, Delivery; Valid and Binding Agreement. This
Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and constitutes the
valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable in accordance with its
terms, except that the enforceability of this Agreement may be limited by (i)
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws now
or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally, and (ii)
general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

         3.3     No Breach.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.3 of the Buyer
Disclosure Schedule, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
by Buyer and the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby
do not conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of,
constitute a default under, result in a violation of, result in the creation of
a right of termination or acceleration or any lien, security interest, charge
or encumbrance upon any assets of Buyer or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary or require
any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to
any court or other governmental body, under the Articles of Incorporation and
Bylaws of Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary or the Memorandum and Articles
of NewCorp, as applicable, or any indenture, mortgage, lease, loan agreement or
other agreement or instrument by which Buyer or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary is
bound or affected, or any law, statute, rule or regulation or order, judgment
or decree to which Buyer or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary or the respective
businesses of Buyer or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary (including but not limited to
the properties related to the business of Alfalfa's and Alfalfa's Subsidiaries)
is subject.  Alfalfa's waives any right of first refusal it may have pursuant
to the Capers Shareholders' Agreement.

         3.4     Governmental Authorities; Consents.  Neither Alfalfa's nor
NewCorp is required to submit any notice, report or other filing with any
governmental authority (other than informational filings required to be made
under the Investment Canada Act) in connection with the execution or delivery
by them of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby.  No consent, approval or authorization of any governmental or
regulatory authority or any other party or person is required to be obtained by
Alfalfa's or NewCorp in connection with their execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, other
than such consents which will be obtained on or prior to the Closing Date.

         3.5     Alfalfa's Common Stock.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.5 of
the Buyer Disclosure Schedule or as described in Section 2.28 hereof, the
Alfalfa's Common Stock to be purchased by Sellers will be free and clear of any
Liens, restrictions or limitations of any kind and,





                                       19
<PAGE>   21
on the Closing Date, the delivery of a certificate or certificates representing
such common stock will transfer good and valid title to such common stock to
such Sellers free and clear of any Liens of any kind (except as disclosed in
Section 3.5 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule) and any restrictions on transfer
pursuant to any applicable law.

         3.6     Subsidiaries.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.6 of the Buyer
Disclosure Schedule ("Alfalfa's Subsidiaries"), neither Alfalfa's nor any
Alfalfa's Subsidiary owns any stock, partnership interest, joint venture
interest or any other security or ownership interest issued by any other
corporation, organization or entity.

         3.7     Capital Stock.

                 1.       Alfalfa's.  The authorized capital stock of Buyer
consists of 20,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, of which, as of the date hereof, 317,452 shares of common stock are
issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock are issued and
outstanding.  All of the shares of Alfalfa's Common Stock have been duly
authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of
preemptive rights, except as required by law.  Alfalfa's has no other equity
securities or securities containing any equity features authorized, issued or
outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 3.7 of the Buyer Disclosure
Schedule, there are no agreements or other rights or arrangements existing
which provide for the sale or issuance of capital stock by Alfalfa's and there
are no rights, subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion rights or
agreements of any kind outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire from
Alfalfa's any shares of capital stock or other securities of Alfalfa's of any
kind.  Except as set forth in Section 3.7 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule,
there are no agreements or other obligations (contingent or otherwise) which
may require Alfalfa's to repurchase or otherwise acquire any shares of its
capital stock, other than as set forth in the Alfalfa's Shareholders'
Agreement.

                 2.       Subsidiaries.  All of the issued and outstanding
shares of capital stock of Alfalfa's Subsidiaries are owned beneficially and of
record by Alfalfa's, free and clear of any Liens of any kind.  All of the
shares of capital stock of Alfalfa's Subsidiaries have been duly authorized and
is validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of preemptive rights,
except as required by law.  Except as set forth in Section 3.7 of the Buyer
Disclosure Schedule, there are no agreements or other rights or arrangements
existing which provide for the sale or issuance of capital stock by Alfalfa's
Subsidiaries and there are no rights, subscriptions, warrants, options,
conversion rights or agreements of any kind outstanding to purchase or
otherwise acquire from Alfalfa's Subsidiaries any shares of capital stock or
other securities of Alfalfa's Subsidiaries of any kind.  Except as set forth in
Section 3.7 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, there are no agreements or other
obligations (contingent or otherwise) which may require Alfalfa's Subsidiaries
to repurchase or otherwise acquire any shares of their capital stock.





                                       20
<PAGE>   22
         3.8     Financial Statements.  Section 3.8 of the Buyer Disclosure
Schedule contains copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of
Alfalfa's as of May 29, 1994, and the unaudited consolidated statements of
earnings and shareholders' equity and cash flows for the eleven-month period
ended May 29, 1994 (the May 29, 1994 Financial Statements are referred to
herein as the "Buyer's Latest Financial Statements").  The Buyer's Latest
Financial Statements are based upon the information contained in the books and
records of Alfalfa's and fairly present the financial condition of Alfalfa's as
of the date thereof and results of operations for the period referred to
therein.  The Buyer's Latest Financial Statements have been prepared in
accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles,
consistently applied throughout the period indicated.

         3.9     Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities.  Except as disclosed in
Section 3.9 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, neither Alfalfa's nor any of
Alfalfa's Subsidiaries has liabilities (whether accrued, absolute, contingent,
unliquidated or otherwise, whether due or to become due, whether known or
unknown, and regardless of when asserted) arising out of transactions or events
heretofore entered into, or any action or inaction, or any state of facts
existing, with respect to or based upon transactions or events heretofore
occurring, except (i) as reflected in the Buyer's Latest Financial Statements,
and (ii) liabilities which have arisen after the date of the Buyer's Latest
Financial Statements in the ordinary course of business (none of which is a
material uninsured liability for breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort,
infringement, claim or lawsuit).

         3.10    No Material Adverse Changes.  Except as disclosed in Section
3.10 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, since the date of Buyer's Latest
Financial Statements there has been no change materially adverse, individually
or in the aggregate, to the assets, financial condition, operating results,
customers, employees or supplier relations, business condition or prospects of
Alfalfa's or Alfalfa's Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         3.11    Absence of Certain Developments.  Other than pursuant to this
Agreement or disclosed in Section 3.11 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, since
the date of Buyer's Latest Financial Statements, neither Alfalfa's nor any
Alfalfa's Subsidiary has:

                 (a)      borrowed any amount or incurred or become subject to
any liability, except (i) current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course
of business, (ii) liabilities under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business and (iii) borrowings under existing bank agreements;

                 (b)      mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any lien, charge
or any other encumbrance, any of their assets except (i) liens for current
property taxes not yet due and payable, (ii) liens imposed by law and incurred
in the ordinary course of business for obligations not yet due to carriers,
warehousemen, laborers, materialmen and the like, and (iii) liens in respect of
pledges or deposits under workers' compensation laws;





                                       21
<PAGE>   23
                 3.       discharged or satisfied any lien or encumbrance or
paid any liability, other than current liabilities paid in the ordinary course
of business or listed on the Buyer's Latest Financial Statements;

                 4.       sold, assigned or transferred (including, without
limitation, transfers to any employees, affiliates or shareholders) any
tangible assets (other than inventory and other tangible assets in the ordinary
course of business) or cancelled any debts or claims;

                 5.       sold, assigned or transferred (including, without
limitation, transfers to any employees, affiliates or shareholders) any
patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets or other intangible
assets;

                 6.       waived any rights of value or suffered any losses or
adverse changes in collection loss experience, whether or not in the ordinary
course of business or consistent with past practice;

                 7.       declared or paid any dividends or other distributions
with respect to any shares of Alfalfa's capital stock or redeemed or purchased,
directly or indirectly, any shares of Alfalfa's capital stock or any options;

                 8.       issued, sold or transferred any of Alfalfa's equity
securities, securities convertible into or exchangeable for any of Alfalfa's
equity securities or warrants, options or other rights to acquire any of
Alfalfa's equity securities, or any bonds or debt securities (other than as
otherwise permitted hereunder);

                 9.       taken any other action or entered into any other
transaction other than in the ordinary course of business and in accordance
with past custom and practice, or entered into any transaction with any insider
(as defined in Section 3.22) other than the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement;

                 10.      suffered any material theft, damage, destruction or
loss of or to any property or properties owned or used by Alfalfa's or any
Alfalfa's Subsidiary, whether or not covered by insurance;

                 11.      other than pursuant to existing employee benefit
plans, made or granted any bonus or any wage, salary or compensation increase
to any director, officer, or consultant or made or granted any increase in any
employee benefit plan or arrangement, or amended or terminated any existing
employee benefit plan or arrangement, or adopted any new employee benefit plan
or arrangement or made any commitment or incurred any liability to any labor
organization;





                                       22
<PAGE>   24
                 12.      made any single capital expenditure in excess of Ten
Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($10,000) therefor;

                 13.      other than in the ordinary course of business and as
contemplated by the Management Agreements with each of Mr. Barry Perzow and Mr.
Russell Precious (collectively, the "Management Agreements"), made any loans or
advances to, or guarantees or financial assistance for the benefit of, any
persons;

                 14.      made charitable contributions or pledges in excess of
Ten Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($10,000.00) in the aggregate; or

                 15.      made any change in accounting principles or practices
from those utilized in the United States and in the preparation of the Buyer's
Latest Financial Statements.

         3.12    Title to Properties.

                 (a)      The real property owned or demised by the leases
described (including the term thereof) in Section 3.12 of the Buyer Disclosure
Schedule constitutes all of the real property used or occupied by Alfalfa's or
Alfalfa's Subsidiaries (the "Alfalfa's Real Property").  The Alfalfa's Real
Property has access, sufficient for the conduct of the business of Alfalfa's or
Alfalfa's Subsidiaries as now conducted or as presently proposed to be
conducted, to public roads and to all utilities, including electricity,
sanitary and storm sewer, potable water, natural gas and other utilities, used
in the operation of the business of Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary at
that location.

                 (b)      The leases described in Section 3.12 of the Buyer
Disclosure Schedule are in full force and effect, and Alfalfa's or one of
Alfalfa's Subsidiaries that is a party to each such lease holds a valid and
existing leasehold interest under each of such leases for the term set forth in
Section 3.12 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule.  To the best knowledge of Buyer,
neither Alfalfa's nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary is in default, and no
circumstances exist which, if unremedied, would, either with or without notice
or the passage of time or both, result in such default under any of such
leases; nor, to the best knowledge of Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary, is
any other party to any of such leases in default.

                 (c)      Section 3.12 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule
discloses the aggregate value of the tangible properties and tangible assets of
Alfalfa's as reflected on the Buyer's Latest Financial Statements.  Alfalfa's
and Alfalfa's Subsidiaries owns good and marketable title to its tangible
properties and tangible assets described in Section 3.12 of the Buyer
Disclosure Schedule and as reflected on the Buyer's Latest Financial Statements
or acquired since the date thereof, free and clear of all liens and
encumbrances, except for (i) liens for current taxes not yet due and payable,
(ii) the properties subject to the leases listed in Section 3.12 of the Buyer
Disclosure Schedule, (iii)





                                       23
<PAGE>   25
as otherwise disclosed in Section 3.12 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, and
(iv) inventory disposed of since the date of Buyer's Latest Financial
Statements in the ordinary course of business.

                 (d)      Either Alfalfa's or an Alfalfa's Subsidiary owns, or
leases under valid leases, all buildings, machinery, equipment and other
tangible assets necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of
Alfalfa's or Alfalfa's Subsidiaries.

                 (e)      To the best knowledge of Buyer, neither Alfalfa's nor
any Alfalfa's Subsidiary is in violation of any applicable zoning ordinance or
other law, regulation or requirement that is material to the operation of any
properties used in the operation of the business of Alfalfa's or an Alfalfa's
Subsidiary, and neither Alfalfa's nor an Alfalfa's Subsidiary has received any
notice of any such violation, or the existence of any condemnation proceeding
with respect to any of the Alfalfa's Real Property.

                 (f)      Buyer has no knowledge of improvements made or
contemplated to be made to the Alfalfa's Real Property by any public or private
authority, the costs of which are to be assessed as special levies, taxes or
charges against any of the Alfalfa's Real Property, and there are no present
assessments for which Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary would be
responsible.

         3.13    Accounts Receivable.  The accounts receivable reflected on
Buyer's Latest Financial Statements are valid receivables, are not subject to
valid counterclaims or setoffs, and are collectible in accordance with their
terms, except to the extent of the bad debt reserve reflected on the Buyer's
Latest Financial Statements.

         3.14    Inventory.  The inventory of Alfalfa's and Alfalfa's
Subsidiaries consists of items of a quality and quantity salable at Alfalfa's
normal profit levels, in each case, in the ordinary course of the business of
Alfalfa's and Alfalfa's Subsidiaries.  The values at which such inventory is
carried on Buyer's Latest Financial Statements are in accordance with United
States generally accepted accounting principles.  Section 3.14 of the Buyer
Disclosure Schedule discloses the value of Alfalfa's inventory as of May 1,
1994 obtained by the physical count of such inventory.

         3.15    Tax Matters.

                 (a)      Alfalfa's has: (i) timely filed all returns,
declarations, reports, estimates, information returns, and statements
("Returns") required to be filed or sent by it in respect of any Taxes (as
defined in subsection (e) below) or required to be filed or sent by it by any
taxing authority having jurisdiction; (ii) timely and properly paid (or has had
paid on its behalf) all Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Returns;
(iii) established on Buyer's Latest Financial Statements (and until the Closing
will establish on its books and record), in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, reserves that are adequate for the payment of any Taxes
not yet due and payable; (iv) complied with all applicable laws, rules, and
regulations relating to the





                                       24
<PAGE>   26
withholding of Taxes and the payment thereof (including, without limitation,
withholding of Taxes under Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and timely and properly withheld from
individual employee wages and paid over to the proper governmental authorities
all amounts required to be so withheld and paid over under all applicable laws.

                 (b)      There are no liens for Taxes upon any assets of
Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary, except for liens for Taxes not yet due.

                 (c)      No deficiency for any Taxes has been proposed,
asserted or assessed against Alfalfa's that has not been resolved and paid in
full.  No waiver, extension or comparable consent given by Alfalfa's regarding
the application of the statute of limitations with respect to any Taxes or
Returns is outstanding, nor is any request for any such waiver or consent
pending.  There has been no Tax audit or other administrative proceeding or
court proceeding with regard to any Taxes or Returns, nor is any such Tax audit
or other proceeding pending, nor has there been any notice to Alfalfa's by any
Taxing authority regarding any such Tax, audit or other proceeding, or, to the
best knowledge of Buyer, is any such Tax audit or other proceeding threatened
with regard to any Taxes or Returns.  Alfalfa's does not expect the assessment
of any additional Taxes and is not aware of any unresolved questions, claims or
disputes concerning the liability for Taxes of Alfalfa's which would exceed the
estimated reserves established on its books and records.

                 (d)      All transactions that could give rise to an
understatement of federal income tax (within the meaning of Section 6661 of the
Code as it applied prior to repeal) or an underpayment of tax (within the
meaning of Section 6662 of the Code) were reported in a manner for which there
is substantial authority or were adequately disclosed (or, with respect to
Returns filed before the Closing Date, will be reported in such a manner or
adequately disclosed) on the Returns required in accordance with Sections
6661(b)(2)(B) and 6662(d)(2)(B) of the Code.





                                       25
<PAGE>   27
                 (e)      For purposes of this Section 3.15, the term "Tax" or
"Taxes" means all taxes, charges, fees, levies, or other assessments,
including, without limitation, all net income, gross income, gross receipts,
sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, withholding,
payroll, employment, social security, unemployment, excise, estimated,
severance, stamp, occupation, property, or other taxes, customs duties, fees,
assessments, or charges of any kind whatsoever, including, without limitation,
all interest and penalties thereon, and additions to tax or additional amounts
imposed by any taxing authority, domestic or foreign, upon Alfalfa's or any
Alfalfa's Subsidiary.

         3.16    Contracts and Commitments.





                                       26
<PAGE>   28
                 (a)      Section 3.16 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule lists
the following agreements, whether oral or written, to which Alfalfa's or any
Alfalfa's Subsidiary is a party, which is currently in effect, and which relate
to the operation of the business of Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary (such
list to set forth the commencement date and termination or expiration date of
such agreement): (i) collective bargaining agreement or contract with any labor
union; (ii) bonus, pension, profit sharing, retirement or other form of
deferred compensation plan, other than as described in Section 3.20 hereof or
Section 3.20 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule; (iii) hospitalization insurance
or other welfare benefit plan or practice, whether formal or informal, other
than as described in Section 3.20 hereof or Section 3.20 of the Buyer
Disclosure Schedule; (iv) stock purchase or stock option plan, other than as
described in Section 3.20 hereof or Section 3.20 of the Buyer Disclosure
Schedule; (v) contract for the employment of any officer, individual employee
or other person on a full-time, part-time or consulting basis or relating to
severance pay for any such person; (vi) confidentiality agreement other than in
the ordinary course of business; (vii) contract, agreement or understanding
relating to the voting of common stock or the election of directors of
Alfalfa's (other than the Management Agreements); (viii) agreement or indenture
relating to the borrowing of money or to mortgaging, pledging or otherwise
placing a lien on any of the assets Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary; (ix)
guaranty of any obligation for borrowed money or otherwise; (x) lease or
agreement under which Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary is lessee of, or
holds or operates any property, real or personal, owned by any other party;
(xi) lease or agreement under which Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary is
lessor of, or permits any third party to hold or operate, any property, real or
personal; (xii) contract or group of related contracts with the same party for
the purchase of products or services other than in the ordinary course of
business; (xiii) contract or group of related contracts with the same party
(other than any contract or group of related contracts for the purchase or sale
of products or services) continuing over a period of more than six months from
the date or dates thereof, not terminable by it on 30 days or less notice
without penalty; (xiv) contract which prohibits Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's
Subsidiary from freely engaging in business anywhere in the world; (xv)
contract for the distribution of Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary's
products (including any distributor or sales contract); (xvi) any franchise
agreements; (xvii) contracts or commitments for capital expenditures which are
in excess of $10,000 individually; (xviii) agreements for the sale (other than
such sales in the ordinary course of business) of any capital asset in excess
of $10,000; provided, that such sales in the aggregate do not exceed
$200,000.00; (xix) contracts with any affiliate which in any way relates to
Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary; or (xx) other agreements which are
either material to the business of Alfalfa's and Alfalfa's Subsidiaries taken
as a whole or were not entered into in the ordinary course of business.

                 (b)      Alfalfa's and any Alfalfa's Subsidiary, as
applicable, have performed all obligations required to be performed by them in
connection with the contracts or commitments required to be disclosed in
Section 3.16 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule and they are not in receipt of
any claim of default under any such contract or commitment; neither Alfalfa's
nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary has any present expectation or intention of not
fully performing any material





                                       27
<PAGE>   29
obligation pursuant to any such contract or commitment; and neither Alfalfa's
nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary has knowledge of any breach or anticipated breach
by any other party to any such contract or commitment.

                 (c)      Prior to the Closing Date of this Agreement,
Alfalfa's will make available to each Seller, at such Seller's request, a true
and correct copy of each written contract or commitment disclosed in Section
3.16 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, and a written description of each oral
contract or commitment disclosed in Section 3.16 of the Buyer Disclosure
Schedule, together with all amendments, waivers or other changes thereto.

         3.17    Intellectual Property Rights.  Section 3.17 of the Buyer
Disclosure Schedule describes all rights in patents, patent applications,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, copyrights, trade
secrets, know-how or other intellectual property rights owned by, licensed to
or otherwise controlled by Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary or used in,
developed for use in or necessary to the conduct of the business of Alfalfa's
or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary as now conducted, directly or indirectly, or
planned to be conducted.  Alfalfa's or an Alfalfa's Subsidiary owns and
possesses all right, title and interest, or hold a valid license, in and to the
rights set forth in Section 3.17 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule and none of
such rights has been licensed or assigned to any third party.  Alfalfa's or an
Alfalfa's Subsidiary has taken all necessary action to protect the intellectual
property rights set forth under such caption.  Neither Alfalfa's nor any
Alfalfa's Subsidiary has received any notice of, nor are there any facts known
to Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary which indicate a likelihood of, any
infringement or misappropriation by, or conflict from, any third party with
respect to the intellectual property rights which are listed; no claim by any
third party contesting the validity of any intellectual property rights listed
under such caption has been made, is currently outstanding or, to the best
knowledge of Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary, is threatened; neither
Alfalfa's nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary has received any notice of any
infringement, misappropriation or violation by any of the intellectual property
rights of any third parties and, to the best knowledge of Alfalfa's or any
Alfalfa's Subsidiary, neither Alfalfa's nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary has
infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any such intellectual property
rights; and no infringement, illicit copying, misappropriation or violation has
occurred with respect to products currently being sold by Alfalfa's or an
Alfalfa's Subsidiary with respect to the products currently under development
(in their present state of development) or with respect to the conduct of the
business of Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary as now conducted.





                                       28
<PAGE>   30
         3.18    Litigation.  Except as set forth in Section 3.18 of the Buyer
Disclosure Schedule, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, orders or
investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of Alfalfa's, threatened
against Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary, at law or in equity, or before
or by any federal, state, provincial, municipal or other governmental
department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or
foreign.

         3.19    Employees.

                 (a)      To the best knowledge of Buyer, no executive employee
of Alfalfa's and no group of employees of Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's
Subsidiaries has any plans to terminate his or its employment; (b) Alfalfa's
and each Alfalfa's Subsidiary has complied with all laws relating to the
employment of labor, including provisions thereof relating to wages, hours,
equal opportunity, collective bargaining and the payment of social security and
other taxes; (c) all amounts required to be withheld and paid to any
governmental authority have been paid or are assumed to have been paid; (d)
neither Alfalfa's nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary has a material labor relations
problem pending and labor relations are satisfactory; (e) there are no material
workers' compensation claims pending against Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's
Subsidiary nor is Buyer aware of any facts that would give rise to such a
claim; (f) to the best knowledge of Buyer, no employee of Alfalfa's or any
Alfalfa's Subsidiary is subject to any confidentiality or non-competition
agreement or any other agreement or restriction of any kind that would impede
in any way the ability of such employee to carry out fully all activities of
such employee for the benefit of Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary; and (g)
no employee or former employee has any claim with respect to any intellectual
property rights of Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary set forth in Section
3.17 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule.

         3.20    Employee Benefit Plans.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.20
of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule and except for any statutorily mandated plan
with respect to all employees and former employees of Alfalfa's and all
dependents and beneficiaries of such employees and former employees, neither
Alfalfa's nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary maintains or contributes to any employee
benefit or pension plan.  No such plans are required to be registered under any
state or federal (United States) law.

         3.21    Insurance.  Section 3.21 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule
lists and briefly describes each insurance policy maintained by Alfalfa's as of
the date of Buyer's Latest Financial Statements with respect to its properties,
assets and operations and sets forth the date of expiration of each such
insurance policy. All of such insurance policies are, as of the date hereof,
and, unless Buyer notifies Sellers in writing otherwise, as of the Closing Date
will be, in full force and effect and issued by insurers of recognized
responsibility and are for amounts and cover risks customarily insured against
by prudent operators of enterprises engaged in similar business.  Alfalfa's is
not in default with respect to its obligations under any of such insurance
policies.





                                       29
<PAGE>   31
         3.22    Affiliate Transactions.

                 To the best knowledge of Buyer, other than pursuant to this
Agreement, no officer, director or employee of Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's
Subsidiary or any member of the immediate family of any such officer, director
or employee, or any entity in which any of such persons owns any beneficial
interest (other than any publicly-held corporation whose stock is traded on a
national securities exchange or in the over-the counter market and less than
one percent of the stock of which is beneficially owned by any of such persons)
(collectively "insiders"), has any agreement with Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's
Subsidiary or any interest in any property, real, personal or mixed, tangible
or intangible, used in or pertaining to the business of Alfalfa's or any
Alfalfa's Subsidiary (other than ownership of capital stock of Alfalfa's).  To
the best knowledge of Alfalfa's, none of the insiders has any direct or
indirect interest in any competitor, supplier or customer of Alfalfa's or any
Alfalfa's Subsidiary or in any person, firm or entity from whom or to whom
Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary leases any property, or in any other
person, firm or entity with whom Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary
transacts business of any nature. For purposes of this Section 3.22, the
members of the immediate family of an officer, director or employee shall
consist of the spouse, parents, children, siblings, mothers- and
fathers-in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law, and brothers- and sisters-in-law of
such officer, director or employee.

         3.23    Customers and Suppliers.  Since the date of Buyer's Latest
Financial Statements, no material supplier of Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's
Subsidiary has indicated that it will stop or decrease the rate of business
done with Alfalfa's or such Alfalfa's Subsidiary except for changes in the
ordinary course of the business of Alfalfa's or Alfalfa's Subsidiary.

         3.24    Officers and Directors. Section 3.24 of the Buyer Disclosure
Schedule lists all officers and directors of Alfalfa's.





                                       30
<PAGE>   32
         3.25    Compliance with Laws; Permits.

                 (a)      Alfalfa's and, to the best knowledge of Alfalfa's,
its officers, directors, agents and employees have complied in all material
respects with all applicable laws, judgments, decrees, orders, injunctions,
rules, statutes, and regulations of all courts, arbitrators or governmental
authorities including, but not limited to, federal (United States), state,
local and foreign laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and other requirements
pertaining to product labeling, consumer products safety, equal employment
opportunity, employee retirement, affirmative action and other hiring
practices, occupational safety and health, workers' compensation, unemployment
and building and zoning codes, which materially affect the business of
Alfalfa's and Alfalfa's Subsidiaries or the Alfalfa's Real Property and to
which Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary may be subject, and no claims have
been filed against Alfalfa's or an Alfalfa's Subsidiary alleging a violation of
any such laws, regulations or other requirements, in each case except as are
not material to the conduct of the business of Alfalfa's and Alfalfa's
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  Alfalfa's has no knowledge of any action,
pending or threatened, to change the zoning or building ordinances or any other
laws, rules, regulations or ordinances affecting the Alfalfa's Real Property.

                 (b)      Alfalfa's and Alfalfa's Subsidiaries have in full
force and effect, all licenses, permits and certificates, from federal (United
States), state, local and foreign authorities (including, without limitation,
federal and state agencies regulating the environment, occupational health and
safety) material to the conduct of the business of Alfalfa's and the Alfalfa's
Subsidiaries, respectively, and to own and operate their respective properties
(collectively, the "Permits").  Alfalfa's has conducted its business in
compliance with all material terms and conditions of the Permits.  None of the
Permits will be effected by, and no consent will be required as a prerequisite
to, the purchase of the Shares.

                 (c)      Neither Alfalfa's nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary has
made or agreed to make gifts of money, other property or similar benefits
(other than incidental gifts of articles of nominal value) to any actual or
potential customer, supplier, governmental employee or any other person in a
position to assist or hinder Alfalfa's or an Alfalfa's Subsidiary in connection
with any actual or proposed transaction.

                 (d)      In particular, but without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, neither Alfalfa's nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary has violated, has
any liability or received a notice or charge asserting any violation of or
liability under federal (United States) or state acts (including rules and
regulations thereunder) regulating or otherwise affecting employee health and
safety.





                                       31
<PAGE>   33
         3.26    Environmental Matters.

                 (a)      As used in this Section 3.26, "Hazardous Substances"
means any contaminants, pollutants, dangerous substances, liquid wastes,
individual wastes, hauled liquid wastes, toxic substances, hazardous wastes,
hazardous materials, or hazardous substances as defined in or pursuant to any
law, judgment, decree, order, injunction, rule, statute and regulation of any
court, arbitrator or governmental authority by which Alfalfa's business,
Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary assets, Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's
Subsidiary is bound or to which Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary business,
Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary assets, Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's
Subsidiary is subject;

                 (b)      Except as disclosed in Section 3.26 of the Buyer
Disclosure Schedule:

                          (i)  neither Alfalfa's nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary
         has used any of their properties or assets, or permitted them to be
         used, to generate, manufacture, refine, treat, transport, store,
         handle, dispose of, transfer, produce or process Hazardous Substances,
         except in compliance with applicable laws, judgments, decrees, orders,
         injunctions, rules, statutes and regulations of all courts,
         arbitrators or governmental authorities, including all environmental,
         health and safety statutes and regulations, and to the best knowledge
         of Alfalfa's, neither has any lessee, prior owner or other person;

                          (ii)  the business of Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's
         Subsidiary and the property and assets of Alfalfa's and Alfalfa's
         Subsidiaries comply in all material respects with all applicable laws,
         judgments, decrees, orders, injunctions, rules, statutes and
         regulations of all courts, arbitrators or governmental authorities,
         including all environmental, health and safety statutes and
         regulations;

                          (iii)  to the best knowledge of Alfalfa's, none of
         the businesses, assets or properties of Alfalfa's or Alfalfa's
         Subsidiaries is subject to any pending judicial or administrative
         proceeding alleging the violation of any applicable environmental,
         health or safety law, judgment, decree, order, injunction, rule,
         statute or regulation;

                          (iv)  to the best knowledge of Alfalfa's, none of the
         businesses, assets or properties of Alfalfa's and Alfalfa's
         Subsidiaries is the subject of investigation by any governmental
         authority evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond
         to a release of any Hazardous Substance into the environment;

                          (v)  neither Alfalfa's nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary
         has filed any notice under any applicable environmental, health or
         safety law, judgment decree, order, injunction, rule, statute or
         regulation indicating past or present treatment, storage or disposal
         of a Hazardous Substance or constituent, or other substance into the
         environment;





                                       32
<PAGE>   34
                          (vi)  neither Alfalfa's nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary
         has any contingent liability in connection with the release of any
         Hazardous Substance or constituent, or other substance into the
         environment;

                          (vii)  to the best knowledge of Alfalfa's, no
         underground storage tanks or surface impoundments are located on any
         of the assets or properties of Alfalfa's and Alfalfa's Subsidiaries;
         and

                          (viii)  to the best knowledge of Alfalfa's, the
         Alfalfa's Real Property and any improvements thereon, contain no
         asbestos, urea, formaldehyde, radon, polychlorinated byphenyls (PCBs)
         or pesticides, at levels above natural background levels.

         3.27    Brokerage.  No third party shall be entitled to receive any
brokerage commissions, finder's fees, fees for fairness opinions or financial
advisory services or similar compensation in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement based on any arrangement or agreement made by or
on behalf of Buyer.


                                       1

                        COVENANTS OF CAPERS AND SELLERS

         V. A.            Conduct of the Business.  As applicable, Sellers and
Capers agree to, and Capers shall cause Encore to, observe each term set forth
in this Section 4.1 and agree that, from the date hereof until the Closing
Date, unless otherwise consented to by Buyer in writing:

                 (a) The Business shall be conducted only in, and neither
Sellers nor the Companies shall take any action except in, the ordinary course,
on an arm's-length basis and in accordance in all material respects with all
applicable laws, rules and regulations and the Companies' past custom and
practice;

                 (b)  Neither of the Companies shall, directly or indirectly,
do or permit to occur any of the following: (i) issue or sell any additional
shares of, or any options, warrants, conversion privileges or rights of any
kind to acquire any shares of, any of their capital stock, (ii) sell, pledge,
dispose of or encumber any of its assets, except in the ordinary course of
business; (iii) amend or propose to amend their Memorandum and Articles; (iv)
split, combine or reclassify any outstanding shares of their common stock, or
declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution payable in cash,
stock, property or otherwise with respect to shares of their common stock; (v)
redeem, purchase or acquire or offer to acquire any shares of their common
stock or other of their securities; (vi) acquire (by merger, exchange,
consolidation, acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise) any





                                       33
<PAGE>   35
corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business organization or
division or material assets thereof; (vii) incur any indebtedness for borrowed
money or issue any debt securities except borrowings pursuant to existing bank
lines of credit identified on Section 2.9 or 2.16 of the Disclosure Schedule,
the proceeds of which are used in the ordinary course of business of the
Companies; (viii) permit any accounts payable owed to trade creditors to remain
outstanding more than 60 days; (ix) accelerate, beyond the normal collection
cycle, collection of accounts receivable; or (x) enter into or propose to enter
into, or modify or propose to modify, any agreement, arrangement or
understanding with respect to any of the matters set forth in this subparagraph
(b).

                 (c)  Neither of the Companies shall, directly or indirectly,
(i) enter into or modify any employment, severance or similar agreements or
arrangements with, or grant any bonuses, salary increases, severance or
termination pay to, any officers or directors or consultants; or (ii) take any
action with respect to the grant of any bonuses, salary increases, severance or
termination pay or with respect to any increase of benefits payable in effect
on the date hereof other than in the ordinary course of business for a
non-manager employee consistent with past practices.

                 (d)  Neither of the Companies shall adopt or amend any bonus,
profit sharing, compensation, stock option, pension, retirement, deferred
compensation, employment or other employee benefit plan, trust, fund or group
arrangement for the benefit or welfare of any employees or any bonus, profit
sharing, compensation, stock option, pension, retirement, deferred
compensation, employment or other employee benefit plan, agreement, trust, fund
or arrangements for the benefit or welfare of any director.

                 (e)      Neither of the Companies shall cancel or terminate
their current insurance policies or cause any of the coverage thereunder to
lapse, unless simultaneously with such termination, cancellation or lapse,
replacement policies providing coverage equal to or greater than the coverage
under the cancelled, terminated or lapsed policies for substantially similar
premiums are in full force and effect.

                 (f)  Until the Closing Date, Capers shall, and shall cause
Encore to, (i) preserve intact the Business, organization and goodwill, and,
other than pursuant to the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practices, keep available the services of each of the Companies' officers and
employees as a group and maintain satisfactory relationships with suppliers,
distributors, customers and others having business relationships with the
Companies; (ii) confer on a regular and frequent basis with representatives of
Buyer to report operational matters and the general status of ongoing
operations; (iii) not intentionally take any action which would render, or
which reasonably may be expected to render, any representation or warranty made
in this Agreement untrue at the Closing; (iv) notify Buyer of any emergency or
other material change in the normal course of the Business or in the operation
of any of the Companies' properties and of any governmental or third party
complaints, investigations or hearings; and (v) promptly notify





                                       34
<PAGE>   36
Buyer in writing if either of the Companies discover that any representation or
warranty made in this Agreement was when made, or has subsequently become,
untrue in any respect.

                 (g)  Until the Closing Date, the Companies shall (i) file any
returns, elections or information statements with respect to any liabilities
for taxes (including all federal (Canadian), provincial and local taxes) or
other matters relating to taxes which pursuant to applicable law must be filed
prior to the Closing Date; (ii) promptly upon filing, provide copies of any
such tax returns, elections or information statements to Buyer; (iii) make any
such tax elections or other discretionary positions with respect to taxes taken
by or affecting the Companies only upon prior consultation with and consent of
Buyer, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; and (iv) not amend any
return.

                 (h)  The Companies will cooperate fully with Buyer and will
use their best efforts to make available any necessary individuals with regard
to the filing of any future tax returns and any future audits which require
such cooperation or availability.  The filing of any tax returns or responding
to any audit after the Closing Date shall be done at the Buyer's sole
discretion and direction.

                 (i)  The Companies shall not perform any act referenced by (or
omit to perform any act which omission is referenced by) the terms of Section
2.11.

         4.2     Access to Books and Records.  Between the date hereof and the
Closing Date, the Companies shall afford to Buyer and its authorized
representatives (the "Buyer's Representatives") full access at all reasonable
times and upon reasonable notice to the offices, properties, books, records,
officers, employees and other items of the Companies and otherwise provide such
assistance as is reasonably requested by Buyer in order that Buyer may have a
full opportunity to make such investigation and evaluation as it shall
reasonably desire to make of the Business and affairs of the Companies.

         4.3     Regulatory Filings.  The Companies shall, as promptly as
practicable after the execution of this Agreement, make or cause to be made all
filings and submissions under any laws or regulations applicable to any of the
Companies for the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein.  The
Companies will coordinate and cooperate with Buyer in exchanging such
information, will not make any such filing without providing to Buyer a final
copy thereof for its review and consent at least two full business days in
advance of the proposed filing and will provide such reasonable assistance as
Buyer may request in connection with all of the foregoing.

         4.4     Conditions.  The Companies and each of the Sellers shall take
all actions necessary or desirable to cause the conditions set forth in Section
6.1 to be satisfied (other than such conditions that are solely the obligation
of each individual Sellers) and to consummate the





                                       35
<PAGE>   37
transactions contemplated herein as soon as reasonably possible after the
satisfaction thereof (but in any event within three business days of such
date).

         4.5     No Negotiations of the Companies, etc. Until the earlier of 90
days from the date hereof, the Closing Date or the date on which this Agreement
is terminated pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof, the Companies shall not, directly
or indirectly, through any officer, director, agent or otherwise, solicit,
initiate or encourage submission of any proposal or offer from any person or
entity (including any of its or their officers or employees) relating to any
liquidation, dissolution, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or
acquisition or purchase of all or a material portion of the assets of, or any
equity interest in any of the Companies or other similar transaction or
business combination involving any of the Companies or furnish to any other
person any information with respect to, or otherwise cooperate in any way with,
or assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage, any effort or attempt by
any other person or entity to do or seek any of the foregoing.  The Companies
shall promptly notify Buyer if any such proposal or offer, or any inquiry from
or contact with any person with respect thereto, is made and shall promptly
provide Buyer with all information regarding such proposal, offer, inquiry or
contact.

         4.6     No Negotiations of Sellers, etc.  Until the earlier of 90 days
from the date hereof, the Closing Date or the date on which this Agreement is
terminated pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof, the no Seller shall, directly or
indirectly, through any officer, director, agent or otherwise, solicit,
initiate or encourage submission of any proposal or offer from any person or
entity (including any of its or their officers or employees) relating to any
liquidation, dissolution, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or
acquisition or purchase of all or a material portion of the assets of, or any
equity interest in any of the Companies or other similar transaction or
business combination involving either of the Companies or furnish to any other
person any information with respect to, or otherwise cooperate in any way with,
or assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage, any effort or attempt by
any other person or entity to do or seek any of the foregoing. Each Seller
agrees to promptly notify Buyer if any such proposal or offer, or any inquiry
from or contact with any person with respect thereto, is made and shall
promptly provide Buyer with all information regarding such proposal, offer,
inquiry or contact.

         4.7     Taxes.  Each Seller agrees to be responsible for any and all
of their individual taxes (including all federal (United States or Canadian),
provincial, state and local taxes) resulting from their individual sale of the
Shares and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         4.8     Termination of Capers Shareholders' Agreement.  Each Seller
and Alfalfa's hereby waives all rights of first refusal and any other
restrictions on transfer of the Shares by all of the Sellers hereunder and any
and all other rights such Seller or Alfalfa's may have, pursuant to the Caper's
Shareholders' Agreement which may be affected by this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby.  Each Seller further consents to the
termination of the Capers' Shareholders'





                                       36
<PAGE>   38
Agreement which consent shall be automatically effective upon the Closing of
the sale of the Shares hereunder without further documentation.


                                      VI.

                               COVENANTS OF BUYER

         VI. A.           Conduct of the Business.  As applicable, Alfalfa's
agrees to, and shall cause the Alfalfa's Subsidiaries to, observe each term set
forth in this Section 5.1 and agrees that, from the date hereof until the
Closing Date, unless otherwise consented to by the Majority Sellers in writing
and after notice to all of the other Sellers:

                 (a) The business of Alfalfa's shall be conducted only in, and
Alfalfa's shall not take any action except in, the ordinary course, on an
arm's-length basis and in accordance in all material respects with all
applicable laws, rules and regulations and Alfalfa's past custom and practice;

                 (b)  Neither Alfalfa's nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary shall,
directly or indirectly, do or permit to occur any of the following: (i) issue
or sell any additional shares of, or any options, warrants, conversion
privileges or rights of any kind to acquire any shares of, any of their capital
stock, other than (x) pursuant to employee stock plans, (y) up to 5% of the
outstanding common stock of Alfalfa's (on a fully diluted basis) and (z)
pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber any of
its assets, except in the ordinary course of business; (iii) amend or propose
to amend their Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws or Memorandum and Articles,
as applicable (other than amendments relating to the number of directors or as
a result of the effectiveness of the new corporation laws of the State of
Colorado); (iv) split, combine or reclassify any outstanding shares of their
common stock, or declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution
payable in cash, stock, property or otherwise with respect to shares of their
common stock; (v) redeem, purchase or acquire or offer to acquire any shares of
their common stock or other of their securities, other than pursuant to the
Alfalfa's Shareholders' Agreement; (vi) incur any indebtedness for borrowed
money or issue any debt securities except borrowings pursuant to existing bank
agreements identified in Section 3.9 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, the
proceeds of which are used in the ordinary course of business of Alfalfa's or
Alfalfa's Subsidiaries (other than borrowings necessary to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement); (vii) permit any accounts payable
owed to trade creditors to remain outstanding more than 60 days; (viii)
accelerate, beyond the normal collection cycle, collection of accounts
receivable; or (ix) enter into or propose to enter into, or modify or propose
to modify, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to any of
the matters set forth in this subparagraph (b).

                 (c)      Neither Alfalfa's nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary shall
cancel or terminate their current insurance policies or cause any of the
coverage thereunder to lapse, unless simultaneously





                                       37
<PAGE>   39
with such termination, cancellation or lapse, replacement policies providing
coverage equal to or greater than the coverage under the cancelled, terminated
or lapsed policies for substantially similar premiums are in full force and
effect.

                 (d)  Until the Closing Date, Alfalfa's shall (i) preserve
intact the business of Alfalfa's, organization and goodwill, keep available the
services of Alfalfa's and any Alfalfa's Subsidiary's officers and employees as
a group and maintain satisfactory relationships with suppliers, distributors,
customers and others having business relationships with Alfalfa's; (ii) not
intentionally take any action which would render, or which reasonably may be
expected to render, any representation or warranty made in this Agreement
untrue at the Closing; (iii) notify Sellers of any emergency or other material
change in the normal course of the business of Alfalfa's or in the operation of
Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's Subsidiary's properties and of any governmental or
third party complaints, investigations or hearings; and (iv) promptly notify
each Seller in writing if either of Alfalfa's or Alfalfa's Subsidiaries
discover that any representation or warranty made in this Agreement was when
made, or has subsequently become, untrue in any respect.

                 (e)  Until the Closing Date, Alfalfa's shall file any returns,
elections or information statements with respect to any liabilities for taxes
(including all federal (United States), state and local taxes) or other matters
relating to taxes which pursuant to applicable law must be filed prior to the
Closing Date.

                 (f)  Neither Alfalfa's nor any Alfalfa's Subsidiary shall
perform any act referenced by (or omit to perform any act which omission is
referenced by) the terms of Section 3.11.

         5.2     Access to Books and Records.  Between the date hereof and the
Closing Date, Alfalfa's shall afford to each Seller and their authorized
representatives (the "Sellers' Representatives") full access at all reasonable
times and upon reasonable notice to the offices, properties, books, records,
officers, employees and other items of Alfalfa's and otherwise provide such
assistance as is reasonably requested by such Seller in order that such Seller
may have a full opportunity to make such investigation and evaluation as it
shall reasonably desire to make of the business and affairs of Alfalfa's and of
Alfalfa's Subsidiaries.

         5.3     Regulatory Filings.  Alfalfa's shall, as promptly as
practicable after the execution of this Agreement, make or cause to be made all
filings and submissions under any laws or regulations applicable to Alfalfa's
for the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein.

         5.4     Conditions.  Alfalfa's shall take all actions necessary or
desirable to cause the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 to be satisfied and
to consummate the transactions contemplated herein as soon as reasonably
possible after the satisfaction thereof (but in any event within three business
days of such date).





                                       38
<PAGE>   40
         5.5     Taxes.  Buyer agrees to be responsible for any and all of its
separate taxes (including all federal (United States or Canadian), provincial,
state and local taxes) resulting from the purchase of the Shares and the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         5.6     Loans.  On the Closing Date, NewCorp shall have caused the
principal amount of the loans from any Seller or Alfalfa's to Capers or Encore
to be paid in full in cash, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the
Closing Date.

         5.7     Release of Personal Guarantees of Certain Sellers.  Alfalfa's
agrees to cooperate with Capers in obtaining releases of any personal
guarantees of Mr. Russell Precious, Mrs. Teresa Precious, Mr. Barry Perzow and
Ms.  Linda Link with respect to obligations of Capers or Encore and discharges
of security granted by a Seller in favor of a lender to Capers or Encore.  In
the event such releases or discharges are unable to be obtained, Alfalfa's,
NewCorp, Capers and Encore will, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify the
Seller for any liability incurred under any such guaranty or security
agreement.

         5.8     Guarantee.  Alfalfa's consents and agrees to the terms,
covenants, provisions, stipulations and conditions contained in this Agreement
and is a party and joins in all covenants with NewCorp severally as well as
jointly in the same manner and to the same extent as NewCorp and, without
restricting the generality hereof, Alfalfa's covenants and agrees (without
prejudice to any rights of Alfalfa's against NewCorp) that it shall not be
discharged nor shall the liability of Alfalfa's be affected by any giving of
time for payment of monies hereby payable, nor any agreement not to call in the
monies hereby payable or any part thereof before a specified time or
substitution of any new covenant for payment or any variation expressed or
implied in any one of the terms or provisions of the Agreement, or any
omissions on the part of a Seller to enforce any covenant or stipulations
contained in the Agreement and on the part of NewCorp to be performed or
observed, or any arrangement created by the Agreement or the performance or
observance of any of NewCorp's covenants herein contained.  Alfalfa's shall
have the ability to enforce any rights of NewCorp hereunder even if NewCorp
elects not to enforce such right.


                                      VII.

                             CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

         VII. A.          Conditions to Buyer's Obligations.  The obligation of
Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject
to the satisfaction of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date
(unless waived by Buyer):

                 (a)      The representations and warranties set forth in
Article 2 hereof shall be true and correct at and as of the date hereof and the
Closing Date, except that any such representation or





                                       39
<PAGE>   41
warranty made as of a specified date (other than the date hereof) shall only
need to have been true on and as of such date;

                 (b)      Each Seller shall have performed all of the covenants
and agreements required to be performed and complied with by such Seller under
this Agreement prior to the Closing;

                 (c)      The Companies shall have obtained, or caused to be
obtained, each consent and approval necessary in order that the transactions
contemplated herein not constitute a breach or violation of, or result in a
right of termination or acceleration of, or creation of any encumbrance on any
of the Companies' assets pursuant to the provisions of, any agreement,
arrangement or undertaking of or affecting any of the Companies or any license,
franchise or permit of or affecting any of the Companies;

                 (d)      All governmental filings, authorizations and
approvals that are required for the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby will have been duly made and obtained;

                 (e)      Other than any threatened action by Harley Rothstein,
there shall not be threatened, instituted or pending any action or proceeding,
before any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic (Canadian) or
foreign, (i) challenging or seeking to make illegal, or to delay or otherwise
directly or indirectly restrain or prohibit, the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby or seeking to obtain damages in connection
with such transactions, (ii) seeking to prohibit direct or indirect ownership
or operation by Buyer of all or a portion of the Business or assets of the
Companies or to compel Buyer or any of its affiliates or the Companies to
dispose of or to hold separately all or a portion of the business or assets of
Buyer and its affiliates or Business or assets of the Companies as a result of
the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) seeking to require direct or
indirect transfer or sale by Buyer of any of the Common Stock, (iv) seeking to
invalidate or render unenforceable any provision of this Agreement or any of
the other agreements attached as exhibits hereto (collectively, the "Related
Agreements"), or (v) otherwise relating to and adversely affecting the
transactions contemplated hereby;

                 (f)      There shall not be any action taken, or any statute,
rule, regulation, judgment, order or injunction enacted, entered, enforced,
promulgated, issued or deemed applicable to the transactions contemplated
hereby by any federal (Canadian), provincial or foreign court, government or
governmental authority or agency, which would reasonably be expected to result,
directly or indirectly, in any of the consequences referred to in Section
6.1(e) hereof;

                 (g)      Buyer shall not have discovered any fact or
circumstance existing as of the date of this Agreement which has not been
disclosed to Buyer as of the date of this Agreement regarding the Business,
assets, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations
or prospects of either of the Companies or Sellers which is, individually or in
the aggregate with other





                                       40
<PAGE>   42
such facts and circumstances, materially adverse to either of the Companies,
the Business or to the value of the Common Stock;

                 (h)  There shall have been no damage, destruction or loss of
or to any property or properties owned or used by either of the Companies,
whether or not covered by insurance, which, in the aggregate, has, or would be
reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on either of the Companies
or the Business;

                 (i)      Buyer shall have received from counsel for the
Companies and Sellers a written opinion, dated as of the Closing Date,
addressed to Buyer and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Buyer's
counsel;

                 (j)      Capers' Board of Directors shall have approved this
Agreement, the transfer of the Shares by Sellers and the transactions
contemplated hereby;

                 (k)      On the Closing Date, Capers shall have delivered to
NewCorp all of the following:

                          a.      certificates of the President of each of the
         Companies dated the Closing Date, stating that the conditions
         precedent set forth in subsections (a), (c), (d) and (h) above have
         been satisfied;

                          b.      copies of the third party and governmental
         consents and approvals referred to in subsections (c) and (d) above;

                          c.       the stock certificate or certificates issued
         to Sellers representing the Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer
         or accompanied by a duly executed stock power;

                          d.      each of the Companies' minute books, stock
         transfer records, corporate seal and other materials related to the
         Companies' corporate administration;

                          e.      resignations (effective as of the Closing
         Date) from such of the Companies' officers and members of the Boards
         of Directors as Buyer shall have requested prior to the Closing Date;

                          f.      a copy of the Memorandum and Articles of all
         of the Companies, certified by the Registrar of Companies for British
         Columbia and a certificate of Status from the Registrar of Companies
         for British Columbia dated no less than 10 days prior to the Closing
         Date;

                          g.      executed copies of each of the Management
         Agreements;





                                       41
<PAGE>   43
                          h.      resolutions of the Capers Board of Directors
         approving this Agreement, the transfer of the Shares by Sellers and
         the transactions contemplated hereby;

                          i.      a stock certificate or certificates in the
         name of NewCorp;

                          j.      a certified copy of the Register of Members
         of Capers showing NewCorp to be the sole shareholder of Capers;

                          k.      releases, in form and substance satisfactory
         to NewCorp, acting reasonably, executed by each Seller in favor of
         Capers and Encore releasing Capers and Encore from any and all manner
         of actions, causes of action, suits, proceedings, debts, dues,
         projects, expenses, contracts, damages, claims demands, and
         liabilities whatsoever (other than salaries, accrued vacation or
         similar liabilities incurred by Capers or Encore in the ordinary
         course of business consistent with past practices), in law or equity,
         which such Seller ever had, now has, or may have against Capers and
         Encore or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever done or
         omitted to be done by Capers or Encore up to the Closing other than in
         respect of obligations of Capers or Encore to such Seller agreed to in
         writing by NewCorp; and

                          l.      such other certificates, documents and
         instruments as Buyer reasonably requested relating to the transactions
         contemplated hereby;

                 (l)      Messrs. Perzow and Precious shall have delivered
executed copies of their respective Management Agreement; and

                 (m)      Immediately following the purchase of the Shares by
NewCorp and as a condition subsequent thereto, each Seller shall purchase
shares of Alfalfa's Common Stock and Alfalfa's shall deliver such shares in
accordance with Section 1.3 hereof and the other conditions of such Section 1.3
shall be satisfied; and

                 (n)      Capers shall have delivered to Buyer a list of fixed
assets of Capers and Encore.

         VII. B.          Conditions to Sellers' Obligations.  The obligations
of each Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions on or before the
Closing Date (unless waived by such Seller):

                 (a)      The representations and warranties set forth in
Article 3 hereof shall be true and correct at and as of the date hereof and the
Closing Date, except that any such representation or





                                       42
<PAGE>   44
warranty made as of a specified date (other than the date hereof) shall only
need to have been true on and as of such date;

                 (b)      Alfalfa's shall have performed all of the covenants
and agreements required to be performed and complied with by Alfalfa's under
this Agreement prior to the Closing;

                 (c)      Alfalfa's shall have obtained, or caused to be
obtained, each consent and approval necessary in order that the transactions
contemplated herein not constitute a breach or violation of, or result in a
right of termination or acceleration of, or creation of any encumbrance on any
of Alfalfa's or Alfalfa's Subsidiaries assets pursuant to the provisions of,
any agreement, arrangement or undertaking of or affecting Alfalfa's or
Alfalfa's Subsidiaries or any license, franchise or permit of or affecting
Alfalfa's or Alfalfa's Subsidiaries;

                 (d)      All governmental filings, authorizations and
approvals that are required for the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby will have been duly made and obtained;

                 (e)      Other than any threatened action by Harley Rothstein,
there shall not be threatened, instituted or pending any action or proceeding,
before any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic (Canadian) or
foreign, (i) challenging or seeking to make illegal, or to delay or otherwise
directly or indirectly restrain or prohibit, the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby or seeking to obtain damages in connection
with such transactions, (ii) seeking to prohibit direct or indirect ownership
or operation by Buyer of all or a portion of the Business or assets of the
Companies or to compel Buyer or any of its affiliates or the Companies to
dispose of or to hold separately all or a portion of the business or assets of
Buyer and its affiliates or Business or assets of the Companies as a result of
the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) seeking to require direct or
indirect transfer or sale by Buyer of any of the Common Stock, (iv) seeking to
invalidate or render unenforceable any provision of the Related Agreements, or
(v) otherwise relating to and adversely affecting the transactions contemplated
hereby;

                 (f)      There shall not be any action taken, or any statute,
rule, regulation, judgment, order or injunction enacted, entered, enforced,
promulgated, issued or deemed applicable to the transactions contemplated
hereby by any federal (Canadian), provincial or foreign court, government or
governmental authority or agency, which would reasonably be expected to result,
directly or indirectly, in any of the consequences referred to in Section
6.2(e) hereof;

                 (g)      Such Seller shall not have discovered any fact or
circumstance existing as of the date of this Agreement which has not been
disclosed to Buyer as of the date of this Agreement regarding the business,
assets, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations
or prospects of Alfalfa's and Alfalfa's Subsidiaries taken as a whole which is,
individually or in the aggregate with other such facts and circumstances,
materially adverse to Alfalfa's and Alfalfa's





                                       43
<PAGE>   45
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, their businesses on a consolidated basis or to
the value of the Alfalfa's Common Stock;

                 (h)  There shall have been no damage, destruction or loss of
or to any property or properties owned or used by Alfalfa's or any Alfalfa's
Subsidiary, whether or not covered by insurance, which, in the aggregate, has,
or would be reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on Alfalfa's
and any Alfalfa's Subsidiary taken as a whole or their businesses on a
consolidated basis;

                 (i)      Such Seller shall have received from counsel for
Alfalfa's a written opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, addressed to such
Seller and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Sellers' counsel
relating to the due authorization and issuance of the Alfalfa's Common Stock;

                 (j)      Alfalfa's Board of Directors shall have approved this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

                 (k)      On the Closing Date, Alfalfa's shall have delivered
to such Seller all of the following:

                          (i)     certificate of the President of Alfalfa's
         dated the Closing Date, stating that the conditions precedent set
         forth in subsections (a), (c), (d) and (h) above have been satisfied;

                          (ii)    copies of the third party and governmental
         consents and approvals referred to in subsections (c) and (d) above;

                          (iii)   a copy of the Articles of Incorporation of
         Alfalfa's, certified by the Secretary of State of the State of
         Colorado and a certificate of good standing from the Secretary of
         State of the State of Colorado dated no less than 10 days prior to the
         Closing Date;

                          (iv)  resolutions of the Alfalfa's Board of Directors
         approving this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; and

                          (v) such other certificates, documents and
         instruments as Sellers' Representatives have reasonably requested
         relating to the transactions contemplated hereby.

                 (l)      Immediately following the Closing of the purchase and
sale of the Shares hereunder and as a condition subsequent thereto, Alfalfa's
shall have delivered the shares of 




                                       44
<PAGE>   46
Alfalfa's Common Stock required to be delivered under Section 1.3 hereof, upon
payment therefor, and the other conditions set forth in Section 1.3 shall have
been satisfied;

                 (m)      Any indemnity of Alfalfa's, NewCorp, Capers and
Encore which may be required under Section 5.7 hereof shall have been provided
by Alfalfa's in such form that is reasonably satisfactory to the persons to be
indemnified pursuant to Section 5.7; and

                 (n)      Clearance certificates under Section 116 of the
Income Tax Act (Canada) shall have been issued for those Sellers, who are
"non-residents" of Canada, it being understood that this condition to Closing
is solely for the benefit of such Sellers and waivable solely by such Sellers
on their individual behalf.


                                     VIII.

                                  TERMINATION


         VIII. A.                 Termination.  This Agreement, as a separate
agreement with respect to Buyer and each Seller, may be terminated at any time
prior to the Closing:

                 1.       by the mutual consent of Buyer and a Seller;

                 2.       by either Buyer or a Seller if there has been a
misrepresentation, breach of warranty or breach of covenant on the part of the
other in the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this
Agreement;

                 3.       by either Buyer or a Seller if, due to the discovery
of material adverse information based upon documents or information regarding
Capers or Encore, in the case of Buyer, or Alfalfa's, in the case of a Seller,
received after the date hereof, such party determines, in its sole discretion,
not to pursue the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; or

                 4.       by Buyer if, after the date hereof, there shall have
been a material adverse change in the financial condition or business of either
of the Companies or the Business or if an event shall have occurred which, so
far as reasonably can be foreseen, would result in any such change, except to
the extent such change is directly caused by Buyer; or

                 5.       by a Seller if, after the date hereof, there shall
have been a material adverse change in the financial condition or business of
Alfalfa's and Alfalfa's Subsidiaries taken as a whole or if an event shall have
occurred which, so far as reasonably can be foreseen, would result in any





                                       45
<PAGE>   47
such change, except to the extent such change is caused by either of the
Companies or one or more Sellers; or

                 (f)      by Buyer, at its sole discretion, if any other Seller
or Sellers default in their obligations under their respective Agreement or
terminate their respective Agreement pursuant thereto, and all such Agreements
shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Seller or
Buyer; or

                 (g)      by Buyer, within seven days of receipt by Buyer of
the Disclosure Schedule, if the Disclosure Schedule discloses any fact that
Buyer determines, in its sole judgment, to be adverse or potentially adverse to
Buyer.

         VIII. B.         Effect of Termination.  In the event of termination
of this Agreement by either Buyer or a Seller as provided in Section 7.1, this
Agreement shall become void and there shall be no liability on the part of
either Buyer or such Seller, or their respective stockholders, officers, or
directors, except that Sections 9.2 and 9.10 hereof shall survive indefinitely.
Without limiting the generality of the immediately preceding sentence, in the
event a Seller elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1(c) or
(e), Buyer shall not be liable to such Seller for any amount whatsoever.
Nothing contained in this Section 7.2 shall relieve any party hereto from any
liability for any breach of this Agreement.  The termination of this Agreement
by a Seller with respect to the purchase and sale of his Shares of Capers shall
in no way effect the obligations of any other Seller hereunder.


                                      IX.

                           SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

         IX. A.           Survival of Representations and Warranties.
Notwithstanding any investigation made by or on behalf of any of the parties
hereto or the results of any such investigation and notwithstanding the
participation of such party in the Closing, the representations and warranties
contained in Article 2 and Article 3 hereof shall survive the Closing for three
years subsequent to the Closing Date.

         IX. B.           Indemnification by Sellers.  Subject to Section 8.4,
each Seller, severally and not jointly, agree to indemnify Buyer and its
officers, directors, employees, agents and stockholders (collectively, the
"Buyer Indemnified Parties") and hold them harmless against any loss,
liability, deficiency, damage, expense or cost (including reasonable accounting
or legal expenses, or any tax liabilities, deficiencies or penalties due to any
governmental authority by a Seller), whether or not actually incurred or paid
(collectively, "Losses"), which Buyer Indemnified Parties may suffer, sustain
or become subject to, as a result of (i) any misrepresentation in any of the
representations





                                       46
<PAGE>   48
and warranties of such Seller contained in this Agreement or in any exhibits,
schedules, certificates or other documents delivered or to be delivered by or
on behalf of such Seller pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise
referenced or incorporated in this Agreement (collectively, the "Related
Documents"), or (ii) any breach of, or failure to perform, any agreement of
such Seller contained in this Agreement or any of the Related Documents (other
than the Management Agreements and the Alfalfa's Shareholders' Agreement)
(collectively, "Buyer Losses"); provided that, such Seller will be so liable to
the Buyer Indemnified Parties for any such Buyer Losses:

                 1.       only if the Buyer Indemnified Party delivers written
notice thereof setting forth in reasonable detail the identity, nature and
amount of Buyer Losses related to such claim or claims prior to the third
anniversary of the Closing Date. Buyer's failure to provide such detail shall
not constitute either a breach of this Agreement by Buyer or any basis for any
Seller to assert that Buyer did not comply with the terms of this Section 8.2
sufficient to cause Buyer to have waived its rights under this Section 8.2; and

                 2.       only if, individually or in the aggregate, the amount
of Buyer Losses exceeds $5,000.00, in which case such Seller shall be obligated
to indemnify Buyer only for the excess of the amount of such Buyer Losses over
$5,000.00; provided that, it is understood that such amount need be satisfied
only once with respect to all Sellers collectively and not each Seller
individually;

                 3.       only to the extent that Buyer actually incurs or pays
such Buyer Losses;

                 (d)      only for the net amounts after any applicable
withholding of goods and service taxes; and

                 (e)      the liability of each Seller to Buyer shall be
limited to the aggregate Purchase Price received by such Seller for his Shares.





                                       47
<PAGE>   49
         IX. C.           Indemnification by Buyer.  Subject to Section 8.4,
Buyer agrees to indemnify each Seller and hold him harmless against any Losses
which such Seller may suffer, sustain or become subject to as a result of (i)
any misrepresentation in any of the representations and warranties of Buyer
contained in this Agreement or in any exhibits, schedules, certificates or
other documents delivered or to be delivered by or on behalf of Buyer hereunder
or otherwise referenced or incorporated in this Agreement (collectively, the
"Buyer's Related Documents"), (ii) any breach of, or failure to perform, any
agreement of Buyer contained in this Agreement or any of the Buyer's Related
Documents, or (iii) any claims or threatened claims against such Seller arising
out of the actions or inactions of Buyer with respect to the Business or the
Real Property after the Closing Date (collectively, "Sellers Losses"); provided
that, Buyer will be so liable to the Sellers for any such Sellers Loss:

                 1.       only if a Seller delivers to Buyer written notice
thereof, setting forth in reasonable detail the identity, nature and amount of
Sellers Losses related to such claim or claims prior to the third anniversary
of the Closing Date.  A Seller's failure to provide such detail shall not
constitute either a breach of this Agreement by such Seller or any basis for
Buyer to assert that such Seller did not comply with the terms of this Section
8.3 sufficient to cause such Seller to have waived his rights under this
Section 8.3;

                 2.       only if individually or in the aggregate, the amount
of Sellers Losses exceeds $5,000.00, in which case Buyer shall be obligated to
indemnify a Seller only for the excess of the amount of such Sellers Losses
over $5,000.00;

                 3.       only to the extent that a Seller actually incur or
pay such Sellers Losses;

                 (d)      only for the net amounts after any applicable
withholding of goods and services taxes; and

                 (e)      the liability of Buyer to each Seller shall be
limited to the amount of the Purchase Price received by such Seller.

         IX. D.           Method of Asserting Claims.  As used herein, an
"Indemnified Party" shall refer to a "Buyer Indemnified Party" or "Sellers," as
applicable.  The "Indemnifying Party" shall refer to the party hereto obligated
to indemnify such Indemnified Party.

                 1.       In the event that any of the Indemnified Parties is
made a defendant in or party to any action or proceeding, judicial or
administrative, instituted by any third party for the liability under which or
the costs or expenses of which are Losses (any such third party action or
proceeding being referred to as a "Claim"), the Indemnified Party shall give
the Indemnifying Party notice thereof. The failure to give such notice shall
not affect any Indemnified Party's ability to seek reimbursement under this
Article 8 unless such failure has materially and adversely affected the





                                       48
<PAGE>   50
Indemnifying Party's ability to defend successfully a Claim. The Indemnifying
Party shall be entitled to contest and defend such Claim; provided that the
Indemnifying Party (i) has a reasonable basis for concluding that such defense
may be successful and (ii) diligently contests and defends such Claim. Notice
of the intention so to contest and defend shall be given by the Indemnifying
Party to the Indemnified Party within 20 business days after the Indemnified
Party's notice of such Claim (but, in all events, at least five business days
prior to the date that an answer to such Claim is due to be filed). Such
contest and defense shall be conducted by reputable attorneys employed by the
Indemnifying Party.  The Indemnified Party shall be entitled at any time, at
its own cost and expense (which expense shall not constitute a Loss unless the
Indemnified Party reasonably determines that the Indemnifying Party is not
adequately representing or, because of a conflict of interest, may not
adequately represent, any interests of the Indemnified Parties, and only to the
extent that such expenses are reasonable), to participate in such contest and
defense and to be represented by attorneys of its or their own choosing. If the
Indemnified Party elects to participate in such defense, the Indemnified Party
will cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in the conduct of such defense.
Neither the Indemnified Party nor the Indemnifying Party may concede, settle or
compromise any Claim without the consent of the other party, which consents
will not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if a
Claim seeks equitable relief or (ii) if the subject matter of a Claim relates
to the ongoing business of any of the Indemnified Parties, which Claim, if
decided against any of the Indemnified Parties, would materially adversely
affect the ongoing business or reputation of any of the Indemnified Parties,
then, in each such case, the Indemnified Parties alone shall be entitled to
contest, defend and settle such Claim in the first instance without any loss of
right to indemnification hereunder and, if the Indemnified Parties do not
contest, defend or settle such Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall then have
the right to contest and defend (but not settle) such Claim.

                 2.       In the event any Indemnified Party should have a
claim against any Indemnifying Party that does not involve a Claim, the
Indemnified Party shall deliver a notice of such claim with reasonable
promptness to the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying Party notifies the
Indemnified Party that it does not dispute the claim described in such notice
or fails to notify the Indemnified Party within 30 days after delivery of such
notice by the Indemnified Party whether the Indemnifying Party disputes the
claim described in such notice, the Loss in the amount specified in the
Indemnified Party's notice will be conclusively deemed a Liability of the
Indemnifying Party and the Indemnifying Party shall pay the amount of such Loss
to the Indemnified Party on demand.

                 3.       After the Closing, the rights set forth in this
Article 8 shall be each party's sole and exclusive remedies against the other
party hereto for misrepresentations or breaches of covenants contained in this
Agreement and the Related Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
herein shall prevent any of the Indemnified Parties from bringing an action
based upon allegations of fraud or other intentional breach of an obligation of
or with respect to either party in





                                       49
<PAGE>   51
connection with this Agreement and the Related Documents. In the event such
action is brought, the prevailing party's attorneys' fees and costs shall be
paid by the non-prevailing party.


                                       X.

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         X. A.            Press Releases and Announcements.  Prior to the
Closing Date, neither party hereto shall make a public announcement of the
transactions contemplated hereby except if (a) Buyer and Capers agree to
jointly make such an announcement, or (b) required by law, provided that
nothing herein shall prevent disclosure by Buyer or Sellers of the transactions
contemplated hereby to their respective agents, accountants, counsel, board of
directors, shareholders or employees.  If any such public announcement is
required by law, the party making such disclosure shall consult with the other
party prior to making such disclosure, and the parties shall use all reasonable
efforts, acting in good faith, to agree upon a text for such disclosure which
is satisfactory to both parties.

         X. B.            Expenses.  Except as otherwise expressly provided for
herein, Sellers and Buyer will pay all of their own expenses (including
attorneys' and accountants' fees (and, in the case of Sellers, the expenses of
the Companies)) in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, the
performance of their respective obligations hereunder and the consummation of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether consummated or not).

         X. C.            Further Assurances.  Sellers agree that, on and after
the Closing Date, they shall take all appropriate action and execute any
documents, instruments or conveyances of any kind which may be reasonably
necessary or advisable to carry out any of the provisions hereof, including,
without limitation, obtaining all necessary consents with respect to the
Permits as are necessary as a result of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.

         X. D.            Amendment and Waiver.  This Agreement may not be
amended or waived except in a writing executed by the party against which such
amendment or waiver is sought to be enforced. No course of dealing between or
among any persons having any interest in this Agreement will be deemed
effective to modify or amend any part of this Agreement or any rights or
obligations of any person under or by reason of this Agreement.





                                       50
<PAGE>   52
         X. E.            Notices.  All notices, demands and other
communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of
this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when
personally delivered or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested,
or when receipt is acknowledged, if sent by facsimile, telecopy or other
electronic transmission device. Notices, demands and communications to Buyer
and Sellers will, unless another address is specified in writing, be sent to
the address indicated below:

<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
Notices to Buyer:                          with a copy to:
- -----------------                          ---------------

Alfalfa's, Inc.                            Brownstein Hyatt Farber &
1645 Broadway                              Strickland, P.C.
Boulder, Colorado 80302                    410 17th Street, 22nd Floor
Attention:  Caryn D. Ellison               Denver, Colorado 80202-4437
Telecopy: (303) 440-5404                   Attention:  Nesa E. Hassanein
                                           Telecopy: (303) 623-1956
Alfalfa's Canada, Inc.     
c\o Alfalfa's, Inc.        
1645 Broadway              
Boulder, Colorado 80302    
Attention: Caryn D. Ellison
Telecopy: (303) 440-5404   

Notices to Companies:                      with a copy to:
- --------------------                       -------------- 

Capers Management Holdings Inc.            McCarthy Tetrault
224-2211 West 4th Avenue                   P. O. Box 10424
Vancouver, B.C.  VGK 4S2                   Pacific Center
Telecopy (604) 739-6649                    1300-777 Dunsmuir Street
                                           Vancouver, B.C. Canada  V7Y 1K2
                                           Attn:  Mitchell Gropper, Q.C.
                                           Telecopy: (604) 643-7900

Notices to Sellers:                        with a copy to:
- -------------------                        -------------- 

At their respective                        McCarthy Tetrault
addresses set forth below                  P. O. Box 10424
their names on the signature               Pacific Centre
pages hereto                               1300-777 Dunsmuir Street
                                           Vancouver, BC Canada  V7Y 1K2
                                           Attn:  Mitchell Gropper, Q.C.
                                           Telecopy: (604) 643-7900
</TABLE>





                                       51
<PAGE>   53
         X. F.            Assignment.  This Agreement and all of the provisions
hereof will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and
their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that neither this
Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be
assigned by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other
party hereto.

         X. G.            Severability.  Whenever possible, each provision of
this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid
under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be
prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be
ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without
invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of
this Agreement.

         X. H.            Complete Agreement.  This Agreement and the Related
Agreements and other exhibits hereto, the Disclosure Schedule and the Buyer
Disclosure Schedule and the other documents referred to herein contain the
complete agreement between the parties and supersede any prior understandings,
agreements or representations by or between the parties, written or oral, which
may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

         X. I.            Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one
or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more
than one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one
and the same instrument.

         X. J.            GOVERNING LAW.  THE INTERNAL LAW, AND NOT THE LAW OF
CONFLICTS, OF THE STATE OF COLORADO WILL GOVERN ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE
CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE PERFORMANCE
OF THE OBLIGATIONS IMPOSED BY THIS AGREEMENT.  THE PARTIES HERETO SUBMIT AND
CONSENT TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF
COLORADO.

         X. K.            Time.  Time shall be of the essence hereof.


         9.12    Currency.  All references to dollar amounts and "$" are
references to United States dollars.





                                       52
<PAGE>   54
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                                        BUYER:

                                        ALFALFA'S CANADA, INC., a British
                                        Columbia corporation

                                        By:  /s/ S. M. Hassan             
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           S. M. HASSAN, PRESIDENT


                                        ALFALFA'S, INC., a Colorado
                                        corporation

                                        By:  /s/ S. M. Hassan              
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           S. M. HASSAN, PRESIDENT

                                        SELLERS:

                                         /s/ Stuart Abelson               
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        STUART ABELSON
                                        Address:       c/o Kipnis Kahn
                                                       30 North La Salle Street
                                                       Suite 2024 
                                                       Chicago IL  60602-2504

                                         /s/ Carol Journeay               
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        CAROL JOURNEAY
                                        Address:       Great Pacific Ventures
                                                       c/o Bull Housser & Tupper
                                                       P. O. Box 11130
                                                       30th Floor
                                                       1055 West Georgia Street
                                                       Vancouver, B.C.  V6E 3R3

                                         /s/ Linda Link                   
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        LINDA LINK
                                        Address:       Cape Mudge Road
                                                       Quanthiaski Cove, B.C.  
                                                       V0P 1N0





                                       53
<PAGE>   55
                                    /s/ Barry Perzow                  
                                    ----------------------------------------
                                    BARRY PERZOW
                                    Address:       1418 Haywood Avenue
                                                   W. Vancouver, B.C. V7T 1V6


                                    /s/ Russell Precious              
                                    ----------------------------------------
                                    RUSSELL PRECIOUS
                                    Address:       Fire #2711
                                                   Upper 6 Mile Lake Road
                                                   Nelson. B.C.  V1L 5P4


                                    /s/ Teresa Precious              
                                    ----------------------------------------
                                    TERESA PRECIOUS
                                    Address:       Fire #2711
                                                   Upper 6 Mile Lake Road
                                                   Nelson. B.C.  V1L 5P4


                                     /s/ Lorne Rubinoff               
                                    ----------------------------------------
                                    LORNE RUBINOFF
                                    Address:       5762 Larson Place
                                                   W. Vancouver, B.C. V7W 1S4


                                    /s/ James Wilson               
                                    ----------------------------------------
                                    JAMES WILSON
                                    Address:       07 Camino Alta
                                                   Santa Fe, NM  87505

                                    ELEANOR H. WILSON TRUST NO.1

                                    By: /s/ James Wilson              
                                    ----------------------------------------
                                    JAMES WILSON, TRUSTEE
                                    Address:       07 Camino Alta
                                                   Santa Fe, NM  87505





                                       54
<PAGE>   56
                                        COMPANY:

                                        CAPERS MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS INC.

                                        By: /s/ Russell Precious
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        RUSSELL PRECIOUS, PRESIDENT





                                       55

<PAGE>   1
                            SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     This SHARE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made as of
July 14, 1994, by and among WILD OATS MARKETS, Inc., a Delaware corporation 
with its principal office at 1668 Valtec Lane, Boulder, Co. 80301 ("Buyer"), and
the holders of the Common Stock of KATHY'S NATURAL FOOD RANCH MARKET, INC. and
KATHY'S NATURAL FOOD RANCH MARKET-WEST, INC. (Nevada corporations referred to
collectively herein as the "Corporations"); (The holders of the Common Stock of
the Corporations are referred to collectively as the "Selling Stockholders");
KATHY MELBY, an individual; and RICH ARCARIS, an individual.  Certain other
individual employees of the Corporations listed on Exhibit A attached hereto
(the "Key Employees"), and also listed on Exhibit A, holders of options on the
Selling Stockholder's stock ("Option-holders") are also signatories to this
agreement for the limited purpose of relinquishing their claim to stock, if any,
and receipt of consideration therefor.

                                    RECITALS

     A.  Selling Stockholders own, in aggregate, all of the issued and
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporations (the "Shares"), and the
Selling Stockholders desire to sell all such Shares to Buyer for cash and other
consideration.

     B.  The parties previously entered into the Option Agreement dated July
14, 1994 (the "Option Agreement") in which the parties agreed to enter into
this Agreement upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, and a Management
Agreement dated July 14, 1994 (the "Management Agreement") pursuant to which
the Buyer is operating the Stores.

     C.  This Agreement has been approved by the Boards of Directors of the
Corporations and is hereby approved by the Selling Stockholders, who constitute
all the shareholders of Corporations.

                                   AGREEMENT

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual covenants, promises, and
obligations set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

                         1.  DESCRIPTION OF TRANSACTION

     1.1  Purchase Price.  The Purchase Price of the Shares is as follows:

     a)  Two Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,400,000) cash or
certified funds, paid upon execution of the Option Agreement and held in escrow
until the Closing, as defined below, plus One Hundred Thousand Dollars
($100,000) plus accumulated interest, which Buyers paid to Selling Stockholders
as earnest money; all to be distributed, one-half to the Option-holders and
one-half to the Selling Stockholders, at closing;


                                       1

<PAGE>   2


     b)  Four Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars ($480,000) in cash/common stock
of Buyer, to be paid or distributed to the Key Employees, in increments no less
favorable than to the Selling Stockholders, as specified on the attached
Exhibit 1.1(b)(i), and with respect to the sale of the Common Stock, pursuant
to the forms of the investment letter attached as Exhibit 1.1(b)(ii);

     c)  One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000), one-half to be
paid to the Selling Stockholders and one-half to the Option-holders in cash or
certified funds on or before April 14, 1995.  Such payment shall be secured by
a One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollar ($1,500,000) stand-by irrevocable
letter of credit, which Selling Stockholders may draw down only in the event
that Buyer does not pay the $1,500,000 when due.  Said letter of credit is to
be obtained from a federally insured bank;

     d)  One Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,600,000), one-half to be
paid to the Selling Stockholders and one-half to the Option-holders in cash or
certified funds on or before October 14, 1995;

     e)  The amount, if any, in cash or certified funds to be paid on or before
April 14, 1995, by which the Wholesale Value (as defined herein) of the
Inventory (as defined herein) of the Corporations' retail stores exceed the sum
of Seven Hundred Thousand Dollars ($700,000), as determined in accordance with
Paragraph 1.4 of this Agreement.  Said amount is to be paid one-half to Selling
Stockholders and one-half to Option-holders;

     f)  Assumption of certain long-term debts, the specifics of which are
detailed in the attached Exhibit 1.1(f).  Subject to the terms of the
agreements with the third parties to whom the debts are owed, Buyer may prepay
such debts, without penalty.  Such debts shall be paid in full on or before the
time for payment called for under the last paragraph of Section 1.1, pertaining
to Buyer's IPO.  However, if Buyer has not raised capital through an IPO prior
to October 15, 1995, Buyer shall pay off such debts or direct that the Escrow
Shares, as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, remain in Escrow until the
long term debts are paid off in full;

     g)  Cash or certified funds at Closing, to be paid one-half to Selling
Stockholders and one-half to Option-holders, in the amount of any lease
deposits for the Stores, utility deposits, sales tax deposits, pro-rated
insurance premiums and other deposits of like nature, as described in Exhibit
1.6(f).

In the event Buyer raises capital through an initial public offering ("IPO"),
all amounts of the Purchase Price then outstanding shall be paid in full within
seven days of Buyer's receipt of the proceeds.

     1.2  Closing.  The closing of the purchase and sale of the Stock hereunder
shall take place at a closing ("Closing"), which shall be held at the offices
of Thomas KLC, 4625 South 2300 East, Salt Lake City.  The Closing shall take
place at 10:00 a.m. or such time and place as the Buyer and Seller may agree.


                                       2

<PAGE>   3


     1.3  Assets of the Corporations.  The primary assets of the Corporations
include two retail natural foods stores in Las Vegas, Nevada, located at 3455
East Flamingo Road (the "East Store") and 6720 West Sahara Boulevard (the "West
Store") (The East Store and the West Store are referred to collectively as the
"Stores") and the fixtures, equipment, inventories and leases pertaining to the
Stores.  An equipment list is attached as Exhibit 1.3

     1.4  Inventory.  On July 13th and 14th, 1994, representatives of Buyer and
the Corporations will be present at the West Store and East Store,
respectively, and shall simultaneously and together perform an Inventory (as
defined below) of the Stores for purposes of Section 1.1(e).  The Wholesale
Value shall be determined as either (i) the Corporations' cost or (ii) a
percentage of suggested retail price (which may be different from the
Corporations' acquisition cost, which may be better than wholesale) for the
different departments of inventory as follows:


<TABLE>
                     <S>         <C>              <C>
                     Department  Description      Cost or %
                           1     Grocery          67.5%
                           2     Vitamins         55.0
                           3     Cosmetics        60.0
                           4     Books            65.0
                           5     Cafe & Deli      Cost
                           6     Produce          Cost
                           7     Meat             Cost
                           8     Frozen & Dairy   70.0
                           9     Grocery Taxable  67.5
                          10     Bakery           67.5
</TABLE>


Inventory shall include (a) the product held in the Stores; (b) fresh dates
held at R.M.C. Foods; (c) less than a truckload of juice held at Nature's Best;
and (d) the product held in two trailers behind the West Store and one trailer
behind the East Store.

     1.5  Action by Selling Stockholders at Closing.  At Closing, subject to
the terms and conditions of this Agreement and pursuant to documents reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to Buyer and its counsel, Selling
Stockholders shall deliver to Buyer:

     (a)  Certificates representing the Shares, duly endorsed or accompanied by
stock powers duly executed in blank and otherwise in form acceptable for
transfer on the books of the Corporations, with such stock certificates to be
delivered to the escrow agent;

     (b)  The stock books, stock ledgers, minute books, and corporate seal, if
any, of the Corporations and all other books and records of the Corporations
being located at the corporate premises of the Corporations;

     (c)  Resignations of the Corporations' directors and officers, as
identified on attached Exhibit 1.5(c);

                                       3

<PAGE>   4



     (d)  Copies of any books and records pertaining to the Stores' operations.
Buyer recognizes that the original documents including cancelled checks, bank
statements, invoices, accounting records, along with the work papers are held
in control by Management Accounting in Salt Lake City, Utah.  Said Management
Accounting shall either continue to hold all of such papers for the benefit of
the corporations, or at Wild Oats expense copies of the same may be provided.
It is necessary, since Management Accounting has previously prepared tax
returns and other documents for the corporations, that it retain such documents
as backup for the same.  Nevertheless, full cooperation at the expense of Wild
Oats, will be freely given;

     (e)  Certified copies of all Board of Directors and Shareholders actions
and approvals required for Selling Stockholders to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereunder;

     (f)  A list setting forth the known accrued vacation and sick time of
employees of the Corporations as of the Closing;

     (g)  Buyer may obtain, if desired, letters from Nevada Sales Tax
authorities certifying that the Stores' sales tax accounts are current.

     1.6  Action by Buyer at Closing.  At Closing, subject to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement and pursuant to documents reasonably satisfactory
in form and substance to Selling Stockholders, Buyer shall:

     (a)  Pay the Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) [with
interest accrued] pursuant to the Option Agreement, which amount shall be
deemed paid against the purchase price.

     (b)  Pay, in cash or certified funds, and distribute Buyer's common stock
to the Key Employees, pursuant to the attached Exhibit 1.1(b)(i), and provide
documentation (satisfactory to Key Employees) of future payments and
distributions, pursuant to said Exhibit 1.1(b)(i).  The form of the Promissory
Notes are attached as Exhibit 1.6(b);

     (c)  Deliver to the Selling Stockholders and Option-holders Promissory
Notes in the total amount of One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars
($1,500,000), payable in full April 14, 1995, and secured by the letter of
credit, as set forth in Section 1.1(c).  The form of said Note is attached as
Exhibit 1.6(c);

     (d)  Deliver to the Selling Stockholders and Option-holders Promissory
Notes in the total amount of One Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars
($1,600,000), payable in full October 15, 1995.  The form of said Notes is
attached as Exhibit 1.6(d);

     (e)  Deliver to the Selling Stockholders and Option-holders Promissory
Notes, pursuant to Section 1.1(e), in the amount, if any, of the excess
Wholesale Value of the Inventory calculated pursuant to Section 1.4, payable in
full April 15, 1995.  The form of said Notes is attached as Exhibit 1.6(e).

                                       4

<PAGE>   5



     (f)  Pay to the Selling Stockholders and Option-holders, in cash or
certified funds, the amount of any lease deposits for the Stores, utility
deposits, sales tax deposits, pro-rated insurance premiums and other deposits
of like nature, in the amounts described in Exhibit 1.6(f);

     (g)  Grant to Selling Stockholders a subordinated security interest (in
form satisfactory to Selling Stockholders) in all fixtures, equipment and
assets of the Corporations in existence immediately prior to Closing, as
additional security for Buyer's obligations under 1.6(d) and 1.6(e).

                              2.  ESCROW OF SHARES

     At Closing, Selling Stockholders and Buyer shall deliver to Zions First
National Bank, as Escrow Agent ("Escrow Agent") a certificate representing 100%
of the Shares (the "Escrow Shares") for the purpose of securing the payment of
the Purchase Price set forth in the Escrow Agreement attached as Exhibit 2.0
(the "Escrow Agreement").  The Escrow Shares shall be held by the Escrow Agent
under the Escrow Agreement pursuant to the terms thereof.  The Escrow Shares
shall be held as a trust fund and shall not be subject to any lien, attachment,
trustee process or any other judicial process of any creditor of any party, and
shall be held and disbursed solely for the purposes in accordance with the
terms of the Escrow Agreement.

                           3.  TRANSITION OF BUSINESS

     3.1  Trade Names, Trademarks, and Service Marks.  The parties understand
and agree that Buyer may use the name "Kathy's" (in any form or derivative) as
a tradename, trademark or servicemark but only in the city of Las Vegas and all
other rights to such name shall remain with some or all of the Selling
Stockholders/Corporations.  The Selling Stockholders/Corporations agree that
upon request by Buyer, the Selling Stockholders/Corporations shall execute a
license agreement for use of the Kathy's name in accordance with this Section
3.1.

     3.2  Store Operations.  The parties entered into a Management Agreement
dated July ____, 1994, under which Buyer has operated the stores since
_______________, 1994.  Until Closing, Buyer shall continue to operate the
Stores in the ordinary and usual course of business.  After Closing, Buyer
shall be responsible for the operation of the Stores.

     3.3  Employees.  Selling Stockholders do not warrant or represent that any
of the employees will agree to continue to work at the Stores or otherwise work
for Buyer.  Buyer agrees to pay sick and vacation pay, accrued as of Closing.
Prior to Closing, Selling Stockholders will make available to Buyer all records
concerning the Corporations' employee compensation and benefits.

     3.4  Transition Assistance.  From the execution of the Option Agreement,
Arcaris and Melby each hereby agree to assist Buyer in the transition of the
business to Buyer for which assistance Arcaris and Melby shall be paid
$78,003.00 and $43,002.00, respectively,  Melby's assistance shall be limited
to organizing seminars and coordinating the quarterly "Kathy's" newsletter.
Arcaris' assistance shall consist of performance of functions as previously
performed 

                                       5

<PAGE>   6

and such assistance shall not require more than two days per week in Las Vegas
and one day per week in Salt Lake City.  Arcaris' assistance shall not extend
beyond April 15, 1995, and Melby's shall not extend beyond January 15, 1995.
Melby's fees hereunder shall be paid in advance.  Both shall be payable
regardless of whether Buyer makes any requests for transition assistance.
Arcaris' fees hereunder shall be aid in equal monthly payments of $8,667.00.

       4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

Selling Stockholders, represent and warrant as follows:

     4.1  Organization, Good Standing, Enforceability.  To the best of their
knowledge, the Corporations are duly organized, validly existing, and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Nevada and have full corporate power
and authority to carry on business in the State of Nevada and to own or hold
under lease or similar agreement the properties and assets they now own or
hold; and have full corporate power and authority to carry out the transactions
contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by
Selling Stockholders and is a valid, binding and legal obligation of Selling
Stockholders enforceable against Selling Stockholders in accordance with its
terms.  Selling Stockholders have the power and authority to enter into and
perform their obligations under this Agreement.

     4.2  Capitalization and Subsidiaries.  As of the date of this Agreement,
the total authorized capital stock of Kathy's Natural Food Ranch Market, Inc.
consists of 25,000 shares of stock, no par value per share.  As of July 14, 
1994, 6667 and 2/3 shares were issued and outstanding and 333 and 1/3 shares 
were held in the treasury.

     As of the date of this Agreement, the authorized capital stock of Kathy's
Natural Ranch Market-West, Inc. consists of 25,000 shares of stock,
no par value per share.  As of July 14, 1994, 100 shares were issued and 
outstanding and no shares were held in the treasury.

     All issued and outstanding shares and other securities of the Corporations
are duly authorized, validly issued, issued in compliance with federal and
state laws, fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights.  Except as
set forth in this Agreement, there are no outstanding options, warrants,
conversion privileges, contracts or other rights to purchase or acquire any
shares of either Corporation.

     Neither Corporation holds an interest in any subsidiary or affiliate
corporation.

     4.3  No Approvals or Notices Required; No Conflicts with Other Agreements
or Orders.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement do not, and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, violate any
provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporations.
Except with regard to the consent of the landlord of the East Store (referenced
in Section 11.3 of this Agreement) and the consent of the bank and the SBA in
connection with the real estate loan on the West Store (referenced in Section 
11 of this Agreement), the execution, performance and delivery of this Agreement
do not and the consummation of the 

                                       6

<PAGE>   7

transactions contemplated hereby will not (a) require any consent, approval or
authorization of any person or governmental authority, the failure to obtain
which could have a material adverse effect upon the transactions contemplated
hereby; (b) constitute a material violation of any provision of law applicable
to Selling Stockholders; or (c) violate any provision of, or result in the
acceleration of any obligation under, any material mortgage, lien, lease,
agreement, instrument, order arbitration award, judgment or decree to which
Selling Stockholders or the Corporations are a party or by which Selling
Stockholders or the Corporations are bound.

     4.4  Financial Statements.  Selling Stockholders have delivered to Buyer
financial statement information dated (1) as of December 31, 1990, 1991, 1992,
and 1993 and (2) as of May 31, 1994 (collectively "Financial Statements").  The
information from which the financial statements have been prepared are true and
accurate.  Such financials have not been prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles.

     4.5  Undisclosed Liabilities.  To the best of Selling Stockholders'
knowledge, except as disclosed to Buyer in writing, there are no undisclosed
liabilities or obligations arising from contracts or otherwise with respect to
the Selling Stockholders and the Corporations that are not covered by
insurance.

     4.6  Leaseholds.  The Lease for the East Store (the "Store Lease") and the
equipment lease rights and obligations (collectively the "Leaseholds")
pertaining to the Stores are as set forth in the Store Lease and the equipment
leases, true and complete copies of which are attached as Exhibit 4.6 and which
have previously been provided to Buyer.

     4.7  Equipment.  To the best of their knowledge, the Corporations have
good and marketable title to all equipment listed on attached Exhibit 1.3, free
and clear of any liens, mortgages, pledges, encumbrances, claims and charges of
any kind except those that have been disclosed to Buyer in writing.

                  5.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

Buyer hereby represents and warrants as follows:

     5.1  Organization, Good Standing, Enforceability.  Buyer is duly
organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State
of Delaware and has, or will soon have, full corporate power and authority to
carry on business in the State of Nevada and to own or hold under lease or
similar agreement the properties and assets it will own or hold; and has full
corporate power and authority to carry out the transactions contemplated
hereby.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and is a
valid, binding and legal obligation of Buyer enforceable in accordance with its
terms.  Buyer has the power and authority to enter into and perform its
obligations under this Agreement.

     5.2  No Approvals or Notices Required; No Conflicts with Other Agreements
or Orders.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement do not, and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, violate any
provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws 


                                       7

<PAGE>   8


of Buyer.  The execution, performance and delivery of this Agreement do not and
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (a) require
any consent, approval or authorization of any person or governmental authority,
the failure to obtain which could have a material adverse effect upon the
transactions contemplated hereby; (b) constitute a material violation of any
provision of law applicable to Buyer; or (c) violate any provision of, or result
in the acceleration of any obligation under, any material mortgage, lien, lease,
agreement, instrument, order, arbitration award, judgment or decree to which
Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound.

     5.3  Brokers.  Neither Buyer nor anyone acting on its behalf has retained
any broker, finder, or agent, or agreed to pay any brokerage fees, finder's
fees, or commissions with respect to the transactions contemplated by this
agreement.

     5.4  Financial Statements.  Buyer acknowledges that Selling Stockholders
are relying upon Buyer's financial statements provided to them as being a fair
and accurate representation of the financial condition of Buyer.  Selling
Stockholders further rely on Buyer's business experience and expertise to
ensure that the Agreement and the transactions related thereto strictly comply
with any and all federal securities or state blue sky laws.

                           6.  ACCESS AND INFORMATION

     6.1  Access and Information.  Selling Stockholders have provided and will
give Buyer and its counsel, accountants, and other representatives reasonable
access, during normal business hours throughout the period prior to Closing, to
all of the Assets, and all books, contracts, commitments, and records of the
Corporations and will furnish Buyer during such period with all information as
Buyer may reasonably request.  Buyer shall advise Sellers in writing prior to
Closing of any information it has obtained as a result of its investigation
which it believes has or may result in a breach of any representation or
warranty of Sellers set forth in this Agreement or the Exhibits attached
hereto.

     6.2  Confidentiality; Return of Documents.  Buyer and Selling Stockholders
will hold in confidence all confidential information obtained by them from the
other party under this Agreement.  If the transaction contemplated by this
Agreement is not consummated buyer and Selling Stockholders will continue to
hold such information in confidence and will return all documents and records
containing such information.

                    7.  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PRIOR TO CLOSING

     7.1  Ordinary Course.  Except with respect to the obligations which Buyer
has expressly assumed pursuant to the Management Agreement, following the
execution of this Agreement.

     5.2  No Approvals or Notices Required; No Conflicts with Other Agreements
or Orders.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement do not, and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, violate any
provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Buyer.  The
execution, performance and delivery of this Agreement do not and the


                                       8

<PAGE>   9


consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (a) require any
consent, approval or authorization of any person or governmental authority, the
failure to obtain which could have a material adverse effect upon the
transactions contemplated hereby; (b) constitute a material violation of any
provision of law applicable to Buyer; or (c) violate any provision of, or
result in the acceleration of any obligation under, any material mortgage,
lien, lease, agreement, instrument, order, arbitration award, judgment or
decree to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound.

     5.3  Brokers.  Neither Buyer nor anyone acting on its behalf has retained
any broker, finder, or agent, or agreed to pay any brokerage fees, finder's
fees, or commissions with respect to the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.

     5.4  Financial Statements.  Buyer acknowledges that Selling Stockholders
are relying upon Buyer's financial statements provided to them as being a fair
and accurate representation of the financial condition of Buyer.  Selling
Stockholders further rely on Buyer's business experience and expertise to
ensure that the Agreement and the transactions related thereto strictly comply
with any and all federal securities or state blue sky laws.

                           6.  ACCESS AND INFORMATION

     6.1  Access and Information.  Selling Stockholders have provided and will
give Buyer and its counsel, accountants, and other representatives reasonable
access, during normal business hours throughout the period prior to Closing, to
all of the Assets, and all books, contracts, commitments, and records of the
Corporations and will furnish Buyer during such period with all information as
Buyer may reasonably request.  Buyer shall advise Sellers in writing prior to
Closing of any information it has obtained as a result of its investigation
which it believes has or may result in a breach of any representation or
warranty of Sellers set forth in this Agreement or the Exhibits attached
hereto.

     6.2  Confidentiality; Return of Documents.  Buyer and Selling Stockholders
will hold in confidence all confidential information obtained by them from the
other party under this Agreement.  If the transaction contemplated by this
Agreement is not consummated Buyer and Selling Stockholders will continue to
hold such information in confidence and will return all documents and records
containing such information.

                    7.  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PRIOR TO CLOSING

     7.1  Ordinary Course.  Except with respect to the obligations which Buyer
has expressly assumed pursuant to the Management Agreement, following the
execution of this Agreement and prior to the Closing, Selling Stockholders
will:

     (a)  Not commit to any employment agreements or employee benefit plans, or
increase employee compensation;

     (b)  Not incur any indebtedness materially affecting the Corporations;



                                       9

<PAGE>   10


     (c)  Not solicit any offers or engage in any discussions with any third
parties regarding any sale of any material portion of the assets of the
Corporations or the sale of any of the Shares.

                8.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BUYER'S OBLIGATIONS

The obligations of Buyer under this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction
(or waiver in writing by Buyer), prior to or at Closing, of each of the
following conditions:

     8.1  Correctness of Representations and Warranties.  Buyer shall not have
discovered any material error, misstatement, or omission in the representations
and warranties made by Selling Stockholders in this Agreement or in any
Schedules or Exhibits attached hereto.  The representations and warranties of
Selling Stockholders contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
made again at and as of the time of the Closing and shall be true and accurate
in all material respects at such time, except as to such normal adjustments
that may occur.

     8.2  Compliance with Agreement.  Selling Stockholders shall have performed
and complied with all obligations and requirements of this Agreement to be
performed or complied with by Selling Stockholders prior to or at Closing.

     8.3  Authorization.  Buyer shall have received copies of corporate
resolutions authorizing Selling Stockholders to enter into this Agreement and
perform the terms and conditions hereof.

        9.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The obligations of Selling Stockholders under this Agreement are subject to the
satisfaction (or waiver in writing by Sellers), prior to or at Closing, of each
of the following conditions:

     9.1  Correctness of Representations and Warranties.  Selling Stockholders
shall not have discovered any material error, misstatement, or omission in the
representations and warranties made by Buyer in this Agreement.  The
representations and warranties of Buyer in this Agreement shall be deemed to
have been made again at and as of the time of the Closing and shall be true and
accurate in all material respects at such time.

     9.2  Compliance with Agreement.  Buyer shall have performed and complied
with all obligations and requirements of this Agreement to be performed or
complied with by Buyer prior to or at Closing.

     9.3  Authorization.  Selling Stockholders shall have received copies of
corporate resolutions authorizing Buyer to enter into this Agreement and
perform the terms and conditions hereof.


                10.  CONDITION PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATION OF BUYER



                                       10

<PAGE>   11


     10.1  Discharge of Loans on West Store.  The obligations of Buyer under
this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction prior to or at the Closing of the
condition that Selling Stockholders shall have good and marketable title to the
premises from which the West Store operates.  Selling Stockholders shall have
discharged the Corporations from liability under the Loans (as defined in
Section 11.1 below) by either (i) obtaining from the lending bank (which holds
a Deed of Trust on the West Store) (the "Bank") and the S.B.A., their consent
to the transfer of the West Store to the Selling Stockholders and the
assumption of the obligations under the Loans by the Selling Stockholders; (ii)
obtaining a new loan on the West Store; or (iii) paying off all loans on the
West Store.  Any assets of the Corporations which previously served as
collateral for the Loans (except the West Store premises) shall be released and
all appropriate lending banks shall provide a complete and unconditional
release of the Corporations from any liability under the Loans.

     10.2  Buyer's Obligations Regarding Discharge of Loans on West Store.
Buyers shall be responsible for the following in connection with the discharge
of the Corporation from liability under the Loans:

                  (a)  Buyer shall assist Selling Stockholders in obtaining the
consent of the Bank and the S.B.A. as described in Section 10.1(i) above; and

                  (b)  Buyer shall pay all administrative costs incurred in
connection with either (i), (ii), or (iii) of paragraph 10.1 above, including,
but not limited to, paying any prepayment penalties, reasonable attorneys' and
accountants' fees, points, loan fees, and any additional amounts that Seller
may have to pay with regard to such property over and above the amount that
would have been paid if the original loans were kept in place (for example, a
differential in total payments arising from a change in interest rates.

     10.3  Release of Escrow of Advance.  Selling Stockholders and
Option-Holders shall be entitled to receive the Two Million Five-Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000.00) deposited into escrow and given as earnest
money upon closing, if not sooner.

                                11.  REAL ESTATE

     11.1  Real Estate Not to be Included as Asset.  Buyer will not acquire the
real property of the Corporations located at 6720 West Sahara Boulevard, which
was recently acquired and improvements constructed thereon and for which
Selling Stockholders will be obtaining permanent financing pursuant to Section
10 above.  The existing financing for the West Store premises consists of a
$1,000,000 loan from the Bank and a $726,000 S.B.A. loan (collectively the
"Loans").  Buyer and Selling Stockholders, who are unrelated parties dealing at
arms-length, agree that the value of such property is equal to the book value
of the same.

     11.2  Real Estate Lease for West Store Premises.  On or before Closing, by
Lease Agreement satisfactory to both Buyer and Selling Stockholders (attached
as Exhibit 11.1), Buyer shall lease from Selling Stockholders the premises from
which the West Store conducts its operations.  The Lease shall have a ten-year
primary term with minimum rent (triple net) of 


                                       11

<PAGE>   12


Seventeen Thousand Five Hundred dollars ($17,500) per month and Buyer shall be
responsible for taxes, insurance, maintenance and all other costs (normally
borne by tenant in a triple net lease) associated with increases in the
Consumer Price Index for the previous five years immediately prior to the
inception of each option period, respectively.  It is the intent that the
rental amount shall be sufficient for Selling Stockholders to make the payments
under such loans.  In the event Selling Stockholders default and are unable to
cure such loans, Buyers shall have first right to cure or otherwise acquire
such real estate.

     11.3  Landlord Consent.  Buyer shall use its best efforts to obtain any
necessary consents, including, but not limited to, the consent of the Landlord
of the East Store (if required) and non-disturbance agreements from the Lenders
who finance the west Store.  If the consent and non-disturbance agreement of
the Landlord of the East Store is required and despite good faith effort of
Buyer to obtain same such is determined to be not reasonably obtainable, Buyer,
at its option, may terminate this Agreement.  Buyer has communicated directly
with the Landlord of the East store regarding such Landlord's consent and has
received correspondence from such Landlord as to the requirements thereof.
Selling Stockholders, in any event, will retain the $100,000 earnest money
previously paid in full satisfaction of any claims arising directly or
indirectly out of this agreement.

                         12.  DISCOUNTS FROM SUPPLIERS

     12.1  Supplier Discounts.  For a period of 5 years from the date of this
Agreement, Buyer shall make full effort to enable Selling Stockholders related
corporation, at their present Utah location, to receive the same product
discounts that Buyer receives from suppliers which discounts are generally at
least 15.5% off the book price.  Such will be accomplished by Selling
Stockholders either coupling onto Buyer's buying power or by Selling
Stockholders' corporation buying through Buyer.  The rights granted under this
Section are intended to extend only to Selling Stockholders' corporation and
their currently existing related parties and such rights shall immediately
expire in the event Selling Stockholders acquire, are acquired by, merge with
or into, any other entity whereby Selling Stockholders no longer have control.
Selling Stockholders rights hereunder are conditioned upon Selling
Stockholders' corporation's ability to pay for products on purchase terms
acceptable to suppliers or Buyer, as the case may be and Selling Stockholders'
corporations' timely payments of all invoices when due.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Buyer will not be required to extend credit to Selling Stockholders'
corporation or to assume any obligations with respect to selling Stockholders'
corporations' purchases from vendors.

                            13.  CLASSICS SOUTHWEST

     13.1  Shelf Space.  For a period of 5 years, Selling Stockholders' related
company, Classics Southwest, Inc. (or other such entity as Selling Stockholders
may designate) shall be given shelf space for the display and sale of its
products in Buyer's stores.  For the two Las Vegas Stores, such shelf space
shall be a section of two and one-half linear feet, extending up and down (top
to bottom) from those two and one-half linear feet.  For Buyer's other stores,
the shelf space shall be a section one and one-half linear feet, extending up
and down (top to bottom)

                                       12

<PAGE>   13

from this one and one-half linear feet. The shelf space contemplated herein
shall be located in the stores in areas comparable to that which Classics
Southwest currently displays its products in the existing Las Vegas Stores.

                                       13

<PAGE>   14



                               14.  MISCELLANEOUS

     14.1  Covenant Not to Compete.  Each of the Selling Stockholders hereby
agree that it will not at any time within the five year period immediately
following Closing, directly or indirectly engage in, or have any interest in
any person, firm, corporation, or business (whether as an employee, officer,
director, agent, security holder, creditor, consultant, or otherwise) that
engages in any activity which is the same as or competitive with activity
engaged in by the Corporations within a twenty (20) mile radius of the Stores
in Las Vegas, Nevada.

     14.2  Arbitration; Litigation.  Any controversy or claim arising out of or
relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by
arbitration in Las Vegas, Nevada, in accordance with the Rules of the American
Arbitration Association, and any judgment upon the arbitration award may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof; provided, however, that
Selling Stockholders shall have no obligation to submit to arbitration any
claim based on Buyer's failure to pay the Purchase Price.  In the event of any
litigation, the prevailing party shall be entitled to an award of reasonable
attorney fees and expenses.

     14.3  Survival of Representations and Warranties.  All representations,
covenants, and warranties set forth herein shall be deemed to be material and
to have been relied upon by the Parties hereto and shall survive Closing.

     14.4  Payment of Fees and Expenses.  The Corporations shall pay for the
reasonable legal, accounting and other expenses of Selling Stockholders related
to this transaction and accrued as of Closing.  Otherwise, each party shall pay
and be responsible for all of the fees and expenses of its own counsel,
financial advisors, accountants, and other experts and all other expenses
incurred by it incident to the negotiation, preparation, and execution of this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein.

     14.5  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and all schedules referenced
herein and documents delivered pursuant hereto, and all schedules referenced
therein and documents delivered pursuant thereto, constitute the entire
agreement of the parties as to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all
prior discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral,
between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

     14.6  Modification.  This Agreement may not be modified except by a
writing executed by duly authorized representatives of both parties.

     14.7  Waiver.  The failure of any party to exercise any of its rights
hereunder or to enforce any of the terms and conditions of this agreement on
any occasion shall not constitute or be deemed a waiver of that party's rights
thereafter to exercise any rights hereunder or to enforce each and every term
and condition of this Agreement.

     14.8  Severability.  A determination that any portion of this Agreement is
unenforceable shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any of the
remaining portions of the Agreement



                                       14

<PAGE>   15


or of this Agreement as a whole.  In the event that any portion of this
Agreement is determined to be unenforceable, the parties agree that a
reasonable provision shall be substituted in place of the unenforceable
provision and that, as so modified, this Agreement shall be enforceable.

     14.9  Notices.  All notices, consents, requests, demands, or other
communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
duly given upon receipt, if hand delivered, or three (3) days after mailing, if
sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

     (a)  If to Selling Stockholders:

                    Thomas J. KLC                  
                    4625 South 2300 East, Suite 207
                    Salt Lake City, Utah  84117    

     (b)  If to Buyer:

                    Wild Oats Markets, Inc.    
                    1668 Valtec Lane           
                    Boulder, CO  80301         
                    Attn:  Michael C. Gilliland


If a party changes its address, written notice shall be given promptly to the
other party under this Section.

     14.6  Binding Effect; Assignment.  This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their successors and
assigns; provided, however, that no party may, without the written consent of
the other, assign or transfer any interest under this Agreement.

     14.7  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted, and
enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.

     14.8  Headings.  The parties agree that the Article and Section headings
are inserted only for ease of reference, shall not be construed as part of this
Agreement, and shall have no effect upon the construction of interpretation of
any part hereof.

     14.9  Representation by Counsel and Construction.  The parties hereto
represent that in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement they have been
represented by and relied upon the advice of counsel of their choice.  The
parties affirm that their counsel have had a substantial role in the drafting
and negotiation of this Agreement and, therefore, the rule of construction to
the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party
shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement or any schedule
hereto.


                                       15

<PAGE>   16


     14.10  Cooperation.  Buyer and Selling Stockholders agree to actively
cooperate in consummation of this transaction and to comply with any reasonable
request for execution and delivery of any additional instruments or documents
that may be needed.

     14.11  Time of Possession.  Buyer shall be entitled to possession of the
Store premises and contracts at Closing; provided, however, that all sales and
expenses shall be deemed to accrue to Buyer from 00:01 a.m. on the date of
Closing.

     14.12  Late Payments.  Any payment required of Buyer under the terms of
this Agreement shall be timely made.  If any payment is not timely made there
shall be a late payment penalty of the lesser of (i) 10% of such amount or (ii)
the maximum amount permissible under Nevada law.  Interest will begin to accrue
upon default of any obligation at a 1.5% per month interest rate.

     14.13  Personal Guarantees.  Buyer's obligations under this Agreement
shall be jointly and severally personally guaranteed by Michael C. Gilliland,
Elizabeth C. Cook and Mark R. Clapp, the form of each such guarantee is
attached as Exhibit 14.13.

     14.14  Counterpart Signatures.  This Agreement may be executed in
counterpart.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above.


SELLING STOCKHOLDERS:


s/Kathy Melby by Thomas J. KLC                                     A T T E S T :
- -------------------------------

- -------------------------------


s/Rich Arcaris by Thomas J. KLC                                    A T T E S T :
- -------------------------------

- -------------------------------


OPTION-HOLDERS:


s/Kasey Enterprises, Inc.                                          A T T E S T :
- -------------------------------

s/W. M. Jones
- -------------------------------



                                       16

<PAGE>   17

                                          
                                          



s/Metro Management                                                 A T T E S T :
- --------------------------------

s/W. M. Jones                                                      
- --------------------------------


BUYER:  WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.

s/Michael C. Gilliand                                              A T T E S T :
- --------------------------------
 
- --------------------------------




KEY EMPLOYEES:

s/Mike Circuit
- -------------------------------
Mike Circuit


s/John Fisher
- -------------------------------
John Fisher


s/John Heavey
- -------------------------------
John Heavey


s/Robert M. Stone
- -------------------------------
Bob Stone


s/Harmony Sun                                   ATTEST:  s/Mj Hall
- -------------------------------                        -------------------------
Harmony Sun



                                       17

<PAGE>   1
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                               WO HOLDINGS, INC.
                             A DELAWARE CORPORATION



                                       I.

         The undersigned, S.M. Hassan, hereby certifies that:

         ONE:  He is the duly elected and acting President of WO Holdings, Inc.

         TWO:  The corporation's original Certificate of Incorporation was
filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 31, 1996.

         THREE:  This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
restates, integrates and amends the corporation's Certificate of Incorporation
filed on May 31, 1996 and has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242
and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

         FOUR:  The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its
entirety as follows:

                                      II.

         The name of this corporation is WO HOLDINGS, INC.

                                      III.

         The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State
of Delaware is the Prentice Hall Corporation System, Inc., 1013 Centre Road,
Wilmington, Delaware 19805.  The name of its registered agent at such address
is the Prentice Hall Corporation System, Inc.

                                      IV.

         The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware.

         A.      CLASSES OF STOCK.  This corporation is authorized to issue two
classes of stock to be designated, respectively, "Common Stock" and "Preferred
Stock."  The total number of shares which the corporation is authorized to
issue is six million five hundred thousand (6,500,000), of which four million
seven hundred one thousand four hundred seventy six (4,700,476) shares shall be
Common Stock and one million seven hundred ninety-eight





                                     1.
<PAGE>   2
thousand five hundred twenty-four (1,799,168) shares shall be Preferred Stock.
The Common Stock shall have a par value of $.001 per share and the Preferred
Stock shall have a par value of $.001 per share.

         B.      RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND RESTRICTIONS OF PREFERRED STOCK.  The
Preferred Stock authorized by this Certificate of Incorporation shall be
divided into series.  The first series shall consist of 168,598 shares and is
designated "Series A Preferred Stock."  The second series shall consist of
1,606 shares and is designated "Series B Preferred Stock."  The third series
shall consist of 419,471 shares and is designated "Series C Preferred Stock."
The fourth series shall consist of 355,829 shares and is designated "Series D
Preferred Stock."  The fifth series shall consist of 853,664 shares and is
designated "Series E Preferred Stock."  The rights, preferences, privileges,
and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, the
Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred
Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article
IV(B).  Any shares of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock which
have not been designated in a series may be issued from time to time in one or
more series.  The Board of Directors of the corporation (the "Board of
Directors") is hereby authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any of
the authorized and unissued shares of the Preferred Stock (which have not been
designated in a series) in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares
and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or
limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences, and relative,
participating, optional or other rights, and such qualifications, limitations
or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or
resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of
such shares (a "Preferred Stock Designation") and as may be permitted by the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  Subject to compliance with
applicable protective voting rights which have been or may be granted to the
Preferred Stock or any series thereof in a Preferred Stock Designation or the
corporation's Certificate of Incorporation ("Protective Provisions"), the
rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions of any such additional series
may be subordinated to, pari passu with (including, without limitation,
inclusion of provisions with respect to liquidation and acquisition
preferences, redemption and/or approval of matters by vote or written consent),
or senior to any of those of any present or future class or series of Preferred
or Common Stock.  Subject to compliance with applicable Protective Provisions,
the Board of Directors is also authorized to increase or decrease the number of
shares of any series (other than the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B
Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and
the Series E Preferred Stock), prior or subsequent to the issuance of that
series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.  In
case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares
constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the
adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such
series.

                 1.       DIVIDEND PROVISIONS.  Subject to the rights of any
series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, the
holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series
C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock
shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets





                                     2.
<PAGE>   3
legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or
payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities
and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive,
directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of this corporation)
on the Common Stock of this corporation, in an amount equal to that declared on
a share of Common Stock into which each such share of Series A Preferred Stock,
Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock
and Series E Preferred Stock could then be converted.  No dividends (other than
those payable in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into
or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional
shares of Common Stock of this corporation) shall be paid on any Common Stock
of the corporation during any fiscal year of the corporation until dividends on
the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred
Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall have been
paid or declared and set apart during that fiscal year.  Dividends (other than
those payable in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into
or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional
shares of Common Stock of this corporation) shall be paid contemporaneously
and, if payment is less than full, then ratably to the Series A Preferred
Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred
Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.

                 2.       LIQUIDATION PREFERENCES.

                          A.      In the event of any liquidation, dissolution
or winding up of this corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, subject to
the rights of any series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come
into existence, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of
this corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred
Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Common Stock by
reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of
(A) the sum of (i) $33.364 for each outstanding share of Series E Preferred
Stock (the "Original Series E Issue Price") as adjusted to reflect any share
split, dividend, combination, reclassification or similar event involving the
Series E Preferred Stock and (ii) an amount equal to a 10% rate of return
compounded annually, from the date of issuance of such stock through the date
on which such payment is made, on the Original Series E Issue Price or (B) the
value such holder would receive if each outstanding share of the Series E
Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 3
hereof immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this
corporation.  If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds to be
distributed among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock are insufficient
to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential
amounts, then, subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock which may
from time to time come into existence, the entire assets and funds of the
corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably
among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the amount
of such stock owned by each such holder.

         Subject to the payment in full of the liquidation preferences of the
Series E Preferred Stock as provided above in this subparagraph (a) and to the
rights of any series of Preferred





                                     3.
<PAGE>   4
Stock which may from time to time come into existence, upon any such
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, either voluntary or
involuntary, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,
Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of
this corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership
thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (A) the sum of (i) the
"Original Series A Issue Price," "Original Series B Issue Price," "Original
Series C Issue Price" or "Original Series D Issue Price," as applicable for
each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,
Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, as adjusted to reflect
any share split, dividend, combination, reclassification or similar event
involving the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, and (ii)(w) in the case of the
Series A Preferred Stock an amount equal to a 10% rate of return compounded
annually from July 3, 1993 on the Original Series A Issue Price, (x) in the
case of the Series B Preferred Stock, an amount equal to a 10% rate of return
compounded annually from the date of issuance thereof on the Original Series B
Issue Price (y) in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock an amount equal to
a 10% rate of return compounded annually from November 14, 1994 on the Original
Series C Issue Price, or (z) in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, an
amount equal to a 10% rate of return compounded annually from February 28, 1995
on the Original Series D Issue Price through the date on which such payment is
made, or (B) the value such holder would have received if each share of Series
A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series
D Preferred Stock, as applicable, had been converted into Common Stock pursuant
to Section 3 hereof immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of this corporation.  If upon the occurrence of such event, the
assets and funds to be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred
Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D
Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the
full aforesaid preferential amounts, then, subject to the payment in full of
the liquidation preferences of the Series E Preferred Stock as provided in this
subparagraph (a) and to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock which may
from time to time come into existence, the entire assets and funds of the
corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series
D Preferred Stock shall be distributed ratably among such holders in proportion
to the amount of:  (i) with respect to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock,
the product of the Original Series A Issue Price plus the 10% rate of return on
the Series A Issue Price as set forth above, multiplied by the number of shares
of Series A Preferred Stock then held by such holder; (ii) with respect to the
holders of Series B Preferred Stock, the product of the Original Series B Issue
Price plus the 10% rate of return on the Series B Issue Price as set forth
above, multiplied by the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then held
by such holder; (iii) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, the product
of the Original Series C Issue Price plus the 10% rate of return on the Series
C Issue Price as set forth above, multiplied by the number of shares of Series
C Preferred Stock then held by such holder; and (iv) with respect to the Series
D Preferred Stock, the product of the Original Series D Issue Price plus the
10% rate of return on the Series D Issue Price as set forth above, multiplied
by the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock then held by such holder.
The Original Series A Issue Price is $12.46, the





                                     4.
<PAGE>   5
Original Series B Issue Price is $18.04, the Original Series C Issue Price is
$30.216 and the Original Series D Issue Price is $23.89.

                          B.      After the completion of the distributions
required by subparagraph (a) of this Section 2 and any other distribution which
may be required with respect to any series of Preferred Stock which may from
time to time come into existence, the assets of this corporation available for
distribution to stockholders upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
this corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be distributed among
the holders of Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common
Stock held by each.

                          C.      Whenever any distribution provided for in
this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such
distribution shall be the fair market value of such property as determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors.

                          D.      Any acquisition of the corporation by means
of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which outstanding shares
of this corporation are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued
by the acquiring corporation or its subsidiary (other than a mere
reincorporation transaction), or a sale, conveyance or disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of this corporation or the effectuation by this
corporation of a transaction or series of related transactions in which more
than 50% of the voting power of this corporation is disposed of (other than the
Public Offering (as defined herein) or any transfer of shares of the Company's
securities to any of the parties to, and pursuant to the terms of, that certain
Stockholders Agreement dated as of July 12, 1996 (the "Stockholders Agreement")
by and among this corporation and the stockholders named therein) shall be
deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up within the meaning of
this Section 2.

                 3.       CONVERSION.  The holders of the Series A Preferred
Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred
Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows
(the "Conversion Rights"):

                          A.      RIGHT TO CONVERT.

                                  (I)      Each share of Series A Preferred
Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred
Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be convertible, without payment of any
additional consideration by the holder thereof, at the option of the holder
thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share and on or prior
to the fifth day prior to any Series A Redemption Date, Series B Redemption
Date, Series C Redemption Date, Series D Redemption Date or Series E Redemption
Date (as such terms are defined in Section 4 of this Article IV(B)), at the
office of this corporation or any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred
Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred
Stock or Series E Preferred Stock into such number of fully paid and
nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original
Issue Price for such share by the Conversion Price at the time in effect for
such share.  The Original Issue Price and the initial Conversion Price per
share for shares of





                                     5.
<PAGE>   6
Series A Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series A Issue Price, the
Original Issue Price and the initial Conversion Price per share for shares of
Series B Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series B Issue Price, the
Original Issue Price and the initial Conversion Price per share for shares of
Series C Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series C Issue Price (except
that the Original Issue Price and the initial Conversion Price per share for
shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series D Issue Price
solely for the purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock or
other securities or assets issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C
Preferred Stock and any adjustments to such Conversion Price pursuant to this
Section 3, provided, however, that the Original Series C Issue Price shall not
be affected for any other purpose), the Original Issue Price and the initial
Conversion Price per share for shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be the
Original Series D Issue Price and the Original Issue Price and the initial
Conversion Price per share for the Series E Preferred Stock shall be the
Original Series E Issue Price; provided, however, that the Conversion Price for
the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred
Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be subject
to adjustment as set forth in subsection 3(c) after July 12, 1996.

                                  (II)     Each share of Series A Preferred
Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred
Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares
of Common Stock at the applicable Conversion Price at the time in effect for
such Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred
Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock immediately upon
the consummation of the corporation's sale of its Common Stock in a firm
commitment underwriting pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 or
similar form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, where (i) the gross
proceeds to this corporation are not less than $20,000,000, and (ii) the
product of the price per share to the public of the Common Stock times the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the
consummation of the underwritten sale (including any shares of Common Stock
then issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be not
less than $140,000,000 (the "Public Offering").

                          B.      MECHANICS OF CONVERSION.  Before any holder
of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred
Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled
to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender
the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of this
corporation or of any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E
Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice by messenger, courier or mail,
postage prepaid, to this corporation at its principal corporate office, of the
election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which
the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued.
This corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at
such office to such holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred
Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred
Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or
certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder
shall be entitled as aforesaid.  Such conversion shall be deemed to





                                     6.
<PAGE>   7
have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such
surrender of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,
Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock
to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of
Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as
the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.
If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities
registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the conversion
may, at the option of any holder tendering Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E
Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the
underwriter of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event
the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such
conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock shall not
be deemed to have converted such Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred
Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred
Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

                          C.      CONVERSION PRICE ADJUSTMENTS OF PREFERRED
STOCK.  The Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series
E Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

                                  (I)      (A)     With respect to the Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D
Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, if at any time or from time to
time after July 12, 1996 (the "Series E Purchase Date") this corporation issues
or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this subsection 3(c)(i) to
have issued or sold, any Additional Stock (as defined below) for consideration
per share which is less than both the fair market value of such Additional
Stock as of the date of issuance and the Conversion Price for the Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D
Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, in effect
immediately prior to such issuance, then in each such case, the then existing
Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,
Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock,
as applicable, shall be forthwith reduced to the per share price received or
deemed received by this corporation upon such issuance or sale, or deemed
issuance or sale, of such Additional Stock.  Any adjustment to the Conversion
Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred Stock
pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be effective as of the opening of
business on the date of the issuance or sale, or deemed issuance or sale, of
such Additional Stock by this corporation.  Whenever this corporation issues or
sells, or is deemed to issue or sell, any Additional Stock, the per share fair
market value of the Additional Stock as of the date of such issuance or sale,
or deemed issuance or sale, shall be determined in good faith by a majority of
the disinterested directors on this corporation's Board of Directors; provided,
however, that in the event any issuance or sale, or deemed issuance or sale, of
Additional Stock represents fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Common Stock
outstanding immediately following such





                                        7.
<PAGE>   8
actual or deemed issuance or sale, then the per share fair market value of such
Additional Stock shall be determined by an independent third party appraiser to
be mutually selected by a majority of disinterested directors and the Investor
Representatives (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement).

                                        (B)     No adjustment of the Conversion
Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock pursuant
to this subsection 3(c)(i) shall be made in an amount less than one cent per
share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by
reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into
account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to 3 years from the date of the
event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at
the end of 3 years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment
being carried forward.  Except to the limited extent provided for in
subsections (E)(3) and (E)(4), no adjustment of such Conversion Price pursuant
to this subsection 3(c)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion
Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such
adjustment.

                                        (C)     In the case of the issuance of
Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of
cash paid therefor before deducting any discounts, commissions or other
expenses allowed, paid or incurred by this corporation for any underwriting or
otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

                                        (D)     In the case of the issuance of
Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the
consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as
determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

                                        (E)     Solely for the purpose of
calculating the amount of any adjustment which is required, in the case of the
issuance of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock,
securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or
options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable
securities (which are not excluded from the definition of Additional Stock),
the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this subsection
3(c)(i) and subsection 3(c)(ii):

                                                (1)      The aggregate maximum
number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of such options to
purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been
issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration
equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in subsections
3(c)(i)(C) and (c)(i)(D)), if any, received by the corporation upon the
issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in
such options or rights for the Common Stock covered thereby.    

                                                (2)      The aggregate maximum
number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange
for any such convertible or                             





                                        8.
<PAGE>   9
exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights
to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent
conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time
such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a
consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the corporation
for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash
received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum
additional consideration, if any, to be received by the corporation upon the
conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related
options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the
manner provided in subsections 3(c)(i)(C) and (c)(i)(D)).

                                                (3)      In the event of any
change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the
consideration payable to this corporation upon exercise of such options or
rights or upon conversion or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable
securities, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the
antidilution provisions thereof, the applicable Conversion Price of the Series
A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D
Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected
by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to
reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual
issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise
of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.
                                                
                                                (4)      Upon the expiration of
any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or
exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible
or exchangeable securities, the applicable Conversion Price of the Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D
Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected
by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights
related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only
the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable
securities which remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such
options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon
the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.
                                                
                                                (5)      The number of shares
of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor
pursuant to subsections 3(c)(i)(E)(1) and (2) shall be approximately adjusted
to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in
either subsection 3(c)(i)(E)(3) or (4).                

                                  (II)     "Additional Stock" shall mean any
shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to
subsection 3(c)(i)(E)) by this corporation after the Series E Purchase Date,
other than shares of Common Stock issued or issuable:

                                        (A)     upon conversion of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock,
Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock;





                                        9.
<PAGE>   10
                                        (B)     pursuant to a transaction
described in subsection 3(c)(iii) or (iv) hereof;

                                        (C)     to employees, consultants,
officers or directors of this corporation pursuant to a stock option plan,
restricted stock option plan or other stock or employee incentive plan approved
by a majority of the Investor Representatives (as defined below); provided that
the total number of shares of Common Stock so issuable or issued (and not
repurchased at cost by this corporation in connection with termination of
employment) does not exceed the number of Permitted Options (as defined in the
Stockholders Agreement) (as adjusted for any stock splits);

                                        (D)     pursuant to a merger or
acquisition approved by a majority of the Investor Representatives.

                                  (III)    In the event the corporation should
at any time or from time to time after the Series E Purchase Date fix a record
date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares
of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to
receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common
Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder
thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock
(hereinafter referred to as "Common Stock Equivalents") without payment of any
consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the
Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock
issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or
the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date
is fixed), the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B
Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and
the Series E Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the
number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such
series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of
shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such
Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to
Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided
for deemed issuances in subsection 3(c)(i)(E).

                                  (IV)     If the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding at any time after the Series E Purchase Date is decreased by
a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the
record date of such combination, the applicable Conversion Price for the Series
A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D
Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased
so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each
share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in
outstanding shares.

                          D.      OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS.  In the event this
corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other
persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by this corporation or other persons,
assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in
subsection 3(c)(iii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this
subsection





                                     10.
<PAGE>   11
(3)(d), the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,
Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock
shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though
they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the
corporation into which their shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series
E Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the
determination of the holders of Common Stock of the corporation entitled to
receive such distribution.

                          E.      RECAPITALIZATIONS.  If at any time or from
time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than
a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for
elsewhere in this Section 3) provision shall be made so that the holders of the
Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock,
Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall thereafter be
entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series
E Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property
of the Company or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon
conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization.  In any such
case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions
of this Section 3 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D
Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the
end that the provisions of this Section 3 (including adjustment of the
Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon
conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock) shall
be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as may be practicable.

                          F.      NO IMPAIRMENT.  This corporation will not, by
amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization,
recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue
or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the
observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed
hereunder by this corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in
the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 3 and in taking of all
such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the
Conversion Rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series
E Preferred Stock against impairment.

                          G.      NO FRACTIONAL SHARES AND CERTIFICATE AS TO 
ADJUSTMENTS.

                                  (I)      No fractional shares shall be issued
upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,
Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock,
and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded to the
nearest whole share.  Whether or not fractional shares are issuable upon such
conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock,
Series D





                                        11.
<PAGE>   12
Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock the holder is at the time
converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable
upon such aggregate conversion.

                                  (II)     Upon the occurrence of each
adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of Series A Preferred Stock,
Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or
Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 3, this corporation, at its
expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance
with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D
Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, a certificate
setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts
upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  This corporation shall,
upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock,
Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or
Series E Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a
like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the
Conversion Price at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common
Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be
received upon the conversion of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E
Preferred Stock.

                          H.      NOTICES OF RECORD DATE.  In the event of any
taking by this corporation of a record of the holders of any class of
securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled
to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any
right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of
any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right,
this corporation shall mail to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series
B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and
Series E Preferred Stock, at least 20 days prior to the date specified therein,
a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the
purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character
of such dividend, distribution or right.

                          I.      RESERVATION OF STOCK ISSUABLE UPON
CONVERSION.  This corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out
of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of
effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series
B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and
Series E Preferred Stock such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall
from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding
shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock; and if
at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall
not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of
the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred
Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, in addition to
such other remedies as shall be available to the holders of such Preferred
Stock, this corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion
of its counsel, be necessary to increase





                                        12.
<PAGE>   13
its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as
shall be sufficient for such purposes.

                          J.      NOTICES.  Any notice required by the
provisions of this Section 3 to be given to the holders of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D
Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if sent by
messenger or courier or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of
this corporation.

                 4.       REDEMPTION.

                          A.      (I)      At any time beginning December 31,
1999, upon election (a "Series A Redemption Election") by the holders of at
least 90% of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as
a single class, this corporation shall redeem all of the Series A Preferred
Stock by paying in cash therefor a per share sum equal to (A) the Original
Series A Issue Price for each share to be redeemed as adjusted to reflect any
stock split, combination, reclassification or similar event involving the
Series A Preferred Stock plus (B) an amount (the "Series A Premium") equal to a
10% rate of return compounded annually, from July 3, 1993 through the date on
which such payment is made, on the Original Series A Issue Price (such cash
amount payable under this Section 4(a)(i) shall hereinafter be referred to as
the "Series A Redemption Price").  The Series A Redemption Price shall be
payable within 6 months after the Series E Preferred Stockholders have received
the full Series E Redemption Price to the extent the Series E Preferred
Stockholders have requested such redemption pursuant to Section 4(a)(v) or
4(a)(viii) (the date on which such payment is made, "Series A Redemption
Date").  If the Series E Preferred Stockholders do not so elect to have their
Series E Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to Section 4(a)(v) or 4(a)(viii)
then the Series A Preferred Stock shall be redeemed pursuant to Section 4(f)
below; provided, however, that no redemption of Series A Preferred Stock shall
be effected if, prior to such redemption, holders of shares of Series E
Preferred Stock shall elect redemption of such shares pursuant to Section
4(b)(v) upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event that the Series E
Stockholders are given notice of for the first time after the Series A
Preferred Stockholders have elected redemption pursuant to this Section, or
upon a liquidation, winding up or dissolution, unless and until such holders of
Series E Preferred Stock have received the full Series E Redemption Price for
such shares.  On the Series A Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series
A Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing
the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Series A
Redemption Date (together with a proper assignment of such certificate(s)) to
the corporation in exchange for payment of the applicable Series A Redemption
Price for such shares.  In the event that either the number of shares of Series
A Preferred Stock required to be redeemed by the corporation on such Series A
Redemption Date is less than the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
represented by such certificate(s), or the corporation fails to pay the Series
A Redemption Price for all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock required
to be redeemed on such Series A Redemption Date, the corporation shall reissue
and deliver to such holder on such Series A Redemption Date a certificate
representing the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock which are not
                          




                                        13.
<PAGE>   14
required to be redeemed or for which the Series A Redemption Price has not been
paid in full.  Until the Series A Redemption Date, all unredeemed shares shall
be deemed to be outstanding, and the Series A Premium shall continue to accrue
until such shares are redeemed.

                                  (II)     At any time beginning December 31,
1999, upon election (a "Series B Redemption Election") by the holders of at
least 90% of the then outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as
a single class, this corporation shall redeem all of the Series B Preferred
Stock by paying in cash therefor a per share sum equal to (A) the Original
Series B Issue Price for each share to be redeemed as adjusted to reflect any
stock split, combination, reclassification or similar event involving the
Series B Preferred Stock plus (B) an amount (the "Series B Premium") equal to a
10% rate of return compounded annually, from the date of issuance of such stock
through the date on which such payment is made, on the Original Series B Issue
Price (such cash amount payable under this Section 4(a)(ii) shall hereinafter
be referred to as the "Series B Redemption Price").  The Series B Redemption
Price shall be payable within 6 months after the Series E Preferred
Stockholders have received the full Series E Redemption Price to the extent the
Series E Preferred Stockholders have requested such redemption pursuant to
Section 4(a)(v) or 4(a)(viii) (the date on which such payment is made, "Series
B Redemption Date").  If the Series E Preferred Stockholders do not so elect to
have their Series E Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to Section 4(a)(v) or
4(a)(viii) then the Series B Preferred Stock shall be redeemed pursuant to
Section 4(f) below; provided, however, that no redemption of Series B Preferred
Stock shall be effected if, prior to such redemption, holders of shares of
Series E Preferred Stock shall elect redemption of such shares pursuant to
Section 4(b)(v) upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event that the Series E
Stockholders are given notice of for the first time after the Series B
Preferred Stockholders have elected redemption pursuant to this Section, or
upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution, unless and until such holders of
Series E Preferred Stock have received the full Series E Redemption Price for
such shares.  On the Series B Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series
B Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing
the shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Series B
Redemption Date (together with a proper assignment of such certificate(s)) to
the corporation in exchange for payment of the applicable Series B Redemption
Price for such shares.  In the event that either the number of shares of Series
B Preferred Stock required to be redeemed by the corporation on such Series B
Redemption Date is less than the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock
represented by such certificate(s), or the corporation fails to pay the Series
B Redemption Price for all of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock required
to be redeemed on such Series B Redemption Date, the corporation shall reissue
and deliver to such holder on such Series B Redemption Date a certificate
representing the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock which are not
required to be redeemed or for which the Series B Redemption Price has not been
paid in full.  Until the Series B Redemption Date, all unredeemed shares shall
be deemed to be outstanding, and the Series B Premium shall continue to accrue
until such shares are redeemed.
                                  
                                  (III)    At any time beginning December 31,
1999, upon election (a "Series C Redemption Election") by the holders of at
least two-thirds of the then outstanding Series C Preferred Stock, voting
together as a single class, this corporation shall




                                        14.
<PAGE>   15

redeem all of the Series C Preferred Stock by paying in cash therefor a per
share sum equal to (A) the Original Series C Issue Price for each share of
Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed, as adjusted to reflect any stock
split, combination, reclassification or similar event involving the Series C
Preferred Stock plus (B) an amount (the "Series C Premium") equal to a 10% rate
of return compounded annually, from November 14, 1994 through the date on which
such payment is made, on the Original Series C Issue Price (such cash amount
payable under this Section 4(a)(iii) shall hereinafter be referred to as the
"Series C Redemption Price"). The Series C Redemption Price shall be payable
within 6 months after the Series E Preferred Stockholders have received the
full Series E Redemption Price to the extent the Series E Preferred
Stockholders have requested such redemption pursuant to Section 4(a)(v) or
4(a)(viii) (the date on which such payment is made, the "Series C Redemption
Date").  If the Series E Preferred Stockholders do not so elect to have their
Series E Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to Section 4(a)(v) or 4(a)(viii)
then the Series C Preferred Stock shall be redeemed pursuant to Section 4(f)
below; provided, however, that no redemption of Series C Preferred Stock shall
be effected if, prior to such redemption, holders of shares of Series E
Preferred Stock shall elect redemption of such shares pursuant to Section
4(b)(v) upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event that the Series E
Stockholders are given notice of for the first time after the Series C
Preferred Stockholders have elected redemption pursuant to this Section or to
Section 4(a)(vi), or upon liquidation winding up or dissolution, unless and
until such holders of Series E Preferred Stock have received the full Series E
Redemption Price for such shares.  On the Series C Redemption Date, each holder
of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or
certificates representing its shares of Series C Preferred Stock (together with
a proper assignment of such certificate(s)) to the corporation in exchange for
payment of the Series C Redemption Price for such shares.  In the event that
the corporation fails to pay the Series C Redemption Price for all of the
shares of Series C Preferred Stock on the Series C Redemption Date, the
corporation shall reissue and deliver to such holder on such Series C
Redemption Date a certificate representing the number of shares of Series C
Preferred Stock for which the Series C Redemption Price has not been paid in
full.  All unredeemed shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be
outstanding and the Series C Premium shall continue to accrue until such shares
are redeemed.

                                  (IV)     At any time beginning December 31,
1999, upon election (a "Series D Redemption Election") by the holders of at
least two-thirds of the then outstanding Series D Preferred Stock, voting
together as a single class, this corporation shall redeem all of the Series D
Preferred Stock by paying in cash therefor a per share sum equal to (A) the
Original Series D Issue Price for each share of Series D Preferred Stock to be
redeemed, as adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reclassification
or similar event involving the Series D Preferred Stock plus (B) an amount (the
Series D Premium") equal to an 10% rate of return compounded annually, from
February 28, 1995 through the date on which such payment is made, on the
Original Series D Issue Price (such cash amount payable under this Section
4(a)(iv) shall hereinafter be referred to as the "Series D Redemption Price").
The Series D Redemption Price shall be payable within 6 months after the Series
E Preferred Stockholders have received the full Series E Redemption Price to
the extent the Series E Preferred Stockholders have requested such redemption
pursuant to Section 4(a)(v) or 4(a)(viii) (the date on which such payment is
made, the "Series D Redemption Date").  If the 
                                  


                                        15.
<PAGE>   16

Series E Preferred Stockholders do not so elect to have their Series E
Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to Section 4(a)(v) or 4(a)(viii) then the
Series D Preferred Stock shall be redeemed pursuant to Section 4(f) below;
provided, however, that no redemption of Series D Preferred Stock shall be
effected if, prior to such redemption, holders of shares of Series E Preferred
Stock shall elect redemption of such shares pursuant to Section 4(b)(v) upon
the occurrence of Triggering Event that the Series E Stockholders are given
notice of for the first time after the Series D Preferred Stockholder have
elected redemption pursuant this Section or Section 4(a)(vii), or upon winding
up or dissolution, liquidation unless and until such holders of Series E
Preferred Stock have received the full Series E Redemption Price for such
shares.  On the Series D Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series D
Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing
its shares of Series D Preferred Stock (together with a proper assignment of
such certificate(s)) to the corporation in exchange for payment of the Series D
Redemption Price for such shares.  In the event that the corporation fails to
pay the Series D Redemption Price for all of the shares of Series D Preferred
Stock on the Series D Redemption Date, the corporation shall reissue and
deliver to such holder on such Series D Redemption Date a certificate
representing the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock for which the
Series D Redemption Price has not been paid in full.  All unredeemed shares of
Series D Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be outstanding and the Series D
Premium shall continue to accrue until such shares are redeemed.

                                  (V)      At any time beginning July 12, 2001,
upon election (a "Series E Redemption Election") by the holders of at least a
majority of the then outstanding Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a
single class, this corporation shall redeem all of the Series E Preferred Stock
by paying in cash therefor a per share sum equal to (A) the Original Series E
Issue Price for each share of Series E Preferred Stock to be redeemed, as
adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reclassification or similar
event involving the Series E Preferred Stock plus (B) an amount (the "Series E
Premium") equal to a 10% rate of return compounded annually, from the date of
issuance of such Series E Preferred Stock through the date on which such
payment is made, on the Original Series E Issue Price (such cash amount payable
under this Section 4(a)(v) shall hereinafter be referred to as the "Series E
Redemption Price").  The Series E Redemption Price shall be payable in twelve
(12) equal consecutive quarterly payments beginning on the 90th day after the
date the corporation receives the Series E Redemption Election (the "Series E
Redemption Date").  On the Series E Redemption Date, each holder of shares of
Series E Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates
representing its shares of Series E Preferred Stock (together with a proper
assignment of such certificate(s)) to the corporation in exchange for payment
of the Series E Redemption Price for such shares.  In the event that the
corporation fails to pay the Series E Redemption Price for all of the shares of
Series E Preferred Stock on the Series E Redemption Date, the corporation shall
reissue and deliver to such holder on such Series E Redemption Date a
certificate representing the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock for
which the Series E Redemption Price has not been paid in full.  All unredeemed
shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be outstanding and the
Series E Premium shall continue to accrue until such shares are redeemed.





                                        16.
<PAGE>   17
                                  (VI)     In the event of a Series A
Redemption Election, Series B Redemption Election, Series D Redemption Election
or Series E Redemption Election or if any other redeemable security of the
corporation is elected to be redeemed either by the corporation or the
holder(s) thereof, the corporation shall give written notice of such event to
each holder of Series C Preferred Stock not later than 10 days after the
occurrence thereof.  The holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding
Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, may require the
corporation to redeem all of the Series C Preferred Stock owned by such holder
or holders by paying in cash therefor a per share price equal to the Series C
Redemption Price as of the date on which such payment is made, by giving
written notice to the corporation of such election within 30 days after
receiving the notice referred to in the preceding sentence.  Any election made
by such holder or holders of the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this
subsection 4(a)(vi) shall constitute a Series C Redemption Election and the
corporation shall redeem all shares of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the
procedures set forth in subsection 4(a)(iii) above, including the time and
manner of payment of the Series C Redemption Price, as though such redemption
was being effected pursuant to subsection 4(a)(iii).

                                  (VII)    In the event of a Series A
Redemption Election, Series B Redemption Election, Series C Redemption Election
or Series E Redemption Election or if any other redeemable security of the
corporation is elected to be redeemed either by the corporation or the
holder(s) thereof, the corporation shall give written notice of such event to
each holder of Series D Preferred Stock not later than 10 days after the
occurrence thereof.  The holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding
Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, may require the
corporation to redeem all of the Series D Preferred Stock owned by such holder
or holders by paying in cash therefor a per share price equal to the Series D
Redemption Price as of the date on which such payment is made, by giving
written notice to the corporation of such election within 30 days after
receiving the notice referred to in the preceding sentence.  Any election made
by such holder or holders of the Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to this
subsection 4(a)(vii) shall constitute a Series D Redemption Election and the
corporation shall redeem all shares of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to the
procedures set forth in subsection (a)(iv) above, including the time and manner
of payment of the Series D Redemption Price, as though such redemption was
being effected pursuant to subsection 4(a)(iv).

                                  (VIII)   In the event of a Series A
Redemption Election, Series B Redemption Election, Series C Redemption Election
or Series D Redemption Election, or if any other redeemable security of the
corporation is elected to be redeemed either by the corporation or the
holder(s) thereof, the corporation shall give written notice of such event to
each holder of Series E Preferred Stock not later than 10 days after the
occurrence thereof.  The holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding
Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, may require the
corporation to redeem all of the Series E Preferred Stock owned by such holder
or holders by paying in cash therefor a per share price equal to the Series E
Redemption Price as of the date on which such payment is made, by giving
written notice to the corporation of such election within 30 days after
receiving the notice referred to in the preceding sentence.  Any election made
by such holder or holders of the





                                        17.
<PAGE>   18
Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to this subsection 4(a)(viii) shall
constitute a Series E Redemption Election and the corporation shall redeem all
shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the procedures set forth in
subsection 4(a)(v) above, including the time and manner of payment of the
Series E Redemption Price, as though such redemption was being effected
pursuant to subsection 4(a)(v) and before any other redemption payments are
made after such election.

                          B.      (I)      Notwithstanding subsection 4(a)(i),
if at any time after a Triggering Event (as defined in the Stockholders
Agreement) has occurred and is continuing, the holders of at least 90% of the
then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a
single class, elect to have the corporation redeem all of their shares of
Series A Preferred Stock by delivering a written notice of such election to the
corporation (a "Series A Trigger Redemption Election"), then the corporation
shall redeem all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock by paying in cash
therefor a per share sum equal to the Original Series A Issue Price, as
adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reclassification or similar
event involving the Series A Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to a 10%
rate of return compounded annually, from July 3, 1993 through the date on which
such payment is made, on the Original Series A Issue Price (such cash amount
being referred to herein as the "Series A Trigger Price"), in a single
installment on the 30th business day after the date on which the corporation
receives the Series A Trigger Redemption Election (the "Series A Trigger
Redemption Date").  On the Series A Trigger Redemption Date, each holder of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or
certificates representing its shares of Series A Preferred Stock (together with
a proper assignment of such certificate(s)) to the corporation in exchange for
payment of the Series A Trigger Price for such shares of Series A Preferred
Stock.  In the event that the corporation is unable to pay (or is legally
prevented from the paying) the Series A Trigger Price for all of the shares of
Series A Preferred Stock represented by such certificate(s), the corporation
shall reissue and deliver to such holder a certificate representing the number
of shares of Series A Preferred Stock for which the Series A Trigger Price has
not been paid in full.

                                  (II)     Notwithstanding subsection 4(a)(ii),
if at any time after a Triggering Event has occurred and is continuing, the
holders of 90% of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock,
voting together as a single class, elect to have the corporation redeem all of
their shares of Series B Preferred Stock by delivering a written notice of such
election to the corporation (a "Series B Redemption Election"), then the
corporation shall redeem all of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock by
paying in cash therefor a per share sum equal to the Original Series B Issue
Price, as adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reclassification or
similar event involving the Series B Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to a
10% rate of return compounded annually, from the date of issuance of such stock
through the date on which such payment is made, on the Original Series B Issue
Price (such cash amount being referred to herein as the "Series B Trigger
Price"), in a single installment on the 30th business day after the date on
which the corporation receives the Series B Trigger Redemption Election (the
"Series B Trigger Redemption Date").  On the Series B Trigger Redemption Date,
each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall surrender the
certificate or certificates representing its shares of





                                        18.
<PAGE>   19
Series B Preferred Stock (together with a proper assignment of such
certificate(s)) to the corporation in exchange for payment of the Series B
Trigger Price for such shares of Series B Preferred Stock.  In the event that
the corporation is unable to pay (or is legally prevented from paying) the
Series B Trigger Price for all of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock
represented by such certificate(s), the corporation shall reissue and deliver
to such holder a certificate representing the number of shares of Series B
Preferred Stock for which the Series B Trigger Price has not been paid in full.

                                  (III)    Notwithstanding subsection
4(a)(iii), if at any time after a Triggering Event has occurred and is
continuing, the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares
of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, elect to have
the corporation redeem all of their shares of Series C Preferred Stock by
delivering a written notice of such election to the corporation (a "Series C
Trigger Redemption Election"), then the corporation shall redeem all of the
shares of Series C Preferred Stock by paying in cash therefor a per share sum
equal to the Original Series C Issue Price, as adjusted to reflect any stock
split, combination, reclassification or similar event involving the Series C
Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to a 10% rate of return compounded
annually, from November 14, 1994 through the date on which such payment is
made, on the Original Series C Issue Price (such cash amount being referred to
herein as the "Series C Trigger Price"), in a single installment on the 30th
business day after the date on which the corporation receives a Series C
Trigger Redemption Election (the "Series C Trigger Redemption Date").  On the
Series C Trigger Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series C Preferred
Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing its shares
of Series C Preferred Stock (together with a proper assignment of such
certificate(s)) to the corporation in exchange for payment of the Series C
Trigger Price for such shares of Series C Preferred Stock.  In the event that
the corporation is unable to pay (or is legally prevented from paying) the
Series C Trigger Price for all of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock
represented by such certificate(s), the corporation shall reissue and deliver
to such holder a certificate representing the number of shares of Series C
Preferred Stock for which the Series C Trigger Price has not been paid in full.

                                  (IV)     Notwithstanding subsection 4(a)(iv),
if at any time after a Triggering Event has occurred and is continuing, the
holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series D
Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, elect to have the
corporation redeem all of their shares of Series D Preferred Stock by
delivering a written notice of such election to the corporation (a "Series D
Trigger Redemption Election"), then the corporation shall redeem all of the
shares of Series D Preferred Stock by paying in cash therefor a per share sum
equal to the Original Series D Issue Price, as adjusted to reflect any stock
split, combination, reclassification or similar event involving the Series D
Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to an 10% rate of return compounded
annually, from February 28, 1995 through the date on which such payment is
made, on the Original Series D Issue Price (such cash amount being referred to
herein as the "Series D Trigger Price"), in a single installment on the 30th
business day after the date on which the corporation receives a Series D
Trigger Redemption Election (the "Series D Trigger Redemption Date").  On the
Series D Trigger Redemption Date, each holder of shares of the Series D
Preferred Stock shall





                                        19.
<PAGE>   20
surrender the certificate or certificates representing its shares of Series D
Preferred Stock (together with a proper assignment of such certificate(s)) to
the corporation in exchange for payment of the Series D Trigger Price for such
shares of Series D Preferred Stock.  In the event that the corporation is
unable to pay (or is legally prevented from paying) the Series D Trigger Price
for all of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock represented by such
certificate(s), the corporation shall reissue and deliver to such holder a
certificate representing the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock for
which the Series D Trigger Price has not been paid in full.

                                  (V)      Notwithstanding any other provisions
hereof, (including without limitation subsection 4(a)(v)), if at any time after
a Triggering Event (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) has occurred and
is continuing, the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding
shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, elect to
have the corporation redeem all of their shares of Series E Preferred Stock by
delivering a written notice of such election to the corporation (a "Series E
Trigger Redemption Election"), then the corporation shall redeem all of the
shares of Series E Preferred Stock by paying in cash therefor a per share sum
equal to the Original Series E Issue Price, as adjusted to reflect any stock
split, combination, reclassification or similar event involving the Series E
Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to a 10% rate of return compounded
annually, from the date of issuance of such Series E Preferred Stock through
the date on which such payment is made, on the Original Series E Issue Price
(such cash amount being referred to herein as the "Series E Trigger Price"), in
a single installment on the 30th business day after the date on which the
corporation receives the Series E Trigger Redemption Election (the "Series E
Trigger Redemption Date").  On the Series E Trigger Redemption Date, each
holder of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or
certificates representing its shares of Series E Preferred Stock (together with
a proper assignment of such certificate(s)) to the corporation in exchange for
payment of the Series E Trigger Price for such shares of Series E Preferred
Stock.  In the event that the corporation is unable to pay (or legally
prevented from paying) the Series E Trigger Price for all of the shares of
Series E Preferred Stock represented by such certificate(s), the corporation
shall reissue and deliver to such holder a certificate representing the number
of shares of Series E Preferred Stock for which the Series E Trigger Price has
not been paid in full.  For purposes of this Article IV, the term "Redemption
Date" shall mean any Series A Redemption Date, Series B Redemption Date, Series
C Redemption Date, Series D Redemption Date, Series E Redemption Date, Series A
Trigger Redemption Date, Series B Trigger Redemption Date, Series C Trigger
Redemption Date, Series D Trigger Redemption Date or Series E Trigger
Redemption Date and the term "Redemption Price" shall mean any Series A
Redemption Price, Series B Redemption Price, Series C Redemption Price, Series
D Redemption Price, Series E Redemption Price, or Series A Trigger Price,
Series B Trigger Price, Series C Trigger Price, Series D Trigger Price or
Series E Trigger Price.

                                  (VI)     In the event of a Series A Trigger
Redemption Election, Series B Trigger Redemption Election, Series C Trigger
Redemption Election, Series D Trigger Redemption Election and/or Series E
Trigger Redemption Election, the Company shall give notice of such election to
all other holders of its Preferred Stock within five (5) days of the Company's
receipt of the first such Trigger Redemption Election.





                                        20.
<PAGE>   21
                          C.      At least thirty (30), but no more than sixty
(60) days, prior to any Series A Redemption Date, Series B Redemption Date,
Series C Redemption Date, Series D Redemption Date or Series E Redemption Date,
written notice shall be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of
record (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on
which notice is given) of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed, at the
address last shown on the records of this corporation for such holder or given
by the holder to this corporation for the purpose of notice or if no such
address appears or is given at the place where the principal executive office
of this corporation is located, notifying such holder of the redemption to be
effected, specifying the applicable Redemption Date, the applicable Redemption
Price, the place at which payments may be obtained and the date on which such
holder's Conversion Rights as to such shares terminate and calling upon such
holder to surrender to this corporation, in the manner and at the place
designated, his certificate or certificates representing the shares to be
redeemed (the "Redemption Notice").  Each holder of shares of Preferred Stock
to be redeemed shall surrender to this corporation the certificate or
certificates representing such shares, in the manner and at the place
designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the first installment or the
entire amount, as applicable, of the Redemption Price of such shares shall be
payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or
certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be
canceled.  From and after any Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a
default in payment of the applicable Redemption Price, all rights of the
holders of such shares of Preferred Stock that have been delivered for
redemption (except the right to receive the applicable Redemption Price) shall
cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be
transferred on the books of this corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for
any purpose whatsoever.

                          D.      (I)      Notwithstanding any provision of
this Section 4 (other than Section 4(g)), the corporation shall not redeem any
shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock unless and until all shares of
Series E Preferred Stock which the corporation is obligated to redeem on such
Redemption Date have been redeemed in full pursuant to this Section 4.

                                  (II)     Subject to the preceding priority
provision, if the funds of the corporation legally available for redemption of
shares of Series E Preferred Stock are insufficient to pay in full the cash
portion of the Series E Redemption Price for the total number of shares of
Series E Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Series E Redemption Date or
Series E Trigger Redemption Date:  (A) those funds which are legally available
will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of shares of Series E
Preferred Stock ratably among the holders of Series E Preferred Stock based on
the Series E Redemption Price and the number of shares of Series E Preferred
Stock then held by each such holder, and the shares of Series E Preferred Stock
not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and
preferences provided herein; and (B) at any time thereafter when additional
funds of the corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of
Series E Preferred Stock, such funds will immediately be used to redeem, on the
same pro rata basis as described in clause (A) above, the balance of the shares
which the corporation has become obligated to redeem on the Series E Redemption
Date or the Series E Trigger Redemption Date but which has not





                                        21.
<PAGE>   22
been redeemed.  The Series E Redemption Price for the shares of Series E
Preferred Stock that are not redeemed by the corporation as required on the
Series E Redemption Date or the Series E Trigger Redemption Date shall be
adjusted so that from the date the corporation is required to redeem such
shares of Series E Preferred Stock until the Series E Redemption Price is paid
in full, the Series E Redemption Premium shall be 13% rather than 10% set forth
in subsections 4(a)(v) and 4(b)(v).

                                  (III)    Subject to the payment in full of
the Series E Redemption Price to the extent that the holders of the Series E
Preferred Stock have elected to have their shares of Series E Preferred Stock
redeemed as provided above (except to the extent that Section 4(g) is
applicable), the corporation shall redeem the shares of Series A Preferred
Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D
Preferred Stock for which a Redemption Election has been made (A) pursuant to
Sections 4(a)(i)-(iv), 4(a)(vi) or 4(a)(vii) on a pro rata basis within 6
months after the Series E Preferred Stockholders have received the full Series
E Redemption Price, and (B) pursuant to Section 4(b)(i)-(iv) on a pro rata
basis on the 30th business day after the receipt by the corporation of the
first Trigger Redemption Election pursuant to any such Section.  If, at the
time of any redemption of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, the
funds of the corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series
D Preferred Stock are insufficient to pay in full the Series A Redemption
Price, Series B Redemption Price, Series C Redemption Price and Series D
Redemption Price for the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock,
Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock
to be redeemed on the applicable series Redemption Date, then those funds which
are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock ratably among the holders of
Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock
and Series D Preferred Stock based on the product of the respective Series A
Redemption Price, Series B Redemption Price, Series C Redemption Price and
Series D Redemption Price multiplied by the number of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series
D Preferred Stock then held by each such holder.  The shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series
D Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the
rights and preferences provided herein.  At any time thereafter when additional
funds of the corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock
and Series D Preferred Stock, such funds will immediately be used to redeem, on
the same pro rata basis as described above, the balance of the Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series
D Preferred Stock which the corporation has become obligated to redeem on the
applicable series Redemption Date but which has not been redeemed.  The Series
A Redemption Price, Series B Redemption Price, Series C Redemption Price and
Series D Redemption Price for the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock that are
not redeemed by the corporation as required on the applicable series Redemption
Date shall be adjusted so that from the date the corporation is required to
redeem such shares of Series A





                                        22.
<PAGE>   23
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series
D Preferred Stock and until the Series A Redemption Price, Series B Redemption
Price, Series C Redemption Price and Series D Redemption Price is paid in full,
the Series A Redemption Premium, Series B Redemption Premium, Series C
Redemption Premium and Series D Redemption Premium shall be 13% rather than 10%
set forth herein.

                          E.      Three (3) days prior to any Redemption Date
this corporation shall deposit the cash Redemption Price of all outstanding
shares of Preferred Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice,
and not yet redeemed or converted, with a bank or trust company having
aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $50,000,000 as a trust fund for the
benefit of the respective holders of the shares designated for redemption and
not yet redeemed.  Simultaneously, this corporation shall deposit irrevocable
instruction and authority to such bank or trust company to publish the notice
of redemption thereof (or to complete such publication if theretofore
commenced) and, subject to the priority provisions set forth in subsections
4(d)(i), 4(d)(ii) and 4(d)(iii) to pay, on and after the date fixed for
redemption, the applicable Redemption Price of the Series A Preferred Stock
and/or the Series B Preferred Stock and/or the Series C Preferred Stock and/or
the Series D Preferred Stock and/or the Series E Preferred Stock, as
applicable, to the holders thereof upon surrender of their certificates.

                          F.      Subject to Sections 4(d)(i) and 4(g), in the
event that the holders of Series E Preferred Stock who have the option to have
their shares of Series E Preferred Stock redeemed but elect not to have such
shares of Series E Preferred Stock redeemed, all as pursuant to Sections
4(a)(v), 4(a)(viii) or 4(b)(v), then the holders of Series A Preferred Stock,
Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock
who elect to have their shares redeemed pursuant to Sections 4(a)(i)-(iv),
4(a)(vi) or 4(a)(vii) shall have their shares redeemed in the manner and in the
amounts set forth in Section 4(d)(iii) hereof, payable in twelve (12) equal
consecutive quarterly payments beginning on the 90th day after the corporation
receives the first Redemption Election pursuant to this Section 4.

                          G.      Section 4(d)(i) shall not apply in the event
that, but only in the event that, (i) any holders of Series E Preferred Stock
who have the option to have their shares of Series E Preferred Stock redeemed
as set forth in Sections 4(a)(v), 4(a)(viii) or 4(b)(v), initially elect not to
have such shares of Series E Preferred Stock redeemed, and (ii) the holders of
Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock
and/or Series D Preferred Stock make a Redemption Election (the "Initial
Redemption Election"), and then (iii) the holders of Series E Preferred Stock
make a redemption election subsequent to the Initial Redemption Election, which
is not based on a subsequent independent Triggering Event that the Series E
Stockholders are given notice of for the first time after the Initial
Redemption Election (a "Subsequent Independent Triggering Event") or a
liquidation, dissolution or winding up the corporation, in which event the
corporation shall not redeem the shares of Series E Preferred Stock requested
to be redeemed by the holders referred to in this clause (iii) unless and until
(A) the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock who made the Initial Redemption
Election have received the respective full applicable Redemption Price for all
the shares that





                                        23.
<PAGE>   24
such holders elect to have redeemed pursuant to the applicable provisions of
this Section 4 or (B) the occurrence of such a Subsequent Independent
Triggering Event, liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

                 5.       VOTING RIGHTS.

                          A.      The holder of each share of Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D
Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote
for each share of Common Stock into which such Series A Preferred Stock, Series
B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and
Series E Preferred Stock could then be converted (with any fractional share
determined on an aggregate conversion basis being rounded to the nearest whole
share), and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting
rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of
Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to
notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the by-laws of this
corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common
Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the
right to vote.

                          B.      (I)      Until the closing of Company's
Public Offering, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting together
as a single class, shall have the right to select one director (the "Series A
Investor Representative") and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock,
voting together as a single class, shall have the right to select one director
(the "Series C Investor Representative") and the holders of the Series D
Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall have the right to
select one director (the "Series D Investor Representative") and the holders of
the Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall have the
right to select one director (the "Series E Investor Representative"), and
together with the Series A Investor Representative, the Series C Investor
Representative and the Series D Investor Representative, the "Investor
Representatives") as specified in the Stockholders Agreement; provided that, if
any Series of Preferred Stock (or successor security pursuant to a merger,
recapitalization or similar event) is no longer outstanding, pursuant to
redemption, liquidation, conversion or to any other reason, such Series shall
not be entitled to an Investor Representative and any Investor Representative
then serving as a director of the Company shall resign immediately upon the
completion of such redemption, liquidation, conversion or other event.

                                  Election of directors need not be by written
ballot, unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

                                  (II)     Notwithstanding the provisions of
subsection 5(b)(i), upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event, the holders of
any of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, each
voting separately as a class, may elect to declare their respective Preferred
Stock immediately redeemable, including a 10% premium in the manner provided in
Section 4(b) hereof.  In addition, upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event, a
majority of the Investor Representatives of each Series of Preferred Stock
which has not been completely





                                        24.
<PAGE>   25
redeemed shall thereafter be entitled to appoint one additional director or
such equal number of additional directors so that the Preferred Stock
representatives on the Board of Directors will comprise a majority of the Board
of Directors in the manner set forth in Section 5 of the Stockholders
Agreement.  "Redeemable Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series A Preferred
Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D
Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.  If necessary, a majority of the
Investor Representatives or the representatives of Redeemable Preferred Stock
on the Board of Directors, as applicable, shall have the right to remove
directors, as necessary, to create vacancies on the Board of Directors as
provided for and in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.d of the
Stockholders Agreement.

                                  (III)    If at any time, a vote of the
Investor Representatives is required and the Investor Representatives are not
able to reach a majority decision, such decision shall be made by a majority of
the entire Board of Directors.

                 6.       PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS.

                          A.      So long as shares of Series A Preferred Stock
are outstanding, this corporation shall not without first obtaining the
approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a
majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting
together as a single class:

                                  (I)      authorize or issue, or obligate
itself to authorize or issue, additional shares of Common Stock, Preferred
Stock or any other capital stock except (A) the issuance of shares of Common
Stock pursuant to stock option plans or restricted stock plans approved by a
majority of the Investor Representatives, (B) the issuance of shares of Common
Stock upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred
Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred
Stock, (C) issuances of shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of any
convertible securities outstanding on or prior to the Series E Purchase Date,
(D) in connection with an acquisition or merger approved by a majority of the
Investor Representatives; or (E) in an offering described in Section 6(d) of
the Stockholders Agreement; or

                                  (II)     sell, convey, or otherwise dispose
of all or substantially all of its property or business or merge into or
consolidate with any other corporation or effect any transaction or series of
related transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the
corporation is disposed of, in each case, unless approved as described in the
Stockholders Agreement in Section 8(f); or

                                  (III)    alter or change the rights,
preferences or privileges of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in a manner
that adversely affects the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock;

                                  (IV)     increase the authorized number of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock;





                                        25.
<PAGE>   26
                                  (V)      create any new class or series of
stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the
corporation having a preference over, or being on a parity with, the Series A
Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends or upon liquidation; or

                                  (VI)     do any act or thing which would
result in taxation of the holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock
under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any
comparable provision of the Internal Revenue Code as hereafter from time to
time amended).

                          B.      So long as shares of Series B Preferred Stock
are outstanding, this corporation shall not without first obtaining the
approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a
majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting
together as a single class:

                                  (I)      alter or change the rights,
preferences or privileges of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock in a manner
that adversely affects the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock;

                                  (II)     increase the authorized number of
shares of Series B Preferred Stock; or

                                  (III)    do any act or thing which would
result in taxation of the holders of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock
under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any
comparable provision of the Internal Revenue Code as hereafter from time to
time amended).

                          C.      So long as shares of Series C Preferred Stock
are outstanding, this corporation shall not without first obtaining the
approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at
least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock,
take any action set forth below; provided, however, that the approval of
two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, shall be
required with respect to the actions described in subclause (iii)(A) below:

                                  (I)      authorize or issue, or obligate
itself to authorize or issue, additional shares of Common Stock, Preferred
Stock or any other capital stock except (A) the issuance of shares of Common
Stock pursuant to stock option plans or restricted stock plans approved by a
majority of the Investor Representatives, (B) the issuance of shares of Common
Stock upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred
Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred
Stock, (C) issuances of shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of any
convertible securities outstanding on or prior to the Series E Purchase Date,
(D) in connection with an acquisition or merger approved by a majority of the
Investor Representatives; or (E) any offering described in Section 6(d) of the
Stockholders Agreement; or





                                        26.
<PAGE>   27
                                  (II)     sell, convey, or otherwise dispose
of all or substantially all of its property or business or merge into or
consolidate with any other corporation or effect any transaction or series of
related transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the
corporation is disposed of, in each case, unless approved as described in the
Stockholders Agreement in Section 8(f); or

                                  (III)    (A) alter or change the rights,
preferences or privileges of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock in a manner
that adversely affects the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock; (B)
increase the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (C)
create any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible
into equity securities of the corporation having a preference over, or being on
a parity with, the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends
or upon liquidation; or

                                  (IV)     do any act or thing which would
result in taxation of the holders of shares of the Series C Preferred Stock
under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any
comparable provision of the Internal Revenue Code as hereafter from time to
time amended).

                          D.      So long as shares of Series D Preferred Stock
are outstanding, this corporation shall not without first obtaining the
approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at
least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock,
take any action set forth below:

                                  (I)      authorize or issue, or obligate
itself to authorize or issue, additional shares of Common Stock, Preferred
Stock or any other capital stock except (A) the issuance of shares of Common
Stock pursuant to stock option plans or restricted stock plans approved by a
majority of the Investor Representatives, (B) the issuance of shares of Common
Stock upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred
Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred
Stock, (C) issuances of shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of any
convertible securities outstanding on or prior to the Series E Purchase Date,
(D) in connection with an acquisition or merger approved by a majority of the
Investor Representatives, or (E) any offering described in Section 6(d) of the
Stockholders Agreement; or

                                  (II)     sell, convey or otherwise dispose of
all or substantially all of its property or business or merge into or
consolidate with any other corporation or effect any transaction or series of
related transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the
corporation is disposed of, in each case, unless approved as described in the
Stockholders Agreement in Section 8(f); or

                                  (III)    (A) alter or change the rights,
preferences or privileges of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock in a manner
that adversely affects the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock; (B)
increase the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, (C)
create any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible
into





                                        27.
<PAGE>   28
equity securities of the corporation having a preference over, or being on a
parity with the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends or
upon liquidation; or

                                  (IV)     do any act or thing which would
result in taxation of the holders of shares of the Series D Preferred Stock
under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any
comparable provision of the Internal Revenue Code as hereafter from time to
time amended).

                          E.      So long as shares of Series E Preferred Stock
are outstanding, this corporation shall not without first obtaining the
approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at
least 51% of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, take any
action set forth below:

                                  (I)      authorize or issue, or obligate
itself to authorize or issue, additional shares of Common Stock, Preferred
Stock or any other capital stock except (A) the issuance of shares of Common
Stock pursuant to stock option plans or restricted stock plans approved by a
majority of the Investor Representatives, (B) the issuance of shares of Common
Stock upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred
Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred
Stock, (C) issuances of shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of any
convertible securities outstanding on or prior to the Series E Purchase Date;
(D) in connection with an acquisition or merger approved by a majority of the
Investor Representatives; or (E) any offering described in Section 6(d) of the
Stockholders Agreement; or

                                  (II)     sell, convey, or otherwise dispose
of all or substantially all of its property or business or merge into or
consolidate with any other corporation or effect any transaction or series of
related transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the
corporation is disposed of, in each case, unless approved as described in the
Stockholders Agreement in Section 8(f); or

                                  (III)    (A) alter or change the rights,
preferences or privileges of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock in a manner
that adversely affects the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock; (B)
increase the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock or (C)
create any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible
into equity securities of the corporation having a preference over, or being on
a parity with, the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends
or upon liquidation; or

                                  (IV)     do any act or thing which would
result in taxation of the holders of shares of the Series E Preferred Stock
under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any
comparable provision of the Internal Revenue Code as hereafter from time to
time amended).

         C.      STATUS OF CONVERTED OR REDEEMED STOCK.  In the event any
shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock shall be
converted pursuant to Section 3 hereof, the shares so converted shall be
canceled and shall not be issuable by the corporation.  The Certificate of





                                        28.
<PAGE>   29
Incorporation of this corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the
corresponding reduction in the corporation's authorized capital stock.

         D.      COMMON STOCK.

                 1.       DIVIDEND RIGHTS.  Subject to the prior rights of
holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as
to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive,
when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the
corporation legally available therefore, such dividends as may be declared from
time to time by the Board of Directors.

                 2.       LIQUIDATION RIGHTS.  Upon the liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the corporation, the assets of the corporation
shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Division (B) of this Article
IV hereof.

                 3.       REDEMPTION.  The Common Stock is not redeemable.

                 4.       VOTING RIGHTS.  The holder of each share of Common
Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any
stockholders' meetings in accordance with the Bylaws of this corporation, and
shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be
provided by law.
                                       V.

         A.      To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this
corporation is also authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement
of expenses to) directors, officers, employees and agents (and any other
persons to which Delaware law permits this corporation to provide
indemnification) through bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other
persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in
excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section
145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by
applicable Delaware law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions
for breach of duty to the corporation, its stockholders, and others.

         B.      No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to
the corporation or any stockholder for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for any matter in respect of which such director
shall be liable under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware or any amendment thereto or shall be liable by reason that, in
addition to any and all other requirements for such liability, such director
(1) shall have breached the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or
its stockholders, (2) shall not have acted in good faith, or, in failing to
act, shall not have acted in good faith, (3) shall have acted in manner
involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or, in failing
to act, shall have acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, or (4) shall have derived an improper personal
benefit.  If the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to
authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director,
the liability of a director of the corporation shall be





                                        29.
<PAGE>   30
eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, as so amended.

         C.      Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be
made a party to or is in any way involved in any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), including any appeal therefrom,
by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the
legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or of
a direct or indirect subsidiary of the corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of the corporation as a director of officer of another entity or
enterprise, or was a director or officer of a foreign or domestic corporation
which was predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another entity or
enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, shall be indemnified
and held harmless by the corporation, and the corporation shall advance all
expenses incurred by any such person in defense of any such proceeding prior to
its final determination, to the fullest extent authorized by the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  In any proceeding against the
corporation to enforce these rights, such person shall be presumed to be
entitled to indemnification and the corporation shall have the burden of
proving that such person has not met the standards of conduct for permissible
indemnification set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.  The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred
by this Article V shall be presumed to have been relied upon by the directors
and officers of the corporation in serving or continuing to serve the
corporation and shall be enforceable as contact rights.  Said rights shall not
be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may
otherwise be entitled.  The corporation may, upon written demand presented by a
director or officer of the corporation or of a direct or indirect subsidiary of
the corporation, or by a person serving at the request of the corporation as a
director or officer of another entity or enterprise, enter into contracts to
provide such persons with specified rights to indemnification, which contracts
may confer rights and protections to the maximum extent permitted by the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended and in effect from
time to time.

                                        (1)      If a claim under this Article
V is not paid in full by the corporation within sixty (60) days after a written
claim has been received by the corporation, the claimant may at any time
thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of
the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be
entitled to be paid also the expenses of prosecuting such claim.  It shall be a
defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce the right
to be advanced expenses incurred in defending any proceeding prior to its final
disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the
corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make
it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for
the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the
claimant shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and the
corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant has not met the
standards of conduct for permissible indemnification set forth in the General
Corporation Law of the Sate of Delaware.





                                        30.
<PAGE>   31
                                        (2)      If the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware is hereafter amended to permit the corporation to
provide broader indemnification rights than said Law permitted the corporation
to provide prior to such amendment, the indemnification rights conferred by
this Article V shall be broadened to the fullest extent permitted by the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as so amended.

         D.      Any repeal or modification of any of the foregoing provisions
of this Article V, including without limitation, any contractual rights arising
under or authorized by it, shall not adversely affect any right or protection
of a director, officer, agent or other person existing at the time of, or
increase the liability of any director of the corporation with respect to any
acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to such
repeal or modification.





                                        31.
<PAGE>   32
        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate on
July 12, 1996.


                                        /s/ S.M. HASSAN
                                        ----------------------------
                                        S.M. Hassan
                                        President




                                      32.

<PAGE>   1





                                    BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                               WO HOLDINGS, INC.

                            (A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

               AS ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS JUNE 3, 1996



                                     1.
<PAGE>   2
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                       PAGE
<S>                                                                                                                    <C>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
- -----------------

                                                        ARTICLE I
OFFICES  2
         SECTION 1.   REGISTERED OFFICE.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
         SECTION 2.   OTHER OFFICES.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                                                                                                                       
                                                        ARTICLE II                                                     
CORPORATE SEAL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
         SECTION 3.   CORPORATE SEAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
         SECTION 4.   PLACE OF MEETINGS.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
         SECTION 5.   ANNUAL MEETING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
         SECTION 6.   SPECIAL MEETINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
         SECTION 7.   NOTICE OF MEETINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
         SECTION 8.   QUORUM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
         SECTION 9.   ADJOURNMENT AND NOTICE OF ADJOURNED MEETINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
         SECTION 10.  VOTING RIGHTS.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
         SECTION 11.  BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF STOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
         SECTION 12.  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
         SECTION 13.  ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
         SECTION 14.  ORGANIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
                                                                                                                       
                                                        ARTICLE IV                                                     
                                                                                                                       
DIRECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
         SECTION 15.  NUMBER AND TERM OF OFFICE.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
         SECTION 16.  POWERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
         SECTION 17.   VACANCIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
         SECTION 18.   RESIGNATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
         SECTION 19.   REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
         SECTION 20.   MEETINGS.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
                 (a)      Annual Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
                 (b)      Regular Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
                 (c)      Special Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
                 (d)      Telephone Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
</TABLE>





                                     i.
<PAGE>   3
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                 (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                      PAGE
<S>                                                                                                                   <C>
                 (e)      Notice of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
                 (f)      Waiver of Notice  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
            SECTION 21.   QUORUM AND VOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
            SECTION 22.   ACTION WITHOUT MEETING  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
            SECTION 23.   FEES AND COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
            SECTION 24.   COMMITTEES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
                 (a)      Executive Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
                 (b)      Other Committees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
                 (c)      Term  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
                 (d)      Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
            SECTION 25.   ORGANIZATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

                                                        ARTICLE V

OFFICERS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
            SECTION 26.   OFFICERS DESIGNATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
            SECTION 27.   TENURE AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
                 (a)      General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
                 (b)      Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
                 (c)      Duties of President . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
                 (d)      Duties of Vice Presidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
                 (e)      Duties of Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
                 (f)      Duties of Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
             SECTION 28.  DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
             SECTION 29.  RESIGNATIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
             SECTION 30.  REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

                                                        ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
             SECTION 31.  EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
             SECTION 32.  VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
</TABLE>





                                     ii.
<PAGE>   4
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                 (CONTINUED)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                      PAGE
                                                       ARTICLE VII
<S>                                                                                                                   <C>
SHARES OF STOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
         SECTION 33.  FORM AND EXECUTION OF CERTIFICATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
         SECTION 34.  LOST CERTIFICATES.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
         SECTION 35.  TRANSFERS.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
         SECTION 36.  FIXING RECORD DATES.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
         SECTION 37.  REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

                                                       ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
         SECTION 38.  EXECUTION OF OTHER SECURITIES.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

                                                       ARTICLES IX

DIVIDENDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         SECTION 39.  DECLARATION OF DIVIDENDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         SECTION 40.  DIVIDEND RESERVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20

                                                        ARTICLES X

FISCAL YEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         SECTION 41.  FISCAL YEAR.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20

                                                        ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         SECTION 42.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
                 (a)      Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
                 (b)      Officers, Employees and Other Agents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
                 (c)      Good Faith  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
                 (d)      Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
                 (e)      Enforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
                 (f)      Non Exclusivity of Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
                 (g)      Survival of Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
</TABLE>





                                     iii.
<PAGE>   5
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                 (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                      PAGE
<S>                                                                                                                   <C>
                 (h)      Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                 (i)      Amendments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                 (j)      Saving Clause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                 (k)      Certain Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                                                                                                                       
                                                       ARTICLE XII                                                    
                                                                                                                      
NOTICES  24                                                                                                           
         SECTION 43.  NOTICES.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
                 (a)      Notice to Stockholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
                 (b)      Notice to Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
                 (c)      Address Unknown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
                 (d)      Affidavit of Mailing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
                 (e)      Time Notices Deemed Given . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
                 (f)      Methods of Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
                 (g)      Failure to Receive Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
                 (h)      Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
                 (i)      Notice to Person with Undeliverable Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
                                                                                                                       
                                                       ARTICLE XIII                                                    

AMENDMENTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         SECTION 44.  AMENDMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26

                                                       ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         SECTION 45.  LOANS TO OFFICERS.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
</TABLE>





                                     iv.
<PAGE>   6
                                    BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                               WO HOLDINGS, INC.

                            (A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

                                   ARTICLE I

                                    OFFICES

1.       REGISTERED OFFICE.  The registered office of the corporation in the
State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent.

2.       OTHER OFFICES.  The corporation shall also have and maintain an office
or principal place of business in Boulder, Colorado, at such place as may be
fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other
places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors
may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                 CORPORATE SEAL

3.       CORPORATE SEAL.  The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the
name of the corporation and the inscription, "Corporate Seal Delaware."  Said
seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or
affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

                                  ARTICLE III

                             STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS

4.       PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation
shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as
may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, or, if not so
designated, then at the office of the corporation required to be maintained
pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

5.       ANNUAL MEETING.

         (A)     The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for
the purpose of election of Directors and for such other business as may
lawfully come before it, shall


                                     2.
<PAGE>   7
be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by
the Board of Directors

         (B)     At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business
shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.  To
be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be:  (A) specified
in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors, (B) otherwise properly brought before the
meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) otherwise
properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder.  For business to be
properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder
must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the
corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or
mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not
less than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days in advance of the date of the
corporation's proxy statement released to stockholders in connection with the
previous year's annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the
event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the
annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date
contemplated at the time of the previous year's proxy statement, notice by the
stockholder to be timely must be so received a reasonable time before the
solicitation is made.  A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth
as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:
(i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual
meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting,
(ii) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of the
stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of
the corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (iv) any
material interest of the stockholder in such business and (v) any other
information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to
Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in his
capacity as a proponent to a stockholder proposal.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder
proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholder's meeting,
stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated
under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Notwithstanding
anything in these By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at
any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
paragraph (b).  The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant,
determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought
before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (b),
and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting that any
such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

         (C)     Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this paragraph (c) shall be eligible for election as
Directors.  Nominations of





                                       3.
<PAGE>   8
persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation may be made
at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors
or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of
Directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in
this paragraph (c).  Such nominations, other than those made by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in
writing to the Secretary of the corporation in accordance with the provisions
of paragraph (b) of this Section 5.  Such stockholder's notice shall set forth
(i) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for
election or re election as a Director:  (A) the name, age, business address and
residence address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of
such person, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are
beneficially owned by such person, (D) a description of all arrangements or
understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or
persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are
to be made by the stockholder, and (E) any other information relating to such
person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for
election of Directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to
Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including
without limitation such person's written consent to being named in the proxy
statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a Director if elected); and
(ii) as to such stockholder giving notice, the information required to be
provided pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 5.  At the request of the
Board of Directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a
Director shall furnish to the Secretary of the corporation that information
required to be set forth in the stockholder's notice of nomination which
pertains to the nominee.  No person shall be eligible for election as a
Director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures
set forth in this paragraph (c).  The chairman of the meeting shall, if the
facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination was not
made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these By-laws, and if he
should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting and the defective
nomination shall be disregarded.

6.       SPECIAL MEETINGS.

         (A)     Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be
called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board, (ii) the
President, (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a
majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there
exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such
resolution is presented to the Board for adoption)or (iv) by the holders of
shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at the
meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as
they or he shall fix; provided, however, that following registration of any of
the classes of equity securities of the corporation pursuant to the provisions
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, special meetings of the
stockholders may only be called by the Board





                                       4.
<PAGE>   9
of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number
of authorized Directors.

         (B)     If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other
than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the
time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be
transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by
telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board, the
President, any Vice President, or the Secretary of the corporation.  No
business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in
such notice.  The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be
promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the
provisions of Section 7 of these By-Laws, that a meeting will be held not less
than thirty five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the
request.  If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after the receipt
of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the
notice.  Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as
limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called
by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

7.       NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Except as otherwise provided by law or the
Certificate of Incorporation, written notice of each meeting of stockholders
shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the
date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such
notice to specify the place, date and hour and purpose or purposes of the
meeting.  Notice of the time, place and purpose of any meeting of stockholders
may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof,
either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by
his attendance thereat in person or by proxy, except when the stockholder
attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the
meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.  Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be
bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice
thereof had been given.

8.       QUORUM.  At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise
provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these
By-Laws, the presence, in person or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of
a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute
a quorum for the transaction of business.  Any shares, the voting of which at
said meeting has been enjoined, or which for any reason cannot be lawfully
voted at such meeting, shall not be counted to determine a quorum at such
meeting.  In the absence of a quorum any meeting of stockholders may be
adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote
of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other
business shall be transacted at such meeting.  The stockholders present at a
duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to
transact business until





                                       5.
<PAGE>   10
adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave
less than a quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or these By-Laws, all action taken by the holders of a majority
of the voting power represented at any meeting at which a quorum is present
shall be valid and binding upon the corporation; provided, however, that
Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in
person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the
election of Directors.  Where a separate vote by a class or classes is
required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes,
present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled
to take action with respect to that vote on that matter and the affirmative
vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of Directors) of
shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy at
the meeting shall be the act of such class.

9.       ADJOURNMENT AND NOTICE OF ADJOURNED MEETINGS.  Any meeting of
stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time
either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the
shares represented thereat.  When a meeting is adjourned to another time or
place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place
thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the
adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have
been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than
thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for
the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

10.      VOTING RIGHTS.

         (A)     For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to
vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law,
only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the
corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these By-Laws,
shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders.  Except as may be
otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, each
stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held
by such stockholder.  Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall
have the right to do so either in person or by an agent or agents authorized by
a written proxy executed by such person or his duly authorized agent, which
proxy shall be filed with the Secretary at or before the meeting at which it is
to be used.  An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder.  No proxy shall
be voted  after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy
provides for a longer period.  All elections of Directors shall be by written
ballot, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

11.      BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF STOCK.





                                       6.
<PAGE>   11
         (A)     If shares or other securities having voting power stand of
record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of
a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or
otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship
respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the
contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing
them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with
respect to voting shall have the following effect:  (a) if only one (1) votes,
his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so
voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split
on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question
proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as
provided in the General Corporation Law of Delaware, Section 217(b).  If the
instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in
unequal interests, a majority or even split for the purpose of this subsection
(c) shall be a majority or even split in interest.

         (B)     Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be
entitled to vote the shares so held.  Persons whose stock is pledged shall be
entitled to vote, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the
corporation he has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which
case only the pledgee, or his proxy, may represent such stock and vote thereon.

12.      LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS.  The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least
ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the
stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order,
showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in
the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of
any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary
business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting,
either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place
shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not specified, at the
place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall be produced and kept at
the time and place of meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present.

13.      ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

         (A)     Any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or
special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any
annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting,
without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing,
setting forth the action so taken, are signed by the holders of outstanding
stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary
to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to
vote thereon were present and voted.





                                     7.
<PAGE>   12
         (B)     Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each
stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to
take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of
the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner herein
required, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to
take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered
office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer
or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of
meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to a corporation's
registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested.

         (C)     Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a
meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those
stockholders who have not consented in writing.  If the action which is
consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under
any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been
voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under
such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section
concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent
have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.

14.      ORGANIZATION.

         (A)     At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the
President, or, if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President
present, or in the absence of any such officer, a chairman of the meeting
chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present
in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman.  The Secretary, or, in his
absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act
as secretary of the meeting.

         (B)     The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to
make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as
it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient.  Subject to such rules and
regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting
shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and
procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are
necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting,
including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for
the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the
safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to
stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and
constituted proxies, and such other persons as the chairman shall permit,
restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement
thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by
participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for





                                       8.
<PAGE>   13
balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot.  Unless, and to the
extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting,
meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with
rules of parliamentary procedure.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   DIRECTORS

15.      NUMBER AND TERM OF OFFICE.  The authorized number of directors of the
corporation shall be not less than a minimum of one (1) nor more than a maximum
of eleven (11).  The number of authorized directors shall be set from time to
time within these limits by resolution of the Board of Directors.  The number
of authorized Directors may be modified from time to time by amendment of this
Section 15 in accordance with the provisions of Section 44 hereof.  Except as
provided in Section 17, the Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at
their annual meeting in each year and shall hold office until the next annual
meeting and until their successors shall be duly elected and qualified.
Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of
Incorporation.  If for any cause, the Directors shall not have been elected at
an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a
special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner
provided in these By-Laws.  No reduction of the authorized number of Directors
shall have the effect of removing any Director before the Director's term of
office expires, unless such removal is made pursuant to the provisions of
Section 19 hereof.

16.      POWERS.  The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its
business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors,
except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of
Incorporation.

17.      VACANCIES.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any
increase in the authorized number of Directors may be filled by a majority of
the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole
remaining Director, and each Director so elected shall hold office for the
unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacant and
until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.  A vacancy in
the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Section 17 in the
case of the death, removal or resignation of any Director, or if the
stockholders fail at any meeting of stockholders at which Directors are to be
elected (including any meeting referred to in Section 19 below) to elect the
number of Directors then constituting the whole Board of Directors.




                                     9.

<PAGE>   14

18.      RESIGNATION.  Any Director may resign at any time by delivering his
written resignation to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it
will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the
pleasure of the Board of Directors.  If no such specification is made, it shall
be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  When one or
more Directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future
date, a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so
resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon
to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective,
and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the
term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall
have been duly elected and qualified.

19.      REMOVAL.  At a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose
in the manner hereinabove provided, subject to any limitations imposed by law
or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors, or any individual
Director, may be removed from office, with or without cause, and a new Director
or Directors elected by a vote of stockholders holding a majority of the
outstanding shares entitled to vote at an election of Directors.

20.      MEETINGS.

         (A)     ANNUAL MEETINGS.  The annual meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be held immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders and at the
place where such meeting is held.  No notice of an annual meeting of the Board
of Directors shall be necessary and such meeting shall be held for the purpose
of electing officers and transacting such other business as may lawfully come
before it.

         (B)     REGULAR MEETINGS.  Except as hereinafter otherwise provided,
regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held in the office of the
corporation required to be maintained pursuant to Section 2 hereof.  Unless
otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of
the Board of Directors may also be held at any place within or without the
State of Delaware which has been determined by the Board of Directors.

         (C)     SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Unless otherwise restricted by the
Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be
held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever
called by the President or a majority of the Directors.

         (D)     TELEPHONE MEETINGS.  Any member of the Board of Directors, or
of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference
telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons
participating in the





                                     10.
<PAGE>   15
meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall
constitute presence in person at such meeting.

         (E)     NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Written notice of the time and place of
all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given at least one (1)
day before the date of the meeting.  Notice of any meeting may be waived in
writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any
Director by attendance thereat, except when the Director attends the meeting
for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.

         (F)     WAIVER OF NOTICE.  The transaction of all business at any
meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or
noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly
held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either
before or after the meeting, each of the Directors not present shall sign a
written waiver of notice, or a consent to holding such meeting, or an approval
of the minutes thereof.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the
purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be
specified in any written waiver of notice or consent unless so required by the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.  All such waivers, consents or
approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the
minutes of the meeting.

21.      QUORUM AND VOTING.

         (A)     Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater
number and except with respect to indemnification questions arising under
Section 42 hereof, for which a quorum shall be one third of the exact number of
Directors fixed from time to time in accordance with Section 15 hereof, but not
less than one (1), a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a
majority of the exact number of Directors fixed from time to time in accordance
with Section 15 of these By-Laws, but not less than one (1); provided, however,
at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the
Directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the
next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by
announcement at the meeting.

         (B)     At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is
present all questions and business shall be determined by a vote of a majority
of the Directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

22.      ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.  Unless otherwise restricted by the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted
to be taken at any





                                     11.
<PAGE>   16
meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as
the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and such writing or writings are
filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

23.      FEES AND COMPENSATION.  Directors shall be entitled to such
compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors,
including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum
and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special
meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the
Board of Directors.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude
any Director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer,
agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

24.      COMMITTEES.

         (A)     EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.  The Board of Directors may by resolution
passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, appoint an Executive
Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors.  The
Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and specifically granted by
the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise when the Board of Directors
is not in session all powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the
business and affairs of the corporation, including, without limitation, the
power and authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of
stock, except such committee shall not have the power or authority to amend the
Certificate of Incorporation, to adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation,
to recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or
substantially all of the corporation's property and assets, to recommend to the
stockholders of the corporation a dissolution of the corporation or a
revocation of a dissolution or to amend these By-Laws.

         (B)     OTHER COMMITTEES.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution
passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, from time to time appoint
such other committees as may be permitted by law.  Such other committees
appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of
the Board of Directors, and shall have such powers and perform such duties as
may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees,
but in no event shall such committee have the powers denied to the Executive
Committee in these By-Laws.

         (C)     TERM.  The members of all committees of the Board of Directors
shall serve a term coexistent with that of the Board of Directors which shall
have appointed such committee.  The Board of Directors, subject to the
provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 24, may at any time
increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the
existence of a committee.  The membership of a committee member shall terminate
on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the





                                     12.
<PAGE>   17
committee or from the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may at any
time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of
Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal
or increase in the number of members of the committee.  The Board of Directors
may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who
may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee,
and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a
committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not
disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may
unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the
meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

         (D)     MEETINGS.  Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise
provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee
appointed pursuant to this Section 24 shall be held at such times and places as
are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when
notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further
notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter.  Special meetings of
any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time
to time by such committee, and may be called by any Director who is a member of
such committee, upon written notice to the members of such committee of the
time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the
giving of written notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and
place of special meetings of the Board of Directors.  Notice of any special
meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after
the meeting and will be waived by any Director by attendance thereat, except
when the Director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of
objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business
because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  A majority of the
authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at
any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

25.      ORGANIZATION.  At every meeting of the Directors, the Chairman of the
Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the
President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, or,
in the absence of any such officer, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a
majority of the Directors present, shall preside over the meeting.  The
Secretary, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the
President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.





                                     13.
<PAGE>   18
                                   ARTICLE V

                                    OFFICERS

26.      OFFICERS DESIGNATED.  The officers of the corporation shall be the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, one or more Vice Presidents,
the Secretary and the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer, all of whom shall
be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors.  The
order of the seniority of the Vice Presidents shall be in the order of their
nomination, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors.  The Board
of Directors may also appoint such other officers and agents with such powers
and duties as it shall deem necessary.  The Board of Directors may assign such
additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate.
Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one
time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law.  The salaries and other
compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the
manner designated by the Board of Directors.  The President may appoint one or
more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers with such powers and duties
as he or she deems necessary.

27.      TENURE AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

         (A)     GENERAL.  All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of
the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected
and qualified, unless sooner removed.  Any officer elected or appointed by the
Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors.  If
the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be
filled by the Board of Directors.

         (B)     DUTIES OF CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The Chairman of
the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the
stockholders and the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of
Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall
also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of
Directors shall designate from time to time.  If there is no President, then
the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive
Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in
paragraph (c) of this Section 27.

         (C)     DUTIES OF PRESIDENT.  The President shall preside at all
meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors,
unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is
present.  The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation
and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general
supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the
corporation.  The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to his
office





                                     14.
<PAGE>   19
and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the
Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

         (D)     DUTIES OF VICE PRESIDENTS.  The Vice Presidents, in the order
of their seniority, may assume and perform the duties of the President in the
absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is
vacant.  The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to
their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other
powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to
time.

         (E)     DUTIES OF SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall attend all meetings
of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall record all acts
and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation.  The Secretary
shall give notice in conformity with these By-Laws of all meetings of the
stockholders, and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee
thereof requiring notice.  The Secretary shall perform all other duties given
him in these By-Laws and other duties commonly incident to his office and shall
also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of
Directors shall designate from time to time.  The President may direct any
Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the
absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall
perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform
such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the
President shall designate from time to time.

         (F)     DUTIES OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OR TREASURER.  The Chief
Financial Officer or Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of
account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner, and shall render
statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as
often as required by the Board of Directors or the President.  The Chief
Financial Officer or Treasurer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors,
shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation.  The
Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly
incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such
other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from
time to time.  The President may direct any Assistant Treasurer to assume and
perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer in the absence
or disability of the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer, and each Assistant
Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall
also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of
Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

28.      DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.  The Board of Directors may from time to time
delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent,
notwithstanding any provision hereof.





                                     15.
<PAGE>   20
29.      RESIGNATIONS.  Any officer may resign at any time by giving written
notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary.  Any
such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to
whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which
event the resignation shall become effective at such later time.  Unless
otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation
shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any resignation shall be without
prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the
resigning officer.

30.      REMOVAL.  Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either
with or without cause, by the vote or written consent of a majority of the
Directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon
whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                     EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND
                 VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

31.      EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS.  The Board of Directors may, in
its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or
officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation
any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation
the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of
the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these By-Laws, and
such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

         Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors or
otherwise required by law, promissory notes, deeds of trust, mortgages and
other evidences of indebtedness of the corporation, and other corporate
instruments or documents requiring the corporate seal, and certificates of
shares of stock owned by the corporation, shall be executed, signed or endorsed
by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice
President, and by the Secretary or Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or any
Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.  All other instruments and
documents requiring the corporate signature, but not requiring the corporate
seal, may be executed as aforesaid or in such other manner as may be directed
by the Board of Directors.

         All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to
the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall
be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize
so to do.




                                     16.
<PAGE>   21
         Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the
agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power
or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge
its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

32.      VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION.  All stock and other
securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself,
or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with
respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by
resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization,
by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, or any Vice
President.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                                SHARES OF STOCK

33.      FORM AND EXECUTION OF CERTIFICATES.  Certificates for the shares of
stock of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the
Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.  Every holder of stock in the
corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of
the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or
any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary
or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the
corporation.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by
facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or
whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased
to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is
issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer,
transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.  Each certificate shall
state upon the face or back thereof, in full or in summary, all of the
designations, preferences, limitations, restrictions on transfer and relative
rights of the shares authorized to be issued.

34.      LOST CERTIFICATES.  A new certificate or certificates shall be issued
in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the
corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of
an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be
lost, stolen, or destroyed.  The corporation may require, as a condition
precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of
such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal
representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require or to
give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as
indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with
respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.





                                     17.
<PAGE>   22
35.      TRANSFERS.

         (A)     Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation
shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by
attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed
certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

         (B)     The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any
agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock
of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the
corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner
not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

36.      FIXING RECORD DATES.

         (A)     In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing
the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date
shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date
of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the
record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next
preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the
close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is
held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the
meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record
date for the adjourned meeting.

         (B)     In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board
of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not
precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by
the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days
after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by
the Board of Directors.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of
Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to
corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the
Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a
signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken
is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the
State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of
the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of
stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to a Corporation's registered office
shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
If no record





                                     18.
<PAGE>   23
date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of
Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be
at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the
resolution taking such prior action.

         (C)     In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment
of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of
any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other
lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which
record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the
record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60)
days prior to such action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for
determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business
on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating
thereto.

37.      REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.  The corporation shall be entitled to
recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner
of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be
bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or
shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or
other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                      OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

38.      EXECUTION OF OTHER SECURITIES.  All bonds, debentures and other
corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered
in Section 33), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the
President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by
the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile
of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an
Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or
other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature of a
trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other
corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and
attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate
security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons.
Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate
security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the
Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as
may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the
facsimile





                                     19.
<PAGE>   24
signature of such person.  In case any officer who shall have signed or
attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile
signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have
ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate
security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture
or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and
issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose
facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such
officer of the corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   DIVIDENDS

39.      DECLARATION OF DIVIDENDS.  Dividends upon the capital stock of the
corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if
any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular
or special meeting.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares
of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation.

40.      DIVIDEND RESERVE.  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set
aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or
sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion,
think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing
dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or
for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the
interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish
any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

                                   ARTICLE X

                                  FISCAL YEAR

41.      FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by
resolution of the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                INDEMNIFICATION

42.      INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS.





                                     20.
<PAGE>   25
         (A)     DIRECTORS.  The corporation shall indemnify its Directors to
the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law;
provided, however, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any
Director in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such
person or any proceeding by such person against the corporation or its
Directors, officers, employees or other agents unless (i) such indemnification
is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by
the Board of Directors of the corporation or (iii) such indemnification is
provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers
vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

         (B)     OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS.  The corporation shall
have power to indemnify its officers, employees and other agents as set forth
in the Delaware General Corporation Law.

         (C)     GOOD FAITH.

                 (I)      For purposes of any determination under this Bylaw, a
Director or executive officer shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and
in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was
unlawful, if his action is based on information, opinions, reports and
statements, including financial statements and other financial data, in each
case prepared or presented by:

                          (1)     one or more officers or employees of the
corporation whom the Director or executive officer believed to be reliable and
competent in the matters presented;

                          (2)     counsel, independent accountants or other
persons as to matters which the Director or executive officer believed to be
within such person's professional competence; and

                          (3)     with respect to a Director, a committee of
the Board upon which such Director does not serve, as to matters within such
Committee's designated authority, which committee the Director believes to
merit confidence; so long as, in each case, the Director or executive officer
acts without knowledge that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted.

                 (II)     The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order,
settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent
shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good
faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect





                                     21.
<PAGE>   26
to any criminal proceeding, that he had reasonable cause to believe that his
conduct was unlawful.

                 (III)    The provisions of this paragraph (c) shall not be
deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a
person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth
by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

         (D)     EXPENSES.  The corporation shall advance, prior to the final
disposition of any proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all
expenses incurred by any Director or executive officer in connection with such
proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to
repay said amounts if it should be determined ultimately that such person is
not entitled to be indemnified under this Bylaw or otherwise.

         (E)     ENFORCEMENT.  Without the necessity of entering into an
express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to Directors and
executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights
and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract
between the corporation and the Director or executive officer.  Any right to
indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a Director or executive
officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right
in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or
advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim
is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor.  The claimant in such
enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be
paid also the expense of prosecuting his claim.  The corporation shall be
entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met
the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the Delaware General
Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount
claimed.  Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of
Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of
the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an
actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors,
independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met
such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create
a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

         (F)     NON EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  The rights conferred on any person
by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may
have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of
Incorporation, By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested
Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to
action in another capacity while holding office.  The





                                     22.
<PAGE>   27
corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with
any or all of its Directors, officers, employees or agents respecting
indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the
Delaware General Corporation Law.

         (G)     SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS.  The rights conferred on any person by
this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director,
officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such a person.

         (H)     INSURANCE.  To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware
General Corporation Law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of
Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted
to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

         (I)     AMENDMENTS.  Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall
only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect
at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is
the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

         (J)     SAVING CLAUSE.  If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be
invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the
corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Director and executive officer to
the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that
shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.

         (K)     CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.  For the purposes of this Bylaw, the
following definitions shall apply:

                 (I)      The term "proceeding" shall be broadly construed and
shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution,
defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in,
any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative.

                 (II)     The term "expenses" shall be broadly construed and
shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys' fees, witness fees,
fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses
of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

                 (III)    The term the "corporation" shall include, in addition
to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any
constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if
its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to
indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person
who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such





                                     23.
<PAGE>   28
constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such
constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand
in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the
resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such
constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

                 (IV)     References to a "director," "officer," "employee," or
"agent" of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where
such person is serving at the request of the corporation as a director,
officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise.

                 (V)      References to "other enterprises" shall include
employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes
assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references
to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall include any service as a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties
on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with
respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a
person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in
the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan
shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of
the corporation" as referred to in this Bylaw.

                                  ARTICLE XII

                                    NOTICES

43.      NOTICES.

         (A)     NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS.  Whenever, under any provisions of
these By-Laws, notice is required to be given to any stockholder, it shall be
given in writing, timely and duly deposited in the United States mail, postage
prepaid, and addressed to his last known post office address as shown by the
stock record of the corporation or its transfer agent.

         (B)     NOTICE TO DIRECTORS.  Any notice required to be given to any
Director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or by facsimile,
telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered
personally shall be sent to such address as such Director shall have filed in
writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last
known post office address of such Director.





                                     24.
<PAGE>   29
         (C)     ADDRESS UNKNOWN.  If no address of a stockholder or Director
be known, notice may be sent to the office of the corporation required to be
maintained pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

         (D)     AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING.  An affidavit of mailing, executed by a
duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent
appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, specifying the name and
address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or
Director or Directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given,
and the time and method of giving the same, shall be conclusive evidence of the
statements therein contained.

         (E)     TIME NOTICES DEEMED GIVEN.  All notices given by mail, as
above provided, shall be deemed to have been given as at the time of mailing
and all notices given by facsimile, telex or telegram shall be deemed to have
been given as of the sending time recorded at time of transmission.

         (F)     METHODS OF NOTICE.  It shall not be necessary that the same
method of giving notice be employed in respect of all Directors, but one
permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other
permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or
others.

         (G)     FAILURE TO RECEIVE NOTICE.  The period or limitation of time
within which any stockholder may exercise any option or right, or enjoy any
privilege or benefit, or be required to act, or within which any Director may
exercise any power or right, or enjoy any privilege, pursuant to any notice
sent him in the manner above provided, shall not be affected or extended in any
manner by the failure of such stockholder or such Director to receive such
notice.

         (H)     NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL.
Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the
Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the corporation, to any person with
whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall
not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental
authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person.
Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such
person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect
as if such notice had been duly given.  In the event that the action taken by
the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any
provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate shall state,
if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all
persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication
is unlawful.





                                     25.
<PAGE>   30
         (I)     NOTICE TO PERSON WITH UNDELIVERABLE ADDRESS.  Whenever notice
is required to be given, under any provision of law or the Certificate of
Incorporation or By-Laws of the corporation, to any stockholder to whom (i)
notice of two consecutive annual meetings, and all notices of meetings or of
the taking of action by written consent without a meeting to such person during
the period between such two consecutive annual meetings, or (ii) all, and at
least two, payments (if sent by first class mail) of dividends or interest on
securities during a twelve month period, have been mailed addressed to such
person at his address as shown on the records of the Corporation and have been
returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be
required.  Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to
such person shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been
duly given.  If any such person shall deliver to the corporation a written
notice setting forth his then current address, the requirement that notice be
given to such person shall be reinstated.  In the event that the action taken
by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any
provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate need not
state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to
be given pursuant to this paragraph.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                   AMENDMENTS

44.      AMENDMENTS.  Except as otherwise set forth in paragraph (i) of Section
42 of these By-Laws, these By-Laws may be amended or repealed and new By-Laws
adopted by a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote.  The Board of
Directors shall also have the power, if such power is conferred upon the Board
of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, to adopt, amend or repeal
By-Laws (including, without limitation, the amendment of any Bylaw setting
forth the number of Directors who shall constitute the whole Board of
Directors).

                                  ARTICLE XIV

                               LOANS TO OFFICERS

45.      LOANS TO OFFICERS.  The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee
any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the
corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a
Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of
the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be
expected to benefit the corporation.  The loan, guarantee or other assistance
may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner
as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a
pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.  Nothing in this Section 45 shall
be deemed to deny,





                                     26.
<PAGE>   31
limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at
common law or under any statute.





                                     27.

<PAGE>   1





                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                    BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.

                            (A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

              AS ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AUGUST 19, 1996
<PAGE>   2
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                               

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE

<S>                                                                         <C>
ARTICLE I  OFFICES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1 
    SECTION 1  REGISTERED OFFICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
    SECTION 2  OTHER OFFICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
ARTICLE II  CORPORATE SEAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
    SECTION 3  CORPORATE SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
ARTICLE III  STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
    SECTION 4  OF MEETINGS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
    SECTION 5  ANNUAL MEETING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
    SECTION 6  SPECIAL MEETINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
    SECTION 7  NOTICE OF MEETINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
    SECTION 8  QUORUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
    SECTION 9  ADJOURNMENT AND NOTICE OF ADJOURNED MEETINGS.  . . . . . . .  5
    SECTION 10  VOTING RIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
    SECTION 11  BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF STOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
    SECTION 12  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
    SECTION 13  ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
    SECTION 14  ORGANIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
ARTICLE IV  DIRECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
    SECTION 15  NUMBER AND TERM OF OFFICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
    SECTION 16  POWERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
    SECTION 17  CLASSES OF DIRECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
    SECTION 18  VACANCIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
    SECTION 19  RESIGNATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
    SECTION 20  REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
    SECTION 21  MEETINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
                                                                           
       (a)  Annual Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
       (b)  Regular Meetings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
       (c)  Special Meetings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
       (d)  Telephone Meetings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
       (e)  Notice of Meetings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
       (f)  Waiver of Notice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
                                                                           
    SECTION 22  QUORUM AND VOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
    SECTION 23  ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
    SECTION 24  FEES AND COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
    SECTION 25  COMMITTEES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
</TABLE>                                                                    





                                      i.
<PAGE>   3
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                 (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE

<S>                                                                         <C>
       (a)  Executive Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
       (b)  Other Committees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
       (c)  Term. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
       (d)  Meetings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

    SECTION 26  ORGANIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
ARTICLE V  OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
    SECTION 27  OFFICERS DESIGNATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
    SECTION 28  TENURE AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
                                                                           
       (a)  General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
       (b)  Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. . . . . . . . . . 13
       (c)  Duties of President . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
       (d)  Duties of Vice Presidents.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
       (e)  Duties of Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
       (f)  Duties of Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer. . . . . . . . . 14
                                                                           
    SECTION 29  DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    SECTION 30  RESIGNATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    SECTION 31  REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
ARTICLE VI  EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND                         
       VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION. . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    SECTION 32  EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    SECTION 33  VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION . . . . . . . 15
ARTICLE VII  SHARES OF STOCK  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
    SECTION 34  FORM AND EXECUTION OF CERTIFICATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
    SECTION 35  LOST CERTIFICATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
    SECTION 36  TRANSFERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
    SECTION 37  FIXING RECORD DATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
    SECTION 38  REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
ARTICLE VIII  OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
    SECTION 39  EXECUTION OF OTHER SECURITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
ARTICLE IX  DIVIDENDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
    SECTION 40  DECLARATION OF DIVIDENDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
    SECTION 41  DIVIDEND RESERVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
ARTICLE X   FISCAL YEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
    SECTION 42  FISCAL YEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
</TABLE>                                                                   





                                     ii.
<PAGE>   4
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                 (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE

<S>                                                                         <C> 
ARTICLE XI  INDEMNIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
    SECTION 43  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES 
         AND OTHER AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

       (a)  Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
       (b)  Officers, Employees and Other Agents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
       (c)  Good Faith. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
       (d)  Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20  
       (e)  Enforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20  
       (f)  Non Exclusivity of Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20  
       (g)  Survival of Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21  
       (h)  Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21  
       (i)  Amendments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21  
       (j)  Saving Clause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21  
       (k)  Certain Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21  
                                                                           
ARTICLE XII     NOTICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
    Section 44  NOTICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
ARTICLE XIII    AMENDMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
    SECTION 45  AMENDMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
ARTICLE XIV     LOANS TO OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
    SECTION 46  LOANS TO OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
</TABLE>                                                                   





                                     iii.










<PAGE>   5



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                    BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.

                            (A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

                                   ARTICLE I

                                    OFFICES

         SECTION 1.       REGISTERED OFFICE.  The registered office of the
corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of
Kent.

         SECTION 2.       OTHER OFFICES.  The corporation shall also have and
maintain an office or principal place of business in Boulder, Colorado, at such
place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at
such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board
of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation
may require.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                 CORPORATE SEAL

         SECTION 3.       CORPORATE SEAL.  The corporate seal shall consist of
a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, "Corporate Seal
Delaware."  Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be
impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

                                  ARTICLE III

                             STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS

         SECTION 4.       PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Meetings of the stockholders of
the corporation shall be held at such place, either within or without the State
of Delaware, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors,
or, if not so designated, then at the office of the corporation required to be
maintained pursuant to Section 2 hereof.





                                       1
<PAGE>   6



         SECTION 5.       ANNUAL MEETING.

                 (A)      The annual meeting of the stockholders of the
corporation, for the purpose of election of Directors and for such other
business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such
time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors

                 (B)      At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such
business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the
meeting.  To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be:
(A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or
at the direction of the Board of Directors, (B) otherwise properly brought
before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C)
otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder.  For business
to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the
stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary
of the corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to
or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation
not less than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days in advance of the date of
the corporation's proxy statement released to stockholders in connection with
the previous year's annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in
the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of
the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date
contemplated at the time of the previous year's proxy statement, notice by the
stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of
business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later
than the close of business on the sixtieth (60th) day prior to such annual
meeting or, in the event public announcement of the date of such annual meeting
is first made by the corporation fewer than seventy (70) days prior to the date
of such annual meeting, the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following
the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made
by the corporation.  A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth as
to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:
(i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual
meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting,
(ii) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of the
stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of
the corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (iv) any
material interest of the stockholder in such business and (v) any other
information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to
Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in his
capacity as a proponent to a stockholder proposal.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder
proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholder's meeting,
stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated
under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Notwithstanding
anything in these By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at
any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
paragraph (b).  The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant,
determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought
before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (b),
and, if he should so determine, he shall





                                     2.
<PAGE>   7



so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before
the meeting shall not be transacted.

                 (C)      Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this paragraph (c) and the Stockholders Agreement
between the corporation and certain stockholders shall be eligible for election
as Directors.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of
the corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction
of the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled to
vote in the election of Directors at the meeting who complies with the notice
procedures set forth in this paragraph (c).  Such nominations, other than those
made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant
to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the corporation in accordance
with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section 5.  Such stockholder's
notice shall set forth (i) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder
proposes to nominate for election or re election as a Director:  (A) the name,
age, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the principal
occupation or employment of such person, (C) the class and number of shares of
the corporation which are beneficially owned by such person, (D) a description
of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee
and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to
which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, and (E) any other
information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in
solicitations of proxies for election of Directors, or is otherwise required,
in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (including without limitation such person's written consent to
being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a
Director if elected); and (ii) as to such stockholder giving notice, the
information required to be provided pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section
5.  At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by a
stockholder for election as a Director shall furnish to the Secretary of the
corporation that information required to be set forth in the stockholder's
notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.  No person shall be
eligible for election as a Director of the corporation unless nominated in
accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (c).  The chairman
of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the
meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures
prescribed by these By-laws, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare
at the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

                 (D)      For purposes of this Section 5, "public announcement"
shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News
Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document
publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission
pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

         SECTION 6.       SPECIAL MEETINGS.

                 (A)      Special meetings of the stockholders of the
corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of
the Board, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors
pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of
authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously





                                     3.
<PAGE>   8



authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the
Board for adoption)or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less
than ten percent (10%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such
place, on such date, and at such time as they or he shall fix; provided,
however, that following registration of any of the classes of equity securities
of the corporation pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, special meetings of the stockholders may only be called by
the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the
total number of authorized Directors.

                 (B)      If a special meeting is called by any person or
persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing,
specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business
proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by
registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the
Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, or the Secretary of
the corporation.  No business may be transacted at such special meeting
otherwise than specified in such notice.  The officer receiving the request
shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote,
in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these By-Laws, that a meeting
will be held not less than thirty five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty
(120) days after the receipt of the request.  Upon determination of the time
and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice
to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the
provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws.  If the notice is not given within
sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request, the person or persons
requesting the meeting may give the notice.  Nothing contained in this
paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time
when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may
be held.

         SECTION 7.       NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Except as otherwise provided by
law or the Certificate of Incorporation, written notice of each meeting of
stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60)
days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at
such meeting, such notice to specify the place, date and hour and purpose or
purposes of the meeting.  Notice of the time, place and purpose of any meeting
of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to
notice thereof, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any
stockholder by his attendance thereat in person or by proxy, except when the
stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the
beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Any stockholder so waiving notice
of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all
respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

         SECTION 8.       QUORUM.  At all meetings of stockholders, except
where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or
by these By-Laws, the presence, in person or by proxy duly authorized, of the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  Any shares, the voting of
which at said meeting has been enjoined, or which for any reason cannot be
lawfully voted at such meeting, shall not be counted to determine a quorum at
such meeting.  In the absence of a quorum any meeting of stockholders may be
adjourned, from time to time, either





                                     4.
<PAGE>   9



by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the
shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such
meeting.  The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at
which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment,
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a
quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation
or these By-Laws, all action taken by the holders of a majority of the voting
power represented at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be valid
and binding upon the corporation; provided, however, that Directors shall be
elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or
represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of
Directors.  Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required,
a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series,
present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled
to take action with respect to that vote on that matter and the affirmative
vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of Directors) of
shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by
proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

         SECTION 9.       ADJOURNMENT AND NOTICE OF ADJOURNED MEETINGS.  Any
meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time
to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of
the shares represented thereat.  When a meeting is adjourned to another time or
place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place
thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the
adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have
been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than
thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for
the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

         SECTION 10.      VOTING RIGHTS.

                 (A)      For the purpose of determining those stockholders
entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise
provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records
of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these
By-Laws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders.  Except as
may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws,
each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock
held by such stockholder.  Every person entitled to vote shall have the right
to do so either in person or by an agent or agents authorized by a written
proxy executed by such person or his duly authorized agent, which proxy shall
be filed with the Secretary at or before the meeting at which it is to be used.
An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder.  No proxy shall be voted
after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a
longer period.  All elections of Directors shall be by written ballot, unless
otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.





                                     5.
<PAGE>   10



         SECTION 11.      BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF STOCK.

                 (A)      If shares or other securities having voting power
stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries,
members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the
entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary
relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written
notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order
appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their
acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect:  (a) if only one
(1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the
majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is
evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in
question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for
relief as provided in the General Corporation Law of Delaware, Section 217(b).
If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held
in unequal interests, a majority or even split for the purpose of this
subsection (c) shall be a majority or even split in interest.

                 (B)      Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall
be entitled to vote the shares so held.  Persons whose stock is pledged shall
be entitled to vote, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the
corporation he has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which
case only the pledgee, or his proxy, may represent such stock and vote thereon.

         SECTION 12.      LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS.  The Secretary shall prepare
and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a
complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in
alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of
shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to
the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting,
during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to
the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,
which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall be
produced and kept at the time and place of meeting during the whole time
thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

         SECTION 13.      ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

                 (A)      Any action required by statute to be taken at any
annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken
at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a
meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in
writing, setting forth the action so taken, are signed by the holders of
outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would
be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares
entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

                 (B)      Every written consent shall bear the date of
signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent
shall be effective to take the





                                     6.
<PAGE>   11



corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the
earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner herein
required, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to
take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered
office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer
or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of
meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to a corporation's
registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested.

                 (C)      Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action
without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to
those stockholders who have not consented in writing.  If the action which is
consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under
any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been
voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under
such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section
concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent
have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.

                 (D)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such action by
written consent may be taken following the closing of the initial public
offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), covering the offer and sale of Common
Stock of the corporation (the "Initial Public Offering").

         SECTION 14.      ORGANIZATION.

                 (A)      At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the
Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the
President, or, if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President
present, or in the absence of any such officer, a chairman of the meeting
chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present
in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman.  The Secretary, or, in his
absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act
as secretary of the meeting.

                 (B)      The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be
entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of
stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient.  Subject to
such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of
the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules,
regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such
chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of
the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of
business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the
meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such
meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized
and constituted proxies, and such other persons as the chairman shall permit,
restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement
thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by
participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for
balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot.





                                     7.
<PAGE>   12



Unless, and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman
of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in
accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

                                   ARTICLE IV


                                   DIRECTORS

         SECTION 15.      NUMBER AND TERM OF OFFICE.  The authorized number of
directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate
of Incorporation.  Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the
Certificate of Incorporation.  If for any cause, the Directors shall not have
been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as
convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in
the manner provided in these By-Laws.  No reduction of the authorized number of
Directors shall have the effect of removing any Director before the Director's
term of office expires, unless such removal is made pursuant to the provisions
of Section 20 hereof.

         SECTION 16.      POWERS.  The powers of the corporation shall be
exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of
Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate
of Incorporation.

         SECTION 17.      CLASSES OF DIRECTORS.  Subject to the rights of the
holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under
specified circumstances, following the closing of the Initial Public Offering,
the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class
II and Class III, respectively. Directors shall be assigned to each class in
accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors.
At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the
Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall
expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.
At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing of the
Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall
expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.
At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing of the
Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall
expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.
At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected
for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose
terms expire at such annual meeting.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each
director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until
his death, resignation or removal.  No decrease in the number of directors
constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent
director.

         SECTION 18.      VACANCIES.  Unless otherwise provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships
resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors may be filled
by a majority of the Directors then in office,





                                     8.
<PAGE>   13



although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director, and each Director
so elected shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the
Director whose place shall be vacant and until his successor shall have been
duly elected and qualified.  A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be
deemed to exist under this Section 18 in the case of the death, removal or
resignation of any Director, or if the stockholders fail at any meeting of
stockholders at which Directors are to be elected (including any meeting
referred to in Section 20 below) to elect the number of Directors then
constituting the whole Board of Directors.

         SECTION 19.      RESIGNATION.  Any Director may resign at any time by
delivering his written resignation to the Secretary, such resignation to
specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the
Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  If no such
specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors.  When one or more Directors shall resign from the Board of
Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the Directors then in
office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such
vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or
resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold
office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall
be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

         SECTION 20.      REMOVAL.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any
series of Preferred Stock and the Stockholders Agreement, no director shall be
removed without cause.  Subject to any limitations imposed by law, the Board of
Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time
with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting
power of all the then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation,
entitled to vote at an election of directors (the "Voting Stock").

         SECTION 21.      MEETINGS.

                 (A)      ANNUAL MEETINGS.  The annual meeting of the Board of
Directors shall be held immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders
and at the place where such meeting is held.  No notice of an annual meeting of
the Board of Directors shall be necessary and such meeting shall be held for
the purpose of electing officers and transacting such other business as may
lawfully come before it.

                 (B)      REGULAR MEETINGS.  Except as hereinafter otherwise
provided, regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held in the
office of the corporation required to be maintained pursuant to Section 2
hereof.  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation,
regular meetings of the Board of Directors may also be held at any place within
or without the State of Delaware which has been determined by the Board of
Directors.

                 (C)      SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Unless otherwise restricted by the
Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be
held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever
called by the President or a majority of the Directors.





                                     9.
<PAGE>   14



                 (D)      TELEPHONE MEETINGS.  Any member of the Board of
Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means
of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which
all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation
in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

                 (E)      NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Written notice of the time and
place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given at least
one (1) day before the date of the meeting.  Notice of any meeting may be
waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by
any Director by attendance thereat, except when the Director attends the
meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting,
to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called
or convened.

                 (F)      WAIVER OF NOTICE.  The transaction of all business at
any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called
or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly
held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either
before or after the meeting, each of the Directors not present shall sign a
written waiver of notice, or a consent to holding such meeting, or an approval
of the minutes thereof.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the
purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be
specified in any written waiver of notice or consent unless so required by the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.  All such waivers, consents or
approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the
minutes of the meeting.

         SECTION 22.      QUORUM AND VOTING.

                 (A)      Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a
greater number and except with respect to indemnification questions arising
under Section 43 hereof, for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact
number of Directors fixed from time to time in accordance with the Certificate
of Incorporation, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a
majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board
of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided,
however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of
the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for
the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than
by announcement at the meeting.

                 (B)      At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a
quorum is present all questions and business shall be determined by a vote of a
majority of the Directors present, unless a different vote be required by law,
the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

         SECTION 23.      ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.  Unless otherwise restricted
by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any
committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board
of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent





                                     10.
<PAGE>   15



thereto in writing, and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of
proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

         SECTION 24.      FEES AND COMPENSATION.  Directors shall be entitled
to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of
Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors,
a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular
or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee
of the Board of Directors.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to
preclude any Director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an
officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

         SECTION 25.      COMMITTEES.

                 (A)      EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.  The Board of Directors may by
resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, appoint an
Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of
Directors.  The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and
specifically granted by the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise
when the Board of Directors is not in session all powers of the Board of
Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation,
including, without limitation, the power and authority to declare a dividend or
to authorize the issuance of stock, except such committee shall not have the
power or authority to amend the Certificate of Incorporation, to adopt an
agreement of merger or consolidation, to recommend to the stockholders the
sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's
property and assets, to recommend to the stockholders of the corporation a
dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend
these By-Laws.

                 (B)      OTHER COMMITTEES.  The Board of Directors may, by
resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, from time to
time appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law.  Such other
committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more
members of the Board of Directors, and shall have such powers and perform such
duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such
committees, but in no event shall such committee have the powers denied to the
Executive Committee in these By-Laws.

                 (C)      TERM.  The members of all committees of the Board of
Directors shall serve a term coexistent with that of the Board of Directors
which shall have appointed such committee.  The Board of Directors, subject to
the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time
increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the
existence of a committee.  The membership of a committee member shall terminate
on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from
the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason
remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any
committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the
number of members of the committee.  The Board of Directors may designate one
or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any
absent or disqualified member at any





                                     11.
<PAGE>   16



meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification
of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any
meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute
a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to
act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

                 (D)      MEETINGS.  Unless the Board of Directors shall
otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other
committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and
places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee,
and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no
further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter.  Special
meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been
determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any
Director who is a member of such committee, upon written notice to the members
of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the
manner provided for the giving of written notice to members of the Board of
Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors.
Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any
time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any Director by
attendance thereat, except when the Director attends such special meeting for
the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.  A majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a
majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be
the act of such committee.

         SECTION 26.      ORGANIZATION.  At every meeting of the Directors, the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or
is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice
President, or, in the absence of any such officer, a chairman of the meeting
chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall preside over the meeting.
The Secretary, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by
the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

                                   ARTICLE V


                                    OFFICERS

         SECTION 27.      OFFICERS DESIGNATED.  The officers of the corporation
shall be the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, one or more
Vice Presidents, the Secretary and the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer,
all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board
of Directors.  The order of the seniority of the Vice Presidents shall be in
the order of their nomination, unless otherwise determined by the Board of
Directors.  The Board of Directors may also appoint such other officers and
agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary.  The Board of
Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as
it shall deem appropriate.  Any one person





                                     12.
<PAGE>   17



may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless
specifically prohibited therefrom by law.  The salaries and other compensation
of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner
designated by the Board of Directors.  The President may appoint one or more
Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers with such powers and duties as
he or she deems necessary.

         SECTION 28.      TENURE AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

                 (A)      GENERAL.  All officers shall hold office at the
pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been
duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed.  Any officer elected or
appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of
Directors.  If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the
vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

                 (B)      DUTIES OF CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The
Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings
of the stockholders and the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of
Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall
also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of
Directors shall designate from time to time.  If there is no President, then
the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive
Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in
paragraph (c) of this Section 28.

                 (C)      DUTIES OF PRESIDENT.  The President shall preside at
all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors,
unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is
present.  The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation
and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general
supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the
corporation.  The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to his
office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as
the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

                 (D)      DUTIES OF VICE PRESIDENTS.  The Vice Presidents, in
the order of their seniority, may assume and perform the duties of the
President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office
of President is vacant.  The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties
commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and
have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall
designate from time to time.

                 (E)      DUTIES OF SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall attend all
meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall record
all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation.  The
Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these By-Laws of all meetings of
the stockholders, and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any
committee thereof requiring notice.  The Secretary shall perform all other
duties given him in these By-Laws and other duties commonly incident to his
office and shall also perform





                                     13.
<PAGE>   18



such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall
designate from time to time.  The President may direct any Assistant Secretary
to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability
of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties
commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and
have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall
designate from time to time.

                 (F)      DUTIES OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OR TREASURER.  The
Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept the books
of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner, and shall render
statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as
often as required by the Board of Directors or the President.  The Chief
Financial Officer or Treasurer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors,
shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation.  The
Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly
incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such
other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from
time to time.  The President may direct any Assistant Treasurer to assume and
perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer in the absence
or disability of the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer, and each Assistant
Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall
also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of
Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

         SECTION 29.      DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.  The Board of Directors may
from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other
officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

         SECTION 30.      RESIGNATIONS.  Any officer may resign at any time by
giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the
Secretary.  Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person
or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified
therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later
time.  Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any resignation shall
be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any
contract with the resigning officer.

         SECTION 31.      REMOVAL.  Any officer may be removed from office at
any time, either with or without cause, by the vote or written consent of a
majority of the Directors in office at the time, or by any committee or
superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by
the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                     EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND
                 VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

         SECTION 32.      EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS.  The Board of
Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the
signatory officer or officers, or





                                     14.
<PAGE>   19



other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate
instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate
name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the
corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these By-Laws, and such
execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

         Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors or
otherwise required by law, promissory notes, deeds of trust, mortgages and
other evidences of indebtedness of the corporation, and other corporate
instruments or documents requiring the corporate seal, and certificates of
shares of stock owned by the corporation, shall be executed, signed or endorsed
by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice
President, and by the Secretary or Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or any
Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.  All other instruments and
documents requiring the corporate signature, but not requiring the corporate
seal, may be executed as aforesaid or in such other manner as may be directed
by the Board of Directors.

         All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to
the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall
be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize
so to do.

         Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the
agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power
or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge
its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

         SECTION 33.      VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION.  All
stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the
corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted,
and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person
authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence
of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the
President, or any Vice President.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                                SHARES OF STOCK

         SECTION 34.      FORM AND EXECUTION OF CERTIFICATES.  Certificates for
the shares of stock of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent
with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.  Every holder of
stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or
in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or
the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer
or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned
by him in the corporation.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may
be by facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has
signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall
have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar





                                     15.
<PAGE>   20



before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if
he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.  Each
certificate shall state upon the face or back thereof, in full or in summary,
all of the designations, preferences, limitations, restrictions on transfer and
relative rights of the shares authorized to be issued.

         SECTION 35.      LOST CERTIFICATES.  A new certificate or certificates
shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued
by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the
making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of
stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed.  The corporation may require, as a
condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the
owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his
legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require
or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may
direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation
with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or
destroyed.

         SECTION 36.      TRANSFERS.

                 (A)      Transfers of record of shares of stock of the
corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person
or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed
certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

                 (B)      The corporation shall have power to enter into and
perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more
classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock
of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any
manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

         SECTION 37.      FIXING RECORD DATES.

                 (A)      In order that the Corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or
any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record
date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution
fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record
date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the
date of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors,
the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote
at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next
preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the
close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is
held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the
meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record
date for the adjourned meeting.

                 (B)      Prior to the Initial Public Offering, in order that
the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate
action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix, in
advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which
the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors,





                                     16.
<PAGE>   21



and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which
the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.  If
no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for
determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required
by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth
the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by
delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place
of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the
book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery
made to a Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested.  If no record date has been fixed by
the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required
by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to
corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business
on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such
prior action.

                 (C)      In order that the corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution
or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights
in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose
of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a
record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the
resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be
not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action.  If no record date is
fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall
be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts
the resolution relating thereto.

         SECTION 38.      REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.  The corporation shall be
entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books
as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and
shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in
such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall
have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws
of Delaware.

                                  ARTICLE VIII


                      OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

         SECTION 39.      EXECUTION OF OTHER SECURITIES.  All bonds, debentures
and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock
certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the
Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person
as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal
impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by
the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief
Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however,
that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be
authenticated by the manual signature of a trustee under an






                                     17.
<PAGE>   22



indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security
shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the
corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the
imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons.  Interest coupons
appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security,
authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an
Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be
authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile
signature of such person.  In case any officer who shall have signed or
attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile
signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have
ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate
security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture
or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and
issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose
facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such
officer of the corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    DIVIDENDS

         SECTION 40.      DECLARATION OF DIVIDENDS.  Dividends upon the capital
stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to
law at any regular or special meeting.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in
property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation.

         SECTION 41.      DIVIDEND RESERVE.  Before payment of any dividend,
there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for
dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in
their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet
contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any
property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of
Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the
Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in
which it was created.

                                   ARTICLE X

                                  FISCAL YEAR

         SECTION 42.      FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the corporation
shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.





                                     18.
<PAGE>   23



                                   ARTICLE XI

                                INDEMNIFICATION

         SECTION 43.      INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND
OTHER AGENTS.

                 (A)      DIRECTORS.  The corporation shall indemnify its
Directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General
Corporation Law; provided, however, that the corporation shall not be required
to indemnify any Director in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof)
initiated by such person or any proceeding by such person against the
corporation or its Directors, officers, employees or other agents unless (i)
such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the
proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation or (iii)
such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion,
pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General
Corporation Law.

                 (B)      OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS.  The
corporation shall have power to indemnify its officers, employees and other
agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law.

                 (C)      GOOD FAITH.

                          (I)     For purposes of any determination under this
Bylaw, a Director or executive officer shall be deemed to have acted in good
faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was
unlawful, if his action is based on information, opinions, reports and
statements, including financial statements and other financial data, in each
case prepared or presented by:

                                  (1)      one or more officers or employees of
the corporation whom the Director or executive officer believed to be reliable
and competent in the matters presented;

                                  (2)      counsel, independent accountants or
other persons as to matters which the Director or executive officer believed to
be within such person's professional competence; and

                                  (3)      with respect to a Director, a
committee of the Board upon which such Director does not serve, as to matters
within such Committee's designated authority, which committee the Director
believes to merit confidence; so long as, in each case, the Director or
executive officer acts without knowledge that would cause such reliance to be
unwarranted.

                          (II)    The termination of any proceeding by
judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or
its equivalent shall not, of itself,





                                     19.
<PAGE>   24



create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner
which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that he had
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

                          (III)   The provisions of this paragraph (c) shall
not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which
a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth
by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

                 (D)      EXPENSES.  The corporation shall advance, prior to
the final disposition of any proceeding, promptly following request therefor,
all expenses incurred by any Director or executive officer in connection with
such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person
to repay said amounts if it should be determined ultimately that such person is
not entitled to be indemnified under this Bylaw or otherwise.

                 (E)      ENFORCEMENT.  Without the necessity of entering into
an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to Directors
and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual
rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract
between the corporation and the Director or executive officer.  Any right to
indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a Director or executive
officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right
in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or
advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim
is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor.  The claimant in such
enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be
paid also the expense of prosecuting his claim.  The corporation shall be
entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met
the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the Delaware General
Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount
claimed.  Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of
Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of
the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an
actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors,
independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met
such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create
a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

                 (F)      NON EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  The rights conferred on
any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such
person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the
Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official
capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office.  The
corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with
any or all of its Directors, officers, employees or agents respecting
indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the
Delaware General Corporation Law.





                                     20.
<PAGE>   25



                 (G)      SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS.  The rights conferred on any
person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a
Director, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of
the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

                 (H)      INSURANCE.  To the fullest extent permitted by the
Delaware General Corporation Law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board
of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or
permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

                 (I)      AMENDMENTS.  Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw
shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in
effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act
that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

                 (J)      SAVING CLAUSE.  If this Bylaw or any portion hereof
shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then
the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Director and executive
officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this
Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.

                 (K)      CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.  For the purposes of this Bylaw,
the following definitions shall apply:

                          (I)     The term "proceeding" shall be broadly
construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation,
preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and
the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit
or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

                          (II)    The term "expenses" shall be broadly
construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys' fees,
witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs
and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

                          (III)   The term the "corporation" shall include, in
addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including
any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which,
if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to
indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person
who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same
position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or
surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent
corporation if its separate existence had continued.

                          (IV)    References to a "director," "officer,"
"employee," or "agent" of the corporation shall include, without limitation,
situations where such person is serving at the





                                     21.
<PAGE>   26



request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent
of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

                          (V)     References to "other enterprises" shall
include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise
taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and
references to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall include any
service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which
imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee,
or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or
beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries
of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not
opposed to the best interests of the corporation" as referred to in this Bylaw.

                                  ARTICLE XII


                                    NOTICES

         SECTION 44.      NOTICES.

                 (A)      NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS.  Whenever, under any
provisions of these By-Laws, notice is required to be given to any stockholder,
it shall be given in writing, timely and duly deposited in the United States
mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to his last known post office address as
shown by the stock record of the corporation or its transfer agent.

                 (B)      NOTICE TO DIRECTORS.  Any notice required to be given
to any Director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or by
facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is
delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such Director shall have
filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the
last known post office address of such Director.

                 (C)      ADDRESS UNKNOWN.  If no address of a stockholder or
Director be known, notice may be sent to the office of the corporation required
to be maintained pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

                 (D)      AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING.  An affidavit of mailing,
executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its
transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected,
specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder
or stockholders, or Director or Directors, to whom any such notice or notices
was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall be
conclusive evidence of the statements therein contained.

                 (E)      TIME NOTICES DEEMED GIVEN.  All notices given by
mail, as above provided, shall be deemed to have been given as at the time of
mailing and all notices given by





                                     22.
<PAGE>   27



facsimile, telex or telegram shall be deemed to have been given as of the
sending time recorded at time of transmission.

                 (F)      METHODS OF NOTICE.  It shall not be necessary that
the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all Directors, but
one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any
other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or
others.

                 (G)      FAILURE TO RECEIVE NOTICE.  The period or limitation
of time within which any stockholder may exercise any option or right, or enjoy
any privilege or benefit, or be required to act, or within which any Director
may exercise any power or right, or enjoy any privilege, pursuant to any notice
sent him in the manner above provided, shall not be affected or extended in any
manner by the failure of such stockholder or such Director to receive such
notice.

                 (H)      NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL.
Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the
Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the corporation, to any person with
whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall
not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental
authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person.
Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such
person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect
as if such notice had been duly given.  In the event that the action taken by
the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any
provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate shall state,
if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all
persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication
is unlawful.

                 (I)      NOTICE TO PERSON WITH UNDELIVERABLE ADDRESS.
Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or the
Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the corporation, to any stockholder
to whom (i) notice of two consecutive annual meetings, and all notices of
meetings or of the taking of action by written consent without a meeting to
such person during the period between such two consecutive annual meetings, or
(ii) all, and at least two, payments (if sent by first class mail) of dividends
or interest on securities during a twelve month period, have been mailed
addressed to such person at his address as shown on the records of the
Corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to
such person shall not be required.  Any action or meeting which shall be taken
or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and effect as
if such notice had been duly given.  If any such person shall deliver to the
corporation a written notice setting forth his then current address, the
requirement that notice be given to such person shall be reinstated.  In the
event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing
of a certificate under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom
notice was not required to be given pursuant to this paragraph.





                                     23.
<PAGE>   28




                                  ARTICLE XIII


                                   AMENDMENTS

         SECTION 45.      AMENDMENTS.  Except as otherwise set forth in
paragraph (i) of Section 43 of these By-Laws, the Bylaws may be altered or
amended or new Bylaws adopted by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and
two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding
shares of the Voting Stock.  The Board of Directors shall also have the power
to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

                                  ARTICLE XIV



                               LOANS TO OFFICERS

         SECTION 46.      LOANS TO OFFICERS.  The corporation may lend money
to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other
employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or
employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in
the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may
reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation.  The loan, guarantee or
other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or
secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including,
without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.  Nothing in
this Section 46 shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of
guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.





                                     24.

<PAGE>   1
        The following form of Indemnity Agreement has been entered into by the
Company and each of the following persons:

                                        Michael C. Gilliland
                                        S.M. Hassan
                                        Elizabeth C. Cook
                                        Mary Beth Lewis
                                        John A. Shields
                                        David M. Chamberlain
                                        Peter D. Behrendt
                                        Barnet M. Feinblum
                                        David L. Ferguson 
                                        M. Laird Koldyke
                                        James B. McElwee




<PAGE>   2





                              INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

         THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this ____ day of August, 1996,
between WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"),
and ____________ ("Agent").

                                    RECITALS

         WHEREAS, Agent performs a valuable service to the Corporation in his
or her capacity as a director of the Corporation;

         WHEREAS, the stockholders of the Corporation have adopted bylaws (the
"Bylaws") providing for the indemnification of the directors, officers,
employees and other agents of the Corporation, including persons serving at the
request of the Corporation in such capacities with other corporations or
enterprises, as authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended
(the "Code");

         WHEREAS, the Bylaws and the Code, by their non-exclusive nature,
permit contracts between the Corporation and its agents, officers, employees
and other agents with respect to indemnification of such persons; and

         WHEREAS, in order to induce Agent to continue to serve as a director
of the Corporation, the Corporation has determined and agreed to enter into
this Agreement with Agent;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Agent's continued service as a
director after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                   AGREEMENT

         I.   SERVICES TO THE CORPORATION.  Agent will serve, at the will of the
Corporation or under separate contract, if any such contract exists, as a
director of the Corporation or as a director, officer or other fiduciary of an
affiliate of the Corporation (including any employee benefit plan of the
Corporation) faithfully and to the best of his ability so long as he is duly
elected and qualified in accordance with the provisions of the Bylaws or other
applicable charter documents of the Corporation or such affiliate; provided,
however, that Agent may at any time and for any reason resign from such
position or any other position (subject to any contractual obligation that
Agent may have assumed apart from this Agreement) and that the Corporation or
any affiliate shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Agent
in such position or any other position.

         II.  INDEMNITY OF AGENT.  The Corporation hereby agrees to hold 
harmless and indemnify Agent to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by
applicable law.

         III. ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY.  In addition to and not in limitation of the
indemnification otherwise provided for herein, and subject only to the
exclusions set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Corporation hereby further agrees
to hold harmless and indemnify Agent:

                 A.  against any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees),
witness fees, damages, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and any
other amounts that Agent





                                      1.
<PAGE>   3
becomes legally obligated to pay because of any claim or claims made against or
by him in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, arbitrational, administrative or
investigative (including an action by or in the right of the Corporation) to
which Agent is, was or at any time becomes a party, or is threatened to be made
a party, by reason of the fact that Agent is, was or at any time becomes a
director, officer, employee or other agent of Corporation, or is or was serving
or at any time serves at the written request of the Corporation as a director,
officer, employee or other agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise; and

                 B.  otherwise to the fullest extent as may be provided to Agent
by the Corporation under the non-exclusivity provisions of the Code and the
Bylaws.

         IV.  LIMITATIONS ON ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY.  No indemnity pursuant to
Section 3 hereof shall be paid by the Corporation:

                 A.  on account of any claim against Agent for an accounting of
profits made from the purchase or sale by Agent of securities of the
Corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any
federal, state or local statutory law;

                 B.  on account of Agent's conduct that was knowingly fraudulent
or deliberately dishonest or that constituted willful misconduct;

                 C.  on account of Agent's conduct that constituted a breach of
Agent's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or resulted in any personal profit
or advantage to which Agent was not legally entitled;

                 D.  for which payment is actually made to Agent under a valid
and collectible insurance policy or under a valid and enforceable indemnity
clause, bylaw or agreement, except in respect of any excess beyond payment
under such insurance, clause, bylaw or agreement;

                 E.  if indemnification is not lawful (and, in this respect, 
both the Corporation and Agent have been advised that the Securities and
Exchange Commission believes that indemnification for liabilities arising under
the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore,
unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to
appropriate courts for adjudication); or

                 F.  in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof)
initiated by Agent, or any proceeding by Agent against the Corporation or its
directors, officers, employees or other agents, unless (i) such indemnification
is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by
the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (iii) such indemnification is
provided by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers
vested in the Corporation under the Code, or (iv) the proceeding is initiated
pursuant to Section 9 hereof.





                                       2.
<PAGE>   4
         V.   CONTINUATION OF INDEMNITY.  All agreements and obligations of the
Corporation contained herein shall continue during the period Agent is a
director, officer, employee or other agent of the Corporation (or is or was
serving at the written request of the Corporation as a director, officer,
employee or other agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter
so long as Agent shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending
or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
arbitrational, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that
Agent was serving in the capacity referred to herein.

         VI.  PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION.  Agent shall be entitled under this
Agreement to indemnification by the Corporation for a portion of the expenses
(including attorneys' fees), witness fees, damages, judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement and any other amounts that Agent becomes legally
obligated to pay in connection with any action, suit or proceeding referred to
in Section 3 hereof even if not entitled hereunder to indemnification for the
total amount thereof, and the Corporation shall indemnify Agent for the portion
thereof to which Agent is entitled.

         VII. NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM.  Not later than thirty (30)
days after receipt by Agent of notice of the commencement of any action, suit
or proceeding, Agent will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against
the Corporation under this Agreement, notify the Corporation of the
commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Corporation will not
relieve it from any liability which it may have to Agent otherwise than under
this Agreement.  With respect to any such action, suit or proceeding as to
which Agent notifies the Corporation of the commencement thereof:

              A.  The Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at
its own expense;

              B.  Except as otherwise provided below, the Corporation may, at
its option and jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified and
electing to assume such defense, assume the defense thereof, with counsel
reasonably satisfactory to Agent.  After notice from the Corporation to Agent
of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Corporation will not be
liable to Agent under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses
subsequently incurred by Agent in connection with the defense thereof except
for reasonable costs of investigation or otherwise as provided below.  Agent
shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such action, suit or
proceeding but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from
the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the
expense of Agent unless (i) the employment of counsel by Agent has been
authorized by the Corporation, (ii) Agent shall have reasonably concluded that
there may be a conflict of interest between the Corporation and Agent in the
conduct of the defense of such action or (iii) the Corporation shall not in
fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each of
which cases the fees and expenses of Agent's separate counsel shall be at the
expense of the Corporation.  The Corporation shall not be entitled to assume
the defense of any action, suit or proceeding brought by or on behalf of the
Corporation or as to which Agent shall have made the conclusion provided for in
clause (ii) above;





                                       3.
<PAGE>   5
                 C.  The Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify Agent 
under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim
effected without its written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
The Corporation shall be permitted to settle any action except that it shall
not settle any action or claim in any manner which would impose any penalty or
limitation on Agent without Agent's written consent, which may be given or
withheld in Agent's sole discretion;

                 D.  If there is a Change in Control (defined below) of the
Company (other than a Change in Control that has been approved by a majority of
the Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such
Change in Control), then with respect to all matters thereafter arising
concerning the rights of Agent to indemnity, expense payments and/or advances
under this Agreement or any other agreement or Company Bylaw now or hereafter
in effect, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Legal
Counsel (defined below) selected by Agent and approved by the Company (which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld).  Such counsel, among other
things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Agent as to whether
and to what extent Agent would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable
law.  The Company shall pay the reasonable fees of such Independent Legal
Counsel and fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses
(including attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto;

                 E.  For purposes of this Section, a "Change in Control" shall 
be deemed to have occurred if (i) any "person" (as such term is used in
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended),
other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee
benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by
the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their
ownership of the stock of the Company, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as
defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of
the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting power represented by
the Company's then outstanding voting securities, (ii) during any period of two
consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute
the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by
the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders
was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors still in
office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose
election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
reason to constitute a majority thereof, (iii) the stockholders of the Company
approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities
of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent
(either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities
of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by
the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding
immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (iv) the stockholders or the
Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement
for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series
of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company's assets; and





                                       4.
<PAGE>   6
                 F.  For purposes of this section, "Independent Legal Counsel"
shall be defined as an attorney or firm of attorneys, selected in accordance
with this Section, who have not otherwise performed services for the Company or
Agent within the last five years (other than with respect to matters concerning
the rights of Agent under this Agreement, or of other agents under similar
indemnity agreements).

         VIII. EXPENSES.  The Corporation shall advance, prior to the final
disposition of any proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all
expenses incurred by Agent in connection with such proceeding upon receipt of
an undertaking by or on behalf of Agent to repay said amounts if it shall be
determined ultimately that Agent is not entitled to be indemnified under the
provisions of this Agreement, the Bylaws, the Code or otherwise.

         IX.   ENFORCEMENT.  Any right to indemnification or advances granted by
this Agreement to Agent shall be enforceable by or on behalf of Agent in any
court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or
advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim
is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor.  Agent, in such
enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be
paid also the expense of prosecuting his claim.  It shall be a defense to any
action for which a claim for indemnification is made under Section 3 hereof
(other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses pursuant to
Section 8 hereof, provided that the required undertaking has been tendered to
the Corporation) that Agent is not entitled to indemnification because of the
limitations set forth in Section 4 hereof.  Neither the failure of the
Corporation (including its Board of Directors or its stockholders) to have made
a determination prior to the commencement of such enforcement action that
indemnification of Agent is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual
determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or its
stockholders) that such indemnification is improper shall be a defense to the
action or create a presumption that Agent is not entitled to indemnification
under this Agreement or otherwise.

         X.   SUBROGATION.  In the event of payment under this Agreement, the
Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the
rights of recovery of Agent, who shall execute all documents required and shall
do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the
Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

         XI.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  The rights conferred on Agent by this
Agreement shall not be exclusive of any other right which Agent may have or
hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Corporation's Certificate
of Incorporation or Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or directors, or
otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in
another capacity while holding office.

         XII. SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS.

              A.  The rights conferred on Agent by this Agreement shall
continue after Agent has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other
agent of the Corporation or to serve at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or other agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and shall inure
to the benefit of Agent's heirs, executors and administrators.





                                       5.
<PAGE>   7
                 B.    The Corporation shall require any successor (whether 
direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation, expressly to
assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession
had taken place.

         XIII. SEPARABILITY.  Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a
separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any
provision hereof shall be held to be invalid for any reason, such invalidity or
unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other
provisions hereof.  Furthermore, if this Agreement shall be invalidated in its
entirety on any ground, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Agent
to the fullest extent provided by the Bylaws, the Code or any other applicable
law.

         XIV.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced
in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

         XV.   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.  No amendment, modification, 
termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in
writing signed by both parties hereto.

         XVI.  IDENTICAL COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an
original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same
Agreement.  Only one such counterpart need be produced to evidence the
existence of this Agreement.

         XVII. HEADINGS.  The headings of the sections of this Agreement are
inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of
this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

         XVIII.NOTICES.  All notices, requests, demands and other
communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
duly given (i) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to whom such
communication was directed or (ii) upon the third business day after the date
on which such communication was mailed if mailed by certified or registered
mail with postage prepaid:

                 A.  If to Agent, at the address indicated on the signature 
                     page hereof.

                 B.  If to the Corporation, to:

                     Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
                     1645 Broadway
                     Boulder, Colorado  80302

                     or to such other address as may have been furnished to 
                     Agent by the Corporation.





                                       6.
<PAGE>   8
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and
as of the day and year first above written.

                                        WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
                                        
                                        
                                        By:                                    
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Name:                               
                                           Title:                              
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        AGENT                                  
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Name                                   
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        Print Agent's name and address:        
                                                                               
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                                               
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                                               
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                                               




                                       7.

<PAGE>   1




                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.

                           1996 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

                            ADOPTED AUGUST 19, 1996

                   APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS ___________, 1996



         INTRODUCTION.

         In June, 1996, the Board of Directors adopted the Wild Oats Markets,
Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan.  In August, 1996, the Board of Directors amended
and restated the 1996 Stock Option Plan in the form of this 1996 Equity
Incentive Plan (the "Plan").

1.       PURPOSES.

         (a)     The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which
selected Employees and Directors and Consultants may be given an opportunity to
benefit from increases in value of the common stock of the Company ("Common
Stock") through the granting of (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory
Stock Options, (iii) stock bonuses, and (iv) rights to purchase restricted
stock.

         (b)     The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the
services of persons who are now Employees or Directors of or Consultants to the
Company and its Affiliates, to secure and retain the services of new Employees,
Directors and Consultants, and to provide incentives for such persons to exert
maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates.

         (c)     The Company intends that the Stock Awards issued under the
Plan shall, in the discretion of the Board or any Committee to which
responsibility for administration of the Plan has been delegated pursuant to
subsection 3(c), be either (i) Options granted pursuant to Section 6 hereof,
including Incentive Stock Options and Nonstatutory Stock Options, or (ii) stock
bonuses or rights to purchase restricted stock granted pursuant to Section 7
hereof.  All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or
Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and in such form as issued
pursuant to Section 6, and a separate certificate or certificates will be
issued for shares purchased on exercise of each type of Option.

2.       DEFINITIONS.

         (a)     "AFFILIATE" means any parent corporation or subsidiary
corporation, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in
Sections 424(e) and (f) respectively, of the Code.



                                     1.
<PAGE>   2
         (b)     "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         (c)     "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         (d)     "COMMITTEE" means a Committee appointed by the Board in
accordance with subsection 3(c) of the Plan.

         (e)     "COMPANY" means Wild Oats Markets, Inc. a Delaware
corporation.

         (f)     "CONSULTANT" means any person, including an advisor, engaged
by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting services and who is
compensated for such services, provided that the term "Consultant" shall not
include Directors who are paid only a director's fee by the Company or who are
not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors.

         (g)     "CONTINUOUS STATUS AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT"
means the employment or relationship as a Director or Consultant is not
interrupted or terminated.  The Board, in its sole discretion, may determine
whether Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant shall be
considered interrupted in the case of:  (i) any leave of absence approved by
the Board, including sick leave, military leave, or any other personal leave;
or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company,
Affiliates or their successors.

         (h)     "DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board.

         (i)     "EMPLOYEE" means any person, including Officers and Directors,
employed by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.  Neither service as a
Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company shall be sufficient to
constitute "employment" by the Company.

         (j)     "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

         (k)     "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any date, the value of the
Common Stock of the Company determined as follows:

                 (1)      If the Common Stock is listed on any established
stock exchange, or traded on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap
Market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing
sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as
quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest
volume of trading in Common Stock) on the last market trading day prior to the
day of determination, as reported in the Wall Street Journal or such other
source as the Board deems reliable;

                 (2)      In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock,
the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board.





                                       2.
<PAGE>   3
         (l)     "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" means an Option intended to qualify
as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and
the regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (m)     "NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR" means a Director who either (i) is not
a current Employee or Officer of the Company or its parent or subsidiary, does
not receive compensation (directly or indirectly) from the Company or its
parent or subsidiary for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity
other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not
be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the
Securities Act of 1933 ("Regulation S-K"), does not possess an interest in any
other transaction as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of
Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship as to which
disclosure would be required under Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is
otherwise considered a "non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

         (n)     "NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION" means an Option not intended to
qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

         (o)     "OFFICER" means a person who is an officer of the Company
within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (p)     "OPTION" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

         (q)     "OPTION AGREEMENT" means a written agreement between the
Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual
Option grant.  Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plan.

         (r)     "OPTIONEE" means a person to whom an Option is granted
pursuant to the Plan.

         (s)     "OUTSIDE DIRECTOR" means a Director who either (i) is not a
current employee of the Company or an "affiliated corporation" (within the
meaning of Treasury regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code),
is not a former employee of the Company or an "affiliated corporation"
receiving compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax
qualified pension plan), was not an officer of the Company or an "affiliated
corporation" at any time, and is not currently receiving direct or indirect
remuneration from the Company or an "affiliated corporation" for services in
any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an
"outside director" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

         (t)     "PLAN" means this Wild Oats Markets, Inc. 1996 Equity
Incentive Plan.

         (u)     "RULE 16B-3" means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any
successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with
respect to the Plan.

         (v)     "STOCK AWARD" means any right granted under the Plan,
including any Option, any stock bonus and any right to purchase restricted
stock.





                                       3.
<PAGE>   4
         (w)     "STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT" means a written agreement between the
Company and a holder of a Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an
individual Stock Award grant.  Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to
the terms and conditions of the Plan.

3.       ADMINISTRATION.

         (a)     The Plan shall be administered by the Board unless and until
the Board delegates administration to a Committee, as provided in subsection
3(c).

         (b)     The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the
limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

                 (1)      To determine from time to time which of the persons
eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; when and how each Stock
Award shall be granted; whether a Stock Award will be an Incentive Stock
Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a stock bonus, a right to purchase
restricted stock or a combination of the foregoing; the provisions of each
Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times
when a person shall be permitted to receive stock pursuant to a Stock Award and
the number of shares with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to
each such person.

                 (2)      To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards
granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for
its administration.  The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any
defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement,
in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the
Plan fully effective.

                 (3)      To amend the Plan or a Stock Award as provided in
Section 13.

                 (4)      Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform
such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best
interests of the Company which are not in conflict with the provisions of the
Plan.

         (c)     The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a
committee or committees ("Committee") of one or more members of the Board.  In
the discretion of the Board, a Committee may consist solely of two or more
Outside Directors, in accordance with Code Section 162(m), or solely of two or
more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16(b)-3.  If
administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in
connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore
possessed by the Board (and references in this Plan to the Board shall
thereafter be to the Committee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not
inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to
time by the Board.  The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest
in the Board the administration of the Plan.





                                       4.
<PAGE>   5
4.       SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

         (a)     Subject to the provisions of Section 12 relating to
adjustments upon changes in stock, the stock that may be issued pursuant to
Stock Awards shall not exceed in the aggregate [FOUR HUNDRED AND SIXTY-EIGHT
THOUSAND, SIX HUNDRED SEVENTY (468,670)] shares of the Common Stock.  If any
Stock Award shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in
part, without having been exercised in full (or vested in the case of
Restricted Stock), the stock not acquired under such Stock Award shall revert
to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.

         (b)     The stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or
reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

5.       ELIGIBILITY.

         (a)     Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.
Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to
Employees, Directors or Consultants.

         (b)     No person shall be eligible for the grant of an Incentive
Stock Option if, at the time of grant, such person owns (or is deemed to own
pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent
(10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company
or of any of its Affiliates unless the exercise price of such Option is at
least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of such stock at
the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of
five (5) years from the date of grant.

         (c)     Subject to the provisions of Section 12 relating to
adjustments upon changes in stock, no person shall be eligible to be granted
Options covering more than one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of the Common
Stock in any calendar year.  This subsection 5(c) shall not apply until (i) the
earliest of:  (A) the first material modification of the Plan (including any
increase to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan in
accordance with Section 4); (B) the issuance of all of the shares of Common
Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan; (C) the expiration of the Plan; or
(D) the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that
occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year
in which occurred the first registration of an equity security under Section 12
of the Exchange Act; or (ii) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the
Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

6.       OPTION PROVISIONS.

         Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and
conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate.  The provisions of separate
Options need not be identical, but





                                       5.
<PAGE>   6
each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by
reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following
provisions:

         (a)     TERM.  No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of
ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

         (b)     PRICE.  The exercise price of each Incentive Stock Option
shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of
the stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted and the
exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than
eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the stock subject to the
Option on the date the Option is granted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an
Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the
preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or
substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of
Section 424(a) of the Code.

         (c)     CONSIDERATION.  The purchase price of stock acquired pursuant
to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and
regulations, either (i) in cash at the time the Option is exercised, or (ii) at
the discretion of the Board or the Committee, at the time of the grant of the
Option, (A) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock of the Company,
(B) according to a deferred payment or other arrangement (which may include,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of other Common Stock
of the Company) with the person to whom the Option is granted or to whom the
Option is transferred pursuant to subsection 6(d), or (C) in any other form of
legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

         In the case of any deferred payment arrangement, interest shall be
payable at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest
necessary to avoid the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions
of the Code, of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the
deferred payment arrangement.

         (d)     TRANSFERABILITY.  An Incentive Stock Option shall not be
transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and
shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the person to whom the Incentive
Stock Option is granted only by such person.  A Nonstatutory Stock Option may
be transferred to the extent provided in the Option Agreement; provided that if
the Option Agreement does not expressly permit the transfer of a Nonstatutory
Stock Option, the Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except by
will, by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic
relations order satisfying the requirements of Rule 16b-3 and shall be
exercisable during the lifetime of the person to whom the Option is granted
only by such person or any transferee pursuant to a domestic relations order.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the person to whom the Option is granted may, by
delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the
Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the
Optionee, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

         (e)     VESTING.  The total number of shares of stock subject to an
Option may, but need not, be allotted in periodic installments (which may, but
need not, be equal).  The Option





                                       6.
<PAGE>   7
Agreement may provide that from time to time during each of such installment
periods, the Option may become exercisable ("vest") with respect to some or all
of the shares allotted to that period, and may be exercised with respect to
some or all of the shares allotted to such period and/or any prior period as to
which the Option became vested but was not fully exercised.  The Option may be
subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be
exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Board
may deem appropriate.  The provisions of this subsection 6(e) are subject to
any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares as to which an
Option may be exercised.

         (f)     TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR RELATIONSHIP AS A DIRECTOR OR
CONSULTANT.  In the event an Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee,
Director or Consultant terminates (other than upon the Optionee's death or
disability), the Optionee may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that
the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of termination) but only
within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date thirty (30)
days after the termination of the Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee,
Director or Consultant (or such longer or shorter period specified in the
Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set
forth in the Option Agreement.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not
exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Option Agreement,
the Option shall terminate, and the shares covered by such Option shall revert
to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.

         An Optionee's Option Agreement may also provide that if the exercise
of the Option following the termination of the Optionee's Continuous Status as
an Employee, Director, or Consultant (other than upon the Optionee's death or
disability) would result in liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act,
then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the
term of the Option set forth in the Option Agreement, or (ii) the tenth (10th)
day after the last date on which such exercise would result in such liability
under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.  Finally, an Optionee's Option
Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the
termination of the Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or
Consultant (other than upon the Optionee's death or disability) would be
prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares would violate the
registration requirements under the Act, then the Option shall terminate on the
earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in the first
paragraph of this subsection 6(f), or (ii) the expiration of a period of thirty
(30) days after the termination of the Optionee's Continuous Status as an
Employee, Director or Consultant during which the exercise of the Option would
not be in violation of such registration requirements.

         (g)     DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.  In the event an Optionee's Continuous
Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant terminates as a result of the
Optionee's disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option (to the
extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of
termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i)
the date six (6) months following such termination (or such longer or shorter
period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term
of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.  If, at the date of
termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option,
the shares covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option shall revert to
and





                                       7.
<PAGE>   8
again become available for issuance under the Plan.  If, after termination, the
Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein,
the Option shall terminate, and the shares covered by such Option shall revert
to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.

         (h)  DEATH OF OPTIONEE.  In the event of the death of an Optionee
during, or within a period specified in the Option after the termination of,
the Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant, the
Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise
the Option at the date of death) by the Optionee's estate, by a person who
acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a
person designated to exercise the option upon the Optionee's death pursuant to
subsection 6(d), but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the
date twelve (12) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter
period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term
of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.  If, at the time of death,
the Optionee was not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option, the shares
covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option shall revert to and again
become available for issuance under the Plan.  If, after death, the Option is
not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and
the shares covered by such Option shall revert to and again become available
for issuance under the Plan.

         (i)     EARLY EXERCISE.  The Option may, but need not, include a
provision whereby the Optionee may elect at any time while an Employee,
Director or Consultant to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the
shares subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option.  Any
unvested shares so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of
the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate.

         (j)     RE-LOAD OPTIONS.  Without in any way limiting the authority of
the Board or Committee to make or not to make grants of Options hereunder, the
Board or Committee shall have the authority (but not an obligation) to include
as part of any Option Agreement a provision entitling the Optionee to a further
Option (a "Re-Load Option") in the event the Optionee exercises the Option
evidenced by the Option agreement, in whole or in part, by surrendering other
shares of Common Stock in accordance with this Plan and the terms and
conditions of the Option Agreement.  Any such Re-Load Option (i) shall be for a
number of shares equal to the number of shares surrendered as part or all of
the exercise price of such Option; (ii) shall have an expiration date which is
the same as the expiration date of the Option the exercise of which gave rise
to such Re-Load Option; and (iii) shall have an exercise price which is equal
to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock
subject to the Re-Load Option on the date of exercise of the original Option.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Re-Load Option which is an Incentive Stock
Option and which is granted to a 10% stockholder (as described in subsection
5(c)), shall have an exercise price which is equal to one hundred ten percent
(110%) of the Fair Market Value of the stock subject to the Re-Load Option on
the date of exercise of the original Option and shall have a term which is no
longer than five (5) years.

         Any such Re-Load Option may be an Incentive Stock Option or a
Nonstatutory Stock Option, as the Board or Committee may designate at the time
of the grant of the original Option;





                                       8.
<PAGE>   9
provided, however, that the designation of any Re-Load Option as an Incentive
Stock Option shall be subject to the one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000)
annual limitation on exercisability of Incentive Stock Options described in
subsection 11(d) of the Plan and in Section 422(d) of the Code.  There shall be
no Re-Load Options on a Re-Load Option.  Any such Re-Load Option shall be
subject to the availability of sufficient shares under subsection 4(a) and
shall be subject to such other terms and conditions as the Board or Committee
may determine which are not inconsistent with the express provisions of the
Plan regarding the terms of Options.

7.       TERMS OF STOCK BONUSES AND PURCHASES OF RESTRICTED STOCK.

         Each stock bonus or restricted stock purchase agreement shall be in
such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board or the
Committee shall deem appropriate.  The terms and conditions of stock bonus or
restricted stock purchase agreements may change from time to time, and the
terms and conditions of separate agreements need not be identical, but each
stock bonus or restricted stock purchase agreement shall include (through
incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise)
the substance of each of the following provisions as appropriate:

         (A)     PURCHASE PRICE.  The purchase price under each restricted
stock purchase agreement shall be such amount as the Board or Committee shall
determine and designate in such agreement but in no event shall the purchase
price be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the stock's Fair Market Value
on the date such award is made.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board or
the Committee may determine that eligible participants in the Plan may be
awarded stock pursuant to a stock bonus agreement in consideration for past
services actually rendered to the Company for its benefit.

         (B)     TRANSFERABILITY.  No rights under a stock bonus or restricted
stock purchase agreement shall be transferable except by will or the laws of
descent and distribution or, if the agreement so provides, pursuant to a
domestic relations order satisfying the requirements of Rule 16b-3 so long as
stock awarded under such agreement remains subject to the terms of the
agreement.

         (C)     CONSIDERATION.  The purchase price of stock acquired pursuant
to a stock purchase agreement shall be paid either:  (i) in cash at the time of
purchase; (ii) at the discretion of the Board or the Committee, according to a
deferred payment or other arrangement with the person to whom the stock is
sold; or (iii) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable
to the Board or the Committee in its discretion.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Board or the Committee to which administration of the Plan has
been delegated may award stock pursuant to a stock bonus agreement in
consideration for past services actually rendered to the Company or for its
benefit.

         (D)     VESTING.  Shares of stock sold or awarded under the Plan may,
but need not, be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company in
accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board or the
Committee.





                                       9.
<PAGE>   10
         (E)     TERMINATION OF CONTINUOUS STATUS AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR
CONSULTANT.  In the event a Participant's Continuous Status as an Employee,
Director or Consultant terminates, the Company may repurchase or otherwise
reacquire any or all of the shares of stock held by that person which have not
vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the stock bonus or
restricted stock purchase agreement between the Company and such person.



8.       CANCELLATION AND RE-GRANT OF OPTIONS.

         (a)     The Board or the Committee shall have the authority to effect,
at any time and from time to time, (i) the repricing of any outstanding Options
under the Plan and/or (ii) with the consent of any adversely affected holders
of Options, the cancellation of any outstanding Options under the Plan and the
grant in substitution therefor of new Options under the Plan covering the same
or different numbers of shares of stock, but having an exercise price per share
not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value for a
Nonstatutory Stock Option, one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value
for an Incentive Stock Option or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option held
by a 10% stockholder (as described in subsection 5(c)), not less than one
hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of stock on the
new grant date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board or the Committee may
grant an Option with an exercise price lower than that set forth above if such
Option is granted as part of a transaction to which section 424(a) of the Code
applies.

         (b)     Shares subject to an Option canceled under this Section 8
shall continue to be counted against the maximum award of Options permitted to
be granted pursuant to subsection 5(c) of the Plan.  The repricing of an Option
under this Section 8, resulting in a reduction of the exercise price, shall be
deemed to be a cancellation of the original Option and the grant of a
substitute Option; in the event of such repricing, both the original and the
substituted Options shall be counted against the maximum awards of Options
permitted to be granted pursuant to subsection 5(c) of the Plan.  The
provisions of this subsection 8(b) shall be applicable only to the extent
required by Section 162(m) of the Code.

9.       COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

         (a)     During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep
available at all times the number of shares of stock required to satisfy such
Stock Awards.

         (b)     The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory
commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be
required to issue and sell shares under Stock Awards; provided, however, that
this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") either the Plan, any Stock Award
or any stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award.  If, after
reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory
commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems
necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of stock under the Plan, the Company
shall be relieved from any liability for failure to





                                      10.
<PAGE>   11
issue and sell stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such
authority is obtained.

10.      USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

         Proceeds from the sale of stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall
constitute general funds of the Company.

11.      MISCELLANEOUS.

         (a)     The Board shall have the power to accelerate the time at which
a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or
any part thereof will vest pursuant to subsection 6(e) or 7(d), notwithstanding
the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be
exercised or the time during which it will vest.

         (b)     Neither an Employee, Director nor a Consultant nor any person
to whom a Stock Award is transferred in accordance with the Plan shall be
deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with
respect to, any shares subject to such Stock Award unless and until such person
has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its
terms.

         (c)     Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Stock Award
granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Employee, Consultant or other
holder of Stock Awards any right to continue in the employ of the Company or
any Affiliate or to continue serving as a Consultant and Director, or shall
affect the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate the employment of
any Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, or the right to
terminate the relationship of any Consultant pursuant to the terms of such
Consultant's agreement with the Company or Affiliate or service as a Director
pursuant to the Company's By-laws.

         (d)     To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined
at the time of grant) of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options
are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year
under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates exceeds one hundred thousand
dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit
(according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as
Nonstatutory Stock Options.

         (e)     The Company may require any person to whom a Stock Award is
granted, or any person to whom a Stock Award is transferred in accordance with
the Plan, as a condition of exercising or acquiring stock under any Stock
Award, (1) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to such
person's knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to
employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is
knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters, and that he or
she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser
representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (2) to
give written assurances satisfactory to the Company





                                      11.
<PAGE>   12
stating that such person is acquiring the stock subject to the Stock Award for
such person's own account and not with any present intention of selling or
otherwise distributing the stock.  The foregoing requirements, and any
assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (i) the
issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of stock under the
Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration
statement under the Securities Act, or (ii) as to any particular requirement, a
determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not
be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws.  The
Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock
certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or
appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but
not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the stock.

         (f)     To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award
Agreement, the person to whom a Stock Award is granted may satisfy any federal,
state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or
acquisition of stock under a Stock Award by any of the following means or by a
combination of such means:  (1) tendering a cash payment; (2) authorizing the
Company to withhold shares from the shares of the Common Stock otherwise
issuable to the participant as a result of the exercise or acquisition of stock
under the Stock Award; or (3) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered
shares of the Common Stock of the Company.

12.      ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

         (a)     If any change is made in the stock subject to the Plan, or
subject to any Stock Award, without the receipt of consideration by the Company
(through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization,
reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock
split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change
in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of
consideration by the Company), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the
class(es) and maximum number of shares subject to the Plan pursuant to
subsection 4(a) and the maximum number of shares subject to award to any person
during any calendar year pursuant to subsection 5(d), and the outstanding Stock
Awards will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of shares and
price per share of stock subject to such outstanding Stock Awards.  Such
adjustments shall be made by the Board or the Committee, the determination of
which shall be final, binding and conclusive.  (The conversion of any
convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a "transaction
not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company".)

         (b)     In the event of:  (1) a dissolution, liquidation or sale of
substantially all of the assets of the Company; (2) a merger or consolidation
in which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or (3) a reverse merger
in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of the
Company's common stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are
converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of
securities, cash or otherwise, then to the extent permitted by applicable law:
(i) any surviving corporation or an Affiliate of such surviving corporation
shall assume any Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or shall substitute
similar Stock Awards for those outstanding under the Plan, or (ii) such





                                      12.
<PAGE>   13
Stock Awards shall continue in full force and effect.  In the event any
surviving corporation and its Affiliates refuse to assume or continue such
Stock Awards, or to substitute similar options for those outstanding under the
Plan, then, with respect to Stock Awards held by persons then performing
services as Employees, Directors or Consultants, the time during which such
Stock Awards may be exercised shall be accelerated and the Stock Awards
terminated if not exercised prior to such event.

13.      AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND STOCK AWARDS.

         (a)     The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the
Plan.  However, except as provided in Section 12 relating to adjustments upon
changes in stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the
stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary for
the Plan to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, Rule 16b-3 or
any Nasdaq or securities exchange listing requirements.

         (b)     The Board may in its sole discretion submit any other
amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to,
amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m)
of the Code and the regulations thereunder regarding the exclusion of
performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of
compensation paid to certain executive officers.

         (c)     It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan
in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible
Employees, Directors or Consultants with the maximum benefits provided or to be
provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated
thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options and/or to bring the Plan and/or
Incentive Stock Options granted under it into compliance therewith.

         (d)     Rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted before
amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless
(i) the Company requests the consent of the person to whom the Stock Award was
granted and (ii) such person consents in writing.

         (e)     The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the
terms of any one or more Stock Award; provided, however, that the rights and
obligations under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment
unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the person to whom the Stock
Award was granted and (ii) such person consents in writing.

14.      TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

         (a)     The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.
Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate ten (10) years from the date
the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the stockholders of the
Company, whichever is earlier.  No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan
while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.





                                      13.
<PAGE>   14
         (b)     Rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the
Plan is in effect shall not be impaired by suspension or termination of the
Plan, except with the consent of the person to whom the Stock Award was
granted.

15.      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

         This amendment and restatement of the Plan shall become effective on
the date of closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective
registration statement covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the
public, but no Stock Awards granted under the Plan shall be exercised unless
and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which
approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan
is adopted by the Board.





                                      14.
<PAGE>   15

                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
                             INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION

___________________________________, Optionee:

         Wild Oats Markets, Inc. (the "Company"), pursuant to its 1996 Equity
Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), has this day granted to you, the optionee named
above, an option to purchase shares of the common stock of the Company ("Common
Stock").  This option is intended to qualify as an "incentive stock option"
within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code").

         The details of your option are as follows:

         1.      (a)      THE TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO
THIS OPTION IS __________________________.

                 (a)      Subject to the conditions stated herein, this option
shall be exercisable with respect to each installment shown below on or after
the date of vesting applicable to such installment; provided, however, that
should Optionee's employment terminate for "cause" this option shall be
terminated and canceled immediately and shall not be exercisable for any number
of shares.  For purposes of this option, "cause" shall mean misconduct
including, but not limited to, criminal acts involving moral turpitude or
dishonesty.

     NUMBER OF SHARES (INSTALLMENT)        DATE OF EARLIEST EXERCISE (VESTING)





         2.      (a)      The exercise price of this option is $_____________
per share, being not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market
value of the Common Stock on the date of grant of this option.

                 (a)      Payment of the exercise price per share is due in
full in cash (including check) upon exercise of all or any part of each
installment which has become exercisable by you.

                 (b)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, this option may be
exercised pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by
the Federal Reserve Board which results in the receipt of cash (or check) by
the Company prior to the issuance of Common Stock.

         3.      This option may not be exercised for any number of shares
which would require the issuance of anything other than whole shares.

         4.      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
this option may not be exercised unless the shares issuable upon exercise of
this option are then registered under the
<PAGE>   16
Act or, if such shares are not then so registered, the Company has determined
that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration
requirements of the Act.

         5.      The term of this option commences on the date hereof and,
unless sooner terminated as set forth below or in the Plan, terminates  ten
(10) years from the date of grant.  In no event may this option be exercised on
or after the date on which it terminates.  This option shall terminate prior to
the expiration of its term as follows:  Thirty (30) days after the termination
of your employment with the Company or an affiliate of the Company (as defined
in the Plan) for any reason or for no reason unless;

                 (a)      such termination of employment is due to your
permanent and total disability (within the meaning of Section 422(c)(6) of the
Code), in which event the option shall terminate on the earlier of the
termination date set forth above or six (6) months following such termination
of employment; or

                 (b)      such termination of employment is due to your death,
in which event the option shall terminate on the earlier of the termination
date set forth above or twelve (12) months after your death; or

                 (c)      during any part of such thirty (30) days period the
option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in
paragraph 4 above, in which event the option shall not terminate until the
earlier of the termination date set forth above or until it shall have been
exercisable for an aggregate period of thirty (30) days after the termination
of employment.

                 However, this option may be exercised on or after the
termination of employment only as to that number of vested shares as to which
it was exercisable on the date of termination of employment under the
provisions of paragraphs 1 and 3 of this option; provided however, that if your
employment is terminated prior to the First Exercise Date (as defined in
subparagraph 3(a) hereof), subject to paragraph 1 hereof, the date of your
termination of employment shall be deemed the First Exercise Date.

         6.      (a)      This option may be exercised, to the extent specified
above, by delivering a notice of exercise (in a form designated by the Company)
together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such
other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours,
together with such additional documents as the Company may then require
pursuant to the Plan.

                 (b)      By exercising this option you agree that:

                          (i)     the Company may require you to enter an
arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax
withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of
this option; (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the
shares are subject at the time of exercise; or (3) the disposition of shares
acquired upon such exercise; and

                          (ii)    you will notify the Company in writing within
fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the
Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2)
years after the date of this option grant or
<PAGE>   17
within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon
exercise of this option.

         7.      This option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

         8.      Any notices provided for in this option or the Plan shall be
given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the
case of notices delivered by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in
the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the address
specified below or at such other address as you hereafter designate by written
notice to the Company.

         9.      This option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, a
copy of which is attached hereto and its provisions are hereby made a part of
this option, including without limitation the provisions of the Plan relating
to option provisions, and is further subject to all interpretations,
amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated
and adopted pursuant to the Plan.  In the event of any conflict between the
provisions of this option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan
shall control.

         Dated the _________ day of ____________, 199__.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.


                                        By______________________________________
                                        Duly authorized on behalf of the Board
                                          of Directors
<PAGE>   18
The undersigned:


         (a)     Acknowledges receipt of the foregoing option and the
attachments referenced therein and understands that all rights and liabilities
with respect to this option are set forth in the option and the Plan; and

         (b)     Acknowledges that as of the date of grant of this option, it
sets forth the entire understanding between the undersigned optionee and the
Company and its affiliates regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company
and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the
exception of the following agreements only:

         NONE    __________________________
                                  (Initial)

         OTHER   ______________________________________________________________

                 ______________________________________________________________
         
                 ______________________________________________________________
         



                                           ____________________________________
                                           Optionee

                                  Address: ____________________________________


                ___________________________________________




ATTACHMENTS:
1996 Stock Option Plan
Notice of Exercise
<PAGE>   19
                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
                           NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

___________________________________,Optionee:

         Wild Oats Markets, Inc. (the "Company"), pursuant to its 1996 Equity
Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), has this day granted to you, the optionee named
above, an option to purchase shares of the common stock of the Company ("Common
Stock").  This option is not intended to qualify and will not be treated as an
"incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

         The details of your option are as follows:


                 1.       (a)     The total number of shares of Common Stock
subject to this option is  ____________________________

                          (a)     Subject to the conditions stated herein, this
option shall be exercisable with respect to each installment shown below on or
after the date of vesting applicable to such installment; provided, however,
that should Optionee's employment terminate for "cause" this option shall be
terminated and canceled immediately and shall not be exercisable for any number
of shares.  For purposes of this option, "cause" shall mean misconduct
including, but not limited to, criminal acts involving moral turpitude or
dishonesty.


   NUMBER OF SHARES (INSTALLMENT)           DATE OF EARLIEST EXERCISE (VESTING)



                 2.       (a)     The exercise price of this option is
___________________ ($_______)  per share, being not less than eighty five
percent (85%) of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant
of this option.

                          (a)     Payment of the exercise price per share is
due in full in cash (including check) upon exercise of all or any part of each
installment which has become exercisable by you.

                          (b)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, this option
may be exercised pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as
promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board which results in the receipt of cash
(or check) by the Company prior to the issuance of Common Stock.

         3.      This option may not be exercised for any number of shares
which would require the issuance of anything other than whole shares.

         4.      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
this option may not be exercised unless the shares issuable upon exercise of
this option are then registered under the
<PAGE>   20
Act or, if such shares are not then so registered, the Company has determined
that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration
requirements of the Act.

         5.      The term of this option commences on the date hereof and,
unless sooner terminated as set forth below or in the Plan, terminates ten (10)
years from the date of grant.  In no event may this option be exercised on or
after the date on which it terminates.  This option shall terminate prior to
the expiration of its term as follows:  Thirty (30) days after the termination
of your employment with the Company for any reason or for no reason unless;

                 (a)      such termination of employment is due to your
permanent and total disability (within the meaning of Section 422(c)(6) of the
Code), in which event the option shall terminate on the earlier of the
termination date set forth above or six (6) months following such termination
of employment; or

                 (b)      such termination of employment is due to your death,
in which event the option shall terminate on the earlier of the termination
date set forth above or twelve (12) months after your death; or

                 (c)      during any part of such thirty (30) days period the
option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in
paragraph 4 above, in which event the option shall not terminate until the
earlier of the termination date set forth above or until it shall have been
exercisable for an aggregate period of thirty (30) days after the termination
of employment.

                 However, this option may be exercised on or after the
termination of employment only as to that number of vested shares as to which
it was exercisable on the date of termination of employment under the
provisions of paragraphs 1 and 3 of this option; provided however, that if your
employment is terminated prior to the First Exercise Date (as defined in
subparagraph 3(a) hereof), subject to paragraph 1 hereof, the date of your
termination of employment shall be deemed the First Exercise Date.

         6.      (a)      This option may be exercised, to the extent specified
above, by delivering a notice of exercise (in a form designated by the Company)
together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such
other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours,
together with such additional documents as the Company may then require
pursuant to the Plan.

                          (i)     By exercising this option you agree that the
Company may require you to enter an arrangement providing for the payment by
you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by
reason of (1) the exercise of this option; (2) the lapse of any substantial
risk of forfeiture to which the shares are subject at the time of exercise; or
(3) the disposition of shares acquired upon such exercise.

         7.      This option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.
<PAGE>   21
         8.      Any notices provided for in this option shall be given in
writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of
notices delivered by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the
United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the address specified
below or at such other address as you hereafter designate by written notice to
the Company.

         9.      If the partners hereto shall have any conflict regarding the
terms of this option, the interpretation of the Company's Compensation
Committee shall prevail.

         Dated the ______ day of _________________, 199___.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.


                                        By ___________________________________
                                        Duly authorized on behalf of the Board
                                          of Directors
<PAGE>   22
The undersigned:

         (a)     Acknowledges receipt of the foregoing option and the
attachments referenced therein and understands that all rights and liabilities
with respect to this option are set forth in the option and the Plan; and

         (b)     Acknowledges that as of the date of grant of this option, it
sets forth the entire understanding between the undersigned optionee and the
Company and its affiliates regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company
and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the
exception of the following agreements only:

         NONE        _____________________
                          (Initial)

         OTHER       __________________________________________________________

                     __________________________________________________________

                     __________________________________________________________



                                 ______________________________________________

                                                   Optionee

        
                         Address:                                   

         ___________________________________________

         ___________________________________________




ATTACHMENTS:
1996 Stock Option Plan
Notice of Exercise
<PAGE>   23

                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE

Wild Oats Markets, inc.
1645 Broadway,
Boulder, CO 80302                                           Date of Exercise:

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase
the number of shares for the price set forth below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Type of option (check one)         Incentive                            Nonstatutory
  <S>                                <C>

  Stock option dated:

  Number of shares as to which
  option is exercised:
  Certificates to be issued in
  name of:                           _____________________

  Total exercise price:
                                     $

  Cash payment delivered
  herewith:                          $
</TABLE>

         By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as
you may require pursuant to the terms of the 1996 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii)
to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of
your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option,
and (iii) if this exercise related to an incentive stock option, to notify you
in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of
the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs
within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1)
year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

         I hereby make the following certifications and representations with
respect to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above
(the "Shares"), which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise
of the Option as set forth above:
<PAGE>   24
         I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and are deemed to constitute
"restricted securities" under Rule 701 and "control securities" under Rule 144
promulgated under the Act.  I warrant and represent to the Company that I have
no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as
permitted under the Act and any applicable state securities laws.

         I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for
at least ninety days after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded
(i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 of 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive
conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

         I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the
Shares subject to the provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon
appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any
legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company's Articles of
Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

         I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative
of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of
the offering of any securities of the Company under the Act, I will not sell or
otherwise transfer or dispose of my shares of Common Stock or other securities
of the Company during such period (not to exceed two hundred seventy (270)
days) following the effective date of the registration statement of the Company
filed under the Act (the "Effective Date") as may be requested by the Company
or the representative of the underwriters.  For purposes of this restriction I
will be deemed to own securities that (i) are owned directly or indirectly by
me, including securities held for my benefit by nominees, custodians, brokers
or pledges; (ii) may be acquired by me within sixty (60) days of the Effective
Date; (iii) are owned directly or indirectly, by or for my brothers or sisters
(whether by whole or half blood), spouse, ancestors and lineal descendants; or
(iv) are owned, directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership,
estate or trust of which I am a shareholder, partner or beneficiary, but only
to the extent of my proportionate interest therein as a shareholder, partner or
beneficiary thereof.  I further agree that the Company may impose stop-transfer
instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions
until the end of such period.

    
                                            Very truly yours,

                                            _________________________________




                                      2.

<PAGE>   1

                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.

                          EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

                            ADOPTED AUGUST 19, 1996

              APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS ON _____________, 19__


1.       PURPOSE.

         (a)     The purpose of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan")
is to provide a means by which employees of Wild Oats Markets, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and its Affiliates, as defined in subparagraph
1(b), which are designated as provided in subparagraph 2(b), may be given an
opportunity to purchase stock of the Company.

         (b)     The word "Affiliate" as used in the Plan means any parent
corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, as those terms are
defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

         (c)     The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the
services of its employees, to secure and retain the services of new employees,
and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the
success of the Company.

         (d)     The Company intends that the rights to purchase stock of the
Company granted under the Plan be considered options issued under an "employee
stock purchase plan" as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

2.       ADMINISTRATION.

         (a)     The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors (the
"Board") of the Company unless and until the Board delegates administration to
a Committee, as provided in subparagraph 2(c).  Whether or not the Board has
delegated administration, the Board shall have the final power to determine all
questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the
Plan.

         (b)     The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the
limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

                 (i)      To determine when and how rights to purchase stock of
the Company shall be granted and the provisions of each offering of such rights
(which need not be identical).




                                     1.
<PAGE>   2
                 (ii)     To designate from time to time which Affiliates of
the Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

                 (iii)     To construe and interpret the Plan and rights
granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for
its administration.  The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any
defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it
shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

                 (iv)     To amend the Plan as provided in paragraph 13.

                 (v)      Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform
such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best
interests of the Company and its Affiliates and to carry out the intent that
the Plan be treated as an "employee stock purchase plan" within the meaning of
Section 423 of the Code.

         (c)     The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a
Committee composed of not fewer than two (2) members of the Board (the
"Committee").  If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee
shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers
theretofore possessed by the Board, subject, however, to such resolutions, not
inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to
time by the Board.  The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest
in the Board the administration of the Plan.

3.       SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

         (a)     Subject to the provisions of paragraph 12 relating to
adjustments upon changes in stock, the stock that may be sold pursuant to
rights granted under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate
________________________ (                 ) shares of the Company's common
stock (the "Common Stock").  If any right granted under the Plan shall for any
reason terminate without having been exercised, the Common Stock not purchased
under such right shall again become available for the Plan.

         (b)     The stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or
reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

4.       GRANT OF RIGHTS; OFFERING.

         (A)     The Board or the Committee may from time to time grant or
provide for the grant of rights to purchase Common Stock of the Company under
the Plan to eligible employees (an "Offering") on a date or dates (the
"Offering Date(s)") selected by the Board or the Committee.  Each Offering
shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board
or the Committee shall deem appropriate, which shall comply with the
requirements of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all employees granted rights
to purchase stock under the Plan shall have the same rights and privileges.
The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be





                                       2.
<PAGE>   3
incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan.  The
provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering shall
include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in
the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the
Offering shall be effective, which period shall not exceed twenty-seven (27)
months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions
contained in paragraphs 5 through 8, inclusive.

         (b)     If an employee has more than one right outstanding under the
Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in agreements or notices delivered
hereunder: (1) each agreement or notice delivered by that employee will be
deemed to apply to all of his or her rights under the Plan, and (2) a right
with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted right, if two rights have
identical exercise prices), will be exercised to the fullest possible extent
before a right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted right, if two
rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.


5.       ELIGIBILITY.

         (a)     Rights may be granted only to employees of the Company or, as
the Board or the Committee may designate as provided in subparagraph 2(b), to
employees of any Affiliate of the Company.  Except as provided in subparagraph
5(b), an employee of the Company or any Affiliate shall not be eligible to be
granted rights under the Plan, unless, on the Offering Date, such employee has
been in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate for such continuous period
preceding such grant as the Board or the Committee may require, but in no event
shall the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than
two (2) years.  In addition, unless otherwise determined by the Board or the
Committee and set forth in the terms of the applicable Offering, no employee of
the Company or any Affiliate shall be eligible to be granted rights under the
Plan, unless, on the Offering Date, such employee's customary employment with
the Company or such Affiliate is for at least twenty (20) hours per week and at
least five (5) months per calendar year.

         (b)     The Board or the Committee may provide that each person who,
during the course of an Offering, first becomes an eligible employee of the
Company or designated Affiliate will, on a date or dates specified in the
Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an eligible
employee or occurs thereafter, receive a right under that Offering, which right
shall thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering.  Such right shall
have the same characteristics as any rights originally granted under that
Offering, as described herein, except that:

                 (i)      the date on which such right is granted shall be the
"Offering Date" of such right for all purposes, including determination of the
exercise price of such right;

                 (ii)     the period of the Offering with respect to such right
shall begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such
Offering; and





                                       3.
<PAGE>   4
                 (iii)     the Board or the Committee may provide that if such
person first becomes an eligible employee within a specified period of time
before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any right under that
Offering.

         (c)     No employee shall be eligible for the grant of any rights
under the Plan if, immediately after any such rights are granted, such employee
owns stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting
power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Affiliate.  For
purposes of this subparagraph 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code
shall apply in determining the stock ownership of any employee, and stock which
such employee may purchase under all outstanding rights and options shall be
treated as stock owned by such employee.

         (d)     An eligible employee may be granted rights under the Plan only
if such rights, together with any other rights granted under "employee stock
purchase plans" of the Company and any Affiliates, as specified by Section
423(b)(8) of the Code, do not permit such employee's rights to purchase stock
of the Company or any Affiliate to accrue at a rate which exceeds twenty-five
thousand dollars ($25,000) of fair market value of such stock (determined at
the time such rights are granted) for each calendar year in which such rights
are outstanding at any time.

         (e)     Officers of the Company and any designated Affiliate shall be
eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan, provided, however, that
the Board may provide in an Offering that certain employees who are highly
compensated employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code
shall not be eligible to participate.

6.       RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE.

         (a)     On each Offering Date, each eligible employee, pursuant to an
Offering made under the Plan, shall be granted the right to purchase up to the
number of shares of Common Stock of the Company purchasable with a percentage
designated by the Board or the Committee not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of
such employee's Earnings (as defined in subparagraph 7(a)) during the period
which begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board or the
Committee determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in
the Offering, which date shall be no later than the end of the Offering.  The
Board or the Committee shall establish one or more dates during an Offering
(the "Purchase Date(s)") on which rights granted under the Plan shall be
exercised and purchases of Common Stock carried out in accordance with such
Offering.

         (b)     In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the
Board or the Committee may specify a maximum number of shares that may be
purchased by any employee as well as a maximum aggregate number of shares that
may be purchased by all eligible employees pursuant to such Offering.  In
addition, in connection with each Offering that contains more than one Purchase
Date, the Board or the Committee may specify a maximum aggregate number of
shares which may be purchased by all eligible employees on any given Purchase
Date under the Offering.  If the aggregate purchase of shares upon exercise of
rights granted under





                                       4.
<PAGE>   5
the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, the Board or the
Committee shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares available in as nearly
a uniform manner as shall be practicable and as it shall deem to be equitable.

         (c)     The purchase price of stock acquired pursuant to rights
granted under the Plan shall be not less than the lesser of:

                 (i)      an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the
fair market value of the stock on the Offering Date; or

                 (ii)     an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the
fair market value of the stock on the Purchase Date.

7.       PARTICIPATION; WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION.

         (a)     An eligible employee may become a participant in the Plan
pursuant to an Offering by delivering a participation agreement to the Company
within the time specified in the Offering, in such form as the Company
provides.  Each such agreement shall authorize payroll deductions of up to the
maximum percentage specified by the Board or the Committee of such employee's
Earnings (as defined by the Board for each Offering) during the Offering.  The
payroll deductions made for each participant shall be credited to an account
for such participant under the Plan and shall be deposited with the general
funds of the Company.  A participant may reduce (including to zero) or increase
such payroll deductions, and an eligible employee may begin such payroll
deductions, after the beginning of any Offering only as provided for in the
Offering.  A participant may make additional payments into his or her account
only if specifically provided for in the Offering and only if the participant
has not had the maximum amount withheld during the Offering.

         (b)     At any time during an Offering, a participant may terminate
his or her payroll deductions under the Plan and withdraw from the Offering by
delivering to the Company a notice of withdrawal in such form as the Company
provides.  Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of the
Offering except as provided by the Board or the Committee in the Offering.
Upon such withdrawal from the Offering by a participant, the Company shall
distribute to such participant all of his or her accumulated payroll deductions
(reduced to the extent, if any, such deductions have been used to acquire stock
for the participant) under the Offering, without interest, and such
participant's interest in that Offering shall be automatically terminated.  A
participant's withdrawal from an Offering will have no effect upon such
participant's eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan
but such participant will be required to deliver a new participation agreement
in order to participate in subsequent Offerings under the Plan.

         (c)     Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan shall
terminate immediately upon cessation of any participating employee's employment
with the Company and any designated Affiliate, for any reason, and the Company
shall distribute to such terminated





                                       5.
<PAGE>   6
employee all of his or her accumulated payroll deductions (reduced to the
extent, if any, such deductions have been used to acquire stock for the
terminated employee), under the Offering, without interest.

         (d)     Rights granted under the Plan shall not be transferable by a
participant otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or
by a beneficiary designation as provided in paragraph 14 and, otherwise during
his or her lifetime, shall be exercisable only by the person to whom such
rights are granted.

8.       EXERCISE.

         (a)     On each Purchase Date specified therefor in the relevant
Offering, each participant's accumulated payroll deductions and other
additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering (without any
increase for interest) will be applied to the purchase of whole shares of stock
of the Company, up to the maximum number of shares permitted pursuant to the
terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified
in the Offering.  No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of
rights granted under the Plan.  The amount, if any, of accumulated payroll
deductions remaining in each participant's account after the purchase of shares
which is less than the amount required to purchase one share of stock on the
final Purchase Date of an Offering shall be held in each such participant's
account for the purchase of shares under the next Offering under the Plan,
unless such participant withdraws from such next Offering, as provided in
subparagraph 7(b), or is no longer eligible to be granted rights under the
Plan, as provided in paragraph 5, in which case such amount shall be
distributed to the participant after such final Purchase Date, without
interest.  The amount, if any, of accumulated payroll deductions remaining in
any participant's account after the purchase of shares which is equal to the
amount required to purchase whole shares of stock on the final Purchase Date of
an Offering shall be distributed in full to the participant after such Purchase
Date, without interest.

         (b)     No rights granted under the Plan may be exercised to any
extent unless the shares to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan
(including rights granted thereunder) are covered by an effective registration
statement pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act") and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable state, foreign
and other securities and other laws applicable to the Plan.  If on a Purchase
Date in any Offering hereunder the Plan is not so registered or in such
compliance, no rights granted under the Plan or any Offering shall be exercised
on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date shall be delayed until the Plan is
subject to such an effective registration statement and such compliance, except
that the Purchase Date shall not be delayed more than twelve (12) months and
the Purchase Date shall in no event be more than twenty-seven (27) months from
the Offering Date.  If on the Purchase Date of any Offering hereunder, as
delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the Plan is not registered and in
such compliance, no rights granted under the Plan or any Offering shall be
exercised and all payroll deductions accumulated during the Offering (reduced
to the extent, if any, such deductions have been used to acquire stock) shall
be distributed to the participants, without interest.





                                       6.
<PAGE>   7
9.       COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

         (a)     During the terms of the rights granted under the Plan, the
Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of stock
required to satisfy such rights.

         (b)     The Company shall seek to obtain from each federal, state,
foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the
Plan such authority as may be required to issue and sell shares of stock upon
exercise of the rights granted under the Plan.  If, after reasonable efforts,
the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency
the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful
issuance and sale of stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from
any liability for failure to issue and sell stock upon exercise of such rights
unless and until such authority is obtained.

10.      USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

         Proceeds from the sale of stock pursuant to rights granted under the
Plan shall constitute general funds of the Company.

11.      RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.

         A participant shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any
of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares subject to rights granted
under the Plan unless and until the participant's shareholdings acquired upon
exercise of rights hereunder are recorded in the books of the Company.

12.      ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

         (a)     If any change is made in the stock subject to the Plan, or
subject to any rights granted under the Plan (through merger, consolidation,
reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, dividend in property other
than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange
of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the
receipt of consideration by the Company), the Plan and outstanding rights will
be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of shares subject
to the Plan and the class(es) and number of shares and price per share of stock
subject to outstanding rights.  Such adjustments shall be made by the Board or
the Committee, the determination of which shall be final, binding and
conclusive.  (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall
not be treated as a "transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by
the Company.")

         (b)     In the event of: (1) a dissolution or liquidation of the
Company; (2) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the
surviving corporation; (3) a reverse merger in which the Company is the
surviving corporation but the shares of the Company's Common Stock outstanding
immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into
other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise; or (4)
the acquisition by any person, entity or group within the meaning of Section
13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange





                                       7.
<PAGE>   8
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") or any comparable successor
provisions (excluding any employee benefit plan, or related trust, sponsored or
maintained by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) of the beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act,
or comparable successor rule) of securities of the Company representing at
least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power entitled to vote in the
election of directors, then, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion
(i) any surviving or acquiring corporation may assume outstanding rights or
substitute similar rights for those under the Plan, (ii) such rights may
continue in full force and effect, or (iii) participants' accumulated payroll
deductions may be used to purchase Common Stock immediately prior to the
transaction described above and the participants' rights under the ongoing
Offering terminated.

13.      AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN.

         (a)     The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the
Plan.  However, except as provided in paragraph 12 relating to adjustments upon
changes in stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the
stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the
adoption of the amendment, where the amendment will:

                 (i)      Increase the number of shares reserved for rights
         under the Plan;

                 (ii)     Modify the provisions as to eligibility for
         participation in the Plan (to the extent such modification requires
         stockholder approval in order for the Plan to obtain employee stock
         purchase plan treatment under Section 423 of the Code or to comply
         with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Rule 16b-3")); or

                 (iii)     Modify the Plan in any other way if such
         modification requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan to
         obtain employee stock purchase plan treatment under Section 423 of the
         Code or to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3.

It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect
the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible employees with the
maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code
and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to employee stock purchase
plans and/or to bring the Plan and/or rights granted under it into compliance
therewith.

         (b)     Rights and obligations under any rights granted before
amendment of the Plan shall not be altered or impaired by any amendment of the
Plan, except with the consent of the person to whom such rights were granted,
or except as necessary to comply with any laws or governmental regulations, or
except as necessary to ensure that the Plan and/or rights granted under the
Plan comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.





                                       8.
<PAGE>   9
14.      DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

         (a)     A participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary
who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the participant's account
under the Plan in the event of such participant's death subsequent to the end
of an Offering but prior to delivery to the participant of such shares and
cash.  In addition, a participant may file a written designation of a
beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the participant's account under the
Plan in the event of such participant's death during an Offering.

         (b)     Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the
participant at any time by written notice.  In the event of the death of a
participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the
Plan who is living at the time of such participant's death, the Company shall
deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate
of the participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed
(to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may
deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents
or relatives of the participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is
known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

15.      TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

         (a)     The Board in its discretion, may suspend or terminate the Plan
at any time.  No rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is
suspended or after it is terminated.

         (b)     Rights and obligations under any rights granted while the Plan
is in effect shall not be altered or impaired by suspension or termination of
the Plan, except as expressly provided in the Plan or with the consent of the
person to whom such rights were granted, or except as necessary to comply with
any laws or governmental regulation, or except as necessary to ensure that the
Plan and/or rights granted under the Plan comply with the requirements of
Section 423 of the Code.

16.      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

         The Plan shall become effective on the same day that the Company's
initial public offering of shares of common stock becomes effective (the
"Effective Date"), but no rights granted under the Plan shall be exercised
unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company
within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the
Board or the Committee, which date may be prior to the Effective Date.





                                       9.
<PAGE>   10

                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.

                     EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN OFFERING


1.       GRANT; OFFERING DATE.

         (a)     The Board of Directors of Wild Oats Markets, Inc. (the
"Company"), pursuant to the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
"Plan"), hereby authorizes the grant of rights to purchase shares of the common
stock of the Company ("Common Stock") to all Eligible Employees (an
"Offering").  The first Offering shall begin simultaneously with the
effectiveness of the Company's registration statement under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, with respect to the initial public offering of the
Company's Common Stock (the "Effective Date") and end on June 30, 1997 (the
"Initial Offering").  Thereafter, an Offering shall begin on the date
immediately following the ending date of the preceding Offering and end six
months from the Offering Date.  The first day of an Offering is that Offering's
"Offering Date."

         (b)     Prior to the commencement of any Offering, the Board of
Directors (or the Committee described in subparagraph 2(c) of the Plan, if any)
may change any or all terms of such Offering and any subsequent Offerings.  The
granting of rights pursuant to each Offering hereunder shall occur on each
respective Offering Date unless, prior to such date (a) the Board of Directors
(or such Committee) determines that such Offering shall not occur, or (b) no
shares remain available for issuance under the Plan in connection with the
Offering.

2.       ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES.

         (a)     All employees of the Company and each of its Affiliates (as
defined in the Plan) incorporated in the United States, shall be granted rights
to purchase Common Stock under each Offering on the Offering Date of such
Offering, provided that each such employee otherwise meets the employment
requirements of subparagraph 5(a) of the Plan (an "Eligible Employee") and has
been employed by the Company or its Affiliates for at least six months prior to
the Offering Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, five percent (5%)
stockholders (including ownership through unexercised options) described in
subparagraph 5(c) of the Plan shall not be Eligible Employees or be granted
rights under an Offering.

3.       RIGHTS.

         (a)     Subject to the limitations contained herein and in the Plan,
on each Offering Date each Eligible Employee shall be granted the right to
purchase the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable with up to ten
(10%) of such employee's Earnings) paid during the period of such Offering
beginning after such Eligible Employee first commences participation; provided,
however, that no employee may purchase Common Stock on a particular Purchase


                                     1.
<PAGE>   11
Date that would result in more than ten percent (10%) of such employee's
Earnings in the period from the Offering Date to such Purchase Date having been
applied to purchase shares under all ongoing Offerings under the Plan and all
other Company plans intended to qualify as "employee stock purchase plans"
under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code").  "Earnings" for this purpose means an Employee's regular salary or
wages (including amounts thereof elected to be deferred by the employee, that
would otherwise have been paid, under any arrangement established by the
Company intended to comply with Section 401(k), Section 402(e)(3), Section 125,
Section 402(h), or Section 403(b) of the Code, and also including any deferrals
under a non-qualified deferred compensation plan or arrangement established by
the Company), including any overtime, commissions, and bonuses, but excludes
the cost of employee benefits paid for by the Company or an Affiliate,
education or tuition reimbursements, imputed income arising under any group
insurance or benefit program, traveling expenses, business and moving expense
reimbursements, income received in connection with stock options, contributions
made by the Company or an Affiliate under any employee benefit plan, and
similar items of compensation.

         (b)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of shares of
Common Stock an Eligible Employee may purchase on any Purchase Date in an
Offering shall be such number of shares as has a fair market value (determined
as of the Offering Date for such Offering) equal to (x) $25,000 multiplied by
the number of calendar years in which the right under such Offering has been
outstanding at any time, minus (y) the fair market value of any other shares of
Common Stock (determined as of the relevant Offering Date with respect to such
shares) which, for purposes of the limitation of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code,
are attributed to any of such calendar years in which the right is outstanding.
The amount in clause (y) of the previous sentence shall be determined in
accordance with regulations applicable under Section 423(b)(8) of the Code
based on (i) the number of shares previously purchased with respect to such
calendar years pursuant to such Offering or any other Offering under the Plan,
or pursuant to any other Company plans intended to qualify as "employee stock
purchase plans" under Section 423 of the Code, and (ii) the number of shares
subject to other rights outstanding on the Offering Date for such Offering
pursuant to the Plan or any other such Company plan.

         (c)     The maximum aggregate number of shares available to be
purchased by all Eligible Employees under an Offering shall be the number of
shares remaining available under the Plan on the Offering Date.  If the
aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of rights granted
under the Offering would exceed the maximum aggregate number of shares
available, the Board shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares available
in a uniform and equitable manner.

4.       PURCHASE PRICE.

         The purchase price of the Common Stock under the Offering shall be the
lesser of eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the Offering Date (eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value
of the Common Stock on the first day on which the Company's Common Stock is
actively traded that immediately follows the Offering Date if an


                                       2.
<PAGE>   12
Offering Date does not fall on a day during which the Company's Common Stock is
actively traded) or eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of the
Common Stock on the Purchase Date (eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market
value of the Common Stock on the first day on which the Company's Common Stock
is actively traded that immediately precedes the Purchase Date if a Purchase
Date does not fall on a day during which the Company's Common Stock is actively
traded), in each case rounded up to the nearest whole cent per share. For the
Initial Offering, the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time when
the Offering commences shall be the price per share at which shares of Common
Stock are first sold to the public in the Company's initial public offering as
specified in the final prospectus with respect to that initial public offering.

5.       PARTICIPATION.

         (a)     Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph 5, an Eligible
Employee may elect to participate in an Offering only at the beginning of the
Offering.  An Eligible Employee shall become a participant in an Offering by
delivering an agreement authorizing payroll deductions.  Such deductions must
be in whole percentages, with a minimum percentage of one percent (1%) and a
maximum percentage of ten percent (10%).  A participant may not make
additional payments into his or her account.  The agreement shall be made on
such enrollment form as the Company provides, and must be delivered to the
Company at a time specified by the Company before the Offering Date to be
effective for that Offering, unless a later time for filing the enrollment form
is set by the Board for all Eligible Employees with respect to a given Offering
Date.  As to the Initial Offering, the time for filing an enrollment form and
commencing participation for individuals who are Eligible Employees on the
Offering Date for the Initial Offering shall be determined by the Company and
communicated to such Eligible Employees.

         (b)     A participant may not increase or reduce his or her
participation level during the course of an Offering, except that a participant
may reduce his or her participation level to zero percent (0%) once during any
Offering (except not during the period preceding a Purchase Date specified by
the Company), by delivering a notice to the Company in such form and at such
time as the Company prescribes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a participant may
withdraw from an Offering and receive his or her accumulated payroll deductions
from the Offering (reduced to the extent, if any, such deductions have been used
to acquire Common Stock for the participant on any prior Purchase Dates),
without interest, or reduce his or her participation percentage to zero (0), at
any time prior to the end of the Offering, excluding only each period
immediately preceding a Purchase Date specified by the Company, by delivering a
withdrawal notice to the Company in such form as the Company prescribes.

6.       PURCHASES.

         Subject to the limitations contained herein, on each Purchase Date,
each participant's accumulated payroll deductions (without any increase for
interest) shall be applied to the purchase of whole shares of Common Stock, up
to the maximum number of shares permitted


                                       3.
<PAGE>   13
under the Plan and the Offering.  "Purchase Date" shall be defined as the last
day of each Offering.

7.       NOTICES AND AGREEMENTS.

         Any notices or agreements provided for in an Offering or the Plan
shall be given in writing, in a form provided by the Company, and unless
specifically provided for in the Plan or this Offering shall be deemed
effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices and agreements
delivered by the Company, five (5) days after deposit in the United States
mail, postage prepaid.

8.       EXERCISE CONTINGENT ON STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.

         The rights granted under an Offering are subject to the approval of
the Plan by the shareholders as required for the Plan to obtain treatment as a
tax-qualified employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code and to
comply with the requirements of exemption from potential liability under
Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act") set forth in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

9.       OFFERING SUBJECT TO PLAN.

         Each Offering is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, and its
provisions are hereby made a part of the Offering, and is further subject to
all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to
time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan.  In the event of any
conflict between the provisions of an Offering and those of the Plan (including
interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time
be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan), the provisions of the Plan
shall control.





                                       4.

<PAGE>   1





                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
                            (a Delaware corporation)


                             1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN

              Adopted by the Board of Directors on August 5, 1993
                            Amended October 28, 1993

1.       PURPOSES.

         (a)     The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which
selected Employees and Directors of and Consultants to the Company, and its
Affiliates, may be given an opportunity to purchase stock of the Company.

         (b)     The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the
services of persons who are now Employees or Directors of or Consultants to the
Company and its Affiliates, to secure and retain the services of new Employees,
Directors and Consultants, and to provide incentives for such persons to exert
maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates.

         (c)     The Company intends that the Options issued under the Plan
shall, in the discretion of the Board or any Committee to which responsibility
for administration of the Plan has been delegated pursuant to subsection 3(c),
be either Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options.  All Options
shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock
Options at the time of grant, and in such form as issued pursuant to Section 6,
and a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares purchased
on exercise of each type of Option.

2.       DEFINITIONS.

         (a)     "AFFILIATE" means any parent corporation or subsidiary
corporation, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in
Sections 424(e) and (f) respectively, of the Code.

         (b)     "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         (c)     "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
<PAGE>   2
         (d)     "COMMITTEE" means a Committee appointed by the Board in
accordance with subsection 3(c) of the Plan.

         (e)     "COMPANY" means WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., a Delaware
corporation.

         (f)     "CONSULTANT" means any person, including an advisor, engaged
by the Company or an Affiliate to render services and who is compensated for
such services, provided that the term "Consultant" shall not include Directors
who are paid only a director's fee by the Company or who are not compensated by
the Company for their services as Directors.

         (g)     "CONTINUOUS STATUS AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT"
means the employment or relationship as a Director or Consultant is not
interrupted or terminated.  The Board, in its sole discretion, may determine
whether Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant shall be
considered interrupted in the case of:  (i) any leave of absence approved by
the Board, including sick leave, military leave, or any other personal leave;
or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company,
Affiliates or their successors.

         (h)     "DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board.

         (i)     "DISABILITY" means total and permanent disability as defined
in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

         (j)     "DISINTERESTED PERSON" means a Director:  (i) who was not
during the one year prior to service as an administrator of the Plan granted or
awarded equity securities pursuant to the Plan or any other plan of the Company
or any of its affiliates entitling the participants therein to acquire equity
securities of the Company or any of its affiliates except as permitted by Rule
16b-3(c)(2)(i); or (ii) who is otherwise considered to be a "disinterested
person" in accordance with Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(i), or any other applicable rules,
regulations or interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         (k)     "EMPLOYEE" means any person, including Officers and Directors,
employed by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.  Neither service as a
Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company shall be sufficient to
constitute "employment" by the Company.

         (l)     "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.





                                      2
<PAGE>   3
         (m)     "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means the value of the common stock as
determined in good faith by the Board and in a manner consistent with Section
260.140.50 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.

         (n)     "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" means an Option intended to qualify
as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and
the regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (o)     "NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION" means an Option not intended to
qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

         (p)     "OFFICER" means a person who is an officer of the Company
within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (q)     "OPTION" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

         (r)     "OPTION AGREEMENT" means a written agreement between the
Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual
Option grant.  Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plan.

         (s)     "OPTIONED STOCK" means the common stock of the Company subject
to an Option.         

         (t)     "OPTIONEE" means an Employee, Director or Consultant who 
holds an outstanding Option.

         (u)     "PLAN" means this 1993 Stock Option Plan.

         (v)     "RULE 16B-3" means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any
successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with
respect to the Plan.

3.       ADMINISTRATION.

         (a)     The Plan shall be administered by the Board unless and until
the Board delegates administration to a Committee, as provided in subsection
3(c).

         (b)     The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the
limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

                 (1)      To determine from time to time which of the persons
eligible under the Plan shall be granted Options; when and how each Option
shall be granted; whether an Option





                                       3.
<PAGE>   4
will be an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option; the
provisions of each Option granted (which need not be identical), including the
time or times such Option may be exercised in whole or in part; and the number
of shares for which an Option shall be granted to each such person.

                 (2)      To construe and interpret the Plan and Options
granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for
its administration.  The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any
defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option Agreement, in a
manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan
fully effective.

                 (3)      To amend the Plan as provided in Section 11.

         (c)     The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a
committee composed of not fewer than two (2) members (the "Committee"), all of
the members of which Committee shall be Disinterested Persons, if required
under subsection 3(d).  If administration is delegated to a Committee, the
Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the
powers theretofore possessed by the Board (and references in this Plan to the
Board shall thereafter be to the Committee), subject, however, to such
resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be
adopted from time to time by the Board.  The Board may abolish the Committee at
any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan.  Additionally,
prior to the date of the first registration of an equity security of the
Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and notwithstanding anything to
the contrary contained herein, the Board may delegate administration of the
Plan to any person or persons and the term "Committee" shall apply to any
person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated.

         (d)     Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph 3 to the contrary,
the Board may delegate to a Committee of one or more members of the Board the
authority to grant options to eligible persons who are not officers of the
Company or members of the Board.

         (e)     Any requirement that an administrator of the Plan be a
Disinterested Person shall not apply (i) prior to the date of the first
registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the
Exchange Act, or (ii) if the Board or the Committee expressly declares that





                                       4.
<PAGE>   5
such requirement shall not apply.  Any Disinterested Person shall otherwise
comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3.

4.       SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

         (a)     Subject to the provisions of Section 10 relating to
adjustments upon changes in stock, the stock that may be sold pursuant to
Options shall not exceed in the aggregate two hundred seventy-seven thousand
two hundred (277,200) shares of the Company's common stock.  If any Option
shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate without having been
exercised in full, the stock not purchased under such Option shall revert to
and again become available for issuance under the Plan.

         (b)     The aggregate number of shares of stock issuable upon the
exercise of all Options granted to any single eligible employee shall not
exceed one hundred thousand (100,000).

         (c)     The stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or
reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

5.       ELIGIBILITY.

         (a)     Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.
Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, Directors or
Consultants.

         (b)     A Director shall in no event be eligible for the benefits of
the Plan unless at the time discretion is exercised in the selection of the
Director as a person to whom Options may be granted, or in the determination of
the number of shares which may be covered by Options granted to the Director:
(i) the Board has delegated its discretionary authority over the Plan to a
Committee which consists solely of Disinterested Persons; or (ii) the Plan
otherwise complies with the requirements of Rule 16b-3.  The Board shall
otherwise comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3.  This subsection 5(b)
shall not apply (i) prior to the date of the first registration of an equity
security of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or (ii) if the
Board or Committee expressly declares that it shall not apply.

         (c)     No person shall be eligible for the grant of an Option if, at
the time of grant, such person owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section
424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more





                                       5.
<PAGE>   6
than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates unless the exercise price of
such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value
of such stock at the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the
expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

6.       OPTION PROVISIONS.

         Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and
conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate.  The provisions of separate
Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through
incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the
substance of each of the following provisions:

         (a)     TERM.  No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of
ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

         (b)     PRICE.  The exercise price of each Incentive Stock Option
shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of
the stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted.  The
exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than
eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the stock subject to the
Option on the date the Option is granted.

         (c)     CONSIDERATION.  The purchase price of stock acquired pursuant
to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and
regulations, either (i) in cash at the time the option is exercised, or (ii) at
the discretion of the Board or the Committee, either at the time of the grant
or exercise of the Option, (A) by delivery to the Company of other common stock
of the Company, (B) according to a deferred payment or other arrangement (which
may include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of other
common stock of the Company) with the person to whom the Option is granted or
to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to subsection 6(d), or (C) in any
other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

         In the case of any deferred payment arrangement, interest shall be
payable at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest
necessary to avoid the treatment as





                                       6.
<PAGE>   7
interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code, of any amounts other
than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred payment arrangement.

         (d)     TRANSFERABILITY.  An Incentive Stock Option shall not be
transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and
shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the person to whom the Incentive
Stock Option is granted only by such person.  A Nonstatutory Stock Option shall
not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution
or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code or
Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or the rules thereunder
(a "QDRO"), and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the person to whom
the Option is granted only by such person or any transferee pursuant to a QDRO.

         (e)     VESTING.  The total number of shares of stock subject to an
Option may, but need not, be allotted in periodic installments (which may, but
need not, be equal).  The Option Agreement may provide that from time to time
during each of such installment periods, the Option may become exercisable
("vest") with respect to some or all of the shares allotted to that period, and
may be exercised with respect to some or all of the shares allotted to such
period and/or any prior period as to which the Option became vested but was not
fully exercised.  The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary but in
each case will provide for vesting of at least twenty percent (20%) of the
total number of shares subject to the Option per year.  During the remainder of
the term of the Option (if its term extends beyond the end of the installment
periods), the Option may be exercised from time to time with respect to any
shares then remaining subject to the Option.   The provisions of this
subsection 6(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum
number of shares as to which an Option may be exercised.

         (f)     SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE.  The Company may require any
Optionee, or any person to whom an Option is transferred under subsection 6(d),
as a condition of exercising any such Option, (1) to give written assurances
satisfactory to the Company as to the Optionee's knowledge and experience in
financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative
reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in
financial and business matters, and that he or she is capable of evaluating,
alone or together with





                                       7.
<PAGE>   8
the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Option;
and (2) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that
such person is acquiring the stock subject to the Option for such person's own
account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing
the stock.  These requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such
requirements, shall be inoperative if (i) the issuance of the shares upon the
exercise of the Option has been registered under a then currently effective
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), or (ii) as to any particular requirement, a determination is
made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the
circumstances under the then applicable securities laws.  The Company may, upon
advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued
under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to
comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends
restricting the transfer of the stock.

         (g)     TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR RELATIONSHIP AS A DIRECTOR OR
CONSULTANT.  In the event an Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee,
Director or Consultant terminates (other than upon the Optionee's death or
Disability), the Optionee may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that
the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of termination) but only
within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date thirty (30)
days after the termination of the Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee,
Director or Consultant (or such longer or shorter period, which in no event
shall be less than thirty (30) days, as specified in the Option Agreement), or
(ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option
Agreement.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her
Option within the time specified in the Option Agreement, the Option shall
terminate, and the shares covered by such Option shall revert to and again
become available for issuance under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
in the event an Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or
Consultant is terminated for "cause," his or her Option (even to the extent
that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of termination) shall
immediately be terminated and canceled.  For purposes of the Plan, "cause"
shall mean misconduct including but not limited to criminal acts involving
moral turpitude or dishonesty.





                                       8.
<PAGE>   9
         (h)     DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.  In the event an Optionee's Continuous
Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant terminates as a result of the
Optionee's Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option (to the
extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of
termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i)
the date six (6) months following such termination (or such longer or shorter
period, which in no event shall be less than six (6) months, as specified in
the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set
forth in the Option Agreement.  If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is
not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option, the shares covered by the
unexercisable portion of the Option shall revert to and again become available
for issuance under the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not
exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall
terminate, and the shares covered by such Option shall revert to and again
become available for issuance under the Plan.

         (i)     DEATH OF OPTIONEE. In the event of the death of an Optionee
during, or within thirty (30) days of the termination of, the Optionee's
Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant, the Option may be
exercised (to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at
the date of death) by the Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the
right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only within the
period ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following the
date of death (or such longer or shorter period, which in no event shall be
less then six (6) months, as specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the
expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.
If, at the time of death, the Optionee was not entitled to exercise his or her
entire Option, the shares covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option
shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.  If,
after death, the Optionee's estate or a person who acquired the right to
exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Option
within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the shares
covered by such Option shall revert to and again become available for issuance
under the Plan.

         (j)     EARLY EXERCISE.  The Option may, but need not, include a
provision whereby the Optionee may elect at any time while an Employee,
Director or Consultant to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the
shares subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option.





                                       9.
<PAGE>   10
Any unvested shares so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor
of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be
appropriate.

         (k)     WITHHOLDING.  To the extent provided by the terms of an Option
Agreement, the Optionee may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding
obligation relating to the exercise of such Option by any of the following
means or by a combination of such means:  (1) tendering a cash payment; (2)
authorizing the Company to withhold shares from the shares of the common stock
otherwise issuable to the participant as a result of the exercise of the
Option; or (3) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered shares of the
common stock of the Company.

7.       COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

         (a)     During the terms of the Options, the Company shall keep
available at all times the number of shares of stock required to satisfy such
Options.

         (b)     The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory
commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be
required to issue and sell shares of stock upon exercise of the Options;
provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to
register under the Securities Act either the Plan, any Option or any stock
issued or issuable pursuant to any such Option.  If, after reasonable efforts,
the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency
the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful
issuance and sale of stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from
any liability for failure to issue and sell stock upon exercise of such Options
unless and until such authority is obtained.

8.       USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

         Proceeds from the sale of stock pursuant to Options shall constitute
general funds of the Company.


1.       MISCELLANEOUS.





                                      10.
<PAGE>   11
         (a)     Neither an Optionee nor any person to whom an Option is
transferred under subsection 6(d) shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to
have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares subject to such
Option unless and until such person has satisfied all requirements for exercise
of the Option pursuant to its terms.

         (b)     Throughout the term of any Option, the Company shall deliver
to the holder of such Option, not later than one hundred twenty (120) days
after the close of each of the Company's fiscal years during the Option term, a
balance sheet and an income statement.  This section shall not apply when
issuance is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the
company assure them access to equivalent information.

         (c)     Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Option
granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Employee, Director, Consultant
or Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate
(or to continue acting as a Director or Consultant) or shall affect the right
of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate the employment or relationship as
a Director or Consultant of any Employee, Director, Consultant or Optionee with
or without cause.

         (d)     To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined
at the time of grant) of stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options
granted after 1986 are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during
any calendar year under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates exceeds one
hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof which
exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be
treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

1.       ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

         (a)     If any change is made in the stock subject to the Plan, or
subject to any Option (through merger, consolidation, reorganization,
recapitalization, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock
split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change
in corporate structure or otherwise), the Plan and outstanding Options will be
appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of shares subject to
the Plan and the class(es) and number of shares and price per share of stock
subject to outstanding Options.





                                      11.
<PAGE>   12
         (b)     In the event of: (1) a merger or consolidation in which the
Company is not the surviving corporation or (2) a reverse merger in which the
Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of the Company's common
stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of
the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or
otherwise then to the extent permitted by applicable law: (i) any surviving
corporation shall assume any Options outstanding under the Plan or shall
substitute similar Options for those outstanding under the Plan or, (ii) such
Options shall continue in full force and effect.  In the event any surviving
corporation refuses to assume or continue such Options, or to substitute
similar options for those outstanding under the Plan, then such Options shall
be terminated if not exercised prior to such event.  In the event of a
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Options outstanding under the
Plan shall terminate if not exercised prior to such event.

2.       AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN.

         (a)     The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the
Plan.  However, except as provided in Section 10 relating to adjustments upon
changes in stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the
stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the
adoption of the amendment, where the amendment will:

                 (1)      Increase the number of shares reserved for Options
under the Plan;

                 (2)      Modify the requirements as to eligibility for
participation in the Plan (to the extent such modification requires stockholder
approval in order for the Plan to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of
the Code); or

                 (3)      Modify the Plan in any other way if such modification
requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan to satisfy the requirements
of Section 422 of the Code or to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3.

         (b)     It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan
in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide Optionees with
the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the
Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock
Options and/or to bring the Plan and/or Incentive Stock Options granted under
it into compliance therewith.





                                      12.
<PAGE>   13
         (c)     Rights and obligations under any Option granted before
amendment of the Plan shall not be altered or impaired by any amendment of the
Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the person to whom the
Option was granted and (ii) such person consents in writing.

3.       TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

         (a)     The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.
Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on August 4, 2003.  No
Options may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it
is terminated.

         (b)     Rights and obligations under any Option granted while the Plan
is in effect shall not be altered or impaired by suspension or termination of
the Plan, except with the consent of the person to whom the Option was granted.

4.       EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

         The Plan shall become effective as determined by the Board, but no
Options granted under the Plan shall be exercised unless and until the Plan has
been approved by the stockholders of the Company.





                                      13.

<PAGE>   1


================================================================================


                                 ALFALFA'S INC.

                             1991 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                    (as amended effective December 8, 1995)



================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     Page
                                                                                                                     ----
<S>           <C>                                                                                                      <C>
SECTION 1  -  Introduction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
         1.1  Establishment   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
         1.2  Purposes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
         1.3  Effective Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

SECTION 2  -  Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
         2.1  Definitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
         2.2  Gender and Number   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

SECTION 3  -  Plan Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
         3.1  In General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
         3.2  Eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

SECTION 4  -  Stock Subject to the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
         4.1  Number of Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
         4.2  Unused and Forfeited Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
         4.3  Adjustments for Stock Split, Stock Dividend, Etc.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
         4.4  Dividend Payable in Stock of Another Corporation, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
         4.5  Other Changes in Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
         4.6  Rights to Subscribe   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
         4.7  General Adjustment Rules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
         4.8  Determination by the Committee, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

SECTION 5  -  Participation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
         5.1  Eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

SECTION 6  -  Stock Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
         6.1  Grant of Options to Eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
         6.2  Option Agreements   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
         6.3  Restrictions on Incentive Stock Options   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
         6.4  Shareholder Privileges  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

SECTION 7  -  Reorganization or Change of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
         7.1  Reorganization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
         7.2  Change of Control   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

SECTION 8  -  Rights of Option Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
         8.1  Service   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
         8.2  Nontransferability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

SECTION 9  -  General Restrictions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
         9.1  Investment Representations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
         9.2  Compliance with Securities Laws   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

</TABLE>




                                       i
<PAGE>   3
<TABLE>
<S>            <C>                                                                                                     <C>
SECTION 10  -  Other Employee Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

SECTION 11  -  Plan Amendment, Modification and Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

SECTION 12  -  Withholding  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         12.1  Withholding Requirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         12.2  Withholding With Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

SECTION 13  -  Requirements of Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
         13.1  Requirements of Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
         13.2  Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

SECTION 14  -  Duration of the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

</TABLE>




                                       ii
<PAGE>   4
                                 ALFALFA'S INC.

                             1991 STOCK OPTION PLAN


                                   SECTION 1
                                  INTRODUCTION

         1.1     Establishment.  Alfalfa's Inc., a Colorado corporation
(hereinafter referred to, together with its Affiliated Corporations (as defined
in subsection 2.1(a)) as the "Company" except where the context otherwise
requires), previously established the Alfalfa's Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan
(the "Plan") for certain employees of the Company.  The Plan is hereby amended
and restated in its entirety, effective as of December 8, 1995.

         1.2     Purposes.  The purposes of the Plan are to provide those who
are selected for participation in the Plan with added incentives to continue in
the long-term service of the Company and to create in such persons a more
direct interest in the future success of the operations of the Company by
relating incentive compensation to increases in shareholder value, so that the
income of the those participating in the Plan is more closely aligned with the
income of the Company's shareholders.  The Plan is also designed to provide a
financial incentive that will help the Company attract, retain and motivate the
most qualified employees, consultants and directors.

         1.3     Effective Date.  The effective date of the Plan shall be
August 13, 1991 (the "Effective Date").  This Plan and each option granted
hereunder is conditioned on and shall be of no force or effect until approval
of the Plan by the holders of a majority of the shares of voting stock of the
Company.


                                   SECTION 2
                                  DEFINITIONS

         2.1     Definitions.  The following terms shall have the meanings set
forth below:

                 (a)      "Affiliated Corporation" means any corporation or
other entity (including but not limited to a partnership) which is affiliated
with Alfalfa's, Inc. through stock ownership or otherwise and is treated as a
common employer under the provisions of Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Internal
Revenue Code, and, for purposes of Incentive Stock Options granted pursuant to
the Plan, means any parent or subsidiary of the Company as defined in Section
424 of the Internal Revenue Code.

                 (b)      "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

                 (c)      "Committee" means a committee consisting of members
of the Board who are empowered hereunder to take actions in the administration
of the Plan.  Members of the





                                       1
<PAGE>   5
Committee shall be appointed from time to time by the Board, shall serve at the
pleasure of the Board and may resign at any time upon written notice to the
Board.

                 (d)      "Eligible Employees" means those full-time employees
(including, without limitation, officers and directors who are also employees)
of the Company, whose judgment, initiative and efforts are important to the
Company for the management and growth of its business.  For purposes of the
Plan, an employee is an individual whose wages are subject to the withholding
of federal income tax under Section 3401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

                 (e)      "Eligible Consultants" means those consultants to the
Company who are determined, by the Committee, to be individuals whose services
are important to the Company and who should be eligible to receive Non-
Qualified Options under the Plan.

                 (f)      "Eligible Directors" means those outside directors of
the Company who are determined, by the Committee, to be individuals whose
services are important to the Company and who should be eligible to receive
Non-Qualified Options under the Plan.

                 (g)      "Fair Market Value" shall be determined in good faith
by the Committee using all relevant data and information reasonably available
to the Committee.

                 (h)      "Incentive Stock Option" means any Option designated
as such and granted in accordance with the requirements of Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code.

                 (i)      "Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

                 (j)      "Non-Qualified Option" means any Option other than an
Incentive Stock Option.

                 (k)      "Option" means a right to purchase Stock at a stated
price for a specified period of time.

                 (l)      "Option Holder" means an Eligible Employee, an
Eligible Consultant or an Eligible Director designated by the Committee or in
the Plan from time to time during the term of the Plan to receive one or more
Options under the Plan.

                 (m)      "Option Price" means the price at which shares of
Stock subject to an Option may be purchased, determined in accordance with
subsection 6.2(b).

                 (n)      "Share" means a share of Stock.

                 (o)      "Stock" means the common stock, $0.01 par value, of
the Company.





                                       2
<PAGE>   6
         2.2     Gender and Number.  Except when otherwise indicated by the
context, the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, and the
definition of any term herein in the singular shall also include the plural.


                                   SECTION 3
                              PLAN ADMINISTRATION

         3.1     In General.  The Committee shall be responsible for the
administration of the Plan.  The Committee shall determine the form or forms of
the agreements with Option Holders which shall evidence the particular
provisions, terms, conditions, rights and duties of the Company and the Option
Holders with respect to Options granted pursuant to the Plan, which provisions
need not be identical except as may be provided herein.  The Committee may from
time to time adopt such rules and regulations for carrying out the purposes of
the Plan as it may deem proper and in the best interests of the Company.  The
Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any
inconsistency in the Plan or in any agreement entered into hereunder in the
manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient and it shall be the sole and
final judge of such expediency.  No member of the Committee shall be liable for
any action or determination made in good faith.  The determinations,
interpretations and other actions of the Committee pursuant to the provisions
of the Plan shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes and on all
persons.

         3.2     Eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors.  Subject to
Section 3.3 below and in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, the
Committee shall, in its sole discretion, select Option Holders from among
Eligible Employees, Eligible Consultants and Eligible Directors to whom Options
will be granted, the number of Shares subject to each Option and any other
terms and conditions of each Option as the Committee may deem necessary or
desirable and consistent with the terms of the Plan, provided, however, that
only Non-Qualified Options may be granted to Eligible Consultants and Eligible
Directors and provided further that no member of the Committee shall
participate in any decision with respect to the grant of an Option to such
member of the Committee.


                                   SECTION 4
                           STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

         4.1     Number of Shares.  A total of 50,000 Shares are authorized for
issuance under the Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and
subject to such restrictions or other provisions as the Committee may from time
to time deem necessary.  This authorization may be increased from time to time
by approval of the Board and by the shareholders of the Company if, in the
opinion of counsel for the Company, such shareholder approval is required.
Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Options shall be applied to
reduce the maximum number of Shares remaining available for use under the Plan.
The Company shall at all times during the term of the Plan and while any
Options are outstanding retain as authorized and unissued Stock, or as treasury
Stock, at least the number of Shares from time to time required under the





                                       3
<PAGE>   7
provisions of the Plan, or otherwise assure itself of its ability to perform
its obligations hereunder.

         4.2     Unused and Forfeited Stock.  Any Shares that are subject to an
Option under this Plan that are not used because the terms and conditions of
the Option are not met, including any Shares that are subject to an Option that
expires or is terminated for any reason shall automatically become available
for use under the Plan.

         4.3     Adjustments for Stock Split, Stock Dividend, Etc.  If the
Company shall at any time increase or decrease the number of its outstanding
Shares or change in any way the rights and privileges of such Shares by means
of the payment of a stock dividend or any other distribution upon such Shares
payable in stock, or through a stock split, subdivision, consolidation,
combination, reclassification or recapitalization involving the Stock, then in
relation to the Stock that is affected by one or more of the above events, the
numbers, rights and privileges of the following shall be increased, decreased
or changed in like manner as if they had been issued and outstanding, fully
paid and nonassessable at the time of such occurrence:  (i) the shares of Stock
as to which Options may be granted under the Plan; and (ii) the Shares then
subject to each outstanding Option.

         4.4     Dividend Payable in Stock of Another Corporation, Etc.  If the
Company shall at any time pay or make any dividend or other distribution to the
holders of Stock payable in securities of another corporation or other property
(except money or Stock), a proportionate part of such securities or other
property shall be set aside and delivered to any Option Holder then holding an
Option for the particular type of Stock for which the dividend or other
distribution was made, upon exercise thereof.  Prior to the time that any such
securities or other property are delivered to an Option Holder in accordance
with the foregoing, the Company shall be the owner of such securities or other
property and shall have the right to vote the securities, receive any dividends
payable on such securities, and in all other respects shall be treated as the
owner.  If securities or other property that have been set aside by the Company
in accordance with this Section are not delivered to an Option Holder because
an Option is not exercised, then such securities or other property shall remain
the property of the Company and shall be dealt with by the Company as it shall
determine in its sole discretion.

         4.5     Other Changes in Stock.  If there shall be any change, other
than as specified in Sections 4.3 and 4.4, in the number or kind of outstanding
Shares of Stock or of any stock or other securities into which the Stock shall
be changed or for which it shall have been exchanged, and if the Committee
shall in its discretion determine that such change equitably requires an
adjustment in the number or kind of Shares subject to outstanding Options or
which have been reserved for issuance pursuant to the Plan but are not then
subject to an Option, then such adjustments shall be made by the Committee and
shall be effective for all purposes of the Plan and on each outstanding Option
that involves the particular type of stock for which a change was effected.

         4.6     Rights to Subscribe.  If the Company shall at any time grant
to the holders of its Stock rights to subscribe pro rata for additional shares
thereof or for any other securities of the Company or of any other corporation,
there shall be reserved with respect to the Shares then





                                       4
<PAGE>   8
subject to an Option held by any Option Holder of the particular class of Stock
involved, the Stock or other securities which the Option Holder would have been
entitled to subscribe for if immediately prior to such grant the Option Holder
had exercised his entire Option.  If, upon exercise of any such Option, the
Option Holder subscribes for the additional Stock or other securities, the
Option Holder shall pay to the Company the price that is payable by the Option
Holder for such Stock or other securities.

         4.7     General Adjustment Rules.  No adjustment or substitution
provided for in this Section 4 shall require the Company to issue a fractional
share under any Option agreement and the total substitution or adjustment with
respect to each Option agreement shall be limited by deleting any fractional
share.  In the case of any such substitution or adjustment, the Option Price
per Share in each such Option agreement shall be equitably adjusted by the
Committee to reflect the greater or lesser number of shares of Stock or other
securities into which the Stock subject to the Option may have been changed.

         4.8     Determination by the Committee, Etc.  Adjustments under this
Section 4 shall be made by the Committee, whose determinations with regard
thereto shall be final and binding.


                                   SECTION 5
                                 PARTICIPATION

         5.1     Eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors. The Committee,
in its sole and absolute discretion, shall select those Eligible Employees,
Consultants and Directors to be Option Holders in the Plan.  Eligible Employees
shall be selected from the employees of the Company who are performing services
in the management, operation and growth of the Company, and contribute, or are
expected to contribute, to the achievement of long-term corporate objectives.
Eligible Consultants shall be selected from those non-employee consultants to
the Company who are performing services important to the operation and growth
of the Company.  Eligible Directors shall be selected from those non-employee
directors of the Company whose services are determined to be important to the
operation and growth of the Company.  Eligible Employees, Consultants and
Directors may be granted from time-to-time one or more Options; provided,
however, that the grant of each such Option shall be separately approved by the
Committee, and receipt of one such Option shall not result in automatic receipt
of any other Option.  Upon determination by the Committee that an Option is to
be granted to an Eligible Employee, Consultant or Director, written notice
shall be given to such person, specifying the terms, conditions, rights and
duties related thereto.


                                   SECTION 6
                                 STOCK OPTIONS

         6.1     Grant of Options to Eligible Employees, Consultants and
Directors.  Coincident with or following designation for participation in the
Plan, an Eligible Employee, Consultant or Director may be granted one or more
Options.  The Committee in its sole discretion shall designate whether an
Option is to be considered an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified





                                       5
<PAGE>   9
Option, provided, however, that only Non-Qualified Options may be granted to
Eligible Consultants and Directors.  The Committee may grant both an Incentive
Stock Option and a Non-Qualified Option to the same Eligible Employee at the
same time or at different times.  Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified
Options, whether granted at the same or different times, shall be deemed to
have been awarded in separate grants and shall be clearly identified, and in no
event shall the exercise of one Option affect the right to exercise any other
Option or affect the number of Shares for which any other Option may be
exercised.

         6.2     Option Agreements.  Each Option granted under the Plan shall
be evidenced by a written Option agreement which shall be entered into by the
Company and the Option Holder to whom the Option is granted, and which shall
contain the following terms and conditions, as well as such other terms and
conditions, not inconsistent herewith, as the Committee may consider
appropriate in each case.

                 (a)      Number of Shares.  Each Option agreement shall state
that it covers a specified number of Shares, as determined by the Committee.

                 (b)      Price.  Each Option granted pursuant to the Plan
shall have an Option Price that is equal to or greater than the Fair Market
Value of the Stock on the date the Option is granted.

                 (c)      Duration and Exercise of Options.  Each Option
agreement shall state the period of time, as determined by the Committee within
which the Option may be exercised by the Option Holder (the "Option Period").
The Option Period must end, in all cases, not more than ten years from the date
an Option is granted.  Each Option agreement shall also state the periods of
time, if any, as determined by the Committee, when incremental portions of each
Option may be exercised.

                 (d)      Termination of Service, Death, Disability, Etc.  Each
Option agreement shall provide as follows with respect to the exercise of the
Option:

                          (i)     If the service of the Option Holder with the
         Company is  terminated within the Option Period for cause, as
         determined by the Company, the Option shall thereafter be void for all
         purposes.  As used in this subsection 6.2(d), "cause" shall mean a
         gross violation, as determined by the Company of the Company's
         established policies and procedures, provided that the effect of this
         subsection 6.2(d) shall be limited to determining the consequences of
         a termination and that nothing in this subsection 2.2(d) shall
         restrict or otherwise interfere with the Company's discretion with
         respect to the termination of any employee, consultant or director.

                          (ii)    If the Option Holder shall become disabled
         within the  meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code
         within the Option Period, the Option may be exercised by the Option
         Holder (or, in the case of his death, by those entitled to do so under
         his will or by the laws of descent and distribution) within one year
         following his termination of service because of such disability (if
         otherwise within the Option Period), but not thereafter.  In any such
         case, the Option may be exercised as to all shares then





                                       6
<PAGE>   10
         subject to the Option regardless of whether all conditions of exercise
         relating to continuation of service for specified periods of time have
         been satisfied.

                          (iii)   If the Option Holder dies within the Option
         Period, while  employed by or in the service of the Company, the
         Option may be exercised by those entitled to do so under his will or
         by the laws of descent and distribution within one year following his
         death (if otherwise within the Option Period), but not thereafter.  In
         any such case the Option may be exercised as to all shares then
         subject to the Option, regardless of whether all conditions of
         exercise relating to continuation of service for specified periods of
         time have been satisfied.

                          (iv)    If the service of the Option Holder with the
         Company is  terminated (which for this purpose means that the Option
         Holder is no longer employed by or retained as a director or
         consultant by the Company or by an Affiliated Corporation), within the
         Option Period for any reason other than for cause, disability or
         death, the Option may be exercised by the Option Holder within three
         months following the date of such termination (if otherwise within the
         Option Period), but not thereafter.  In any such case, the Option may
         be exercised only as to the Shares as to which the Option had become
         exercisable on or before the date of termination of service.

                 (e)      Transferability.  Each Option agreement shall provide
that the Option granted therein is not transferable by the Option Holder except
by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, and that such
Option is exercisable during the Option Holder's lifetime only by him or her,
or in the event of disability or incapacity, by his or her guardian or legal
representative.

                 (f)      Agreement to Continue in Service.  Each Option
agreement held by an Option Holder shall contain the Option Holder's agreement
to remain in the employment of the Company, or in service with the Company, at
the pleasure of the Company, for a continuous period of at least one year after
the date of such Option agreement, at the salary rate or other compensation in
effect on the date of such agreement or at such changed rate as may be fixed,
from time to time, by the Company.  Nothing in this paragraph shall offset or
impair the Company's right to terminate the services of any employee,
consultant or director.

                 (g)      Exercise, Payments, Etc.  Each Option agreement shall
provide that the method for exercising the Option granted therein shall be by
delivery to the Corporate Secretary of the Company of written notice specifying
the number of Shares with respect to which such Option is exercised and payment
of the Option Price.  Such notice shall be in a form satisfactory to the
Committee and shall specify the particular Option (or portion thereof) that is
being exercised and the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is
being exercised.  The exercise of the Option shall be deemed effective upon
receipt of such notice by the Corporate Secretary and payment to the Company.
The purchase of such Stock shall take place at the principal offices of the
Company upon delivery of such notice, at which time the Option Price of the
Stock shall be paid in full in cash or by certified or cashier's check payable
to the order of the Company.  A properly executed certificate or certificates
representing the Stock shall be issued by the Company and delivered to the
Option Holder.





                                       7
<PAGE>   11
                 (h)      Date of Grant.  An Option shall be considered as
having been granted on the date specified in the grant resolution of the
Committee.

                 (i)      Withholding.

                          (i)     Non-Qualified Options.  Each Option agreement
         covering Non-Qualified Options shall provide that, upon exercise of
         the Option, the Option Holder shall make appropriate arrangements with
         the Company to provide for the amount of additional withholding
         required by Sections 3102 and 3402 of the Internal Revenue Code and
         applicable state income tax laws, if any, including payment of such
         taxes through delivery of shares of Stock or by withholding Stock to
         be issued under the Option, as provided in Section 12.

                          (ii)    Incentive Options.  If an Option Holder makes
         a disposition (as defined in Section 424(c) of the Internal Revenue
         Code) of any Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive
         Stock Option prior to the expiration of two years from the date on
         which the Incentive Stock Option was granted or prior to the
         expiration of one year from the date on which the Option was
         exercised, the Option Holder shall send written notice to the Company
         at its principal office in Denver, Colorado (Attention:  Corporate
         Secretary) of the date of such disposition, the number of shares
         disposed of, the amount of proceeds received from such disposition and
         any other information relating to such disposition as the Company may
         reasonably request.  The Option Holder shall, in the event of such a
         disposition, make appropriate arrangements with the Company to provide
         for the amount of additional withholding, if any, required by Sections
         3102 and 3402 of the Internal Revenue Code and applicable state income
         tax laws.

         6.3     Restrictions on Incentive Stock Options.

                 (a)      Initial Exercise.  Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with
respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by
an Option Holder in any calendar year, under the Plan or otherwise, shall not
exceed $100,000.  For this purpose, the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall
be determined as of the date of grant of the Option.

                 (b)      Ten Percent Shareholders.  Incentive Stock Options
granted to an Option Holder who is the holder of record of 10% or more of the
outstanding Stock of the Company shall have an Option Price equal to 110% of
the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant of the Option.  The
Option Period for any such Option shall not exceed five years.

         6.4     Shareholder Privileges.  No Option Holder shall have any
rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by an Option until
the Option Holder becomes the holder of record of such Stock, and no
adjustments shall be made for dividends or other distributions or other rights
as to which there is a record date preceding the date such Option Holder
becomes the holder of record of such Stock, except as provided in Section 4.





                                       8
<PAGE>   12
                                   SECTION 7
                      REORGANIZATION OR CHANGE OF CONTROL

         7.1     Reorganization.  If the Company is merged or consolidated with
another corporation or the Company is a party to a reorganization (other than a
merger, consolidation or reorganization in which the Company is the continuing
corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of
outstanding Shares), or if all or substantially all of the assets or more than
50% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company is acquired by any other
corporation, business entity or person (other than a sale or conveyance in
which the Company continues as a holding company of an entity or entities that
conduct the business or businesses formerly conducted by the Company), or in
case of a reorganization (other than a reorganization under the United States
Bankruptcy Code) or liquidation of the Company, the Committee shall, as to the
Plan and outstanding Options, either (i) make appropriate provision for the
adoption and continuation of the Plan by the acquiring or successor corporation
and for the protection of any such outstanding Options by the substitution on
an equitable basis of appropriate stock of the Company or of the merged,
consolidated or otherwise reorganized corporation which will be issuable with
respect to the Stock, provided that no additional benefits shall be conferred
upon the Option Holders holding such Options as a result of such substitution,
and the excess of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to
Options immediately after such substitution over the Option Price thereof is
not more than the excess of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares
subject to such Options immediately before such substitution over the Option
Price thereof, and provided further that any such substitution made with
respect to Incentive Stock Options shall comply with Section 424(a) of the
Internal Revenue Code, or (ii) upon written notice to the Option Holders,
provide that all unexercised Options must be exercised within thirty (30) days
of the date of such notice or they will be terminated.  If alternative (i) is
implemented, the Committee may, at its sole discretion, provide that Options
may be exercisable in full without regard to the applicable exercise periods
set forth in the Option agreements and if alternative (ii) is implemented,
Options shall be exercisable in full without regard to the applicable exercise
periods set forth in the Option agreements.

         7.2     Change of Control. In the event of a change in control of the
Company, as defined below, all Options shall become exercisable in full,
without regard to applicable exercise periods set forth in the Option
agreements.  For purposes of the Plan, a "change in control" shall be deemed to
have occurred if during any period of two consecutive years (not including any
period prior to the Effective Date), individuals who at the beginning of such
period constitute the Board (and any new director whose election by the Board
or whose nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was approved by
a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either
were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination
for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a
majority thereof.


                                   SECTION 8
                            RIGHTS OF OPTION HOLDERS

         8.1     Service.  Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Option
granted under the Plan shall confer upon any Option Holder any right with
respect to the continuation of his or her





                                       9
<PAGE>   13
employment by, or consulting or director's relationship with, the Company, or
interfere in any way with the right of the Company, subject to the terms of any
separate employment agreement or other contract to the contrary, at any time to
terminate the service of such Option Holder or to increase or decrease the
compensation of the Option Holder from the rate in existence at the time of the
grant of an Option.  Whether an authorized leave of absence, or absence in
military or government service, shall constitute a termination of service shall
be determined by the Committee at the time.

         8.2     Nontransferability.  No right or interest of any Option Holder
in an Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be assignable or transferable
during the lifetime of the Option Holder, either voluntarily or involuntarily,
or be subjected to any lien, directly or indirectly, by operation of law, or
otherwise, including execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge or
bankruptcy.  In the event of an Option Holder's death, an Option Holder's
rights and interests in Options shall, to the extent provided in Section 6, be
transferable by testamentary will or the laws of descent and distribution, and
payment of any amounts due under the Plan shall be made to, and exercise of any
Options may be made by, the Option Holder's legal representatives, heirs or
legatees.  If in the opinion of the Committee a person entitled to exercise
rights with respect to the Plan is disabled from caring for his affairs because
of mental condition, physical condition or age, such rights shall be exercised
by such person's guardian, conservator or other legal personal representative
upon furnishing the Committee with evidence satisfactory to the Committee of
such status.


                                   SECTION 9
                              GENERAL RESTRICTIONS

         9.1     Investment Representations.  The Company may require any
person to whom an Option is granted, as a condition of exercising such Option,
to give written assurances in substance and form satisfactory to the Company
and its counsel to the effect that such person is acquiring the Stock subject
to the Option for his own account for investment and not with any present
intention of selling or otherwise distributing the same, and to such other
effects as the Company deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with
Federal and applicable state securities laws.  Legends evidencing such
restrictions may be placed on the certificates evidencing the Stock.

         9.2     Compliance with Securities Laws.  Each Option shall be subject
to the requirement that if at any time counsel to the Company shall determine
that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares subject to such
Option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the
consent or approval of any governmental or regulatory body, is necessary as a
condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of Shares
thereunder, such Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such
listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been
effected or obtained on conditions acceptable to the Committee.  Nothing herein
shall be deemed to require the Company to apply for or obtain such listing,
registration or qualification.





                                       10
<PAGE>   14
                                   SECTION 10
                            OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

         The amount of any compensation deemed to be received by an Option
Holder as a result of the exercise of an Option shall not constitute "earnings"
with respect to which any other employee benefits of such person are
determined, including without limitation benefits under any pension, profit
sharing, life insurance or salary continuation plan.


                                   SECTION 11
                  PLAN AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION

         The Board may at any time terminate, and from time-to-time may amend
or modify, the Plan provided, however, that no amendment or modification may
become effective without approval of the amendment or modification by the
shareholders if shareholder approval is required to enable the Plan to satisfy
any applicable statutory or regulatory requirements, or if the Company, on the
advice of counsel, determines that shareholder approval is otherwise necessary
or desirable.

         No amendment, modification or termination of the Plan shall in any
manner adversely affect any Options theretofore granted under the Plan, without
the consent of the Option Holder holding such Options.


                                   SECTION 12
                                  WITHHOLDING

         12.1    Withholding Requirement.  The Company's obligations to deliver
Shares upon the exercise of an Option shall be subject to the Option Holder's
satisfaction of all applicable federal, state and local income and other tax
withholding requirements.

         12.2    Withholding With Stock.  At the time the Committee grants an
Option, it may, in its sole discretion, grant the Option Holder an election to
pay all such amounts of tax withholding, or any part thereof, by electing to
transfer to the Company, or to have the Company withhold from Shares otherwise
issuable to the Option Holder, Shares having a value equal to the amount
required to be withheld or such lesser amount as may be elected by the Option
Holder.  All elections shall be subject to the approval or disapproval of the
Committee.  The value of Shares to be withheld shall be based on the Fair
Market Value of the Stock on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is
to be determined (the "Tax Date").  Any such elections by Option Holders to
have Shares withheld for this purpose will be subject to the following
restrictions:

                 (a)      All elections must be made prior to the Tax Date.

                 (b)      All elections shall be irrevocable.





                                       11
<PAGE>   15
                 (c)      If the Option Holder is an officer or director of the
Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the 1934 Act ("Section 16") and is
subject to the provisions of Section 16, the Option Holder must satisfy the
requirements of such Section 16 and any applicable rules thereunder with
respect to the use of Stock to satisfy such tax withholding obligation.


                                   SECTION 13
                              REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

         13.1    Requirements of Law.  The issuance of Stock and the payment of
cash pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and
regulations.

         13.2    Governing Law.  The Plan and all Option agreements hereunder
shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of
Colorado.


                                   SECTION 14
                              DURATION OF THE PLAN

         The Plan shall terminate at such time as may be determined by the
Board of Directors, and no Option shall be granted after such termination.  If
not sooner terminated under the preceding sentence, the Plan shall fully cease
and expire at the close of business on August 12, 2001.  Options outstanding at
the time of the Plan termination may continue to be exercised or earned in
accordance with their terms.




                                       12

<PAGE>   1





                         EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN


                                       OF

                                ALFALFA'S, INC.
<PAGE>   2
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                                    ----
<S>                                                                                                                 <C>
PREAMBLE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ARTICLE I  -  Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
         1.1  "Affiliated Entity"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
         1.2  "Alternate Payee"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
         1.3  "Annual Addition"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
         1.4  "Break in Service"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
         1.5  "Code"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
         1.6  "Committee"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
         1.7  "Company"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
         1.8  "Company Contributions"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
         1.9  "Compensation"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
         1.10 "Covered Employee"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
         1.11 "Determination Date"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
         1.12 "Determination Year"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
         1.13 "Disability"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
         1.14 "Dollar Limitation"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
         1.15 "Domestic Relations Order"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
         1.16 "Effective Date"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
         1.17 "Employee"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
         1.18 "Employer Securities"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
         1.19 "ERISA"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
         1.20 "Family Group"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
         1.21 "Family Member"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
         1.22 "Five-Percent Owner"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
         1.23 "Highly Compensated Employee"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
         1.24 "Hour of Service"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
         1.25 "Key Employee"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
         1.26 "Limitation Year"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         1.27 "Look-Back Year"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         1.28 "Non-Highly Compensated Employee"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         1.29 "Non-Key Employee"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         1.30 "Normal Retirement Age"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         1.31 "Participant"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         1.32 "Plan Year"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         1.33 "Qualified Domestic Relations Order ("QDRO")"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         1.34 "Qualified Election Period"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         1.35 "Qualified Participant"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         1.36 "Required Beginning Date"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
</TABLE>



                                       i
<PAGE>   3
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                    <C>
         1.37 "Spouse"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
         1.38 "Stock"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
         1.39 "Taxable Year"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
         1.40 "Top-Paid Group"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
         1.41 "Total Distribution"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
         1.42 "Valuation Date"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
         1.43 "Year of Service"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

ARTICLE II  -  Participation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
         2.1  Participation - Required Service - Minimum Age  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
         2.2  Break in Covered Employee Status  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
         2.3  Enrollment - Procedure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
         2.4  Voluntary Non-Participation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
         2.5  Absences  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14

ARTICLE III  - Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         3.1  Company Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         3.2  Return of Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         3.3  Limitation on Annual Additions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

ARTICLE IV  -  Interests in the Trust Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
         4.1  Participants' Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
         4.2  Valuation of Trust Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
         4.3  Allocation of Increase or Decrease in Net Worth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
         4.4  Allocation of Company Contributions and Forfeitures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

ARTICLE V  -  Amount of Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
         5.1  Vesting Schedule  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
         5.2  Forfeitures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         5.3  Restoration of Forfeitures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         5.4  Method of Forfeiture Restoration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         5.5  Allocation of Forfeitures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         5.6  Credits for Pre-Break Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         5.7  Transfers - Portability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
         5.8  Reemployment - Separate Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

ARTICLE VI  -  Distribution of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
         6.1  Beneficiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
         6.2  Consent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
         6.3  Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
         6.4  Manner of Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
         6.5  Time of Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23

</TABLE>




                                       ii
<PAGE>   4
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                    <C>
         6.6  Separate Accounting for Distributable Amounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25

ARTICLE VII  -  Withdrawals and Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
         7.1  Hardship Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25

ARTICLE VIII  -  Allocation of Responsibilities - Named Fiduciaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         8.1  No Joint Fiduciary Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         8.2  The Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         8.3  The Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
         8.4  The Committee - Plan Administrator  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
         8.5  Committee to Construe Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
         8.6  Organization of Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
         8.7  Agent for Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
         8.8  Indemnification of Committee Members  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

ARTICLE IX  -  Trust Agreement - Investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
         9.1  Trust Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
         9.2  Expenses of Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
         9.3  Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

ARTICLE X  -  Termination and Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
         10.1  Termination of Plan or Discontinuance of Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
         10.2  Allocations upon Termination or Discontinuance of Company  Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
         10.3  Procedure Upon Termination of Plan or Discontinuance of Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
         10.4  Amendment by Alfalfa's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
         10.5  Amendment to Vesting Schedule  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30

ARTICLE XI  -  Special Provisions Regarding Company Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
         11.1  Special Distribution and Payment Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
         11.2  Put Option Requirements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
         11.3  Diversification of Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
         11.4  Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
         11.5  Investment of Trust Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
         11.6  Dividends  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
         11.7  Voting of Company Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
         11.8  Company Stock to Be Subject to Certain Conditions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
         11.9  Valuation of Company Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
         11.10  Distribution of Cash or Company Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
         11.11  Buy Sell Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35

</TABLE>




                                      iii
<PAGE>   5
<TABLE>
<S>           <C>                                                                                                      <C>
ARTICLE XII  -  Company Stock Purchased With Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
         12.1  Prohibition Against Non-Exempt Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
         12.2  Voting Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
         12.3  Allocation to Accounts of Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
         12.4  Non-Terminable Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40

ARTICLE XIII  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
         13.1  Adoption of Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
         13.2  Agent of Affiliated Entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
         13.3  Disaffiliation and Withdrawal from Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
         13.4  Effect of Disaffiliation or Withdrawal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
         13.5  Distribution Upon Disaffiliation or Withdrawal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41

ARTICLE XIV  -  Top-Heavy Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
         14.1  Application of Top-Heavy Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
         14.2  Determination of Top-Heavy Status  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
         14.3  Special Vesting Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
         14.4  Special Minimum Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
         14.5  Change in Top-Heavy Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43

ARTICLE XV  -  Miscellaneous  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
         15.1  Right to Dismiss Employees - No Employment Contract  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
         15.2  Claims Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
         15.3  Source of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
         15.4  Exclusive Benefit of Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
         15.5  Forms of Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
         15.6  Failure of Any Other Entity to Qualify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
         15.7  Notice of Adoption of the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
         15.8  Plan Merger  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
         15.9  Inalienability of Benefits - Domestic Relations Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
         15.10  Payments Due Minors or Incapacitated Individuals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
         15.11  Uniformity of Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
         15.12  Disposition of Unclaimed Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
         15.13  Pronouns:  Gender and Number  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
         15.14  Applicable Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
</TABLE>





                                       iv
<PAGE>   6
                         EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
                                       OF
                                ALFALFA'S, INC.


                                    PREAMBLE

         Natural Horizons, Inc., a Colorado corporation ("NHI"), established an
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "Plan") effective July 1, 1985.  NHI
concurrently established a trust (the "Trust") as part of the Plan.  Subsequent
to the adoption of the Plan by NHI, Alfalfa's, Inc., a Colorado corporation
("Alfalfa's"), the parent of NHI and Alfalfa's Boulder, Inc., a Colorado
corporation, adopted the Plan to cover the eligible Employees of Alfalfa's and
its Affiliated Entities (as defined herein) which have adopted or will adopt
the Plan and Trust.  Alfalfa's reserved the right and power to amend the Plan,
which it has done from time to time.  In the exercise of that right and power,
the Plan is hereby further amended and restated in its entirety, generally
effective June 28, 1993, unless provided otherwise.  Any Participant (as
defined herein) in the Plan who is credited with at least one Hour of Service
(as defined herein) after the effective date of this amendment and restatement
shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan as so amended and restated.
Any Participant in the Plan prior to the effective date of this amendment and
restatement who is not credited with an Hour of Service after the effective
date of this amendment and restatement shall continue to be governed by the
provisions of the Plan as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of
this amendment and restatement.  The Plan and Trust are intended to comply with
the provisions of the Code (as defined herein) and ERISA (as defined herein)
and to qualify both as a stock bonus plan for all purposes of the Code, and an
employee stock ownership plan under Code section 4975(e)(7).


                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS

         The following words and phrases shall have the meaning set forth
below:

         1.1     "Affiliated Entity" means:

                 (a)      for all Sections of the Plan except those listed in
Subsection (b), any corporation or other entity, now or hereafter formed, that
is or shall become affiliated with the Company, either directly or indirectly,
through stock ownership or control, and which is (i) included in the controlled
group of corporations (within the meaning of Code section 1563(a) without
regard to Code section 1563(a)(4) and Code section 1563(e)(3)(C)) in which the
Company is also included; (ii) included in the group of entities (whether or
not incorporated) under common control (within the meaning of Code section
414(c)) in which the Company is also included; (iii) included in an affiliated
service group (within the meaning of Code section 414(m)) in which the Company
is also included; (iv) required to be aggregated with the Company by Code
section 414(o); or (v) affiliated with the Company through stock ownership or
as otherwise determined by the Company.





                                       1
<PAGE>   7
                 (b)      for purposes of determining Annual Additions under
Section 1.3, limiting Annual Additions to a Participant's account(s) under
Section 3.3, and construing the defined terms as they are used in Sections 1.3
and 3.3 (such as "Compensation" and "Employee"), the term "Affiliated Entity"
means any Affiliated Entity as determined in Paragraphs (a)(iii) and (a)(iv),
and any entity that would be an Affiliated Entity under Paragraphs (a)(i) and
(a)(ii) if the phrase "more than 50%" were substituted for the phrase "at least
80%" each place it occurs in Code section 1563(a)(1).

         1.2     "Alternate Payee" means a Participant's Spouse, former spouse,
child, or other dependent who is recognized by a QDRO as having a right to
receive all, or a portion of, the benefits payable under this Plan with respect
to such Participant.

         1.3     "Annual Addition" means the allocations to a Participant's
account(s) for any Limitation Year, as described in detail below.

                 (a)      Annual Additions shall include:  (i) Company
Contributions to this Plan and any other defined contribution plan maintained
by the Company or any Affiliated Entity; (ii) after-tax contributions to any
other defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or any Affiliated
Entity; (iii) forfeitures allocated to a Participant's account(s) in this Plan
and any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or any
Affiliated Entity (except as provided in Paragraphs (b)(iii) and (b)(vi)
below); (iv) all amounts paid or accrued after December 31, 1985 in Taxable
Years ending after December 31, 1985, to a welfare benefit fund as defined in
Code section 419(e) and allocated to the separate account (under such welfare
benefit fund) of a Key Employee to provide post-retirement medical benefits;
and (v) contributions allocated on the Participant's behalf to any individual
medical account as defined in Code section 415(l)(2).

                 (b)      Annual Additions shall not include:  (i) rollover
contributions, made pursuant to Code section 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8),
405(d)(3), 408(d)(3), or 409(b)(3)(C) to any other defined contribution plan
maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Entity; (ii) repayments of loans
made to a Participant from a qualified plan maintained by the Company or any
Affiliated Entity; (iii) repayments of forfeitures for rehired Participants, as
described in Code sections 411(a)(7)(B) and 411(a)(3)(D); (iv) direct transfer
of employee contributions from one qualified plan to any other qualified
defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or any Affiliated Entity;
(v) deductible employee contributions within the meaning of Code section
72(o)(5); or (vi) repayments of forfeitures of missing individuals pursuant to
Section 15.12.

         1.4     "Break in Service" means a Plan Year in which a Participant
fails to receive credit for more than 500 Hours of Service.  A five-year Break
in Service means five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service.  A leave of
absence in a non-paid status that is approved in writing by the Company or an
Affiliated Entity shall not constitute a Break in Service for eligibility or
vesting purposes.  A leave of absence in a non-paid status that is approved in
writing by the Company shall not constitute a Break in Service for
participation purposes.

         1.5     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time, and the regulations and rulings in effect thereunder from
time to time.





                                       2
<PAGE>   8
         1.6     "Committee" means the administrative committee provided for in
Section 8.4.

         1.7     "Company" means Alfalfa's, any successor thereto, and any
Affiliated Entity that adopts the Plan pursuant to Article XIII.

         1.8     "Company Contributions" means all contributions to the Plan
made by the Company pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Plan Year.

         1.9     "Compensation" means:

                 (a)      Prior Years' Code Section 415 Compensation,
Inclusions.  Effective for Limitation Years ending before June 25, 1990, for
purposes of determining the limitation on Annual Additions under Section 3.3
and the minimum contribution under Section 14.4 when the Plan is top-heavy,
Compensation shall include the following amounts:

                          (i)     the Employee's wages, salaries, fees for
         professional  services and other amounts received for personal
         services actually rendered in the course of employment with the
         Company or an Affiliated Entity to the extent that the amounts are
         includable in gross income, including overtime, commissions,
         compensation based on profits, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits,
         reimbursements and expense allowances under a non-accountable plan as
         described in Treasury Regulation section 1.62-2(c), all foreign earned
         income as defined in Code section 911(b) (whether or not excludable
         from gross income under Code section 911), and any amounts that are
         excluded from income under Code sections 931 or 933;

                          (ii)    health benefits described in Code sections
         104(a)(3), 105(a) and 105(h) to the extent that such amounts are
         includable in the Employee's gross income;

                          (iii)   amounts paid or reimbursed by the Company or
         an Affiliated Entity for moving expenses incurred by the Employee, to
         the extent that, at the time of payment, it is reasonable to believe
         that such amounts are not deductible by the Employee under Code
         section 217;

                          (iv)    the value of a non-qualified stock option
         granted to the  Employee by the Company or an Affiliated Entity, to
         the extent that the value of the option is includable in the
         Employee's gross income for the taxable year in which the option is
         granted;

                          (v)     the amount includable in the Employee's gross
         income upon  making the election described in Code section 83(b); and

                          (vi)    any amounts received by the Employee,
         pursuant to an unfunded non-qualified plan, in the year such amounts
         are includable in the Employee's gross income.

                 (b)      Prior Years' Code Section 415 Compensation,
Exclusions.  Effective for Limitation Years ending before June 25, 1990, for
purposes of determining the limitations on Annual





                                       3
<PAGE>   9
Additions under Section 3.3 and the minimum contribution under Section 14.4
when the Plan is top-heavy, Compensation shall not include the following items:

                          (i)     contributions made by the Company or an
         Affiliated Entity  to a plan of deferred compensation, to the extent
         that, before the application of the limitations of Code section 415 to
         such plan, such contributions are not includable in the gross income
         of the Employee for the taxable year in which such contributions were
         contributed;

                          (ii)    contributions made by the Company or an
         Affiliated Entity on behalf of an Employee to a simplified employee
         pension plan described in Code section 408(k), to the extent that such
         contributions are not includable in the Employee's gross income;

                          (iii)   any distributions from a plan of deferred
         compensation, regardless of whether such amounts are includable in the
         gross income of the Employee;

                          (iv)    amounts realized from the exercise of a 
         non-qualified stock option;

                          (v)     amounts realized when restricted stock or
         property held by  the Employee becomes freely transferable or is no
         longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, as described in
         Code section 83;

                          (vi)    amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or
         other disposition of stock acquired under an incentive stock option;

                          (vii)   other amounts that receive special tax
         benefits, including premiums for group term life insurance, to the
         extent that the premiums are not includable in the Employee's gross
         income; and

                          (viii)  contributions made by the Company or an
         Affiliated Entity (whether or not pursuant to a salary reduction
         agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described in Code
         section 403(b) (whether or not such contributions are excludable from
         the gross income of the Employee).

                 (c)      Subsequent Years' Code Section 415 Compensation.
Effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after June 25, 1990, for
purposes of determining the limitation on Annual Additions under Section 3.3
and the minimum contribution under Section 14.4 when the Plan is top-heavy,
Compensation shall mean those amounts reported as "wages, tips, other
compensation" on Form W-2 by the Company or an Affiliated Entity, excluding
amounts paid or reimbursed by the Company or an Affiliated Entity for moving
expenses incurred by an Employee to the extent that it is reasonable to believe
at the time of payment that such amounts are deductible by the Employee under
Code section 217.

                 (d)      Code Section 415 Compensation, Other Rules.  For
purposes of Section 3.3, Compensation shall be measured over a Limitation Year.
For purposes of Section 14.4, Compensation shall be measured over that portion
of a Plan Year (i) after the Employee has satisfied





                                       4
<PAGE>   10
any eligibility requirement of Section 2.1 and (ii) while the Employee is a
Covered Employee.  For Plan Years or Limitation Years beginning before June 24,
1991, Compensation shall include amounts paid to or accrued by the Employee.
For Plan Years or Limitation Years beginning on or after June 24, 1991,
Compensation shall include amounts paid to the Employee, but shall not include
any additional amounts accrued by the Employee (except for de minimis amounts
earned but not paid because of the timing of pay periods, as provided in the
regulations under Code section 415).

                 (e)      Code Section 414(q) Compensation.  For purposes of
identifying Highly Compensated Employees and Key Employees under Sections 1.23,
1.25, and 1.40, Compensation shall mean those amounts reported as "wages, tips,
other compensation" on Form W-2 by the Company or an Affiliated Entity, and
elective contributions that are not includable in the Employee's income
pursuant to Code sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h), or 403(b).  Nevertheless,
Compensation shall exclude amounts paid or reimbursed by the Company or an
Affiliated Entity for moving expenses incurred by an Employee to the extent
that it is reasonable to believe at the time of payment that such amounts are
deductible by the Employee under Code section 217.  For purposes of identifying
Key Employees, Compensation shall be measured over a Plan Year; for purposes of
identifying Highly Compensated Employees, Compensation shall be measured over a
Determination Year or Look-Back Year, whichever is applicable.

                 (f)      Benefit Compensation.  For purposes of determining
and allocating Company Contributions under Subsection 3.1(a) and Section 4.4,
Compensation shall mean:

                          (i)     Effective from June 25, 1990 through June 23,
         1991, an Employee's base weekly cash compensation paid to an Employee
         by the Company for services rendered to the Company, together with
         overtime, but excluding expense allowances or reimbursements,
         management bonuses, Contributions under this Plan or any other
         retirement or life insurance program, or under any health or welfare
         plan, maintained by the Company to the extent that such Contributions
         are not included in the Employee's gross income for federal income tax
         purposes.

                          (ii)    Effective June 24, 1991, the amounts reported
         as "wages, tips, other compensation" on Form W-2 by the Company, plus
         elective contributions that are not includable in the Employee's
         income pursuant to Code sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h), 403(b),
         414(h)(2), or 457(b).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation
         shall exclude reimbursements and other expense allowances, fringe
         benefits, moving expenses, deferred compensation, and welfare
         benefits.  In addition, Compensation shall exclude management bonuses
         paid only to Highly Compensated Employees.  Compensation shall be
         measured over that portion of a Plan Year after the Employee has
         satisfied the eligibility requirements of Subsection 2.1(a) and while
         the Employee is a Covered Employee.

                 (g)      Limit on Compensation.  For purposes of calculating
the minimum contribution required in top-heavy years under Subsections (a),
(b), (c), and (d), and for purposes of calculating the maximum allocation of
Company Contributions under Subsection (f), the Compensation taken into account
for the appropriate time period shall not exceed the compensation





                                       5
<PAGE>   11
limit in effect for the calendar year in which the time period begins.  The
compensation limit is $200,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of Treasury).

         1.10    "Covered Employee" means any Employee of the Company except
for:

                 (a)      A leased employee within the meaning of Code section
414(n)(2);

                 (b)      A non-resident alien who either (i) receives no
earned income (within the meaning of Code section 911(d)(2)) from the Company
or any Affiliated Entity that constitutes income from sources within the United
States (within the meaning of Code section 861(a)(3)) or (ii) receives earned
income from the Company or an Affiliated Entity that constitutes income from
sources within the United States, but such income is exempt from United States
income tax by an income tax treaty or convention; and

                 (c)      An Employee included in a unit of Employees covered
by a collective bargaining agreement that does not provide for such Employee's
participation in the Plan, provided that retirement benefits were the subject
of good faith bargaining during the negotiation of such collective bargaining
agreement.

         1.11    "Determination Date" means, with respect to each Plan Year,
the last day of the preceding Plan Year; provided however, that, in the case of
the first Plan Year of the Plan, the Determination Date shall be the last day
of such Plan Year.

         1.12    "Determination Year" means the Plan Year.

         1.13    "Disability" means a physical or mental condition of an
Employee of the Company or an Affiliated Entity that, in the judgment of the
Committee based upon medical reports and other evidence satisfactory to the
Committee, presumably permanently prevents him from satisfactorily performing
his usual duties for the Company or the Affiliated Entity or the duties of such
other position or job that the Company or any Affiliated Entity makes available
to him and for which such Employee is qualified by reason of his training,
education, or experience.

         1.14    "Dollar Limitation" means $30,000 or, if greater, one-fourth
of the defined benefit dollar limitation set forth in Code section
415(b)(1)(A), as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury.

         1.15    "Domestic Relations Order" means any judgment, decree or order
(including approval of a property settlement agreement) issued by a court of
competent jurisdiction that relates to the provision of child support, alimony
payments, or marital property rights to a Spouse, former spouse, child, or
other dependent of the Participant and is made pursuant to a state domestic
relations law (including a community property law).

         1.16    "Effective Date" means the original effective date of this
Plan, July 1, 1985.

         1.17    "Employee" means each individual who performs services for the
Company or an Affiliated Entity and whose wages are subject to withholding by
the Company or an Affiliated





                                       6
<PAGE>   12
Entity.  The term "Employee" shall also include leased employees within the
meaning of Code section 414(n)(2); however, if leased employees constitute 20%
or less of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees of the Company and any
Affiliated Entities, the term "Employee" shall not include any leased employee
covered by a qualified plan described in Code section 414(n)(5)(B) that is
maintained by the leased employee's employer.

         1.18    "Employer Securities" means stock described in Code section
4975(e)(8) and in Treasury Regulation section 54.4975-12.

         1.19    "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended, and the regulations and rulings in effect thereunder from
time to time.


         1.20    "Family Group" means:

                 (a)      for purposes of Subsections 1.21(a) and 1.21(e), a
Five-Percent Owner or one of the ten most highly paid Highly Compensated
Employees of the Company or an Affiliated Entity, such Employee's Spouse, and
such Employee's descendants under the age of 19; and

                 (b)      for purposes of Subsections 1.21(b), 1.21(c), and
1.21(d), a Five-Percent Owner or one of the ten most highly paid Highly
Compensated Employees of the Company or an Affiliated Entity, and such
Employee's Spouse, lineal ascendants, descendants, and the spouses of any such
lineal ascendants or descendants.

         1.21    "Family Member" means an Employee who is a member of a Family
Group.  An Employee who is a member of a Family Group described in Subsection
1.20(a) during any day of a Plan Year shall be considered a Family Member for
the entire Plan Year.  An Employee who is a member of a Family Group described
in Subsection 1.20(b) during any day of a Determination Year or Look-Back Year
shall be considered a Family Member for the entire Determination Year or
Look-Back Year.  The special rules relating to Family Members are described
below.

                 (a)      The Compensation of the Family Members in one Family
Group is aggregated, and the combined Compensation of such Family Members is
limited to $200,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury) for the
purposes described in Subsection 1.9(g).

                 (b)      The term "Highly Compensated Employee" shall include
the Highly Compensated Employee (as determined in Section 1.23) and, if the
Highly Compensated Employee is a Five-Percent Owner or one of the ten most
highly paid Highly Compensated Employees of the Company or any Affiliated
Entity, the term shall also include any Family Member within the same Family
Group.  The Employees who are among the ten most highly paid Highly Compensated
Employees, the Employees who are among the 100 most highly paid Employees, and
the Employees who are members of the Top-Paid Group, shall be determined before
the aggregation rule of the preceding sentence is applied.

                 (c)      The limitations of Section 3.3 shall apply separately
to each Family Member.





                                       7
<PAGE>   13
                 (d)      If two or more Family Members of one Family Group are
entitled to an allocation of Company Contributions under Section 4.4, the
Compensation of the Family Members is aggregated and limited to $200,000 (as
adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury), and the allocation of the Family
Group is based on aggregated Compensation.  Each Family Member shall receive a
share of the Family Group's allocation in proportion to his Compensation.

         1.22    "Five-Percent Owner" means:

                 (a)      With respect to a corporation, any individual who
owns (either directly or indirectly according to the rules of Code section 318)
more than 5% of the value of the outstanding stock of the corporation or stock
possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of the
corporation.

                 (b)      With respect to a non-corporate entity, any
individual who owns (either directly or indirectly according to rules similar
to those of Code section 318) more than 5% of the capital or profits interest
in the entity.

An individual shall be a Five-Percent Owner for a particular year if such
individual is a Five-Percent Owner at any time during such year.

         1.23    "Highly Compensated Employee" means:

                 (a)      Any Employee who performs service for the Company or
an Affiliated Entity during the Determination Year and who, during the
Look-Back Year:  (i) received Compensation from the Company and Affiliated
Entities in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of  the Treasury);
(ii) received Compensation from the Company and Affiliated Entities in excess
of $50,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury) and was a member of
the Top-Paid Group; or (iii) was an officer of the Company or an Affiliated
Entity and received Compensation greater than 50% of the dollar limitation in
effect under Code section 415(b)(1)(A).

                 (b)      Employees who are both (i) described in Paragraph
(a)(i), (a)(ii), or (a)(iii) above when the words "Determination Year" are
substituted for the words "Look-Back Year" and (ii) one of the 100 most highly
paid Employees during the Determination Year.

                 (c)      A Five-Percent Owner during the Look-Back Year or
Determination Year.

                 (d)      If no officer has Compensation in excess of 50% of
the limit described in Paragraph (a)(iii) above, the highest paid officer for
such year shall be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee.

                 (e)      For purposes of determining Highly Compensated
Employees under Paragraph (a)(iii), the number of officers shall be limited to
50 (or, if lesser, the greater of three or 10% of all Employees, excluding
those Employees who may be excluded in determining the Top-Paid Group).





                                       8
<PAGE>   14
                 (f)      Notwithstanding the above, if the Company and
Affiliated Entities maintained significant business activities in at least two
significantly separate geographic areas during the Look-Back Year or the
Determination Year, Alfalfa's may elect, in its sole discretion, to identify
Highly Compensated Employees using the simplified method described in Code
section 414(q)(12).  Under this method, Highly Compensated Employees are
identified using the method described in Subsections (a) through (e) above,
with the following modifications:  (i) the amount "$75,000" in Paragraph (a)(i)
is replaced by the amount "$50,000"; (ii) Paragraph (a)(ii) is deleted; and
(iii) the reference in Subsection (b) to Paragraph (a)(ii) is ignored.

         1.24    "Hour of Service" means:

                 (a)      Each hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled
to payment by the Company or an Affiliated Entity for the performance of duties
for the Company or an Affiliated Entity during the applicable computation
period.  Hours of Service under this Subsection shall be credited to the
Employee for the computation period or periods in which the duties are
performed, regardless of when the Employee is paid for such duties.

                 (b)      Each hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled
to payment by the Company or an Affiliated Entity on account of a period of
time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the
employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness,
incapacity (including Disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of
absence.  Hours of Service under this Subsection shall be credited to the
Employee for the computation period or periods in which the period during which
no duties are performed occurs, beginning with the first unit of time to which
the payment relates.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence:

                          (i)     No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be
         credited under  this Subsection to an Employee on account of any
         single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties
         (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period);

                          (ii)    An hour for which an Employee is directly or
         indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during
         which no duties are performed shall not be credited to the Employee if
         such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the
         purpose of complying with applicable worker's compensation,
         unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws; and

                          (iii)   Hours of Service shall not be credited for a
         payment that solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically
         related expenses incurred by the Employee.  For purposes of this
         Subsection a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the
         Company or an Affiliated Entity regardless of whether such payment is
         made by or due from the Company or Affiliated Entity directly, or
         indirectly through, among others, a Trust Fund, or insurer, to which
         the Company or Affiliated Entity contributes or pays premiums and
         regardless of whether contributions made or due to the Trust Fund,
         insurer or other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees or
         are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate.





                                       9
<PAGE>   15
                 (c)      Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of
mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Company or an
Affiliated Entity.  Hours of Service under this Subsection shall be credited to
the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or
agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award,
agreement or payment is made.  The same Hours of Service shall not be credited
both under this Subsection and either Subsection (a) or Subsection (b).

                 (d)      In the case of each Employee who is absent from work
for any period by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee, by reason of the
birth of a child of the Employee, by reason of the placement of a child with
the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by such Employee, or
for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately
following such birth or placement, the Plan shall treat as Hours of Service,
solely for purposes of determining whether a one-year Break in Service has
occurred for purposes of vesting and participation (but not for purposes of
benefit accrual), the following hours:  (i) the Hours of Service that otherwise
would normally have been credited to such Employee but for such absence, or
(ii) in any case in which the Plan is unable to determine the hours described
in Paragraph (d)(i), eight Hours of Service per day of such absence, provided,
however, that the total number of hours treated as Hours of Service under this
Subsection shall not exceed 501 Hours of Service.  The hours described in this
Subsection shall be treated as Hours of Service only in the year in which the
absence from work begins, if an Employee would be prevented from incurring a
one-year Break in Service in such year solely because the period of absence is
treated as Hours of Service as provided in this Subsection, or in any other
case, in the immediately following year.  For purposes of this Subsection, the
term "year" means the period used in computing a Break in Service.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine that no credit will
be given pursuant to this Subsection unless the Employee furnishes to the
Committee such timely information as the Committee may reasonably require to
establish that the absence from work is for reasons referred to in the first
sentence of this Subsection and the number of days for which there was such an
absence.

                 (e)      For purposes of calculating the Hours of Service to
be credited to periods during which no duties are performed and determining the
computation periods to which hours shall be credited, the rules set forth in
Subsections (b) and (c) of Department of Labor Regulation section 2530.200b-2
are hereby incorporated by reference as though such provisions were fully set
forth at this point.

                 (f)      In the case of an Employee for whom no time records
are kept by the Company, credit for service shall be given at the rate of ten
Hours of Service for each day during which the Employee is employed by the
Company.

         1.25    "Key Employee" means an individual described in Code section
416(i) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.


         1.26    "Limitation Year" means, for purposes of Plan Years ending on
or before June 27, 1993, the Plan Year for purposes of Code section 415.
Effective June 28, 1993, the Limitation Year





                                       10
<PAGE>   16
means the calendar year for purposes of Code Section 415.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the period commencing June 28, 1993 and ending on December 31, 1993
shall be a Limitation Year and the limitations provided by Code section 415
shall be prorated for such short Limitation Year in accordance with the
regulations promulgated under Code section 415.

         1.27    "Look-Back Year" means the twelve months immediately preceding
the Determination Year.

         1.28    "Non-Highly Compensated Employee" means an Employee of the
Company or an Affiliated Entity who is neither a Highly Compensated Employee
nor a Family Member.

         1.29    "Non-Key Employee" means any Employee who is not a Key
Employee.

         1.30    "Normal Retirement Age" means age 65.

         1.31    "Participant" means any individual with an account balance
under the Plan except beneficiaries and Alternate Payees.  The term
"Participant" shall also include any Covered Employee who has satisfied the
eligibility requirements of Section 2.1, but who does not yet have an account
balance.

         1.32    "Plan Year" means the 12-month period on which the records of
the Plan are kept, which shall be the Taxable Year of Alfalfa's which is the
52/53 week period ending on the last Sunday in June of each year.

         1.33    "Qualified Domestic Relations Order ("QDRO")" means a Domestic
Relations Order that creates or recognizes the existence of an Alternate
Payee's right to, or assigns to an Alternate Payee the right to, receive all or
a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a Participant under the Plan
and with respect to which the requirements of Subsection 15.9(c) are met.

         1.34    "Qualified Election Period" means the five Plan Year period
beginning with the later of (a) the Plan Year after the Plan Year in which the
Participant attains age 55; or, (b) the Plan Year after the Plan Year in which
the Participant first becomes a Qualified Participant.

         1.35    "Qualified Participant" means a Participant who has attained
age 55 and who has completed at least 10 years of participation.

         1.36    "Required Beginning Date" means:


                 (a)      for a Participant who attains age 70-1/2 after
December 31, 1987, April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in
which the Participant attains age 70-1/2;

                 (b)      for a Participant who attains age 70-1/2 before
January 1, 1988, and is not a "five-percent owner" (as defined below), April 1
of the calendar year following the later of (i) the





                                       11
<PAGE>   17
calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2, or (ii) the calendar
year in which the Participant retires;

                 (c)      for a Participant who attains age 70-1/2 during
calendar year 1988 and is not a "five-percent owner" (as defined below), April
1, 1990; and

                 (d)      for a Participant who attains age 70-1/2 before
January 1, 1988, and is a "five-percent owner" (as defined below), April 1 of
the calendar year following the later of (i) the calendar year in which the
Participant attains age 70-1/2, or (ii) the earlier of (A) the calendar year
with or within which ends the Plan Year in which the Participant becomes a
"five-percent owner," or (B) the calendar year in which the Participant
retires.

For purposes of this Section only, a "five-percent owner" means any individual
who is a Five-Percent Owner at any time subsequent to the Plan Year ending
within the calendar year in which such individual attains age 65-1/2.

         1.37    "Spouse" means the individual to whom a Participant is
lawfully married according to the law of the state of the Participant's
domicile on any of the following dates, as applicable: the date of the
Participant's death, the date any election is filed pursuant to Article VI, or
the date the Participant's benefits commence.  A former Spouse of a Participant
shall have no interest in this Plan, except as provided in a QDRO or in a
beneficiary designation form executed by the Participant after the Spouse had
become a former Spouse.

         1.38    "Stock" means the Company's $.01 par value Class A Common
Stock or Class B Common Stock, which Stock shall have a combination of voting
power and dividend rights equal to or in excess of (a) that class of common
stock of the Company having the greatest voting power, and (b) that class of
common stock of the Company having the greatest dividend rights.

         1.39    "Taxable Year" means the accounting period of the Company for
federal income tax purposes.

         1.40    "Top-Paid Group" means the top 20% of Employees ranked on the
basis of Compensation received during a Determination Year or Look-Back Year.
For purposes of determining the number of Employees in the Top-Paid Group, the
following Employees may be excluded:

                 (a)      any Employee who has not completed six months of
service before the end of the applicable year;

                 (b)      any Employee who normally works less than 17-1/2
hours per week, as defined in the regulations under Code section 414(q);

                 (c)      any Employee who normally works less than six months
during the applicable year, as defined in the regulations under Code section
414(q);





                                       12
<PAGE>   18
                 (d)      any Employee who has not attained age 21 before the
end of the applicable year; and

                 (e)      any Employee who is a non-resident alien and who
receives no earned income (within the meaning of Code section 911(d)(2)) from
the Company or any Affiliated Entity that constitutes income from sources
within the United States (within the meaning of Code section 861(a)(3)) during
the applicable year.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Alfalfa's may elect, on a consistent and uniform
basis, to modify the permissible exclusions set forth above by substituting any
shorter period of service or lower age.  Alfalfa's may elect to include all
Employees in determining the Top-Paid Group.

         1.41    "Total Distribution" means a distribution to a Participant or
a Participant's beneficiary, within one taxable year of such recipient, of the
entire balance to the credit of the Participant.

         1.42    "Valuation Date" means the last day of each Plan Year and any
other dates as specified in Section 4.2 as of which the assets of the Trust
Fund are valued at fair market value and as of which the increase or decrease
in the net worth of the Trust Fund is allocated among the Participants'
accounts.

         1.43    "Year of Service" means a Plan Year in which an Employee has
at least 1,000 Hours of Service.  For purposes of eligibility under Section 2.1
and vesting under Section 5.1, Years of Service prior to the Effective Date
shall be included.  Years of Service shall accrue while an Employee is on an
approved leave of absence; however, unless the Employee is absent because of
military service or jury duty, the Employee shall not be credited with more
than six months of service (or such longer period of service as satisfies the
safe-harbor rule in the regulations under Code section 401(a)(4)) towards his
Years of Service while he is absent.  In computing service for vesting purposes
for years prior to this Amendment and Restatement, if an Employee would receive
greater credit under the terms of the Plan as in effect on the day prior to
this amendment and restatement than under the current provisions of this Plan,
his vesting service prior to the date of this Amendment and Restatement shall
be determined under the terms of the Plan as in effect on the day prior to this
amendment and restatement.  For rehired Employees, Years of Service for vesting
purposes shall be calculated according to the rules in Section 5.6.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                 PARTICIPATION

2.1  Participation - Required Service - Minimum Age.

         Each Covered Employee who has fulfilled the requirements of this
Section as of June 25, 1990, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as of
June 25, 1990.  Each other Covered Employee shall be eligible to participate in
the Plan as of the the first day of the first Plan Year during which the
Employee has attained age 18 and receives credit for 1,000 or more Hours of
Service.  If earlier,





                                       13
<PAGE>   19
each Covered Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan upon the
earlier of the first day of the Plan Year or first day of the seventh month of
the Plan Year coincident with or next following the date he first satisfies the
following conditions:

                 (a)      he attains age 18; and

                 (b)      he completes either (i) a 12-consecutive-month period
of employment with the Company or an Affiliated Entity beginning with the date
he first performed an Hour of Service during which he is credited with 1,000 or
more Hours of Service, or (ii) one Year of Service.

2.2  Break in Covered Employee Status.

         A Covered Employee who had satisfied the age and service requirements
of Section 2.1 before ceasing to be a Covered Employee, and who later becomes a
Covered Employee again, shall immediately be eligible to participate in the
Plan.

2.3  Enrollment - Procedure.

         Each Covered Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements
of Section 2.1 shall fill out and sign an enrollment form supplied by the
Committee (and any other forms the Committee may require) and return such
form(s) to the Committee.  The form(s) shall include, among other information,
the address and date of birth of the Covered Employee, and the name, address,
and date of birth of each beneficiary of the Covered Employee.

2.4  Voluntary Non-Participation.

         A Covered Employee may elect to not participate in the Plan for any
Plan Year by filing with the Committee a written notice of non-participation.
A new election shall be required for each year of non-participation.  Such
election may be made retroactively, but not for any period during which a
benefit has accrued to the Covered Employee.  Upon the expiration of his period
of non-participation, the Covered Employee, if he has satisfied the
requirements of Subsection 2.1, shall immediately be eligible to participate in
the Plan.  A Covered Employee who has elected to not participate in the Plan
for a Plan Year shall not thereafter, by revocation of election or otherwise,
be entitled to receive an allocation of Company Contributions for such year.
The operation of this Section may be suspended in whole or in part by the
Committee if it determines, upon advice of counsel, that voluntary
non-participation may endanger the tax-qualified status of the Plan.

2.5  Absences.

         A leave of absence in a non-paid status approved in writing by the
Company or an Affiliated Entity shall not constitute a termination of
employment for eligibility or vesting purposes.  A leave of absence in a
non-paid status approved in writing by the Company shall not constitute a
termination of employment for participation purposes.





                                       14
<PAGE>   20
                                  ARTICLE III
                                 CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1  Company Contributions.

                 (a)      Type of Contribution.  For each Plan Year, the
Company shall contribute to the Trust Fund such amount of Company
Contributions, if any, as may be authorized by the Company.  Such contributions
shall either be contributions made to pay interest and/or principal on an
exempt loan pursuant to Article XII hereof ("ESOP Contributions") or regular
stock bonus contributions ("Stock Bonus Contributions").  Company Contributions
shall be allocated to Company Contributions accounts.

                 (b)      Form of Contribution.  Company Contributions may be
made in cash or in Stock, as determined by the Company.

                 (c)      Miscellaneous Contributions.

                          (i)     The Company may make additional contributions
         to the Plan  to restore amounts forfeited from the Company
         Contributions accounts of certain rehired Participants, pursuant to
         Section 5.4.  This additional contribution shall be required only when
         the forfeitures occurring during the Plan Year are insufficient to
         restore such forfeited amounts, as described in Section 5.5.  This
         contribution shall be allocated to the Participant's Company
         Contributions account.


                          (ii)    The Company may make additional contributions
         to the Plan to satisfy the minimum contribution required by Section
         14.4.  The Company may elect to use any portion of forfeitures
         occurring during the Plan Year for this purpose, pursuant to Section
         5.5.  This contribution shall be allocated to Company Contributions
         accounts.

                          (iii)   The Company may make additional contributions
         to the Plan to restore the forfeited benefit of any missing
         individual, pursuant to Section 15.12.  This additional contribution
         shall be required only when the forfeitures occurring during the Plan
         Year are insufficient to restore such forfeited amounts, as described
         in Section 5.5.

                 (d)      Limitations.  Company Contributions for a Plan Year
(excluding forfeitures) shall not exceed the amount allowable as a deduction
for the Taxable Year ending with or within the Plan Year pursuant to Code
section 404, including carry forwards of unused deductions for prior Taxable
Years.  Company Contributions shall be paid to the Trustee no later than the
due date (including any extensions) for filing the Company's federal income tax
return for such year. Company Contributions may be made without regard to
current or accumulated earnings and profits.

3.2  Return of Contributions.

         Upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall return:





                                       15
<PAGE>   21
                 (a)      To the Company, any Company Contribution made under a
mistake of fact.  The amount that shall be returned shall not exceed the excess
of the amount contributed (reduced to reflect any decrease in the net worth of
the Trust Fund attributable thereto) over the amount that would have been
contributed without the mistake of fact.  Appropriate reductions shall be made
in the accounts of Participants to reflect the return of any contributions
previously credited to such accounts.  However, no contribution shall be
returned to the extent that such reduction would reduce the account of a
Participant to an amount less than the balance that would have been credited to
his account had the contribution not been made.  Any contribution made under a
mistake of fact shall be returned within one year after the date of payment.

                 (b)      To the Company, any Company Contribution that is not
deductible under Code section 404.  All contributions under the Plan are
expressly conditioned upon their deductibility for federal income tax purposes.
The amount that shall be returned shall be the excess of the amount contributed
(reduced to reflect any decrease in the net worth of the Trust Fund
attributable thereto) over the amount that would have been contributed if there
had not been a mistake in determining the deduction.  Appropriate reductions
shall be made in the accounts of Participants to reflect the return of any
contributions previously credited to such accounts.  However, no contribution
shall be returned to the extent that such reduction would reduce the account(s)
of a Participant to an amount less than the balance that would have been
credited to his account(s) had the contribution not been made.  Any
contribution conditioned on its deductibility shall be returned within one year
after it is disallowed as a deduction.

3.3  Limitation on Annual Additions.

                 (a)      The Annual Additions to a Participant's account(s) in
this Plan and any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or
an Affiliated Entity for any Limitation Year shall not exceed in the aggregate
the lesser of (i) 25% of such Employee's Compensation or (ii) the applicable
Dollar Limitation.

                 (b)      Special Limitations--Notwithstanding the foregoing
limitations on Annual Additions, in any Plan Year in which not more than
one-third of the ESOP Contribution is allocated to Highly Compensated
Employees, the limitations on Annual Additions shall not apply to (i)
forfeitures of shares of Stock that were acquired with the proceeds of an
exempt loan as described in Code section 404(a)(9)(A), or (ii) Company
Contributions to the Plan that are deductible under Code section 404(a)(9)(B)
and allocated to Participant accounts.

                 (c)      If, as a result of a reasonable error in estimating
Compensation, or as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, or as a result
of other facts and circumstances as provided in the regulations under Code
section 415, the Annual Additions to a Participant's account(s) would, but for
this Subsection, exceed the foregoing limits, his Company Contributions under
any other qualified plan maintained by the Company for the Plan Year shall be
reduced to the extent necessary.  If further reduction is required, the
Participant's share of the Company Contribution to this Plan allocated to the
Participant shall be reduced to the extent necessary.  The amount of any
reduction of Company Contributions shall be placed in a suspense account in the
Trust Fund and used to reduce Company Contributions to the Plan.  The following
rules shall apply to such suspense





                                       16
<PAGE>   22
account:  (i) no further Company Contributions may be made if the allocation
thereof would be precluded by Code section 415; (ii) any increase or decrease
in the net value of the Trust Fund attributable to the suspense account shall
not be allocated to the suspense account, but shall be allocated to the
remainder of the Trust Fund; and (iii) all amounts held in the suspense account
shall be allocated as of each succeeding allocation date on which forfeitures
may be allocated pursuant to Section 5.5 (and may be allocated more frequently
if the Committee so directs), until the suspense account is exhausted.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                          INTERESTS IN THE TRUST FUND

4.1  Participants' Accounts.

         The Committee shall establish and maintain separate accounts in the
name of each Participant, but the maintenance of such accounts shall not
require any segregation of assets of the Trust Fund.  Each Participant's share
of the Company Contributions under Section 3.1(a) and forfeitures, together
with any increase or decrease in the net worth of the Trust fund attributable
to such Contributions and forfeitures, shall be credited to his or her "Company
Contributions account."  A separate account shall be maintained for each
Participant who participated in the Plan when tax credit contributions were
permitted under the Plan and such account shall be referred to as a
Participant's "Tax Credit Contributions account."  Shares of Stock contributed
to or purchased by the Trust fund shall be allocated directly to the
appropriate Participant account.

4.2  Valuation of Trust Fund.

                 (a)      General.  Subject to the provisions of Section 11.9,
the Trustee shall value the assets of the Trust Fund at least annually as of
the last day of the Plan Year, and as of any other dates determined by the
Committee, at their current fair market value and determine the net worth of
the Trust Fund.  In addition, the Committee may direct the Trustee to have a
special valuation of the assets of the Trust Fund when the Committee
determines, in its sole discretion, that such valuation is necessary or
appropriate or in the event of unusual market fluctuations of such assets.
Such special valuation shall not include any Company Contributions for the
current Plan Year, or any unallocated forfeitures, provided that any forfeited
Stock shall be valued at fair market value for purposes of allocations and the
limitations of Section 3.3.  The Trustee shall allocate the expenses of the
Trust Fund occurring since the preceding Valuation Date, pursuant to Section
9.2, and then determine the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Trust
Fund that has occurred since the preceding Valuation Date.  The Trustee shall
determine the share of the increase of decrease that is attributable to the
non-separately accounted for portion of the Trust Fund and to any amount
separately accounted for, as described in Subsections (b) and (c).

                 (b)      Mandatory Separate Accounting.  The Trustee shall
separately account for amounts subject to a Domestic Relations Order, to
provide a more equitable allocation of any increase or decrease in the net
worth of the Trust Fund.





                                       17
<PAGE>   23
                 (c)      Permissible Separate Accounting.  The Trustee may
separately account for the following amounts to provide a more equitable
allocation of any increase or decrease in the net worth of the Trust Fund:

                          (i)     the distributable amount of a Participant,
         pursuant to  Section 6.6, including any amount distributable to an
         Alternate Payee or to a beneficiary of a deceased Participant; and

                          (ii)    Any other amounts for which separate
         accounting will provide a more equitable allocation of the increase or
         decrease in the net worth of the Trust Fund.


                 (d)      Stock Not Traded on Established Market.  Should the
Committee determine that the fair market value as of the next preceding
Valuation Date of any class of Stock not traded on an established market shall
not substantially reflect the fair market value thereof at any time when shares
of such class are to be purchased from the Company or any other person, or at
the time of any Company Contribution of shares of such class, a special
valuation of such shares shall be conducted pursuant to Section 11.9 as of the
close of the calendar month immediately preceding any such purchase or
contribution.  Subject to Section 11.9, any determination made by the Committee
in good faith hereunder with respect to the value of the Trust fund, or shares
of such class of Stock, or the appropriate time for valuation hereunder, shall
be final and conclusive on all parties hereto.

4.3  Allocation of Increase or Decrease in Net Worth.

                 (a)      The Trustee shall, as of each Valuation Date,
allocate the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Trust Fund that has
occurred since the preceding Valuation Date between the non-separately
accounted for portion of the Trust Fund and the amounts separately accounted
for that are identified in Subsections 4.2(b) and 4.2(c).

                 (b)      The increase or decrease attributable to the
non-separately accounted for portion of the Trust Fund shall be allocated among
the appropriate accounts in the ratio that the dollar value of each such
account bore to the aggregate dollar value of all such accounts on the
preceding Valuation Date after all allocations and credits made as of such date
had been completed.

                 (c)      After the allocation in Subsection (b) is completed,
the Trustee shall allocate any amounts separately accounted for (including the
increase or decrease in the net worth of the Trust Fund attributable to such
amounts) to the appropriate account(s) if such separate accounting is no longer
necessary.

4.4  Allocation of Company Contributions and Forfeitures.

                 (a)      As of the last day of the Plan Year, the Trustee
shall allocate the Company Contributions for such Plan Year (including such
forfeitures occurring during such Plan Year that are treated as Company
Contributions pursuant to Section 5.5).  These amounts shall be allocated among
the Company Contributions accounts of Participants who received credit for one
Hour of





                                       18
<PAGE>   24
Service as a Covered Employee during the Plan Year after satisfying the
requirements of Section 2.1 and who received credit for a Year of Service
during such Plan Year and who were employed on the last day of the Plan Year or
who died, retired or terminated employment because of a Disability during such
year (whether or not credited with a Year of Service during such Plan Year).

                 (b)      The Committee shall, as of the last day of each Plan
Year, allocate the Company Contribution to the account of each eligible
Participant in the same proportion that each such Participant's total points
with respect to such Plan Year, as computed below, bears to the total points
awarded to all such Participants with respect to such Plan Year.  A
Participant's points with respect to any Plan Year shall be computed as
follows:  (i) one point shall be credited to each Participant for each three
months of service with the Company credited to such Participant as of the end
of such Plan Year; and (ii) one point shall be credited to each Participant for
each $500 (or fraction thereof in excess of $250) of Compensation received by
such Participant during such Plan Year.  For purposes of the foregoing, a
Participant shall receive credit for one full month of service for each month,
or portion thereof, during which the Participant is employed by the Company.
Months of service shall be credited to Participants on a cumulative basis,
starting with each Participant's original date of employment by the Company.


                                   ARTICLE V
                               AMOUNT OF BENEFITS

5.1  Vesting Schedule.

         A Participant shall have a fully vested and nonforfeitable interest in
all his account(s) upon his 65th birthday if he is an Employee on such date,
his death while an Employee or while on an approved leave of absence from the
Company or an Affiliated Entity, or his termination of employment with the
Company or an Affiliated Entity because of a Disability.  In all other
instances his vested interest shall be calculated according to the following
rules.

                 (a)      Tax Credit Contributions Account.  A Participant
shall be fully vested at all times in his Tax Credit Contributions account.

                 (b)      Company Contributions Account.  A Participant shall
become vested in his Company Contributions account in accordance with the
following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Years of Service                          Vested Percentage
                     ----------------                          -----------------
                       <S>                                           <C>
                       fewer than 3                                    0
                            3                                         30
                            4                                         40
                            5                                         60
                            6                                         80
                        7 or more                                    100
</TABLE>





                                       19
<PAGE>   25
5.2  Forfeitures.

                 (a)      Notwithstanding the vesting rules of Section 5.1,
Annual Additions to a Participant's accounts and any increase or decrease in
the net worth of the Trust Fund attributable to such Annual Additions may be
reduced to satisfy the limits described in Section 3.3.  Any such reduction
shall be allocated as specified in Section 3.3.

                 (b)      Notwithstanding the vesting rules of Section 5.1, a
missing individual's vested accounts may be forfeited as of the last day of any
Plan Year, as provided in Section 15.12.  Any such forfeiture shall be
allocated as specified in Section 5.5.

                 (c)      A Participant's non-vested interest in his Company
Contributions account shall be forfeited at the end of the earliest of the
following Plan Years:

                          (i)     the Plan Year in which the Participant
         receives a  distribution of his entire vested interest in his Company
         Contributions account;

                          (ii)    the Plan Year in which the Participant
         terminates  employment, if the Participant terminates employment with
         the Company and all Affiliated Entities while he is 0% vested (in such
         case the Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution
         of his entire vested interest in such account on the day he terminated
         employment); or

                          (iii)   the Plan Year in which the Participant 
         incurs a one-year  Break in Service.

5.3  Restoration of Forfeitures.

         The forfeiture of a missing individual's account(s), as described in
Section 15.12, shall be restored to such individual if he makes a claim for
such amount.  Forfeitures of a Participant's non-vested interest in his Company
Contributions account shall be restored under the following conditions; no
other forfeitures shall be restored.

                 (a)      If a Participant is rehired before he incurs a
five-year Break in Service, and the Participant has received a distribution of
his entire vested interest in his Company Contributions account (with the
result that the Participant forfeited his non-vested interest in such account),
then the Participant may repay to the Plan the entire distribution, without
interest, within five years of his date of reemployment.  If timely repayment
is made, the exact amount of the forfeiture shall be restored to the
Participant's account.  If timely repayment is not made, no forfeiture shall be
restored.

                 (b)      If a Participant was 0% vested at the time he
terminated employment with the Company and Affiliated Entities, and he is
rehired before he incurs a five-year Break in Service, then the Company shall
restore the exact amount forfeited from his Company Contributions account.

                 (c)      If a Participant is rehired before he incurs a
five-year Break in Service, and the Participant has not received a distribution
of his entire vested interest in his Company





                                       20
<PAGE>   26
Contributions account (but the Participant has forfeited his non-vested
interest in such account), then the Company shall restore the exact amount
forfeited from such account.

                 (d)      If a Participant is rehired after he incurs a
five-year Break in Service, then no amount forfeited from his Company
Contributions account shall be restored to such account.

                 (e)      A Participant may repay the amount of a prior
distribution by either (i) transferring to the Trustee a number of shares of
Stock equal in value (based on the value of the Stock as of the last day of the
month immediately preceding the date of repayment) to the value of Stock
received at the time of the prior distribution, or (ii) paying to the Trustee
in cash an amount equal to the value of Stock (or cash) received as of the time
of the prior distribution.

All the rights, benefits, and features available to the Participant when the
forfeiture occurred shall be available with respect to the restored forfeiture.

5.4  Method of Forfeiture Restoration.

         Forfeitures that are restored pursuant to Section 5.3 shall be
accomplished by an allocation of the forfeitures occurring during the Plan
Year, pursuant to Section 5.5, or if such forfeitures are insufficient, by a
special Company Contribution, pursuant to Paragraph 3.1(c)(i).

5.5  Allocation of Forfeitures.

         As of the last day of each Plan Year, the forfeitures that occurred
during the Plan Year shall be allocated as follows.  If more than one employer
has adopted this Plan pursuant to Article XIII, forfeitures arising in accounts
of Employees of each participating employer shall be aggregated and then
allocated as follows.  The forfeitures shall first be used to restore
forfeitures pursuant to Section 5.4.  Any remaining forfeitures shall be
allocated as though it were an additional Company Contribution to the Plan.

5.6  Credits for Pre-Break Service.

                 (a)      Company Contributions Made After Reemployment.

                          (i)     A Participant who is vested in any portion of
         his Company  Contributions account, who incurs a Break in Service, and
         who is thereafter reemployed, shall receive credit for vesting
         purposes for Years of Service prior to his Break in Service upon
         completing a Year of Service after such Break in Service.

                          (ii)    A Participant who is not vested in any
         portion of his Company Contributions account, who incurs a Break in
         Service, and who is thereafter reemployed, shall receive credit for
         vesting purposes for Years of Service prior to his Break in Service
         only if (A) he completes a Year of Service after such Break in
         Service, and (B) the number of consecutive one-year Breaks in Service
         is less than the greater of five or the aggregate number of Years of
         Service before such break.





                                       21
<PAGE>   27
                 (b)      Company Contributions Made Prior to Termination.
Years of Service after a Participant has incurred a five-year Break in Service
shall be disregarded in determining the vested percentage in a Participant's
Company Contributions account at the time of the break.

5.7  Transfers - Portability.

         If any other employer adopts this or a similar plan and enters into a
reciprocal agreement with the Company that provides that (a) the transfer of a
Participant from such employer to the Company (or vice versa) shall not be
deemed a termination of employment for purposes of the plans, and (b) service
with either or both employers shall be credited for purposes of vesting under
both plans, then the transferred Participant's account shall be unaffected by
the transfer, except, if deemed advisable by the Committee, it may be
transferred to the trustee of the other plan.

5.8  Reemployment - Separate Account.

         If a Participant returns to employment with the Company or an
Affiliated Entity before receiving the entire vested portion of his Company
Contributions account, the vested portion that has not been distributed shall
be held in a separate Company Contributions account for such Participant.  The
Participant shall be fully vested in such account and no further Company
Contributions shall be allocated to that account.  In all other respects, such
account shall be treated as a Company Contributions account.  A new Company
Contributions account shall be established to which all appropriate Company
Contributions made after the date of reemployment shall be allocated.  If a
Participant becomes fully vested in two or more Company Contributions accounts,
all such accounts shall be merged into one account.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                            DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

6.1  Beneficiaries.

         Each Participant (or, if the Participant has died, his beneficiary)
shall file with the Committee a designation of the beneficiaries and contingent
beneficiaries to whom the distributable amount (determined in Section 6.3)
shall be paid in the event of his death.  A beneficiary designation may be
changed by the Participant or beneficiary at any time and without the consent
of any previously designated beneficiary; however, if the Participant is
married, his Spouse shall be the beneficiary designated to receive the benefits
payable under this Article VI unless his Spouse has consented to the
designation of a different beneficiary.  To be effective, the Spouse's consent
must be in writing, witnessed by a notary public, and filed with the Committee.
Any such election shall be effective only as to the Spouse who signed the
election.  If a Participant has designated his Spouse as his beneficiary, and
the Participant and this Spouse subsequently divorce, then the beneficiary
designation shall be void and of no effect on the day such divorce is final.
In the absence of an effective beneficiary designation as to any portion of the
distributable amount of the deceased Participant's account(s), such amount
shall be paid to the Participant's surviving Spouse; or if none,





                                       22
<PAGE>   28
in equal shares to his surviving children and issue of deceased children by
right of representation; or if none, in equal shares to each surviving parent;
or if none, to his estate.

6.2  Consent.

                 (a)      If a Participant's account(s) are immediately
distributable under Section 6.5, and if the nonforfeitable portion of the
Participant's account(s) has an aggregate value of $3,500 or less (calculated
in accordance with applicable Treasury regulations), and if distributions
pursuant to Section 6.5 have not begun, then the Committee shall distribute the
distributable amount (determined in Section 6.3) of the Participant's
account(s) without the Participant's (or his Spouse's) consent.  Any such
distribution shall be in the form of a lump sum.  Any such distribution shall
be made to the Participant, or, if deceased, to his beneficiary determined in
Section 6.1.

                 (b)      If a Participant's account(s) are immediately
distributable under Section 6.5, and if the nonforfeitable portion of a
Participant's account(s) has an aggregate value greater than $3,500 (calculated
in accordance with applicable Treasury regulations), then, except as provided
in Subsection 6.5(c) or 6.5(d), any distribution of such account(s) shall only
be made with the consent of the Participant (or, if the Participant is
deceased, the beneficiary determined under Section 6.1).  To be effective, the
consent to the form of distribution and the time of distribution must be in
writing, signed by the Participant (or beneficiary), and filed with the
Committee within the 90-day period prior to the date the distribution is to
commence.  A consent once given shall be irrevocable once distribution has
begun.

6.3  Distributable Amount.

         The distributable amount of a Participant's account(s) is the vested
portion of his account(s) (as determined by Article V) as of the Valuation Date
coincident with or next preceding the date distribution is made to the
Participant or beneficiary, reduced by (a) any amount that is payable to an
Alternate Payee pursuant to Section 15.9, and (b) any amount withdrawn pursuant
to Section 7.1 since such Valuation Date.

6.4  Manner of Distribution.

         The distributable amount shall be paid in a lump sum distribution
(other than an annuity).  The lump sum distribution shall consist of whole
shares of Stock, provided that a fractional share allocated to a Participant's
account shall be converted to and paid in cash.

6.5  Time of Distribution.

         Except as provided in Sections 6.2 and 7.1, distributions shall be
subject to the following rules.

                 (a)      Earliest Date of Distribution.  Unless an earlier
distribution is permitted by Subsection (b) or required by Subsection (c), the
earliest date that a Participant may elect to receive a distribution is as
follows.





                                       23
<PAGE>   29
                          (i)     Retirement.  Upon termination of employment
         on or after his Normal Retirement Age, a Participant may elect to
         receive a distribution after the date on which all allocations
         required by Article IV for the Plan Year in which he retires are
         completed.  Such distribution shall be made as soon as practicable
         after the close of such Plan Year, and in no event later than 60 days
         after the close of such Plan Year.

                          (ii)    Disability.  If an Employee terminates
         employment with the Company or an Affiliated Entity because of a
         Disability, he may elect to receive a distribution after the date on
         which all allocations required by Article IV for the Plan Year in
         which he incurs the Disability are completed.

                          (iii)   Death.  After the death of a Participant, his
         beneficiary may elect to receive a distribution after the date on
         which all allocations required by Article IV for the Plan Year in
         which the Participant died are completed.

                          (iv)    Termination of Employment.  Effective for
         Plan Years ending before June 24, 1991, if a Participant terminates
         employment other than by dying, retiring, or incurring a Disability,
         he may elect to receive a distribution after the date on which all
         allocations required by Article IV for the Plan Year during which he
         incurs a one-year Break in Service are completed.  Effective for Plan
         Years beginning on or after June 24, 1991, if a Participant terminates
         employment other than by dying, retiring or incurring a Disability, he
         may elect to receive a distribution after the date on which all
         allocations required by Article IV for the Plan Year during which he
         terminates employment are completed.  Such date shall be as soon as
         practicable after the close of such year.  If the Participant does not
         elect to receive a distribution as soon as practicable after the close
         of the Plan Year in which he incurs a Break in Service or his
         employment was terminated, as the case may be, then he may not elect
         to receive a distribution until after he has attained the later of
         Normal Retirement Age or age 62.

                          (v)     During Employment.  A Participant may not
         obtain a distribution while employed by the Company or an Affiliated
         Entity, except as provided in Subsection (c) (relating to the required
         minimum distribution at a Participant's Required Beginning Date) or
         Section 7.1 (relating to in-service withdrawals).

                 (b)      Alternate Earliest Date of Distribution.
Notwithstanding Subsection (a), unless a Participant elects otherwise, his
distribution shall commence no later than 60 days after the close of the latest
of:  (i) the Plan Year in which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;
(ii) the Plan Year in which occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which
the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; and (iii) the Plan Year in
which the Participant terminates employment with the Company and Affiliated
Entities.

                 (c)      Latest Date of Distribution.  Distribution must be
made in a lump sum not later than the Required Beginning Date.





                                       24
<PAGE>   30
                 (d)      Distribution Upon Participant's Death.  Distribution
shall be made in a lump sum to the Participant's beneficiary by the end of the
calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.
However, if the beneficiary is the Participant's surviving Spouse, the
beneficiary may elect to defer distribution until the end of the calendar year
in which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, or, if later, the end
of the calendar year containing the first anniversary of the Participant's
death.  If the surviving Spouse makes such an election but dies before
receiving the lump sum distribution, then such Spouse's beneficiary must
receive a lump sum distribution by the end of the calendar year containing the
fifth anniversary of such Spouse's death.

                 (e)      Alternate Payee.  The earliest date that an Alternate
Payee may receive a distribution shall be determined pursuant to Section 15.9.

6.6  Separate Accounting for Distributable Amounts.

         When a Participant's account(s) have become distributable, in whole or
in part, the Committee may direct the Trustee to separately account for and
separately invest the account(s), or the distributable portion thereof.  All
distributions shall be paid solely from the separate account.  Amounts thus
separately accounted for shall not share in the increase or decrease in the net
worth of the remainder of the Trust Fund.



                                  ARTICLE VII
                             WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

7.1  Hardship Distributions.

                 (a)      In the event of hardship endured by a Participant and
recognized as such by the Committee, and upon receipt by the Committee of an
application in writing for benefits hereunder, the Committee shall direct the
Trustee to make one or more distributions from the Company Contribution account
of such Participant to, or for the benefit of, the Participant or any member of
the Participant's family who is dependent upon the Participant for support.
Such distributions shall be made in such manner and amount as the Committee
deems appropriate to meet extraordinary and necessary expenses incurred by such
Participant or the family of the Participant during such hardship, but the
total amount of such distributions shall not exceed the vested portion of the
Participant's account as of the date of the last preceding valuation of the
Trust fund.

                 (b)      "Hardship," as used herein, shall mean a state of
financial stringency arising from extraordinary circumstances, such as, for
example, extraordinary medical expenses, significant education expenses or the
purchase of a principal residence for the Participant or a member of his
family.

                 (c)      If a hardship distribution is made at a time when a
Participant is less than 100 percent vested and there is no Break in Service
prior to the relevant time:





                                       25
<PAGE>   31
                          (i)     A separate account shall be established for
         the Participant's interest in the Plan as of the time of the
         distribution; and

                          (ii)    At any relevant time the Participant's
         nonforfeitable portion of the separate account shall be equal to an
         amount ("X") determined by the formula:


                         X = P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)

For purposes of applying the formula:  P is the nonforfeitable percentage at
the relevant time; AB is the account balance at the relevant time; D is the
amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the account balance at the
relevant time to the account balance after distribution.

                 (d)      All costs associated with any such withdrawal shall
be subtracted from the amount withdrawn.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
               ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES - NAMED FIDUCIARIES

8.1  No Joint Fiduciary Responsibilities.

         Alfalfa's, the Trustee(s), and the Committee shall be the named
fiduciaries under the Plan and Trust agreement and shall be the only named
fiduciaries thereunder.  The fiduciaries shall have only the responsibilities
specifically allocated to them herein or in the Trust agreement.  Such
allocations are intended to be mutually exclusive and there shall be no sharing
of fiduciary responsibilities.  Whenever one named fiduciary is required by the
Plan or Trust agreement to follow the directions of another named fiduciary,
the two named fiduciaries shall not be deemed to have been assigned a shared
responsibility, but the responsibility of the named fiduciary giving the
directions shall be deemed his sole responsibility, and the responsibility of
the named fiduciary receiving those directions shall be to follow them insofar
as such instructions are on their face proper under applicable law.

8.2  The Company.

         The Company shall be responsible for:  (a) making Company
Contributions; (b) certifying to the Trustee the names and specimen signatures
of the members of the Committee acting from time to time; (c) keeping accurate
books and records with respect to its Employees and the appropriate components
of each Employee's Compensation and furnishing such data to the Committee; (d)
selecting agents and fiduciaries to operate and administer the Plan and Trust;
(e) directing the Trustee concerning the investment of the assets in the Trust
fund, other than Stock; (f) directing the Trustee with respect to the purchase
of Stock; (f) in the absence of investment direction from the Company, the
investment of the Trust fund and the voting of Stock or tendering Stock in
response to a tender offer for Stock to the extent and in the manner provided
in the trust agreement;





                                       26
<PAGE>   32
(g) appointing an investment manager if it determines that one should be
appointed; and (h) reviewing periodically the performance of such agents,
managers, and fiduciaries.

8.3  The Trustee.

         The Trustee shall be responsible for:  (a) in the absence of
investment direction from the Company, the investment of the Trust fund and the
voting of Stock or tendering Stock in response to a tender offer for Stock to
the extent and in the manner provided in the trust agreement; (b) the custody
and preservation of Trust assets delivered to it; and (c) the payment of such
amounts from the Trust Fund as the Committee shall direct.

8.4  The Committee - Plan Administrator.

         Alfalfa's shall appoint an administrative Committee consisting of one
or more individuals who may be, but need not be, Participants, officers,
directors, or Employees of Alfalfa's.  If Alfalfa's does not appoint a
Committee, Alfalfa's shall act as the Committee under the Plan.  The members of
the Committee shall hold office at the pleasure of Alfalfa's and shall serve
without compensation.  The Committee shall be the "Plan administrator" as
defined in section 3(16)(A) of ERISA.  It shall be responsible for establishing
and implementing a funding policy consistent with the objectives of the Plan
and with the requirements of ERISA.  This responsibility shall include
establishing (and revising as necessary) short-term and long-term goals and
requirements pertaining to the financial condition of the Plan, communicating
such goals and requirements to the persons responsible for the various aspects
of Plan operations and monitoring periodically the implementation of such goals
and requirements.

8.5  Committee to Construe Plan.

                 (a)      The Committee shall administer the Plan and shall
have all power and authority necessary for that purpose, including, but not by
way of limitation, the discretion and power to interpret the Plan, to determine
the eligibility, status, and rights of all individuals under the Plan, and in
general to decide any dispute and all questions arising in connection with the
Plan.  The Committee shall direct the Trustee concerning all distributions from
the Trust Fund, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and shall have
such other powers in the administration of the Trust Fund as may be conferred
upon it by the Trust agreement.  The Committee shall maintain all Plan records
except records of the Trust Fund.

                 (b)      The Committee may adjust the account(s) of any
Participant, in order to correct errors and rectify omissions, in such manner
as the Committee believes will best result in the equitable and
nondiscriminatory administration of the Plan.

8.6  Organization of Committee.

         The Committee shall elect a chairman and shall adopt such rules as it
deems desirable for the conduct of its affairs and for the administration of
the Plan.  It may appoint agents (who need not be members of the Committee) to
whom it may delegate such powers as it deems appropriate, except





                                       27
<PAGE>   33
that any dispute shall be determined by the Committee.  The Committee may make
its determinations with or without meetings.  It may authorize one or more of
its members or agents to sign instructions, notices and determinations on its
behalf.  The action of a majority of the Committee shall constitute the action
of the Committee.

8.7  Agent for Process.

         The chairman of the Committee shall be agent of the Plan for service of
all process.

8.8  Indemnification of Committee Members.

         The Company shall indemnify each member of the Committee against any
and all claims, loss, damages, expense and liability arising from any action or
failure to act, except when the same is judicially determined to be due to the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of such member.


                                   ARTICLE IX
                         TRUST AGREEMENT - INVESTMENTS

9.1  Trust Agreement.

         The Company has entered into a Trust agreement to provide for the
holding, investment and administration of the funds of the Plan.  The Trust
agreement shall be part of the Plan, and the rights and duties of any
individual under the Plan shall be subject to all terms and provisions of the
Trust agreement.

9.2  Expenses of Trust.

         All taxes upon or in respect of the Trust shall be paid by the Trustee
out of the Trust assets.  All expenses of administering the Trust shall be paid
by the Trustee out of the Trust assets to the extent they are not paid by the
Company.  No fiduciary shall receive any compensation for services rendered to
the Plan if the fiduciary is being compensated on a full time basis by the
Company.

9.3  Investments.

         Funds of the Plan shall be invested as provided in the Trust agreement
as well as Articles XI and XII.





                                       28
<PAGE>   34

                                   ARTICLE X
                           TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

10.1  Termination of Plan or Discontinuance of Contributions.

         Alfalfa's expects to continue the Plan indefinitely, but the
continuance of the Plan and the payment of contributions are not assumed as
contractual obligations.  Alfalfa's may terminate the Plan or discontinue
contributions at any time.  Upon the termination (or partial termination) of
the Plan or the complete discontinuance of contributions, the interests of all
affected Participants in the Trust Fund shall become fully vested,
notwithstanding any other provision hereof.

10.2  Allocations upon Termination or Discontinuance of Company  Contributions.

         Upon the termination or partial termination of the Plan or upon the
complete discontinuance of contributions, the Committee shall promptly notify
the Trustee of such termination or discontinuance.  The Trustee shall then
determine, in the manner prescribed in Section 4.2, the net worth of the Trust
Fund as of the close of the last business day of the calendar month in which
such notice was received by the Trustee.  The Trustee shall advise the
Committee of any increase or decrease in such net worth that has occurred since
the preceding Valuation Date.  The Committee shall thereupon allocate, in the
manner described in Section 4.3, among the remaining Plan accounts, any such
increase or decrease in the net worth of the Trust Fund.  Immediately after the
allocation of such increase or decrease in net worth, the Committee shall
allocate among the remaining Plan accounts, in the manner described in Articles
III, IV, and V, any Company Contributions or forfeitures occurring since the
preceding Valuation Date.

10.3  Procedure Upon Termination of Plan or Discontinuance of Contributions.

         If the Plan has been terminated or partially terminated, or if a
complete discontinuance of contributions to the Plan has occurred, then after
the allocations required under Section 10.2 have been completed, the Trustee
shall distribute or transfer the account(s) of affected Employees as follows.

                 (a)      If the affected Employee's account(s) have an
aggregate value of $3,500 or less (calculated in accordance with applicable
Treasury regulations), then the Trustee shall distribute the Employee's
account(s) to the Employee in a lump sum (other than an annuity).

                 (b)      If the affected Employee's account(s) have an
aggregate value of more than $3,500 (calculated in accordance with applicable
Treasury regulations), and if the Company or an Affiliated Entity does not
maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock
ownership plan within the meaning of Code section 4975(e)(7)), then the Trustee
shall distribute the Employee's account(s) to the Employee in a lump sum (other
than an annuity).


                 (c)      If the affected Employee's account(s) have an
aggregate value of more than $3,500 (calculated in accordance with applicable
Treasury regulations), and if the Company or an





                                       29
<PAGE>   35
Affiliated Entity maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an
employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Code section 4975(e)(7)),
then the Trustee shall transfer the Employee's account(s) to the other plan
unless the Employee consents to an immediate distribution of such account(s) in
a lump sum (other than an annuity).

Subject to the provisions of Article XI, any distribution or transfer made
pursuant to this Section may be in cash, in kind, or partly in cash and partly
in kind.  After all such distributions or transfers have been made, the Trustee
shall be discharged from all obligation under the Trust; no Participant or
beneficiary who has received any such distribution, or for whom any such
transfer has been made, shall have any further right or claim under the Plan or
Trust.

10.4  Amendment by Alfalfa's.

         Alfalfa's may at any time amend the Plan in any respect, subject to
Section 10.5, but no amendment shall be made that would have the effect of
vesting in the Company any part of the Trust Fund or of diverting any part of
the Trust Fund to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
Participants, Alternate Payees, or their beneficiaries, and the rights of any
Participant, Alternate Payee, or beneficiary with respect to contributions
previously made shall not be adversely affected by any amendment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company is subject to Section 16(b) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, no amendment may be made unless in
compliance with the Rules thereunder.

10.5  Amendment to Vesting Schedule.

         If the vesting schedule is amended, each Participant with at least
three Years of Service may elect, within the period specified in the following
sentence after the adoption of the amendment, to have his nonforfeitable
percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.  The
period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the
amendment is adopted and shall end on the latest of:

                 (a)      60 days after the amendment is adopted;

                 (b)      60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or

                 (c)      60 days after the Participant is issued written
notice of the amendment by the Company or Committee.


                                   ARTICLE XI
                   SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING COMPANY STOCK

11.1  Special Distribution and Payment Requirements.

                 (a)      Duration and Time of Distribution.  Notwithstanding
any other provision of the Plan, a Participant, with the consent of his or her
spouse if applicable, may elect to have the





                                       30
<PAGE>   36
portion of his or her account attributable to Employer Securities acquired by
the Plan after December 31, 1986, distributed in a series of substantially
equal annual payments over a period of five years (or such shorter period as
may be required to comply with Code section 401(a)(9)) commencing:

                          (i)     Not later than one year after the close of
         the Plan Year  in which such Participant separates from service by
         reason of the attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan,
         death, or Disability; or

                          (ii)    Not later than one year after the close of
         the fifth  Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant
         separated from service, if the Participant separated from service for
         any reason other than those enumerated in paragraph (i) above, and is
         not reemployed by the Company at the end of the fifth Plan Year
         following the Plan Year of such separation from service.

If the Participant separates from service for a reason other than those
described in paragraph (i) above, and is employed by the Company as of the last
day of the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year of such separation from
service, distribution to the Participant, prior to any subsequent separation
from service, shall be in accordance with terms of the Plan other than this
Section 11.1.  For purposes of this Section 11.1, Employer Securities shall not
include any Employer Securities acquired with the proceeds of a loan described
in Code section 404(a)(9) until the close of the Plan Year in which such loan
is repaid in full.

                 (b)      Determination of Amount Subject to Special
Distribution and  Payment Requirements.  The portion of a Participant's account
attributable to Employer Securities which were acquired by the Plan after
December 31, 1986, shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of
such securities held in the account by a fraction, the numerator of which is
the number of shares acquired by the Plan after December 31, 1986, and
allocated to Participants' account (not to exceed the number of shares held by
the Plan on the date of distribution) and the denominator of which is the total
number of such shares held by the Plan at the date of the distribution.

                 (c)      Certain Exceptions.  Notwithstanding subsection
11.1(a) above, if the fair market value of a Participant's account attributable
to Employer Securities acquired by the Plan after December 31, 1986 is in
excess of $500,000 (as adjusted in the same manner as under Code section
415(d)) as of the date distribution is to begin under subsection 11.1(a) above,
such distribution shall be made in substantially equal annual payments over a
period not longer than five years plus an additional one year (up to an
additional five years) for each $100,000 increment, or fraction of such
increment, by which the value of the Participant's account attributable to
Employer Securities acquired after December 31, 1986 exceeds $500,000, unless
the Participant otherwise elects under the provisions of the Plan other than
this subsection 11.1(c).  In no event shall such distribution period exceed the
period permitted under Code section 401(a)(9).





                                       31
<PAGE>   37
11.2  Put Option Requirements.

                 (a)      Put Option Payment.  Notwithstanding any other
provisions of the Plan, in the case of a distribution of Employer Securities
which are not readily tradeable on an established securities market, the
Participant receiving such distribution shall have the right to exercise a put
option that complies with the requirements of Code section 409(h).  Such put
option shall provide that if the Participant exercises the put option, the
Company, or the Plan if the Plan so elects, shall repurchase all or any portion
of the Employer Securities.  The put option may be exercised during the
six-month period beginning on the day after the date of the Participant's
receipt of such distribution.  If the Participant does not exercise the option
to sell such Stock, the option shall lapse temporarily.

                 (b)      After the end of the Plan Year in which the option
described in subsection 11.2(a) above lapsed and following the valuation of the
Stock, the Committee shall notify each Participant who was eligible to, but did
not, exercise the option described in subsection 11.2(a) of the updated
valuation and the opportunity to once again exercise the put option during the
three-month period beginning on the date the notice is received.  If the
Participant does not exercise his or her put option within such three-month
period, such option shall lapse permanently.

                 (c)      Any sale pursuant to a put option shall be effected
by the delivery by the Participant to the Company of written notice of the
Participant's election to sell such Stock or a specified portion thereof,
together with the certificates representing the shares sold duly endorsed for
transfer with applicable transfer tax stamps attached thereto.  Upon such
delivery, the Participant will have sold, and the Company will have purchased,
the number of shares specified in such notice.

                 (d)      The purchase price per share payable for such shares
of Stock so sold to the Company shall be the fair market value per share as of
the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of sale.

                 (e)      Stock purchased pursuant to a put option shall be
paid for as follows:

                          (i)     If the distribution constitutes a Total
         Distribution, payment of the fair market value of a Participant's
         account shall be made in up to five substantially equal annual
         payments, as determined by the Committee.  The first installment shall
         be paid not later than 30 days after the Participant exercises the put
         option.  The Plan will pay a reasonable rate of interest and provide
         adequate security on amounts not paid after 30 days.

                          (ii)    If the distribution does not constitute a
         Total Distribution, the Plan shall pay the Participant an amount equal
         to the fair market value of the Employer Securities repurchased no
         later than 30 days after the Participant exercises the put option.

                 (f)      Except as hereinafter provided, the Company shall pay
for the shares of Stock so sold to it by check within thirty days following the
date of sale.





                                       32
<PAGE>   38
                 (g)      At the option of the Trustee, pursuant to written
directions from the Committee, the Plan may assume the rights and obligations
of the Company under the above subsections as to all or any part of the shares
of Stock tendered to the Company.

                 (h)      If the Participant has contributed the Stock to an
individual retirement account or annuity ("IRA"), the IRA trustee shall have
the option to sell described in this Section 11.2.

11.3  Diversification of Investments.

                 (a)      Election By Qualified Participant.  Each Qualified
Participant shall be permitted, within 90 days after the last day of each Plan
Year during his or her Qualified Election Period, to elect to have a portion of
the value of the Participant's account balance attributable to Employer
Securities which were acquired by the Plan after December 31, 1986 with ESOP
Contributions or earnings on ESOP Contributions distributed to him or her in
accordance with subsection 11.3(b) below.  The portion which a Participant may
elect during the 90-day periods following the close of the first five Plan
Years in the Qualified Election Period to have distributed is 25 percent of the
value of the eligible Employer Securities.  Within 90 days after the close of
the last Plan Year in the Participant's Qualified Election Period, a Qualified
Participant may direct the investment of 50 percent of the value of such
account balance.

                 (b)      Early Distribution Election to Diversify Investment.
The Participant shall be permitted to elect to receive a distribution from the
Plan (notwithstanding Code section 409(d)) of the portion of the Participant's
account that is covered by the foregoing election within 90 days after the last
day of the period during which the election can be made.  Such distribution
shall be subject to such requirements of the Plan concerning put options as
would otherwise apply to a distribution of Employer Securities from the Plan.
This provision shall apply notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan
other than such provisions as require the consent of the Participant and the
Participant's spouse to a distribution.  If the Participant and the
Participant's spouse do not consent to a distribution, such amount shall be
retained in this Plan, and the requirement that such portion of the
Participant's account be subject to diversification shall be deemed to have
been satisfied.

                 (c)      Determination of Amount Subject to Diversification
Requirements.  The portion of a Participant's account attributable to Employer
Securities which were acquired by the Plan after December 31, 1986, shall be
determined by multiplying the number of shares of such securities held in the
account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares acquired
by the Plan after December 31, 1986, and allocated to Participants' account
(not to exceed the number of shares held by the Plan on the date the individual
becomes a Qualified Participant) and the denominator of which is the total
number of shares held by the Plan at the date the individual becomes a
Qualified Participant.

11.4  Registration.

         Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, no Stock shall be
distributed to any person unless such distribution is at that time effectively
registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.  If the distribution of Stock to a Participant or beneficiary is





                                       33
<PAGE>   39
prohibited by the foregoing limitation, the Company shall take such steps as
are necessary to permit the distribution of such Participant's interest in the
Trust Fund.

11.5  Investment of Trust Fund.

         The investment policy of the Plan is to invest primarily in Stock.
All cash received by the Trustee shall, at the written direction of the
Company, be used to purchase Stock at the fair market value of the Stock, as
determined under Section 11.9.  At the written direction of the Company, the
Trustee shall temporarily invest Trust assets, pending the purchase of Stock,
as provided in the Trust agreement.  In the absence of written direction from
the Company, the Trustee may temporarily invest Trust assets, pending the
purchase of Stock, in savings accounts, certificates of deposit and high-grade
short-term securities, or such funds may be held in cash or cash equivalents.

11.6  Dividends.

         The Company may from time to time declare and pay dividends, either in
cash or in shares of Stock, with respect to shares of Stock in the Trust Fund.
Cash dividends paid with respect to Stock shall be allocated to the accounts of
the respective Participants on the basis of the number of shares of Stock
allocated to their accounts at the time such dividend is declared and dividends
of Stock shall be allocated to Participants' accounts on the same basis.

11.7  Voting of Company Stock.

         If the Company has a "registration-type class of securities," as
defined in Code section 409(e), each Participant or beneficiary shall be
entitled to vote the shares of Stock, including fractional shares, allocated to
his or her account and shall be entitled to receive all proxy materials and
other information distributed to shareholders in the same manner as the other
shareholders of the Company.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,
if the Plan has any class of securities that is not a registration-type class
of securities (as defined in Code section 409(e)(4)), a Participant or
beneficiary shall be entitled to direct the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of the trust agreement, as to the manner in which voting rights will
be exercised with respect to any corporate matter which involves the voting of
such shares allocated to the Participant's account with respect to the approval
or disapproval of any corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization,
reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, sale of substantially all assets of
a trade or business, or such similar transaction as may be prescribed in
Treasury Regulations.  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, each Participant
will be entitled to one vote with respect to such issue and the Trustee shall
vote the unallocated stock held by the Plan.  In any case in which the voting
rights with respect to Stock are not required to be passed through to a
Participant or beneficiary in accordance with the foregoing, such Stock shall
be voted by the Trustee pursuant to the written directions of the Committee, as
provided in the trust agreement.

11.8  Company Stock to Be Subject to Certain Conditions.

         All shares of Stock held in the Trust Fund and all shares of Stock
distributed to Participants (or beneficiaries) shall be subject to the
provisions of certain Shareholder Agreements, between the





                                       34
<PAGE>   40
Company and its shareholders, the form of which is attached hereto as Appendix
A.  All shares of Stock distributed to a Participant or his or her beneficiary
shall bear such legends and statements as the Company may deem advisable to
assure compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and
regulations.  If requested by the Company, a recipient of shares of Stock
shall, prior to receipt of such shares, deliver to the Company such written
statements as the Company or its counsel may reasonably require to indicate
that the recipient is acquiring such shares for his or her own account, for
investment and not with the view to a distribution thereof and that the
recipient of such shares understands that such shares have not been registered
under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") and that neither the shares nor
any interest therein may be transferred, sold, assigned or conveyed except in
accordance with the Act and applicable state securities laws and must therefore
be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Act or
an exemption from such registration is available.  Such written statements may
also require the recipient's acknowledgment that he or she understands that if,
after the Stock has been held for a period of at least two years and if the
provisions of Rule 144 of the General Rules and Regulations adopted under the
Act are otherwise available (there being no representations by the Company that
the provisions of Rule 144 will be applicable), then the recipient may make
routine sales of such shares in limited amounts, in a specified manner, in
accordance with other terms and conditions of Rule 144.  In the case of Stock
to which Rule 144 is not applicable, any sales by a recipient would have to be
made in compliance with Regulation A or some other exception from the
registration requirements of the Act.

11.9  Valuation of Company Stock.

         All valuations of Employer Securities which are not readily tradeable
on an established securities market with respect to activities carried on by
the Plan shall be made by an independent appraiser meeting requirements similar
to those contained in Treasury Regulations under Code section 170(a)(1).  The
fees of such appraisers shall be paid by the Company or the Trust, or may be
shared by each, as determined by the Company.  Shares of Stock held in the
Trust Fund shall be valued annually by the Company, for all purposes of the
Plan, at their fair market value as of the last day of each Plan Year.  In the
case of purchases of Stock from Disqualified Persons, the value must be
determined as of the date of the transaction.

11.10  Distribution of Cash or Company Stock.

         A Participant shall have the right to require that any distribution
under this Plan be made in shares of Stock (with the value of fractional shares
payable in cash).  Subject to that right, the fair market value of shares of
Stock may be distributed, at the election of the Participant in cash.  The
Committee shall advise each Participant in writing of his or her right to
receive a distribution of benefits in shares of Stock before a cash
distribution may be elected by the Participant.

11.11  Buy Sell Arrangements.

                 (a)      The Trustee, acting in accordance with the written
directions of the Committee, shall have a right of first refusal to purchase
any Stock distributed to Participants or their beneficiaries which is not
"publicly traded" at the time the right may be exercised.  For this purpose,
publicly traded refers to a security that is listed on a national securities
exchange registered under





                                       35
<PAGE>   41
section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. Section  78f) or
that is quoted on a system sponsored by a national securities association
registered under section 15A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15
U.S.C.  Section  78o).  If a Participant or his or her beneficiary proposes to
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose (whether by gift or otherwise) of any Stock
received as a distribution from the Plan, the Participant or beneficiary, as
the case may be, shall first make an offer to the Trustee to sell such Stock to
the Trust and Plan.  The selling price for the Stock shall be equal to the
greater of (i) the appraised value of the Stock as of the date of the
transaction, if the seller is a Disqualified Person, or as of the most recent
Valuation Date in all other cases, determined in good faith by an independent
appraiser as described in Section 11.9, or (ii) the purchase price and other
terms offered by a third party buyer making a good faith offer to purchase the
Stock.  The Trustee shall have a 14-day period after receipt of the offer from
the Participant or beneficiary to elect to purchase all, but not less than all,
of the shares of Stock so offered.  The Trustee shall give written notice to
the offering Participant or beneficiary within the required 14-day period of
its election to purchase the Stock so offered and the closing of the purchase
of the Stock shall occur within 20 business days after the date of the written
acceptance of the offer by the Trustee.  At that time, the Participant or the
beneficiary shall transfer and assign the Stock so sold to the Trustee, free of
all liens or other interests by any other party with respect to the shares and
the Trustee shall deliver its check for the purchase price to the selling
Participant or beneficiary.

                 (b)      In order to fully implement the purposes of the Plan,
the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written directions of the Committee,
shall enter into such agreements or other arrangements pursuant to which the
Trust will have the option to acquire by purchase the Stock of a deceased
stockholder party to such agreement under such circumstances and upon such
terms as the Committee shall deem in the best interests of the Plan.  Any such
agreement shall provide that the price to be paid by the Trustee for such Stock
shall be no more than the fair market value of the Stock as of the last
valuation date immediately preceding such deceased stockholder's death and the
price shall not exceed the fair market value of such Stock as of the date of
purchase, as determined by the Committee under Section 11.9.  In order to fund,
whether in whole or in part, the purchase of Stock pursuant to any such
agreement, the Trustee, acting pursuant to the written directions of the
Committee, may invest in such life insurance contract or contracts on the life
of any stockholder who is a party to any such agreement as may be required by
any such agreement, or which may be payable on death to the Trust as
beneficiary, and any such contracts shall be vested exclusively in the Trustee
for the benefit of the Trust as a whole.



                                  ARTICLE XII
                       COMPANY STOCK PURCHASED WITH LOANS

12.1  Prohibition Against Non-Exempt Loans.

         In general, the term "loan" refers to a loan made to the Plan by a
Disqualified Person or a loan to the Plan that is guaranteed by a Disqualified
Person.  It includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and
an assumption of the obligation of the Plan.  "Guarantee" includes an unsecured
guarantee and the use of assets of a Disqualified Person as collateral for a
loan, even





                                       36
<PAGE>   42
though the use of assets may not be a guarantee under applicable state law.  An
amendment of a loan in order to qualify as an "Exempt Loan" (as defined herein)
is not a refinancing of the loan or the making of another loan.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan or Trust
agreement, no loan shall be made to the Plan unless such loan is a loan which
satisfies all of the following requirements (an "Exempt Loan"):

                 (a)      Primary Benefit Requirement.  The loan must be
primarily for the benefit of the Plan Participants and their beneficiaries.  In
addition, at the time the loan is made, the interest rate for the loan and the
price of the Stock to be acquired with the loan proceeds should not be such
that Plan assets might be drained off and the terms of the loan, whether or not
between independent parties, must be at least as favorable to the Plan as the
terms of a comparable loan resulting from arm's-length negotiations between
independent parties.

                 (b)      Use of Loan Proceeds.  The proceeds of the loan must
be used within a reasonable time after their receipt by the Plan only for any
or all of the following purposes:

                          (i)     To acquire Stock.

                          (ii)    To repay such loan.

                          (iii)   To repay a prior Exempt Loan.  A new loan,
         the proceeds of which are so used, must satisfy all of the provisions
         of this subsection 12.1.  Except as provided in subsection 12.1(g)
         below, or as otherwise required by applicable law, no Stock acquired
         with the proceeds of the loan may be subject to a put, call, or other
         option, or buy-sell or similar arrangement while held by and when
         distributed from the Plan, whether or not the Plan is still an ESOP at
         such time.

                 (c)      Liability and Collateral of Plan for Loan.  The loan
must be without recourse against the Plan and the only assets of the Plan that
may be given as collateral on the loan are assets acquired with the proceeds of
the loan and assets that were used as collateral on a prior Exempt Loan repaid
with the proceeds of the current loan.  No person entitled to payment under the
loan shall have any right to assets of the Plan other than:

                          (i)     collateral given for the loan,

                          (ii)    contributions (other than contributions of
         employer  securities) that are made under the Plan to meet its
         obligations under the loan, and

                          (iii)   earnings attributable to such collateral and
         the  investment of such contributions.

The payments made by the Plan with respect to the loan during a Plan Year must
not exceed an amount equal to the sum of such contributions and earnings
received during or prior to the year less such payments in prior years.  Such
contributions and earnings must be accounted for separately in the books of
account of the Plan until the loan is repaid.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
shares of





                                       37
<PAGE>   43
Stock attributable to tax credit contributions shall not be used as collateral
for a loan to the Plan or to satisfy a loan made to the Plan.

                 (d)      Default.  In the event of default upon the loan, the
value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the loan must not exceed
the amount of default.  If the lender is a Disqualified Person, the loan must
provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent
of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of the loan.  For the
purposes of this Subsection 12.1(d), the making of a guarantee does not make a
person a lender.

                 (e)      Reasonable Rate of Interest.  The interest rate of
the loan must not be in excess of a reasonable rate of interest.  All relevant
factors will be considered in determining a reasonable rate of interest,
including the amount and duration of the loan, the security and guarantee (if
any) involved, the credit standing of the Plan and the guarantor (if any), and
the interest rate prevailing for comparable loans.  When these factors are
considered, a variable interest rate may be reasonable.

                 (f)      Release From Encumbrance.  Shares of Stock purchased
with the loan shall be allocated to a special suspense account and released
from the suspense account (and the encumbrance) in accordance with this
subsection 12.1(f).  Shares of Stock released from the suspense account shall
be allocated to the Participants' Company Contributions accounts.  In general,
the loan must provide for the release from encumbrance under this subsection of
Plan assets used as collateral for the loan.  For each Plan Year during the
duration of the loan, the number of shares of Stock released must equal the
number of encumbered shares of Stock held immediately before release for the
current Plan Year multiplied by a fraction.  The numerator of the fraction is
the amount of principal and interest paid for the year.  The denominator of the
fraction is the sum of the numerator plus the principal and interest to be paid
for all future years.  The number of future years under the loan must be
definitely ascertainable and must be determined without taking into account any
possible extensions or renewal periods.  If the interest rate under the loan is
variable, the interest to be paid in future years must be computed by using the
interest rate applicable as of the end of the Plan Year.  If collateral
includes more than one class of Stock, the number of shares of Stock of each
class to be released for a Plan Year must be determined by applying the same
fraction to each class.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a loan will not fail to
satisfy this Subsection 12.1(f) merely because the number of shares of Stock to
be released from encumbrance is determined solely with reference to principal
payments.  However, if release is determined with reference to principal
payments only, the following three additional rules apply:

                          (i)     the loan shall provide for annual payments of
         principal  and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at
         any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years;

                          (ii)    the interest included in any payment with
         respect to the  loan shall be disregarded only to the extent that it
         would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization
         tables; and





                                       38
<PAGE>   44
                          (iii)   these additional rules shall not apply from
         the time  that, by reason of a renewal, extension, or refinancing, the
         sum of the expired duration of the loan, the renewal period, the
         extension period, and the duration of a new loan exceeds 10 years.

                 (g)      Put Option.  Stock acquired by the Plan with the
proceeds of the loan shall be subject to a put option if it is not tradeable on
an established market or if it is subject to restriction under any federal or
state securities law, any regulation thereunder, or an agreement, not
prohibited by this Article XII, which would make the security not as freely
tradeable as one not subject to such restriction.  The put option shall be
exercisable only by a Participant, by a Participant's donees, or by a person
(including an estate or its distributee) to whom the security passes by reason
of a Participant's death.  For purposes of this subsection 12.1(g),
"Participant" means a Participant and beneficiaries of the Participant under
the Plan.  The put option shall permit a Participant to put the security to the
Company as described in Section 11.2.  At the option of the Trustee, the Plan
may assume the rights and obligations of the Company as to all or any part of
the shares tendered to the Company.  If it is known at the time the loan is
made that federal or state law will be violated by the Company's honoring such
put option, the put option must permit the security to be put, in a manner
consistent with such law, to a third party (e.g., an affiliate of the Company
or a shareholder other than the Plan) that has substantial net worth at the
time the loan is made and whose net worth is reasonably expected to remain
substantial.

12.2  Voting Rights.

         Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan that is allocated
to Participants' accounts shall be subject to the voting rights described in
Section 11.8.  Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan that has not
been allocated to the accounts Participant shall be voted by the Trustee in
accordance with the written direction of the Committee.

12.3  Allocation to Accounts of Participants.

                 (a)      Except as provided in this Section 12.3, amounts
contributed to the Plan must be allocated as provided under Treasury
Regulations sections 1.401-1(b)(ii) and (iii), and securities acquired by the
Plan must be accounted for as provided under Treasury Regulations section
1.402(a)-1(b)(2)(ii).

                 (b)      As of the end of each Plan Year, the Plan must
consistently allocate to the Participants' accounts nonmonetary units
representing Participants' interests in assets withdrawn from the suspense
account.

                 (c)      Income with respect to securities acquired with the
proceeds of an Exempt Loan must be allocated as income of the Plan except to
the extent that the Plan provides for the use of income from such securities to
repay the Loan.

                 (d)      If a portion of a Participant's Company Contributions
account is forfeited, Stock allocated under Subsection 12.2(b) above must be
forfeited only after other assets.  If interests in more than one class of
Employer Securities have been allocated to the Participant's Company





                                       39
<PAGE>   45
Contributions account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same
proportion of each such class.

12.4  Non-Terminable Provisions.

         Notwithstanding the fact that the Plan may cease to be an Employee
Stock Ownership Plan, Stock acquired with proceeds of an Exempt Loan shall
continue to be subject to the provisions of this Article XII.


                                  ARTICLE XIII
                      PLAN ADOPTION BY AFFILIATED ENTITIES

13.1  Adoption of Plan.

         Alfalfa's may permit any Affiliated Entity to adopt the Plan and Trust
for its Employees.  Thereafter, such Affiliated Entity shall deliver to the
Trustee a certified copy of the resolutions or other documents evidencing its
adoption of the Plan and Trust.  Such Affiliated Entity shall also execute a
copy of the Trust.  The Employees of the Affiliated Entity adopting the Plan
shall not be eligible to invest their Accounts in Stock until the applicable
reporting and registration requirements of the securities laws are complied
with.

13.2  Agent of Affiliated Entity.

         By becoming a party to the Plan, each Affiliated Entity appoints
Alfalfa's as its agent with authority to act for the Affiliated Entity in all
transactions in which Alfalfa's believes such agency will facilitate the
administration of the Plan.  Alfalfa's shall have the sole authority to amend
and terminate the Plan.

13.3  Disaffiliation and Withdrawal from Plan.

                 (a)      Disaffiliation.  Any Affiliated Entity that has
adopted the Plan and thereafter ceases for any reason to be an Affiliated
Entity shall forthwith cease to be a party to the Plan.

                 (b)      Withdrawal.  Any Affiliated Entity may, by
appropriate action and written notice thereof to Alfalfa's, provide for the
discontinuance of its participation in the Plan.  Such withdrawal from the Plan
shall not be effective until the end of the Plan Year.

13.4  Effect of Disaffiliation or Withdrawal.

         If at the time of disaffiliation or withdrawal, the disaffiliating or
withdrawing entity, by appropriate action, adopts a substantially identical
plan that provides for direct transfers from this Plan, then, as to employees
of such entity, no plan termination shall have occurred; the new plan shall be
deemed a continuation of this Plan for such employees.  In such case, the
Trustee shall transfer to the trustee of the new plan all of the assets held
for the benefit of employees of the





                                       40
<PAGE>   46
disaffiliating or withdrawing entity, and no forfeitures or acceleration of
vesting shall occur solely by reason of such action.  Such payment shall
operate as a complete discharge of the Trustee, and of all organizations except
the disaffiliating or withdrawing entity, of all obligations under this Plan to
employees of the disaffiliating or withdrawing entity and to their
beneficiaries.  A new plan shall not be deemed substantially identical to this
Plan if it provides slower vesting than this Plan.  Nothing in this Section
shall authorize the divesting of any vested portion of a Participant's
account(s).

13.5  Distribution Upon Disaffiliation or Withdrawal.

                 (a)      Disaffiliation.  If an entity disaffiliates from the
Company and the provisions of Section 13.4 are not followed, then the following
rules apply to the account(s) of employees of the disaffiliating entity.

                          (i)     If the disaffiliating entity maintains a
         defined  contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership
         plan within the meaning of Code section 4975(e)(7)), then, if the
         other plan will accept such a transfer, the Trustee shall transfer the
         employee's account(s) to the other plan unless the employee consents
         to an immediate distribution in a lump sum (other than an annuity) of
         the vested portion of his account(s); if the other plan will not
         accept such a transfer, the account(s) shall remain in this Plan until
         the employee elects to make a distribution pursuant to Article VI.

                          (ii)    If the disaffiliating entity does not
         maintain a defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock
         ownership plan within the meaning of Code section 4975(e)(7)), then
         the Trustee shall distribute the vested portion of the employee's
         account(s) to the employee in a lump sum (other than an annuity), upon
         the consent of the employee.  If the employee does not consent to an
         immediate distribution, then distribution may only be made according
         to Article VI.

                 (b)      Withdrawal.  If an Affiliated Entity withdraws from
the Plan and the provisions of Section 13.4 are not followed, then the
following rules apply to the account(s) of Employees of the withdrawing entity.

                          (i)     If the withdrawing entity maintains a defined
         contribution  plan that accepts transfers from this Plan, then the
         Employee may transfer his account(s) from this Plan to such plan.  No
         forfeitures or acceleration of vesting shall occur solely by reason of
         such transfer.

                          (ii)    If the withdrawing entity does not maintain a
         defined contribution plan that accepts transfers from this Plan, then
         the Employee's account(s) shall remain in this Plan.

                 (c)      Distributions.  Any distribution or transfer made
pursuant to this Section may be in cash, in kind, or partly in cash and partly
in kind.  After such distribution or transfer has been





                                       41
<PAGE>   47
made, no Participant or beneficiary who has received any such distribution, or
for whom any such transfer has been made, shall have any further right or claim
under the Plan or Trust.


                                  ARTICLE XIV
                              TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

14.1  Application of Top-Heavy Provisions.

         The provisions of this Article XIV shall be applicable only if the
Plan becomes "top-heavy" as defined below for any Plan Year beginning after
December 31, 1983.  If the Plan becomes "top-heavy" as of the Determination
Date for a Plan Year, the provisions of this Article XIV shall apply to the
Plan effective as of the first day of such Plan Year and shall continue to
apply to the Plan (whether or not the Plan ceases to be "top-heavy") until the
Plan is terminated or otherwise amended.

14.2  Determination of Top-Heavy Status.

         The Plan shall be considered "top-heavy" for a Plan Year if, as of the
Determination Date for that Plan Year, the aggregate of the account balances
(as calculated according to the regulations under Code section 416) of Key
Employees under this Plan (and under all other plans required or permitted to
be aggregated with this Plan) exceeds 60% of the aggregate of the account
balances (as calculated according to the regulations under Code section 416) in
this Plan (and under all other plans required or permitted to be aggregated
with this Plan) of all current Employees and all former Employees who
terminated employment within five years of the Determination Date.  This ratio
shall be referred to as the "top-heavy ratio".  For purposes of determining the
account balance of any Participant, distributions made with respect to such
individual within a five-year period ending on the Determination Date shall be
included.  This shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan that,
if it had not been terminated, would have been required to be included in an
aggregation group.  The account balances of a Participant who had once been a
Key Employee, but who is not a Key Employee during the Plan Year, shall not be
taken into account.  The following plans must be aggregated with this Plan for
the top-heavy test:  (a) a qualified plan maintained by the Company or an
Affiliated Entity in which a Key Employee participated during this Plan Year or
during the previous four Plan Years and (b) any other qualified plan maintained
by the Company or an Affiliated Entity that enables this Plan or any plan
described in clause (a) to meet the requirements of Code sections 401(a) and
410.  The following plans may be aggregated with this Plan for the top-heavy
test:  any qualified plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Entity
that, in combination with the Plan or any plan required to be aggregated with
this Plan when testing this Plan for top-heaviness,  would satisfy the
requirements of Code sections 401(a) and 410.  If one or more of the plans
required or permitted to be aggregated with this Plan is a defined benefit
plan, a Participant's "account balance" shall equal the present value of his
accrued benefit, including any distributions within five years of the
Determination Date.  If the aggregation group includes more than one defined
benefit plan, the same actuarial assumptions shall be used with respect to each
such defined benefit plan.  The foregoing top-heavy ratio shall be computed in
accordance with the provisions of Code section 416(g), together with the
regulations and rulings thereunder.





                                       42
<PAGE>   48
14.3  Special Vesting Rule.

         Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.1 hereof to the contrary,
the amount credited to the Participant's Company Contributions account shall
vest in accordance with the following schedule during any top-heavy Plan Year:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Years of Service                          Vested Percentage
                     ----------------                          -----------------
                       <S>                                           <C>
                       fewer than 2                                    0
                            2                                         20
                            3                                         40
                            4                                         60
                            5                                         80
                        6 or more                                    100
</TABLE>

14.4  Special Minimum Contribution.

         (a)     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1 and Article IV
to the contrary, and subject to subsection (b), in every top-heavy Plan Year, a
minimum allocation is required for each Non-Key Employee who both (i) performed
one or more Hours of Service during the Plan Year as a Covered Employee after
satisfying any eligibility requirement of Section 2.1, and (ii) was an Employee
on the last day of the Plan Year.  This minimum allocation is required
regardless of whether such Non-Key Employee received credit for 1,000 or more
Hours of Service or made any required contributions to the Plan for such Plan
Year.  The minimum allocation shall be a percentage of such Non-Key Employee's
Compensation.  The percentage shall be the lesser of 3% or the largest
percentage of any Key Employee's Compensation.  For all Key and Non-Key
Employees, this percentage takes into account all Company Contributions and
forfeitures, except for amounts used to restore the accounts of a rehired or
missing Participant, allocated for the Plan Year.  If this minimum allocation
is not satisfied for any Non-Key Employee, the Company shall contribute the
additional amount needed to satisfy this requirement to such Non-Key Employee's
Company Contributions account.

         (b)     The Company or an Affiliated Entity also maintains a Code
section 401(k) plan.  Notwithstanding subsection (a), the minimum contribution
required by this section for Non-Key Employees who participate in both plans
shall be provided in the 401(k) plan.  The minimum contribution required by
this section for Non-Key Employees who participate in this Plan only shall be
provided in this Plan, as specified in subsection (a).

14.5  Change in Top-Heavy Status.

         If the Plan ceases to be a "top-heavy" plan as defined in this Article
XIV, and if any change in the benefit structure, vesting schedule or other
component of a Participant's accrued benefit shall occur as a result of such
change in top-heavy status, the nonforfeitable portion of each Participant's
benefit attributable to Company Contributions shall not be decreased as a
result of such change.  In addition, each Participant with at least three Years
of Service with the Company and Affiliated





                                       43
<PAGE>   49
Entities on the date of such change, may elect to have his nonforfeitable
percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such change in status.
The period during which the election may be made shall commence on the date the
Plan ceases to be a top-heavy plan and shall end on the later of (a) 60 days
after the change in status occurs, (b) 60 days after the change in status
becomes effective, or (c) 60 days after the Participant is issued written
notice of the change by the Company or the Committee.


                                   ARTICLE XV
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

15.1  Right to Dismiss Employees - No Employment Contract.

         The Company and Affiliated Entities may terminate the employment of
any Employee as freely and with the same effect as if this Plan were not in
existence.  Participation in this Plan by an Employee shall not constitute an
express or implied contract of employment between the Company or an Affiliated
Entity and the Employee.

15.2  Claims Procedure.

                 (a)      All claims shall be filed in writing by the
Participant, his beneficiary, or the authorized representative of the claimant,
by completing the procedures that the Committee requires.  The procedures shall
be reasonable and may include the completion of forms and the submission of
documents and additional information.  For purposes of this Section, a request
for an in-service withdrawal shall be considered a claim.

                 (b)      The Committee shall review all materials and shall
decide whether to approve or deny the claim.  If a claim is denied in whole or
in part, written notice of denial shall be furnished by the Committee to the
claimant within 90 days after the receipt of the claim by the Committee, unless
special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, in
which event notification of the extension shall be provided to the claimant and
the extension shall not exceed 90 days.  The written notice shall set forth the
specific reasons for such denial, specific reference to pertinent Plan
provisions, a description of any additional material or information necessary
for the claimant to perfect his claim and an explanation of why such material
or information is necessary, all written in a manner calculated to be
understood by the claimant.  The notice shall include appropriate information
as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to submit his denied claim
for review.  The claimant may request a review upon written application, may
review pertinent documents, and may submit issues or comments in writing.  The
claimant must request a review within the reasonable period of time prescribed
by the Committee.  In no event shall such a period of time be less than 60
days.  The Committee shall decide all reviews of denied claims.  A decision on
review shall be rendered within 60 days of the receipt of request for review by
the Committee.  If special circumstances require a further extension of time
for processing, a decision shall be rendered not later than 120 days following
the Committee's receipt of the request for review.  If such an extension of
time for review is required, written notice of the extension shall





                                       44
<PAGE>   50
be furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension.  The
Committee's decision on review shall be furnished to the claimant.  Such
decision shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the
decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, as
well as specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the
decision is based.

                 (c)      The Committee shall have total discretionary
authority to determine eligibility, status, and the rights of all individuals
under the Plan and to construe any and all terms of the Plan.

15.3  Source of Benefits.

         All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid solely from the
Trust Fund, and the Company and Affiliated Entities assume no liability or
responsibility therefor.

15.4  Exclusive Benefit of Employees.

         It is the intention of the Company that no part of the Trust, other
than as provided in Sections 3.3, 9.2, and 15.9 hereof and Section 7.3 of the
Trust agreement, ever to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the
exclusive benefit of Participants, Alternate Payees, and their beneficiaries,
and that this Plan shall be construed to follow the spirit and intent of the
Code and ERISA.

15.5  Forms of Notices.

         Wherever provision is made in the Plan for the filing of any notice,
election, or designation by a Participant, Spouse, Alternate Payee, or
beneficiary, the action of such individual shall be evidenced by the execution
of such form as the Committee may prescribe for the purpose.

15.6  Failure of Any Other Entity to Qualify.

         If any entity adopts this Plan but fails to obtain or retain the
qualification of the Plan under the applicable provisions of the Code, such
entity shall withdraw from this Plan upon a determination by the Internal
Revenue Service that it has failed to obtain or retain such qualification.
Within 30 days after the date of such determination, the assets of the Trust
Fund held for the benefit of the Employees of such entity shall be separately
accounted for and disposed of in accordance with the Plan and Trust.

15.7  Notice of Adoption of the Plan.

         The Company shall provide each of its Employees with notice of the
adoption of this Plan, notice of any amendments to the Plan, and notice of the
salient provisions of the Plan prior to the end of the first Plan Year.  A
complete copy of the Plan shall also be made available for inspection by
Employees or any other individual with an account balance under the Plan.





                                       45
<PAGE>   51
15.8  Plan Merger.

         If this Plan is merged or consolidated with, or its assets or
liabilities are transferred to, any other qualified plan of deferred
compensation, each Participant shall be entitled to receive a benefit
immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer that is equal to or
greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately
before the merger, consolidation, or transfer if this Plan had then been
terminated.

15.9  Inalienability of Benefits - Domestic Relations Orders.

                 (a)      Except as provided in Subsection (b) below, no
Participant or beneficiary shall have any right to assign, alienate, transfer,
hypothecate, encumber or anticipate his interest in any benefits under this
Plan, nor shall such benefits be subject to any legal process to levy upon or
attach the same for payment of any claim against any such Participant or
beneficiary.

                 (b)      Subsection (a) shall apply to the creation,
assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a
Participant pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order unless such Domestic
Relations Order is a QDRO in which case the Plan shall make payment of benefits
in accordance with the applicable requirements of any such QDRO.

                 (c)      In order to be a QDRO, the Domestic Relations Order:
(i) must clearly specify the name and the last known mailing address of the
Participant; (ii) must specify the name and mailing address of each Alternate
Payee covered by the order; (iii) must specify either the amount or percentage
of the Participant's benefits to be paid by the Plan to each such Alternate
Payee, or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined;
(iv) must specify the number of payments or period to which such order applies;
(v) must specify each plan to which such order applies; (vi) may not require
the Plan to provide any type or form of benefit, or any option, not otherwise
provided under the Plan, subject to the provisions of Paragraph (f)(ii); (vii)
may not require the Plan to provide increased benefits (determined on the basis
of actuarial value); (viii) may not require the payment of benefits to an
Alternate Payee if such benefits have already been designated to be paid to
another Alternate Payee under another order previously determined to be a QDRO.

                 (d)      In the case of any payment before an Employee has
separated from service, a Domestic Relations Order shall not be treated as
failing to meet the requirements of Subsection (c) solely because such order
requires that payment of benefits be made to an Alternate Payee (i) on or after
the date on which the Employee attains (or would have attained) his earliest
retirement age, (ii) as if the Employee had retired on the date on which such
payment is to begin under such order (but taking into account only the account
balance on such date), and (iii) in any form in which such benefits may be paid
under the Plan to the Employee.  The earliest retirement age is the earlier of
(i) the date on which the Employee is entitled to a distribution under the
Plan, or (ii) the later of (A) the date the Employee attains age 50, or (B) the
earliest date on which the Employee could begin receiving benefits under the
Plan if the Employee separated from service.  For purposes of this Subsection,
the account balance as of the date specified in the QDRO shall be the vested
portion of the Employee's account(s) on such date.





                                       46
<PAGE>   52
                 (e)      The Committee shall establish reasonable procedures
to determine the qualified status of Domestic Relations Orders and to
administer distributions under QDRO's.  Such procedures shall be in writing and
shall permit an Alternate Payee to designate a representative to receive copies
of notices.  When the Committee receives a Domestic Relations Order, it shall
promptly notify the Participant and each Alternate Payee of such receipt and
provide them with copies of the Plan's procedures for determining the qualified
status of the order.  Within a reasonable period after receipt of a Domestic
Relations Order, the Committee shall determine whether such order is a QDRO and
notify the Participant and each Alternate Payee of such determination.  During
any period in which the issue of whether a Domestic Relations Order is a QDRO
is being determined (by the Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or
otherwise), the Committee shall separately account for the amounts payable to
the Alternate Payee if the order is determined to be a QDRO.  If the order (or
modification thereof) is determined to be a QDRO within 18 months after the
date the first payment would have been required by such order, the Committee
shall pay the amounts separately accounted for (plus any interest thereon) to
the individual(s) entitled thereto.  However, if the Committee determines that
the order is not a QDRO, or if the issue as to whether such order is a QDRO has
not been resolved within 18 months after the date the first payment would have
been required by such order, then the Committee shall pay the amounts
separately accounted for (plus any interest thereon) to the individual(s) who
would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order.  Any
determination that an order is a QDRO that is made after the close of the
18-month period shall be applied prospectively only.  If the Plan's fiduciaries
act in accordance with fiduciary provisions of ERISA in treating a Domestic
Relations Order as being (or not being) a QDRO or in taking action in
accordance with this Subsection, then the Plan's obligation to the Participant
and each Alternate Payee shall be discharged to the extent of any payment made
pursuant to the acts of such fiduciaries.

                 (f)      The Alternate Payee shall have the following rights
under the Plan:

                          (i)     The Alternate Payee may designate
         beneficiaries in the same  manner as a Participant, pursuant to
         Section 6.1.  However, any such beneficiary designation shall be
         effective without the consent of the spouse of the Alternate Payee.
         In the absence of an effective beneficiary designation, the
         distributable amount of the Alternate Payee's account(s) shall be paid
         to his surviving spouse; or if none, in equal shares to his surviving
         children and issue of deceased children by right of representation; or
         if none, in equal shares to each surviving parent; or if none, to his
         estate.

                          (ii)    Distribution to an Alternate Payee must occur
         on or before  the Participant's Required Beginning Date.  An Alternate
         Payee may only receive a distribution in the form of a lump sum of his
         entire interest in the Plan.  The minimum distribution required by
         Code section 401(a)(9) shall be determined according to the
         regulations issued under Code section 401(a)(9).

                          (iii)   Upon the death of an Alternate Payee, the
         Alternate Payee's  entire interest in the Plan shall be distributed in
         a lump sum by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth
         anniversary of the Alternate Payee's death.





                                       47
<PAGE>   53
                          (iv)    The Alternate Payee (or his beneficiary) may
         bring claims  against the Plan in the same manner as a Participant
         pursuant to Section 15.2.

15.10  Payments Due Minors or Incapacitated Individuals.

         If any individual entitled to a payment under the Plan is a minor, or
if the Committee determines that any such individual is incapacitated by reason
of physical or mental disability, whether or not legally adjudicated as such,
the Committee shall have the power to cause the payments becoming due to such
individual to be made to his personal representative or to another for his
benefit, without responsibility of the Committee or the Trustee to see to the
application of such payments.  Payments made pursuant to such power shall
operate as a complete discharge of the Trust Fund, the Trustee and the
Committee.

15.11  Uniformity of Application.

         The provisions of this Plan shall be applied in a uniform and 
non-discriminatory manner in accordance with rules adopted by the Committee
which rules shall be systematically followed and consistently applied so that
all individuals similarly situated shall be treated alike.

15.12  Disposition of Unclaimed Payments.

         Each Participant, Alternate Payee, or beneficiary with an account
balance in this Plan must file with the Committee from time to time in writing
his address, the address of each of his beneficiaries (if applicable), and each
change of address.  Any communication, statement or notice addressed to such
individual at his last address filed with the Committee (or if no address is
filed with the Committee then at his last address as shown on the Company's
records) will be binding on such individual for all purposes of the Plan.
Neither the Committee nor the Trustee shall be required to search for or locate
any missing individual.  If the Committee notifies an individual that he is
entitled to a distribution and also notifies him of the provisions of this
Section, and the individual fails to claim his benefits under the Plan or make
his address known to the Committee within five calendar years after the
notification, the benefits under the Plan of such individual either (a) shall
be forfeited as of the end of the Plan Year coincident with or following the
five-year waiting period, or (b) shall continue to be held in the Trust Fund
for the benefit of the individual, as the Committee in its discretion
determines.  Any amount forfeited pursuant to this Section shall be allocated
pursuant to Section 5.5.  If the individual should later make a claim for his
forfeited benefit, the Company shall make a special contribution to the Plan
equal to the forfeiture, and such amount shall be distributed to the
individual.

15.13  Pronouns:  Gender and Number.

         Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, words in either gender
shall include the other gender and the singular shall include the plural and
vice versa.





                                       48
<PAGE>   54
15.14  Applicable Law.

         This Plan shall be construed and regulated by ERISA, the Code, and, to
the extent applicable, the laws of the State of Colorado.




                                       49

<PAGE>   1





                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated as of July 12, 1996 between WO Holdings,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Michael C. Gilliland
("Executive").

         This Agreement provides for the employment of Executive as CEO of the
Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual undertakings contained
herein, the parties agree as follows:

                             ARTICLE 1.  EMPLOYMENT

         1.1     Employment.               The Company agrees to employ
Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the
terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on
the date hereof and terminating as provided in Section 1.4 (the "Employment
Period").

         1.2     Positions and Duties.

                 (a)      During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve
as CEO of the Company at its Headquarters in Boulder, Colorado, under the
supervision and direction of the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board").

                 (b)      Executive shall carry out the customary functions of
a CEO, and perform such tasks and responsibilities as requested by the Board.

                 (c)      Executive shall devote his best efforts and his full
business time and attention (except for permitted vacation periods and periods
of illness or other incapacity as provided for herein) to the business and
affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Executive shall perform his
duties and responsibilities to the best of his abilities in a diligent,
trustworthy, businesslike and efficient manner.

                 (d)      During the term of this Agreement, the Board shall
nominate Executive to serve as a member of the Company's Board of Directors
pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement dated even herewith and the
Company shall use its best efforts to enforce the voting agreements contained
therein relating to such election of Executive.

         1.3     Salary, Bonus, Options and Benefits.

                 (a)      During the Employment Period, Executive's base salary
(the "Base Salary") shall initially be $150,000.00 per annum which salary shall
be payable in regular installments in accordance with the Company's general
payroll
<PAGE>   2
practices as in place from time to time.  Executive shall be entitled to an
annual review of the amount of Base Salary payable hereunder and performance
review after the initial six (6) months of employment, such review to be
conducted within seven (7) months of the date hereof.  Any adjustment in
Executive's compensation shall be determined by the Compensation Committee of
the Board (the "Compensation Committee") in its sole discretion; provided,
however, that the Base Salary may not be reduced below the amount provided for
in the first sentence of this Section 1.3(a).

                 (b)      Within sixty (60) days following the date of this
Agreement, the Compensation Committee shall establish a cash bonus and stock
option program for Executive, in addition to the Base Salary, with the amount
thereof and the related performance criteria to be established by the
Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

                 (c)      During the Employment Period, Executive shall be
entitled to participate in all of the Company's employee benefit programs for
which senior executive employees of the Company are generally eligible as in
effect from time to time; provided that the employee benefit programs made
available to Executive shall not be materially diminished from those in effect
on the date of this Agreement, except with Executive's prior written consent.
Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation per year.  Any
payments of benefits payable to Executive hereunder in respect of any calendar
year during which Executive is employed by the Company for less than the entire
such year shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable plan or
arrangement or required by applicable law, be prorated in accordance with the
number of days in such calendar year during which Executive is employed.

                 (d)      The Company shall reimburse (or cause to be
reimbursed) Executive for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by him in
the course of performing his duties under this Agreement upon completion of an
expense report in accordance with the Company's and its subsidiaries'
reimbursement, reporting and documentation policies in effect from time to time
with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses.

                 (e)      All payments of compensation hereunder shall be
subject to federal, state and other withholding taxes as required by applicable
law and the Company's general payroll policies as in effect from time to time.

         1.4     Term.            (a)      The Employment Period shall commence
on the date hereof and end on the second (2nd) anniversary hereof (the "Initial
Employment Period"), subject to earlier termination (1) by reason of
Executive's death or disability, (2) by written resolution of the Board for
Cause (as defined herein), (3) by written resolution of the Board without
Cause, or (4) by written resignation of the Executive.





                                      2
<PAGE>   3
                 (b)      If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of
Executive's death or disability, Executive's resignation or his termination by
the Board with or without Cause (except felony conviction of any crime
involving theft or fraud), Executive shall be entitled to receive his then
effective Base Salary for a period of one (1) year, regardless of the remaining
term of the Initial Employment Period.  In addition, Executive shall be paid,
under any of the foregoing circumstances, a severance payment in an amount
equal to two (2) times Executive's then effective Base Salary, in addition to
the amount paid pursuant to the previous sentence.  Such amounts shall be
payable in equal biweekly installments over a period of three (3) years from
the date of termination of employment.

                 (c)      Company shall pay Executive's health insurance
benefits for a period of three (3) years after termination of Executive's
employment for any reason other than (i) Executive's death, or (ii) termination
of Executive's employment for a felony conviction of any crime involving theft
or fraud.

                 (d)      Except as expressly set forth in this Section 1.4,
all compensation and other benefits shall cease to accrue upon termination of
employment.

         1.5     Renewal Options.          The Employment Period shall
automatically renew for successive one (1) year terms unless terminated by
Company or Executive upon ninety (90) days written notice prior to such renewal
period; provided, however, that upon any such renewal, the first sentence of
Section 1.4(b) shall be reformed to read as follows:

         "If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of Executive's
         termination by the Board without Cause or by Executive upon a material
         breach by the Company's obligations hereunder which is not cured
         within ten (10) business days of its receipt of written notice from
         Executive, Executive shall be entitled . . . (continue without
         amendment)."

         1.6     Confidential Information; Company Property.        Executive
acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by him while
employed by the Company and its subsidiaries concerning the business or affairs
of the Company, its subsidiaries and any predecessor to the business of the
Company that are not generally available to the public other than as a result
of breach of this Agreement by Executive ("Confidential Information") are the
property of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Executive agrees that he shall
not disclose to any unauthorized person or use for his own account any
Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Company
unless, and in such case only to the extent that, such matters become generally
known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of
Executive's acts or omissions to act.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
event Executive becomes legally compelled to disclose Confidential





                                      3
<PAGE>   4
Information pursuant to judicial or administrative subpoena or process or other
legal obligation, Executive may make such disclosure only to the extent
required, in the opinion of counsel for Executive, to comply with such
subpoena, process or other obligation.  Executive shall, as promptly as
possible and in any event prior to the making of such disclosure, notify the
Company of any such subpoena, process or obligation and shall cooperate with
the Company in seeking a protective order or other means of protecting the
confidentiality of the Company Information.  Executive shall deliver to the
Company at the termination of the Employment Period, or at any time the Company
may reasonably request, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer
tapes and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof)
containing, relating to, or derived from the Confidential Information or the
business of the Company or its subsidiaries which he may then possess or have
under his control.  Executive agrees that he will not retain after the
termination of the Employment Period any copies of any Confidential Information
including, without limitation, any software, documents or other materials
originating with and/or belonging to the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company.

         1.7     Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation.

                 (a)      Executive acknowledges that in the course of his
employment with the Company he will become familiar with the Company's trade
secrets and with other confidential information concerning the Company and its
predecessors and that his services have been and will be of special, unique and
extraordinary value to the Company.  The parties also acknowledge that the
availability of the services of the Executive and the related covenant not to
compete provided for herein were material inducements to it in agreeing to
enter into the business combination of Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and Alfalfa's,
Inc. being consummated at the same time that this Agreement is being entered
into.  Accordingly, Executive agrees that, during the period in which Executive
is receiving compensation hereunder and for a period of three (3) years
following termination of Executive's employment with the Company for any reason
(the "Non-Compete Period"), he shall not directly or indirectly own, manage,
control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner
engage in any supermarket, food store or retailer of health and beauty aids
located within a ten (10) mile radius of any store operated (defined herein as
current stores or stores for which leases have been signed as of the date of
termination) by the Company or its subsidiaries as of the date of termination
of Executive's employment with the Company.  Nothing herein shall prohibit
Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 1% of the outstanding
stock of another corporation, so long as Executive has no active participation
in the management or the business of such corporation.

                 (b)      During the Non-Compete Period, Executive shall not
directly or indirectly (1) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to leave the employ of the Company or
such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the
Company or any such





                                      4
<PAGE>   5
Subsidiary and any employee thereof; (2) induce or attempt to induce any
customer, supplier, licensee or other business relationship of the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company to cease doing business with the Company or such
Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such
customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the Company or any such
Subsidiary; or (3) make an oral or written disparaging statement, comment or
remark about the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any employee, customer,
supplier, licensee or other business relationship of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or to or for the intended use of any member of the press.

                 (c)      Such Non-Compete Period shall terminate immediately
at such time as the Company and its Subsidiaries no longer operate supermarkets
or food stores.

         1.8     Employment-At-Will.       It is understood and agreed that
this Agreement constitutes employment-at-will and that notwithstanding (i) any
general or specific policies (whether written or oral) of the Company relating
to the employment or termination of its employees, (ii) any statements made to
Executive, whether made orally or contained in any document, pertaining to
Employee's relationship with the Company, or (iii) assignment of Cause by the
Company, the Company reserves the right to terminate the employment of
Executive by the Company in which event Executive's sole remedy shall be to
receive certain payments and other benefits upon the terms and subject to the
conditions provided for herein.

         1.9     Resignations upon Termination.    Upon termination of the
Executive, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and
directorships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
other affiliates.

                          ARTICLE 2.  REPRESENTATIONS
                                 AND WARRANTIES

         2.1     Representations and Warranties of Executive.
Executive represents and warrants to the Company that:

                 (a)      this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and
binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with the terms, and
the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive does not
and will not conflict with, violate or cause a breach of or default under any
agreement, contract or instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive
is a party or by which he is bound, and

                 (b)      Executive is not a party to or bound by any
employment agreement or non-compete agreement with any other person or entity.





                                      5
<PAGE>   6
         2.2     Representations and Warranties of the Company.     The Company
hereby represents and warrants to Executive that:

                 (a)      the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement by the Company does not and will not conflict with, breach, violate
or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment
or decree to which Company is a party or by which it is bound, and

                 (b)      upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by
Executive, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of the
Company enforceable in accordance with its terms.

                            ARTICLE 3.  DEFINITIONS

         As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
definitions set forth below:

         (a)     "Cause" shall mean (1) a material breach of this Agreement by
Executive which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice to
Executive from the Compensation Committee; (2) Executive's willful and repeated
failure to comply with the lawful directives of the Board or the Company's
Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; (3) gross negligence or willful misconduct
by Executive in the performance of his duties hereunder; (4) the commission by
Executive of an act (including, but not limited to, a felony or a crime
involving moral turpitude) causing material harm to the standing and reputation
of the Company or its subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the Board;
(5) misappropriation, breach of trust or fraudulent conduct by Executive with
respect to the assets or operations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;
(6) the continued use by Executive of alcohol or drugs to an extent that, in
the good faith determination of the Board, materially interferes with the
performance by Executive of his employment responsibilities under this
Agreement; (7) the repeated threat of Executive to cause, or the actual
occurrence of, damage to the relations of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries with customers, suppliers, lenders, advisors or employees which
damage is materially adverse to the business or operations of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries, and which threat is not terminated or which damage is
not cured following thirty (30) days written notice from the Board; or (8)
continued unauthorized absence from work (other than any such continued
unauthorized absence resulting from Executive's disability).

         (b)     "Disability" shall mean Executive's inability to substantially
perform his normal duties hereunder for six (6) months or more during any
twelve (12) month period determined in good faith by the Board.

         (c)     "Subsidiary" of an entity shall mean any corporation or other
business organization of which the securities have a majority of the normal
voting power in





                                      6
<PAGE>   7
electing the board of directors or similar governing body of such entity are,
at the time of determination, owned by such entity directly or indirectly
through one or more subsidiaries.

                         ARTICLE 4.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

         4.1     Enforcement.              It is the express intention of the
parties that this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law in order to give full effect to the agreements reached herein.
Accordingly, if at the time of enforcement of Sections 1.6 or 1.7 a court holds
that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under the circumstances
then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or
geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for
the stated period, scope or area.  Because Executive's services are unique and
because Executive has access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto
agree that money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this
Agreement.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement,
the Company, its subsidiaries and their respective successors or assigns may,
in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any
court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or
other relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violation of, the provisions
hereof (without posting a bond or other security).

         4.2     Survival.        Sections 1.6 and 1.7 and this Article 4 shall
survive and continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms
notwithstanding any termination of the Employment Period.

         4.3     Notices.         All notices or other communications to be
given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will
be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when delivered personally,
one (1) business day following when sent via a nationally recognized overnight
courier, or when sent via facsimile confirmed in writing to the recipient.
Such notices and other communications will be sent to the addresses indicated
below:


                 To the Company:

                          WO Holdings, Inc.
                          1645 Broadway
                          Boulder, CO 80302
                          Attention:





                                      7
<PAGE>   8

                          With Copy to:

                          WO Holdings, Inc.
                          1645 Broadway
                          Boulder, CO 80302
                          Attention:  Elizabeth C. Cook, General Counsel

                 To Executive:

                          Michael C. Gilliland
                          1654 Broadway
                          Boulder, CO 80302

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient
party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

         4.4     Severability.             Whenever possible, each provision of
this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid
under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or
rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will
not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement
will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

         4.5     Entire Agreement.                 This Agreement and those
documents expressly referred to herein embody the complete agreement and
understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior
understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written
or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

         4.6     Amendments and Waivers.   Any provision of this Agreement may
be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and
Executive.

         4.7     Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Colorado without
giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule
(whether of the State of Colorado or any other jurisdiction) that would cause
the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of
Colorado.

         4.8     Counterparts.    This Agreement may be executed by the parties
hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered
shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one
and the same instrument.





                                      8
<PAGE>   9
         4.9     Headings.        The headings contained in this Agreement are
for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement or of any term or provision hereof.

         4.10    Conflict.        In the event of any conflict between the
provisions of this Agreement and the policies and practices of the Company, the
provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

         4.11    Negotiation of Agreement.                  Each of the parties
acknowledge that it has been represented by independent counsel of its choice
throughout all negotiations that have preceded the execution of this Agreement
and that it has executed the same with consent and upon the advice of said
independent counsel.  Each party of its counsel cooperated in the drafting and
preparation of this Agreement and the documents referred to herein, and any and
all drafts relating thereto shall be deemed the work product of the parties and
may not be construed against any party by reason of its preparation.
Accordingly, any rule of law, or any legal decision that would require
interpretation of any ambiguities in this Agreement against the party that
drafted it, is of no application and is hereby expressly waived.

         4.12    Parties in Interest;Assignment.   This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
permitted successors, assigns, heirs, and/or personal representatives, except
that neither this Agreement nor any interest herein shall be assigned or
assignable by operation of law or otherwise, by Executive without the prior
written consent of the Company, which such consent the Company may grant or
withhold in its sole discretion.  The Company may, without the consent of
Executive, assign this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or
otherwise, to (i) any successor to all or substantially all of its stock,
assets or business by dissolution, merger, consolidation, transfer or assets,
or otherwise, or (ii) any direct or indirect Subsidiary, affiliate or division
of the Company or of any such successor referred in (a) hereof.  Nothing in
this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other
than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any
rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

         4.13    Dispute Resolution Process.       The parties hereby agree
that, in order to obtain prompt and expeditious resolution of any disputes
under this Agreement, each claim, dispute or controversy of whatever nature,
arising out of, in connection with, or in relation to the interpretation,
performance or breach of this Agreement (or any other agreement contemplated by
or related to this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and
Executive), including without limitation, any claim based on contract, tort or
statute, or the arbitrability of any claim hereunder (a "Claim"), shall be
settled, at the request of any part of this Agreement, by final and binding
arbitration conducted in Denver, Colorado.  All such Claims shall be settled by
one arbitrator in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration





                                      9
<PAGE>   10
Rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association.  Such arbitrator
shall be provided through the CFR Institute for Dispute Resolution ("CFR") by
mutual agreement of the parties, provided that, absent such agreement, the
arbitrator shall be appointed by CFR.  In either event, such arbitrator may not
have any pre-existing, direct or indirect relationship with any party to the
dispute.  Each party hereto expressly consents to, and waives any future
objection to, such forumand arbitration rules.  Judgment upon any award may be
entered by any state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof.  Except as
required by law (including, without limitation, the rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Stock Market, if
applicable), neither party nor the arbitrator shall disclose the existence,
content, or results of any arbitration hereunder without the prior written
consent of all parties.  Except as provided herein, the Federal Arbitration Act
shall govern the interpretation, enforcement and all proceedings pursuant to
this Section.

         Adherence to this dispute resolution process shall not limit the right
of the Company or Executive to obtain any provisional remedy, including without
limitation, injunctive or similar relief set forth in Section 4.1 from any
court of competent jurisdiction as may be necessary to protect their respective
rights and interests pending arbitration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
sentence, this dispute resolution procedure is intended to be the exclusive
method of resolving any Claims arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

         The arbitration procedures shall follow the substantive law of the
State of Colorado, including the provisions of statutory law dealing with
arbitration, as it may exist at the time of the demand for arbitration, insofar
as said provisions are not in conflict with this Agreement and specifically
excepting therefrom sections of any such statute dealing with discovery and
sections requiring notice of the hearing date by registered or certified mail.

         4.14    Full Understanding.               Executive represents and
agrees that he fully understands his right to discuss all aspects of this
Agreement with his private attorney, and that to the extent, if any, that he
desired, he availed himself of such right.  Executive further represents that
he has carefully read and fully understands all of the provisions of this
Agreement (including the non-compete provisions of Section 1.7), that he is
competent to execute this Agreement, that his agreement to execute this
Agreement has not been obtatined by any duress and that he freely and
voluntarily enteres into it, and that he has read this document in its entirety
and fully understands the meaning, intent and consequences of this document.





                                      10
<PAGE>   11
  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been signed and sealed the day first
above written.


COMPANY:

WO HOLDINGS, INC.



By /s/ S. M. HASSAN                                         
  -----------------------------------------


EXECUTIVE:



By /s/ MICHAEL C. GILLILAND                                         
  -----------------------------------------
  Michael C. Gilliland





                                      11
<PAGE>   12
                    FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                       DATED JULY 14, 1996 BY AND BETWEEN
                   WO HOLDINGS, INC. AND MICHAEL C. GILLILAND

This First Amendment to Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") is made as of
the 13th day of August, 1996, by and between WO Holdings, Inc. and Michael C.
Gilliland ("Executive").

THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1.       Section 1.7(a) is amended as follows:

1.7      Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation.

         (a)     Executive acknowledges that in the course of her employment
with the Company she will become familiar with the Company's trade secrets and
with other confidential information concerning the Company and its predecessors
and that her services have been and will be of special, unique and
extraordinary value to the Company.  The parties also acknowledge that the
availability of the services of the Executive and the related covenant not to
compete provided for herein were material inducements to it in agreeing to
enter into the business combination of Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and Alfalfa's,
Inc. being consummated at the same time that this Agreement is being entered
into.  Accordingly, Executive agrees that, during the period in which Executive
is receiving compensation hereunder and for a period of two (2) years following
termination of Executive's employment with the Company for any reason (the
"Non-Compete Period"), she shall not directly or indirectly own, manage,
control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner
engage in any supermarket, food store or retailer of health and beauty aids
located within a ten (10) mile radius of any store operated (defined herein as
current stores or stores for which leases have been signed as of the date of
termination) by the Company or its subsidiaries as of the date of termination
of Executive's employment with the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
this non-compete shall not apply to Executive's stock ownership in Pretty Good
Groceries, Inc. which owns and operates Lolita's Market and Dillala's Pretty
Good Grocery.  Nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive
owner of not more than 1% of the outstanding stock of another corporation, so
long as Executive has no active participation in the management or the business
of such corporation.

<PAGE>   1

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated as of July 12, 1996 between WO Holdings, 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and S.M. Hassan ("Executive").

         This Agreement provides for the employment of Executive as President
of the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual undertakings contained
herein, the parties agree as follows:

                             ARTICLE 1.  EMPLOYMENT

         1.1     Employment. The Company agrees to employ Executive, and
Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the date
hereof and terminating as provided in Section 1.4 (the "Employment Period").

         1.2     Positions and Duties.

                 (a)      During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve
as President of the Company at its Headquarters in Boulder, Colorado, under the
supervision and direction of the Company's CEO and Board of Directors (the
"Board").

                 (b)      Executive shall carry out the customary functions of
a President, and perform such tasks and responsibilities as requested by the
CEO.

                 (c)      Executive shall devote his best efforts and his full
business time and attention (except for permitted vacation periods and periods
of illness or other incapacity as provided for herein) to the business and
affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Executive shall perform his
duties and responsibilities to the best of his abilities in a diligent,
trustworthy, businesslike and efficient manner.

                 (d)      During the term of this Agreement, the Board shall
nominate Executive to serve as a member of the Company's Board of Directors
pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement dated even herewith and the
Company shall use its best efforts to enforce the voting agreements contained
therein relating to such election of Executive.

         1.3     Salary, Bonus, Options and Benefits.

                 (a)      During the Employment Period, Executive's base salary
(the "Base Salary") shall initially be $150,000.00 per annum which salary shall
be
<PAGE>   2
payable in regular installments in accordance with the Company's general
payroll practices as in place from time to time.  Executive shall be entitled
to an annual review of the amount of Base Salary payable hereunder and
performance review after the initial six (6) months of employment, such review
to be conducted within seven (7) months of the date hereof.  Any adjustment in
Executive's compensation shall be determined by the Compensation Committee of
the Board (the "Compensation Committee") in its sole discretion; provided,
however, that the Base Salary may not be reduced below the amount provided for
in the first sentence of this Section 1.3(a).

                 (b)      Within sixty (60) days following the date of this
Agreement, the Compensation Committee shall establish a cash bonus and stock
option program for Executive, in addition to the Base Salary, with the amount
thereof and the related performance criteria to be established by the
Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

                 (c)      During the Employment Period, Executive shall be
entitled to participate in all of the Company's employee benefit programs for
which senior executive employees of the Company are generally eligible as in
effect from time to time; provided that the employee benefit programs made
available to Executive shall not be materially diminished from those in effect
on the date of this Agreement, except with Executive's prior written consent.
Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation per year.  Any
payments of benefits payable to Executive hereunder in respect of any calendar
year during which Executive is employed by the Company for less than the entire
such year shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable plan or
arrangement or required by applicable law, be prorated in accordance with the
number of days in such calendar year during which Executive is employed.

                 (d)      The Company shall reimburse (or cause to be
reimbursed) Executive for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by him in
the course of performing his duties under this Agreement upon completion of an
expense report in accordance with the Company's and its Subsidiaries'
reimbursement, reporting and documentation policies in effect from time to time
with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses.

                 (e)      All payments of compensation hereunder shall be
subject to federal, state and other withholding taxes as required by applicable
law and the Company's general payroll policies as in effect from time to time.

         1.4     Term. (a)  The Employment Period shall commence on the date
hereof and end on the second (2nd) anniversary hereof (the "Initial Employment
Period"), subject to earlier termination (1) by reason of Executive's death or
disability, (2) by written resolution of the Board for Cause (as defined





                                       2
<PAGE>   3
herein), (3) by written resolution of the Board without Cause, or (4) by
written resignation of the Executive.

                 (b)      If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of
Executive's death or disability, Executive's resignation or his termination by
the Board with or without Cause (except felony conviction of any crime
involving theft or fraud), Executive shall be entitled to receive his then
effective Base Salary for a period of one (1) year, regardless of the remaining
term of the Initial Employment Period.  In addition, Executive shall be paid,
under any of the foregoing circumstances, a severance payment in an amount
equal to two (2) times Executive's then effective Base Salary, in addition to
the amount paid pursuant to the previous sentence.  Such amounts shall be
payable in equal biweekly installments over a period of three (3) years from
the date of termination of employment.

                 (c)      Company shall pay Executive's health insurance
benefits for a period of three (3) years after termination of Executive's
employment for any reason other than (i) Executive's death, or (ii) termination
of Executive's employment for a felony conviction of any crime involving theft
or fraud.

                 (d)      Except as expressly set forth in this Section 1.4,
all compensation and other benefits shall cease to accrue upon termination of
employment.

         1.5     Renewal Options. The Employment Period shall automatically
renew for successive one (1) year terms unless terminated by Company or
Executive upon ninety (90) days written notice prior to such renewal period;
provided, however, that upon any such renewal, the first sentence of Section
1.4(b) shall be reformed to read as follows:

         "If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of Executive's
         termination by the Board without Cause or by Executive upon a material
         breach by the Company's obligations hereunder which is not cured
         within ten (10) business days of its receipt of written notice from
         Executive, Executive shall be entitled . . . (continue without
         amendment)."

         In addition, upon any such renewal, Executive's health insurance
benefits shall be amended to read:  "Company shall pay Executive's health
insurance benefits for a period of two years . . ."

         1.6     Confidential Information; Company Property. Executive
acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by him while
employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries concerning the business or affairs
of the Company, its Subsidiaries and any predecessor to the business of the
Company that are not generally available to the public other than as a result
of breach of this Agreement by Executive ("Confidential Information") are the
property of the





                                       3
<PAGE>   4
Company and its Subsidiaries.  Executive agrees that he shall not disclose to
any unauthorized person or use for his own account any Confidential Information
without the prior written consent of the Company unless, and in such case only
to the extent that, such matters become generally known to and available for
use by the public other than as a result of Executive's acts or omissions to
act.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Executive becomes legally
compelled to disclose Confidential Information pursuant to judicial or
administrative subpoena or process or other legal obligation, Executive may
make such disclosure only to the extent required, in the opinion of counsel for
Executive, to comply with such subpoena, process or other obligation.
Executive shall, as promptly as possible and in any event prior to the making
of such disclosure, notify the Company of any such subpoena, process or
obligation and shall cooperate with the Company in seeking a protective order
or other means of protecting the confidentiality of the Company Information.
Executive shall deliver to the Company at the termination of the Employment
Period, or at any time the Company may reasonably request, all memoranda,
notes, plans, records, reports, computer tapes and software and other documents
and data (and copies thereof) containing, relating to, or derived from the
Confidential Information or the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries
which he may then possess or have under his control.  Executive agrees that he
will not retain after the termination of the Employment Period any copies of
any Confidential Information including, without limitation, any software,
documents or other materials originating with and/or belonging to the Company
or any Subsidiary of the Company.

         1.7     Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation.

                 (a)      Executive acknowledges that in the course of his
employment with the Company he will become familiar with the Company's trade
secrets and with other confidential information concerning the Company and its
predecessors and that his services have been and will be of special, unique and
extraordinary value to the Company.  The parties also acknowledge that the
availability of the services of the Executive and the related covenant not to
compete provided for herein were material inducements to it in agreeing to
enter into the business combination of Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and Alfalfa's,
Inc. being consummated at the same time that this Agreement is being entered
into.  Accordingly, Executive agrees that, during the period in which Executive
is receiving compensation hereunder and for a period of three (3) years
following termination of Executive's employment with the Company for any reason
(the "Non-Compete Period"), he shall not directly or indirectly own, manage,
control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner
engage in any supermarket, food store or retailer of health and beauty aids
located within a ten (10) mile radius of any store operated (defined herein as
current stores or stores for which leases have been signed as of the date of
termination) by the Company or its Subsidiaries as of the date of termination
of Executive's employment with the Company.  Nothing herein shall prohibit
Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 1% of the outstanding
stock of another





                                       4
<PAGE>   5
corporation, so long as Executive has no active participation in the management
or the business of such corporation.

                 (b)      During the Non-Compete Period, Executive shall not
directly or indirectly (1) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to leave the employ of the Company or
such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the
Company or any such Subsidiary and any employee thereof; (2) induce or attempt
to induce any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relationship of
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to cease doing business with the
Company or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship
between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the
Company or any such Subsidiary; or (3) make an oral or written disparaging
statement, comment or remark about the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to
any employee, customer, supplier, licensee or other business relationship of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to or for the intended use of any
member of the press.

                 (c)      Such Non-Compete Period shall terminate immediately
at such time as the Company and its Subsidiaries no longer operate supermarkets
or food stores.

         1.8     Employment-At-Will. It is understood and agreed that this
Agreement constitutes employment-at-will and that notwithstanding (i) any
general or specific policies (whether written or oral) of the Company relating
to the employment or termination of its employees, (ii) any statements made to
Executive, whether made orally or contained in any document, pertaining to
Employee's relationship with the Company, or (iii) assignment of Cause by the
Company, the Company reserves the right to terminate the employment of
Executive by the Company in which event Executive's sole remedy shall be to
receive certain payments and other benefits upon the terms and subject to the
conditions provided for herein.

         1.9     Resignations upon Termination. Upon termination of the
Executive, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and
directorships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
other affiliates.

                          ARTICLE 2.  REPRESENTATIONS
                                 AND WARRANTIES

         2.1     Representations and Warranties of Executive. Executive
represents and warrants to the Company that:

                 (a)      this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and
binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with the terms, and
the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive does not
and





                                       5
<PAGE>   6
will not conflict with, violate or cause a breach of or default under any
agreement, contract or instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive
is a party or by which he is bound, and

                 (b)      Executive is not a party to or bound by any
employment agreement or non-compete agreement with any other person or entity.

         2.2     Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
hereby represents and warrants to Executive that:

                 (a)      the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement by the Company does not and will not conflict with, breach, violate
or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment
or decree to which Company is a party or by which it is bound, and

                 (b)      upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by
Executive, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of the
Company enforceable in accordance with its terms.

                            ARTICLE 3.  DEFINITIONS

         As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
definitions set forth below:

         (a)     "Cause" shall mean (1) a material breach of this Agreement by
Executive which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice to
Executive from the Compensation Committee; (2) Executive's willful and repeated
failure to comply with the lawful directives of the Board or the Company's
Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; (3) gross negligence or willful misconduct
by Executive in the performance of his duties hereunder; (4) the commission by
Executive of an act (including, but not limited to, a felony or a crime
involving moral turpitude) causing material harm to the standing and reputation
of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the Board;
(5) misappropriation, breach of trust or fraudulent conduct by Executive with
respect to the assets or operations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(6) the continued use by Executive of alcohol or drugs to an extent that, in
the good faith determination of the Board, materially interferes with the
performance by Executive of his employment responsibilities under this
Agreement; (7) the repeated threat of Executive to cause, or the actual
occurrence of, damage to the relations of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries with customers, suppliers, lenders, advisors or employees which
damage is materially adverse to the business or operations of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, and which threat is not terminated or which damage is
not cured following thirty (30) days written notice from the Board; or (8)
continued unauthorized absence from work (other than any such continued
unauthorized absence resulting from Executive's disability).





                                       6
<PAGE>   7
         (b)     "Disability" shall mean Executive's inability to substantially
perform his normal duties hereunder for six (6) months or more during any
twelve (12) month period determined in good faith by the Board.

         (c)     "Subsidiary" of an entity shall mean any corporation or other
business organization of which the securities have a majority of the normal
voting power in electing the board of directors or similar governing body of
such entity are, at the time of determination, owned by such entity directly or
indirectly through one or more subsidiaries.

                         ARTICLE 4.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

         4.1     Enforcement. It is the express intention of the parties that
this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in
order to give full effect to the agreements reached herein.  Accordingly, if at
the time of enforcement of Sections 1.6 or 1.7 a court holds that the
restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under the circumstances then
existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or
geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for
the stated period, scope or area.  Because Executive's services are unique and
because Executive has access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto
agree that money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this
Agreement.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement,
the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective successors or assigns may,
in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any
court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or
other relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violation of, the provisions
hereof (without posting a bond or other security).

         4.2     Survival. Sections 1.6 and 1.7 and this Article 4 shall
survive and continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms
notwithstanding any termination of the Employment Period.

         4.3     Notices. All notices or other communications to be given or
delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in
writing and will be deemed to have been given when delivered personally, one
(1) business day following when sent via a nationally recognized overnight
courier, or when sent via facsimile confirmed in writing to the recipient.
Such notices and other communications will be sent to the addresses indicated
below:





                                       7
<PAGE>   8
                 To the Company:

                      WO Holdings, Inc.
                      1645 Broadway                     
                      Boulder, CO 80302
                      Attention:  Michael C. Gilliland, Chief Executive Officer
                      
                      With Copy to:
                      
                      WO Holdings, Inc.
                      1645 Broadway                     
                      Boulder, CO 80302
                      Attention:  Elizabeth C. Cook, General Counsel

                 To Executive:

                      S.M. Hassan
                      1645 Broadway                     
                      Boulder, CO 80302

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient
party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

         4.4     Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this
Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under
applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any
jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect
any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be
reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid,
illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

         4.5     Entire Agreement. This Agreement and those documents expressly
referred to herein embody the complete agreement and understanding among the
parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or
representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have
related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

         4.6     Amendments and Waivers. Any provision of this Agreement may be
amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and
Executive.

         4.7     Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Colorado without
giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule
(whether of the





                                       8
<PAGE>   9
State of Colorado or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application
of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Colorado.

         4.8     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties
hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered
shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one
and the same instrument.

         4.9     Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are for
reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement or of any term or provision hereof.

         4.10    Conflict. In the event of any conflict between the provisions
of this Agreement and the policies and practices of the Company, the provisions
of this Agreement shall govern.

         4.11    Negotiation of Agreement. Each of the parties acknowledge that
it has been represented by independent counsel of its choice throughout all
negotiations that have preceded the execution of this Agreement and that it has
executed the same with consent and upon the advice of said independent counsel.
Each party of its counsel cooperated in the drafting and preparation of this
Agreement and the documents referred to herein, and any and all drafts relating
thereto shall be deemed the work product of the parties and may not be
construed against any party by reason of its preparation.  Accordingly, any
rule of law, or any legal decision that would require interpretation of any
ambiguities in this Agreement against the party that drafted it, is of no
application and is hereby expressly waived.

         4.12    Parties in Interest;Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to
the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
permitted successors, assigns, heirs, and/or personal representatives, except
that neither this Agreement nor any interest herein shall be assigned or
assignable, by operation of law or otherwise, by Executive without the prior
written consent of the Company, which such consent the Company may grant or
withhold in its sole discretion.  The Company may, without the consent of
Executive, assign this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or
otherwise, to (i) any successor to all or substantially all of its stock,
assets or business by dissolution, merger, consolidation, transfer or assets,
or otherwise, or (ii) any direct or indirect Subsidiary, affiliate or division
of the Company or of any such successor referred in (a) hereof.  Nothing in
this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other
than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any
rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

         4.13    Dispute Resolution Process. The parties hereby agree that, in
order to obtain prompt and expeditious resolution of any disputes under this
Agreement, each claim, dispute or controversy of whatever nature, arising out
of, in





                                       9
<PAGE>   10
connection with, or in relation to the interpretation, performance or breach of
this Agreement (or any other agreement contemplated by or related to this
Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Executive), including
without limitation, any claim based on contract, tort or statute, or the
arbitrability of any claim hereunder (a "Claim"), shall be settled, at the
request of any party to this Agreement, by final and binding arbitration
conducted in Denver, Colorado.  All such Claims shall be settled by one
arbitrator in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect
of the American Arbitration Association.  Such arbitrator shall be provided
through the CFR Institute for Dispute Resolution ("CFR") by mutual agreement of
the parties, provided that, absent such agreement, the arbitrator shall be
appointed by CFR.  In either event, such arbitrator may not have any
pre-existing, direct or indirect relationship with any party to the dispute.
Each party hereto expressly consents to, and waives any future objection to,
such forum and arbitration rules.  Judgment upon any award may be entered by
any state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof.  Except as required by
law (including, without limitation, the rules and regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Stock Market, if applicable), neither
party nor the arbitrator shall disclose the existence, content, or results of
any arbitration hereunder without the prior written consent of all parties.
Except as provided herein, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern the
interpretation, enforcement and all proceedings pursuant to this Section.

         Adherence to this dispute resolution process shall not limit the right
of the Company or Executive to obtain any provisional remedy, including without
limitation, injunctive or similar relief set forth in Section 4.1 from any
court of competent jurisdiction as may be necessary to protect their respective
rights and interests pending arbitration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
sentence, this dispute resolution procedure is intended to be the exclusive
method of resolving any Claims arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

         The arbitration procedures shall follow the substantive law of the
State of Colorado, including the provisions of statutory law dealing with
arbitration, as it may exist at the time of the demand for arbitration, insofar
as said provisions are not in conflict with this Agreement and specifically
excepting therefrom sections of any such statute dealing with discovery and
sections requiring notice of the hearing date by registered or certified mail.

         4.14    Full Understanding. Executive represents and agrees that he
fully understands his right to discuss all aspects of this Agreement with his
private attorney, and that to the extent, if any, that he desired, he availed
himself of such right.  Executive further represents that he has carefully read
and fully understands all of the provisions of this Agreement (including the
non-compete provisions of Section 1.7), that he is competent to execute this
Agreement, that his agreement to execute this Agreement has not been obtatined
by any duress and that he freely





                                       10
<PAGE>   11
and voluntarily enteres into it, and that he has read this document in its
entirety and fully understands the meaning, intent and consequences of this
document.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been signed and sealed the day
first above written.

COMPANY:

WO HOLDINGS, INC.



By /s/  MICHAEL C. GILLILAND
   -----------------------------------------
   Michael C. Gilliland
   Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE:



By /s/ S.M. HASSAN
   -----------------------------------------
   S.M. Hassan





                                       11

<PAGE>   1





                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated as of July 12, 1996 between WO Holdings, 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Elizabeth C. Cook 
("Executive").

         This Agreement provides for the employment of Executive as Vice
President and General Counsel of the Company, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth herein.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual undertakings contained
herein, the parties agree as follows:

                             ARTICLE 1.  EMPLOYMENT

         1.1     Employment.               The Company agrees to employ
Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the
terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on
the date hereof and terminating as provided in Section 1.4 (the "Employment
Period").

         1.2     Positions and Duties.

                 (a)      During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve
as Vice President and General Counsel of the Company at its Headquarters in
Boulder, Colorado, under the supervision and direction of the Company's CEO and
Board of Directors (the "Board").

                 (b)      Executive shall carry out the customary functions of
Vice President and General Counsel, and perform such tasks and responsibilities
as requested by the CEO and Board.

                 (c)      Executive shall devote her best efforts and her full
business time and attention (except for permitted vacation periods and periods
of illness or other incapacity as provided for herein) to the business and
affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Executive shall perform her
duties and responsibilities to the best of her abilities in a diligent,
trustworthy, businesslike and efficient manner.

                 (d)      During the term of this Agreement, the Board shall
nominate Executive to serve as a member of the Company's Board of Directors
pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement dated even herewith and the
Company shall use its best efforts to enforce the voting agreements contained
therein relating to such election of Executive.
<PAGE>   2
         1.3     Salary, Bonus, Options and Benefits.

                 (a)      During the Employment Period, Executive's base salary
(the "Base Salary") shall initially be $150,000.00 per annum which salary shall
be payable in regular installments in accordance with the Company's general
payroll practices as in place from time to time.  Executive shall be entitled
to an annual review of the amount of Base Salary payable hereunder and
performance review after the initial six (6) months of employment, such review
to be conducted within seven (7) months of the date hereof.  Any adjustment in
Executive's compensation shall be determined by the Compensation Committee of
the Board (the "Compensation Committee") in its sole discretion; provided,
however, that the Base Salary may not be reduced below the amount provided for
in the first sentence of this Section 1.3(a).

                 (b)      Within sixty (60) days following the date of this
Agreement, the Compensation Committee shall establish a cash bonus and stock
option program for Executive, in addition to the Base Salary, with the amount
thereof and the related performance criteria to be established by the
Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

                 (c)      During the Employment Period, Executive shall be
entitled to participate in all of the Company's employee benefit programs for
which senior executive employees of the Company are generally eligible as in
effect from time to time; provided that the employee benefit programs made
available to Executive shall not be materially diminished from those in effect
on the date of this Agreement, except with Executive's prior written consent.
Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation per year.  Any
payments of benefits payable to Executive hereunder in respect of any calendar
year during which Executive is employed by the Company for less than the entire
such year shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable plan or
arrangement or required by applicable law, be prorated in accordance with the
number of days in such calendar year during which Executive is employed.

                 (d)      The Company shall reimburse (or cause to be
reimbursed) Executive for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by him in
the course of performing her duties under this Agreement upon completion of an
expense report in accordance with the Company's and its subsidiaries'
reimbursement, reporting and documentation policies in effect from time to time
with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses.

                 (e)      All payments of compensation hereunder shall be
subject to federal, state and other withholding taxes as required by applicable
law and the Company's general payroll policies as in effect from time to time.




                                      2
<PAGE>   3
         1.4     Term.            (a)      The Employment Period shall commence
on the date hereof and end on the first (1st) anniversary hereof (the "Initial
Employment Period"), subject to earlier termination (1) by reason of
Executive's death or disability, (2) by written resolution of the Board for
Cause (as defined herein), (3) by written resolution of the Board without
Cause, or (4) by written resignation of the Executive.

                 (b)      If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of
Executive's death or disability, Executive's resignation or her termination by
the Board with or without Cause (except felony conviction of any crime
involving theft or fraud), Executive shall be entitled to a severance payment
in an amount equal to one and one-half (1- 1/2) times Executive's then
effective Base Salary.  Such amounts shall be payable in equal biweekly
installments over a period of two (2) years from the date of termination of
employment.

                 (c)      Company shall pay Executive's health insurance
benefits for a period of two (2) years after termination of Executive's
employment for any reason other than (i) Executive's death, or (ii) termination
of Executive's employment for a felony conviction of any crime involving theft
or fraud.

                 (d)      Except as expressly set forth in this Section 1.4,
all compensation and other benefits shall cease to accrue upon termination of
employment.

         1.5     Renewal Options.          The Employment Period shall
automatically renew for successive one (1) year terms unless terminated by
Company or Executive upon ninety (90) days written notice prior to such renewal
period; provided, however, that upon any such renewal, the first sentence of
Section 1.4(b) shall be reformed to read as follows:

         "If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of Executive's
         termination by the Board without Cause or by Executive upon a material
         breach by the Company's obligations hereunder which is not cured
         within ten (10) business days of its receipt of written notice from
         Executive, Executive shall be entitled . . . (continue without
         amendment)."

         1.6     Confidential Information; Company Property.        Executive
acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by him while
employed by the Company and its subsidiaries concerning the business or affairs
of the Company, its subsidiaries and any predecessor to the business of the
Company that are not generally available to the public other than as a result
of breach of this Agreement by Executive ("Confidential Information") are the
property of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Executive agrees that she shall
not disclose to any unauthorized person or use for her own account any
Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Company
unless, and in such case only to





                                       3
<PAGE>   4
the extent that, such matters become generally known to and available for use
by the public other than as a result of Executive's acts or omissions to act.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Executive becomes legally compelled
to disclose Confidential Information pursuant to judicial or administrative
subpoena or process or other legal obligation, Executive may make such
disclosure only to the extent required, in the opinion of counsel for
Executive, to comply with such subpoena, process or other obligation.
Executive shall, as promptly as possible and in any event prior to the making
of such disclosure, notify the Company of any such subpoena, process or
obligation and shall cooperate with the Company in seeking a protective order
or other means of protecting the confidentiality of the Company Information.
Executive shall deliver to the Company at the termination of the Employment
Period, or at any time the Company may reasonably request, all memoranda,
notes, plans, records, reports, computer tapes and software and other documents
and data (and copies thereof) containing, relating to, or derived from the
Confidential Information or the business of the Company or its subsidiaries
which she may then possess or have under her control.  Executive agrees that
she will not retain after the termination of the Employment Period any copies
of any Confidential Information including, without limitation, any software,
documents or other materials originating with and/or belonging to the Company
or any Subsidiary of the Company.

         1.7     Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation.

                 (a)      Executive acknowledges that in the course of her
employment with the Company she will become familiar with the Company's trade
secrets and with other confidential information concerning the Company and its
predecessors and that her services have been and will be of special, unique and
extraordinary value to the Company.  The parties also acknowledge that the
availability of the services of the Executive and the related covenant not to
compete provided for herein were material inducements to it in agreeing to
enter into the business combination of Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and Alfalfa's,
Inc. being consummated at the same time that this Agreement is being entered
into.  Accordingly, Executive agrees that, during the period in which Executive
is receiving compensation hereunder and for a period of two (2) years following
termination of Executive's employment with the Company for any reason (the
"Non-Compete Period"), she shall not directly or indirectly own, manage,
control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner
engage in any supermarket, food store or retailer of health and beauty aids
located within a ten (10) mile radius of any store operated (defined herein as
current stores or stores for which leases have been signed as of the date of
termination) by the Company or its subsidiaries as of the date of termination
of Executive's employment with the Company.  Nothing herein shall prohibit
Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 1% of the outstanding
stock of another corporation, so long as Executive has no active participation
in the management or the business of such corporation.





                                       4
<PAGE>   5
                 (b)      During the Non-Compete Period, Executive shall not
directly or indirectly (1) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to leave the employ of the Company or
such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the
Company or any such Subsidiary and any employee thereof; (2) induce or attempt
to induce any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relationship of
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to cease doing business with the
Company or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship
between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the
Company or any such Subsidiary; or (3) make an oral or written disparaging
statement, comment or remark about the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to
any employee, customer, supplier, licensee or other business relationship of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to or for the intended use of any
member of the press.

                 (c)      Such Non-Compete Period shall terminate immediately
at such time as the Company and its Subsidiaries no longer operate supermarkets
or food stores.

         1.8     Employment-At-Will.       It is understood and agreed that
this Agreement constitutes employment-at-will and that notwithstanding (i) any
general or specific policies (whether written or oral) of the Company relating
to the employment or termination of its employees, (ii) any statements made to
Executive, whether made orally or contained in any document, pertaining to
Employee's relationship with the Company, or (iii) assignment of Cause by the
Company, the Company reserves the right to terminate the employment of
Executive by the Company in which event Executive's sole remedy shall be to
receive certain payments and other benefits upon the terms and subject to the
conditions provided for herein.

         1.9     Resignations upon Termination.    Upon termination of the
Executive, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and
directorships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
other affiliates.

                          ARTICLE 2.  REPRESENTATIONS
                                 AND WARRANTIES

         2.1     Representations and Warranties of Executive.
Executive represents and warrants to the Company that:

                 (a)      this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and
binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with the terms, and
the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive does not
and will not conflict with, violate or cause a breach of or default under any
agreement, contract or instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive
is a party or by which she is bound, and





                                       5
<PAGE>   6
                 (b)      Executive is not a party to or bound by any
employment agreement or non-compete agreement with any other person or entity.

         2.2     Representations and Warranties of the Company.     The Company
hereby represents and warrants to Executive that:

                 (a)      the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement by the Company does not and will not conflict with, breach, violate
or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment
or decree to which Company is a party or by which it is bound, and

                 (b)      upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by
Executive, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of the
Company enforceable in accordance with its terms.

                            ARTICLE 3.  DEFINITIONS

         As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
definitions set forth below:

         (a)     "Cause" shall mean (1) a material breach of this Agreement by
Executive which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice to
Executive from the Compensation Committee; (2) Executive's willful and repeated
failure to comply with the lawful directives of the Board or the Company's
Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; (3) gross negligence or willful misconduct
by Executive in the performance of her duties hereunder; (4) the commission by
Executive of an act (including, but not limited to, a felony or a crime
involving moral turpitude) causing material harm to the standing and reputation
of the Company or its subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the Board;
(5) misappropriation, breach of trust or fraudulent conduct by Executive with
respect to the assets or operations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;
(6) the continued use by Executive of alcohol or drugs to an extent that, in
the good faith determination of the Board, materially interferes with the
performance by Executive of her employment responsibilities under this
Agreement; (7) the repeated threat of Executive to cause, or the actual
occurrence of, damage to the relations of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries with customers, suppliers, lenders, advisors or employees which
damage is materially adverse to the business or operations of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries, and which threat is not terminated or which damage is
not cured following thirty (30) days written notice from the Board; or (8)
continued unauthorized absence from work (other than any such continued
unauthorized absence resulting from Executive's disability).





                                       6
<PAGE>   7
         (b)     "Disability" shall mean Executive's inability to substantially
perform her normal duties hereunder for six (6) months or more during any
twelve (12) month period determined in good faith by the Board.

         (c)     "Subsidiary" of an entity shall mean any corporation or other
business organization of which the securities have a majority of the normal
voting power in electing the board of directors or similar governing body of
such entity are, at the time of determination, owned by such entity directly or
indirectly through one or more subsidiaries.

                         ARTICLE 4.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

         4.1     Enforcement.              It is the express intention of the
parties that this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law in order to give full effect to the agreements reached herein.
Accordingly, if at the time of enforcement of Sections 1.6 or 1.7 a court holds
that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under the circumstances
then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or
geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for
the stated period, scope or area.  Because Executive's services are unique and
because Executive has access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto
agree that money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this
Agreement.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement,
the Company, its subsidiaries and their respective successors or assigns may,
in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any
court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or
other relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violation of, the provisions
hereof (without posting a bond or other security).

         4.2     Survival.        Sections 1.6 and 1.7 and this Article 4 shall
survive and continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms
notwithstanding any termination of the Employment Period.

         4.3     Notices.         All notices or other communications to be
given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will
be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when delivered personally,
one (1) business day following when sent via a nationally recognized overnight
courier, or when sent via facsimile confirmed in writing to the recipient.
Such notices and other communications will be sent to the addresses indicated
below:





                                       7
<PAGE>   8

                 To the Company:

                          WO Holdings, Inc.
                          1645 Broadway
                          Boulder, CO 80302
                          Attention:  Michael C. Gilliland, CEO

                          With Copy to:

                          WO Holdings, Inc.
                          1645 Broadway  
                          Boulder, CO 80302
                          Attention:  Elizabeth C. Cook, General Counsel

                 To Executive:

                          Elizabeth C. Cook
                          1645 Broadway
                          Boulder, CO 80302

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient
party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

         4.4     Severability.             Whenever possible, each provision of
this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid
under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or
rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will
not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement
will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

         4.5     Entire Agreement.                 This Agreement and those
documents expressly referred to herein embody the complete agreement and
understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior
understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written
or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

         4.6     Amendments and Waivers.   Any provision of this Agreement may
be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and
Executive.

         4.7     Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Colorado without
giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule
(whether of the





                                       8
<PAGE>   9
State of Colorado or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application
of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Colorado.

         4.8     Counterparts.    This Agreement may be executed by the parties
hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered
shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one
and the same instrument.

         4.9     Headings.        The headings contained in this Agreement are
for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement or of any term or provision hereof.

         4.10    Conflict.        In the event of any conflict between the
provisions of this Agreement and the policies and practices of the Company, the
provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

         4.11    Negotiation of Agreement.                  Each of the parties
acknowledge that it has been represented by independent counsel of its choice
throughout all negotiations that have preceded the execution of this Agreement
and that it has executed the same with consent and upon the advice of said
independent counsel.  Each party of its counsel cooperated in the drafting and
preparation of this Agreement and the documents referred to herein, and any and
all drafts relating thereto shall be deemed the work product of the parties and
may not be construed against any party by reason of its preparation.
Accordingly, any rule of law, or any legal decision that would require
interpretation of any ambiguities in this Agreement against the party that
drafted it, is of no application and is hereby expressly waived.

         4.12    Parties in Interest;Assignment.   This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
permitted successors, assigns, heirs, and/or personal representatives, except
that neither this Agreement nor any interest herein shall be assigned or
assignable by operation of law or otherwise, by Executive without the prior
written consent of the Company, which such consent the Company may grant or
withhold in its sole discretion.  The Company may, without the consent of
Executive, assign this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or
otherwise, to (i) any successor to all or substantially all of its stock,
assets or business by dissolution, merger, consolidation, transfer or assets,
or otherwise, or (ii) any direct or indirect Subsidiary, affiliate or division
of the Company or of any such successor referred in (a) hereof.  Nothing in
this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other
than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any
rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

         4.13    Dispute Resolution Process.       The parties hereby agree
that, in order to obtain prompt and expeditious resolution of any disputes
under this Agreement, each claim, dispute or controversy of whatever nature,
arising out of, in





                                       9
<PAGE>   10
connection with, or in relation to the interpretation, performance or breach of
this Agreement (or any other agreement contemplated by or related to this
Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Executive), including
without limitation, any claim based on contract, tort or statute, or the
arbitrability of any claim hereunder (a "Claim"), shall be settled, at the
request of any part of this Agreement, by final and binding arbitration
conducted in Denver, Colorado.  All such Claims shall be settled by one
arbitrator in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect
of the American Arbitration Association.  Such arbitrator shall be provided
through the CFR Institute for Dispute Resolution ("CFR") by mutual agreement of
the parties, provided that, absent such agreement, the arbitrator shall be
appointed by CFR.  In either event, such arbitrator may not have any
pre-existing, direct or indirect relationship with any party to the dispute.
Each party hereto expressly consents to, and waives any future objection to,
such forumand arbitration rules.  Judgment upon any award may be entered by any
state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof.  Except as required by law
(including, without limitation, the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Stock Market, if applicable), neither party
nor the arbitrator shall disclose the existence, content, or results of any
arbitration hereunder without the prior written consent of all parties.  Except
as provided herein, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern the
interpretation, enforcement and all proceedings pursuant to this Section.

         Adherence to this dispute resolution process shall not limit the right
of the Company or Executive to obtain any provisional remedy, including without
limitation, injunctive or similar relief set forth in Section 4.1 from any
court of competent jurisdiction as may be necessary to protect their respective
rights and interests pending arbitration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
sentence, this dispute resolution procedure is intended to be the exclusive
method of resolving any Claims arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

         The arbitration procedures shall follow the substantive law of the
State of Colorado, including the provisions of statutory law dealing with
arbitration, as it may exist at the time of the demand for arbitration, insofar
as said provisions are not in conflict with this Agreement and specifically
excepting therefrom sections of any such statute dealing with discovery and
sections requiring notice of the hearing date by registered or certified mail.

         4.14    Full Understanding.               Executive represents and
agrees that she fully understands her right to discuss all aspects of this
Agreement with her private attorney, and that to the extent, if any, that she
desired, she availed himself of such right.  Executive further represents that
she  has carefully read and fully understands all of the provisions of this
Agreement (including the non-compete provisions of Section 1.7), that she is
competent to execute this Agreement, that her agreement to execute this
Agreement has not been obtatined by any duress and that she freely and
voluntarily enteres into it, and that she has read this document in





                                       10
<PAGE>   11
its entirety and fully understands the meaning, intent and consequences of this
document.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been signed and sealed the day
first above written.


COMPANY:

WO HOLDINGS, INC.



By /s/ MICHAEL C. GILLILAND                                        
   -----------------------------------------

EXECUTIVE:



By /s/ ELIZABETH C. COOK
   -----------------------------------------
   Elizabeth C. Cook





                                       11
<PAGE>   12
                    FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                       DATED JULY 14, 1996 BY AND BETWEEN
                      WO HOLDINGS, INC. AND ELIZABETH COOK

This First Amendment to Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") is made as of
the 13th day of August, 1996, by and between WO Holdings, Inc. and Elizabeth
Cook ("Executive").

THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1.       Section 1.7(a) is amended as follows:

1.7      Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation.

         (a)     Executive acknowledges that in the course of her employment
with the Company she will become familiar with the Company's trade secrets and
with other confidential information concerning the Company and its predecessors
and that her services have been and will be of special, unique and
extraordinary value to the Company.  The parties also acknowledge that the
availability of the services of the Executive and the related covenant not to
compete provided for herein were material inducements to it in agreeing to
enter into the business combination of Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and Alfalfa's,
Inc. being consummated at the same time that this Agreement is being entered
into.  Accordingly, Executive agrees that, during the period in which Executive
is receiving compensation hereunder and for a period of two (2) years following
termination of Executive's employment with the Company for any reason (the
"Non-Compete Period"), she shall not directly or indirectly own, manage,
control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner
engage in any supermarket, food store or retailer of health and beauty aids
located within a ten (10) mile radius of any store operated (defined herein as
current stores or stores for which leases have been signed as of the date of
termination) by the Company or its subsidiaries as of the date of termination
of Executive's employment with the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
this non-compete shall not apply to Executive's stock ownership in Pretty Good
Groceries, Inc. which owns and operates Lolita's Market and Dillala's Pretty
Good Grocery.  Nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive
owner of not more than 1% of the outstanding stock of another corporation, so
long as Executive has no active participation in the management or the business
of such corporation.

<PAGE>   1
                                    WARRANT

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1993, AS
AMENDED AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS (A)
COVERED BY AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT, (B) IN
COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT, OR (C) THE COMPANY HAS BEEN FURNISHED
WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT NO
REGISTRATION IS REQUIRED BY SUCH TRANSFER.

                                    1,976 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock

                                    Warrant

         This Warrant certifies that for value received MONTGOMERY SECURITIES,
or registered assigns (the "Holder"), is entitled at any time before 5:00 p.m.,
California time, on November 14, 1999 to purchase from WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), one thousand nine hundred seventy six
(1,976) shares of the fully paid and non-assessable series C Preferred Stock
of the Company ("Preferred Stock") as constituted on the date hereof (the
"Issuance Date"), at price of $37.905 per share (the "Exercise Price"), subject
to the conditions set forth herein.

         The Holder may exercise the Warrant, in whole or in part, at any time
or from time to time, prior to its expiration, on any business day, by
delivering a written notice to the Company at the offices of the Company,
exercising the Warrant and specifying (i) the total number of shares of
Preferred Stock the Holder will purchase pursuant to such exercise and (ii) a
place and date not less than one nor more than twenty business days from the
date of the notice for the closing of such purchase.  At any closing, the
Holder will surrender the Warrant and make payment to the Company of the
aggregate Exercise Price for the shares of Preferred Stock so purchased, by
bank, cashier's or certified check and the Company will deliver to the Holder a
certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Preferred Stock
issuable upon such exercise, together with cash, in lieu of any fraction of a
number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon such exercise shall be issued
by the Company to the Holder thereof.

         The Holder shall have the right to require the Company to convert this
Warrant (in whole but not in part), at any time prior to its expiration, into
shares of Preferred Stock as provided for in this paragraph.  Upon exercise of
this conversion right, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (without payment
by the Holder of any exercise price) that number of shares of Preferred Stock
equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the value of the Warrant at the
time the right is exercised (determined by subtracting the aggregate Exercise
Price for the shares of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the
exercise of the right from the aggregate Fair Market Value for such shares
immediately prior to the exercise of the right) by (y) the Fair Market Value of
one share of Preferred Stock immediately prior to the exercise of the
conversion right.  The conversion right may be exercised, by the Holder, at
<PAGE>   2
any time or from time to time, prior to its expiration, on any business day by
delivering a written notice to the Company at the offices of the Company,
exercising the right and specifying the total number of shares of Preferred
Stock the Holder will purchase pursuant to such conversion and a place and date
not less than one nor more than twenty business days from the date of the
notice of the closing of such purchase.  At any closing under this paragraph,
the Holder will surrender the Warrant and the Company will deliver to the
Holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Preferred
Stock issuable upon such conversion, together with cash in lieu of any fraction
of a share.  Fair Market Value of a share of Preferred Stock as of any date
shall mean the Fair Market Value of a share of the Company's Common Stock as of
such date multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which a share
of Preferred Stock is convertible.  The Fair market Value of a share of Common
Stock shall be the public offering price of the Common Stock, or if not
publicly traded, then as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of
Directors upon review of relevant factors; provided, however, that if the
determination date is the date on which the Company's Common Stock is first
sold to the public by the Company in a firm commitment public offering under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, then the initial public offering price
at which the Common Stock is sold shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value
of the Common Stock on such date.

         In the event that pursuant to the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation, an event causing automatic conversion or redemption of the
Preferred Stock shall have occurred prior to the exercise of this Warrant, in
whole or in part, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the number of
shares of Common Stock of the Company which would have been received if this
Warrant had been exercised in full and the Preferred Stock received thereupon
had been simultaneously converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such
event.  In this regard, references to "Preferred Stock" shall include such
"Common Stock" unless the context otherwise requires.

         The Holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to the same registration
rights set forth in the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of
November 14, 1994 between the Holder and the Company with respect to the Common
Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.

         Upon due presentation for the registration of transfer of this
Warrant, Warrants of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a right to
purchase a like number of shares of Preferred Stock shall be issued to the
transferee(s) in exchange for this Warrant.

         The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder(s) hereof as the
absolute owner(s) of this Warrant (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or
other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise or
conversion hereof, of any distribution to the Holder(s) hereof, and for all
other purposes, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the
contrary.  The Warrant does not entitle any Holder hereof to any rights of a
stockholder of the Company.
<PAGE>   3
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Warrant to be
signed by its President and by its Secretary and has caused its corporate seal
to be affixed hereunto or imprinted hereon.

Dated: November 14, 1994                             Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
                                                     1668 Valtec Lane
                                                     Boulder, CO 80304

(Document shows signatures for Wild Oats Markets, Inc. of Michael C. Gilliland,
President and Elizabeth C. Cook, Secretary)



<PAGE>   1
                                    WARRANT

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1993, AS
AMENDED AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS (A)
COVEREDY BY AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT, (B) IN
COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT, OF (C) THE COMPANY HAS BEEN FURNISHED
WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT NO
REGISTRATION IS REQUIRED BY SUCH TRANSFER.

                                    783 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock

                                    Warrant

         This Warrant certifies that for value received WESTON PRESIDIO
OFFSHORE CAPITAL C.V., a Netherlands Antilles Limited Partnership, or
registered assigns (the "Holder"), is entitled at any time before 5:00 p.m.,
California time, on November 14, 1999 to purchase from WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), seven hundred eighty-three (783) shares
of the fully paid and non-assessable series B Preferred Stock of the Company
("Preferred Stock") as constituted on the date hereof (the "Issuance Date"), at
price of $17.50 per share (the "Exercise Price"), subject to the conditions set
forth herein.

         The Holder may exercise the Warrant, in whole or in part, at any time
or from time to time, prior to its expiration, on any business day, by
delivering a written notice to the Company at the offices of the Company,
exercising the Warrant  and specifying (i) the total number of shares of
Preferred Stock the Holder will purchase pursuant to such exercise and (ii) a
place and date not less than one nor more than twenty business days from the
date of the notice for the closing of such purchase.  At any closing, the
Holder will surrender the Warrant and make payment to the Company of the
aggregate Exercise Price for the shares of Preferred Stock so purchased by
bank, cashier's or certified check and the Company will deliver to the Holder a
certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Preferred Stock
issuable upon such exercise, together with cash, in lieu of any fraction of a
share.  Upon partial exercise, a new warrant or warrants of the same tenor and
expiration date for the purchase of the number of such shares not purchased
upon such exercise shall be issued by the Company to the Holder thereof.

         The Holder shall have the right to require the Company to convert this
Warrant (in whole but not in part), at any time prior to its expiration, into
shares of Preferred Stock as provided for in this paragraph.  Upon exercise of
this conversion right, the Compnay shall deliver to the Holder (without payment
by the Holder of any exercise price) that number of shares of Preferred Stock
equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the value of the Warrant at the
time the right is exercised (determined by subtracting the aggregate Exercise
Price for the shares of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the
exercise of the conversion right.  The conversion right may be exercised, by
the Holder, at any time or from
<PAGE>   2
time to time, prior to its expiration, on any business day by delivering a
written notice to the Company at the offices of the Company, exercising the
right and specifying the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the Holder
will purchase pursuant to such conversion and a place and date not less than
one nor more than twenty business days from the date of the notice of the
closing of such purchase.  At any closing under this paragraph, the Holder will
surrender the Warrant and the Company will deliver to the Holder a certificate
or certificates for the number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon such
conversion, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share.  Fair Market
Value of a share of Preferred Stock as of any date shall mean the Fair Market
Value of a share of the Company's Common Stock as of such date multiplied by
the number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of Preferred Stock is
convertible.  The Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the
public offering price of the Common Stock, or if not publicly traded, then as
determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors upon review of
relevant factors; provided, however, that if the determination date is the date
on which the Company's Common Stock is first sold to the public by the Company
in a firm commitment public offering under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, then the initial public offering price at which the Common Stock is
sold shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on such
date.

         In the event that pursuant to the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation, an event causing automatic conversion or redemption of the
Preferred Stock shall have occurred prior to the exercise of this Warrant, in
whole or in part, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the number of
shares of Common Stock of the Company which would have been received if this
Warrant had been exercised in full and the Preferred Stock received thereupon
had been simultaneously converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such
event.  In this regard, references to "Preferred Stock" shall include such
"Common Stock" unless the context otherwise requires.

         The Holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to the same registration
rights set forth in the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of
July 3, 1993 between the Holder and the Company with respect to the Common
Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.

         Upon due presentation for the registration of transfer of this
Warrant, Warrants of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a right to
purchase a like number of shares of Preferred Stock shall be issued to the
transferee(s) in exchange for this Warrant.

         The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder(s) hereof as the
absolute owner(s) of this Warrant (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or
other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise or
conversion hereof, of any distribution to the Holder(s) hereof, and for all
other purposes, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the
contrary.  The Warrant does not entitle any Holder hereof to any rights of a
stockholder of the Company.
<PAGE>   3
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Warrant to be
signed by its President and by its Secretary and has caused its corporate seal
to be affixed hereunto or imprinted hereon.

Dated: November 14, 1994                            Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
                                                    1668 Valtec Lane
                                                    Boulder, CO 80304

(Document shows signatures for Wild Oats Markets, Inc. of Michael C. Gilliland,
President and Elizabeth C. Cook, Secretary)



<PAGE>   1
                                    WARRANT

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1993, AS
AMENDED AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS (A)
COVEREDY BY AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT, (B) IN
COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT, OF (C) THE COMPANY HAS BEEN FURNISHED
WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT NO
REGISTRATION IS REQUIRED BY SUCH TRANSFER.

                                    723 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock

                                    Warrant

         This Warrant certifies that for value received WESTON PRESIDIO
OFFSHORE CAPITAL C.V., a Netherlands Antilles Limited Partnership, or
registered assigns (the "Holder"), is entitled at any time before 5:00 p.m.,
California time, on November 14, 1999 to purchase from WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), seven hundred twenty-three (723) shares
of the fully paid and non-assessable series B Preferred Stock of the Company
("Preferred Stock") as constituted on the date hereof (the "Issuance Date"), at
price of $18.75 per share (the "Exercise Price"), subject to the conditions set
forth herein.

         The Holder may exercise the Warrant, in whole or in part, at any time
or from time to time, prior to its expiration, on any business day, by
delivering a written notice to the Company at the offices of the Company,
exercising the Warrant  and specifying (i) the total number of shares of
Preferred Stock the Holder will purchase pursuant to such exercise and (ii) a
place and date not less than one nor more than twenty business days from the
date of the notice for the closing of such purchase.  At any closing, the
Holder will surrender the Warrant and make payment to the Company of the
aggregate Exercise Price for the shares of Preferred Stock so purchased by
bank, cashier's or certified check and the Company will deliver to the Holder a
certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Preferred Stock
issuable upon such exercise, together with cash, in lieu of any fraction of a
share.  Upon partial exercise, a new warrant or warrants of the same tenor and
expiration date for the purchase of the number of such shares not purchased
upon such exercise shall be issued by the Company to the Holder thereof.

         The Holder shall have the right to require the Company to convert this
Warrant (in whole but not in part), at any time prior to its expiration, into
shares of Preferred Stock as provided for in this paragraph.  Upon exercise of
this conversion right, the Compnay shall deliver to the Holder (without payment
by the Holder of any exercise price) that number of shares of Preferred Stock
equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the value of the Warrant at the
time the right is exercised (determined by subtracting the aggregate Exercise
Price for the shares of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the
exercise of the conversion right.  The conversion right may be exercised, by
the Holder, at any time or from
<PAGE>   2
time to time, prior to its expiration, on any business day by delivering a
written notice to the Company at the offices of the Company, exercising the
right and specifying the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the Holder
will purchase pursuant to such conversion and a place and date not less than
one nor more than twenty business days from the date of the notice of the
closing of such purchase.  At any closing under this paragraph, the Holder will
surrender the Warrant and the Company will deliver to the Holder a certificate
or certificates for the number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon such
conversion, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share.  Fair Market
Value of a share of Preferred Stock as of any date shall mean the Fair Market
Value of a share of the Company's Common Stock as of such date multiplied by
the number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of Preferred Stock is
convertible.  The Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the
public offering price of the Common Stock, or if not publicly traded, then as
determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors upon review of
relevant factors; provided, however, that if the determination date is the date
on which the Company's Common Stock is first sold to the public by the Company
in a firm commitment public offering under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, then the initial public offering price at which the Common Stock is
sold shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on such
date.

         In the event that pursuant to the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation, an event causing automatic conversion or redemption of the
Preferred Stock shall have occurred prior to the exercise of this Warrant, in
whole or in part, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the number of
shares of Common Stock of the Company which would have been received if this
Warrant had been exercised in full and the Preferred Stock received thereupon
had been simultaneously converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such
event.  In this regard, references to "Preferred Stock" shall include such
"Common Stock" unless the context otherwise requires.

         The Holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to the same registration
rights set forth in the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of
July 3, 1993 between the Holder and the Company with respect to the Common
Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.

         Upon due presentation for the registration of transfer of this
Warrant, Warrants of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a right to
purchase a like number of shares of Preferred Stock shall be issued to the
transferee(s) in exchange for this Warrant.

         The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder(s) hereof as the
absolute owner(s) of this Warrant (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or
other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise or
conversion hereof, of any distribution to the Holder(s) hereof, and for all
other purposes, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the
contrary.  The Warrant does not entitle any Holder hereof to any rights of a
stockholder of the Company.
<PAGE>   3
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Warrant to be
signed by its President and by its Secretary and has caused its corporate seal
to be affixed hereunto or imprinted hereon.

Dated: November 14, 1994                      Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
                                              1668 Valtec Lane
                                              Boulder, CO 80304

(Document shows signatures for Wild Oats Markets, Inc. of Michael C. Gilliland,
President and Elizabeth C. Cook, Secretary)




<PAGE>   1







                           WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.


                          SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK
                             PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                JULY 12, 1996


<PAGE>   2
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Page
<S>                                                                     <C>
1. PURCHASE AND SALE OF STOCK  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
                                                                      
         1.1 Sale and Issuance of Series E Preferred Stock . . . . . .  1
         1.2 Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
                                                                      
2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . .  1
                                                                      
         2.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification . . . . . .  1
         2.2 Capitalization and Voting Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
         2.3 Subsidiaries .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
         2.4 Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
         2.5 Valid Issuance of Series E Preferred and Common Stock . .  3
         2.6 Governmental Consents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
         2.7 Compliance with Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
         2.8 Litigation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
         2.9 Proprietary Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
         2.10 Compliance with Other Instruments  . . . . . . . . . . .  5
         2.11 Agreements; Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
         2.12 Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
         2.13 Registration Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
         2.14 Corporate Documents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
         2.15 Title to and Sufficiency of Property and Assets  . . . .  7
         2.16 Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
         2.17 Changes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
         2.18 Employee Benefit Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
         2.19 Tax Returns, Payments and Elections .  . . . . . . . . .  9
         2.20 Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
         2.21 Environmental Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
         2.22 Absence of Certain Commercial Practices. . . . . . . . . 10
         2.23 Insurance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
         2.24 Minute Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
         2.25 Labor Agreements and Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
         2.26 Material Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
         2.27 Small Business Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
                                                                      
3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SERIES E INVESTORS  . . . . . 12
                                                                      
         3.1 Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
         3.2 Purchase Entirely for Own Account . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
         3.3 Disclosure of Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
         3.4 Investment Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
</TABLE>                                                              
                                                                      
                                                                      
                                                                      
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                      i
<PAGE>   3
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS                        
                                                                        
<TABLE>                                                                 
<CAPTION>                                                               
                                                                     Page
<S>                                                                    <C>   
         3.5 Accredited Series E Investor.  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
         3.6 Restricted Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
         3.7 Further Limitations on Disposition.  . . . . . . . . . .  13
         3.8 Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
         3.9 Consents.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
                                                                     
4. STATE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
5. CONDITIONS OF SERIES E INVESTOR'S OBLIGATIONS AT THE CLOSING.  . .  14
                                                                     
         5.1 Representations and Warranties.  . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
         5.2 Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         5.3 Qualifications.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         5.4 Proceedings and Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         5.5 Compliance Certificate.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         5.6 Certificate of Incorporation.  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         5.7 Bylaws.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         5.8 Board of Directors.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         5.9 Stockholders Agreement.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         5.10 Committees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
         5.11 Registration Rights Agreement.  . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
         5.12 Legal Opinions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
                                                                     
6. CONDITIONS OF THE COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS AT THE CLOSING.  . . . . .  16
                                                                     
         6.1 Representations and Warranties.  . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
         6.2 Payment of Purchase Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
         6.3 Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
         6.4 Certificate of Incorporation.  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
         6.5 Qualifications.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
                                                                     
7. REGISTRATION RIGHTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
8. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
                                                                     
         8.1 SBIC Regulatory Compliance Cooperation.  . . . . . . . .  17
         8.2 Information Rights and Related Covenants . . . . . . . .  18
         8.3 Assignment.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
9. MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
                                                                     
         9.1 Survival of Warranties.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
         9.2 Benefit of Agreement; Successors and Assigns.  . . . . .  20
         9.3 Governing Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
</TABLE>                                                             
                                                                     
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                      ii
<PAGE>   4
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS                        
                                                                        
<TABLE>                                                                 
<CAPTION>                                                               
                                                                   Page
<S>                                                                  <C>       
         9.4 Counterparts.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         9.5 Titles and Subtitles.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         9.6 Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         9.7 Finder's Fee.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         9.8 Expenses.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         9.9 Amendments and Waivers.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         9.10 Severability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         9.11 Aggregation of Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         9.12 Integration.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         9.13 Special Triggering Event. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
                                                                  
10. MERGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
</TABLE>                                                          





                                     iii
<PAGE>   5
                           WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
                           SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK
                              PURCHASE AGREEMENT


     THIS SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT is dated as of July
12, 1996, by and between WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and the investors identified on the counterpart signature pages and
Schedule A hereto, each of which is herein referred to as a "Series E
Investor."

     THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1.   PURCHASE AND SALE OF STOCK.
     
     1.1   SALE AND ISSUANCE OF SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK.  The Company shall
adopt and file with the Secretary of State of Delaware on or before the Closing
(as defined below) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the
"Certificate of Incorporation") in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
     
     1.2   CLOSING. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the
Series E Investors each agree severally, and not jointly, to purchase at the
Closing and the Company agrees to sell and issue to each Series E Investor at
the Closing, that number of shares of the Company's Series E Preferred Stock,
par value $.001 per share (the "Series E Preferred Stock"), as is set forth next
to each such Series E Investor's name on the signature pages hereto and, in the
aggregate, 493,947 shares of Series E Preferred Stock for the purchase price
of $33.364 per share.  The purchase and sale of the 493,947 shares of the
Series E Preferred Stock shall be deemed to take place at the offices of Cooley,
Godward, Castro, Huddleson & Tatum, 2595 Canyon Boulevard, Suite 250, Boulder,
Colorado 80301, at 2:00 p.m., M.T., on July 12, 1996, or at such other time and
place as the Company and the Series E Investors mutually agree upon orally or in
writing (which time and place are designated as the "Closing").  At the Closing,
the Company shall deliver to the Series E Investors certificates representing
the Series E Preferred Stock which each such Series E Investor is purchasing
against delivery to the Company by the Series E Investors of a check or wire
transfer in the amount of the purchase price therefor payable to the Company's
order.
     

2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.  The Company hereby
represents and warrants to each Series E Investor that, except as set forth on
a Schedule of Exceptions specifically identifying the relevant paragraph
hereto, which exceptions shall be deemed to be representations and warranties
as if made hereunder:

     2.1   ORGANIZATION, GOOD STANDING AND QUALIFICATION.  The Company is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to
carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted.  The
Company is duly qualified to transact
     


                                       1.
<PAGE>   6
business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure so
to qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business, properties,
results of operations, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) (a
"Material Adverse Effect").

     2.2   CAPITALIZATION AND VOTING RIGHTS.

           (a)   The authorized capital of the Company, after the filing of the
Certificate of Incorporation, consists of (i) 6,500,000 shares of common stock,
par value $.001 per share (the "Common Stock"), of which 1,447,209 shares are
issued and outstanding and are owned by the persons in the numbers specified in
Schedule B hereto, (ii) 1,796,982 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per
share (the "Preferred Stock"), of which 168,000 shares have been designated
Series A Preferred Stock all of which are issued and outstanding, 1,600 shares
have been designated Series B Preferred Stock none of which are issued and
outstanding, 417,983 shares have been designated Series C Preferred Stock, of
which 416,007 are issued and outstanding and 853,664 shares have been designated
Series E Preferred Stock, none of which are issued and outstanding.
          
           (b)   Except for (i) the conversion privileges of the Series A
Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and
the Series E Preferred Stock, (ii) any rights provided for in this Agreement,
the Stockholders Agreement dated even herewith (the "Stockholders Agreement"),
(iii) those certain Warrants by and between the Company and Weston Presidio
dated August 8, 1994 and that certain Warrant between the Company and Montgomery
Securities, L.P. dated as of November 14, 1994 (collectively, the "Warrants")
and (iv) the Certificate of Incorporation, there are not outstanding any
options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights) or
agreements for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any shares of its
capital stock.  The Company is not a party or subject to any agreement or
understanding, and, to the Company's knowledge, except for the Stockholders
Agreement, there is no agreement or understanding between any persons and/or
entities, which affects or relates to the voting or giving of written consents
with respect to any security or by a director of the Company. Neither the
execution of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby nor the exercise of any rights granted to the Series E Investors
hereunder or under the Certificate of Incorporation will result in any change in
the conversion provisions of any other outstanding securities of the Company,
whether through an adjustment required under any "antidilution" or similar
provision, or otherwise.
          
     2.3   SUBSIDIARIES. Except as set forth at Section 2.3 of the Schedule
of Exceptions, the Company does not presently own or control, directly or
indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, association, or other
business entity.

     2.4   AUTHORIZATION. All corporate action on the part of the Company,
its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization,
execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, the Stockholders
Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C
(the "Registration Rights Agreement"), the performance of all obligations of
the Company hereunder and thereunder and the





                                       2.
<PAGE>   7
authorization, issuance (or reservation for issuance) and delivery of the
Series E Preferred Stock and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the
Series E Preferred Stock has been taken or will be duly taken prior to the
Closing, and each of this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and the
Registration Rights Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding
obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to
bankruptcy and other laws of general application affecting the rights of
creditors, and except to the extent that the availability of any equitable
remedy is subject to the discretion of a court.

     2.5   VALID ISSUANCE OF SERIES E PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK.

           (a)   The Series E Preferred Stock which is being purchased by
the Series E Investors hereunder, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance
with the terms hereof for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly and
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and, based in part upon the
representations of the Series E Investors in this Agreement, will be issued in
compliance with all applicable securities laws, as presently in effect, of the
United States and each of the states whose securities laws govern the issuance
of any of the Series E Preferred Stock hereunder.  The Common Stock issuable
upon conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock has been duly and validly
reserved for issuance and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of the
Certificate of Incorporation, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable, and based in part upon the representations of the Series E
Investors in this Agreement, issued in compliance with all applicable
securities laws, as presently in effect, of the United States and each of the
states whose securities laws govern the issuance of any of the Series E
Preferred Stock hereunder.  The Company has reserved a sufficient authorized
but unissued number of shares of Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of
the Series E Preferred Stock as well as in respect of all other outstanding
securities of the Company that are convertible into, or exercisable or
exchangeable for, Common Stock.

           (b)   The outstanding shares of Common Stock are all duly and
validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and were issued in
compliance with all applicable securities laws of the United States and each of
the states whose securities laws govern the issuance of any of the Common
Stock.

     2.6   Governmental Consents.  No consent, approval, order or
authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or
filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority on the part of
the Company is required in connection with the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration
Rights Agreement, except for (i) the filing of applicable blue sky forms in the
appropriate states, and (ii) the filing of a Form D pursuant to the provisions
of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"1933 Act"), which filings will be effected within the required periods but, in
no event, later than 15 days after the Closing.

     2.7   COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. The Company is in compliance with all
applicable federal, state and local laws, statutes, licensing requirements,
rules and regulations, and





                                       3.
<PAGE>   8
judicial or administrative decisions applicable to the conduct of its business,
except where the failure to so comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect
on the Company.  The Company has been granted any and all licenses, permits
(temporary or otherwise), authorizations and approvals from federal, state,
local and foreign government regulatory bodies necessary to carry on its
business and operations as currently conducted, all of which are in full force
and effect, except for such licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals the
failure to have obtained would not have a material adverse effect on the
Company.  Consummation of the transactions contemplated by that certain
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 4, 1996, by and between the Company,
WO Holdings, Inc. and Alfalfa's Markets, Inc. (the "Merger Agreement") will not
result in the violation by the Company or any other constituent to such
transaction of any federal or state anti-trust, unfair competition or similar
law, statute, rule or regulation nor require that any of such entities divest
itself of any of its present operations.

     2.8   LITIGATION. A description of each of the pending or, to the best
knowledge of the Company, threatened actions, suits or proceedings related to
the Company or in which the Company is involved, is set forth at Section 2.8 of
the Schedule of Exceptions.  There is no action, suit, proceeding or
investigation pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, currently
threatened against the Company which questions the validity of this Agreement,
the Stockholders Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement, or the right
of the Company to enter into them, or to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby, or which might result, either individually or
in the aggregate, in any Material Adverse Effect on the Company, or any change
in the current equity ownership of the Company, nor is the Company aware of any
facts which in the reasonable judgment of the Company would serve as the basis
for any litigation which, if resolved adversely to the Company, is likely to
result in a judgment against the Company which would have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company.  The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions
pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened (or any fact which
in the reasonable judgment of the Company would serve as the basis for any such
action which is likely to result in such a judgment against the Company)
involving the prior employment of any of the Company's employees, their use in
connection with the Company's business of any information or techniques
allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations
under any agreements with prior employers.  The Company is not a party or
subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of
any court or government agency or instrumentality.  There is no action, suit,
proceeding or investigation by the Company currently pending or which the
Company intends to initiate.

     2.9   PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. The Company has sufficient title and
ownership (or can obtain such title and ownership without a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company) of all material trademarks, service marks, trade names,
copyrights, trade secrets, information and proprietary rights necessary for its
business as now conducted and as proposed to





                                       4.
<PAGE>   9
be conducted, and to the best of the Company's knowledge, without any conflict
with or infringement of the rights of others.  The Company is not aware of any
trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, information
or proprietary rights for which it would need to obtain title and ownership for
its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and which, if
not obtained, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.  There are
no outstanding material options, licenses, or agreements of any kind relating
to the foregoing, nor is the Company bound by or a party to any material
options, licenses, concurrent use agreements or other agreements of any kind
with respect to the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade
secrets, licenses, information and proprietary rights of any other person or
entity.  The Company has not received any communication alleging that the
Company has violated or, by conducting its business as proposed, would violate,
any of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights or trade secrets
or other proprietary rights of any other person or entity.  The Company is not
aware that any of its employees is obligated under any contract (including
licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement, or is
subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency,
that would materially interfere with the use of his or her best efforts to
promote the interests of the Company or that would conflict with the Company's
business as proposed to be conducted.  Neither the execution nor delivery of
this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement or the Registration Rights
Agreement, nor the carrying on of the Company's business by the employees of
the Company, nor the conduct of the Company's business as proposed, will, to
the Company's knowledge, conflict with or result in a breach of the terms,
conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any material
contract, covenant or instrument known to the Company under which any of such
employees is now obligated.

     2.10  COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER INSTRUMENTS.  The Company is not in
violation or default of any provision of its corporate charter (as in place on
the date hereof or as to be amended by the Certificate of Incorporation) or
bylaws or, except as set forth at Section 2.10 of the Schedule of Exceptions,
of any material instrument or material contract to which it is a party or by
which it or any of its properties is bound, which material contracts are set
forth on Schedule C hereto, or, to its knowledge, of any provision of federal
or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company.  Set forth on
Schedule C is each contract which the Company would be obligated to file with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") as an exhibit to a
Registration Statement under the 1933 Act pursuant to Item 4 or 10 of Item 601
to Regulation S-K.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement,
the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not
result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or
without the passage of time and giving of notice, either a default under any
such provision, instrument, or contract or an event which results in the
creation of any material lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the
Company.

     2.11  AGREEMENTS; ACTION.

           (a)   Except for agreements explicitly contemplated hereby, as set 
forth at Section 2.11(a) of the Schedule of Exceptions or by the Stockholders
Agreement, the Tax Indemnification Agreement dated July 3, 1993 (the "Tax
Indemnification Agreement"), between Wild Oats and certain stockholders, the
Warrants, or the Registration Rights Agreement, there are no written or oral
agreements, understandings or proposed transactions
        




                                       5.
<PAGE>   10
between the Company and any of its officers, directors, stockholders,
employees, consultants or affiliates, or any affiliate thereof.

           (b)   Except as set forth on Schedule C hereto, there are no
agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts or proposed transactions, to
which the Company is a party or by which it is bound which may involve (i)
obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to the Company in excess
of, $50,000, except for obligations incurred in the ordinary course of
business, or (ii) provisions restricting (geographically or otherwise) the
delivery of the Company's services and products or (iii) indemnification or
guaranty by the Company.

           (c)   Except as set forth at Section 2.11(c) of the Schedule
of Exceptions, the Company has not engaged in the past three (3) months in any
discussion (i) with any representative of any corporation or corporations
regarding the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any such
corporation or corporations, (ii) with any corporation, partnership,
association or other business entity or any individual regarding the sale,
conveyance or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company or a transaction or series of related transactions in which more than
fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Company is disposed of, or (iii)
regarding any other form of acquisition, liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of the Company.

           (d)   Each contract listed or described on Schedule C is a
valid and binding obligation of the Company and is in full force and effect,
except as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights or remedies in general from time to time in effect and the
exercise by courts of equity powers.  The Company has performed all of its
material obligations required to be performed through the date hereof under the
contracts so listed or described and the Company is not in breach or default in
any respect thereunder nor has any event or circumstance occurred which, with
notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute any such breach or default,
except in any such case for such breaches or defaults which, individually or in
the aggregate, do not, and, insofar as reasonably can be foreseen, in the
future will not, have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.  To the best of
the Company's knowledge, none of the other parties to such contracts is in
breach or default in any respect thereunder nor has any event or circumstance
occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute any such
breach or default, except in any such case for such breaches or default which,
individually or in the aggregate, do not, and, insofar as reasonably can be
foreseen, in the future will not, have a Material Adverse Effect on the
Company.

           (e)   Except for the WO Holdings, Inc. Certificate of Incorporation 
and Bylaws, the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and
as set forth in that Section 2.11(e) of the Schedule of Exceptions, there are no
other agreements which will be in effect after the Merger with regard to (i)
registration of the Company's or WO Holdings' capital stock pursuant to the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) voting of the Company's or WO Holdings'
capital stock by the holders thereof or (iii) governing the rights of the
holders of the Company's or WO Holdings' capital stock.
        




                                       6.
<PAGE>   11
     2.12  DISCLOSURE.

           Neither this Agreement, nor any of the other agreements or
documents contemplated hereby or furnished by or on behalf of the Company to
the Series E Investors in connection with the negotiation and the sale of the
Series E Preferred Stock, nor the financial statements referred to in Section
2.16 hereof, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  There
is no fact known to the Company which the Company has not disclosed to the
Series E Investors which materially adversely affects, or insofar as the
Company can reasonably foresee will materially adversely affect, the
properties, business, prospects, operations, earnings, assets, liabilities or
condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company or the ability of the Company
to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Series E Preferred Stock,
the other agreements and documents referred to herein or any document
contemplated hereby or thereby.

           The projections provided to the Series E Investors are based
on the good faith estimates and assumptions of the management of the Company,
which has no reason to believe that such projections are not reasonable.  As a
result of unanticipated events and circumstances, such assumptions may be
incomplete or incorrect.  For these reasons, actual results achieved during the
period covered by the projects may vary from those forecast in the projections,
and the variations may be material and adverse.  In addition, the Company has
had a limited operating history on which to base its net sales and expense
assumptions, particularly for its supermarket format stores.  As a result, the
projections are in large part based on assumptions derived from management's
experience at the six supermarket format stores opened by the Company to date.

     2.13  REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  Except as provided in the Registration
Rights Agreement and the Warrants, the Company has not granted or agreed to
grant any registration rights, including piggyback rights, to any person or
entity.

     2.14  CORPORATE DOCUMENTS.  Except for amendments necessary to
satisfy representations and warranties or conditions contained herein (the form
of which amendments has been approved by the Series E Investors), the
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company are in the form
previously provided to counsel for the Series E Investors.

     2.15  TITLE TO AND SUFFICIENCY OF PROPERTY AND ASSETS. The Company
has good and marketable title to all of its properties and assets (including,
without limitation, the properties and assets reflected on the Company's
balance sheet as of April 27, 1996), which properties and assets are in good
operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear consistent with
the age of the properties or assets) and are sufficient for all operations of
the Company which are material to the business of the Company as currently
conducted.  The Company owns or leases its property and assets free and clear
of all mortgages, liens, loans and encumbrances, except such encumbrances and
liens which arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially
impair the Company's ownership or use of such property or assets.  With respect
to the property and assets it leases, the Company is in compliance with





                                       7.
<PAGE>   12
such leases and, to the best of its knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest
free of any liens, claims or encumbrances which would materially impair the
Company's use of such leasehold.

     2.16  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The Company has delivered to each Series
E Investor its audited financial statements (balance sheet and profit and loss
statement, statement of stockholders' equity and statement of cash flows) at
and for the two-year period ended December 30, 1995 and its unaudited financial
statements (balance sheet and profit and loss statement, statement of
stockholders' equity and statement of cash flows) at and for March 30, 1996 and
for the three-month period then ended (the "Financial Statements").  The
Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods
indicated and with each other, except that the interim Financial Statements do
not contain all footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles
and are subject to normal year-end adjustments.  The Financial Statements
fairly present the financial condition and operating results of the Company as
of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject, in the case of
the interim Financial Statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments, which
will not be material individually or in the aggregate.  The Company maintains
and will continue to maintain a system of accounting established and
administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

     2.17  CHANGES.  Except as set forth at Section 2.17 of the Schedule
of Exceptions, since March 30, 1996, the Company has not (i) incurred any
indebtedness for money borrowed, or any other liabilities of any sort
whatsoever, individually in excess of $75,000 or, in the case of indebtedness
and/or liabilities individually less than $75,000, in excess of $200,000 in the
aggregate, (ii) made any loans or advances to any person, other than ordinary
advances for travel or business expenses, (iii) sold, exchanged or otherwise
disposed of any of its assets or rights in excess of $75,000, or (iv) declared
or paid any dividends or distributions upon or with respect to any class or
series of its capital stock.  In addition, since April 27, 1996, there has not
been:

           (a)   any change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or 
operating results of the Company from that reflected in the Financial
Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business which have not
had, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company;
        
           (b)   any damage, destruction or loss of physical property,
whether or not covered by insurance, materially and adversely affecting the
business, properties or condition (financial or otherwise), of the Company (as
such business is presently conducted and as it is proposed to be conducted);

           (c)   any waiver by the Company of a valuable right or of a material
debt owed by it;

           (d)   any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim or
encumbrance or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary
course of business and





                                       8.
<PAGE>   13
which does not have a Material Adverse Effect, on the Company (as such business
is presently conducted and as it is proposed to be conducted);

           (e)   any change or amendment to a contract or arrangement by
which the Company or any of its assets or properties is bound or subject which
has a Material Adverse Effect on the Company (as presently conducted and as it
is proposed to be conducted);

           (f)   any change in any compensation arrangement or agreement
with any officer, director or consultant;

           (g)   any material transaction entered into by the Company not
in the ordinary course of its business; or

           (h)   to the Company's knowledge, any other event or condition
which has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company.

     2.18  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.  Except as set forth at Section 2.18 of
the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company does not have any Employee Benefit Plan
as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

     2.19  TAX RETURNS, PAYMENTS AND ELECTIONS. The Company has filed all
tax returns and reports as required by law.  These returns and reports are true
and correct in all material respects.  The Company has paid all taxes and other
assessments due, except those contested by it in good faith which are listed in
the Schedule of Exceptions.  The Company has not elected pursuant to the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), to be treated as a
collapsible corporation pursuant to Section 1362(a) of the Code, nor has it
made any other elections pursuant to the Code (other than elections which
relate solely to methods of accounting, depreciation or amortization) which
would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.  The Tax Indemnity
Agreement is in full force and effect and there are no unpaid claims for
indemnification or other payments thereunder.

     2.20  BUSINESS.  The Company is not engaged in any business other
than as described in the draft February 12, 1996 private placement memorandum
(the "Private Placement Memorandum"), a copy of which has been provided to the
Series E Investors.

     2.21  ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE.

           (a)   To the best of the Company's knowledge, the Company is
in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local environmental laws,
regulations and ordinances governing its business, properties or assets.  To
the best of the Company's knowledge, all material licenses, permits or
registrations required for the business of the Company as presently conducted
and proposed to be conducted, under federal, state and local environmental
laws, regulations or ordinances have been secured.

           (b)   As used herein, "Hazardous Material" means any hazardous
or toxic substance, pollutant or waste which is regulated by any federal, state
or local governmental





                                       9.
<PAGE>   14
authority; including, but not limited to, hazardous substances as defined under
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as
amended, hazardous waste as defined under the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act, as amended, air pollutants regulated under the Clean Air Act, as
amended, pollutants as defined under the Clean Water Act, as amended, any
pesticide as defined by the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide
Act, any hazardous chemical substance or mixture or imminently hazardous
substance or mixture regulated by the Toxic Substances Control Act.

           (c)   To the best of the Company's knowledge, no release,
emission or discharge of any reportable quantities (as set forth in Title 40,
Code of Federal Regulations Section  302) of Hazardous Material into the
environment (including the soil, groundwater, surface water or waterways, and
air) is presently occurring on or from any property owned, leased or operated
by the Company except pursuant to and in compliance with a federal, state or
local permit.

           (d)   To the best of the Company's knowledge, no reportable
quantities (as set forth in Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations Section  302)
of Hazardous Material are located in the soil, groundwater, surface water, or
waterways at or under any property owned, leased or operated by the Company in
quantities or concentrations sufficient to require removal or remediation under
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as
amended.
           (e)   The Company has never (i) been held legally responsible for
any release of any Hazardous Material; (ii) received notification from any
federal, state or other governmental authority of potential liability for any
release of Hazardous Material; or (iii) been required to pay the costs or
expenses incurred for the release of any Hazardous Material.

           (f)   To the best of the Company's knowledge, no Hazardous
Materials, including but not limited to, asbestos, are present in buildings
presently leased, owned, or otherwise occupied by the Company in amounts or
concentrations that could have a material adverse affect upon the Company's
financial position if such Hazardous Materials were required to be removed.

           (g)   All environmental reports or similar documents prepared
on behalf of, or in the possession of, the Company regarding property owned,
leased or otherwise occupied by the Company have been provided to counsel for
the Series E Investors.

     2.22  ABSENCE OF CERTAIN COMMERCIAL PRACTICES.  To the best of the
Company's knowledge, neither the Company nor any officer, director, employee or
agent of the Company (or any person acting on behalf of the foregoing), has (i)
given or agreed to give any gift or similar benefit of more than nominal value
on behalf of the Company to any official or any governmental authority
(domestic or foreign), to induce the recipient or his employer to do business,
grant favorable treatment or compromise or forego any claim, (ii) made any
payment which is illegal under prevailing law (regardless of the jurisdiction
in which such payment was





                                      10.
<PAGE>   15
made) to promote or retain sales or to help, procure or maintain good relations
with suppliers, (iii) engaged in any activity which constitutes a violation of
the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder, (iv) engaged in any practice violating any
United States federal law prohibiting compliance with an unsanctioned foreign
boycott or (v) failed to perform its obligations in any respect under any
material contract with, or violated in any material respect any federal law
known to the company in its dealings with, the federal government or any agency
or department thereof, including, but not limited to, any law with respect to
conspiracy to defraud, false claims, conspiracy to defraud the United States,
embezzlement or theft of public money, fraud and false statement, false demands
against the United States, mail fraud, wire fraud, RICO, and truth in
negotiations.  To the best of the Company's knowledge, no such gift or benefit
is required in connection with the operations of the Company or its business to
avoid any fine, penalty, cost, expense or adverse change in the business,
properties, condition (financial or otherwise), of the Company.

     2.23  INSURANCE.  The Company has in full force and effect insurance
of the type and in amounts which it reasonably deems adequate for its business
as then conducted and as proposed to be conducted, including, without
limitation, general liability insurance and insurance covering all rights
customarily insured against by businesses that are similarly situated.

     2.24  MINUTE BOOKS. The minute books of the Company and its
subsidiaries provided to counsel for the Series E Investors contain a summary
of all meetings of directors and stockholders since the time of incorporation
and reflect all transactions referred to in such minutes accurately in all
material respects.

     2.25  LABOR AGREEMENTS AND ACTIONS.  The Company is not bound by or
subject to (and none of its assets or properties is bound by or subject to) any
written or oral, express or implied, contract, commitment or arrangement with
any labor union, and no labor union has requested or, to the knowledge of the
Company, has sought to represent any of the employees, representatives or
agents of the Company.  There is no strike or other labor dispute involving the
Company pending, or the knowledge of the Company threatened, which could have a
Material Adverse Effect on the Company, nor is the Company aware of any labor
organization activity involving any of its employees.  The Company is not aware
that any officer or employee, or that any group of employees, intends to
terminate their employment with the Company, nor does the Company have a
present intention to terminate the employment of any officers or key employees
of the foregoing.  The employment of each officer and employee of the Company
is terminable at the will of the Company.

     2.26  MATERIAL LIABILITIES. The Company has no material liabilities
or obligations, absolute or contingent (individually or in the aggregate),
except liabilities (i) listed on the Financial Statements, (ii) on the schedule
of debt obligations furnished the Series E Investors, or (iii) other
liabilities and obligations either (a) incurred in the ordinary course of
business since April 27, 1996 or (b) which individually do not exceed $75,000
and which in the aggregate do not exceed $200,000.





                                      11.
<PAGE>   16
     2.27  SMALL BUSINESS MATTERS.

           (a)   The Company, together with its "affiliates" (as that
term is defined in Tittle 13, Code of Federal Regulations, Section  121.401),
is a "small business concern" within the meaning of the Small Business
Investment Act of 1958, as amended (the "SBA") and the regulations thereunder,
including Title 13, Code of Federal Regulations, Section  121.802.  The
information set forth in the Small Business Administration Forms 480, 652 and
Section A of Form 1031 regarding the Company is accurate and complete.  Copies
of such forms shall have been completed and executed by the Company and
delivered to the Regulated Investors (as defined below) at or prior to the
Closing.

           (b)   The proceeds from the sale of the Series E Preferred
Stock will be used by the Company as set forth on Schedule D hereto.  No
portion of such proceeds (i) will be used to provide capital to a corporation
licensed under the SBIA, (ii) will be used outside the United States (except
(x) to acquire abroad materials and industrial property rights for a domestic
operation or (y) for transfer to a controlled foreign subsidiary, so long as at
least 51% of the Company's assets and activities will remain within the United
States), or (iii) will be used for any purpose contrary to the public interest
(including, but not limited to, activities which are in violation of law) or
inconsistent with free competitive enterprise, in each case, within the meaning
of 13 C.F.R., Section  107.901.

           (c)   Neither the Company's nor any of its Subsidiaries'
primary business activity involves, directly or indirectly, providing funds to
others, the purchase of discounting of debt obligations, factoring or long-term
leasing of equipment with no provision for maintenance or repair, and neither
the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is classified under Major Group 65
(Real Estate) of the SIC Manual.

3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SERIES E INVESTORS.  Each Series E
Investor hereby represents and warrants as to itself that:

     3.1   AUTHORIZATION.  Such Series E Investor has all necessary
corporate or partnership power and authority to enter into this Agreement.
This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Series
E Investor and constitutes its valid and legally binding obligation,
enforceable in accordance with its terms.

     3.2   PURCHASE ENTIRELY FOR OWN ACCOUNT. This Agreement is made with
such Series E Investor in reliance upon such Series E Investor's representation
to the Company, which by such Series E Investor's execution of this Agreement
such Series E Investor hereby confirms, that the Series E Preferred Stock and
the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock
(collectively, the "Securities") will be acquired for investment for such
Series E Investor's own account and accounts under such Series E Investor's
common control and ownership, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to
the resale or distribution of any part thereof in contravention of any federal
or state securities laws, and that such Series E Investor has no present
intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing
the same in contravention of any federal or state securities law.





                                      12.
<PAGE>   17
     3.3   DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION.  Such Series E Investor represents
that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the
Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Series E
Preferred Stock.  The foregoing, however, does not in any manner limit or
modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 2 of this
Agreement or the right of the Series E Investors to rely thereon, regardless of
any investigation undertaken by or on behalf of the Series E Investors.

     3.4   INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE. Such Series E Investor is an
institutional or individual investor in securities of companies in the
development or growth stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for
itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment and has such knowledge and
experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating
the merits and risks of the investment in the Series E Preferred Stock.  If
other than an individual, each Series E Investor also represents it has not
been organized for the purpose of acquiring the Securities.

     3.5   ACCREDITED SERIES E INVESTOR.  Such Series E Investor is and at
the Closing will be an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501 of
Regulation D promulgated by the SEC under the 1933 Act, as presently in effect.

     3.6   RESTRICTED SECURITIES. Such Series E Investor understands that
the Securities it is purchasing are characterized as "restricted securities"
under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the
Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such
laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without
registration under the 1933 Act, only in certain limited circumstances.  In
this connection, such Series E Investor represents that it is familiar with
Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC, as presently in effect, and understands the
resale limitations imposed thereby and by the 1933 Act.

     3.7   FURTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISPOSITION.  Without in any way limiting
the representations set forth above, each Series E Investor further agrees not
to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Securities unless and
until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to be
bound by the terms of this Agreement (provided, and only to the extent that,
such provisions are then applicable, and provided that any Series E Investor is
making such disposition in a transaction other than pursuant to Rule 144 or
Rule 144A or under an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act), and

           (a)   such Series E Investor shall have notified the Company
of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a
reasonably detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed
disposition, and

           (b)   if reasonably requested by the Company, such Series E
Investor shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel,
reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require
registration of such shares under the 1933 Act.





                                      13.
<PAGE>   18
     3.8   LEGENDS. It is understood that the certificates evidencing the
Securities may bear the following legend to the extent reasonably required by
applicable law:

         "THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
     1933, AS AMENDED (THE "1933 ACT"), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES 
     LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED
     UNLESS COVERED BY AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE
     SECURITIES UNDER SUCH 1933 ACT, IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE 1933
     ACT, OR THE COMPANY HAS BEEN FURNISHED WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
     REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT
     REQUIRED OR EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THE SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK
     PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED JULY 12, 1996."

     3.9   CONSENTS.  Except for termination of the relevant waiting period
under the Hart-Scott Rodino Act Anti-Trust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended
(the "HSR Act"), as required by Section 5.3, no consent, approval or
authorization of or designation, declaration or filing with any state, federal
or foreign governmental authority on the part of such Series E Investor is
required in connection with the valid execution and delivery of this Agreement,
the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

4.   STATE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS.

     THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS 
NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF ANY STATE AND THE
ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE
CONSIDERATION FOR SUCH SECURITIES PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL,
UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY THE APPLICABLE
STATE CORPORATIONS CODE.  THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE
EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE 
IS SO EXEMPT.

5.   CONDITIONS OF SERIES E INVESTOR'S OBLIGATIONS AT THE CLOSING.  The
obligations of each Series E Investor under Section 1 of this Agreement are
subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing, of each of the following
conditions, the waiver of which shall not be effective against any Series E
Investor who does not consent in writing thereto:

     5.1   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The representations and warranties 
of the Company contained in Section 2 shall be true and correct on and as of the
Closing with the same force and effect as though such representations and
warranties had been made on and as of the date of the Closing.
        




                                      14.
<PAGE>   19
     5.2   PERFORMANCE.  The Company shall have performed and complied with
all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are
required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing.

     5.3   QUALIFICATIONS.  All authorizations, approvals or permits, if
any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States or
of any state that are required in connection with the lawful issuance or sale
of the Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to this Agreement shall be duly
obtained and effective as of the Closing.  Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, Chase (as defined below) shall have received all requisite
approvals under the HSR Act to permit it to acquire all of the securities to be
issued to it in connection with the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

     5.4   PROCEEDINGS AND DOCUMENTS.  All corporate and other proceedings
in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Closing and all
documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to Series E Investors' counsel, and they shall have received all such
counterpart original and certified or other copies of such documents as they
shall have reasonably requested.

     5.5   COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE. The President of the Company shall
deliver to each Series E Investor at the Closing a certificate certifying that
(i) the conditions specified in Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 and 5.6 have been
fulfilled and stating that there has been no material adverse change in the
business, affairs, operations, properties, assets or condition of the Company
since March 30, 1996, and (ii) all conditions precedent to the consummation of
the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (except those related to
the completion of this financing) have been satisfied or duly waived and such
officer knows of no reason why such transactions will not be consummated
promptly after the Closing.

     5.6   CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION.  The Certificate of Incorporation
in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A shall have been approved
by all necessary corporate and stockholder action and duly accepted for filing
by the Delaware Secretary of State.

     5.7   BYLAWS.  The Bylaws of the Company shall provide that the Board
of Directors of the Company shall consist of not more than eleven directors,
with the exact number of directors to be specified by resolutions duly adopted
from time to time by the Board of Directors.

     5.8   BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  Immediately following the Closing and the
closing of the Merger, the directors of the Company shall be Michael C.
Gilliland, Elizabeth C. Cook, James B. McElwee, Peter D. Behrendt, David M.
Chamberlain, David L. Ferguson, M. Laird Koldyke, Barnet M. Feinblum, S.M.
Hassan, John Shields and one director to be named by a majority of the Series E
Investors.

     5.9   STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT. The Stockholders Agreement and
Stockholders Agreement Joinder in substantially the forms attached hereto as
Exhibits B-1 and B-2 shall have been entered into by the parties named therein.





                                      15.
<PAGE>   20
     5.10   COMMITTEES.  The Committees of the Board of Directors shall be
as set forth in Schedule E attached hereto.

     5.11   REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT.  The parties hereto, as well as
the parties to the Registration Rights Agreement dated November 14, 1994 (the
"Prior Registration Rights Agreement"), shall have entered into the
Registration Rights Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement Joinder in the
forms attached hereto as Exhibits C-1 and C-2 and the Prior Registration Rights
Agreement shall have been terminated without liability to any party thereto.

     5.12   LEGAL OPINIONS.  Each Series E Investor shall have received
from Cooley, Godward, Castro, Huddleson & Tatum, counsel for the Company, an
opinion, dated as of such Closing, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

6.   CONDITIONS OF THE COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS AT THE CLOSING.  The obligations
of the Company to each Series E Investor under this Agreement are subject to
the fulfillment, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions
by that Series E Investor:

     6.1   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The representations and
warranties of the Series E Investors contained in Section 3 shall be true and
correct on and as of the Closing with the same force and effect as though such
representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the
Closing.

     6.2   PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE.  The Series E Investors shall have
delivered the aggregate purchase price specified in Section 1.

     6.3   PERFORMANCE.  The Series E Investors shall have performed and
complied with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this
Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by them on or
before the Closing.

     6.4   CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION.  The Certificate of Incorporation
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A shall have been approved
by all necessary corporate and stockholder action and duly accepted for filing
by the Delaware Secretary of State.

     6.5   QUALIFICATIONS.  All authorizations, approvals or permits, if
any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States or
of any state that are required in connection with the lawful issuance or sale
of the Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to this Agreement shall have been duly
obtained and effective as of the Closing.

7.   REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  Contemporaneous with the execution of this
Agreement, (a) each of the parties hereto as well as each of the parties to the
Prior Registration Rights Agreement shall enter into the Registration Rights
Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and (b) the Prior
Registration Rights Agreement shall be terminated without any liability to any
party thereto.





                                      16.
<PAGE>   21

8.   COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

     8.1   SBIC Regulatory Compliance Cooperation.

           (a)   In the event that Chase Venture Capital Associates, L.P.
("Chase" or the "Regulated Investor") determines that it has a Regulatory
Problem (as defined below), the Company and each Stockholder agrees to use
commercially reasonable efforts to take all such actions as are reasonably
requested by such Regulated Investor in order (i) to effectuate and facilitate
any transfer by such Regulated Investor of any Securities (as defined below) of
the Company then held by such Regulated Investor to any person designated by
such Regulated Investor, (ii) to permit such Regulated Investor (or any
Affiliate of such Regulated Investor) to exchange all or any portion of the
voting Securities then held by such person on a share-for-share basis for
shares of a class of non-voting Securities of the Company, which non-voting
Securities shall be identical in all respects to such voting Securities, except
that such new Securities shall be non-voting and shall be convertible into
voting Securities on such terms as are requested by such Regulated Investor in
light of regulatory considerations then prevailing, and (iii) to continue and
preserve the respective allocation of the voting interests with respect to the
Company provided for in the Stockholders Agreement and with respect to such
Regulated Investor's ownership of the Company's voting Securities.  Such
actions may include, but shall not necessarily be limited to:

                          (i)   entering into such additional agreements as are
requested by such Regulated Investor to permit any person(s) designated by such
Regulated Investor to exercise any voting power which is relinquished by such
Regulated Investor upon any exchange of voting Securities for non-voting
Securities of the Company; and

                          (ii)  entering into such additional agreements,
adopting such amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the
Company and taking such additional actions as are reasonably requested by such
Regulated Investor in order to effectuate the intent of the foregoing.

     If the Regulated Investor elects to transfer Securities of the Company to 
a Regulated Holder (as defined below) in order to avoid a Regulatory Problem,
the Company shall enter into such agreements with such Regulated Holder as it
may reasonably request in order to assist such Regulated Holder in complying
with applicable laws, rules and regulations to which it is subject.  Such
agreements may include restrictions on the redemption, repurchase or retirement
of Securities of the Company that would result or be reasonably expected to
result in such Regulated Holder holding more voting securities or total
securities (equity or debt) than it is permitted to hold under such regulations.
        
           (b)   In the event a Regulated Investor has the right to acquire any
of the Company's Securities (as the result of a preemptive offer, pro rata offer
or otherwise), at the Regulated Investor's request the Company will offer to
sell to such Regulated Investor's non-voting Securities on the same terms as
would have existed had such Regulated Investor
        




                                      17.
<PAGE>   22
acquired the Securities so offered and immediately requested their exchange for
non-voting Securities pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

           (c)   In the event that any Subsidiary of the Company ever offers 
to sell any of its Securities to a Regulated Investor, then the Company will
cause such Subsidiary to enter into agreements with such Regulated Investor
substantially similar to this Section 8.1 and 8.2 below.

           (d)   The Company shall grant to any subsequent holder of Securities
originally acquired by a Regulated Investor ("Subsequent Purchasers"), upon such
person's request, the same rights granted to a Regulated Investor pursuant to
this Section 8.1 and Section 8.2 below.
        
           (e)   For purposes of this Agreement:

                          (i)   "REGULATED HOLDER" means any holder of the
Company's Securities that is (or that is a subsidiary of a bank holding company
that is) subject to the various provisions of Regulation Y of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve Systems, 12 C.F.R., Part 225 (or any successor
to Regulation Y);

                          (ii)  "Regulatory Problem" means (A) any set of facts
or circumstances wherein it has been asserted by any governmental regulatory
agency (or a Regulated Investor or any Subsequent Purchaser believes that there
is a significant risk of such assertion) that such person (or any bank holding
company that controls such person) is not entitled to hold, or exercise any
material right with respect to, all or any portion of the Securities of the
Company which such person holds or (B) which such person and its Affiliates
would own, control or have power (including voting rights) over a greater
quantity of Securities of the Company than is permitted under any law or
regulation or any requirement of any governmental authority applicable to such
person or to which such person is subject; and

                          (iii)   "Securities" means, for purposes of this
Section 8.1, with respect to any person, such person's capital stock or any
options, warrants other Securities which are directly or indirectly convertible
into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, such person's capital stock (whether
or not such derivative Securities are issued by the Company).  Whenever a
reference herein to Securities refers to any derivative Securities, the rights
of a Regulated Investor shall apply to such derivative Securities and all
underlying Securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion, exchange
or exercise of such derivative Securities.

           (f)   For purposes of this Article 8, the "Company" shall include 
any successor in interest thereto upon any merger, consolidation, sale of 
substantially all of the assets of the Company or any similar transaction.

     8.2   INFORMATION RIGHTS AND RELATED COVENANTS.

           (a)   Upon the request of a Regulated Investor, any Affiliate of a 
Regulated Investor or any Subsequent Purchaser, the Company will:





                                      18.
<PAGE>   23
                          (i)   provide to such person and the U.S. Small
Business Administration (the "SBA") access to its books and records for the
purpose of confirming the use of the proceeds of such person's financing and
for all other purposes required by the SBA;

                          (ii) provide to such person and the SBA a certificate
of its chief financial officer (A) verifying the use of such proceeds and (B)
certifying compliance by the Company with the provisions of this Agreement;

                          (iii) provide to such person an assessment, in form
and substance satisfactory to such person, of the economic impact of such
person's financing, specifying the full-time equivalent jobs created or
retained, the impact of the financing on the Company's business in terms of
expanded revenue and taxes and other appropriate economic benefits, including,
but not limited to, technology development or commercialization, minority
business development, urban or rural business development, expansion of exports
and assistance to manufacturing firms;

                          (iv) provide to such person such financial statements
and other information as such person may from time to time request for the
purpose of assessing the Company's financial condition; and

                          (v)   furnish to such person all information
requested by it in order for it to prepare and file SBA Form 468 or to prepare
an assessment of the economic impact of such person's financing, and any other
information requested or required by any governmental agency asserting
jurisdiction over such person.

           (b)   The Company will at all times comply with the 
non-discrimination requirements of 13 C.F.R., Parts 112, 113 and 117.

           (c)   The Company acknowledges that the Regulated Investor intends 
to file the certificate contemplated by 13 CFR Section  107.865(e) and
will cooperate in the preparation thereof.

     8.3   ASSIGNMENT.  The covenants set forth in this Section 8 shall be
assignable to a purchaser, assignee or transferee who purchases shares of
Series E Preferred Stock from a Series E Investor; provided, however, that if
any Series E Investor shall distribute any shares of Series E Preferred Stock
to its limited partners, such partners shall appoint a single agent for
purposes of receiving notices and giving consents hereunder and in that
connection, shall execute and deliver an irrevocable proxy to such agent.

9.   MISCELLANEOUS.

     9.1   SURVIVAL OF WARRANTIES. The warranties, representations and
covenants of the Company and Series E Investors contained in or made pursuant
to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement
and the Closing and shall in no way be affected by any investigation of the
subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of the Series E Investors of the
Company.





                                      19.
<PAGE>   24
     9.2   BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  Except as
otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and
assigns of the parties (including transferees of the Series E Preferred Stock
or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof).  Nothing in this
Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than
the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights,
remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.  It
is acknowledged and agreed that the Series E Investors may grant participations
in the securities acquired hereby so long as any such participations are
granted in compliance with any applicable securities laws, including a transfer
by Chase substantially as effected with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock

     9.3   GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE
CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS THEREOF.

     9.4   COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     9.5   TITLES AND SUBTITLES.  The titles and subtitles used in this
Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in
construing or interpreting this Agreement.

     9.6   NOTICES. Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or
permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed
effectively given upon personal delivery or telecopy (receipt confirmed, with a
copy to be sent by reputable overnight courier as set forth herein) to the
party to be notified, or one business day after delivery to a reputable
overnight courier, postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified
at the address indicated for such party on the signature pages hereof, or at
such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days' advance
written notice to the other parties.

     9.7   FINDER'S FEE. Each Series E Investor represents that it neither
is nor will be obligated for any finders' fee or commission in connection with
this transaction.  Each Series E Investor agrees to indemnify and to hold
harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in
the nature of a finders' fee (and the costs and expenses of defending against
such liability or asserted liability) for which the Series E Investor or any of
its officers, partners, employees, or representatives is responsible.

     The Company represents that it neither is nor will be obligated for any
finders' fee or commission in connection with this transaction, except for the
fee to be paid to Montgomery Securities at the Closing in the amount of
$300,000 (net of a credit of $50,000).  The Company agrees to indemnify and
hold harmless each Series E Investor from any liability for any commission or
compensation in the nature of a finders' fee (and the costs and expenses of
defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company
or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.





                                      20.
<PAGE>   25
     9.8   EXPENSES.  If the Closing is effected, the Company shall pay all
costs and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement and shall pay the reasonable fees
and out-of-pocket expenses (not to exceed $50,000 (not including legal fees
paid with regard to compliance with the HSR Act) without written consent from
the Company) of counsel and accountants for the Series E Investors.  In the
event that the Closing is not effected, the Series E Investors shall bear sole
responsibility for all of their expenses, including legal fees.

     9.9   AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. Except as otherwise specified in this
Agreement, any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any
term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular
instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written
consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Common Stock issued
or issuable upon conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock.  Any amendment or
waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each
holder of any securities purchased under this Agreement at the time outstanding
(including securities into which such securities are convertible), each future
holder of all such securities, each party hereto and the Company.

     9.10   SEVERABILITY.  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are
held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded
from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if
such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its
terms.

     9.11   AGGREGATION OF STOCK.  All shares of Series E Preferred Stock
held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together
for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this
Agreement.

     9.12   INTEGRATION. This Agreement (including all exhibits and
schedules hereto and certificates or other documents delivered in connection
with the Closing hereunder), together with the Stockholders Agreement,
Certificate of Incorporation and Registration Rights Agreement, embodies the
entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the
actions and transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  There are no
restrictions, promises, inducements, representations, warranties, covenants or
undertakings, other than those expressly set forth or referred to herein and in
the Stockholders Agreement, Certificate of Incorporation and the Registration
Rights Agreement.

     9.13   SPECIAL TRIGGERING EVENT.  In order to ensure that the proceeds
from the sale of the Series E Preferred Stock are used as contemplated herein,
in the event that the Merger has not been completed within fifteen days of the
Closing (a "Special Triggering Event"), the Company shall immediately redeem
all shares of Series E Preferred Stock as provided in the Company's Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation.





                                      21.
<PAGE>   26

10.  MERGER.  Each Series E Investor hereby consents to the transactions
described in the Merger Agreement and hereby waives all right to notices,
consents or other actions it would otherwise be entitled arising from the
transactions associated with the Merger Agreement.

                           (Signature Pages Follow)





                                      22.
<PAGE>   27
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.

                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.


<TABLE>
                            <S>            <C>
                            /s/ MICHAEL C. GILLILAND
                            -----------------------------------------------
                            By:  Michael C. Gilliland
                            Its:  Chief Executive Officer
                  
                            Address:       1668 Valtec Lane
                                           Boulder, CO  80301
                                           Attention:  Michael C. Gilliland
                  
                            Telecopy:      (303) 938-1350
</TABLE>


                                      23.
<PAGE>   28
 The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted as of the date first above written.

<TABLE>
                            <S>        <C>
                            NAME OF SERIES E INVESTOR:


                            CHASE VENTURE CAPITAL ASSOCIATES, L.P.,
                            a California Limited Partnership

                            By:    Chase Capital Partners, a New York general 
                                   partnership


                            By:/s/ DAVID L. FERGUSON        
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               David L. Ferguson,
                               General Partner

                            Address:   380 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor
                                       New York, NY  10017
                                       Attention:  Chief Administrative Officer
                                       Telecopy:  (212) 622-3101

                            Copy to:   CVP Management Corporation
                                       840 Apollo Street, Suite 223
                                       El Segundo, CA  90245
                                       Telecopy:  (310) 335-1965


                            WESTON PRESIDIO OFFSHORE CAPITAL C.V.,
                            a Netherlands Antilles limited partnership

                            By: Weston Presidio Capital Management L.P.
                                a Delaware Limited Partnership


                            By: /s/ JAMES P. McELWEE   
                               -------------------------------------------------
                                James P. McElwee,
                                General Partner

                                Address:   343 Sansome Street, Suite 1210
                                           San Francisco, CA  94104-1316
                                           Telecopy:  (415) 398-0990
</TABLE>


                                      24.
<PAGE>   29
                            MONTGOMERY ASSOCIATES, 1992 L.P.


                            By:/s/ JACK G. LEVIN  
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Jack G. Levin, Managing Partner

                               Address:         600 Montgomery Street
                                                Newport Beach, CA  92660


                            NATIONAL CITY CAPITAL CORPORATION


                            By:/s/ CARL E. BALDASSARRE
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Carl E. Baldassarre, Managing Director


                                      25.
<PAGE>   30
                                  EXHIBIT A
                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION


                       Intentionally Omitted. See 3(i).1.


<PAGE>   31



                                 EXHIBIT B-1
                            STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

                        Intentionally Omitted. See 10.14.
<PAGE>   32



                                 EXHIBIT B-2
                        STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT JOINDER


                             Intentionally Omitted
<PAGE>   33



                                 EXHIBIT C-1
                        REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


                       Intentionally Omitted. See 10.16.
<PAGE>   34



                                 EXHIBIT C-2
                    REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT JOINDER


                             Intentionally Omitted
<PAGE>   35



                                  EXHIBIT D
                                LEGAL OPINIONS


                             Intentionally Omitted
<PAGE>   36



                                   SCHEDULE A
                             SCHEDULE OF PURCHASERS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                         
                         INVESTOR                    NO. OF SHARES           PRICE
- --------------------------------------------------  ---------------     ---------------
    <S>                                              <C>                 <C>
    Chase Venture Capital Associates, L.P.             449,587           $15,000,020.67
    c/o Chase Capital Partners                    
    380 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor                
    New York, NY  10017                           
    Attn:  Chief Administrative Officer           
                                                  
    Copy to:                                      
    CVP Management Corporation                    
    840 Apollo Street, Suite 223                  
    El Segundo, CA  90245                         
    Attn: David L. Ferguson                       
                                                  
    Weston Presidio Offshore Capital C.V.               33,868           $ 1,129,971.95
    c/o Weston Presidio Capital Management L.P.   
    343 Sansome Street, Suite 1210                
    San Francisco, CA  94101                      
                                                  
    Montgomery Securities, L.P.                          2,998           $   100,025.27
                                                  
    National City                                        7,494           $   250,025.27
</TABLE>                                          





                                      A-1
<PAGE>   37



                                   SCHEDULE B
                              COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Holder                       Number of Shares
                 ---------------------------------     ----------------
                 <S>                                       <C>
                 Michael C. Gilliland                        452,662
                 Elizabeth C. Cook                           452,662
                 Mark R. Clapp                               340,676
                 Bennett L. Bertoli                           42,000
                 David M. Wilkinson                           28,000
                 David Chamberlain                             4,285
                 Peter Behrendt                                2,857
                 Bob Stone                                     1,328
                 John Heavey                                     800
                 John Fisher                                     200
                 Empire National Corporation                 121,739
                                                         -----------
                        Total Shares Outstanding           1,447,209
                                                         ===========
</TABLE>                                           

                             CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES

          Weston Presidio has certain conversion privileges contained in
          the WP Warrants (as defined in Section 2.2(b) of the Series C
          Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement) and has certain conversion
          privileges pursuant to that certain convertible note issued by
          the Company to Weston Presidio dated October 11, 1994.





                                      B-1
<PAGE>   38
                                   SCHEDULE C
                              MATERIAL AGREEMENTS

2.11    (b)   Amendment to Purchase Assets dated February 21, 1990, amended
              November 5, 1990, amended February 27, 1992 and the Agreement
              to Purchase Assets dated March 1, 1993 (Rainbow purchase
              contract).
             
              Debt obligations as described in the schedule furnished the
              Series E Investors.
             
              Facilities leases of all stores:
             
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Store                                     Lessor
              -----                                     ------
              <S>                                       <C>
              Wild Oats Vegetarian                      Transecon
              Wild Oats Denver                          S & G Realty
              Wild Oats Denver Parking                  1441 York St. Operating Account
              Wild Oats Aurora                          London Square
              Wild Oats St. Francis, Santa Fe           CAMPR Partners
              Wild Oats - Ft. Collins                      Johnson Investments
              Santa Fe Warehouse                        Dumas & Sovola Slade
              Santa Fe Kitchen                          Ricarda & Morris Montoya
              Wild Oats St. Michael's, Santa Fe         Thomas Properties Ltd.
              Wild Oats - Kansas City                      Krugh Commercial
              Wild Oats Colorado Springs                Union Square Plaza
              Wild Oats Albuquerque                        Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Co.
              Wild Oats Boulder                         Rose Realty
              Wild Oats Home Office                     Valtec Associates
              Wild Oats Albuquerque - Juan Tebot        Foothills Shopping Center Assoc.
              Wild Oats - Santa Monica                  Fireside Liquors, Inc.
              Wild Oats - Pasadena                         Jurgensen's Market
              Wild Oats - Los Angeles Kitchen
              Wild Oats Warehouse - Commerce City       UVAG Realty
              Wild Oats Denver storage space            5000 Clarkson Street LLC
         
              Leases under Negotiation
              ------------------------
         
              Store                                     Lessor
              -----                                     ------
              Greenwood Village                         SuperValu
              Kansas City                               Scimaca and Sons
</TABLE> 

              Service Contract between Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and Pretty
              Good Groceries, Inc. dated July 4, 1993.

              Service contract with AFC ("Sushi company").

              Currently accepting bids to purchase inventory pricing and
              scanning equipment.





                                      C-1
<PAGE>   39



              Contemplated $1.3 million equipment lease with Heller
              Financial on or about November 14, 1994.

              Contemplated $1.0 million lease line for inventory pricing and
              scanning equipment.





                                      C-2
<PAGE>   40
                                   SCHEDULE D
                                USE OF PROCEEDS

<TABLE>
              <S>                       <C>
              $ 4,500,000                Repurchase of 63,264 shares of Preferred Stock owned by Stolberg Partners, L.P.

              $11,730,000                Repurchase of 202,104 shares of Common Stock owned by certain former 
                                         stockholders of Alfalfa's, Inc.

                  $ 8,000                Repurchase of 278 shares of Common Stock owned by Bob Stone, a former 
                                         stockholder of Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
</TABLE>





                                      D-1
<PAGE>   41
                                   SCHEDULE E

                      COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                             OF WOA HOLDINGS, INC.


     Audit Committee

                David L. Ferguson
                James B. McElwee
                Elizabeth C. Cook

     Compensation Committee

                David L. Ferguson
                James B. McElwee
                Barnet M. Feinblum
                M. Laird Koldyke
                David Chamberlain



                                      E-1

<PAGE>   1





                             STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT


                 THIS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of July 12, 1996 (the
"AGREEMENT"), is made by and among WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., a Delaware
corporation (the "COMPANY"), the stockholders of the Company listed on Exhibit
A attached hereto, the Series E Investors (as defined herein), WO HOLDINGS,
INC., a Delaware corporation, formerly known as Alfalfa's, Inc. ("HOLDINGS"),
and the stockholders of HOLDINGS listed on Exhibit B attached hereto.

                                   RECITALS:

                 A.       Each of the Stockholders (as defined below) owns that
number of shares of the capital stock of the Company set forth opposite his or
her name on Exhibit A hereto.

                 B.       The Series E Investors have purchased an aggregate of
up to 843,125 shares of the Company's Series E Preferred Stock, par value $.001
per share (the "SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK"), pursuant to the terms of the Series
E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated even herewith, between the Series E
Investors and the Company (the "SERIES E STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT").

                 C.       Immediately after the closing of the sale of Series E
Preferred Stock, the Company will merge into Holdings pursuant to the terms of
the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated June 4, 1996 (the "MERGER AGREEMENT").
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement all of the shares of outstanding
capital stock of the Company will be exchanged for shares of the capital stock
of Holdings (the "MERGER").

                 D.       Each of the parties hereto desires to enter into
certain understandings regarding the transfer of Common Stock and Preferred
Stock, the management of the Company (and of Holdings effective upon the
closing of the Merger) and other matters, as herein set forth.

                                   AGREEMENT:

                 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
mutual covenants and agreements of the parties contained herein, the parties
agree as follows:

         1.      CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement the following
terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

                 "AFFILIATE" of a Person, shall mean any Person which, directly
or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with,
such Person.  The term "control" (including, with correlative meaning, the
terms "controlled by"  and "under common control with"), as used with respect
to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.




                                       1.
<PAGE>   2
                 "FOUNDERS" shall mean the WO Founders and the Holdings
Founder.

                 "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the 6,500,000 shares of Common Stock
of the Company, par value $.001 per share, of which 1,447,209 shares will be
held by the Stockholders.

                 "EQUITY SECURITIES" shall mean shares of, or securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, any shares of, any class
of the Company's capital stock, including without limitation, its Common Stock
and Preferred Stock.

                 "HOLDINGS FOUNDER" shall mean S.M. Hassan.

                 "INVESTOR REPRESENTATIVES" shall mean the representatives
designated pursuant to Sections 5(a)(i)(1),(2),(3) and (4) hereof.

                 "INVESTORS" shall mean, collectively, the Series A Investors,
the Series B Investors, the Series C Investors, the Series D Investors and the
Series E Investors.

                 "INVESTOR'S PERCENTAGE SHARE" shall mean the percentage that
the number of shares of Common Stock (including shares of Common Stock issuable
on conversion of any Preferred Stock or upon conversion of any other
convertible security of the Company) held by such Investor is of the total
number of shares of Common Stock (including shares of Common Stock issuable
upon conversion of any Preferred Stock and upon conversion of any other
convertible security of the Company) held by all Investors.

                 "MERGER" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

                 "PERSON" shall mean an individual, a partnership, a joint
venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, a government
or any department or agency thereof, or any other entity.

                 "PREFERRED STOCk" shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the
Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred
Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock.

                 "PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS" shall mean the holders of Preferred
Stock.

                 "PUBLIC OFFERING" shall mean the Company's sale of its Common
Stock in a bona fide, firm commitment underwriting pursuant to a registration
statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, where (i)
gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $20,000,000, and (ii) the
product of the price per share to the public of the Common Stock times the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the
consummation of the underwritten sale (including any shares of Common Stock
then issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be not
less than $140,000,000.





                                       2.
<PAGE>   3

                 "SELLING STOCKHOLDERS" shall mean the Stockholders listed on
Exhibit C attached hereto who may sell up to 10% of their Common Stock in a
Public Offering subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement, dated of even date herewith, by and between the
Company and certain investors.

                 "SERIES A INVESTORS" shall mean the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock who may execute this Agreement from time to time, whose names
are thereupon listed on Exhibit A hereto.

                 "SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK" shall mean the Company's Series A
Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of which 168,000 shares are
outstanding.  The Series A Preferred Stock will be exchanged for the Series A
Preferred Stock of Holdings in the Merger.

                 "SERIES A STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT" shall mean the Preferred
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 3, 1993 and as amended November 14,
1994, pursuant to which the Series A Preferred Stock of the Company was issued
to the Series A Investors.

                 "SERIES B INVESTORS" shall mean the holders of the Series B
Preferred Stock who may execute this Agreement from time to time, whose names
are thereupon listed on Exhibit A hereto.

                 "SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK" shall mean the Company's Series B
Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of which no shares are outstanding.
The right to receive shares of the Company's Series B Preferred Stock will
become the right to receive Series B Preferred Stock of Holdings in the Merger.

                 "SERIES C INVESTORS" shall mean the holders of the Series C
Preferred Stock who may execute this Agreement from time to time, whose names
are thereupon listed on Exhibit A hereto.

                 "SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK" shall mean the Company's Series C
Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of which 416,007 shares are
outstanding.  The Series C Preferred Stock will be exchanged for the Series C
Preferred Stock of Holdings in connection with the Merger.

                 "SERIES C STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT" shall mean the Preferred
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 14, 1994 pursuant to which the
Series C Preferred Stock of the Company was issued to the Series C Investors.

                 "SERIES D INVESTORS" shall mean the holders of the Series D
Preferred Stock who may execute this Agreement from time to time, whose names
are thereupon listed on Exhibit A hereto.

                 "SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK" shall mean Holdings' Series D
Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of which 355,829 shares are
outstanding.  The Series D Preferred Stock of Holdings was issued in exchange
for shares of the Series A Preferred Stock of 





                                       3.
<PAGE>   4
Alfalfa's, Inc. in connection with the Alfalfa's Reincorporation Merger (as
defined in the Merger Agreement).

                 "SERIES E INVESTORS" shall mean the holders of the Series E
Preferred Stock who may execute this Agreement from time to time, whose names
are thereupon listed on Exhibit A hereto.

                 "SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK" shall have the meaning set forth in
Recital B.

                 "STOCKHOLDERS" shall mean any of the Investors, the WO
Founders and the Holdings Founder, and their respective assignees and
successors.

                 "VOTING STOCK" shall mean any class or classes of the capital
stock of the Company the holders of which are entitled to participate generally
in the election of directors of the Company, including, but not limited to, the
Common Stock and the Preferred Stock.

                 "WO FOUNDERS" shall mean Michael Gilliland, Elizabeth C. Cook
and Mark R. Clapp.

                 "WO SELLERS" shall mean David Wilkinson and Mark R. Clapp.

         2.      EFFECTIVENESS OF AGREEMENT; SUPERSEDES PRIOR STOCKHOLDERS
AGREEMENT; EFFECT OF MERGER.  This Agreement shall be effective from and after
the date hereof and shall supersede (i) that certain Amended and Restated
Stockholders Agreement, dated as of November 14, 1994, among Wild Oats, the WO
Founders, the Series A Investors, the Series B Investors, and the Series C
Investors and (ii) the Alfalfa's Stockholders' Agreement by and among Holdings
and certain shareholders of Holdings dated February 28, 1995 which agreements
are hereby terminated without any liability to any party thereto and shall be
of no further force or effect.  By executing this Agreement, each signatory
consents to the termination of all such prior agreements, without liability to
any party thereto, as provided by this Section 2.

Upon the execution of signature pages to this Agreement by Holdings and by
certain Holdings Stockholders listed on Exhibit B attached hereto, this
Agreement shall be the Agreement of Holdings and certain stockholders of
Holdings executing such signature pages.  In that regard, all references to the
Company shall refer to Holdings and all references to Common Stock, Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D
Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall refer to the corresponding
series or class of the capital stock of Holdings.

         2A.     RIGHT OF GILLILAND AND COOK TO PURCHASE CLAPP SHARES.  In the
event of the death or disability (as such term is defined below) of Mark R.
Clapp, each of Michael C. Gilliland and Elizabeth C. Cook shall have the right
to purchase up to 50% (for a total of 100%) of the Equity Securities owned by
Mark R. Clapp at the date of this Agreement (the "CLAPP SHARES") at a purchase
price equal to the fair market value (as such term is defined below) of the
Clapp Shares on the date of such event.  Such right to purchase





                                       4.
<PAGE>   5
shall be for a period of 90 days after Mr. Gilliland and Ms. Cook receive
notice of the occurrence of such event.  The purchase price shall be payable in
the form of a check or note payable to the order of Mr. Clapp or his estate or
heirs in the event of his death.  In the event that Mr. Gilliland and Ms. Cook
fail to exercise their rights under this Section 2A or fail to exercise such
rights with respect to all of the Clapp Shares, any subsequent proposed
transfer of any of the Clapp shares by Mr. Clapp or his heirs, successors or
assigns shall be subject to Sections 3 and 4 of this Agreement.  For purposes
of this Section 2A, "DISABILITY" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
22(e)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and "FAIR MARKET VALUE"
shall mean, if the shares are listed on a national securities exchange or
designated for trading on the Nasdaq National Market, the closing sales price
of the Common Stock on the date of such event or, if the shares are traded on
any over-the-counter market, the average of the bid and asked prices of the
Common Stock on the date of such event, or if the Company's Common Stock is not
publicly traded, the fair market value of the Clapp Shares as determined by the
Company's Board of Directors (excluding Mr. Gilliland and Ms. Cook if such
persons are members of the Board of Directors at the time of determination) in
good faith, taking into account all factors which they deem relevant.

         3.      RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER.

                 (a)      Prior to the closing of the Public Offering and
subject to Section 2A if then applicable and Section 3(c) hereof, each time a
Founder (an "OFFERING STOCKHOLDER") proposes to offer for sale any Equity
Securities of the Company owned by such Founder at the date of this Agreement
(including, in the case of Michael C. Gilliland and Elizabeth C. Cook, any
Equity Securities previously owned by Mark R. Clapp and acquired pursuant to
Section 2A hereof, and including with respect to any Founder, any Equity
Securities previously owned by any other Founder and acquired pursuant to
Section 3(c) hereof), such Offering Stockholder shall first make an offering of
such Equity Securities (referred to collectively herein as the "OFFERED
SECURITIES"), to the Company in accordance with the following provisions:

                          (i)     The Offering Stockholder shall deliver a
notice (the "OFFERING NOTICE") to the Company and each of the Investors stating
(i) the Offering Stockholder's bona fide intention to offer such Offered
Securities, (ii) the number of shares of such Offered Securities to be offered
for sale, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which the Offering
Stockholder proposes to offer such Offered Securities.

                          (ii)    Within 30 days after the Offering Notice is
given, the Company may elect to purchase from the Offering Stockholder, at the
price and on the terms specified in the Offering Notice, any or all of the
shares of Offered Securities offered in the Offering Notice.  Such right shall
be exercised by written notice delivered to the Offering Stockholder by the
Company prior to the expiration of the 30-day exercise period.

                          (iii)   The closing of the purchase of any shares of
Offered Securities by the Company shall take place at the principal offices of
the Company (or such other location as the parties may agree on) on the fifth
business day after the expiration of the 30-day period following the giving of
the Offering Notice.  At such closing, the Company shall





                                       5.
<PAGE>   6
make payment in the appropriate amount by means of a check or by a wire
transfer to the Offering Stockholder against delivery of stock certificates
representing the share so purchased, duly endorsed in blank by the Person or
Persons in whose name such certificate is registered or accompanied by a duly
executed stock or security assignment separate from the certificate.

                          (iv)    In the event the Company does not elect to
purchase any or all of the shares of Offered Securities offered in the Offering
Notice, the Company shall give written notice to each of the Investors (the
"Reoffer Notice") of its decision not to exercise its rights or of the number
of shares of Offered Securities available for purchase (the "REOFFERED SHARES")
on or before the final day of such 30-day period and the right to purchase such
Reoffer Shares shall pass automatically to each of the Investors.  Each
Investor shall initially be entitled to purchase such Investor's Percentage
Share.  In the event that any Reoffered Shares remain after such allocation and
Investors remain who desire to purchase additional Reoffered Shares in excess
of their Investor's Percentage Share, all of the remaining Reoffered Shares
which such Investors have elected to purchase shall be allocated to them pro
rata based on the number of shares of Offered Securities held by them (treating
the Offered Securities as having been converted into, exchanged for or
exercised for Common Stock), or as otherwise agreed to among such remaining
Investors.  Each Investor will have 10 days from receipt of such notice from
the Company to exercise its repurchase rights under this Section 3 by written
notice to the Offering Stockholder.  The closing of any purchase and sale under
this subsection (iv) shall be held on the 5th business day following the
exercise by such Investor of the repurchase rights hereunder in accordance with
the provisions of subsection (iii) above.

                 (b)      In the event that all of the shares being offered are
not purchased at the closings referred to in subsections (a)(iii) or (a)(iv),
the Offering Stockholder shall, for a period of 90 days thereafter, have the
right to sell or otherwise dispose of the number of shares of Offered
Securities offered in the Offering Notice upon terms and conditions (including
the price per share) no more favorable to the third party purchaser than those
specified in the Offering Notice; provided, however, that such sale or
disposition shall be subject to, and be made in full compliance with, the
co-sale rights set forth in Section 4.  In the event that the Offering
Stockholder does not sell or otherwise dispose of such shares of Offered
Securities within the specified 90 day period, the right of first offer
provided for in this Section 3 shall continue to be applicable to any
subsequent disposition of such shares.

                 (c)      Notwithstanding the terms and provisions of Section
3(a) hereof, the right of first offer provided for in this Section 3 shall not
be applicable to (i) any transfers by Stockholders of Offered Securities to
family members or to trusts or other fiduciaries for the benefit of family
members, (ii) any transactions associated with the Merger, including the
redemption of shares held by the WO Sellers, (iii) the sale or transfer of
additional shares of Equity Securities aggregating less than 10% of the Equity
Securities held by a WO Founder, (iv) the purchase by Michael C. Gilliland or
Libby C. Cook of the Equity Securities owned by Mark R. Clapp pursuant the
Section 2A above, (v) the sale by a Selling Stockholder of Equity Securities in
a Public Offering, or (vi) any transfer by a Founder to an affiliate or direct
or indirect equity holder thereof.





                                       6.
<PAGE>   7

                 (d)      In the event that the right of first offer set forth
in this Section 3 is not exercised the purchaser of such shares shall not be
bound by the terms of this Agreement or be entitled to any benefits hereunder.

                 (e)      Notwithstanding the other provisions of this
Agreement, this Section 3 shall not apply to any sale of Equity Securities in
the Public Offering.

         4.      CO-SALE PROVISIONS.

                 (a)      Prior to the Company's Public Offering, in the event
that an Offering Stockholder after the application of Section 3 hereof
continues to propose to offer Offered Securities to any Person (individually a
"THIRD PARTY" and collectively, "THIRD PARTIES") other than to the Company or
the Founders, in any one transaction or any series of related transactions,
directly or indirectly, such sale or other disposition shall not be permitted
unless the Offering Stockholder shall offer (or cause the Third Party to offer)
the Investors the right to elect to include, at the sole option of the
Investors, in the sale or other disposition to the Third Party such number of
shares of Offered Securities owned by the Investors as shall be determined in
accordance with subsection (a)(i) of this Section 4 (the "TAG-ALONG SHARES").
At any time within 15 days after the giving of the Reoffer Notice described in
Section 3 hereof, each Investor may make an election to include the Tag-Along
Shares in such a sale or other disposition (the "INCLUSION ELECTION") by giving
written notice of its Inclusion Election to the Offering Stockholder and
delivering to the Company a stock certificate or certificates representing the
Tag-Along Shares, together with a limited power-of-attorney authorizing the
Offering Stockholder to sell or otherwise dispose of such Tag-Along Shares
pursuant to the terms of such Third Party's offer.

                          (i)     Each Investor shall have the right to sell,
pursuant to the Third Party's offer, that percentage (the "TAG-ALONG
PERCENTAGE") of the number of shares of Equity Securities to be sold to the
Third Party equal to the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the shares of
Equity Securities (treating the Equity Securities as having been converted
into, or exchanged or exercised for, Common Stock) owned by the Investor, as
compared with (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Equity Securities owned by
the Offering Stockholder and the Equity Securities owned by all Investors
(treating the Equity Securities as having been converted into, or exchanged or
exercised for, Common Stock).  In the event that (i) the Investors in the
aggregate elect to sell fewer Tag-Along Shares than they are entitled to sell
in the aggregate and (ii) certain Investors wish to sell an aggregate amount in
excess of each such Investor's Tag-Along Percentage, then the excess available
Tag-Along Shares shall be allocated among such Investors pro rata based upon
the number of shares of Equity Securities (treating the Equity Securities as
having been converted into, or exchanged or exercised for, Common Stock) owned
by such Investors, or as otherwise agreed among such Investors.

                          (ii)    The purchase from the Investors pursuant to
this Section 4(a) shall be on the same terms and conditions, including the
price per share and the date of sale or other disposition, as are received by
the Offering Stockholder and stated in the Reoffer Notice.





                                       7.
<PAGE>   8

                          (iii)   Promptly (but in no event later than five
business days) after the consummation of the sale or other disposition of
shares of Offered Securities of the Offering Stockholder and the Investors to
the Third Party pursuant to the Third Party's offer, the Offering Stockholder
shall (i) notify the Investors of the completion thereof, (ii) cause to be
remitted to the Investors the total sales price attributable to the shares of
Offered Securities which the Investors sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant
thereto, and (iii) furnish such other evidence of the completion and time of
completion of such sale or other disposition and the terms thereof as may be
reasonably requested by the Investors.

                          (iv)    If within 20 days after the Reoffer Notice is
given, an Investor has not accepted the offer to make an Inclusion Election,
such Investor will be deemed to have waived any and all of its rights with
respect to the sale or other disposition of shares of Offered Securities
described in the reoffer Notice.  The Offering Stockholder shall have 90 days
after such 20-day period in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the shares of
Offered Securities of the Offering Stockholder to the Third Party or any other
Person at a price and on terms not more favorable to the Offering Stockholder
than were set forth in the Reoffer Notice.

                          (v)     If, at the end of such 90-day period, the
Offering Stockholder has not completed the sale of shares of Offered Securities
of the Offering Stockholder in accordance with the terms of the Third Party's
offer, all the restrictions on sale contained in this Agreement with respect to
Offered Securities owned by the Offering Stockholder shall again be in effect
(unless such 90-day period is extended with the consent of each of the
Stockholders).

                 (b)      The rights provided in this Section 4 shall not be
applicable to any transaction if Section 3(c) or Section 3(e) makes Section 3
inapplicable thereto.

                 (c)      The provisions of Section 3 shall take priority over
this Section 4, and nothing in this Section 4 shall be construed to relieve any
Investor or any Offering Stockholder of its obligation to deliver an Offering
Notice to each of the other Investors pursuant to the terms of Section 3 in
connection with such a proposed transaction.

                 (d)      In the event that a sale of shares of Common Stock is
made to a Third Party pursuant to this Section 4, such Third Party shall not be
bound by the terms of this Agreement, nor shall it be entitled to any benefits
hereunder.

         5.      GOVERNANCE.

                 (a)      Until the closing of the Public Offering, the
Stockholders each hereby agree to take any and all action reasonably necessary
(including, without limitation, voting their shares of Voting Stock or shares
of Voting Stock over which they exercise voting control, executing and
delivering written consents of stockholders, and calling special stockholders'
meetings) to cause the Board of Directors of the Company (the "BOARD") to be
comprised as follows:





                                       8.
<PAGE>   9

                          (i)     The number of directors on the Board shall be
not more than eleven, and such Directors shall consist of:

                                  (1)      one representative designated by
holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a
separate class, for so long as there remains outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock sold pursuant to the Series A Stock Purchase Agreement having
an aggregate original purchase price of $1,000,000 or more; provided that for
so long as Weston Presidio Offshore Capital C.V. ("WPC") holds at least 42,000
shares of Series A Preferred Stock such designee shall be James B. McElwee, or,
if Mr. McElwee is unable or unwilling to continue to perform his duties as a
director, then Michael Lazarus or Michael Cronin or any other individual
designated by WPC and reasonably acceptable to the Company; and provided,
further, that WPC's right to designate such individual shall not be
transferable to purchasers or transferees of its shares;

                                  (2)      one representative designated by
holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a
separate class, for so long as there remains outstanding shares of Series C
Preferred Stock sold pursuant to the Series C Stock Purchase Agreement having
an aggregate original purchase price of $1,000,000 or more; provided that for
so long as Chase Venture Capital Associates, L.P. ("CVCA") along with any of
its Affiliates (collectively, "CVCA"), holds an aggregate of at least 42,000
shares of Series C Preferred Stock such director shall be designated by CVCA,
whose initial designee shall be David Ferguson; and provided, further, that
CVCA's right to designate such director shall not be transferable to purchasers
or transferees of its shares who are not an Affiliate of CVCA; if Mr. Ferguson
is unable or unwilling to continue to perform his duties as a director, then
the representative shall be another individual designated by CVCA and
reasonably acceptable to the Company;

                                  (3)      one representative designated by the
holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a
separate class, for so long as there remains outstanding shares of Series D
Preferred Stock having an aggregate original purchase price of $1,000,000 or
more; provided that for so long as Frontenac VI Limited Partnership
("FRONTENAC"), holds an aggregate of at least 42,000 shares of Series D
Preferred Stock such director shall be designated by Frontenac, whose initial
designee shall be M. Laird Koldyke; and provided, further, that Frontenac's
right to designate such director shall not be transferable to purchasers or
transferees of its shares who are not Affiliates of Frontenac;

                                  (4)      One representative designated by the
holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a
separate class, for so long as there remains outstanding shares of Series E
Preferred Stock having an aggregate original purchase price of $1,000,000 or
more; provided that for so long as CVCA holds an aggregate of 340,000 shares of
Series E Preferred Stock such director shall be designated by CVCA and
reasonably acceptable to the Company; and provided, further, that CVCA's right
to designate such director shall not be transferable to purchasers or
transferees of its shares who are not Affiliates of CVCA.





                                       9.
<PAGE>   10

                                  (5)      one representative designated by the
Holdings Founder, for so long as the Holdings Founder holds Common Stock having
a fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, whose initial designee shall be S.
M. Hassan.

                                  (6)      two representatives designated by
the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by the WO
Founders whose initial designees shall be Elizabeth C. Cook and Michael C.
Gilliland; and

                                  (7)      the remaining four representatives
shall be disinterested and independent directors designated by a majority of
the directors designated to the Board pursuant to subsections (1)-(6) above;
provided that, effective upon the closing of the Merger, and for one year after
the closing of the Merger, John Shields ("SHIELDS"), who initially shall be
Chairman of the Board, and Barney Feinblum ("FEINBLUM") will be two of the
initial four directors designated to the Board pursuant to this section
5(a)(i)(7) unless either is removed by eight of the remaining directors,
including in the case of Shields, removal from his position as Chairman of the
Board; and further provided that, if either Shields or Feinblum is removed
pursuant to this section, Frontenac and the Holdings Founder shall be entitled
to designate the replacement director(s), subject to the approval of a majority
of the other directors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                          (ii)    Any Director who is elected to the Board
pursuant to a designation under clause (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) or (6) of
paragraph (i) of this Section 5(a), may be removed from the Board only upon the
request of the Person(s) who designated such Director.  In the event that a
Director so elected resigns, is removed from, or otherwise ceases to serve on,
the Board, for whatever reason, the vacancy shall be filled with an individual
designated in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) and the Stockholders hereby
agree to call a special stockholders meeting and to vote their shares of Voting
Stock or shares of Voting Stock over which they exercise voting control, at
such meeting or to execute a written consent of stockholders, upon the request
of such Person(s), in order to effect such removal.

                 (b)      Until the closing of the Public Offering and for so
long as there continues to remain outstanding at least 25% of the shares of
Series A Preferred Stock sold pursuant to the Series A Stock Purchase
Agreement, each Stockholder, other than holders of Series D Preferred Stock or
Common Stock issued upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock, agrees to vote
to elect the representative of the Series A Preferred Stockholder on the Board
of Directors as a member of the Compensation Committee and Audit Committee of
the Board of Directors.

                 (c)      For a period of four years from and after the closing
of the Public Offering and provided CVCA shall hold not less than 4% of the
shares of the Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis), the Stockholders, other
than holders of Series D Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued upon conversion
of Series D Preferred Stock, each hereby agree, upon the request of CVCA, to
take any and all action reasonably requested (including, without limitation,
voting their shares of Voting Stock or shares of Voting Stock over which they
exercise voting control and executing and delivering written consents of
stockholders, and





                                      10.
<PAGE>   11
calling special stockholders' meetings) to cause a designee of CVCA to be
elected to the Board.  So long as a designee of CVCA shall be a member of the
Board, that director shall also, if requested by CVCA, be designated as a
member of each committee of the Board including, without limitation, the Audit
and Compensation committees.

                 (d)      RIGHT OF THE PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS TO DESIGNATE
ADDITIONAL MEMBERS OF THE BOARD.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section
5(a) of this Agreement from and after the occurrence of a Triggering Event (as
defined herein) other than a Special Triggering Event (as defined in the Series
E Stock Purchase Agreement), subject to the provisions of Section 7(c) hereof
the Preferred Stockholders shall thereafter be entitled to elect a majority of
the Board of Directors.  In such event, a majority of the Investor
Representatives designated by a Series of Redeemable Preferred Stock which is
outstanding (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) and who so elect,
shall be entitled to elect one additional director or such equal number of
additional directors so that the representatives of such series of Redeemable
Preferred Stock on the Board of Directors will comprise a majority of the Board
of Directors.  In the event that all outstanding shares of a Series of
Redeemable Preferred Stock are redeemed, the Investor Representatives elected
by such Series shall resign from the Company's Board of Directors and shall
have no further right with regard to the governance of the Company pursuant to
this subsection 5 (d).  "Redeemable Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D
Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.  If necessary, a majority of the
Investor Representatives designated by the holders of Redeemable Preferred
Stock shall have the right to remove directors, as necessary, to create
vacancies on the Board of Directors as provided for and in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement.  In the event that such Investor Representatives
are entitled and elect to designate members of the Board pursuant to this
Section 5(b), a majority of such Investor Representatives may, and at their
request the other Stockholders shall immediately cause the Company to, call a
special stockholders' meeting to be held as soon as possible, but in any event
not later than 15 days after the date of such request.  At such special
stockholders' meeting, a majority of the Investor Representatives shall be
entitled to designate such additional individuals to be elected to the Board of
Directors, and the Stockholders hereby agree that in such event they will vote
any and all shares of Voting Stock they are entitled to vote, and take any
other actions (including, without limitation, appointing proxies or executing
written consents or removing, if necessary, one or more individuals elected to
the Board of Directors pursuant to clauses (5), (6) and (7) of Section 5(a)(i)
to create vacancies on the Board of Directors in order to limit the maximum
number of directors to eleven so that the Board of Directors would consist of a
majority of members designated by a majority of the Investor Representatives,
as may be necessary to elect as Directors the individuals designated by a
majority of the Investor Representatives.  Subject to their fiduciary duties,
and after receiving written notice from the Investor Representatives of their
intent to exercise the rights set forth in this subsection (d), no director
shall consent to any action by the Board of Directors from the date of the
Triggering Event until the configuration of the Board as set forth above,
except for actions to comply with the Company's redemption obligations in
respect of Preferred Stock





                                      11.
<PAGE>   12

                 (e)      BOARD MEETINGS.  The Company shall call, and use its
best efforts to have, regular Board meetings at least once every other month.
Meetings of the Board shall not be held on less than two days written notice to
the Directors unless a shorter notice period is consented to in writing by each
of the Directors designated by the Preferred Stockholders.  All notices of a
Board meeting shall include an agenda setting forth in reasonable detail any
and all matters to be officially acted upon at such meeting, but such agenda
shall not limit any matters that may be officially acted upon at any such
meeting.  The directors appointed to the Board pursuant to Section 5(a) shall
be entitled to receive reimbursement from the Company for all reasonable
expenses directly related to attendance at all board of directors or committee
meetings.

                 (f)      SUBSIDIARIES.  The Company shall cause the Board of
Directors of any subsidiary to include the same individuals as the Board.

                 (g)      GRANT OF PROXY.  Until the closing of the Public
Offering, Mark R. Clapp hereby irrevocably appoints Michael C. Gilliland, with
full power of substitution and resubstitution, as proxy to any and all Voting
Stock owned by Mr. Clapp, for and in the name, place and stead of Mr. Clapp, at
any annual, special or other meeting of stockholders, at any adjournment
thereof or pursuant to any consent in lieu of a meeting or otherwise, with
respect to any matter to be voted on or consented to by the stockholders of the
Company.  Mark R. Clapp acknowledges that such proxy is coupled with an
interest and, therefore, is not terminable by Mr. Clapp without the prior
written consent of Mr. Gilliland.  Mr. Gilliland agrees to vote all such Voting
Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

         6.      RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER.  Subject to the terms and conditions
specified in this Section 6, the Company hereby grants to each Investor a right
to participate in future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter
defined).  An Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer
hereby granted it among itself and its Affiliates and other related entities
and persons in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities
convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital
stock ("SHARES"), the Company shall first make an offering of a portion of such
Shares (as determined in subsection (b) below) to each Investor in accordance
with the following provisions:

                 (a)      The Company shall deliver a written notice ("NOTICE")
to the Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii)
the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any,
upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

                 (b)      Within 30 calendar days after receipt of the Notice,
an Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms
specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the
proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or
issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, by such Investor, bears to the
total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding
(assuming full conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock).





                                      12.
<PAGE>   13

                 (c)      The Company may, during the 30-day period during
which such Shares are offered to the Investors, offer the portion of such
Shares which the Investors are not entitled to purchase hereunder to other
persons and, during the 60-day period following the expiration of the period
provided in subsection (b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of
such Shares which the Investors have not elected to purchase under subsection
(b) hereof to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no
more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the Notice.  If the
Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such
period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 90 days following the
expiration of the period provided in subsection 6(b) hereof, the right provided
hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered
unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance herewith.

                 (d)      The right of first offer in this Section 6 shall not
be applicable (i) to the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock (as
adjusted to reflect any stock splits, combinations or other events involving
the Common Stock) to employees, consultants or members of the Board of
Directors pursuant to employee or director stock plans which are approved in
writing by each of the Investor Representatives on the Board of Directors, (ii)
to the Public Offering or to any offering of shares after consummation of the
Public Offering, (iii) the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or
exercise of presently outstanding convertible or exercisable securities, (iv)
to any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, (v) to
securities issued in connection with any acquisition or business combination
transaction approved in writing by each of the Investor Representatives, or
(vi) to securities issued in connection with equipment lease financings or
other financings with commercial lenders or in strategic transactions involving
the Company and other entities including joint ventures or marketing,
distribution or development arrangements, in each case provided that any
issuance pursuant to subsection (vi) has been approved in writing by each of
the Investor Representatives.

         7.      TRIGGERING EVENTS.

                 (a)      TRIGGERING EVENTS.  Each of the following events
shall constitute a "Triggering Event" for purposes of this Agreement and the
Holdings Certificate of Incorporation:

                          (i)     The Company shall fail to perform or observe
any material covenant contained in this Agreement, in the Series E Stock
Purchase Agreement (other than with respect to any failure to complete the
Merger), in the Registration Rights Agreement or the Certificate of
Incorporation and such failure shall have continued unremedied for a period of
30 days (or such longer period as the Company is diligently to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Investors working to cure such default) after the earlier
of (A) the date on which the Company should have given notice thereof in
accordance with Section 7(d) hereof or (B) the date on which the Company
receives notice thereof from an Investor;

                          (ii)    Any representation or warranty made by the
Company in the Series E Purchase Agreement (other than with respect to any
failure to complete the Merger),





                                      13.
<PAGE>   14
in any schedule to the Series E Purchase Agreement or in any certificate
delivered to the Series E Investors at the closing (as defined in the Series E
Stock Purchase Agreement) shall prove to have been untrue or incorrect in any
material respect when made or shall prove to have had intentionally omitted
from it any material fact necessary to make the information provided therein,
when taken as a whole, not misleading, as of the date it was made;

                          (iii)   The Company shall have been declared in
default under any material indebtedness for borrowed money or other material
financing or security agreement or other instrument evidencing or related to
material indebtedness of the Company, and the effect of such default has caused
such third party to take such action as is necessary to declare or otherwise
cause such indebtedness to become due and payable prior to its scheduled
maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

                          (iv)    Any voluntary case or proceeding or
involuntary case or proceeding not dismissed within 60 days against the Company
seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to
indebtedness under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the
appointment of a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or similar
official has been instituted, or any assignment by the Company for the benefit
of creditors or the failure by the Company to satisfy any judgment; or

                          (v)     Failure by Michael C. Gilliland to continue
as Chief Executive Officer of the Company as a result of death, disability or
voluntary resignation; provided that, such failure shall not be a Triggering
Event unless the Company has failed to retain a replacement to Mr. Gilliland
acceptable to the holders of a majority of the Investor Representatives within
6 months of Mr. Gilliland's ceasing to be a Chief Executive Officer of the
Company.

                 (b)      CERTIFICATE OF CEO.  Upon request by any Investor
Representative, the Company shall deliver to each of the Investors within 30
days after the end of each quarter commencing October 1, 1996, a certificate
from the CEO of the Company stating that such officer has no knowledge of the
occurrence or the existence of a Triggering Event or an event or circumstance
that, given notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a Triggering
Event, or if a Triggering Event or such an event or circumstance shall have
occurred, a detailed description thereof.

                 (c)      REMEDIES.  If a Triggering Event (other than a
Special Triggering Event as provided in the Holdings Certificate of
Incorporation) shall occur and be continuing, then, unless such Triggering
Event has been waived by a majority of the Investor Representatives, in
addition to all other remedies that may be available to them pursuant to
Section 5(d) hereof or at law or in equity in accordance with Section 7(e)
hereof, the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series
E Preferred Stock, each voting as a separate class, may declare their
respective shares of Preferred Stock immediately redeemable by the Company,
including a premium, as provided in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation.
If (i) the Company





                                      14.
<PAGE>   15
does not have sufficient funds to redeem such Preferred Stock (provided that
this subsection 7(c) shall not be construed in a manner inconsistent with the
intent of, or to otherwise deprive the holders of Series E Preferred Stock the
benefit of, their redemption priority provided in Section 4(d) of the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation) or (ii) the Company is prohibited by law from
making such payment, then a majority of the Investor Representatives
representing any series of Preferred Stock which has not been redeemed shall
have the right to designate a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company
in the manner provided in Section 5(d) of this Agreement and Article IV Section
5 of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation.  In the event that all
outstanding shares of a series of Preferred Stock are redeemed, the Investor
Representative elected by such series of Preferred Stock shall resign from the
Company's Board of Directors and shall have no further right with regard to the
governance of the Company pursuant to this subsection 7 (c).

                 (d)      NOTICE OF TRIGGERING EVENT.  When the Company becomes
actually aware that any Triggering Event has occurred and is continuing, the
Company shall give written notice to each of the Investors within five business
days after the Company becomes actually aware that such Triggering Event has
occurred and is continuing.  When, in the judgment of an Investor, a Triggering
Event shall have occurred, such Investor shall so notify the Company with
reasonable promptness; provided, however, that any failure to give such notice
shall not be a waiver by the Investors of any of their rights hereunder.

                 (e)      SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT.  The parties hereto agree that
upon a Triggering Event, a remedy at law would not be adequate.  In case any
one or more Triggering Events shall have occurred and be continuing, unless
such Triggering Events shall have been waived in the manner provided in Section
14 hereof, the Investors may proceed to protect and enforce their rights under
this Section 7 by suit in equity or action at law, including, without
limitation, by suit for specific performance or injunctive relief.  It is
agreed that the prevailing party in any such action shall be entitled to
receive from the other party all reasonable fees, costs, and expenses incurred
by them or it, including, without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses
of counsel and reasonable fees, costs, and expenses of appeals.

                 (f)      REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.  No specific right, power, or
remedy conferred by this Agreement shall be exclusive, and each such right,
power, or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right,
power, or remedy, whether conferred hereby or by any security of the Company or
now or hereafter available, at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise.

                 (g)      REMEDIES NOT WAIVED.  No course of dealing between
the Company and the Investors, and no delay in exercising any right, power, or
remedy conferred hereby or by any security issued by the Company, or now or
hereafter available at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise, shall operate
as a waiver of or otherwise prejudice any such right, power, or remedy.





                                      15.
<PAGE>   16

         8.      COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

                 (a)      DELIVERY OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The Company shall
deliver to each Investor so long as such Investor shall own any shares of
Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof:

                          (i)     as soon as practicable, but in any event
within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an
income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and a
statement of stockholders' equity as of the end of such year, and a schedule as
to the sources and applications of funds for each year, such year-end financial
reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), and audited and certified by
independent public accountants approved by the Board of Directors of the
Company, unqualified by such accountants as to the scope of the audit;

                          (ii)    within thirty (30) days of the end of each
month, an unaudited income statement and schedule as to the sources and
application of funds and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, in
reasonable detail;

                          (iii)   as soon as practicable, but in any event
thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget for the next
fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including income statements, balance
sheets and sources and applications of funds statements for such months and, as
soon as practicable after the adoption thereof, any revisions to such annual
budget;

                          (iv)    such other information relating to the
financial condition, business, prospects or corporate affairs of the Company as
the Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that
the Company shall not be obligated under this subsection (iv) or any other
subsection of this Section 8(a) to provide information which it reasonably
considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information; and

                          (v)     as soon as is practicable after delivery or
occurrence, but in no event later than ten (10) days following such delivery or
occurrence, any material notices or reports to stockholders or members of the
financial community, governmental agencies or authorities.

                 (b)      INSPECTION.  So long as an Investor holds any
Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, the Company
shall permit such Investor, at such Investor's expense, to visit and inspect
the Company's properties, to examine its books of account and records and to
discuss the Company's affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at
such reasonable times as may be requested by the Investor; provided, however,
that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 8(b) to
provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade
secret or similar confidential information.





                                      16.
<PAGE>   17

                 (c)      TERMINATION OF COVENANTS.  The covenants set forth in
Sections 8(a), 8(b), 8(d) and 8(f) shall terminate as to the Investors and be
of no further force or effect upon the closing of a Public Offering.

                 (d)      KEY-MAN INSURANCE.  The Company shall maintain in
full force and effect, a key-man life insurance policy in the amount of
$2,000,000 on the life of Michael Gilliland, with proceeds payable to the
Company.

                 (e)      USE OF PROCEEDS.  The Company covenants that it shall
use all proceeds received from the Series E Investors in connection with the
issuance and sale of the Series E Preferred Stock hereunder solely for the
purposes set forth on Schedule D of the Series E Preferred Stock Purchase
Agreement of even date herewith unless otherwise agreed in writing by the
holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate
class.

                 (f)      NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  Without the written consent of
the holders of (i) at least 51% of the then outstanding Preferred Stock,
including the vote of CVCA and (ii) at least one other Investor holding either
Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or
Series D Preferred Stock, the Company agrees that it shall not:

                          (i)     authorize or issue, or obligate itself to
authorize or issue, additional shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or any
other capital stock except (A) the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant
to stock option plans or restricted stock plans approved in writing by a
majority of the Investor Representatives (B) the issuance of shares of Common
Stock upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred
Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred
Stock, (C) issuances of shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of any
convertible securities outstanding on or prior to the Series E Purchase Date
and disclosed in the Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, (D) in
connection with an acquisition or merger approved in writing by a majority of
the Investor Representatives; or (E) in an offering described in Section 6(d)
hereof; or

                          (ii)    declare or pay any dividends on any shares of
Common Stock, or repurchase any shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock;
provided, however, that repurchase of such shares may be made in connection
with any employee stock purchase plans, pursuant to any redemptions required
under the Certificate of Incorporation or the terms of this Agreement or the
redemption of all or a portion of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock held by
the Selling Stockholders as described in the Merger Agreement.

                          (iii)   make or permit any subsidiary or other
Affiliate to make loans or advances, except in the ordinary course of business
or, except to a wholly-owned subsidiary;

                          (iv)    make any loans or advances to employees,
except in the ordinary course of business (e.g., travel advances and similar
transactions);





                                      17.
<PAGE>   18

                          (v)     make any guarantees, except in the ordinary
course of business or except with respect to obligations incurred by
wholly-owned subsidiaries which obligations are not otherwise restricted
hereunder;

                          (vi)    sell, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its property or business or merge into or consolidate with
any other corporation or effect any transaction or series of related
transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the corporation is
disposed of; and

                          (vii)   permit any subsidiary or other affiliate of
the Company to own, any stock or other securities of any affiliate or other
corporation, partnership or entity, unless such entity is wholly owned by the
Company, or except for investments in interest bearing bank accounts, short
term certificates of deposit issued by a bank having assets in excess of
$100,000,000, short term securities issued or guaranteed by the United States
Government or money market accounts;

                          (viii)  amend its Certificate of Incorporation or
Bylaws except in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws;

                          (ix)    pay any cash compensation to the Founders of
the Company in excess of the amounts determined by the Company's Compensation
Committee; provided, however, should the Investor Representatives not
constitute a majority of the Company's Compensation Committee, such management
compensation will be determined by the Investor Representatives; provided
further that management salaries shall not be reduced below the salaries set
forth on Exhibit E hereto; and

                          (x)     amend this Agreement to reduce the amount set
forth in Section 8(f)(ii).

                 The covenants contained in this Section 8(f) shall terminate
on the earlier of (a) the redemption by the Company of all of the shares of
Preferred Stock or (b) the closing of the Public Offering.

                 (g)      POSITIVE COVENANTS.  Unless otherwise consented to in
writing by a majority of the Investor Representatives, the Company agrees as
follows:

                          (i)     The Company will promptly pay and discharge,
or cause to be paid and discharged, when due and payable, all lawful taxes,
assessments, and governmental charges or levies imposed upon the income,
profits, property, or business of the Company or any subsidiary; provided,
however, that any such tax, assessment, charge, or levy need not be paid if the
validity thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and if the Company shall have set aside on its books adequate
reserves with respect thereof, and provided further, that the Company will pay
all such taxes, assessments, charges, or levies forthwith upon the commencement
of proceedings to foreclose any lien that may have attached as security
therefor.  The Company will promptly pay or cause to be paid





                                      18.
<PAGE>   19
when due, or in conformance with customary trade terms, all other indebtedness
incident to the operations of the Company;

                          (ii)    The Company will keep its properties and
those of its subsidiaries in good repair, working order, and condition,
reasonable wear and tear excepted, and from time to time make all necessary and
proper repairs, renewals, replacements, additions, and improvements thereto;
and the Company and its subsidiaries will at all times comply with the
provisions of all material leases to which any of them is a party or under
which any of them occupies property so as to prevent any material adverse
effect to the business, assets or property of the Company;

                          (iii)   The Company will keep true records and books
of account in which full, true, and correct entries will be made of all
dealings or transactions in relation to its business and affairs in accordance
with GAAP applied on a consistent basis;

                          (iv)    The Company and all its subsidiaries shall
duly observe and conform to all valid requirements of governmental authorities
which are material to the conduct of their businesses or to their property or
assets;

                          (v)     The Company shall, except as otherwise
contemplated by the Merger Agreement, maintain in full force and effect its
corporate existence, rights, and franchises and all material licenses and other
material rights to use processes, licenses, trademarks, trade names, or
copyrights owned or possessed by it or any subsidiary and deemed by the Company
to be necessary to the conduct of its business;

                          (vi)    Prior to the Company filing a registration
statement pursuant to the Securities Act with the SEC, the Company shall
maintain a stockholders' equity as shown on its balance sheet prepared in
accordance with GAAP of at least $10,000,000, excluding any negative effects of
acquisitions; and

                          (vii)   The Company will assist the Stockholders in
any filings or other compliance reports necessary by virtue of ownership of
such shares or the exercise of the conversion right thereunder including,
without limitation, any filings required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust
Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.  This subsection 8.7(g)(vii) shall
survive so long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding.

                 (h)      EMPLOYEE OPTIONS.  The Company shall not grant any
options exercisable for Common Stock or any other capital shares of the Company
to employees, officers or directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
except for Permitted Options (as defined below) without the prior written
consent of a majority of the Investor Representatives.  For the purposes of
this Section 8(h), "Permitted Options" shall mean, effective upon the closing
of the Merger, options exercisable for Common Stock, subject to adjustment
provided for herein, up to an aggregate of not more than 440,706 shares of
Common Stock, including options exercisable for 264,024 shares of Common Stock
outstanding as of the closing of the Merger and options exercisable for 176,682
available for grant. The Permitted Options available for grant shall be granted
pursuant to the terms of employee or director stock option





                                      19.
<PAGE>   20
plans approved in writing by a majority of the Investor Representatives.  Such
number of Permitted Options available for grant may be increased, subject to
the approval of the Board of Directors, in an amount not to exceed 5% of the
number of shares of the Company's Common Stock issued after the closing of the
Merger, assuming the conversion or exercise of all convertible or exercisable
securities issued after the closing of the Merger (as adjusted for any stock
split).

                 (i)      ASSIGNMENT.  The covenants set forth in this Section
8 shall be assignable to a purchaser, assignee or transferee who purchases
shares of Preferred Stock from a Stockholder; provided, however, that if any
Stockholder shall distribute any shares of Preferred Stock to its limited
partners, such partners shall appoint a single agent for purposes of receiving
notices and giving consents hereunder and in that connection, shall execute and
deliver an irrevocable proxy to such agent.  Notwithstanding this Section 8(i),
CVCA's right to designate the Series C Stockholder Representative as set forth
herein shall not be assignable to purchasers, assignees or transferees of the
shares.

         9.      GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS APPLIED TO AGREEMENTS MADE
AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF
LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

         10.     COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         11.     TITLES AND SUBTITLES.  The titles and subtitles used in this
Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in
construing or interpreting this Agreement.

         12.     NOTICES.  Any notice, request, instruction or other document
to be given hereunder by any party hereto to another party hereto shall be in
writing, shall be deemed to have been duly given or delivered when delivered
personally or telecopied (receipt confirmed, with a copy sent by reputable
overnight courier, or one business day after delivery to a reputable overnight
courier, postage prepaid, to the address of the party set forth below such
person's signature on this Agreement or to such address as the party to whom
notice is to be given may provide in a written notice to each of the other
parties to this Agreement, a copy of which written notice shall be on file with
the Secretary of the Company.

         13.     LEGEND.

                 (a)      Each certificate representing shares of Common Stock
or Preferred Stock subject to this Agreement shall be endorsed with the
following legends:

         "THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES
         REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
         OF A CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS





                                      20.
<PAGE>   21
         AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG THE CORPORATION AND CERTAIN HOLDERS OF STOCK OF
         THE CORPORATION.  COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON
         WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION."

                 (b)      Each party to this Agreement agrees that the Company
may instruct the transfer agent to impose transfer restrictions on the shares
represented by certificates bearing the legend referred to in Section 13 above
to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.  The legend shall be removed upon
termination of this Agreement.

         14.     AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  Any term of this Agreement may be
amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either
generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
prospectively) only with the written consent of the holders of a majority of
each class or series, as applicable, of capital stock to be affected by such
amendment or waiver voting as separate classes or series, as applicable, and
any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be
binding upon each holder of any securities at the time outstanding (including
securities into which securities are convertible), each future holder of all
securities and the Company; provided that the amount set forth in Section
8(f)(ii) shall not be reduced except as provided in Section 8(f).

         15.     SEVERABILITY.  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are
held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded
from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if
such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its
terms to the fullest extent permitted by law.

         16.     FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Each of the parties shall without further
consideration, use reasonable efforts to execute and deliver such additional
documents and take such other action as the other parties, or any of them may
reasonably request to carry out the intent of this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         17.     SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
and all rights hereto shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors
and permitted assigns, and shall be binding upon and all rights hereto shall
inure to the benefit of the other parties hereto and their respective heirs,
successors and permitted assigns, including transferees of any shares of
Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof.  Any such
transferee shall, upon the request of the Company, execute a written
acknowledgment of the foregoing.

         18.     ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, together with the Series E
Stock Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement dated even herewith
and the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, embody the entire agreement and
understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the actions and transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.  There are no restrictions, promises,
inducements, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings, other than
those expressly set forth or referred to herein, in the Series E Stock Purchase
Agreement, the Merger Agreement, Termination of the Series A Preferred Stock





                                      21.
<PAGE>   22
Purchase Agreement dated of even date herewith, by and between the Company and
the Series A Investors, Termination of the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase
Agreement dated of even date herewith, by and between the Company and the
Series C Investors, the Series D Side Letter dated of even date herewith, by
and between the Company and the Series D Investors, and the Registration Rights
Agreement dated even herewith or in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation.

         19.     SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.  Each of the Stockholders acknowledges
and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Agreement, the non-breaching
party or parties would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by
monetary damages.  It is accordingly agreed that the Stockholders will waive
the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would
be adequate and that the Stockholders, in addition to any other remedy to which
they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific
performance of this Agreement in any action instituted in the Delaware Court of
Chancery or the United States District Court for the District of Colorado or,
in the event said Courts would not have jurisdiction for such action, in any
court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction for such
action.


                            (Signature Pages Follow)





                                      22.
<PAGE>   23
                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the
date first above written.

                                        WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.


                                        By:  /s/ Michael C. Gilliland
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Michael C. Gilliland, 
                                           Chief Executive Officer

                                        Address: 1668 Valtec Lane
                                                 Boulder, CO  80301
                                                 Telecopy: (303) 938-1350



                                        THE WO FOUNDERS:

                                        /s/ Michael C. Gilliland
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Michael C. Gilliland



                                        /s/ Elizabeth C. Cook
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Elizabeth C. Cook


                                        /s/ Mark R. Clapp
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Mark R. Clapp



                                        THE HOLDINGS FOUNDER:


                                        /s/ S.M. Hassan
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        S.M. Hassan





                                      23.
<PAGE>   24
 The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted as of the date first above written.

                                     THE STOCKHOLDERS:


                                     CHASE VENTURE CAPITAL ASSOCIATES, L.P.,
                                           a California Limited Partnership

                                     By:   Chase Capital Partners, a New York
                                           general partnership


                                     By: /s/ David L. Ferguson
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         David L. Ferguson, 
                                         General Partner

                                     Address   380 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor
                                               New York, NY  10017
                                     Telecopy: (212) 622-3101

                                     Copy to:

                                     Address:  CVP Management Corporation 
                                               840 Apollo Street, Suite 223 
                                               El Segundo, CA  90245
                                     Telecopy  (310) 335-1965



                                     WESTON PRESIDIO OFFSHORE CAPITAL C.V.,
                                      a Netherlands Antilles Limited Partnership

                                     By:   Weston Presidio Capital Management 
                                           L.P.,  a Delaware Limited Partnership


                                     By: /s/ James B. McElwee
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         James B. McElwee, 
                                         General Partner

                                     Address:  343 Sansome Street, Suite 1210 
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104-1316
                                     Telecopy: (415) 398-0990





                                      24.
<PAGE>   25
                                     FRONTENAC VI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                     By:   Frontenac Company


                                     By: /s/ M. Laird Koldyke
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         M. Laird Koldyke

                                     Address:  135 South LaSalle Street, 
                                               Suite 3800 
                                               Chicago, Illinois  60603


                                     MONTGOMERY ASSOCIATES, 1992 L.P.


                                     By: /s/ Jack G. Levin
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Jack G. Levin, Managing Partner

                                     Address:  600 Montgomery Street
                                               San Francisco, California 94111




                                     25.

<PAGE>   1




                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT


                 THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of
August __, 1996 (the "Agreement"), is made by and among WILD OATS MARKETS,
INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the stockholders of the
Company listed on Exhibit A attached hereto.

                                   RECITALS:

                 A.       Each of the Stockholders (as defined below) owns that
number of shares of the capital stock of the Company set forth opposite his or
her name on Exhibit A hereto.

                 B.       The Company and the Stockholders entered into the
Stockholders Agreement dated as of July 12, 1996 (the "Prior Agreement"),
pursuant to which the parties entered into certain understandings regarding the
transfer of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, the management of the Company and
other matters, as set forth therein.

                 C.       The Company and the Stockholders desire to enter into
this Agreement effective upon the closing of the Company's Public Offering (as
defined below) in order to reflect the conversion of the Preferred Stock, the
termination of certain provisions of the Prior Agreement and the adoption of
certain stockholder protection measures by the Company.

                                   AGREEMENT:

                 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
mutual covenants and agreements of the parties contained herein, the parties
agree as follows:

          1.     CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement the following
terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

                 "Common Stock" shall mean the [20,000,000] shares of Common
Stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share.

                 "CVCA" shall mean Chase Venture Capital Associates, L.P.

                 "Effective Date" shall mean the closing of the Public
Offering.

                 "Equity Securities" shall mean shares of, or securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, any shares of, any class
of the Company's capital stock, including without limitation, its Common Stock
and Preferred Stock.

                 "Preferred Stock" shall mean any preferred stock designated by
the Board of Directors.




                                     1.
<PAGE>   2
                 "Public Offering" shall mean the Company's sale of its Common
Stock in a bona fide, firm commitment underwriting pursuant to a registration
statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, where (i)
gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $20,000,000, and (ii) the
product of the price per share to the public of the Common Stock times the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the
consummation of the underwritten sale (including any shares of Common Stock
then issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be not
less than $140,000,000.

                 "Stockholders" shall mean any of the Stockholders listed on
Exhibit A hereto and their respective assignees and successors.

                 "Voting Stock" shall mean any class or classes of the capital
stock of the Company the holders of which are entitled to participate generally
in the election of directors of the Company, including, but not limited to, the
Common Stock and the Preferred Stock.

          2.     EFFECTIVENESS OF AGREEMENT; SUPERSEDES PRIOR STOCKHOLDERS
AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall be effective from and after the Effective Date
and shall supersede  the Prior Agreement, which agreement is hereby terminated
without any liability to any party thereto and shall be of no further force or
effect.  By executing this Agreement, each signatory consents to the
termination of such prior agreement, without liability to any party thereto, as
provided by this Section 2.

         2A.     RIGHT OF GILLILAND AND COOK TO PURCHASE CLAPP SHARES.  In the
event of the death or disability (as such term is defined below) of Mark R.
Clapp, each of Michael C. Gilliland and Elizabeth C. Cook shall have the right
to purchase up to 50% (for a total of 100%) of the Equity Securities owned by
Mark R. Clapp at the date of this Agreement (the "Clapp Shares") at a purchase
price equal to the fair market value (as such term is defined below) of the
Clapp Shares on the date of such event.  Such right to purchase shall be for a
period of 90 days after Mr. Gilliland and Ms.  Cook receive notice of the
occurrence of such event.  The purchase price shall be payable in the form of a
check or note payable to the order of Mr. Clapp or his estate or heirs in the
event of his death.  For purposes of this Section 2A, "disability" shall have
the meaning set forth in Section 22(e)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code, as
amended, and "fair market value" shall mean, if the shares are listed on a
national securities exchange or designated for trading on the Nasdaq National
Market, the closing sales price of the Common Stock on the date of such event
or, if the shares are traded on any over-the-counter market, the average of the
bid and asked prices of the Common Stock on the date of such event, or if the
Company's Common Stock is not publicly traded, the fair market value of the
Clapp Shares as determined by the Company's Board of Directors (excluding Mr.
Gilliland and Ms. Cook if such persons are members of the Board of Directors at
the time of determination) in good faith, taking into account all factors which
they deem relevant.




                                     2.
<PAGE>   3




          3.     GOVERNANCE.

                 (a)      For a period of four years from and after the closing
of the Public Offering and provided CVCA shall hold not less than 4% of the
shares of the Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis), the Stockholders, other
than holders of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series D Preferred
Stock, each hereby agree, upon the request of CVCA, to take any and all action
reasonably requested (including, without limitation, voting their shares of
Voting Stock or shares of Voting Stock over which they exercise voting control
and executing and delivering written consents of stockholders, and calling
special stockholders' meetings) to cause a designee of CVCA to be elected to
the Board.  So long as a designee of CVCA shall be a member of the Board, that
director shall also, if requested by CVCA, be designated as a member of each
committee of the Board including, without limitation, the Audit and
Compensation committees.

                 (b)      The Company shall call, and use its best efforts to
have, regular Board meetings at least once every quarter.  Meetings of the
Board shall not be held on less than two days written notice to the Directors
unless a shorter notice period is consented to in writing by a majority of the
Directors.  All notices of a Board meeting shall include an agenda setting
forth in reasonable detail any and all matters to be officially acted upon at
such meeting, but such agenda shall not limit any matters that may be
officially acted upon at any such meeting.  The non-employee directors shall be
entitled to receive reimbursement from the Company for all reasonable expenses
directly related to attendance at all board of directors or committee meetings.

                 (c)      The Company shall cause the Board of Directors of any
subsidiary to include the same individuals as the Board.

                 (d)      Until the closing of the Public Offering and for so
long as there continues to remain outstanding at least 25% of the shares of
Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, each
Stockholder, other than holders of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the
Series D Preferred Stock, agrees to vote to elect the representative designated
by Weston Presidio Offshore Capital C.V. as a member of the Board of Directors
as a member of the Compensation Committee and Audit Committee of the Board of
Directors.

          4.     POSITIVE COVENANTS.  Unless otherwise consented to in writing
by a majority of the Board of Directors, the Company agrees as follows:

                 (a)      The Company will promptly pay and discharge, or cause
to be paid and discharged, when due and payable, all lawful taxes, assessments,
and governmental charges or levies imposed upon the income, profits, property,
or business of the Company or any subsidiary; provided, however, that any such
tax, assessment, charge, or levy need not be paid if the validity thereof shall
currently be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and if the
Company shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect
thereof, and provided further, that the Company will pay all such taxes,
assessments, charges, or levies





                                     3.
<PAGE>   4



forthwith upon the commencement of proceedings to foreclose any lien that may
have attached as security therefor.  The Company will promptly pay or cause to
be paid when due, or in conformance with customary trade terms, all other
indebtedness incident to the operations of the Company;

                 (b)      The Company will keep its properties and those of its
subsidiaries in good repair, working order, and condition, reasonable wear and
tear excepted, and from time to time make all necessary and proper repairs,
renewals, replacements, additions, and improvements thereto; and the Company
and its subsidiaries will at all times comply with the provisions of all
material leases to which any of them is a party or under which any of them
occupies property so as to prevent any material adverse effect to the business,
assets or property of the Company;

                 (c)      The Company will keep true records and books of
account in which full, true, and correct entries will be made of all dealings
or transactions in relation to its business and affairs in accordance with GAAP
applied on a consistent basis;

                 (d)      The Company and all its subsidiaries shall duly
observe and conform to all valid requirements of governmental authorities which
are material to the conduct of their businesses or to their property or assets;

                 (e)      The Company shall maintain in full force and effect
its corporate existence, rights, and franchises and all material licenses and
other material rights to use processes, licenses, trademarks, trade names, or
copyrights owned or possessed by it or any subsidiary and deemed by the Company
to be necessary to the conduct of its business;

                 (f)      The Company shall not grant any options exercisable
for Common Stock or any other capital shares of the Company to employees,
officers or directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries except for
Permitted Options (as defined below) without the prior written consent of a
majority of the Board of Directors.  For the purposes of this Section 4(f),
"Permitted Options" shall mean options exercisable for Common Stock, subject to
adjustment provided for herein, up to an aggregate of not more than 468,670
shares of Common Stock, including options exercisable for 375,676 shares of
Common Stock outstanding as of the Effective Date and options exercisable for
92,994 available for grant. The Permitted Options available for grant shall
be granted pursuant to the terms of employee or director stock option plans
approved in writing by a majority of the directors.  Such number of Permitted
Options available for grant may be increased, subject to the approval of the
Board of Directors, in an amount not to exceed 15% of the number of shares of
the Company's Common Stock outstanding, assuming the conversion or exercise of
all convertible or exercisable securities outstanding (as adjusted for any
stock split).

                 (g)      The covenants set forth in this Section 4 shall be
assignable to a purchaser, assignee or transferee who purchases shares of
Preferred Stock from a Stockholder; provided, however, that if any Stockholder
shall distribute any shares of stock to its limited partners, such partners
shall appoint a single agent for purposes of receiving notices and






                                     4.
<PAGE>   5



giving consents hereunder and in that connection, shall execute and deliver an
irrevocable proxy to such agent.  Notwithstanding this Section 4(g), CVCA's
right to designate a representative on the Board of Directors as set forth
herein shall not be assignable to purchasers, assignees or transferees of the
shares.

          5.     GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS APPLIED TO AGREEMENTS MADE
AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF
LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

          6.     COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          7.     TITLES AND SUBTITLES.  The titles and subtitles used in this
Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in
construing or interpreting this Agreement.

          8.     NOTICES.  Any notice, request, instruction or other document
to be given hereunder by any party hereto to another party hereto shall be in
writing, shall be deemed to have been duly given or delivered when delivered
personally or telecopied (receipt confirmed, with a copy sent by reputable
overnight courier, or one business day after delivery to a reputable overnight
courier, postage prepaid, to the address of the party set forth below such
person's signature on this Agreement or to such address as the party to whom
notice is to be given may provide in a written notice to each of the other
parties to this Agreement, a copy of which written notice shall be on file with
the Secretary of the Company.

          9.     LEGEND.

                 (a)      Each certificate representing shares of Common Stock
subject to this Agreement shall be endorsed with the following legends:

         "THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES
         REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
         OF A CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG THE CORPORATION AND
         CERTAIN HOLDERS OF STOCK OF THE CORPORATION.  COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT
         MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
         CORPORATION."

                 (b)      Each party to this Agreement agrees that the Company
may instruct the transfer agent to impose transfer restrictions on the shares
represented by certificates bearing the legend referred to in this Section 9
above to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.  The legend shall be removed
upon termination of this Agreement.





                                     5.
<PAGE>   6




          10.    AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  Any term of this Agreement may be
amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either
generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
prospectively) only with the written consent of the holders of a majority of
each class or series, as applicable, of capital stock to be affected by such
amendment or waiver voting as separate classes or series, as applicable, and
any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be
binding upon each holder of any securities at the time outstanding (including
securities into which securities are convertible), each future holder of all
securities and the Company.

          11.    SEVERABILITY.  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are
held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded
from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if
such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its
terms to the fullest extent permitted by law.

          12.    FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Each of the parties shall without further
consideration, use reasonable efforts to execute and deliver such additional
documents and take such other action as the other parties, or any of them may
reasonably request to carry out the intent of this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby.

          13.    SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
and all rights hereto shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors
and permitted assigns, and shall be binding upon and all rights hereto shall
inure to the benefit of the other parties hereto and their respective heirs,
successors and permitted assigns, including transferees of any shares of Common
Stock (including Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock).  Any
such transferee shall, upon the request of the Company, execute a written
acknowledgment of the foregoing.

          14.    ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, together with the Series E
Stock Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July
12, 1996 and the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation,
embody the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect
of the actions and transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  There are no
restrictions, promises, inducements, representations, warranties, covenants or
undertakings, other than those expressly set forth or referred to herein or in
the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

          15.    SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.  Each of the Stockholders acknowledges
and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Agreement, the non-breaching
party or parties would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by
monetary damages.  It is accordingly agreed that the Stockholders will waive
the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would
be adequate and that the Stockholders, in addition to any other remedy to which
they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific
performance of this Agreement in any action instituted in the Delaware Court of
Chancery or the United States District Court for the District of Colorado or,
in the event said Courts would not have jurisdiction for such action, in any
court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction for such
action.





                                     6.
<PAGE>   7




                            (Signature Pages Follow)





                                     7.
<PAGE>   8



                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the
date first above written.

                                     WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.


                                     By:  /s/ MICHAEL C. GILLILAND   
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                              Michael C. Gilliland,
                                              Chief Executive Officer

                                     Address:     1645 Broadway
                                                  Boulder, CO  80302
                                                  Telecopy:   (303) 440-5220


                                     THE STOCKHOLDERS:


                                      /s/ MICHAEL C. GILLILAND
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Michael C. Gilliland


                                      /s/ ELIZABETH C. COOK
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Elizabeth C. Cook


                                      /s/ MARK R. CLAPP
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Mark R. Clapp


                                      /s/ S.M. HASSAN
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     S.M. Hassan





                                     8.
<PAGE>   9




                                  CHASE VENTURE CAPITAL ASSOCIATES, L.P.,
                                           a California Limited Partnership
                                  
                                  By:      Chase Capital Partners, a New York
                                           general partnership
                                  
                                  
                                  By:      /s/ DAVID L. FERGUSON
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           David L. Ferguson,
                                           General Partner
                                  
                                  Address         380 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor
                                                  New York, NY  10017
                                  Telecopy:       (212) 622-3101
                                  
                                  Copy to:
                                  
                                  Address:        CVP Management Corporation
                                                  840 Apollo Street, Suite 223
                                                  El Segundo, CA  90245
                                  Telecopy        (310) 335-1965
                                  
                                  
                                  WESTON PRESIDIO OFFSHORE CAPITAL C.V.,
                                           a Netherlands Antilles Limited 
                                           Partnership
                                  
                                  By:      Weston Presidio Capital Management 
                                           L.P.,  a Delaware Limited Partnership
                                  
                                  
                                  By:      /s/ JAMES B. McELWEE
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           James B. McElwee,
                                           General Partner
                                  
                                  Address:        343 Sansome Street, Suite 1210
                                                  San Francisco, CA  94104-1316
                                  Telecopy:       (415) 398-0990





                                     9.
<PAGE>   10



                                  FRONTENAC VI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                  
                                  By:      Frontenac Company
                                  
                                  
                                  By:      /s/  M. LAIRD KOLDYKE
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           M. Laird Koldyke
                                  
                                  Address:        135 South LaSalle Street,
                                                  Suite 3800
                                                  Chicago, Illinois  60603
                                  
                                  
                                  MONTGOMERY ASSOCIATES, 1992 L.P.
                                  
                                  
                                  By:      /s/ JACK G. LEVIN    
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           JACK G. Levin, Managing Partner
                                  
                                  Address:        600 Montgomery Street
                                                  San Francisco, California 
                                                  94111
                                  




                                     10.
<PAGE>   11




                                   EXHIBIT A



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    COMMON
                                      STOCKHOLDER                                    STOCK
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 <S>                                                               <C>
                 Michael C. Gilliland                                                453,851
                 Elizabeth Cook                                                      453,851
                 Mark R. Clapp                                                       341,571
                 Bennett Bertoli                                                      32,191
                 David Chamberlain                                                     4,296
                 Peter Behrendt                                                        2,865
                 Bob Stone                                                             1,053
                 John Heavey                                                             802
                 Jon Fisher                                                              201
                 S.M. Hassan                                                          50,684
                 Weston Presidio Offshore Capital, C.V.                           303,012(1)
                 Chase Venture Capital Associates, L.P.                              731,851(2)
                 Montgomery Associates, 1992 L.P.                                      8,781(3)
                 Frontenac VI Limited Partnership                                    237,209


</TABLE>


- -----------------------

   (1)  Includes an unexercised warrant to purchase such shares with exercise
        prices of $17.50 to $18.75.
   (2)  Includes 31,658 shares owned by Wild Oats Investors GP, for which Chase
        Capital Partners holds the proxy.
   (3)  Consists of 3,792 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by Montgomery
        and an unexercised warrant to purchase 1,976 shares of Series C 
        Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $37.91.


<PAGE>   1





                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


         Upon the closing of the merger of WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., a Delaware
corporation ("WILD OATS") and WO HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
"COMPANY"), this REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the "AGREEMENT"), dated as of
July 12, 1996, is made effective by and among the Company, the persons
purchasing shares of the Company's Series E Preferred Stock, par value $.001
per share (the "SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK"), on the date hereof, those Holders
(as defined herein) who may execute this Agreement from time to time and whose
names are thereupon listed on Schedule A hereto, and Holdings.

                                   AGREEMENT:

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants and agreements of the parties contained herein, the parties agree as
follows:

         1.      DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Agreement:

                 (a)      The term "ADDITIONAL HOLDERS" means each of Messrs.
Michael C. Gilliland,  Mark R. Clapp, S.M.  Hassan, Barry Perzow and Ms.
Elizabeth C. Cook.

                 (b)      The term "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the common stock,
par value $.001 per share, of Holdings.

                 (c)      The term "FORM S-3" means such form under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), as in effect on the date
hereof or any registration form under the 1933 Act subsequently adopted by the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") which permits inclusion or
incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed
by the Company with the SEC.

                 (d)      The term "HOLDER" means any person who is the record
owner of Registrable Securities or shares of Preferred Stock convertible into
such Registrable Securities, or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section
13 hereof.

                 (e)      The term "MERGER" shall mean the merger of Wild Oats
and Holdings pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Wild
Oats, Alfalfa's, Inc. and the Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of Alfalfa's,
Inc., of even date herewith (the "Merger Agreement").

                 (f)      The term "PREFERRED STOCK" shall mean, collectively,
the Company's Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.

                 (g)      The term "REGISTER," "REGISTERED," and "REGISTRATION"
refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration
statement or similar document in




                                       1.
<PAGE>   2
compliance with the 1933 Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness
of such registration statement or document.

                 (h)      The term "REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" means (i) the
Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, (ii)
the 6,966 shares of Common Stock held by Frontenac VI Limited Partnership,
(iii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the
conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued
as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in
replacement of, such Preferred Stock, other preferred stock of the Company or
Common Stock and (iv) with respect to registrations pursuant to Sections 3 and
3A hereof, shares of Common Stock owned by the Additional Holders; provided,
however, that Common Stock or other securities shall only be treated as
Registrable Securities if and so long as (A) they have not been sold to or
through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or otherwise
pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the 1933 Act, or (B) they
have not been sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the 1933 Act under Section 4(l) thereof (including any
sale pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933 Act or any similar provision) so that all
transfer restrictions and restrictive legends with respect thereto are removed
upon the consummation of such sale.

                 (i)      The number of shares of "REGISTRABLE SECURITIES THEN
OUTSTANDING" shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable
pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable
Securities.

                 (j)      The term "SERIES A REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" shall mean
the Registrable Securities issued or issuable in respect of the Series A
Preferred Stock.

                 (k)      The term "SERIES B REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" shall mean
the Registrable Securities issued or issuable in respect of the Series B
Preferred Stock.

                 (l)      The term "SERIES C REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" shall mean
the Registrable Securities issued or issuable in respect of the Series C
Preferred Stock.

                 (m)      The term "SERIES D REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" shall mean
the Registrable Securities issued or issuable in respect of the Series D
Preferred Stock.

                 (n)      The term "SERIES E REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" shall mean
the Registrable Securities issued or issuable in respect of the Series E
Preferred Stock.

                 (o)      The term "SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK" means the Series
A Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company.

                 (p)      The term "SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK" means the Series
B Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company.





                                       2.
<PAGE>   3
                 (q)      The term "SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK" shall mean, the
Series C Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company.

                 (r)      The term "SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK" shall mean the
Series D Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company.

                 (s)      The term "SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK" shall mean the
Series E Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company.

         1A.     EFFECT OF MERGER.

                 This Agreement shall be effective from and after the date
hereof and shall supersede (i) that certain Amended and Restated Registration
Rights Agreement, dated as of November 14, 1994, among Wild Oats, the WO
Founders, the Series A Investors and the Series C Investors, as amended and
supplemented to date, (ii) that certain Alfalfa's Registration Rights Agreement
dated February 28, 1995 among the Company and the holders of its Series D
Preferred Stock (the Series D Preferred Stock was issued in exchange for the
Company's Series A Preferred Stock in connection with the Company's
reincorporation merger with Alfalfa's, Inc.), and (iii) all other rights with
regard to registration of the Company's or Wild Oats' capital stock pursuant to
the 1933 Act which agreements are hereby terminated without any liability to
any party thereto and shall be of no further force or effect.  By executing
this Agreement, each Holder and each Additional Holder consents to the
termination of all such prior registration rights agreements without liability
to any party thereto as provided in this Section 1A.

         2.      REQUEST FOR REGISTRATION.

                 (a)      SERIES A AND B DEMAND RIGHTS.  If the Company shall
receive at any time after the earlier of (i) November 14, 1997, or (ii) six (6)
months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a
public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration
statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company
pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145
transaction), a written request from the Holders of sixty percent (60%) of the
Series A Registrable Securities and Series B Registrable Securities then
outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the 1933 Act
covering the registration of all or a portion of the Registrable Securities
then outstanding, then the Company shall, within ten (10) days of the receipt
thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject
to the limitations of Sections 2(e) and 2(f), use its best efforts to effect as
soon as practicable, and in any event within 90 days of the receipt of such
request, the registration under the 1933 Act of all Registrable Securities
which the Holders request to be registered within twenty (20) days of the
mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 22 hereof.

                 (b)      SERIES C DEMAND RIGHTS.  If the Company shall receive
at any time after the earlier of (i) November 14, 1997, or (ii) six (6) months
after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public
offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement
relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant
to a





                                       3.
<PAGE>   4
stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145 transaction), a
written request from the Holders of sixty percent (60%) of the Series C
Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration
statement under the 1933 Act covering the registration of all or a portion of
the Registrable Securities then outstanding, then the Company shall, within ten
(10) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all
Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of Sections 2(e) and 2(f), use
its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within 90
days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the 1933 Act of all
Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered within twenty
(20) days of the mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with
Section 22 hereof.

                 (c)      SERIES D DEMAND RIGHTS.  If the Company shall receive
at any time after the earlier of (i) November 14, 1997, or (ii) six (6) months
after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public
offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement
relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant
to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145
transaction), a written request from the Holders of sixty percent (60%) of the
Series D Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a
registration statement under the 1933 Act covering the registration of all or a
portion of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, then the Company shall,
within ten (10) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such
request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of Sections 2(e)
and 2(f), use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any
event within 90 days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the
1933 Act of all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be
registered within twenty (20) days of the mailing of such notice by the Company
in accordance with Section 22 hereof.

                 (d)      SERIES E DEMAND RIGHTS.  If the Company shall receive
at any time after the earlier of (i) July 12, 1999, or (ii) six (6) months
after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public
offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement
relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant
to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145
transaction), a written request from the Holders of sixty percent (60%) of the
Series E Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a
registration statement under the 1933 Act covering the registration of all or a
portion of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, then the Company shall,
within ten (10) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such
request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of Sections 2(e)
and 2(f), use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any
event within 90 days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the
1933 Act of all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be
registered within twenty (20) days of the mailing of such notice by the Company
in accordance with Section 22 hereof.

                 (e)      UNDERWRITER; CUT-BACK.  If the Holders initiating the
registration request under Section 2(a), 2(b), 2(c) or 2(d) ("INITIATING
HOLDERS") intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their
request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part
of their request made pursuant to this Agreement and the Company shall





                                       4.
<PAGE>   5
include such information in the written notice referred to in Sections 2(a),
2(b), 2(c) and 2(d).  The selection of the managing underwriter in any
registration under this Section 2 shall require the consent of a majority of
the Investor Representatives (as defined in the Company's Stockholder's
Agreement dated even herewith).  In the case of an underwritten offering, the
right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration
shall be conditioned upon such Holder's participation in such underwriting and
the inclusion of such Holder's Registrable Securities in the underwriting
(unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority of the Initiating Holders and
such Holder to the extent provided herein).  All Holders proposing to
distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the
Company as provided in Section 4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in
customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such
underwriting; provided that, such underwriting agreement shall include
indemnification obligations with regard to the Holders substantially similar to
those set forth in Section 10 hereof.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing
that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be
underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of
Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto,
and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the
underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof, including the
Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of
Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each Holder; provided, however,
that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such
underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first
entirely excluded from the underwriting.

                 (f)      LIMIT ON DEMAND REGISTRATIONS.  The Company is
obligated to effect only two (2) such registrations pursuant to Section 2(a),
two (2) such registrations pursuant to Section 2(b), two (2) such registrations
pursuant to Section 2(c), and two (2) such registrations pursuant to Section
2(d).  For purposes of this section 2(f), no such Demand Registration shall be
deemed to have taken place unless the Registration Statement filed pursuant to
such Demand Registration has been declared effective by the SEC and sales of
the securities have been permitted consistent with the plan of distribution
described in the Registration Statement.

                 (g)      RIGHT TO DEFER IPO.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
if the Company receives a request for registration under this Agreement before
the Company has completed its initial public offering registered under the 1933
Act, it may postpone such request for registration for six months in order to
file a registration statement for a primary offering of securities.  In such
event, the Holders of Registrable Securities shall have piggyback registration
rights pursuant to Section 3 or 3A hereof.

                 (h)      RIGHT TO DEFER; GENERAL.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration
statement pursuant to this Agreement a certificate signed by the President of
the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors
of the Company, it would be detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for
such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore necessary to defer
the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to
defer such filing for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the
request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that





                                       5.
<PAGE>   6
the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve month
period and in no event will the Company be permitted to defer such filing for
more than 6 months in the aggregate pursuant to Section 2(g) and (h) hereof.

         3.      COMPANY REGISTRATION.  If (but without any obligation to do
so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration
effected by the Company pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement or for
stockholders other than the Holders or the Additional Holders) any of its stock
or other securities under the 1933 Act in connection with the public offering
of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely
to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan, or a
registration on any form which does not include substantially the same
information as would be required to be included in a registration statement
covering the sale of the Registrable Securities or a SEC Rule 145 transaction),
the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder and each Additional
Holder written notice of such registration.  Upon the written request of each
Holder and each Additional Holder given within fifteen (15) days after mailing
of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 22 hereof, the Company
shall, subject to the provisions of Section 8, cause to be registered under the
1933 Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder and each such
Additional Holder has requested to be registered subject to underwriter cutback
and other provisions of Section 8 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, after
the Company's initial public offering, the Company will not be required to give
notice to the Holders or the Additional Holders, if the underwriters managing
the proposed offering have advised the Company in writing that in their
judgment market conditions will not allow the inclusion of any secondary shares
in such offering.  In the event the managing underwriters and the Company
subsequently determine to add any secondary shares in the offering, such notice
shall be provided.  In the case of the Company's initial public offering, the
selection of the managing underwriter in any registration under this Section 3
or 3A shall require the consent of a majority of the Investor Representatives,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

         3A.     ADDITIONAL HOLDERS REGISTRATION.  Notwithstanding Section 3
hereof, the Additional Holders shall be entitled to include up to ten percent
(10%) of the shares of Common Stock then held by each Additional Holder in the
Company's initial public offering registered under the 1933 Act, subject to
underwriter cut-back, before any other Registrable Securities are included in
such initial public offering.

         4.      OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY.  Whenever required under this
Agreement to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company
shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

                 (a)      SEC FILING.  Prepare and file with the SEC a
registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its
best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and,
upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities
registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 90
days or until all of the securities registered thereunder are sold, whichever
occurs sooner.





                                       6.
<PAGE>   7
                 (b)      AMENDMENTS.  Prepare and file with the SEC such
amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus
used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to
comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act with respect to the disposition of
all securities covered by such registration statement.

                 (c)      PROSPECTUS.  Furnish to the Holders such numbers of
copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with
the requirements of the 1933 Act, and such other documents as they may
reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable
Securities owned by them.

                 (d)      BLUE SKY QUALIFICATION.  Use its best efforts to
register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement
under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be
reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be
required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do
business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states
or jurisdictions.

                 (e)      UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT.  In the event of any
underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an
underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing
underwriter of such offering.  Each Holder participating in such underwriting
shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

                 (f)      PROSPECTUS DELIVERY.  Notify each Holder of
Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when
a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act of
the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such
registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the
circumstances then existing.

         5.      FURNISH INFORMATION.  It shall be a condition precedent to the
obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Agreement with
respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder
shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable
Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such
securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder's
Registrable Securities.

         6.      EXPENSES OF DEMAND REGISTRATION.  All expenses other than
underwriting discounts and commissions and stock transfer taxes incurred in
connection with registrations, filings or qualifications of Registrable
Securities pursuant to Section 2, including (without limitation) all
registration, filing and qualification fees, printers' and accounting fees,
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the
reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders shall
be borne by the Company, which counsel the Company may request be the Company's
counsel if such counsel is reasonably acceptable to such selling Holders;
provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any
expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2 if the
registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of
a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all
holders participating in such registration shall bear such





                                       7.
<PAGE>   8
expenses), unless one of the Initiating Holders agree to forfeit its right to
one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.

         7.      EXPENSES OF COMPANY REGISTRATION.  The Company shall bear and
pay all expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or
qualification of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3 or 3A, including
(without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers
and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto and fees and
disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders and Additional Holders
selected by them (which the Company may request be the Company's counsel if
such counsel is reasonably acceptable to such selling Holders and Additional
Holders), but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and stock
transfer taxes relating to Registrable Securities.

         8.      UNDERWRITING REQUIREMENTS.  In connection with any offering
involving an underwriting of shares of the Company's capital stock, the Company
shall not be required under Section 3 or 3A to include any of the Holders' or
Additional Holders' securities in such underwriting unless they accept the
terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the
underwriters (which terms shall include indemnification obligations with regard
to the Holders substantially similar to those set forth in Section 10 hereof)
selected by the person(s) entitled to select the underwriters, and then only in
such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not
jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company.  If the total amount of
securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by Holders and
Additional Holders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of
securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in
their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the
Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such
securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine
in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the
securities so included to be apportioned (i) with respect to the Company's
initial public offering, first pro rata among all selling Additional Holders
until such Additional Holders have sold up to ten (10%) of the shares of Common
Stock then held by them, and next pro rata among all selling Holders and
Additional Holders according to the total amount of securities owned by each
selling Holder and each Additional Holder or in such other proportions as shall
mutually be agreed to by such selling Holders and Additional Holders; (ii) with
respect to any subsequent public offering, pro rata among all selling Holders
and Additional Holders according to the total amount of securities owned by
each selling Holder and Additional Holder or in such other proportions as shall
mutually be agreed to by such selling Holders).  For purposes of the preceding
parenthetical concerning apportionment, the partners, retired partners and
stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such
partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the
foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single "selling stockholder," and any
pro-rata reduction with respect to such "selling stockholder" shall be based
upon the aggregate amount of shares owned by all entities and individuals
included in such "selling stockholder," as defined in this sentence.

         9.      DELAY OF REGISTRATION.  No Holder or Additional Holder shall
have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise
delaying any such registration as the result





                                       8.
<PAGE>   9
of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or
implementation of this Agreement.

         10.     INDEMNIFICATION.  In the event any Registrable Securities are
included in a registration statement under this Agreement:

                 (a)      INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY.  To the extent
permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, any
underwriter (as defined in the 1933 Act) for such Holder and each person, if
any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act
or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 ACT"), against
any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they
may become subject under the 1933 Act, or the 1934 Act or other federal or
state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions
in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following
statements, omissions or violations (collectively a "VIOLATION"):  (i) any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final
prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto,  (ii)
the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to
be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the 1933 Act, the
1934 Act or any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated
under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities law; and the Company
will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred,
any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by one law firm retained by
them, plus appropriate local counsel (or such additional law firms retained by
a Holder or Holders if such Holder or Holders reasonably believe there exists a
conflict of interest among them), in connection with investigating or defending
any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the
indemnity agreement contained in this Section 10(a) shall not apply to amounts
paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if
such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any
such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to which any
Holder, underwriter or controlling person may become subject to the extent that
it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and
in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in
connection with such registration by such Holder, underwriter or controlling
person.

                 (b)      INDEMNIFICATION BY SELLING HOLDER AND ADDITIONAL
HOLDER.  To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder and Additional
Holder severally, but not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the
Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the
registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within
the meaning of the 1933 Act, any underwriter, any other Holder or Additional
Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling
person of any such underwriter or other Holder or Additional Holder against any
losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the
foregoing persons may become subject, under the 1933 Act, or the 1934 Act or
other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any
Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such
Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with





                                       9.
<PAGE>   10
written information furnished by such Holder or Additional Holder expressly for
use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder or Additional
Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred
by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 10(b), in
connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,
liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained
in this Section 10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such
loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without
the consent of the Holder or Additional Holder, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld; provided, further, that, in no event shall any indemnity
under this Section 10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by
such Holder or Additional Holder.

                 (c)      PROCEDURES.  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified
party under this Section 10 of notice of the commencement of any action
(including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in
respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section
10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement
thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and,
to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other
indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with
counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an
indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be
represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one
separate counsel (plus appropriate local counsel), with the fees and expenses
to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified
party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate
due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party
and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding.  The
failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable
time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial in any material
respect to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying
party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 10, but the
omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not
relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise
than under this Section 10.

                 (d)      SURVIVAL.  The obligations of the Company and Holders
under this Section 10 shall survive the completion of any offering of
Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Agreement, and
otherwise.

         11.     REPORTS UNDER SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.  With a view to
making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the
1933 Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time
permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without
registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

                 (a)      make and keep public information available, as those
terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after ninety
(90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by
the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public;





                                      10.
<PAGE>   11
                 (b)      use its best efforts, including voluntarily
registering its Common Stock under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, to qualify for
registration on Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, as soon
as it becomes eligible to file such resale registration statement;

                 (c)      file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and
other documents required of the Company under the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act;
and

                 (d)      furnish to any Holder, Additional Holder, so long as
the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a
written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting
requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the
effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the
1933 Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such
reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities
may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a
copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such
other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other
information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule
or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities
without registration or pursuant to such form.

         12.     FORM S-3 REGISTRATION.  In case the Company shall receive from
any Additional Holder or any Holder or Holders of (i) sixty percent (60%) or
more of the Series A Registrable Securities and Series B Registrable Securities
then outstanding, (ii) sixty percent (60%) or more of the Series C Registrable
Securities then outstanding, (iii) sixty percent (60%) or more of the Series D
Registrable Securities then outstanding, or (iv) sixty percent (60%) or more of
the Series E Registrable Securities then outstanding, a written request or
requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related
qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable
Securities owned by such Additional Holder, Holder or Holders, the Company
will:

                 (a)      promptly give written notice of the proposed
registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders
and Additional Holders; and

                 (b)      as soon as practicable, effect such registration and
all such qualifications and compliance as may be so requested and as would
permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or a portion of each such
Holder's or Additional Holder's Registrable Securities as are specified in such
request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any
other Holder or Additional Holder joining in such request as are specified in a
written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from
the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to
effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this
Section 12:  (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the
Additional Holders or the Holders; (ii) if the Company shall furnish to the
Additional Holders or the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the
Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of
the Company, it would be detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for
such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the
Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration
statement for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of
the Additional Holders or the





                                      11.
<PAGE>   12
Holders under this Section 12; provided, however, that the Company shall not
utilize this right more than once in any twelve month period; (iii) if the
Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such
request, already effected two registrations for the Additional Holders or the
Holders pursuant to Sections 2, 3 and/or this Section 12; or (iv) in any
particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do
business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting
such registration, qualification or compliance.

                 (c)      Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a
registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities
so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the
request or requests of the Additional Holders or the Holders.  All expenses
incurred in connection with three registrations requested by the Additional
Holders or three registrations requested pursuant to clause (i) of the first
sentence of this Section 12, or three registrations requested pursuant to
clause (ii) of the first sentence of this Section 12, or three registrations
requested pursuant to clause (iii) of the first sentence of this Section 12, or
three registrations requested pursuant to clause (iv) of the first sentence of
this Section 12, or including (without limitation) all registration, filing,
qualification, printer's and accounting fees, the reasonable fees and
disbursements of one counsel for the selling Additional Holders and Holders
(which counsel the Company may request be the Company's counsel if such counsel
is reasonably acceptable to such selling Additional Holders or Holders) and
counsel for the Company shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that
the underwriters' discounts or commissions associated with Registrable
Securities shall not be borne by the Company, but shall be borne by the
applicable Additional Holders or Holders of such Registrable Securities.
Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 12 shall not be counted as
demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 2, 3 or
3A, respectively.

                 (d)      For purposes of this Section 12, if any registration
effected pursuant to this Section 12 is to be an underwritten offering, such
registration shall be subject to underwriter cut-back and other provisions as
provided in Section 8.

         13.     ASSIGNMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  The rights to cause the
Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement may only
be assigned to a purchaser, assignee or transferee of the underlying
Registrable Securities.

         14.     LIMITATIONS ON SUBSEQUENT REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  From and after
the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written
consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Registrable
Securities, a majority of the outstanding Series C Registrable Securities, a
majority of the outstanding Series D Registrable Securities and a majority of
the outstanding Series E Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with
any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would
allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any
registration filed under Section 2, 3 or 3A hereof, unless under the terms of
such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities
in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his
securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the
Holders which is included or, (b) to make a demand registration which could
result in such registration statement being declared





                                      12.
<PAGE>   13
effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in Section
2(a), 2(b), 2(c) or 2(d) or within one hundred twenty (120) days of the
effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 2.

         15.     "MARKET STAND-OFF" AGREEMENT.  Each Holder and Additional
Holder hereby agrees that for a period of 90 days following the effective date
of the first registration statement of the Company covering common stock filed
on Form S-1 or similar form under the 1933 Act and for any registration
effected pursuant to Sections 2, 3 or 3A (provided the Holders and the
Additional Holders are given written notice of the offering at least fifteen
days prior to the Company's filing with the SEC of a registration statement
relating thereto), it shall not, unless otherwise agreed to by the managing
underwriters, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell
(including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase
or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be
similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by it at any time during
such period except Common Stock included in such registration; provided,
however, that all officers and directors of the Company and all other persons
with registration rights (whether or not pursuant to this Agreement) enter into
similar agreements.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company
may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable
Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person
subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

         16.     AMENDMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  Any provision of this
Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either
generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company, the holders of a
majority of the Series A Registrable Securities then outstanding, the holders
of a majority of the Series C Registrable Securities then outstanding, the
holders of a majority of the Series D Registrable Securities then outstanding
and the holder of a majority of the Series E Registrable Securities then
outstanding.  Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this
paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities then
outstanding, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the
Company.

         17.     INTENTIONALLY DELETED

         18.     TERMINATION.  The rights provided in this Agreement shall
terminate on the tenth anniversary of the closing of the Company's initial
public offering pursuant to which the Company registers shares of Common Stock
under the 1933 Act and following shortly after or concurrently with which the
Company registers its Common Stock under the 1934 Act.

         19.     GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS APPLIED TO AGREEMENTS MADE
AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF
LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.





                                      13.
<PAGE>   14
         20.     COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         21.     TITLES AND SUBTITLES.  The titles and subtitles used in this
Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in
construing or interpreting this Agreement.

         22.     NOTICES.  Any notice, request, instruction or other document
to be given hereunder by any party hereto to another party hereto shall be in
writing, shall be deemed to have been duly given or delivered when delivered
personally or telecopied (receipt confirmed, with a copy sent by reputable
overnight courier), or one business day after delivery to a reputable overnight
courier, postage prepaid, to the address of the party set forth below such
person's signature on this Agreement or to such address as the party to whom
notice is to be given may provide in a written notice to each of the other
parties to this Agreement, a copy of which written notice shall be on file with
the Secretary of the Company.

         23.     SEVERABILITY.  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are
held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded
from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if
such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its
terms to the fullest extent permitted by law.

         24.     FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Each of the parties shall, without
further consideration, use reasonable efforts to execute and deliver such
additional documents and take such other action as the other parties, or any of
them may reasonably request to carry out the intent of this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         25.     SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
and all rights hereto shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors
and permitted assigns, and shall be binding upon and all rights hereto shall
inure to the benefit of the other parties hereto and their respective heirs,
successors and permitted assigns, including transferees of any Registrable
Securities.

         26.     ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement embodies the entire
agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the actions and
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  There are no restrictions,
promises, inducements, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings
with regard to the registration of the Company's capital stock pursuant to the
1933 Act, other than those expressly set forth or referred to in this
Agreement.

                            [SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]





                                      14.
<PAGE>   15
                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                     WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.                    
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                     By:      /s/ MICHAEL C. GILLILAND     
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Michael C. Gilliland,             
                                              Chief Executive Officer           
                                                                                
                                     Address:         1668 Valtec Lane          
                                                      Boulder, CO  80301        
                                                      Telecopy: (303) 938-1350  
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                     /s/ MICHAEL C. GILLILAND                 
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Michael C. Gilliland                       
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                     /s/ ELIZABETH C. COOK                      
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Elizabeth C. Cook                          
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                     /s/ MARK R. CLAPP                       
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Mark R. Clapp                              





                                      15.
<PAGE>   16
        The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted as of the date first above 
written.

                            WESTON PRESIDIO OFFSHORE CAPITAL C.V.,             
                            a Netherlands Antilles partnership                 
                                                                               
                            By:      Weston Presidio Capital                   
                                     Management L.P., a Delaware limited       
                                     partnership                               
                                                                               
                                     By:     /s/ JAMES P. MCELWEE            
                                         --------------------------------------
                                             James P. McElwee,                 
                                             General Partner                   
                                                                               
                            Address:         343 Sansome Street                
                                             Suite 1210                        
                                             San Francisco, CA  94104-1316     
                                             Telecopy:  (415) 398-0990         
                                                                               
                                                                               
                            CHASE VENTURE CAPITAL                              
                            ASSOCIATES, L.P.,                                  
                            a California limited partnership                   
                                                                               
                            By:      Chase Capital Partners, a                 
                                     New York general partnership              
                                                                               
                                     By:     /s/ DAVID L. FERGUSON            
                                         --------------------------------------
                                             David L. Ferguson,                
                                             General Partner                   
                                                                               
                            Address:         380 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor    
                                             New York, NY  10017               
                                             Attn:  Chief Administrative Office
                                             Telecopy:  (212) 622-3101         
                                                                               
                            Copy to:         CVP Management Corporation        
                                             840 Apollo Street, Suite 223      
                                             El Segundo, CA  90245             
                                             Telecopy: (310) 335-1965          





                                      16.
<PAGE>   17
                                WO HOLDINGS, INC.                             
                                                                              
                                By: /s/ S.M. HASSAN                        
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                                                             
                                Address:                                     
                                                                             
                                                                             
                                                                             
                                /s/ S.M. HASSAN                              
                                ----------------------------------------------
                                         S.M. Hassan                         
                                                                             
                                Address:                                     
                                                                             
                                                                             
                                                                             
                                /s/ BARRY PERZOW                             
                                ----------------------------------------------
                                         Barry Perzow                        
                                                                             
                                Address:                                     
                                                                             
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                FRONTENAC VI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP              
                                                                              
                                135 South LaSalle Street, Suite 3800          
                                Chicago, IL  60603                            
                                                                              
                                By:  Frontenac Company                        
                                                                              
                                Its: General Partner                          
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                By:  /s/ M. LAIRD KOLDYKE                     
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                                              
                                Its:  General Partner                         
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                                                              


                                      17.
<PAGE>   18

                               WILD OATS INVESTORS FUND, G.P.,           
                               a Delaware general partnership            
                                                                      
                                                                      
                               By:     /s/ THOMAS R. HEIDENTHAL          
                                   -------------------------------------
                                       Thomas R. Heidenthal             
                                       Administrative Partner           
                                                                      
                               Address:         c/o TA Instruments, Inc  
                                                109 Lukens Drive         
                                                New Castle, DE  19720    





                                      18.

<PAGE>   19
                                  SCHEDULE A


         1.      Weston Presidio Offshore Capital C.V.
         2.      Chase Venture Capital Associates, L.P.
         3.      Montgomery Associates, 1992 L.P
         4.      Frontenac VI Limited Partnership
         5.      Wild Oats Investors Fund, G.P.






<PAGE>   1



                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


       WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and
BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association
with its principal office in Indianapolis, Indiana, (the "Bank") agree as
follows:

       Section 1.  ACCOUNTING TERMS -- DEFINITIONS.  All accounting and
financial terms used in this Agreement are used with the meanings such terms
would be given in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
except as may be otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement.  The
following terms have the meanings indicated when used in this Agreement with
the initial letter capitalized:

       o       "Adjusted Earnings" means an amount equal to the excess of (a)
               the product of three times the lesser of (i) the Company's
               Adjusted EBITDA for the twelve consecutive months ending as of
               the end of the month immediately preceding the date as of which
               the Adjusted Earnings is being calculated or (ii) the product of
               two times the Company's Adjusted EBITDA for the six consecutive
               months ending as of the end of the month immediately preceding 
               the date as of which the Adjusted Earnings is being calculated 
               over (b) the Company's aggregate Subordinated Debt.

       o       "Adjusted Earnings Certificate" means a certificate of the
               Company signed by an appropriate officer indicating the amount
               of the Adjusted Earnings as of a stated date and in such form
               and showing such detail as the Bank may reasonably require.

       o       "Adjusted EBITDA" means the amount equal to EBITDA for any
               accounting period plus all pre-opening expenses incurred during
               such accounting period, provided that pre-opening expenses in
               excess of $250,000.00 for any one store shall not be included in
               such calculation.

       o       "Advance" means a disbursement of proceeds of the Revolving
               Loan.

       o       "Agreement" means this Credit Agreement between the Company and
               the Bank, as it may from time to time be amended.

       o       "Applicable Rate" means any of the Applicable Commission Rate,
               the Applicable Unused Fee or the Applicable Spread, as the
               context requires, and when used in the plural form refers to two
               or more of the Applicable Commission Rate, the Applicable Unused
               Fee and the Applicable Spread, as the context requires.  The
               Applicable Rate
<PAGE>   2
               shall be determined by reference to the ratio of the Company's
               Total Funded Debt to its Total Capitalization in accordance with
               the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Unused         Applicable Spread        Commission
                  Ratio                     Fee           Prime Rate   LIBOR          Rate  
                  -----                    ------        --------------------      ---------
               <S>                         <C>             <C>             <C>        <C>     
               .40 to 1.0 or
                greater                    .375%           .50%            2.50%      1.50%

               .35 to 1.0 or
                greater, but less
                than .40 to 1.0            .375%           .25%            2.25%     1.375%

               .30 to 1.0 or
                greater, but less
                than .35 to 1.0            .250%           .00%            2.00%     1.250%

               less than .30 to 1.0        .250%           .00%            1.75%     1.000%
</TABLE>

               Initially the Applicable Rate shall be the largest spread shown
               on the above table.  After the Closing Date, the Applicable Rate
               shall be determined on the basis of the financial statements of
               the Company for each fiscal quarter furnished to the Bank
               pursuant to the requirements of the Credit Agreement, with
               prospective effect for the following fiscal quarter; provided
               that a reduction in the Applicable Rate shall only be effective
               if the Company meets the requirements for a decreased Applicable
               Rate for at least two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters, and
               provided further that at any time the Company makes an
               acquisition, the Applicable Rate shall be determined on the
               basis of the pro-forma financial statements of the Company
               furnished to the Bank at the time of such acquisition with
               prospective effect for the remainder of the fiscal quarter in
               which such acquisition occurred.  Interest or fees will accrue
               and be payable in any fiscal quarter on the basis of the
               Applicable Rate in effect during the preceding fiscal quarter or
               partial fiscal quarter until an adjustment is made under the
               provisions of this subsection.  The Applicable Rate shall be
               adjusted on the first day of the calendar month which follows
               receipt by the Bank of the financial statements upon which such
               adjustment is based, but such adjustment shall not be effective
               as to any LIBOR-based Rate elected prior to the date of such
               adjustment until the expiration of the period of time for which
               such LIBOR-based Rate shall have been elected by the Company.
               In the


                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3

               event that the Company fails to deliver the financial statements
               and compliance certificates required under the Credit Agreement
               for any month which ends a fiscal quarter, then the Applicable
               Rate shall be the largest spread shown on the above table from
               the date such financial statements were required to be delivered
               until the first day of the calendar month which follows delivery
               to the Bank of such financial statements.

       o       "Applicable Commission Rate" means the rate at which the fee for
               each letter of credit issued for the account of the Company
               under the terms of this Agreement will be calculated.

       o       "Applicable Spread" means the number of percentage points to be
               taken into account in calculating the per annum rate at which
               interest will accrue on the Loan.

       o       "Applicable Unused Fee" means the percentage to be taken into
               account in calculating the unused facility fee.

       o       "Application for Revolving Loan Advance" or "Application" means
               a written application of the Company for a disbursement of
               proceeds of the Revolving Loan substantially in the form of
               Exhibit "A" attached hereto.

       o       "Authorized Officer" means the President, Vice
               President/Secretary or the Treasurer/Chief Financial Officer of
               the Company or such other officer whose authority to perform
               acts to be performed only by an Authorized Officer under the
               terms of this Agreement is evidenced to the Bank by a certified
               copy of an appropriate resolution of the Board of Directors of
               the Company.

       o       "Bank" is used as defined in the preamble.

       o       "Banking Day" means a day on which the principal office of the
               Bank in the City of Indianapolis, Indiana, is open for the
               purpose of conducting substantially all of the Bank's business
               activities.

       o       "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

       o       "Commitment" means the agreement of the Bank to extend the
               Revolving Loan to the Company until the Revolving Loan Maturity
               Date, and if the context so requires, the term may also refer to
               the maximum principal amount which is permitted to be
               outstanding under the Revolving Loan at any time.

       o       "Companies" means, collectively, the Company and all of its
               Subsidiaries.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

       o       "Company" is used as defined in the Preamble.

       o       "EBITDA" means the net income of the Company for any accounting
               period plus the sum of (i) income tax expense and (ii) interest,
               depreciation and amortization expense for such accounting
               period, all determined in accordance with generally accepted
               accounting principles.

       o       "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
               1974, as amended.

       o       "Event of Default" means any of the events described in Section
               8.

       o       "Fiscal Quarter" means a fiscal quarter of the Company
               consisting of thirteen (13) consecutive weeks.

       o       "Guaranty Agreement" is used as defined in Section 4.d.

       o       "Hazardous Substance" means any hazardous or toxic substance
               regulated by any federal, state or local statute or regulation
               including but not limited to the Comprehensive Environmental
               Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the Resource
               Conservation and Recovery Act and the Toxic Substance Control
               Act, or by any federal, state or local governmental agencies
               having jurisdiction over the control of any such substance
               including but not limited to the United States Environmental
               Protection Agency.

       o       "Letter of Credit" is used as defined in Section 2.a(vii).

       o       "LIBOR-based Rate" means that per annum rate of interest which
               is equal to the sum of the LIBOR Applicable Spread per annum
               plus the London Interbank Offered Rate.

       o       "LIBOR Applicable Spread" means the number of percentage points
               to be taken into account in calculating the LIBOR-based Rate.

       o       "London Interbank Offered Rate" means the per annum rate of
               interest, as determined by the Bank, at which dollar deposits in
               immediately available funds are offered to the principal banks
               in the London interbank market by other principal banks in that
               market two Banking Days prior to the commencement of a period of
               either one month, three months or six months for which the
               Company shall have requested a quotation of the rate in amounts
               equal to the amount for which the Company shall have requested a
               quotation of the rate, increased by an amount equal to any
               increase, as determined by the Bank, in the cost to the Bank of
               obtaining such deposits resulting from the imposition of any
               additional reserves or from any increase in the amount of


                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5

               reserves presently required by any United States or foreign
               governmental authority including, but not limited to, any
               marginal or extraordinary reserves imposed to give effect to
               monetary policy.  Any determination by the Bank of increased
               costs of maintaining deposits made pursuant to the provisions of
               the preceding sentence shall be final, absent manifest error.

       o       "Loan" means the Revolving Loan.

       o       "Loan Document" means any of this Agreement, the Revolving Note,
               the Security Agreement, the Guaranty Agreement, any and all
               Reimbursement Agreements and any other instrument or document
               which evidences or secures the Loan or which expresses an
               agreement as to terms applicable to the Loan, and in the plural
               means any two or more of the Loan Documents, as the context
               requires.

       o       "Note" means the Revolving Note.

       o       "Obligations" means all obligations of the Company in favor of
               the Bank of every type and description, direct or indirect,
               absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or
               hereafter arising, including but not limited to:  (i) all of
               such obligations on account of the Loan, including any Advances
               made pursuant to any extension of the Commitment beyond the
               initial Revolving Loan Maturity Date or pursuant to any other
               amendment of this Agreement, (ii) the duty of the Company under
               Section 2.a(vii) to reimburse the Bank with interest for all
               amounts paid by the Bank on account of a Letter of Credit and to
               pay all commissions and fees on account thereof and (iii) all
               other obligations arising under any Loan Document as amended
               from time to time.

       o       "Officer's Certificate" means a certificate in the form included
               as a part of Exhibit "A" attached hereto signed by the chief
               executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company,
               confirming that all of the representations and warranties
               contained in Section 3 of this Agreement are true and correct as
               of the date of such certificate except as specified therein and
               with the further exceptions that:  (i) the representation
               contained in Section 3.d shall be construed so as to refer to
               the latest financial statements which have been furnished to the
               Bank as of the date of any Officer's Certificate, (ii) the
               representations contained in Section 3.k (with respect to
               Hazardous Substances) will be construed so as to apply not


                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6

               only to the Company, but also to any Subsidiaries, whether now
               owned or hereafter acquired, (iii) the representation contained
               in Section 3.l shall be deemed to be amended to reflect the
               existence of any Subsidiary hereafter formed or acquired by the
               Company with the consent of the Bank, and (iv) all other
               representations will be construed to have been amended to
               conform with any changes of which the Company shall have
               previously given the Bank notice in writing.  The Certificate
               shall further confirm that no Event of Default or Unmatured
               Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of the
               date of the Certificate or shall describe any such event which
               shall have occurred and be then continuing and the steps being
               taken by the Company to correct it.

       o       "Optional Rate" means a LIBOR-based Rate.

       o       "Plan" means an employee pension benefit plan as defined in
               ERISA.

       o       "Prepayment Premium" means the excess, if any, as determined by
               the Bank of:  (i) the present value at the time of prepayment of
               the interest payments which would have been payable on account
               of an amount prepaid from the date of prepayment until the end
               of the period during which interest would have accrued at an
               Optional Rate but for prepayment over (ii) the present value at
               the time of prepayment of interest payments calculated at the
               rate (the "Reinvestment Rate") which the Bank then estimates it
               would receive upon reinvesting the principal amount of the
               prepayment in an obligation which presents a credit risk
               substantially similar (as determined in accordance with the
               commercial credit rating system then used by the Bank) to that
               which is then presented by the Loan for a period approximately
               equal to the balance of the period during which interest would
               accrue on the portion of the Loan prepaid at an Optional Rate,
               but for prepayment.  The discount rate used by the Bank in
               determining such present values shall be the Reinvestment Rate.

       o       "Prime-based Rate" means any variable rate at which interest may
               accrue on all or a portion of either of the Loans under the
               terms of this Agreement, which rate is determined by reference
               to the Prime Rate.

       o       "Prime Rate" means a variable per annum interest rate equal at
               all times to the rate of interest established and quoted by the
               Bank as


                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7

               its Prime Rate, such rate to change contemporaneously with each
               change in such established and quoted rate, provided that it is
               understood that the Prime Rate shall not necessarily be
               representative of the rate of interest actually charged by the
               Bank on any loan or class of loans.

       o       "Prime Rate Applicable Spread" means the number of percentage
               points to be taken into account in calculating the Prime-based
               Rate at which interest will accrue on the Loan.

       o       "Reimbursement Agreement" is used as defined in Section
               2.a(vii).

       o       "Reinvestment Rate" is used as defined in the text of the
               definition of "Prepayment Premium" in this Section.

       o       "Revolving Loan" is used as defined in Section 2.a(i).

       o       "Revolving Loan Maturity Date" means initially February 28,
               2002, and hereafter any other date to which the Commitment may
               be extended by the Bank pursuant to the terms of Section
               2.a(iv).

       o       "Revolving Note" is used as defined in Section 2.a(ii).

       o       "Security Agreement" is used as defined in Section 4.a.

       o       "Subordinated Debt" means indebtedness of the Company which is
               subordinated to the indebtedness of the Company to the Bank
               under the terms of the Subordination Agreement and any other
               indebtedness of the Company which is subordinated to the
               Company's indebtedness to the Bank on substantially similar
               terms.

       o       "Subordination Agreement" is used as defined in Section 4.c.

       o       "Subsidiary" means any corporation, partnership, joint venture
               or other business entity over which the Company exercises
               control, provided that it shall be conclusively presumed that
               the Company exercises control over any such entity 51% or more
               of the equity interest in which is owned by the Company,
               directly or indirectly.

       o       "Tangible Capital Base" means the shareholders' equity of the
               Company less any allowance for goodwill, patents, trademarks,
               trade secrets, and any other assets which would be classified as
               intangible assets under generally accepted accounting
               principles, plus the principal amount of the Company's
               Subordinated Debt.

       o       "Total Capitalization" means, as of any date, the sum of the
               Total Funded Debt plus shareholders' equity.

       o       "Total Funded Debt" means, as of any date, the sum of the
               following (without duplication): (i) all interest-bearing


                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8

               indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such date
               which would be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the
               Company and its Subsidiaries prepared as of such date in
               accordance with generally accepted accounting principles  and
               (ii) the present value of all obligations in respect of capital
               leases incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

       o       "Unmatured Event of Default" means any event specified in
               Section 8, which is not initially an Event of Default, but which
               would, if uncured, become an Event of Default with the giving of
               notice or the passage of time or both.

       Section 2.  THE LOANS.  Subject to all of the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, the Bank will make the Loan described in this Section to the
Company.

       a.      The Revolving Loan.  The Bank will make a revolving loan to the
               Company on the following terms and subject to the following
               conditions:

                (i)     The Commitment -- Use of Proceeds -- Principal
                        Reductions.  From this date and until the Revolving
                        Loan Maturity Date, the Bank agrees to make Advances
                        (collectively, the "Revolving Loan") under a revolving
                        line of credit from time to time to the Company of
                        amounts not exceeding in the aggregate at any time
                        outstanding the lesser of Twenty Million and 00/100
                        Dollars ($20,000,000.00) (the "Commitment") or the
                        Adjusted Earnings, provided that all of the conditions
                        of lending stated in Section 7 of this Agreement as
                        being applicable to the Revolving Loan have been
                        fulfilled at the time of each Advance and provided
                        further that the Commitment shall decrease to Fifteen
                        Million and 00/100 Dollars ($15,000,000.00) on March
                        31, 1998, and shall decrease by $937,500.00 at each
                        calendar quarter end thereafter (each such amount
                        referred to in this subsection as a "Principal
                        Reduction").  The Company shall pay such amounts as are
                        required to reduce the outstanding principal balance of
                        the Revolving Loan to the Commitment less the aggregate
                        amount of the scheduled Principal Reductions, including
                        the Principal Reduction due on such date, on each date
                        that a Principal Reduction is required.  Proceeds of
                        the Revolving Loan may be


                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9

                        used by the Company only to fund general working
                        capital requirements of the Company, to finance capital
                        expenditures and acquisitions and to repay existing
                        indebtedness of the Company.

               (ii)     Method of Borrowing.  The obligation of the Company to
                        repay the Revolving Loan shall be evidenced by a
                        promissory note (the "Revolving Note") of the Company
                        in the form of Exhibit "B." So long as no Event of
                        Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have
                        occurred and be continuing and until the Revolving Loan
                        Maturity Date, the Company may borrow, repay (subject
                        to the requirements of Section 2.b(i)B) and reborrow
                        under the Revolving Note on any Banking Day, provided
                        that no borrowing may cause the principal balance of
                        the Loan to exceed the lesser of the Commitment or the
                        Adjusted Earnings or may result in an Event of Default
                        or an Unmatured Event of Default.  Each Advance under
                        the Revolving Loan shall be conditioned upon receipt by
                        the Bank from the Company of an Application for
                        Revolving Loan Advance and an Officer's Certificate,
                        provided that the Bank may, at its discretion, make a
                        disbursement upon the oral request of the Company made
                        by an Authorized Officer, or upon a request transmitted
                        to the Bank by telephone facsimile ("fax") machine, or
                        by any other form of written electronic communication
                        (all such requests for Advances being hereafter
                        referred to as "informal requests").  In so doing, the
                        Bank may rely on any informal request which shall have
                        been received by it in good faith from a person
                        reasonably believed to be an Authorized Officer.  Each
                        informal request shall be promptly confirmed by a duly
                        executed Application and Officer's Certificate if the
                        Bank so requires and shall in and of itself constitute
                        the representation of the Company that no Event of
                        Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and
                        is continuing or would result from the making of the
                        requested Advance and that the making of the requested
                        Advance shall not cause the principal balance of the
                        Revolving Loan to exceed the lesser of the Commitment
                        or the Adjusted Earnings.  All borrowings and
                        reborrowings and all repayments shall be in amounts of
                        not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars
                        ($100,000.00) and increments of Ten Thousand Dollars


                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10

                        ($10,000.00) thereafter, except for repayment of the
                        entire principal balance of the Revolving Loan and
                        except for special prepayments of principal required
                        under the terms of Section 2.a(v).  Upon receipt of an
                        Application, or at the Bank's discretion upon receipt
                        of an informal request for an Advance and upon
                        compliance with any other conditions of lending stated
                        in Section 7 of this Agreement applicable to the
                        Revolving Loan, the Bank shall disburse the amount of
                        the requested Advance to the Company.  All Advances by
                        the Bank and payments by the Company shall be recorded
                        by the Bank on its books and records, and the principal
                        amount outstanding from time to time, plus interest
                        payable thereon, shall be determined by reference to
                        the books and records of the Bank.  The Bank's books
                        and records shall be presumed prima facie to be correct
                        as to such matters.

           (iii)        Interest on the Revolving Loan.  The principal amount
                        of the Revolving Loan outstanding from time to time
                        shall bear interest until maturity of the Revolving
                        Note at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus
                        the Prime Rate Applicable Spread, except that at the
                        option of the Company, exercised from time to time as
                        provided in Section 2.b(i), interest may accrue prior
                        to maturity on any Advance or on the entire outstanding
                        balance of the Revolving Loan which Advance or balance
                        is not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00)
                        and increments of One Hundred Thousand Dollars
                        ($100,000.00) thereafter and as to which no Optional
                        Rate previously elected remains in effect, at a
                        LIBOR-based Rate for a period of 30, 90 or 180 days,
                        provided that an election of an Optional Rate for a
                        period extending beyond the Revolving Loan Maturity
                        Date shall be permitted only at the discretion of the
                        Bank.  After maturity, whether on the Revolving Loan
                        Maturity Date or on account of acceleration of maturity
                        upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, and until
                        paid in full, the Revolving Loan shall bear interest at
                        a per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate plus two
                        percent (2%) plus the Prime Rate Applicable Spread,
                        except that as to any portion of the Loan for which the
                        Company may have elected an Optional Rate for a period
                        of time that has not expired at maturity, such portion
                        shall, during the remainder of such period, bear


                                      -10-
<PAGE>   11

                        interest at a per annum rate equal to the greater of
                        the Prime Rate plus two percent (2%) plus the Prime
                        Rate Applicable Spread or the Optional Rate then in
                        effect plus two percent (2%) per annum.  Accrued
                        interest shall be due and payable monthly on the last
                        Banking Day of each month prior to maturity.  After
                        maturity, interest shall be payable as accrued and
                        without demand.

               (iv)     Extensions of Revolving Loan Maturity Date.  The Bank
                        may, upon the request of the Company, but at the Bank's
                        sole discretion, extend the Revolving Loan Maturity
                        Date from time to time to such date or dates as the
                        Bank may elect by notice in writing to the Company, and
                        upon any such extension and upon execution and delivery
                        by the Company of a Revolving Note reflecting the
                        extended maturity date, the date to which the
                        Commitment is then extended will become the "Revolving
                        Loan Maturity Date" for purposes of this Agreement.

                (v)     Special Repayments of Principal.  At any time the
                        principal balance of the Revolving Loan exceeds the
                        Adjusted Earnings, as determined on the basis of the
                        most recent Adjusted Earnings Certificate furnished by
                        the Company or as determined by the Bank upon an
                        inspection of the books and records of the Company, the
                        Company shall immediately repay that portion of the
                        principal balance of the Revolving Loan which is in
                        excess of the Adjusted Earnings.  Such repayment shall
                        be due without demand.  For purposes of this
                        subsection, the principal balance of the Revolving Loan
                        shall be deemed to include an amount equal to the total
                        amount of all Letters of Credit which are outstanding
                        from time to time.

               (vi)     Facility Fee.  In addition to interest on the Revolving
                        Loan, the Company shall pay to the Bank a facility fee
                        for each partial or full calendar quarter during which
                        the Commitment is outstanding equal to the Applicable
                        Unused Fee per annum of the average daily excess of the
                        Commitment over the principal balance of the Revolving
                        Loan.  Facility fees for each calendar quarter shall be
                        due and payable within ten (10) days following the
                        Bank's submission of a statement of the amount due.
                        Such


                                      -11-
<PAGE>   12


                        fees may be debited by the Bank when due to any demand
                        deposit account of the Company carried with the Bank
                        without further authority.

           (vii)        Standby Letters of Credit.  At any time that the
                        Company is entitled to an Advance under the Revolving
                        Loan, the Bank shall, upon the application of the
                        Company, issue for the account of the Company, a
                        standby letter of credit (each a "Letter of Credit") in
                        an amount not in excess of the maximum Advance that the
                        Company would then be entitled to obtain under the
                        Revolving Loan, provided that (A) the total amount of
                        Letters of Credit which are outstanding at any time
                        shall not exceed $2,500,000.00, (B) the issuance of any
                        Letter of Credit with a maturity date beyond the
                        Revolving Loan Maturity Date shall be entirely at the
                        discretion of the Bank, (C) the form of the requested
                        Letter of Credit shall be satisfactory to the Bank in
                        the reasonable exercise of the Bank's discretion, and
                        (D) the Company shall have executed an application and
                        reimbursement agreement for the Letter of Credit (a
                        "Reimbursement Agreement") in the Bank's standard form.
                        While any Letter of Credit is outstanding, the maximum
                        amount of Advances which may be outstanding under the
                        Revolving Loan shall be reduced by the maximum amount
                        available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit.  The
                        Company shall pay the Bank a commission for each
                        standby Letter of Credit issued calculated at the
                        Applicable Commission Rate per annum of the maximum
                        amount available to be drawn under the standby Letter
                        of Credit.  Such commissions shall be calculated on the
                        basis of a 360 day year and the actual number of days
                        in the period during which the standby Letter of Credit
                        will be outstanding.  The Company shall pay the Bank's
                        standard transaction fees with respect to any
                        transactions occurring on account of any Letter of
                        Credit.  Commissions shall be payable when the related
                        Letters of Credit are issued and transaction fees shall
                        be payable upon completion of the transaction as to
                        which they are charged.  All such commissions and fees
                        may be debited by the Bank to any deposit account of
                        the Company carried with the Bank without further



                                      -12-
<PAGE>   13

                        authority, and in any event, shall be paid by the
                        Company within ten (10) days following billing.

       b.      Additional Provisions Applicable to the Loan.  The following
               provisions are applicable to the Loan:

                (i)     Procedures for Electing Optional Rates -- Certain
                        Effects of Election.  Optional Rates may be elected
                        only in accordance with the following procedures, shall
                        be subject to the following conditions and the election
                        of an Optional Rate shall have the following
                        consequences in addition to other consequences stated
                        in this Agreement:

                        A.      No Optional Rate may be elected at any time
                                that an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
                                Default has occurred and is continuing.

                        B.      Voluntary prepayment prior to scheduled
                                maturity of all or any portion of the Loan on
                                which interest is accruing at an Optional Rate
                                shall be subject to contemporaneous payment of
                                the Prepayment Premium if, at the time of
                                prepayment, the Reinvestment Rate is less than
                                the Optional Rate at which interest accrues on
                                the Loan.  A Prepayment Premium shall also be
                                due and payable on prepayment of all or any
                                portion of the Loan prior to scheduled maturity
                                because of acceleration of maturity on account
                                of an Event of Default if, at the time of
                                acceleration of maturity, the Reinvestment Rate
                                is less than the Optional Rate at which
                                interest is accruing on the Loan.  If any
                                portion of the principal balance of the
                                Revolving Loan is required to be prepaid in
                                order to reduce the balance of the Revolving
                                Loan to an amount equal to the Adjusted
                                Earnings or if any portion of the Revolving
                                Loan is required to be paid on account of a
                                Principal Reduction required under the
                                provisions of Section 2.a(i), and while
                                interest is accruing on such portion at an
                                Optional Rate, then a Prepayment Premium shall
                                be due and payable in addition to the principal
                                amount required to be prepaid, if, at the time
                                such principal payment is required,
                                Reinvestment Rate is less than the Optional
                                Rate at which interest is accruing on such
                                portion of the Loan.  If at the time of


                                      -13-
<PAGE>   14

                                any voluntary or mandatory prepayment of any
                                portion of the principal of the Loan, interest
                                accrues at both an Optional Rate or Rates and
                                at a Prime-based Rate on portions of the Loan,
                                then any prepayment of principal will be
                                applied first to the portion of the Loan on
                                which interest accrues at the Prime-based Rate
                                and next to the portion or portions at which
                                interest accrues at an Optional Rate or Rates,
                                and if interest accrues on the Loan at more
                                than one Optional Rate, first to that portion
                                or those portions on which interest accrues at
                                a Rate or Rates which results in no Prepayment
                                Premium or the lowest Prepayment Premium or
                                Premiums.

                        C.      On any Banking Day, the Company may request a
                                quotation of the Optional Rates then in effect
                                from the Bank.  As soon as possible, and in any
                                event before the close of business on the next
                                following Banking Day, the Bank shall quote
                                such Optional Rates.  The Company shall then
                                have until the end of the Banking Day on which
                                such quotation is given or within such shorter
                                time as the Bank may specify, to exercise its
                                option to elect any Optional Rate quoted,
                                subject to all other conditions and limitations
                                stated in this Agreement.  The period for which
                                any Optional Rate is effective shall begin on
                                the second Banking Day following the day on
                                which the quotation is given.

                        D.      An election of an Optional Rate may be
                                communicated to the Bank on behalf of the
                                Company only by an Authorized Officer.  Such
                                election may be communicated by telephone, or
                                by telephone facsimile (fax) machine or any
                                other form of written electronic communication,
                                or by a writing delivered to the Bank.  At the
                                request of the Bank, the Company shall confirm
                                any election in writing and such written
                                confirmation shall be signed by an Authorized
                                Officer.  The Bank shall be entitled to rely on
                                any oral or written electronic communication of
                                an election of an Optional Rate which is
                                received by an appropriate Bank employee from
                                anyone reasonably believed in good faith by
                                such employee to be an Authorized Officer.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>   15

                        E.      Notwithstanding any other provision of this
                                Agreement, the Bank may elect not to quote a
                                LIBOR-based Rate on any day on which the Bank
                                has determined that it is not practical to
                                quote such rate because of the unavailability
                                of sufficient funds to the Bank for appropriate
                                terms at rates approximating the relevant
                                London Interbank Offered Rate, or because of
                                legal or regulatory changes which make it
                                impractical or burdensome for the Bank to lend
                                money at a LIBOR-based Rate.

               (ii)     Calculation of Interest, Fees and Commissions.
                        Interest on the Loan and any fees or commissions
                        payable under the terms of this Agreement shall be
                        calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days.

              (iii)     Manner of Payment - Application.  All payments of
                        principal and interest on the Loan and all payments of
                        fees and commissions shall be payable at the principal
                        office of the Bank in Indianapolis, Indiana, in funds
                        available for the Bank's immediate use in that city and
                        no payment will be considered to have been made until
                        received in such funds.  All payments received on
                        account of the Loan will be applied first to the
                        satisfaction of any interest which is then due and
                        payable, and to principal only after all interest which
                        is due and payable has been satisfied.

               (iv)     Commitment Fee.  The Bank acknowledges receipt from the
                        Company of the sum of $100,000.00, either previous to
                        or contemporaneously with the execution of this
                        Agreement, as a fee for the Bank's commitment to make
                        the Loan.

       Section 3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  To induce the Bank to make
the Loans, the Company represents and warrants to the Bank that:

       a.      Organization of the Company and the Subsidiaries.  The Company
               is a corporation organized, existing and in good standing under
               the laws of the State of Delaware and each Subsidiary is a
               corporation organized, existing and in good standing under the
               laws of the State of its respective incorporation.  The
               Companies are each qualified to do business in every
               jurisdiction in which:  (i) the nature of the business conducted
               or the character or location of properties owned or leased, or
               the residences or activities of employees make such
               qualification necessary, and (ii) failure so to qualify might
               impair


                                      -15-
<PAGE>   16

               the title of any of the Companies to material properties or any
               right to enforce material contracts or result in exposure any of
               the Companies to liability for material penalties in such
               jurisdiction.  No jurisdiction in which any of the Companies is
               not qualified to do business has asserted that such corporation
               is required to be qualified therein.  The principal office of
               each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is located at 1668
               Valtec Lane, Boulder, Colorado  80301.  The Company does not
               conduct any material operations or keep any material amounts of
               property at any other location, except the locations listed in
               Schedule I of Exhibit "D" attached to this Agreement.  Neither
               the Company nor any Subsidiary has done business under any name
               other than its present corporate name at any time during the six
               years preceding the date of this agreement except as listed in
               the "Schedule of Exceptions" attached as Exhibit "C."

       b.      Authorization; No Conflict.  The execution and delivery of this
               Agreement, the borrowings hereunder, the execution and delivery
               of all of the other Loan Documents and the performance by the
               Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the
               performance by the Company and each Subsidiary of its respective
               obligations under all of the other Loan Documents to which it is
               a party are within the corporate powers of the Company and each
               Subsidiary, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
               action, have received any required governmental or regulatory
               agency approvals and do not and will not contravene or conflict
               with any provision of law or of the articles of incorporation or
               bylaws of the Company or any Subsidiary or of any agreement
               binding upon the Company or any Subsidiary or the properties of
               the Company or any Subsidiary.

       c.      Validity and Binding Nature.  This Agreement and all of the
               other Loan Documents to which each is a party are the legal,
               valid and binding obligations of the Company and each
               Subsidiary, enforceable against the Company and each Subsidiary
               in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent
               that enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
               insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws enacted
               for the relief of debtors generally and other similar laws
               affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or by
               equitable principles which may affect the availability of
               specific performance and other equitable remedies.


                                      -16-
<PAGE>   17

       d.      Financial Statements.  The Company has delivered to the Bank its
               audited financial statements as of January 1, 1994, and for the
               fiscal year of the Company then ended and its unaudited interim
               financial statements as of December 31, 1994, and for the fiscal
               year then ended.  Such statements have been prepared in
               accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
               consistently applied except, as to the interim statements, for
               the absence of footnotes and adjustments normally made at year
               end which are not material in amount.  Such statements present
               fairly the financial position of the Company as of the dates
               thereof and the results of its operations for the periods
               covered and since the date of the latest of such statements
               there has been no material adverse change in the financial
               position of the Company or in the results of its operations.

       e.      Litigation and Contingent Liabilities.  No litigation,
               arbitration proceedings or governmental proceedings are pending
               or threatened against the Company or any Subsidiary which would,
               if adversely determined, materially and adversely affect its
               financial position or continued operations.  Neither the Company
               nor any Subsidiary has any material contingent liabilities not
               provided for or disclosed in the financial statements referred
               to in Section 3.d or in the "Schedule of Exceptions" attached as
               Exhibit "C."

       f.      Liens.  None of the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary are
               subject to any mortgage, pledge, title retention lien, or other
               lien, encumbrance or security interest except for liens and
               security interests described in the exceptions enumerated in
               Section 6.b.

       g.      Employee Benefit Plans.  Each Plan maintained by the Company and
               each Subsidiary is in material compliance with ERISA, the Code,
               and all applicable rules and regulations adopted by regulatory
               authorities pursuant thereto, and the Company and each
               Subsidiary have filed all reports and returns required to be
               filed by ERISA, the Code and such rules and regulations.  No
               Plan maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary and no trust
               created under any such Plan has incurred any "accumulated
               funding deficiency" within the meaning of Section 412(c)(1) of
               the Code, and the present value of all benefits vested under
               each Plan did not exceed, as of the last annual valuation date,
               the value of the assets of the respective Plans allocable to
               such


                                      -17-
<PAGE>   18

               vested benefits.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any
               knowledge that any "reportable event" as defined in ERISA has
               occurred with respect to any Plan.

       h.      Payment of Taxes.  The Company and each Subsidiary have filed
               all federal, state and local tax returns and tax related reports
               which each is required to file by any statute or regulation and
               all taxes and any tax related interest payments and penalties
               that are due and payable have been paid, except for such as are
               being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and
               as to which appropriate reserves have been established.
               Adequate provision has been made for the payment when due of
               all tax liabilities which have been incurred, but are not as yet
               due and payable.

       i.      Investment Company Act.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
               is an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an
               "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment
               Company Act of 1940, as amended.

       j.      Regulation U.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is engaged
               principally, or as one of its important activities, in the
               business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or
               carrying margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the
               Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.  Not more than
               twenty-five percent (25%) of the consolidated assets of the
               Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company consists of margin
               stock, within the contemplation of Regulation U, as amended.

       k.      Hazardous Substances.  Except as disclosed on the "Schedule of
               Exceptions" attached as Exhibit "C", to the best knowledge of
               the Company after due inquiry and investigation; (i) there are
               no underground storage tanks of any kind on any premises owned
               or occupied by or under lease to the Company or any Subsidiary;
               (ii) there are no tanks, drums or other containers of any kind
               on premises owned or occupied by or under lease to the Company
               or any Subsidiary, the contents of which are unknown to the
               Company; (iii) no premises owned or occupied by or under lease
               to the Company or any Subsidiary have ever been used, and as of
               the date of this Agreement, no such premises are being used for
               any activities involving the use, treatment, transportation,
               generation, storage or disposal of any Hazardous Substances in
               reportable quantities, and (iv) no Hazardous


                                      -18-
<PAGE>   19

               Substances in reportable quantities have been released on any
               such premises nor is there any threat of release of any
               Hazardous Substances in reportable quantities on any such
               premises.

       l.      Subsidiaries.  The only Subsidiaries of the Company as of the
               date of this Agreement are The Wild Side, Inc., a Colorado
               corporation, Kathy's Natural Food Ranch Market, Inc., a Nevada
               corporation ("Kathy's East"), and Kathy's Natural Food Ranch
               Market-West, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("Kathy's West").

       Section 4.  COLLATERAL FOR THE OBLIGATIONS.  The Obligations will be
secured and supported as provided in this Section:

       a.      Security Agreement.  The Obligations will be secured by a
               security interest in all equipment, inventory, accounts
               receivable and general intangibles of the Company now owned and
               hereafter acquired and in the proceeds thereof, which security
               interest will be created by a Security Agreement (the "Security
               Agreement") in the form attached as Exhibit "D."  The Security
               Agreement will provide a security interest in the collateral
               described therein subject only to liens and security interests
               described in the exceptions enumerated in Section 6.b.

       b.      Guaranty Agreements.  The Obligations will be supported by the
               unconditional guaranty of prompt payment of each of the
               Subsidiaries, each of which guaranty shall be evidenced by a
               Guaranty Agreement (collectively, the "Guaranty Agreements") in
               the form of Exhibit "E."

       c.      Subsidiary Security Agreements.  The obligations of each
               Subsidiary under its respective Guaranty Agreement will be
               secured by a security interest in all equipment, inventory,
               accounts receivable and general intangibles of such Subsidiary
               now owned and hereafter acquired and in the proceeds thereof,
               which security interest will be created by a Security Agreement
               (collectively, the "Subsidiary Security Agreements") in the form
               attached as Exhibit "F."  Each Subsidiary Security Agreement
               will provide a security interest in the collateral described
               therein subject only to liens and security interests described
               in the exceptions enumerated in Section 6.b.

       d.      Subordination.  The indebtedness of the Company to shareholders
               existing on the date of this Agreement and not paid
               contemporaneously herewith will be subordinated to the
               indebtedness of the Company to


                                      -19-
<PAGE>   20

               the Bank under the terms of a Subordination Agreement (the
               "Subordination Agreement") in the form of Exhibit "G" attached
               hereto.

       Section 5.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.  Until all Obligations
of the Company terminate or are paid and satisfied in full, and so long as the
Commitment or any Letter of Credit is outstanding, the Company shall strictly
observe the following covenants, unless at any time the Bank shall otherwise
expressly consent in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld:

       a.      Corporate Existence.  The Company shall preserve, and shall
               cause each Subsidiary to preserve, its corporate existence,
               except that Kathy's East and Kathy's West may be merged into the
               Company so long as the Company is the surviving entity.

       b.      Reports, Certificates and Other Information.  The Company shall
               furnish to the Bank copies of the following financial
               statements, certificates and other information:

                (i)     Annual Statements.  As soon as available and in any
                        event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the
                        close of each fiscal year, consolidated financial
                        statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such
                        fiscal year prepared and presented in accordance with
                        generally accepted accounting principles, consistently
                        applied (except for changes in which the independent
                        accountants of the Company concur) in each case setting
                        forth in comparative form corresponding figures for the
                        preceding fiscal year, together with the audit report,
                        unqualified as to scope, of independent certified
                        public accountants approved by the Bank, which approval
                        shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event
                        that any Subsidiary is formed after the date of this
                        Agreement as provided herein, the Company shall provide
                        supplementary consolidating financial statements of the
                        Company and its Subsidiaries prepared by the Company.

               (ii)     Interim Statements.  As soon as available and in any
                        event within thirty (30) days after the end of each
                        month, a copy of the consolidated, and in the event
                        that any Subsidiary is formed as provided herein after
                        the date of this Agreement consolidating, interim
                        financial statements of the Company and its
                        Subsidiaries, consisting at a minimum of:


                                      -20-
<PAGE>   21

                        A.      the balance sheet as of the end of the month,

                        B.      a statement of income for the month and for the
                                partial or full fiscal year ended as of the end
                                of the month, and

                        C.      the operating performance of each
                                store/kitchen/bakery,all in reasonable detail,
                                in each case setting forth in comparative form
                                corresponding figures for the same period in
                                the preceding fiscal year and for the current
                                year's budget, and accompanied by the written
                                representation of the chief financial officer
                                of the Company that such financial statements
                                have been prepared in accordance with generally
                                accepted accounting principles (except that
                                they need not include footnotes and need not
                                reflect adjustments normally made at year end,
                                if such adjustments are not material in
                                amount), consistently applied, (except for
                                changes in which the independent accountants of
                                the Company concur) and present fairly the
                                financial position of the Company and the
                                results of its operation as of the dates of
                                such statements and for the fiscal periods then
                                ended.
    
              (iii)     Certificates.  Contemporaneously with the furnishing of
                        each set of financial statements provided for in
                        Sections 5.b(i) and 5.b(ii), an Officer's Certificate.

               (iv)     Management Letter.  As soon as available and in any
                        event within sixty (60) days after receipt, a copy of
                        any management letter from the Company's independent
                        certified public accountants, together with a copy of
                        any response by the Company to such letter.

                (v)     Annual Budget.  As soon as available and in any event
                        within sixty (60) days after the close of each fiscal
                        year, a summary of the Budget (including, without
                        limitation, projected capital expenditures, balance
                        sheets, statements of income and of cash flows on a
                        monthly basis) for the following fiscal year.

               (vi)     Adjusted Earnings Certificates.  Within thirty (30)
                        days after the end of each month, an Adjusted Earnings
                        Certificate as of that month end and promptly as of
                        such other dates as the Bank may reasonably require.


                                      -21-
<PAGE>   22

              (vii)     Orders.  Prompt notice of any orders in any material
                        proceedings to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a
                        party, issued by any court or regulatory agency,
                        federal or state, and if the Bank should so request, a
                        copy of any such order.

             (viii)     Notice of Default or Litigation.  Immediately upon
                        learning of the occurrence of an Event of Default or
                        Unmatured Event of Default, or the institution of or
                        any adverse determination in any litigation,
                        arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding which
                        is material to the Company or any Subsidiary, or the
                        occurrence of any event which could have a material
                        adverse effect upon the Company or any Subsidiary,
                        written notice thereof describing the same and the
                        steps being taken with respect thereto.

               (ix)     Compliance Certificates.  Within thirty (30) days
                        following each month end, a certificate of the Chief
                        Financial Officer or other appropriate officer of the
                        Company demonstrating compliance with the applicable
                        financial covenants stated in Section 5.g and
                        compliance with the covenant limiting new store
                        openings of the Company stated in Section 6.k.  Such
                        certificate shall relate the covenants to the month-end
                        figures and shall otherwise be in such form and provide
                        such detail as may be reasonably satisfactory to the
                        Bank.

                (x)     Registration Statements and Reports.  Promptly upon
                        filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or
                        any state securities regulatory authority, copies of
                        all registration statements and all periodic and
                        special reports required or permitted to be filed under
                        federal or state securities laws and regulations.

               (xi)     Other Information.  From time to time such other
                        information concerning the Company or any Subsidiary as
                        the Bank may reasonably request.

       c.      Books, Records and Inspections.  The Company shall maintain, and
               shall cause each Subsidiary to maintain, complete and accurate
               books and records, and permit access thereto by the Bank for
               purposes of inspection, copying and audit.  The Company shall
               permit, and shall cause each Subsidiary to permit, the Bank to
               inspect its properties and operations at all reasonable times.


                                      -22-
<PAGE>   23

       d.      Insurance.  In addition to any insurance required by the
               Security Agreement and the Subsidiary Security Agreements, the
               Company shall maintain, and shall cause each Subsidiary to
               maintain, such insurance as may be required by law and such
               other insurance, to such extent and against such material
               hazards and liabilities, as is customarily maintained by
               companies similarly situated.  The Company shall name, and shall
               cause each Subsidiary to name, the Bank as additional loss payee
               on any such insurance policy under a standard lender's loss
               payable clause and shall provide a copy of any such policy to
               the Bank.

       e.      Taxes and Liabilities.  The Company shall pay, and shall cause
               each Subsidiary to pay, when due all taxes, material license
               fees, assessments and other liabilities except such as are being
               contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for
               which appropriate reserves have been established.

       f.      Compliance with Legal and Regulatory Requirements.  The Company
               shall maintain, and shall cause each Subsidiary to maintain,
               material compliance with the applicable provisions of all
               federal, state and local statutes, ordinances and regulations
               and any court orders or orders of regulatory authorities issued
               thereunder.

       g.      Financial Covenants.  The Company shall observe, on a
               consolidated basis, each of the following financial covenants:

               (i)      Net Worth.  Commencing at the end of the 26-week period
                        ending as of the end of the second Fiscal Quarter of
                        fiscal year 1995 and thereafter for each period of 26
                        weeks ending as of the end of the second and fourth
                        Fiscal Quarters of each fiscal year, the Company shall
                        maintain its shareholders' equity at a level not less
                        than the shareholders' equity required at the end of the
                        immediately prior 26-week period plus seventy-five
                        percent (75%) of the net income of the Company for the
                        26-week period then ended, exclusive of any loss.

               (ii)     Tangible Capital Base.  The Company shall maintain its
                        Tangible Capital Base at a level not less than zero
                        ($0) at the end of each fiscal month.


                                      -23-
<PAGE>   24

              (iii)     Ratio of Total Funded Debt to Total Capitalization.
                        The Company shall maintain at all times the ratio of
                        Total Funded Debt less Subordinated Debt to Total
                        Capitalization at a level not less than .50 to 1.0.

               (iv)     Interest Coverage.  For each period of four consecutive
                        Fiscal Quarters ending during any fiscal year, the
                        Company shall maintain an interest coverage ratio of
                        not less than 3.0 to 1.0.  For purposes of this
                        covenant, the phrase "interest coverage ratio" means
                        the sum of net income plus, without duplication and to
                        the extent deducted in determining such net income, (A)
                        interest expense and (B) income tax expense; divided by
                        interest expense.

                (v)     Fixed Charge Coverage.  Commencing March 31, 1998, for
                        each period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ending
                        during any fiscal year, the Company shall maintain a
                        fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25 to
                        1.0.  For purposes of this covenant, the phrase "fixed
                        charge coverage ratio" means EBITDA divided by the sum
                        of (A) principal payments paid on term debt during such
                        fiscal period, including capital lease payments, (B)
                        required principal payments made under the Revolving
                        Loan, (C) income taxes paid, (D) interest expense and
                        (E) expenditures for fixed assets.

       h.      Primary Banking Relationship.  The Company shall maintain its
               primary concentration and, where practical, its deposit accounts
               with the Bank or, at the Company's option, with an affiliate of
               the Bank.

       i.      Employee Benefit Plans.  The Company shall maintain and shall
               cause any Subsidiary to maintain, any Plan in material
               compliance with ERISA, the Code, and all rules and regulations
               of regulatory authorities pursuant thereto and shall file and
               shall cause any Subsidiary to file all reports required to be
               filed pursuant to ERISA, the Code, and such rules and
               regulations.

       j.      Hazardous Substances.  If the Company or any Subsidiary should
               commence the use, treatment, transportation, generation, storage
               or disposal of any Hazardous Substance in reportable quantities
               in its operations in addition to those noted in Exhibit "C", the
               Company shall immediately notify the Bank of the commencement of
               such


                                      -24-
<PAGE>   25

               activity with respect to each such Hazardous Substance.  The
               Company shall cause any Hazardous Substances which are now or
               may hereafter be used or generated in the operations of the
               Company or any Subsidiary in reportable quantities to be
               accounted for and disposed of in compliance with all applicable
               federal, state and local laws and regulations.  The Company
               shall notify the Bank immediately upon obtaining knowledge that:

                (i)     any premises which have at any time been owned or
                        occupied by or have been under lease to the Company or
                        any Subsidiary are the subject of an environmental
                        investigation by any federal, state or local
                        governmental agency having jurisdiction over the
                        regulation of any Hazardous Substances, the purpose of
                        which investigation is to quantify the levels of
                        Hazardous Substances located on such premises, or

               (ii)     the Company or any Subsidiary has been named or is
                        threatened to be named as a party responsible for the
                        possible contamination of any real property or ground
                        water with Hazardous Substances, including, but not
                        limited to the contamination of past and present waste
                        disposal sites.

               If the Company or any Subsidiary is notified of any event
               described at items (i) or (ii) above, the Company shall
               immediately engage, or shall cause the Subsidiary to engage, a
               firm or firms of engineers or environmental consultants
               appropriately qualified to determine as quickly as practical the
               extent of contamination and the potential financial liability of
               the Company or the Subsidiary with respect thereto, and the Bank
               shall be provided with a copy of any report prepared by such
               firm or by any governmental agency as to such matters as soon as
               any such report becomes available to the Company.  The selection
               of any engineers or environmental consultants engaged pursuant
               to the requirements of this Section shall be subject to the
               approval of the Bank, which approval shall not be unreasonably
               withheld.

       Section 6.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.  Until all Obligations of
the Company terminate or are paid and satisfied in full, and so long as the
Commitment or any Letter of Credit is outstanding, the Company shall strictly
observe the following covenants, unless at any time the Bank shall otherwise
expressly consent in writing:


                                      -25-
<PAGE>   26

       a.      Restricted Payments.  The Company shall not purchase or redeem
               anymore than ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding
               shares of the capital stock of the Company during the term of
               this Agreement or declare or pay any dividends thereon except
               for dividends payable entirely in capital stock, provided that
               the Company may redeem any class of Preferred Stock at the time
               of any election by the holders of such Preferred Stock under the
               provisions of the Company's Articles of Incorporation, as
               amended or restated from time to time, a certified copy of which
               shall have been provided to the Bank contemporaneously with the
               execution of this Agreement, so long as no Event of Default or
               Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
               or would result from such redemption.  The Company shall not
               make any other distributions to shareholders as shareholders, or
               set aside any funds for any such purpose, or prepay, purchase or
               redeem any subordinated indebtedness of the Company.

       b.      Liens.  The Company shall not create or permit, and shall not
               permit any Subsidiary to create or permit, to exist any
               mortgage, pledge, title retention lien or other lien,
               encumbrance or security interest (all of which are hereafter
               referred to in this subsection as a "lien" or "liens") with
               respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter
               acquired except:

                (i)     liens in favor of the Bank created pursuant to the
                        requirements of this Agreement or otherwise;

               (ii)     any lien or deposit with any governmental agency
                        required or permitted to qualify the Company or such
                        Subsidiary to conduct business or exercise any
                        privilege, franchise or license, or to maintain
                        self-insurance or to obtain the benefits of or secure
                        obligations under any law pertaining to workmen's
                        compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions,
                        social security or similar matters, or to obtain any
                        stay or discharge in any legal or administrative
                        proceedings, or any similar lien or deposit arising in
                        the ordinary course of business;

              (iii)     any mechanic's, workmen's, repairmen's, carrier's,
                        warehousemen's or other like liens arising in the
                        ordinary course of business for amounts not yet due and
                        for the payment of which adequate reserves have been
                        established, or deposits made to obtain the release of
                        such liens;


                                      -26-
<PAGE>   27

               (iv)     easements, licenses, minor irregularities in title or
                        minor encumbrances on or over any real property which
                        do not, in the judgment of the Bank, materially detract
                        from the value of such property or its marketability or
                        its usefulness in the business of the Company or such
                        Subsidiary;

                (v)     liens for taxes and governmental charges which are not
                        yet due or which are being contested in good faith and
                        by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate
                        reserves have been established;

               (vi)     liens created by or resulting from any litigation or
                        legal proceeding which is being contested in good faith
                        and by appropriate proceedings and for which
                        appropriate reserves have been established;

              (vii)     purchase-money liens on any equipment hereafter
                        acquired, or the assumption of any lien on equipment
                        existing at the time of such acquisition, or a lien
                        incurred in connection with any conditional sale or
                        other title retention agreement or a finance lease;
                        provided that (A) any equipment subject to any of the
                        foregoing is acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary
                        in the ordinary course of their respective business,
                        (B) the lien on any such equipment is created
                        contemporaneously with such acquisition and attaches
                        only to the equipment so acquired and fixed
                        improvements thereon, and (C) the total indebtedness
                        secured by all such liens shall not exceed Five Million
                        Dollars ($5,000,000.00) at any time outstanding in the
                        aggregate; and

             (viii)     those specific liens now existing described on the
                        "Schedule of Exceptions" attached as Exhibit "C."

       c.      Guaranties.  The Company shall not be, and shall permit any
               Subsidiary to be, a guarantor or surety of, or otherwise be
               responsible in any manner with respect to any undertaking of any
               other person or entity, whether by guaranty agreement or by
               agreement to purchase any obligations, stock, assets, goods or
               services, or to supply or advance any funds, assets, goods or
               services, or otherwise, except for:

                (i)     guaranties in favor of the Bank;

               (ii)     guaranties by endorsement of instruments for deposit
                        made in the ordinary course of business; 


                                      -27-
<PAGE>   28

              (iii)     guaranties which do not exceed the aggregate amount of
                        $500,000.00 at any time outstanding; and

               (iv)     those specific existing guaranties listed in the
                        "Schedule of Exceptions" attached as Exhibit "C."

       d.      Loans or Advances.  The Company shall not make or permit, and
               shall not permit any Subsidiary to make or permit, to exist any
               loans or advances to any other person or entity, except for:

                (i)     extensions of credit or credit accommodations to
                        customers or vendors made by the Company or such
                        Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business as
                        now conducted; 

               (ii)     reasonable salary advances to non-executive employees,
                        and other advances to agents and employees for
                        anticipated expenses to be incurred on behalf of the
                        Company or such Subsidiary in the course of discharging
                        their assigned duties;

              (iii)     loans or advances which do not exceed the aggregate
                        amount of $100,000.00 at any time outstanding; and

               (iv)     the specific items listed in the "Schedule of
                        Exceptions" attached as Exhibit "C";
     
       e.      Mergers, Consolidations, Sales, Acquisition or Formation of
               Subsidiaries.  The Company shall not be, and shall not permit
               any Subsidiary to be, a party to any consolidation or to any
               merger and shall not purchase the capital stock of or otherwise
               acquire any equity interest in any other business entity.  The
               Company shall not acquire any material part of the assets of any
               other business entity, except in the ordinary course of
               business.  The Company shall not sell, transfer, convey or lease
               all or any material part of its assets, except in the ordinary
               course of business, or sell or assign with or without recourse
               any receivables.  The Company shall not cause to be created or
               otherwise acquire any Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding any
               provision of this subsection to the contrary, the Company may
               make (i) individual acquisitions in any fiscal year which do not
               exceed Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00) in total cost to the
               Company and which will not have revenues in excess of twenty
               percent (20%) of the Company's consolidated pro-forma revenues
               and (ii) total acquisitions in any fiscal year which do not
               exceed the aggregate amount of Twelve Million Dollars
               ($12,000,000.00) in total

                                      -28-
<PAGE>   29

               cost to the Company and which will not have revenues in excess
               of forty percent (40%) of the Company's consolidated pro-forma
               revenues.

       f.      Margin Stock.  The Company shall not use or cause or permit, and
               shall not permit any Subsidiary to use or cause or permit, the
               proceeds of the Loan to be used, either directly or indirectly,
               for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of
               purchasing or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of
               Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
               System, as amended from time to time.

       g.      Other Agreements.  The Company shall not enter, and shall not
               permit any Subsidiary to enter, into any agreement containing
               any provision which would be violated or breached in material
               respect by the performance of its obligations under this
               Agreement or under any other Loan Document.

       h.      Judgments.  The Company shall not permit, and shall not allow
               any Subsidiary to permit, any uninsured judgment or monetary
               penalty rendered against it in any judicial or administrative
               proceeding to remain unsatisfied for a period in excess of
               forty-five (45) days unless such judgment or penalty is being
               contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and execution
               upon such judgment has been stayed, and unless an appropriate
               reserve has been established with respect thereto.

       i.      Principal Office.  The Company shall not change, and shall not
               permit any Subsidiary to change, the location of its principal
               office unless it gives not less than ten (10) days prior written
               notice of such change to the Bank.

       j.      Hazardous Substances.  The Company shall not allow or permit,
               and shall not permit any Subsidiary to allow or permit, to
               continue the release or threatened release of any Hazardous
               Substance on any premises owned or occupied by or under lease to
               the Company or any Subsidiary.

       k.      New Store Opening Limitation.  The Company shall not open more
               than seven (7) stores in fiscal year 1995, nine (9) stores in
               fiscal year 1996, and ten (10) stores in fiscal year 1997; and,
               in any fiscal year thereafter, the Company shall not open any
               number of stores in


                                      -29-
<PAGE>   30

               excess of the number identified in a plan presented by the
               Company and approved by the Bank, which approval shall not be
               unreasonably withheld.

       l.      Debt.  The Company shall not incur nor permit to exist any
               indebtedness for borrowed money except (i) to the Bank, (ii) for
               indebtedness secured by purchase-money liens as provided under
               the provisions of Section 6.b(vii) of this Agreement, (iii) for
               Subordinated Debt and (iv) for those existing obligations
               disclosed on the "Schedule of Exceptions" attached as Exhibit
               "C."  For purposes of this covenant, the phrase "indebtedness
               for borrowed money," shall be construed to include capital lease
               obligations.

       Section 7.  CONDITIONS OF LENDING.  The obligation of the Bank to make
any Advance shall be subject to fulfillment of each of the following conditions
precedent:

       a.      No Default.  No Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default
               shall have occurred and be continuing, and the representations
               and warranties of the Company contained in Section 3 shall be
               true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and as of the
               date of each Advance, except that after the date of this
               Agreement:  (i) the representations contained in Section 3.d
               will be construed so as to refer to the latest financial
               statements furnished to the Bank by the Company pursuant to the
               requirements of this Agreement, (ii) the representations
               contained in Section 3.k (with respect to Hazardous Substances)
               will be construed so as to apply not only to the Company, but
               also to any Subsidiaries, (iii) the representation contained in
               Section 3.l will be construed so as to except any Subsidiary
               which may hereafter be formed or acquired by the Company with
               the consent of the Bank, and (iv) all other representations will
               be construed to have been amended to conform with any changes of
               which the Bank shall previously have been given notice in
               writing by the Company.

       b.      Documents to be Furnished at Closing.  The Bank shall have
               received contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement,
               the following, each duly executed, currently dated and in form
               and substance satisfactory to the Bank:

                (i)     The Revolving Note.

               (ii)     The Security Agreement.


                                      -30-
<PAGE>   31

              (iii)     The Subsidiary Security Agreements.

               (iv)     The Subordination Agreements.

                (v)     The Guaranty Agreements.

               (vi)     A certified copy of a Resolution of the Board of
                        Directors of the Company authorizing the execution,
                        delivery and performance, respectively, of this
                        Agreement and the other Loan Documents provided for in
                        this Agreement to which the Company is a party.

              (vii)     A certificate of the Secretary of the Company
                        certifying the names of the officer or officers
                        authorized to sign this Agreement and the other Loan
                        Documents provided for in this Agreement to which the
                        Company is a party, together with a sample of the true
                        signature of each such officer.

             (viii)     A copy of the file-marked Articles of Incorporation of
                        the Company and a copy of the By-Laws of the Company,
                        certified as complete and correct by the Secretary of
                        the Company.

               (ix)     A certified copy of a Resolution of the respective
                        Board of Directors of each Subsidiary authorizing the
                        execution, delivery and performance, respectively, of
                        its Guaranty Agreement, its Subsidiary Security
                        Agreement, and any other Loan Documents provided for in
                        this Agreement to which such Subsidiary is a party.

                (x)     A certificate of the respective Secretary of each
                        Subsidiary certifying the names of the officer or
                        officers authorized to sign its Guaranty Agreement, its
                        Subsidiary Security Agreement, and any other Loan
                        Documents provided for in this Agreement to which such
                        Subsidiary is a party, together with a sample of the
                        true signature of each such officer.

               (xi)     A currently dated certificate of existence or good
                        standing of the Company and each Subsidiary issued by
                        the Secretary of State of its incorporation and of each
                        State in which the Company or any Subsidiary is
                        registered to transact business.

              (xii)     The opinion of counsel for the Company addressed to the
                        Bank to the effect that the representations stated in
                        Sections 3.a, 3.b, 3.c, 3.e, 3.f, and 3.i are correct.
                        Such opinion shall be in such form as may be reasonably
                        acceptable to the Bank.


                                      -31-
<PAGE>   32

             (xiii)     Certificates evidencing the existence of all insurance
                        required under the terms of this Agreement or any other
                        Loan Document.

              (xiv)     Such other documents as the Bank may reasonably
                        require.

       c.      Documents to be Furnished at Time of Each Advance.  The Bank
               shall have received the following prior to making any Advance,
               each duly executed and currently dated, unless waived at the
               Bank's discretion as provided in Section 2.a(ii):

                (i)     An Application for the Advance.

               (ii)     An Officer's Certificate.

              (iii)     Such other documents as the Bank may reasonably
                        require.

       Section 8.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Each of the following shall constitute
an Event of Default under this Agreement:

       a.      Nonpayment of the Loan.  Default in the payment when due of any
               amount payable under the terms of the Note, or otherwise payable
               to the Bank or any other holder of the Note under the terms of
               this Agreement.

       b.      Nonpayment of Other Indebtedness for Borrowed Money.  Default by
               the Company in the payment when due, whether by acceleration or
               otherwise, of any other material indebtedness for borrowed
               money, or default in the performance or observance of any
               obligation or condition with respect to any such other
               indebtedness if the effect of such default results in the 
               acceleration of the maturity of such other indebtedness or
               permits the holder or holders thereof, or any trustee or agent
               for such holders, to cause such indebtedness to become due and
               payable prior to its scheduled maturity, unless the Company is
               contesting the existence of such default in good faith and by
               appropriate proceedings.

       c.      Other Material Obligations.  Subject to the expiration of any
               applicable grace period, default by the Company in the payment
               when due, or in the performance or observance of any material
               obligation of, or condition agreed to by the Company with
               respect to any material purchase or lease of goods, securities
               or services if such default materially adversely affects the
               business, operations or financial condition of the Company,
               except only to the

                                      -32-
<PAGE>   33

               extent that the existence of any such default is being contested
               in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and that
               appropriate reserves have been established with respect thereto.

       d.      Bankruptcy, Insolvency, etc.  The Company or any Subsidiary
               admitting in writing its inability to pay its debts as they
               mature or an administrative or judicial order of dissolution or
               determination of insolvency being entered against the Company or
               such Subsidiary; or the Company or any Subsidiary applying for,
               consenting to, or acquiescing in the appointment of a trustee or
               receiver for the Company or such Subsidiary or any property
               thereof, or the Company or any Subsidiary making a general
               assignment for the benefit of creditors; or, in the absence of
               such application, consent or acquiescence, a trustee or receiver
               being appointed for the Company or such Subsidiary or for a
               substantial part of its property and not being discharged within
               sixty (60) days; or any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt
               arrangement, or other proceeding under any bankruptcy or
               insolvency law, or any dissolution or liquidation proceeding
               being instituted by or against the Company or any Subsidiary,
               and, if involuntary, being consented to or acquiesced in by the
               Company or such Subsidiary or remaining for sixty (60) days
               undismissed.

       e.      Warranties and Representations.  Any warranty or representation
               made by the Company in this Agreement proving to have been false
               or misleading in any material respect when made, or any
               schedule, certificate, financial statement, report, notice, or
               other writing furnished by the Company to the Bank proving to
               have been false or misleading in any material respect when made
               or delivered.

       f.      Violations of Negative and Financial Covenants.  Failure by the
               Company to comply with or perform any covenant stated in Section
               5.g or Section 6 of this Agreement.

       g.      Noncompliance With Other Provisions of this Agreement or any
               other Loan Document.  Failure of the Company to comply with or
               perform any covenant or other provision of this Agreement or to
               perform any other Obligation (which failure does not constitute
               an Event of Default under any of the preceding provisions of
               this Section 8) or failure of the Company or any Subsidiary to
               comply with or perform any


                                      -33-
<PAGE>   34

               provision of any other Loan Document and continuance of such
               failure for thirty (30) days after notice thereof to the Company
               from the Bank.

       Section 9.  EFFECT OF EVENT OF DEFAULT.  If any Event of Default
described in Section 8.d shall occur, maturity of the Loan shall immediately be
accelerated and the Note and the Loan evidenced thereby, and all other
indebtedness and any other payment Obligations of the Company to the Bank shall
become immediately due and payable, and the Commitment shall immediately
terminate, all without notice of any kind.  When any other Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, the Bank or any other holder of the Note may
accelerate payment of the Loan and declare the Note and all other payment
Obligations due and payable, whereupon maturity of the Loan shall be
accelerated and the Note and the Loan evidenced thereby, and all other payment
Obligations shall become immediately due and payable and the Commitment shall
immediately terminate, all without notice of any kind.  The Bank or such other
holder shall promptly advise the Company of any such declaration, but failure
to do so shall not impair the effect of such declaration.  The remedies of the
Bank specified in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall not be
exclusive, and the Bank may avail itself of any other remedies provided by law
as well as any equitable remedies available to the Bank.

       Section 10.  WAIVER -- AMENDMENTS.  No delay on the part of the Bank, or
any holder of the Note in the exercise of any right, power or remedy shall
operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by any of
them of any right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise
thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.  No amendment,
modification or waiver of, or consent with respect to any of the provisions of
this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or otherwise of the Obligations
shall be effective unless such amendment, modification, waiver or consent is in
writing and signed by the Bank.

       Section 11.  NOTICES.  Any notice given under or with respect to this
Agreement to the Company or the Bank shall be in writing and, if delivered by
hand or sent by overnight courier service, shall be deemed to have been given
when delivered and, if mailed, shall be deemed to have been given five (5) days
after the date when sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and
addressed to the Company or the Bank (or other holder of the


                                      -34-
<PAGE>   35

Notes) at its address shown below, or at such other address as any such party
may, by written notice to the other party to this Agreement, have designated as
its address for such purpose.  The addresses referred to are as follows:


       As to the Company:     Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
                              1668 Valtec Lane
                              Boulder, Colorado  80301
                              Attention:  Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

       As to the Bank:    Bank One, Indianapolis, NA
                              Bank One Center/Tower - Suite 1911
                              lll Monument Circle
                              P.O. Box 7700
                              Indianapolis, Indiana  46277-0119
                              Attention:  Manager, Mid America Department A

         Section 12.  COSTS, EXPENSES AND TAXES.  The Company shall pay or
reimburse the Bank on demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
expenses of the Bank (including reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses)
incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document.  The Company shall also reimburse the Bank for expenses
incurred by the Bank in connection with any audit of the books and records or
physical assets of the Company conducted pursuant to any right granted to the
Bank under the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, provided
that the expenses reimbursed on account of any and all such audits shall not
exceed, in the aggregate amount, $6,000.00 in any fiscal year.  Such
reimbursement shall include, without limitation, reimbursement of the Bank for
its overhead expenses reasonably allocated to such audits.  In addition, the
Company shall pay or reimburse the Bank for all expenses incurred by the Bank
in connection with the perfection of any security interests or mortgage liens
granted to the Bank by the Company and for any stamp or similar documentary or
transaction taxes which may be payable in connection with the execution or
delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in connection with any
other instruments or documents provided for herein or delivered or required in
connection herewith including, without limitation, expenses incident to any
lien or title search or title insurance commitment or policy.  All obligations
provided for in this Section shall survive termination of this Agreement.

         Section 13.  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document is determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such


                                      -35-
<PAGE>   36

provision shall be deemed to be severable from the balance of the provisions of
this Agreement or such Document and the remaining provisions shall be
enforceable in accordance with their terms.

         Section 14.  CAPTIONS.  Section captions used in this Agreement are
for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

         Section 15.  GOVERNING LAW -- JURISDICTION.  Except as may otherwise
be expressly provided in any other Loan Document, this Agreement and all other
Loan Documents are made under and will be governed in all cases by the
substantive laws of the State of Indiana, notwithstanding the fact that Indiana
conflicts of law rules might otherwise require the substantive rules of law of
another jurisdiction to apply.  The Company consents to the jurisdiction of any
state or federal court located within Marion County, Indiana, and waives
personal service of any and all process upon the Company.  All service of
process may be made by messenger, by certified mail, return receipt requested,
or by registered mail directed to the Company at the address stated in Section
11.  The Company waives any objection which the Company may have to any
proceeding commenced in a federal or state court located within Marion County,
Indiana, based upon improper venue or forum non conveniens.  Nothing contained
in this Section shall affect the right of the Bank to serve legal process in
any other manner permitted by law or to bring any action or proceeding against
the Company or its property in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

         Section 16.  PRIOR AGREEMENTS, ETC.  This Agreement supersedes all
previous agreements and commitments made by the Bank and the Company with
respect to the Loan and all other subjects of this Agreement, including,
without limitation, any oral or written proposals or commitments made or issued
by the Bank.

         Section 17.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement and the other
Loan Documents shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the
Company and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns, provided that
the Company's rights under this Agreement shall not be assignable without the
prior written consent of the Bank.

         Section 18.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  THE BANK AND THE COMPANY
IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY DISPUTE
OR CLAIM, WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT OR ALLEGED WRONGFUL ACT OR OMISSION,
WHICH DISPUTE


                                      -36-
<PAGE>   37

OR CLAIM ARISES OUT OF, OR IS INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED
BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE BANK BY THIS OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT.  THIS
PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO THE BANK TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

     Dated:  March 15, 1995             
                                             WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.


                                             By: /s/ MICHAEL C. GILLILAND 
                                                --------------------------------
                                                   
                                                MICHAEL C. GILLILAND
                                                --------------------------------
                                                    (printed name and title)


                                             BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS,
                                               NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                             By: /s/ EFTHIMIOS P. SOTOS
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Efthimios P. Sotos
                                                Assistant Vice President

                                      -37-
<PAGE>   38



                                LIST OF EXHIBITS




<TABLE>
       <S>                      <C>
       Exhibit A                Officer's Certificate

       Exhibit B                Revolving Note

       Exhibit C                Schedule of Exceptions

       Exhibit D                Security Agreement

       Exhibit E                Guaranty Agreement

       Exhibit F                Subsidiary Security Agreement

       Exhibit G                Subordination Agreement
</TABLE>



                                      -38-
<PAGE>   39
                   APPLICATION FOR REVOLVING LOAN ADVANCE


                                                 Date:  ________________________

BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS,
     National Association
111 Monument Circle
Indianapolis, Indiana  46277

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We request an advance in the amount of $______________ under the
Revolving Loan provided for in the Credit Agreement dated March 15, 1995,
between WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., and BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION.  Please disburse this Advance by crediting the amount thereof to
our Account No. _____________ maintained with you.

                                           Very truly yours,

                                           WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.

                                           By: 
                                              ------------------------------

                                              ------------------------------
                                                    (Printed Name and Title)


                             OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE

       I represent that I am the (chief executive officer or chief financial
officer) of Wild Oats Markets, Inc. (the "Company").

       In support of the above Application for a Revolving Loan Advance and
pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement mentioned therein, I certify to
you that:

       1.      Each of the representations contained in Sections 3.a through
               3.c, inclusive, and 3.e through 3.l, inclusive, of the Credit
               Agreement are true and correct as of this date.

       2.      The financial statements of the Company as of ________________,
               19__, and for the fiscal year then ended, and the financial
               statements as of ___________, 19__, and for the partial fiscal
               year then ended, present fairly the financial condition of the
               Company and the results of its operations as of the dates of
               such statements and for the fiscal periods then ended, and since
               the date of the latest of such statements there has been no
               material adverse change in its financial position or its
               operations.




                                 Exhibit "A"
                              Page 1 of 2 Pages
<PAGE>   40





       3.      No Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, as those
               terms are defined in the Credit Agreement, has occurred and is
               continuing.

                                                                                
                                             ------------------------------

                                             ------------------------------
                                        
                                                (Printed Name and Title)

                                             of WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.






                                  Exhibit "A"
                               Page 2 of 2 Pages
<PAGE>   41
                                PROMISSORY NOTE
                                (Revolving Loan)

                                             Indianapolis, Indiana
$20,000,000.00                        Dated: March 15, 1995
                                             Final Maturity:  February 28, 2002

On or before February 28, 2002 ("Final Maturity"), WILD OATS MARKETS, INC. (the
"Maker") promises to pay to the order of BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS, National
Association (the "Bank") at the principal office of the Bank at Indianapolis,
Indiana, the principal sum of Twenty Million and No/100 Dollars
($20,000,000.00) or so much of the principal amount of the Loan represented by
this Note as may be disbursed by the Bank under the terms of the Credit
Agreement described below, and to pay interest on the unpaid principal balance
outstanding from time to time as provided in this Note.

       This Note evidences indebtedness (the "Loan") incurred or to be incurred
by the Maker under a revolving line of credit extended to the Maker by the Bank
under a Credit Agreement dated the date of this Note.  All references in this
Note to the Credit Agreement shall be construed as references to that Agreement
as it may be amended from time to time.  The Loan is referred to in the Credit
Agreement as the "Revolving Loan."  Subject to the terms and conditions of the
Credit Agreement, the proceeds of the Loan may be advanced and repaid and
re-advanced until Final Maturity.  The principal amount of the Loan outstanding
from time to time shall be determined by reference to the books and records of
the Bank on which all Advances under the Loan and all payments by the Maker on
account of the Loan shall be recorded.  Such books and records shall be deemed
prima facie to be correct as to such matters.

       The terms "Advance" and "Banking Day" are used in this Note as defined
in the Credit Agreement.

       Interest on the unpaid principal balance of the Loan outstanding from
time to time prior to and after maturity will accrue at the rate or rates
provided in the Credit Agreement.  Prior to maturity, accrued interest shall be
due and payable on the last Banking Day of each month commencing on the last
Banking Day of the month in which this Note is executed.  After maturity,
interest shall be due and payable as accrued and without demand.  Interest will
be calculated on the basis that an entire year's interest is earned in 360
days.

       The entire outstanding principal balance of this Note shall be due and
payable, together with accrued interest, at Final Maturity.  Reference is made
to the Credit Agreement for provisions requiring prepayment of principal under
certain circumstances.  Principal may be prepaid but only as provided in the
Credit Agreement.

       If any installment of interest due under the terms of this Note is not
paid when due, then the Bank or any subsequent holder of this Note may, subject
to the terms of the Credit Agreement, at its option and without notice, declare
the entire principal amount of the Note and all accrued interest immediately
due and payable.  Reference is made to the Credit





                                  Exhibit "B"
                               Page 1 of 2 pages
<PAGE>   42





Agreement which provides for acceleration of the maturity of this Note upon the
happening of other "Events of Default" as defined therein.

    If any installment of interest due under the terms of this Note prior to
maturity is not paid in full when due, then the Bank at its option and without
prior notice to the Maker, may assess a late payment fee in an amount equal to
the greater of $50.00 or five percent (5%) of the amount past due.  Each late
payment fee assessed shall be due and payable on the earlier of the next
regularly scheduled interest payment date or the maturity of this Note.  Waiver
by the Bank of any late payment fee assessed, or the failure of the Bank in any
instance to assess a late payment fee shall not be construed as a waiver by the
Bank of its right to assess late payment fees thereafter.

    All payments on account of this Note shall be applied first to expenses of
collection, next to any late payment fees which are due and payable, next to
interest which is due and payable, and only after satisfaction of all such
expenses, fees and interest, to principal.

    The Maker and any endorsers severally waive demand, presentment for
payment and notice of nonpayment of this Note, and each of them consents to any
renewals or extensions of the time of payment of this Note without notice.

    All amounts payable under the terms of this Note shall be payable with
expenses of collection, including attorneys' fees, and without relief from
valuation and appraisement laws.

    This Note is made under and will be governed in all cases by the
substantive laws of the State of Indiana, notwithstanding the fact that
Indiana conflicts of law rules might otherwise require the substantive
rules of law of another jurisdiction to apply.


                                  WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.


                                  By:                                    
                                     ---------------------------------


                                     ---------------------------------
                                          (printed name and title)





                                  Exhibit "B"
                               Page 2 of 2 pages
<PAGE>   43
                             SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS


       This Schedule is part of the Credit Agreement between WILD OATS
MARKETS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and BANK ONE,
INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the "Bank") dated as of the date of this
Schedule.

       1.      Litigation and Contingent Liabilities.  There are no exceptions
               to the representations contained in Section 3.e with respect to
               litigation and contingent liabilities, except the following:

               PASADENA STORE:  Lease dated September 1, 1993, between
                     Jurgensen's Market, Inc. ("Jurgensen's") and Wild Oats
                     Markets, Inc. ("Wild Oats")/603 South Lake Avenue,
                     Pasadena, California. A dispute has arisen between
                     Jurgensen's and Wild Oats with regard to the above lease.
                     Jurgensen's is a debtor-in-possession in a Chapter 11
                     bankruptcy proceeding known as In re Jurgensen's Market,
                     Inc., United States Bankruptcy Court, Central District of
                     California, Case No. LA-93-47229 VP. In its suit,
                     Jurgensen's contends that Wild Oats is in default under the
                     lease for failure to pay various amounts due and for breach
                     of various of its obligations under the lease. However, the
                     Bankruptcy Court judge recently granted Wild Oats' motion
                     to compel binding arbitration. Wild Oats' maximum exposure
                     for obligations under the lease is $50,000.00.

               OTHER:  Wild Oats is also contesting three former employees'
                     unrelated administrative claims filed with the EEOC. Wild
                     Oats believes all three claims are without merit and has
                     rebuffed all settlement offers with the charging parties.

       2.      Hazardous Substances.  There are no exceptions to the
               representation contained in Section 3.k., except the following:
               The Company has conducted the following levels of inquiry and
               investigation with respect to hazardous substances at its various
               locations:
 
               The Company has not conducted any inquiry or investigation with
                     respect to hazardous substances at the following locations:
                     Wild Oats Boulder; Wild Oats Vegetarian Market; Wild Oats
                     Fort Collins; Wild Oats Aurora; Wild Oats Denver; Wild Oats
                     Kansas City; Wild Oats Las Vegas East and Wild Oats Las
                     Vegas West.

               The Company has reviewed Level 1 environmental studies (or
                     comparable studies) on the following locations: Wild Oats
                     Mission and Wild Oats Washington Park.


                                  Exhibit "C"
                               Page 1 of 2 Pages
<PAGE>   44
               The Company has reviewed Level 2 environmental studies (or
                     comparable studies) on the following locations: Wild Oats
                     St. Francis and Wild Oats Lawrence.

               The Company has relied on indemnification or assurance from the
                     landlord(s) of the following locations that there is no
                     presence of any kind of hazardous substance and, therefore,
                     the Company did not make any further inquiry or
                     investigation into the matter: Wild Oats Orchard; Wild Oats
                     Pasadena; Wild Oats St. Michaels; Wild Oats Juan Tabo; Wild
                     Oats Colorado Springs; Wild Oats Santa Monica; and Wild
                     Oats Albuquerque.

       3.      Liens. There are no "liens" (as defined in Section 6.b) on any
               property of the Company except for liens of the types described
               in items (i) through (vi) of the enumeration contained in Section
               6.b., and except for the following: See attached Schedule.
 
       4.      Guaranties. The Company is not a guarantor or surety of, or
               otherwise responsible in any manner with respect to any
               undertaking of any other person or entity, except for the items
               of the type described in items (i) and (ii) of the enumeration 
               contained in Section 6.c., except for the following: NONE.

       5.      Loans and Advances. The Company does not have outstanding any
               loans or advances to any person or entity except for items of a
               type described in items (i) and (ii) of the enumeration contained
               in Section 6.d., and except for the following: NONE.

       6.      Indebtedness and Capital Leases. The Company presently has no
               indebtedness for borrowed money nor is the Company a lessee under
               any capital lease except for such obligations to the Bank, and
               except for the following: See Item 3 above.

       7.      Other Names used by Company or Subsidiaries.  Neither the
               Company nor any Subsidiary has done business under any name
               other than its present corporate name at any time during the six
               years preceding the date of the Credit Agreement, except for the
               following:

               Agora Markets, Inc.; Wild Oats Market, Inc.; Wild Oats of Santa
               Fe, Inc.; Wild Oats of Denver, Inc.; and Agora Management.

       By its execution of this Schedule, the Company acknowledges that it was
prepared in accordance with information provided by the Company.

       Dated:  March 15, 1995


                                        WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
                                        
                                        
                                        By:                                    
                                            -----------------------------------
                                        
                                                                               
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        (printed name and title)





                                  Exhibit "C"
                               Page 2 of 2 Pages
<PAGE>   45
WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
DEBT SUMMARY AS OF 02/25/95

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           BALANCE          MONTHLY
LENDER               ORIGINATION  MATURITY     AMOUNT      INTEREST %      2/25/95          PAYMENT           USE OF PROCEEDS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                  <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>               <C>    
Term Notes
- --------------------

Gerald Segal            8/29/88     1/1/96     $300,000      10.00%          119,073      Interest only  Purchase of Fort Collins
                                                                                                         store
Bank of Boulder         9/17/91     9/9/96      $20,000   prime + 2.5%             0                445  Truck
Sunwest                 8/10/92    4/10/95     $400,000       9.00%           34,932             17,662  Albuquerque construction
Norwest                 8/11/92     3/1/98     $400,000   prime + 1.5%       239,992              6,667  Colorado Springs
                                                                                                          construction
Norwest                12/15/92   12/15/96      $13,700       8.00%            6,823                334  Car
United Missouri          4/1/93     3/1/98     $425,000       9.00%          396,936              4,311  Lawrence building
Premark                  4/1/93     3/1/96     $100,000       9.00%            4,546              4,568  Purchase of Kansas City
                                                                                                         store
Chase Manhattan         7/15/93    6/15/96      $16,090       6.75%           11,542                318  Car
United Missouri         8/20/93    2/20/95     $400,000   prime + 1%               0      Interest only  Seasonal working capital
                                                                                                         line
Merrill Lynch           9/15/93    9/15/95     $750,000   prime + 1%               0      Interest only  Seasonal working capital
                                                                                                         line
Bank of Boulder         11/1/93   10/31/97      $22,000       7.50%           15,801                533  Truck
Norwest                 12/1/93   10/31/97      $24,411       7.75%           21,475                715  Truck
Merrill Lynch              7/94       7/99     $750,000   prime + 2%         687,500  12,500 + interest  Pasadena equipment
Kathy's Sellers*           7/94       4/95   $1,708,741       0.00%          208,741                  0  Purchase of Kathy's
Kathy's Sellers*           7/94      10/95   $1,711,400       0.00%        1,711,400                  0  Purchase of Kathy's
Heller Financial          11/94      10/98   $1,300,000   prime + 1.75%    1,245,833  27,083 + interest  Refinance Kathy's 
                                                                                                         equipment
CU Credit Union           12/94       2/97      $12,046      14.60%           11,371                482  Libby's car
CU Credit Union           12/94       2/99      $15,548       3.80%           14,972                337  Mike's car
Bank of Boulder           12/94      12/99      $12,000       8.95%           11,680                249  Jim Ware's car
Ron Hemelgam*              7/94       8/97     $143,298      10.00%          119,570              4,500  Existing Kathy's debt -
                                                                                                         expansion funding
Ken Melby*                 7/94       3/97     $132,929      10.00%          108,581              4,500  Existing Kathy's debt -
                                                                                                         expansion funding
Holiday Village*           7/94       3/97      $81,891      10.00%           71,350              2,151  Existing Kathy's debt -
                                                                                                         expansion funding
Ron Hemelgam*              7/94       8/97     $198,058      10.00%          190,740              2,670  Existing Kathy's debt -
                                                                                                         expansion funding
Ken Melby*                 7/94       3/97     $198,058      10.00%          190,740              2,670  Existing Kathy's debt -
                                                                                                         expansion funding
Nature's Best              7/94       3/95     $101,000       0.00%           59,000              6,000  Existing Kathy's debt -
                                                                                                         expansion funding
                                                                          ----------  -----------------
                                                                          $5,482,598            $35,553
                                                                          ==========  =================
Stockholder Notes
- --------------------

ECC & MCG (Rose Real)    8/1/90    7/31/95      $20,000      12.00%           $2,570               $445  Kitchen/bakery remodel
ECC & MCG (Rainbow)      2/1/90     2/1/97     $250,000       9.00%           87,388              3,992  Purchase of Aurora &
                                                                                                         Denver stores
MRC*                     6/1/92     6/1/95      $50,000      10.00%            3,984              1,613  Expansion funding
ECC & MCG & MRC*        8/31/92    8/31/97     $300,000       9.00%           34,338      Interest only  Expansion funding
ECC & MCG & MRC*        6/30/93    5/31/95      $63,000       9.00%           48,000      Interest only  Lawrence building
ECC & MCG*              7/31/93    6/30/95      $55,798       9.00%           55,798      Interest only  Retroactive tax adjustment
MRC*                    7/31/93    6/30/95      $27,000       9.00%           27,000      Interest only  Retroactive tax adjustment
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   46
                               SECURITY AGREEMENT
      (Equipment, Inventory, Accounts Receivable and General Intangibles)


       WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), grants
to BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the "Bank") a security
interest in the Company's Equipment, Inventory, Accounts Receivable and General
Intangibles, whether now owned and hereafter acquired, and in the proceeds
thereof to secure the payment and performance of all of the Obligations.  Such
security interest is granted on the terms stated in this Security Agreement.

       1.      DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Security Agreement, the following
terms have the meanings indicated when used with the initial letter
capitalized:

               (a)      "Account Debtor" means a party who is obligated to the
       Company with respect to any Account Receivable, or General Intangible.

               (b)      "Accounts Receivable" or "Account" means any right of
       the Company to payment for goods sold or leased or for services
       rendered, whether or not earned by performance.

               (c)      "Collateral" means all property or rights in which a
       security interest is granted under this Security Agreement.

               (d)      "Collateral Account" is used as defined in Paragraph
       10(a).

               (e)      "Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement between
       the Company and the Bank dated the date of this Security Agreement, as
       it may be amended from time to time.

               (f)      "Default" means an "Event of Default" as defined in the
       Credit Agreement.

               (g)      "Equipment" means all of the furniture, fixtures,
       machinery and equipment of the Company together with all tools,
       accessories, parts and accessions now in, attached to or hereafter
       placed in or added to such property, and any replacements of any such
       property.

               (h)      "General Intangibles" means any personal property
       (including things in action) other than goods, Accounts, chattel paper,
       documents, instruments and money.

               (i)      "Inventory" means all goods which are held for sale or
       lease to customers or which are furnished, have been furnished or are to
       be furnished under contracts of service, or which are raw materials,
       work in process or materials used or consumed in the Company's business.

               (j)      "Obligations" is used as defined in the Credit
       Agreement.

       2.      FINANCING STATEMENTS.  The Company authorizes the Bank at the
expense of the Company to execute on its behalf and file a financing statement
or statements in those public offices deemed necessary by the Bank to perfect
its security interest.  Such financing statements may be signed by the Bank
alone.



                                  Exhibit "D"
                               Page 1 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   47





In addition, the Company shall execute and deliver any financing statement or
other document that the Bank may request to perfect or to further evidence the
security interest created by this Security Agreement including, without
limitation, any certificate or certificates of title to the Collateral with the
security interest of the Bank noted thereon or executed applications for such
certificates of title.

       3.      LOCATION, INSPECTION AND PROTECTION OF COLLATERAL.  Unless the
Company gives the Bank not less than ten (10) days prior written notice of
additional locations at which Inventory and Equipment shall be kept, all
Inventory and Equipment is kept and shall be kept at the addresses listed in
Schedule I attached hereto.  Unless the Company gives the Bank written notice
of the location of additional offices where records of the Company relative to
Accounts Receivable and General Intangibles are kept, all such records of the
Company shall be kept at 1668 Valtec Lane, Boulder, Colorado 80301 which, the
Company represents, is also the address of its principal office.  The Company
shall not keep duplicate Accounts Receivable records at any other address or
change the location of its principal office unless the Company gives the Bank
not less than 10 days prior written notice of such event.  The Company shall,
at all reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, allow the officers,
attorneys and accountants of the Bank to examine, inspect, photocopy and make
abstracts from the Company's books and records and to verify Equipment and
Inventory, the latter both as to quantity and quality, and to arrange for
verification of Accounts Receivable, under reasonable procedures, directly with
the Account Debtors or by other methods.  The Company shall also deliver to the
Bank upon request any promissory notes or other papers evidencing any Account
and any guaranty or collateral together with appropriate endorsements and
assignments and any information relating thereto and shall do anything else the
Bank may reasonably require to further protect the Bank's interest in the
Collateral.  If any of the Collateral consists of Equipment normally used in
more than one state and the Company intends to use any of such Collateral in
any jurisdiction other than a state in which the Company shall have previously
advised the Bank such Collateral is to be used, the Company shall not commence
use in such other jurisdiction except upon ten (10) days prior written notice
to the Bank.

       4.      FIXTURES.  None of the Collateral is attached to real estate,
other than real estate described in Schedule I, so as to constitute a fixture.
If any Collateral is hereafter so attached to any real estate, other than real
estate described in Schedule I, notice of the common address, legal
description, and name of the owner of record of such real estate shall be
furnished to the Bank at least ten (10) days prior to such attachment.  If any
Collateral is hereafter attached to real estate prior to the perfection of the
security interest created by this Security Agreement in such Collateral, the
Company shall, on demand, furnish the Bank with a disclaimer of interest in the
Collateral executed by each person having an interest in such real estate.

       5.      THE COMPANY'S TITLE.  The Company has full and clear title to
all of the Collateral presently owned and shall have such title to all
Collateral hereafter acquired except for the security interest granted by this
Security Agreement and any other lien or security interest permitted under the
terms of the Credit Agreement, and the Company shall keep the Collateral free
at all times from any lien or encumbrance except those permitted by the Credit





                                  Exhibit "D"
                               Page 2 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   48





Agreement.  No financing statements covering all or any portion of the
Collateral is on file at any public office except as may be required or
permitted by this Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

       6.      THE COMPANY'S DUTY TO MAINTAIN THE COLLATERAL.  The Company
shall keep all tangible Collateral in good order and repair and shall not waste
or destroy any of the Collateral.  The Company shall not use the Collateral in
violation of any statute or ordinance or contrary to the provisions of any
policy of insurance thereon.

       7.      INSURANCE.  In addition to maintaining such insurance on the
Collateral as is required by the Credit Agreement, the Company shall, upon the
reasonable request of the Bank, keep the Collateral insured against such
additional risks, in such amounts and under such policies as the Bank may
reasonably require and with such companies as shall be reasonably acceptable to
the Bank.  All policies providing insurance on the Collateral shall, provide
that any loss thereunder shall be payable to the Bank under a standard form of
secured lender's loss payable endorsement.  The Company authorizes the Bank to
endorse on the Company's behalf and to negotiate drafts reflecting proceeds of
insurance on the Collateral, provided that the Bank shall remit to the Company
such surplus, if any, as remains after the proceeds have been applied at the
Bank's option, (a) to the satisfaction of all of the Obligations or to the
establishment of a cash collateral account for the Obligations, or (b) to the
replacement or repair of the Collateral; provided, however, that so long as no
Default exists, and provided further that the Company can demonstrate to the
Bank's satisfaction that any proposed replacement or repair of collateral is
economically and physically feasible, such proceeds shall be applied, at the
Company's option and to the extent necessary, as provided in the foregoing
clause (b).  Certificates evidencing the existence of all of the insurance
required under the Credit Agreement or this Security Agreement shall be
furnished to the Bank by the Company and the original policies providing such
insurance shall be delivered to the Bank at its request.

       8.      ADVANCES TO PROTECT COLLATERAL.  Upon failure of the Company to
procure any required insurance or to remove any prohibited encumbrance upon the
Collateral or if any policy providing any required insurance is cancelled, the
Bank may procure such insurance or remove any encumbrance on the Collateral and
any amounts expended by the Bank for such purposes shall be immediately due and
payable by the Company to the Bank and shall be added to and become a part of
the Obligations secured hereby and shall bear interest at the Prime Rate, as
defined in the Credit Agreement, plus three percent (3%) per annum.

       9.      DEALING WITH COLLATERAL PRIOR TO DEFAULT.  Prior to Default and
thereafter until the Bank shall notify the Company of the revocation of such
authority:

               (a)  the Company may, in the ordinary course of business, at its
       own expense, sell, lease or furnish under contracts of service, any of
       the Inventory normally held by the Company for such purposes, provided
       that a sale in the ordinary course of business shall not include a
       transfer in total or partial satisfaction of a debt, and the Company may
       use and consume, in the ordinary course of its business, any raw
       materials, work in process or materials normally held by it for such
       purposes;





                                  Exhibit "D"
                               Page 3 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   49





               (b)  the Company shall, at its own expense, endeavor to collect,
       when due, all amounts due with respect to any Accounts or General
       Intangibles, and shall take such action with respect to collection as
       the Bank may reasonably request or, in the absence of such request, as
       the Company may deem advisable in accordance with sound business
       practice, and

               (c)  the Company may grant, in the ordinary course of business,
       to any Account Debtor, any rebate, refund or adjustment to which such
       Account Debtor may be entitled, and may accept, in connection therewith,
       the return of the goods, the sale or lease of which shall have given
       rise to the obligation of the Account Debtor.

       10.     DEALING WITH COLLATERAL AFTER DEFAULT.  After Default and upon
the request of the Bank:

               (a)  the Company shall upon receipt of any checks, drafts, cash
       or other remittances in payment of Inventory sold or in payment of
       Accounts Receivable of the Company, deposit the same in a special
       collateral account (the "Collateral Account") maintained with the Bank;
       such proceeds shall be deposited in the form received except for the
       indorsement of the Company when required, which indorsement the Bank is
       authorized to make on the Company's behalf, and shall be held by the
       Bank as security for all Obligations;

               (b)  the Company shall deliver to the Bank all other instruments
       and chattel paper which constitute proceeds from the sale of Collateral,
       whether then held or thereafter acquired, and

               (c)  the Company shall keep segregated any such checks, drafts,
       cash, other instruments, chattel paper or other remittances from any of
       the Company's other funds or property and shall hold such items in trust
       for the benefit of the Bank until delivery to the Bank or deposit in the
       Collateral Account and the Bank may apply all or any portion of the
       funds on deposit in the Collateral Account against any Obligations in
       the order of application provided for in the Credit Agreement or, absent
       such provision, at the discretion of the Bank.

After Default, the Bank may notify any Account Debtor to make payment directly
to the Bank of any amounts due or to become due under any Account Receivable,
General Intangible instrument or chattel paper and the Bank may enforce the
collection of any Account Receivable, General Intangible, instrument or chattel
paper in its name or in the name of the Company, by suit or otherwise, and may
surrender, release or exchange all or any part thereof or compromise or extend
or renew for any period, whether or not longer than the original period, any
indebtedness thereunder or evidenced thereby, and any Account Debtor will be
fully protected in relying upon the representation of the Bank that it has
authority under the terms of this Security Agreement to deal with any Account
Receivable, General Intangible, instrument or chattel paper and need not look
beyond this Security Agreement and such representation of the Bank to establish
the Bank's authority in that regard.





                                  Exhibit "D"
                               Page 4 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   50





       11.     SUBSTITUTION AND SALE OF EQUIPMENT.  The Company may from time
to time so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, substitute items
of Equipment so long as any new Equipment becomes subject to the security
interest created by this Security Agreement and is subject to no prior liens or
security interest other than those permitted by the Credit Agreement.  So long
as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company may, in the ordinary
course of its business, sell or otherwise dispose of any items of Equipment for
which substitutes have been obtained or which are no longer useful to the
Company in its operations, provided that at least 10 days prior written notice
of any proposed disposition of any material amount of Equipment in a single or
a planned series of transactions is given to the Bank.  Upon the request of the
Company, the Bank will deliver an appropriate release of its security interest
in any item of Equipment disposed of by the Company pursuant to the provisions
of this paragraph.

       12.     REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT.  Upon the occurrence of any Default the
Bank shall have with respect to the Collateral, in addition to all rights and
remedies specified in the Credit Agreement, this Security Agreement or any
other agreement between the Company and the Bank, the remedies of a secured
party under the Uniform Commercial Code as in force from time to time in
Indiana, regardless of whether the Code in such form has been enacted in the
jurisdiction in which any such right or remedy is asserted.  Any notice
required by law, including but not limited to notice of the intended
disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral, shall be deemed reasonably
and properly given if given at least l0 days prior to such disposition in the
manner prescribed for the giving of notices in the Credit Agreement.  Any
proceeds of the disposition of any of the Collateral shall be applied first to
the payment of the expenses of the retaking, holding, repairing, preparing for
sale and sale of the Collateral, including reasonable attorneys' fees and legal
expenses in connection therewith and any balance of such proceeds shall be
applied by the Bank to the Obligations in such order as the Bank shall
determine.

       13.     RELATION TO CREDIT AGREEMENT.  This Security Agreement is given
pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and shall be deemed a part
thereof and subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement.

       14.     NOTICES.  Any notice required or otherwise given concerning this
Security Agreement by either party to the other shall be given as notices are
required to be given under the terms of the Credit Agreement.

Dated:  March 15, 1995


                                        WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
                                        
                                        
                                        By:                                     
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        
                                                                                
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                (Printed Name and Title)





                                  Exhibit "D"
                               Page 5 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   51

                                   SCHEDULE I

                       Names and addresses of all stores,
                       warehouses, bakeries and kitchens

                     WILD OATS MARKETS, INC. STORE LISTING

<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>                                    <C>
WILD OATS                                    WILD OATS LAS VEGAS                    WILD OATS VEGETARIAN
ALBUQUERQUE                                  EAST                                   MARKET
6300 A San Mateo NE                          3455 East Flamingo                     1823 Pearl Street
Albuquerque, NM 87109-3530                   Las Vegas, NV 89121-5099               Boulder, CO 80302-5518

WILD OATS AURORA                             WILD OATS LAS VEGAS                    WILD OATS HOME OFFICE
12131 East Iliff Ave.                        WEST                                   1668 Valtec Lane
Aurora, CO 80014-1238                        6720 West Sahara                       Boulder, CO 80301
                                             Las Vegas, NV 89102-2964
WILD OATS BOULDER                                                                   BOULDER KITCHEN
2584 Baseline Road                           WILD OATS MISSION                      649 - 27th Street
Boulder, CO 80303-3324                       5101 Johnson Drive                     Boulder, CO 80303
                                             Mission, KS 66205-2906
WILD OATS COLORADO                                                                  WILD BAKERY
SPRINGS                                      WILD OATS ORCHARD                      647 - 27th Street
5075 N. Academy Blvd.                        6000 S. Holly                          Boulder, CO 80303
Colorado Springs, CO 80918-3684              Greenwood Village, CO 80111
                                                                                    SANTA FE KITCHEN
WILD OATS DENVER                             WILD OATS PASADENA                     1130 Agua Fria Street
2260 East Colfax Ave.                        603 South Lake Ave.                    Santa Fe, NM 87501
Denver, CO 80206-1312                        Pasadena, CA 91106-3915
                                                                                    LOS ANGELES KITCHEN
WILD OATS FORT                               WILD OATS SANTA                        17732 1/2 Sherman Way
COLLINS                                      MONICA                                 Reseda, CA 91335
1611 S. College Ave.                         1425 Montana Ave.
Fort Collins, CO 80525-1074                  Santa Monica, CA 90403                 WILD OATS WAREHOUSE
                                                                                    6763 E. 50th Avenue
WILD OATS JUAN TABO                          WILD OATS ST. FRANCIS                  Commerce City, CO 80022
11035 Menual Blvd. NE                        1010 St. Francis Dr.
Albuquerque, New Mexico 87112-2432           Santa Fe, NM 87501-4254                DENVER WAREHOUSE
                                                                                    3000 Clarkson Street, Unit D
WILD OATS KANSAS CITY                        WILD OATS ST. MICHAELS                 Denver, CO
4301 Main Street                             1708 Llano Street
Kansas City, MO 64111-7710                   Santa Fe, NM 87505-5460                SANTA FE WAREHOUSE
                                                                                    950 West Cordova Road
WILD OATS LAWRENCE                           WILD OATS WASH. PARK                   Santa Fe, NM 87501
1040 Vermont                                 1111 South Washington
Lawrence, KS 66044-2982                      Denver, CO 80210-1615
</TABLE>


                                  Exhibit "D"
                               Page 6 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   52

                               GUARANTY AGREEMENT

       This undertaking and agreement (this "Guaranty") is made by THE WILD
SIDE, INC., a Colorado corporation (the "Guarantor"), in favor of BANK ONE,
INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the "Bank") in consideration of the loan
described in this Guaranty made or to be made by the Bank to WILD OATS MARKETS,
INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower").  This Guaranty is on the
following terms:

       1.      Background of this Guaranty -- Certain Definitions.  The Bank
and the Borrower are parties to a Credit Agreement dated the date of this
Guaranty (the "Credit Agreement") under the terms of which the Bank has agreed
to extend a revolving line of credit (referred to in the Credit Agreement as
the "Revolving Loan") to the Borrower subject to the fulfillment of certain
conditions, one of which is the execution and delivery by the Guarantor of this
Guaranty.  This Guaranty is made by the Guarantor in consideration of the
agreement of the Bank to make the Revolving Loan.  In addition to the term
"Revolving Loan," the terms "Advances," "Commitment," "Revolving Loan Maturity
Date" and "Loan Document" are used in this Guaranty as defined in the Credit
Agreement.  The term "Obligations" as used in this Guaranty means all of the
obligations of the Borrower in favor of the Bank of every type and description,
direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing
or hereafter arising, including but not limited to the Borrower's obligation to
repay the principal of, interest on and expenses of collection of the Loans as
provided in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including any
Advances under the Revolving Loan made after this date and after the initial
Revolving Loan Maturity Date pursuant to any extension or extensions of the
Revolving Loan Maturity Date, and all other obligations incurred pursuant to
the terms of the Credit Agreement and any other Loan Document including any
obligations arising on account of any amendment to or extension of the Credit
Agreement or any other Loan Document.  The term "Default" means an "Event of
Default" as defined in the Credit Agreement.

       2.      The Guaranty.  The Guarantor guarantees the full and prompt
payment of all of the Obligations when due, whether at scheduled maturity or at
maturity by virtue of acceleration on account of a Default.  The Guarantor
further agrees to pay to the Bank an amount equal to all expenses, including
reasonable attorneys' fees, paid or incurred by the Bank after Default in
endeavoring to enforce this Guaranty.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Guaranty, the Guarantor's liability
hereunder shall be limited to the lesser of the following amounts minus, in
either case, One Dollar ($1.00):

       a.      the lowest amount which would render this Guaranty a fraudulent
               transfer under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as
               amended, or

       b.      if this Guaranty is subject to the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer
               Act (the "UFTA") or the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act (the
               "UFCA") or any similar or analogous statute or rule of law, then
               the lowest amount which would render this Guaranty a fraudulent
               conveyance or a fraudulent transfer under the UFTA, the UFCA, or
               any such similar or analogous statute or rule of law.



                                 Exhibit "E-1"
                               Page 1 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   53





The amount of the limitation imposed upon the Guarantor's liability under the
terms of the preceding sentence shall be subject to redetermination as of each
date a "transfer" is deemed to have been made on account of this Guaranty under
applicable law.  The Guarantor acknowledges that information concerning the
Guarantor's financial condition is under the control of the Guarantor and is
more readily available to the Guarantor than to the Bank, and for that reason
the Guarantor agrees that should the Guarantor claim that the amount of its
liability under this Guaranty is less than the full amount of the Obligations
because of the provisions of this paragraph, then the burden of proving the
facts which would result in such limitation shall be upon the Guarantor.

       3.      Financial Information.  As long as this Guaranty is in effect
the Guarantor shall furnish to the Bank the following:

       a.      Certificates Regarding Solvency.  At such times as the Bank may
               reasonably require, a "Certificate Regarding Solvency" in the
               form of the attached "Annex."

       b.      Other Information.  Such other information relating to the
               financial condition of the Guarantor as the Bank may reasonably
               require.

       4.      Guaranty Absolute.  This Guaranty shall be absolute, continuing
and unconditional, irrespective of the irregularity, invalidity or
unenforceability of any other Loan Document and shall not be affected or
impaired by any failure, negligence or omission on the part of the Bank to
realize upon and protect any collateral for any of the Obligations.  This
Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until all of the Obligations
have been satisfied in full and the Commitment of the Bank to make Advances
under the Revolving Loan has expired.  The Bank may from time to time, without
notice to the Guarantor and without affecting the Guarantor's liability under
this Guaranty:

       a.      obtain a security interest in any property to secure any of the
               Obligations;

       b.      obtain the primary or secondary liability of any party or
               parties in addition to the Borrower and the Guarantor with
               respect to any of the Obligations;

       c.      extend or renew any of the Obligations for any period beyond
               their original due dates;

       d.      release or compromise the liability of any other party or
               parties which are now or may hereafter become primarily or
               secondarily liable with respect to any of the Obligations;

       e.      release any security interest which the Bank now has or may
               hereafter obtain in any property securing any of the Obligations
               and permit any substitution or exchange of any such property;





                                 Exhibit "E-1"
                               Page 2 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   54





       f.      proceed against the Guarantor for payment of the Obligations,
               whether or not the Bank shall have resorted to any property
               securing any of the Obligations or shall have proceeded against
               the Borrower or any other party primarily or secondarily liable
               with respect to any of the Obligations;

       g.      amend the terms of the Credit Agreement from time to time in any
               particulars, or

       h.      extend loans and other credit accommodations to the Borrower in
               addition to the Revolving Loan and increase the maximum amount
               which may be loaned to the Borrower under the Revolving Loan.

       5.      Assignments and Participations.  The Bank may, without notice to
the Borrower or the Guarantor, sell or otherwise assign all or any portion of
the Obligations and any participations therein, and upon any such sale or
assignment, the transferee shall have the right to enforce this Guaranty to the
extent of the transferee's interest directly against the Guarantor as fully as
if the transferee were specifically named in the Guaranty as the holder of such
interest, but the Bank shall have the unimpaired right to enforce this Guaranty
for the benefit of the Bank and for the benefit of any participant in respect
of whose participation the Bank has retained such right.

       6.      Subrogation Waiver.  In order to induce the Bank to make the
Loans in reliance, in part, upon this Guaranty, notwithstanding the fact that
the Guarantor is an "insider" with respect to the Borrower, as the term
"insider" is defined in the Bankruptcy Code, the Guarantor waives for itself,
its legal representatives and assigns any right of indemnity, reimbursement or
contribution from the Borrower or any other person obligated with respect to
any of the Obligations (any such other person being referred to hereafter in
this paragraph as a "Co-Obligor") or from the property of the Borrower or from
the property of any Co-Obligor, and the Guarantor further waives any right of
subrogation to the rights of the Bank against the Borrower or any Co-Obligor or
the property of the Borrower or any Co-Obligor which would otherwise arise by
virtue of any payment made by the Guarantor to the Bank on account of this
Guaranty, whether any such right of indemnity, reimbursement, contribution or
subrogation would otherwise arise by virtue of contract, whether express or
implied, with any person or as a matter of law or equity, and the Guarantor
undertakes on behalf of itself, its legal representatives and assigns that
neither the Guarantor nor the Guarantor's legal representatives or assigns will
attempt to exercise or accept the benefits of any such right and should the
Guarantor or the Guarantor's legal representative or assigns receive any
payment or distribution of money or other property on account of such right
notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, such money or other property
shall be held in trust by the recipient for the Bank and shall immediately be
delivered to the Bank for application to the Obligations in the same form as
received, with the addition only of such endorsements or assignments as may be
necessary to perfect the title of the Bank thereto.

       7.      Other Waivers.  The Guarantor waives:  (i) notice of the
acceptance of this Guaranty, (ii) notice of the existence and creation of all
or any of the Obligations, (iii) notice of nonpayment of any of the Obligations
and (iv) diligence by the Bank in collection of the Obligations and the
protection of or realization upon any collateral for the Obligations.





                                 Exhibit "E-1"
                               Page 3 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   55





       8.      Reinstatement.  If any amount which is paid to the Bank by the
Borrower or any other party and which is applied by the Bank to the
satisfaction of any of the Obligations, is returned by the Bank to the Borrower
or such other party or a trustee in Bankruptcy or other legal representative of
the Borrower or such other party by virtue of a claim that such payment
constituted a voidable preference under the Bankruptcy Code or under any state
insolvency law, whether such amount is returned under court order or pursuant
to settlement of the claim of preference, then this Guaranty shall be
reinstated as to such amount as though such payment to the Bank had never been
made and notwithstanding any intervening return or cancellation of any note or
other instrument or agreement evidencing the reinstated Obligations.

       9.      Miscellaneous.  This Guaranty shall be binding upon the
Guarantor, upon the Guarantor's legal representatives, successors and assigns.
If any provision of this Guaranty is determined to be illegal or unenforceable,
such provision shall be deemed to be severable from the balance of the
provisions of this Guaranty and the remaining provisions shall be enforceable
in accordance with their terms.

       10.     Choice of Law.  This Guaranty is made under and will be governed
in all cases by the substantive laws of the State of Indiana, notwithstanding
the fact that Indiana conflicts of law rules might otherwise require the
substantive rules of law of another jurisdiction to apply.

       11.     Corporate Authority.  In order to induce the Bank to accept this
Guaranty and to make the Loans to the Borrower, the Guarantor represents and
warrants to the Bank that:  (i) the Guarantor is a corporation organized,
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Colorado; (ii)
execution and delivery of this Guaranty are within the Guarantor's corporate
powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not
contravene or conflict with any provision of law or of the Articles of
Incorporation or By-laws of the Guarantor or of any agreement binding upon the
Guarantor or its properties, and (iii) this Guaranty is the legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in
accordance with its terms.

       Dated:  March 15, 1995

                                           
                                           THE WILD SIDE, INC.
                                           
Witness                                    
Signature:                                 By:                             
          ------------------------------         ------------------------------

                                                                               
          -----------------------------          ------------------------------
            (printed name of Witness)              (printed name and title)

Witness
Signature:                              
          ------------------------------

                                      
          -------------------------------
            (printed name of Witness)





                                 Exhibit "E-1"
                               Page 4 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   56





                                     ANNEX


                         CERTIFICATE REGARDING SOLVENCY


       THE WILD SIDE, INC., a Colorado corporation (the "Guarantor"), by its
duly authorized officer, makes the following representations to BANK ONE,
INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the "Bank") and acknowledges that the Bank
is entitled to rely and will rely upon these representations, in providing
certain financial accommodations to WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., a Delaware
corporation, pursuant to a certain Credit Agreement dated March 15, 1995, (the
"Credit Agreement").

       1.      The assets of the Guarantor at a "fair valuation" within the
               meaning of the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, (the "Code")
               are worth approximately $______________________as of this date.

       2.      The liabilities of the Guarantor, including without limitation
               contingent liabilities to the extent appropriate for
               consideration in determining whether the Guarantor is
               "insolvent", within the meaning of the Code, but excluding the
               Guarantor's contingent liability under the Guaranty Agreement
               (the "Guaranty") required to be given by the Guarantor under the
               terms of the Credit Agreement, total approximately
               $______________________ as of __________________, 19__, the end
               of the last fiscal quarter of the Guarantor.

       3.      The Guarantor is not insolvent within the meaning of the Code,
               after taking into account its contingent liability under the
               Guaranty.

       4.      After taking into account its contingent liability under the
               Guaranty, the Guarantor has sufficient capital for the operation
               of its business as presently conducted and at the level of
               operations contemplated for the foreseeable future.  The minimum
               amount of capital required to support the Guarantor's operations
               at the level planned for the foreseeable future is
               $_______________________.

       5.      The Guarantor is currently paying its debts as they become due
               in the ordinary course of its business.  After taking into
               account its contingent liability under the Guaranty, the
               Guarantor believes that it will be able to continue to pay its
               debts as they become due in the ordinary course of its business.

       Dated:  ____________________, 19___.


                                        THE WILD SIDE, INC.
                                        
                                        By:                                   
                                                ------------------------------
                                        
                                                                              
                                                ------------------------------
                                                (printed name and title)





                                 Exhibit "E-1"
                               Page 5 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   57
                             GUARANTY AGREEMENT

       This undertaking and agreement (this "Guaranty") is made by KATHY'S
NATURAL FOOD RANCH MARKET, INC., a Nevada corporation (the "Guarantor"), in
favor of BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the "Bank") in
consideration of the loan described in this Guaranty made or to be made by the
Bank to WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower").  This
Guaranty is on the following terms:

       1.      Background of this Guaranty -- Certain Definitions.  The Bank
and the Borrower are parties to a Credit Agreement dated the date of this
Guaranty (the "Credit Agreement") under the terms of which the Bank has agreed
to extend a revolving line of credit (referred to in the Credit Agreement as
the "Revolving Loan") to the Borrower subject to the fulfillment of certain
conditions, one of which is the execution and delivery by the Guarantor of this
Guaranty.  This Guaranty is made by the Guarantor in consideration of the
agreement of the Bank to make the Revolving Loan.  In addition to the term
"Revolving Loan," the terms "Advances," "Commitment," "Revolving Loan Maturity
Date" and "Loan Document" are used in this Guaranty as defined in the Credit
Agreement.  The term "Obligations" as used in this Guaranty means all of the
obligations of the Borrower in favor of the Bank of every type and description,
direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing
or hereafter arising, including but not limited to the Borrower's obligation to
repay the principal of, interest on and expenses of collection of the Loans as
provided in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including any
Advances under the Revolving Loan made after this date and after the initial
Revolving Loan Maturity Date pursuant to any extension or extensions of the
Revolving Loan Maturity Date, and all other obligations incurred pursuant to
the terms of the Credit Agreement and any other Loan Document including any
obligations arising on account of any amendment to or extension of the Credit
Agreement or any other Loan Document.  The term "Default" means an "Event of
Default" as defined in the Credit Agreement.

       2.      The Guaranty.  The Guarantor guarantees the full and prompt
payment of all of the Obligations when due, whether at scheduled maturity or at
maturity by virtue of acceleration on account of a Default.  The Guarantor
further agrees to pay to the Bank an amount equal to all expenses, including
reasonable attorneys' fees, paid or incurred by the Bank after Default in
endeavoring to enforce this Guaranty.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Guaranty, the Guarantor's liability
hereunder shall be limited to the lesser of the following amounts minus, in
either case, One Dollar ($1.00):

       a.      the lowest amount which would render this Guaranty a fraudulent
               transfer under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as
               amended, or

       b.      if this Guaranty is subject to the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer
               Act (the "UFTA") or the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act (the
               "UFCA") or any similar or analogous statute or rule of law, then
               the lowest amount which would render this Guaranty a fraudulent
               conveyance or a fraudulent transfer under the UFTA, the UFCA, or
               any such similar or analogous statute or rule of law.



                                 Exhibit "E-2"
                               Page 1 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   58





The amount of the limitation imposed upon the Guarantor's liability under the
terms of the preceding sentence shall be subject to redetermination as of each
date a "transfer" is deemed to have been made on account of this Guaranty under
applicable law.  The Guarantor acknowledges that information concerning the
Guarantor's financial condition is under the control of the Guarantor and is
more readily available to the Guarantor than to the Bank, and for that reason
the Guarantor agrees that should the Guarantor claim that the amount of its
liability under this Guaranty is less than the full amount of the Obligations
because of the provisions of this paragraph, then the burden of proving the
facts which would result in such limitation shall be upon the Guarantor.

       3.      Financial Information.  As long as this Guaranty is in effect
the Guarantor shall furnish to the Bank the following:

       a.      Certificates Regarding Solvency.  At such times as the Bank may
               reasonably require, a "Certificate Regarding Solvency" in the
               form of the attached "Annex."

       b.      Other Information.  Such other information relating to the
               financial condition of the Guarantor as the Bank may reasonably
               require.

       4.      Guaranty Absolute.  This Guaranty shall be absolute, continuing
and unconditional, irrespective of the irregularity, invalidity or
unenforceability of any other Loan Document and shall not be affected or
impaired by any failure, negligence or omission on the part of the Bank to
realize upon and protect any collateral for any of the Obligations.  This
Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until all of the Obligations
have been satisfied in full and the Commitment of the Bank to make Advances
under the Revolving Loan has expired.  The Bank may from time to time, without
notice to the Guarantor and without affecting the Guarantor's liability under
this Guaranty:

       a.      obtain a security interest in any property to secure any of the
               Obligations;

       b.      obtain the primary or secondary liability of any party or
               parties in addition to the Borrower and the Guarantor with
               respect to any of the Obligations;

       c.      extend or renew any of the Obligations for any period beyond
               their original due dates;

       d.      release or compromise the liability of any other party or
               parties which are now or may hereafter become primarily or
               secondarily liable with respect to any of the Obligations;

       e.      release any security interest which the Bank now has or may
               hereafter obtain in any property securing any of the Obligations
               and permit any substitution or exchange of any such property;





                                 Exhibit "E-2"
                               Page 2 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   59





       f.      proceed against the Guarantor for payment of the Obligations,
               whether or not the Bank shall have resorted to any property
               securing any of the Obligations or shall have proceeded against
               the Borrower or any other party primarily or secondarily liable
               with respect to any of the Obligations;

       g.      amend the terms of the Credit Agreement from time to time in any
               particulars, or

       h.      extend loans and other credit accommodations to the Borrower in
               addition to the Revolving Loan and increase the maximum amount
               which may be loaned to the Borrower under the Revolving Loan.

       5.      Assignments and Participations.  The Bank may, without notice to
the Borrower or the Guarantor, sell or otherwise assign all or any portion of
the Obligations and any participations therein, and upon any such sale or
assignment, the transferee shall have the right to enforce this Guaranty to the
extent of the transferee's interest directly against the Guarantor as fully as
if the transferee were specifically named in the Guaranty as the holder of such
interest, but the Bank shall have the unimpaired right to enforce this Guaranty
for the benefit of the Bank and for the benefit of any participant in respect
of whose participation the Bank has retained such right.

       6.      Subrogation Waiver.  In order to induce the Bank to make the
Loans in reliance, in part, upon this Guaranty, notwithstanding the fact that
the Guarantor is an "insider" with respect to the Borrower, as the term
"insider" is defined in the Bankruptcy Code, the Guarantor waives for itself,
its legal representatives and assigns any right of indemnity, reimbursement or
contribution from the Borrower or any other person obligated with respect to
any of the Obligations (any such other person being referred to hereafter in
this paragraph as a "Co-Obligor") or from the property of the Borrower or from
the property of any Co-Obligor, and the Guarantor further waives any right of
subrogation to the rights of the Bank against the Borrower or any Co-Obligor or
the property of the Borrower or any Co-Obligor which would otherwise arise by
virtue of any payment made by the Guarantor to the Bank on account of this
Guaranty, whether any such right of indemnity, reimbursement, contribution or
subrogation would otherwise arise by virtue of contract, whether express or
implied, with any person or as a matter of law or equity, and the Guarantor
undertakes on behalf of itself, its legal representatives and assigns that
neither the Guarantor nor the Guarantor's legal representatives or assigns will
attempt to exercise or accept the benefits of any such right and should the
Guarantor or the Guarantor's legal representative or assigns receive any
payment or distribution of money or other property on account of such right
notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, such money or other property
shall be held in trust by the recipient for the Bank and shall immediately be
delivered to the Bank for application to the Obligations in the same form as
received, with the addition only of such endorsements or assignments as may be
necessary to perfect the title of the Bank thereto.

       7.      Other Waivers.  The Guarantor waives:  (i) notice of the
acceptance of this Guaranty, (ii) notice of the existence and creation of all
or any of the Obligations, (iii) notice of nonpayment of any of the Obligations
and (iv) diligence by the Bank in collection of the Obligations and the
protection of or realization upon any collateral for the Obligations.





                                 Exhibit "E-2"
                               Page 3 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   60





       8.      Reinstatement.  If any amount which is paid to the Bank by the
Borrower or any other party and which is applied by the Bank to the
satisfaction of any of the Obligations, is returned by the Bank to the Borrower
or such other party or a trustee in Bankruptcy or other legal representative of
the Borrower or such other party by virtue of a claim that such payment
constituted a voidable preference under the Bankruptcy Code or under any state
insolvency law, whether such amount is returned under court order or pursuant
to settlement of the claim of preference, then this Guaranty shall be
reinstated as to such amount as though such payment to the Bank had never been
made and notwithstanding any intervening return or cancellation of any note or
other instrument or agreement evidencing the reinstated Obligations.

       9.      Miscellaneous.  This Guaranty shall be binding upon the
Guarantor, upon the Guarantor's legal representatives, successors and assigns.
If any provision of this Guaranty is determined to be illegal or unenforceable,
such provision shall be deemed to be severable from the balance of the
provisions of this Guaranty and the remaining provisions shall be enforceable
in accordance with their terms.

       10.     Choice of Law.  This Guaranty is made under and will be governed
in all cases by the substantive laws of the State of Indiana, notwithstanding
the fact that Indiana conflicts of law rules might otherwise require the
substantive rules of law of another jurisdiction to apply.

       11.     Corporate Authority.  In order to induce the Bank to accept this
Guaranty and to make the Loans to the Borrower, the Guarantor represents and
warrants to the Bank that:  (i) the Guarantor is a corporation organized,
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada; (ii)
execution and delivery of this Guaranty are within the Guarantor's corporate
powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not
contravene or conflict with any provision of law or of the Articles of
Incorporation or By-laws of the Guarantor or of any agreement binding upon the
Guarantor or its properties, and (iii) this Guaranty is the legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in
accordance with its terms.

       Dated:  March 15, 1995

                                        KATHY'S NATURAL FOOD RANCH
                                          MARKET, INC.

Witness                                    
Signature:                                 By:                             
          ------------------------------         ------------------------------

                                                                               
          ------------------------------         ------------------------------
            (printed name of Witness)              (printed name and title)

Witness
Signature:                              
          ------------------------------

                                      
          ------------------------------
            (printed name of Witness)






                                 Exhibit "E-2"
                               Page 4 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   61





                                     ANNEX


                         CERTIFICATE REGARDING SOLVENCY


       KATHY'S NATURAL FOOD RANCH MARKET, INC., a Nevada corporation (the
"Guarantor"), by its duly authorized officer, makes the following
representations to BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the "Bank")
and acknowledges that the Bank is entitled to rely and will rely upon these
representations, in providing certain financial accommodations to WILD OATS
MARKETS, INC., a Delaware corporation, pursuant to a certain Credit Agreement
dated March 15, 1995, (the "Credit Agreement").

       1.      The assets of the Guarantor at a "fair valuation" within the
               meaning of the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, (the "Code")
               are worth approximately $______________________as of this date.

       2.      The liabilities of the Guarantor, including without limitation
               contingent liabilities to the extent appropriate for
               consideration in determining whether the Guarantor is
               "insolvent", within the meaning of the Code, but excluding the
               Guarantor's contingent liability under the Guaranty Agreement
               (the "Guaranty") required to be given by the Guarantor under the
               terms of the Credit Agreement, total approximately
               $______________________ as of __________________, 19__, the end
               of the last fiscal quarter of the Guarantor.

       3.      The Guarantor is not insolvent within the meaning of the Code,
               after taking into account its contingent liability under the
               Guaranty.

       4.      After taking into account its contingent liability under the
               Guaranty, the Guarantor has sufficient capital for the operation
               of its business as presently conducted and at the level of
               operations contemplated for the foreseeable future.  The minimum
               amount of capital required to support the Guarantor's operations
               at the level planned for the foreseeable future is
               $_______________________.

       5.      The Guarantor is currently paying its debts as they become due
               in the ordinary course of its business.  After taking into
               account its contingent liability under the Guaranty, the
               Guarantor believes that it will be able to continue to pay its
               debts as they become due in the ordinary course of its business.

       Dated:  ____________________, 19___.


                                        KATHY'S NATURAL FOOD RANCH
                                          MARKET, INC.
                                        
                                        By:                                   
                                                ------------------------------
                                        
                                                                              
                                                ------------------------------
                                                (printed name and title)





                                 Exhibit "E-2"
                               Page 5 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   62
                               GUARANTY AGREEMENT

       This undertaking and agreement (this "Guaranty") is made by KATHY'S
NATURAL FOOD RANCH MARKET-WEST, INC., a Nevada corporation (the "Guarantor"),
in favor of BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the "Bank") in
consideration of the loan described in this Guaranty made or to be made by the
Bank to WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower").  This
Guaranty is on the following terms:

       1.      Background of this Guaranty -- Certain Definitions.  The Bank
and the Borrower are parties to a Credit Agreement dated the date of this
Guaranty (the "Credit Agreement") under the terms of which the Bank has agreed
to extend a revolving line of credit (referred to in the Credit Agreement as
the "Revolving Loan") to the Borrower subject to the fulfillment of certain
conditions, one of which is the execution and delivery by the Guarantor of this
Guaranty.  This Guaranty is made by the Guarantor in consideration of the
agreement of the Bank to make the Revolving Loan.  In addition to the term
"Revolving Loan," the terms "Advances," "Commitment," "Revolving Loan Maturity
Date" and "Loan Document" are used in this Guaranty as defined in the Credit
Agreement.  The term "Obligations" as used in this Guaranty means all of the
obligations of the Borrower in favor of the Bank of every type and description,
direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing
or hereafter arising, including but not limited to the Borrower's obligation to
repay the principal of, interest on and expenses of collection of the Loans as
provided in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including any
Advances under the Revolving Loan made after this date and after the initial
Revolving Loan Maturity Date pursuant to any extension or extensions of the
Revolving Loan Maturity Date, and all other obligations incurred pursuant to
the terms of the Credit Agreement and any other Loan Document including any
obligations arising on account of any amendment to or extension of the Credit
Agreement or any other Loan Document.  The term "Default" means an "Event of
Default" as defined in the Credit Agreement.

       2.      The Guaranty.  The Guarantor guarantees the full and prompt
payment of all of the Obligations when due, whether at scheduled maturity or at
maturity by virtue of acceleration on account of a Default.  The Guarantor
further agrees to pay to the Bank an amount equal to all expenses, including
reasonable attorneys' fees, paid or incurred by the Bank after Default in
endeavoring to enforce this Guaranty.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Guaranty, the Guarantor's liability
hereunder shall be limited to the lesser of the following amounts minus, in
either case, One Dollar ($1.00):

       a.      the lowest amount which would render this Guaranty a fraudulent
               transfer under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as
               amended, or

       b.      if this Guaranty is subject to the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer
               Act (the "UFTA") or the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act (the
               "UFCA") or any similar or analogous statute or rule of law, then
               the lowest amount which would render this Guaranty a fraudulent
               conveyance or a fraudulent transfer under the UFTA, the UFCA, or
               any such similar or analogous statute or rule of law.



                                 Exhibit "E-3"
                               Page 1 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   63





The amount of the limitation imposed upon the Guarantor's liability under the
terms of the preceding sentence shall be subject to redetermination as of each
date a "transfer" is deemed to have been made on account of this Guaranty under
applicable law.  The Guarantor acknowledges that information concerning the
Guarantor's financial condition is under the control of the Guarantor and is
more readily available to the Guarantor than to the Bank, and for that reason
the Guarantor agrees that should the Guarantor claim that the amount of its
liability under this Guaranty is less than the full amount of the Obligations
because of the provisions of this paragraph, then the burden of proving the
facts which would result in such limitation shall be upon the Guarantor.

       3.      Financial Information.  As long as this Guaranty is in effect
the Guarantor shall furnish to the Bank the following:

       a.      Certificates Regarding Solvency.  At such times as the Bank may
               reasonably require, a "Certificate Regarding Solvency" in the
               form of the attached "Annex."

       b.      Other Information.  Such other information relating to the
               financial condition of the Guarantor as the Bank may reasonably
               require.

       4.      Guaranty Absolute.  This Guaranty shall be absolute, continuing
and unconditional, irrespective of the irregularity, invalidity or
unenforceability of any other Loan Document and shall not be affected or
impaired by any failure, negligence or omission on the part of the Bank to
realize upon and protect any collateral for any of the Obligations.  This
Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until all of the Obligations
have been satisfied in full and the Commitment of the Bank to make Advances
under the Revolving Loan has expired.  The Bank may from time to time, without
notice to the Guarantor and without affecting the Guarantor's liability under
this Guaranty:

       a.      obtain a security interest in any property to secure any of the
               Obligations;

       b.      obtain the primary or secondary liability of any party or
               parties in addition to the Borrower and the Guarantor with
               respect to any of the Obligations;

       c.      extend or renew any of the Obligations for any period beyond
               their original due dates;

       d.      release or compromise the liability of any other party or
               parties which are now or may hereafter become primarily or
               secondarily liable with respect to any of the Obligations;

       e.      release any security interest which the Bank now has or may
               hereafter obtain in any property securing any of the Obligations
               and permit any substitution or exchange of any such property;





                                 Exhibit "E-3"
                               Page 2 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   64





       f.      proceed against the Guarantor for payment of the Obligations,
               whether or not the Bank shall have resorted to any property
               securing any of the Obligations or shall have proceeded against
               the Borrower or any other party primarily or secondarily liable
               with respect to any of the Obligations;

       g.      amend the terms of the Credit Agreement from time to time in any
               particulars, or

       h.      extend loans and other credit accommodations to the Borrower in
               addition to the Revolving Loan and increase the maximum amount
               which may be loaned to the Borrower under the Revolving Loan.

       5.      Assignments and Participations.  The Bank may, without notice to
the Borrower or the Guarantor, sell or otherwise assign all or any portion of
the Obligations and any participations therein, and upon any such sale or
assignment, the transferee shall have the right to enforce this Guaranty to the
extent of the transferee's interest directly against the Guarantor as fully as
if the transferee were specifically named in the Guaranty as the holder of such
interest, but the Bank shall have the unimpaired right to enforce this Guaranty
for the benefit of the Bank and for the benefit of any participant in respect
of whose participation the Bank has retained such right.

       6.      Subrogation Waiver.  In order to induce the Bank to make the
Loans in reliance, in part, upon this Guaranty, notwithstanding the fact that
the Guarantor is an "insider" with respect to the Borrower, as the term
"insider" is defined in the Bankruptcy Code, the Guarantor waives for itself,
its legal representatives and assigns any right of indemnity, reimbursement or
contribution from the Borrower or any other person obligated with respect to
any of the Obligations (any such other person being referred to hereafter in
this paragraph as a "Co-Obligor") or from the property of the Borrower or from
the property of any Co-Obligor, and the Guarantor further waives any right of
subrogation to the rights of the Bank against the Borrower or any Co-Obligor or
the property of the Borrower or any Co-Obligor which would otherwise arise by
virtue of any payment made by the Guarantor to the Bank on account of this
Guaranty, whether any such right of indemnity, reimbursement, contribution or
subrogation would otherwise arise by virtue of contract, whether express or
implied, with any person or as a matter of law or equity, and the Guarantor
undertakes on behalf of itself, its legal representatives and assigns that
neither the Guarantor nor the Guarantor's legal representatives or assigns will
attempt to exercise or accept the benefits of any such right and should the
Guarantor or the Guarantor's legal representative or assigns receive any
payment or distribution of money or other property on account of such right
notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, such money or other property
shall be held in trust by the recipient for the Bank and shall immediately be
delivered to the Bank for application to the Obligations in the same form as
received, with the addition only of such endorsements or assignments as may be
necessary to perfect the title of the Bank thereto.

       7.      Other Waivers.  The Guarantor waives:  (i) notice of the
acceptance of this Guaranty, (ii) notice of the existence and creation of all
or any of the Obligations, (iii) notice of nonpayment of any of the Obligations
and (iv) diligence by the Bank in collection of the Obligations and the
protection of or realization upon any collateral for the Obligations.





                                 Exhibit "E-3"
                               Page 3 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   65





       8.      Reinstatement.  If any amount which is paid to the Bank by the
Borrower or any other party and which is applied by the Bank to the
satisfaction of any of the Obligations, is returned by the Bank to the Borrower
or such other party or a trustee in Bankruptcy or other legal representative of
the Borrower or such other party by virtue of a claim that such payment
constituted a voidable preference under the Bankruptcy Code or under any state
insolvency law, whether such amount is returned under court order or pursuant
to settlement of the claim of preference, then this Guaranty shall be
reinstated as to such amount as though such payment to the Bank had never been
made and notwithstanding any intervening return or cancellation of any note or
other instrument or agreement evidencing the reinstated Obligations.

       9.      Miscellaneous.  This Guaranty shall be binding upon the
Guarantor, upon the Guarantor's legal representatives, successors and assigns.
If any provision of this Guaranty is determined to be illegal or unenforceable,
such provision shall be deemed to be severable from the balance of the
provisions of this Guaranty and the remaining provisions shall be enforceable
in accordance with their terms.

       10.     Choice of Law.  This Guaranty is made under and will be governed
in all cases by the substantive laws of the State of Indiana, notwithstanding
the fact that Indiana conflicts of law rules might otherwise require the
substantive rules of law of another jurisdiction to apply.

       11.     Corporate Authority.  In order to induce the Bank to accept this
Guaranty and to make the Loans to the Borrower, the Guarantor represents and
warrants to the Bank that:  (i) the Guarantor is a corporation organized,
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada; (ii)
execution and delivery of this Guaranty are within the Guarantor's corporate
powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not
contravene or conflict with any provision of law or of the Articles of
Incorporation or By-laws of the Guarantor or of any agreement binding upon the
Guarantor or its properties, and (iii) this Guaranty is the legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in
accordance with its terms.

       Dated:  March 15, 1995

                                           KATHY'S NATURAL FOOD RANCH
                                             MARKET-WEST, INC.

Witness                                    
Signature:                                 By:                             
          ------------------------------         ------------------------------

                                                                               
          ------------------------------         ------------------------------
            (printed name of Witness)              (printed name and title)

Witness
Signature:                              
          ------------------------------

                                      
          ------------------------------
            (printed name of Witness)





                                 Exhibit "E-3"
                               Page 4 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   66





                                     ANNEX


                         CERTIFICATE REGARDING SOLVENCY


       KATHY'S NATURAL FOOD RANCH MARKET-WEST, INC., a Nevada corporation (the
"Guarantor"), by its duly authorized officer, makes the following
representations to BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the "Bank")
and acknowledges that the Bank is entitled to rely and will rely upon these
representations, in providing certain financial accommodations to WILD OATS
MARKETS, INC., a Delaware corporation, pursuant to a certain Credit Agreement
dated March 15, 1995, (the "Credit Agreement").

       1.      The assets of the Guarantor at a "fair valuation" within the
               meaning of the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, (the "Code")
               are worth approximately $______________________as of this date.

       2.      The liabilities of the Guarantor, including without limitation
               contingent liabilities to the extent appropriate for
               consideration in determining whether the Guarantor is
               "insolvent", within the meaning of the Code, but excluding the
               Guarantor's contingent liability under the Guaranty Agreement
               (the "Guaranty") required to be given by the Guarantor under the
               terms of the Credit Agreement, total approximately
               $______________________ as of __________________, 19__, the end
               of the last fiscal quarter of the Guarantor.

       3.      The Guarantor is not insolvent within the meaning of the Code,
               after taking into account its contingent liability under the
               Guaranty.

       4.      After taking into account its contingent liability under the
               Guaranty, the Guarantor has sufficient capital for the operation
               of its business as presently conducted and at the level of
               operations contemplated for the foreseeable future.  The minimum
               amount of capital required to support the Guarantor's operations
               at the level planned for the foreseeable future is
               $_______________________.

       5.      The Guarantor is currently paying its debts as they become due
               in the ordinary course of its business.  After taking into
               account its contingent liability under the Guaranty, the
               Guarantor believes that it will be able to continue to pay its
               debts as they become due in the ordinary course of its business.

       Dated:  ____________________, 19___.


                                        KATHY'S NATURAL FOOD RANCH   
                                         MARKET-WEST, INC.
                                        
                                        
                                        By:                                   
                                                ------------------------------
                                        
                                                                              
                                                ------------------------------
                                                (printed name and title)





                                 Exhibit "E-3"
                               Page 5 of 5 pages
<PAGE>   67
                               SECURITY AGREEMENT
      (Equipment, Inventory, Accounts Receivable and General Intangibles)


       THE WILD SIDE, INC., a Colorado corporation (the "Company"), grants to
BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the "Bank") a security interest
in the Company's Equipment, Inventory, Accounts Receivable and General
Intangibles, whether now owned and hereafter acquired, and in the proceeds
thereof to secure the payment and performance of all of the Obligations.  Such
security interest is granted on the terms stated in this Security Agreement.

       1.      DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Security Agreement, the following
terms have the meanings indicated when used with the initial letter
capitalized:

               (a)      "Account Debtor" means a party who is obligated to the
       Company with respect to any Account Receivable, or General Intangible.

               (b)      "Accounts Receivable" or "Account" means any right of
       the Company to payment for goods sold or leased or for services
       rendered, whether or not earned by performance.

               (c)      "Collateral" means all property or rights in which a
       security interest is granted under this Security Agreement.

               (d)      "Collateral Account" is used as defined in Paragraph
       10(a).

               (e)      "Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement between
       Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and the Bank dated the date of this Security
       Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

               (f)      "Default" means an "Event of Default" as defined in the
       Credit Agreement.

               (g)      "Equipment" means all of the furniture, fixtures,
       machinery and equipment of the Company together with all tools,
       accessories, parts and accessions now in, attached to or hereafter
       placed in or added to such property, and any replacements of any such
       property.

               (h)      "General Intangibles" means any personal property
       (including things in action) other than goods, Accounts, chattel paper,
       documents, instruments and money.

               (i)      "Guaranty Agreement" means the Guaranty Agreement
       executed by the Company in favor of the Bank and dated the date of this
       Security Agreement.

               (j)      "Inventory" means all goods which are held for sale or
       lease to customers or which are furnished, have been furnished or are to
       be furnished under contracts of service, or which are raw materials,
       work in process or materials used or consumed in the Company's business.

               (k)      "Obligations" means all of the obligations of the
       Company under the Guaranty Agreement.



                                 Exhibit "F-1"
                               Page 1 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   68





       2.      FINANCING STATEMENTS.  The Company authorizes the Bank at the
expense of the Company to execute on its behalf and file a financing statement
or statements in those public offices deemed necessary by the Bank to perfect
its security interest.  Such financing statements may be signed by the Bank
alone.  In addition, the Company shall execute and deliver any financing
statement or other document that the Bank may request to perfect or to further
evidence the security interest created by this Security Agreement including,
without limitation, any certificate or certificates of title to the Collateral
with the security interest of the Bank noted thereon or executed applications
for such certificates of title.

       3.      LOCATION, INSPECTION AND PROTECTION OF COLLATERAL.  Unless the
Company gives the Bank not less than ten (10) days prior written notice of
additional locations at which Inventory and Equipment shall be kept, all
Inventory and Equipment is kept and shall be kept at the address listed in
Schedule I attached hereto.  Unless the Company gives the Bank written notice
of the location of additional offices where records of the Company relative to
Accounts Receivable and General Intangibles are kept, all such records of the
Company shall be kept at 1668 Valtec Lane, Boulder, Colorado 80301, which, the
Company represents, is also the address of its principal office.  The Company
shall not keep duplicate Accounts Receivable records at any other address or
change the location of its principal office unless the Company gives the Bank
not less than 10 days prior written notice of such event.  The Company shall,
at all reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, allow the officers,
attorneys and accountants of the Bank to examine, inspect, photocopy and make
abstracts from the Company's books and records and to verify Equipment and
Inventory, the latter both as to quantity and quality, and to arrange for
verification of Accounts Receivable, under reasonable procedures, directly with
the Account Debtors or by other methods.  The Company shall also deliver to the
Bank upon request any promissory notes or other papers evidencing any Account
and any guaranty or collateral together with appropriate endorsements and
assignments and any information relating thereto and shall do anything else the
Bank may reasonably require to further protect the Bank's interest in the
Collateral.  If any of the Collateral consists of Equipment normally used in
more than one state and the Company intends to use any of such Collateral in
any jurisdiction other than a state in which the Company shall have previously
advised the Bank such Collateral is to be used, the Company shall not commence
use in such other jurisdiction except upon ten (10) days prior written notice
to the Bank.

       4.      FIXTURES.  None of the Collateral is attached to real estate
other than real estate described in Schedule I, so as to constitute a fixture.
If any Collateral is hereafter so attached to any real estate other than real
estate described in Schedule I, notice of the common address, legal
description, and name of the owner of record of such real estate shall be
furnished to the Bank at least ten (10) days prior to such attachment.  If any
Collateral is hereafter attached to real estate prior to the perfection of the
security interest created by this Security Agreement in such Collateral, the
Company shall, on demand, furnish the Bank with a disclaimer of interest in the
Collateral executed by each person having an interest in such real estate.

       5.      THE COMPANY'S TITLE.  The Company has full and clear title to
all of the Collateral presently owned and shall have such title to all
Collateral hereafter acquired except for the security interest granted by this
Security Agreement and any other lien or security interest permitted under the
terms of





                                 Exhibit "F-1"
                               Page 2 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   69





the Credit Agreement, and the Company shall keep the Collateral free at all
times from any lien or encumbrance except those permitted by the Credit
Agreement.  No financing statements covering all or any portion of the
Collateral is on file at any public office except as may be required or
permitted by this Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

       6.      THE COMPANY'S DUTY TO MAINTAIN THE COLLATERAL.  The Company
shall keep all tangible Collateral in good order and repair and shall not waste
or destroy any of the Collateral.  The Company shall not use the Collateral in
violation of any statute or ordinance or contrary to the provisions of any
policy of insurance thereon.

       7.      INSURANCE.  In addition to maintaining such insurance on the
Collateral as is required by the Credit Agreement, the Company shall, upon the
reasonable request of the Bank, keep the Collateral insured against such
additional risks, in such amounts and under such policies as the Bank may
reasonably require and with such companies as shall be reasonably acceptable to
the Bank.  All policies providing insurance on the Collateral shall, provide
that any loss thereunder shall be payable to the Bank under a standard form of
secured lender's loss payable endorsement.  The Company authorizes the Bank to
endorse on the Company's behalf and to negotiate drafts reflecting proceeds of
insurance on the Collateral, provided that the Bank shall remit to the Company
such surplus, if any, as remains after the proceeds have been applied at the
Bank's option, (a) to the satisfaction of all of the Obligations or to the
establishment of a cash collateral account for the Obligations, or (b) to the
replacement or repair of the Collateral; provided, however, that so long as no
Default exists, and provided further that the Company can demonstrate to the
Bank's satisfaction that any proposed replacement or repair of collateral is
economically and physically feasible, such proceeds shall be applied, at the
Company's option and to the extent necessary, as provided in the foregoing
clause (b).  Certificates evidencing the existence of all of the insurance
required under the Credit Agreement or this Security Agreement shall be
furnished to the Bank by the Company and the original policies providing such
insurance shall be delivered to the Bank at its request.

       8.      ADVANCES TO PROTECT COLLATERAL.  Upon failure of the Company to
procure any required insurance or to remove any prohibited encumbrance upon the
Collateral or if any policy providing any required insurance is cancelled, the
Bank may procure such insurance or remove any encumbrance on the Collateral and
any amounts expended by the Bank for such purposes shall be immediately due and
payable by the Company to the Bank and shall be added to and become a part of
the Obligations secured hereby and shall bear interest at the Prime Rate, as
defined in the Credit Agreement, plus three percent (3%) per annum.

       9.      DEALING WITH COLLATERAL PRIOR TO DEFAULT.  Prior to Default and
thereafter until the Bank shall notify the Company of the revocation of such
authority:

               (a)  the Company may, in the ordinary course of business, at its
       own expense, sell, lease or furnish under contracts of service, any of
       the Inventory normally held by the Company for such purposes, provided
       that a sale in the ordinary course of business shall not include a
       transfer in





                                 Exhibit "F-1"
                               Page 3 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   70





       total or partial satisfaction of a debt, and the Company may use and
       consume, in the ordinary course of its business, any raw materials, work
       in process or materials normally held by it for such purposes;

               (b)  the Company shall, at its own expense, endeavor to collect,
       when due, all amounts due with respect to any Accounts or General
       Intangibles, and shall take such action with respect to collection as
       the Bank may reasonably request or, in the absence of such request, as
       the Company may deem advisable in accordance with sound business
       practice, and

               (c)  the Company may grant, in the ordinary course of business,
       to any Account Debtor, any rebate, refund or adjustment to which such
       Account Debtor may be entitled, and may accept, in connection therewith,
       the return of the goods, the sale or lease of which shall have given
       rise to the obligation of the Account Debtor.

       10.     DEALING WITH COLLATERAL AFTER DEFAULT.  After Default and upon
the request of the Bank:

               (a)  the Company shall upon receipt of any checks, drafts, cash
       or other remittances in payment of Inventory sold or in payment of
       Accounts Receivable of the Company, deposit the same in a special
       collateral account (the "Collateral Account") maintained with the Bank;
       such proceeds shall be deposited in the form received except for the
       indorsement of the Company when required, which indorsement the Bank is
       authorized to make on the Company's behalf, and shall be held by the
       Bank as security for all Obligations;

               (b)  the Company shall deliver to the Bank all other instruments
       and chattel paper which constitute proceeds from the sale of Collateral,
       whether then held or thereafter acquired, and

               (c)  the Company shall keep segregated any such checks, drafts,
       cash, other instruments, chattel paper or other remittances from any of
       the Company's other funds or property and shall hold such items in trust
       for the benefit of the Bank until delivery to the Bank or deposit in the
       Collateral Account and the Bank may apply all or any portion of the
       funds on deposit in the Collateral Account against any Obligations in
       the order of application provided for in the Credit Agreement or, absent
       such provision, at the discretion of the Bank.

After Default, the Bank may notify any Account Debtor to make payment directly
to the Bank of any amounts due or to become due under any Account Receivable,
General Intangible instrument or chattel paper and the Bank may enforce the
collection of any Account Receivable, General Intangible, instrument or chattel
paper in its name or in the name of the Company, by suit or otherwise, and may
surrender, release or exchange all or any part thereof or compromise or extend
or renew for any period, whether or not longer than the original period, any
indebtedness thereunder or evidenced thereby, and any Account Debtor will be
fully protected in relying upon the representation of the Bank that it has
authority under the terms of this Security Agreement to deal with any Account
Receivable, General Intangible, instrument or chattel paper and need not look
beyond this Security Agreement and such representation of the Bank to establish
the Bank's authority in that regard.





                                 Exhibit "F-1"
                               Page 4 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   71





       11.     SUBSTITUTION AND SALE OF EQUIPMENT.  The Company may from time
to time so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, substitute items
of Equipment so long as any new Equipment becomes subject to the security
interest created by this Security Agreement and is subject to no prior liens or
security interest other than those permitted by the Credit Agreement.  So long
as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company may, in the ordinary
course of its business, sell or otherwise dispose of any items of Equipment for
which substitutes have been obtained or which are no longer useful to the
Company in its operations, provided that at least 10 days prior written notice
of any proposed disposition of any material amount of Equipment in a single or
a planned series of transactions is given to the Bank.  Upon the request of the
Company, the Bank will deliver an appropriate release of its security interest
in any item of Equipment disposed of by the Company pursuant to the provisions
of this paragraph.

       12.     REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT.  Upon the occurrence of any Default the
Bank shall have with respect to the Collateral, in addition to all rights and
remedies specified in the Credit Agreement, this Security Agreement or any
other agreement between the Company and the Bank, the remedies of a secured
party under the Uniform Commercial Code as in force from time to time in
Indiana, regardless of whether the Code in such form has been enacted in the
jurisdiction in which any such right or remedy is asserted.  Any notice
required by law, including but not limited to notice of the intended
disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral, shall be deemed reasonably
and properly given if given at least l0 days prior to such disposition in the
manner prescribed for the giving of notices in the Credit Agreement.  Any
proceeds of the disposition of any of the Collateral shall be applied first to
the payment of the expenses of the retaking, holding, repairing, preparing for
sale and sale of the Collateral, including reasonable attorneys' fees and legal
expenses in connection therewith and any balance of such proceeds shall be
applied by the Bank to the Obligations in such order as the Bank shall
determine.

       13.     RELATION TO CREDIT AGREEMENT.  This Security Agreement is given
pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and shall be deemed a part
thereof and subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement.

       14.     NOTICES.  Any notice required or otherwise given concerning this
Security Agreement by either party to the other shall be given as notices are
required to be given under the terms of the Credit Agreement.

Dated:  March 15, 1995

                                        THE WILD SIDE, INC.
                                        
                                        
                                        By:                                     
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        
                                                                                
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                (Printed Name and Title)





                                 Exhibit "F-1"
                               Page 5 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   72





                                   SCHEDULE I










                                 Exhibit "F-1"
                               Page 6 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   73
                               SECURITY AGREEMENT
      (Equipment, Inventory, Accounts Receivable and General Intangibles)


       KATHY'S NATURAL FOOD RANCH MARKET, INC., a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"), grants to BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the "Bank")
a security interest in the Company's Equipment, Inventory, Accounts Receivable
and General Intangibles, whether now owned and hereafter acquired, and in the
proceeds thereof to secure the payment and performance of all of the
Obligations.  Such security interest is granted on the terms stated in this
Security Agreement.

       1.      DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Security Agreement, the following
terms have the meanings indicated when used with the initial letter
capitalized:

               (a)      "Account Debtor" means a party who is obligated to the
       Company with respect to any Account Receivable, or General Intangible.

               (b)      "Accounts Receivable" or "Account" means any right of
       the Company to payment for goods sold or leased or for services
       rendered, whether or not earned by performance.

               (c)      "Collateral" means all property or rights in which a
       security interest is granted under this Security Agreement.

               (d)      "Collateral Account" is used as defined in Paragraph
       10(a).

               (e)      "Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement between
       Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and the Bank dated the date of this Security
       Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

               (f)      "Default" means an "Event of Default" as defined in the
       Credit Agreement.

               (g)      "Equipment" means all of the furniture, fixtures,
       machinery and equipment of the Company together with all tools,
       accessories, parts and accessions now in, attached to or hereafter
       placed in or added to such property, and any replacements of any such
       property.

               (h)      "General Intangibles" means any personal property
       (including things in action) other than goods, Accounts, chattel paper,
       documents, instruments and money.

               (i)      "Guaranty Agreement" means the Guaranty Agreement
       executed by the Company in favor of the Bank and dated the date of this
       Security Agreement.

               (j)      "Inventory" means all goods which are held for sale or
       lease to customers or which are furnished, have been furnished or are to
       be furnished under contracts of service, or which are raw materials,
       work in process or materials used or consumed in the Company's business.

               (k)      "Obligations" means all of the obligations of the
       Company under the Guaranty Agreement.



                                 Exhibit "F-2"
                               Page 1 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   74





       2.      FINANCING STATEMENTS.  The Company authorizes the Bank at the
expense of the Company to execute on its behalf and file a financing statement
or statements in those public offices deemed necessary by the Bank to perfect
its security interest.  Such financing statements may be signed by the Bank
alone.  In addition, the Company shall execute and deliver any financing
statement or other document that the Bank may request to perfect or to further
evidence the security interest created by this Security Agreement including,
without limitation, any certificate or certificates of title to the Collateral
with the security interest of the Bank noted thereon or executed applications
for such certificates of title.

       3.      LOCATION, INSPECTION AND PROTECTION OF COLLATERAL.  Unless the
Company gives the Bank not less than ten (10) days prior written notice of
additional locations at which Inventory and Equipment shall be kept, all
Inventory and Equipment is kept and shall be kept at the address listed in
Schedule I attached hereto.  Unless the Company gives the Bank written notice
of the location of additional offices where records of the Company relative to
Accounts Receivable and General Intangibles are kept, all such records of the
Company shall be kept at 1668 Valtec Lane, Boulder, Colorado 80301, which, the
Company represents, is also the address of its principal office.  The Company
shall not keep duplicate Accounts Receivable records at any other address or
change the location of its principal office unless the Company gives the Bank
not less than 10 days prior written notice of such event.  The Company shall,
at all reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, allow the officers,
attorneys and accountants of the Bank to examine, inspect, photocopy and make
abstracts from the Company's books and records and to verify Equipment and
Inventory, the latter both as to quantity and quality, and to arrange for
verification of Accounts Receivable, under reasonable procedures, directly with
the Account Debtors or by other methods.  The Company shall also deliver to the
Bank upon request any promissory notes or other papers evidencing any Account
and any guaranty or collateral together with appropriate endorsements and
assignments and any information relating thereto and shall do anything else the
Bank may reasonably require to further protect the Bank's interest in the
Collateral.  If any of the Collateral consists of Equipment normally used in
more than one state and the Company intends to use any of such Collateral in
any jurisdiction other than a state in which the Company shall have previously
advised the Bank such Collateral is to be used, the Company shall not commence
use in such other jurisdiction except upon ten (10) days prior written notice
to the Bank.

       4.      FIXTURES.  None of the Collateral is attached to real estate
other than real estate described in Schedule I, so as to constitute a fixture.
If any Collateral is hereafter so attached to any real estate other than real
estate described in Schedule I, notice of the common address, legal
description, and name of the owner of record of such real estate shall be
furnished to the Bank at least ten (10) days prior to such attachment.  If any
Collateral is hereafter attached to real estate prior to the perfection of the
security interest created by this Security Agreement in such Collateral, the
Company shall, on demand, furnish the Bank with a disclaimer of interest in the
Collateral executed by each person having an interest in such real estate.

       5.      THE COMPANY'S TITLE.  The Company has full and clear title to
all of the Collateral presently owned and shall have such title to all
Collateral hereafter acquired except for the security interest granted by this
Security Agreement and any other lien or security interest permitted under the
terms of





                                 Exhibit "F-2"
                               Page 2 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   75





the Credit Agreement, and the Company shall keep the Collateral free at all
times from any lien or encumbrance except those permitted by the Credit
Agreement.  No financing statements covering all or any portion of the
Collateral is on file at any public office except as may be required or
permitted by this Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

       6.      THE COMPANY'S DUTY TO MAINTAIN THE COLLATERAL.  The Company
shall keep all tangible Collateral in good order and repair and shall not waste
or destroy any of the Collateral.  The Company shall not use the Collateral in
violation of any statute or ordinance or contrary to the provisions of any
policy of insurance thereon.

       7.      INSURANCE.  In addition to maintaining such insurance on the
Collateral as is required by the Credit Agreement, the Company shall, upon the
reasonable request of the Bank, keep the Collateral insured against such
additional risks, in such amounts and under such policies as the Bank may
reasonably require and with such companies as shall be reasonably acceptable to
the Bank.  All policies providing insurance on the Collateral shall, provide
that any loss thereunder shall be payable to the Bank under a standard form of
secured lender's loss payable endorsement.  The Company authorizes the Bank to
endorse on the Company's behalf and to negotiate drafts reflecting proceeds of
insurance on the Collateral, provided that the Bank shall remit to the Company
such surplus, if any, as remains after the proceeds have been applied at the
Bank's option, (a) to the satisfaction of all of the Obligations or to the
establishment of a cash collateral account for the Obligations, or (b) to the
replacement or repair of the Collateral; provided, however, that so long as no
Default exists, and provided further that the Company can demonstrate to the
Bank's satisfaction that any proposed replacement or repair of collateral is
economically and physically feasible, such proceeds shall be applied, at the
Company's option and to the extent necessary, as provided in the foregoing
clause (b).  Certificates evidencing the existence of all of the insurance
required under the Credit Agreement or this Security Agreement shall be
furnished to the Bank by the Company and the original policies providing such
insurance shall be delivered to the Bank at its request.

       8.      ADVANCES TO PROTECT COLLATERAL.  Upon failure of the Company to
procure any required insurance or to remove any prohibited encumbrance upon the
Collateral or if any policy providing any required insurance is cancelled, the
Bank may procure such insurance or remove any encumbrance on the Collateral and
any amounts expended by the Bank for such purposes shall be immediately due and
payable by the Company to the Bank and shall be added to and become a part of
the Obligations secured hereby and shall bear interest at the Prime Rate, as
defined in the Credit Agreement, plus three percent (3%) per annum.

       9.      DEALING WITH COLLATERAL PRIOR TO DEFAULT.  Prior to Default and
thereafter until the Bank shall notify the Company of the revocation of such
authority:

               (a)  the Company may, in the ordinary course of business, at its
       own expense, sell, lease or furnish under contracts of service, any of
       the Inventory normally held by the Company for such purposes, provided
       that a sale in the ordinary course of business shall not include a
       transfer in





                                 Exhibit "F-2"
                               Page 3 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   76





       total or partial satisfaction of a debt, and the Company may use and
       consume, in the ordinary course of its business, any raw materials, work
       in process or materials normally held by it for such purposes;

               (b)  the Company shall, at its own expense, endeavor to collect,
       when due, all amounts due with respect to any Accounts or General
       Intangibles, and shall take such action with respect to collection as
       the Bank may reasonably request or, in the absence of such request, as
       the Company may deem advisable in accordance with sound business
       practice, and

               (c)  the Company may grant, in the ordinary course of business,
       to any Account Debtor, any rebate, refund or adjustment to which such
       Account Debtor may be entitled, and may accept, in connection therewith,
       the return of the goods, the sale or lease of which shall have given
       rise to the obligation of the Account Debtor.

       10.     DEALING WITH COLLATERAL AFTER DEFAULT.  After Default and upon
the request of the Bank:

               (a)  the Company shall upon receipt of any checks, drafts, cash
       or other remittances in payment of Inventory sold or in payment of
       Accounts Receivable of the Company, deposit the same in a special
       collateral account (the "Collateral Account") maintained with the Bank;
       such proceeds shall be deposited in the form received except for the
       indorsement of the Company when required, which indorsement the Bank is
       authorized to make on the Company's behalf, and shall be held by the
       Bank as security for all Obligations;

               (b)  the Company shall deliver to the Bank all other instruments
       and chattel paper which constitute proceeds from the sale of Collateral,
       whether then held or thereafter acquired, and

               (c)  the Company shall keep segregated any such checks, drafts,
       cash, other instruments, chattel paper or other remittances from any of
       the Company's other funds or property and shall hold such items in trust
       for the benefit of the Bank until delivery to the Bank or deposit in the
       Collateral Account and the Bank may apply all or any portion of the
       funds on deposit in the Collateral Account against any Obligations in
       the order of application provided for in the Credit Agreement or, absent
       such provision, at the discretion of the Bank.

After Default, the Bank may notify any Account Debtor to make payment directly
to the Bank of any amounts due or to become due under any Account Receivable,
General Intangible instrument or chattel paper and the Bank may enforce the
collection of any Account Receivable, General Intangible, instrument or chattel
paper in its name or in the name of the Company, by suit or otherwise, and may
surrender, release or exchange all or any part thereof or compromise or extend
or renew for any period, whether or not longer than the original period, any
indebtedness thereunder or evidenced thereby, and any Account Debtor will be
fully protected in relying upon the representation of the Bank that it has
authority under the terms of this Security Agreement to deal with any Account
Receivable, General Intangible, instrument or chattel paper and need not look
beyond this Security Agreement and such representation of the Bank to establish
the Bank's authority in that regard.





                                 Exhibit "F-2"
                               Page 4 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   77





       11.     SUBSTITUTION AND SALE OF EQUIPMENT.  The Company may from time
to time so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, substitute items
of Equipment so long as any new Equipment becomes subject to the security
interest created by this Security Agreement and is subject to no prior liens or
security interest other than those permitted by the Credit Agreement.  So long
as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company may, in the ordinary
course of its business, sell or otherwise dispose of any items of Equipment for
which substitutes have been obtained or which are no longer useful to the
Company in its operations, provided that at least 10 days prior written notice
of any proposed disposition of any material amount of Equipment in a single or
a planned series of transactions is given to the Bank.  Upon the request of the
Company, the Bank will deliver an appropriate release of its security interest
in any item of Equipment disposed of by the Company pursuant to the provisions
of this paragraph.

       12.     REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT.  Upon the occurrence of any Default the
Bank shall have with respect to the Collateral, in addition to all rights and
remedies specified in the Credit Agreement, this Security Agreement or any
other agreement between the Company and the Bank, the remedies of a secured
party under the Uniform Commercial Code as in force from time to time in
Indiana, regardless of whether the Code in such form has been enacted in the
jurisdiction in which any such right or remedy is asserted.  Any notice
required by law, including but not limited to notice of the intended
disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral, shall be deemed reasonably
and properly given if given at least l0 days prior to such disposition in the
manner prescribed for the giving of notices in the Credit Agreement.  Any
proceeds of the disposition of any of the Collateral shall be applied first to
the payment of the expenses of the retaking, holding, repairing, preparing for
sale and sale of the Collateral, including reasonable attorneys' fees and legal
expenses in connection therewith and any balance of such proceeds shall be
applied by the Bank to the Obligations in such order as the Bank shall
determine.

       13.     RELATION TO CREDIT AGREEMENT.  This Security Agreement is given
pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and shall be deemed a part
thereof and subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement.

       14.     NOTICES.  Any notice required or otherwise given concerning this
Security Agreement by either party to the other shall be given as notices are
required to be given under the terms of the Credit Agreement.

Dated:  March 15, 1995

                                        KATHY'S NATURAL FOOD RANCH MARKET, INC.
                                        
                                        
                                        By:                                     
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        
                                                                                
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                (Printed Name and Title)





                                 Exhibit "F-2"
                               Page 5 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   78



                                   SCHEDULE I


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Schedule I

                       Names and addresses of all stores,
                       warehouses, bakeries and kitchens

                    KATHY'S NATURAL FOOD RANCH MARKET, INC.
                                 STORE LISTING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

WILD OATS LAS VEGAS
EAST
3455 East Flamingo
Las Vegas, NV 89121-5099


                                 Exhibit "F-2"
                               Page 6 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   79
                               SECURITY AGREEMENT
      (Equipment, Inventory, Accounts Receivable and General Intangibles)


       KATHY'S NATURAL FOOD RANCH MARKET-WEST, INC., a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"), grants to BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the "Bank")
a security interest in the Company's Equipment, Inventory, Accounts Receivable
and General Intangibles, whether now owned and hereafter acquired, and in the
proceeds thereof to secure the payment and performance of all of the
Obligations.  Such security interest is granted on the terms stated in this
Security Agreement.

       1.      DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Security Agreement, the following
terms have the meanings indicated when used with the initial letter
capitalized:

               (a)      "Account Debtor" means a party who is obligated to the
       Company with respect to any Account Receivable, or General Intangible.

               (b)      "Accounts Receivable" or "Account" means any right of
       the Company to payment for goods sold or leased or for services
       rendered, whether or not earned by performance.

               (c)      "Collateral" means all property or rights in which a
       security interest is granted under this Security Agreement.

               (d)      "Collateral Account" is used as defined in Paragraph
       10(a).

               (e)      "Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement between
       Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and the Bank dated the date of this Security
       Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

               (f)      "Default" means an "Event of Default" as defined in the
       Credit Agreement.

               (g)      "Equipment" means all of the furniture, fixtures,
       machinery and equipment of the Company together with all tools,
       accessories, parts and accessions now in, attached to or hereafter
       placed in or added to such property, and any replacements of any such
       property.

               (h)      "General Intangibles" means any personal property
       (including things in action) other than goods, Accounts, chattel paper,
       documents, instruments and money.

               (i)      "Guaranty Agreement" means the Guaranty Agreement
       executed by the Company in favor of the Bank and dated the date of this
       Security Agreement.

               (j)      "Inventory" means all goods which are held for sale or
       lease to customers or which are furnished, have been furnished or are to
       be furnished under contracts of service, or which are raw materials,
       work in process or materials used or consumed in the Company's business.

               (k)      "Obligations" means all of the obligations of the
       Company under the Guaranty Agreement.



                                 Exhibit "F-3"
                               Page 1 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   80





       2.      FINANCING STATEMENTS.  The Company authorizes the Bank at the
expense of the Company to execute on its behalf and file a financing statement
or statements in those public offices deemed necessary by the Bank to perfect
its security interest.  Such financing statements may be signed by the Bank
alone.  In addition, the Company shall execute and deliver any financing
statement or other document that the Bank may request to perfect or to further
evidence the security interest created by this Security Agreement including,
without limitation, any certificate or certificates of title to the Collateral
with the security interest of the Bank noted thereon or executed applications
for such certificates of title.

       3.      LOCATION, INSPECTION AND PROTECTION OF COLLATERAL.  Unless the
Company gives the Bank not less than ten (10) days prior written notice of
additional locations at which Inventory and Equipment shall be kept, all
Inventory and Equipment is kept and shall be kept at the address listed in
Schedule I attached hereto.  Unless the Company gives the Bank written notice
of the location of additional offices where records of the Company relative to
Accounts Receivable and General Intangibles are kept, all such records of the
Company shall be kept at 1668 Valtec Lane, Boulder, Colorado 80301, which, the
Company represents, is also the address of its principal office.  The Company
shall not keep duplicate Accounts Receivable records at any other address or
change the location of its principal office unless the Company gives the Bank
not less than 10 days prior written notice of such event.  The Company shall,
at all reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, allow the officers,
attorneys and accountants of the Bank to examine, inspect, photocopy and make
abstracts from the Company's books and records and to verify Equipment and
Inventory, the latter both as to quantity and quality, and to arrange for
verification of Accounts Receivable, under reasonable procedures, directly with
the Account Debtors or by other methods.  The Company shall also deliver to the
Bank upon request any promissory notes or other papers evidencing any Account
and any guaranty or collateral together with appropriate endorsements and
assignments and any information relating thereto and shall do anything else the
Bank may reasonably require to further protect the Bank's interest in the
Collateral.  If any of the Collateral consists of Equipment normally used in
more than one state and the Company intends to use any of such Collateral in
any jurisdiction other than a state in which the Company shall have previously
advised the Bank such Collateral is to be used, the Company shall not commence
use in such other jurisdiction except upon ten (10) days prior written notice
to the Bank.

       4.      FIXTURES.  None of the Collateral is attached to real estate
other than real estate described in Schedule I, so as to constitute a fixture.
If any Collateral is hereafter so attached to any real estate other than real
estate described in Schedule I, notice of the common address, legal
description, and name of the owner of record of such real estate shall be
furnished to the Bank at least ten (10) days prior to such attachment.  If any
Collateral is hereafter attached to real estate prior to the perfection of the
security interest created by this Security Agreement in such Collateral, the
Company shall, on demand, furnish the Bank with a disclaimer of interest in the
Collateral executed by each person having an interest in such real estate.

       5.      THE COMPANY'S TITLE.  The Company has full and clear title to
all of the Collateral presently owned and shall have such title to all
Collateral hereafter acquired except for the security interest granted by this
Security Agreement and any other lien or security interest permitted under the
terms of





                                 Exhibit "F-3"
                               Page 2 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   81





the Credit Agreement, and the Company shall keep the Collateral free at all
times from any lien or encumbrance except those permitted by the Credit
Agreement.  No financing statements covering all or any portion of the
Collateral is on file at any public office except as may be required or
permitted by this Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

       6.      THE COMPANY'S DUTY TO MAINTAIN THE COLLATERAL.  The Company
shall keep all tangible Collateral in good order and repair and shall not waste
or destroy any of the Collateral.  The Company shall not use the Collateral in
violation of any statute or ordinance or contrary to the provisions of any
policy of insurance thereon.

       7.      INSURANCE.  In addition to maintaining such insurance on the
Collateral as is required by the Credit Agreement, the Company shall, upon the
reasonable request of the Bank, keep the Collateral insured against such
additional risks, in such amounts and under such policies as the Bank may
reasonably require and with such companies as shall be reasonably acceptable to
the Bank.  All policies providing insurance on the Collateral shall, provide
that any loss thereunder shall be payable to the Bank under a standard form of
secured lender's loss payable endorsement.  The Company authorizes the Bank to
endorse on the Company's behalf and to negotiate drafts reflecting proceeds of
insurance on the Collateral, provided that the Bank shall remit to the Company
such surplus, if any, as remains after the proceeds have been applied at the
Bank's option, (a) to the satisfaction of all of the Obligations or to the
establishment of a cash collateral account for the Obligations, or (b) to the
replacement or repair of the Collateral; provided, however, that so long as no
Default exists, and provided further that the Company can demonstrate to the
Bank's satisfaction that any proposed replacement or repair of collateral is
economically and physically feasible, such proceeds shall be applied, at the
Company's option and to the extent necessary, as provided in the foregoing
clause (b).  Certificates evidencing the existence of all of the insurance
required under the Credit Agreement or this Security Agreement shall be
furnished to the Bank by the Company and the original policies providing such
insurance shall be delivered to the Bank at its request.

       8.      ADVANCES TO PROTECT COLLATERAL.  Upon failure of the Company to
procure any required insurance or to remove any prohibited encumbrance upon the
Collateral or if any policy providing any required insurance is cancelled, the
Bank may procure such insurance or remove any encumbrance on the Collateral and
any amounts expended by the Bank for such purposes shall be immediately due and
payable by the Company to the Bank and shall be added to and become a part of
the Obligations secured hereby and shall bear interest at the Prime Rate, as
defined in the Credit Agreement, plus three percent (3%) per annum.

       9.      DEALING WITH COLLATERAL PRIOR TO DEFAULT.  Prior to Default and
thereafter until the Bank shall notify the Company of the revocation of such
authority:

               (a)  the Company may, in the ordinary course of business, at its
       own expense, sell, lease or furnish under contracts of service, any of
       the Inventory normally held by the Company for such purposes, provided
       that a sale in the ordinary course of business shall not include a
       transfer in





                                 Exhibit "F-3"
                               Page 3 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   82





       total or partial satisfaction of a debt, and the Company may use and
       consume, in the ordinary course of its business, any raw materials, work
       in process or materials normally held by it for such purposes;

               (b)  the Company shall, at its own expense, endeavor to collect,
       when due, all amounts due with respect to any Accounts or General
       Intangibles, and shall take such action with respect to collection as
       the Bank may reasonably request or, in the absence of such request, as
       the Company may deem advisable in accordance with sound business
       practice, and

               (c)  the Company may grant, in the ordinary course of business,
       to any Account Debtor, any rebate, refund or adjustment to which such
       Account Debtor may be entitled, and may accept, in connection therewith,
       the return of the goods, the sale or lease of which shall have given
       rise to the obligation of the Account Debtor.

       10.     DEALING WITH COLLATERAL AFTER DEFAULT.  After Default and upon
the request of the Bank:

               (a)  the Company shall upon receipt of any checks, drafts, cash
       or other remittances in payment of Inventory sold or in payment of
       Accounts Receivable of the Company, deposit the same in a special
       collateral account (the "Collateral Account") maintained with the Bank;
       such proceeds shall be deposited in the form received except for the
       indorsement of the Company when required, which indorsement the Bank is
       authorized to make on the Company's behalf, and shall be held by the
       Bank as security for all Obligations;

               (b)  the Company shall deliver to the Bank all other instruments
       and chattel paper which constitute proceeds from the sale of Collateral,
       whether then held or thereafter acquired, and

               (c)  the Company shall keep segregated any such checks, drafts,
       cash, other instruments, chattel paper or other remittances from any of
       the Company's other funds or property and shall hold such items in trust
       for the benefit of the Bank until delivery to the Bank or deposit in the
       Collateral Account and the Bank may apply all or any portion of the
       funds on deposit in the Collateral Account against any Obligations in
       the order of application provided for in the Credit Agreement or, absent
       such provision, at the discretion of the Bank.

After Default, the Bank may notify any Account Debtor to make payment directly
to the Bank of any amounts due or to become due under any Account Receivable,
General Intangible instrument or chattel paper and the Bank may enforce the
collection of any Account Receivable, General Intangible, instrument or chattel
paper in its name or in the name of the Company, by suit or otherwise, and may
surrender, release or exchange all or any part thereof or compromise or extend
or renew for any period, whether or not longer than the original period, any
indebtedness thereunder or evidenced thereby, and any Account Debtor will be
fully protected in relying upon the representation of the Bank that it has
authority under the terms of this Security Agreement to deal with any Account
Receivable, General Intangible, instrument or chattel paper and need not look
beyond this Security Agreement and such representation of the Bank to establish
the Bank's authority in that regard.





                                 Exhibit "F-3"
                               Page 4 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   83





       11.     SUBSTITUTION AND SALE OF EQUIPMENT.  The Company may from time
to time so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, substitute items
of Equipment so long as any new Equipment becomes subject to the security
interest created by this Security Agreement and is subject to no prior liens or
security interest other than those permitted by the Credit Agreement.  So long
as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company may, in the ordinary
course of its business, sell or otherwise dispose of any items of Equipment for
which substitutes have been obtained or which are no longer useful to the
Company in its operations, provided that at least 10 days prior written notice
of any proposed disposition of any material amount of Equipment in a single or
a planned series of transactions is given to the Bank.  Upon the request of the
Company, the Bank will deliver an appropriate release of its security interest
in any item of Equipment disposed of by the Company pursuant to the provisions
of this paragraph.

       12.     REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT.  Upon the occurrence of any Default the
Bank shall have with respect to the Collateral, in addition to all rights and
remedies specified in the Credit Agreement, this Security Agreement or any
other agreement between the Company and the Bank, the remedies of a secured
party under the Uniform Commercial Code as in force from time to time in
Indiana, regardless of whether the Code in such form has been enacted in the
jurisdiction in which any such right or remedy is asserted.  Any notice
required by law, including but not limited to notice of the intended
disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral, shall be deemed reasonably
and properly given if given at least l0 days prior to such disposition in the
manner prescribed for the giving of notices in the Credit Agreement.  Any
proceeds of the disposition of any of the Collateral shall be applied first to
the payment of the expenses of the retaking, holding, repairing, preparing for
sale and sale of the Collateral, including reasonable attorneys' fees and legal
expenses in connection therewith and any balance of such proceeds shall be
applied by the Bank to the Obligations in such order as the Bank shall
determine.

       13.     RELATION TO CREDIT AGREEMENT.  This Security Agreement is given
pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and shall be deemed a part
thereof and subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement.

       14.     NOTICES.  Any notice required or otherwise given concerning this
Security Agreement by either party to the other shall be given as notices are
required to be given under the terms of the Credit Agreement.

Dated:  March 15, 1995

                                        KATHY'S NATURAL FOOD RANCH
                                          MARKET-WEST, INC.
                                        
                                        
                                        By:                                     
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        
                                                                                
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                (Printed Name and Title)





                                 Exhibit "F-3"
                               Page 5 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   84



                                   SCHEDULE I


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Schedule I

                       Names and addresses of all stores,
                       warehouses, bakeries and kitchens

                    KATHY'S NATURAL FOOD RANCH MARKET-WEST,
                               INC. STORE LISTING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

WILD OATS LAS VEGAS
WEST
6720 West Sahara
Las Vegas, NV 89102-2964



                                 Exhibit "F-3"
                               Page 6 of 6 pages
<PAGE>   85

                            SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT


       WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), BANK
ONE, INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (the
"Bank"), and _____________________________, a resident of _______________ (the
"Junior Creditor"), agree as follows:

       1.      Background -- Definitions.  This Agreement is made in the
context of the following agreed state of facts:

       a.      The Bank and the Company are parties to a Credit Agreement dated
               the date of this Subordination Agreement under the terms of
               which the Bank will extend a revolving line of credit (the
               "Revolving Loan") to the Company for loans up to a maximum
               outstanding principal amount of $20,000,000.00.  The Revolving
               Loan is hereafter referred to as the "Loan."  All obligations of
               the Company to the Bank on account of the Loan, whether such
               obligations now exist or arise hereafter, including principal,
               interest and expenses of collection, and including any
               obligations on account of any extension, renewal or
               restructuring of the Loan, are hereafter referred to as the
               "Senior Obligations."

       b.      The Company is indebted to the Junior Creditor in the principal
               amount of $________________.  The indebtedness of the Company to
               the Junior Creditor is represented by the promissory note of the
               Company dated ____________________ (the "Subordinated Note").
               Any promissory note which may hereafter be given by the Company
               to the Junior Creditor to replace the Subordinated Note or to
               represent any extension, renewal or restructuring of the
               indebtedness now represented by the Subordinated Note is
               hereafter referred to as a "Substitute Subordinated Note."  All
               obligations of the Company to the Junior Creditor now
               represented by the Subordinated Note or any Substitute
               Subordinated Note are hereafter referred to as the "Junior
               Obligations."

As used in this Agreement, the term "Loan Document" means any instrument or
document which evidences or secures the Loan or which expresses an agreement
between the Company and the Bank as to terms applicable to the Loan.  As used
in this Agreement, the term "Default" means an Event of Default or Unmatured
Event of Default as those terms are defined in the Credit Agreement and
includes, without limitation, not only failure of the Company to pay any
installment of principal or interest on the Loan when due, but also failure of
the Company to observe certain covenants contained in the Credit Agreement,
including financial covenants.  As used in this Agreement, the term "Insolvency
Proceeding" means any proceeding, whether voluntary or involuntary, for the
distribution, division or application of assets of the Company or the proceeds
thereof, regardless of whether such proceeding is for the liquidation,
dissolution, winding up of affairs, reorganization or arrangement of the
obligations of the Company, or for a composition among the creditors of the
Company and whether in bankruptcy or in connection with a receivership or under
an assignment for the benefit of the Creditors of the Company or otherwise
including, without limitation, any meeting of Creditors of the Company in
connection with any such proceeding.


                                  Exhibit "G"
                               Page 1 of 4 pages
<PAGE>   86





       2.      Subordination.  The Junior Obligations are and shall hereafter
be subordinate and inferior in right of payment to all of the Senior
Obligations.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the
Subordinated Note or any other agreement between the Company and the Junior
Creditor with respect to the Junior Obligations, the Company shall not make and
shall not be required to make any payment on account of the principal of or
interest on the Junior Obligations until the Senior Obligations have been paid
in full and the Bank has no further obligation to make additional advances to
the Company under the Revolving Loan, including advances made pursuant to any
extension of the term of the Revolving Loan, provided that the Company may make
the regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest provided for under
the terms of the Subordinated Note so long as no Default has occurred and is
continuing or would occur as a result of such payment, and provided further
that no such payment shall be made more than ten (10) days prior to its
regularly scheduled due date.  The Company shall not be required to perform or
omit any other act otherwise required to be performed or omitted under the
terms of the Subordinated Note or otherwise with respect to the Junior
Obligations at any time such performance or omission would result in the
occurrence of a Default.  The due date for any payment or performance of any
Junior Obligation shall be deemed to be extended during any period in which
such payment or performance is prevented by the provisions of this Agreement,
and no cause of action against the Company will accrue to the Junior Creditor
or any subsequent holder of the Junior Obligations during the continuance of
any such extension.

       3.      Improper Payment.  Any amount paid by the Company to the Junior
Creditor in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be received in
trust by the Junior Creditor for the benefit of the Bank and shall, with or
without demand, be immediately delivered by the Junior Creditor to the Bank in
the same form in which received, with the addition only of such endorsements or
assignments as may be necessary to perfect the title of the Bank to such
payment.  Such amounts may be applied by the Bank to any item of the Senior
Obligations in such order as the Bank in its discretion shall determine or may
be returned to the Company at the Bank's discretion.  Upon the request of the
Bank, the Company and the Junior Creditor will execute such documents and
perform all such other acts as may reasonably be required to rescind premature
performance of any Junior Obligation and to reestablish, to the maximum extent
practical, the status quo prior to such premature performance.

       4.      Authority of Bank to Act for Junior Creditor.  The Junior
Creditor appoints the Bank or, at the Bank's discretion any officer of the
Bank, as the Junior Creditor's attorney-in-fact, with full power of
substitution, and with the exclusive right and power to enforce claims arising
on account of the Junior Obligations by proof of debt, proof of claim or
otherwise in any Insolvency Proceeding; to collect any assets of the Company
distributed in any such Proceeding by way of dividend or otherwise, and to
receive any securities of the Company or of any reorganized entity emerging
from any Insolvency Proceeding, which securities are issued and distributed on
account of the Junior Obligations; to vote claims of the Junior Creditor
arising on account of the Junior Obligations in any Insolvency Proceeding and
to accept or reject any plan of partial or complete liquidation,
reorganization, arrangement, composition or extension in any Insolvency
Proceeding; to execute any endorsement or assignment of the Subordinated Note
or any Substitute Subordinated Note required in connection with any Insolvency
Proceeding, and





                                  Exhibit "G"
                               Page 2 of 4 pages
<PAGE>   87





generally to take any action in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding which
the Junior Creditor would be authorized to take but for this Agreement.  Any
action taken by the Bank or the Bank's officer pursuant to the power of
attorney granted under the terms of this Paragraph shall be taken for the use
and benefit of the Bank, and may be taken in the name of the Bank or in the
name of the Junior Creditor and without notice to the Junior Creditor.  Such
power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable
until all of the Senior Obligations have been satisfied in full and until the
Bank is no longer under any obligation under the terms of the Credit Agreement
to make any further loan or advance to the Company.

       5.      Distributions in Liquidation.  In the event of the liquidation
of the Company or the distribution of any of its assets or the securities of
any successor on account of any liquidation, bankruptcy, receivership,
reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors or similar proceeding,
the Junior Creditor shall not be entitled to any payment or distribution on
account of any Junior Obligation until all Senior Obligations have been
satisfied in full, and the Junior Creditor shall receive any money, securities
or other property distributed in any such proceeding to the Junior Creditor on
account of Junior Obligations in trust for the benefit of the Bank and shall
deliver any such property to the Bank in the same form as received, adding only
such endorsements or assignments as may be necessary to perfect the title of
the Bank to such property, for application to the satisfaction of the Senior
Obligations in such order as the Bank in its discretion may determine.  Any
excess of such property remaining after satisfaction of all of the Senior
Obligations shall be returned to the Junior Creditor.  The Bank may liquidate
any noncash property received from the Junior Creditor because of any provision
of this Section in the manner in which collateral may be liquidated under the
terms of the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in the State of Indiana, and
such property may be liquidated in any order that the Bank shall determine in
the exercise of the Bank's sole discretion.

       6.      Subordination Absolute.  The subordination of the Junior
Obligations to the Senior Obligations effected by this Subordination Agreement
shall be absolute and the Bank may from time to time, without the consent of or
notice to the Junior Creditor and without affecting the subordination of the
Junior Obligations to the Senior Obligations:  (i) obtain a security interest
in any property to secure any of the Senior Obligations; (ii) obtain the
primary or secondary liability of any party or parties in addition to the
Company with respect to any of the Senior Obligations; (iii) extend or renew
any of the Senior Obligations for any period beyond their original due dates;
(iv) release or compromise any liability of any other party or parties
primarily or secondarily liable with respect to any of the Senior Obligations;
(v) release any security interest that the Bank might now have or hereafter
obtain in any property securing any of the Senior Obligations and permit any
substitution or exchange of any such property; (vi) extend loans and other
credit accommodations to the Company in addition to the Revolving Loan and
increase the maximum amount which may be loaned to the Company under the
Revolving Loan.

       7.      Notice of Subordination.  The Company and the Junior Creditor
shall, contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, cause the
following legend to be placed on the face of the Subordinated Note:





                                  Exhibit "G"
                               Page 3 of 4 pages
<PAGE>   88





               This Promissory Note is subject to a Subordination Agreement
               dated March 15, 1995, in favor of BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS,
               National Association.

       A photocopy of the Note with such legend endorsed thereon shall
immediately be delivered to the Bank.  The same legend shall be placed on any
Substitute Subordinated Note before it is delivered to the Junior Creditor and
a photocopy of any Substitute Subordinated Note shall be delivered to the Bank
immediately upon its execution and delivery to the Junior Creditor.

       8.      Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
the Company and the Junior Creditor and the Junior Creditor's successors in
interest to the Subordinated Note and any Substitute Subordinated Note and the
Junior Obligations and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and its
successors and assigns.

       9.      Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement is determined
to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed to be severable
from the balance of the provisions of this Agreement and the remaining
provisions shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms.

       10.     Governing Law.  This Agreement is made under and will be
governed in all cases by the substantive laws of the State of Indiana,
notwithstanding the fact that Indiana conflicts of law rules might otherwise
require the substantive rules of law of another jurisdiction to apply.

Dated:  March 15, 1995


                                        WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
                                        
                                        By:                                
                                            -------------------------------
                                        
                                                                           
                                            -------------------------------
                                                (Printed Name and Title)
                                        
                                        
                                        BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS,
                                          NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                        
                                        By:                               
                                             -----------------------------
                                             Efthimios P. Sotos, Assistant
                                             Vice President
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                         (Printed Name)  (Junior Creditor)





                                  Exhibit "G"
                               Page 4 of 4 pages

<PAGE>   1

                      FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


       WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., a Delaware corporation, (the "Company") and
BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association,
(the "Bank") agree as follows:

       1.      CONTEXT.  This agreement is made in the context of the following
agreed state of facts:

       a.      The Company and the Bank are parties to a Credit Agreement dated
               March 15, 1995 (the "Agreement").

       b.      The Company and the Bank desire to amend certain provisions of
               the Agreement.

       c.      The parties have executed this document (this "First Amendment")
               to give effect to their agreement.

       2.      DEFINITIONS.  Terms used in this First Amendment with their
initial letters capitalized are used as defined in the Agreement, unless
otherwise defined herein.  Section 1 of the Agreement is amended as follows:

       a.      Amended Definition.  The definition of "Adjusted Earnings" is
               amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

               o        "Adjusted Earnings" means an amount equal to the excess
                        of (a) X times the Company's Adjusted EBITDA for the
                        twelve consecutive months ending as of the end of the
                        month immediately preceding the date as of which the
                        Adjusted Earnings is being calculated over (b) the
                        Company's aggregate Subordinated Debt.  For purposes of
                        this subsection, X shall be determined by reference to
                        the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Period                        X 
                                         ------                       ---
                        <S>                                           <C>
                        from the date of the First Amendment          
                             and until June 30, 1996                  3.50
                        at July 1, 1996 and until                     
                             December 30, 1996                        3.25
                        at December 31, 1996, and at                  
                             all times thereafter                     3.00
</TABLE>

       b.      New Definition.  A new definition is added to Section 1 to read
               as follows:

               o        "First Amendment" means the written amendment to this
                        Agreement entitled "First Amendment to Credit
                        Agreement" and dated as of November 30, 1995.

       3.      AMENDMENTS TO FINANCIAL COVENANTS.  Sections 5.g(i), 5.g(iii)
and 5.g(iv) are amended and restated in their entireties to read as follows:
<PAGE>   2
                  (i)   Net Worth.  For each period of 26 weeks ending as of
                        the end of the second and fourth Fiscal Quarters of
                        each fiscal year, the Company shall maintain its
                        shareholders' equity at a level not less than the
                        shareholders' equity reported at the end of the
                        immediately prior 26-week period plus seventy-five
                        percent (75%) of the net income of the Company for the
                        26-week period then ended plus the aggregate total of
                        any pre-opening costs, exclusive of any loss and
                        exclusive of the aggregate total of pre-opening
                        expenses during such period in excess of $250,000.00
                        for any one store.

                (iii)   Ratio of Total Funded Debt to Total Capitalization.
                        The Company shall maintain the ratio of its Total
                        Funded Debt less Subordinated Debt to Total
                        Capitalization at levels not greater than those shown
                        in the following table during the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Period                         Ratio
                                         ------                         -----
                                <S>                                  <C>
                                from the date of the First           
                                  Amendment and until                
                                  June 30, 1996                      .60 to 1.0
                                at July 1, 1996, and until           
                                  December 30, 1996                  .55 to 1.0
                                at December 31, 1996, and            
                                  at all times thereafter            .50 to 1.0
</TABLE>

                 (iv)   Interest Coverage.  At the end of each of the first
                        three Fiscal Quarters of fiscal year 1996, the Company
                        shall maintain an interest coverage ratio of not less
                        than 2.5 to 1.0.  For each period of four consecutive
                        Fiscal Quarters ending /thereafter,/ the Company shall
                        maintain an interest coverage ratio of not less than
                        3.0 to 1.0/.  For purposes of this covenant, the phrase
                        "interest coverage ratio" means the sum of net income
                        plus, without duplication and to the extent deducted in
                        determining such net income, (A) interest expense and
                        (B) income tax expense, divided by interest expense.

       4.      WAIVER.  The Bank waives the special prepayment, as required
under the provisions of Section 2.a(v) of the Agreement, for the months of
October and November 1995 of that portion of the outstanding principal balance
of the Revolving Loan which was in excess of the Adjusted Earnings as
calculated under the terms of the Agreement prior to this First Amendment.
This waiver shall not be construed as a commitment on the part of the Bank to
grant any similar waiver in the future.

       5.      CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  As conditions precedent to the
effectiveness of this First Amendment, the Bank shall have received, each duly
executed and in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank, this First
Amendment and the following:





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3





       a.      A certified copy of resolutions of the Board of Directors of the
               Company authorizing the execution and delivery of this First
               Amendment and any other document required under this First
               Amendment.

       b.      A certificate signed by the Secretary of the Company certifying
               the name of the officer or officers authorized to sign this
               First Amendment and any other document required under this First
               Amendment, together with a sample of the true signature of each
               such officer.

       c.      Such other documents as may be reasonably required by the Bank.

       6.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  To induce the Bank to enter
into this First Amendment, the Company represents and warrants, as of the date
of this First Amendment, that no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing and that the representations and warranties
contained in Section 3 of the Agreement are true and correct, except that (a)
the representations contained in Section 3.d refer to the latest financial
statements furnished to the Bank by the Company pursuant to the requirements of
the Agreement and (b) the representations contained in Section 3.k apply to the
Company and any Subsidiaries.

       7.      REAFFIRMATION OF THE AGREEMENT.  Except as amended by this First
Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Agreement shall continue unchanged
and in full force and effect and the Obligations of the Company shall continue
to be secured and guaranteed as therein provided until payment and performance
in full of all Obligations.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Bank, by their duly authorized
officers, have executed this First Amendment to Credit Agreement as of
November 30, 1995.


                                        WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
                                        
                                        
                                        By:  /s/ MARY BETH LEWIS
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Mary Beth Lewis, Treasurer and CFO
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             (printed name and title)
                                        
                                        
                                        BANK ONE, INDIANAPOLIS,
                                                National Association
                                        
                                        
                                        By:  /s/ ROBERT E. McELWAIN
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Robert E. McElwain, Vice President





                                      -3-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 17.70



                                 LEASE OVERVIEW
                                CORPORATE OFFICE

           Location:   1645 Broadway
               Size:   11,600 square feet
             Tenant:   Alfalfa's Inc.
         Lease Type:   Tenant pays taxes and insurance
          Guarantor:
         Lease Date:   October 5, 1992
  Commencement Date:   November 11, 1992

    Amendment Dated:   None

               Term:   Lease term to expire October 10, 2006
    Renewal Options:   6 years commencing 10/11/2006 
                       Written Notice to Landlord by 270 days to 300 days 
                       prior to expiration

  Current Base Rent:               $13,326.00
Current CAM Charges:   Taxes         2,030.00
                       Insurance       176.00

   Annual Base Rent:   $159,911.00 (through November 11, 1996)
                       $13.79 per foot per year

        Escalations:   At each anniversary date rent shall increase by the U.S.
                       GNP Price Deflator Index. This adjustment to be 
                       calculated by the lessor on an annual basis.


    Percentage Rent:   None
   Security Deposit:   $10,250.00
<PAGE>   2




                                LEASE AGREEMENT

         THIS LEASE, made and entered into this 5TH DAY OF OCTOBER 1992, BY AND
BETWEEN BWAY PROPERTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (hereinafter referred to as
"Landlord" and ALFALFAS BOULDER, INC. a Colorado corporation (hereinafter
referred to as "Tenant") having its principal place of business 201 University,
Denver, Colorado 80206.




                                  WITNESSETH:

                 IN CONSIDERATION of the covenants, terms, conditions,
agreements and payments as hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto covenant
and agree as follows:

        1.      PROPERTY - LEASED PREMISES. Landlord hereby leases unto Tenant
a portion of the premises to be approved by the parties hereto, situate at 1645
BROADWAY, AS MORE PARTICULARLY SHOWN ON EXHIBIT "A" TO BE ATTACHED HERETO AND
MADE A PART HEREOF IN Boulder, Colorado consisting of approximately 9,500
square feet and hereinafter referred to as the "leased premises", the leasing
of which shall be governed by the terms of this Lease. Such 9,500 square feet
shall be subdivided by Tenant at its sole cost and expense with a dividing wall
erected so that the remaining portion of the building shall have access to the
parking lot and be suitable for rental to another tenant.


        2.      TERM. The term of this Lease shall commence at 12:00 noon on 
the 18th day of November 1992, hereinafter referred to as the "Commencement
Date", and unless terminated as herein provided for, shall end at 12:00 noon, on
the 10th day of October 2000. If Landlord shall be unable to give complete
possession of the leased premises before the Commencement Date by reason of the
holding over or retention of possession by the current


                                       1
<PAGE>   3
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

occupants of the leased premises in whole or in part, or for any other reason,
for the first 60 days of such delay, Landlord shall not be subject to liability
for the failure to give possession on said date,and no abatement or diminution
of the rent to be paid hereunder shall be allowed to Tenant nor shall the
validity of the Lease be impaired under such circumstances. However, the rent
reserved and covenanted to be paid herein shall not commence until 70 days
after possession of the leased premises is given to Tenant or the premises are
available for occupancy by Tenant, and no such failure to give possession on
the date of commencement of the term shall affect the obligations of Tenant
hereunder. By the signing of this lease, or any option relating hereto, Tenant
shall be deemed to have accepted the leased premises and acknowledges that the
leased premises are in satisfactory condition.

         3.      OPTION TO EXTEND. Upon full and complete performance of all
the terms, covenants and conditions herein contained by Tenant and payment of
all rental due under the terms hereof, Tenant shall be given the option to
renew this Lease for an additional term of SIX (6) years commencing on October
11, 2000 and terminating on October 10, 2006 and, except for the amount of
rental to be paid (as modified by paragraph 4B below), upon the same terms and
conditions provided in this Lease. In the event Tenant desires to exercise said
option to renew the term of this Lease, Tenant shall give written notice of
such fact to Landlord not less than TWO hundred SEVENTY (270) days nor more
than THREE hundred (300) days prior to the expiration of the current term of
this Lease. In the event of such exercise, this Lease Agreement shall be deemed
to be extended for the additional 6 year period, subject to the right of the
Landlord to make such adjustments and/or assessment of


                                       2
<PAGE>   4
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

charges against Tenant as is provided for herein.

         4.      RENT. Tenant shall pay all amounts due to Landlord hereunder,
to BWAY PROPERTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP at 2805 Broadway Boulder, Colorado 80304.
The following is the rental for the leased premises:

A.       BASE RENTAL RATE:

         (1)     The base annual rental for the first full year of the term
hereof shall be One Hundred Twenty Three Thousand dollars ($123,000.00). Said
rental shall be payable in monthly installments (basic first year monthly
rental) of $10,250.00 (ten thousand two hundred fifty dollars) in advance, on
the first day of each month during the term hereof except that no basic first
year monthly rental shall be due from Tenant until January 15, 1993;

         ESCALATION OF BASE RENTAL RATE: On a date which shall be one year
after the Commencement Date of the term of this Lease, and annually thereafter,
(hereinafter referred to as the "adjustment date"), the base annual rental due
hereunder shall be adjusted upward (or downward) by the annual percentage
increase (or decrease) in the U.S. Gross National Product Price Deflator Index
(hereinafter referred to as the "Index"). The first adjustment of the base
annual rental herein set forth shall be based upon the percentage increase in
the Index between that published on the closest date of publication prior to
the commencement of the first year of this Lease, and that published on the
closest date of publication thereof prior to the first annual anniversary date
following the commencement of the term of this Lease.  Thereafter, any such
adjustment shall be based on the annual percentage change in the Index. Upon
each adjustment date the base annual rental then

                                       3
<PAGE>   5
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

being paid shall be increased by an amount equal to the amount arrived at by
multiplying the percentage increase in the Index for the preceding twelve (12)
months times the then payable base annual rental.

         If publication of the Index shall be discontinued, the parties hereto
shall thereafter accept comparable statistics on the cost of living for United
States cities, as they shall be computed and published by an agency of the
United States or by a responsible financial periodical of recognized authority
then to be selected by the parties hereto. In the event of (1) use of
comparable statistics in place of the Index as above-mentioned, or (2)
publication of the index figure at other than bimonthly intervals, there shall
be made in the method of computation herein provided for such revisions as the
circumstances may require to carry out the intent of this paragraph.

         5.      SECURITY DEPOSIT. Subject to collection the tenant has on the
date this lease is signed by the parties hereto deposited with the Landlord the
sum of $10,250.00 (equal to one month of base rental) as security for the
performance by the Tenant of the terms of this Lease. The Landlord may use,
apply or retain the whole or any part of the security so deposited to the
extent required for the payment of any rent and additional rent or other sum as
to which the Tenant is in default or for any sum which the Landlord may expend
or may be required to expend by reason of the Tenant's default in respect of
any of the terms of this Lease, including, but not limited to, and damages or
deficiency in the reletting of the leased property, whether such damages or
deficiency accrued before or after summary proceedings or other reentry by the
Landlord. Said security deposit shall accrue simple interest on the $10,250.00
at whatever annual rate such funds earn per year in a fully insured money
market fund which Tenant and Landlord shall agree upon. In the


                                       4
<PAGE>   6
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

event Landlord and Tenant can not agree on which fund such Security Deposit
shall be used, said security deposit shall accrue simple interest on the
$10,250.00 at the rate of 4% per year or the minimum rate permitted by Law,
whichever is higher. In the event that the Tenant shall have complied with all
of the terms of this Lease, the security deposit shall be returned to the
Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date fixed as the end of the lease and
after delivery of possession of the leased property to the Landlord. In the
event of a sale or lease of the premises of which the leased property forms a
part, the Landlord shall have the right to transfer the security deposit to the
vendee or lessee and, provided Landlord has in fact so transferred such
security deposit, the Landlord shall thereupon be released from all liability
for the return of such security deposit and the Tenant shall look solely to the
new landlord for the return of such security deposit. The Tenant shall not
assign or encumber the money deposited as security, and neither the Landlord
nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment or
encumbrance.

         6.      TAXES - REAL PROPERTY - RESPONSIBILITY.

Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay a pro-rata share of all taxes, levies,
assessments and charges, including, but not limited to, the general real
property taxes (hereinafter referred to as the "Taxes") on the land and
improvements on the property known as 1645 Broadway in Boulder, Colorado, which
pro rata share shall be at the ratio of 9,500/14,500. Additionally, Tenant
shall pay 100% of the increase in the general real property taxes due to any
improvements to the leased premises made by Tenant. At the election of
Landlord, Landlord may advise Tenant of the estimated amount of such real
property taxes, based on the most current available assessment and levy, and


                                       5
<PAGE>   7
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

Tenant shall pay monthly to Landlord, as additional rent under the terms hereof,
a sum equal to one-twelfth of Tenant's pro-rata share of such estimated real
property taxes. In the event the first and last months of the lease term are
not full calendar months, the liability of Tenant under the terms hereof shall
be prorated with Tenant being liable for only those number of days in such
month during which this lease was in effect.

         7.      TAXES - PERSONAL PROPERTY - RESPONSIBILITY. Tenant shall pay
for any and all taxes and/or assessments levied and/or assessed against any
furniture, fixtures, equipment and items of a similar nature installed and/or
located in or about the leased premises by Tenant.

         8.      INSURANCE - RESPONSIBILITY.

                 A.       The Landlord shall, at the cost and expense of
Tenant, have and maintain in effect at all times, fire, extended coverage,
flood, public liability and vandalism and malicious mischief insurance on the
building only in such amounts as shall be determined appropriate by Landlord,
and shall notify Tenant of the premium therefor. At the election of the
Landlord, Landlord may notify Tenant of the premium for such insurance and on
the first day of the month next following receipt of notification of the amount
of such premium, and on the first day of each month thereafter until subsequent
notification of any change, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent
due under the terms hereof, one-twelfth of Tenant's share of the amount
thereof, such share to be determined in the manner set forth in paragraph 6
herein.

                 B.       During the construction of any improvement to the
leased premises, Tenant shall carry such public liability and workman's
compensation


                                       6
<PAGE>   8
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

insurance as shall be required by the laws of the State of Colorado. Before all
work is commenced, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord proof of such insurance
coverage, and such liability policy shall name the Landlord as an additional
insured.

         9.      INSURANCE - RESPONSIBILITY OF TENANT. Tenant shall procure,
pay for and maintain comprehensive public liability insurance providing
coverage from any loss or damage occasioned by an accident or casualty in, or
about the leased premises and Tenant shall procure, pay for and maintain all
insurance necessary for loss to contents in the leased premises, providing
proof of coverage acceptable to Landlord. Tenant agrees to obtain, at its sole
cost and expense, flood insurance coverage sufficient to cover loss of
inventory on the Premises.

         10.     UTILITIES. At the election of Landlord, Tenant shall exercise
its best efforts to obtain and install at its sole cost and expense separate
meters for all utility services and shall pay the cost, directly to the
suppliers thereof, of all utility services which are separately metered for the
leased premises including, but not limited to, heat, water, gas, electric and
sewer services. In the event that Landlord has elected to pay any of those
costs directly, Tenant shall pay such costs to Landlord as additional rent
under the terms hereof, within ten days from presentation by Landlord of the
statement for such utility services. In no event shall Landlord be liable for
any interruption or failure in the supply of any such utility to the leased
premises not caused by the Landlord.

         11.     ACCESS AND PARKING FACILITIES. Landlord shall provide to Tenant

                                       7
<PAGE>   9
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

access and parking facilities as currently exists on the property, including
all the spaces used by the current tenant, Blue Mountain Arts, except for 6
spaces which Landlord shall reserve for use by others together with the
remaining 5,000 square feet of the building of which the Leased Premises are a
part. Tenant, at its own cost, shall be responsible for the repair,
maintenance, replacement and snow removal in connection with all sidewalk
access facilities. Landlord shall provide snow removal of the parking and
loading facilities to Tenant at Landlord's sole cost and expense. Landlord
shall provide to Tenant, at Landlord's cost and expense, striping of all of the
parking and other access facilities other than sidewalk.

         12.     TENANT'S OPERATING AND UPKEEP EXPENSE. The Tenant at its own
expense shall be responsible for the reasonable and necessary operation,
maintenance and repair of the leased premises. The Tenant and Landlord agree
that as of the above date, all heating, roofing, and utilities are in good
working order.

         13.     ALTERATIONS, CHANGES AND ADDITIONS BY TENANT.

                 A.       Interior of Leased Premises. Tenant may, during the
term of this Lease, at Tenant's expense, but only upon demonstration of
Tenant's financial ability and with the prior written approval of the Landlord,
such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, erect inside partitions, add to
existing electric power service, add telephone outlets, add light fixtures,
install additional heating and/or air conditioning or make such other changes
or alterations as Tenant may desire. Prior to the commencement and during the
course of such construction, Tenant shall comply with all relevant laws,
ordinances, regulations and orders and shall procure all necessary approvals,


                                       8
<PAGE>   10
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

permits and certificates in connection therewith as may be required by all
governmental agencies having jurisdiction thereof. Prior to making any such
changes or alterations to the Leased Premises, Landlord and Tenant shall agree
whether or not such changes or alterations shall be removed by Tenant at its
sole cost and expense at the end of this Lease. At the end of this Lease, all
such fixtures, equipment, additions and/or alterations (except trade fixtures
as may be installed by Tenant and if so, as described on Exhibit "B" attached
hereto) shall be and remain the property of Landlord. All such work shall be
done in a good and workmanlike manner and shall consist of new materials unless
agreed to otherwise in writing by Landlord, and all such work, upon completion,
must be approved by Landlord and by the Building Inspector for the City of
Boulder and all other governing authorities having jurisdiction therefor. Any
and all repairs, changes and/or modifications thereto shall be the
responsibility of and at the sole cost of Tenant.

                 B.       Exterior of Leased Premises. Landlord must approve in
writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, any signs to be
placed in, near or on the leased premises, regardless of size or value, and/or
any addition, change or alteration to the exterior of the lease premises. Prior
to the cutting of any holes in the roof and/or any exterior surfaces or prior
to any work being performed and/or any equipment being installed on the roof by
Tenant, Tenant must submit to Landlord a structural report of the work to be
performed. The prior written approval of such work by the Landlord is to be
obtained by Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If
Tenant fails to obtain such prior written approval, then any roof or structural
repairs necessitated by such change shall be the responsibility of Tenant. As a
condition to the granting of


                                       9
<PAGE>   11
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

such approval, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to furnish a bond
or other security acceptable to Landlord sufficient to insure completion of and
payment for any such work to be so performed. Prior to the commencement and
during the course of such construction, Tenant shall comply with all relevant
laws, ordinances, regulations and orders and shall procure all necessary
approvals, permits and certificates in connection therewith as may be required
by all governmental agencies having jurisdiction thereof.

         14.     CARE OF PROPERTY - RESPONSIBILITY.         In addition to
those items mentioned elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall maintain in good
repair all equipment, machinery and appliances necessary for heat and air
conditioning, and maintain electrical wiring and plumbing, provide all exterior
maintenance, repairs and groundskeeping to and for the leased premises. Tenant
shall be responsible for provision of trash receptacles and trash removal
service for the leased premises.

         Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the leased premises
at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements and
additions, including repairs and alterations to ducts and all other facilities
for air conditioning service as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary to the
premises or to the building or to any equipment located in the building or as
Landlord may be required to do by the City of Boulder or by the order or decree
of any court or by any other governmental authority, all at the sole cost and
expense of Tenant. Landlord shall repair plumbing to the property, electrical
to the property and shall replace, when defective, boilers and air conditioners
which belong to Landlord and which are fixtures within the leased premises.

         Tenant will, at his own expense but subject to any contractors' or


                                       10
<PAGE>   12
                                LEASE AGREEMENT


builders' warranties, keep the leased premises, which shall be deemed to
include all areas within or inside the exterior door to the leased premises and
the exterior door itself, in good repair and tenantable condition during the
term of this Lease, and Tenant shall promptly and adequately repair all damage
to the leased premises and replace or repair all damaged or broken glass,
fixtures and appurtenances, under the supervision and with the approval of
Landlord, within a reasonable period of time. If Tenant does not do so,
Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant
shall pay Landlord the cost thereof forthwith upon being billed for same.

         Tenant is responsible for replacement of all burned-out light bulbs
within the leased premises whether the light fixture is owned by Tenant or
Landlord. Tenant further agrees at the end of the term to return the leased
premises to Landlord in substantially as good condition as when received,
except for usual and ordinary wear and tear. Tenant further agrees to be
responsible for any repairs and/or maintenance required for any part of the
improvements of which the leased premises are a part where such repair and/or
maintenance is necessitated by actions or inactions of Tenant and/or activities
conducted by Tenant on the leased premises and/or as may be necessitated by any
governing authority.

         15.     CONTROL OF COMMON AREAS. Any parking areas, grounds and other
facilities deemed to be common areas with other tenants, if any, furnished by
Landlord in, on or near the improvements of which the leased premises are a
portion, shall at all times be subject to the exclusive management of Landlord,
meaning that Landlord shall have the right from time to time to establish,
modify and enforce reasonable rules and regulations with respect


                                       11
<PAGE>   13
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

to said facilities and areas.

         16.     USE OF PREMISES AND CARE OF GROUNDS - TENANT. Tenant shall use
the leased premises for offices for its retail grocery business of Tenant and,
to the extent allowed by local ordinances and zoning, for any other permitted
uses relating thereto provided however, that no toxic substances or other
material shall be disposed in, on, or around the Leased Premises. The use of
the leased premises for any other purpose is hereby expressly prohibited unless
Landlord otherwise agrees in writing. Tenant shall continuously and
uninterruptedly during the terms of this Lease occupy and use the leased
premises for the purposes hereinabove specified unless prevented from so doing
by causes beyond Tenant's control. Tenant shall not do anything in or about the
leased premises which will, in any way, void or make voidable or tend to
increase the rates for any insurance on the leased premises and/or the
improvements of which the leased premises are a part and/or the real property
on which said improvements are located. Tenant agrees to pay, as additional
rent, an amount equal to any increase in the insurance premiums that may be
charged during the term of this Lease for the amount of the insurance carried
by Landlord on the total improvements of which the leased premises are a part
when such increase results from activities carried on by Tenant on the leased
premises, whether or not Landlord has consented to the same. Tenant shall
conform to all present and future laws and ordinances of any governmental
authority having jurisdiction over the leased premises. Tenant shall not allow
any accumulation of trash or debris on the leased premises or within any
portion of the improvements of which the leased premises are a part. No storage
of any material outside of the leased premises shall be allowed unless first
approved by Landlord in writing, and


                                       12
<PAGE>   14
                                LEASE AGREEMENT


then in only such areas as are designated by Landlord. Tenant Will not use or
permit upon the premises anything unreasonably dangerous to life or limb.
Tenant will not in any manner deface or injure the building or any part
thereof.  Tenant shall not commit or suffer any waste on the leased premises
nor shall Tenant permit any nuisance to be maintained on the leased premises or
permit any disorderly conduct, common noise, odors or other activity having a
tendency to annoy or disturb neighbors or occupants, if any, of any other part
of the improvements of which the leased premises is a part.

         17.     LIABILITY FOR OVERLOAD. It shall be Tenant's sole and
exclusive responsibility to meet all fire regulations of any governmental unit
having jurisdiction over the leased premises as such regulations affect
Tenant's use of sidewalks and pavements adjoining the same which will result
from the movement of heavy articles. Tenant shall be liable for the cost of any
damage to the leased premises, the improvements of which the leased premises
are a part or the sidewalks and pavements adjoining the same which will result
from the movement of heavy articles. Tenant shall not unduly load or overload
the floors, mezzanines or any part of the leased premises.

         18.     GLASS AND DOOR RESPONSIBILITY. Replacement and repair of all
glass and doors on, within or bounding the leased premises shall be the
responsibility of the Tenant. Any replacement or repair shall be promptly
completed at the expense of the Tenant.

         19.     RULES AND REGULATIONS. Landlord reserves the right to adopt
and promulgate reasonable rules and regulations applicable to the leased
premises and the land and improvements of which the leased premises are a part
and


                                       13
<PAGE>   15
                                LEASE AGREEMENT


from time to time to amend or supplement said rules or regulations. Notice of
such rules and regulations and amendments and supplements thereto shall be
given to Tenant, and Tenant agrees to comply with and observe such rules and
regulations and amendments and supplements thereto, provided, however, the same
shall apply uniformly to all tenants, if any, of the improvements of which the
lease premises are a part.

         20.     DAMAGE TO LEASED PREMISES. In the event the leased premises
and/or the improvements of which the leased premises are a part shall be
totally destroyed by fire or other casualty or so badly damaged that, in the
opinion of Landlord, it is not feasible to repair or rebuild same, Landlord (or
Tenant, if such destruction shall not have been caused directly or indirectly
by Tenant) shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to
Tenant (Landlord). If the leased premises shall be wholly or partially damaged
by fire or other casualty, except if caused by Tenant's negligence, and said
leased premises are rendered wholly or partially untenantable thereby, an
appropriate reduction of the rent shall be allowed for any untenantable portion
of the leased premises until repair thereof shall be substantially completed,
and if Landlord has not substantially commenced the required repairs within
sixty (60) days after receiving permission to do so from all applicable and
governing authorities, and substantially completed same within one hundred
eighty (180) days thereafter, Tenant may cancel this lease as to that portion
of space not so repaired and remaining untenantable. Tenant shall be
responsible for any 'deductible' amount not paid by any insurance policy.

         21.     INSPECTION OF AND RIGHT OF ENTRY TO LEASED PREMISES.


                                       14
<PAGE>   16
                                LEASE AGREEMENT


                 A.       Landlord, and/or Landlord's agents and employees,
shall retain at all times, and have the right to use, in appropriate instances,
keys to all doors within and into the leased premises. If locks shall be
changed or added, Landlord shall be furnished with a key or keys thereto.

                 B.       Landlord, and/or Landlord's agents and employees,
shall have the right to enter the leased premises at all times during regular
business hours and, at all times during emergencies, to examine the leased
premises, to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions as
Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, provided there is no unreasonable
interference with Tenant's substantially the same conduct of its business, and
Landlord shall be allowed to take all materials into and upon said premises
that may be required therefor without the same constituting an eviction of
Tenant in whole or in part, and the rent reserved shall in no way abate while
such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions are being made, for reason
of loss or interruption of business of Tenant or otherwise. Landlord reserves
the right, at any time during the term hereof, to exhibit the leased premises
to any prospective purchaser of the improvements of which the leased premises
are a part and/or to place upon the leased premises and/or the improvements of
which the leased premises are a part, a notice or sign indicating the property
is for sale, such sign shall not be posted directly on any portion of the
building occupied by Tenant or, if posted on the land, within twenty feet of
any entry to such portion of the building, and within and during the ninety
(90) days prior to the expiration of the term of this Lease or any renewal
thereof, Landlord may exhibit the premises to prospective tenants and may place
upon the leased premises the usual notices indicating the leased premises are
for lease.

         C.      Landlord shall have the right to approve the weight, size and


                                       15
<PAGE>   17
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

location of safes and other heavy equipment and articles in and about the
leased premises and the access and parking areas and to require all such items
and furniture and similar items to be moved into and out of the building and
within the building and leased premises only at such times as will not
interfere with business operations of other tenants, if any. Movements of
Tenant's property into or out of the building and within the building are
entirely at the risk and responsibility of Tenant, and Landlord reserves the
right to require a permit (if required) before allowing any such property to be
moved into or out of the building.

         D.      Landlord shall have the right to take all reasonable measures
necessary for the security of the building and its occupants. Tenant agrees,
however, that security within and about its leased premises is solely the
responsibility of the Tenant.

         E.      Nothing contained herein shall impose any obligation upon the
Landlord to do or perform any of the above and foregoing. Landlord may enter
upon the premises and may exercise any or all of the foregoing rights hereby
reserved without being deemed guilty of an eviction or disturbance of Tenant's
use or possession and without being liable in any manner to Tenant.

         22.     COVENANT AGAINST LIENS. Tenant covenants and agrees with
Landlord not to suffer or permit any lien of mechanics or materialmen to be
placed against the land or building at 1645 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado or the
leased premises or Tenant's interest under this Lease. Tenant shall post notice
pursuant to section 38-22-101, et seq., C.R.S.1973, as amended, negating
Landlord's liability for any mechanic's liens resulting from any work, labor or
materials performed for or delivered at Tenant's request for incorporation into
the leased premises.

                                       16
<PAGE>   18
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

         In case any such lien attaches to the leased premises for work claimed
to have been furnished to Tenant, it shall be paid off and removed by Tenant
within ten (10) days thereafter at Tenant's expense. Additionally, should any
such mechanic's lien be filed, Tenant shall immediately file with the Clerk of
the District Court in Boulder County a corporate surety bond equal to one and
one-half the amount of the lien or such other amount as may be required to
remove said lien, plus all costs associated therewith pursuant to the
requirements of section 38-22-131, C.R.S. (1981 Cum.Supp.) and any amendments
thereto.

         Tenant has no authority or power to cause or permit any lien or
encumbrance of any kind whatsoever, whether created by act of Tenant, operation
of law or otherwise, to attach to or be placed upon Landlord's title or
interest in the leased premises, and any and all liens and encumbrances created
by Tenant shall attach to Tenant's interest only.

         23.     DEFAULT - REMEDIES OF LANDLORD. Annual Base Rent and any other
amount to be paid with the Annual Base Rent in regular monthly installments
shall be due on the first day of each calendar month and shall be delinquent if
not received by Landlord on or before the tenth of the month. Any other rent,
fee, charge or payment to be made by Tenant hereunder (all of which are to be
considered additional rental payments,) unless other time limits for payment
are prescribed herein, shall be due ten days after receipt by Tenant of a
statement from Landlord and shall be delinquent if not received by Landlord
within ten days from the date due.

         If Tenant shall be delinquent in the payment of rent or other charges
due from Tenant hereunder or default in the keeping of any of the terms,
covenants or conditions of this Lease to be kept and/or performed by Tenant,

                                       17
<PAGE>   19
                                LEASE AGREEMENT


or if any proceedings be commenced by or for Tenant under any of the
bankruptcy laws or if Tenant is adjudged insolvent by any court, or if Tenant
makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if Tenant enters into a
general extension agreement with creditors, or if Tenant's leasehold interest
shall be levied upon by execution or seized by virtue of any writ of any court
of law, then such events shall constitute a breach of this Lease and Landlord
may, at Landlord's option, exercise any one or more of the rights available to
Landlord under the laws of the State of Colorado now or hereafter in effect,
consecutively or, concurrently, including, without limitation, the following:

                 A.       Landlord may, if Tenant refuses upon proper demand to
quit the premises, immediately, or at any time thereafter, terminate this Lease
pursuant to section 13-40-101, et seq., C.R.S.1973, as amended, and obtain
through judicial process a writ of restitution and thereby repossess the leased
premises, together with all additions, alterations and improvements thereto.
Landlord may, at its option, at any time and from time to time thereafter,
relet the leased premises or any part thereof for the account of Tenant or
otherwise, and receive and collect the rents therefor and apply the same first
to the payment of such expenses as Landlord may have incurred in recovering
possession and for putting the same in good order and condition for rerental,
and expense, commissions and charges paid by Landlord in reletting the leased
premises. Any such reletting may be for the remainder of the term of this Lease
or for a longer or shorter period. In lieu of reletting such leased premises,
Landlord may occupy the same or cause the same to be occupied by others.
Whether or not the leased premises or any part thereof be relet, and provided
that Landlord does not reoccupy them, Tenant shall pay the Landlord the rent
and all other charges required to be

                                       18
<PAGE>   20
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

paid by Tenant up to the time of the expiration of this Lease or of such
recovered possession, as the case may be, and thereafter, Tenant, if required
by Landlord, shall pay to Landlord until the end of the term of this Lease, the
equivalent of the amount of all rent reserved herein and all other charges
required to be paid by Tenant, less the net amount received by Landlord for
such reletting, if any.

         If the leased premises shall be reoccupied by Landlord, then, from and
after the date of repossession, the Lease shall be deemed to have been
terminated by Landlord and Tenant shall be discharged of any obligations to
Landlord under the provisions hereof for the payment of rent.

         In event of any default by Tenant, and regardless of whether the
premises shall be relet or possessed by Landlord, any fixtures, additions,
furniture, and the like then on the premises may be retained by Landlord.

         In the event Tenant is in default under the terms hereof and, by the
safe and reasonable determination of Landlord, has abandoned the leased
premises, Landlord shall have the right to remove all the Tenant's property
from the leased premises and dispose of said property in such manner as is
reasonably determined best by Landlord, all at the cost and expense of Tenant
and without liability of Landlord for the actions so taken. Such reentry and
removal of personal property shall not be considered or construed to be a
forcible entry and shall be a remedy in addition to and separate and apart from
the Landlord's right of distraint and Landlord lien provided for in paragraph
23D and 23E below.

                 B.       Landlord shall also have the right to continue this
lease in full force and effect, including Tenant's right to possession and
Landlord's right to collect rent as it becomes due, provided Landlord may, at
Landlord's option, take any action necessary or appropriate, including

                                       19
<PAGE>   21
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

entering upon the demised premises, to cure any breach, in which event the
reasonable cost to Landlord for such cure, including attorneys' fees, shall
become immediately due and payable by Tenant as additional rental per annum.
Any installment of rent or other payment which is not paid when due shall bear
interest at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum.

                 C.       Additionally, Landlord shall have the right to seek
such equitable relief as may be appropriate.

                 D.       Landlord may, after default, enter upon the leased
premises at any reasonable time to exercise its right of distraint against any
property of the Tenant and may seize such property having a value of this
amount of the unpaid rent and Landlord may keep said property in its possession
until the time such rental payment or payments have been made.

                 E.       Landlord and Tenant agree that Tenant grants unto
Landlord and Landlord has and shall have from the date of this Lease a landlord
lien upon all of the personal property, furniture, fixtures and equipment of
Tenant now located or hereinafter located upon the leased premises. In the
event of any default in the payment of any of the rental payments provided for
herein, Landlord shall have the right to take possession of the property
encumbered by said landlord lien and to dispose of said property at public or
private sale after sending notification of the time and place thereof to Tenant
and any other party with a recorded interest in the property subsequent to that
of Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to such sale.

         All powers and remedies given by this Lease to Landlord may be
exercised, from time to time, and as often as occasion may arise or as may be
deemed expedient. No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or
power arising from any default shall impair any such right or power or shall be
considered to be a waiver of any such default or acquiescence thereof.


                                       20
<PAGE>   22
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

The acceptance of rental by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of
breach of any of the covenants herein contained or of any of the rights of
Landlord to any remedies herein given.

         24.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS - RESPONSIBILITY.   In the event of any
proceeding at law or in equity wherein Landlord, without being in default as to
its covenants under the terms hereof, shall be made a party to any litigation
by reason of Tenant's interest in the leased premises, Landlord shall be
allowed and Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay all costs and expenses
incurred by Landlord including reasonable attorneys' fees. In the event either
party shall be required to commence any legal proceeding relating to the leased
premises and/or Tenant's occupancy thereof and/or Tenant's relation thereto,
the prevailing party shall be allowed and the other party shall be liable for
and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing
party, including reasonable attorney's fees.

         25.     HOLD HARMLESS. Tenant will indemnify and hold Landlord
harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, expenses, costs,
judgments, and/or demands arising from the conduct of Tenant on the leased
premises and/or on account of any operation or action by Tenant and/or from and
against all claims arising from any breach or default on the part of Tenant or
any act of negligence of Tenant, its agents, contractors, servants, employees,
licensees, or invitees; or any accident, injury or death of any person or
damage to any property in or about the leased premises arising from or caused
by Tenant's conduct, misconduct or negligence.  This paragraph 25 shall survive
termination of this Lease regardless of the reason for such termination. The
indemnification and hold harmless provisions set forth

                                       21
<PAGE>   23
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

herein shall not apply to claims, losses, expenses, costs, judgments and/or
demands arising solely from the negligence of Landlord.

         26.     ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLETTING. Tenant shall not without the consent
of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, (a) assign this
Lease or any interest hereunder; (b) suffer or permit any assignment thereof by
operation of law; (c) sublet the leased premises or any part thereof; or (d)
permit the use of the premises by any party or parties other than Tenant, its
agents and employees. In the event of any sublease, Landlord shall retain the
right to collect such subrentals directly from such sub-tenants in the event
Tenant is in default under any of the terms and conditions hereunder. In the
event of an assignment of this Lease by Tenant, unless expressly agreed to the
contrary by Landlord, Tenant shall not be released from its obligations under
this Lease.

         27.     WARRANTY OF TITLE. Landlord covenants it has good right to
lease the leased premises in the manner described herein and that Tenant shall
peaceably and quietly have, hold, occupy, and enjoy the premises during the
term of the Lease.

         28.     GOVERNMENTAL ACQUISITION OF PROPERTY.      In the event the
leased premises and/or the improvements of which the leased premises are a part
shall be taken by condemnation or eminent domain, Landlord shall have the right
to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant. The parties agree that
Landlord shall have complete freedom of negotiation and settlement of all
matters pertaining to the governmental acquisition of such property, it being
understood and agreed that any financial settlement respecting land


                                       22
<PAGE>   24
                                LEASE AGREEMENT


to be taken whether resulting from negotiation and agreement or condemnation
proceedings, shall be the exclusive property of Landlord, there being no
sharing whatsoever between Landlord and Tenant of any sum received in
settlement.  Landlord, at its option, may, after the taking of the property,
provide the same amount of square feet of land area and useable building space
for Tenant's operations in the immediate vicinity of the leased premises; in
the event Landlord cannot so do within thirty days of such taking, Tenant shall
have the right to terminate this Lease, but shall not receive payment of any
form of compensation. The taking of land as noted herein and/or the subsequent
termination of this Lease shall not be considered as a breach of this Lease by
Landlord, nor give rise to any claim in Tenant for damages or compensation from
Landlord.

         29.     CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO IMPROVEMENTS BY LANDLORD. Landlord
reserves the right at any time to make alterations or additions to the
improvements of which the leased premises are a part and/or to build additions
or other structures adjoining said improvements. Landlord also reserves the
right to construct other buildings and/or improvements in the immediate area of
the improvements in which the leased premises are located and to make
alterations or additions thereto, all as Landlord shall determine. However,
such changes and additions by Landlord shall not deny Tenant access to the
leased premises nor shall they materially impair or impede Tenant's ability to
make reasonable use of the leased premises as provided in Section 16 herein,
and Landlord shall use its best efforts to prevent such denial of access to, or
impairment of, use of the leased premises. Landlord further reserves the
exclusive right to the roof of the improvements of which the leased premises
are a part and the airspace above said roof; provided, however, that Tenant

                                       23
<PAGE>   25
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

shall have the right to install and maintain improvements on the roof subject
to the provisions of paragraph 13 of this Lease. In the event a significant
alteration or addition is to be made by Landlord upon the leased premises,
Landlord shall give to Tenant written notice of such alteration or addition
prior to commencement of construction thereof. Tenant shall, within thirty (30)
days following receipt of any such notice, register with Landlord, in writing,
any objection or protest thereto, and upon failure to do so shall be deemed to
have waived any objection or protest thereto.

         30.     SUBORDINATION. It is expressly understood and agreed that this
Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any mortgage or deed of trust now
upon the demised premises and any mortgage or deed of trust hereafter placed
upon the demised premises, provided that the mortgagee or beneficiary under
such deed of trust agrees in writing with Tenant or adequate provision is made
in such future mortgage or deed of trust that, regardless of any default or
breach under said mortgage or deed of trust or of any possession or sale of the
sole or any part of the premises under or through such mortgage or deed of
trust, this Lease and Tenant's possession shall not be disturbed by mortgagee
or beneficiary or any other party claiming under or through such mortgage or
deed of trust; provided, however, that Tenant shall continue to observe and
perform Tenant's obligations under this Lease and pay rent to whomsoever may be
lawfully entitled to same from time to time. Tenant hereby agrees to execute,
if same is required by Landlord to subordinate Tenant's rights acquired by
this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or deed of trust, as aforesaid.

         31. HOLDING OVER. If, after expiration of the term of this lease,


                                       24
<PAGE>   26
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

including any renewal thereof, Tenant shall remain in possession of the leased
premises and continue to pay rent without a written agreement as to such
possession, the Tenant shall be deemed a month-to-month Tenant and the rental
rate during such holdover shall be equivalent to the monthly rental paid for
the last month of tenancy under this Lease plus an amount equal to ten (10%)
percent of such monthly rental paid and shall thereafter be increased in the
manner set forth in paragraph 4B herein. No holding over by Tenant shall
operate to renew or extend this Lease without the written consent of Landlord
to such renewal or extension having first been obtained.

         32.     MODIFICATION. No modification of this Lease shall be binding
unless in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

         33.     LATE CHARGE. The Landlord shall have the right to collect from
Tenant a collection charge for each and every payment due to Landlord hereunder
which is delinquent, said charge being Twenty-Five and No/100 Dollars ($25.00)
or one and one-half percent of said payment, whichever sum shall be greater.
Said amounts shall be considered late rental payments under the terms of this
Lease. Payment of such late rental payments shall not excuse or cure any
default by Tenant under this Lease.

         34.     MEMORANDUM OF LEASE - RECORDING.  The parties hereto agree this
Lease will not be recorded.

         35.     NOTICE PROCEDURE. All notices, demands, and requests which may
or are required to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing
and such that are to be given to Tenant shall be deemed to have been properly


                                       25
<PAGE>   27
                                LEASE AGREEMENT


given if served on Tenant or sent to Tenant by United States certified mail,
return receipt requested, properly sealed, stamped, and addressed to Tenant at
the address first above mentioned with a copy sent to the Chief Financial
Officer at 201 University, Denver, CO 80206 and such as are to be given to
Landlord shall be deemed to have been properly given if personally served on
Landlord or if sent to Landlord, United States certified mail, return receipt
requested, properly sealed, stamped and addressed to BWAY Property Limited
Partnership c/o Spine Property Management Corporation 2805 Broadway Boulder
Colorado 80304 to the attention of Robert Polis or at such other place as
Landlord may from time to time designate in a written notice to Tenant. Any
notice given by mailing shall be effective as of the date of mailing as shown
by the receipt given therefor.

         36.     CONTROLLING LAW. The Lease, and all terms hereunder shall be
construed consistent with the laws of the State of Colorado. Any dispute
resulting in litigation hereunder shall be resolved in court proceedings
instituted in Colorado and in no other jurisdiction; provided, however, that
Landlord may elect to institute arbitration proceedings by serving upon Tenant
a written demand for arbitration of the dispute. In that event, the dispute
shall be arbitrated in Boulder, Colorado, pursuant to the rules and regulations
of the American Arbitration Association then in effect.  Landlord and Tenant
shall agree upon an arbitrator, but if unable to do so, the arbitrators
selected by each of them shall appoint the arbitrator to hear and adjudicate
the matter.

         37.     BINDING UPON SUCCESSORS. The covenants and agreements herein
contained shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and


                                       26
<PAGE>   28
                                LEASE AGREEMENT

their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. This
lease shall be signed by the parties in duplicate, each of which shall be a
complete and effective original Lease.

         38.     PARTIAL INVALIDITY. If any term, covenant or condition of this
Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any
extent, be deemed invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease and/or
the application of such term, covenant or condition to persons and
circumstances other than those to which it has been held invalid or
unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby.

         39.     MISCELLANEOUS. All marginal notations and paragraph headings
are for purposes of reference and shall not affect the true meaning and intent
of the terms hereof. Throughout this Lease, wherever the words "Landlord" and
"Tenant" are used, they shall include but not be limited to, and imply to the
singular, plural, persons both male and female, companies, partnerships and
corporations, and in reading said Lease, the necessary grammatical changes
required to make the provisions hereof mean and apply as aforesaid shall be
made in the same manner as though originally included in said Lease. The
undersigned signatory on behalf of Tenant hereby warrants and represents that
he is authorized to execute this lease and that Tenant is financially capable
of carrying out its obligations herein.

         40.     BROKER. The parties hereto agree that no broker, Realtor or
other person ("Broker") brought about this transaction. Tenant hereby
indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless against any claims for any and all
amounts that may be asserted by any person seeking payment of any kind for
bringing this transaction about.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the date hereof.

              LANDLORD: BWAY Property Limited Partnership by
                        Spine Property Management Corporation, General Partner


                    By: /s/ ROBERT POLIS
                        --------------------------------
                        Robert Polis

                 Title: President

                  Date: 
                        ---------------------------------

                TENANT: ALFALFAS BOULDER, INC.

                    By: /s/ S. M. HASSAN
                        --------------------------------
                        S.M. HASSAN
                 Title: President
                  Date: 
                        --------------------------------



                                       27

<PAGE>   1

                                 LEASE OVERVIEW
                                 BOULDER STORE

               Location:   1651 Broadway                                    
                   Size:   13,350 square feet                               
                 Tenant:   Alfalfa's Boulder                                
             Lease Type:   Triple Net                                       
              Guarantor:                                                    
             Lease Date:   October 11, 1982                                 
      Commencement Date:   December 11, 1982
                                
        Amendment Dated:   September 10, 1991
                               
                   Term:   Lease term to expire October 11, 2006 per        
                           amendment                                        
        Renewal Options:   6 years commencing 10/12/2006                    
                           Written Notice to Landlord by April 11, 1999
     
      Current Base Rent:          $12,248.00                                
    Current CAM Charges:   Taxes    2,117.00                                
                           Insurance  185.00
                                
       Annual Base Rent:   $146,971.00 (through December 11, 1995)           
                           $11.01 per foot per year                         

            Escalations:   7,187.50/mo 1st year 1982                        
                           8,145.83/mo 2nd year 1983                        
                           9,104.16/mo 3rd year 1984 plus 2,150 for the     
                           additional location.                             
                           Thereafter at each anniversary date rent shall   
                           increase by the Implicit Price Deflator Index for
                           Private Businesses. This adjustment to be        
                           calculated by the lessor on an annual basis.     

        Percentage Rent:   None                                             
       Security Deposit:   $7,187.50                                        
<PAGE>   2
                                                                   1651 Broadway

                          AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

                 This Amendment to Lease Agreement ("Amendment"), dated this
10th day of September, 1991, is between BWAY Property Limited Partnership
("Landlord"), and Alfalfa's Boulder, Inc., a Colorado corporation ("Tenant").

                                    RECITALS

                 A.       Boulder National Bank, as nominee, and Natural
Horizons, Inc. entered into a Lease Agreement dated October 11, 1982, pursuant
to which Natural Horizons, Inc. leased approximately 11,500 square feet of
space in a portion of the building formerly known as 1645 Broadway, Boulder,
Colorado, which is now known as 1651 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado (the Lease, as
amended by the Addendum, is referred to herein as the "Lease").

                 B.       Landlord is successor in interest to Boulder National
Bank. Tenant is successor in interest to Natural Horizons, Inc.

                 C.       Landlord and Tenant wish to amend the Lease to grant
Tenant an additional option to extend the term thereof.

                                   AMENDMENT

                 For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

                 1.       Extension of Present Term. The present term of the
Lease, now due to expire October 11, 1994, shall be and is hereby extended to
October 11, 2000, subject to adjustments in Rental rates hereinafter described.

                 2.       Option to Extend. Section 3 of the Lease is hereby
deleted and the following substituted therefor:

                 "Upon full and complete performance of all the terms,
                 covenants and condition herein contained by Tenant and payment
                 of all Rental due under the terms hereof, Tenant shall be
                 given the option to renew this Lease for an additional term of
                 six years commencing October 12,
<PAGE>   3
                 2000, and terminating October 11, 2006. In the event Tenant
                 desires to exercise the option to renew the term of this
                 Lease, Tenant shall give written notice of such fact to
                 Landlord on or before April 11, 1999. In the event of such 
                 exercise, this Lease shall be deemed to be extended for such 
                 additional renewal period, subject to the right of Landlord to
                 make such adjustments and/or assessments of charges against 
                 Tenant as provided herein."

                 3.       Insurance. The parties acknowledge that Tenant
currently has flood insurance coverage insufficient to fully compensate Tenant
for a loss of inventory in the event of a flood at the Premises. Tenant agrees
to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain a greater amount of flood
insurance coverage to cover loss of inventory on the Premises, provided Tenant
may obtain such coverage at premiums acceptable to Tenant in its reasonable
determination.

                 4.       Parking Facilities. Section 11 shall be amendment by
adding the following to the end of the section: "The parties acknowledge that
Landlord has made no commitment regarding expansion of the current parking
facilities, and that any expansion of parking facilities must be agreed to in
writing between Tenant and Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that the parking is
taken "as is".

                 5.       Upkeep of Premises. Section 12 of the Lease is hereby
amended to add the following to the end of the section: "Floodgates installed
at the main entrance to the Premises have been installed in compliance with
requests of the City of Boulder, Colorado.  Tenant acknowledges that such
floodgates shall be maintained in good working order by Tenant at its own
expense, and Tenant shall use such floodgates when necessary. Tenant hereby
absolves Landlord of any liability arising from the functioning, or failure to
function, of such floodgates."

                 6.       Assignment or Subletting. Section 26 of the Lease is
hereby amended to add the following to the end of the section: "Tenant shall
provide Landlord with such financial information on any proposed assignee of
Tenant as Landlord may reasonably request. Without the express agreement of
Landlord, any such assignment by Tenant shall not release Tenant from liability
under the Lease."

                 7.       Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly amended
hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>   4

                Executed as of the date set forth above.


LANDLORD:                                          TENANT:

BWAY PROPERTY LIMITED                              ALFALFA'S BOULDER, INC.,
PARTNERSHIP                                        a Colorado corporation

By:      Spine Property
         Management Corporation

By:         /s/ ROBERT POLIS                       By:  /s/ S.M. Hasaan         
         ------------------------                     --------------------------
         Robert Polis, President                                      President



                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>   5
                [FELIX MICHAEL LICINI, ATTORNEY  LETTERHEAD]


                                                                 August 16, 1985





Mr. Robert Polis
c/o Cromwell International Ltd.
2805 Broadway
Boulder, Colorado 80302

Re: Exercise of Option to Renew for Alfalfa's Market

Dear Bob:

         You are hereby given notice that Natural Horizons, Inc. is exercising
its option to renew the term of its lease with Boulder National Bank, Nominee,
as to the north portion of 1645 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado for an additional
term of three years running from December 11, 1985 through December 11, 1988.
This option to extend applies to all of the leased premises pursuant to the
lease between Natural Horizons, Inc. and Boulder National Bank, Nominee,
executed on October 11, 1982. As to the rent beginning on December 11, 1985,
please communicate directly with Therese at Alfalfa's (442-0082). It seems that
at this time we are unable to determine the increase in the Implicit Price
Deflator Index for Private Businesses for the previous three years. Hopefully,
Therese will be on the bureau of labor mailing list for this Index by the time
you and she are determining next year's rent. Thanks for your attention.

                                                     Sincerely yours
                                                     /s/ FELIX M. LICINI
                                                     Felix M. Licini
FML:kjd
cc: Therese, Alfalfa's Market
<PAGE>   6
                           [ALFALFA'S LETTERHEAD]


                                                              August 3, 1988

Bob Polis
Broadway Management Co. Inc.
2888 Bluff St.
Suite 221
Boulder, CO 80302


Dear Bob,

         Natural Horizons Inc. (NHI) is hereby giving notice to you, appointee,
Boulder National Bank nominee, that NHI is exercising their option to renew the
term of the lease for 1645 - 1651 Broadway, Boulder CO. for the second renewal
term commencing December 11, 1988.

         Please note that our business office address and phone number has been
changed to the following:

                        Natural Horizons Inc.
                        205 Canyon Blvd., Suite 200
                        Boulder, CO 80302
                        (303) 443-8522

         All correspondence concerning the lease and lease terms should be
addressed to our business office.   Dale Kamibayashi, store manager, should
continue to be contacted concerning maintenance, repairs and upkeep of the
property.  Thank you very much.  I look forward to our continued partnership at
1651 Broadway.

                                                   Sincerely yours,

                                                   /s/ MARK RETZLOFF
                                                   Mark Retzloff

cc. Dale Kamibayashi
    Teri Grupp



<PAGE>   7
                                                                       EXHIBIT 2



                                    LEASE
                                    -----


        THIS LEASE, made and entered into this 11th day of October, 1982, by
and between BOULDER NATIONAL BANK, nominee, (hereinafter referred to as
"Landlord") and NATURAL HORIZONS, INC., a Colorado corporation (hereinafter
referred to as "Tenant");

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

        IN CONSIDERATION of the covenants, terms, conditions, agreements and
payments as hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto covenant and agree as
follows:

        1.  Property - Leased Premises.  Landlord hereby leases unto Tenant the
premises described as the north portion of 1645 Broadway consisting of
approximately 11,500 square feet (the "leased premises") located in Boulder,
Colorado, the leasing of which shall be governed by the terms of this Lease. 
The leased premises are depicted by cross-hatch on the diagram attached hereto
as Exhibit "A."

        2.  Term.  The term of this Lease shall commence at 12:00 noon on the
11th day of December, 1982, which date shall be sixty (60) days after the
exercise by Tenant of the Option to Lease the leased premises, and unless
terminated or renewed as herein provided for, shall end at 12:00 noon, three
years after the commencement date of this Lease.

        If Landlord shall be unable to give possession of the leased premises
on the date of commencement of the term hereof by reason of the holding over or 
retention of possession by the current occupants of the leased premises or for
any other reason, for the first 30 days of such delay Landlord shall not be
subject to liability for the failure to give possession on said date and no
abatement or diminution of the rent to be paid hereunder shall be allowed to
Tenant nor shall the validity of the Lease be impaired under such
circumstances.  By the signing of this lease, or any option relating hereto,
Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the leased premises and acknowledges
that the leased premises are in satisfactory condition.
<PAGE>   8
        Under such circumstances, the rent reserved and covenanted to be paid
herein shall not commence until 30 days after the possession of the leased
premises is given to Tenant per paragraph  4.A.(1) or the premises are
available for occupancy by Tenant, and no such failure to give possession on
the date of commencement of the term shall affect the validity of this Lease or
the obligations of Tenant hereunder.

        3.  Option to Extend.  Upon full and complete performance of all the
terms, covenants and conditions herein contained by Tenant and payment of all
rental due under the terms hereof, Tenant shall be given the option to renew
this Lease for an additional term of three years (first renewal term) and upon
the same conditions, Tenant shall be given the option to renew this Lease for a
second renewal term of three years and, following this, for a third renewal
term of three years.  In the event Tenant desires to exercise said option to
renew the term of this Lease or the second or third renewal term of this Lease,
Tenant shall give written notice of such fact to Landlord not less than ninety
(90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the expiration of
the current term of this Lease or the then current renewal term of this Lease. 
In the event of such exercise, this Lease Agreement shall be deemed to be
extended for the additional three-year period, subject to the right of the
Landlord to make such adjustments and/or assessment of charges against Tenant
as is provided for herein.

        4.  Rent.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at the address of Landlord's
agent as herein set forth, the following as rental for the leased premises:

             A.  Base Rental Rate:

        (1)  The base annual rental for the first full year of the term hereof
shall be $86,250.00 per year.  Said rental





                                     -2-
<PAGE>   9
shall be payable in monthly installments (basic first year monthly rental) of
$7,187.50, in advance, on the first day of each month during the term hereof;
provided, however, that Landlord waives the right to, and Tenant shall be under
no obligation to pay, the basic first year monthly rental for the first month of
the term hereof.

        (2)  The base annual rent for the second full year of the term hereof
shall be $97,750.00 per year.  Said rental shall be payable in monthly
installments (basic second year monthly rental) of $8,145.83, in advance, on the
first day of each month during the second year of the term hereof.

        (3)  The base annual rental for the third full year of the term hereof
shall be $109,250.00 per year.  Said rental shall be payable in monthly
installments (basic third year monthly rental) of $9,104.16, in advance, on the
first day of each month during the third year of the term hereof.

             B.  Escalation of Base Rental Rate:  If any option to extend
herein granted is exercised, three years after the commencement date of the
term of this Lease and thereafteron each annual anniversary date of this Lease
during any renewal term of this lease (hereinafter referred to as the
"adjustment date"), the base annual rental due hereunder shall be adjusted
upward (but not downward) by the annual percentage increase in the Implicit
Price Deflator Index for Private Businesses (hereinafter referred to as the
"Index").  The first adjustment of the base annual rental herein set forth
shall be based upon the percentage increase in the Index between that published
on the closest date of publication prior to the commencement of the term of
this Lease, and that published on the closest date of publication thereof prior
to the third annual anniversary date following the commencement of the term of
this Lease divided by three (3).  Thereafter, any such
                                 



                                     -3-
<PAGE>   10
adjustment shall be based on the annual percentage change in the Index.  Upon
each adjustment date the base annual rental then being paid shall be increased
by an amount equal to the amount arrived at by multiplying the percentage
increase in the Index for the preceding thirty-six (36) months divided by three
(3) in the case of the first adjustment and thereafter for the preceding twelve
(12) months times the then payable base annual rental.

        If publication of the Index shall be discontinued, the parties hereto
shall thereafter accept comparable statistics on the cost of living for United
States cities, as they shall be computed and published by an agency of the
United States or by a responsible financial periodical of recognized authority
then to be selected by the parties hereto.  In the event of (1) use of
comparable statistics in place of the Index as above-mentioned, or (2)
publication of the index figure at other than bi-monthly intervals, there shall
be made in the method of computation herein provided for such revisions as the
circumstances may require to carry out the intent of this paragraph.

        5.  Security Deposit.  Subject to collection the Tenant has, on the
date this lease is signed by the parties hereto, deposited with the Landlord the
sum of $21,562.50 as security for the performance by the Tenant of the terms of
this Lease.  The Landlord may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the
security so deposited to the extent required for the payment of any rent and
additional rent or other sum as to which the Tenant is in default or for any
sum which the Landlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of the
Tenant's default in respect of any of the terms of this Lease, including, but
not limited to, any damages or deficiency in the reletting of the leased
property, whether such damages or deficiency accrued before or after summary
proceedings or other reentry by the Landlord;




                                     -4-
<PAGE>   11
provided, however, that upon completion of the improvements set forth on
Exhibit "B" attached hereto, and payment therefor by Tenant, Landlord shall
return to Tenant $14,375.00 of said deposit or such portion of said amount that
has not been used, applied or retained as set forth herein and Landlord shall
retain the remaining $7,187.50 as security for the purposes stated herein which
security shall accrue simple interest on the $7,187.50 at the rate of 7% per 
year or the minimum rate permitted by Law, whichever is higher.  In the event 
that the Tenant shall comply with all of the terms of this Lease, the security
deposit shall be returned to the Tenant after the date fixed as the end of the
lease and after delivery of possession of the leased property to the Landlord. 
In the event of a sale or lease of the premises of which the leased property
forms a part, the Landlord shall have the right to transfer the security
deposit to the vendee or lessee and the Landlord shall thereupon be released
from all liability for the return of such security deposit and the Tenant shall
look solely to the new landlord for the return of such security deposit.  The
Tenant shall not assign or encumber the money deposited as security, and
neither the Landlord nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such
assignment or encumbrance.  In the event Tenant has not paid any and all sales
and/or use taxes due or claimed to be due by and to any governing municipality
as and when due, Landlord may declare Tenant to be in default pursuant to the
terms and conditions of the within lease agreement, and Landlord further
reserves the right to require Tenant to submit proof to Landlord at any time
and from time to time that payment for such taxes are and have been duly and
timely made to and received by all governing municipalities and authorities.
                      
        6.  Taxes - Real Property - Responsibility.  Tenant shall pay a pro rata
share of all taxes, levies, assessments and charges, including, but not limited
to, the general real property taxes on 1645 Broadway and the land and
improvements of which the leased premises are a part, which pro rata share
shall be at the ratio of 11,500/26,000.  Additionally, Tenant shall pay 100% of
the increase in the general real property taxes due to any improvements to the
leased premises made by Tenant.  At the election of Landlord, Landlord may
advise Tenant of the estimated amount of such real property taxes, based on the
most current available assessment and levy, and Tenant shall pay monthly to
Landlord, as additional rent under the terms hereof, a sum equal to one-twelfth
of Tenant's pro




                                     -5-
<PAGE>   12
rata share of such estimated real property taxes.  In the event the first and
last months of the lease term are not full calendar months, the liability of
Tenant under the terms hereof shall be prorated with Tenant being liable for
only those number of days in such month during which this lease was in effect.

        7.  Taxes - Personal Property - Responsibility.

Tenant shall pay for any and all taxes and/or assessments levied and/or
assessed against any furniture, fixtures, equipment and items of a similar
nature installed and/or located in or about the leased premises by Tenant.

        8.  Insurance - Responsibility.

                A.  The Landlord shall have and maintain in effect at all
times, fire, extended coverage, flood, public liability and vandalism and
malicious mischief insurance on the building only in such amounts as shall be
determined appropriate by Landlord, and shall notify Tenant of the premium
therefor.  At the election of the Landlord, Landlord may notify Tenant of the
premium for such insurance and on the first day of the month next following
receipt of notification of the amount of such premium, and on the first day of
each month thereafter until subsequent notification of any change, Tenant shall
pay to Landlord, as additional rent due under the terms hereof, one-twelfth of
Tenant's pro rata share of the amount thereof, such pro rata share to be
determined in the manner set forth in paragraph 6 herein.

                B.  During the construction of any improvement to the
leased premises, Tenant shall carry such public liability and workman's
compensation insurance as shall be required by the laws of the State of
Colorado.  Before any work is commenced, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord proof
of such insurance coverage, and such liability policy shall name the Landlord
as an additional insured.

        9.  Insurance - Responsibility of Tenant.  Tenant shall procure,
pay for and maintain comprehensive public       






                                     -6-
<PAGE>   13
liability insurance providing coverage from any loss or damage occasioned by an
accident or casualty in, or about the leased premises.

        10.  Utilities.  Tenant shall exercise its best efforts to obtain
and install at its sole cost and expense separate meters for all utility
service and shall pay the cost of all utility services which are separately
metered for the leased premises, including, but not limited to, heat, water,
gas, electric and sewer services.  In the event that any or all of those
utility services are not separately metered, Tenant shall, within ten days from
presentation by Landlord of the statement for such utility services, pay to
Landlord as additional rent under the terms hereof, its pro rata share of said
statement if it includes utility service to the entire building in which the
leased premises are located.  Such pro rata share shall be determined in the
manner set forth in paragraph 6 unless Landlord and/or Tenant obtains an
engineer's report indicating that another method of determining tenant's
pro rata share should be used therein.  In no event shall Landlord be liable 
for any interruption or failure in the supply of any such utility to the
leased premises not caused by the Landlord.

        11.  Access and Parking Facilities.  Landlord shall provide to
Tenant access and parking facilities as depicted upon the diagram attached
hereto as Exhibit "C" to include 35 spaces from the northern half of such
parking facility.  Tenant, at its own cost, shall be responsible for the
repair, maintenance, replacement and snow removal in connection with the
sidewalk access facilities depicted on Exhibit "C."  Landlord, at its costs,
shall provide to Tenant snow removal, repair, maintenance, replacement and
striping of all of the parking and other access facilities depicted on Exhibit
"C."

        12.  Tenant's Operating and Upkeep Expense.  The Tenant at its own
expense shall be responsible for the reasonable and necessary operation,
maintenance and repair of the leased premises.  






                                     -7-
<PAGE>   14
        13.  Alterations, Changes and Additions by Tenant.

                A.  Interior of Leased Premises.  Tenant may, during the
term of this Lease, at Tenant's expense, but only upon demonstration of
Tenant's financial ability and with the prior written approval of the Landlord,
such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, erect inside partitions, add to
existing electric power service, add telephone outlets, add light fixtures,
install additional heating and/or air conditioning or make such other changes
or alterations as Tenant may desire.  Prior to the commencement and during the
course of such constrction, Tenant shall comply with the existing PUD for the
leased premises and all relevant laws, ordinances, regulations and orders and
shall procure all necessary approvals, permits and certificates in connection
therewith as may be required by all governmental agencies having jurisdiction
thereof.  At the end of this Lease, all such fixtures, equipment, additions
and/or alterations (except trade fixtures installed by Tenant and described on
Exhibit "D" attached hereto) shall be and remain the property of Landlord;
provided, however, Landlord shall have the option to require Tenant to remove
any or all such fixtures, equipment, additions and/or alterations and restore
the leased premises to the condition existing immediately prior to such change
and/or installation, normal wear and tear excepted, all at Tenant's cost and
expense.  All such work shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and
shall consist of new materials unless agreed to otherwise by Landlord, and all
such work, upon completion, must be approved by Landlord and by the Building
Inspector for the City of Boulder and all other governing authorities having
jursidiction there.  Any and all repairs, changes and/or modifications thereto
shall be the responsibility of and at the cost of Tenant.






                                     -8-
<PAGE>   15
        B.  Exterior of Leased Premises.  Landlord must approve in writing
which approval shall not be unreasonable withheld any signs to be placed in or
on the leased premises, regardless of size or value, and/or any addition,
change or alteration to the exterior of the lease premises.  Prior to the
cutting of any holes in the roof and/or any exterior surfaces or prior to any
work being performed and/or any equipment being stalled on the roof by Tenant,
Tenant must submit to Landlord a structural report of the work to be performed. 
The prior written approval of such work by the Landlord is to be obtained by
Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  If Tenant fails to
obtain such prior written approval, then any roof or structural repairs
necessitated by such change shall be the responsibility of Tenant.  As a
condition to the granting of such approval, Landlord shall have the right to
require Tenant to furnish a bond or other security acceptable to Landlord
sufficient to insure completion of and payment for any such work to be so
performed.  Prior to the commencement and during the course of such
construction, Tenant shall comply with the existing PUD for the leased premises
and all relevant laws, ordinances, regulations and orders and shall procure all
necessary approvals, permits and certificates in connection therewith as may be
required by all governmental agencies having jurisdiction thereof.

        14.  Care of Property - Responsibility.  Tenant shall furnish and
maintain in good repair all equipment, machinery and appliances necessary for
heat and air conditioning, furnish and maintain roughed-in electrical wiring
and plumbing, provide all exterior maintenance, repairs and groundskeeping to
and for the leased premises and provide for any snow removal from the sidewalk
and access area depicted on Exhibit "C" exclusive of parking areas.  Tenant
shall be responsible for provision of trash receptacles and trash removal
service for the leased premises.






                                     -9-
<PAGE>   16
        Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the leased premises
at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements and
additions, including repairs and alterations to ducts and all other facilities
for air conditioning service as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary to the
premises or to the building or to any equipment located in the building or as
Landlord may be required to do by the City of Boulder or by the order or decree
of any court or by any other governmental authority, all at the sole cost and
expense of Tenant.

        Tenant will, at his own expense but subject to any contractors' or
builders' warranties, keep the leased premises, which shall be deemed to
include all areas within or inside the exterior door to the leased premises and
the exterior door itself, in good repair and tenantable condition during the
term of this Lease, and Tenant shall promptly and adequately repair all damage
to the leased premises and replace or repair all damaged or broken glass,
fixtures and appurtenances, under the supervision and with the approval of
Landlord, within a reasonable period of time.  If Tenant does not do so,
Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant
shall pay Landlord the cost thereof forthwith upon being billed for same.

        Tenant is responsible for replacement of all burned-out light bulbs
within the leased premises whether the light fixture is owned by Tenant or
Landlord.  Tenant further agrees at the end of the term to return the leased
premises to Landlord in substantially as good condition as when received,
except for usual and ordinary wear and tear.  Tenant further agrees to be
responsible for any repairs and/or maintenance required for any part of the
improvements of which the leased premises are a part where such repair and/or
maintenance is necessitated by actions or inactions of Tenant and/or activities
conducted by Tenant on the leased premises and/or as may be necessitated by any
governing authority.






                                     -10-
<PAGE>   17
        15.  Control of Common Areas.  All parking areas, grounds and other
facilities furnished by Landlord in, on or near the improvements of which the
leased premises are a portion, shall at all times be subject to the exclusive
control and management of Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right from time
to time to establish, modify and enforce reasonable rules and regulations with
respect to said facilities and areas.

        16.  Use of Premises and Care of Grounds - Tenant. 
Tenant shall use the leased premises for retailing and marketing of foodstuffs
and related items and services.  The use of the leased premises for any other
purpose is hereby expressly prohibited unless Landlord otherwise agrees in
writing.  Tenant shall continuously and uninterruptedly during the terms of
this Lease occupy and use the leased premises for the purposes hereinabove
specified unless prevented from so doing by causes beyond Tenant's control. 
Tenant shall not do anything in or about the leased premises which will, in any
way, void or make voidable or tend to increase the rates for any insurance on
the leased premises and/or the improvements of which the leased premises are a
part and/or the real property on which said improvements are located.  Tenant
agrees to pay, as additional rent, an amount equal to any increase in the
insurance premiums that may be charged during the term of this Lease for the
amount of the insurance carried by Landlord on the total improvements of which
the leased premises are a part when such increase results from activities
carried on by Tenant on the leased premises, whether or not Landlord has
consented to the same.  Tenant shall conform to all present and future laws and
ordinances of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the leased
premises.  Tenant shall not allow any accumulation of trash or debris on the
leased premises or within any portion of the





                                     -11-
<PAGE>   18
improvements of which the leased premises are a part. No storage of any
material outside of the leased premises shall be allowed unless first approved
by Landlord in writing, and then in only such areas as are designated by
Landlord. Tenant will not use or permit upon the premises anything unreasonably
dangerous to life or limb. Tenant will not in any manner deface or injure the
building or any part thereof. Tenant shall not commit or suffer any waste on
the leased premises nor shall Tenant permit any nuisance to be maintained on
the leased premises or permit any disorderly conduct, common noise or other
activity having a tendency to annoy or disturb any occupants of any part of
the improvements of which the leased premises are a part and/or any adjoining
property, except during the period of construction of the improvements set
forth on Exhibit "B," which period of construction shall not continue for
longer than three (3) months from the commencement date of this Lease, or as
reasonably may be necessary thereafter.

        17.     Liability for Overload. It shall be Tenant's sole and exclusive
responsibility to meet all fire regulations of any governmental unit having
jurisdiction over the leased premises as such regulations affect Tenant's use
of sidewalks and pavements adjoining the same which will result from the
movement of heavy articles. Tenant shall be liable for the cost of any damage
to the leased premises, the improvements of which the leased premises are a
part or the sidewalks and pavements adjoining the same which will result from
the movement of heavy articles. Tenant shall not unduly load or overload the
floors or any part of the leased premises.

        18.     Glass and Door Responsibility. Replacement and repair of all
glass and doors on, within or bounding the leased premises shall be the
responsibility of the Tenant. Any replacement or repair shall be promptly
completed at the expense of the Tenant.




                                      -12-
<PAGE>   19
        19.     Rules and Regulations. Landlord reserves the right to adopt and 
promulgate reasonable rules and regulations applicable to the leased premises 
and the land and improvements of which the leased premises are part and from 
time to time to amend or supplement said rules or regulations. Notice of such 
rules and regulations and amendments and supplements thereto shall be given to 
Tenant, and Tenant agrees to comply with and observe such rules and regulations 
and amendments and supplements thereto, provided, however, the same shall apply 
uniformly to all tenants of the improvements of which the leased premises are
a part.

        20.     Damage to Leased Premises. In the event the leased premises 
and/or the improvements of which the leased premises are a part shall be 
totally destroyed by fire or other casualty or so badly damaged that, in the 
opinion of Landlord, it is not feasible to repair or rebuild same, Landlord 
shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant. If 
the leased premises shall be wholly or partially damaged by fire or other 
casualty, except if caused by Tenant's negligence, and said leased premises are 
rendered wholly or partially untenantable thereby, an appropriate reduction of 
the rent shall be allowed for any untenantable portion of the leased premises 
until repair thereof shall be substantially completed.

        21.     Inspection of and Right of Entry to Leased Premises.

                A.      Landlord, and/or Landlord's agent and employees, shall 
retain at all times, and have the right to use, in appropriate instances, keys 
to all doors within and into the leased premises. If locks shall be changed or 
added, Landlord shall be furnished with a key or keys thereto.

                B.      Landlord, and/or Landlord's agents and employees, shall 
have the right to enter the leased premises at


                                      -13-
<PAGE>   20
all times during regular business hours and, at all times during emergencies,
to examine the leased premises, to make such repairs, alterations, improvements
or additions as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, provided there is no
unreasonably interference with Tenant's substantially the same conduct of its
business, and Landlord shall be allowed to take all materials into and upon
said premises that may be required therefor without the same constituting an
eviction of Tenant in whole or in part, and the rent reserved shall in no way
abate while such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions are being
made, for reason of loss or interruption of business of Tenant or otherwise.
Landlord reserves the right, at any time during the term hereof, to exhibit the
leased premises to any prospective purchaser of the improvements of which the
leased premises are a part and/or to place upon the leased premises and/or the
improvements of which the leased premises are a part a notice or sign
indicating the property is for sale, such sign not to be posted on Tenant's
immediate premises and during the ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of
the term of this Lease or any renewal thereof, Landlord may exhibit the premises
to prospective tenants and may place upon the leased premises the usual notices
indicating the leased premises are for lease.

                C.      Landlord shall have the right to approve the weight,
size and location of safes and other heavy equipment and articles in and about
the leased premises and the access and parking areas and to require all such
items and furniture and similar items to be moved into and out of the building
and within the building and leased premises only at such times as will not
interfere with business operations of other tenants. Movements of Tenant's
property into or out of the building and within the building are entirely at
the risk and responsibility of Tenant, and Landlord reserves the right to
require a permit (if required) before allowing any such property to be moved
into or out of the buildings.





                                      -14-
<PAGE>   21
                D.      Landlord shall have the right to take all reasonable
measures necessary for the security of the building and its occupants. Tenant
agrees, however, the security within its leased premises is solely the
responsibility of the Tenant.

                E.      Nothing contained herein shall impose any obligation
upon the Landlord to do or perform any of the above and foregoing. Landlord may
enter upon the premises and may exercise any or all of the foregoing rights
hereby reserved without being deemed guilty of an eviction or disturbance of
Tenant's use or possession and without being liable in any manner to Tenant.

        22.     Covenant Against Liens.  Tenant covenants and agrees with
Landlord not to suffer or permit any lien of mechanics or materialmen to be
placed against the building at 1645 Broadway or the leased premises or Tenant's
interest under this Lease. Tenant shall post notice pursuant to section
38-22-101, et seq., C.R.S. 1973, as amended, negating Landlord's liability for
any mechanic's liens resulting from any work, labor or materials performed for
or delivered at Tenant's request for incorporation into the leased premises.

        In case any such lien attaches to the leased premises for work claimed
to have been furnished to Tenant, it shall be paid off and removed by Tenant
within ten (10) days thereafter at Tenant's expense. Additionally, should any
such mechanic's lien be filed, Tenant shall immediately file with the Clerk of
the District Court in Boulder County a corporate surety bond equal to one and 
one-half the amount of the lien or such other amount as may be required to
remove said lien, plus all costs associated therewith pursuant to the
requirements of section 38-22-131, C.R.S. (1981 Cum.Supp.) and any amendments
thereto. 

        Tenant has no authority or power to cause or permit any lien or
encumbrance of any kind whatsoever, whether created





                                      -15-
<PAGE>   22
by act of Tenant, operation of law or otherwise, to attach to or be placed upon
Landlord's title or interest in the leased premises, and any and all liens and
encumbrances created by Tenant shall attach to Tenant's interest only.

        23.     Default -- Remedies of Landlord. Annual Base Rent and any other
amount to be paid with the Annual Base Rent in regular monthly installments
shall be due on the first day of each calendar month and shall be delinquent if
not received by Landlord on or before the tenth of the month. Any other rent,
fee, charge or payment to be made by Tenant hereunder (all of which are to be
considered additional rental payments, unless other time limits for payment are
prescribed herein, shall be due ten days after receipt by Tenant of a statement
from Landlord and shall be delinquent if not received by Landlord within ten
days from the date due.

        If Tenant shall be delinquent in the payment of rent or other charges
due from Tenant hereunder or default in the keeping of any of the terms,
covenants or conditions of this Lease to be kept and/or performed by Tenant, or
if any proceedings be commenced by or for Tenant under any of the bankruptcy
laws or if Tenant is adjudged insolvent by any court, or if Tenant makes an
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if Tenant enters into a general
extension agreement with creditors, or if Tenant's leasehold interest shall be
levied upon by execution or seized by virtue of any writ of any court of law,
then such events shall constitute a breach of this Lease and Landlord may, at
Landlord's option, exercise any one or more of the rights available to Landlord
under the laws of the State of Colorado, now or hereafter in effect
consecutively or concurrently, including, without limitation, the following:

                A.      Landlord may, if Tenant refuses upon proper demand to
quit the premises, immediately, or at any time thereafter, terminate this Lease
pursuant to section 13-40-101, et 





                                      -16-
<PAGE>   23

seq., C.R.S. 1973, as amended, and obtain through judicial process a writ of
restitution and thereby repossess the leased premises, together with all
additions, alterations and improvements thereto. Landlord may, at its option,
at any time and from time to time thereafter, relet the leased premises or any
part thereof for the account of Tenant or otherwise, and receive and collect
the rents therefor and apply the same first to the payment of such expenses as
Landlord may have incurred in recovering possession and for putting the same in
good order and condition for rerental, and expense, commissions and charges paid
by Landlord in reletting the leased premises. Any such reletting may be for the
remainder of the term of this Lease or for a longer or shorter period. In lieu
of reletting such leased premises, Landlord may occupy the same. Whether or not
the leased premises or any part thereof be relet, and provided that Landlord
does not reoccupy them, Tenant shall pay the Landlord the rent and all other
charges required to be paid by Tenant up to the time of the expiration of this
Lease or of such recovered possession, as the case may be, and thereafter,
Tenant, if required by Landlord, shall pay to Landlord until the end of the
term of this Lease, the equivalent of the amount of all rent reserved herein
and all other charges required to be paid by Tenant, less the net amount
received by Landlord for such reletting, if any.

        If the leased premises shall be reoccupied by Landlord, then, from and
after the date of repossession, the Lease shall be deemed to have been
terminated by Landlord and Tenant shall be discharged of any obligations to
Landlord under the provisions hereof for the payment of rent.

        In event of any default by Tenant, and regardless of whether the
premises shall be relet or possessed by Landlord, 





                                      -17-
<PAGE>   24
any fixtures, additions, furniture, and the like then on the premises may be
retained by Landlord.

        In the event Tenant is in default under the terms hereof and, by the
sole and reasonable determination of Landlord, has abandoned the leased
premises, Landlord shall have the right to remove all the Tenant's property
from the leased premises and dispose of said property in such manner as is
reasonably determined best by Landlord, all at the cost and expense of Tenant
and without liability of Landlord for the actions so taken. Such reentry and
removal of personal property shall not be considered or construed to be a
forcible entry and shall be a remedy in addition to and separate and apart from
the Landlord's right of distraint and Landlord lien provided for in paragraph
23D and 23E below.

                B.      Landlord shall also have the right to continue this
Lease in full force and effect, including Tenant's right to possession and
Landlord's right to collect rental as it becomes due, provided Landlord may, at
Landlord's option, take any action necessary or appropriate, including entering
upon the demised premises, to cure any breach, in which event the reasonable
cost to Landlord for such cure, including attorneys' fees, shall become
immediately due and payable by Tenant as additional rental per annum. Any
installment of rent or other payment which is not paid when due shall bear
interest at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum. 

                C.      Additionally, Landlord shall have the right to seek
such equitable relief as may be appropriate.
               
                D.      Landlord may after default enter upon the leased
premises at any reasonable time to exercise its right of distraint against any
property of the Tenant and may seize such property having a value of the
amount of the unpaid rent and Landlord may keep said property in its possession
until the time such rental payment or payments have been made.





                                      -18-
<PAGE>   25
                E.      Landlord and Tenant agree that Tenant grants unto 
Landlord and Landlord has and shall have from the date of this Lease a landlord 
lien upon all of the personal property, furniture, fixtures and equipment of 
Tenant now located or hereinafter located upon the leased premises. In the 
event of any default in the payment of any of the rental payments provided for 
herein, Landlord shall have the right to take possession of the property 
encumbered by said landlord lien and to dispose of said property at public or 
private sale after sending notification of the time and place thereof to Tenant 
and any other party with a recorded interest in the property subsequent to that 
of Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to such sale.

        In the event of any default in the payment of any of the rental 
payments provided for herein, Landlord shall have the right to take possession 
of said property and to exercise all remedies with respect thereto as are 
provided for by United States, Colorado and local law.

        All powers and remedies given by this Lease to Landlord may be 
exercised, from time to time, and as often as occasion may arise or as may be 
deemed expedient. No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or 
power arising from any default shall impair any such right or power or shall be 
considered to be a waiver of any such default or acquiescence thereof. The 
acceptance of rental by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any 
breach of any of the covenants herein contained or of any of the rights of 
Landlord to any remedies herein given.





                                      -19-
<PAGE>   26
        24.     Legal Proceedings - Responsibility. In the event of any
proceeding at law or in equity wherein Landlord, without being in default as to
its covenants under the terms hereof, shall be made a party to any litigation
by reason of Tenant's interest in the leased premises, Landlord shall be
allowed and Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay all costs and expenses
incurred by Landlord including reasonable attorney's fees. In the event either
party shall be required to commence any legal proceeding relating to the leased
premises and/or Tenant's occupancy thereof and/or Tenant's relation thereto,
prevailing party shall be allowed and other party shall be liable for and shall
pay all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord, including reasonable
attorneys' fees.

        25.     Hold Harmless of Tenant. Tenant will indemnify and hold
Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, expenses, costs,
judgments, and/or demands arising from the conduct of Tenant on the leased
premises and/or on account of any operation or action by Tenant and/or from and
against all claims arising from any breach or default on the part of Tenant or
any act of negligence of Tenant, its agents, contractors, servants, employees,
licensees, or invitees; or any accident, injury or death of any person or
damage to any property in or about the leased premises arising from or caused
by Tenant's conduct, misconduct or negligence. The indemnification and hold
harmless provisions set forth herein shall not apply to claims, losses,
expenses, costs, judgments and/or demands arising solely from the negligence of
Landlord.

        26.     Assignment or Subletting. Tenant shall not without the consent
of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, (a) assign this Lease or
any interest hereunder; (b) suffer or permit any assignment thereof by
operation of law; (c) sublet the leased premises or any part thereof; or (d)
permit the use of the premises by any parties other than Tenant, its agents and
employees.

        27.     Warranty of Title. Landlord covenants it has good right to
lease the leased premises in the manner described





                                      -20-
<PAGE>   27
herein and that Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold, occupy, and
enjoy the premises during the term of the Lease.

        28.     Governmental Acquisition of Property. In the event the leased
premises and/or the improvements of which the leased premises are a part shall
be taken by condemnation or eminent domain, Landlord shall have the right to
terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant. The parties agree that
Landlord shall have complete freedom of negotiation and settlement of all
matters pertaining to the governmental acquisition of such property, it being
understood and agreed that any financial settlement respecting land to be taken
whether resulting from negotiation and agreement or condemnation proceedings,
shall be the exclusive property of Landlord, there being no sharing whatsoever
between Landlord and Tenant of any sum received in settlement. Landlord, at its
option, may, after the taking of the property, provide the same amount of
square feet of land area and useable building space for Tenant's operations in
the immediate vicinity of the leased premises; in the event Landlord cannot so
do within thirty days of such taking, Tenant shall have the right to terminate
this Lease, but shall not receive payment of any form of compensation. The
taking of land as noted herein shall not be considered as a breach of this
Lease by Landlord, nor give rise to any claims in Tenant for damages or
compensation from Landlord.

        29.     Changes and Additions to Improvements by Landlord. Landlord
reserves the right at any time to make alterations or additions to the
improvements of which the leased premises are a part and/or to build additions
or other structures adjoining said improvements. Landlord also reserves the
right to construct other buildings and/or improvements in the immediate area of
the improvements in which the leased premises 





                                      -21-
<PAGE>   28
are located and to make alterations or additions thereto, all as Landlord shall
determine. However, such changes and additions by Landlord shall not deny
Tenant access to the leased premises nor shall they materially impair or impede
Tenant's ability to make reasonable use of the leased premises as provided in
Section 16 herein, and Landlord shall use its best efforts to prevent such
denial of access to, or impairment of, use of the leased premises. Landlord
further reserves the exclusive right to the roof of the improvements of which
the leased premises are a part and the airspace above said roof; provided,
however, that Tenant shall have the right to install and maintain improvements
on the roof as per schedule "B" attached hereto subject to the provisions of
paragraph 13 of this Lease. In the event a significant alteration or addition
is to be made by Landlord upon the leased premises, Landlord shall give to
Tenant written notice of such alteration or addition prior to commencement of
construction thereof. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt
of any such notice, register with Landlord, in writing, any objection or
protest thereto, and upon failure to do so shall be deemed to have waived any
objection or protest thereto.

        30.     Subordination. It is expressly understood and agreed that this
Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any mortgage or deed of trust now
upon the demised premises and any mortgage or deed of trust hereafter placed
upon the demised premises, provided that the mortgage or beneficiary under such
deed of trust agrees in writing with Tenant or adequate provision is made in
such mortgage or deed of trust that, regardless of any default or breach under
said mortgage or deed of trust or of any possession or sale of the whole or any
part of the premises under or through such mortgage or deed of trust, this
Lease and Tenant's possession shall not be disturbed by





                                      -22-
<PAGE>   29
mortgagee or beneficiary or any other party claiming under or through such 
mortgage or deed of trust; provided, however, that Tenant shall continue to 
observe and perform Tenant's obligations under this Lease and pay rent to 
whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to same from time to time. Tenant hereby 
agrees to execute, if same is required, any and all instruments in writing 
which may be requested by Landlord to subordinate Tenant's rights acquired by 
this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or deed of trust, as aforesaid.

        31.     Holding Over. If, after expiration of the term of this Lease, 
including any renewal thereof, Tenant shall remain in possession of the leased 
premises and continue to pay rent without a written agreement as to such 
possession, the Tenant shall be deemed a month-to-month Tenant and the rental 
rate during such holdover Tenant shall be equivalent to the monthly rental paid 
for the last month of tenancy under this Lease and shall be increased 
thereafter in the manner set forth in paragraph 3(B) herein. No holding over by 
Tenant shall operate to renew or extend this Lease without the written consent 
of Landlord to such renewal or extension having first been obtained.

        32.     Modification. No modification of this Lease shall be binding 
unless in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

        33.     Late Charge. The Landlord shall have the right to collect from 
Tenant a collection charge for each and every payment due to Landlord hereunder 
which is delinquent, said charge being Twenty Five and No/100 Dollars ($25.00) 
or one and one half percent of said payment, whichever sum shall be greater. 
Said amounts shall be considered late rental payments under the terms of this 
Lease. Payment of such late rental payments shall not excuse or cure any 
default by Tenant under this Lease.




                                      -23-
<PAGE>   30
        34.     Memorandum of Lease - Recording. The parties hereto agree this
Lease shall not be recorded.

        35.     Notice Procedure. All notices, demands, and requests which may
or are required to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing and
such that are to be given to Tenant shall be deemed to have been properly given
if served on Tenant or sent to Tenant by United States registered mail, return
receipt requested, properly sealed, stamped, and addressed to Tenant in care of
Felix M. Licini, 100 Arapahoe, Canyonside Office Building, Boulder, Colorado,
and in care of Mark Retzloff, 1645 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado, and such as are
to be given to Landlord shall be deemed to have been properly given if
personally served on Landlord or if sent to Landlord, United States registered
mail, return receipt requested, properly sealed, stamped and addressed to
Landlord's representative as indicated herein                           or at
such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a written
notice to Tenant. Any notice given by mailing shall be effective as of the date
of mailing as shown by the receipt given therefor.

        36.     Controlling Law. The Lease, and all terms hereunder shall be
construed consistent with the laws of the State of Colorado. Any dispute
resulting in litigation hereunder shall be resolved in court proceedings
instituted in Colorado and in no other jurisdiction; provided, however, that
Landlord may elect to institute arbitration proceedings by serving upon Tenant
a written demand for arbitration of the dispute. In that event, the dispute
shall be arbitrated in Boulder, Colorado, pursuant to the rules and regulations
of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Landlord and Tenant
shall agree upon an arbitrator, but if unable to do so, the arbitrators
selected by each of them shall appoint the arbitrator to hear and adjudicate
the matter.





                                      -24-

<PAGE>   31
        37.     Binding Upon Successors.  The covenants and agreements herein
contained shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their
respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. This Lease
shall be signed by the parties in duplicate, each of which shall be a complete
and effective original Lease.

        38.     Partial Invalidity.  If any term, covenant or condition of this
Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any
extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease or the
application of such term, covenant or condition to persons and circumstances
other than those to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall not
be affected thereby, and each term, covenant and condition of this Lease shall
be valid and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

        39.     Miscellaneous.  All marginal notations and paragraph headings
are for purposes of reference and shall not affect the true meaning and intent
of the terms hereof. Throughout this Lease, wherever the words "Landlord" and
"Tenant" are used, they shall include and imply to the singular, plural,
persons both male and female, companies, partnerships and corporations, and in
reading said Lease, the necessary grammatical changes required to make the
provisions hereof mean and apply as aforesaid shall be made in the same manner
as though originally included in said Lease.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the date
hereof. 

        LANDLORD:                       BOULDER NATIONAL BANK, nominee


                                        By: /s/ PRESIDENT OF BOULDER 
                                                NATIONAL BANK
                                            --------------------------------
                                            President


        TENANT:                         NATURAL HORIZONS, INC.


                                        By:  /s/ PRESIDENT OF NATURAL
                                                 HORIZONS, INC.
                                            --------------------------------
                                            President





                                      -25-
<PAGE>   32
                                    GUARANTEE

        The undersigned principals of Tenant hereby individually guarantee the
performance by Tenant of its duties and obligations under this Lease and all
amendments hereto.


                                        /s/ OFFICER OF ALFALFA'S, INC. 
                                        ------------------------------------


                                        /s/ OFFICER OF ALFALFA'S, INC.
                                        ------------------------------------


Boulder National Bank, Nominee hereby appoints Robert Polis c/o Cromwell
International, Ltd. (Co) with its principal place of business located at 1966
13th Street, Suite 75, Boulder, Colorado 80302 as agent to collect and receive
any and all sums due to Landlord pursuant to the lease agreement of which this
appointment is initially made a part, and to receive all notices due to
landlord pursuant to said lease and to handle all other matters referring to
said lease until the parties to said lease are otherwise advised in writing by
the Landlord.



                                        Boulder National Bank, Nominee


                                        /s/ OFFICER OF BOULDER NATIONAL BANK
                                        ------------------------------------





                                      -26-
<PAGE>   33


                        [EXHIBITS INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

<PAGE>   34
        For and in consideration of the sum of $100.00 and other good and 
valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, paragraph 
1 (a) and paragraph 3 of the Option to Lease Agreement, attached hereto and 
made a part hereof, made and entered into on the 4th. day of June, 1982 by and 
between Boulder National Bank, Nominee and Natural Horizons, Inc. as Optionee, 
are hereby amended to read

1 (a)   For the period of time commencing with the date of this Option To Lease 
        Agreement until the 11th. day of October, 1982, at 12 o'clock p.m.,
        Natural Horizons, Inc. is hereby granted an option to lease the Property
        pursuant to the "Lease", a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 2
        and which is hereinafter referred to as the "Lease".

3       In the event of the exercise of Natural Horizons, Inc. of the option to 
        lease the Property within 129 days from the date of this Agreement, the
        total option money in the amount of Four Thousand Dollars ($4,000.00)
        paid pursuant hereto shall be applied toward the first rental payment
        due from Natural Horizons, Inc. to Boulder National Bank pursuant to the
        Lease, with the remaining balance of the first rental payment due
        thereunder to be payable as provided in said Lease.


                                        Natural Horizons, Inc.,a Colorado
                                           Corporation

                                        By Mark Retzloff            Date 10/4/82
                                           -------------------------------
                                           Mark Retzloff, President


                                        Boulder National Bank, Nominee

                                        By Robert Polis
                                           -------------------------------
                                           Robert Polis, Appointee


<PAGE>   35
                           OPTION TO LEASE AGREEMENT


        THIS OPTION TO LEASE AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 4th day of 
June, 1982, by and between BOULDER NATIONAL BANK, Nominee, and NATURAL 
HORIZONS, INC., a Colorado Corporation.

                                  WITNESSETH:
        WHEREAS, Boulder National Bank is the owner, as Nominee, of the real 
property described as the North portion of 1645 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado, 
and which is depicted in cross hatches on the diagram attached hereto as 
Exhibit 1 (hereinafter referred to as the "Property"); and

        WHEREAS, Natural Horizons, Inc. desires to acquire an option to lease 
the Property; and

        WHEREAS, Boulder National Bank is willing to grant to Natural 
Horizons, Inc. an option to lease the Property subject to the terms and 
conditions as hereinafter set forth.

        NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and 
agreements of the parties hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

        1.      In consideration of the payment of Four Thousand Dollars 
($4,000.00) by Natural Horizons, Inc. to Boulder National Bank, Nominee, 
delivered to Robert Polis c/o Cromwell 1966 13th Street Boulder, Colorado, 
which payment is non-refundable and the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged 
but subject to collection, Boulder National Bank hereby grants unto Natural 
Horizons, Inc. the following right and option, to-wit:

                (a) For the period of time commencing with the date of this 
Option to Lease Agreement until the 4th day of October, 1982, at 12 o'clock 
p.m., Natural Horizons, Inc., is hereby granted an option to lease the Property 
pursuant to the "Lease," a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 2 and 
which is hereinafter referred to as the "Lease."


<PAGE>   36
        2.      In the event Natural Horizons, Inc. fails to exercise the
option herein granted by Boulder National Bank, all option monies paid to
Boulder National Bank by Natural Horizons, Inc. shall be forfeited and shall be
retained by Boulder National Bank as its sole and separate property.

        3.      In the event of the exercise of Natural Horizons, Inc. of the
option to lease the Property within 120 days from the date of this Agreement,
the total option money in the amount of Four Thousand Dollars ($4,000.00) paid
pursuant hereto shall be applied toward the first rental payment due from
Natural Horizons, Inc. to Boulder National Bank pursuant to the Lease, with the
remaining balance of the first rental payment due thereunder to be payable as
provided in said Lease.

        4.      If Natural Horizons, Inc. exercises the option to lease the
Property, it shall, upon such exercise, enter into and execute the attached
lease agreement, Exhibit 2, and within two (2) months following the date of
exercise, commence the term of the lease.

        5.      Notwithstanding any of the other provisions contained herein,
the parties hereto agree that the option granted herein shall be exercisable by
Natural Horizons, Inc. only upon a demonstration by it to Landlord or
Landlord's agent of its financial ability to complete and pay for alterations,
changes and additions to the Property all as set forth on Exhibit 3 attached
hereto. If Natural Horizons, Inc. fails to demonstrate its financial ability to
do so within the time period granted herein for the exercise of the option,
this Agreement shall terminate and the option money paid hereunder shall be
forfeited by Natural Horizons, Inc..

        6.      Natural Horizons, Inc. shall exercise the option to lease
herein granted to it by giving written notice to Boulder National Bank by hand
delivery or by registered mail, return receipt requested, properly sealed,
stamped and addressed to Robert Polis, Cromwell International, 1966 13th
Street, Boulder, Colorado 80302. Any notice, or 





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   37
copy of a notice, given by mailing shall be effective as of the date of mailing
as shown by the receipt given therefor.

        7.      The Option Agreement and all terms hereunder shall be construed
consistent with the laws of the State of Colorado. Any dispute resulting in
litigation hereunder shall be resolved in court proceedings instituted in
Colorado and in no other jurisdiction; provided, however, that Boulder National
Bank or Natural Horizons, Inc. may elect to institute arbitration proceedings
by serving upon the other party a written demand for arbitration of the
dispute. In that event, the dispute shall be arbitrated in Boulder, Colorado,
pursuant to the rules and regulations of the American Arbitration Association
then in effect. Boulder National Bank and Natural Horizons, Inc. shall appoint
an arbitrator in accordance with the above-referenced rules and regulations.

        8.      It is agreed by and between the parties hereto that no broker
or real estate agent brought about or procured the execution of this Option to
Lease Agreement.

        9.      The covenants and agreements herein contained shall bind and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal
representatives, successors and assigns.


                                       BOULDER NATIONAL BANK

                                       By: /s/ D. W. ARMSTRONG, Pres.
                                           -------------------------------------
                

                                       NATURAL HORIZONS, INC., a
                                       Colorado Corporation

                                       By: /s/ OFFICER OF NATURAL HORIZONS, INC.
                                           -------------------------------------





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   38
Addendum attached to and made a part of lease agreement dated October 11, 1982
with Boulder National Bank, Trustee as Landlord and Natural Horizons, Inc. as 
Tenant.

Agreement made this 4th day of August, 1988 between First Interstate Bank of
Denver, National Association, Trustee as Landlord and Natural Horizons, Inc. as 
Tenant:

                                  WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS the parties hereto have previously entered into a lease agreement dated
October 11, 1982, with Boulder National Bank, Trustee as Landlord and Natural
Horizons, Inc. as Tenant relative to property situated at 1645 Broadway,
Boulder, CO, AND

WHEREAS the parties hereto are desirous and capable of amending portions of
that lease agreement,

NOW THEREFORE for $1.00 (one dollar) and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the parties hereto agree as follows:

Due to improvements made by Tenant pursuant to the above referenced lease
agreement, the first sentence of Paragraph 1 captioned Property - Leased
Premises shall be changed to read as follows, and all references throughout
said lease agreement, in particular, Paragraph 6 thereof, shall be modified to
reflect said change:

Landlord hereby leases unto Tenant the premises described as the north portion
of 1645 Broadway consisting of approximately 13,350 square feet located in
Boulder, Colorado, the leasing of which shall be governed by the terms of this 
Lease.

Paragraph 3 captioned Option to Extend shall be changed to read as follows:

Upon full and complete performance of all the terms, covenants and conditions
herein contained by Tenant and payment of all rental due under the terms
hereof, Tenant shall be given the option to renew this Lease for an additional
term of three years (first renewal term) and upon the same conditions, Tenant
shall be given the option to renew this Lease for a second renewal term of six
years and, following this, for a third renewal term of six years. In the event
Tenant desires to exercise said option to renew the term of this Lease or the
second or third renewal term of this Lease, Tenant shall give written notice of
such fact to Landlord not less than one hundred twenty (120) days nor more than
one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the current term of
this Lease or the then current renewal term of this Lease. In the event of such
exercise, this Lease Agreement shall be deemed to be extended for the
additional three or six

<PAGE>   39
year period, respectively, subject to the right of the Landlord to make such
adjustments and/or assessment of charges against Tenant as is provided for 
herein.

The first sentence in Paragraph 6 captioned Taxes - Real Property -
Responsibility shall be changed to read as follows:

Tenant shall pay a pro rata share of all taxes, levies, assessments and
charges, including but not limited to, the general real property taxes on 1645
Broadway and the land and improvements of which the leased premises are a part,
which pro rata share shall be at the ratio of 13350/26000.


                LANDLORD:       FIRST INTERSTATE BANK OF DENVER, NATIONAL 
                                ASSOCIATION, Trustee, formerly BOULDER NATIONAL
                                BANK, Nominee


                                By: /s/ OFFICER OF FIRST INTERSTATE BANK OF 
                                    DENVER, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, Trustee, 
                                    formerly BOULDER NATIONAL BANK, Nominee 
                                    -------------------------------------------

                                

                TENANT:         NATURAL HORIZONS, INC.


                                By: /s/ OFFICER OF NATURAL HORIZONS, INC.
                                    --------------------------------------


                                      -2-

<PAGE>   1

                         AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENTS

                 This Amendment to Lease Agreements ("Amendment") dated this 9th
day of March, 1995 is between BWAY PROPERTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Colorado
limited partnership ("Landlord") and ALFALFA'S BOULDER, INC., a Colorado
corporation ("Tenant") effective as of February 15, 1995 (the "Effective
Date").

                                   RECITALS:

                 A.       Boulder National Bank, as Nominee, and Natural
Horizons, Inc. entered into a Lease Agreement dated October 11, 1982, pursuant
to which Natural Horizons, Inc. leased approximately 11,500 square feet of
space in a portion of the building known as 1651 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado
(the Lease, as amended by that certain Amendment to Lease Agreement dated
September 10, 1991 between Landlord and Tenant, is referred to herein as
"Lease I").

                 B.       Landlord is successor-in-interest to Boulder National
Bank and Tenant is successor-in-interest to Natural Horizons, Inc.

                 C.       Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease Agreement
dated October 5, 1992 pursuant to which Tenant leased approximately 9,500
square feet of space in a portion of the building known as 1645 Broadway,
Boulder, Colorado ("Lease II").

                 D.       Landlord and Tenant wish to amend Lease I and Lease
II to extend the terms thereof, grant Tenant an additional option on each such
Lease for a five year extension of the term thereof and provide for the lease
of certain additional space by Tenant.

                                   AMENDMENT

                 FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt, and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

                 1.       Extension of Present Term.

                          (a)     Lease I. The present term of Lease I, now due
         to expire October 11, 2000, shall be, and hereby is, extended to
         October 11, 2006 (the "Extended Term I"), subject to the same terms
         and conditions contained in Lease I, including, but not limited to,
         the Escalation of Base Rental Rate during the Extended Term I as
         described in paragraph 4B of Lease I.

                          (b)     Lease II. The present term of Lease II, now
         due to expire October 10, 2000, shall be, and hereby is, extended to
         October 11, 2006 (the "Extended Term II"), subject to the same terms
         and conditions contained in Lease II, including, but not limited to,
         the Escalation of Base Rental Rate during the Extended Term II as
         described in paragraph 4B of Lease II.
<PAGE>   2
                 2.       Waiver of Notice. Both parties hereby waive any
notification required by Lease I or Lease II with regard to the extension of
the term thereof as described herein.

                 3.       Options to Extend.

                          (a)     Lease I. Section 3 of Lease I is hereby 
                 deleted and the following substituted therefor:

                 "Upon full and complete performance of all the terms,
                 covenants and conditions herein contained by Tenant, and
                 payment of all rental due under the terms hereof, Tenant shall
                 be given the option to renew this Lease for an additional term
                 of six (6) years commencing October 12, 2006 and terminating
                 October 11, 2012. In the event Tenant desires to exercise the
                 option to renew the term of this Lease, Tenant shall give
                 written notice of such fact to Landlord not less than two
                 hundred seventy (270) days nor more than three hundred (300)
                 days prior to the expiration of the current term of this
                 Lease."

                          (b)     Lease II. The first sentence of
                 Section 3 of Lease II is hereby deleted and the following
                 substituted therefor:

                          "Upon full and complete performance of
                     all the terms, covenants and conditions herein
                     contained by Tenant and payment of all rental due
                     under the terms hereof, Tenant shall be given the
                     option to renew this Lease for an additional term of
                     six (6) years commencing October 12, 2006 and
                     terminating October 11, 2012 and, except for the
                     amount of rental to be paid (as modified by paragraph
                     4B below), upon the same terms and conditions
                     provided in this Lease."

The rent payable by Tenant to Landlord under Lease II shall be as stated in
Lease II, including any Escalation of Base Rental Rate as described in
paragraph 4B thereof.

                 4.       Utility Expenses under Lease II. Tenant hereby agrees
to pay all utility expenses for the space utilized by Blue Mountain (the "Blue
Mountain Space") which is adjacent to the premises leased under Lease II,
provided, however, that if Blue Mountain is not the tenant in the Blue Mountain
Space or if Blue Mountain uses the Blue Mountain Space for other than its
current use (storage area) and such use results in a materially higher utility
cost for the Blue Mountain Space, Tenant's obligation under this paragraph with
regard to the Blue Mountain Space shall cease.

                 5.       Lease of Additional Space Under Lease II. As of the
Effective Date, the definition of the "premises" in Lease II shall be amended
to include the additional space, consisting of 2100 square feet, as described
on Exhibit A attached hereto (the "Additional Premises"). Tenant's use and
occupancy of the Additional Premises shall be on the same terms

                                       2
<PAGE>   3

and conditions as Lease II, including, without limitation, the same Base Rental
Rate per square foot and Escalation of Base Rental Rate as provided therein.

                 6.       Full Force and Effect. Except as expressly amended
hereby, Lease I and Lease II shall remain in full force and effect.

                 Executed as of the date set forth above.

                                      LANDLORD - LEASE I AND LEASE II:
                                      
                                      BWAY PROPERTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                      
                                      By: Spine Property Management Corporation
                                      
                                      By:  /s/ ROBERT N. POLIS
                                           -------------------------------
                                               Robert N. Polis,
                                               President
                                      
                                      TENANT - LEASE I AND LEASE II:
                                      
                                      ALFALFA'S BOULDER, INC., a Colorado 
                                      corporation
                                      
                                      By:       /s/ S.M. HASSAN             
                                           -------------------------------
                                      Its:                                
                                           -------------------------------


                                       3
<PAGE>   4
AGREED To AND ACCEPTED as of
the date first written above:

BWAY Property Limited
Partnership, a Colorado
limited partnership

By:      Spine Property Management
         Corporation, General Partner

         By:   /s/ ROBERT N. POLIS  
            -------------------------
                 Robert Polis,
                 President


                                       4

<PAGE>   1

                                 LEASE OVERVIEW
                               OVERLAND SHEEPSKIN




             Location:   1655 Broadway
                 Size:   6,500 square feet
               Tenant:   Alfalfa's Boulder
           Lease Type:   Triple Net
            Guarantor:
           Lease Date:   April 10, 1989
    Commencement Date:   May 4, 1984 (Sublease agreement)

      Amendment Dated:   September 10, 1991

                 Term:   Lease term to expire May 15, 2000 per amendment
      Renewal Options:   6 years commencing 5/16/2000
                         Written Notice to Landlord by November 16, 1998

    Current Base Rent:                          $8,035.00
  Current CAM Charges:   Taxes                   1,239.00
                         Insurance                 188.00

     Annual Base Rent:   $96,423 (through May 16, 1997)
                         $14.83 per foot per year

          Escalations:   At each anniversary date rent shall increase by the
                         Implicit Price Deflator Index for Private Businesses. 
                         This adjustment to be calculated by the lessor on an
                         annual basis.
                         
      Percentage Rent:   None
     Security Deposit:   None
<PAGE>   2

                              ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

         This Assignment Agreement, dated this 10th day of April, 1989, between
Overland Outfitters, Inc.(formerly known as Overland Sheepskin Co.,) an Iowa
corporation ("Overland"), and Alfalfa's Boulder, Inc., a Colorado corporation
("Alfalfa's").

                                    RECITALS

                 A.       Overland is tenant and First Interstate Bank of
Denver, N.A., in its capacity as nominee is landlord ("Landlord") under a lease
agreement (the "Master Lease") dated May 16, 1984 (a copy of which is attached
as Exhibit A hereto), and covering the real property and improvements located
at 1655 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado (the "Premises").

                 B.       Alfalfa's is successor in interest to Natural
Horizons, Inc.'s rights as sublessee under the sublease with Overland dated
August 7, 1984, as amended August 7, 1984, and covering a portion of the
Premises.

                 C.       Alfalfa's desires to assume Overland's obligations
under the Master Lease, and Overland desires to assign its interests in the
Master Lease to Alfalfa's.

                                   AGREEMENT

                 For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

                 1.       Assignment. Overland hereby assigns, transfers and
conveys to Alfalfa's, and Alfalfa's agrees to assume from Overland, effective
as of the 15th day of April, 1989 (the "Effective Date"), the rights and
obligations of Overland under the Master Lease, to have and to hold the Master
Lease by Alfalfa's, its successors and assigns, on the terms and conditions set
forth herein. In the event that the Landlord fails to consent below to this
Assignment on or before April 15, 1989, this Agreement will not be deemed
effective. Alfalfa's agrees to pay, perform and discharge all liabilities and
obligations arising under the Master Lease after the Effective Date.
<PAGE>   3
                 2.       Consideration for Assumption of Liabilities. In
consideration for the assumption by Alfalfa's of Overland's obligations and
liabilities under the Master Lease, Overland hereby agrees to release Alfalfa's
from any further obligations to Overland under the Sublease, including but not
limited to liability for rent and reimbursement for tenant finish work. In
addition, Overland agrees to pay to the Landlord the amount of rent due from
Alfalfa's for the Premises for the 30-day period from April 16 through May 15,
1989. Alfalfa's also agrees to pay Overland all sublease payments for this same
30-day period.

                 3.       Representations, Warranties and Covenants of
Overland. (a) Overland hereby covenants and agrees that on or before the
Effective Date, Overland will remove all removable wall coverings, display
cases and other trade and light fixtures, and shall repair any damage caused by
such removal.

                 (b)      Overland hereby covenants, represents and warrants
that as of the date of this Assignment and as of the Effective Date, the
Premises are in good repair and condition, normal wear and tear excepted, and
that no repairs costing more than $500 in the aggregate are required to meet
Overland's obligations under section 14 of the Master Lease. Overland further
represents and warrants that as of the Effective Date, the Premises are in
compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and codes.

                 (c)      Overland hereby represents and warrants as of the
date hereof and as of the Effective Date that Overland's interest in the Master
Lease is free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, the Master Lease is in
full force and effect and that the copy attached hereto as Exhibit A is true
and correct and has not been amended, and that Overland is not presently in
default under the Master Lease and has not committed or failed to commit any
act which, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would result in a
breach of the Master Lease.

                 4.       Rent, Utilities, Taxes and Assessments. (a) Overland
shall pay all utility charges accruing up to the Effective Date, and Alfalfa's
shall pay all utilities charges thereafter.

                 (b)      Overland shall pay, on or before the Effective Date,
its pro rata share of real and personal property, sales and other applicable
taxes and assessments accruing to the Effective Date, and Alfalfa's shall pay
all taxes accruing thereafter.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   4
                 (c)      Overland shall pay all rent and additional rent
charges, operating expenses and other assessments accruing pursuant to the
terms of the Master Lease through the Effective Date, and Alfalfa's shall pay
all rent and other charges accruing thereafter.

                 5.       Risk of Damage. In the event that the Premises are
damaged or destroyed by casualty or other damage prior to the Effective Date,
Alfalfa's may elect to either (a) terminate this Assignment Agreement with no
further obligation of either party, or (b) continue this Agreement in full
force and effect, in which case Overland shall assign in writing to Alfalfa's
all insurance proceeds, settlements and other sums receivable by Overland as a
result of such damage or destruction, and shall assist Alfalfa's in the
prosecution of or negotiation with any insurer or other party from whom amounts
may be receivable as a result of such damage.

                 6.       Indemnification. (a) Overland hereby agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless Alfalfa's, its affiliates, and their officers,
directors, employees and agents from any loss, cost, liability or expense
(including but not limited to attorneys' fees and costs) arising or resulting
from (i) Overland's breach of any of its representations, warranties or
covenants given to Alfalfa's, or (ii) any actions or inactions of Overland
relating to Overland's use of the Premises or performance under the Master
Lease prior to the Effective Date.

                 (b)      Alfalfa's hereby agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless Overland and its officers, directors, employees and agents from any
loss, cost, liability or expense (including but not limited to attorneys' fees
and costs) arising or resulting from any actions or inactions of Alfalfa's
relating to Alfalfa's use of the Premises or performance under the Master Lease
after to the Effective Date.

                 7.       Termination of Sublease. Upon the Effective Date, the
Sublease Agreement dated August 2, 1984 shall terminate and be of no further
force and effect.

                 8.       Consents. Under paragraph 26 of the Master Lease,
Tenant may not, without the prior consent of the Landlord, assign the Master
Lease or any interest therein. Accordingly, the consent of the Landlord to this
Assignment is a specific condition precedent to the assignment contemplated
herein.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>   5
This Assignment shall not be deemed effective unless on or before April 15,
1989 the Landlord executes the consent to this Assignment set forth below which
also releases Overland from further liability.

                 9.       Miscellaneous. (a) This Assignment Agreement shall be
governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Colorado.

                 (b)      Any notices required to be sent hereunder shall be
sent to Alfalfa's at 1655 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado 80302, Attention: Mark
Retzloff, and to Overland at P.O. Box 647, Fairfield, Iowa 52556, Attention:
Roger Leahy.

                 (c)      Alfalfa's has not retained any broker, agent or
finder or agreed to pay any commissions or finders' fees in connection with
this Assignment. Overland has retained Colorado Commercial Real Estate as its
broker, shall be solely liable for all commissions and other expenses payable
thereto, and shall hold harmless Alfalfa's and Landlord from any such
commissions or other expenses payable to any broker or finder.

                 (d)      Alfalfa's assumes ALL responsibility for securing
governmental approvals for its use of the space and indemnifies the Landlord
from any costs or obligations by governing agencies due to Alfalfa's particular
use of the space.  Also, Alfalfa's agrees not to invoke Paragraph B on Exhibit
E to the Master Lease dated May 4, 1984.

                    Executed as of the date set forth above.

OVERLAND OUTFITTERS, INC.,        ALFALFA'S BOULDER, INC., a
an Iowa corporation               Colorado corporation

By:  /s/ ROGER LEAHY              By:  /s/ DALE K. KANIBAYOSKI 
    ----------------------            -------------------------
    President                         President

THIS ASSIGNMENT IS CONSENTED TO THIS    DAY OF        1989. IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND
AGREED THAT ALFALFA'S BOULDER, INC. WILL ASSUME ALL LIABILITIES ARISING FROM
AND AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS ASSIGNMENT UNDER THE MASTER LEASE, AND
LANDLORD SHALL LOOK SOLELY TO ALFALFA'S BOULDER, INC. FOR PERFORMANCE OF ALL
OBLIGATIONS ARISING UNDER THE MASTER LEASE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE HEREOF.

First Interstate Bank of Denver,
N.A., Nominee

By:                        
    -----------------------

                                      -4-
<PAGE>   6

                                   EXHIBIT A

                          (Attached to and made a part
                          of the Assignment Agreement)

                                THE MASTER LEASE


                                      -5-
<PAGE>   7
                                                                     APPENDIX I

                                LEASE AGREEMENT

        THIS LEASE, made and entered into this       day of                 ,
1984, by and between COLORADO NATIONAL BANK, Boulder Nominee (hereinafter
referred to as "Landlord") and OVERLAND SHEEPSKIN CO., a New Mexico Corporation
qualified to do business in Colorado, with its principal place of business at
P.O. Box 588, Taos, New Mexico 87571 (hereinafter referred to as "Tenant");

                             W I T N E S S E T H :

        IN CONSIDERATION of the covenants, terms, conditions, agreements and
payments as hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto covenant and agree as 
follows:

        1.      Property - Leased Premises. Landlord hereby leases unto Tenant
the building located at 1655 Broadway, (hereinafter also referred to as the
"premises"), also known more particularly as the building located on the
following legal description:

        Beginning at the Northeast corner of Lot 6, SMITH'S ADDITION to the City
        of Boulder, according to the recorded plat thereof; thence westerly
        along the North line of said Lot 6 a distance of 40 feet to the True
        Place of Beginning (said 40-feet line being the Northerly line of the
        strip conveyed by Lewis Cheney to the City of Boulder by deed dated
        April 7th, 1884, and recorded April 9th, 1884 in Book 73 at Page 545, of
        the records of the Clerk and Recorder of Boulder County); thence from
        said True Place of Beginning Westerly along the North line of said Lot 6
        and Lot 7, in said Smith's Addition to the City of Boulder, a distance
        of 130 feet; thence Southerly and parallel with the East line of said
        Lot 6,  a distance of 100 feet; thence Easterly and parallel with the
        North line of said Lots 7 and 6 a distance of 130 feet, to the Westerly
        line of said 40-feet strip conveyed by Lewis Cheney to the City of
        Boulder, above referred to; thence Northerly along said Westerly line
        of said 40-feet strip and parallel with the East line of said Lot 6 a
        distance of 100 feet to the True Place of Beginning, all situtate in
        the County of Boulder, and State of Colorado

on an "as-is" basis, the leasing of which shall be governed by the terms of
this Lease.
<PAGE>   8
        2.      Term. The term of this Lease (hereinafter also referred to as
"Initial Term") shall commence at 12:00 noon on the 4th day of May, 1984, until
and unless terminated or renewed as herein provided for, shall end at 12:00
noon six years after the commencement date of this Lease.

                Landlord shall give possession of the leased premises on the
date of commencement of the term hereof with respect to the area (approximately
4,500 square feet) currently used by Blue Mountain Arts for storage, and
possession of the balance of the leased premises (currently used by Alfalfa's
for storage) by April 25, 1984. By the signing of this lease, or any option
relating hereto, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the leased premises
and acknowledges that the leased premises are in satisfactory condition. No
failure to give possession on the date of commencement of the term shall affect
the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder.

        3.      Option to Extend. Upon full and complete performance of all the
terms, covenants and conditions herein contained by Tenant and payment of all
rental due under the terms hereof, Tenant shall be given the option to renew
this Lease for an additional term of six years (hereinafter also referred to as
"Extended Term") upon the same conditions. In the event Tenant desires to
exercise said option to renew the term of this Lease, Tenant shall give written
notice of such fact to Landlord not less than ninety (90) days nor more than
one hundred fifty (150) days prior to the expiration of the current term of
this Lease. In the event of such exercise, this Lease Agreement shall be deemed
to be extended for the additional six-year




                                      -2-
<PAGE>   9
period, subject to the right of the Landlord to make such adjustments and/or
assessment of charges against Tenant as is provided herein.

        4.      Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at the address of
landlord's agent as herein set forth, or to such other address as Landlord may
advise Tenant in writing, the following as rental for the leased premises:

                A.      Base Rental Rate:

        (1)     The base annual rental for the first full year of the term
hereof shall be $68,250.00 per year. Said rental shall be payable in monthly
installments (basic first year monthly rental) of $5,687.50, in advance, on the
first day of each month during the term hereof; provided, however, that
Landlord waives the right to, and Tenant shall be under no obligation to pay,
the basic first year monthly rental until August 1st, 1984.

                B.      Escalation of Base Rental Rate. On a date which shall
be one year from the commencement date of the term of this Lease and thereafter
on each annual anniversary date of this Lease during the "Initial Term" as
provided herein (hereinafter referred to as the "adjustment date"), the base
annual rental due hereunder shall be adjusted upward (but not downward)
(hereinafter also referred to as the "adjustment") by the annual percentage
increase in the Index for the Implicit Price Deflator, Gross National Product
(hereinafter also referred to as the "Index") (sample attached hereto as
Schedule "A" and encircled in red). The first "adjustment" of the base annual
rental herein set forth shall be based upon the percentage increase in the
"Index" between that published on the closest date of publication prior to the
commencement of the term of this lease, and that published on the closest date
of publication thereof




                                      -3-
<PAGE>   10
prior to the first annual anniversary date following the commencement of the
term of this Lease multiplied by 50%. Thereafter, any such "adjustment" during
the "Initial Term" of this Lease shall be based upon the annual percentage
change in the "Index" multiplied by 50%. Upon each "adjustment date" the base
annual rental then being paid shall be increased by an amount equal to the
amount arrived at by multiplying the percentage increase in the "Index" for
the preceding twelve months by 50%, the product of which shall then be
multiplied by the then payable base annual rental.

                In the event the Tenant exercises its option to renew the term 
of this Lease for an "Extended Term" of six years as provided herein, the Base
Annual Rental due during the first year of the "Extended Term" (hereinafter also
referred to as the "Extended Base Annual Rental") shall be $68,250.00 plus an
amount equal to $68,250.00 multiplied by the percentage increase in the "Index"
for the preceding six (6) years (hereinafter referred to as the "Six-Year Index
Factor"). The "Six-Year Index Factor" is based upon 100% of the increase in the
"Index" instead of 50% as hereinbefore provided. The "Six-Year Index Factor" is
equal to the percentage increase in the "Index" for the six years between that
published on the closest date of publication prior to the commencement of the
term of this Lease, and that published on the closest date of publication
thereof prior to the commencement date of the "Extended Term" of this Lease. On
a date which shall be one year from the commencement date of the "Extended Term"
of this Lease, and thereafter on each annual anniversary date of the "Extended
Term" of this Lease as provided herein (the "Extended Adjustment Date"), the
"Extended Base Annual Rental" due hereunder shall be adjusted upward (but not
downward) by the annual percentage increase in the "Index." The first such
"adjustment" of the "Extended Base Annual Rental" herein




                                      -4-
<PAGE>   11
set forth shall be based upon the percentage increase in the "Index" between 
that published on the closest date of publication thereof prior to the 
commencement date of the "Extended Term" of this Lease, and that published on 
the closest date of publication thereof prior to the first annual anniversary 
date following the commencement of the "Extended Term" of this Lease, 
multiplied by 80%. Thereafter, the yearly "adjustment" during the "Extended 
Term" of this Lease shall be based upon the annual percentage change in the
"Index" multiplied by 80%. Upon each "Extended Adjustment Date" during the
"Extended Term" the "Extended base Annual Rental" then being paid shall be 
increased by an amount equal to the amount arrived at by multiplying the 
percentage increase in the "Index" for the preceding twelve months by 80%, the 
product of which shall then be multiplied by the then payable "Extended Base 
Annual Rental."

        If publication of the "Index" shall be discontinued, the parties hereto
shall thereafter accept the C.P.I. (Consumer Price Index) for all items, or if
that "Index" is discontinued the parties hereto shall thereafter accept
comparable statistics on the cost of living for United States cities, as they
shall be computed and published by an agency of the United States or by a
responsible financial periodical of recognized authority then to be selected by
the parties hereto. In the event of (1) use of comparable statistics in place of
the Index as above-mentioned, or (2) publication of the index figure at other
than bi-monthly intervals, there shall be made in the method of computation
herein provided for such revisions as the circumstances may require to carry out
the intent of this paragraph.

        5.      Security Deposit. Subject to collection, the Tenant has on the 
date this lease is signed by the parties hereto deposited with the Landlord the 
sum of $11,375.00 as security for the performance by the Tenant of the terms of 
this Lease. The Landlord may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the 
security so deposited to the extent required for the payment of any rent and 
additional rent or other sum as to which the Tenant is


                                      -5-
<PAGE>   12
in default or for any loan which the Landlord may expend or may be required to 
expend by reason of the Tenant's default in respect of any of the terms of this 
Lease including, but not limited to, any damages or deficiency in the reletting 
of the leased property, whether such damages or deficiency accrued before or 
after summary proceedings or other re-entry by the Landlord. In the event that 
the Tenant shall comply with all of the terms of this Lease, the security 
deposit shall be returned to the Tenant at such time as Tenant has completed 
construction and installation of all improvements to be made by Tenant, and 
such improvements have been inspected and approved by the City of Boulder, and 
Landlord has been satisfied that all labor and materials incorporated into such 
improvements have been paid for or that all mechanics' lien rights with respect 
thereto have expired. In the event of a sale or lease of the premises of which 
the leased property forms a part, prior to refunding such deposit, the Landlord 
shall have the right to transfer the security deposit to the vendee or lessee 
and the Landlord shall thereupon be released from all liability for the return 
of such security deposit and the Tenant shall look solely to the new landlord 
for the return of such security deposit.  The Tenant shall not assign or 
encumber the money deposited as security, and neither the Landlord nor its 
successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment or encumbrance.

        6.      Taxes - Real Property - Responsibility. Tenant shall pay all 
taxes, levies and assessments including, but not limited to, the general real 
property taxes on 1655 Broadway and the land and improvements of which the 
leased premises are a part. Additionally, Tenant shall pay 100% of the increase 
in the general real property taxes due to any improvements to the leased 
premises made by Tenant. At the election of the Landlord, Landlord may advise 
Tenant of the estimated amount of such real property taxes, based on the most 
current available assessment and levy, and Tenant shall pay monthly to 
Landlord, as additional rent under the terms hereof, a sum equal to one-twelfth 
of Tenant's such estimated real property taxes. In the event the first and last 
months of the lease term are not full calendar months, the liability of Tenant 
under the terms hereof shall be prorated




                                      -6-
<PAGE>   13
with Tenant being liable for only those number of days in such month during 
which this lease was in effect.

        In the event Tenant has not paid any and all sales and/or use taxes due 
or claimed to be due by and to any governing municipality as and when due, 
Landlord may declare Tenant to be in default pursuant to the terms and 
conditions of the within lease agreement, and Landlord further reserves the 
right to require Tenant to submit proof to Landlord at any time and from time 
to time that payment for such taxes are and have been duly and timely made to 
and received by all governing municipalities and authorities.

        7.      Taxes - Personal Property - Responsibility. Tenant shall pay 
for any and all taxes and/or assessments levied and/or assessed against any 
furniture, fixtures, equipment and items of a similar nature installed and/or 
located in or about the leased premises by Tenant.

        8.      Insurance - Responsibility of Landlord. The Landlord shall have 
and maintain in effect at all times during the term of this Lease insurance 
coverage on the leased premises, including permanently installed improvements 
and betterments, in an amount of at least 80% of the replacement value covering 
losses by fire, wind, hail, explosion, riot, malicious mischief and vandalism. 
Coverage for loss due to flood will be obtained for maximum limit available. 
Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent due hereunder, the premium 
payable for such insurance coverage. Landlord shall notify tenant of the 
premium for such insurance, and on the first day of the month next following 
receipt of notification of the amount of such a premium, and on the first day 
of each month thereafter until subsequent notification of any change, tenant 
shall pay to landlord 1/12th of the amount of such annual premium.

        Property damage insurance maintained by Landlord will not cover 
exterior signs, fences or other exterior improvements, nor shall it provide 
coverage for loss by earthquake, theft, or any other peril not listed above.




                                      -7-
<PAGE>   14
        9.      Insurance -- Responsibility of Tenant.

                A.      During the construction of any improvement to the
leased premises by tenant, tenant shall obtain and maintain workman's
compensation insurance as shall be required by the laws of the State of
Colorado or shall insist upon such coverage being maintained by the contractor
doing the construction. Tenant shall further obtain and maintain during the
course of any such construction a specific policy or endorsement affording to
the landlord public liability insurance protection during the course of such
construction, in which landlord shall be named as an insured. Before any work
on the leased premises is commenced by tenant, tenant shall furnish to landlord
proof of such insurance coverage.

                B.      Tenant shall procure, pay for and maintain at all times
during the term of this lease comprehensive public liability insurance with
limits of at $500,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and not less than
$100,000 per occurrence for property damage. Such policy shall specifically
name landlord as an additional insured therein. Tenant shall deliver to
landlord a certificate of insurance evidencing such coverage, which certificate
of insurance and policy shall assure landlord that the same may not be
cancelled or terminated by the carrier without at least 30 days prior written
notification to landlord.

                C.      Tenant shall procure, pay for and maintain at all times
during the term of this lease property damage insurance and flood insurance, in
such amounts as tenant may deem appropriate, covering damage to inventory,
fixtures, business equipment, building glass, exterior signs, fences, storage
facilities or other improvements installed or erected by tenant, other than
interior real property improvements and betterments.

        10.     Utilities. Tenant shall pay the cost of the installation of all
meters and for all the ongoing utility services for the leased premises,
including, but not limited to, heat, water, gas, electric and sewer services.
In no event shall Landlord be liable for any interruption or failure in the
supply of any such utility to the leased premises not caused by the Landlord.

        11.     Parking Facilities. Landlord shall provide to Tenant nine
parking spaces at the location depicted upon the diagram attached hereto as
Exhibit "B". Landlord, at its cost, shall provide for all snow removal, repair,
maintenance, replacement and striping of the parking lot, except as otherwise
provided herein. Tenant, or Tenant in conjunction with other 





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   15
tenants using the parking lot, shall be responsible for monitoring, supervising,
policing and enforcing the exclusivity of the parking spaces which are
specifically allocated to Tenant as shown on Exhibit "B".

        12.     Tenant's Operating and Upkeep Expense. The Tenant at its own
expense shall be responsible for the reasonable and necessary operation,
maintenance and repair of the leased premises, including, but not limited to,
exterior signs, fences, storage facilities, sidewalks, parking areas, plumbing
and all interior utility equipment installed or erected by Tenant. Landlord
will keep the roof, structural parts of the walls, foundations and other
structural parts of the building in good repair.

        13.     Alterations, Changes and Additions by Tenant.

                A.      Landlord's Initial Responsibilities. Within sixty (60)
days following the date this Lease is signed by both Landlord and Tenant,
Landlord shall, at its cost and expense, take whatever steps may be necessary
to assure that the presently installed fire sprinkler system in the leased
premises is in operating condition and that the present ceiling insulation is,
if now inadequate, brought up to satisfy requirements of the City of Boulder
Building Code. Any modifications of the sprinkler system required to suit
Tenant's needs or remodeling plans as a result of Tenant's intended use of the
leased premises shall be made by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense. In
the event floodgates in or on the leased premises are required by the City of
Boulder laws, codes or regulations, Tenant shall obtain and submit to Landlord
bids for, or estimates of, the cost of installing the same. If approved by
Landlord, Tenant shall thereafter cause such floodgates to be installed and,
upon completion, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant the bid or estimate amount. If
not approved by Landlord, Landlord shall cause such floodgates to be installed,
at Landlord's cost and expense, at or by the time Tenant has completed its
remodeling and is ready to occupy the leased premises.





                                      -9-
<PAGE>   16
        Landlord agrees to pay for, and provide, any necessary upgrading of 
utility service lines, and meter stub-ups for the leased premises as may be 
required by the City or utility companies. Tenant agrees to pay for, and have 
installed, any required meters, disconnects, service and distribution panels 
or lines that Tenant shall deem necessary.

        B.      Interior of Leased Premises. Tenant may, during the term of
this Lease, at Tenant's expense, but only upon demonstration of Tenant's
financial ability and with the prior written approval of the Landlord, such
approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed erect inside partitions,
add new or add to existing plumbing and electric power service, add telephone
outlets, add light fixtures, install additional heating and/or air conditioning
or make such other changes or alterations as Tenant may desire, all of which
shall be subject to Landlord's prior written approval of all materials,
designs, and specifications, and which approval shall be obtained prior to
Tenant's submission to any governing authority for any building permits. Prior
to the commencement and during the course of such construction, Tenant shall
comply with the existing PUD for the leased premises and all relevant laws,
ordinances, regulations and orders and shall procure all necessary approvals,
permits and certificates in connection therewith as may be required by all
governmental agencies having jurisdiction thereof. At the end of this Lease,
all such fixtures, additions, and/or alterations (except trade fixtures,
if any, installed by Tenant and, if any, to be described on Exhibit "D" and
attached hereto) shall be and remain the property of Landlord; provided,
however, Landlord shall have the option to require Tenant to remove any
or all such fixtures, additions and/or alterations Landlord deems to be of a
specific use or nature, and to restore the leased premises to good condition,
all at Tenant's cost and expense. All such work shall be done in a good and
workmanlike manner and shall consist of new materials unless agreed to
otherwise by Landlord, and all such work, upon completion, must be approved by
the Building Inspector of the City of Boulder and all other governing
authorities having jurisdiction thereof. Any 





                                      -10-
<PAGE>   17
and all repairs, installations, changes and/or modifications thereto shall be
the responsibility of and at the cost of Tenant.

                C.      Exterior of Leased Premises. Landlord must approve in
writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, any signs to be
placed in or on the leased premises, regardless of size or value, and/or any
addition, change or alteration to the exterior of the leased premises. Prior to
the cutting of any holes in the roof and/or any exterior surfaces or prior to
any work being performed and/or any equipment being installed on the roof by
Tenant, Tenant must submit to Landlord a structural report of the work to be
performed. The prior written approval of such work by the Landlord is to be
obtained by Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If
Tenant fails to obtain such prior written approval, then any roof or structural
repairs necessitated by such change shall be the responsibility of Tenant. As a
condition to the granting of such approval, Landlord shall have the right to
require Tenant to furnish a bond or other security acceptable to Landlord
sufficient to insure completion of and payment for any such work to be so
performed. Prior to the commencement and during the course of such
construction, Tenant shall comply with the existing PUD for the leased premises
and relevant laws, ordinances, regulations and all orders and shall procure all
necessary approvals, permits and certificates in connection therewith as may be
required by all governmental agencies having jurisdiction thereof.

        14.     Care of Property -- Responsibility.

                Tenant shall furnish and maintain in good repair all equipment,
machinery and appliances necessary for heat and air conditioning, furnish and
maintain roughed-in electrical wiring and plumbing, provide all exterior
maintenance, repairs and groundskeeping to and for the leased premises, except
for repairs to the roof and other structural parts of the building. Tenant
shall also be responsible for, and shall provide for, snow removal in
connection with those sidewalk access facilities which are depicted on Exhibit
"B" attached hereto (exclus-





                                      -11-
<PAGE>   18
ive of the parking lot). Regardless of anything to the contrary herein, it 
shall be Tenant's sole responsibility to repair, maintain, and replace any and 
all improvements made by Tenants, both within and without the demised premises 
throughout the term of this Lease.

        Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the leased premises 
at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements and 
additions, including repairs and alterations to ducts and all other facilities 
for air conditioning service as Landlord may be required to do by the City of 
Boulder or by the order or decree of any court or by any other governmental 
authority, all at the sole cost and expense of Tenant.

        Tenant shall have the option to terminate this lease if Tenant is 
required by the City of Boulder or any other governmental authority to make 
repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the leased premises costing 
in excess of the amount of $25,000.00; provided, however, that the foregoing 
shall not pertain to any repairs, alterations, improvements or additions 
initially proposed to be made to the leased premises by Tenant immediately 
following the inception of this lease nor during the first six (6) months of 
the term hereof. In the event Tenant elect to terminate this lease pursuant to 
this paragraph, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages 
resulting from such termination, nor shall Landlord be obligated to refund to 
Tenant any security deposit then held by Landlord.

        Tenant will, at his own expense (but subject to any contractors' or 
builders' warranties) keep the leased premises, which shall be deemed to 
include all areas within or inside the exterior door to the leased premises and 
the exterior door itself, including all exterior glass, in good repair and 
tenantable condition during the term of this Lease, and Tenant shall promptly 
and adequately repair all damage to the leased premises and replace or repair 
all damaged or broken glass, fixtures and appurtenances, under the supervision 
and with the approval of Landlord, within a reasonable period of time. If 
Tenant does not do





                                      -12-
<PAGE>   19
so, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant
shall pay Landlord the cost thereof forthwith upon being billed for same.

        Tenant is responsible for replacement of all burned-out light bulbs
within the leased premises whether the light fixture is owned by Tenant or
Landlord. Tenant further agrees at the end of the term to return the leased
premises to Landlord in substantially as good condition as when received,
except for usual and ordinary wear and tear. Tenant further agrees to be
responsible for any repairs and/or maintenance required for any part of the
improvements of which the leased premises are a part where such repair and/or
maintenance is necessitated by actions or inactions of Tenant and/or activities
conducted by Tenant on the leased premises and/or as may be necessitated by any
governing authority.

        15.     Control of Common Areas. All parking areas, grounds and other
facilities furnished by Landlord in, on or near the improvements of which the
leased premises are a portion, shall at all times be subject to the exclusive
control and management of the Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right from
time to time to establish, modify and enforce reasonable rules and regulations
with respect to said facilities and said areas; provided, however, that such
exclusive control and management of the parking area shall not impose upon
Landlord the obligation to provide, beyond the extent or degree which Landlord
may voluntarily elect to provide, for policing, supervision, and enforcement of
the exclusivity of the particular parking spaces assigned to tenant pursuant to
paragraph 11 of this Lease.

        16.     Use of the Premises and Care of Grounds -- Tenant. Tenant shall
use the leased premises primarily for retailing of clothing goods and related
activities and services, and other uses as permitted herein. The use of the
leased premises for any other purpose is hereby expressly prohibited unless
Landlord otherwise agrees in writing. Tenant shall continuously and
uninterruptedly during the term or any extended term of this Lease occupy and
use the leased premises for the purposes hereinabove specified unless prevented
from doing by causes beyond Tenant's control. The requirements of the preceding
sentence shall not be breached or violated by closings of Tenant's business
operations for holidays or weekends, or by





                                      -13-
<PAGE>   20
closings during vacation periods of no more than two consecutive weeks
occurring no more frequently than twice each calendar year. Tenant shall not do
anything in or about the leased premises, which will, in any way, void or make
voidable any insurance on the leased premises and/or the improvement of which
the leased premises are a part and/or the real property on which said
improvements are located. Tenant agrees to pay, as additional rent, an amount
equal to any increase in the insurance premiums that may be charged during the
term of this lease for the amount of the insurance carried by Landlord on the
total improvements of which the leased premises are a part and/or the real
property on which said improvements are located. Tenant agrees to pay, as
additional rent, an amount equal to any increase in the insurance premiums that
may be charged during the term of this Lease for the amount of the insurance
carried by Landlord on the total improvements of which the leased premises are
a part when such increase results from activities carried on by Tenant on the
leased premises, whether or not Landlord has consented to the same. Tenant
shall conform to all present and future laws and ordinances of any governmental
authority having jurisdiction over the leased premises. Tenant shall not allow
any accumulation of trash or debris on the leased premises or within any
portion of the improvements of which the leased premises are a part. No storage
of any material outside of the leased premises shall be allowed unless first
approved by Landlord in writing, and then in only such areas as are designated
by Landlord. Tenant will not use or permit upon the premises anything
unreasonably dangerous to life or limb. Tenant will not in any manner deface or
injure the building or any part thereof. Tenant shall not commit or suffer any
waste on the leased premises nor shall Tenant permit any nuisance to be
maintained on the leased premises or permit any disorderly conduct, common noise
or other activity having a tendency to annoy or disturb any occupants of any
part of the improvements of which the leased premises are a part and/or any
adjoining property, except





                                      -14-

<PAGE>   21
during the period of construction of any improvements to be made by Tenant as
provided herein, which period of construction shall not continue for longer
than three (3) months from the commencement date of this Lease or as reasonably
may be necessary thereafter.

        17.     Liability for Overload.  It shall be Tenant's sole and
exclusive responsibility to meet all fire regulations of any governmental unit
having jurisdiction over the leased premises as such regulations affect
Tenant's use of sidewalks and pavements adjoining the same which will result
from the movement of heavy articles. Tenant shall be liable for the cost of any
damage to the leased premises, the improvements of which the leased premises
are a part or the sidewalks and pavements adjoining the same which will result
from the movement of heavy articles. Tenant shall not unduly load or overload
the floors or any part of leased premises.

        18.     Glass and Door Responsibility.  Replacement and repair of all
glass and doors on, within or bounding the leased premises shall be the
responsibility of the Tenant. Any replacement or repair shall be promptly
completed at the expense of the Tenant.

        19.     Rules and Regulations.  Landlord reserves the right to adopt
and promulgate reasonable rules and regulations applicable to the leased
premises and the land and improvements of which the leased premises are a part
and from time to time to amend or supplement said rules and regulations. Notice
of such rules and regulations and amendments and supplements thereto shall be
given to Tenant, and Tenant agrees to comply with and observe such rules and
regulations and amendments and supplements thereto, provided, however, the same
shall apply uniformly to all tenants of the improvements of which the leased
premises are a part and shall not materially adversely affect Tenant's rights
hereunder. 

        20.     Damage to Leased Premises.  In the event that the leased
premises are destroyed or so damaged by fire or other casualty that, as
reasonably estimated by landlord, repairs to the leased premises in order to
render the same tentantable once again would require in excess of 120 days from
the date of the




                                      -15-
<PAGE>   22
destruction or damage if promptly and diligently processed, the landlord shall
have the option to terminate this Lease, provided that if the landlord wishes
to terminate this Lease it give written notice of termination to tenant within
thirty (30) days of the date of such damage or the option to terminate shall be
void. In the event that landlord exercises the option to terminate, this Lease
shall be deemed to have been terminated on the day of the casualty and the
tenant shall surrender possession within ten days after the effective date of
the notice of termination. In the event that Landlord does not exercise the
said option to terminate this Lease, the Landlord, at its sole expense, shall
repair the damage with reasonable dispatch, restoring the leased premises as
nearly as possible to its condition prior to such damage, including any
addition or improvements made by the tenant which become the property of the
Landlord under the terms of this Lease, but excluding other Tenant fixtures,
contents or improvements with respect to which Tenant is obligated under this
Lease to maintain property damage insurance coverage. If the damage to the
leased premises has rendered the leased premises untenantable, either in whole
or in part, unless Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as aforesaid and
unless and except where such casualty damage was caused by Tenant's negligence,
there shall be an equitable reduction in rent until the damage has been
repaired. In determining what constitutes reasonable dispatch, consideration
shall be given to delays caused by strikes, adjustments of insurance, and other
causes beyond the Landlord's control; provided, however, that in the event the
damage has not been repaired within nine (9) months from the date of said
damage, Tenant, in its sole discretion, may terminate this Lease by given ten
(10) days' written notice thereof to the Landlord.

        Landlord and Tenant hereby grant to each other, on behalf of themselves
and any insurer providing fire and extended insurance coverage to either of
them covering the leased premises, improvements thereon and contents therein, a
waiver of liability to the extent of losses covered by either's insurance
coverage and any right of subrogation that any such insurer of one party may
have against the other party by virtue of payment of any loss under such
insurance, such waiver to be effective so long as each is empowered to grant
such waiver under the terms of his or its insurance policy or policies. The
foregoing shall not constitute a waiver of any claim of liability by either
party against the other for losses suffered by either that are not covered by
insurance coverages maintained or required to be maintained pursuant to the
terms of this Lease, including, without limitations, losses within policy
deductible amounts or losses in excess of limits of coverage either actually
maintained or required by this Lease to be maintained, whichever is greater.





                                      -16-


<PAGE>   23
        21.     Inspection of and Right of Entry to Leased Premises.

                A.      Landlord, and/or Landlord's agents and employees, shall
have the right to enter the leased premises at all times during regular
business hours and, at all times during emergencies, to examine the leased
premises, to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions as
Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, provided there is no unreasonable
interference with Tenant's substantially the same conduct of its business, and
Landlord shall be allowed to take all materials into and upon said premises
that may be required therefor without the same constituting an eviction of
Tenant in whole or in part, and the rent reserved shall in no way abate while
such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions are being made, for reason
of loss or interruption of business of Tenant or otherwise. Landlord reserves
the right, at any time during the term hereof, to exhibit the leased premises
to any prospective purchaser of the improvements of which the leased premises
are a part and/or to place upon the leased premises and/or the improvements of
which the leased premises are a part a notice or sign indicating the property
is for sale, and during the ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the
term of this Lease or any renewal thereof, Landlord may exhibit the premises to
prospective tenants and may place upon the leased premises the usual notices
indicating the leased premises are for lease.

                B.      Landlord shall have the right to approve the weight,
size and location of safes and other heavy equipment and articles in and about
the leased premises and the access and parking areas and to require all such
items and furniture and similar items to be moved into and out of the building
and within the building and leased premises only at such times as will not
interfere with business operations of other tenants. Movements of Tenant's
property into or out of the building and within the building are entirely at
the risk and responsibility of Tenant.





                                      -17-
<PAGE>   24
                C.      Landlord shall have the right to take all reasonable 
measures necessary for the security of the building and its occupants. Tenant 
agrees, however, that security within its leased premises is solely the 
responsibility of the Tenant.

                D.      Nothing contained herein shall impose any obligation 
upon the Landlord to do or perform any of the above and foregoing. Landlord may 
enter upon the premises and may exercise any or all of the foregoing rights 
hereby reserved without being deemed guilty of an eviction or disturbance of 
Tenant's use or possession and without being liable in any manner to Tenant.

        22.     Covenant against Liens.

        Tenant shall post notice pursuant to section 38-22-101, et seq., C.R.S.
1973, as amended, negating Landlord's liability for any mechanic's liens
resulting from any work, labor or materials performed for or delivered at
Tenant's request for incorporation into the leased premises.

        In case any such lien attaches to the leased premises for work claimed
to have been furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall promptly and within ten (10)
days either pay off or otherwise satisfy or remove lien at Tenant's expense, or
file with the Clerk of the District Court in Boulder County a corporate surety
bond equal to one and one-half the amount of the lien, or such other amount as
may be required to remove said lien, plus all costs associated therewith
pursuant to the requirements of section 38-22-131 C.R.S. (1981 Cum. Supp.) and
any amendments thereto.

        Tenant has no authority or power to cause or permit any lien or
encumbrance of any kind whatsoever, whether created by act of Tenant, operation
of law or otherwise, to attach to or be placed upon Landlord's title or
interest in the leased premises, and any and all liens and encumbrances created
by Tenant shall attach to Tenant's interest only.




                                      -18-

<PAGE>   25
        23.     Default - Remedies of Landlord. Annual Base Rent and any other
amount to be paid with the Annual Base Rent in regular monthly installments
shall be due on the first day of each calendar month and shall be delinquent if
not received by Landlord on or before the tenth of the month. Any other rent,
fee, charge or payment to be made by Tenant hereunder (all of which are to be
considered additional rental payments, unless other time limits for payment are
prescribed herein), shall be due ten days after receipt by Tenant of a
statement from Landlord and shall be delinquent if not received by Landlord
within ten days from the date due.

        If Tenant shall be delinquent in the payment of rent or other charges
due from Tenant hereunder or default in the keeping of any of the terms,
covenants or conditions of this Lease to be kept and/or performed by Tenant, or
if any proceedings be commenced by or for Tenant under any of the bankruptcy
laws or if Tenant is adjudged insolvent by any court, or if Tenant makes an
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if Tenant enters into a general
extension agreement with creditors, or if Tenant's leasehold interest shall be
levied upon by execution or seized by virtue of any writ of any court of law,
then such events, if not cured within thirty (30) days after notice of default
(from Landlord to Tenant), shall constitute a breach of this Lease and Landlord
may, at Landlord's option, exercise any one or more of the rights available to
Landlord under the laws of the State of Colorado now or hereafter in effect,
consequently or concurrently, including, without limitation, those set forth
below. Upon the occurrence of any event of default, Landlord shall give written
notice thereof to Tenant, specifying the act or event of default, in accordance
with the notice provisions set forth in paragraph 35 of this Lease. Tenant
shall have thirty (30) days following the effective date of such notice within
which to cure and/or correct such default. Upon Tenant's failure to do so:




                                      -19-
<PAGE>   26
                A.      Landlord may, if Tenant refuses upon proper demand to
quit the premises, immediately or at any time thereafter, terminate this Lease
pursuant to section 13-40-101, et seq., C.R.S. 1973, as amended, and obtain
through judicial process a writ of restitution and thereby repossess the leased
premises, together with all additions, alterations and improvements thereto.
Landlord may, at its option, at any time and from time to time thereafter,
relet the leased premises or any part thereof for the account of Tenant or
otherwise, and receive and collect the rents therefor and apply the same first
to the payment of such expenses as Landlord may have incurred in recovering
possession and for putting the same in good order and condition for re-rental,
and expense, commissions and charges paid by Landlord in reletting the leased
premises. Any such reletting may be for the remainder of the term of this Lease
or for a longer or shorter period. In lieu of reletting such leased premises,
Landlord may occupy the same or cause the same to be occupied by others.
Whether or not the leased premises or any part thereof be relet, and provided
that Landlord does not reoccupy them, Tenant shall pay the Landlord the rent and
all other charges required to be paid by Tenant up to the time of the expiration
of this Lease or reoccupancy by Landlord, as the case may be, and thereafter,
Tenant, if required by Landlord, shall pay to Landlord until the end of the term
of this Lease, the equivalent of the amount of all rent reserved herein and all
other charges required to be paid by Tenant, less the net amount received by
Landlord for such reletting, if any, and Landlord shall have the duty to
exercise its best effort to re-lease the premises, and nothing herein is
intended to alter such obligation of the Landlord.





                                      -20-
<PAGE>   27
        If the leased premises shall be re-occupied by Landlord, then, from
and after the date of repossession, the Lease shall be deemed to have been
terminated by Landlord and Tenant shall be discharged of any obligations to
Landlord under the provisions hereof for the payment of rent.

        In the event of any default by Tenant, and regardless of whether the
premises shall be relet or possessed by Landlord, any fixtures, additions, and
the like then on the premises may be retained by Landlord, in accordance with
the provisions herein.

        In the event Tenant is in default under the terms hereof and, by the
sole and reasonable determination of Landlord. Tenant is in default and has
abandoned the leased premises, Landlord shall have the right to remove all of
Tenant's property from the leased premises and dispose of said property in a
commercially reasonable manner, and in accordance with the provisions herein,
all at the cost and expense of Tenant and without liability of Landlord for the
actions so taken. Such re-entry and removal of personal property shall not be
considered or construed to be a forcible entry and shall be a remedy in
addition to and separate and apart from the Landlord's right of distraint
provided for in paragraph 23D below.

                B.      Landlord shall also have the right to continue this
lease in full force and effect, including Tenant's right to possession and
Landlord's right to collect rental as it becomes due, provided Landlord may, at
Landlord's option, take any action necessary or appropriate, including entering
upon the demised premises to cure any breach, in which event the reasonable
cost to Landlord for such cure, including attorney's fees, shall become
immediately due and payable by Tenant as additional rental per annum. Any
installment of rent or other payment which is not paid when due shall bear
interest at the rate of eighteen per cent (18%) per annum.

                C.      Additionally, Landlord shall have the right to seek
such equitable relief as may be appropriate.




                                      -21-
<PAGE>   28
enter upon the leased premises at any reasonable time to exercise its right of
distraint against any property of the Tenant and may, subject to the provisions
herein, seize such property having a value of the amount of unpaid rent and
Landlord may keep said property in its possession until the time such rental
payment or payments have been made.

                E.      All powers and remedies given by this Lease to Landlord
may be exercised, from time to time, and as often as occasion may arise or as
may be deemed expedient. No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right
or power arising from any default shall impair any such right or power or shall
be considered to be a waiver of any such default or acquiescence thereof. The
acceptance of rental by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any
breach of any of the covenants herein contained or of any of the rights of
Landlord to any remedies herein given.

        24.     Legal Proceedings -- Responsibility. In the event of any
proceeding at law or in equity wherein Landlord, without being in default as to
its covenants under the terms hereof, shall be made a party to any litigation
by reason of Tenant's interest in the leased premises, Landlord shall be
allowed and Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay all costs and expenses
incurred by Landlord, including reasonable attorneys' fees, except those costs,
expenses and fees covered by policies of insurance held by Landlord, assuming
such costs, expenses and fees are, in fact, paid to the Landlord. In the event
either party shall be required to commence any legal proceeding relating to the
leased premises and/or Tenant's occupancy thereof and/or Tenant's relation
thereto, prevailing party shall be allowed and other party shall be liable for
and shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party, including
reasonable attorneys' fees.

        25.     Hold Harmless of Landlord and Tenant. Except to the extent of
the waiver of liability and subrogation rights for insured losses, as set forth
in paragraph 20 of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant will indemnify and hold the
other harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, expenses, costs,
judgments and/or demands arising from their respective conduct on 





                                      -22-
<PAGE>   29
the leased premises and/or on account of their respective operation or actions
and/or from and against all claims arising from any breach or default by them
or any act of negligence by them, their agents, contractors, servants,
employees, licensees, or invitees; or any accident, injury or death of any
person or damage to any property in or about the leased premises arising from or
caused by their respective conduct, misconduct or negligence.

        26.     Assignment or Subletting. Tenant shall not without the consent
of the Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, assign this Lease or
any interest hereunder, or suffer or permit any assignment thereof by operation
of law. Tenant may sublet the leased premises or any part thereof or permit the
use of the premises by any parties other than Tenant, its agents and employees
for any use, provided, however, that no use of the leased premises by Tenant or
any Subtenant or other user should be permitted for the purpose of operating
therein any food preparation or sales or restaurant use; any adult
entertainment arcade, show or bookstore; any night club; or other business or
use of a similar nature to those just enumerated, nor for any activity
disallowed by any reason by any regulatory or governing authority, and further
provided that prior to any such subletting, Tenant shall execute any additional
form requested by Landlord to further enumerate or effectuate an assignment of
leases and rents between Tenant and any sub-tenant.

        In the event Tenant subleases all or any part of the leased premises,
Tenant hereby assigns, transfers and sets over unto Landlord all of Tenant's
right, title and interest in and to any such subleases and any extensions and
renewals thereof and the rents, profits and income derived from the property by
or through such subleasing, with full and complete authority and right in the
landlord, in case of default by Tenant in the payment of the rental due under
this lease or the failure of the Tenant to comply with any of the other terms
and conditions contained in this lease, to demand, collect, receive and receipt
for such sublease rents, profits and income and to apply the same against any
and all amounts owing from Tenant to Landlord under this lease. Tenant
covenants and agrees not to receive or collect any rents from any present or
future sublessees of the leased premises or any part thereof for a period of
more than one





                                      -23-
<PAGE>   30
month in advance, nor to pledge, transfer, mortgage or otherwise encumber or
assign future payments of said rents, nor to waive, excuse, condone, discount,
set off, compromise or any manner release or discharge any subtenants of and
from any obligations, covenants, conditions and agreements by the said
subtenants to be kept, observed and performed, including the obligations to pay
the rents thereunder. In the event Tenant defaults in the observance or
performance of any term, obligation, covenant, condition or warranty in this
paragraph, then, in each such instance the same shall constitute and be deemed
to be a default under this lease. So long as there shall exist no default by
Tenant in the payment of any amount due Landlord under this lease or in the
observance and performance of any other obligation, term, covenant or condition
herein, Tenant shall have the right under a license granted hereby to collect
upon, but not prior to accrual, all of the said rents arising from or out of
subleases of the leased premises or any renewals or extensions thereof, and
Tenant shall receive such rents and shall hold the same as well as the right
and license to receive the same as a trust fund to be applied (and Tenant
hereby covenants to so apply the same) to the payment of any and all amounts
due from Tenant to Landlord under this lease. Tenant will deliver to Landlord
copies of any and all executed subleases pertaining to the leased premises and
agrees to make, execute and deliver unto Landlord upon demand at any time or
times, any and all assignments and other instruments sufficient for the purpose
or that the Landlord may deem to be advisable for carrying out the true
purposes and intent of the foregoing assignment.

        27.     Warranty of Title. Landlord covenants it has good right to
lease the leased premises in the manner described herein and that Tenant shall
peaceably and quietly have, hold, occupy and enjoy the premises during the term
of the Lease.

        28.     Governmental Acquisition of Property. In the event all or any
portion of the leased premises and/or the improvements of which the leased
premises are a part shall be taken by condemnation or eminent domain, Landlord
shall have the right to terminate this lease upon written notice to Tenant,
provided, however, that in the event only a portion of the leased premises
shall be so taken by condemnation or eminent domain, the Tenant, with the
written consent of Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall
have the right to continue leasing any portion of the leased premises not so
taken by governmental action upon the same terms and conditions as provided 
herein,





                                      -24-
                                        
<PAGE>   31
except that the base annual rental due hereunder shall be prorated to reflect
the actual number of square feet then available for Tenant's use. Landlord
agrees not to initiate or otherwise request that any condemnation proceedings
be instituted against the property.

        Landlord shall have complete freedom of negotiation and settlement of
all matters pertaining to the governmental acquisition of the real property and
real property improvements, it being understood and agreed that any financial
settlement respecting the land and the improvements to be taken, whether
resulting from negotiation and agreement or condemnation proceedings, shall be
the exclusive property of Landlord, except to the extent that Tenant shall be
entitled to share with Landlord in any such financial settlement or award to
the extent of the undepreciated value of Tenant's real property improvements
and betterments, calculated on the basis of such improvements or betterments 
being written off by Tenant over the initial six-year term of this lease. The
foregoing, however, shall not preclude Tenant from claiming and obtaining from
anyone other than Landlord compensation for the taking of any personal property
belonging to Tenant or for incidental damages suffered by Tenant so long as such
incidental damages do not detract or diminish from the recovery to which
Landlord might otherwise be entitled. The taking of the land or any improvements
leased hereunder shall not be considered as a breach of this lease by Landlord,
nor give rise to any claims by Tenant for damages or compensation from Landlord
except as hereinabove provided.

        29.     Changes and Additions to Improvements by Landlord.  Landlord
reserves the right at any time to make alterations or additions to the
improvements of which the leased premises are a part and/or to build additions
or other structures adjoining said improvements. Landlord also reserves the
right to construct other buildings and/or improvements in the immediate area of
the improvements in which the leased premises are located and to make
alterations or additions thereto, all as Landlord shall determine. However,
such changes and additions by Landlord shall not deny Tenant access to the
leased premises nor shall they materially impair or impede Tenant's ability to
make reasonable use of the leased premises as provided in Section 16 herein,
and Landlord shall use its best efforts to prevent such denial of access to, or
impairment of,




                                      -25-
<PAGE>   32
use of the leased premises. Landlord further reserves the exclusive right to
the roof of the improvements of which the leased premises are a part and the
airspace above said roof; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right
to install and maintain improvements on the roof subject to the provisions of
this Lease. In the event a significant alteration or addition is to be made by
Landlord upon the leased premises, Landlord shall give to Tenant written notice
of such alteration or addition prior to commencement of construction thereof.
Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt of any such notice,
register with Landlord, in writing, any objection or protest thereto, and upon
failure to do so shall be deemed to have waived any objection or protest 
thereto.

        30.     Subordination. It is expressly understood and agreed that this
Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any mortgage or deed of trust now
upon the demised premises and any mortgage or deed of trust hereafter placed
upon the demised premises, provided that the mortgagee or beneficiary under
such future mortgage or deed of trust agrees in writing with Tenant or adequate
provision is made in such mortgage or deed of trust that, regardless of any
default or breach under said mortgage or deed of trust or of any possession or
sale of the whole or any part of the premises under or through such mortgage or
deed of trust, this Lease and Tenant's possession shall not be disturbed by
mortgagee or beneficiary or any other party claiming under or through such
mortgage or deed of trust; provided, however, that Tenant shall continue to
observe and perform Tenant's obligations under this Lease and pay rent to
whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to same from time to time. Tenant hereby
agrees to execute, if same is required, any and all instruments in writing
which may be requested by Landlord to subordinate Tenant's rights acquired by
this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or deed of trust, as aforesaid.





                                      -26-


<PAGE>   33
        31.     Holding Over. If, after expiration of the term of this Lease,
including any renewal thereof, Tenant shall remain in possession of the leased
premises and continue to pay rent without a written agreement as to such
possession, the Tenant shall be deemed a month-to-month Tenant and the rental
rate during such holdover Tenant shall be equivalent to the monthly rental paid
for the last month of tenancy under this Lease and shall be increased by an
amount equal to twenty-five (25%) per cent of said last monthly rental amount.
No holding over by Tenant shall operate to renew or extend this Lease without
the written consent of Landlord to such renewal or extension having first been 
obtained.

        32.     Modification. No modification of this Lease shall be binding
unless in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

        33.     Late Charge. The Landlord shall have the right to collect from
Tenant a collection charge for each and every payment due to Landlord hereunder
which is delinquent, said charge being Twenty Five and No/100 Dollars ($25.00)
or three per cent (3%) of said payment, whichever sum shall be greater. Said
amounts shall be considered late rental payments under the terms of this lease.
Payment of such late rental payments shall not excuse or cure any default by
Tenant under this Lease.

        34.     Memorandum of Lease - Recording. The parties hereto agree this
Lease shall be recorded.

        35.     Notice Procedure. All notices, demands, and requests which may
or are required to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing
and such that are to be given to Tenant shall be deemed to have been properly
given if served on Tenant or sent to Tenant by United States registered mail,
return receipt requested, properly sealed, stamped, and addressed to Tenant at
Box 588, Taos, New Mexico, 87571, and such as are to be given to Landlord shall
be deemed to have been properly given if personally served on Landlord or if





                                      -27-
<PAGE>   34
sent to Landlord, United States registered mail, return receipt requested,
properly sealed, stamped and addressed to Landlord's representative as
indicated herein, or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time
designate in a written notice to Tenant. Any notice given by mailing shall be
effective as of the date of mailing as shown by the receipt given therefor.

        36.     Controlling Law. This lease and all terms hereunder shall be
construed consistent with the laws of the State of Colorado. Any dispute
resulting in litigation hereunder shall be resolved in Court proceedings
instituted in Colorado in no other jurisdiction.

        37.     Binding Upon Successors. The covenants and agreements herein
contained shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their
respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. This Lease
shall be signed by the parties in duplicate, each of which shall be a complete
and effective original Lease.

        38.     Partial Invalidity. If any term, covenant or condition of this
Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any
extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease of the
application of such term, covenant or condition to persons and circumstances
other than those to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall not
be affected thereby, and each term, covenant and condition of this Lease shall
be valid and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

        39.     Broker's Commission. Tenant warrants and represents that Ruth
Kinnie and Moore and Company are the only persons and/or companies with the
Tenant has dealt that brought about this lease agreement, and Tenant does
hereby indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claim for
commissions, fees, or payments of any kind, or notice from any and all other
persons and/or companies with whom the Tenant may have dealt.





                                      -28-
<PAGE>   35
        40.     Miscellaneous. All marginal notations and paragraph headings
are for purposes of reference and shall not affect the true meaning and intent
of the terms hereof. Throughout this Lease, wherever the words "Landlord" and
"Tenant" are used, they shall include and imply to the singular, plural,
persons both male and female, companies, partnerships and corporations, and in
reading said Lease, the necessary grammatical changes required to make the
provisions hereof mean and apply as aforesaid shall be made in the same manner
as though originally included in said Lease.

        See Exhibit A attached hereto for further provisions and amendments to
this Lease.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the date
hereof.

                LANDLORD:       COLORADO NATIONAL BANK, Boulder Nominee

                                By:
                                   ------------------------------------------

                TENANT:         OVERLAND SHEEPSKIN CO.

                                By: /s/ JAMES LEAHY
                                    -----------------------------------------
                                        James Leahy, President






                                      -29-

<PAGE>   36
                                   EXHIBIT E
                                   ---------

                               TO LEASE AGREEMENT

                                    BETWEEN

               COLORADO NATIONAL BANK, BOULDER NOMINEE (Landlord)

                                      AND

                        OVERLAND SHEEPSKIN CO. (Tenant)

                               DATED MAY 4, 1984

        The following terms and provisions are incorporated by reference into
the Lease, and amend, modify, and supersede anything to the contrary contained
in the Lease.

        A.      With reference to paragraph 13B of the Lease, the following
proviso of such paragraph is deleted in its entirety:

                Provided, however, Landlord shall have the option to require
                Tenant to remove any or all such fixtures, additions and/or
                alterations Landlord deems to be of a specific use or nature,
                and to restore the leased premises to good condition, all at
                Tenant's cost and expense.

The following proviso is deleted in its entirety and the following matter is
substituted therefor:

                Provided, however, Landlord shall have the option to require
                Tenant to remove any and all such fixtures, additions and/or
                alterations Landlord reasonably deems to be specific and 
                appropriate only to the business of the Tenant or its
                subtenants hereunder and generally inappropriate to other
                retail business use, and in case such removal is required,
                Tenant shall restore the leased premises to a good condition, 
                all at Tenant's cost and expense.

        B.      With reference to the third unnumbered paragraph of paragraph
14 of the Lease, such paragraph is deleted in its entirety and the following
matter is substituted therefor:

                Upon execution of this Lease, the Tenant shall make reasonable 
                good faith efforts to obtain building approval, from the city   
                of Boulder and from any 
                         
<PAGE>   37
                other governmental authority from which building approval is
                required, for plans and specifications approximating those
                appended hereto, which plans may require a change in location of
                doors and windows and which plans, when final, shall include any
                and all landscaping as may be required by any governing
                authority and which plans shall be approved by Landlord. In the
                event that, after such reasonable good faith efforts, Tenant is
                unable to obtain such approvals within one month from the date
                of commencement of this Lease, Tenant shall then have 5 days
                during which the Tenant may terminate this Lease, and if the
                Tenant does so terminate the Lease, pursuant to paragraph 
                5 hereof, the Landlord shall retain any sums paid herewith as
                security deposit provided, however, that Tenant shall have no
                right of assignment or subletting during such period ending with
                the expiration of the option to terminate this Lease upon
                failure to obtain building approvals. In the event Tenant
                obtains such building approvals within said one-month period, or
                in the event that, having failed to obtain such approvals,
                Tenant does not exercise its option to terminate within said
                5-day period, the Tenant shall have no option to terminate the
                lease pursuant to this paragraph for the duration of the period
                of initial construction of the repairs, alterations,
                improvements or additions initially proposed to be made to the
                lease premises by the Tenant as above referenced. Upon
                completion of such construction, however, (i) Tenant shall then
                have the option to terminate this Lease if the Tenant is
                required by the City of Boulder or governmental authority to
                make repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the
                leased premises costing in excess of $25,000; and (ii) Tenant
                shall again have the rights of assignment and subletting set
                forth in this Lease. 

        C.      With reference to the first unnumbered paragraph of paragraph
20 of the Lease, the phrase "as reasonably estimated by Landlord" in the third
line thereof is deleted, and the following matter is substituted therefore:

                as certified to by a registered architect reasonably acceptable
                to the Landlord and the Tenant,

so that the first sentence of such first unnumbered paragraph of paragraph 20
shall read as follows:

                In the event that the lease premises are destroyed or so damaged
                by fire or other casualty that, as certified to by a registered
                architect reasonably acceptable to the Landlord and the Tenant,
                repairs to the leased premises in order to render the same
                tenantable once again would require in excess of 120 days from
                the date of destruction or damage if promptly and diligently
                processed, the Landlord shall have the option to terminate this
                Lease, provided that if the Landlord wishes to terminate this
                Lease it gives written notice of termination to Tenant within
                thirty (30) days of the date of such damage or the option to
                terminate shall be void.




                                      -2-
<PAGE>   38
        D.      With reference to the second unnumbered paragraph of
paragraph 23 of the Lease and notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained therein, in the event of a breach by the Tenant (other than failure
of the Tenant to pay sums of money when due) and such breach would reasonably
require more than 30 days to cure after notice of default, the Tenant shall be
deemed to have cured the breach if the Tenant shall have substantially
commenced to cure such breach within 30 days after receipt of notice of default
and shall diligently thereafter complete the cure of such breach, and further
provided that tenant shall continue to make any and all payments due to
Landlord on a timely basis.

        E.      With reference to paragraph 30 of the Lease, the following
underlined matter is added at the end of such paragraph, so that the last
sentence thereof reads as follows:

                Tenant hereby agrees to execute, if same is required, any and
                all instruments in writing which may be requested by Landlord
                to subordinate Tenant's rights acquired by this Lease to the
                lien of any such mortgage or deed of trust, as aforesaid;
                provided, however, that such subordination agreements contain
                -------------------------------------------------------------
                the non-disturbance agreements contemplated by the provisions
                -------------------------------------------------------------
                of this paragraph.
                ------------------

        F.      With further reference to paragraph 30, the following matter is
added thereto as a second unnumbered paragraph of such paragraph 30:

                The premises are presently encumbered by the lien of a deed of
                trust in favor of Boulder Historical Society, securing an
                initial indebtedness of $225,000.00, dated March 18, 1981,
                recorded March 19, 1981 on Film 1158 as Reception No. 438519 of
                the Boulder County records.  The indebtedness secured bears
                interest at the rate of 11% per annum, and is payable in
                quarterly amortizing payments over a term of 25 years, each in
                the approximate amount of $6,600.00.  Landlord agrees that, in
                the event of any default by Landlord in paying said
                indebtedness which results in commencement of foreclosure
                against the demised premises, and if permitted by law or by the
                holder or beneficiary of said deed of trust, Tenant may pay
                such amount as may be required to cure such default and
                thereafter to maintain payments to such holder so as to avoid
                further defaults, and any amount so paid by Tenant to such
                encumbrancer shall be credited against amounts of rent next due
                from Tenant to Landlord under this Lease.  Tenant shall pay to
                Landlord the amount of excess, if any, of rental due hereunder
                over the amount paid to said encumbrancer.

        G.      With reference to paragraph 39 of this Lease, and
notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Landlord hereby
agrees to pay any and all commissions due to Ruth Kinnie and Moore and Company
arising from the negotiation and/or consummation of this Lease.





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   39
                                                   APPENDIX 2
                                        
                               SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

        This Sublease Agreement made and entered into this 7 day of 
August, 1984, by and between Overland Sheepskin Co., a New Mexico 
corporation qualified to do business in Colorado, hereinafter referred
to as Sublessor, and Natural Horizons, Inc., a Colorado corporation,
hereinafter referred to as Sublessee.

                                  WITNESSETH:

        WHEREAS, Sublessor, is the tenant of that certain lease dated
May 16, 1984, between Colorado National Bank, Boulder, Nominee, Landlord 
and Sublessor, Tenant, of the building located at 1655 Broadway, Boulder, 
Colorado, hereinafter referred to as the Base Lease, and which is 
incorporated herein as Exhibit A hereto, and

        WHEREAS, Sublessee desires to lease from Sublessor that part of 1655
Broadway described in the attached Exhibit B, said portion hereinafter called
Subleased Premises, for the purpose of storage and food preparation of
Alfalfa's Market and other grocery stores of Natural Horizons, Inc., and

        WHEREAS, Sublessor desires to sublease the said Subleased Premises to 
Sublessee,

        IT IS THEREFORE AGREED by and between the parties for and in
consideration of the mutual promises and undertakings herein contained 
as follows:

        1.      Sublessor does hereby lease unto Sublessee the Subleased
Premises for a term commencing at 12:00 noon on the date of execution hereof,
until 12:00 noon six years after the commencement date of the Base Lease (the
"Initial Term"), unless sooner terminated or extended as provided herein,
subject to the agreement herein contained.

        2.      In the event Sublessor renews the Base Lease pursuant to
paragraph 3 of the Base Lease, Sublessee shall be given the option to renew
this Sublease for an additional term of six years ("Extended Term") upon the
same conditions as herein set forth, by giving written notice of its intention
to renew not less than 120 days nor more than 180 days prior to the expiration
of the Initial Term.

        3.      Sublessee shall pay rent in advance, on the first day of each
month beginning when all improvements to the Subleased Premises are
substantially complete so that the Subleased Premises are ready for use and
have been approved by governmental authorities, but in no event shall this be
subsequent to September 30, 1984. Rent to be paid in the following amounts:

        a.      A fixed percentage of all rental amounts and additional rents 
or other charges payable by Sublessor to Landlord pursuant to the Base Lease,
including rental adjustments or escalations for both terms if applicable, real
property taxes, insurance premiums, and including common building operating and
upkeep expenses. This fixed percentage will be a percentage of the rental
amounts set forth above and such percentage will be the percentage of the total
area of the Sublessor's leased premises that are herein rented by the Sublessee.
Such fixed percentage will be agreed to by the parties in a written addendum
hereto as soon as the dividing wall separating the Subleased Premises from the
remainder of 1655 Broadway is completed. When the dividing wall is completed,
the parties will determine accurately the percentage of 1655 Broadway being
subleased hereby. In the event the parties cannot agree on such percentage, such
percentage shall be finally and conclusively determined by a 
<PAGE>   40
registered architect or engineer mutually acceptable to Sublessor and
Sublessee.  In the event the Sublessor and Sublessee cannot agree on a single
architect or engineer, each party shall select a registered architect or
engineer and the two architects or engineers so selected shall elect a third
and together the three architects or engineers shall jointly determine such
percentage. 

                b.     An additional monthly charge for rent equal to $2.00
per square foot per year of the Subleased Premises, as determined by the
parties pursuant to the above paragraph, shall be payable monthly in advance so
as to cover Sublessee's share of the cost of initial improvements to 1655
Broadway and the expense of financing such improvements over the Initial
Term.  This additional monthly charge shall run for 72 consecutive months at
which time it shall cease.

                c.      In the event that insurance costs are increased
because of the existence of a food preparation business in the Subleased
Premises or due to the uses of Sublessee in the Subleased Premises, this
insurance increase shall be borne solely by the Sublessee.

        4.      Sublessee shall also pay the costs of utilities incurred in the
Subleased Premises through separate meters with direct billing to Sublessee.

        5.      Sublessee shall have possession of the Subleased Premises
immediately after obtaining any and all required governmental approvals for the
contemplated operations and uses of the Subleased Premises, and, along with its
employees, business invitees, guests, and suppliers, shall have use of the
Subleased Premises at all times during the Initial Term and Estimated Term
hereof.  Sublessee shall use and occupy the Subleased Premises solely and
exclusively for the purposes of storage and food preparation for Alfalfa's
Market and its other grocery stores.  Sublessee shall not use or permit upon
the premises anything unreasonably dangerous to life or limb, deface or injure
the premises, nor create a nuisance on the premises, including unpleasant
odors, and will comply with all governmental, health and policy requirements
respecting the premises as well as the terms and conditions of the Base Lease
which apply to it.

        6.      Sublessee shall install an adequate sprinkler system for the
Subleased Premises in order to satisfy all governmental and insurance 
requirements.

        7.      All rights and remedies of Landlord contained in the Base Lease
(i) are incorporated herein by reference; (ii) shall for the purposes hereof be
deemed rights of the Sublessor against the Sublessee; and (iii) may be used by
Sublessor in the event of a breach of the terms and conditions of the Base
Lease and of the Sublease.  All the obligations of Sublessor to the Landlord in
the Base Lease shall similarly be binding on Sublessee and shall be obligations
of Sublessee to Sublessor, except for (i) the payment of rents and (ii) other
provisions which are specifically covered hereunder.  There is nothing in the
Sublease that shall invalidate the Base Lease or extensions thereof or which
supersedes the terms of the Base Lease or extension thereof. The Sublease shall
indemnify and hold harmless the Sublessor from any losses or damages, whether
direct or consequential, suffered by the Sublessor as a result of any breach of
this Sublease or the Base Lease by the Sublessee.  Such indemnify shall extend
to all losses of Sublessor, including costs of court and reasonable attorney
fees, arising from the enforcement of any rights of the Landlord against the
Sublessor as a result of breach of this Sublease or the Base Lease by the
Sublessee.

        8.      Sublessee shall prepare the Subleased Premises in such a manner
at to avoid unreasonable interference with Sublessor's ability to obtain its
necessary occupancy permits





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   41
in order to open its business August 1, 1984.  Should any action of Sublessee
defer Sublessor's ability to do the same, and notwithstanding anything
contained herein to the contrary, Sublessee's percentage of rent and other
additional rents pursuant to section 3 hereof shall be 100% until Sublessee
complies with whatsoever requirements are necessary to allow Sublessor to
obtain the necessary occupancy permits for its business.

        9.      This Sublease shall have no force or effect unless and until
the Landlord's approval set forth hereinbelow has been executed by the Landlord.

        EXECUTED by the parties hereto on the dates set forth beneath their
respective signatures.


SUBLESSOR:                                    SUBLESSEE:
Overland Sheepskin Co.                        Natural Horizons, Inc.
a New Mexico corporation                      a Colorado corporation


By /s/ JIM TERRY                              By /s/ OFFICER OF NATURAL
   ----------------------                            HORIZONS, INC.
   President                                     ---------------------
                                                 President

Dated: August 7, 1994                         Dated:  Aug 14, 1984

Subject to all the terms and conditions of the Base Lease Agreement between
Colorado National Bank-Boulder, Nominee as Landlord and Overland Sheepskin Co.
as Tenant, including, but not limited to, the assignment of leases and rents,
and without passing on any of the other contents herein, and further subject to
the rules and regulations attached hereto and made a part hereof, we,
therefore, as Landlord and pursuant to paragraphs 16 and 26 of the Base Lease,
hereby consent to the above Sublease and agree to the use of the Subleased
Premises for the purposes included in paragraph 5 of this Sublease including,
but not limited to, food preparation and use of a similar nature.

LANDLORD:

Colorado National Bank,
Boulder Nominee


By /s/ ROBERT POLIS
  --------------------------
   Robert Polis, Appointee

Dated:  8/17/84


                                      -3-
<PAGE>   42
                                BROADWAY COMPLEX
                       PARKING LOT RULES AND REGULATIONS

        1)      There shall be no loading or unloading of any trucks for any
                tenant in any location except directly outside of that tenant's
                leased premises or in areas designated by the landlord.

        2)      There shall be no storage, temporary or permanent, of any
                skids, pallets, boxes, containers, supplies, equipment, or
                inventory in the parking lot, common areas, or anywhere in the
                exterior of the leased premises.

        3)      There shall be no trash receptacles on the exterior of the
                leased premises unless approved in writing by the landlord.

        4)      Trash shall not be permitted to accumulate in greater quantity
                than the approved trash receptacle was meant to accommodate.

        5)      Odors from trash, inventory, or operations of business shall be
                removed immediately and shall be prevented from recurring by the
                tenant causing such odors.
<PAGE>   43
Addendum to Sublease Agreement dated August 7, 1984, between Overland Sheepskin
Company and Natural Horizons Inc.

1.      NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING in the sublease agreement, the parties hereby
agree that the area of the building leased to sublessee is 2456 square feet
which comprises 37.8% of the 6500 square foot building referred to in the base
lease. 

2.      The beginning monthly base rent shall be $2150 per month (.378 X
5687.50) and shall be adjusted annually according to the provisions in the base
lease. 

3.      Sublessee agrees to pay for all costs of installation of sublessee's
own electrical service, gas service, sprinkler system, plumbing service, water
service, telephone, security, and all other improvements and installs on the
subleased premises.

4.      Sublessor agrees to provide the space in the following condition only:

        a.      Existing walls and ceiling and floors unfinished and unrepaired

        b.      No plumbing service or fixtures

        c.      Existing door

5.      NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING to the contrary in the sublease agreement,
sublessor does not grant sublessee the use of any parking assigned for the
specific use of sublessor in the base lease.

6.      The fixed percentage referred to in paragraph 3a of the sublease
agreement is 37.8%.

7.      The additional monthly rental charge referred to in paragraph 3b shall
be $409 per month. (2456 X 2 / 12 = $409)

                              Dated August 7, 1984


OVERLAND SHEEPSKIN COMPANY                      NATURAL HORIZONS, INC.


/s/  OFFICER OF OVERLAND                        /s/ OFFICER OF NATURAL 
     SHEEPSKIN COMPANY                              HORIZONS, INC.
- ------------------------------                  -------------------------------
Sublessor                                       Sublessee
<PAGE>   44
                                   EXHIBIT D

                                   SCHEMATIC

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 13.84




                                LEASE AGREEMENT

                                 by and between

                      MARIANNA PARTNERS LIMITED, LANDLORD

                                      and

                   WILD OATS MARKET OF SANTA FE, INC., TENANT
<PAGE>   2
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
<S>                                                                         <C>
ARTICLE I.  DEMISE OF PREMISES; QUIET ENJOYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

         Section 1.01. Demise of Premises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
         Section 1.02. Definitions and Use of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
         Section 1.03. Quiet Enjoyment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

ARTICLE II. USE; TERM; RENEWAL OPTION;
                 AND HOLDING OVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2

         Section 2.01. Use  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
         Section 2.02. Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
         Section 2.03. Renewal Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
         Section 2.04. Holding Over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2

ARTICLE III. RENT; SECURITY DEPOSIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3

         Section 3.01. Minimum Rent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
         Section 3.02. Lease Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
         Section 3.03. Cost of Living Increase;
                         CPI Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
         Section 3.04. Changes in Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
         Section 3.05. Percentage Rent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
         Section 3.06. Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
         Section 3.07. Security Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7

ARTICLE IV. CONSTRUCTION OF ADDITIONAL IMPROVEMENTS
                 TO THE EXISTING BUILDING; ACCEPTANCE
                 OF PREMISES; AND COMMENCEMENT DATE . . . . . . . . . . . .  7

         Section 4.01. Landlord's Initial Work  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
         Section 4.02. Tenant's Work  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
         Section 4.03. Landlord's Additional Work . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
         Section 4.04. Commencement Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
         Section 4.05. Unavoidable Delays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
         Section 4.06. Asbestos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9

ARTICLE V.  TAXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9

ARTICLE VI. JANITORIAL SERVICES AND UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

         Section 6.01. Janitorial Services  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
         Section 6.02. Utilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

ARTICLE VII. MAINTENANCE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ARTICLE VIII. CASUALTY INSURANCE; LIABILITY INSURANCE;
                 WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND INDEMNITY; WAIVER OF
                 SUBROGATION; POLICY REQUIREMENTS; AND
                 LIFE INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

         Section 8.01. Fire and Extended Casualty . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
         Section 8.02. Liability Insurance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
         Section 8.03. Waiver of Claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
         Section 8.04. Indemnity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
         Section 8.05. Waiver of Subrogation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
         Section 8.06. Policy Requirements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
         Section 8.07. Life Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ARTICLE IX. DESTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS BY FIRE OR
                 OTHER CASUALTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
</TABLE>

                                     - i -
<PAGE>   3
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
<S>                                                                         <C>
ARTICLE X.  ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES; PROHIBITED USE;
            COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES AND
            REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

         Section 10.01. Acceptance of Premises  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
         Section 10.02. Prohibited Use  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
         Section 10.03. Compliance with Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

ARTICLE XI. ALTERATIONS; SIGNS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

         Section 11.01. Alterations and Surrender
                          of Premises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
         Section 11.02. Sign  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ARTICLE XII. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ARTICLE XIII. DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

         Section 13.01. Events of Default   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
         Section 13.02. Landlord's Remedy   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
         Section 13.03. Landlord's Right to Cure Default  . . . . . . . . . 18
         Section 13.04. Waiver  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

ARTICLE XIV. EMINENT DOMAIN.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

ARTICLE XV. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

ARTICLE XVI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

         Section 16.01. Time of the Essence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
         Section 16.02. Binding Effect; Successors and
                          Assigns    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         Section 16.03. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
         Section 16.04. Subordination or Superiority  . . . . . . . . . . . 20
         Section 16.05. Estoppel Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
         Section 16.06. Landlord Means Owner  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
         Section 16.07. Sale of Premises by Landlord  . . . . . . . . . . . 21
         Section 16.08. Law Governing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
         Section 16.09. Gender and Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
         Section 16.10. Entire Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
         Section 16.11. Captions; Table of-Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
         Section 16.12. Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
         Section 16.13. Attorney's Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
         Section 16.14. Counterpart Signatures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
         Section 16.15. Equipment Presently Located
                          in the Building   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
         Section 16.16. Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
         Section 16.17. Inclusion of Premises in
                          Additional Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
         Section 16.18. Restrictions Applicable
                          to Landlord  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . 22

GUARANTY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
</TABLE>

                                     - ii -
<PAGE>   4


                                LEASE AGREEMENT

         This Lease Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the "Lease"), is
executed this 27th day of  August, 1990, by and between MARIANNA PARTNERS
LIMITED, a New Mexico limited partnership (hereinafter referred to as the
"Landlord") and WILD OATS MARKET OF SANTA FE, INC., a New Mexico 
corporation, (hereinafter referred to as the "Tenant").


                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter
set forth, Landlord and Tenant covenant and agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                      DEMISE OF PREMISES; QUIET ENJOYMENT

         SECTION 1.01.    DEMISE OF PREMISES.  Subject to the terms,
conditions, covenants, and undertakings hereinafter set forth, Landlord does
hereby lease to Tenant those certain Premises described as follows (including
the existing Building thereon):

         An approximately 14,850 square foot free-standing building located on
         that certain parcel of land containing approximately 68,000 square
         feet located on the northwest corner of St. Francis Drive and Cordova
         Road in the City of Santa Fe, New Mexico, more particularly described
         on Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
         The parties acknowledge that 14,850 square feet is an approximation of
         the area of the existing building and that Landlord does not guarantee
         the area thereof.

         SECTION 1.02.    DEFINITIONS AND USE OF TERMS.

         When used in this Lease:

                 (a)      "Land" means the real property described in section
1.01 above.

                 (b)      "Building" means any and all buildings, structures
and other improvements located on said Land.

                 (c)      "Premises" means collectively the Land and Building 
leased herein.

         SECTION 1.03.    QUIET ENJOYMENT.  Landlord covenants and agrees that,
upon Tenant's paying rent and performing all of the covenants and conditions
set forth in the Lease, Tenant's quiet and peaceable enjoyment of the Premises
shall not be disturbed by Landlord or any person claiming by, through or under
Landlord, subject, however, to the terms, conditions and exceptions contained
herein and to all reservations and restrictions of record in the Real Property
Records of the county where the Land is located and all zoning and land-use
regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Land.
<PAGE>   5

                                   ARTICLE II

                   USE; TERM; RENEWAL OPTION AND HOLDING OVER

         SECTION 2.01.    USE.  Tenant shall use the Premises for the retail
sale and distribution of food, liquor and general merchandise. Tenant shall
keep the Premises reasonably stocked with merchandise, and reasonably staffed
to serve the patrons thereof, comparable to stores doing a similar business.
Tenant is not required to operate its business on Sundays or legal holidays,
nor during any time when such operations must be suspended because of casualty
loss to the Building, strikes, insurrection, or other similar cause.

         SECTION 2.02.    TERM.  The term of this Lease shall be ten and
one-half (10 1/2) years, commencing on the "Commencement Date," as defined in
Section 4.04 hereof. In the event that the Commencement Date is any date other
than the first day of the month, then the term hereof shall extend for ten and
one-half years plus the number of days remaining in the month in which the term
hereof commences.

         SECTION 2.03.    RENEWAL OPTION.  Provided that Tenant is not in
default in respect to any provision of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right
to extend the term of this Lease for one (1) additional period of ten (10)
years from the expiration of the prior term, provided, however, that written
notice is given to Landlord of such intention to extend the Lease six (6)
months prior to the applicable expiration date. Such extension term shall be
upon the same terms, conditions, and rentals except that (i) Tenant shall have
no further right of renewal after exercise of said extension term and (ii) the
Minimum Rent will be equal to whatever Minimum Rent (plus CPI adjustments) is
then applicable under this Lease. It is further understood and agreed by the
parties that Landlord may attempt to acquire additional land adjacent to the
Premises, for the purpose of constructing thereon a shopping center and/or
other commercial buildings. If Landlord has acquired such additional land
adjacent to the Premises at the time that Tenant exercises its option
hereunder, then Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant rent, on
the same terms, conditions, and rentals contained in this Lease, as adjusted
above, comparable space in the adjacent property in lieu of the Premises.
Provided, however, that Tenant shall have no obligation to accept such
comparable space unless such substitution will have no adverse economic
consequences to Tenant.

         SECTION 2.04.    HOLDING OVER.  Should Tenant hold over after the
termination of this Lease, by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall become a
tenant from month-to-month only upon each and all of the terms herein provided
as may be applicable to such month-to-month tenancy and any such holding over
shall not constitute an extension of this Lease; provided, however, during such
holding over, Tenant shall pay Minimum Rent and Percentage Rent at double the
rate payable per Article III below for the month immediately preceding said
holding over and in addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord all damages,
consequential as well as direct, sustained by reason of Tenant's holding over.
The provisions of this paragraph do not exclude the Landlord's rights of
reentry or any other right contained in this Lease.


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>   6
                                  ARTICLE III

                             RENT; SECURITY DEPOSIT

         SECTION 3.01.     MINIMUM RENT.  During the term hereof, Tenant shall
pay Landlord minimum rent (hereinafter referred to as "Minimum Rent") on or
before the first day of each month during the term hereof as follows:

                 (a)      From the Commencement Date through and including the
18th month (the first "Lease Year") ($111,375 per annum, $9.281.25 per month).

                 (b)      19th through 30th month (the second "Lease Year")
($118,800 per annum, $9,900 per month).

                 (c)      31st through 42nd month (3rd "Lease Year") ($126,225
per annum, $10,518.75 per month)

                 (d)      43rd through 66th month (4th and 5th "Lease Years")
($133,650 per annum, $ll,137.50 per month).

                 (e)      67th through 126th month (6th "Lease Year" through
10th "Lease Year") ($141,075 per annum, $11,756.25 per month), increased,
however, after the 6th Lease Year for increases in the Consumer Price Index as
specified in Section 3.03 below.

         Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant
agree in consideration of Tenant's making the leasehold improvements specified
herein, that the Minimum Rent for the first full six (6) months of the term
hereof shall abate completely. In the event that the Commencement Date of this
Lease falls on a day other than the first day of the month, then the Minimum
Rent shall be prorated for the said partial month in which the Commencement
Date occurs, and thereafter Tenant shall be entitled to a complete abatement of
Minimum Rent for the first full six (6) months of the term hereof, provided,
however, that the prorated Minimum Rent for the partial month in which the
Commencement Date falls shall be due and payable at the end of the rent
abatement period.

         SECTION 3.02.    LEASE YEAR.  As used herein the term "Lease Year"
shall mean the eighteen (18) month period beginning on the first day of the
month during which the Commencement Date occurs, and each consecutive twelve
(12) calendar month period thereafter.

         SECTION 3.03.    COST OF LIVING INCREASE; CPI ADJUSTMENT.  At the end
of the 6th Lease Year and every Lease Year thereafter (including any renewal
periods) the Minimum Rent provided for in Section 3.01(e) above shall be
adjusted to reflect any increase in the consumer price index as hereinafter
provided. Each Lease Year following the 6th Lease Year is hereinafter referred
to as the "Adjustment Period".  The adjusted Minimum Rent shall be obtained by
multiplying the Minimum Rent provided in Section 3.01(e) above by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the index number for the first month of each
Adjustment Period hereunder in the column for "All Items" (unadjusted) in the
table entitled "Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers," (index base:
1982 - 84 = 100) "U.S. City Average" published monthly by the Bureau of Labor
Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor in the Monthly Labor Review (said
table herein referred to as the "CPI-U"), and the denominator of which is the
CPI-U for the first month of the 6th Lease Year of

                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>   7
this Lease. The adjusted rental thus obtained shall be the Minimum Rent.
Notwithstanding the foregoing calculation, the yearly percentage adjustment
pursuant to this Section 3.03 shall in no event be more than five percent (5%)
in any year.  Tenant shall continue to pay the Minimum Rent in effect for the
expiring Adjustment Period until notified by Landlord of any increase in such
Minimum Rent.  On the first day of the calendar month immediately following
receipt of such notification, Tenant shall commence payment of the new Minimum
Rent specified in the notice, and shall also pay to Landlord, with respect to
the month(s) already expired, the excess of the required monthly rentals
specified in the notice over the monthly amounts theretofore actually paid by
Tenant.

         SECTION 3.04.    CHANGES IN INDEX.  If the "CPI-U" is discontinued, the
"Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers" ("CPI-W")
for "All Items," unadjusted, (index base: 1982 - 84 = 100), "U.S. City
Average," published monthly in the Monthly Labor Review by the Bureau of Labor
Statistics of the United States Department of Labor shall be used for making
the computation in Section 3.03. If the "CPI-W" is discontinued, comparable
statistics on the purchasing power of the consumer dollar published by the
Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor shall be
used for making the computation in Section 3.03.  If the Bureau of Labor
Statistics shall no longer maintain statistics on the purchasing power of the
consumer dollar, comparable statistics published by a responsible financial
periodical or recognized authority selected by the Landlord and reasonably
acceptable to Tenant shall be used for making the computation in Section 3.03.
If the base year "(1982 - 84 = 100)" or other base year used in computing the
CPI-U (or CPI-W if applicable) is changed, the figures used in making the
adjustment in Section 3.03 shall be changed accordingly, so that all increases
in the "CPI-U" (or CPI-W if applicable) are taken into account notwithstanding
any such change in the base year.

         SECTION 3.05.    PERCENTAGE RENT.

                 (a)      In addition to the Minimum Rent, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord for each calendar year during the term of this Lease, as percentage
rent ("Percentage Rent"), a sum equivalent to the amount, if any, by which two
percent (2%) of Tenant's Gross Sales (as hereinafter defined), exceeds the
annual Minimum Rent set forth in Section 3.01 hereof, for such calendar year.
In the event that the Minimum Rent is adjusted during the calendar year in
question, then the annual Minimum Rent shall mean the average annual Minimum
Rent payable during such calendar year. On or before the 10th day of each
calendar month during the term of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord,
after deducting therefrom the Minimum Rent paid for the preceding calendar
month, an amount of money equal to the product of 2% multiplied by the Tenant's
Gross Sales made in or from the Premises during such preceding month.  In the
event that the total of the monthly payments for Percentage Rent for any
calendar year is not equal to the annual Percentage Rent computed on the
Tenant's Gross Sales for such entire calendar year, then (a) Tenant shall pay
to Landlord any deficiency promptly upon demand, or (b) Landlord shall credit
Tenant's next payment of Minimum Rent with any excess.  If an overpayment
occurs during the last year of the term hereof, Landlord shall refund such
excess to Tenant within 30 days after the termination hereof. In no event shall
the rent to be paid by Tenant and retained by Landlord for any calendar year be
less than the annual Minimum Rent herein specified.

                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>   8
                 (b)      If this Lease (or operation by Tenant of its business
on the Premises) should commence on a date other than the first day of a
calendar year or terminate on a date other than the last day of a calendar
year, Percentage Rent for such fractional part of the calendar year following
the Commencement Date (or commencement by Tenant of its business on the
Premises) or preceding the termination date, as the case may be, shall be paid
at the specified rate or rates for all sales made during such fractional part
of a calendar year, after deducting from such Percentage Rent all payments of
Minimum Rent for such fractional period, such Percentage Rent to be paid in
monthly installments as provided above with respect to full calendar years.

                 (c)      As used herein, the term "Tenant's Gross Sales" shall
mean the gross proceeds from all sales of merchandise, services and other
receipts whatsoever of all business conducted in or from the Premises, whether
sold for cash or on credit, including, without limitation, redemption of gift
and merchandise certificates, deposits not refunded to purchasers, orders taken
at the Premises although such orders may be filled elsewhere, sales through
vending machines or other devices, and sales by any subtenant, concessionaire
or licensee in the Premises. Tenant's Gross Sales shall not include (i) any
sums collected from customers and paid out for a sales or excise or similar tax
imposed by any duly constituted governmental authority if the amount of such
tax is separately charged to the customer and paid by Tenant directly to or for
the benefit of the governmental authority, (ii) the exchange of merchandise
with other stores of Tenant, if such exchange is made solely for the convenient
operation of the business of Tenant and not for the purpose of consummating a
sale which was made in or from the Premises or if such exchange of merchandise
is not for the purpose of depriving Landlord of the benefit of a sale which
otherwise would be made in or from the Premises, (iii) the amount of returns to
suppliers or manufacturers, (iv) sales of Tenant's furniture, fixtures and
equipment not in the ordinary course of Tenant's business, (v) amounts charged
customers for mailing, delivery, alterations or such other services, (vi)
amounts received from sales of distressed, damaged or obsolescent merchandise
sold in bulk to persons other than retail customers, (vii) amounts charged to
Tenant by credit card companies for processing of credit card charges from the
Premises, (viii) sales of gift certificates unless and until such gift
certificates are actually redeemed on the Premises, (ix) revenue earned by
outside contractors such as health care specialists or cooking instructors that
are invited by Tenant to present instructional courses on the Premises. Tenant
shall be entitled to a credit against Tenant's Gross Sales for any cash or
credit refund made for any returned merchandise accepted by Tenant and
previously included in Tenant's Gross Sales.

                 (d)      On or before the 10th day of each calendar month
during the term of this Lease, Tenant shall send to Landlord at the place
designated by Landlord a statement of Tenant's Gross Sales made during the
preceding calendar month.  In addition, within sixty (60) days after the
expiration of each calendar year, Tenant shall prepare and deliver to Landlord
at the place designated by Landlord a statement of Tenant's Gross Sales during
the preceding calendar year (or partial year), certified to be correct by an
independent certified public accountant or by an officer of Tenant. Landlord
agrees to keep such statements strictly confidential and agrees to use such
statements solely for the purpose of verifying Tenant's Gross Sales, and

                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>   9
will not divulge the same to any other person or entity except (i)  in
connection with any sale or financing of the Premises or (ii) if required by
any governmental authority.  Tenant shall furnish similar statements for its
licensees, concessionaires and subtenants, if any. All such statements shall be
in such form as Landlord may require.  If any such statement discloses an error
in the calculation of the Percentage Rent for any period, appropriate
adjustment of the Percentage Rent shall be made, subject, however, to
Landlord's rights under Section 3.05 (f).  Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary in the event that, at any time during the term hereof, Tenant
submits to Landlord more than one (1) incorrect statement of Tenant's Gross
Sales, that understates Tenant's Gross Sales for the period in question by more
than two percent (2%), then Landlord shall have the right to require that all
statements of Tenant's Gross Sales submitted thereafter be certified to be
correct by an independent certified public accountant.

                 (e)      Tenant shall keep on the Premises or at some other
location in the city in which the Premises are located, approved in writing by
Landlord, a permanent, accurate set of books and records of all sales of
merchandise and revenue derived from business conducted in or from the
Premises, and all supporting records such as tax reports, banking records, cash
register tapes, sales slips and other sales records.  All such books and
records shall be retained and preserved for at least 36 months after the end of
the calendar year to which they relate, and shall be subject to inspection and
audit by Landlord and its agents at all reasonable times.

                 (f)      In the event Landlord is not satisfied with any
monthly statement or certified annual statement of gross sales submitted by
Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to have its auditors make a special
audit of all books and records, wherever located, pertaining to sales made in
or from the Premises during the period in question. If such statements are
found to understate Tenant's Gross Sales by more than two percent (2%) from the
figures submitted by Tenant, Tenant shall pay for the entire cost of such
audit.  Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord any deficiency.

         SECTION 3.06.    PAYMENT.  All rental provided herein shall be paid to
Landlord in monthly installments as specified herein at the address specified
in Article XVI hereof, or such other place. as Landlord shall designate in
writing pursuant to the notice provisions contained in Article XVI hereof,
without deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America.
Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge of $250 if any payment of rent due
hereunder is not received by Landlord within ten (10) days of the due date. Any
rental or other amount due from Tenant under this Lease not paid within fifteen
(15) days of the date when due shall bear interest from the date due until the
date paid at the lower of (i) the highest lawful rate of interest per annum or
(ii) the prime rate of interest charged by Chemical Bank, plus six percent (6%)
per annum, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any
default by Tenant under this Lease.  The covenants herein to pay rent shall be
independent of any other covenants set forth in this Lease.  In the event that
Tenant should default in the payment of all or any portion of any payment of
rent provided for herein and should remain in default for a period of 10 days
after receipt of written notice thereof, all installments of Minimum Rent for
the entire term of this Lease then unpaid shall, at the option of the Landlord,
be accelerated and become immediately due and payable.

                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>   10
         SECTION 3.07.     SECURITY DEPOSIT.  Concurrently with Tenant's
execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the sum of $25,000.
On or before the Commencement Date (as defined in Section 4.04 hereof), Tenant
shall deposit with Landlord the additional sum of $25,000, all of which (the
balance of said amounts being hereinafter referred to as the "Security
Deposit") shall be held by Landlord, as security for performance of Tenant's
covenants and obligations under this Lease, it being expressly understood and
agreed that such deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of
Landlord's damages in case of Tenant's default. Tenant may elect to direct that
such sums be placed in an interest bearing account, or to substitute for such
funds at any time a letter of credit, in form acceptable to Landlord.   If
Tenant provides a letter of credit meeting the requirements hereof, then
Landlord shall return the Security Deposit funds, with interest, within three
(3) days of delivery of such letter of credit. Any interest accruing on such
account shall be held by Landlord but shall accrue for the benefit of Tenant.
At Tenant's option, following the calculation of annual Percentage Rent for any
calendar year during the term hereof, any Percentage Rent owing from Tenant to
Landlord under Section 3.05 hereof may be paid as a reduction against the
Security Deposit, or, if already paid, shall entitle Tenant to a reduction of
the Security Deposit equal to the amount of Percentage Rent actually paid
during such calendar year. If Tenant has elected to substitute a letter of
credit, following the annual calculation of Percentage Rent, the stated amount
of the letter of credit may be reduced by the amount of Percentage Rent
actually paid to Landlord during such calendar year.  Upon the occurrence of
any default by Tenant, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other available
remedy, use the Security Deposit to make good any rent arrearage or any other
damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such event of default. If Tenant
has not defaulted hereunder, any remaining balance of such Security Deposit
shall be returned by Landlord to Tenant on July 30, 1993.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                    CONSTRUCTION OF ADDITIONAL IMPROVEMENTS 
               TO THE EXISTING BUILDING; ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES; 
                               COMMENCEMENT DATE

         Section 4.01.    LANDLORD'S INITIAL WORK.  Landlord shall proceed to
repair and/or construct the additional improvements upon the Building presently
situated on the Land (the "Landlord's Initial Work") in compliance with the
requirements set forth on Exhibit "B" attached hereto and incorporated herein
by reference, with such minor variations as Landlord may deem advisable and
which are not objected to by Tenant, and tender the Premises to the Tenant.
Landlord shall be responsible for any permits necessary for Landlord's Initial
Work.  Landlord shall complete Landlord's Initial Work on or before November 1,
1990.  The Premises shall be deemed "ready for occupancy" when Landlord has
substantially completed Landlord's Initial Work and certifies in writing to
Tenant that Landlord has substantially completed Landlord's Initial Work, as
specified in Exhibit If "B". Landlord shall have substantially completed
Landlord's construction obligations under this Lease when such construction
has been completed such that the Premises can be occupied and used for the
purposes stated herein, subject only to minor "punch-list" items that do not
impair Tenant's ability to conduct its business on the Premises.   If the
Premises are not ready for occupancy prior to November 1, 1990, Landlord

                                      -7-
<PAGE>   11
shall neither be deemed in default hereunder or otherwise liable in damages to
Tenant, nor shall the term of this Lease be affected, except that if for any
reason the Premises are not ready for occupancy prior to November 1, 1990, then
Landlord shall be liable to Tenant for damages in the amount of $1,000 per day
for each day following November 1, 1990 that the Premises are not ready for
occupancy. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that it will be difficult
to ascertain the damages incurred by Tenant if the Premises are not ready for
occupancy by November 1, 1990 and that such liquidated damages will fully
compensate Tenant for the injuries suffered. Furthermore, if for any reason the
Premises are not ready for occupancy within 30 days following November 1,
1990, Tenant may at its option cancel and terminate this Lease by written
notice to Landlord delivered within 5 days following the expiration of such
30-day period, in which event neither party shall have any further liabilities
or obligations hereunder, except that Landlord shall return to Tenant any
prepaid rent or Security Deposit.

         SECTION 4.02.    TENANT'S WORK.  When the Premises are deemed ready
for occupancy, Tenant agrees to accept possession thereof and to proceed with
due diligence to perform Tenant's construction obligations (hereinafter
"Tenant's Work") as specified in Exhibit "C" attached hereto and incorporated
herein by reference, all of such work to be performed in compliance with
Exhibit "C", and to install its fixtures, furniture and equipment necessary for
Tenant to conduct on the Premises its business. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Lease to the contrary, Landlord agrees to allow Tenant
access to the Premises for the purpose of beginning Tenant's Work prior to the
date the Premises are deemed ready for occupancy, provided that Tenant does not
interfere with Landlord's ability to complete Landlord's construction
obligations hereunder. Tenant shall be responsible for any permits necessary
for Tenant's Work. Tenant agrees that, if requested by Landlord, Tenant will
furnish Landlord with a written statement that Tenant has accepted the Premises
and that Landlord has fully complied with Landlord's covenants and obligations
hereunder. Tenant agrees to furnish Landlord a certificate of occupancy from
applicable local authorities upon commencement of its business at the Premises.
Tenant shall have until the later of February 1, 1991 or 90 days after the
Premises are deemed ready for occupancy in which to complete the Tenant's Work.
In the event that the Tenant fails to complete the Tenant's Work within such
time period, then the Security Deposit shall be forfeited to Landlord, Tenant
shall be in default hereunder, and Landlord may pursue any and all remedies.
Landlord shall pay Tenant $20,000.00 as an allowance for the completion of
Tenant's Work, such amount to be paid by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30)
days of receipt by Landlord of appropriate invoices showing that Tenant has
paid for such portion of Tenant's Work represented by such invoices.

         SECTION 4.03.    LANDLORD'S ADDITIONAL WORK.  Landlord shall have
until August 1, 1991 to complete the additional improvements consisting of the
exterior facade and roof work ("Landlord's Additional Work") in accordance with
the specifications set forth on Exhibit "D" attached hereto and incorporated
herein by reference; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation
to commence or continue Landlord's Additional Work if Tenant has defaulted
hereunder.  In performing Landlord's Additional Work Landlord shall take
reasonable measures to minimize disruption of Tenant's normal

                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>   12
business operations.  In the event that Landlord has not substantially
completed Landlord's Additional Work on or before August 1, 1991, then subject
to Section 4.05 hereof and provided that Tenant has not substantially
interfered with Landlord's ability to complete Landlord's Additional Work,
Landlord shall be liable to Tenant for $300 per day for each day following
August 1, 1991 that Landlord has not substantially completed Landlord's
Additional Work.

         SECTION 4.04.    COMMENCEMENT DATE.   The "Commencement Date" of this
Lease shall be the later of (i) November 1, 1990 or (ii) the date that the
Landlord substantially completes Landlord's Initial Work and the Premises are
deemed ready for occupancy as specified in Section 4.01 above.

         SECTION 4.05.    UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS.  With respect to the construction
obligations of either Landlord or Tenant under this Article IV, any prevention,
delay, nonperformance or stoppage due to any of the following causes shall
excuse nonperformance for a period equal to any such prevention, delay,
nonperformance or stoppage.  The causes referred to above are strikes,
lockouts, labor disputes, failure of power, acts of God, acts of public enemies
of the State of New Mexico or of the United States, riots, insurrections, civil
commotions, inability to obtain labor or materials or reasonable substitutes
for either, governmental restrictions or regulations or control, casualties, or
other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform.

         SECTION 4.06.    ASBESTOS.  Tenant acknowledges receipt of that
certain Final Report -- Survey For Asbestos Containing Materials dated October
2, 1989 pertaining to the Premises and prepared by CERL, Inc. Environmental
Consultants (the "Environmental Report"). Landlord agrees to complete
Landlord's initial work so as not to disturb the floor tiles, floor tile
mastics, sheet rock joint compounds and/or pipes located beneath the compressor
room in the central west area of the stockroom, which materials have been
identified as asbestos containing materials in the Environmental Report.  The
listed materials are hereinafter referred to as "ACM's." Additionally, Landlord
will paint the stockroom area to prevent inadvertent fiber release should the
sheet rock joint compound therein be subjected to scrapes or collisions.
Tenant agrees to perform Tenant's work in such a manner as not to disturb the
ACM's and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any
and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities or
losses which arise during or after the term hereof as a result of any breach by
Tenant of its covenants under this Section 4.04 or as a result of any
disturbance to the ACM's during Tenant's occupancy of the Premises caused by
Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors and invitees.

                                   ARTICLE V

                                     TAXES

         Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, all personal property taxes
and assessments on the furniture, fixtures, equipment and other property of
Tenant at any time situated on or installed in the Premises.  Landlord has the
sole right to render the Premises to any appropriate taxing authorities.
Tenant, as additional rent, agrees to pay to Landlord as hereinafter set forth
all valorem taxes (both general and special),

                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>   13
assessments, or governmental charges (hereinafter "taxes") lawfully levied or
assessed against the Premises including, without limitation, taxes assessed by
the City, County, School Districts, and/or Water Districts in which the Land is
located.

         Tenant's obligation hereunder shall be payable as additional rent, as
determined by the following method:

                 As soon as practicable after the beginning of each calendar
                 year during the term hereof, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a
                 written statement estimating the total taxes due for said
                 calendar year (the "Estimate").  Beginning with the first
                 month following receipt of said statement, Tenant shall pay
                 Landlord monthly, as additional rent, one-twelfth (1/12) of
                 the Estimate.  In addition, Tenant shall pay with the rental
                 payment for the first month following receipt of the Estimate
                 an amount equal to the number of months elapsed in the
                 calendar year prior to receipt of the Estimate times
                 one-twelfth (1/12) of the Estimate, so as to bring said
                 monthly payments current for the year. As soon as practicable
                 after the end of each calendar year during the term hereof,
                 Landlord shall furnish Tenant a written statement showing the
                 total taxes actually due for the calendar year ended (the
                 "Actual Taxes"). If the Actual Taxes exceed the Estimate, then
                 Tenant agrees to pay within ten (10) days of receipt of said
                 statement, as additional rent, the difference between the
                 Actual Taxes and the Estimate. If the Estimate exceeds the
                 Actual Taxes, then Landlord agrees to refund the difference at
                 the time that such statement is furnished.

         Tenant shall have the right to inspect, at Landlord's business office
during regular business hours and upon reasonable notice to Landlord, the tax
bills which Landlord receives from the applicable taxing authorities. Landlord
shall furnish Tenant a copy of such tax bills upon request. The provisions of
this Article V shall apply for any partial calendar year during which this
Lease is effective, subject to a pro rata adjustment based upon the number of
calendar months or portions thereof that Tenant occupied the Premises. Tenant
shall not, however, be obligated to pay ad valorem taxes on the Premises during
the rent abatement period.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                       JANITORIAL SERVICES AND UTILITIES

         SECTION 6.01.    JANITORIAL SERVICES.  Landlord shall not furnish any
janitorial or cleaning services. Tenant shall at Tenant's expense be responsible
for any such janitorial services.

         SECTION 6.02.    UTILITIES.  Tenant shall: (i) pay all charges
incurred for any utility services used on or from the Premises, including,
without limitation, electricity, water, gas, telephone and any other services;
(ii) pay any maintenance charges for utilities; and (iii) furnish, at Tenant's
expense, all electric light bulbs and tubes. Landlord shall not be liable for
any interruption or failure of utility services to the Premises, and this Lease
shall continue in full force and effect despite such interruptions, unless
caused by Landlord's actionable conduct.

                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>   14

                                  ARTICLE VII

                                  MAINTENANCE

         Landlord shall keep the foundation, the exterior walls (except store
fronts, plate glass windows, doors, door closure devices, window and door
frames, moulding, locks and hardware and painting or other treatment of
interior and exterior walls) and roof (excepting any leaks caused by Tenant,
its contractors, employees, or agents) of the Premises in good repair, except
that Landlord shall not be required to make any repairs occasioned by any act
of negligence of Tenant, its agents, employees, subtenants, licensees and
concessionaires, which repairs shall be made by Tenant. In the event that the
Premises should become in need of repairs required to be made by Landlord
hereunder, Tenant shall give immediate written notice thereof to Landlord and
Landlord shall not be responsible in any way for failure to make any such
repairs until a reasonable time shall have elapsed after delivery of such
written notice. Landlord's obligation hereunder is limited to repairs specified
in this Article VII only, and Landlord shall have no liability for any damages
or injury arising out of any condition or occurrence causing a need for such
repairs. Tenant shall keep the Premises in good, clean condition and shall, at
its sole cost and expense, make all needed repairs and replacements to the
Premises, except for repairs and replacements required to be made by Landlord
under the provisions of Article VII hereof and Article IX including, without
limitation, replacement of cracked or broken glass and any necessary
maintenance and repair of the driveways, sidewalks, surface areas and parking
areas, and shall keep all plumbing units, pipes and connections free from
obstruction and protected against ice and freezing. If any repairs required to
be made by Tenant hereunder are not made within 20 days after written notice
delivered to Tenant by Landlord, Landlord may, at its option, make such repairs
without liability to Tenant for any loss or damage which may result in Tenant's
stock or business by reason of such repairs, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord
immediately upon demand as additional rental hereunder the cost of such repairs
plus 10% of the amount thereof and failure to do so shall constitute a default
hereunder.  At the expiration of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender Premises in
good condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted.  Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, Landlord warrants that the heating and air conditioning
equipment will be in proper working order as of the Commencement Date. Landlord
shall be responsible for the replacement of all heating and air conditioning
equipment which becomes out of repair during the term hereof provided that the
Tenant has maintained a preventative maintenance contract with a qualified
company covering such equipment throughout the term of this Lease. In the event
Tenant fails to maintain in force the said preventative maintenance contract,
Tenant shall be fully responsible for all replacements of said equipment that
becomes out of repair during the term hereof.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                    CASUALTY INSURANCE; LIABILITY INSURANCE;
             WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND INDEMNITY; WAIVER OF SUBROGATION;
                      POLICY REQUIREMENTS; LIFE INSURANCE

         SECTION 8.01.    FIRE AND EXTENDED CASUALTY.  Tenant shall at its
expense insure the Building under all risk property insurance in such amounts
as may be required by Landlord's

                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>   15
mortgagee, or in such greater amounts as Landlord, in its reasonable
discretion, may deem appropriate. Such insurance shall be for the sole benefit
of Landlord and, if required, Landlord's mortgagee.

         SECTION 8.02.    LIABILITY INSURANCE.  Tenant shall maintain public
liability insurance on the Premises during the term hereof, covering the Tenant
and naming the Landlord as an additional "named" insured with terms and
companies satisfactory to Landlord for limits of not less than $1,000,000 for
bodily injury, including death, and personal injury for any one occurrence,
$500,000 property damage insurance or a combined single limit of $1,000,000.
Tenant's insurance will include contractual liability coverage recognizing this
Lease, products and/or completed operations liability and will provide that
Landlord shall be given a minimum of thirty (30) days written notice by the
insurance company prior to cancellation, termination or change in such
insurance.  The required limits of the general liability policy of insurance
required to be provided by Tenant hereunder shall be subject to increase at any
time, and from time to time, after the commencement of this Lease if Landlord
in the exercise of its reasonable judgment shall deem same necessary for its
adequate protection. Within thirty (30) days after demand therefor by Landlord,
Tenant shall furnish Landlord with evidence that such demand for increased
limits has been complied with. In no event, however, shall such excess amounts
exceed those limits carried by prudent operators of similar businesses.

         SECTION 8.03.    WAIVER OF CLAIMS.  Tenant, as a material part of the
consideration to be rendered to Landlord under this Lease, to the extent
permitted by law, hereby waives all claims Tenant or Tenant's successor or
assigns may have against Landlord, its agents, servants or employees for loss,
theft or damage to property and for injuries to persons in, upon or about the
Premises, from any cause whatsoever (except for Landlord's gross negligence),
including, but not limited to, claims for damage resulting from: (a) any damage
done or caused by wind, water or other natural element; (b) injury to persons
or property resulting from fire, explosion, gas, or electricity; (c) any defect
in or failure of plumbing, heating or air conditioning equipment, electric
wiring or installation thereof, gas, water, steam pipes, stairs, porches,
railings or walks; (d) broken glass; (e) the backing up of any sewer pipe or
downspout; (f) the bursting, leaking or running of any tank, tub, washstand,
water closet, wastepipe, drain or any other pipe or tank in, upon, or about
such Premises; (g) the escape of steam or hot water; (h) water, snow or ice
upon the Premises; (i) the falling of any fixture, plaster or stucco; (j)
damage to or loss by theft or otherwise of property of Tenant or others; (k)
acts or omission of persons in the Premises, occupants of nearby properties, or
any other persons; and (l) any act or omission of owners of adjacent or
contiguous property. All property of Tenant kept in the Premises shall be so
kept at Tenant's risk only and Tenant shall save Landlord harmless from claims
arising out of damage to the same, including subrogation claims by Tenant's
insurance carrier.

         SECTION 8.04.    INDEMNITY.  Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless
Landlord from and against any and all liability, liens, claims, demands,
damages, expenses, fees, costs, fines, penalties, suits, proceedings, actions
and causes of action of any and every kind and nature arising or growing out of
or in any way connected with Tenant's use, occupancy, management or control of
the Premises or Tenant's operations, conduct or activities on the Premises.

                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>   16
         SECTION 8.05.    WAIVER OF SUBROGATION.  Each party hereto waives any
and every claim which arises or may arise in its favor and against the other
party hereto during the term of this Lease or any renewal or extension thereof
for any and all loss of, or damage to, any of its property located within or
upon, or constituting a part of, the Premises leased to Tenant hereunder, which
loss or damage is covered by valid and collectible fire and extended coverage
insurance policies, to the extent that such loss or damage is recoverable under
said insurance policies. Said mutual waivers shall be in addition to, and not
in limitation or derogation of, any other waiver or release contained in this
Lease with respect to any loss of, or damage to, property of the parties
hereto. Inasmuch as the above mutual waivers will preclude the assignment of
any aforesaid claim by way of subrogation (or otherwise) to an insurance
company (or any other person), each party hereto hereby agrees immediately to
give to each insurance company which has issued to it policies of fire and
extended coverage insurance, written notice of the terms of said mutual
waivers, and to have said insurance policies properly endorsed, if necessary,
to prevent the invalidation of said insurance coverages by reason of said
waivers.

         SECTION 8.06.    POLICY REQUIREMENTS.  All policies of insurance
required hereunder shall be written by insurance companies authorized to do
business in the State of New Mexico and shall be written by companies approved
by Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. Certificates of
insurance shall be delivered to Landlord upon request by Landlord. Each such
certificate shall contain a statement of the coverage provided by the policy, a
statement of the period during which the policy is in effect, a statement that
the annual premium or the annual deposit premium for such policy has been paid
in advance, and an agreement by the insurance company issuing such policy that
the policy will not be canceled or reduced in any amount for any reason
whatsoever without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord.
In the event that Tenant fails or refuses to promptly provide Landlord with a
certificate of insurance evidencing any coverage required to be maintained by
Tenant hereunder, then Landlord may obtain any such coverage on behalf of
Tenant, and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any costs incurred by
Landlord in obtaining such coverage.

         SECTION 8.07.     LIFE INSURANCE.  Tenant agrees that it will deliver
on or before the date that Tenant takes possession of the Premises a life
insurance policy on the lives of the Guarantors, such life insurance policy to
be in a total face amount equal to or greater than the aggregate Minimum Rent
obligations of the Tenant under this Lease during the unexpired term of the
Lease. Such life insurance policy (the "Life Insurance Policy") shall be a
"second to die" policy, providing for the payment of the death benefits
thereunder upon the death of the second of the two insureds named thereunder.
The Life Insurance Policy shall be collaterally assigned by the Guarantors to
secure the performance of all obligations of the Tenant under the Lease and the
Guarantors under their guaranty. Tenant and Guarantors shall have the right to
reduce the face amount of the Life Insurance Policy periodically, provided that
the total face amount thereof at all times equals or exceeds the total Minimum
Rent obligation of the Tenant hereunder during the unexpired term of the Lease.
The Life Insurance Policy shall be collaterally assigned to Landlord by way of
an assignment in the form of Exhibit "F" attached hereto and incorporated
herein by reference.

                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>   17
                                   ARTICLE IX

             DESTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

         If the Premises should be damaged or destroyed by fire, tornado or
other casualty, Tenant shall give immediate written notice thereof to Landlord.
Following the receipt of such notice, Landlord shall, at Landlord's expense,
proceed with reasonable diligence to rebuild and repair the Premises to
substantially the condition in which they existed prior to such damage, except
that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace any leasehold
improvements which may have been placed on the Premises by Tenant. If the
Premises are untenantable in whole or in part following such damage, the rent
payable hereunder during the period in which they are untenantable shall be
reduced to such extent as shall be fair and reasonable under all of the
circumstances. If Landlord's rebuilding and repair cannot or will not be
completed within one hundred eighty (180) days of the occurrence giving rise to
such damage, then either Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate the Lease
effective upon the date of such occurrence by giving written notice of such
election to the other party within thirty (30) days of the date of such
occurrence,  in which event neither party shall have any further rights or
obligations hereunder following such termination, except, however, with respect
to any claims accruing or arising hereunder prior to the effective date of such
termination.

                                   ARTICLE X

                    ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES; PROHIBITED USE;
                  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS

         SECTION 10.01.   ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES.  Tenant acknowledges, by
taking possession of the Premises and opening its business to the public, that
it has fully inspected the Premises and Tenant accepts the Premises as suitable
for the purposes for which same are leased in their present condition, subject
only to completion by Landlord of Landlord's Additional Work. Except as
specifically provided in Article IV hereof, no promise of Landlord to alter,
remodel, decorate, clean or improve the Premises and no representation or
warranty, expressed or implied, respecting the condition of the Premises has
been made by Landlord to Tenant, unless same is contained herein, or made a
part hereof.

         SECTION 10.02.   PROHIBITED USE.  Tenant shall not use, or permit the
Premises or any part thereof to be used, for any purpose or purposes other than
as specified in Section 2.01 of this Lease. No use shall be made or permitted to
be made of the Premises, nor acts done, which will increase the existing rate of
insurance upon the Premises, or cause a cancellation of any insurance policy
covering the Premises, or any part thereof, nor shall Tenant sell, or permit to
be kept, used, or sold in or about the Premises, any article which may be
prohibited by any insurance policies. Tenant shall not commit, or suffer to be
committed, any waste upon the Premises, or any public or private nuisance, nor,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall Tenant allow the
Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable
purpose. Tenant warrants that at all times during the term hereof Tenant will
conduct its operations on the Premises in compliance with all applicable
environmental laws, rules, regulations and ordinances and that at the time that
Tenant relinquishes possession, the Premises will be in compliance with all

                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>   18
applicable environmental laws, rules, regulations and ordinances. Tenant's
operations on the Premises shall hot involve the unlawful generation, disposal
or storage of hazardous waste or hazardous substances, and the Premises shall
not be used for any such purposes. Immediately upon receipt, Tenant agrees to
send Landlord copies of any notice(s) received by Tenant of any pending or
threatened environmental regulatory action, and to notify Landlord in writing
immediately upon becoming aware of the release or discharge of any hazardous
waste or hazardous substance on the Premises. Tenant agrees to take, at its
sole cost and expense, any and all necessary action to rectify the condition
caused by such release or discharge to the satisfaction of all applicable
environmental regulatory agencies.

         SECTION 10.03.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  Tenant shall not use the
Premises or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in
any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or governmental rule or
regulation now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated.
Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense promptly comply with all laws,
statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations or requirements now in
force or which may hereafter be in force and with the requirements of any board
of fire underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted
relating to or affecting the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises,
excluding structural changes or other capital improvements not related to or
affected by Tenant's improvements or acts.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                               ALTERATIONS; SIGNS

         SECTION 11.01.   ALTERATIONS AND SURRENDER OF PREMISES.  Tenant shall
not make any major alterations in or additions, (including construction of
additional Buildings on the Land) changes or repairs to the Premises without
Landlord's prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld. Landlord has approved Tenant's Work, as reflected on Exhibit "C".
Additionally, Tenant may make nonstructural alterations to the interior of the
Premises not exceeding $5,000 in cost without Landlord's prior written consent.
Tenant may, at its expense, when surrendering the Premises, remove from the
Premises all alterations, improvements and changes installed after the date of
execution hereof in the Premises by Tenant on the condition that no structural
components shall be removed, and all damage resulting from removal of any
additions shall be repaired by Tenant. If Tenant does not remove said
additions, decorations, fixtures, hardware, nontrade fixtures and improvements
after request to do so by Landlord, Landlord may remove the same and Tenant
shall pay the cost of such removal to Landlord upon demand. Tenant hereby
agrees to hold Landlord, its agents and employees harmless from any and all
liabilities of every kind and description which may arise out of or be
connected in any way with said alterations or additions. Any mechanic's lien
filed against the Premises for work claimed to have been furnished to Tenant
shall be discharged of record by Tenant within ten (10) days after the filing
thereof, at Tenant's expense or, alternatively, Tenant may elect to provide
Landlord with an acceptable bond from a surety company reasonably acceptable
to Landlord in the amount of one and one-half times the amount of the lien. All
alterations and additions shall comply with all insurance requirements and with
all applicable laws, statutes, ordinances and regulations. All alterations and
additions shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner and only good
grades

                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>   19
of materials shall be used. Tenant shall, at the termination of the Lease,
surrender the Premises to Landlord in as good condition and repair as
reasonable and proper use thereof will permit, loss by ordinary wear and tear
excepted.

         SECTION 11.02.   SIGN.  No exterior sign, symbol or identifying mark
other than as reflected on Exhibit "C" shall be put upon the Premises, without
prior written approval of Landlord which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld. All signs or lettering shall be tastefully and professionally done.
Landlord shall pay to Tenant $5,000 to reimburse Tenant for the cost of
Tenant's signage, such sum to be credited against the broker's commission
payable by Landlord to Phase One Realty, Inc.

                                  ARTICLE XII

                           ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

         Tenant shall not assign this Lease, or any interest therein, and shall
not sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege
appurtenant thereto, or suffer any other person to occupy or use the Premises,
or any portion thereof, without the written consent of Landlord first had and
obtained, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Landlord agrees to
promptly consider any requests from Tenant to assign this Lease or sublet the
Premises.  Landlord may, as conditions to the giving of such consent, require
that: (i) at the time thereof Tenant is not in default under this Lease, (ii)
Landlord, in its sole discretion reasonably exercised, determines that the
reputation, business, proposed use of the Premises and financial responsibility
of and by the proposed assignee, subtenant or occupant, as the case may be, of
the Premises are satisfactory to Landlord, (iii) any assignee shall expressly
assume all the obligations of this Lease on Tenant's part to be performed, (iv)
such consent if given shall not, unless agreed to in writing by Landlord,
release Tenant or any Guarantor of any of its obligations (including, without
limitation, its obligation to pay rent) under this Lease, (v) Tenant agrees
specifically to pay over to Landlord, as additional rent, all sums received by
Tenant under the terms and conditions of such assignment or sublease, which are
in excess of the amounts otherwise required to be paid pursuant to this Lease
and (vi) a consent to one assignment, subletting, occupation or use by any
other person shall not be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent assignment,
subletting, occupation or use by another person. Any such assignment or
subletting without such consent shall be void and shall, at the option of
Landlord, constitute a default under this Lease. Neither this Lease nor any
interest therein shall be assignable as to the interest of Tenant by operation
of law without the written consent of Landlord. Any transfer of stock in Tenant
or the corporate Guarantors (Wild Oats Market, Inc. or Wild Oats Market of
Denver, Inc.) which results in Elizabeth Cook or Michael Gilliland not owning
in the aggregate at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting stock of either
Tenant or the corporate Guarantor shall be considered an assignment of this
Lease.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                    DEFAULT

         SECTION 13.01.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The following shall be considered
for all purposes to be events of default under and a breach of this Lease: (a)
any failure of Tenant to pay any


                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>   20

rent or other amount within ten (10) days of the date when due hereunder
(provided, however, that Landlord agrees to give Tenant notice of any rent
default and ten (10) days from the giving of such notice to cure such rent
default no more than once during any eighteen (18) month period during the term
hereof); (b) any failure by Tenant to perform or observe any other of the
terms, provisions, conditions and covenants of this Lease for more than twenty
(20) days after written notice of such failure; (c) Landlord determining that
Tenant has knowingly or intentionally submitted any false report required to be
furnished under Section 3.05 hereunder; (d) Tenant or any Guarantor shall
become bankrupt or insolvent, or file or have filed against it a petition in
bankruptcy or for reorganization or arrangement or for the appointment of a
receiver or trustee of all or a portion of Tenant's property, or Tenant or any
Guarantor makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (e) if Tenant
abandons, vacates or does not do business in the Premises for ten (10) days
(excluding, however, any remodeling done with Landlord's approval); (f) this
Lease, Tenant's interest herein or in the Premises, any improvements thereon,
or any property of Tenant is executed upon or attached; (g) the Premises come
into the hands of any person other than expressly permitted under this Lease;
or (h) Tenant shall do or permit to be done anything which creates a lien upon
the Premises which is not released within sixty (60) days.

         SECTION 13.02.   LANDLORD'S REMEDIES.  Upon the occurrence of any
event of default specified in this Lease, Landlord, without grace period,
demand or notice (except as specified in Section 13.01 above), and in addition
to all other rights or remedies Landlord may have for such default, shall have
the right to pursue any one or more of the following remedies:

                 (a)      Terminate this Lease in which event Tenant shall
immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so,
Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for
possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the
Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying
said Premises or any part thereof; and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord on
demand the amount of all loss and damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of
such termination, whether through inability to relet the Premises on
satisfactory terms or otherwise, including the loss of rental for the remainder
of the Lease term;

                 (b)      Without terminating this Lease, enter upon and take
possession of the Premises, and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who
may be occupying said Premises, or any part thereof. Landlord may make such
alterations and repairs as it deems advisable to relet the Premises, and relet
the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms (which may extend
beyond the term of this Lease) and at such rentals and upon such other terms
and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion deems advisable; upon each
such reletting all rentals received by Landlord therefrom shall be applied
first, to any indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from Tenant to
Landlord; second, to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses of
reletting, including brokers, and attorneys' fees and costs of alterations and
repairs; third, to rent due hereunder; and fourth, the residue, if any, shall
be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future rent as it becomes due
hereunder. If rentals received from such reletting during any month are less
than that to be paid during that month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall
immediately pay any such deficiency to Landlord.

                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>   21
         No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord shall be
construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of
such termination is given by Landlord to Tenant. Notwithstanding any such
reletting or re-entry or taking possession, without termination, Landlord may
at any time thereafter terminate this Lease for any prior breach or default.
Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any of
the other remedies herein provided or any other remedies provided by law, nor
shall pursuit of any remedy herein provided constitute a forfeiture or waiver
of any rent due to Landlord hereunder or of any damages accruing to Landlord.
If Landlord terminates this Lease for any breach or default by Tenant, in
addition to all other remedies provided by law to which Landlord may be
entitled, Landlord may recover from Tenant all damages incurred by reason of
such breach or default, including, without limitation, all costs of retaking
the Premises and the total rent and charges reserved in this Lease for the
remainder of the term of this Lease all of which shall be immediately due and
payable by Tenant to Landlord. It is agreed by the parties that the actual
damages which will be sustained by Landlord by reason of Tenant's failure to
pay when due monthly payments are uncertain and difficult to ascertain, and it
is further agreed that the sum of all accelerated and unpaid monthly payments,
less the then reasonable reletting value of the Premises, would be reasonable
and just compensation for such failure and tenant hereby promises to pay and
Landlord hereby agrees to accept such sums as liquidated damages and not as a
penalty in the event of such breach.

         SECTION 13.03. LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT.  If Tenant shall be in
default hereunder, Landlord shall have the right to make any payment or perform
any act required of Tenant under any provision of this Lease, and in exercising
such right, to incur necessary or incidental costs and expenses, including
reasonable attorney's fees. All payments made and all costs and expenses
incurred by Landlord in connection with any exercise of such right, together
with interest thereon at the lower of (i) the highest lawful rate per annum or
(ii) the prime rate of interest charged by Chemical Bank, plus six percent (6%)
per annum from the respective dates of making such payments or the incurring of
such costs and expenses, shall be reimbursed by Tenant immediately upon demand.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall imply any obligation on the
part of Landlord to make any payment or perform any act required of Tenant.

         SECTION 13.04.   WAIVER.  No waiver of any default shall constitute a
waiver of any other breach or default, whether of the same or any other
covenant or condition. No waiver, benefit, privilege or service voluntarily
given or performed by either party shall give the other any contractual right
by custom, estoppel or otherwise. The subsequent acceptance of rent pursuant to
this Lease shall not constitute a waiver of any preceding default by Tenant,
regardless of Landlord's knowledge of the preceding breach at the time of
accepting the rent, nor shall acceptance of rent or other payment after
termination constitute a reinstatement, extension or renewal of the Lease or
revocation of any notice or other act by Landlord.

                                  ARTICLE XIV

                                 EMINENT DOMAIN

         If the entire Premises shall be lawfully taken or condemned (or
conveyed under threat of such taking or condemnation) for any public or
quasi-public use or purpose, the term of this

                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>   22
Lease shall end upon, and not before, the date of the taking of possession by
the condemning authority.  Current rent shall be apportioned as of the date of
such termination. If any part of the Premises not constituting the entire
Premises shall be taken or condemned or conveyed under threat of such taking or
condemnation and such taking substantially impairs the use of the Premises for
the purpose and in the manner as existed immediately prior to such taking, then
either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to cancel this Lease, such
cancellation to take place not later than the date of the taking of possession
by the condemning authority. No money or other consideration shall be payable
by either party to the other for the right of cancellation but rent shall be
apportioned through the date of such taking. Landlord and Tenant shall each be
entitled to receive and retain such separate awards and portions of lump sum
awards as may be allocated to their respective interests in any condemnation
proceeding. Termination of this Lease shall not affect the rights of the 
respective parties to such awards.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                             RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

         During the term of this Lease, neither Tenant nor any "affiliate" of
Tenant, as such term is hereinafter defined, shall directly or indirectly
engage in any business which is similar or which competes with the business of
Tenant authorized under Section 2.01 of this Lease, within a radius of ten (10)
miles from the outside boundary of the Premises. As used herein, the term
"affiliate" shall mean (i) any person or entity which, either alone or acting in
concert with one or more other persons or entities, has the power to vote ten
(10) percent or more of the voting shares of the Tenant and (ii) any entity of
which the Tenant owns more than ten (10) percent of the voting stock or holds
more than a ten (10) percent ownership interest.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord's sole remedy in the event of
a violation by Tenant of its covenants in this Article XV shall be to collect
from Tenant additional rent, which additional rent Tenant hereby agrees to pay
to Landlord as follows:

                 (a)      In the event that such competing business is a "new
store", i.e., a store which has not been previously operated as a natural
grocery store within ten miles of the Premises, then Tenant shall pay to
Landlord two percent (2%) of all gross sales over $3,000,000 from all such new
stores located within said ten mile radius of the Premises.

                 (b)      In the event that such competing store is not a "new
store" and Tenant purchases an existing business which has been previously
operated as a natural grocery store, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord as
additional rent two percent (2%) of gross sales over $6,000,000 from all such
other store it owns and operates within said ten mile radius of the Premises.

                                  ARTICLE XVI

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         SECTION 16.01. TIME OF THE ESSENCE. Time is and shall be deemed of the
essence in respect to the performance of each provision of this Lease.

                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>   23
         SECTION 16.02.  BINDING EFFECT; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  All of the 
terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall inure to the 
benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned parties, their successors, 
assigns, legal representatives, heirs, executors and administrators.

         SECTION 16.03. NOTICES. All notices provided to be given under this
Lease shall be given by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested,
postage fully prepaid, addressed to the proper party, at the following
address:

         LANDLORD: Marianna Partners Limited
                   600 Sunland Park Drive, Suite 5-600
                   El Paso, Texas 79912
                   ATTN:  Barry Kobren

         TENANT:   Wild Oats Market of Santa Fe, Inc.
                   942 Ninth Street
                   Boulder, Colorado 80302
                   ATTN:  Elizabeth Cook

         The address of either party hereinabove set forth may be changed from
time to time by giving written notice to that effect.

         Any notice deposited as above provided shall be conclusively deemed to
have been given for purposes of this Lease on the date reflected on the return
receipt.

         SECTION 16.04.  SUBORDINATION OR SUPERIORITY.  Tenant accepts this
Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, or other lien
presently existing on the Premises and to any renewals and extensions thereof
and to any other liens, encumbrances, restrictions, covenants or conditions of
record in the real property records of the county in which the Land is located;
but Tenant agrees that any such mortgagee shall have the right at any time to
subordinate such mortgage, deed of trust, or other lien to this Lease. Landlord
is hereby irrevocably vested with full power and authority to subordinate this
Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust, or other lien hereafter placed on the
Premises and Tenant agrees on demand to execute such further instruments
subordinating this Lease as Landlord may request, provided such subordination
shall be on the express condition that this Lease shall be recognized by the
mortgagee, and that the rights of Tenant shall remain in full force and effect
during the term of this Lease so long as Tenant shall continue to perform all of
the covenants and conditions of this Lease. Tenant agrees to attorn to any
mortgagee or other party who acquires the Landlord's interest in the Premises
and this Lease. Landlord agrees to execute any instruments subordinating any
Landlord's lien on the personal property of Tenant located on the Premises if
required by any financial institution(s) providing financing to Tenant.

         SECTION 16.05.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.  Tenant shall at any time and
from time to time upon not less than fifteen (15) days prior written request
from Landlord execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord, a written
statement certifying (if true) that Tenant has accepted the Premises, that this
Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been
modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and
stating the modifications), that the Landlord is not in default hereunder, the
date to which the rental and other charges have been paid in advance, if any,
and such other

                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>   24
accurate certification as may reasonably be required by Landlord or Landlord's
mortgagee. It is intended that any such statement delivered pursuant to
this subsection may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or mortgagee of
the Premises and their respective successors and assigns.

         SECTION 16.06.   LANDLORD MEANS OWNER.  The term "Landlord" as used in
this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord are
concerned, shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners at the
time in question of the fee of the Premises.

         SECTION 16.07.   SALES OF PREMISES BY LANDLORD.  In the event of any
sale of the Premises by Landlord, Landlord shall be and is hereby entirely
freed and relieved of all liability under any and all of its covenants and
obligations contained in or derived from this Lease arising out of any act,
occurrence or omission occurring after the consummation of such sale; and the
purchaser, at such sale or any subsequent sale of the Premises shall be deemed,
without any further agreement between the parties of their successors in
interest or between the parties and any such purchaser, to have assumed and
agreed to carry out any and all of the covenants and obligations of the
Landlord under this Lease.  Furthermore, in the event of a sale or conveyance
by Landlord of the Premises, or the property of which the Premises are a part,
this Lease shall not be affected by any such sale, and Tenant agrees to attorn
to the purchaser thereof.

         SECTION 16.08.    LAW GOVERNING.  The law of the State of New Mexico
shall govern the validity, performance and enforcement of this Lease.

         SECTION 16.09.   GENDER AND NUMBER.  Words of any gender used in this
Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the
singular number shall be held to include the plural, and vice versa, unless the
context otherwise requires.

         SECTION 16.10.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Lease contains all of the
agreements and conditions made between the parties hereto and supersedes any
and all prior agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter
hereof including, without limitation, that certain Proposal for Lease dated
July 20, 1990 and may not be modified orally or in any manner other than by
agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective
successors in interest.

         SECTION 16.11.   CAPTIONS: TABLE OF CONTENTS.  The Table of Contents
of this Lease and the captions of the various articles and the sections of this
Lease are for convenience and ease of reference only and do not define, limit,
augment or describe the scope, context or intent of this Lease or any part or
parts of this Lease.

         SECTION 16.12.   SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or illegality of any 
provision shall not affect the remainder of this Lease.

         SECTION 16.13.   ATTORNEY'S FEES.  If either party brings any action
or proceeding to enforce, protect or establish any right or remedy arising
under this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable
attorney's fees. Moreover, if either party without fault is made a party to any
litigation instituted by or against the other, the other party

                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>   25
shall indemnify the innocent party against and save it harmless from all costs
and expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by it in
connection therewith.

         SECTION 16.14.   COUNTERPART SIGNATURES.  This Lease Agreement may be
printed in multiple originals,  and the parties hereto may sign counterpart
originals of the identical document. When all parties have so signed, this
Lease Agreement shall be a binding contract, notwithstanding that there is no
one original document containing all the parties' signatures.

         SECTION 16.15.    EQUIPMENT PRESENTLY LOCATED IN THE BUILDING.
Landlord agrees to give to Tenant possession of certain existing equipment
located in the Building, which equipment Tenant will use in its business
conducted on the Premises. Tenant agrees to act as Landlord's agent and to use
its best efforts (provided that Landlord will bear any expenses) to sell the
other equipment located on the Premises, the proceeds of which shall be divided
equally between Landlord and Tenant. The equipment to be used by Tenant or sold
as provided above is described on Exhibit "E" attached hereto and incorporated
herein. If Landlord determines in good faith that Tenant has not used its best
efforts to sell the equipment, then Landlord shall be entitled to remove all of
such equipment from the Premises, including any equipment on Exhibit "E" then
being used by Tenant. Landlord agrees to remove all unusable and unsellable
equipment at Landlord's expense or, at Landlord's option, Landlord may credit
Tenant for the cost of such removal.

         SECTION 16.16.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Tenant and each Guarantor
shall deliver to Landlord, within ninety (90) days after the end of each of
Tenant's or such Guarantor's fiscal years, financial statements of Tenant and
Guarantor, in reasonable detail and certified as complete and correct by an
authorized officer or principal of Tenant or Guarantor or, certified by an
independent certified public accountant if Tenant or Guarantor ordinarily has
such statements prepared by an independent accountant or accounting firm.
Landlord agrees to keep such statements strictly confidential and agrees to use
such statements solely for the purpose of verifying Tenant's and Guarantors'
financial condition, and will not divulge the same to any other person or
entity except (i) in connection with any sale or financing of the Premises or
(ii) if required by any governmental authority.

         SECTION 16.17.    INCLUSION OF PREMISES IN ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT.
Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may acquire additional land immediately
adjacent to the Premises for the construction of a shopping center and/or
additional commercial buildings (the "Expansion Space").  In the event that at
any time during the term hereof, the Landlord constructs the Expansion Space
for lease to tenants, Landlord shall have the option to procure (if applicable)
and pay the taxes, insurance, maintenance and other common area charges
applicable to the total land and buildings constituting the Premises and the
Expansion Space (the "Total Development"). In such event, Tenant agrees to pay
its proportionate share of such taxes, insurance, maintenance and other common
area charges applicable to the Total Development determined by dividing the
total square footage of the Building (herein agreed to be 14,850 square feet)
by the aggregate rentable space in the Total Development, provided, however,
that Tenant's share of such costs' for the year in which such election is made
by Landlord shall not exceed Tenant's total costs for such items for the year
preceding such

                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>   26
election, wherein Tenant paid all such costs. Following the acquisition and
development of the Expansion Space, Landlord shall designate at least 72
parking spaces for Tenant's exclusive use.

         SECTION 16.18. RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO LANDLORD.  Landlord agrees
that Landlord will not during the term hereof or any extension lease space in
the area bordered by St. Francis Drive, Cordova Road and Cerrillos Road to
another grocery store or health food store or to any business that derives more
than fifty percent (50%) of its gross revenues from the sale of produce, meat,
or vitamins.

         EXECUTED the 27TH day of August, 1990.
                      ----


                                                 LANDLORD:
                                                 ---------

                                                 MARIANNA PARTNERS LIMITED

                                                 By:  Sanders Partners
                                                      Incorporated,
                                                      General Partner

                                                 By:     /s/ BARRY KOBREN     
                                                      ------------------------

                                                 Title:  Vice President    
                                                       -----------------------

                                                 TENANT:

                                                 WILD OATS MARKET OF SANTA FE,
                                                 INC.

                                                 By:     /s/ MICHAEL GILLILAND
                                                    ---------------------------

                                                 Title:  President        
                                                       ------------------------

                                                 The provisions of Section 11.02
                                                 are hereby approved.

                                                 PHASE ONE REALTY, INC.

                                                 By:     /s/ OFFICER OF PHASE
                                                             ONE REALTY, INC.   
                                                    --------------------------

                                                 Title:  President        
                                                       -----------------------


                                       23
<PAGE>   27
         GUARANTY.  The undersigned guarantors (individually "Guarantor" and
collectively "Guarantors") hereby, jointly and severally, primarily and
unconditionally guarantee the timely performance of the Tenant of all the
Tenant's obligations pursuant to the above Lease by and between Marianna
Partners Limited and Wild Oats of Santa Fe, Inc., including but not limited to,
the obligations for payment of money to the Landlord and/or third parties. The
undersigned guarantors agree that their guarantees shall remain in full force
and effect as to any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, additions,
assignments, subleases, transfers or other modifications of the Lease. All
obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall be binding on
their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns.

                                                  
                                                   INDIVIDUAL GUARANTORS:
                                                   ----------------------



                                                     /s/ MICHAEL GILLILAND    
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                   MICHAEL GILLILAND

                                                             8/27/90          
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                             (Date)

                                                      /s/ ELIZABETH COOK      
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                   ELIZABETH COOK

                                                            8/27/90          
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                            (Date)


                                                   CORPORATE GUARANTORS:
                                                   ---------------------

                                                   WILD OATS MARKET OF DENVER,
                                                   INC., a Colorado corporation

                                                   By:   /s/ MICHAEL GILLILAND 
                                                       ------------------------

                                                   Its:      President         
                                                        -----------------------

                                                   Date:       8/27/90         
                                                         ----------------------



                                                   WILD OATS MARKET INC., a
                                                   Colorado corporation


                                                   By:   /s/ MICHAEL GILLILAND 
                                                       ------------------------

                                                   Its:      President         
                                                        -----------------------

                                                   Date:       8/27/90         
                                                         ----------------------





SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A - Legal Description of the Land
Exhibit B - Landlord's Initial Work
Exhibit C - Tenant's Work
Exhibit D - Landlord's Additional Work
Exhibit E - Schedule of Equipment
Exhibit F - Form of Collateral Assignment
                 of Life Insurance

                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>   28

                                  EXHIBIT "A"





A portion of land lying and being situated within the city and County of Santa
Fe, State of New Mexico, more particularly described as follows, to wit:

Beginning at a point from whence Sanitary Sewer Manhole No. A9-12 at the
intersection of Pen Road and Cordova Road bears N. 78 degrees 45' W., 331.5 feet
and thence S. 85 degrees 29' W., 45.5 feet distant; thence said point and place
of beginning N. 16 degrees 04' E., 293.05 feet; thence S. 78 degrees 45' E.,
211.16 feet; thence along the westerly right-of-way of St. Francis Drive, along
a curve to the right, (Radius = 2242 feet; Chord = S. 5 degrees 48' W. 241.3
feet) a distance of 241.42 feet; thence along a curve to the right (Radius =
50.0 feet, Chord = S. 5 degrees 14' W., 71.99 feet) a distance of 80.36 feet;
thence along the northerly right-of-way line for Cordova Road N. 78 degrees 45'
W., 208.66 feet to the point and place of beginning. All as shown on plat of
survey "SAFEWAY #923-SURVEY ST FRANCIS DR. & CORDOVA RD. SANTA FE, NEW MEXICO",
by Jack G. Horne, P.E. L.S. No.889, dated September 22, 1989.

<PAGE>   1

                       FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
                       DATED JULY 31, 1990 BY AND BETWEEN
                         MARIANNA PARTNERS LIMITED AND
                       WILD OATS MARKET OF SANTA FE, INC.

         This First Amendment to Lease Agreement (this "Amendment") is made
effective as of August 1, 1992.

         WHEREAS, Marianna Partners Limited, a New Mexico limited partnership,
and Wild Oats Market of Santa Fe, Inc., a Colorado corporation, executed that
certain Lease Agreement dated July 31, 1990 (the "Lease") pertaining to certain
real property and improvements located within the City of Santa Fe, Santa Fe
County, New Mexico; and

         WHEREAS, CAMPR Partners, Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "CAMPR" or
"Landlord") is the successor by merger to Marianna Partners Limited, the
original landlord named in the Lease, and Wild Oats Markets, Inc., a Colorado
corporation (hereinafter referred to as "Wild Oats" or "Tenant"), is the
successor by merger to Wild Oats Market of Santa Fe, Inc., the original tenant
named in the Lease; and

         WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Lease to include under the
Lease certain additional land owned by CAMPR and located immediately adjacent
to the land that is presently the subject of the Lease and further desire to
modify certain other terms of the Lease as hereinafter set forth.

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

         1.      Except as otherwise defined in this Amendment, all capitalized
terms used in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as such terms are
given in the Lease.

         2.      Section 1.02 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and the
following provision is substituted therefor:

                 "SECTION 1.02. DEFINITIONS AND USE OF TERMS.

                 When used in this Lease:

                 (a)      "Land" means collectively the real property described
                          in Section 1.01 above and the Additional Land
                          described in Section 1.02(c) below.
<PAGE>   2
                 (b)      "Building" means any and all buildings, structures
                          and other improvements located or hereafter
                          constructed on the Land or the Additional Land.

                 (c)      "Additional Land" means the real property located to
                          the north of and immediately adjacent to the real
                          property described in Section 1.01 and being more
                          particularly described on Exhibit "A-1" attached
                          hereto and incorporated herein.

                 (d)      "Original Premises" means the real property described
                          in Section 1.01 and the approximately 14,850 square
                          foot free-standing building located thereon, which
                          real property and free-standing building were the
                          original subject of this Lease.

                 (e)      "Premises" means collectively the Land and Building
                          leased herein.

         3.      The following sentence is added to the end of Section 2.01 of
the Lease:

                 "Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in
                 the event that Tenant has elected to construct the Expansion
                 Space as provided in Section 16.17 hereof, but has elected to
                 sublet all or a portion thereof in lieu of operating its
                 business in such space, then the Expansion Space or portion
                 thereof in which Tenant is not operating its business may be
                 used for the operation of any retail or service establishment
                 permitted by the zoning classification applicable to the
                 Premises, other than any of the Prohibited Uses or a Drug
                 Store Operation (as such terms are defined in Section 10.02
                 hereof)."

         4.      Section 2.02 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and the
following provision is substituted therefor:

                 "Section 2.02. Term. The term of this Lease as it pertains to
                 the Original Premises shall run for thirteen (13) years from
                 and after the first day of the month following the Site
                 Improvement Completion Date (as defined in Section 16.17
                 hereof). The term of this Lease as it applies to the
                 Additional Land (and any Building thereon) shall be eight (8)
                 years from and after the first day of the month following the
                 Site Improvement Completion Date."

         5.      Section 2.03 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and the
following provision is substituted therefor:

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
                 "Section 2.03. Renewal Option. Provided that Tenant is not in
                 default in respect to any provision of this Lease, Tenant
                 shall have the right to extend the term of this Lease for (i)
                 twelve (12) additional periods of five (5) years each, with
                 respect to the Original Premises and (ii) thirteen (13)
                 additional periods of five (5) years each with respect to the
                 Additional Land, provided, however, that written notice is
                 given to Landlord of such intention to extend the Lease six
                 (6) months prior to the applicable expiration date. Such
                 extension terms shall be upon the same terms, conditions and
                 rentals as contained herein except that the rental applicable
                 during such extended term(s) shall be as provided in Section
                 3.01 hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
                 following the exercise of the first five (5) year option by
                 Tenant with respect to the Additional Land, Tenant shall not
                 thereafter have the right to exercise its renewal option with
                 respect to the Additional Land unless Tenant simultaneously
                 exercises its renewal option with respect to the original
                 Premises."
                 
         6.      The following provision is added to the end of Section 3.01 of
the Lease:
                                                                             
                 "Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.01 to the
                 contrary, from and after the Site Improvement Completion Date,
                 Tenant shall pay rent as provided in Subsections (f) and (g) 
                 below.

                 (f)      Initial Minimum Rent. During the initial term hereof,
                          as set forth in Section 2.02, Tenant shall pay
                          Landlord Minimum Rent on or before the first day of
                          each month as follows:

                          (i)     Minimum Rent for the Original Premises -
                                  $172,500.00 per annum ($14,375.00 per month).

                          (ii)    Minimum Rent for the Additional Land -
                                  $35,000.00 per annum ($2,916.67 per month).

                 (g)      Adjustments to Minimum Rent During Renewal Periods.
                          The Minimum Rent payable with respect to the original
                          Premises and the Additional Land shall be increased
                          as follows:

                          (i)     Original Premises. The Minimum Rent payable
                                  during any renewal term with respect to the
                                  Original Premises will be the lesser of (i)
                                  the Minimum Rent specified in Subsection (f)

                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4


                                  (i) immediately above increased to reflect
                                  increases in the Consumer Price Index (as
                                  defined in Section 3.03) for the period from
                                  the effective date of this Amendment through
                                  the last day of the immediately preceding
                                  expired term or extension or (ii) sixty-five
                                  percent (65%) of the annualized average total
                                  rent (i.e. Minimum Rent plus Percentage Rent)
                                  for the five (5) Lease Years immediately
                                  preceding such renewal term, provided,
                                  however, that in no event shall the Minimum
                                  Rent for any renewal term be less than the
                                  Minimum Rent for the immediately preceding
                                  expired term. The yearly percentage
                                  adjustment for increases in the Consumer
                                  Price Index shall not exceed five percent
                                  (5%) in any Lease Year, provided that such
                                  ceiling shall not apply if Wild Oats has
                                  sublet the Premises or assigned the Lease
                                  pursuant to Article XII hereof.

                          (ii)    Additional Land. In the event that Tenant has
                                  not constructed the Expansion Space or is not
                                  then operating its business therein, and is
                                  thus not paying Percentage Rent with respect
                                  to sales made by Tenant on the Additional
                                  Land, then the Minimum Rent applicable to the
                                  Additional Land during any renewal term shall
                                  be the Minimum Rent specified in Subsection
                                  (f)(ii) immediately above, increased to
                                  reflect increases in the Consumer Price Index
                                  for the period from the effective date of
                                  this Amendment through the last day of the
                                  immediately preceding expired term or
                                  extension. The yearly percentage adjustment
                                  for increases in the Consumer Price Index
                                  shall not exceed five percent (5%) in any
                                  Lease Year."

         7.      Section 3.02 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and the
following provision is substituted therefor:

                 "Section 3.02. Lease Year. As used herein, the term "Lease
                 Year" shall mean the twelve (12) month period beginning on the
                 effective date hereof, and each consecutive twelve (12)
                 calendar month period thereafter."

         8.      Section 3.03 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety
and the following provision is substituted therefor:

                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
                 "Section 3.03. Cost of Living Increases; CPI Adjustment.
                 Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.01 hereof, and
                 subject to the yearly limitation stated therein, at the
                 beginning of every five (5) year renewal term applicable to
                 the Original Premises and/or the Additional Land, the Minimum
                 Rent provided in Section 3.01(f) shall be adjusted to reflect
                 any increase in the consumer price index ("Consumer Price
                 Index") as hereinafter provided. Each renewal period following
                 the initial terms specified in Section 2.02 is hereinafter
                 referred to as an "Adjustment Period".  The adjusted Minimum
                 Rent shall be obtained by multiplying the Minimum Rent
                 provided for in Section 3.01(f) by a fraction, the numerator
                 of which is the index number for the first month of each
                 Adjustment Period hereunder in the column for "All Items"
                 (unadjusted) in the table entitled "Consumer Price Index For
                 All Urban Consumers," (Index Base: 1982-1984 = 100) "U.S. City
                 Average" published monthly by the Bureau of Labor Statistics
                 of the U.S. Department of Labor in the Monthly Labor Review
                 (said table herein referred to as the "CPI-U") and the
                 denominator of which is the CPI-U for the effective date of
                 this Amendment. The adjusted rental thus obtained shall be the
                 Minimum Rent applicable during such renewal term.
                 Tenant shall continue to pay the Minimum Rent in effect for
                 the expiring term or Adjustment Period until notified by
                 Landlord of any increase in such Minimum Rent. On the
                 first day of the calendar month immediately following receipt
                 of such notification, Tenant shall commence payment of the new
                 Minimum Rent specified in the notice, and shall also pay the
                 Landlord, with respect to the months already expired during
                 such renewal term, the excess of the required monthly rental
                 specified in the notice over the monthly amounts theretofore
                 actually paid by Tenant."

         9.      The first sentence of Section 3.05(a) of the Lease is deleted
in its entirety and the following sentence is substituted therefor:

                 "In addition to the Minimum Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord
                 for each calendar year during the term of this Lease, as
                 percentage rent ("Percentage Rent"), a sum equivalent to the
                 amount, if any, by which the sum of two percent (2%) of
                 Tenant's Gross Sales (as hereinafter defined) up to
                 $15,000,000.00 plus one percent (1%) of Tenant's Gross Sales
                 in excess of $15,000,000.00 for such calendar year exceeds the
                 annual Minimum Rent for the Original Premises set forth in
                 Section 3.01 hereof for such calendar year."

                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
         10.     The first sentence of Section 3.05(c) is deleted and the
following sentence is substituted therefor:

                 "As used herein, the term "Tenant's Gross Sales" shall mean
                 the gross proceeds from all sales of merchandise, services and
                 other receipts whatsoever of all business conducted by Tenant
                 in or from the Premises, whether sold for cash or on credit,
                 including, without limitation, redemption of gift and
                 merchandise certificates, deposits not refunded to purchasers,
                 orders taken at the Premises, although such orders may be
                 filled elsewhere, sales through vending machines or other
                 devices, and sales by any subtenant, concessionaire or
                 licensee in the Premises, but not including sales by any
                 subtenant occupying the Expansion Space or any portion thereof
                 in the event that Tenant has elected to construct the
                 Expansion Space as provided in Section 16.17 hereof, but has
                 elected to sublet all or a portion thereof in lieu of
                 operating its business in such space."

         11.     The following paragraph is added to the end of Section 4.03 of
the Lease:

                 "Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary,
                 including, without limitation, this Section 4.03, CAMPR shall
                 have no obligation to complete the Landlord's Additional Work
                 or any portion thereof unless and until required by applicable
                 governmental authorities. Landlord and Tenant agree that
                 Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for failing to
                 complete Landlord's Additional Work prior to the date required
                 by applicable governmental authorities and Tenant specifically
                 waives and releases Landlord from any and all liability for
                 the per diem penalty specified in this Section 4.03. At such
                 time that applicable governmental authorities require
                 completion of the Landlord's Additional Work, Landlord agrees
                 to complete such Landlord's Additional Work at Landlord's sole
                 expense and in a good and workmanlike manner."

         12.     Article IX of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and the
following provision is substituted therefor:


                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
                                  "ARTICLE IX

                      DESTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS BY FIRE
                               OR OTHER CASUALTY

                          If the Premises should be damaged or destroyed by
                 fire, tornado or other casualty, Tenant shall give immediate
                 written notice thereof to Landlord. Following the receipt of
                 such notice, Landlord shall, at Landlord's expense, proceed
                 with reasonable diligence to rebuild and repair the Premises
                 to substantially the condition in which they existed prior to
                 such casualty, (excluding stock in trade, furniture, fixtures,
                 furnishings, carpeting, floor covering, wall coverings, drapes
                 and equipment and other personal property of Tenant) provided,
                 however, that Landlord shall not be obligated to expend for
                 such repair or restoration an amount in excess of the
                 insurance proceeds recovered by Landlord as a result of such
                 damage, except if due to Landlord's negligence or intentional
                 acts, and provided, further, that if the Premises are damaged,
                 destroyed or rendered untenable for their accustomed use by
                 fire or other casualty to the extent of more than fifty
                 percent (50%) of the cost to replace the Premises during the
                 last two (2) years of the term of this Lease or any extension
                 thereof, then Landlord shall not have the obligation to
                 rebuild the Premises unless Tenant first exercises its option
                 to renew the term for at least another five (5) years. If the
                 Premises are untenable in whole or in part following such
                 damage, the rent payable hereunder during the period in which
                 they are untenable shall be reduced to such extent as shall be
                 fair and reasonable under all of the circumstances. If
                 Landlord's rebuilding and repair cannot or will not be
                 completed within one hundred eighty (180) days of the
                 occurrence giving rise to such damage, then Tenant may elect
                 to terminate the Lease effective upon the date of such
                 occurrence by giving written notice of such election to
                 Landlord within thirty (30) days of the date of such
                 occurrence, in which event neither party shall have any
                 further rights or obligations hereunder following such
                 termination, except, however, with respect to any claims
                 accruing or arising hereunder prior to the effective date of
                 such termination. If said notice is not given and Landlord is
                 required to repair or restore the Premises as herein provided,
                 then Tenant shall promptly repair or replace its trade
                 fixtures, furnishings, furniture, carpeting, wall covering,
                 floor covering, drapes and equipment and other personal
                 property necessary for Tenant to conduct

                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
                 its business and Tenant shall thereafter promptly reopen for 
                 business.

         13.     The following paragraph is added to the end of Section 10.02 
of the Lease:

                 "In addition to the foregoing restrictions, Tenant agrees that
                 neither the Premises nor any portion thereof shall be used for
                 (i) purposes of a cocktail lounge (provided, however, that
                 this shall not preclude a cocktail lounge operated in
                 conjunction and as a part of a restaurant), bar, disco,
                 bowling alley, pool hall, billiard parlor, skating rink,
                 roller rink, amusement arcade, adult book store, adult
                 theater, adult amusement facility, or any facility selling or
                 displaying pornographic materials or having such displays,
                 secondhand store, auction house, flea market or any use which
                 creates a nuisance (hereinafter the "Prohibited Uses") or (ii)
                 the operation of a drug store or a so called prescription
                 pharmacy or for any purpose requiring a qualified pharmacist
                 or other person authorized by law to dispense medicinal drugs,
                 directly or indirectly, for a fee or a remuneration of any
                 kind (hereinafter a "Drug Store Operation") provided, however,
                 that this restriction shall not prohibit or restrict in any
                 way the sale of medicinal herbs or vitamins from the Premises.
                 The restrictions against the Prohibited Uses and the
                 restrictions against a Drug Store Operation on the Premises
                 shall continue throughout the term of this Lease, provided,
                 however, that the restrictions against a Drug Store Operation
                 on the Premises shall terminate sooner if at any time
                 following three (3) years from the effective date of this
                 Amendment a Drug Store operation is not conducted on the North
                 Site (as defined in Section 16.17 hereof) for a period of
                 twelve (12) consecutive months."

         14.     Section 11.01 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and the
following provision is substituted therefor:

                 "Section 11.01. Alterations and Surrender of Premises. Tenant
                 shall not make any major alterations in or additions,
                 including construction of additional buildings on the Land and
                 the Additional Land, changes or repairs to the Premises except
                 in accordance with the provisions of Section 16.17 hereof.
                 Additionally, Tenant may make nonstructural alterations to the
                 interior of the Premises not exceeding $5,000.00 in cost
                 without Landlord's prior written consent provided that such
                 nonstructural, interior alterations are made in accordance
                 with the remainder of this Section 11.01. Tenant may, at its

                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
                 expense, when surrendering the Premises, remove from the
                 Premises all personal property and trade fixtures installed by
                 Tenant but no structural components shall be removed and all
                 damage resulting from removal of any such additions shall be
                 repaired by Tenant. If Tenant does not remove its trade
                 fixtures and personal property after request to do so by
                 Landlord, Landlord may remove the same and Tenant shall pay
                 the cost of such removal to Landlord upon demand.  Tenant
                 hereby agrees to hold Landlord, its agents and employees
                 harmless from any and all liabilities of every kind and
                 description which may arise out of or be connected in any way
                 with said alterations or additions.  Any mechanic's lien filed
                 against the Premises for work claimed to have been furnished
                 to Tenant shall be discharged of record by Tenant within ten
                 (10) days after the filing thereof, at Tenant's expense or,
                 alternatively, Tenant may elect to provide Landlord with an
                 acceptable bond from a surety company reasonably acceptable to
                 Landlord in the amount of one and one-half times the amount of
                 the lien. All alterations and additions shall comply with all
                 insurance requirements and with all applicable laws, statutes,
                 ordinances and regulations.  All alterations and additions
                 shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner and only
                 good grades of material shall be used. Tenant shall, at the
                 termination of the Lease, surrender the Premises to Landlord
                 in as good condition and repair as reasonable and proper use
                 thereof will permit, loss by ordinary wear and tear excepted."

         15.     The following sentences are added to the end of Article XII of
the Lease:

                 "Notwithstanding anything in this Article XII to the contrary,
                 in the event that Tenant has elected to construct the
                 Expansion Space as provided in Section 16.17 hereof, but has
                 elected to sublet all or a portion thereof in lieu of
                 operating its business in such space, then Tenant shall have
                 the right to sublet all or any portion of the Expansion Space
                 not being used by Tenant for the operation of its business to
                 other third parties for the purposes specified in Section 2.01
                 hereof."

                 "Notwithstanding anything in this Article XII to the contrary,
                 Tenant may assign this Lease (i) to Agora Properties, a
                 Colorado general partnership, provided that the present
                 ownership of Agora Properties or its constituent entities is
                 not changed, except by devise or descent and (ii) in
                 connection with an offering of stock, either public or 
                 private, in Tenant or any proposed Assignee of this Lease,
                 provided that Michael Gilliland and Elizabeth Cook retain,
                 directly or indirectly, an aggregate thirty percent ownership
                 interest in Tenant or Assignee.

         16.     The second paragraph of Article XV of the Lease is deleted in
its entirety and the following provision is substituted therefor:

                 "Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord's sole remedy in the
                 event of a violation by Tenant of its covenants in this
                 Article XV shall be to collect from Tenant
<PAGE>   10
                 additional rent, which additional rent Tenant hereby agrees to
                 pay to Landlord as follows:

                 (a)      In the event that such competing business is a "new
                 store", i.e., a store which has not been previously operated
                 as a natural grocery store within ten miles of the Premises,
                 then Tenant shall pay to Landlord one percent (1%) of all
                 gross sales over $3,000,000 from all such new stores located
                 within said ten mile radius of the Premises.

                 (b)      In the event that such competing store is not a "new
                 store" and Tenant purchases an existing business which has
                 been previously operated as a natural grocery store, then
                 Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent two percent
                 (2%) of gross sales over $6,000,000 from all such other stores
                 it owns and operates within said ten mile radius of the
                 Premises.

                 Notwithstanding anything in this Article XV to the contrary,
                 Landlord agrees to waive its right to collect such additional
                 rent from the business presently conducted by Tenant or its
                 affiliates in St. Michael's Village, Santa Fe, New Mexico
                 (the "St. Michael's Store") provided that neither Tenant nor
                 its affiliates expand the size of the St. Michael's Store
                 (i.e. increase in any way the sales area of the St. Michael's
                 Store). In the event of such expansion, then Landlord's
                 conditional waiver of its right to receive a percentage of the
                 sales of such competing business shall immediately terminate,
                 and Tenant shall pay thereafter to Landlord one percent (1%)
                 of all gross sales over $3,000,000 from the St. Michael's
                 Store."

         17.     Section 16.17 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and the
following provision is substituted therefor:

                 "Section 16.17. Approval of Site Plans; Construction of Site
                 Improvements; Expansion Space.

                 (a)      Approval of Site Plans. Tenant acknowledges that
                          Landlord owns and plans to develop certain property
                          which is immediately north of the Premises, said
                          Property being more particularly described on Exhibit
                          "B-1" attached hereto and incorporated herein (the
                          "North Site"). Landlord and Tenant further
                          acknowledge that Tenant is leasing the Additional
                          Land from Landlord for the purposes of acquiring
                          additional parking adjacent to the existing Building
                          and for the purpose of allowing

                                      -10-
<PAGE>   11
                 Tenant to construct additional retail space abutting the
                 existing Building, should Tenant elect in the future to
                 construct such additional space (the "Expansion Space").
                 Attached to this Lease as Exhibit C-1 is a site plan (the
                 "Preliminary Site Plan") which illustrates the proposed
                 configuration and site improvements to the North Site and the
                 Premises (collectively the "Entire Tract") prior to
                 construction of the Expansion Space.  Attached to this Lease
                 as Exhibit D-1 is a site plan (the "Expansion Plan") which
                 illustrates the modifications to the Preliminary Site Plan
                 reflecting construction of the Expansion Space. Landlord and
                 Tenant hereby approve the Preliminary Site Plan and the
                 Expansion Plan (approval of the Expansion Plan to control in
                 the event that either Tenant or Landlord construct the
                 Expansion Space, as hereafter set forth) and both Landlord and
                 Tenant agree to cooperate fully with each other and applicable
                 governmental authorities in effecting the development shown on
                 the Preliminary Site Plan and the Expansion Plan and agree
                 that the Entire Tract will be developed in accordance with the
                 same.

         (b)     Landlord's Construction of Site Improvements Shown on
                 Preliminary Site Plan.
                 
                 (i)      Authority to Proceed; Construction Deadlines.
                          Landlord is hereby authorized to begin construction
                          of the parking, ingress and egress and other
                          construction reflected on the Preliminary Site Plan
                          (hereinafter the "Site Improvements") as such
                          construction pertains to the Premises (and so much of
                          the North Site as is necessary for ingress to and
                          egress from the Premises). It is expressly
                          understood, however, that Landlord shall have no
                          obligation to construct any of the Site Improvements
                          on the North Site (except so much thereof as is
                          necessary for ingress to and egress from the
                          Premises) until buildings are constructed on the
                          North Site.  Landlord agrees to submit an application
                          for building permit and/or any other necessary
                          submittals for the construction of the Site
                          Improvements on the Premises to the City of Santa Fe
                          and/or any other applicable governmental authorities
                          on or before October 15, 1992, and agrees to commence
                          construction of the Site Improvements

                                      -11-
<PAGE>   12
                          within thirty (30) days of receipt of all necessary
                          governmental approvals and Tenant's alternative
                          quotes or bids referred to in Section 16.17 (b)(ii)
                          (or notice from Tenant that it is waiving such
                          right).  Following commencement of construction,
                          Landlord agrees to diligently pursue such
                          construction to completion. Notwithstanding anything
                          herein to the contrary, in the event that Landlord
                          has not commenced construction of the Site
                          Improvements on the Premises on or before July 31,
                          1993 (the "Outside Completion Date"), then Tenant may
                          terminate this Amendment by giving written notice of
                          such termination to Landlord within fifteen (15) days
                          of the Outside Completion Date, in which event the
                          Lease as in effect prior to the execution of this
                          Amendment shall control and none of the provisions of
                          this Amendment shall be effective, except for
                          Paragraphs 11 and 16 of this Amendment, which shall
                          survive such termination. The Site Improvements on
                          the Premises shall be deemed completed on the date
                          (the "Site Improvement Completion Date") upon which
                          Landlord has completed construction of the Site
                          Improvements on the Premises (and so much of the
                          North Site as is necessary for ingress to and egress
                          from the Premises) in accordance with the plans
                          submitted to and approved by the City of Santa Fe. The
                          parties agree to execute a certificate memorializing
                          the Site Improvement Completion Date.  Additionally,
                          in the event that Landlord (i) has not commenced
                          construction of the Site Improvements on the Premises
                          on or before the outside Completion Date, or (ii)
                          fails to commence construction of the Site
                          Improvements within sixty (60) days of receipt of all
                          necessary governmental approvals and Tenant's
                          alternative quotes or bids referred to in Section
                          16.17(b)(ii) (or notice from Tenant that it is
                          waiving such right), then Tenant may proceed to
                          obtain any necessary approvals and complete
                          construction of the Site Improvements.   Following
                          completion thereof, Landlord agrees to promptly
                          reimburse Tenant upon demand for the actual costs in
                          excess of $50,000 incurred by Tenant (one hundred
                          fifteen percent (115%) thereof, in the case of
                          Landlord's failure to commence

                                      -12-
<PAGE>   13
                          construction under clause (ii) above) in constructing
                          the Site Improvements.

                 (ii)     Conduct of Construction. Landlord agrees to use all
                          reasonable efforts to minimize disruption of Tenant's
                          business as a result of such construction, and agrees
                          that the existing entrance from St. Francis Drive
                          shall not be closed until the new entrance from St.
                          Francis Drive, as reflected on the Preliminary Site
                          Plan, is completed and open. Prior to commencing
                          construction of the Site Improvements, Landlord
                          agrees to provide Tenant with a copy of any bids or
                          quotes received by Landlord with respect to such
                          construction. Tenant shall have twenty-one (21) days
                          following receipt of such information to obtain
                          alternative quotes or bids from reputable
                          contractors/suppliers and the parties agree that such
                          work shall be performed by the lowest responsive,
                          responsible bidder(s). Landlord shall provide
                          reasonable proof to Tenant to substantiate actual
                          costs for the Site Improvements on the Premises.

         (c)     Tenant's Agreement to Reimburse Landlord for Cost of Site
                 Improvements on Premises. Following completion of construction
                 of the Site Improvements on the Premises, Tenant agrees to
                 reimburse Landlord for the actual costs incurred by Landlord
                 in constructing the Site Improvements (consisting of design,
                 topo, survey, dirt work, landscaping, asphalt, concrete,
                 retaining walls, curb-cuts and deceleration lanes) in an
                 amount not to exceed $100,000.00. Tenant shall reimburse
                 Landlord $50,000.00 in cash upon substantial completion of the
                 Site Improvements. Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.05 of
                 this Lease to the contrary, and in addition to the Percentage
                 Rent specified in Section 3.05, Tenant agrees to pay
                 additional Percentage Rent in the amount of one percent (1%)
                 of all of Tenant's Gross Sales in excess of $15,000,000.00
                 (the "Additional Percentage Rent") until such time as Landlord
                 has been completely reimbursed for the total cost of the Site
                 Improvements on the Premises in excess of such $50,000.00 cash
                 payment, up to such $100,000.00 maximum. Additionally, in the
                 event that Tenant completes construction of the Site
                 Improvements

                                      -13-
<PAGE>   14
                 because of Landlord's failure to commence construction and
                 Landlord has reimbursed Tenant for costs in excess of $50,000,
                 as specified in Section 16.17 (b) (i) above, then Tenant shall
                 pay Additional Percentage Rent to Landlord until such time as
                 Landlord has been completely reimbursed for the total cost of
                 the Site Improvements on the Premises in excess of $50,000, up
                 to such $100,000 maximum.

         (d)     Use of Roadways, Parking Areas, Sidewalks and Entrances Shown
                 on Preliminary Site Plan and Expansion Plan. Landlord and
                 Tenant agree that, following completion of construction of the
                 Site Improvements reflected on the Preliminary Site Plan (and
                 the Expansion Plan, in the event that Tenant or Landlord
                 constructs the Expansion Space, as hereinafter set forth) the
                 roadways, parking areas, sidewalks and entrances shown on the
                 Preliminary Site Plan (or the Expansion Plan, as applicable)
                 shall be used in common by Tenant, on the one hand, and
                 Landlord and any tenants on the North Site, on the other hand,
                 and their respective customers, employees, agents and
                 invitees.

         (e)     Tenant's Construction of Expansion Space. Provided that and
                 for so long as Tenant is leasing the Additional Land, Tenant
                 shall have the right to construct the Expansion Space in
                 accordance with the provisions hereof.

                 (i)      Approvals. Should Tenant elect to construct the
                          Expansion Space, Tenant shall prepare and submit the
                          construction plans, drawings and related documents to
                          Landlord for written approval.  Landlord shall either
                          approve or disapprove in writing any of the items
                          submitted for approval to Landlord by Tenant within
                          seven (7) days of Landlord's receipt thereof. Any
                          disapproval shall be accompanied by a written
                          explanation setting forth in detail the reasons for
                          disapproval. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold
                          approval of such plans and specifications and the
                          criteria used by Landlord in approving or
                          disapproving any such item shall be compliance with
                          applicable land use regulations, quality of general
                          design and aesthetic compatibility with the remainder
                          of the Building and the other improvements on the
                          Entire Tract. Landlord and Tenant agree to cooperate

                                      -14-
<PAGE>   15
                          reasonably with each other in resolving any
                          objections of the other to such item and/or requested
                          modifications by the other. Following approval of the
                          plans and specifications, Tenant will not make any
                          material modification or alteration without the prior
                          written consent of Landlord. Landlord and Tenant
                          agree to communicate and consult informally as
                          frequently as is necessary to ensure that the formal
                          submittal of any item pursuant to this Section
                          16.17(e) can receive prompt and speedy consideration.

                          If within fourteen (14) days from the date that
                          Tenant first submits the construction plans, drawings
                          and related documents to the Landlord for written
                          approval, Landlord and Tenant have not finally
                          approved the plans and specifications, then either
                          Landlord or Tenant may demand that any disputed
                          matter involving the plans and specifications be
                          decided by arbitration in accordance with the rules
                          of the American Arbitration Association then
                          obtaining. The parties to this Lease acknowledge and
                          agree that the performance of this Lease will
                          substantially involve interstate commerce and that,
                          accordingly, this agreement to arbitrate shall be
                          specifically enforceable under the Federal
                          Arbitration Act. Notice of the demand for arbitration
                          shall be delivered in writing to the other party to
                          this Lease and filed in writing with the American
                          Arbitration Association. The parties hereby agree
                          that Ernest A. Romero shall act as the single
                          arbitrator. In the event that Ernie Romero is unable
                          or unwilling to so serve, then one arbitrator shall
                          be chosen by each of the parties within fifteen (15)
                          days after the demand for arbitration, and the
                          remaining arbitrator shall be chosen as a mutual
                          arbitrator in accordance with the then applicable
                          rules of the American Arbitration Association. Each
                          arbitrator chosen hereunder shall be a disinterested
                          person.  The arbitrator(s) shall have no power to
                          change any of the provisions of this Lease in any
                          respect, nor shall the arbitrator(s) have the power to
                          make an award or reformation, and the jurisdiction of
                          the arbitrator(s) is hereby

                                      -15-
<PAGE>   16
                          expressly limited accordingly.  The arbitration shall
                          be conducted in Santa Fe, New Mexico in accordance
                          with the then prevailing rules of the American
                          Arbitration Association or its successor.  Without
                          limitation on the foregoing, the arbitrators shall
                          have the right to retain and consult experts and
                          competent authorities skilled in the matters under
                          arbitration, but all consultation shall be made at a
                          hearing with all parties having full right to cross
                          examine the experts and authorities. All hearings
                          regarding arbitration shall be held within a period
                          of time not to exceed sixty (60) days after the
                          appointment of the arbitrators hereunder. The
                          arbitrators shall render an award not later than
                          thirty (30) days after the conclusion of the last
                          hearing in connection therewith. The decision and
                          award of the arbitrators shall be in writing, and
                          counterpart copies shall be delivered to each of the
                          parties. The award rendered by the arbitrators shall
                          be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in any
                          court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with
                          the Federal Arbitration Act. Unless then otherwise
                          agreed in writing by the parties to this Lease, no
                          party shall interrupt its performance under this
                          Lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of
                          any monies hereunder, pending the determination and
                          rendering of any award under the arbitration
                          proceedings herein provided.

                 (ii)     Reports and Information. Copies of all soils reports,
                          surveys, hazardous wastes or toxic reports, 
                          feasibility studies and other similar written
                          materials prepared or obtained by Tenant with respect
                          to the construction of the Expansion Space shall be
                          delivered to Landlord within ten (10) days after
                          receipt by Tenant.
                          
                 (iii)    Plans and Contracts. The contract between Tenant and
                          any architect or other design professionals or any
                          general contractor for the design or construction of
                          the Expansion Space shall provide, in form and
                          substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, for
                          the assignment thereof to Landlord as security to
                          Landlord for Tenant's performance of its obligations
                          under this Lease and Landlord
                          
                                      -16-
<PAGE>   17
                          shall be furnished with any such contract, together
                          with the further agreement of the parties thereto,
                          that if this Lease is terminated due to the Tenant's
                          default of a type which allows Landlord to terminate
                          this Lease, Landlord may, at its election, use any
                          plans and specifications to which Tenant is then
                          entitled and/or complete performance called for by
                          Tenant and assert the right of Tenant pursuant to any
                          such contract, upon the payment of any sums due to
                          any party thereto. Upon completion of the Expansion
                          Space, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a complete
                          and legible full-size set of all as-built plans and
                          specifications.

                 (iv)      Construction.

                          (A)     Conditions to Commencement of Construction.
                                  Tenant shall satisfy the following conditions
                                  and in no event shall Tenant commence any
                                  construction of the Expansion Space until the
                                  following conditions have been satisfied or
                                  waived by Landlord:

                                  [1]      Landlord shall have approved the
                                           plans and specifications in
                                           sufficient detail to permit Landlord
                                           to approve the size, configuration,
                                           and external appearance of the
                                           Expansion Space;

                                  [2]      Tenant shall have provided
                                           reasonable evidence (e.g. letter
                                           from bank or other financing source
                                           committing funds) to Landlord of
                                           Tenant's ability to complete
                                           construction of the Expansion Space
                                           prior to commencement thereof;

                                  [3]      Tenant shall have obtained all
                                           permits and other governmental
                                           approvals necessary to commence such
                                           construction; and

                                  [4]      If Tenant intends to employ a
                                           general contractor for the
                                           construction of the Expansion space,
                                           Tenant shall have entered into



                                      -17-
<PAGE>   18
                                           complete and binding contracts in
                                           form and substance commonly used in
                                           the industry with such contractor for
                                           the construction of the Expansion
                                           Space.

                          (B)     Restrictions; Governmental Permits. The
                                  Expansion Space shall not be constructed or
                                  maintained unless the same conforms to and is
                                  consistent with all applicable zoning
                                  applicable to the Premises, all other
                                  applicable governmental requirements
                                  (including without limitation any conditional
                                  use permit or other license, permit, or
                                  certificate required to be issued by any
                                  governmental authorities in connection with
                                  the construction of the Expansion Space) and
                                  the plans and specifications approved by
                                  Landlord. Additionally, the construction of
                                  the Expansion Space shall be completely
                                  within the building areas reflected on the
                                  Expansion Plan and shall in all other manners
                                  comply with the Expansion Plan. Before
                                  commencement of construction of the Expansion
                                  Space, Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost
                                  and expense, secure any and all applicable
                                  permits, licenses and other approvals which
                                  may be required by any governmental
                                  authorities having jurisdiction over such
                                  construction, development or work. Landlord
                                  shall have no implied obligation to cause
                                  such permits to be issued other than in the
                                  ordinary course of governmental business.
                                  Tenant shall provide a copy of any such
                                  permits, licenses or other approvals to
                                  Landlord prior to commencing work.

                          (C)     Construction Standards. All construction,
                                  alteration or repair work permitted herein
                                  shall be accomplished expeditiously,
                                  diligently and in accordance with good
                                  engineering practices. Tenant shall take all
                                  reasonably necessary measures to minimize any
                                  damage, disruption or inconvenience caused by
                                  such work and make adequate provision for the
                                  safety and convenience of all persons
                                  affected thereby. Tenant shall pay (or cause
                                  to

                                      -18-
<PAGE>   19
                                  be paid) all costs and expenses associated
                                  with such work and shall indemnify and hold
                                  Landlord harmless from all damages, lawsuits
                                  and claims attributable to the performance of
                                  such work. Dust, noise and other effects of
                                  such work shall be controlled using
                                  commercially accepted methods customarily
                                  utilized in order to control deleterious
                                  effects associated with construction projects
                                  in a populated or developed area.

                          (D)     Costs of Construction. The entire cost and
                                  expense of constructing the Expansion Space
                                  and any site improvements reflected on the
                                  Expansion Plan which have to be reconstructed
                                  or rebuilt as a result of Tenant's
                                  construction of the Expansion Space shall be
                                  borne and paid by Tenant.

                          (E)     Responsibilities of Landlord.

                                  [1]      Governmental Approvals.  Landlord
                                           will assist and cooperate with
                                           Tenant in connection with the
                                           reasonable request by Tenant for
                                           tentative or final parcel, tract or
                                           subdivision map approvals, variances
                                           and any other permit, license or
                                           other approval from any governmental
                                           authority which may be reasonably
                                           necessary for or which will
                                           facilitate the development,
                                           operation and use of the Expansion
                                           Space.

                                  [2]      Easements. Landlord agrees to join
                                           in granting, dedicating or
                                           relocating such public or private
                                           utility company easements as may be
                                           reasonably required for the
                                           construction of the Expansion Space.

                                  [3]      No Impediments. Landlord agrees that
                                           it will not construct any
                                           improvements on or take any action
                                           with respect to the North Site or
                                           otherwise that would impede or
                                           prevent Tenant from exercising its

                                      -19-
<PAGE>   20
                                        rights under the Lease to construct the
                                        Expansion Space.

                                  [4]      Parking. Landlord warrants and
                                           represents that the Expansion Plan
                                           complies with current City of Santa
                                           Fe minimum parking requirements for
                                           retail space.

                          (F)     Reports. During the construction of the
                                  Expansion Space, Tenant shall furnish
                                  Landlord with monthly progress reports in a
                                  form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord
                                  demonstrating compliance with the
                                  construction requirements of this Lease.

                 (v)      Compliance With Parking Requirements. Tenant may take
                          all reasonable measures to insure that the parking
                          ratio for the Premises does not fall below a ratio of
                          one (1) parking space per two hundred (200) ft.2 of
                          building area and that none of the tenants or
                          occupants of the Entire Tract use more than one (1)
                          parking space per two hundred (200) ft.2 of building
                          area leased or occupied by such user.

                 (vi)     Ownership of Improvements. All permanent improvements
                          constructed by Tenant pursuant to this Section
                          16.17(e) shall be and remain Landlord's property,
                          shall become part of the Premises and shall not be
                          removed by Tenant upon termination of this Lease for
                          any reason.

         (f)     Landlord's Construction of Expansion Space. In the event that
                 Tenant does not construct the Expansion Space and at any time
                 while this Lease is in effect with respect to the Original
                 Premises fails to exercise its option to extend the term of
                 this Lease as it applies to the Additional Land, then Landlord
                 shall have the right to construct the Expansion Space at
                 Landlord's sole cost and expense. In such event, Landlord
                 agrees to use all reasonable efforts to minimize disruption of
                 Tenant's business as a result of Landlord's construction of
                 the Expansion Space. Construction of the Expansion Space by
                 Landlord shall be in strict accordance with and within the
                 building areas reflected on the Expansion Plan. Following
                 completion of construction of the Expansion Space by Landlord,
                 Tenant acknowledges that the Expansion

                                      -20-
<PAGE>   21
                 Space shall be under the exclusive control of Landlord and
                 that the definition of Premises hereunder shall be reduced to
                 include only the original Building that was the subject of
                 this Lease and the roadways, parking areas, sidewalks and
                 entrances located on the Original Premises, as reflected on
                 the Expansion Plan, subject to the rights of Landlord and any
                 tenants on the North Site to use such roadways, parking areas,
                 sidewalks and entrances. In leasing the Expansion Space,
                 Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord's lease rates, lease
                 terms and the expected tenant credit rating, which rate, terms
                 and credit shall be reasonable in the Santa Fe market. If
                 Tenant desires to lease the Expansion Space, is not in default
                 under this Lease and Tenant is willing to meet the rate and
                 terms and can provide the satisfactory credit rating required
                 by Landlord, Landlord agrees to negotiate with the Tenant for
                 the lease of the Expansion Space.

         (g)     Operation of Entire Tract. Should Landlord construct the
                 Expansion Space, or should Landlord otherwise elect at any
                 time, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Landlord
                 shall have the right to treat the Entire Tract as an
                 integrated shopping center and that Landlord shall have the
                 option to procure (if applicable) and pay the taxes,
                 insurance, maintenance and other common area charges
                 applicable to the Entire Tract. In such event, Tenant agrees
                 to pay its proportionate share of such taxes, insurance,
                 maintenance and other common area charges applicable to the
                 Entire Tract, determined by dividing the total square footage
                 of the Building located on the Original Premises (herein
                 agreed to be 14,850 square feet) by the aggregate rentable
                 space in the Entire Tract, provided, however, that Tenant's
                 share of such costs for the year in which such election is
                 made by Landlord shall not exceed Tenant's total costs for
                 such items for the year preceding such election, wherein
                 Tenant paid all such costs. Following completion of
                 construction of the Expansion Space by Landlord, Landlord
                 shall designate at least 72 parking spaces for Tenant's
                 exclusive use.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>   22
         18.     The following sentence is added to the end of Section 16.18 of
the Lease:

                 "Additionally, Landlord agrees that no portion of the North
Site shall be used for any of the Prohibited Uses, as defined in Section 10.02
hereof."

         19.     A new Section 16.19 is hereby added to the Lease as follows:

                 "Section 16.19. Tenant's Option to Purchase the Premises.

                 (a)      Grant of option. For and in consideration of the
                          mutual and reciprocal covenants contained herein,
                          Landlord grants to Tenant the exclusive right and
                          option to purchase the Premises at a total purchase
                          price equal to $3,500,000.00 cash, plus any Site
                          Improvement costs incurred by Landlord as specified
                          in Section 16.17 hereof for which Landlord has not
                          been reimbursed by Tenant as of the closing of such
                          option purchase, and otherwise on the terms and
                          conditions set forth in the real estate contract
                          attached hereto as Exhibit "E-1" and incorporated
                          herein (the "Real Estate Contract"). In the event
                          that Tenant exercises its option to purchase after
                          Landlord has commenced construction of but before
                          completion of the Site Improvements as specified in
                          Section 16.17 hereof, then Landlord shall have the
                          right to complete construction of the Site
                          Improvements and the entire reimbursable portion
                          thereof shall be added to the purchase price.

                 (b)      Option Period. Tenant may exercise its option at any
                          time on or before 5:00 o'clock p.m. on April 1, 1993
                          provided, however, that if Landlord has not sooner
                          placed a mortgage to secure third party financing on
                          the Entire Premises, Tenant shall have until 5:00
                          o'clock p.m. on September 1, 1993 or until the
                          Walgreen's Store on the North Site is constructed and
                          Walgreen's is in possession and paying rent,
                          whichever is sooner, to exercise such option.
                          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the
                          April 1, 1993 date and the September 1, 1993 date
                          specified above shall be extended one (1) day for
                          each day after December 31, 1992 that Landlord has
                          not completed the Site Improvements as required in
                          Section 16.17(b) hereof.

                                      -22-
<PAGE>   23
                 (c)      Exercise of Option. Tenant may exercise its option
                          hereunder only by execution and tender to Landlord of
                          an executed original of the Real Estate Contract,
                          together with an earnest money check for $100,000.00
                          payable to Landlord. As specified in Section 3.02 of
                          the Real Estate Contract, it shall be a condition to
                          closing under the Real Estate Contract that Landlord
                          and Tenant execute and record a Reciprocal Operating
                          Agreement (With Easements, Covenants and
                          Restrictions) in the form attached as Schedule 2 to
                          the Real Estate Contract."

         20.     A new Section 16.20 is hereby added to the Lease as
follows:

                 "Section 16.20. Tenant's Right of First Refusal to Purchase
                 the Premises. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a right of
                 first refusal to purchase the Premises. If during the term of
                 this Lease Landlord receives a bona fide offer (the "Offer")
                 for the purchase of its interest in the Premises (or the
                 Entire Tract), Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (the
                 "Notice") of such Offer. The Notice shall set forth the name
                 of the third party offeror, the price and all other terms and
                 conditions of the Offer. Tenant shall have the option for
                 thirty (30) days following the giving of the Notice to elect
                 to purchase the Premises (or the Entire Tract, if the offer
                 pertains to the Entire Tract) for the purchase price presented
                 in the offer and on the same terms and conditions as contained
                 in the Offer. If Tenant does not exercise such right of first
                 refusal within said thirty (30) day period, then Landlord
                 shall be permitted to sell the Premises (or the Entire Tract,
                 if applicable) to such third party offeror in accordance with
                 the terms of the Offer. If Tenant does not exercise such right
                 of first refusal, and the terms of the offer are subsequently
                 revised, then Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of
                 such revised terms, and Tenant shall have three (3) days
                 following receipt of such notice to elect to purchase the
                 Premises (or the Entire Tract, if applicable) on the revised
                 terms."

         21.     The parties hereby ratify and confirm that the Lease is in
full force and effect and is unmodified except as specifically set forth in
this Amendment.

                                      -23-
<PAGE>   24
                                  CAMPR PARTNERS, LTD.

                                  By:      Sanders Partners Incorporated,
                                           Its: General Partner

                                           By: /s/ OFFICER OF SANDERS
                                                   PARTNERS INCORPORATED
                                              --------------------------

                                           Title: Vice President     
                                                 -----------------------

                                           Date:     9/14/92         
                                                ------------------------

                                  WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., successor
                                  by merger to Wild Oats Market of
                                  Santa Fe, Inc.

                                           By: /s/ MICHAEL GILLILAND 
                                              --------------------------

                                           Title:    President       
                                                 -----------------------

                                           Date:       9/22/92       
                                                 -----------------------

List of  Exhibits:

Exhibit  A-1 - Legal Description of Additional Land
Exhibit  B-1 - Legal Description of the North Site
Exhibit  C-1 - Preliminary Site Plan
Exhibit  D-1 - Expansion Plan
Exhibit  E-1 - Real Estate Contract


                                      -24-
<PAGE>   25
                             CONSENT OF GUARANTORS

         The undersigned guarantors hereby acknowledge and consent to this
Amendment and agree that their guarantees of the Lease as amended by the First
Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and
confirmed.

                                             /s/ MICHAEL GILLILAND 
                                           ------------------------
                                           MICHAEL GILLILAND
                                           
                                           
                                            /s/ ELIZABETH C. COOK  
                                           ------------------------
                                           ELIZABETH COOK


                                      -25-
<PAGE>   26
                                  Exhibit A-1

        Tract B of the Slade-Shubert Subdivision, as shown on plat filed in the
        Office on plat filed in the Office of the County Clerk, Santa Fe County,
        New Mexico on August 29, 1988, in Plat Book 190, page 13, as Document
        No. 658,077, SAVE AND EXCEPT THE FOLLOWING:

That certain parcel of land situate within the Santa Fe Grant, Township 17
North, Range 9 East, New Mexico Principal Meridian, City of Santa Fe, Santa Fe
County, New Mexico, comprising the Northerly portion of Tract B of the
Slade-Shubert Subdivision, as shown on plat filed in the office of the County
Clerk of Santa Fe County, New Mexico on August 29, 1988, in Plat Book 190, page
13, as Document No. 658,077, more particularly described as follows:

Beginning at the Northwest corner of said Tract B, Slade-Shubert Subdivision
and the Northwest corner of the parcel herein described; Thence Easterly along
the Northerly line of said Tract B on the following three (3) courses,

S 65 degrees 28' 00" E, 104.14 feet to a point; Thence,

S 65 degrees 28' 00" E, 77.70 feet to a point; Thence,

N 89 degrees 40' 00" E, 62.30 feet to the Northeast corner of said Tract B and
                        the Northeast corner of the parcel herein described, a
                        point on the Westerly right of way line of St. Francis
                        Drive; Thence,

Southeasterly         , 20.62 feet along said Westerly right of way line of St.
                        Francis Drive on the arc of a curve to the right (said
                        curve having a radius of 2242.00 feet and a chord which
                        bears SE, 20.62 feet) to a point on curve and the
                        Southeast corner of the parcel herein described; 
                        Thence,

N 89 degrees 33' 02" W, 58.33 feet to a point; Thence,

S 25 degrees 07' 59" W, 27.17 feet to a point; Thence,

N 66 degrees 14' 38" W, 173.58 feet to a point; Thence,

N 60 degrees 04' 00" W, 24.00 feet to the Southwest corner of the parcel
                        herein described, a point on the Westerly line of said
                        Tract B; Thence,

N 29 degrees 56' 00" E, 43.85 feet along said Westerly line of Tract B to the
                        Northwest corner and point of beginning of the parcel
                        herein described.

Said parcel contains 0.227 acre, more or less.
<PAGE>   27
                                  Exhibit B-1

                                   North Site

All of Tract A1 as shown in Plat of Survey entitled "Lot Split-Tract A Slade
and Shubert Subdivision, St. Francis Drive, Santa Fe, New Mexico", prepared by
Jack G. Horne, P.E. & L.S. #889, dated November 4, 1988 and filed for record on
November 30, 1989 as Document Number 693,812, appearing in Plat Book 204 at
page 030, records of Santa Fe County, New Mexico.

                                      AND

A certain tract of land, being Tract A-2 of the Slade Shubert Subdivision,
lying and being situate at 1096 S. St. Francis Drive, within the Santa Fe
Grant, T.17N., R.9E., N.M.P.M., City of Santa Fe, County of Santa Fe, State of
New Mexico, being more particularly described as follows, to wit:

Beginning at a point for Santa Fe Control Monument No. 58, marked by a Brass
Disk in concrete, thence N. 16 deg. 59' 07" W., a distance of 287.76 feet, to
the true point and place of beginning, the southeast corner of Tract A-2
described hereon, a capped rebar; thence S. 89 deg. 39' 00" W., a distance of
60.70 feet; thence, N. 65 deg. 28' 00" W., a distance of 181.76 feet; thence N.
29 deg. 46' 00" E., a distance of 16.86 feet; thence N. 65 deg. 57' 00" W., a
distance of 55.66 feet, the southwest corner of Tract A-2; thence N. 24 deg.
59' 00" E., a distance of 116.62 feet, the northwest corner of Tract A-2;
thence S. 65 deg. 20' 40" E., a distance of 237.39 feet, the northeast corner
of Tract A-2, a point on the west Right-of-Way of St. Francis Drive; thence
along a curve to the right through a central angle of 3 deg. 02' 47" (R=2242.00
feet; Chord S. 1 deg. 42' 10" E. - 119.19 feet) a Length of 119.20 feet, to the
true point and place of beginning.

All as shown on plat of survey entitled "PLAT OF A RE-SURVEY OF TRACT A-2 OF
THE SLADE & SHUBERT SUBD'N FOR LINDA GEIL", dated May 1991, prepared by
Richard A. Morris, Registered Professional Surveyor New Mexico No. 10277,
bearing Project No. 91-LS-33.

                                      AND

That certain parcel of land situate within the Santa Fe Grant, Township 17
North, Range 9 East, New Mexico Principal Meridian, City of Santa Fe, Santa Fe
County, New Mexico, comprising the Northerly portion of Tract B of the
Slade-Shubert Subdivision, as shown on plat filed in the office of the County
Clerk of Santa Fe County, New Mexico on August 29, 1988, in Plat Book 190, page
13, as Document No. 658,077, more particularly described as follows:

Beginning at the Northwest corner of said Tract B, Slade-Shubert Subdivision
and the Northwest corner of the parcel herein described; Thence Easterly along
the Northerly line of said Tract B on the following three (3) courses,

S 65 degrees 28' 00" E, 104.14 feet to a point; Thence,

S 65 degrees 28' 00" E, 77.70 feet to a point; Thence,

N 89 degrees 40' 00" E, 62.30 feet to the Northeast corner of said Tract
                        B and the Northeast corner of the parcel herein
                        described, a point on the Westerly right of way
                        line of St. Francis Drive; Thence,

Southeasterly,          20.62 feet along said Westerly right of way line
                        of St. Francis Drive on the arc of a curve to
                        the right (said curve having a radius of 2242.00
                        feet and a chord which bears SE, 20.62 feet) to
                        a point on curve and the Southeast corner of the
                        parcel herein described; Thence,

N 89 degrees 33' 02" W, 58.33 feet to a point; Thence,

S 25 degrees 07' 59" W, 27.17 feet to a point; Thence,

N 66 degrees 14' 38" W, 173.58 feet to a point; Thence,

N 60 degrees 04' 00" W, 24.00 feet to the Southwest corner of the parcel
                        herein described, a point on the Westerly line
                        of said Tract B; Thence,

N 29 degrees 56' 00" E, 43.85 feet along said Westerly line of Tract B
                        to the Northwest corner and point of beginning
                        of the parcel herein described.

Said parcel contains 0.227 acre, more or less.
<PAGE>   28
                                                              EXHIBIT C-1


                                     [MAP]
<PAGE>   29
                                                              EXHIBIT D-1


                                     [MAP]
<PAGE>   30
                                                        DRAFT DATED 9-14-92
                                                        UNCHANGED FROM
                                                        PREVIOUS DRAFT OF
                                                        8-4-92


                         EXHIBIT E-1 TO FIRST AMENDMENT

                              REAL ESTATE CONTRACT

        This Contract of Sale is made by and between CAMPR Partners, Ltd., a
Texas limited partnership (hereinafter referred to as "Seller") and Wild Oats
Markets, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as "Purchaser"), upon the terms and
conditions set forth below.

                                   ARTICLE I
                               PURCHASE AND SALE

        Seller hereby sells and agrees to convey, and Purchaser hereby
purchases and agrees to pay for, the tract of land containing approximately
________ acres (approximately ______________ gross square feet) located in the
City of Santa Fe, Santa Fe County, New Mexico, being more particularly
described on Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein for all
purposes (hereinafter called the "Property") together with all and singular the
rights and appurtenances pertaining to the Property, for the consideration and
subject to the terms, provisions, and conditions hereinafter set forth.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                 PURCHASE PRICE

                            AMOUNT OF PURCHASE PRICE

        2.01.   The purchase price for the Property (the "Purchase Price") is
$3,500,000.00, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.02 below, which
purchase price shall be allocated by agreement of Seller and Purchaser as
follows: building -- $2,000,000 and land -- $1,500,000.

                           PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE

        2.02.   The purchase price shall be payable in cash at the Closing (as
defined in Article V below). The Property is currently being leased by
Purchaser from Seller pursuant to that certain Lease Agreement dated July 31,
1990 by and between Marianna Partners Limited, predecessor in interest to
Seller, as Landlord, and Wild Oats Market of Santa Fe, Inc., predecessor in
interest to Purchaser, as Tenant, as amended by that certain First Amendment to
Lease effective as of August 1, 1992 between Seller and Purchaser (the Lease
Agreement and First Amendment to Lease are hereinafter 
<PAGE>   31
collectively referred to as the "Lease"). The Property is being purchased 
pursuant to an option granted from Seller to Purchaser in Section 16.19 of the 
Lease. The parties agree that the Purchase Price shall be increased to include 
any Site Improvement costs incurred by Seller for which Seller has not been 
reimbursed by Purchaser as of the Closing Date, as provided in Section 16.19 of 
the Lease.

                                  ARTICLE III
               CONDITIONS TO SELLER'S AND PURCHASER'S OBLIGATIONS

                      CONDITION TO PURCHASER'S OBLIGATIONS

        3.01    The obligations of Purchaser hereunder to consummate the 
transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the satisfaction of the 
following condition which may be waived in whole or in part in writing by 
Purchaser at or prior to the Closing):

                Within ten (10) days after the date hereof, Seller, at Seller's 
sole cost and expense, shall furnish to the Purchaser a Commitment For Title 
Insurance (the "Title Commitment"), dated not earlier than the date of this 
Contract, issued by Santa Fe Abstract or any other title company in Santa Fe, 
New Mexico, reasonably acceptable to Purchaser (the "Title Company") showing 
Seller's title to the Property, together with legible copies of the deed which 
conveyed the Property to Seller or its predecessor in interest and all items 
and documents referenced in the Commitment. The Commitment shall commit the 
Title Company to issue to Purchaser at the Closing an Owner's Policy of Title 
Insurance (ALTA Owner's Form B, 1984) in the full amount of the Purchase Price. 
Purchaser shall give Seller written notice on or before the expiration of 
thirty (30) days after the date hereof that the condition of title as set forth 
in the Title Commitment is or is not satisfactory, and in the event Purchaser 
states that the condition is not satisfactory, Seller shall promptly undertake 
to eliminate or modify all such unacceptable matters to the reasonable 
satisfaction of Purchaser provided, however, Seller shall be under no 
obligation to incur any costs in connection with such title cure except that 
Seller shall be obligated to secure the release prior to the Closing of any 
liens reflected thereon, and Seller shall be further obligated to remove any 
exceptions to title that prevent or impair the development of the Property in
the manner reflected on the Preliminary Site Plan or the Expansion Plan, as
defined in the Lease. In the event that Seller fails to modify or eliminate such
unacceptable matters within sixty (60) days of the date hereof, this Contract
shall thereupon, at Purchaser's option, upon written notice to Seller within
five (5) days following the expiration of Seller's aforesaid cure period, be
null and void for all purposes and the Escrow Deposit shall be forthwith
returned by the Title Company to Purchaser. Purchaser's failure to give Seller
such written notice of such unsatisfactory condition of title and/or election to
terminate shall be deemed to be Purchaser's acceptance of the condition of
title.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>   32

                       CONDITION TO SELLER'S OBLIGATIONS

        3.02.   The obligations of Seller hereunder to consummate the 
transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the execution by Seller and 
Purchaser on or before the Closing Date of a Reciprocal Operating Agreement 
(With Easements, Covenants and Restrictions) in the form of Schedule 2 attached 
hereto (the "Reciprocal Operating Agreement") and incorporated herein. In the 
event that Purchaser fails or refuses to execute the Reciprocal Operating 
Agreement in the form attached then Seller shall have no obligation to 
consummate the transactions contemplated herein, and Seller may terminate this 
Contract upon written notice to Purchaser and thereafter this Contract shall be 
null and void for all purposes and the Escrow Deposit shall be forthwith 
returned by the Title Company to Purchaser.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

        4.01.   Seller makes the following representations and warranties and 
agrees that Purchaser's obligations under this Contract are conditioned upon 
the truth and accuracy of such representations and warranties, both as of this 
date and as of the date of Closing:

        (a) Seller is the owner of the Property, and there are no outstanding 
loans with respect to the Property or any part thereof other than any 
indebtedness which will be released at Closing.

        (b) Seller has the authority to convey the Property to Purchaser 
without the joinder of any other person or entity. See Attachment.

        (c)   Purchaser acknowledges that Seller has delivered to Purchaser the
following (hereinafter the "Existing Environmental Reports"):

                i)      Letter dated June 25, 1990 from Metric Corporation
Environmental Engineering and Science to Marianna Partners, Ltd.

                ii)     Remedial Action Report dated June 15, 1990 from Cerl,
Inc. Environmental Consultants.

                iii)    Notice of Remedial Action, Hydrocarbon Contaminated Soil
(Non-Spill Related) dated May 2, 1990 prepared by Cerl, Inc. Environmental
Consultants.

                iv)     Environmental-Soil Sampling Report dated April 4, 1990
prepared by Cerl, Inc. Environmental Consultants.

         To the best knowledge and belief of Seller, the Existing Environmental
Reports provided to Purchaser constitute the complete reports related to the
property in Seller's possession.

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

        4.02.   Purchaser makes the following representations and warranties:

        (a) Purchaser has all requisite power and authority to execute and 
deliver this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder and the 
transactions contemplated hereby.

        (b) Except as specifically set forth in Section 4.01, Purchaser is 
purchasing the Property, and the Property shall be conveyed and transferred to 
Purchaser, "as is, where is, and with all faults" and without any warranties, 
representations, or guarantees, either express or implied, of any kind, 
nature, or type whatsoever from or on behalf of Seller. Except for the express 
representation made in Section 4.01, Purchaser acknowledges that it has not 
relied, and is not relying, on any information, document, sales brochures, or 
other literature, maps or sketches,




                                      -3-
<PAGE>   33
projections, proforma, statements, representations, guarantees or warranties
(whether express or implied, or oral or written, or material or immaterial),
that may have been given by, or made by, or on behalf of, Seller; (ii) except
as specifically set forth in Section 4.01, Purchaser is not entitled to, and
should not rely on, the Seller or its agents as to (a) the quality, nature,
adequacy or physical condition of the Property, including, without limitation,
the structural elements, foundation, roof, appurtenances, access, landscaping,
parking facilities, or the electrical, mechanical, HVAC, plumbing, sewage or
utility systems, facilities or appliances at the Property, if any; (b) the
quality, nature, adequacy, or physical condition of soils or the existence of
ground water at the Property; (c) the existence, quality, nature, adequacy or
physical condition of any utilities serving the Property; (d) the development
potential of the Property, its habitability, merchantability or fitness,
suitability, or adequacy of the Property for any particular purpose; (e) the
zoning or other legal status of the Property; (f) the Property' or its
operations', compliance with any applicable codes, laws, regulations, statutes,
ordinances, covenants, conditions or restrictions of any governmental or
quasi-governmental entity, or any other person or entity; (g) the quality of
any labor or materials relating in any way to the Property; or (h) the
condition of title to the Property (except for the warranty of title set forth
in the deed to be delivered by Seller as described in Article V), or the
nature, status and extent of any right-of-way, lease, right of redemption,
possession, lien, encumbrance, license, reservations, covenant, condition,
restriction, or any other matter affecting title of the Property; (iii)
Purchaser has had and will have, pursuant to this Agreement, an adequate
opportunity to make such legal, factual and other inquiries and investigations
as it deems desirable or appropriate with respect to the Property.      Those
inquiries or investigations of Purchaser may include, but are not limited to,
any leases and contracts pertaining to the Property, the physical components of
all portions of the Property, the condition of the Property, the existence of
any wood-destroying organisms on the Property, the state of facts that an
accurate survey and inspection would show, the present and future zoning
ordinances, resolutions, and regulations of the city, county and state where
the Property are located, and the value and marketability of the Property.

                                   ARTICLE V
                                    CLOSING

         The closing shall be held at the offices of the Title Company on the
later of (i) the first business day following the expiration of the title
review period specified in Section 3.01 hereof and any applicable cure period
or (ii) ten (10) days following Seller's completion of construction of the Site
Improvements on the Property, in the event that Purchaser has exercised its
option to purchase the Property after Seller has commenced construction but
before completion of the Site Improvements on the Property, as

                                      -4-
<PAGE>   34
provided in Section 16.19 of the Lease (which date is herein referred to as the
"Closing Date" or the "Closing").

   (1)   At the Closing Seller shall:

         (a)     Deliver to Purchaser a duly executed and acknowledged General 
Warranty Deed conveying title in fee simple to all of the Property, free and
clear of any and all liens, encumbrances, conditions, easements, assessments,
and restrictions, except for the following:
        
                 [1] A vendor's lien to be retained in favor of any lender
providing financing to Purchaser for this transaction;

                 [2] The lien of any deed of trust or mortgage in favor of any
lender providing financing to Purchaser for this transaction;

                 [3] General real estate taxes for the year of Closing which
shall be assumed in full by Purchaser, and subsequent years not yet due and
payable;

                 [4] Any exceptions approved by Purchaser pursuant to Section
3.02 hereof; and

                 [5] Any exceptions approved by Purchaser in writing.

         (b)     Deliver to Purchaser an Owner's Policy of Title Insurance
(ALTA Owner's Form B, 1984) at Seller's sole expense, issued by the Title
Company in Purchaser's favor in the full amount of the Purchase Price, insuring
Purchaser's fee simple title to the Property subject only to those title
exceptions listed in Section 3.02 hereof and such other exceptions as may be
approved in writing by Purchaser.

         (c)     Deliver to Purchaser the duly executed Reciprocal Operating
Agreement, as required by Section 3.02 hereof.

   (2)   At the Closing, Purchaser shall pay the cash portion of the purchase
price and deliver to Seller the duly executed Reciprocal Operating Agreement,
as required by Section 3.02 hereof.

   (3)   General real estate taxes for the then current year relating to the
Property and all other operating expenses of the Property shall not be
prorated, but shall be assumed by Purchaser inasmuch as such operating expenses
are the responsibility of Purchaser under the Lease.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>   35
                                   ARTICLE VI
                            REAL ESTATE COMMISSIONS

         The parties acknowledge that no brokers have been involved in this
transaction. It is agreed that if any claims for real estate brokerage fees or
commissions are ever made against Seller or Purchaser by any person, firm or
corporation in connection with this transaction, all such claims will be
handled and paid by the party whose actions or alleged commitments form the
basis of such claim, and the party whose actions or alleged commitments form
the basis of such claim will indemnify and hold harmless the other from and
against any and all such claims or demands with respect to any brokerage fees
or agents, commissions or other compensation asserted by any person, firm or
corporation in connection with this transaction.

                                  ARTICLE VII
                                 ESCROW DEPOSIT

         For the purposes of securing the performance of Purchaser under the
terms and provisions of this Contract, Purchaser has delivered to the Title
Company, upon execution hereof, the sum of $                in cash or cash
equivalency (the "Escrow Deposit"), which shall be paid by the Title Company to
Seller in the event Purchaser breaches this Contract as provided in Article IX
hereof.     The Escrow Deposit shall be placed in a daily interest-bearing
account with all interest payable to the party entitled to such Escrow Deposit
pursuant hereto. At the Closing, the Escrow Deposit and accrued interest shall
be paid over to Seller and applied to the cash portion of the purchase price,
provided, however, that in the event the Purchaser shall have given timely
written notice to the Title Company that one or more of the conditions to its
obligations set forth in Article III have not been met, or, in the opinion of
Purchaser, cannot be satisfied in the manner and as provided for in Article
III, then the Escrow Deposit together with all interest shall be forthwith
returned by the Title Company to Purchaser.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                BREACH BY SELLER

         In the event Seller shall fail to fully and timely perform any of its
obligations hereunder or shall fail to consummate the sale of the Property for
any reason, except Purchaser's default, Purchaser may receive an immediate
return of the Escrow Deposit and then, at its option,:  (1) enforce specific 
performance of this Contract; and/or (2) bring suit for damages against Seller.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>   36
                                   ARTICLE IX
                              BREACH BY PURCHASER

         In the event Purchaser should fail to consummate the purchase of the
Property, the conditions to Purchaser's obligations set forth in Article III
having been satisfied and Purchaser being in default and Seller not being in
default hereunder, due to the difficulty of assessing Seller's actual damages
as a result of such breach by Purchaser, Seller shall have the right to receive
the Escrow Deposit from the Title Company, such sum being agreed on as
liquidated damages for the failure of Purchaser to perform the duties,
liabilities and obligations imposed upon it by the terms and provisions of this
Contract, and Seller agrees to accept and take said cash payment as its total,
reasonable damages and relief and as Seller's sole remedy hereunder in such
event.

                                   ARTICLE X
                                  CONDEMNATION

         In the event that (i) the whole or a material part of the Property is
taken by condemnation or right of eminent domain prior to Closing, and (ii) in
Purchaser's reasonable determination, the Property is rendered unsuitable for
Purchaser's intended use, at Purchaser's option, this Contract shall terminate
and Purchaser will receive a full refund of the Escrow Deposit.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                     FOREIGN PERSON FEDERAL TAX REQUIREMENT

         If Seller is not a "foreign person," as defined in the Federal Foreign
Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 and the 1984 Tax Reform Act as
amended (the "federal tax law"), then at the Closing Seller shall deliver to
Purchaser a certificate so stating in a form complying with the federal tax
law.  If Seller is a "foreign person" or if Seller fails to deliver the
required certificate at the Closing, then in either such event the funding to
Seller at the Closing shall be adjusted to the extent required to comply with
the withholding provisions of the federal tax law; and although the amount
withheld shall still be paid at the Closing by Purchaser, it shall be retained
by a mutually acceptable escrow agent (the reasonable fees of which shall be
paid by Seller at the Closing) for delivery to the Internal Revenue Service
together with the appropriate federal tax law forwarding forms, and with copies
being provided both to Seller and Purchaser. The Title Company is hereby
approved as a mutually acceptable escrow agent in the event that withholding is
warranted in accordance with this paragraph.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>   37
                                  ARTICLE XII
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

                                     NOTICE

         12.01.  Any notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder
shall be deemed received when sent by United States mail, postage prepaid,
certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to Seller or Purchaser as
follows:

         Seller:          CAMPR Partners, Ltd.
                          c/o Sanders Partners Incorporated 
                          1790 Commerce Park Drive
                          El Paso, Texas 79912

         With Copy to:    Scott & Hulse, P.C.
                          llth Floor,
                          Texas Commerce Bank Building
                          El Paso, Texas 79901
                          Attn: W. David Bernard

         Purchaser:       Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
                          1668 Valtec Lane
                          Boulder, Colorado 80301
                          Attn: E. Cook
                                -----------------

         With Copy to:    Bennett Bentoli
                          6081 S. Kearney
                          Englewood, Co. 80111 


                           NEW MEXICO LAW TO APPLY

         12.02.  This Contract shall be construed under and in accordance with 
the laws of the State of New Mexico.

                                 PARTIES BOUND

         12.03.  This Contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators,
legal representatives, successors and assigns where permitted by this Contract.

                               LEGAL CONSTRUCTION

         12.04.  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this
Contract shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable
in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not
affect any other provision hereof, and this Contract shall be construed as if
such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained
herein.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>   38
                          PRIOR AGREEMENTS SUPERSEDED

         12.05.  This Contract constitutes the sole and only agreement of the
parties hereto and supersedes any prior understandings or written or oral
agreements between the parties respecting the within subject matter.

                                TIME OF ESSENCE

         12.06.  Time is of the essence of this Contract. For purposes of
determining the time for performance of various obligations under this
Contract, the "date" of this Contract shall be the date this Contract is
executed by Purchaser. Should the calculation of any of the various time
periods provided for herein result in an obligation becoming due on a Saturday,
Sunday or legal holiday, then the due date of such obligation shall be delayed
until the next succeeding business day.

                                     GENDER

         12.07.  Words of any gender used in this Contract shall be held and
construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall
be held to include the plural, and vice versa, unless the context requires
otherwise.

                                   ASSIGNMENT

         12.08   Purchaser may assign its rights as Purchaser hereunder.

         EXECUTED by Seller this        day of                 1992.
                                --------      -----------------          


                                      SELLER:
                                      
                                         CAMPR PARTNERS, LTD.
                                      
                                         By: Sanders Partners Incorporated
                                            Its: General Partner
                                      
                                         By:
                                            -------------------------------
                                         Title:
                                               ----------------------------




                                      -9-
<PAGE>   39
        EXECUTED by Purchaser this         day of                   1992.
                                  ---------       -----------------


                                           PURCHASER:
                                           
                                           WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
                                           
                                           By:
                                              -------------------------
                                           Title:
                                                 ----------------------

        The Contract, together with the Escrow Deposit described therein, has
been received by the Title Company this the          day of           , 1992, 
and by execution hereof the Title Company hereby covenants and agrees to be 
bound by the terms of the Contract.


                                            ---------------------------------
                                            Name of Title Company
                                            
                                            By:
                                               ------------------------------
                                            Title:
                                                  ---------------------------


SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS:

Schedule 1 - Legal Description of the Property

Schedule 2 - Form of Reciprocal Operating Agreement


                                      -10-
<PAGE>   40
                       SCHEDULE 1 TO REAL ESTATE CONTRACT

<PAGE>   41
                       SCHEDULE 2 TO REAL ESTATE CONTRACT

                         RECIPROCAL OPERATING AGREEMENT
                  (With Easements, Covenants and Restrictions)

         This Reciprocal Operating Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into
by and between CAMPR PARTNERS, LTD., a Texas limited partnership (hereinafter
referred to as "North Site Owner"); and WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., a Colorado
corporation (hereinafter referred to as "South Site Owner").

         WHEREAS, North Site Owner is the owner of a certain tract of land
located in the City of Santa Fe, Santa Fe County, New Mexico, more fully
described on Exhibit "A" attached hereto (the "North Site");

         WHEREAS, South Site Owner is the owner of a certain tract of land
located in the City of Santa Fe, Santa Fe County, New Mexico, more particularly
described on Exhibit "B" attached hereto (the "South Site");

         WHEREAS, the North Site and South Site are adjacent to each other and
the North Site and South Site Owners desire to grant to each other reciprocal
and mutual rights of access for ingress, egress and parking on certain portions
of their respective tracts and desire to set out certain terms, conditions and
restrictions controlling the development and use of such tracts;

         NOW, THEREFORE, North Site Owner and South Site Owner hereby adopt and
establish the following covenants and easements, which shall be applicable to
the North Site and South Site (the North Site and South Site are collectively
hereinafter referred to as the "Property"), and such parties hereby agree and
declare that the Property shall be held, transferred, improved, sold, conveyed,
used and occupied subject to the easements and restrictions described herein
which shall be (i) covenants running with and binding the Property and (ii)
binding upon and enforceable against the North Site Owner and the South Site
Owner and their respective successors and assigns, including, without
limitation, any and all subsequent owners of the Property or any portions
thereof (all such parties and their respective successors and assigns are
hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Owners" and individually referred
to as "Owner") and each and all individuals and entities by the acceptance of
title to any portion of the Property shall thereby agree and covenant to abide
by and perform the provisions and agreements contained herein.

         1.      SITE PLAN. Attached to this Agreement as Exhibit "C" is a
site plan (herein the "Site Plan") which illustrates the proposed future
improvements to the North Site and the existing and proposed improvements to
the South Site.
<PAGE>   42
         2.      NORTH SITE CONSTRUCTION. North Site Owner Agrees that the
North Site will be developed in substantial accordance with the Site Plan.

         3.      SOUTH SITE CONSTRUCTION. South Site Owner agrees that the
South Site will be developed in substantial accordance with the Site Plan.

         4.      CONSTRUCTION OF SITE IMPROVEMENTS.

                                  [RESERVED].
         
         5.      GRANTS BY NORTH SITE OWNER. To be effective following
completion of the Site Improvements for the North Site, North Site owner hereby
grants, sells and conveys to the South Site Owner the free, continuous,
uninterrupted, nonexclusive use, right, liberty, privilege, license and
easement appurtenant to the South Site for ingress and egress of vehicular and
pedestrian traffic and parking (subject to the limitations of Paragraph 7.3) in
and on the roadways, parking areas, sidewalks, and entrances of the North Site
Shown on the Site Plan (herein the "North Site Easement").

         6.      GRANT BY SOUTH SITE OWNER. To be effective following
completion of the Site Improvements for the South Site, the South Site Owner
does hereby grant, sell and convey to the North Site owner the free,
continuous, uninterrupted, nonexclusive use, right, liberty, privilege, license
and easement appurtenant to the North Site for ingress and egress of vehicular
and pedestrian traffic and parking (subject to the limitations of Paragraph
7.3) in and on the roadways, parking areas, sidewalks and entrances of the
South Site shown on the Site Plan (herein the "South Site Easement").

         7.      FURTHER AGREEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO EASEMENTS.  Each Owner, on 
behalf of itself and its successors and assigns, agrees as follows:

                 7.1      NO BARRIERS OR INTERFERENCE.  No owner shall 
construct or place any fences, barriers or other obstacles which would prevent
or obstruct the passage of pedestrian or vehicular travel for the purposes
herein permitted within or across the North Site or South Site Easements
(collectively the "Easements") provided, however, the foregoing provisions
shall not prohibit a barricade erected and reasonably necessary in connection
with the construction, reconstruction, repair or maintenance of the Easements
or any buildings or other improvements (all such work to be conducted in the
most expeditious manner reasonably possible to minimize the interference with
use of the Easements and with all such work to be diligently prosecuted to
completion).

                 7.2      USE OF EASEMENTS.   Subject to the parking limitations
of Paragraph 7.3, any Owner of the Property or any

                                       2
<PAGE>   43
portion thereof may authorize its tenants and invitees (including, without
limitation, employees, customers, agents and invitees of such tenants) to use
the Easements herein granted to such Owner, and neither such Owner nor said
tenants and invitees shall be charged any fee for the use of such Easements.
The Easements and rights herein conveyed are private easements and are not for
the use or benefit of the general public.   Nothing herein contained shall be 
construed or deemed to be a dedication of any easements to, or for the use of, 
the general public.

                 7.3.     Limitations on Parking, Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, no Owner shall be entitled to rely upon the parking
area located upon the other Owner(s) property for the purpose of meeting any
minimum parking requirements of applicable governmental authorities. Owners
mutually agree to use their best efforts to ensure that their respective
employees and employees of their tenants do not park on the Property.

                 7.4      Maintenance of Easements. All Owners shall maintain
the Easements on their respective tracts in good condition and repair, to
include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following:

                          (i)      Maintaining the surface in a level, smooth,
evenly-covered condition with the type of surfacing material originally
installed or such substitute as shall in all respects be equal in quality, use
and durability, it being agreed that any and all paved area must be constructed
of hard surface material of an asphaltic concrete or concrete-wearing surface
in accordance with good engineering practices and in a good and workmanlike
manner;

                          (ii)     Removing all papers, debris, filth and 
refuse and thoroughly sweeping the area to the extent reasonably necessary to 
keep the Easements in a clean and orderly condition;

                          (iii)    Placing, keeping in repair, and replacing any
necessary and appropriate directional signs, markers and lines as required by
any governmental entity or agency having jurisdiction over the Easements or any
portion thereof; and,

                          (iv)     Operating, keeping in repair and replacing, 
when necessary, such artificial lighting facilities as shall be reasonably 
required by any governmental entity or agency having jurisdiction over the 
Easements or any portion thereof.

                 7.5      Condemnation. Nothing contained herein shall be
construed to give any owner any interest in any award or payment made to any
other owner in connection with any exercise of eminent domain or transfer in
lieu thereof affecting said other Owner's portion of an Easement or the
Property or give the public (including any tenants or invitees of any Owner)
or any governmental entity any rights in the Easements or any portion




                                       3
<PAGE>   44
thereof, it being agreed that in the event of any such exercise of eminent
domain or transfer in lieu thereof by any Owner of the Easement with respect to
the portion of the Property owned by such Owner, that the award attributable to
the land and improvements of such affected portion shall be payable only to the
fee owner thereof and no claim thereon shall be made by any other owner of any
other portion of the Property; provided further, however, that all such other
Owners may file collateral claims with the condemning authority over and above
the value of the land area and improvements so taken. It is further agreed that
the fee Owner of each portion of the Property so condemned shall promptly
repair and restore (if such repair and restoration shall be reasonable under
the circumstances) the remaining portion of the Easement so owned by said Owner
as nearly as practicable to the same condition immediately prior to such
condemnation or transfer.

         8.      LIMITATIONS ON USE. During the term of this Agreement the uses
permitted on the North Site and the South Site shall be limited as follows:

                 8.1      RESTRICTIONS ON SOUTH SITE. No portion of the South
Site shall be used for (a) purposes of a cocktail lounge (provided, however,
that this shall not preclude a cocktail lounge operated in conjunction and as a
part of a restaurant), bar, disco, bowling alley, pool hall, billiard parlor,
skating rink, roller rink, amusement arcade, adult book store, adult theater,
adult amusement facility, or any facility selling or displaying pornographic
materials or having such displays, secondhand store, auction house, flea
market or any use which creates a nuisance (hereinafter the "Prohibited Uses")
or (b) the operation of a drug store or a socalled prescription pharmacy or for
any purpose requiring a qualified pharmacist or other person authorized by law
to dispense medicinal drugs, directly or indirectly, for a fee or a
remuneration of any kind (hereinafter a "Drug Store Operation") (provided,
however, that this restriction shall not prohibit or restrict in any way the
sale of medicinal herbs or vitamins).

                 8.2      RESTRICTIONS OF NORTH SITE. No portion of the North
Site shall be used for (a) any of the Prohibited Uses or (b) the operation of a
grocery store or health food store or any other business that derives more than
fifty percent (50%) of its gross revenues from the sale of produce, meat, or
vitamins (hereinafter a "Food Store Operation").

         9.      ENFORCEMENT. The hereinabove stated covenants and easements
shall inure to the benefit of, be binding upon and be enforceable (specifically
including, but not limited to, the remedy of injunctive relief in the event of
breach of said covenants) by all Owners of the Property or any part thereof and
their respective successors and assigns (including specifically mortgagee's and
purchasers at any foreclosure sale or by deed in lieu thereof), except as
otherwise provided. If during the existence of this




                                       4
<PAGE>   45
Agreement any Owner shall sell or transfer or otherwise terminate its interest
as owner of such Property, then from and after the effective date of such sale,
transfer, or termination of interest, such party shall be released and
discharged from any and all obligations, responsibilities and liabilities under
this Agreement as to the parts sold or transferred, except those obligations,
responsibilities and liabilities (if any) which have already accrued as of such
date, and any such transferee by the acceptance of the transfer of such
interest shall thereupon become subject to the covenants contained herein to
the same extent as if such transferee were originally a party hereto. No breach
of this Agreement shall entitle any Owner to cancel, rescind or otherwise 
terminate this Agreement; provided, however, such limitation shall not affect 
in any manner any of the rights or remedies which any owner may have hereunder 
by reason of such breach.

         10.     ARBITRATION. Any controversy or claim between or among the
Owners relating to this Agreement, shall be determined by arbitration in
accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration
Association ("AAA"). All statutes of limitations or any waivers contained 
herein which would otherwise be applicable shall apply to any arbitration
proceeding. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having
jurisdiction.  If such controversy or claim is not submitted to arbitration as
provided above, but becomes the subject of a judicial action, any party may
elect to have all decisions of fact and law determined by a referee in
accordance with applicable state law. If such an election is made, the parties
shall designate to the court a referee or referees selected under the auspices
of the AAA in the same manner as arbitrators are selected in AAA-sponsored
proceedings. The referee, or presiding referee of the panel, shall be an active
attorney or retired judge. Judgment upon the award rendered shall be entered in
the court in which such proceeding was commenced. Notwithstanding anything in
this Paragraph 10 to the contrary, no provision of, or the exercise of any
rights hereunder shall limit the right of any Owner to exercise any ancillary
remedies such as injunctive relief before, during or after the pendency of any
arbitration. The institution and maintenance of an action for judicial relief
or pursuit of any ancillary remedies shall not constitute a waiver of the right
of any party, including the plaintiff, to submit the controversy or claim to
arbitration.
        
         11.     MODIFICATION. The provisions of this Agreement may be modified
from time to time or terminated at any time by the written agreement of all of
the Owners of the Property. No consent to the modification, from time to time,
or termination of any or all of the provisions of this Agreement shall ever be
required from any persons other than the Owners of said Property, and their
respective mortgagees then holding a mortgage or deed of trust lien on such
Owner's portion of the Property.  No consent shall be required of any tenant as
to any portion of the Property, nor from any customer, employee, agent or
invitee of any such tenants nor




                                       5
<PAGE>   46
shall any such tenant, customer, employee, agent or invitee have any right to
enforce any provision of this Agreement or any modification thereof.

         12.     TERM. The easements, restrictions, rights, terms and
provisions of this Agreement shall run with the land and bind the Owners for a
period of fifty (50) years from the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the restrictions against a Drug Store Operation on South Site as provided in
Paragraph 8.1 hereof shall terminate sooner if at any time following three (3)
years after the date hereof, a Drug Store Operation is not conducted on the
North Site for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months, and provided further
that the restrictions against a Food Store Operation on the North Site shall
terminate sooner if at any time following three (3) years from the date hereof,
a Food Store Operation is not conducted on the South Site for a period of
twelve (12) consecutive months.

         13.     TAXES. Each of the Owners shall, with regard to their
respective interest in the Property, pay or cause to be paid, prior to
delinquency, all real property taxes and assessments which are levied against
that part of the Property owned by it.

         14.     ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Each Owner agrees to furnish a written
statement to the other or the other's prospective or existing mortgagee,
purchaser or tenant, within fifteen (15) days of any written request therefor
stating that: (a) this Agreement is then in effect (if true); (b) this
Agreement has not been modified except as specifically stated; (c) the other
Owners are not in default (or specifically state any defaults); and (d) such
other information reasonably requested relating to the status of this
Agreement. Failure to provide such a statement within said period shall be
deemed to establish the items referenced in subparagraphs (a)-(c) above.

         15.     GENERAL PROVISIONS.

                 15.1     ENTIRE UNDERSTANDING. This Agreement embodies the
entire understanding and agreement between the parties concerning the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, understandings,
or agreements in regard thereto. Any amendments, variations, or changes may be
effective only if approved in the manner set forth herein.

                 15.2     COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in
multiple counterpart copies, each of which will be considered an original and
all of which constitute one and the same instrument.

                 15.3     CAPTIONS. The headings in this Agreement are solely
for convenience and will not be relied upon in construing any




                                       6
<PAGE>   47
provisions hereof, nor are they in any way intended to describe, interpret,
define, or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Agreement or any
provision hereof.

                 15.4     GENDER AND INTERPRETATION.  Use of any gender in this
Agreement will be deemed to include all genders when appropriate, and use of 
the singular will be deemed to include the plural when appropriate, and vice 
versa in each instance.

                 15.5     NO PARTNERSHIP. None of the terms or provisions of
this Agreement shall be deemed to create a partnership between or among the
parties in their respective businesses or otherwise, nor shall it cause them to
be considered as joint venturers or members of joint enterprises. This
Agreement is not intended nor shall it be construed to create any third-party
beneficiary rights to, or in favor of, any person or entity who is not a party
hereto unless otherwise expressly provided herein.

                 15.6     APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement has been executed and
delivered in the State of New Mexico and will be construed and interpreted
according to the laws of New Mexico. Venue for all purposes shall be proper in 
Santa Fe County, New Mexico.

                 15.7     NOTICES. Any notice, request, or demand required or
permitted under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given or made
if delivered in person or by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid, to the addresses below set forth, or such other
address as the parties may designate to each other in the foregoing manner. All
notices shall be deemed effective upon receipt, provided, any notice given by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed
received on the day first presented by the postal authorities for receipt.

                 15.8     SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement are
intended to be severable.  If any provision hereof shall be invalid, illegal, 
or unenforceable, the other provisions hereof shall in no way be impaired 
thereby.

                 15.9     EXHIBITS. The following exhibits are attached hereto
and are incorporated in this Agreement and made a part hereof by reference:

                          Exhibit A -- Legal Description of North Site
                          Exhibit B -- Legal Description of South Site
                          Exhibit C -- Site Plans
                         
                 15.10    WAIVER. Any past waiver as to any of the terms or
conditions of this Agreement shall not operate as a future waiver
of the same terms and conditions or prevent the future enforcement
of any of the terms and conditions hereof.




                                       7
<PAGE>   48
                 15.11    ATTORNEY'S FEES. Should any litigation or arbitration
be commenced between the Owners arising out of this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby, the party prevailing in such litigation or
arbitration shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be
granted, to a reasonable sum for its attorney's fees in such litigation or
arbitration.

                 15.12    TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence in this
Agreement. In the event the date for performance of any obligation hereunder
shall fall on a weekend or any legal holiday, then that obligation shall be
performable on the next following regular business day.



                                    NORTH SITE OWNER:

                                    CAMPR PARTNERS, LTD.

                                    By: SANDERS PARTNERS INCORPORATED,
                                    Its: General Partner

                                        By:
                                           ------------------------------
                                        Its:
                                            -----------------------------

                                    Address:   1790 Commerce Park Drive
                                               El Paso, Texas 79912
                                               Attn: Barry Kobren


                                    SOUTH SITE OWNER:

                                    WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.

                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------
                                    Its:
                                        -----------------------------

                                    Address:   1668 Valtec Lane
                                               Boulder, Colorado 80307
                                               Attn: Michael Gilliland


                                       8
<PAGE>   49





STATE OF               )
        ---------------
COUNTY OF              )
         -------------
                       )

                 This instrument was acknowledged before me on this ______ day 
of _________________, 1992, by ________________, President of Sanders Partners, 
Incorporated, General Partner of CAMPR PARTNERS, LTD., a Texas limited 
partnership on behalf of said limited partnership.

Notary's Official Seal:
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                     NOTARY PUBLIC IN AND FOR
                                                        THE STATE OF
                                                                    -----------
STATE OF               )
        ---------------
COUNTY OF              )
         -------------
                       )

                 This instrument was acknowledged before me on this ____ day of
______________, 1992, by _________________, President of Wild Oats Markets, 
Inc., a Colorado Corportion, on behalf of said corporation.

Notary's Official Seal:
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                     NOTARY PUBLIC IN AND FOR
                                                        THE STATE OF
                                                                    -----------


                                       9

<PAGE>   1

                      SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
                      DATED JULY 31, 1990, BY AND BETWEEN
                       MARIANNA PARTNERS LIMITED AND WILD
                         OATS MARKET OF SANTA FE, INC.

         This Second Amendment to Lease Agreement (this "Amendment") is made
effective as of February 2, 1995

         WHEREAS, Marianna Partners Limited, a New Mexico limited partnership,
and Wild Oats Market of Santa Fe, Inc., a Colorado corporation, executed that
certain Lease Agreement dated July 31, 1990 (the "Lease" pertaining to certain
real property and improvements located within the City of Santa Fe, Santa Fe
County, New Mexico; and

         WHEREAS, CAMPR Partners, Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "CAMPR" or
"Landlord") the successor by merger to Marianna Partners Limited (hereinafter
referred to as "Landlord") and Wild Oats Markets, Inc., a Colorado corporation
(hereinafter referred to as "Wild Oats" or "Tenant"), is the successor by
merger to Wild Oats Market of Santa Fe, Inc., executed that certain first
Amendment to Lease Agreement dated August 1, 1992; and

         WHEREAS, Tenant hereby desires to construct, at Tenant's sole cost and
expense, an addition to the front of the Building in the Original Premises
(hereinafter "Expansion Space"), all as more particularly described on Exhibit
E-1, a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein; and

         WHEREAS, in conjunction with said proposed expansion by Tenant and as
consideration for Landlord's approval of such proposed expansion, the parties
agree to amend the Lease as hereinafter set forth.

         NOW THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

1.       The following sentence is added to the end of Section 1.02 of the
         Lease:

         "(f)"Expansion Space" means that space described on Exhibit E-1
         attached hereto and incorporated herein."

2.       Section 2.02 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and the following
         provision is substituted therefor:

         "Section 2.02. Term. The term of this Lease as it pertains to the
         Original Premises, the Additional Land and the Expansion Space shall
         run for thirteen (13) years from and after the first day of the month
         following the Site Improvement Completion Date (as defined in Section
         16.17 hereof)."
<PAGE>   2
3.       The parties agree that the Site Improvement Completion Date occured on
         April 1, 1993.

4.       Section 16.19 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety.

5.       Section 16.20 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety.

6.       Section 2.03 of the Lease is hereby amended by deleting the first
         sentence thereof and substituting the following: "Provided that Tenant
         is not in default in respect to any provision of this lease, Tenant
         shall have the right to extend the term of this Lease for twelve (12)
         additional periods of five (5) years each, provided, however, that
         written notice is given to Landlord of such intention to extend the
         Lease six (6) months prior to the applicable expiration date."

7.       Section 4.03 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety.

8.       The parties acknowledge that Subsection 16.17(b) of the Lease has been
         fully performed and that both parties have complied with their
         obligations thereunder.

9.       Pursuant to Subsection 16.17(e)(i), Landlord hereby grants approval of
         the plans, drawings and related documents related to the Expansion
         Space indentified as pages 1 through 13 of drawings prepared by De la
         torre Rainhart P.A. Architects dated November 10, 1994. Pursuant to
         Subsection 16.17(e)(ii), Landlord recognizes that Tenant has not
         obtained any of the reports listed in the subsection.

10.      The parties hereby ratify and confirm that the Lease and First
         Amendment are in full force and effect and are modified only as
         specifically set forth in this Second Amendment.

                                          CAMPR PARTNERS, LTD,
                                         
                                          By:  Sanders Partners Incorporated,
                                               Its: General Partner
                                         
                                          By:      /s/ OFFICER OF SANDERS
                                                       PARTNERS INCORPORATED
                                             -------------------------------
                                          Title:   Vice President
                                                ----------------------------
                                         
                                          Date:    02/02/95
                                               -----------------------------
<PAGE>   3
                                          WILD OATS MARKETS, INC, 
                                          SUCCESSOR BY MERGER TO WILD OATS 
                                          MARKET OF SANTA FE, INC.

                                          By:     MICHAEL C. GILLILAND
                                             -------------------------------
                                          Title:  VICE PRESIDENT
                                                ----------------------------
                                          Date:   02/02/95
                                               -----------------------------

Consent of Guarantors - The undersigned Guarantors hereby acknowledge and
consent to this Amendment and agree that the guarantee of the Lease, as amended
by the First Amendment and this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect
and are hereby ratified and confirmed.


                                          /s/ MICHAEL GILLILAND
                                          ----------------------------------
                                              Michael Gilliland


                                          /s/ ELIZABETH COOK
                                          ----------------------------------
                                              Elizabeth Cook






<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 12.33


                                 LEASE OVERVIEW
                                 SANTA FE STORE


                        Location:  Don Diego Avenue & Cordova Road
                            Size:  20,000 square feet
                          Tenant:  Alfalfa's Santa Fe Inc.
                      Lease Type:  Triple Net
                       Guarantor:  Alfalfa's Inc.
                      Lease Date:  December 16, 1994
               Commencement Date:  February 1, 1995
                                  
                            Term:  10 years
                 Renewal Options:  Two (2) five (5) year options
                                  
               Current Base Rent:         $18,152.75
             Current CAM Charges:  Taxes      372.72
                                   Insurance  489.25
                                  
                Annual Base Rent:  $217,833.00
                                   $10.89 per foot per year
                                  
                     Escalations:  CPI beginning after second year
                                  
                 Percentage Rent:  1 1/2% over $10,000,000
                Security Deposit:  $18,152.75
                                  
             "Kick-Out" Provision  Three (3) years, $100,000 per week




<PAGE>   2


                     [FIRST INTERSTATE BANK LETTERHEAD]


                      USPS Certified Mail # P 176 059 896


October 14, 1994

S.M. Hassan, President
Alfalfa's Inc., Corporate
1645 Broadway
Boulder, CO 80302

RE: Lease Agreement
    Don Diego & Cordova, Santa Fe, New Mexico

Dear Hass:

The lease agreement for the above property says that the Landlord shall give
Tenant written notice of the commencement date of the lease not less than
ninety (90) days in advance of such commencement date. This letter shall serve
as notice that the Landlord will be able to deliver possession of the leased
Premises on February 1, 1995.

Please call me if you have any questions. Thank you for your consideration.

Sincerely,



/s/ DAVID B. LLOYD
- ----------------------------
David B. Lloyd
CFP & Trust Officer

DBL:pm


<PAGE>   3



                     [FIRST INTERSTATE BANK LETTERHEAD]


                   Airborne Express Airbill No. SAF2825874811


June 29, 1994



Bruce James, Esq.
Brownstein Hyatt Farber & Strickland, P.C.
Twenty-Second Floor 410 Seventeenth Street
Denver, CO 80202-4487

Dear Mr. James:

Enclosed are two executed copies of the Lease Guaranty between First
Interstate Bank of New Mexico, N.A. Trustee and Alfalfa's Inc. and Lease
Agreement between First Interstate Bank of New Mexico, N.A. Trustee and
Alfalfa's Santa Fe, Inc. I have kept two original copies of each document.
Please notify Alfalfa's that the agreements have been signed and have the
security deposit in the amount of $18,152.75 and first month's rent in the
amount of $18,152.75 mailed to First Interstate Bank of New Mexico, N.A.
Trustee.

Let me know if you have any questions. Thank you for your consideration.

Sincerely,



/S/ DAVID B. LLOYD
- --------------------------------
AVP & Trust Officer


enclosures as stated

cc: Joseph A. Sommer, Esq. (w/ photocopy of enclosure)        NS1[1830] Rent
    Lynda Haran (w/ photocopy of enclosures

DBL:pm


<PAGE>   4

                                LEASE AGREEMENT

This Lease Agreement made and entered into as of the 29 day of June, 1994, by
and between FIRST INTERSTATE BANK OF NEW MEXICO, N.A., AS TRUSTEE OF THE JOSEPH
M. MONTOYA TRUST, THE PATRICK J. MONTOYA TRUST, AND THE LYNDA M. HARAN TRUST,
P.0. Box 969, Santa Fe, New Mexico 87504-0969 (herein "Landlord") and ALFALFA'S
SANTA FE, INC., a Colorado corporation, 1645 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado 80302
(herein "Tenant"), for, and in consideration of, the mutual covenants herein
contained the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.       DEMISE OF PREMISES. Landlord does demise unto Tenant in consideration
of the covenants hereinafter contained, the following described premises (the
"Premises"):

         Improvements and land located at the northwest corner of the
         intersection of Don Diego Avenue and Cordova Road in Santa Fe, New
         Mexico, and as more particularly described on Exhibit "A" attached
         hereto and made a part hereof.
        
2.       TERM OF LEASE. The initial term of the Lease shall be ten (10) years.
The initial term shall commence not sooner than 16 December 1994, nor later
than 16 March 1995, the exact date of which commencement (the "Commencement
Date") shall be determined by Landlord, based upon the date within which period
Landlord is able to deliver possession of the leased Premises, free and clear
of all leases and tenancies, in the condition required by this Lease. Landlord
shall give Tenant written notice of such date not less than ninety (90) days in
advance of such commencement date. The initial term is subject to tenant's
right to terminate, as described in paragraph 32 below, and may be renewed in
accordance with paragraph 14 below.

3.       RENT, ADJUSTMENTS, AND SECURITY. Tenant does hereby covenant and agree
to pay as rent in advance for said Premises, without notice of demand, the sum
of Eighteen Thousand One Hundred Fifty-Two and 75/100 Dollars ($18,152.75) per
month on the first day of each rental month, which shall constitute the monthly
rental payments for the first two years, except that the rent for the first
month of the lease term shall be pro-rated so rent shall be paid from the
Commencement Date until the end of the month in which the Commencement Date
occurs. All references herein to a lease year shall refer to a calendar year
commencing on the first day of January following the Commencement Date;
provided, however, that (i) the period from the Commencement Date to the first
December 31 thereafter and (ii) the period from January 1 through the
Expiration Date occurring in such calendar year shall be considered as partial
lease years, and all payments and prorations shall be equitably adjusted on a
per diem basis during each partial lease year. Beginning in the third year of
the lease term, and for each year thereafter, including any renewal periods, if
exercised, the rent shall be adjusted as follows:

         a.       The rent shall be adjusted for each lease year after 1996, 
         and Tenant shall upon such adjustment pay the adjusted amount as the
         rent. The rent, as adjusted, shall equal (a) the dollar amount
         specified in paragraph 3, plus (b) an amount equal to the product of
         (i) the rent in effect during the preceding lease year, multiplied by
        

<PAGE>   5
         (ii) a fraction, the denominator of which shall be the Consumer Price
         Index published for the calendar month immediately preceding the
         commencement of such preceding lease year (the "Initial Index") and the
         numerator of which is the difference between the Consumer Price Index
         for the calendar month preceding the commencement of the subsequent
         lease year and the Initial Index (provided that such fraction shall not
         in any event result in a decrease in rent). The Consumer Price Index
         shall mean the Consumer Price Index Seasonally Adjusted U.S. City
         Average For All Items For All Urban Consumers (1982=100), Region 6,
         Southwest Statistical Summary, published by the Bureau of Labor
         Statistics of the United States Department of Labor provided, however,
         that if the Consumer Price Index is not so published for such calendar
         month, then the Consumer Price Index for the most recent calendar month
         or other period for which it is so published shall be used and further
         provided, however, that if the Consumer Price Index hereafter uses a
         different standard reference base or is otherwise revised, an
         adjustment shall be made therein for purposes of the provisions of this
         Lease, using such conversion factor, formula, or table for making such
         adjustments as is published by such Bureau, or if such Bureau does not
         publish the same, then as published by Prentice-Hall, Inc., the Bureau
         of National Affairs, Commerce Clearing House, or any other nationally
         recognized publisher of similar statistical information, as reasonably
         selected by Landlord.

         b.       Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 3(a), in no event
         shall the Basic Rental payable for any month be less than the Basic
         Rental.

         c.       Monthly rent shall be increased to include one-twelfth (1/12)
         of the taxes and insurance on the Premises in such amounts and covering
         such perils required by this Lease, based on amounts paid for the
         previous year, with adjustments after the end of each calendar year
         throughout the term of the Lease, once new figures are available.

         d.       In addition to the fixed minimum rent, as adjusted from time
         to time, Tenant shall pay Landlord a percentage rent equal to one and
         one-half percent (1-1/2%) of the gross sales (as hereafter defined)
         made from the Premises over $10,000,000.00 per annum (the
         "Breakpoint"). The foregoing Breakpoint shall be adjusted on a pro rata
         basis for any partial or fractional calendar year occurring during the
         term of this Lease.

         e.       Annual percentage rent will be payable cumulatively on an
         annual basis without any prior demand for payment, and without any set
         off or deduction, except as set forth herein. Percentage rent with
         respect to each year (or fraction of a lease year) will be paid on or
         before the sixtieth (60th) day of the next succeeding year.
        
         f.       Within sixty (60) days after the end of each lease year,
         Tenant shall determine the aggregate gross sales of Tenant for that
         lease year (or fraction of the lease year) and report to Landlord as
         provided in paragraph 6 below.
        
                                       2

<PAGE>   6
4.       GROSS SALES DEFINED. The term "gross sales" means all receipts,
revenue, and sales derived from all businesses conducted upon, or from, the
Premises by Tenant and all licensees, concessionaires, and sublessees of
Tenant, or through the filling of mail or telephone orders received at the
Premises or solicited through catalogs, advertisements, or other literature
mailed from the Premises, whether the orders are filled from the Premises or
elsewhere, whether the receipts, revenue, and sales are evidenced by check,
credit, charge account, exchange, or otherwise, and whether the sales are made
by means of merchandise-vending devices on or adjacent to the Premises and will
include the amounts received from the sale or lease of goods, wares, and
merchandise and for services performed on, at, or from the Premises. Each
credit card charge or installment sale or sale on credit will be treated as a
full price cash sale in the month during which the charge, installment, or
credit sale is made.

5.       DEDUCTIONS; EXCLUSIONS. The sales price of merchandise returned by
customers for refund shall be deducted from gross sales, provided that the
sales price of returned merchandise was previously included in gross sales.
Gross sales will not include the amount of any gross receipts, sales, or use
tax imposed by any federal, state, municipal, or governmental authority
directly on sales and collected from customers, provided that the amount of the
tax is added to the selling price or absorbed in the selling price and paid by
Tenant to governmental authority. Franchise or capital stock taxes, license
fees, income, or similar taxes based upon gross receipts or profits or other
similar fees or taxes will never be deducted from gross sales. Gross sales will
not include the sale of merchandise for which a gift certificate is redeemed,
provided that the initial sale of the gift certificate will have been
previously included in gross sales and sales for which a credit card charge or
checks are included in gross sales initially, but which are thereafter
dishonored. Gross sales shall also not include (a) sales to employees at a
discount, (b) credit or finance charges, (c) uncollectible accounts, or (d) the
proceeds from the sale of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Tenant.

6.       REPORTS BY TENANT. Tenant will submit to Landlord, on or before the
sixtieth (60th) day after each year during the term of this Lease, and on or
before the sixtieth (60th) day following the last month (or fraction of the
last month) of the term of this Lease, at the place then fixed for the payment
of percentage rent (whether or not any percentage rent is then due), a written
statement signed and certified by Tenant to be true and correct, showing
accurately and in detail the amount of gross sales during the preceding year
(or fraction of year), together with a check for the amount of percentage rent
then due. Each statement will be in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.

7.       TENANT'S RECORDS. To ascertain the amount payable as percentage rent,
Tenant will prepare and keep available on the Premises, or at the principal
offices of Tenant in Denver, Colorado, for a period of not less than two (2)
years following the end of each calendar year, or portion of the calendar year,
adequate books, records, and accounts which will show inventories and receipts
or merchandise at the Premises, and daily receipts and credit sales (cash
register tapes) generated from all sales and other transactions made on or from
the Premises by Tenant and any other persons or entities conducting any
business upon or from

                                       3
<PAGE>   7
the Premises. Tenant will record, at the time of sale, in the presence of the
customer, all receipts from sales or other transactions, whether for cash or
credit.

8.       AUDIT. Landlord may cause, at any reasonable time, and during normal
business hours, upon thirty (30) days' prior written notice, an inspection or
partial or complete audit to be made of the entire business affairs and records
of Tenant (as described in paragraph 7 above) relating to the Premises for the
period or periods covered by any percentage rent statement issued by Tenant.
The inspection or audit may be performed by Landlord, or the employees or
designated agents of Landlord, including any accountant chosen by Landlord.
Tenant will promptly remit to Landlord any deficiency in percentage rentals
established by the inspection or audit, together with interest on the
deficiency at the rate of the prime rate announced from time to time by First
Interstate Bank of New Mexico, plus four percent (4%) per annum (the "Default
Rate"). In addition, if the inspection or audit discloses that actual gross
sales for the period in question exceeded those reported by Tenant by ten
percent (10%) or more, Tenant will also promptly reimburse Landlord for the
cost of the inspection or audit. If the inspection or audit discloses that
Tenant overstated the gross sales of Tenant, Landlord will promptly remit such
sum to Tenant. No more than one audit will be permitted within any twelve-
month period.

9.       ADDITIONAL RENT. The fixed minimum rent provided in this Lease will be
absolutely net to Landlord throughout the term of this Lease, except as
provided herein. All costs, expenses, and obligations of every kind relating to
the Premises which may arise or become due during the term of this Lease will
be paid by Tenant, including all maintenance and repair of the Premises, except
as provided herein. Tenant will pay as additional rent, without demand for
payment, except as provided herein, and without set off or deduction, the
expenses and charges described in paragraphs 3.a., 3.c., and 3.d. above.

10.      PAYMENT BY LANDLORD. If Tenant fails to timely pay any of the sums
described below that are due to third parties, or to perform any nonmonetary
obligations described below, Landlord may, after written notice to Tenant and
thirty (30) days to remedy the alleged failure, elect to pay the sums or
perform the obligations on behalf of Tenant and demand (and be entitled to
receive) reimbursement upon ten (10) days' notice from Tenant for the costs and
expenses so incurred, together with interest accruing at the Default Rate from
the date expended until repaid, in which event, the amount of the reimbursement
will be deemed to be additional rent as provided in this Lease.

11.      TAXES. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all taxes and assessments
levied against the Premises or personal property in the Premises during the
term of this Lease, as provided in paragraph 3.c. above.

12.      SECURITY DEPOSIT. As security, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the
following sums: At the time of executing this Lease, Tenant shall pay the sum
of Eighteen Thousand One Hundred Fifty-Two and 75/100 Dollars ($18,152.75),
which shall be credited against the first month's rent. As additional security,
Tenant agrees to deposit with Landlord the sum of Eighteen Thousand One Hundred
Fifty-Two and 75/100 Dollars ($18,152.75) as a security

                                       4
<PAGE>   8
deposit. If, at any time, Tenant should default before said monthly rental
payments become due and payable, Landlord may apply the security deposit to the
rental payments due, to the taxes due, to insurance due, or to maintain the
Premises for Tenant's benefit. If Landlord applies the security deposit to any
obligation of Tenant, then Tenant shall immediately upon demand replenish the
security deposit by the amount so expended by Landlord.

Any security deposit shall be held by Landlord without liability for interest
and as security for the performance by Tenant of Tenant's obligations under
this Lease, it being expressly understood that such deposit shall not be
considered an advance payment of rental or a measure of Landlord's damages in
case of default by Tenant. Upon the occurrence of any event of default by
Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy,
use such deposit to the extent necessary to make good any arrearages of rent
and any other damage, injury, expense or liability caused to Landlord by such
event of default.

13.      LATE PAYMENT PENALTY. If Tenant fails to pay the rental required
hereunder, or any part thereof, after the same shall become due, and said rent
remains due and unpaid for ten (10) days or more thereafter, then in addition
to the arrearage, all delinquent rent shall bear interest at the Default Rate
until paid. This late payment penalty is in addition to any other remedies
Landlord has under the terms of this Lease.

14.      RENEWAL OPTION. At Tenant's option, on or before twelve (12) months
preceding the expiration of the initial ten (10) year term, Tenant may exercise
an option to renew the lease for an additional five (5) years on the same terms
and conditions as contained in this Lease, including the rent escalator
described in paragraph 3.a. above. Such option to renew shall be exercised by
Tenant giving to Landlord at its address shown above or such other address as
Landlord shall give to Tenant in writing, a written notice of such exercise not
less than twelve (12) months before the expiration of the initial ten (10) year
term. At Tenant's option, on or before twelve (12) months preceding the
expiration of the first extension term, if exercised, Tenant may exercise a
second option to renew the lease for an additional five (5) years on the same
terms and conditions, including the rent escalator described in paragraph 3.a.
above, excluding any further options. Such second option to renew shall be
exercised by Tenant giving to Landlord at its address shown above or such other
address as Landlord shall give to Tenant in writing, a written notice of such
exercise not less than twelve (12) months before the expiration of the first
renewal term.

The two options to renew are subject to the following: Eleven months before the
beginning of the renewal term, if there is no Event of default by the Tenant
and Tenant has given written notice of the exercise of its option, the parties
shall mutually select, and at Tenant's expense (not to exceed $2,500.00),
employ an impartial and qualified building inspector who will inspect and
determine whether the condition of the Premises is in compliance with Paragraph
17 of this Lease. Such inspector shall render a written report of the foregoing
to Landlord and Tenant not less than nine (9) months before the commencement of
the renewal term. Upon receipt by Tenant of such report, Tenant as a condition
to the commencement of the renewal term, and within thirty days after the
receipt of the report,

                                       5
<PAGE>   9
shall (a) notify Landlord in writing that Tenant will complete the repairs or
replacements, as specified in the report, and (b) diligently and at once
proceed to complete, and actually complete, all such repairs or replacements on
or before the commencement of the renewal term. If the foregoing conditions are
not fulfilled, then the renewal term shall not commence.

15.      REMODELING. Tenant shall complete all renovations, alterations, or
improvements to the Premises to bring the Premises up to the high standards of
other Alfalfa's stores pursuant to the conceptual plans approved by Landlord
and attached hereto as Exhibit B. Completion of such improvements and the
opening to the public for business shall be as soon as possible after the
commencement date of the Lease, but in any event, shall be not later than six
(6) months after commencement of the initial term of the Lease, subject to
events beyond Tenant's control and any delays caused by Landlord. Tenant shall
provide complete and final architectural drawings to Landlord for its review
thirty (30) days in advance of any proposed remodeling. Tenant will obtain
Landlord's written approval prior to making such changes, which approval or
nonapproval shall be given within fifteen (15) days of Tenant's request
therefor. Landlord shall have the right to disapprove the proposed renovations
only if they will cause a building or fire code violation or adversely affect
the structural integrity of the building, or, in the instance of the initial
renovations, alterations, or improvements, a substantial change between Exhibit
B and the complete and final architectural drawings.

All renovations must be completed in with no liens attaching to the Premises;
however, if any liens are filed, Tenant, within twenty (20) days after
receiving notice of any mechanics lien for material or work claimed to have
been furnished to the Premises on Tenant's behalf and at Tenant's request,
shall discharge the lien, or post a bond equal to the amount of the disputed
claim plus costs and attorney's fees as provided by law. If Tenant posts a
bond, Tenant shall contest the validity of the lien. Tenant shall indemnify,
defend, and hold Landlord harmless from losses incurred from these lien(s). If
Tenant fails to post a bond or discharge the lien, Landlord shall have the
right on Tenant's behalf to discharge the lien or post the bond, and Tenant
shall be liable to Landlord for any amounts paid by Landlord together with
interest at the Default Rate from the date expended until repaid.

16.      USE OF PREMISES. Tenant agrees to open its business at the Building
for a grocery store under the trade name of "Alfalfa's," and shall have the
right to use the Premises for any other retail uses as may be, from time to
time, found in other Alfalfa's stores, so long as the use is in compliance with
all governmental authorities' requirements. In addition, Tenant may use the
Premises for any other lawful purpose, with the prior written consent of
Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, so long as such use is
in compliance with governmental authorities' requirements. Tenant shall not use
the Premises for personal habitation or any unlawful purpose. Tenant will
conform to and comply with all applicable municipal, state, and federal
ordinances, laws, rules, and regulations in using said Premises. Tenant shall
have no obligation to continuously operate the business in the Building.

                                       6

<PAGE>   10
17.      CONDITION OF PREMISES AND REPAIRS. Tenant shall deliver the Premises
to Landlord in broom cleaned condition and Tenant stipulates and agrees that it
has examined the said Premises prior to the execution hereof, knows the
condition thereof, and acknowledges that it is accepting the Premises in "AS
IS" condition with no warranties or representations from Landlord, except as
provided in paragraph 35 below, and, at the expiration of the term of this
Lease, or any renewal or extension thereof, Tenant will yield up peaceably said
Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition, loss by fire or inevitable
accident, damage by the elements, and reasonable use and wear excepted; that
Tenant will keep the Premises, including glass windows and the exterior of the
Premises, the parking lots, and landscaping in good order and repair during the
term of this Lease, and during any extension or renewal thereof, at Tenant's
own expense, and Tenant will repair and replace promptly any and all damage,
including damage to glass, that may occur from time to time; and that, if Tenant
fails to make such repairs and replacements promptly, or, if such repairs and
replacements have not been made within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of
damage, Landlord may, at Landlord's option, upon not less than thirty (30)
days' written notice to Tenant, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant
hereby agrees and covenants to repay the cost thereof to Landlord on demand,
with interest on such amount accruing at the Default Rate from the date
expended until paid to Landlord. Tenant at its expense shall repair and shall
maintain the exterior of the leased Premises, including asphalt paving, roof,
outer walls, heating and cooling units, and foundations. Tenant shall stripe
and clean the parking areas as needed and required. In consideration of Tenant's
agreement to keep the premises in good repair, Landlord agrees that Tenant
shall have the sole and exclusive right to make alterations, improvements, or
changes to the Premises, subject to Landlord's approval, when required herein.

18.      LIABILITY OF LANDLORD. Landlord shall not be liable for any damage to
persons or property arising from any cause whatsoever, other than the
negligence or misconduct of Landlord or its agents or representatives, which
shall occur in any manner in or about the said premises, and Tenant hereby
agrees to indemnify and to save harmless Landlord from any and all claims and
liability for damage to persons or property arising from any cause whatsoever,
except as provided above, which shall occur in any manner in or about the said
premises. Further, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage to the said
Premises, or to any part thereof, or to any property or effects therein or
thereon, caused by leakage from the roof of said Premises or by bursting,
leakage, or overflowing of any waste pipes, water pipes, tanks, drains, or
stationary washstands or by reason of any damage whatsoever caused by water
from any source whatsoever. Tenant hereby agrees and covenants to indemnify and
save harmless Landlord from any and all claims and liability for any damage to
the said demised Premises, or to any part thereof, or to any property or
effects therein or thereon, except as provided herein.
                                
19.      ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS. Tenant shall not make, or
suffer or permit to be made, any alterations, additions, or improvements
whatsoever in or about the said demised Premises, which cost in excess of
$25,000.00, or affect the structure of the improvements, without first
obtaining the written consent of Landlord therefor, not unreasonably withheld
or delayed; provided, however, that such consent, if given, shall be

                                       7
<PAGE>   11
at Tenant's own expense and in accordance and compliance with all applicable
municipal, state and federal ordinances, laws, rules, and regulations, and that
no liens of mechanics, materialmen, laborers, architects, artisans,
contractors, sub-contractors, or any other lien of any kind whatsoever shall be
created against or imposed upon the said demised Premises, or any part thereof,
and Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord from any and all
liability and claims for damages of every kind and nature which might be made
or judgment rendered against Landlord or against the demised Premises on
account of or arising out of such alterations, additions, or improvements.
Failure of Landlord to approve or deny any desired alterations, additions, or
improvements within ten (10) days following request by Tenant shall constitute
approval of the same. Landlord shall have the right to disapprove the proposed
alterations, additions, or improvements only if they will cause a building or
fire code violation or adversely affect the structural integrity of the
building.

20.      OWNERSHIP OF ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, AND IMPROVEMENTS. Any and all
affixed alterations, additions, and improvements, except coolers, shelving,
cash registers, and other unattached items (such exceptions being hereafter
called "Tenant's Property") made at Tenant's own expense, after having first
obtained the written consent of Landlord therefor, when required herein, shall
immediately merge and become a permanent part of the realty, and any and all
interest of the Tenant therein shall immediately vest in Landlord, and all such
alternations, additions, and improvements, except for Tenant's Property, shall
remain on the said Premises and shall not be removed by Tenant at the
termination of this Lease. If any damage to the Premises is caused by removal
of Tenant's Property, Tenant shall immediately pay Landlord the cost of repair
of such damage plus interest, at the Default Rate, on such amount from the date
expended by Landlord until repaid by Tenant.

21.      ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. Tenant shall have the right to sublease
this Lease, in whole or in part, only with the prior written consent of
Landlord therefor, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. However, any
rent paid in excess of the rent specified in paragraph 3 herein, after
deducting all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Tenant to sublet the
Premises, shall be paid to Landlord. Tenant shall have the right to assign this
Lease, only with the prior written consent of Landlord; however, any rent paid
in excess of the rent specified in paragraph 3 herein, after deducting all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Tenant to assign the Premises, shall
be paid to Landlord. No consent shall be required for any assignment or
sublease to any entity affiliated with Tenant, so long as the use complies with
paragraph 16 above, and the Guaranty of this Lease by Alfalfa's, Inc., during
the initial term, shall not be released.

The consent of Landlord to any such assignment or subletting shall not operate
to discharge Tenant or its guarantor.  Tenant's assigns and successors in
interest shall remain liable for the full and complete performance of all of
the terms, conditions, covenants, and agreements herein contained. The consent
of Landlord to any such assignment of subletting shall not operate as a consent
to further assignment or subletting or as a waiver of this covenant and
agreement. Following any such assignment or subletting, the assignee and/or
subtenant shall be bound by all of the terms, conditions, covenants, and
agreements herein contained.

                                       8
<PAGE>   12
This provision was freely negotiated with counsel for Landlord and Tenant.
Tenant further acknowledges this provision by initialling the same hereto.

                                                                    ------------
                                                                      Initials

22.      UTILITY AND OTHER CHARGES. Tenant will pay promptly all charges for
utility and other charges, including electric, gas, garbage, sewage, telephone,
and other services which may be incurred in said Premises, and save harmless
Landlord therefrom.

23.      LANDLORD'S RIGHT OF ENTRY. Landlord, Landlord's heirs, personal
representatives, assigns, agents, attorneys, and successors in interest, upon
reasonable prior notice to Tenant, shall have the right at any time to enter
upon the said Premises to inspect the same during business hours.

24.      TAXES, OTHER ASSESSMENTS, AND INSURANCE. All real property and ad
valorem taxes and other assessments of whatsoever kind and nature which have
been or may be levied upon the said demised Premises and upon any alterations,
additions, and improvements thereon shall be paid by Landlord at the time when
the same shall become due and payable, and as additional rent, Tenant agrees to
pay for such items pursuant to paragraph 3.c. above. All taxes and other
assessments of whatsoever kind and nature which have been or may be levied upon
the personal property located upon the said demised Premises shall be paid by
Tenant at the time when the same shall become due and payable. Tenant will
carry and maintain in full force and effect during the term of this Lease and
the extension or renewal thereof, at Tenant's expense, public liability
insurance covering bodily injury and property damage liability, in a form and
with an insurance company acceptable to Landlord, with limits of coverage of
not less than Two Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($225,000.00) for each
person and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate for bodily
injury or death liability for each accident and Fifty Thousand Dollars
($50,000.00) for each accident for property damage liability, for the benefit
of both Landlord and Tenant, providing protection against all liability claims
arising from the use of the Premises, and cause Landlord to be named as an
additional-named insured on such policy of insurance, and whereby such
insurance company agrees to notify Landlord thirty (30) days in advance of
cancellation or expiration for such policy, and delivering a copy thereof to
Landlord. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall provide such additional
insurance coverage as is commonly required from time to time for comparable
commercial properties. Fire and extended coverage insurance in the replacement
value upon the demised Premises, and improvements to the demised said Premises
shall be provided by Landlord, and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord as additional
rent the cost of said insurance as provided in paragraph 3.c. above, and fire
and extended coverage insurance in the replacement value upon all of the
contents and other personal property situated upon the said Premises shall be
provided by Tenant.

25.      HOLDING OVER. No holding over by Tenant after the expiration of Lease
shall operate to extend or renew this Lease, and any such holding over shall be
construed as a tenancy from month-to-month, and the monthly rental shall be
computed as provided in paragraph 3, which shall have been payable at the time
immediately prior to when such holding over

                                       9
<PAGE>   13
shall have commenced and such tenancy shall be subject to all the terms,
conditions, covenants, and agreements of this Lease.

26.      BANKRUPTCY AND CONDEMNATION. Should Tenant make an assignment for the
benefit of creditors or should Tenant be adjudged a bankrupt, either by
voluntary or involuntary proceedings, or if otherwise a receiver should be
appointed by any court of competent jurisdiction for Tenant because of any
insolvency, and if such proceeding has not been dismissed within sixty (60)
days thereafter, the occurrence of any such event shall be deemed a breach of
this Lease, and, in such event Landlord shall have the option to forthwith
terminate this Lease and to re-enter the said demised Premises and take
possession thereof, whereupon Tenant shall quit and surrender peaceably the
demised Premises to Landlord. Further, in the event the said demised Premises,
or any part thereof, are taken, damaged consequentially or otherwise, or
condemned by public authority, this Lease shall terminate, as to the part so
taken, as of the date title shall vest in the said public authority, and the
rental reserved shall be adjusted so that Tenant shall be required to pay for
the remainder of the term that portion of the rent reserved in the proportion
that the said demised Premises remaining after the taking, damaging, or
condemnation, bears to the whole of the said demised Premises before the
taking, damaging, or condemnation; provided, however, that if such taking
materially interferes with Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises, Tenant
shall have the right to terminate the Lease. All damages and payments resulting
from the said taking, damaging, or condemnation of the said demised Premises
shall be shared by Tenant and Landlord, so that Tenant receives the unamortized
balance of the cost of the improvements installed or constructed by Tenant (on
a straightline basis over ten (10) years), and Landlord receives the balance of
any such award.

27.      DESTRUCTION. If, at any time during the term of this Lease, or an
extension or renewal thereof, the said demised Premises shall be totally or
partially destroyed by fire, earthquake, or other calamity, then Tenant shall
rebuild or repair the same in as good a condition as they were immediately
prior to such calamity, to the extent of available insurance proceeds. In such
case, the rental herein specified shall be abated while such demised Premises
shall have been rebuilt and repaired.

28.      SIGNS. Tenant may at Tenant's own expense erect and maintain a sign on
the Premises to carry out the purpose for which Tenant is leasing the said
demised Premises, so long as such signs comply with all governmental
requirements.  Upon the expiration of this Lease, or the renewal or extension
thereof, Tenant shall remove such sign and shall repair any damage to the
Premises caused thereby at Tenant's own expense. Further, at any time within
ninety (90) days prior to the termination of this Lease, or the renewal or
extension thereof, Landlord shall have the right to place upon any part of said
demised Premises any "For Rent" or "For Lease" signs that Landlord may select.

29.      EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The following events shall be deemed to be events
of default by Tenant under this lease.

                                       10
<PAGE>   14
         a.     Tenant shall fail to pay, when due, any rental or other sums
         payable by Tenant hereunder and such failure shall continue for a
         period of ten (10) days after written notice is delivered by Landlord
         to Tenant.

         b.     Tenant shall fail to comply with or observe any other
         provisions of this lease, thirty (30) days after written notice is
         delivered by Landlord to Tenant; provided, that, if the alleged
         default is of the nature that it cannot reasonably be cured within
         thirty (30) days, Tenant shall have such additional time as is
         reasonably necessary to cure the default, so long as Tenant is
         diligently pursuing the same.

         c.     In the event of an assignment by Tenant of its rights and
         liabilities under and pursuant to this lease, the following events, in
         addition to the above, shall also be deemed to be events of default,
         with respect to any assignee.

30.      REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of any event of default specified in
this lease, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the
following remedies;

         a.     Terminate this lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately
         surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so,
         Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have
         for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession
         and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying
         said Premise or any part thereof by any legal means; and Tenant agrees
         to pay to Landlord on demand the amount of loss of rental for the time
         the premise remains unrented, or the remainder of the lease term,
         whichever is less, so long as Landlord is using reasonable efforts to
         relet the Premises.

         b.     Enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or
         remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises
         or any part thereof, and if Landlord so elects, relet the Premises on
         such terms as Landlord shall deem advisable and receive the rent
         therefor; and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord on demand any
         deficiency that may arise by reason of such reletting for the
         remainder of the lease term.

         C.     Enter upon the Premises and do whatever Tenant is obligated to
         do under the terms of this lease; and Tenant agrees to reimburse
         Landlord on demand for any reasonable expenses which Landlord may
         incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant's obligations under
         this lease.

         d.     Any petition shall be filed by or against Tenant of any
         guarantor of Tenant's obligation hereunder under any section or
         chapter of the Federal Bankruptcy Act, as amended, or under any
         similar law or statute of the United States or any state thereof; or
         Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligation hereunder shall be
         adjudged bankrupt or insolvent in proceedings filed hereunder, unless
         any such Petition is dismissed within sixty (60) days after filing.



                                       11

<PAGE>   15
No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord shall be construed
as an election on its part to terminate this lease, unless a written notice of
such intention be given to Tenant. Notwithstanding any such reletting or
re-entry or taking possession, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to
terminate this lease for a previous default. Pursuit of any of the foregoing
remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any of the other remedies herein
provided or any other remedies provided by law, nor shall pursuit of any remedy
herein provided constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any rent due to Landlord
hereunder or of any damages occurring to Landlord by reason of the violation of
any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained herein. Landlord's
acceptance of rent following an event of default hereunder shall not be
construed as Landlord's waiver of such event of default. No waiver by Landlord
of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions, and covenants
herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any
other violation or default.

31.      SURRENDER OF PREMISES. No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents
during the term hereby granted shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of
the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be
valid unless the same be made in writing and signed by Landlord.

32.      TERMINATION.

         a.     If there is an Event of Default (as defined in paragraph 29
         above), or any part thereof, it shall, and may be, lawful for the
         Landlord, Landlord's assigns or successors in interest, at Landlord's
         election, to declare said term ended and to re-enter the said
         Premises, or any part thereof, with process of law, to expel, remove,
         and put out, the Tenant or any other person or persons occupying the
         same, and to repossess and enjoy the same Premises again as in its
         first and former state, and detainer for any rent that may be due
         thereon any property belonging to Tenant whether the same be exempt
         from execution and distress by law or not, and Tenant in that case
         hereby waives any and all legal rights which Tenant now has or may
         have to hold or retain any such property under any exemption laws not
         in force in the State. And if, at any time said term shall be ended at
         such election of Landlord, Landlord's assigns or successors in
         interest, as aforesaid, or in any other way, Tenant, Tenant's assigns
         or successors in interest, as aforesaid, or in any other way, Tenant,
         Tenant's assigns or successors in interest do hereby covenant and
         agree to surrender and deliver up the above-described Premises and
         property peaceably to Landlord, Landlord's assigns or successors in
         interest, immediately upon the termination of said term as aforesaid,
         and if Tenant shall remain in possession of the same ten (10) days
         after notice of such default, or after the termination of the Lease in
         any of the ways above named, Tenant shall be deemed guilty of a
         forcible detainer of said Premises under the statute and shall be
         subject to all the conditions and provisions above named, and the
         eviction and removal forcible or otherwise, with or without process of
         law as above stated.



                                       12

<PAGE>   16
         b.     The Lease may be terminated by Tenant (and the Guaranty
         released) prior to the expiration of the initial term on the following
         terms:

                i.    Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease if
                Tenant's gross sales have not averaged $100,000.00 per week
                over any twenty-six (26) consecutive week period, commencing on
                the first anniversary of the date when Tenant opens for
                business and terminating on the third anniversary of the date
                when Tenant opens for business.

                ii.   Tenant must give Landlord not less than twelve (12)
                months' written notice of the exercise of this termination
                right, together with weekly sales figures for verification.
                Landlord shall have the right to a single audit, as described
                in Paragraph 8 herein, to verify the weekly sales figures
                reported by Tenant without being limited by the restriction of
                one audit within any twelve (12) month period.

                iii.  In no event shall the effective date of termination be
                earlier than the third anniversary of the date when Tenant
                opens for business or later than the date which is the
                fifty-fourth (54th) month (four and one-half (4-1/2) years)
                following the date when Tenant opens for business.

                iv.   If Tenant has not exercised this right within the six (6)
                month period following the third anniversary of the date when
                Tenant opens for business, this right shall expire and have no
                further force or effect.

                v.    As a condition to such termination, Tenant shall be
                obligated to leave at the Building all leasehold improvements,
                including, without limitation, all flooring, ceiling tiles,
                lighting fixtures, plumbing, electrical doors, and similar
                items; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to
                remove all coolers, shelving, cash registers, and other
                unattached items, so long as any damage caused by such removal
                is repaired by Tenant.

                vi.   As a condition to termination, Tenant shall pay Landlord
                a termination fee equal to the unamortized balance (amortized
                on a straight-line basis over the initial lease term) of all
                real estate commissions earned in connection with this Lease
                Agreement, all attorneys' fees of Landlord incurred in
                preparation of this Lease Agreement, the Lease Guaranty, and
                the Letter of Intent, and any architectural, engineering,
                consulting, or other similar fees incurred by Landlord in
                reviewing Tenant's renovation plans. An itemized list of the
                foregoing commissions and fees will be furnished by Landlord to
                Tenant by the time Tenant opens for business.

33.      ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS, ADA, AND OTHER LAWS.

         a.     ADA



                                       13
<PAGE>   17
                i.    TERMS. The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). ADA
                means the Americans with Disabilities Act, Public Law 101-336,
                which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability by
                public or private entities in places of public accommodation
                requires that public accommodations be accessible to persons
                with disabilities.

                ii.   REQUIREMENTS. Tenant acknowledges it is responsible for
                compliance of the Premises with the ADA.

                iii.  INDEMNIFICATION. To the fullest extent of the law, Tenant
                shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its agents and
                employees from and against all damages, losses, and expenses,
                including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising out of, or
                resulting from claims for any violation of the ADA, including
                any and all claims against the Landlord or any of its agents or
                employees by any employee of the Landlord, anyone directly or
                indirectly employed by it, or anyone for whose acts it may be
                liable.  The indemnification obligation under this paragraph
                shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount
                or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable under
                Workers' Compensation Acts, disability benefit acts, or other
                employee benefit acts in connection with the ADA. The
                obligations of Tenant under this paragraph shall not extend to
                the liability of Landlord, its agents, or employees arising out
                of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions,
                reports, surveys, change orders, designs, or specifications, or
                (2) the giving of, or the failure to give, directions or
                instructions by Landlord, its agents, or employees, provided
                such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the
                injury or damage.

         b.     ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS. As used below, "Hazardous
         Substances" shall mean and include all hazardous and toxic substances,
         waste or materials, any pollutants or contaminants (including, without
         limitation, asbestos and materials that include hazardous
         constituents), or other similar substances, or materials which are
         included under or regulated by any local, state, or federal law, rule,
         or regulation pertaining to environmental regulation, contamination,
         or cleanup, including, without limitation, "CERCLA," "RCRA," state
         lien, superlien, or environmental cleanup statutes and amendments
         thereto (all such laws, rules and regulations being referred to
         collectively as "Environmental Laws"). Any other terms mentioned in
         the following subsections which are defined in Environmental Laws
         shall have their meaning subscribed to such terms in said
         Environmental Laws.

         C.     USE OF PROPERTY. Tenant further agrees that the Premises will
         not be used to generate, manufacture, refine, transport, treat store,
         handle, or dispose of Hazardous Substances, except in the ordinary
         course of business in compliance with all laws.

         d.     NO RELEASING OR DUMPING. Tenant shall not cause or permit to
         exist, as a result of an intentional or unintentional act or omission
         on its part, a releasing,



                                       14

<PAGE>   18
         spilling, leaking, pumping, emitting, pouring, emptying, or dumping of
         a Hazardous Substance from the Premises into waters or onto lands of
         the State of New Mexico, or into waters outside the jurisdiction of
         the State of New Mexico where damage may result to the lands, waters,
         fish, shellfish, wildlife, biota, air, and/or other resources owned,
         managed, held in trust or otherwise controlled by the State of New
         Mexico, unless said release, spill, leak, etc., is pursuant to and in
         compliance with the conditions of a permit issued by the appropriate
         federal or state governmental authorities.

         e.     NOTIFICATION TO LANDLORD. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord
         should Tenant have actual knowledge of:

                i.    any Hazardous Substance or other environmental problem or
                liability with respect to the Premises, including dumping,
                releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, emitting, pouring,
                emptying, etc., of Hazardous Substances by other parties on the
                Premises or adjacent grounds; or

                ii.   any lien, action, or notice of the nature described
                above. Tenant shall (except as provided below for pre-existing
                Hazardous Substances, which are Landlord's responsibility),
                when there shall occur, as a result of an intentional or
                unintentional act or omission on its part, a releasing,
                spilling, leaking, pumping, emitting, pouring, emptying, or
                dumping of Hazardous Substance, at its own cost and expense,
                take all actions as shall be necessary or advisable, in the
                sole opinion of Landlord, for the cleanup of the Premises or
                other property affected by such act or omission, including all
                removal, containment and remedial actions in accordance with
                all applicable Environmental Laws (and in all events in a
                manner satisfactory to Landlord), and shall further pay or
                cause to be paid, at no expense to Landlord, all cleanup,
                administrative, and/or enforcement costs or penalties of
                applicable governmental agencies which may be asserted against
                the Premises or the Landlord.

f.       If Tenant breaches the obligations stated above, or if the presence of
Hazardous Substances on or about the Premises caused or permitted by Tenant
results in contamination of the Premises, or if contamination of the Premises
by Hazardous Substances otherwise occurs for which Tenant is legally or
otherwise liable to Landlord for damage resulting therefrom, then Tenant shall
indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims,
judgements, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities, or losses which
shall be limited to the cost to remediate or clean up only contamination,
governmental fines, or sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys' fees,
consultant fees and expert fees) which arise during or after the term of this
Lease as a result of such contamination.

g.       RIGHT OF INSPECTION. Landlord and Landlord's agents shall have the
right but not the obligation, to inspect investigate, sample, and/or monitor
the Premises, including any soil, water, groundwater or other sampling, and any
other testing,



                                       15

<PAGE>   19
digging, drilling or analyses, at any time to determine whether Tenant is
complying with the terms of Paragraph 33 and in connection therewith, Tenant
shall provide Landlord with full access to all relevant facilities, records and
personnel. If Tenant is not in compliance with any of the provisions of
Paragraph 33, Landlord and Landlord's agents and employees shall have the
right, but not the obligation, without limitation upon any of Landlord's other
rights and remedies under this Lease, to enter upon the Premises, upon not less
than thirty (30) days' written notice, and to discharge Tenant's obligation
under Paragraph 33 at Tenant's expense, notwithstanding any other provision of
this Lease.  Landlord and Landlord's agents and employees shall endeavor to
minimize interference with Tenant's business. All sums reasonably disbursed,
deposited or incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, including, but not
limited to, all costs, expenses, and actual attorneys' fees, shall be due and
payable by Tenant to Landlord, as an item of additional rent, on demand by
Landlord, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date
expended until paid by Tenant.

h.       PRE-EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS. Tenant shall not be held liable
for any environmental conditions pre-existing as of the commencement date of
this Lease. Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any and all
liabilities, costs, or expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of, or
in connection with, the existence of any Hazardous Substances in, on, under, or
adjacent to, the Premises as of the date of the Lease.

i.       SURRENDER. Promptly upon the expiration or sooner termination of this
Lease, Tenant shall represent to Landlord, in writing, that Tenant has fully
complied with all the terms, conditions, and obligations of this Paragraph 33.

34.      NON-DISTURBANCE. Landlord represents to Tenant that there is no
mortgage, deed of trust, encumbrance, or other lien upon the Premises as of the
date hereof. If there is now, or at any time in the future, a mortgage or other
lien encumbering the Premises, Landlord shall obtain from the holder thereof a
non-disturbance agreement which is reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, whereby
the lender agrees to not disturb Tenant's possession, so long as Tenant is not
in default under this Lease.

35.      REPRESENTATIONS. Landlord hereby represents to Tenant that:

         a.     Landlord has no knowledge of the existence of any hazardous
         waste or material, in, on, under, or about the Premises (without
         conducting any additional inspection);

         b. Landlord has no knowledge of any material defects (without
conducting any additional inspection) in the structural components of the
Premises; and

         C.     Landlord has not received written notice of any violation of
law or regulations concerning the Premises.



                                       16
<PAGE>   20
36.      FAILURE TO TERMINATE.  The failure, neglect or omission of Landlord to
terminate this Lease for any one or more breaches of any of the covenants
hereof, shall not be deemed a consent by Landlord of such breach and shall not
stop, bar, or prevent Landlord from thereafter terminating this Lease, either
for such violation, or for prior or subsequent violation of any covenant
hereof.

37.      BINDING ON ASSIGNS AND SUCCESSORS IN INTEREST. The covenants and
agreements herein contained shall extend to and be binding upon the assigns and
successors in interest of the parties to this Lease.

38.      THIS LEASE EMBODIES ALL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. This Lease
incorporates all of the agreements, covenants, and understandings between the
parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof, and that all such
covenants, agreements, and understandings have been merged into this written
Lease. No prior agreement or understanding, verbal or otherwise, of the parties
or their agents shall be valid or enforceable unless embodied in this Lease.

39.      AMENDMENTS. This Lease shall not be altered, changed or amended except
by instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

40.      ATTORNEY'S FEES. In any litigation by Landlord or Tenant concerning
this Lease Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to collect all its
costs and attorney's fees associated with the litigation.

41.      WAIVER. The failure of either party to exercise any of its rights is
not a waiver of those rights. A party waives only those rights specified in
writing and signed by the party waiving its rights.

42.      PARTIAL INVALIDITY. If any Lease provision is invalid or unenforceable
to any extent, then that Lease provision shall be deleted, and the remainder of
this Lease Agreement shall continue in effect and be enforceable to the fullest
extent permitted by law.

43.      CONSTRUCTION. The parties chose this Lease Agreement because it is
fair to both parties. Therefore, the parties agree that any provision that
remains unchanged from the provision as it appears shall be construed as if
both parties were equally responsible for drafting the provision.

44.      GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
State of New Mexico and the parties hereto consent to jurisdiction of the State
of New Mexico in the event of litigation or a dispute arising under this
Agreement.

45.      LIABILITY. First Interstate Bank of New Mexico, N.A., is signing this
Lease in its capacity as Trustee of the Joseph M. Montoya Trust the Patrick J.
Montoya Trust, and the Lynda M. Haran Trust and First Interstate Bank of New
Mexico, N.A., in its individual capacity has no liability in connection with
this Lease. Any liability First Interstate Bank


                                       17


<PAGE>   21
of New Mexico, N.A., as Trustee, may have in connection with this Lease is
limited to the assets of the Trust.

46.      DEFAULT BY LANDLORD. If Landlord breaches any covenant, agreement,
representation, or warranty contained herein, and fails to remedy the same
within thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant, Tenant shall have all
rights and remedies at law or equity, including, without limitation, the right
to expend all sums necessary to cure such default and offset all such sums
against any rent due hereunder. Any amounts expended by Tenant shall earn
interest at the Default Rate until paid. Anything in the foregoing
notwithstanding, if an alleged breach is of the nature that it cannot
reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant to
Landlord, Landlord shall have such additional time as is reasonably necessary
to cure the breach, so long as Landlord is diligently pursuing the same.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands the day
and year first above written.

LANDLORD:

First Interstate Bank of New Mexico, N.A., 
as Trustee of the Joseph M. Montoya Trust, 
the Patrick J. Montoya Trust, and 
the Lynda M. Haran Trust

By:    /s/ DAVID B. LLOYD
    ----------------------------
Name:  David B. Lloyd
     ---------------------------
Title: Trust Officer & AVP
      --------------------------


By:    /s/ JAMES D. HILL
    ----------------------------
Name:  James D. Hill
     ---------------------------
Title: Sr. Trust Officer & VP
      --------------------------



TENANT:

Alfalfa's Santa Fe, Inc., 
a Colorado corporation

By:    /s/ S.M. HASSAN
    ----------------------------
Name:  S. M. Hassan
     ---------------------------
Title:
      --------------------------
      



                                       18


<PAGE>   22
STATE OF NEW MEXICO  )
                     )     ss.
COUNTY OF SANTA FE   )


The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 29 day of June 1994,
by David B. Lloyd, for First Interstate Bank of New Mexico, N.A., as Trustee of
the Joseph M. Montoya Trust, the Patrick J. Montoya Trust, and the Lynda M.
Haran Trust

                                                  /s/ Patricia S. Marshall
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Notary Public
                                                 My Commission Expires:  4/23/97

STATE OF NEW MEXICO  )
                     )     ss.
COUNTY OF SANTA FE   )


The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 29 day of June 1994,
by James D. Hill, for First Interstate Bank of New Mexico, N.A., as Trustee of
the Joseph M. Montoya Trust, the Patrick J. Montoya Trust, and the Lynda M.
Haran Trust


                                                  /s/ Patricia S. Marshall
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Notary Public
                                                 My Commission Expires:  4/23/97


STATE OF COLORADO    )
                     )     ss.
COUNTY OF BOULDER    )

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 17th day of June 1994,
by S. M. Hassan, as President of Alfalfa's Santa Fe, Inc.

                                                /s/ Nancy J. Novell
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Notary Public
                                                My Commission Expires: 4/15/97




                                       19

<PAGE>   23

                                   EXHIBIT A

All that certain land and real estate lying, situate, and being at the
northeast corner of the intersection of Don Diego Avenue, as extended, and
Cordova Road in the City of Santa Fe, New Mexico, more particularly described
as follows:

         Commencing at the northwest corner of this tract a point from which
         the southwest comer of the intersection of Camino de las Marquez and
         Don Diego Avenue bears by courses and distances west 30.00 feet to a
         point; and thence N.6 degrees 38'E., 151.70 feet to said point of
         intersection of said streets. And from said place of beginning running
         thence along the easterly side of Don Diego Avenue as extended S.25
         degrees 11'W., 183.42 feet to a point; and thence S.14 degrees 44'W.,
         30.0 feet to the southwest corner of this tract at the intersection of
         the easterly side of Don Diego Avenue as extended and the northerly
         side of Cordova road; thence along the northerly side of Cordova Road
         S.75 degrees 16'E., 366.50 feet to the southeast corner of this tract;
         thence N.14 degrees 44'E., 198.08 feet to the northeast corner of this
         tract, thence N.73 degrees 08'W., 333.65 feet to the point and place
         of beginning; all as shown by plat entitled "Lands Surveyed 4-29-54
         for Santa Fe Holding Company, Ward No. 2, Santa Fe, N.M." prepared by
         Walter G. Turley, Reg. Prof. Eng. & Land Surveyor, said plat being
         designated 54-E-26-D.


<PAGE>   24
                                   Exhibit B

                      Description of Building Renovations

1.       Asphalt Removal and Patching in Parking Lot (Patching parking lot
         after new lighting)

2.       Floor Slab Sawing
         (Cutting for new floor under plumbing slab)

3.       Masonry Demolition
         (Demolition for compressor room vent)

4.       Construction of Handicapped Ramp (ADA Ramp compliance)

5.       Concrete Patching and Masonry (Concrete Patch at floor cuts)

6.       Structural Steel (New HVAC curbs)

7.       Wood Framing
         (New front facade to building comparable to other Alfalfa's stores)

8.       Door Repair and Improvements
         (New doors in food, prep areas, storefronts,
         restrooms, office)

9.       Glazing

10.      Lath, Plaster, Stucco
         (New front facade comparable to other Alfalfa's stores)

11.      Drywall
         (Interior drywall & soffits)

12.      Installation of Flooring
         (New flooring in retail store & in food prep area)

13.      Installation of Acoustic Ceiling

14.      Painting
         (Interior & exterior painting)

15.      Signage

16.      Awnings

17.      Toilet Repair and Improvements
<PAGE>   25
         (Bathroom ADA compliance)

18.      Plumbing
         (includes kitchen hot water heater, bathrooms rebuilt to ADA, all
         underground plumbing)

19.      Fire Protection (fully sprinklered)

20.      HVAC (full re-construction of system)

21.      Electrical
         (New electrical distribution to
         equipment, new site lighting, new
         interiors lighting throughout)

22.      Landscaping and Draining Improvements
         (per City of Santa Fe requirements)


<PAGE>   26
                                 LEASE GUARANTY

This Guaranty is given by Alfalfa's, Inc., a Colorado corporation
("Guarantor"), whose address is 1645 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado 80302, to
First Interstate Bank of New Mexico, N.A., Trustee of the Joseph M. Montoya
Trust the Patrick J. Montoya Trust and the Lynda M. Haran Trust, whose address
is P.O. Box 969, Santa Fe, New Mexico 875040969, and its successors and assigns
("Landlord"), on this 29 day of June, 1994.

                                    RECITALS

A.       Alfalfa's Santa Fe,Inc.("Tenant"),entered into a Lease, dated June 29,
1994, with Landlord of certain premises (the "Premises") located at the
northeast corner of the intersection of Don Diego Avenue and Cordova Road,
Santa Fe, New Mexico (the "Lease").

B.       Guarantor desires to give to Landlord, and Landlord desires to receive
from Guarantor, Guarantor's unconditional and irrevocable guaranty of all of
Tenant's obligations under the Lease, subject to the terms and conditions as
hereinafter set forth.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the Premises, including, but not limited
to, Landlord consenting to a wholly owned subsidiary of Guarantor being the
Tenant under the Lease, and for other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Guarantor hereby
agrees as follows:

                                   AGREEMENT

1.       GUARANTY. Guarantor guarantees the prompt payment when due, or
whenever payment may become due under the terms of the Lease, all payments of
rent percentage rent additional rent, and all other charges, expenses, and
costs of every kind and nature which are, or may be, due now or in the future
under the terms of the Lease, and to the complete and timely performance,
satisfaction, and observation of the terms and conditions of the Lease required
to be performed, satisfied, or observed by Tenant.

2.       COVERAGE OF GUARANTY. This Guaranty extends to any and all liability
which Tenant has, or may have, to Landlord. This Guaranty extends to any
successor of Tenant, any assignee or subtenant of Tenant during the initial
term of the Lease. This Guaranty shall, however, be limited to the initial
term, and shall not extend to any additional terms.

3.       PERFORMANCE GUARANTY. In the event that Tenant fails to perform,
satisfy, or observe the terms and conditions of the Lease, rules and
regulations, and related Lease obligations required to be performed, satisfied,
or observed by Tenant including, but not limited to, the completion of the
renovations in a timely manner as described in paragraph 15 of the Lease,
Guarantor will, upon not less than thirty (30) days' written notice, fully
perform, satisfy, and observe the obligation(s) in the place of Tenant.
Guarantor shall pay, reimburse, and indemnify Landlord for any and all damages,
costs, expenses, reasonable attorneys' fees,
<PAGE>   27
losses, and other liabilities arising or resulting from the failure of Tenant
to perform, satisfy or observe any of the terms and conditions of the Lease.

4.       WAIVER OF NOTICES. Guarantor authorizes Landlord, without notice to,
or further assent from, Guarantor, and without discharging or otherwise
affecting the obligations and liabilities of Guarantor hereunder from time to
time, to: (a) renew, compromise, extend, accelerate, waive, modify, or
otherwise change the terms of the Lease and any rules and regulations or
related Tenant obligations; (b) consent to any assignment of the Lease or
sublease thereunder; (c) release or substitute in whole or in part any one or
more guarantors of Tenant's obligations under the Lease; and (d) assign
Landlord's interest in this Guaranty, in whole or in part, in connection with a
sale or transfer of the Premises.

5.       LEASE SECURITY. This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect,
and Guarantor shall remain fully responsible, without regard to any security
deposit or other collateral, for the performance of the terms and conditions of
the Lease, or the receipt, disposition, application, waiver, exchange, or
release of any security deposit or other collateral, now or hereafter held by,
or for, the Landlord.

6.       UNCONDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS. The liability of Guarantor hereunder is
direct, immediate, absolute, continuing, unconditional, and irrevocable.
Landlord shall not be required to pursue any remedies it may have against
Tenant or against any security deposit or other collateral as a condition to
enforcement of this Guaranty. A separate action or actions may be brought and
prosecuted against Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty notwithstanding whether
an action is brought against Tenant or whether Tenant be joined in any such
action or actions. Guarantor shall not be discharged or released by reason of
the discharge or release of Tenant for any reason, including a discharge in
bankruptcy, receivership, or other proceedings, a disaffirmation or rejection
of the Lease by a trustee, custodian, or other representative in bankruptcy, a
stay or other impairment or limitation of the liability of Tenant or any remedy
of Landlord. Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping
Guarantor informed of Tenant's financial condition and assets, and of all other
circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonperformance by Tenant under the
Lease. Guarantor agrees that Landlord shall have no duty to advise Guarantor of
information known to it regarding such circumstances or risks.

7.       RELEASE OF GUARANTY. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, this Guaranty shall be released at the same time that Tenant
has terminated the Lease pursuant to its right to terminate under Paragraph
32(b) of the Lease, if (a) Tenant has properly terminated the Lease as
described in paragraph 32 of the Lease, and (b) Tenant has left all leasehold
improvements, including, without limitation, all flooring, ceiling tiles,
lighting fixtures, plumbing, electrical, doors, and similar items in the
Premises, and Tenant has repaired, to Landlord's satisfaction, any damage
caused by such removal. This release will apply only to Tenant's obligations
that are incurred after the said termination under Paragraph 32(b) of the
Lease, but will not release Guarantor of liabilities of Tenant that are
existing and have been incurred before termination.



                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>   28
8.       SEVERABILITY. If any term, covenant or condition of this Guaranty, or
any application thereof, should be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to
be invalid, void, or unenforceable, all terms, covenants, and conditions of
this guaranty, and all applications thereof not held invalid, void, or
unenforceable shall continue in full force and effect and shall in no way be
affected, impaired, or invalidated thereby.

9.       GENDERS AND NUMBERS. In this Guaranty, whenever the context so
requires, the masculine gender includes the feminine and/or neuter, and the
singular number includes the plural.

10.      INTERPRETATION. This Guaranty shall be construed and interpreted in
accordance with its intent and without regard to any presumption or other rule
requiring construction against the party causing the same to be drafted.

11.      JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. Should Guarantor, his assigns, or
successors ever consist of more than one person or entity, then, in such event,
all such persons and entities shall be jointly and severally liable as
Guarantor hereunder, and the parties stipulate that the proper jurisdiction and
venue for any litigation involving this Guaranty shall be exclusively in the
State of New Mexico.

12.      ATTORNEYS' FEES. In the event of any litigation arising out of, or in
connection with, this Guaranty, the prevailing party shall be awarded
reasonable attorneys' fees, costs, and expenses.

13.      GOVERNING LAW. This Guaranty and the rights of the parties hereunder
shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State
of New Mexico.

14.      BINDING EFFECT. This Guaranty is binding upon Guarantor and Guarantor's
successors, legal representatives, and assigns, and is binding upon, and shall
inure to, the benefit of Landlord, its successors, and assigns. No assignment
or delegation by Guarantor shall release the Guarantor of Guarantor's
obligations under this Guaranty. The term "Tenant" used in this Guaranty
includes also the first and any successive assignee or subtenant of Tenant.

15.      MODIFICATIONS. This Guaranty may not be modified orally, but only by a
writing, signed by both Guarantor and Landlord. Modifications include any
waiver, change, discharge, modification, or termination. No delay or failure on
Landlord's part in exercising any right, power, or privilege under this
Guaranty or any other document executed in connection herewith, shall operate
as a waiver of any such right, power, or privilege.

In witness whereof, Guarantor has fully signed this Guaranty on the date stated
above.


                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>   29
GUARANTOR:

Alfalfa's, Inc.,
a Colorado corporation

By: /s/  S. M. HASSAN
   ----------------------------------
Name:    S. M. Hassan
     --------------------------------
Title:   President
      -------------------------------


                                ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

STATE OF COLORADO   )
                    )    ss.
COUNTY OF BOULDER   )

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 17th day of June,
1994, by S. M. Hassan, as President of Alfalfa's, Inc., a Colorado corporation,
on behalf of said corporation.

                                               /s/ NANCY J. NOWELL
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Notary Public

                                               My Commission Expires:  4/15/97



                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>   30
                                   EXHIBIT A

All that certain land and real estate lying, situate, and being at the
northeast corner of the intersection of Don Diego Avenue, as extended, and
Cordova Road in the City of Santa Fe, New Mexico, more particularly described
as follows:

         Commencing at the northwest corner of this tract, a point from which
         the southwest corner of the intersection of Camino de las Marquez and
         Don Diego Avenue bears by courses and distances west 30.00 feet to a
         point; and thence N.6 degrees 38'E., 151.70 feet to said point of
         intersection of said streets. And from said place of beginning running
         thence along the easterly side of Don Diego Avenue as extended S.25
         degrees 11'W., 183.42 feet to a point; and thence S.14 degrees 44'W.,
         30.0 feet to the southwest corner of this tract at the intersection of
         the easterly side of Don Diego Avenue as extended and the northerly
         side of Cordova road; thence along the northerly side of Cordova Road
         S.75 degrees 16'E., 366.50 feet to the southeast corner of this tract;
         thence N.14 degrees 44'E., 198.08 feet to the northeast corner of this
         tract, thence N.73 degrees 08'W., 333.65 feet to the point and place
         of beginning; all as shown by plat entitled "Lands Surveyed 4-29-54
         for Santa Fe Holding Company, Ward No. 2, Santa Fe, N.M." prepared by
         Walter G. Turley, Reg. Prof. Eng. & Land Surveyor, said plat being
         designated 54-E-26-D.

<PAGE>   1
                                     LEASE

                 This Lease is made as of May 27, 1994, between PACIFIC MUTUAL
LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a California Corporation, ("Landlord"), and WILD OATS
MARKETS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

                 The following terms have the following definitions:

                 1.1      "Commencement Date."  If the Commencement Date is
known upon the execution hereof and agreed between the parties, such date shall
be inserted in this blank:  ___________________, 1994, and upon the occurrence
of the Commencement Date, the Term hereof shall commence.  All lease
expirations, renewal dates, and any other provisions hereof relating to the
Commencement Date of this Lease shall be determined by reference to the
Commencement Date as herein defined.  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the
Premises is presently leased to Super Valu Stores, pursuant to that certain
Lease dated July 13, 1989 (the "Existing Lease").  The Existing Lease has been
assigned to Metro Market, Inc. (the "Assignee"), and the Assignee subleased the
Premises to Tenant.  Therefore, it shall be a condition precedent to the
effectiveness of this Lease that the Existing Lease be terminated pursuant to
an agreement acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion.  In
the event the Existing Lease is not terminated pursuant to an agreement
acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion on or before June 1,
1994, this lease shall terminate and shall be of no further force or effect and
the parties hereto shall have no further liability to one another.  Since
Tenant is currently in possession of the Premises, Tenant agrees to take the
Premises pursuant to this Lease in its current "As-Is" condition.

                 1.2      Intentionally Omitted.

                 1.3      "Common Area" means all of the Shopping Center except
the buildings and all improvements on the buildings.  "Common Areas" also does
not include canopies of buildings, areas for truck parking and unloading or
trash storage and their supports and appurtenances that extend from a building
into Common Area which are designated for the exclusive use of one tenant.

                 1.4      "Common Expenses" means costs related to the Common
Area, as provided in Article X.

                 1.5      "Market" means the supermarket building (including
its heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical and plumbing
installations) of approximately 27,000 square feet of ground floor area (plus
loading dock area) and its canopies, adjacent areas for truck parking and truck
loading dock area and trash storage, and other purposes and their supports and
appurtenances that extend from the Market into the Common Area, in and adjacent
to the area designated as "Market" on the Site Plan.  The Market is located at
6300-A San Mateo, N.E. in Landlord's Far North Shopping Center in Albuquerque,
New Mexico.





                                       1
<PAGE>   2
                 1.6      "Premises" means the Market and all rights provided
for herein to the Common Area in common with the rights of Landlord and other
Shopping Center occupants.

                 1.7      "Shopping Center" means the buildings, improvements
and operations on and including Landlord's real property located at the
Northeast corner of the intersection of San Mateo Boulevard N.E. and Academy
Road N.E. in Albuquerque, New Mexico.  The Shopping Center is sometimes
hereinafter referred to and shall be named Far North Shopping Center unless
changed by Landlord.

                 1.8      "Site Plan" means the Site Plan attached hereto as
Exhibit "A", which shows the configuration of the Shopping Center.

                 1.9      "Term" means the period beginning with the
Commencement Date, and ending on the earlier of the day this Lease expires or
the day this Lease is terminated, as provided herein.  The Term will include
the period of the optional extension periods, if any, exercised by Tenant
pursuant to the terms of this Lease.



                                   ARTICLE II

                             PRELIMINARY AGREEMENTS

                 2.1      Grant of Leasehold.  Landlord hereby leases to
Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, for the Term and
upon the covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease.

                 2.2      No Recordation of Lease.  This Lease shall not be
recorded, except that if either party requests the other party to do so, the
parties shall execute a memorandum of lease in recordable form in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit "B".  In the event that this Lease, or a memorandum
thereof is recorded, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord on the
expiration or termination of this lease, immediately on Landlord's request, a
quitclaim deed to the Premises, in recordable form, designating Landlord as
transferee.

                 2.3      Sign Criteria.  Landlord has established the criteria
for signage set forth in Exhibit "C" to the Lease to assure maximum tenant
identification and overall harmony of design for the Shopping Center.
Conformance to the criteria will be reasonably but strictly enforced and any
nonconforming or unapproved sign of Tenant will be brought into conformance by
Tenant at Tenant's expense promptly after written notice thereof.  A detailed
drawing (by a sign fabricator) of any proposed sign (other than temporary,
promotional signs) must be submitted to owner for written approval prior to the
manufacture of such sign, which approval shall not be unreasonably withhold or
delayed provided that same satisfies the applicable criteria specified herein.

                          Tenant will pay for all of Tenant's signs, including
installation and maintenance thereof, and will also be responsible for
obtaining all necessary permits and approval.  Landlord hereby acknowledges its
approval of all standard Wild Oats signage used by Wild Oats Markets, Inc. as
of the date of this Lease.

                          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without
Landlord's prior consent, affix temporary, promotional signs to the Market,
provided that such signs are of equivalent quality as signs used in similar
first class shopping centers, do not penetrate brick or other building
materials, and do not damage the





                                       2
<PAGE>   3
Market.  Should any such signs not satisfy such criteria (in Landlord's
reasonable judgment), Tenant will remove such signs upon five (5) days written
notice from Landlord.

                 2.4      Intentionally Omitted.

                 2.5      Intentionally Omitted.


                                  ARTICLE III

                            TERM; OPTIONS TO EXTEND

                 3.1      Term.  The Term shall commence as of the Commencement
Date, and end on the date ten (10) years after the commencement Date, unless
the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, in which
event the Term shall end ten (10) years after the first day of the calendar
month following the month in which the Commencement Date occurs.  When the
Commencement Date is determined, the parties hereto shall execute an agreement
confirming the commencement date and the expiration date of such ten (10)
years.

                 3.2      Options.  Landlord hereby grants to Tenant three (3)
options to extend the Term for a period of five (5) years each, commencing upon
the expiration of the original Term, and upon the expiration of each five (5)
year option term, if the prior option has been exercised up to the maximum
stated above.  Tenant shall exercise its option(s) to extend by notifying
Landlord (in writing) of its intent to extend the Lease term at least one
hundred eighty (180) days in advance of the date each option period is to
commence.

                          If Tenant has not exercised the respective option as
specified hereinabove, then Tenant shall lose such option to extend the Lease
term, and in such event, this Lease shall expire at the end of the original
term or the last option term exercised, and Tenant shall thereafter have no
further rights with respect to this Lease or the Premises.  Tenant acknowledges
that, other than as set forth in this Section 3.2, it has no options to extend
the term of this Lease.

                          If the Tenant exercises any such option, the term of
this Lease shall be automatically extended for the period of such additional
term without necessity for the execution of any instrument to effect the same,
and in such event "Term" as used in this Lease shall include such additional
term(s).

                          The option term shall be governed by all of the
provisions of this Lease applicable to the initial term, except that the
minimum rent for the renewal term shall be as follows:

                          First option term (years 11-15):  $121,500.00 per
year;

                          Second option term (years 16-20):  $135,000.00 per 
year; and

                          Third option term (years 21-25):  $150,000.00 per
year.

                 3.3      Holding Over; Removal of Fixtures; Surrender.  If
Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration of the Term
without a new lease, and if rent is paid by Tenant and accepted by landlord
(therefor), a month to month tenancy shall be created, which tenancy will
automatically renew every month and be





                                       3
<PAGE>   4
on the same terms and conditions as this Lease.  Such tenancy may be terminated
by either party by giving to the other at least thirty (30) days, prior notice
of termination.

                          Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the
Term, Tenant shall cease doing business, and Tenant shall have thirty (30) days
during which Tenant may remove all trade fixtures, equipment, signs and
personal property from the Premises (and Tenant shall repair any damage caused
by such removal within said thirty (30) days) and surrender the Premises to
Landlord in the condition the Premises are required to be maintained during the
Term pursuant to the Lease, broom-clean, reasonable wear and tear expected
(subject to Article XIII) except as otherwise provided herein.  Tenant shall
surrender all keys to Landlord and shall inform Landlord of all combinations of
locks, safes and vaults, if any, remaining on the Premises.



                                   ARTICLE IV

                                      RENT

                 4.1      Minimum Rent.  Tenant shall, commencing on the
Commencement Date and thereafter during the ten (10) year initial Term, (a) pay
Minimum Rent to Landlord for the first full sixty (60) calendar months of the
Term the amount of Ninety-Four Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($94,500.00) per
year, payable in advance on or before the first day of each month, in monthly
installments of Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy-Five Dollars ($7,875.00),
and (b) pay Minimum Rent to Landlord for the second sixty (60) calendar months
of the Term the amount of One Hundred Eight Thousand Dollars ($108,000.00) per
year, payable in advance on or before the first day of each month, in monthly
installments of Nine Thousand Dollars ($9,000.00).  If the Commencement Date
shall occur other than on the first or the last day of a calendar month,
Minimum Rent for such partial month shall be prorated on a daily basis, and for
the first partial month, shall be paid with the rent due for the next
succeeding full month.

                 4.2      Percentage Rent.  In addition to the payment of the
Minimum Rent as hereinbefore provided, Tenant shall pay annual Percentage Rent
to Landlord in the manner and upon the conditions and at the times hereinafter
set forth, during the Term hereof, in a sum equivalent to the amount, if any,
by which one and one quarter percent (1.25%) of all annual Gross Sales (as
defined hereinafter) exceeds annual Minimum Rent.  In no event, however, shall
the Percentage Rent payable during the first five (5) years of the original
Term in any one Lease year exceed twenty-five percentage (25%) of the Minimum
Rent for that Lease year.  The Percentage Rent payable in any one Lease year
for each year of the Term following the fifth (5th) year of the Term shall not
exceed thirty-five (35%) of the Minimum Rent payable per Lease Year in each
Lease year.  (The limit on Percentage Rent for each respective Lease year of
the term shall be based on the Minimum Rent for that particular Lease year.)

                          (a)  Tenant shall, within ninety (90) days after the
end of each Lease Year, submit to Landlord a statement showing the Gross Sales
made from the Market during such Lease Year and the Percentage Rent due from
Tenant to Landlord for such Lease Year, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the
amount owed to Landlord as Percentage Rent for such Lease Year within said
ninety (90) days.





                                       4
<PAGE>   5
                 4.3      Lease Year.  "Lease Year" means, except as otherwise
provided, a period of twelve (12) months.  The first Lease Year shall commence
on the Commencement Date and each Lease Year after the first shall commence at
the end of the preceding Lease Year.  However, in the event the Commencement
Date shall be other than the first day of a calendar month, the first Lease
Year shall be the period commencing on the first day of the Term and continuing
until twelve (12) months after the first day of the month next succeeding the
month in which the Term commences.  The last Lease Year shall be the period not
longer than twelve (12) months from the end of the preceding Lease Year until
the end of the Term.

                 4.4      Gross Sales.  "Gross Sales" means the aggregate
amount of the prices of all business conducted upon or from the Premises,
including but not limited to all goods, wares and merchandise sold and services
rendered in or from the Premises by Tenant, its subtenants, licensees and
concessionaires, and whether such sales of goods, services, etc. be evidenced
by check, credit, charge account, exchange or otherwise, and shall further
include, but not be limited to, the amount of all orders taken or received at
the Premises, whether such orders be filled from the Premises or elsewhere, and
whether such sales be made by means of merchandise or other vending devices on
the Premises.  Each sale upon installment or credit shall be treated as a sale
for the full price at the time such sale is made.  If any one or more
departments or other divisions of Tenant's business shall be sublet by Tenant
or conducted by any person, firm or corporation other than Tenant, then there
shall be included in Gross Sales for the purpose of fixing the Percentage Rent
payable hereunder all the Gross Sales of such departments or divisions, in the
same manner and with the same effect as if the business or sales of such
departments and divisions of Tenant's business had been conducted by Tenant
itself.  Gross Sales shall not include uncollected bad debts/bad checks, sales
of merchandise for which cash has been refunded or allowances made on
merchandise claimed to be defective or unsatisfactory, provided such sales
shall have been included in Gross Sales from or upon the Premises; and Gross
Sales shall also not include the following:

                 (a)      The sales price of merchandise returned by customers
for refund or exchange;

                 (b)      The amount of any discount allowed to employees which
shall not in the aggregate exceed two percent (2%) of the Gross Sales per
annum;

                 (c)      The amount of the cost of merchandise or other things
of value transferred to customers either in redemption of trading stamps, in
exchange for a coupon or other evidence of a right to free or reduced-cost
merchandise, or as a premium in connection with a sales promotion program,
provided that any amounts received from the customer or the manufacturer or
distributor of merchandise in connection with such a transaction shall be
included in Gross Sales.

                          Tenant may also exclude from Gross Sales any receipts
or credits received from the following transactions:

                          (1)     Merchandise which has not been sold, but
which is returned to suppliers, shippers or manufacturers or transferred from
the Market to another store or warehouse;





                                       5
<PAGE>   6
                          (2)     The amount of any federal, state or local tax
in respect of any product sold, provided such taxes are added to the selling
price thereof, and collected from customers;

                          (3)     Charges for the cashing of checks or the
paying of utility bills or like services rendered for the convenience of
customers;

                          (4)     Sums or credits received in settlement or
payment of claims against others for loss of or damage to merchandise;

                          (5)     Refundable deposits made by customers upon
returnable containers;

                          (6)     Delivery charges, sale of gift boxes, gift
wrapping and similar items of service which are not merchandise or services
sold for profit;

                          (7)     Sale of banana boxes, merchandise crates and
containers, and waste suet, bones, fat, meat scraps and meat and produce offal
and other similar merchandise, where such sales are made to commercial users,
as distinguished from retail customers;

                          (8)     Sale of trade fixtures or equipment located
in the market sold out of the ordinary course of business.

                 4.5      Books and Records; Inspection and Audit.

                          (a)     For the purpose of ascertaining the amount
payable as percentage rent, Tenant agrees to prepare and keep at Tenant's
principal office for a period of two (2) years following the end of each Lease
Year, adequate records which shall show inventories and receipts of merchandise
at the Premises, and daily receipts from all sales and other transactions on
the Premises by Tenant and any other persons conducting any business upon the
Premises.  Tenant shall record at the time of sale, in the presence of the
customer, all receipts from sales or other transactions, whether for cash or
credit, in cash registers, having a cumulative total which shall be sealed in a
manner approved by Landlord.

                          (b)     The aforementioned statements described in
this Article IV, shall be:

(i) Certified to be correct by an individual authorized to make such
representations on Tenant's behalf; and (ii) accurante in such form and style
and shall contain such details sufficient to support the calculation.

                          (c)     The acceptance by Landlord of payments of
Percentage Rent shall be without prejudice to Landlord's right to an
examination of the Tenant's books and records of its Gross Sales and
inventories of merchandise in the Premises in order to verify the amount of
gross receipts received by Tenant in and from the Premises.  At its option,
Landlord may cause, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice, at any
reasonable time during normal business hours, a complete audit to be made of
Tenant's entire business affairs and records relating to its operations at the
Premises for the period covered by any statement issued by Tenant pursuant to
this Section 4.5 provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right to
conduct only one (1) audit in any twelve (12) month period.  In connection with
any such audit, Tenant shall make available to Landlord at Tenant's corporate
headquarters offices all books and records pertaining to Tenant's operations at
the Premises for the period covered by the audit, and Landlord shall have the
right at Landlord's sole cost and expense (subject to Landlord's conditional
right to





                                       6
<PAGE>   7
reimbursement as specified herein) to make copies of any relevant records,
receipts, documents, etc. at the time of such audit.  If an audit by an
independent Certified Public Accountant discloses that Tenant has paid an
incorrect amount of Percentage Rent for the period covered by such inspection,
the difference between the correct amount and the actual amount of Percentage
Rent theretofore paid by Tenant shall be paid immediately by Tenant to Landlord
or by Landlord to Tenant, as the case may be.  Any such payment made by Tenant
to Landlord shall be with interest thereon as provided in Section 4.6.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party shall have the right to challenge the
results of such audit in an appropriate judicial proceeding.  If the deficiency
is four (4) percent or more in excess of the Percentage Rent theretofore
computed and paid by Tenant for such period, Tenant shall also promptly pay to
Landlord, as additional rent, Landlord's reasonable expenses actually incurred
in said audit in addition to the deficiency.  Any information obtained by
Landlord as a result of such audit shall be held in strict confidence by
Landlord, and Landlord shall not divulge any Gross Sales figures pertaining to
the Market, but shall keep the same strictly confidential, except in connection
with the judicial enforcement of Landlord's rights under this Lease.

                 4.6      Late Payments:  Interest.  Any amount (of rent,
percentage rent, or other sum) due from Tenant to Landlord which is not paid
when due shall bear interest at the rate of three percent (3%) over the "prime
rate" (or if nonexistent, the equivalent thereof) as published by the Wall
Street Journal, from the date such payment is due until paid.



                                   ARTICLE V

                             TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

                 5.1      Taxes on Tenant's Business Operations and Personal
Property.  Tenant shall cause to be paid all sales taxes levied in connection
with operatons in the Premises, as well as all taxes against the leasehold held
by Tenant, or against its personal property, leasehold improvements, additions,
alterations and fixtures on the Premises.  If any such taxes are levied against
Landlord or the Shopping Center, or if the assessed value of the Shopping
Center is increased (whether by special assessment or otherwise) by the
inclusion therein of value placed on Tenant's leasehold, personal property,
leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and fixtures, and Landlord pays
any such taxes, (subject to the provisions of Section 5.5 herein) Tenant, upon
demand shall fully reimburse Landlord for the taxes so paid by Landlord or for
the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in any assessment, as
additional rent hereunder.

                 5.2      Taxes and Assessments on Common Area.

                          (a)     Landlord shall pay or cause to be paid prior
to delinquency all taxes and assessments affecting the Common Area.

                          (b)     Subject to the requirements of this Article,
Landlord may include in Common Expenses the amount of any taxes and assessments
affecting the Common Area.





                                       7
<PAGE>   8
                 5.3      Taxes on the Market.  Tenant shall pay all real
property taxes and assessments (including general and special assessments),
hereinafter sometimes jointly called "real estate taxes", which may be levied
or assessed by any lawful authority against the Market and the land thereunder.

                          If the Market (and land thereunder) is separately
assessed by the tax assessor, the real estate taxes assessed for such parcel
shall be paid prior to delinquency, directly to the taxing authority by Tenant.
If the Market is not separately assessed, Landlord shall pay prior to
delinquency all real property taxes and general and special assessments levied
or assessed upon or against the Market and the land thereunder, and Tenant
shall reimburse Landlord for such taxes and assessments as pertain to the Term
after the commencement thereof.  Landlord shall furnish written evidence of the
amount thereof including a copy of the tax bill, and within fifteen (15) days
after receipt of such information and bill, Tenant will send its reimbursement
to Landlord.  Real estate taxes due pursuant to this Section 5.3 may be paid by
Tenant in installments as permitted by the taxing authority.  In the event that
Landlord fails to pay real property taxes due from Landlord on the Shopping
Center prior to delinquency, Tenant may at its option, if Tenant reasonably
deems it necessary to protect its occupancy and right of possession, make such
payments on Landlord's behalf and thereafter deduct the Landlord's portion, but
not the Tenant's portion of any such payments made by Tenant from rent due or
to become due hereunder.  If it is reasonably possible to do so without harm to
Tenant's occupancy and right of possession, Tenant shall give Landlord ten (10)
days (or such lesser number of days if that is all that is reasonably possible)
prior written notice of Tenant's intent to make such payments on Landlord's
behalf, and subject to protecting its said interests, Tenant shall allow
Landlord to make such payments, provided such payments are made within
forty-eight (48) hours of Tenant's delivery of such notice or such greater time
as would still ensure Tenant adequate time to fully protect its interests.

                 5.4      Proration and Segregation.  Real property taxes and
assessments (including special assessments) on the Market and the land
thereunder, and real property taxes on the Common Area, for any tax year which
commences prior to the Commencement Date or which extends beyond the end of the
Term shall be prorated, and Tenant shall pay those pertaining to the period
beginning with the Commencement Date and ending on the termination of this
Lease.  Landlord shall not be required to segregate any real estate tax
payments from similar payments made by its other tenants in the Shopping
Center, nor shall Landlord be required to pay any interest on same.  Tenant's
pro rata share shall be apportioned by Landlord according to the apportionment,
if any, done by the tax assessor or other governmental entity, and in the
absence of such apportionment, according to the total leasable floor area of
the Premises as it relates to the total leasable floor area of the buildings
located in the Shopping Center.  Changes in the square footage of the Premises
and/or of the leasable square footage in the Shopping Center occurring during
any calendar quarter shall be effective on the first day of the next succeeding
calendar quarter, and the amount of any square footage in effect for the whole
of any calendar year shall be the average of the total amounts in effect on the
first day of each calendar quarter in such calendar year.  The amount of any
real property taxes and assessments (including special assessments) affecting
the Common Area shall be included as a cost of





                                       8
<PAGE>   9
common area operation and maintenance as set forth in Article X of this Lease,
provided there is no duplication in charges payable by Tenant under this Lease.

                 5.5      Contests.  Tenant, at its cost, may contest, object
to or oppose (herein "contest") any tax, assessment, imposition or charge of
which Tenant is required by this Lease to pay all or a portion, provided that
prompt notice of such contest shall be given to Landlord, and provided further
that such contest is reasonable in the reasonable judgment of Tenant under the
circumstances at the time such contest is to be made.  Tenant may, if
applicable law requires, make any such contest in Landlord's name as Landlord's
agent.  Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit Landlord's rights to
conduct such contests according to law.  Each party agrees to cooperate with
the contesting party at no out-of-pocket expense to the noncontesting party in
any such contest, and each party will, upon reasonable request of the other,
pay-under-protest any tax, assessment, imposition or charge which is the
subject of a contest.  The expense of the contest shall, as far as possible, be
paid from any benefits, if any, received therefrom.  The contesting party shall
not subject the noncontesting party to any penalty, fine, criminal proceeding,
or to imminent danger of final sale or seizure of its interest in the Shopping
Center as a result of any such contest.  If the payment of the subject taxes is
required by law to be made notwithstanding a contest, Tenant shall continue to
pay to Landlord its share of all taxes required by this Lease including those
that may be the benefits of the contest, after expenses, shall be credited to
Tenant.

                 5.6      Forwarding of Bills and Statements.  Landlord shall
forward to Tenant, upon Landlord's receipt thereof, copies of any and all tax
or assessment bills and statements and notices of other communications
respecting any real property taxes or assessments which affect, or might
affect, the Market, the land thereunder or the Common Area.  Landlord shall
supply copies of any and all correspondence regarding same to Tenant upon
written request by Tenant.

                 5.7      Taxes Not Included.  The taxes and assessments which
Tenant is obligated to pay pursuant to this Article or which may be included as
an item of Common Expense shall not include any of the following:

                          (a)     Any succession or transfer tax levied or
assessed against the Landlord;

                          (b)     Any tax (i) upon or against Landlord's income
or profits, (ii) arising out of Landlord's ownership of any property other than
the Market, the land thereunder or Common Area, or (iii) upon any sale,
conveyance or encumbrance of the Shopping Center or any portion thereof;

                          (c)     Any franchise, capital stock, excise, social
security, unemployment, sales, use or withholding tax levied or assessed
against Landlord; or any other tax, assessment, imposition, levy or charge
which has no direct relation to the Market and the land thereunder or the
Common Area, levied or assessed against Landlord and not against the Market and
the land thereunder or the Common Area which would not become a lien against
the Market and the land thereunder or the Common Area except for the failure of
Landlord to pay the same;

                          (d)     More than Tenant's Proportionate Share, as
provided herein, of taxes levied against the Common Area.





                                       9
<PAGE>   10
                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   INSURANCE

                 6.1      Tenant's Fire and Casualty Insurance.  Tenant shall,
for the entire Term,. obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of
insurance covering loss of or damage to the leasehold improvements on the
Premises, as well as all personal property, furniture, fixtures, machinery and
equipment on the Premises, in the amount of ninety percent (90%) of the full
replacement value thereof, providing protection against perils included within
the classification of fire with extended coverage endorsements including
vandalism, malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage and earthquake coverage as
written in New Mexico.  Tenant may include such coverage under its blanket
policies of insurance.  If Tenant fails to obtain any of the hereinabove
required insurance, Landlord shall, after thirty (30) days written notice to
Tenant, have the option (but not the obligation) to, obtain said insurance on
Tenant's behalf and charge Tenant therefor, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord
the actual cost therefor along with Tenant's next regularly scheduled payment
of Minimum Rent.

                 The term "full replacement value" as used herein shall mean
the then actual replacement cost.  The full replacement value of the leasehold
improvements, personal property, furniture, fixtures, machinery and equipment
to be insured under this Section shall be determined at the time the policy is
initially obtained by a qualified insurance appraiser acceptable in the
reasonable judgment of Landlord, which need not be an MAI appraiser.  Tenant
shall pay the full cost of such appraisal.  Not less than once every five (5)
years, either Landlord, Landlord's designees or Tenant shall have the right to
notify the other parties that it elects to have the full replacement value
redetermined.  The party requesting the redetermination shall pay the expenses
thereof.  The redetermination shall be made promptly and in accordance with the
foregoing appraisal procedure.  The full replacement value under the insurance
policy shall then be adjusted according to the redetermination, and Tenant
shall pay the full amount of such adjusted premium.

                 6.2      Tenant's Liability Insurance.  Tenant shall, for the
entire Term, maintain comprehensive general liability insurance against
liability for Tenant's operations in the Shopping Center, with limits of
liability not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) for personal injury
or death, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for property damage, naming
Landlord as an additional insured.  Such insurance shall include contractually
assumed liability.  Tenant may include such coverage under its blanket policies
of insurance.  If the limits of such insurance become inadequate due to the
changes in the overall price level or the size of claims being experienced, at
either's request, Landlord and Tenant agree to negotiate in good faith new
limits based on shopping center industry practices.  Except for claims arising
in connection with the Common Area, such insurance shall be primary and not in
excess of or contributory with other insurance carried by other persons.

                 6.3      Disbursement of Proceeds.  All insurance policies
obtained by Tenant pursuant to Sections 6.1 and 6.2 shall contain an
endorsement naming Landlord and any lender of Landlord holding a first lien on
the Shopping Center as additional insureds under such insurance (as their
respective interests may appear).





                                       10
<PAGE>   11
Proceeds payable for loss of or damage to Tenant's personal property,
furniture, fixtures, machinery and equipment shall be payable directly to
Tenant, and neither Landlord nor any lender shall have any claim therefor.  All
other insurance proceeds payable in respect of any damage or destruction to the
Market shall be payable to Landlord to be held in a segregated interest bearing
account and disbursed in accordance with Article XIII.  Landlord or Tenant, as
the case may be, agrees to execute and deliver to the other party such
releases, endorsements and other instruments as such other party may reasonably
require in order to compromise, adjust or settle any insurance claim which such
other party shall be entitled to compromise, adjust or settle pursuant to this
Section and to enable such other party to collect such insurance proceeds as
are payable in respect of such claim.  All amounts collected on any such policy
or policies for damage and/or destruction of the Market shall be made available
to Landlord, and used for the reconstruction or repair of the Market so damaged
or destroyed subject to the terms of Article XIII.

                 6.4      Shopping Center Fire and Casualty Insurance.
Landlord shall, at all times during the Term, maintain, or cause to be
maintained, in full force and effect, standard form fire insurance with
extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief, with construction
endorsements when appropriate and sprinkler leakage, written by one or more
financially responsible insurance companies covering all buildings and
improvements (including Common Area improvements) in the Shopping Center.  Such
insurance shall be in an amount not less than ninety percent (90%) of the
actual replacement cost thereof (excluding in each instance foundation and
excavation costs and the cost of underground flues, pipes and drains).  Subject
to the terms of Article XIII, all amounts collected on any such policy or
policies shall be used by Landlord for the reconstruction or repair of the
Shopping Center so damaged or destroyed.

                 6.5      Shopping Center Insurance.  Landlord shall, from and
after the date hereof, carry or cause to be carried comprehensive general
liability insurance against all claims and liability arising out of the
Shopping Center, including the Common Area, written by one or more financially
responsible insurance companies with limits of liability of at least One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for personal injury or death, and Five Hundred
Thousand ($500,00.00) for property damage.  Such insurance shall include
contractually assumed liability.  Except for matters arising out of Tenant's
operations in the Shopping Center, such policy shall be primary and not in
excess of or contributory with other insurance carried by other persons.

                 6.6      Common Area Insurance Expense.  If Landlord complies
with the foregoing Sections 6.4 and 6.5 as to the Common Area by separate
policies of insurance, covering nothing other than the Common Area as required
hereby, then the cost of said policies will be a Common Expense.  If either the
policy of liability insurance or the policy of casualty insurance which covers
the Common Area provides other or additional insurance than the Common Area
insurance required hereby, then Landlord will obtain from the insurance agent
or broker a written apportionment showing the portion of the cost of such
policy that provides only the coverage of the Common Area required hereby, and
only that portion of such cost will be a Common Expense.

                 6.7      Waiver of Subrogation; Blanket Policies;
Certificates; No Cancellation or Reduction Without Notice.  Landlord and Tenant
each waive, on their behalf and on behalf of their insurance companies,





                                       11
<PAGE>   12
subrogation and right of recovery in favor of the other party and its agents,
servants, employees and insurers with respect to perils covered by the policies
of casualty insurance required to be carried hereunder.  Each party shall cause
each casualty insurance policy obtained by it pursuant to this Lease to provide
that the insurer waives all rights of recovery by way of subrogation as
provided herein.  Any insurance required to be carried by Tenant under this
Article may be carried under a blanket policy or under policies maintained by
Tenant with respect to other premises or property owned or operated by it, its
subsidiaries or affiliates provided such policy specifies that the amount of
insurance required under this Article will in no way be prejudiced by other
losses covered by the policy.  Each party, upon request of the other, as much
as once per Lease Year, will provide to the other party copies of proper
certificates evidencing the coverage required hereunder.  All insurance carried
by either Landlord or Tenant shall contain a provision that it shall not be
canceled or the coverage reduced below the amount required hereunder without at
least ten (10) days' notice to the other party.  Each insurance policy required
pursuant to this Lease shall be with an insurance company authorized to do
business in the State of New Mexico and rated not less than Best's Financial
Class X and Best's Policyholder rating B+.



                                  ARTICLE VII

                       TENANT ALTERATIONS; TRADE FIXTURES

                 7.1      Right to Make Alterations.  Tenant shall not, without
first obtaining Landlord's written approval, make (or cause to be made) any
structural alterations, additions or improvements to the exterior or interior
of the Market.  Tenant shall be permitted to make nonstructural changes or
improvements to the Premises without first obtaining Landlord's written
approval.  Any work done by Tenant shall be done in a workmanlike manner
without impairing the structural soundness of the Market.  All salvage shall
belong to Tenant, but all permanent additions to the Market shall become part
thereof and shall belong to Landlord upon the termination of this Lease.
Landlord shall cooperate, at no cost to Landlord, with Tenant in securing the
necessary permits and authority to perform any such work.

                 7.2      Trade Fixtures.  Tenant's personal property, signs
and trade fixtures in the Premises shall be and remain Tenant's property and
may be installed, removed or replaced from time to time, provided that Tenant
shall promptly repair any damage to the Market caused thereby.



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                INDEMNIFICATION

                 8.1      Tenant's Indemnity.  Tenant shall, during the Term,
indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from any and all actions, claims,
demands, penalties or liabilities which result from Tenant's operations in the
Shopping Center during the Term, including any liens arising out of work
contracted for by Tenant and any claims arising from the breach or default of
any obligation imposed on Tenant by this Lease.  This indemnification shall
include all costs and expenses, and reasonable attorneys', fees, which Landlord
may expend in





                                       12
<PAGE>   13
connection with any of the foregoing.  However, this shall not require Tenant
to indemnify Landlord against matters arising out of the breach of any warranty
given by Landlord in this Lease, the breach of any other obligation imposed on
Landlord by this Lease or resulting from any negligent act or omission of
Landlord or its contractors, agents or employees.

                 8.2      Landlord's Indemnity.  Landlord shall indemnify,
defend and hold harmless Tenant from any and all actions, claims, demands,
penalties or liabilities including any injury to any person or damage to any
property in the Shopping Center, or any other claim, liability or expense,
arising as the result of any violation of law by Landlord, or arising from the
breach or default by Landlord of any obligation imposed on Landlord by Tenant
according to the terms of this Lease or any negligence or willful misconduct by
Landlord, Landlord's employees, contractors, or agents.  This indemnification
shall include all costs and expenses, and reasonable attorneys', fees, which
Tenant may expend in connection with any of the foregoing.  The foregoing
notwithstanding, Landlord does not indemnify Tenant against matters arising out
of Tenant's operations in the Shopping Center (including, but not by way of
limitation, its use of the market building), or resulting from any act or
omission of Tenant, or its contractors, agents or employees.



                                   ARTICLE IX

                         USE CONTROLS AND RESTRICTIONS

                 9.1      Use of Market.  Tenant shall occupy, use and operate
the Market only for any lawful retail use; subject to the limitations that no
part of the Premises shall be used for any use which conflicts with any
exclusive in effect at the Shopping Center as of the date of this Lease.  Said
exclusives are set forth in Exhibit "D" to this Lease.  Said prohibitions
(based on said exclusives) on Tenant's use of the Premises shall continue for
the full terms, and also for all renewals, extensions, exercised options
(collectively "Renewals") of the respective leases referred to in Exhibit "D"
and for the full terms and Renewals of all subsequent leases by Landlord to the
same tenants in the Shopping Center.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant
is other than Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and Tenant desires to use the Market for
other than a grocery use, Tenant shall give Landlord sixty (60) days prior
written notice of such proposed use.  Landlord shall then have sixty (60) days
to approve or disapprove such proposed use.  Landlord's failure to disapprove
within said time shall be deemed approval.  If Landlord disapproves, Tenant
shall have the option of utilizing the Market for a grocery use, complying with
the use restrictions in this Lease and continuing this Lease in effect, or
Tenant shall have the right to "go dark" as specified hereinbelow.  For the
purposes hereof, Tenant shall be deemed to be using the Market for a "grocery
use" when forty percent (40%) or more of the usable square footage of the
Market is used for the retail sale of groceries.  Tenant shall exclude from its
business the sale of prescription drugs and the sale or rental of audio and
video cassettes.  Tenant must always operate only accordance with all
applicable laws and regulations.

                          Tenant shall have the right to cease continuously
doing business in the Market ("go dark") for a reasonable period of time not to
exceed six (6) months, provided that Tenant is diligently making





                                       13
<PAGE>   14
repairs necessitated by material damages, destruction or eminent domain
relating directly to the Market.  Provided further, that Tenant shall not go
dark for said purposes for any period longer than is reasonably necessary.
Tenant shall also have the right to go dark regardless of the reason therefor,
subject to these conditions:  (i) Tenant shall give Landlord notice thereof at
least thirty (30) days prior to the date it does dark; (ii) At any time after
Tenant goes dark, Landlord may give notice to Tenant that Landlord intends to
terminate this Lease six (6) months from the date said notice is served on
Tenant; (iii) Tenant shall have the right to resume continuously doing business
in the Market during the six (6) months immediately following service of said
notice from Landlord which shall have the effect of rendering Landlord's notice
to terminate void and having no further cause or effect; (iv) If Tenant fails
to resume continuously doing business in the Market during said six (6) months,
this Lease will terminate six (6) months from the date the notice referred to
in (ii) above is served on Tenant; and (v) If Tenant goes dark (other than to
make repairs as stated above) more than once during the initial term and once
during each option term, Landlord shall have the absolute right at Landlord's
sole option to terminate this Lease upon ten (10) days written notice to
Tenant.

                 9.2      Use of Shopping Center.

                          (a)     Tenant shall not itself cause or allow those
under Tenant's control to cause there to be in the Shopping Center any display
or sale of merchandise, or any storage or replacement of merchandise, portable
signs or other objects outside the defined exterior walls of the Market, except
this shall not apply to shopping carts (provided such shopping carts do not
interfere with pedestrian or vehicular traffic) or specific promotional
displays of limited duration.  Neither Tenant nor any person or entity under
Tenant's control shall place any property or item of any kind, except shopping
carts as specified above, on the sidewalk, without prior written consent of
Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

                          (b)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall
have the right to conduct temporary outdoor promotional activities subject to
all of these conditions:

                                  (1)      All such activities shall be
confined to the area in front of the Market cross-hatched on the Site Plan
attached hereto as Exhibit "A";

                                  (2)      For any and all such activities in
excess of four (4) in any calendar year, the prior written approval of Landlord
is required, and same shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by
Landlord;

                                  (3)      All such activities must be
conducted in a manner which is consistent with the first class character of the
Shopping Center; and

                                  (4)      No such activity shall last longer 
than fourteen (14) calendar days.

                          (c)     Landlord will designate an employee parking
area for Tenant in the Common Area and both parties agree to use reasonable
efforts to cause Tenant's employees in the Shopping Center to park in that
area.  landlord will not cause the number of parking spaces within three
hundred feet (300') of the Market to decrease below 4.5 parking spaces per one
thousand (1,000) square feet of rentable space of the market.

                 9.3      Operation in Conformity to Law and Leases; Nuisance.





                                       14
<PAGE>   15
                          (a)     Landlord agrees that everything done or
installed or constructed by it, or with its consent, to or on the Shopping
Center shall conform, and all operations in the Shopping Center shall, to the
best of Landlord's ability, conform to every applicable requirement of law or
duly constituted authority, including, but not limited to, requirements
pertaining to health, welfare or safety of employees or the public.

                          (b)     Landlord shall use its best efforts to cause
every Occupant of the Shopping Center to conduct its activities in conformity
with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of governmental
authority, and in such manner as not to constitute a nuisance or create
unreasonable interference with other occupants, including Tenant, and their
customers and business invitees.

                          (c)     Landlord shall cause all other leases in the
Shopping Center to contain appropriate provisions enabling Landlord to enforce
the requirements of this Article.



                                   ARTICLE X

                                  COMMON AREA

                 10.1     Configuration of Common Area.  Landlord shall not,
without the prior approval of Tenant, which will not be unreasonably withheld
or delayed, make any material change in the location or arrangement of the
parking area traffic lanes or driveways in the Shopping Center.

                 10.2     Use of Common Area.

                          (a)     Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, may
use or permit to be used the Common Area for uses in furtherance of the
operation of the Shopping Center, including but not limited to the following:

                                  (1)      Parking of motor vehicles, and
pedestrian and vehicular ingress and egress by Tenant and other occupants of
the Shopping Center and agents, employees, customers, and other invitees of any
of them, to and from buildings, Common Area and adjacent public streets;

                                  (2)      Parking stalls, private streets,
sidewalks, walls, ramps, driveways, lanes, curbs, gutters, traffic control
areas, signals, traffic islands, landscaped areas, traffic and parking lighting
facilities and pylon signs with appropriate underground electrical connections,
and all things incidental thereto;

                                  (3)      Public utility installations serving
buildings or the Common Area which shall, if reasonably possible, be
underground.

                                  (4)      Ingress and egress of delivery and
service vehicles to and from the Shopping Center, any portion thereof, adjacent
public streets, and the parking of such vehicles only in unloading or truck
parking areas to the rear of the Building Area; and

                                  (5)      Delivery of goods, wares,
merchandise and the rendition of services to Tenant and other occupants of the
Shopping Center; and

                                  (6)      Perimeter walls and fences shown on
the Site Plan.





                                       15
<PAGE>   16
                                  (7)      Installation, removal, repair and
maintenance building canopies extending from any Building Area over pedestrian
sidewalks and the Common Area not more than ten (10) feet, together with
appropriate canopy supports;

                                  (8)      Installation, removal, repair and
maintenance of mail boxes, hose bibs, standpipes, fire hose connections,
downspouts, yard or floodlights and subsurface building foundations;

                                  (9)      Construction and use of loading
ramps, docks, trash rooms and trash bins which shall be located in the service
area to the rear of and adjacent to the building area; and

                                  (10)     Temporary erection of ladders,
scaffolding and store front barricades during construction, remodeling or
repair of buildings and building appurtenances upon the condition, however,
that such construction, remodeling or repair is diligently performed and such
ladders, scaffolding and barricades thereon are promptly removed.

                          (b)     Tenant shall not place vending machines in
the Common Area, without the prior written consent of Landlord.  Tenant shall
not use the Common Area for any purpose unless this Lease specifically gives
Tenant the right to use the Common Area for that particular purpose.  The
Common Area shall be used reasonably so as not to interfere with customer
parking, or the rights of Tenant and the other tenants in the Shopping Center,
except that portion of the Common Area designed for delivery areas shall be
used primarily to serve and supply the respective tenants.

                 10.3     Right of Access.  Landlord hereby grants to Tenant,
for the use and benefit of Tenant's employees, agents, customers and other
invitees, a nonexclusive right of access for the duration of, and subject to
the provisions of, this Lease, with a right of entry to use the Common Area for
the parking of motor vehicles, pedestrian and vehicular ingress and egress, and
for the other Common Area uses herein set forth, this right of access to burden
the Common Area and the interests of any owner or tenant thereof, and to
benefit the Premises, to which it is appurtenant.  Landlord covenants that,
except for matters beyond Landlord's reasonable control, Tenant at all times
shall have unobstructed and adequate means of ingress and egress between each
of the entrances to the Premises and a public street or highway.  Provided,
however, that should it be reasonably necessary (for repairs, maintenance or
the like) to temporarily block one of said entrances, Landlord shall have the
right to do so (or allow it) if Landlord uses its best reasonable efforts to
minimize said blockage.  Landlord shall not, without the consent of Tenant,
grant or permit the granting of any easement or right of use affecting the
Common Area to any person or entity other than owners or tenants of any portion
of the Shopping Center and their employees, agents, customers and other
invitees.  Subject to the other provisions of this Section, Landlord shall not
cause or allow interference with access by Tenant's customers to the Market or
to the Premises.

                 10.4     Common Area Operation and Maintenance.  Landlord
shall have the exclusive control and management of areas, equipment and
services provided by Landlord for the common or joint use and benefit of the
tenants of the Shopping Center.  Landlord shall operate and maintain the Common
Area and adjoining public parkways in good condition and repair, with adequate
lighting, with all paving and surface areas in level and smooth





                                       16
<PAGE>   17
condition, evenly covered with a surfacing material of equal or superior
quality to the kind originally installed thereon, with parking areas therein
properly designated and painted with directional signs and striping and in a
clean condition free from debris and accumulations of trash.  Subject to the
terms of Article XIII, Landlord shall promptly repair any damage or
deterioration to the Common Area.  Landlord's obligations hereunder shall
include, but not be limited to, the following:

                          (a)     Removal of all papers, debris, dirt and
refuse as often as necessary from the Common Area;

                          (b)     Sweeping of the Common Area by mechanical
sweeper as often as necessary;

                          (c)     Maintenance of all utility systems, lights
and light standards in the Common Area;

                          (d)     Lighting of the Common Area, which shall
include the main lighting of the Common Area, with adequate lighting of the
Shopping Center daily during the p.m. hours of darkness until sixty (60)
minutes after Tenant closes the Market and security lighting in all other hours
of darkness; provided, however, that if the Market is open for business
twenty-four hours a day, the lighting of the Common Area shall be extended at
Tenant's expense from midnight to daylight (or Tenant shall bear its
proportionate share of such expense with other tenants of the Shopping Center
also open for business during such hours) and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord
therefore promptly upon receipt of notice from Landlord of Tenant's cost; and

                          (e)     Maintenance, care and replacement of all
irrigation systems and of shrubbery and other landscaping upon the Shopping
Center and adjoining parkways so that such landscaping is in a thriving
condition.

                 10.5     Payment by Tenant of Common Expenses.

                          (a)     Starting with the Commencement Date and
thereafter to the end of the Term, Tenant shall pay Tenant's Proportionate
Share (as defined in the next section) of the total cost and expense incurred
in operating and maintaining the Common Area, specifically including, without
limitation:  gardening and landscaping; the cost of public liability insurance
for bodily injury and property damage; repairs, line painting; lighting;
sanitary control; removal of snow and ice (if any); removal of trash, rubbish,
garbage and other refuse; reasonable reserves for non-capital replacements and
repairs; maintenance; and the cost of personnel to implement such services, to
direct parking and to police the common facilities, real estate taxes and
assessments (calculated pursuant to Article V) thereon for the Common Area.
The costs of which Tenant is obligated to pay Tenant's Proportionate Share are
referred to in this Lease as "Common Expenses," and for the purpose of
computing the amounts owing Landlord from Tenant under this Article, all
expenses shall be prorated as of the Commencement Date and at the end of the
Term.  Common Expenses shall not include the cost of maintaining or operating
any area for trash storage or truck parking or unloading unless Tenant shares
the use of such area with other occupants of the Shopping Center.  Common
Expenses shall not include amounts expended for (i) any capital improvements
made to the Common Area, as opposed to maintenance, or (ii) any charge for
depreciation, interest or amortization.





                                       17
<PAGE>   18
                          (b)     Common Expenses shall not include Landlord's
expenses for office overhead, professional or bookkeeping services, salaries of
clerical and administrative personnel, nor for equipment or property not used
in connection with the maintenance or repairs of the Common Area.  However,
Landlord may charge, as a Common Expense, an administrative fee which shall not
exceed five percent (5%) of Common Expenses.  Administrative fees shall only be
payable with respect to actual expenditures for the operation and maintenance
of the Common Area and shall not be payable with respect to fees or other
amounts (however denominated) payable to third parties with whom Landlord may
contract for the supervision or management of the Common Area.

                          (c)     Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly an
amount, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, equal to one-twelfth of Tenant's
Proportionate Share of the Common Expenses, which Landlord shall hold in an
impound account until they are expended for Common Expenses.  Landlord shall,
within ninety (90) days after the end of each calendar year, submit to Tenant a
written statement itemizing the actual Common Expenses for the year, and with
it Landlord shall pay to Tenant the amount, if any, by which Tenant's
Proportionate Share of the actual Common Expenses is less than the aggregate
amount of the payments theretofore made by Tenant for the said year.  The
statement shall contain a complete itemization of every item of cost or expense
incurred by Landlord for the operation and maintenance of the Common Area for
the year and shall summarize the totals of all such costs and expenses.  Within
sixty (60) days after receipt of such statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord
the amount, if any, by which Tenant's Proportionate Share of the actual Common
Expense exceeds the aggregate amount of the payments theretofore made by Tenant
for the year.  Tenant may object to any cost or expense shown on such
statement.  Such objection must be made in writing within sixty (60) days after
receipt of the statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the grounds for
Tenant's objection.  If Tenant so objects, Tenant shall pay within sixty (60)
day period any amounts due from Tenant, for the costs and expenses to which
Tenant does not object, and Tenant may, but shall not be obligated to, pay for
the costs and expenses to which Tenant objects, which payment shall be deemed
to be under protest.  Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate reasonably in
settling any dispute relating to Common Expenses with thirty (30) days from
Landlord's receipt of Tenant's written objection.  Upon the final determination
of such dispute, Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, will then promptly
make any additional payment owing to the other party.

                          (d)     Landlord shall keep accurate books and
records covering all Common Expenses, in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, consistently applied, which books and records shall be
kept at Landlord's business office as identified in Section XVIII of this Lease
for at least two and one-half (2 1/2) years after the end of the year to which
they apply, and Tenant may at Tenant's expense, up to two (2) years after
receiving any such statement, inspect or audit Landlord's books and records at
Landlord's business office (or if Landlord's business office is outside the
State of New Mexico, Landlord shall make such books and records available to
Tenant at the Premises) to verify the propriety of any charge.





                                       18
<PAGE>   19
                 10.6     Tenant's Proportionate Share.  Tenant's Proportionate
Share shall be a fraction (which may be expressed as a percentage), the
numerator of which shall be the Floor Area of the Market and the denominator of
which shall be the total Floor Area of all buildings shown on the Site Plan,
plus the Floor Area of additional buildings and expansions of buildings, if
any, that may hereafter be constructed in the Shopping Center.  In the event
any building in the Shopping Center shall be destroyed, in whole or in part,
and immediately prior to its destruction, the Floor Area of said building had
been included in said denominator figure, and such building is not
reconstructed, the denominator of the fraction shall be reduced by the Floor
Area (or portion thereof) of the destroyed building.

                          For the purpose of this Article, "Floor Area" means
the total floor area of a building; provided, however, that Floor Area shall
not include any mechanical penthouse, truck or unloading area, mezzanine area
not used for retail sales, the upper level of any double deck storage area,
trash area or sidewalk area.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                PUBLIC UTILITIES

                 Tenant shall pay for all public utilities, including gas,
water, electricity, sewer, telephone or other communication services, furnished
to the Market during the Term.


                                  ARTICLE XII

                   MAINTENANCE OF MARKET AND SHOPPING CENTER

                 12.1     Tenant's Maintenance of Market.  Tenant shall, during
the Term, maintain, make all necessary repairs to, and keep the interior
nonstructural portions of the Market, the loading dock adjacent to the Market,
and all windows and doors of the Market in good condition and repair, ordinary
wear and tear excepted, including mechanical equipment, electrical equipment
and systems, heating, ventilation, air conditioning, ("HVAC"), cooling
equipment, store front and plate glass and as to all of the above, Tenant shall
promptly remove, to the extent reasonably practicable, all surface water, snow,
dirt and debris, but Tenant shall not be obligated to replace such HVAC
equipment.  (Landlord shall replace the HVAC equipment when needed.)

                 12.2     Landlord's Maintenance of Market.  Landlord shall
cause the following to be performed as to the Market and Premises:  all
structural maintenance, including the roof and exterior walls of the Market,
and maintenance of sidewalk curbing and of all utilities located outside the
Premises.  In the event that Landlord fails to perform maintenance which is
reasonably necessary to preserve the safety or appearance of the Market, and
Tenant gives written notice of such failure to Landlord, reasonably identifying
what actions should be taken, Tenant shall have the right to perform such
maintenance of the Market or Premises, but only as follows:  (i) Tenant may
commence to perform such maintenance only if forty-five (45) days have passed
since Landlord's receipt of said written notice and Landlord has failed within
said forty-five (45) day period to commence and in good faith to diligently
continue to perform such maintenance; (ii) Notwithstanding that Tenant has
commenced to perform such


                                       19
<PAGE>   20
maintenance Landlord may at any time take over the management and control of
such maintenance upon reasonable notice to Tenant, provided Landlord diligently
prosecutes same to completion; and (iii) Tenant shall have the right to deduct
from rent its actual out of pocket expenses for performing said maintenance in
accordance with the Section 12.2, provided however, that said deduction shall
not exceed two (2) months of Minimum Rent, and that Tenant shall not invoke
this remedy more than once per Lease year.

                 12.3     Maintenance of Shopping Center.  Landlord will cause
the Shopping Center (other than the Market) to be maintained, or will cause
other tenants to maintain their portion of the Shopping Center, in a safe,
clean and attractive condition, suitable and appropriate for a retail shopping
center, and at least reasonably comparable to the condition of the Market.
Such maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, sweeping and pickup of
paper and debris as necessary, repairs of all wear and tear, and repainting or
restaining all painted or stained exterior surfaces of the buildings in the
Shopping Center at least once during each seven-year period commencing as of
the Commencement Date, or sooner if reasonably necessary to maintain the first
class nature of the Shopping Center.

                 12.4     Self-Help by Tenant.  Tenant may, in its reasonable
discretion in an emergency, but shall have no obligation to, perform repairs or
maintenance on the Market, Common Area or installations therein, or on utility
installations serving the Market or Common Area that would otherwise be
Landlord's obligation hereunder, without notice or with only such notice as is
practical, and shall as soon as practicable thereafter notify Landlord as to
the nature of the emergency and the extent of such repairs and maintenance.
Landlord shall, upon demand, reimburse Tenant for Tenant's reasonable expenses
in respect of any such repairs or maintenance for common area only, with
interest after thirty (30) days from said demand.  Tenant's rights hereunder
are in addition to its rights under Article XVII.

                 12.5     Landlord's Entry.  Upon reasonable, prior written
notice delivered to Tenant, Landlord may enter the Market to inspect the same
or to perform Landlord's maintenance and repairs, provided, however, that such
entry shall not unnecessarily interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises nor
the conducting of business thereon.  Except in emergencies, such entry shall be
during business hours after Tenant has received such notice and has approved
the time and method of such entry.


                                  ARTICLE XIII

                          CASUALTY AND RECONSTRUCTION

                 13.1     Damage to Market.  If, during the Term, the Market is
damaged by a casualty, such as fire, earthquake or unusual weather or an event
causing sudden damage (in this Article collectively a "Casualty"), the
following shall apply.  For the purpose of this Article, "Proceeds", are any
proceeds of casualty insurance Landlord or Tenant is required hereby to carry
or damages recoverable from a third party which are received or receivable by
Landlord or Tenant as a result of the occurrence on account of the damage, less
actual, out-of-pocket costs of collection.


                                       20
<PAGE>   21
                          (a)     If the Market is damaged by a Casualty, which
is a risk covered by casualty insurance that either Landlord or Tenant is
required hereby to carry, and the Proceeds are available to Landlord, Landlord
shall promptly commence and prosecute with diligence reconstruction of the
Market to a condition substantially equivalent to its condition immediately
before the Casualty, and Landlord shall receive all Proceeds.  Landlord shall
use its best efforts to complete such reconstruction as soon as possible after
the casualty, but in no event later than one hundred (180) days after the
casualty.

                          (b)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, during the
last year of the initial Term or during the last year of any optional extension
period, the Market is damaged by a Casualty but the reconstruction costs exceed
thirty percent (30%) of the total cost immediately prior to the casualty of
replacing the Market as it was constructed, Tenant or Landlord may elect to
terminate this Lease as of the date of such damage and Landlord shall receive
all Proceeds, provided that Tenant shall receive all proceeds paid for its
personal property, equipment, fixtures and leasehold improvements.

                 13.2     Damage to Common Area or Other Buildings.  If any
building or Common Area in the Shopping Center is damaged as the result of any
Casualty, and if this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall promptly, at no
expense to Tenant, do or cause to be done the reconstruction of the Common Area
and the reconstruction of every damaged building to a condition substantially
equivalent to its condition immediately before the Casualty.  If Landlord is
not obligated to and does not elect to reconstruct, Landlord may clear the
debris off the area, following which Landlord shall either cause the site to be
reconstructed as fully improved Common Area or maintained in a neat, clean and
attractively landscaped condition.  Nothing in this Paragraph shall be deemed
or construed to limit Landlord's obligation to insure as required under Article
VI of this Lease.  If Landlord does not complete the reconstruction of the
common area parking within three hundred feet (300') of the Market within one
hundred twenty (120) days, or the reconstruction or clearing of the common area
within twelve (12) months, Tenant shall have the right to terminate if the
respective failure by Landlord causes a material decrease in Tenant's Gross
Sales.

                 13.3     Further Limitations on Reconstruction.  Landlord need
not reconstruct the Market following either a Casualty or any event causing
substantial damage to the Common Area or the other buildings in the Shopping
Center and may elect to terminate this Lease if required governmental permits
or approvals for the reconstruction of the Market, the Common Area or the other
buildings in the Shopping Center cannot be obtained within three (3) months
after the Casualty or event through no fault of Landlord, provided Landlord
uses its best reasonable efforts and all due diligence to promptly apply for
and obtain same.  If Landlord terminates this Lease pursuant to this Section
13.3, Landlord shall receive all Proceeds, except that Tenant shall receive all
proceeds paid for Tenant's personal property, fixtures, equipment and leasehold
improvements.

                 13.4     Abatement of Rental.  If by a casualty (i) any
portion of the Common Area is damaged so as to impair or eliminate access to,
or parking for, the Market or (ii) any portion of the Market is damaged, and as
a result of such damage Tenant's operations in the Market are interfered with
to the extent that Gross Sales decrease


                                       21
<PAGE>   22
by seven percent (7%) or more as a result thereof for a period of five (5) days
or more, Tenant's obligations to pay rent, real property taxes and assessments
and its Proportionate Share of Common Expenses shall abate in a just proportion
to the duration and extent of such interference with Tenant's operations in the
Market, and such abatement shall continue until the earlier of the time the
reconstruction required by this Lease is completed or this Lease terminates.

                 13.5     Right to Terminate After Destruction.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article XIII, if there is
destruction to the Shopping Center and other improvements in the Shopping
Center that exceeds twenty- five percent (25%) of the then replacement value of
the Shopping Center and other improvements from a risk not covered by the
insurance that Landlord and/or Tenant are required by this Lease to maintain,
Landlord can elect to terminate this Lease whether or not the Market is
destroyed as long as Landlord terminates the leases of all tenants in the
Shopping Center.  Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary,
Landlord shall not have the duty to repair or reconstruct if there is
destruction to the Shopping Center and other improvements that exceeds thirty
percent (30%) of the then replacement value of the Shopping Center and other
improvements during the last year of the initial Term or during the last year
of any option Term.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article
XIII, if there is destruction to the Market that exceeds thirty percent (30%)
of the then replacement value of the Market from a risk not covered by the
insurance that Landlord and/or Tenant are required by this Lease to maintain,
either Landlord or Tenant can elect to terminate this Lease.





                                       22
<PAGE>   23
                                  ARTICLE XIV

                     CONDEMNATION; EXERCISE OF POLICE POWER

                 14.1     Effect of Condemnation.  If, after the date hereof
all or any portion of the Premises shall be taken by eminent domain, or
substantially interfered with by governmental action (herein collectively
called a "Taking"), the following shall be applicable:

                 14.2     Taking of Entire Market or Common Area.  If either
the entire Market or the entire Common Area, shall be taken, this Lease shall
terminate as of the Taking.  Landlord shall thereupon repay to Tenant (subject
to deduction for all charges then currently due Landlord under the terms of
this Lease) all monies held by Landlord as unearned rents and reimburse Tenant
for any unused portion of additional rent paid by Tenant hereunder.

                 14.3     Taking of Part of Market or Common Area.  If part,
but not all, of the Market, shall be taken by condemnation, Tenant may elect to
terminate this Lease as of the Taking, if, in Tenant's reasonable judgment,
after such Taking the remaining portion of the Market, as constructed or
reconstructed, will be unsuitable for the conduct of Tenant's business.  Tenant
may elect to terminate this Lease as of the Taking if (i) one-fourth (1/4) or
more of the Common Area shall be taken, (ii) the Common Area or any parking
area thereon is partially taken in such a manner that ingress to or egress from
or parking within three hundred feet (300') of the Market or by Tenant's
customers or delivery trucks is prevented or substantially hindered, (iii) any
street access to the Shopping Center is taken in such a manner that ingress to
or egress from the Market by Tenant's customers or delivery trucks is prevented
or substantially hindered, or (iv) if all or any part to the extent of
one-third (1/3) or more of the other buildings in the Shopping Center shall be
taken by condemnation or otherwise and devoted to public use, and in Tenant's
reasonable judgment the remaining buildings and Common Area are not a viable
retail shopping center.  If Tenant does not terminate this Lease pursuant to
this provision, then the Minimum Rent payable hereunder shall be reduced by the
proportion that the square footage of the portion of the Market taken bears to
the Market's total square footage and Tenant's share of Common Expenses as
shall be just and equitable under the circumstances.  With respect to any
partial condemnation of the market or Common Area as to which this Lease is not
terminated as provided in this Article, if there results any change of or
damage to the remainder of the Market, other buildings in the Shopping Center
or the Common Area, the parties hereto shall make any condemnation award for
reconstruction available to pay the costs of any reconstruction.  If amounts
awarded to Landlord as compensation for any taking are adequate to pay the
entire cost of such repair, restoration or reconstruction, Landlord shall
promptly commence and prosecute with diligence reconstruction of the Market,
the Common Area and every other damaged building in the Shopping Center to as
reasonably of like quality and character as existed prior to the Taking (and
Minimum Rent shall equitably abate during the restoration period).  However,
Tenant may retain and need not make available for reconstruction any amounts
awarded to Tenant as compensation for the Taking of any personal property,
fixtures, equipment or unamortized leasehold improvements (which Landlord shall
not be obligated to reconstruct) owned by Tenant, or for the expense of
removing or altering the same.





                                       23
<PAGE>   24
                 14.4     Time of Notice.  If Tenant elects to terminate as a
result of a Taking, it shall so notify Landlord within sixty (60) days after
the Taking or lose such right to terminate.  For purposes of this Article, the
date of a Taking means the date of entry into possession by, or the vesting of
title in, the condemning or governmental authority, whichever is earlier,
provided, however, that Landlord notifies Tenant of such date.

                 14.5     Distribution of Award.  Each party shall be entitled
to prosecute its claims in any condemnation proceeding and, subject to any
reconstruction requirement, to retain any award made to it in such proceeding
from the condemnor, subject to the terms hereof.  Tenant shall have the right
to claim and recover from the condemnor such compensation as may be separately
awarded Tenant for any so-called bonus or excess value of this Lease by reason
of the relationship between the rental payable under this Lease and what may at
the time be fair rental for the Market.  No award for any partial or total
Taking of the Shopping Center shall be apportioned and Tenant assigns to
Landlord any award which may be made and all rights of Tenant therein, except
as may be separately awarded and recovered by Tenant from the condemnor.



                                   ARTICLE XV

                             ASSIGNMENT; SUBLETTING

                 15.1     Landlord's Consent.  Tenant may assign this Lease or
sublet the Premises or any portion thereof without first obtaining the consent
of Landlord provided that such assignee or subtenant occupies, uses and
operates the Market for a grocery use as defined in Section 9.1 hereof.  If
Tenant proposes an assignee or subtenant who desires to use the Market for
other than a grocery use, the Landlord shall have the right of approval as
specified in the first paragraph of Section 9.1 (relative to Tenant's desire to
use the Market for other than a grocery use).  Provided, however, that if
Landlord does not consent to Tenant's proposed assignee or subtenant (which
proposed assignee or subtenant was ready, willing and able to conduct a
non-grocery lawful retail use in the Market) Tenant shall then have the right
to go dark (per Section 9.1), except that the following shall also apply:
After going dark, Tenant may again request that the Landlord approve other
assignee(s) or subtenant(s) who are ready, willing and able to use the Market
for a non-grocery lawful retail use.  If Tenant in writing requests Landlord to
approve two (2) such other (ready, willing and able) assignees or subtenants,
and Landlord approves neither of them, this Lease will terminate sixty (60)
days after Landlord's receipt of the second written request as to the potential
assignee(s) and/or subtenant(s).  Tenant may submit said written requests
separately or together.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Lease, as to any and all subleases, Wild Oats Markets, Inc. shall continue to
be primarily liable to Landlord for all monetary and non-monetary obligations
under this Lease for the Term (as defined in Section 1.9) of this Lease.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Lease may be assigned or
re-assigned to Wild Oats Markets, Inc., its successor in interest, or to its
subsidiary (an "Affiliated Transaction") without Landlord's consent.

                          If Tenant desires at any time to assign this Lease or
sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, it shall, at least sixty (60) days
prior to the proposed commencement of the proposed assignment or sublease,
notify Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord
(i) the name of the proposed





                                       24
<PAGE>   25
assignee or subtenant; (ii) the nature of the proposed assignee's or
subtenant's business to be carried on in the Premises; and (iii) the last
published certified financial statement (or other evidence of net worth) of the
prospective assignee or subtenant.

                          Should Landlord consent to any such assignment or
subletting, such consent shall not constitute a waiver of any of the
restrictions of this Article, except as otherwise provided herein, and the same
shall apply to each successive transfer, assignment or subletting hereunder, if
any.

                          In the event of an assignment of this Lease, Tenant
shall be released from all liability accruing under this Lease from and after
the date which is five (5) years following the date of such assignment;
provided, however, such release shall not apply following an assignment which
is an Affiliated Transaction.

                          Any consideration paid to Tenant by any subtenant or
assignee (excepting, in the case of an assignment, any consideration paid for
trade fixtures and personal property paid for by Tenant and Tenant's goodwill),
no matter what the form of such consideration, shall be paid entirely to
Landlord as additional rent to the extent such consideration exceeds, in the
event of an assignment, Tenant's rental obligations hereunder, and in the event
of a sublease, the percentage of Tenant's rental obligations hereunder equal
to the percentage of the Premises being subleased.

                 15.2     Encumbrances of Leasehold Interest.  Tenant may,
after obtaining Landlord's written consent, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld, mortgage, pledge, convey a security interest in, or otherwise
encumber Tenant's leasehold.  In such event, provided Tenant first gives
Landlord written notice of such encumbrancer, Landlord agrees to send copies of
all notices of default hereunder to such encumbrancer, and to permit such
encumbrancer a reasonable time to cure all defaults hereunder.



                                  ARTICLE XVI

                               DEFAULT OF TENANT

                 16.1     Default.  The occurrence of any one or more of the
following events shall constitute a default under this Lease by Tenant:

                          (a)     Non-curable defaults:

                                  (1)      Any involuntary transfer of Tenant's
interest in this Lease or except as otherwise allowed by this Lease, any
voluntary transfer of Tenant's interest in this Lease, without Owner's prior
written consent, subject to Tenant's rights to assign or sublease according to
Article XV hereof.

                                  (2)      If the leasehold interest of Tenant
is levied upon execution or is attached by process of law and said levy or
attachment is not promptly released.

                                  (3)      If Tenant makes or has made or
furnishes or has furnished any warranty, representation or statement to
Landlord in connection with this Lease or any assignment of this Lease or
subletting of all or part of the Premises which is or was false or misleading
in any material respect, and Tenant knew or with the exercise of reasonable
care should have known was false or misleading when made or furnished.





                                       25
<PAGE>   26
                          (b)     Curable defaults:

                                  (1)      The failure by Tenant to make any
payment of Minimum Rent, Percentage Rent, additional rent or any other payment
required to be made by Tenant hereunder within fifteen (15) days of Landlord's
written notice that the same is past due.  If Tenant does not fully cure such
default within said fifteen (15) days after Tenant has been given said notice,
this Lease shall be terminable at Landlord's option.

                                  (2)      The failure by Tenant to observe or
perform any non-monetary covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease to
be observed or performed by Tenant, other than the aforementioned non-curable
defaults.  If Tenant does not fully cure any such non-monetary default within
thirty (30) days after Tenant has been given notice of such default, this Lease
shall be terminable at Landlord's option.  Provided, however, if any such non-
monetary default cannot reasonably be cured within said thirty (30) days (the
"Cure Period"), Tenant shall not be in default of this Lease if Tenant
commences to cure the default within the Cure Period and diligently and in good
faith continues to cure the default until completion, and neither Landlord nor
any lessee in the Shopping Center other than Tenant suffers any damage,
inconvenience or loss of revenue due to Tenant's failure to completely cure
said default within said Cure Period.

                 16.2     Remedies.  In addition to all other rights or
remedies it might have, in the event of any non-curable default or if a
curable default is not fully cured within the cure period designated for such
default, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to
Subsection 16.2(1) hereinbelow or, without terminating this Lease, to terminate
Tenant's right to possession of the Premises pursuant to Subsection 16.2(2).
Landlord's right to terminate this Lease shall be exercised by a written notice
of termination, given in accordance with Article XVIII, "Service of Notice,"
hereof, which notice shall terminate this Lease and Tenant's right to
Possession of the Premises thirty (30) days after the date on which it is
deemed given under said Article.  If Landlord has rightfully terminated
Tenant's right to possession of the Premises pursuant to Subsection 16.2(2)
hereof, neither the taking of possession of same by landlord in order to
perform acts of maintenance or preservation or to relet or attempt to relet the
Premises, not the changing of the locks on the door(s) to the Premises and the
locking of same, nor the appointment of a receiver in order to protect
Landlord's interests under this Lease, shall be deemed a termination of this
Lease unless the Lease has been terminated as provided above.  The notification
provided in this Lease for curable defaults shall be in lieu of, and not in
addition to, any notice required by New Mexico law, provided, however, that
Tenant's cure period is not decreased thereby.

                 16.3     If Landlord Terminates the Lease:

                          If Landlord terminates this Lease, Tenant shall
thereafter have no further right to occupy the Premises, and Landlord may
recover the following from Tenant:

                          (a)     the worth at the time of payment (whether
pursuant to a judgment or a mutually agreed upon settlement) of the rent which
was due, owing and unpaid by Tenant to Landlord at the time of termination;
plus





                                       26
<PAGE>   27
                          (b)     the worth at the time of such payment of the
amount by which the unpaid rent which would have come due after termination
until the time of such payment exceeds the amount of rental loss that Tenant
proves could have been reasonably avoided during such period; plus

                          (c)     any deficiency between the rent reserved
and/or covenanted to be paid under this Lease, and the next amount, if any, of
the rents collected on account of the lease or leases of the Premises for each
month of the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the
Term of this Lease.  Such damages shall be paid in monthly installments by
Tenant on the rent days specified in this Lease and any suit brought to collect
the amount of the deficiency for any month(s) shall not prejudice in any way
the right of Landlord to collect the deficiency for any subsequent months by
similar proceedings; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be liable for the
amount of rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided,
nor shall Landlord be entitled to any double recovery from Tenant; plus

                          (d)     all other amounts necessary to compensate
Landlord for all of the detriment caused by Tenant's failure to perform its
obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things are
likely to result therefrom, including, but not limited to, any attorneys' fees,
brokers, commissions or finders, fees (not only in connection with the
reletting of the Premises, but also that portion of any leasing commission paid
by Landlord in connection with this Lease which is applicable to that portion
of the Lease term which is unexpired as of the date on which this Lease is
terminated), any costs for repairs, clean-up, removal (including the repair of
any damage caused by such removal) and storage (or disposal) of Tenant's
personal property, equipment, fixtures, and anything else that Tenant is
required (under this Lease) to remove but does not remove, and any other
reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in regaining possession of
and reletting (or attempting to relet) the Premises; and

                          (e)     at Landlord's election, such other amounts in
lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable New
Mexico law.

                 All computations of the worth at the time of payment of
amounts recoverable by Landlord under sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) hereof shall
be computed by allowing interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum
(or such lower rate, if any, as is the maximum permitted under applicable usury
laws) from the date of termination until payment, in addition to any interest
and late charges which have accumulated pursuant to this Lease from the date
such payment is due until the date of termination.

                 16.4     If Landlord Terminates Tenant's Right to Possession,
But Does Not Terminate the Lease:

                          Notwithstanding Landlord's right to terminate this
Lease pursuant to Subsection 16.2(1), Landlord may, at its option, in addition
to enforcing any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease, resort to
any and all legal or equitable remedies or combination of remedies which
Landlord may desire to assert, including, but not limited to, one or more of
the following:  (a) sue for the rent due as specified in subparagraphs (a),
(b), and (c) of Subsection 16.2(1), (b) sue for any damages sustained by
Landlord as a result of Tenant's default, and (c) continue this Lease in effect
and relet the Premises, as hereinafter more specifically described.
Notwithstanding


                                       27
<PAGE>   28
anything in this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be entitled
to any double recovery from Tenant.  If Landlord terminates Tenant's right to
possession of the Premises pursuant to this Subsection 16.2(2) but does not
terminate the Lease, Tenant shall thereafter have no further right to occupy
the Premises (regardless of whether or not Tenant cures any or all previous
defaults) unless Landlord first consents (by notifying Tenant of such consent
in accordance with Article XVIII hereof) to such re-occupancy by Tenant; in any
event, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all costs of
maintenance and preservation of the Premises, and all reasonable costs,
including attorneys', fees and receivers' fees, incurred in connection with the
appointment of and performance by a receiver to protect the Premises and
Landlord's interests under this Lease.  No re-entry or taking possession of the
Premises by Landlord pursuant to Subsection 16.2(3) or this Subsection 16.2(2)
shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless the Lease is
terminated by Landlord as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 16.2
or it is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction that Landlord has
terminated this Lease.  Notwithstanding any reletting by Landlord without a
termination of this Lease, Landlord may at any time after such reletting elect
to terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant as provided in the first paragraph
of this Section 16.2.  Upon and after entry into possession of the Premises
without termination of this Lease, Landlord may, and shall use reasonable
efforts and reasonable due diligence to relet the Premises or any part thereof
for the account of Tenant to any person, firm, partnership, corporation or
other business entity other than Tenant for such rent, for such time and upon
such terms as Landlord, in Landlord's sole reasonable discretion, shall
determine.  Landlord shall not unreasonably refuse to accept any substitute
tenant offered by Tenant.  Landlord shall use its best reasonable efforts to
mitigate Tenant's damages hereunder.  In any such case, Landlord may remove and
repair any damage caused by such removal and store or dispose of any of
Tenant's personal property, equipment, fixtures, and anything else that Tenant
is required under this Lease to remove but does not remove, and Landlord may
also make repairs, renovations, alterations and/or additions to the Premises to
the extent reasonably deemed by Landlord necessary or desirable in connection
with any such attempt to relet.  If Landlord is able to relet the Premises for
Tenant's account (i.e., without terminating this Lease) during any remaining
portion of the term of this Lease and if the consideration collected by
Landlord from any such reletting is not sufficient to pay monthly the full
amount of the rent payable by Tenant under this Lease, together with any
attorneys' fees, brokers' commissions (or finders' fees), any costs for
repairs, and any other reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in regaining
possession of and reletting the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the
amount of each monthly deficiency upon demand.  Any rentals received by
Landlord from any such reletting shall be applied as follows:  first, to the
payment of any indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from Tenant to
Landlord; second, to the payment of any costs of regaining possession of and
reletting the Premises; third, to the payment of the costs of any such repairs
to the Premises; fourth, to the payment of rent due and unpaid under this
Lease; and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied as
payment of future rent as the same may become due and payable under this Lease.

                 16.5     Vacation of Premises.  Upon termination of this
Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon any termination of
Tenant's right to possession of the Premises, with or without a termination of


                                       28
<PAGE>   29
this Lease, Tenant shall immediately vacate the Premises and deliver possession
thereof to Landlord.  If the Premises are abandoned by Tenant (that is, Tenant
vacates the Premises and fails to pay rent beyond the applicable cure period)
or if Landlord or any of its agents acts pursuant to a court order, then
Landlord or any of its agents shall have the right, upon prior written notice,
with or without terminating this Lease, to re-enter the Premises, remove any
persons therefrom, remove any or all of Tenant's trade fixtures, equipment,
furniture and other personal property (herein collectively referred to as
"property") from the Premises, and change the locks on the door(s) to the
Premises and lock same, all without being deemed in any manner liable for
trespass, eviction or forcible entry or detainer, or conversion of property,
and without relinquishing any right given to Landlord in this Lease or by
operation of law.  If Landlord re-enters the Premises in such a situation, all
property removed from the Premises by Landlord or any of its agents (regardless
of whether or not claimed by Landlord pursuant to its landlord's lien rights)
may be handled, removed or stored in a commercial warehouse or otherwise by
Landlord at Tenant's risk and expense, and Landlord shall in no event be
responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Before retaking
any such property from storage, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, (i)
all reasonable expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges
against such property, and (ii) if such property is being held by Landlord
pursuant to its landlord's lien rights, all rent which is then due and unpaid.
Any such property of Tenant (other than that being held by Landlord pursuant to
its landlord's lien rights) which is not so retaken from storage by Tenant
within thirty (30) days (or such longer period, if any, as is specifically
required by applicable New Mexico law) after notice is given to Tenant (as
provided in Article XVIII hereof) that such property has been removed from the
Premises, shall be deemed abandoned to Landlord, and thus may be retained or
disposed of by Landlord, at its sole discretion, without Landlord being
obligated to give any further notification whatsoever to Tenant with respect to
such property.  Any such property of Tenant being held by Landlord pursuant to
its Landlord's lien rights which is not retaken by Tenant as provided above
within twenty (20) days (or such longer period, if any, as is provided by the
Landlord's lien laws of the state of New Mexico) after notice is given to
Tenant (as provided in Article XVIII hereof) that such property has been
removed from the Premises, may be retained or disposed of by Landlord pursuant
to such Landlord's lien laws. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease
to the contrary, Tenant is given the right to create purchase money liens on
any equipment installed in the Premises, and in such event such lien shall
constitute a lien prior to any Landlords lien provided by state statute, if
any.

                 16.6     Injunction.  If either Landlord or Tenant violates
any of the terms or provisions of this Lease or defaults in any of their
obligations hereunder, other than the payment of rent or other sums payable
hereunder, such violation may be restrained or such obligation enforced by
injunction.

                 16.7     Surrender of Premises.  No agreement to accept a
surrender of the Premises shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by
Landlord.  Neither the reference in this Lease to any particular remedy nor the
pursuit of any particular remedy shall preclude Landlord from any other remedy
Landlord might have, either at law or in equity.


                                       29
<PAGE>   30
                                 ARTICLE XVI I

                              DEFAULT OF LANDLORD

                 17.1     Events of Default.  The following are defaults by
Landlord:

                          (a)     Landlord's failure, when required hereunder,
to pay any sum that Landlord is required to pay or provide under this Lease if
such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after written notice of such
failure from Tenant to Landlord; or

                          (b)     Landlord's failure, when required hereunder,
to perform any other obligation of Landlord if such failure continues for
thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant to Landlord of such failure,
provided that if such failure cannot reasonably be cured by the end of such
thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences
reasonable efforts to cure such failure within the thirty (30) day period and
thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

                 17.2     Tenant's Remedies.  If Landlord is in default, Tenant
shall have the right to all remedies provided by law and equity or elsewhere in
this Lease, including the right to injunctive or specific performance, or to
terminate this Lease where such remedy is specifically provided in this Lease.
Interest shall accrue after default on amounts owed by Landlord to Tenant as
specified in Section 21.9.  This Section 17.2 is in addition to, and does not
limit Tenant's remedy as specified in Section 12.2.



                                 ARTICLE XVIII

                               SERVICE OF NOTICE


                 18.1     Manner of Service and Addresses.  All notices, rental
agreements, approvals, consents or demands (herein collectively "Notice"),
which either party desires to serve upon the other pursuant to this Lease must
be in writing and, shall be deemed served if enclosed in a sealed envelope and
delivered or mailed as provided herein to the specified address(es).  Notices
shall be addressed to Landlord at:

                          Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company
                          700 Newport Center Drive
                          Newport Beach, California  92660
                          Attention:  Real Estate Investment, REO-3500

                 Notices shall be addressed to Tenant at:

                          Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
                          1668 Valtec Lane
                          Boulder, Colorado  80301
                          Attention: E. Cook

                 Any mailed Notice shall be deposited in the United states Post
Office, postage prepaid, registered or certified, return receipt requested.  A
Notice shall be effective upon delivery to all addresses designated by a





                                       30
<PAGE>   31
party for the receipt of Notices.  Either party may change any of the foregoing
addresses by a Notice of such change to the other party.

                 18.2     Landlord's Agent.  If Landlord ever consists of more
than one person or entity, they shall at all times appoint a common agent to
receive Notices and rent payments, and who has authority to bind Landlord in
all matters in connection with this Lease, and Landlord shall give Tenant
Notice of such agent and of any change in such agent.  Tenant shall not be
required to recognize or deal with any person representing Landlord except such
agent.  If Landlord fails to appoint a common agent, Tenant may, at its option,
send Notices to, make rent payments to and deal with the last-appointed agent,
or, if it is unknown or unavailable, any party constituting Landlord, and all
persons or entities constituting Landlord shall be bound by the actions of the
person with whom Tenant deals.

                 18.3     Notice to Landlord's Lender.  Whenever Tenant serves
notice of default on Landlord, written notice shall also be served upon any
mortgagee or beneficiary under a recorded mortgage or deed of trust creating a
first lien against Landlord's interest in the Shopping Center which has
theretofore given Tenant notice of the address to which Tenant's notices of
default are to be sent.



                                  ARTICLE XIX

                    AUTHORITY; OUIET ENJOYMENT; ENCUMBRANCES

                 19.1     Ouiet Enjoyment.  Landlord warrants to Tenant that
this instrument, when executed and delivered, will constitute a binding
obligation of Landlord, enforceable in accordance with its terms; that the
execution and delivery of this instrument and performance of all of its terms
will not conflict with or result in a breach of any law or ordinance,
regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree, or of any agreement binding on
Landlord; and that no consent by any court, governmental instrumentality or any
other party is required for the execution and delivery of this instrument by
Landlord, or for its performance by Landlord.  Landlord hereby warrants that it
is vested fee simple owner of record of the Shopping Center.  Landlord warrants
that it will put Tenant into complete and exclusive possession of the Market,
and into possession of the Common Area in common with the rights of other
tenants, free from any agreement, easement, restriction, ordinance, zoning law
or other law which would prevent or interfere with the operation of the
Shopping Center or the Market.  Landlord further warrants that if Tenant shall
pay all rental and other sums as provided herein to be paid by Tenant and
perform all the covenants of the Lease to be performed by Tenant, then Tenant
shall, during the Term hereof, freely, peaceably and quietly occupy and enjoy
the full possession of the Premises, together with all appurtenances and all
other rights and privileges herein granted, without hindrance or interruption
by Landlord or any other person(s) lawfully or equitably claiming by through or
under the Landlord.

                 19.2     Lease to be Prior to any Encumbrance.  The estate of
Tenant created hereby shall have priority over any lien, encumbrance or other
interest now existing or hereafter created or imposed, upon or against
Landlord's interest in the Premises.  However, upon the request of Landlord,
this Lease shall be subordinate to the lien of any existing or subsequently
created bona fide first mortgage or deed of trust (collectively the





                                       31
<PAGE>   32
"encumbrance") placed upon the Premises or any part thereof, so long as
Landlord and lender provide Tenant with a nondisturbance agreement reasonably
satisfactory to Tenant in recordable form, binding the lender, Landlord and
their Successors and assigns, which agreement shall provide that as long as
tenant performs its obligations under this Lease, no foreclosure of, deed given
in lieu of foreclosure of, or sale under the encumbrance, and no steps or
procedures taken under the encumbrance shall affect Tenant's rights under this
Lease including its rights of Quiet Enjoyment.  The provisions of this Lease
relating to insurance proceeds, rebuilding after casualty, and condemnation,
shall prevail.  over any conflicting provisions in the encumbrance.
Notwithstanding the foregoing:

                          (a)     The holder of such encumbrance ("Holder")
shall have the prior right to all insurance proceeds which relate to the Market
(the "Market Insurance Proceeds") if the Holder agrees to use all of said
Market Insurance Proceeds to rebuild the Market, and does rebuild the Market;
or (in the alternative, at the Holder's option)

                          (b)     The Holder shall have the prior right to the
Market Insurance Proceeds and may apply same according to the Holder's loan
documents if:

                                  (1)      There then exists a material default
under the encumbrance, note or other evidence of debt secured by the
encumbrance; or

                                  (2)      Tenant fails to give the Holder
reasonably adequate written assurance (within twenty (20) business days of
Holder's written request therefore) that Tenant will not terminate this Lease
based upon the casualty or other event giving rise to the payment of the Market
Insurance Proceeds by the insurer(s), if the Market is repaired or rebuilt to
the condition it was in prior to said casualty or other event.



                                   ARTICLE XX

                        TRANSFER OF LANDLORD'S INTEREST

                 In the event of any transfer(s) of Landlord's interest in the
Premises, other than a transfer for security purposes only, the transferor
shall be automatically relieved of any covenant of quiet enjoyment and any
other obligations and liabilities on the part of Landlord accruing from and
after the date of such transfer, and Tenant agrees to attorn to the transferee,
provided, however, that such transferee, upon written request from Tenant,
acknowledges its obligations under this Lease to Tenant in a written notice.



                                  ARTICLE XXI

                                    GENERAL

                 21.1     Rights Cumulative.  Each and all of the rights,
powers, options and remedies of Landlord and Tenant contained herein shall be
cumulative and not exclusive.

                 21.2     Delay Not Waiver.  Any delay of Landlord or Tenant in
enforcing any right or remedy shall not waive, affect, diminish, suspend or
exhaust any right or remedy.  No act or omission, or series of acts or
omissions, by either party as to any failure of the other to fully perform this
Lease shall be deemed to be a waiver by





                                       32
<PAGE>   33
such party of the right at all times thereafter to insist upon full and
complete performance in accordance with this Lease.

                 21.3     Modifications Only by Writing.  None of the
provisions of this Lease shall be changed or waived except by a written
instrument executed by the party(ies) to be bound.

                 21.4     Successors and Assigns; Covenants Running With the
Land. Subject to the prohibitions herein on assignment or transfer, each of the
covenants and conditions hereof shall inure to the benefit of and shall bind
(as the case may be) each of the successors and assigns of the respective
parties hereto, and any reference herein to Landlord or Tenant shall include
their respective successors and assigns.  All of the agreements of this Lease
shall be covenants with the land, burdening and benefiting Landlord's and
Tenant's respective interests.

                 21.5     Captions.  The captions of Articles and Sections of
this Lease, and the Table of Contents, are for convenience only and do not
limit or amplify the covenants and conditions of this Lease.

                 21.6     Construction of Language of Lease; Governing Law.
This Lease shall be construed according to its fair meaning, and not strictly
for or against Landlord or Tenant.  This Lease shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the state of New Mexico.

                 21.7     Estoppel Certificate.  Each party shall, upon written
request from the other party, execute to the requesting party a written
statement certifying, to the best of its knowledge, whether or not this Lease
is modified and whether or not this Lease is in full force and effect (or, if
there have been modifications, stating those modifications), the date to which
rental and any other charges have been paid and whether or not, to its
knowledge, either party has failed to perform an obligation under this Lease,
and if so, the nature of the failure.  Such a statement may be relied upon by a
party or any transferee, mortgagee, or encumbrancer.  A statement hereunder may
be requested by either party from the other at any time and from time to time.

                 21.8     Parties' Obligations.  Whenever in this Lease a
provision required that a certain performance be made by a party hereto, such
performance shall be deemed to be at the cost of the obligated party (subject
to any agreements it may have with other persons) and at no cost or expense of
the other party, unless a provision for reimbursement is provided for
specifically.

                 21.9     Interest.  Any amount owing from one party to the
other pursuant to this Lease which is stated to be paid with interest shall,
unless otherwise specified, bear interest at twelve percent (12%) per annum,
but not exceeding the maximum rate or amount of interest permitted by law.

                 21.10   Entire Agreement.  This instrument reflects and 
merges all of the prior agreements and negotiations of the parties hereto, and 
contains their entire agreement.

                 21.11    Time of Essence; Extensions.  Time is of the essence
of this instrument, although any period of time herein may be extended in the
event the parties so agree in writing.

                 21.12    Other Documents.  Each party shall furnish to the
other party, upon request, such other documents as may be reasonably required
in order to carry out the provisions of this Lease.





                                       33
<PAGE>   34
                 21.13    Exhibits.  The Exhibits herein referred to are
attached and made a part hereof as if fully set forth.

                 21.14    Force Majeure.  If either party except as otherwise
herein specifically provided, shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from
the performance of any act required hereunder by reason of strikes, lockouts,
labor troubles, inability to procure materials, failure of power, restrictive
governmental laws or regulations, riots, insurrection, war or other reason of a
like nature not the fault of the party delayed in performing work or doing acts
required under the terms of this Lease, then performance of such act shall be
excused for the period of delay and the period for the performance of any such
act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay.  The
provisions of this Article shall not operate to excuse Tenant from the prompt
payment of fixed minimum rent, percentage rent, additional rent or any other
payments required by the terms of this Lease.

                 21.15    Authority.  All persons executing this Lease
represent and warrant that they have full power and authority to do so on
behalf of their respective party.

                 21.16    Exclusive.  As part of the consideration for Tenant's
entry into this Lease, Landlord agrees and covenants that it will not (in
Landlord's Shopping Center) lease for the purpose of nor allow the operation
of, a retail or wholesale supermarket, meat market, grocery market, vegetable
produce market, dairy store, bowling alley or any store whose primary business
is selling groceries.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant's exclusive right
to operate as a supermarket and the agreements and covenants of Landlord
contained in this Section 21.16 shall be effective only so long as Tenant
operates a supermarket in the Market.  The term "supermarket" shall mean that
40% or more of the usable square footage of the Market is used for the retail
sale of groceries.  If Tenant ceases to operate as a supermarket in the Market,
said exclusive right and the agreements and covenants of Landlord contained in
this Section 21.16 shall not be effective.  Provided, however, that in no event
shall this Section be construed to prohibit any existing tenant situated in the
Shopping Center from handling and selling any of the items that their
respective leases allowed them to handle and sell as of the Commencement Date
of this Lease.

                 21.17    Refurbishment Allowance.  Tenant shall be entitled to
a one-time tenant refurbishment allowance (the "Allowance") in the amount of
Thirty-Five Thousand Dollars ($35,000.00) for the costs relating to the (i) the
refurbishment or improvement of the Premises; (ii) outside signage at the
Premises; (iii) conversion of the existing refrigerant of the freezers or
coolers located at the Premises to a less environmentally hazardous
refrigerant; (iv) preventative maintenance or maintenance of the HVAC system
within the Premises; or (v) energy saving measures at the Premises
(collectively, the "Work").  The Allowance shall be disbursed to Tenant monthly
(but not to exceed the total of Thirty-Five Thousand Dollars ($35,000.00)), for
Tenant's costs in connection with the Work, including design and permitting
costs associated therewith, and shall be disbursed within thirty (30) days
following the latest to occur of (a) completion of the Work, (b) Tenant's
delivery to Landlord of properly executed mechanics' lien releases with respect
to the Work (if applicable), and (c) Tenant's submission to Landlord of
invoices from Tenant's contractor and subcontractors evidencing such costs.





                                       34
<PAGE>   35
                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of
the date hereinabove set forth.





PACIFIC MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE              WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.,
COMPANY, a California corporation          a Delaware corporation





By:  C. S. Dillion                         By:  M. C. Gilliland
     ------------------------------             --------------------------------

Title:   AVP                               Title:  President
       ----------------------------                -----------------------------

By:  Debra Cunningham                      By:
     ------------------------------             --------------------------------

Title:   Assistant Secretary               Title:
       ----------------------------               ------------------------------





                                       35

<PAGE>   1
                              SHOPPING CENTER LEASE

THIS LEASE, Made and entered into this 8th day of August, A.D. 1995 between
SKUNK CREEK INVESTORS, hereinafter called the "Landlord," and WILD OATS
MARKETS, INC., hereinafter called the "Tenant,"

    WITNESSETH:

    Premises: That, in consideration of the payment of the rent hereinafter
provided and the keeping and performance of each of the covenants and
agreements of Tenant hereinafter set forth, Landlord does hereby lease unto
Tenant the following described premises (herein referred to as the "demised
premises"), located in the Basemar Shopping Center (herein referred to as the
"Shopping Center"), situate in the City of Boulder and the County of Boulder,
in the State of Colorado, to-wit:

Space of approximately 21,539 square feet located in Basemar Shopping Center,
more commonly known and numbered as 2584- 2590-2592-2598 Baseline Road, and
645-649 27th Street, Boulder, Colorado 80303, as shown on attached Exhibit "C".

<TABLE>
    <S>                                            <C>
    Unit 2584                                      = 7,311 square feet;
    Unit 2594                                      = 1,315 square feet;
    Units 2590 - 2592                              = 3,251 square feet;
    Unit 2598                                      = 2,504 square feet;
    Units 645 - 649 27th Street                    = 4,827 square feet;
    Mezzanine                                      = 2,331 square feet.
</TABLE>

      1. TERM:  To have and to hold the same with all the appurtenances unto
Tenant from twelve o'clock noon on the 1st day of April A.D. 1997, to twelve
o'clock noon on the 1st day of April A.D. 2012.

      2. MINIMUM RENT:  Tenant shall pay Landlord a minimum rental for the full
term aforesaid of (See Rider, Paragraph 1) payable in monthly installments of
(See Rider, Paragraph 1), in advance, on or before twelve o'clock noon on the
first day in each calendar month during the said term at the office of Rose
Realty & Management Co., Agent, or at such other place as Landlord may
designate from time to time in writing.  In the event that rent due under this
Lease shall commence on any day other than the first day of a calendar month,
then the rental payments shall be adjusted to the first day of the first full
month at the beginning of the term of this Lease.

      3. SECURITY DEPOSIT: (Omitted)

      4. PERCENTAGE RENT: (Partially Omitted)

      Late Charge:  The Landlord may make a collection service charge in the
minimum amount of Twenty-five and no/100 Dollars ($25.00) or Three per cent
(3%) monthly, whichever is greater, of any rent installment, or other payment
provided herein which is delinquent 10 days or more.  Tenant shall also pay a
$25.00 charge for any check written to Landlord that is returned due to
insufficient funds.  In the event a check from Tenant is returned for
insufficient funds, Landlord may thereafter require that payments shall be made
in cash or certified funds.
<PAGE>   2
      5. ADDITIONAL RENT:  Tenant shall pay as additional rent any money or
other charges required to be paid by the Tenant under this Lease, whether or
not the same is designated "additional rent."

      (Remainder of section omitted)

      6. WARRANTY OF TITLE:  Landlord warrants that he is well seized of the
premises herein demised and has a full and legal right to execute this Lease in
the form and manner hereinabove set forth.

      7. LANDLORD NOT A PARTNER:  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed,
held or construed as creating Landlord as a partner, agent, associate of, or in
a joint venture with Tenant in the conduct of the business, nor as rendering
Landlord liable for any debts, liabilities or obligations incurred by Tenant in
the conduct of said business, it being expressly understood and agreed that the
relationship between the parties hereto is and shall at all times remain that
of Landlord and Tenant.

      8. REPAIRS:  Landlord shall make at Landlord's sole expense, all
necessary repairs to the roof, to the structural portion of the building, and
to the exterior walls of the demised premises (excluding windows, doors and
window and door hardware), except where such repairs are made necessary by an
act or acts of Tenant, or by Tenant's negligence, its agents, employees,
licensees or any party working at or under the Tenant's direction.  The
Landlord shall not be responsible to make any plumbing, electrical or
mechanical repairs or replacement or other improvements or repairs of any kind
whatsoever the demised premises, except as to those which are specifically set
forth in the Lease.

      9. REPLACEMENT OF BUILDING:  Landlord shall keep the building of which
the demised premises are a part insured against loss or damage by fire.  If the
demised premises are damaged or destroyed by fire at any time after the date of
this Lease, or if, after such date, said premises are damaged or destroyed
through any cause not directly attributable to the negligence of Tenant,
Landlord shall proceed with due diligence to repair or restore the same to the
same condition as existed before such damage or destruction, and as soon as
possible thereafter will give possession to the Tenant of the premises herein
demised without diminution or change of location.  Provided, however, that in
case of total destruction of the demised improvements by fire, or in case the
improvements are so badly damaged that, in the opinion of the Landlord, it is
not feasible to repair or rebuild the same, then, and in that event, Landlord
shall have the right to terminate this Lease instead of rebuilding the
improvements; provided, however, that Landlord shall give Tenant written notice
of Landlord's intention to terminate, said notice to be served not later than
thirty (30) days ofter the occurrence of the damage to the property.  If,
because of fire or other casualty, the premises are rendered temporarily
untenantable, minimum rent shall cease until the premises are restored to their
former condition.  It is further agreed, however, that the replacement or
repair of any portion of the demised premises damaged in connection with any
burglary or other forcible entry into the premises or damage directly
attributable to the negligence of the Tenant, other than damage caused by fire,
shall be at the sole expense of Tenant.

      10. TENANT'S OBLIGATIONS:  Tenant agrees:  to pay the rent for said
premises as hereinabove provided promptly when due and payable; to pay all
charges
<PAGE>   3
for water, sewer charges, and for heating, air conditioning and lighting said
premises; to repair and maintain all the improvements upon said premises as
needed, including all sewer lines, hot water heaters, plumbing, plumbing
fixtures, heating and air-conditionaing appliances and ducting, electrical
equipment and systems, glass, screens, doors and door hardware, window and door
frames, windows and floor covering at the expense of said Tenant; to hold
Landlord harmless and free of any liability resulting from any personal injury
or property damage which may result from any failure by plumbing, sewers, water
damage from any source whatsoever, provided the same has not been caused by
Landlord's negligence in failure to make repairs to any basic structural
portion of the building; to pay the cost of any replacement or repair of any
portion of the demised premises damaged in connection with any burglary or
forcible entry into the premises; to order no repairs or improvements to the
demised premises at the expense of Landlord, and, at the expiration of this
Lease, to surrender and deliver up said premises in as good order and condition
as when the same were entered upon, loss by fire, inevitable accident or
ordinary wear and tear excepted; to use said premises for no purpose prohibited
by the laws of the United States, the State of Colorado, and applicable
ordinances or regulations now in force or hereafter enacted, and for no
improper or questionable purpose whatsoever; to maintain no coin-operated
devices outside the leased premises; to keep the sidewalks in front of and
around said premises free from ice and snow and free from all litter, dirt,
debris, and obstructions; to keep said premises clean and in the sanitary
condition required by the laws of the State of Colorado, and all applicable
ordinances or regulations; to neither permit nor suffer any disorderly conduct,
noise, odors, or nuisance whatsoever about said premises having a tendency to
annoy or disturb any persons occupying adjacent premises; to keep no animals on
the premises nor use the premises for living quarters; to neither hold nor
attempt to hold the Landlord lable for any injury or damage either proximate or
remote occurring through or caused by any repairs, alterations, injury or
accident to the above demised premises, to adjacent premises or other parts of
the above premises not herein demised, or by reason of the negligence or
default of the owners or occupants thereof or any other person, nor liable for
any injury or damage occasioned by defective electric wiring, or the breaking
or stoppage of plumbing resulting from freezing or otherwise unless said injury
or damage results from the negligence of the Landlord; to neither permit nor
suffer said premises, or the walls or floors thereof to be endangered by
overloading; to permit the Landlord to place a "For Rent" sign upon said
premises at any time thirty (30) days before the end of this Lease; to permit
Landlord at any reasonable hour of the day, to enter into or upon and go
through and view said premises; to surrender and deliver up the possission of
said premises promptly at the termination or expiration of this Lease.

      11. USE OF PREMISES:  Tenant shall operate and maintain in said demised
premises for the term of this Lease, a business which is primarily a grocery
store and maket in Units 2584 through 2598 and secondarily a bakery and
commissary for preparation of delicatessen foods, and general warehouse area
and meeting room area in Units 645-649 27th Street.  Which shall include the
sale and offering for sale of all of the goods, wares and merchandise and the
performance of such services as are usually incident to said business, but to
refrain from the sale of merchandise not usually
<PAGE>   4
incident to said business.  The operation of any other business on the demised
premises is expressly prohibited.  Tenant shall not place on the premises,
under any circumstances, any pinball machine, slot machine, electric game or
amusement device, pool table, or other recreation of entertainment device for
use by persons on the demised premises.  Tenant shall keep said store open for
business during normal business hours of all business days applicable to such
business.  Nothing in the lease shall be construed as granting Tenant an
exclusive right to the sale of any merchandise or service, except as follows:
during the term of this Lease or any extensions thereof, Landlord agrees not to
lease space in Basemar Shopping Center to any business whose primary product
would be directly competitive with Tenant's sale of fresh produce and
groceries, health foods, and vitamins.  See Rider, Paragraph 4.

      Continued Use:  Tenant agrees to, and it is the essence of this Lease
that the Tenant shall continueously and uninterruptedly during the term of this
Lease occupy and use the premises for the purpose hereinabove specified except
while the premises are untenantable by reason of fire or unavoidable casualty.

      12. FIXTURES:  It is agreed that the Tenant will use only first class
fixtures and equipment in the demised premises.  Reconditioned fixtures are
acceptable to Landlord.

      13. ALTERATIONS:  Tenant shall make no alterations, changes, additions or
improvements costing more than $3,000.00 to the premises without the Landlord's
prior written consent.  No such alteration, change, addition of improvement,
when consented to by the Landlord, shall be done so as to lessen or materially
or disadvantageously affect the value of the premises or the shopping complex
of which the premises are a part.  (Remainder of section omitted)

      14. SIGNS:  Tenant shall not erect or install any exterior or interior
window (See Rider, Paragraph 5) or door signs or advertising media or window or
door lettering or placards without previous written consent of Landlord.
Tenant agrees to install not later than thirty (30) days after occupancy, an
exterior sign, attached to the canopy fascia, or other approved location on the
demised premises.  All exterior signs shall be electrically illuminated and
shall be installed and used only after the written approval of Landlord.
Tenant shall maintain such sign, decoration, lettering, advertising matter or
other thing as may be approved in good condition and repair at all times.
Tenant agrees not to use any advertising media that shall be deemed
objectionable to Landlord or to the other tenants, such as loud speakers,
phonographs, or radio broadcasts in a manner to be heard outside the demised
premises.

      15. PARKING CARS:  Throughout the term of this Lease, Landlord shall
provide a reasonable hard-surfaced area for off-street parking for use of
customers of Tenant in common with customers of occupants of other portions of
the Shopping Center.  Tenant shall park all vehicles of whatever type used by
Tenant in the carrying on of the Tenant's business in only those areas which
are designated by Landlord from time to time for this purpose.  Tenant accepts
the responsibility of seeing that Tenant's employees park any and all vehicles
brought to the Shopping Center by them in only those areas designated by
Landlord for this purpose during all times when the employee is on duty in
Tenant's business.  Tenant shall, within five (5) days after
<PAGE>   5
receipt or written notice form Landlord, furnish Landlord the automobile
license numbers of his car and of the cars assigned or belonging to his
employees.

      16. RECEIVING AND DELIVERY:  Tenant agrees that all receiving and
delivery of goods and merchandise and all removal or garbage and refuse, shall
be made only by way of the rear store door to other service door provided by
Landlord.  In the event that the demised premises has no such door, then these
matters shall be handled in a manner satisfactory to Landlord.

      17. COMMON AREA MAINTENANCE:  Tenant agrees to participate in the expense
of services required in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair
of the parking lot and all common areas (including landscaped areas),
including, but not limited to lighting, snow removal, and salary of attendants,
and the cost of maintenance and lighting a common shopping center sign, an
administrative fee to Landlord equal to ten per cent (10%) of the total costs
for common area maintenance , and such expenses shall be prorated to Tenant in
the same proportion that the gross floor area of the demised premises bears to
the total gross floor are of the Shopping Center.

      18. AWNINGS:  No awnings shall be installed or replaced at or on the
demised premises without the written consent of Landlord being first obtained.

      19. LIGHTING:  Tenant hereby agrees to keep the interior of the demised
premises lighted to a reasonable extent of full lighting intensity and the
exterior neon and/or other electric signs in operation during the hours from
dusk to 10:00 P.M. on each and every day of the year during the term hereof.

      20. HOLDOVER:  In the event Tenant remains in possession of the demised
premises after the expiration of this Lease, Tenant shall be deemed to be
occupying said premises as a Tenant from month to month at a monthly rental
equal to the monthly base rental, and otherwise subject to all of the
conditions, provisions and obligations of this Lease insofar as the same are
applicable to a month-to-month tenancy.

      21. REMOVAL OF FIXTURES:  Tenant, if he shall not be in default under any
of the terms and provisions of this Lease, may, at the expiration of the term
hereof, remove any store and light fixtures installed and paid for by him,
provided that Tenant shall at his own expense, immediately repair any and all
damage to the premises occasioned by said removal and restore the demised
premises to as good condition as when received by Tenant, ordinary wear and
tear excepted.

      22. MERCHANTS ASSOCIATION:  Tenant shall become and remain during the
entire term of this Lease, an active member of the Merchants Association, a
non-profit corporation established by the Merchants doing business in the
Shopping Center for the purpose of arranging for and carrying our center-wide
advertising and promotional campaigns; establishment of common night opening
dates and hours; lending assistance to Landlord in the enforcement of parking
regulations and regulations concerning other "common areas" in said Center; and
all other such activities as may from time to time be determined by the
Association as worthy of community interest and  control, all such matters to
be subject to the approval of Landlord.  Tenant agrees to abide by the
provisions of the Constitution of Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws duly
enacted by a majority vote of the membership of the Merchants Association and
to pay monthly dues to said Association in an amount which has been approved by
a majority
<PAGE>   6
vote of the members of the Merchants Association at a regular or a special
meeting duly called and with a quorum present, and provided that the consent of
the Landlord shall have been obtained.  A violation of the provisions of this
paragraph shall constitute a material breach of this Lease and the provisions
of this paragraph shall run to the benefit of and be enorceable by Landlord and
by the Merchants Association or by either one of them.

      23. ADVERTISING:  (Omitted)

      24. RULES AND REGULATIONS:  Landlord reserves the right to adopt and
promulgate rules and regulations applicable to the demised premises and the
Shopping Center and from time to time to amend or supplement said Rules and
Regulations.  Notice of such Rules and Regulations, and amendments and
supplements shall be given to the Tenant and Tenant agrees to comply with and
observe such rules and regulations and amendments thereto and supplements
thereof; provided, the same shall apply uniformly to all tenants of the
Shopping Center.

      25. SUBORDINATION:  This Lease is subject and subordinate to all present
mortgages or Deeds of Trust covering the demised premises and shall, without
execution of any further instrument, be subordinated to all renewals or
extensions thereof, and to any Deed of Trust or mortgages, which may hereafter,
from time to time, be executed affecting the same, and Tenant agrees to execute
any and all documents necessary or appropriate or as may be requested by a
lender or lenders.

      26. DEFAULT, BANKRUPTCY AND WAIVER:  Tenant shall be in default of this
Lease if any of the following events occur:

      A. If default shall be made in the payment of any rent, taxes, insurance
premiums or other sums required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, and such
default shall continue for a period of three (3) days after written notice
thereof from Landlord to Tenant;

      B. If default shall be made in the performance of any of the terms or
conditions of this Lease other than those referred to in the foregoing
Paragraph A, and such default shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days
after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant;

      C. If Tenant shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or shall be
adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or shall file a petition or application
seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment,
liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief for itself under any present or
future federal, state or other statutes, laws or regulations, or if Tenant
shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any Trustee,
receiver, or liquidator of Tenant or of all or any substantial part of its
properties or the leased premises;

      D. If a petition shall be filed against Tenant seeking a bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation,
dissolution or similar relief under any present or future federal, state or
other statute, laws or regulations and shall remain undismissed for an
aggregate of ninety (90) days, or if any Trustee, receiver, or liquidator of
Tenant of all or a substantial part of its property or the demised premises
shall be appointed without the consent or acquiescence of Tenant and such
appointment shall remain unvacated for an aggregate on ninety (90) days;
<PAGE>   7
      If tenant is in default as provided in Paragraph A, B, C, or D above,
Landlord shall have the option, without further notice to Tenant or further
demand for performance:

      (1) To institute a suit against Tenant to collect each installment of
rent or other sum(s) as may become due or to enforce any other obligations
under this Lease; or

      (2) As a matter of right to procure the appointment of a receiver by any
Court of competent jurisdiction upon ex parte application and without notice,
notice being hereby waived.  All rent, issues and profits, income and revenue
from the demised premises shall be applied by such receiver to payment of rent,
together with any other obligations of Tenant under this Lease; or

      (3) To re-enter and take possession of the demised rpemises and to remove
Tenant and Tenant's agents and employees therefrom, and either:

           (a) Terminate this Lease and sue Tenant for damages occurring prior
to the date of such termination, for breach of the obligations of tenant under
this Lease; or

           (b) Without terminating this Lease, relet, assign or sublet the
demised premises for the account of Tenant in the name of Landlord or
otherwise, upon the best terms and conditions Landlord may make with the new
Tenant for such term or terms (which may be greater or less than the period
which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this Lease)
and upon such terms and conditions as Landlord, in his uncontrolled discretion,
may determine, and collect and receive the rents therefor, provided Landlord
shall in no way be responsible or liable for any failure to relet the demised
premises or any part thereof, or for any failure to collect any rent due upon
such reletting.  In this event the rents received on such reletting shall be
applied first to the expenses of reletting and collection, including without
limitation all repossession costs, reasonable attorneys' fees and any real
estate commission paid, alteration costs and expenses of the preparation of
said demised premises for reletting and thereafter toward payment of the rental
and any other amounts payable by Tenant under this Lease.  If the sum realized
shall not be sufficient to pay such rent and other charges, within five (5)
days after demand, Tenant shall pay Landlord any such deficiency as it accrues.
Landlord may sue Tenant therefor as each deficiency shall arise if Tenant shall
not pay such deficiency within the time limit.

      In the event Landlord elects to re-enter or take possession of the
demised premises, Landlord may enter upon and re-enter the demised premises, by
force, summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise, and dispossess Tenant and
remove Tenant, and may have, hold and enjoy the demised premises and the rights
to receive all rental income of and from the same.

      No such re-entry or taking possession by Landlord shall be construed as
an election on Landlord's part to terminate and surrender this Lease unless a
written notice of such intention is served upon Tenant.

      In the event of default by Tenant, tenant shall pay to Landlord all of
Landlord's attorneys' fees, expert witness fees and court costs incurred in
connection with the default.

      In the event Landlord elects not to pursue any of the foregoing remedies,
Landlord shall not thereby be precluded from pursuing aany other remedy now or
hereafter existing at law or in equity.
<PAGE>   8
      27. NOTICES:  All notices required by law or by this Lease to be directed
by Landlord to Tenant shall be deemed to have been given when mailed by
Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to Tenant at the following address:

      Michael C. Gilliland
      Elizabeth C. Cook
      Wild Oats Market
      1668 Valtec Lane
      Boulder, Colorado 80301

Likewise, all notices required to be directed by Tenant to Landlord shall be
deemed to have been given when mailed by Certified Mail, Return Receipt
Requested, to Landlord at the following address:

      Rose Realty & Management Co.
      P.O. Box 720
      Denver, Colorado

      28. WAIVER:  One or more waivers of any covenant or condition by either
party shall not be construed as a waiver of a subsequent breach of the same
covenant or condition, and a consent or approval to or any act requiring
consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary such
consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar act.

      29. PARTIAL INVALIDITY:  If any term, covenant or condition of this Lease
or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent,
be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease or the application of
such term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those
as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby
and each term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be valid and shall be
enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

      30. RECORDING:  Tenant shall not record this Lease without the written
consent of Landlord; however, upon the request of either party hereto the other
party shall join in the execution of a memorandum or "short form" of this Lease
for the purposes of recordation.  Said memorandum or short form of this Lease
shall describe the parties, the demised premises and the term of this Lease and
shall incorporate this Lease by reference.

      31. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE:  Tenant shall not sublet any part of the
demised premises or assign this Lease or any interest therein, without the
written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably witheld, of the
Landlord first being obtained and Tenant shall remain liable for the
performance of this Lease and the payment of rent hereunder after this Lease
has been so assigned or sublet.  In the event the Landlord consents to an
assignment of sublease of the within Lease at a rental in excess of the rental
provided for in Paragraph 2 of the within Lease, the Landlord would receive
such excess rent.  In the event the landlord consents to an assignment of the
within Lease upon the same terms as now provided in said Lease, or modified, or
executes a new lease for the purchaser of Tenant's business carried on in
<PAGE>   9
the demised premises, Tenant agrees to pay to the Agent of Landlord upon the
execution of said instrument of Assignment of Lease, as compensation to the
Agent for services rendered in connection therwith, a fee of one thousand
dollars.

      32. CANCELLATION:  (Omitted)

      33. REPRESENTATIONS:  Tenant hereby declares that in entering into this
Lease he relied solely upon the statements contained in this Lease and fully
understands that no agent so r representatives of Landlord have authority to in
any manner change, add to or detract from the terms of this Lease.

      34. LEASE BINDING:  All of the covenants and agreements in this Lease
contained shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, assigns,
successors, and legal representatives of the parties hereto or any person
claiming by, through or under either of them.

      35. LIENS:  Tenant agrees to keep all of the demised premises and every
part thereof and all buildings and other improvements theron free and clear of
and from any and all mechanics', materialmen's and other liens for work or
labor done, services performed, materials, appliances, transportation or power
contributed, used or furnished to be used in or about the demised premises to
or on the order of Tenant, and at all times Tenant shall promptly and fully pay
and discharge any and all claims upon which any such lien may or could be
based; and Tenant shall save and hold Landlord and all of the demised premises
and all buildings and improvements theron free and harmless of and from any and
all such liens and claims of liens and suits or other proceedings arising out
of materials or services furnished to or on the order to Tenant.  Tenant agrees
to give Landlord written notice not less than ten (10) days in advance of the
commencement of any construcion, alteration, addition, improvement, or
installation in excess of $3,000.00 in order that Landlord may post appropriate
notices of Landlord's non-liability.  No mechanics' or materialmen's liens or
mortgages, deeds of trust, or other liens of any character whatsoever created
or suffered by Tenant shall in any way, or to any extent, affect the interest
or rights of Landlord in any buildings or other improvements on the demised
premises, or attach to or affect Landlord's title to or rights in the demised
premises.  Tenant further agrees that prior to making any payment to a
contractor, subcontractor, materialman or any other person or entity furnishing
materials or rendering services or labor benefitting the demised premises, the
Tenant shall obtain a lien waiver from the person or entity so paid.  Where by
the terms of this lease agreement or any Rider or Addendum thereto the Landlord
has agreed to pay to or on the account of Tenant, money to be used in the
alteration or improvement of the demised premises, the Landlord shall,
likewise, require lien waivers prior to making any such payment to or on the
account of the Tenant.  The requirements of this paragraph shall be reflected
in all contracts pertaining to the alteration of improvement of the demised
premises.  Failure to comply with any of the provisions of this paragraph may,
at the option of the Landlord, be deemed a breach of lease.

      36. INSURANCE:  Tenant agrees to pay additional rent equal to any
increase in fire insurance premiums that may be charged during the term of this
Lease on the amount of insurance carried by Landlord on said total premises
where such increase results from the business carried on by Tenant on the
demised premises, whether or not Landlord has consented to the same.  Tenant
shall not install any electrical
<PAGE>   10
equipment that overloads the wiring, panels, etc., in the demised premises.
Tenant shall make at his own expense whatever changes are necessary and to
comply with the requirements of the Insurance Underwriters or the governmental
authorities having jurisdiction.  Tenant agrees to carry comprehensive general
liability insurance and the Landlord shall be so named as an additional insured
in any such policies with a combined single limit of ONE MILLION AND NO/100
Dollars ($1,000,000.00).  If the tenant uses in the demised premises any kind
of steam or other high pressure boiler which presents any possibility of damage
to the demised premises or adjoining premises or the life or limb of persons
within such premises, Tenant agrees further to carry appropriate boiler
insurance in an amount not less than $ (N/A) to indemnify both Tenant and
Landlord against loss resulting from any explosion or other damage of
liability.  Tenant shall supply to Landlord certificates of insurance showing
the liability insurance coverage, and throughout the term hereof, certificates
of renewals of such policies.  Said certificate shall provide that the insuror
shall give to Landlord ten (10) days written notice prior to cancellation of
said policy.  In the event Tenant fails to secure such insurance or to give
evidence to Landlord of such insurance by depositing with Landlord certificates
as above provided, Landlord may purchase such insurance in Tenant's name and
charge Tenant the premiums therefor.  Tenant shall carry insurance to cover all
plate glass in the demised premises, insuring the same against breakage or
other damage from any cause whatsoever and shall supply the Landlord with a
Certificate of said insurance including all renewals thereof curing the term
hereof.  However, Landlord may insure, and keep insured, at Tenant's expense,
all plate and other glass in the demised premises for and in the name of
Landlord.  Bills for the premiums therefor shall be rendered by Landlord to
Tenant at such times as Loanlord may elect, and shall be due from, payable by,
Tenant when rendered, and the amount therof shall be deemed to be, and to be
paid as, additional rent.

      37. REAL ESTATE AND PROPERTY INSURANCE:  In addition to the Minimum Rent
provided in Paragraph 2 above, and commencing at the same time as any rental
commences under this Lease Tenant shall pay to Landlord the following items:

      A. All real estate taxes and insurance premiums on the Premises,
including land, building, and improvement thereon.  Said real estate taxes
shall include all real extate taxes and assessments that are levied upon and/or
assessed against the Premises, including any taxes which may be levied on
rents.  Said insurance shall include all insurance premiums for fire, extended
coverage, liability, and any other insurance that Landlord deems reasonably
necessary on the Premises.  Said taxes and insurance premiums for purpose of
this provision shall be apportioned in accordance with the gross floor area of
the premises as it relates to the total gross floor area of the Shopping
Center, provided, however, that if any tenants in said building or buildings
pay taxes directly to any taxing authority or carry their own insurance, as may
be provided in their leases, their square footage shall not be deemed a part of
the floor area.

      B. Upon commencement of rental Landlord shall submit to Tenant a
statement of the anticipated monthly charges and Tenant shall pay these charges
on a monthly basis concurrently with the payment of the rent.  Tenant shall
continue to make said monthly payments until notified by Landlord of a change
thereof.  Each year Landlord
<PAGE>   11
shall give Tenant a statement showing the total charges for the Shopping Center
for the prior accounting year and Tenant's allocable share thereof.  In the
event the total of the monthly payments which Tenant has made for the prior
accounting year be less than the Tenant's actual share of such charges, then
the monthly charges then coming due shall be Increased accordingly.  Any
overpayment by Tenant shall be credited toward the monthly charges next coming
due.  The actual charges for the prior year shall be used for purposes of
calculating the anticipated monthly charges for the then current year with
actual determination of such sharges after each accountaing year as above
provided.  Even though the term has expired and Tenant has vacated the
premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant's share of said
charges for the year in which this Lease terminates, Tenant shall immediately
pay any increase due over the estimated charges previously paid and,
conversely, any overpayment made shall be immediately rebated by Landlord to
timely Tenant.  Failure of Landlord to submit timely statements as called for
herein shall not be deemed to be a waiver of Tenant's requirement to pay sums
as herein provided.

      38. RIDER:  A rider consisting of 3 pages, with Paragraphs numbered
consecutively 1 through 14 is attached hereto and made a part hereof.

      This document has been prepared for submission to the parties and their
attorneys for their approval.  No representation or recommendation is made by
the Agent as to the legal sufficiency, legal effect or tax consequences of this
document or the transaction relating thereto.

      39. This lease form is submitted by the agent of the Owner of the subject
premises and the parties and their attorneys for their review and is not to be
considered as an offer to lease.  Lessee's execution and return of this lease
form within ten (10) days shall constitute an offer to lease, which shall not
be deemed accepted until approved and executed by the Owner.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this lease.

LANDLORD:  SKUNK CREEK INVESTORS
Document shows signature of James A. Swanson, dated October 2, 1995

TENANT:  WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
Document shows signature of Michael C. Gilliland, President, dated November 2,
1995, and of Elizabeth C. Cook, Vice- President, dated October 2, 1995
<PAGE>   12
                                     RIDER

       TO THE LEASE DATED AUGUST 8, 1995 BY AND BETWEEN SKUNK CREEK INVESTORS,
       LANDLORD, AND WILD OATS MARKETS, INC., TENANT, FOR PREMISES LOCATED IN
       BASEMAR SHOPPING CENTER, MORE COMMONLY KNOWN AND NUMBERED AS 2584-
       2590-2592-2598 BASELINE ROAD AND 645-649 27TH STREET, BOULDER, COLORADO
       80303.

1.     Minimum Rent.  Minimum rent for the term of the above-mentioned Lease,
       based on 21,539 square feet, shall be paid as follows:

          a)  April 1, 1997 to April 1, 1999 (Years 1 and 2)
                 $ 180,927.60 per year
                    15,077.30 per month
                        8.40 per square foot

          b)  April 1, 1999 to April 1, 2001 (Years 3 and 4)
                 $ 199,235.75 per year
                    16,602.98 per month
                        9.25 per square foot

          c)  April 1, 2001 to April 1, 2003 (Years 5 and 6)
                 $ 218,620.85 per year
                    18,218.41 per month
                        10.15 per square foot

          d)  April 1, 2003 to April 1, 2005 (Years 7 and 8)
                 $ 241,236.80 per year
                    20,103.07 per month
                        11.20 per square foot

          e)  April 1, 2005 to April 1, 2007 (Years 9 and 10)
                 $ 264,929.70 per year
                    22,077.48 per month
                        12.30 per square foot

          f)  April 1, 2007 to April 1, 2009 (Years 11 and 12)
                 $ 290,776.50 per year
                    24,231.38 per month
                        13.50 per square foot

          g)  April 1, 2009 to April 1, 2011 (Years 13 and 14)
                 $ 319,854.15 per year
<PAGE>   13
                    26,654.52 per month
                        14.85 per square foot

          h)  April 1, 2011 to April 1, 2012 (Year 15)
                 $ 352,162.65 per year
                    29,346.89 per month
                        16.35 per square foot

2.       Tenant accepts Units 2594 and 2598 in absolutely "as-is" condition.
         Any and all reconstruction and/or remodelling shall require Landlord's
         prior written approval of plans and specifications and shall be done
         at Tenant's sole expense and shall be in strict conformance with all
         applicable building codes and regulations.

3.       Tenant shall place all utilities for Units 2594 and 2598 in its name
         and shall bebin paying all utility charges for said units effective
         April 1, 1997.  In the event Tenant exercises its option to lease Unit
         651 27th Street, Tenant shall place all utilities for Unit 651 in its
         name and begin paying all utility charges effective September 1, 1998.

4.       Reference is made to Paragraph 11.  Use of Premises to the
         above-mentioned Lease.  Tenant shall use a maximum of fifty square
         feet for the display and sale of fresh and/or frozen meats and
         poultry.

5.       Reference is made to Paragraph 14.  Signs of the above-mentioned
         Lease.  Landlord agreed that Tenant may install interior window signs
         without seeking Landlord's approval in each instance.  However,
         Landlord retains the right of final approval in the event Landlord
         deems said signage overdone or objectionable.

6.       Landlord agrees that Tenant may utilize the sidewalk in front of the
         demised Premises for merchandise display without seeking Landlord's
         approval in each instance.  However, Landlord retains the right of
         final approval in the event Landlord deems said display overdone or
         objectionable.  Tenant shall insure that said merchandise and/or any
         other use shall  not prevent a reasonable and easy flow of pedestrian
         traffic across the front of the store.  Tenant shall be responsible
         for keeping the merchandise area free from trash, debris, and
         obstacles that may endanger the public.  Tenant shall assume all
         liability and shall provide Landlord with documentation of liability
         insurance for the merchandise display area in front of the demised
         Premises.

         Tenant may utilize the patterned concrete area between the sidewalk
         and the parking lot in front if its Premises for tables and chairs for
         customers.  Tenant shall keep, at all times, this area neat, clean,
         and free from all trash and debris.  Tenant shall assume all liability
         and shall provide Landlord with documentation of liability insurance
         for the area utilized for said tables and chairs.  If, at any time,
         Landlord
<PAGE>   14
         deems the tables and chairs to be unsightly of unkempt, Landlord shall
         have the right to cancel the use of the area for tables and chairs.

7.       Tenant shall maintain the alley between the primary store and the 27th
         street store in neat and clean condition at all times and shall comply
         with sanitary standards.

8.       Tenant shall maintain the outside of the 27th Street building, both
         front and rear, in a clean, neat, and sanitary manner and shall have
         nothing stacked or stored on the sidewalks or in the drive areas or in
         parking spaces.

9.       At no time shall Tenant's trucks block ingress or egress through the
         front drive of the 27th Street building.  Should such blocking occur
         and any customer or other tenant of the shopping center request that
         trucks be moved, they will be moved immediately.  In no case shall the
         loading or unloading operation take more than thirty minutes at a
         time.

10.      All fumes from the warehouse, commissary, and bakery areas shall be
         vented so as to cause no problems with any other tenant.  Should
         anyone complain about fumes or odors, Tenant shall immediately correct
         the situation by preoper venting.

11.      All garbage from the commissary, bakery, and warehouse areas shall be
         placed in bound-up plastic bags inside a covered container.  Said
         garbage shall be emptied daily.

12.      Tenant shall have a one-time option to lease Unit 651 27th Street
         (presently Pizza Street) of approximately 1,225 square feet.  The
         Pizza Street lease expires September 1, 1998.  In order to give Pizza
         Street sufficient time to relocate, Tenant shall exercise its option
         to lease sufficient time to relocate, Tenant shall exercise its option
         to lease Unit 651 27th Street by no later than September 1, 1997.  In
         the event Tenant does not notify Landlord, in writing by September 1,
         1997, of its intent to lease Unit 651, then this one-time option shall
         be null void, and of no effect.

         In the event Tenant leases 651, the lease shall commence September 1,
         1998 and shall expire April 1, 2012.  Throughout the term of the lease
         for Unit 651, minimum rent shall be at the per-square-foot rates
         charged in Paragraph 1 of this Rider.

13.      It is understood that there is presently in force a lease dated June
         18, 1991 for Units 2584-2590-2592 and a lease dated June 16, 1993 for
         Units 645-649 27th Street, by and between Skunk Creek Investors,
         Landlord, and Wild Oats Markets, Inc., Tenant.  Effective April 1,
         1997, the above-mentioned leases shall be cancelled and simultaneously
         this Lease, dated July 21, 1995, shall be in full force and effect.

14.      Landlord shall be responsible for the replacement of existing heating
         and air-conditionaing units which become unrepairable in Unit 2594 and
         in Unit 2598, provided that Tenant has had a preventive maintenance
         contract covering this
<PAGE>   15
         equipment throughout the term of this Lease with a qualified heating
         and air-conditioning contractor and provided contractor has made
         quarterly inspections of the equipment, which quarterly inspections
         are documented.  In the event Tenant does not have said preventive
         maintenance contract, then Tenant shall be fully responsible for all
         replacement of said equipment which becomes unrepairable.
         Responsibility of Landlord for replacement of said equipment shall
         apply only when it becomes necessary to replace an entire heating
         and/or air-conditionaing unit and not individual parts of units.
         Landlord warrants the heating and air-conditioning equipment in Units
         2594 and 2598 to be in good condition at commencement of this Lease.
<PAGE>   16
                                  EXHIBIT "A"

Exhibit "A" shows a map of Basmar Shopping Center, extending from Broadway to
27th Street along Baseline Road, including the Premises described above and
adjacent Premises and parking areas.
<PAGE>   17
                                  EXHIBIT "B"


   TO THE LEASE DATED AUGUST 8, 1995, BY AND BETWEEN SKUNK CREEK INVESTORS,
   LANDLORD, AND WILD OATS MARKET, INC., TENANT, FOR PREMISES LOCATED IN
   BASEMAR SHIPPING CENTER, MORE COMMONLY KNOWN AND NUMBERED AS
   2584-2590-2592-2594- 2598 BASELINE ROAD AND 645-649 27TH STREET, BOULDER,
   COLORADO

Sign Criteria for Basemar Center, Boulder


Type and Color

Individual letters and logo emblems shall consist of individual pan channel
letters mounted on raceway, internal illumination with white plexiglass face or
pale yellow plexiglass face for all buildings.  Bronze edge trim, sides, and
raceway color to match anodized aluminum fascia backgrounds.  Trademank colors
or logos other than white or yellow will be subject to prior approval by the
owner or designated representative.

Location of Signs

All signs shall be mounted on the dark brown anodized aluminum band located
along the buildings fascia or parapet above the space leased.  Letters,
emblems, or logos may not extend above or below the fascia band.

Non-illuminated suspeded signs no larger than five (5) sq. ft.  per side  may
be located along walkways where wall signs cannot be viewed by pedestrians.
Such signs shall provice 8'-0" headroom.

Window signs will be allowed as per the City of Bulder Sign Code.

Length and Areas of Signs

Maximum wall sign height will not exceed thirty (30) inches for a single or
multiple line of copy.

Maximum length of coverage shall not exceed the linear frontage of the leased
space.

Maximum area of wall signage shall not exceed 1.5 sq. ft. per lineal foot of
frontrage of the leased area.

Approval Process
<PAGE>   18
All signs must be approved by the authorized representative of the owner.  All
signs must be installed to City of Boulder Sign Code standards and installed by
a licensed sign contractor.  All fees, fabrication costs, and erection costs
shall be paid by the lessee.  All signs requiring a permit issued by the City
of Boulder shall have same prior to installation.


SKUNK CREEK INVESTORS
Document shows signature of James A. Swanson, Owner and Partner, dated June 21,
1984
<PAGE>   19
                                  EXHIBIT "C"

Exhibit "C" is a three page exhibit showing floorplans of premises to be
leased.  Page one shows 2584-2590-2592 Baseline Road, ground floor, page two
shows the second floor above the same ground area, and page three shows 645-649
27th Street.
<PAGE>   20
                               GUARANTEE OF LEASE

In consideration of the approval by the Landlord of that certain Shopping Center
Lease dated August 8, 1995 by and between Skunk Creek Investors, as Landlord,
and Wild Oats Markets, Inc., as Tenant, for certain premises of approximately
21,539 square feet, located at 2584-2590-2592-2594-2598 Baseline Road and
645-649 27th Street, Boulder, Colorado, in Basemar Shopping Center, the
undersigned individual (hereinafter called "Guarantor") individually guarantees
the timely payment of all rent due from Tenant to Landlord and the timely and
proper performance of all other obligations of Tenant to Landlord.  The
guarantee shall apply until April 1, 2001, or until the annual sales volume of
Wild Oats Market, Inc. shall reach $250,000,000 per year verified by an outside
audit.  Guarantor waives notice of default by Tenant and agrees that Guarantor
shall be responsible for ascertaining whether Tenant is performing its
obligations.  Guarantor consents to any extension or extensions of rent or
performance of other obligations of Tenant and consents to reductions in the
rent due or other obligations due from Tenant.  In the event of default by
Tenant, Landlord may, at its option, without terminating the obligation of the
Guarantor, re-enter the premises and re-let the premises, and Guarantor shall be
liable for any deficiency of the rent received from such re-letting from the
rent and other obligations due from Tenant according to the terms of the Lease.
In the event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever
to attempt to re-let the premises; and may leave the premises vacant and
continue to collect the rent and other obligations due.  Guarantor consents to
any change in the character of the use of the premises and to any sublease or
assignment of the Lease by Tenant; and to any assignments of the rents by
Landlord or sale of the Landlord's interest in the premises, and agrees to be
bound to Landlord's successors or assignees.  In the event of default by Tenant,
Landlord need not first exhaust Landlord's remedies against Tenant, but may
proceed directly against Guarantor.  Guarantor will pay Landlord's attorneys'
fees, expert witness fees, and court costs incurred in the enforcement of
Landlord's rights against Guarantor, together with all such fees and court costs
incurred on account of any default by Tenant.

EXECUTED THIS 2nd DAY OF OCTOBER, 1995.
Document shows the signature as Guarantor of Elizabeth C. Cook
<PAGE>   21
                               GUARANTEE OF LEASE

In consideration of the approval by the Landlord of that certain Shopping Center
Lease dated August 8, 1995 by and between Skunk Creek Investors, as Landlord,
and Wild Oats Markets, Inc., as Tenant, for certain premises of approximately
21,539 square feet, located at 2584-2590-2592-2594-2598 Baseline Road and
645-649 27th Street, Boulder, Colorado, in Basemar Shopping Center, the
undersigned individual (hereinafter called "Guarantor") individually guarantees
the timely payment of all rent due from Tenant to Landlord and the timely and
proper performance of all other obligations of Tenant to Landlord.  The
guarantee shall apply until April 1, 2001, or until the annual sales volume of
Wild Oats Market, Inc. shall reach $250,000,000 per year verified by an outside
audit.  Guarantor waives notice of default by Tenant and agrees that Guarantor
shall be responsible for ascertaining whether Tenant is performing its
obligations.  Guarantor consents to any extension or extensions of rent or
performance of other obligations of Tenant and consents to reductions in the
rent due or other obligations due from Tenant.  In the event of default by
Tenant, Landlord may, at its option, without terminating the obligation of the
Guarantor, re-enter the premises and re-let the premises, and Guarantor shall be
liable for any deficiency of the rent received from such re-letting from the
rent and other obligations due from Tenant according to the terms of the Lease.
In the event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever
to attempt to re-let the premises; and may leave the premises vacant and
continue to collect the rent and other obligations due.  Guarantor consents to
any change in the character of the use of the premises and to any sublease or
assignment of the Lease by Tenant; and to any assignments of the rents by
Landlord or sale of the Landlord's interest in the premises, and agrees to be
bound to Landlord's successors or assignees.  In the event of default by Tenant,
Landlord need not first exhaust Landlord's remedies against Tenant, but may
proceed directly against Guarantor.  Guarantor will pay Landlord's attorneys'
fees, expert witness fees, and court costs incurred in the enforcement of
Landlord's rights against Guarantor, together with all such fees and court costs
incurred on account of any default by Tenant.

EXECUTED THIS 2nd DAY OF OCTOBER, 1995.
Document shows the signature as Guarantor of Michael C. Gilliland

<PAGE>   1





                                       LEASE


     This Lease is made as of October 12, 1994, by and between AGF Property
Management Corp., a Colorado corporation ("Landlord"), whose principal place of
business is 410 17th Street, Suite 800, Denver, Colorado, and Wild Oats
Markets, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant"), whose principal place of
business is 1668 Valtec Lane, Boulder, Colorado.

                                   ARTICLE 1
                                  DEFINITIONS

The following terms have the following definitions:

     l.1 "Commencement Date". The Commencement Date is the date Landlord
tenders possession of at least approximately 15,500 square feet of the Premises
to Tenant in the condition described in Section 2.3 of this Lease.

     1.2 "Premises" means approximately 18,600 square feet in the building
commonly known as 1111-23 South Washington Street, Denver, Colorado. The
Premises are more particularly described in attached Exhibit A.

     1.3 "Term" means the period beginning with the Commencement Date, and
ending on the earlier of the day this Lease expires or the day this Lease is
terminated, as provided herein. The Term will include the optional extension
periods, if such are exercised by Tenant.

     SL.4 "Lease Year" means each twelve month period beginning on the
Commencement Date and each anniversary thereof.

     1.5 "Center" means the real property and improvements located on the land
described on Exhibit B, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this
reference.

                                   ARTICLE 2
                             PRELIMINARY AGREEMENTS

     2.1 Grant of Leasehold. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant
hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, for the Term and upon the terms,
covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease.





                                      1
<PAGE>   2
     2.2 Landlord's Tendering of Possession. As of the date hereof (the
"Possession Date") Landlord shall tender at least approximately 15,500 square
feet of the Premises to Tenant. The remaining 3,100 square feet shall be
delivered by Landlord, using commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such
space as soon as practicable. In the event such 3,100 square feet are not
delivered by Commencement Date, Tenant's Rent attributable to said 3,100 square
feet, or portion thereof not delivered, shall be abated until so delivered on a
per square foot basis, as Tenant's sole and exclusive remedy.

     2.3 Condition of Premises. Landlord shall deliver the Premises to
Tenant in its as-is condition. At Tenant's request, Landlord has commissioned
and delivered to Tenant, without representation or warranty, a report
concerning the environmental condition of the Property, which report Tenant
hereby accepts and approves.

                                   ARTICLE 3
                            TERM; OPTIONS TO EXTEND

     3.1 Term. The Term shall commence as of the Commencement Date and end on
the date sixty (60) months after the Commencement Date, unless the Commencement
late is other than the first day of a calendar month, in which event the Term
shall end sixty (60) months after the first day of the calendar month following
the month in which the Commencement Date occurs.

     3.2 Options. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant two (2) consecutive options
(the "Option") to extend the Term for periods of ten (10) years each (the
"Option Term"). The Option shall apply only to the original space leased
hereunder (approximately 18,600) and shall be on the following terms and
conditions:

          A. Written notice of Tenant's interest in exercising the Option shall
be given to Landlord no later than four (4) months prior to the expiration of
the Term ("Tenant's Notice").

          B. Unless Landlord is timely notified by Tenant in accordance with
subparagraph A above, it shall be conclusively deemed that Tenant does not
desire to exercise the Option, and the Lease shall expire in accordance with
its terms, at the end of the Term.





                                       2
<PAGE>   3
          C. Tenant's right to exercise its Option shall be conditioned on: (i)
Tenant not being in default under the Lease at the time of exercise of the
Option or at the time of the commencement of the Option Term; and (ii) Tenant
not having subleased more than twenty-fivsr percent (25%) of the Premises or
assigned its interest under the Lease as of the commencement of the Option Term
or having vacated more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises.

          D. The Option granted hereunder shall be upon the terms and
conditions contained in the Lease

          E. After exercise of the Option above described, there shall be no
further rights on the part of Tenant to extend the term of the Lease.

     3.3 Holding over; Removal of Fixtures; Surrender. If Tenant remains in
possession of the Premises after the expiration of the Term without any express
written agreement as to such holding over, then such holding over shall be
deemed and taken to be a holding upon a tenancy from month-to-month, subject to
all the terms and conditions hereof on the part of Tenant to be observed and
performed and at a monthly rent equivalent to one hundred fifty percent (150%)
of the monthly installments of Minimum Rent, Percentage Rent, and CAM, paid by
Tenant immediately prior to such expiration or the current market rental rate
for the Premises, whichever is greater. All such rent shall be payable in
advance on the same day of each calendar month. To the extent that Percentage
Rent for the month preceding the date of termination is not known as of the
beginning of the holdover period, Percentage Rent for the purposes hereof shall
be deemed to be the monthly average of the Percentage Rent for the prior two
calendar quarters. Such monthto-month tenancy may be terminated by either party
upon thirty (30) days' notice prior to the end of any such monthly period.
Nothing contained herein shall be construed as obligating Landlord to accept
any rental tendered by Tenant after the expiration of the Term hereof or as
relieving Tenant of its liability pursuant to this Paragraph and any holdover
without Landlord's consent shall be deemed a default hereunder entitling
Landlord to all of its rights and remedies set forth in Article 15, including,
without limitation, its right to recover consequential damages resulting from
said holdover.

     Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall cease
doing business, and Tenant shall remove all





                                       3
<PAGE>   4
trade fixtures, equipment, signs and personal property owned by Tenant
("Tenant's Property") from the Premises (and Tenant shall repair any damage
caused by such removal) and surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition
the Premises are required to be maintained during the Term pursuant to the
Lease, broom-clean, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall surrender
all keys to Landlord and shall inform Landlord of all combinations of locks,
safes and vaults, if any, remaining on the Premises. In the event Tenant fails
to vacate the Premises on a timely basis as required, Tenant shall be
responsible to Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord as a result of such
failure, including, but not limited to, any amounts required to be paid to
third parties who were to have occupied the Premises.  Upon the expiration of
this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to purchase any or all of Tenant's
Property at the fair market value of the same.

                                   ARTICLE 4
                                      RENT

     4.1 Minimum Rent.

          A. Commencing on the Commencement Date and thereafter during the
initial four-year Term, Tenant shall pay Minimum Rent in the amount of $4.50
per square foot, which is approximately Six Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy-Five
Dollars ($6,975.00) per month, payable in advance on or before the first day of
each month. During the fifth (5th) year of the Term, Tenant shall pay Minimum
Rent in the amount of $7.00 per square foot (unless otherwise adjusted higher
as provided herein), which is approximately Ten Thousand Eight Hundred Fifty
Dollars ($10,850.00) per month, payable in advance on or before the first day
of each month. If the Commencement Date shall occur other than on the first or
the last day of a calendar month, the first Minimum Rent shall be prorated on a
daily basis, and shall be paid with the rent due for the next succeeding full
month.

          B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in subparagraph
A above, Tenant shall have the right to occupy the Premises without payment of
Minimum Rent and Percentage Rent for a period commencing on the date Tenant's
obligation to pay rent would otherwise commence in accordance with Paragraph
4.1.A. of the Lease and terminating twelve (12) months from such date (the
"Deferred Rent Period"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant is obligated to
pay its Pro Rata Share of CAM and Real





                                       4
<PAGE>   5
Estate Taxes for the term of this Lease during the Deferred Rent Period. It is
agreed that the rent payable under this Lease is allocable to, and shall be
accrued by the parties during, their fiscal periods in which the same is
actually paid as provided in this Paragraph, as modified by this subparagraph.
Landlord and Tenant agree that no portion of the Minimum Rent paid by Tenant
during that portion of the Term occurring after the expiration of the Deferred
Rent Period shall be allocated by Landlord or Tenant to such Deferred Rent
Period, nor is such rent intended by the parties to be allocable to the
Deferred Rent Period. Notwithstanding the preceding, if Tenant's Gross Sales,
as defined below, for the first twelve (12) months of the Term exceed Three
Million Dollars ($3,000,000), Tenant shall pay Percentage Rent, as defined
below, in the amount of 1.5% of the Gross Sales in excess of $3,000,000 in the
manner in which Percentage Rent is paid as provided below.

          C. If for any reason at any time during the initial sixty (60)
months of the Lease Tenant is in default hereunder for nonpayment of rent or
violation of Section 9.1, which default is not cured within any applicable cure
periods, Tenant shall owe to Landlord, in addition to all other amounts
otherwise set forth herein, all amounts of Minimum Rent and Percentage Rent
deferred pursuant to subparagraph B above. Such amounts shall be immediately
due and payable upon the occurrence of any such default. Tenant shall have no
obligation to pay such amounts if no Event of Default has occurred prior to the
expiration of the initial sixty (60) months of the term.

          D. If Tenant exercises its option to extend the term for an
additional ten years ("lst Option Period"), the Minimum Rent for such 1st
Option Period shall be as follows (unless increased as otherwise provided in
Paragraph 4.1.E.  below):


          Years 6-7                                $7.00 per sf
          Years 8-15                               $7.50 per sf


             If Tenant exercises its option to extend the term for an
additional ten years ("2nd Option Period"), the Minimum Rent for such 2nd
Option Period shall be as follows (unless increased as otherwise provided in
Paragraph 4.1.E.  below):


          Year 16                                  $7.50 per sf
          Years 17-21                              $9.00 per sf
          Years 22-25                              $10.80 per sf





                                       5
<PAGE>   6
          E. Notwithstanding the above, if Percentage Rent (defined herein) is
paid for any Lease Year (except the first Lease Year), such Percentage Rent
when added to the Minimum Rent for that year shall constitute the Minimum Rent
for the next Lease Year. (Example: In Lease Year 2, Tenant has Gross Sales of
$9,000,000, requiring payment of Minimum Rent of $83,700 and Percentage Rent of
$96,300 for a total of $180,000. The Minimum Rent for Lease Year 3 shall be
$180,000. If in Lease Year 3 Tenant has Gross Sales of $10,000,000, Tenant
shall pay a total of $200,000, which shall become the Minimum Rent for Lease
Year 4. However, if in any Lease Year Gross Sales decrease by more than 15%
from the previous Lease Year, the Minimum Rent shall not be increased under
this paragraph. For example, continuing from the above example, if in Lease
Year 4 Tenant's sales decreased by 16% to 8,400,000, Tenant's Minimum Rent
shall remain at $180,000, rather than increase to $200,000. Since, during Lease
Year 4 Tenant will pay Minimum Rent based upon $200,000, Tenant shall receive a
credit against its Rent next due in accordance with the terms and conditions of
paragraph 4.2.A. below.





                                       6
<PAGE>   7
     4.2 Percentaqe Rent- Payment; Audit of Gross Sales.

          A. In addition to the Minimum Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord for
each Lease Year, as percentage rent ("Percentage Rent"), a sum equivalent to
the amount, if any, by which two percent (2%) of Tenant's Gross Sales (as
hereinafter defined) exceeds the Minimum Rent for such year, except for the
First Lease Year during which Tenant shall pay 1.5% of Gross Sales in excess of
$3,000,000. Such Percentage Rent shall be estimated and paid on or before
thirty days from the close of each quarter of each Lease Year and shall be
accompanied by a written statement of Gross Sales, certified as correct by
Tenant. In the event that the total of the quarterly payments for Percentage
Rent for each Lease Year is not equal to the Percentage Rent due for the entire
Lease Year, then (a) Tenant shall pay to Landlord any deficiency with and at
the time Tenant delivers its Annual Statement, or (b) Landlord shall credit
Tenant's next payment of Minimum Rent with any excess. To the extent there are
any partial months included in the Lease Year or there is a partial Lease Year,
the Percentage Rent shall be prorated accordingly.

          B. Gross Sales Defined. The term "Gross Sales" is hereby
defined to mean all sales of Tenant and of all licensees, concessionaires, and
subtenants of Tenant, from all business conducted upon or from the Premises,
whether such sales be evidenced by check, credit, gift certificates, charge
accounts, exchange or otherwise, and shall include, but not be limited to, the
amounts received from the sale of goods, wares and merchandise and for services
performed on or at the Premises, together with the amount of all orders taken
or received at the Premises, whether such orders are filled from the Premises
or elsewhere, and whether such sales be made by means of merchandise or other
vending devices of any kind or nature in the Premises, and shall include all
deposits not refunded to purchasers. Each sale on installment or for credit
shall be treated as a sale in the Lease Year during which such sale takes
place, irrespective of the time when Tenant shall receive payment therefor.
Gross Sales shall not include sales of merchandise for which cash has been
refunded; allowances made on merchandise which is defective; the amount of any
sales, use or gross receipts tax imposed by any governmental authority directly
on sales and collected from customers; transfers or sales to other stores of
Tenant; discount sales to employees; sales price of fixtures, equipment or
property sold not in the





                                       7
<PAGE>   8
ordinary course of business; and the amounts of accounts receivable actually
uncollected and charged off as bad debts.

          D. Tenant's Records. For the purpose of ascertaining the amount of
Percentage Rent due, Tenant shall keep within the Denver metropolitan area
books and records, kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, containing all Gross Sales during each month of the term hereof,
and all supporting records such as excise tax reports, state sales tax,
business and occupation tax and gross income tax reports and receipts or
invoices from vending machine companies. Such records shall be retained for at
least four (4) years after expiration of the Term. Tenant shall retain for at
least one (1) year after the expiration of each Lease Year all original sales
records and sales slips. All such records shall be open to inspection and audit
by Landlord and its agents at all reasonable times during ordinary business
hours. Tenant hereby specifically authorizes and consents to Landlord obtaining
any and all tax records relating to the operation of the business in the
Premises including sales tax records. Tenant agrees to execute any consents
necessary for Landlord to obtain such records.

          E. Reports by Tenant. On or before the twentieth (20th) day of the
calendar month succeeding each calendar quarter during the Term hereof
(including the twentieth (20th) day of the month following the expiration of
the Term), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord at the place then fixed for payment
of rental a written statement signed and certified to Landlord by Tenant to be
an accurate statement of Gross Sales made during the preceding quarter or for
so much of the quarter remaining in the event of termination of the Term,
together with a copy of state sales tax receipts. In addition thereto, Tenant
shall within sixty (60) days of the close of each Lease Year during the Term
deliver to Landlord an audited statement certified to Landlord by an
independent certified public accountant showing Gross Sales during the
preceding year (the "Annual Statement of Gross Sales"). Any information
obtained by Landlord shall be held in strict confidence except Landlord may
inform the holder of any deed of trust on the building of the information
contained in said reports.

          F. Audit. The acceptance by Landlord of payments of Percentage
Rent shall be without prejudice to Landlord's right to an examination of
Tenant's books and records in order to verify





                                       8
<PAGE>   9
the amount of Gross Sales received by Tenant. Landlord may cause, at any
reasonable time, upon seventy-two (72) hours prior written notice to Tenant, a
complete audit to be made of Tenant's Gross Sales. If such audit discloses an
understatement of Gross Sales of two percent (2%) or more for any Lease Year,
Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord the reasonable costs of said audit in
addition to the deficiency, together with interest on such deficiency in the
amount of three percent (3%) per annum above the Prime Rate, as defined below,
in effect from time to time during such period, from the date of underpayment
to the date such deficiency is paid.

          G. Competition. Tenant agrees that it will not, during the term of
this Lease, open for business, directly or indirectly, operate nor own any
similar type of business within a radius of three (3) miles from the location
of the Premises without first obtaining Landlord's prior written consent which
may be given or withheld in its sole discretion.  Any such consent, if given,
shall be subject to such conditions as Landlord may deem reasonable.

     4.3 Advance Rent. Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord two months' advance Minimum Rent in the total amount of Thirteen
Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($13,950.00). Such rent payments
shall be in lieu of the Minimum Rent due for the first two full months for
which Tenant is required to pay Minimum Rent, excluding any partial months.

     4.4 Late Payments; Interest. Any rents or other amounts owing hereunder
which are not paid when due shall thereafter bear interest at the rate of three
percentage points over the Prime Rate or the highest rate permitted by
applicable usury law, whichever is lower, until paid. The Prime Rate shall be
the prime rate as published in the money rates section of the Western Edition
of the Wall Street Journal or its equivalent. Further, in the event any rents
or other amounts owing hereunder are not paid within five (5) days after said
amounts are due, Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord will incur additional
administrative expenses, the amount of which will be difficult if not
impossible to determine. Accordingly, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an
additional, one-time late charge for any such late payment in the amount of two
percent (2%) of such payment. Any amounts paid by Landlord to cure any defaults
of Tenant hereunder, which Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation
to do, shall, if not repaid by Tenant within five (5) days of demand by
Landlord,





                                       9
<PAGE>   10
thereafter bear interest at the rate of three percentage points over the Prime
Rate or the highest rate permitted by applicable usury law, whichever is lower,
until paid.

         4.5 CAM. Tenant agrees to pay as an additional charge each month for
its Pro Rata Share of the cost of operation and maintenance of the Center
(including, among other costs, those incurred for lighting, water, sewage,
painting, cleaning, policing, inspecting, insurance, landscaping, repairing,
replacing, guarding and protecting) which may be incurred by Landlord in its
reasonable discretion (collectively, "CAM"). Landlord shall make monthly or
other periodic charges based upon the estimated annual cost of operation and
maintenance of the Center, payable in advance but subject to adjustment after
the end of the year on the basis of the actual cost for such year. Any such
periodic charges shall be due and payable upon delivery of notice thereof. The
Minimum Rent, Percentage Rent and CAM payments are sometimes hereinafter
collectively called "Rent" or "rent" and shall be paid when due in lawful money
of the United States without demand, deduction, abatement or offset at such
place as Landlord may designate from time-to-time.  Expenditures for
replacements, which are capital improvements, shall be amortized at twelve
percent (12%) over the useful life of such capital improvement (as determined
by Landlord's accountants). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
Tenant shall repair and maintain the common area, including without limitation,
the parking lot, lights, landscaping ("Repairs") during the term hereof. Tenant
shall bill Landlord for the reasonable cost of said Repairs, less Tenant's Pro
Rata Share and plus Landlord's parking lot repair obligation (as described in
Section 11.2), which bill shall be accompanied by a detailed description of the
work completed and evidence of payment of the same acceptable to Landlord. To
the extent that Landlord has the right to and collects the same (except for
Landlord's parking lot repair obligation) from its other tenant's in the
Center, Landlord shall pay over the same to Tenant. Landlord shall pay Tenant
Landlord's parking lot repair obligation, if said Repairs encompass parking lot
repairs. Tenant shall perform the Repairs in a commercially reasonable manner
so as to cause the Center to be maintained in good condition and repair which
is acceptable to Landlord (the "Maintenance Standard"). In the event that
Tenant is not performing the Repairs to the Maintenance Standard, as reasonably
determined by Landlord, then Tenant shall cease to perform the Repairs upon
receipt of written notice from Landlord.





                                       10
<PAGE>   11
                                   ARTICLE 5
                             TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

         5.1 Taxes on Tenant's Business Operations and Personal Property. Tenant
shall cause to be paid all sales taxes levied in connection with operations on
the Premises, as well as all taxes levied against the leasehold held by Tenant,
or against its personal property, leasehold improvements, additions,
alterations and fixtures on the Premises.

         5.2 Taxes on the Premises. Tenant shall pay its Pro Rata Share of all 
real property taxes and assessments (including general and special
assessments), hereinafter sometimes jointly called "Real Estate Taxes", which
may be levied or assessed by any lawful authority against the Center, except
for t5,000 which shall be paid by Landlord. The foregoing shall include any
taxes, assessments, surcharges, or service or other fees of a nature not
presently in effect which shall hereafter be levied on the Center as a result
of the use, ownership or operation of the Center or for any other reason,
whether in lieu of or in addition to, any current real estate taxes and
assessments; provided, however, in no event shall the term Real Estate Taxes,
as used herein, include any net federal, state or local income taxes levied or
assessed on Landlord, unless such taxes are a specific substitute for real
property taxes. Such term shall, however, include gross taxes on rentals. Such
real estate taxes shall be paid prior to delinquency but may be paid in
installments if installment payments are allowed by the taxing authorities.
        
         5.3 Proration and Seqregation. Real Property Taxes shall be prorated, 
and Tenant shall pay those pertaining to the Term. "Tenant's Pro Rata Share"
shall mean, subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth, a fraction, the
numerator of which is the rentable square feet comprising the Premises and the
denominator of which is the rentable square feet comprising the Center (the
"Rentable Area"), which is currently 24,600. In the event Tenant, at any time
during the Term, or any extensions thereof, leases additional space in the
Center, Tenant's Pro Rata Share shall be recomputed by dividing the total
rentable square footage of space then being leased by Tenant (including any
additional space) by the Rentable Area and the resulting figure shall become
Tenant's Pro Rata Share.
        




                                       11
<PAGE>   12
         5.4 Contests. Tenant, at its cost, may contest, object to or oppose,
(herein "Contest") any tax, assessment, imposition or charge of which Tenant is
required by this Lease to pay all or a portion, provided that prompt notice of
such contest shall be given to Landlord, and provided further that such contest
is reasonable in the judgment of Tenant under the circumstances at the time
such contest is to be made. Landlord agrees to cooperate fully with Tenant in
contesting, objecting or opposing such, (including bringing the contest in the
name of the Landlord if required) provided that Tenant reimburses Landlord for
all costs incurred. Tenant shall not submit nor allow any submission to be made
to any public entity with respect to said Contest without Landlord's prior
written approval of said submission which approval may be withheld in
Landlord's sole discretion.

                                   ARTICLE 6
                                   INSURANCE

         6.1 Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or to Tenant's employees,
agents or visitors, or to any other person or entity, whomsoever, for any
injury to person or damage to or loss of property on or about the Premises or
the common area caused by the negligence or misconduct of Tenant, its
employees, subtenant, licensees or concessionaires, or of any other person
entering the Center under the express or implied invitation of Tenant, or
arising out of the use of the premises by tenant and the conduct of its
business therein, or arising out of any breach or default by Tenant in the
performance of its obligations hereunder or resulting from any other cause
except Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct, and Tenant hereby
agrees to indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from any loss, expense or
claims arising out of such damage or injury.

         6.2 Tenant shall procure and maintain throughout the term of this 
lease a policy or policies of insurance, at its sole cost and expense, insuring
both Landlord and Tenant against all claims, demands or actions arising out of
or in connection with Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises, or by the
condition of the Premises, the limits of such policy or policies to be in an
amount not less than $3,000,000 in respect of injuries to or death of any one
person, and in an amount not less than $3,000,000 in respect of any one
accident or disaster, and in an amount not less than $1,000,000 in respect of
property damaged
        




                                       12
<PAGE>   13
or destroyed, and to be written by insurance companies satisfactory to
Landlord. Tenant shall obtain and maintain throughout the term of this Lease
"all risk" or "multiperil" insurance on and for the full cost of replacement of
all of Tenant's Property and betterments in the Premises, including, without
limitation all furniture, fixtures, personal property and all tenant finish.
All such insurance policies shall name Landlord as an additional insured
thereon. Tenant shall obtain a written obligation on the part of each insurance
company to notify Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to cancellation of such
insurance. Such policies or duly executed certificates of insurance shall be
promptly delivered to Landlord and renewals thereof as required shall be
delivered to Landlord at least thirty days prior to the expiration of the
respective policy terms. In addition to the remedies provided in this Lease,
Landlord may, but is not obligated to obtain such insurance and Tenant shall
pay to Landlord upon demand as additional rental the reasonable premium cost
thereof plus interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the date
of payment by Landlord until repaid by Tenant.

         6.3 Landlord and Tenant agree and covenant that neither shall be 
liable to the other for loss arising out of damage to or destruction of the
Premises or contents thereof when such loss is caused by any perils included
within standard fire and extended coverage insurance policy of the state in
which the Premises is situated; this Agreement shall be binding whether or not
such damage or destruction be caused by negligence of either party or their
agents, employees or visitors.
        
         6.4 Landlord and Landlord's agents and employees shall not be liable
to Tenant or any other person or entity whomsoever for any injury to person or
damage to property caused by the Premises or other portions of the Center
becoming out of repair or by defect in or failure of equipment, pipes or
wiring, or broken glass, or by the backing up of drains, or by gas, water,
steam, electricity or oil leaking, escaping or flowing into the Premises, nor
shall Landlord be liable to Tenant or any other person or entity whomsoever for
any loss or damage that may be occasioned by or through the acts or omissions
of other tenants of the Center or of any other persons or entities whomsoever,
excepting only duly authorized employees and agents of Landlord. With respect
to latent or patent defects in the Premises or in the building of which they
form a part, Landlord's liability shall not extend beyond one year from the
date of substantial





                                       13
<PAGE>   14
completion of the construction of the Premises, whether or not such defects are
discovered within such one-year period.  Tenant shall indemnify and hold
Landlord harmless from any loss, cost, expense or claims arising out of such
injury or damage referred to in this paragraph 6.4.

                                   ARTICLE 7
                       TENANT ALTERATIONS; TRADE FIXTURES

         7.1 Right to Make Alterations. Tenant shall not, without first 
obtaining Landlord's written approval, make (or cause to be made) any
alterations to the exterior or interior of the Premises. Tenant shall be
permitted to make nonstructural changes or improvements to the interior of the
Premises in an amount not to exceed $25,000 in any consecutive twelve (12)
month period without first obtaining Landlord's written approval. Any work done
by Tenant shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, in compliance with
all governmental requirements, to which the Landlord may be a party and in such
manner as to cause a minimum of interference with other construction in
progress and with the transaction of business in the Center. Tenant agrees to
indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless against any loss, liability or damage
resulting from such work, and Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord, furnish
bond or other security satisfactory to Landlord against any such loss,
liability or damage. Landlord shall cooperate, at no cost to Landlord, with
Tenant in securing the necessary permits and authority to perform any such
work. All alterations, additions, improvements and fixtures (other than
unattached, movable trade fixtures) which may be made or installed by either
party upon the Premises shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises
and become the property of Landlord at the termination of this Lease, unless
Landlord requests their removal in which event Tenant shall remove the same and
restore the Premises to their original condition at Tenant's expense. Any
linoleum, carpeting or other floor covering which may be cemented or otherwise
affixed to the floor of the Premises is a permanent fixture and shall become
the property of Landlord without credit or compensation to Tenant. Tenant shall
notify Landlord of the names and addresses of all persons and companies
scheduled to perform improvements on the Premises no later than five (5)
business days prior to the commencement of said work.
        
         Tenant agrees that all venting, opening, sealing, waterproofing or any
altering of the roof shall be performed by





                                       14
<PAGE>   15
Landlord's roofing contractor at Tenant's expense and that when completed
Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a certificate from Landlord's roofing
contractor that all such alterations approved by Landlord have been completed
in accordance with the plans and specifications therefor approved by Landlord.

         7.2 Trade Fixtures. Tenant's personal property, signs and trade 
fixtures in the Premises shall be and remain Tenant's property and may be
installed, removed or replaced from time to time, provided that Tenant shall
promptly repair any damage to the Premises caused thereby.
        
         7.3 Liens. Tenant shall pay or cause to be paid all costs for work
done by Tenant or caused to be done by Tenant on the Premises (including work
performed by Landlord or its contractor at Tenant's request following the
commencement of the Term) of a character which will or may result in liens on
Landlord's interest therein and Tenant will keep the Premises free and clear of
all mechanics' liens, and other liens on account of work done for Tenant or
persons claiming under it, excluding any Tenant Finish Work performed by
Landlord pursuant to the Rider. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and
save Landlord harmless of and from all liability, loss, damage, costs, or
expenses, including attorneys' fees, on account of any claims of any nature
whatsoever including claims or liens of laborers or materialmen or others for
work performed for or materials or supplies furnished to Tenant or persons
claiming under Tenant. Should any liens be filed or recorded against the
Premises or any action affecting the title thereto be commenced as a result of
such work (which term includes the supplying of materials), Tenant shall cause
such liens to be removed of record within twenty (20) days after notice from
Landlord. If Tenant desires to contest any claim of lien, Tenant shall furnish
to Landlord adequate security of at least one hundred fifty percent (150%) of
the amount of the claim, plus estimated costs and interest and, if a final
judgment establishing the validity or existence of any lien for any amount is
entered, Tenant shall pay and satisfy the same at once. If Tenant shall be in
default in paying any charge for which a mechanic's lien or suit to foreclose
the lien has been recorded or filed and shall not have given Landlord security
as aforesaid, Landlord may (but without being required to do so) pay such lien
or claim and any costs, and the amount so paid, together with reasonable
attorney's fees incurred in connection therewith, shall be immediately due from
Tenant to Landlord.





                                       15
<PAGE>   16
                                   ARTICLE 8
                                INDEMNIFICATION

         8.1 Tenant's Indemnity. Tenant shall, during the Term, indemnify, 
defend and hold harmless Landlord from any and all actions, claims, demands,
penalties or liabilities which result from Tenant's operations at the Premises
during the Term, including any liens arising out of work contracted for by
Tenant and any claims arising from the breach or default of any obligation
imposed on Tenant by this Lease.
        
         8.2 Landlord's Indemnity. Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold
harmless Tenant from any and all actions, claims, demands, penalties or
liabilities including any injury to any person or damage to any property on the
Premises or any other claim, liability or expense, arising as the result of any
violation of law by Landlord, or arising from the breach or default by Landlord
of any obligation imposed on Landlord by Tenant according to the terms of this
Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 9
                         USE CONTROLS AND RESTRICTIONS

         9.1 Use of Premises.

             A. Tenant shall occupy, use and operate the Premises for the
operation of a natural, retail grocery store and other related and incidental
uses, including but not limited to a delicatessen, juice bar, or the offering
of educational or instructional classes, and for no other purpose. Tenant shall
have full right and authority to use the parking lot in the Center for parking
and periodic sidewalk and tent sales in connection with its operations so long
as such use does not unreasonably interfere with the use of the adjoining
tenant. Subject to the terms and conditions of existing leases in the Center,
as they may be modified, extended, amended or renewed, Tenant shall be entitled
to use all of the Center parking except for fifteen (15) spaces in the front
part of the Center and five (5) spaces in the back or side (at Landlord's
election) portion of the Center. Between the hours of 1:00 a.m. and 4:30 a.m.,
the adjoining tenant shall have first priority to use substantially all of the
parking spaces in the Center. Tenant acknowledges that its use of the parking
area for purposes other than parking is subject to applicable zoning and
building codes and other rules, regulations, laws, and ordinances and codes
which may be





                                       16
<PAGE>   17
in effect or promulgated from time to time by applicable governmental agencies
or authorities. Tenant's liability insurance shall govern its use and occupancy
of the common area prior to Landlord's insurance for the same. Tenant shall
cause all trash and debris to be removed and policed and damage promptly
repaired relating to is use of the common area for other than parking.

             B. Tenant, at Tenant's expense, shall comply with all laws, codes,
rules, and regulations of the United States, the State of Colorado, or of the
City and County of Denver ("Applicable Laws") now in effect, or which may
hereafter be in effect, which shall impose any duty upon Landlord or Tenant
with respect to the occupation or alteration of the Premises or Tenant's use,
occupation, alteration, or Repairs of the common areas of the Center. Tenant
shall not commit waste or suffer or permit waste to be committed or permit any
nuisance on or in the Premises. Tenant agrees that it will not store, keep,
use, sell, dispose of or offer for sale in, upon or from the Premises any
article or substance which may be prohibited by any insurance policy in force
from time to time covering the Building nor shall Tenant keep, store, produce
or dispose of on, in or from the Premises or the Building any substance which
may be deemed a hazardous substance or infectious waste under any state, local
or federal rule, statute, law, regulation or ordinance as may be promulgated or
amended from time to time.
            
             C. Tenant agrees to operate the above-described business in the
Premises in a commercially reasonable manner during the entire Term
continuously in one hundred percent (100%) of the Premises during each hour of
the entire Term when Tenant is required under this Lease to be open for
business. Said business will be conducted with a commercially reasonably amount
of staff and stock of merchandise, using only such portions of the Premises for
storage and office purposes as are reasonably required.

                If Tenant needs to conduct repairs or refurbish the Premises,
which shall require the temporary closing of Tenant's business, then Landlord
agrees not to unreasonably withhold consent to such temporary shut down
provided Tenant gives Landlord prior written notice thereof and otherwise
complies with the provisions of this Lease concerning alterations and repairs.





                                       17
<PAGE>   18
             D. The business of Tenant shall be conducted in its own name unless
another name shall first submitted to Landlord in writing. Tenant shall conduct
its business in the Premises and will keep the Premises open for business
during hours customary for natural grocery stores in the Denver metro area.

             E. The Leased Premises shall not be used for any use except as
specifically set forth in Section 9 nor in any event shall it be used for the
carrying on of any barter, trade, or exchange of goods, or sales through
promotional give-away gimmicks, or any business involving the sale of
second-hand goods, insurance salvage stock, or fire sale stock, and shall not
be used for any auction or pawnshop business, any fire sale, bankruptcy sale,
going-out-of-business sale, moving sale, bulk sale, or any other business
which, because of merchandising methods or otherwise, would tend to lower the
high quality character of the Center nor shall Tenant keep, use, sell, or offer
for sale in or upon the Premises any article which may be prohibited by any
insurance policy in force from time to time covering the Center.

                                   ARTICLE 10
                                PUBLIC UTILITIES

         10.1 Tenant shall separately arrange with the applicable local public
authorities or utilities, as the case may be, for the furnishing of and payment
for all utilities serving the Premises which can be separately metered or
submetered, including but not limited to electrical, sewer, water, natural gas
and telephone as may be required by Tenant in the use of the Premises. Tenant
shall directly pay for all such utilities, the cost of installing any meters or
submeters and any fees or costs for the installation or connection thereof, at
the rates charged for such utilities by said authority or utility or if the
service is separately metered but cannot be paid directly to the utility, then
at the rate charged by Landlord. The failure of Tenant to obtain or to continue
to receive such utilities for any reason whatsoever shall not relieve Tenant of
any of its obligations under the Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 11
                    MAINTENANCE OF PREMISES AND COMMON AREA

         11.1 Tenant's Maintenance of Premises. Tenant shall, during the Term,
maintain, make all necessary repairs to, and keep the


                                       18
<PAGE>   19
interior nonstructural portions of the building of the Premises in good
condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, including the following
equipment and systems, whether on the interior or exterior of the building:
mechanical equipment, electrical equipment, heating, ventilation and air
conditioning ("HVAC") and store front and plate glass.  Subject to Landlord's
obligation to make repairs in the event of certain casualties, as set forth in
Article 12 below, Landlord shall have no obligation for the repair or
replacement of any portion of the interior of the Premises which is damaged or
wears out during the term hereof regardless of the cause therefor, including
but not limited to, carpeting, draperies, window coverings, wall coverings,
painting or any of Tenant's property or betterments in the Premises.

         11.2 Landlord's Maintenance of Parkinq Lot. Landlord will upgrade, 
repair and maintain the parking lot at its sole cost and expense, up to a
maximum of $3,000 per year, with such $3,000 to be accumulated for years in
which none or only some of such amount is expended. Tenant shall be responsible
for its pro-rata cost of such further work as part of CAM.  Landlord shall use
reasonable efforts to enforce its roof warranty during the term of this Lease.
        
         11.3 Landlord's Entry. Upon reasonable prior written notice delivered 
to Tenant, Landlord may enter the Premises to inspect the same or to perform
Landlord's maintenance and repairs, provided, however, that such entry shall
not unnecessarily interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises nor the
conducting of business thereon. Except in emergencies, such entry shall be
during business hours after Tenant has received such notice and has approved
the time and method of such entry, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld.

                                   ARTICLE 12
                          CASUALTY AND RECONSTRUCTION

         12.1 Damaqe to Premises. If, during the Term, the Premises are damaged
by a casualty, such as fire, earthquake or unusual weather or an event causing
sudden damage (in this Article collectively a "Casualty"), the following shall
apply. For the purpose of this Article, "Proceeds" are any proceeds of casualty
insurance Landlord or Tenant is required hereby to carry or damages recoverable
from a third party which are received or recoverable by Landlord or Tenant as a
result of the occurrence





                                       19
<PAGE>   20
on account of the damage, less actual, out-of-pocket costs of collection.

         If the Premises is damaged by a Casualty, which is a risk covered by
casualty insurance that either Landlord or Tenant is required hereby to carry,
Tenant shall promptly commence and prosecute with diligence reconstruction of
the Premises and its sign, fixtures, equipment and the other items necessary to
reconstruct the Premises to a condition substantially equivalent to its
condition immediately before the Casualty. Tenant's obligation to rebuild as
provided herein shall be subject to insurance proceeds available to Tenant plus
applicable deductibles. Tenant shall use its best efforts to complete such
reconstruction as soon as possible after the casualty. Although Tenant's
insurance shall be primary, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant its insurance
proceeds attributable to said casualty and property owned by Landlord.

         12.2 Abatement of Rental. If by a casualty any portion of the Premises
is damaged, and as a result of such damage Tenant's operations are interfered 
with to the extent that Gross Sales decrease by seven percent (7%) or more as a
result thereof for a period of five days or more, to the extent of rental
interruption proceeds received by Landlord, Tenant's obligations to pay Minimum
Rent shall abate in a just proportion to the duration and extent of such
interference with Tenant's operations in the Premises, and such abatement shall
continue until the earlier of the time Landlord's repairs are completed or this
Lease terminates. Tenant agrees that during any period of reconstruction or
repair of the Premises it will continue the operation of its business within
the Premises to the extent practicable.

                                   ARTICLE 13
                     CONDEMNATION; EXERCISE OF POLICE POWER

         13.1 Effect of Condemnation. If, after the date hereof all or any 
portion of the Premises shall be taken by eminent domain, or substantially
interfered with by governmental action (herein collectively called a "Taking"),
the following shall be applicable:
        
              A. Taking of Entire Market. If the entire Premises shall be taken,
this Lease shall terminate as of the Taking. Landlord shall thereupon repay to
Tenant (subject to deduction





                                       20
<PAGE>   21
for all charges then currently due Landlord under the terms of this Lease) its
pro rata share of prepaid rents and other sums due hereunder.

              B. Takinq of Premises. If part, but not all, of the Premises 
shall be taken by condemnation, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease as of
the Taking, if said taking is in excess of ten percent (10%) of the Premises
and, in Tenant's reasonable judgment, after such Taking the remaining portion
of the Premises, as constructed or reconstructed, will be unsuitable for the
conduct of Tenant's business. If Tenant elects to so terminate, it shall notify
Landlord within thirty (30) days after the Taking or lose such right to
terminate.
        
              C. Distribution of Award. All compensation awarded for any Taking
(or the proceeds of private sale in lieu thereof) of the Premises or Center 
shall be the property of Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns its interest in
any such award to Landlord; provided, however, Landlord shall have no interest
in any award made to Tenant for loss of business or for the taking of Tenant's
fixtures and other property if a separate award for such items is made to
Tenant.
        




                                       21
<PAGE>   22
                                   ARTICLE 14
                             ASSIGNMENT; SUBLETTING

         14.1 Landlord's Consent.

              A. Tenant shall not assign or in any manner transfer this lease or
any estate or interest therein, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or
grant any license, concession or other right to occupy any portion of the
Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld. If Tenant is a corporation, the sale or transfer of more
than fifty percent (50%) of the Tenant's stock shall constitute an assignment
for purposes of this lease. Tenant shall pay to Landlord an up front fee of
$200.00 to compensate Landlord for the time and expense of reviewing any
request and documentation regarding assignment or subletting. This
administrative fee shall be in addition to any other monetary or non-monetary
terms associated with the assignment or subletting. Consent by Landlord to one
or more assignment or subtenants shall not operate as a waiver of Landlord's
rights as to any subsequent assignments and sublettings. Notwithstanding any
assignment or subletting, tenant and any guarantor of Tenant's obligations
under this lease shall at all times remain fully responsible and liable for the
payment of the rental herein specified and for compliance with all of its other
obligations under this lease.

              B. If Tenant desires at any time to assign this Lease or any 
portion thereof, it shall, at least sixty (60) days prior to the proposed
commencement of the proposed assignment, notify Landlord of its desire to do so
and shall submit in writing to Landlord (i) the name of the proposed assignee;
(ii) the nature of the proposed assignee's business to be carried on at the
Premises; and (iii) the last published certified financial statements (or other
evidence of net worth) of the prospective assignee.
        
              C. Tenant shall not mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber its
interest in this lease or in the Premises.

         14.2 Encumbrances. Upon request by Tenant, provided Tenant is not in
default hereunder, Landlord agrees to subordinate its liens (common law and
statutory) that exist or may exist on Tenant's Property, to the properly
perfected and filed lien of





                                       22
<PAGE>   23
any bona fide, third party and unaffiliated bank, leasing company or other
party making a loan or granting credit to Tenant.





                                       23
<PAGE>   24
                                   ARTICLE 15
                               DEFAULT OF TENANT

         15.1 Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events
shall constitute a default under this Lease by Tenant:

              A.  Non-curable defaults:

                  1. Any involuntary transfer of Tenant's interest in this Lease
or except as otherwise allowed by this Lease, any voluntary transfer of
Tenant's interest in this Lease, without Owner's prior written consent.

                  2. If the leasehold interest of Tenant is levied upon under
execution or is attached by process of law and said levy or attachment is not
promptly released.

                  3. Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations under this
lease shall become insolvent, or shall make a transfer in fraud of creditors, 
or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

                  4. Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations under this
lease shall file a petition under any section or chapter of the National
Bankruptcy Act, as amended, or under any similar law or statute of the United
States or any State thereof; or Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations
under this lease shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent in proceedings filed
against Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations under this lease.

                  5. A receiver or Trustee shall be appointed for all Premises 
or for all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor of
Tenant's obligations under this lease.

                  6. Tenant shall desert or vacate any substantial portion of 
the Premises.

                  7. The Business operated by Tenant shall be closed for failure
to pay any State sales tax as required or for any other reason.

              B.  Curable Defaults





                                       24
<PAGE>   25
                  1. The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Minimum Rent 
or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder within ten (10) 
days of when due. If Tenant does not fully cure such default within said ten 
(10) days.

                  2. The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any covenants,
conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant,
other than the aforementioned defaults, if Tenant does not fully cure any such
default within 30 days after Tenant has been given notice of such default.
Provided, however, if any such default cannot reasonably be cured within said
30 days (the "Cure Period"), Tenant shall not be in default of this Lease, if
Tenant commences to cure the default within the Cure Period and diligently and
in good faith continues to cure the default until completions and provides
Landlord with evidence of the same.

         15.2 Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any such events of default, 
Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following 
remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever:

              A. Terminate this lease in which event Tenant shall immediately
surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may,
without prejudice to any other remedy which he may have for possession or
arrearages in rental, enter upon and take possession of the Demised premises
and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying said
premises or any part thereof without being liable for prosecution or any claim
of damages therefor.

              B. Enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or 
remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying said premises or any 
part thereof without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages 
therefor with or without having terminated the lease.

              C. Enter upon the Premises without being liable for prosecution or
any claim for damages therefor, and do whatever Tenant is obligated to do under
the terms of this lease, and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord on demand for
any expenses which Landlord may incur in thus effecting compliance with
Tenant's obligations under this lease, and Tenant further agrees





                                       25
<PAGE>   26
that Landlord shall not be liable for any damages resulting to the Tenant from
such action.

              D. Alter all locks and other security devices at the Premises
without terminating this lease.

         15.3 Exercise by Landlord of any one or more remedies hereunder 
granted or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of
surrender of the Premises by Tenant, whether by agreement or by operation of
law, it being understood that such surrender can be effected only by the
written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. No such alteration of locks or other
security devises and no removal or other exercise of dominion by Landlord over
the property of Tenant or others at the Premises shall be deemed unauthorized
or constitute a conversion, Tenant hereby consenting, after any event of
default, to the aforesaid exercise of dominion over Tenant's property within
the Premises. All claims for damages by reason of such reentry and/or
repossession and/or alteration of locks or other security devices are hereby
waived, as are all claims for damages by reason of any distress warrant,
forcible detainer proceedings, sequestration proceedings or other legal
process. Tenant agrees that any reentry by Landlord may be pursuant to judgment
obtained in forcible detainer proceedings or other legal proceedings or without
the necessity for any legal proceedings, as Landlord may elect, and Landlord
shall not be liable in trespass or otherwise.
        
         15.4 In the event Landlord elects to terminate the lease by reason of 
an event of default, then notwithstanding such termination, Tenant shall be 
liable for and shall pay to Landlord, at the address specified for notice to
Landlord herein the sum of all rental and other indebtedness accrued to date of
such termination, plus, as damages, an amount equal to the difference between
(1) the minimum rent plus Tenant's CAM charges hereunder for the remaining
portion of the lease Term (had such term not been terminated by Landlord prior
to the date of expiration), and (2) the then present value of the then fair
rental value of the Premises for such period.
        
         15.5 In the event that Landlord elects to repossess the Premises 
without terminating the lease, then Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay to
Landlord at the address specified for notice to Landlord herein all rental and
other indebtedness accrued to the date of such repossession, plus rental
required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord during the remainder of the lease
        




                                       26
<PAGE>   27
term until the date of expiration of the term as stated in Article 1 diminished
by any net sums thereafter received by Landlord through reletting the Premises
during said period (after deducting expenses incurred by Landlord as provided
in Section 15.6 hereof). In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any excess of
any rental obtained by reletting over and above the rental herein reserved.
Actions to collect amounts due by Tenant to Landlord as provided in this
Section 15 may be brought from time to time, on one or more occasions, without
the necessity of Landlord's waiting until expiration of the lease term.

         15.6 In case of any event of default or breach by Tenant, Tenant shall
also be liable for and shall pay to Landlord, at the address specified for
notice to Landlord herein. In addition to any sum provided to be paid above,
commercially reasonably brokers' fees incurred by Landlord in connection with
reletting the whole or any part of the Premises; the costs of removing and
storing Tenant's or other occupant's property; the costs of repairing,
altering, remodeling or otherwise putting the Premises into condition
acceptable to a new tenant or tenants, and all reasonable expenses incurred by
Landlord in enforcing or defending Landlord's rights and/or remedies including
reasonable attorneys' fees.

         15.7 In the event of termination or repossession of the Premises for
an event of default, Landlord may relet the whole or any portion of the
Premises for any period, to any tenant, and for any use and purpose.

         15.8 If Tenant should fail to make any payment or cure any default
hereunder within the time herein permitted, Landlord, without being under any
obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may make such
payment and/or remedy such other default for the account of Tenant (and enter
the Premises for such purpose), and thereupon Tenant shall be obligated to, and
hereby agrees, to pay Landlord, upon demand, all costs, expenses and
disbursements (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by Landlord in
taking such remedial action.

         15.9 In the event that Landlord shall have taken possession of the
Premises pursuant to the authority herein granted, then Landlord shall have the
right to keep in place and use all of the furniture, fixtures and equipment of
the Premises, including that which is owned by or leased to Tenant at all times
prior to any foreclosure thereon by Landlord or repossession thereof by any





                                       27
<PAGE>   28
lessor thereof or third party having a lien thereon, Landlord shall also have
the right to remove from the Premises (without the necessity of obtaining a
distress warrant, writ of sequestration or other legal process) all or any
portion of such furniture, fixtures, equipment and other property located
thereon and place same in storage at any premises within the County in which
the Premises is located: and in such event, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord
for costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such removal and storage and
shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, damage, cost, expense
and liability in connection with such removal and storage. Landlord shall also
have the right to relinquish possession of all or any portion of such
furniture, fixtures, equipment and other property to any person ("Claimant")
claiming to be entitled to possession thereof who presents to Landlord a copy
of any instrument represented to Landlord by Claimant to have been executed by
Tenant (or any predecessor of Tenant) granting Claimant the right under various
circumstances to take possession of such furniture, fixtures, equipment or
other property, without the necessity on the part of Landlord to inquire into
the authenticity of said instrument's copy of Tenant's or Tenant's
predecessor's signature thereon and without the necessity of Landlord's making
any nature of investigation or inquiry as to the validity of the factual OI
legal basis upon which Claimant purports to act: and Tenant agrees to indemnify
and hold Landlord harmless from all cost, expense, loss, damage and liability
incident to Landlord's relinquishment of possession of all or any portion of
such furniture, fixtures, equipment or other Property to Claimant. The rights
of Landlord herein stated shall be in addition to any and all other rights
which Landlord has or may hereafter have at law or in equity; and Tenant
stipulates and agrees that the rights herein granted Landlord are commercially
reasonable.

                                   ARTICLE 16
                              DEFAULT OF LANDLORD

         16.1 Events of Default. The following are defaults by Landlord:

              A. Landlord's failure, when required Hereunder, to pay any sum 
that Landlord is required to pay or provide under this Lease if such failure
continues for fifteen (15) days after written notice of such failure from
Tenant to Landlord;





                                       28
<PAGE>   29
              B. Landlord's failure, when required hereunder, to perform any
other obligation of Landlord if such failure continues for thirty (30) days
after written notice from Tenant to Landlord of such default, provided that if
such failure cannot reasonably be cured by the end of such thirty (30) day
period, Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences reasonable
efforts to cure such failure within the thirty (30) day period and thereafter
diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

         16.2 Tenant's Remedies. In the event of any default by Landlord, 
Tenant's exclusive remedy shall be an action for damages (Tenant hereby waiving
the benefit of any laws granting it a lien upon the property of the Landlord
and/or upon rent due Landlord), but prior to any such action Tenant will give
Landlord written notice specifying such default with particularity, and
Landlord shall thereupon have thirty (30) days in which to cure any such
default. Unless and until Landlord fails to so cure any default after such
notice Tenant shalt not have any remedy or cause of action by reason thereof.
All obligations of Landlord hereunder will be construed as covenants, not
conditions; and all such obligations will be binding upon Landlord only during
the period of its possession of the Center and not thereafter.
        
         The term "Landlord" shall mean only the owner, for the time being of 
the Center, and in the event of transfer by such owner of its interest in the
Center, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all
covenants and obligations of the Landlord thereafter accruing, but such
covenants and obligations shall be binding during the lease term upon each new
owner for the duration of such owner's ownership.
        
         Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, Landlord shall not have
any personal liability hereunder. In the event of any breach or default by
Landlord in any term or provision of this lease, Tenant agrees to look solely
to the equity or interest then owned by Landlord in the land and improvements
which constitute the Center; however, in no event, shall any deficiency
judgment or any money judgment of any kind be sought or obtained against any
Party Landlord.

                                   ARTICLE 17
                               SERVICE OF NOTICE

         17.1 Manner of Service and Addresses. All notices, rental agreements,
approvals, consents or demands (herein collectively





                                       29
<PAGE>   30
"Notice"), which either party desires to serve upon the other pursuant to this
Lease must be in writing and, shall be deemed served if enclosed in a sealed
envelope and delivered or mailed as provided herein to the specified
address(es).  Notices shall be addressed to Landlord at:

         AGF Property Management Corp.
         410 17th Street, Suite 800
         Denver, CO 80202

Notices shall be addressed to Tenant at:

         Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
         1668 Valtec Lane
         Boulder, Co. 80301
         ATT: Michael C. Gilliland

         Any mailed Notice shall be deposited in the United States Post Office,
postage prepaid, registered or certified, return receipt requested. A Notice
shall be effective upon delivery to the address designated by a party for the
receipt of Notices. Either party may change its foregoing address by a Notice
of such change to the other party.

                                   ARTICLE 18
                    AUTHORITY; OUIET ENJOYMENT; ENCUMBRANCES

         18.1 Ouiet Enjoyment. Landlord further warrants that so long as Tenant
is not in default of this Lease, then Tenant shall, during the Term hereof,
subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, freely, peaceably and
quietly occupy and enjoy the full possession of the Premises, together with all
rights and privileges herein granted.

         18.2 Subordination.

              A. This Lease, at Landlord's option, shall be subordinate to any
mortgage or deed of trust (now or hereafter placed upon the Center, or any
portion thereof), including any amendment, modification, or restatement of any
of such documents, and to any and all advances made under any mortgage or deed
of trust and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements, and
extensions thereof, provided that as long as Tenant is not in default under
this Lease, no foreclosure of, deed given in lieu of foreclosure of, or sale
under the





                                       30
<PAGE>   31
encumbrance, and no steps or procedures taken under the encumbrance, shall
terminate Tenant's rights under this Lease including its rights of quiet
enjoyment. Tenant agrees that with respect to any of the foregoing documents,
no documentation, other than this Lease, shall be required to evidence such
subordination. Landlord hereby represents that as of the date hereof, there are
no deeds of trust secured by the Center. If Landlord causes a deed of trust to
be placed against the Center, then Landlord shall prior to the execution
thereof deliver to Tenant a nondisturbance agreement from the holder of said
deed of trust in accordance with the terms of this subsection 18.2.A.

              B. If any holder of a mortgage or deed of trust shall elect to 
have this Lease superior to the lien of the holder's mortgage or deed of trust
and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed
prior to such mortgage or deed of trust, whether this Lease is dated prior or
subsequent to the date of said mortgage or deed of trust or the date of
recording thereof.
        
              C. In confirmation of such subordination or superior position, 
as the case may be, Tenant agrees to execute such documents as may be required
by Landlord or its Mortgagee to evidence the subordination of its interest
herein to any of the documents described above, or to evidence that this Lease
is prior to the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust, as the case may be, and
failing to do so within ten (10) days after written demand, Tenant does hereby
make, constitute, and irrevocably appoint Landlord as Tenant's attorney-in-fact
and in Tenant's name, place, and stead, to do so.
        
              D. Tenant hereby agrees to attorn to all successor owners of
the Center, whether or not such ownership is acquired as a result of a sale,
through foreclosure of a deed of trust or mortgage, or otherwise.

                                   ARTICLE 19
                          REMOVAL OF TENANT'S PROPERTY

         A. All movable furniture and personal effects of Tenant not removed
from the Premises upon the vacation or abandonment thereof or upon the
termination of this Lease for any cause whatsoever shall conclusively be deemed
to have been abandoned and may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed, or
otherwise disposed of by Landlord without notice to Tenant or any other


                                       31
<PAGE>   32
person and without obligation to account therefor and Tenant shall pay Lands
expenses incurred in connection with the disposition of such property.

         B. Subject to Section 14.2, Tenant hereby conveys a security interest
to Landlord in all of Tenant's Property, except its inventory of grocery
products, situated on the Premises as security for the payment of all rents and
other amounts due or to become due hereunder, and Tenant shall execute such
documents as Landlord may reasonably require to evidence and perfect Landlord's
security interest therein. For this purpose, this Lease shall be considered to
be a security agreement covering such property and Landlord, upon the
occurrence of an event of default hereunder, may exercise any rights of a
secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Colorado. Such
security interest shall be prior and superior to any other security interest,
except as otherwise provided herein. Landlord's security interest shall extend
to replacements of property removed from the Premises and to the proceeds from
the sale of any Tenant's Property.

                                   ARTICLE 20
                                    GENERAL

         20.1 Riqhts Cumulative. Each and all of the rights, powers, options and
remedies of Landlord and Tenant contained herein shall be cumulative and not
exclusive.

         20.2 Delay Not Waiver. Any delay of Landlord or Tenant in enforcing any
right or remedy shall not waive, affect, diminish, suspend or exhaust any right
or remedy. No act or omission, or series of acts or omissions, by either party
as to any failure of the other to fully perform this Lease shall be deemed to
be a waiver by such party of the right at all times thereafter to insist upon
full and complete performance and in accordance with this Lease.

         20.3 Modifications Only by Writing. None of the provisions of this 
Lease shall be changed or waived except by a written instrument executed by the
parties to be bound.

         20.4 Successors and Assiqns. Subject to the prohibitions herein on
assignment or transfer, each of the covenants and conditions hereof shall inure
to the benefit of and shall bind (as the case may be) each of the successors
and assigns of the





                                       32
<PAGE>   33
respective parties hereto, and any reference herein to Landlord or Tenant shall
include their respective successors and assigns.

         20.5 Captions. The captions of Articles and Sections of this lease 
are for convenience only and do not limit or amplify the covenants and 
conditions of this Lease.

         20.6 Construction of Lanquaqe of Lease; Governing Law. This Lease 
shall be construed according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or 
against Landlord or Tenant. This Lease shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Colorado.

         20.7 Estopped Certificate. Each party shall, within five (5) business
days' written request from the other party, execute to the requesting party a
written statement certifying, to the best of its knowledge, whether or not this
Lease is modified and whether or not this Lease is in full force and effect
(or, if there have been modifications, stating those modifications), the date
to which rental and any other charges have been paid, whether or not, to its
knowledge, either party has failed to perform an obligation under this Lease,
and if so, the nature of the failure, and such other items as said requesting
party may reasonably request. Such a statement may be relied upon by a party or
any transferee, mortgagee, or encumbrancer. A statement hereunder may be
requested by either party from the other at any time and from time to time.

         20.8 Entire Aqreement. This instrument reflects and merges all of the
prior agreements and negotiations of the parties hereto, and contains their
entire agreement.

         20.9 Time of Essence: Extensions. Time is of the essence of this
instrument, although any period of time herein may be extended in the event the
parties so agree in writing.

         20.10 Other Documents. Each party shall furnish to the other party, 
upon request, such other documents as may be reasonably required in order to 
carry out the provisions of this Lease.

         20.11 Exhibits. The Exhibits herein referred to are attached and made a
part hereof as if fully set forth.

         20.12 Force Maieure. If either party except as otherwise herein
specifically provided, shall be delayed or hindered in or





                                       33
<PAGE>   34
prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder by reason of
strikes, lockouts, labor troubles, inability to procure materials, failure of
power, restrictive governmental laws or regulations, riots, insurrection, war
or other reason of a like nature not the fault of the party delayed in
performing work or doing acts required under the terms of this Lease, then
performance of such acts shall be excused for the period of delay and the
period for the performance of any such act shall be extended for a period
equivalent to the period of such delay. The provisions of this Article shall
not operate to excuse Tenant from the prompt payment of Minimum Rent,
Percentage Rent or any other payments required by the terms of this Lease.

         20.13 Additional Space. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a right of
first offer (the "Right of First Offer") to lease approximately 6,000 rentable
square feet of space adjacent to the Premises in the Center (the "Right of
First Offer Space") as depicted on EXHIBIT C attached hereto on the following
basis:

               A. Tenant shall have ten (10) days after being notified by 
Landlord, in writing, of Landlord's desire to lease the Right of First Offer
Space (which notice is hereinafter referred to as "Landlord's Notice") within
which to notify Landlord, in writing, if Tenant desires to exercise its Right
of First Offer as to such space. Tenant's Right of First Offer hereunder shall
be subject and subordinate to all rights of extension, expansion, or first
offer or refusal as to the Right of First Offer Space in favor of other tenants
in the Center in existence as of the date of this Lease.  Landlord shall have
the right to determine the exact square footage of the Right of First Offer
Space at the time such space or any portion thereof is offered to Tenant
pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. Tenant must take all of the Right
of First Offer Space and may not elect to lease a portion thereof.
        
               B. Such space shall be offered to Tenant upon the terms and
conditions of this Lease; however, the Minimum Rent and Pro Rata Share shall be
increased based upon number of square feet in the Right of First Offer Space.

               C. If Tenant does not notify Landlord within such ten (10) day
period, it shall be conclusively presumed that Tenant does not desire to
exercise its Right of First Offer, Landlord shall be free to lease such space
to anyone whom it desires, and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect
to such space.





                                       34
<PAGE>   35
               D. If Tenant elects to add the Right of First Offer Space to
the Lease, Tenant will accept such space in its "as is" condition without any
remodeling work or fix-up work being performed by Landlord. All costs in
connection with preparing the Right of First Offer Space for occupancy by
Tenant, including but not limited to costs of compliance with all applicable
laws, codes, or ordinances, shall be borne by Tenant.

               E. All notifications contemplated by this Paragraph, whether
from Tenant to Landlord, or from Landlord to Tenant, shall be in writing and
shall be given in the manner provided in the Lease.

               G. Tenant's right to exercise the Right of First Offer shall
be conditioned on: (i) Tenant not being in default under the Lease at the time
of the exercise of the Right of First Offer or as of the date on which Tenant's
occupancy of the Right of First Offer Space is scheduled to commence; (ii)
Tenant not having subleased more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the
Premises, assigned its interest under the Lease, or having vacated more than
twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises as of the date on which Tenant's
occupancy of the Right of First Offer Space is scheduled to commence; and (iii)
there being at least two (2) years remaining in the Term. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if there are less than two (2) years remaining in the Term but the
Right of First Offer would otherwise be available to Tenant hereunder and an
option to extend the Term is then available to Tenant under the other
provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to exercise its Right of
First Offer provided that Tenant simultaneously exercises its option to extend
the Term.

         20.14 Riqht to Purchase. Provided Tenant is not in default hereunder,
at any time during the first twenty-four (24) months of the Lease Term, Tenant
shall have the right to purchase the Center for the amount of $2,250,000,
payable by wire transfer of good funds as directed by Landlord. Tenant must
provide Landlord with no less than sixty (60) days advance written notice of
its intent to so purchase. If Tenant does not notify Landlord within such sixty
(60) day period, it shall be conclusively presumed that Tenant does not desire
to exercise its right to purchase, and Tenant shall have no further rights to
purchase the same. At closing, the parties shall prorate all rents, taxes,
utilities and similar items. If Tenant exercises such right, the property


                                       35
<PAGE>   36
shall be transferred in its then "as is" condition and subject to all existing
leases and tenancies, and the parties shall enter into an assignment and
assumption agreement with regard to all outstanding leases, liabilities and
obligations of Landlord relating to the Center.

         20.15 Authority. All persons executing this Lease represent and
warrant that they have full power and authority to do so on behalf of their
respective party.

         20.16 This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein
between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant shall
not be entitled to any setoff of the rent or other amounts owing hereunder
against Landlord if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein;
provided, however, the foregoing shall in no way impair the right of Tenant to
commence a separate action against Landlord for any violation by Landlord of
the provisions hereof so long as notice is first given to Landlord and an
opportunity granted to Landlord to correct such violation as provided in
herein.

         20.17 If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid, or
unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this
Lease, then and in that event it is the intention of the parties hereto that
the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and it is also the
intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision
of this Lease that is illegal, invalid, or unenforceable there be added as a
part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal,
invalid, or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal,
valid, and enforceable.

         20.18 Brokerage. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant has
not employed any broker in regard to this Lease and that Tenant has no
knowledge of any broker being instrumental in bringing about this Lease
transaction, except for CB Commercial. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against
any expense incurred by Landlord as a result of any claim for brokerage or
other commissions made by any broker, finder, or agent, whether or not
meritorious, employed by Tenant or claiming by, through, or under Tenant.

         20.19 Recording. Tenant agrees not to place this Lease of record
unless requested to execute a Memorandum of Lease by





                                       36
<PAGE>   37
Landlord, which may, at the Landlord's option, be placed of record. In
addition, if requested by the Landlord, the Tenant will execute a memorandum of
lease to be filed with the Colorado Department of Revenue on such form as may
be prescribed by said department within ten (10) days after the execution of
this Lease or any other such memorandum so that the Landlord may avail itself
of the provisions of the statutes such as Section 39-22-604(7)(c) of the
Colorado Revised Statutes (1994). Any recording by Tenant without Landlord's
prior written consent shall be deemed a default hereof.

         20.20 Asbestos Remediation Allowance. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant
an asbestos remediation allowance equal to $25,500.00 (the "Allowance"). Said
Allowance shall be paid to Tenant upon completion actions approved by Landlord
designed to remediate the asbestos in the floor tiles or mastic in the Premises
(the "Remediation"). Tenant's contractor and contract for the Remediation shall
be subject to Landlord prior review and approval. If the cost of the
Remediation is in excess of the Allowance, then Tenant agrees that it shall pay
for said work in excess of the Allowance. The Remediation shall be performed in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease for the performance of
any improvements in the Premises. Prior to receipt of the Allowance, Tenant
shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably acceptable to Landlord of
Tenant's compliance with the terms and conditions hereof, including, without
limitation, lien releases from contractors and subcontractors, construction
permits, and asbestos disposal manifests.

         20.21 Termination Right. Tenant shall have the right to terminate this
Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord on or before October 28, 1994,
provided the estimated cost of performing the Remediation (based upon three
bids) is in excess of $37,200. Tenant's notice shall contain copies of the
bids. If Landlord notifies Tenant within three (3) business days after
receiving Tenant's notice of its election to terminate, that Landlord will pay
the difference between the estimated cost of Remediation and $37,200, then
Tenant's termination notice shall be void and of no force or effect. If no
notice is given by Tenant to Landlord as provided above, then Tenants right to
terminate as contained in this section 20.21 shall terminate and be of no force
or effect.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease effective as
of the date first set forth above.





                                       37
<PAGE>   38

     Landlord: AGF Property Management Corp.


     By:  /s/ PRESIDENT, AGF PROPERTY 
              MANAGEMENT CORP.
          ----------------------------------------
          Its:    President
              ------------------------------------                 

     Tenant:    Wild Oats Markets, Inc.


     By:  Bennett Bertoli
          ----------------------------------------                  
     Its: Assistant Secretary
          ----------------------------------------


                                   EXHIBIT A

                                    PREMISES

(Site layout of premise, including building and lot, showing its borders with
Pearl Street and Washington Street)


                                       38
<PAGE>   39
                                   EXHIBIT B

                                     CENTER


BEGINNING AT A POINT ON THE WEST LINE OF LOT 2, BLOCK 2, SHERMAN SUBDIVISION,
ACCORDING TO THE RECORDED PLAT THEREOF, SAID POINT LYING 3.3 FEET NORTH OF THE
SOUTHWEST CORNER OF SAID LOT 2, THENCE EAST AND PARALLEL TO THE SOUTH LINE OF
SAID LOT 2, 132.50 FEET; THENCE SOUTH AT RIGHT ANGLE 53.30 FEET; THENCE EAST AT
RIGHT ANGLE 132.50 FEET TO A POINT BEING THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF LOT 44 OF SAID
BLOCK 2; THENCE SOUTH AT RIGHT ANGLE AND ALONG THE EAST LINE OF SAID BLOCK 2,
437.5 FEET; THENCE WEST AT RIGHT ANGLE 12.14 FEET; THENCE RIGHT AN ANGLE OF 45
DEGREES 49 MINUTES 45 SECONDS, 104.56 FEET; THENCE LEFT AN ANGLE OF 2 DEGREES
40 MINUTES 36 SECONDS, 54.33 FEET; THENCE RIGHT AN ANGLE OF 6 DEGREES 11
MINUTES 10 SECONDS 214.87 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WEST LINE OF LOT 11 OF SAID
BLOCK 2 AND LYING 13.00 FEET NORTH OF THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF SAID LOT 11;
THENCE RIGHT AN ANGLE OF 40 DEGREES 39 MINUETS 33 SECONDS AND ALONG THE WEST
LINE OF SAID BLOCK 2, 215.30 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING, CITY AND COUNTY OF
DENVER, STATE OF COLORADO.  TOGETHER WITH AN EASEMENT AND RIGHT-OF-WAY FOR
VEHICULAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC ACROSS, IN AND THROUGH THE FOLLOWING PROPERTY;
ALL THAT PORTION OF THE VACATED ALLEY LYING NORTH OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED
PROPERTY TO EAST MISSISSIPPI AVE., AS SET FORTH IN INSTRUMENTS RECORDED APRIL
7, 1966 IN BOOK 9584 AT PAGE 87 AND RECORDED JUNE 8, 1966 IN BOOK 9608 AT PAGE
620, COUNTY OF DENVER, STATE OF COLORADO.


                                       39
<PAGE>   40
                                   EXHIBIT C

                           RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER SPACE


(Site layout of premise, including building and lot, showing its borders with
Pearl Street and Washington Street, noting right of first offer space)


                                       40

<PAGE>   1
                                 LEASE OVERVIEW
                             CAPERS-KITSILANO STORE


         Location:  2211 West 4th Avenue; City of Vancouver, B.C.
             Size:  17,472 square feet
           Tenant:  Capers Mgt. Holding Inc. & Encore Resources LTD
       Lease Type:  Triple Net
        Guarantor:
       Lease Date:  November 6, 1992
Commencement Date:  December 1, 1993

             Term:  Five years
  Renewal Options:  Four renewal options of five years each
                    Written Notice to Landlord 8 months prior to
                    expiration of initial lease term

Current Base Rent:  CD$37,295.83

 Annual Base Rent:  CD$447,550.00 (through January 31, 1995)
                    CD$25.62 per foot per year

  Percentage Rent:  None
 Security Deposit:  $CD25,000.00




                                      1

<PAGE>   2







                             "2211 WEST 4TH AVENUE"

                                  MASTER LEASE














                                      2

<PAGE>   3


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Page
<S> <C>  <C>                                                  <C>
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS

    1.1   Defined Terms                                        2

ARTICLE 2 - STRUCTURE OF DOCUMENT AND INTERPRETATION

    2.1   Schedules                                            7
    2.2   Number and Gender                                    7
    2.3   Headings and Captions                                8
    2.4   Obligations as Covenants                             8
    2.5   Entire Agreement                                     8
    2.6   Governing Law                                        8

ARTICLE 3 - PREMISES, TERM, RENT AND ADDITIONAL RENT

    3.1   Demise                                               8
    3.2   Term                                                 8
    3.3   Written Acknowledgement                              8
    3.4   Failure to Open                                      8
    3.5   Minimum Rent [rest of section deleted]               9
    3.6   [section deleted]                                   10
    3.7   Additional Rent and Charges                         10
    3.8   Payment of Additional Rent and Charges              12
    3.9   Pre-Authorized Payment Plan                         12
    3.10  Net Lease                                           13
    3.11  Dispute as to Costs                                 13
    3.12  Deposit                                             13

ARTICLE 4 - [section deleted]

    4.1   [section deleted]                                   13
    4.2   [section deleted]                                   14

ARTICLE 5 - ALLOCATIONS OF TAXES AND HVAC COSTS

    5.1   Allocation of Taxes                                 15
    5.2   Allocation of HVAC Costs                            15
</TABLE>


                                      3

<PAGE>   4


<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>                                                   <C>
ARTICLE 6 - COVENANT TO PAY RENT
                      
    6.1 The Covenant                                          15

ARTICLE 7 - USE OF PREMISES

    7.1  Purpose of Use                                       15
    7.2  Conduct of Business                                  16
    7.3  Name of Business                                     16
    7.4  Solicitation of Business                             16
    7.5  Operations by Tenant                                 16
    7.6  Non-Competition                                      18

ARTICLE 8 - USE OF COMMON AREAS AND FACILITIES

    8.1  Non-exclusive Use                                    18
    8.2  Management and Control by Landlord                   18
    8.3  Tenant's Covenants                                   19
    8.4  Parking                                              19

ARTICLE 9 - REPAIR                                            16

    9.1  Repair by the Landlord                               20
    9.2  Repair by the Landlord                               20
    9.3  Abatement of Rent                                    20
    9.4  Termination in Event of Damage                       21
    9.5  Certificate of Architect                             22

ARTICLE 10 - UTILITIES AND SERVICES - PREMISES

   10.1  Utility and Service Charges                          22
   10.2  Tenant not to Overload Utility and
            Service Facilities                                22

ARTICLE 11 - SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT AND STATUS STATEMENT
               BY TENANT

   11.1  Subordination and Attornment                         22
   11.2  Status Statement                                     22
</TABLE>


                                      4

<PAGE>   5



ARTICLE 12 - INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY


<TABLE>
   <S>    <C>                                                 <C>
   12.1   Insurance                                           23 
   12.2   Comprehensive General Liability Insurance           23 
   12.3   Tenant's Contractor's Insurance                     23 
   12.4   The Insureds                                        24 
   12.5   Landlord's Insurance                                24 
   12.6   Increase in Landlord's Insurance Premiums           24 
   12.7   Cancellation of Insurance                           25 
   12.8   Indemnification of the Landlord                     25 
   12.9   Loss and Damage                                     25 
   12.10  Survival                                            25 

ARTICLE 13 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

   13.1  Consent Required                                     26
   13.2  Conditions of Consent                                26
   13.3  Landlord's Option                                    26
   13.4  No Advertising                                       27

ARTICLE 14 [section deleted]

ARTICLE 15 - WASTE AND GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS

   15.1  Waste or Nuisance                                    27
   15.2  Governmental and Insurance Underwriters'
           Regulations                                        27

     ARTICLE 16 - ACCEPTANCE, LOCATION OF PREMISES

   16.1  Acceptance of Premises                               28
   16.2  [section deleted]
   16.3  No Representation                                    28

ARTICLE 17 - SIGNS, FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS

   17.1  Installation and Changes by Tenant                   28
   17.2  Removal of Installations and Restoration               
          by Tenant                                           29
   17.3  Not to Overload Floors                               29
   17.4  Tenant to Discharge All Liens                        29
   17.5  Tenant's Signs, Awnings and Canopies                 29
</TABLE>


                                      5

<PAGE>   6



ARTICLE 18 - DEFAULT OF TENANT


<TABLE>
   <S>   <C>                                                  <C>
   18.1  Right to Re-Enter                                      29
   18.2  Bankruptcy of Tenant                                   30
   18.3  Landlord may Perform Tenant's Obligations              30
   18.4  Right to Relet                                         31
   18.5  Legal Expenses                                         31
   18.6  Interest on Overdue Monies                             31
   18.7  Waiver of Distress                                     32

ARTICLE 19 - REMEDIES OF LANDLORD AND WAIVER

   19.1  Remedies of Landlord Cumulative                        32
   19.2  Waiver                                                 32

ARTICLE 20 - ACCESS BY LANDLORD

   20.1  Right of Entry                                         32
   20.2  Changes and Additions to Building                      32
   20.3  Roof and Walls                                         33

ARTICLE 21 - ASSIGNMENT BY LANDLORD
   
   21.1  Assignment                                             33

ARTICLE 22 - RULES AND REGULATIONS

   22.1  Landlord May Make                                      33

ARTICLE 23 - LANDLORD'S COVENANTS AND OBLIGATIONS

   23.1  Taxes                                                  33
   23.2  Quiet Enjoyment                                        33
   23.3  Tenant Allowance                                       33

ARTICLE 24 - OVERHOLDING

   24.1  No Tacit Renewal                                       34

ARTICLE 25 - OPTION TO RENEW

   25.1  Option to Renew                                        34

</TABLE>


                                      6

<PAGE>   7



ARTICLE 26 - OBLIGATIONS OF GUARANTOR


<TABLE>
   <S>   <C>                                                   <C>
   26.1  Covenant and Guarantee                                35 
   26.2  Jointly Bound                                         35 
   26.3  Waiver                                                35 
   26.4  No Relief of Obligations                              35 
   26.5  [section deleted]                                        
   26.6  Jurisdiction of Enforcement                           36 

ARTICLE 27 - MISCELLANEOUS

   27.1  Accord and Satisfaction                               36
   27.2  No Partnership                                        36
   27.3  Unavoidable Delay                                     36
   27.4  Partial Invalidity                                    36
   27.5  Joint and Several Liability                           36
   27.6  Submission of Lease not an Offer                      37
   27.7  Registration                                          37
   27.8  Notice                                                37
   27.9  No Modification                                       38
   27.10 Successors and Assigns                                38 

SCHEDULES

   SCHEDULE "A" - DESCRIPTION OF LAND                          41

   SCHEDULE "B" - PLAN OF PREMISES                             42

</TABLE>


                                      7

<PAGE>   8

 THIS IS A LEASE made the day of 6th day of November 1992.



BETWEEN:


           306283 BRITISH COLUMBIA LTD., a company duly incorporated under the
           laws of the Province of British Columbia, having its business office
           at 1307 West Georgia Street, City of Vancouver, Province of British
           Columbia, V6E 3K5

           (hereinafter called the "Landlord")

                                                               OF THE FIRST PART

AND:

           CAPERS MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS INC. 
           2496 MARINE DRIVE               
           WEST VANCOUVER, B.C.            
           V7V 1L1                         
                                           
           (hereinafter called the "Tenant"

                                                               OF THE FIRST PART


AND:

           ENCORE RESOURCES LTD.                 
           2496 MARINE DRIVE                     
           WEST VANCOUVER, B.C.                  
           V7V 1L1                               
                                                 
           (hereinafter called the " Guarantor" )

                                                               OF THE THIRD PART




                                      8

                                 
<PAGE>   9
WITNESSETH THAT FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and agreements
herein contained, the parties hereto do hereby covenant and agree as follows:


ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

1.1  DEFINED TERMS   In this Lease, unless there is something in the context
inconsistent therewith, the parties hereto agree that:

      (a)  "ARCHITECT" means the architect from time to time named by
           the Landlord;

      (b)  "BUILDING" means collectively the Land and the building,
           structures, facilities and other improvements erected or to be
           erected on the Land for commercial use, and those uses associated
           with the commercial uses within the building;

      (c)  "COMMON AREAS AND FACILITIES" means those areas and
           facilities which may be furnished in or near the Building for the
           non-exclusive general common use of tenants, residential occupants
           of the Land, and other occupants of the Building, their officers,
           employees, agents, customers and other invitees including (without
           limitation) exterior walls, roofs, entrances to and exits from the
           Building, driveways, parking areas, truck ways, loading docks and
           areas, storage rooms, delivery passages, elevators, pedestrian
           sidewalks, stairways, public seating and service areas, courts,
           ramps, corridors, landscaped and planted areas, retaining walls,
           stairways, handicapped refuge areas, washrooms, utility, mail,
           storage, meeting and janitor rooms, music, fire prevention, security
           systems and communication systems, and all general signs,
           improvements, fixtures, facilities, equipment and installations
           which the Landlord provides or designates from time to time for the
           general use by or for the benefit of the Tenant, its officers,
           employees, agents, customers and other invitees in common with other
           tenants of the Landlord and others designated by the Landlord;


                                            9

<PAGE>   10

      (d)  "ELIGIBLE CORPORATION" means a corporation which controls or
           is controlled by or under common control with the Tenant, where to
           control means to own beneficially either directly or indirectly more
           than fifty (50%) per cent of the voting shares of a corporation;

      (e)  "Gross Sales" means the sum (without duplication) of:

            (i)    the selling prices of all goods, wares and merchandise sold;
                  
            (ii)   the rent received or due and receivable for all goods, wares
                   and, merchandise leased;
                  
            (iii)  the charges for all services rendered; and
                  
            (iv)   the receipts and receivables from all other business
                   conducted on or from the Premises by the Tenant, a subtenant,
                   concessionaire, licensee or other person conducting business
                   on or from the Premises, without reserve or deduction for
                   uncollected or uncollectible accounts (the full selling price
                   or charge being considered to be received when a sale  or
                   lease is made or services are rendered, irrespective of  when
                   payment is made), and whether the orders, no matter how 
                   communicated, are received on the Premises and executed on or
                   from the Premises or elsewhere or are received elsewhere and
                   executed on or From vile Premises and includes, without
                   limitation:
                   
            (v)    all deposits not refunded to customers;

            (vi)   the selling prices of gift certificates;

            (vii)  receipts from vending and other machines;

            (viii) charges to customers in the nature of carrying charges.
                   finance charges and interest; and
                   
            (ix)   sums and credits received and settlement of claims for loss
                   of or damage to goods, and amounts received under politics Of
                   insurance or other contracts of indemnity for loss of
                   business, sales or profit, but does not include:



                                      10


<PAGE>   11
                   contracts of indemnity for loss of business, sales or
                   profit, but does not include:

            (x)    an exchange of merchandise between stores of the Tenant where
                   the exchange is made solely for the convenient operation of
                   the Tenant's business and is not the completion of a sale or
                   lease on or from the Premises or for the purpose of depriving
                   the Landlord of the benefit of a sale which would otherwise
                   be made in or at the Premises;
                   
            (xi)   returns to shippers or manufacturers;

            (xii)  sums collected from customers for and paid to a taxing
                   authority by the Tenant for retail sale, excise or similar
                   tax imposed by a governmental authority directly on sales or
                   leases, but there may be deducted in the computation of Gross
                   Sales;
                   
            (xiii) cash or credit refunds to customers for goods returned (not
                   to exceed the actual selling price of the goods returned),
                   but only if the selling price of the goods returned is
                   included in the computation of Gross Sales;
                   
            (xiv)  the selling price of goods returned by customers for exchange
                   but only if the selling price of the goods returned and the
                   selling price of goods delivered to the customers in exchange
                   are included in the computation of Gross Sales;
                   
      (f)  "HVAC COSTS" with reference to a specified part of the
           Building means the cost of heating, ventilating and air conditioning
           the specified part, and includes, but is not limited, to cost of
           fuel, electricity, operation of ground source systems including heat
           pumps, circulation pumps and piping systems, operation of air
           distribution and cooling equipment, labour, materials, non-capital
           repairs, maintenance, service and other such costs, and depreciation
           (computed in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted
           in the Province of British Columbia) of fixtures and equipment used
           therefore which by their nature require periodic replacement or
           substantial replacement, reasonably attributable to the heating,
           ventilating or air 


                                      11

<PAGE>   12


           conditioning of the specified part, and the reasonable cost incurred
           by the Landlord in making an allocation of the costs with reference
           to the specified part;
            
      (g)  "LAND" means the Land described in Schedule "A";

      (h)  "LEASE YEAR" means a period of twelve (12) consecutive
           calendar months during the Term ending on the last day of the
           financial year of the Landlord excepting that:

            (i)    the first Lease Year during the Term begins on the first day
                   of the Term and ends on the last day of the financial year of
                   the Landlord in which the first day of the Terrn occurs, and
                   may be a period less than twelve (12) consecutive calendar
                   months;
                 
            (ii)   the last Lease Year during the Term begins on the first day
                   of the financial year of the Landlord during which the last
                   day of the Term occurs and ends on the last day of the Term,
                   and may be period less than twelve (12) consecutive calendar
                   months; and
                   
            (iii)  if the Landlord changes its financial year and gives notice
                   to the Tenant of the first and last days of the new financial
                   year, the period between the last day of the old financial
                   year and the last day of the new financial year will be a
                   Lease Year and will be a period less than twelve (12)
                   consecutive calendar months, and the next Lease Year will
                   continue consecutively;
                   
      (i)  "MORTGAGE" means a mortgage or charge (including a deed of
           trust and mortgage securing bonds and all other indentures
           supplemental thereto) of the reversion immediately expectant on the
           Term, and includes all. renewals, modifications, consolidations,
           replacements and extensions thereof;

      (j)  "MORTGAGEE" means the mortgagee or trustee for bondholders,
           as the case may be, named in a Mortgage;

      (k)  "OPERATING COSTS" means the sum (without duplication) of all
           costs incurred by the Landlord for the operation, maintenance, 
           repair, replacement and 

                                       12

<PAGE>   13

           management of the Building including, without limitation, the total 
           costs of:

            (i)    insuring the Building pursuant to the covenants of the
                   Landlord contained in this Lease, and such other insurance as
                   the Landlord effects against public liability, property
                   damage, earthquake damage, loss of rental income and other
                   casualties and risks; HVAC Costs with reference to the Common
                   Areas and Facilities; cleaning, including snow and ice
                   removal, garbage and waste collection and disposal; lighting,
                   electricity (including that used for signs), public
                   utilities, loud speakers, public address and musical
                   broadcasting systems; policing, supervising, traffic control
                   and security and alarm systems; fees and other remuneration
                   payable to firms for provision of operating, maintenance,
                   property management, promotion, legal and accounting services
                   and if such services are performed by individuals in the
                   employ of the Landlord, they shall include remuneration of
                   such individuals including contributions to usual fringe
                   benefits, unemployment insurance and pension plans; the cost
                   of gardening and landscaping maintenance and equipment; the
                   cost to the Landlord of building supplies and thc rental
                   equipment used by the Landlord in the maintenance and
                   operating services; and depreciation (computed by the
                   Landlord in accordance with accounting principles generally
                   accepted in the Province of British Columbia) of fixtures and
                   equipment which by their nature require periodic replacement,
                   but excluding buildings and structures and permanent parts
                   thereof;
                   
            (ii)   repairs and replacements to and maintenance of the Building
                   including, but not limited, lo the cost of maintenancc and
                   repair of the roof of the Building and the surface of the
                   exterior walls of the Building; but excluding structural
                   repairs to exterior walls, structural columns and structural
                   floors;
                 
                   
                                       13

<PAGE>   14

            (iii)  maintaining, operating, repairing and replacing security and
                   life support systems, plumbing, electrical, heating, water
                   sewer, air conditioning, sprinkler and other utility systems
                   and services in respect of the Building;
                  
            (iv)   real property taxes, charges, rates, duties and assessments
                   or costs in lieu thereof that may be levied, charged or
                   assessed against or in respect of the Building or any part
                   thereof including without limitation all local improvement
                   rates and charges; frontage, water, school, hospital and
                   other taxes, charges, rates, duties and assessments both
                   general and special now or which may hereafter be levied,
                   imposed, rated, charged or assessed by any federal,
                   provincial, regional, school or other statutory authority
                   during the Term and reasonable fees and costs incurred
                   directly or indirectly by the Landlord in contesting or
                   appealing the amount or legality of any such taxes;
                   
            (v)    costs otherwise attributable to capital account on
                   improvements, machinery or equipment which substantially
                   reduce Operating Costs as herein defined;
                   
            (vi)   an administrative overhead charge equal to five (5%) per cent
                   of the costs previously referred to in this definition
                   excepting amounts charged for depreciation under clauses
                   1.1(f) and 1.1(k)(i) provided that Operating Costs will not
                   include any costs incurred by or on behalf of or at the
                   request of an individual tenant or tenants and resulting in a
                   benefit to such individual tenant or tenants which is not of
                   general application to all tenants of the Building or costs
                   incurred by the Landlord solely to lease premises in the
                   Building including costs of leasing commissions, lease
                   incentives, costs of installation of demising walls and
                   refurnishing vacant premises and wages and compensation
                   reasonably allocated by the Landlord for purposes of leasing
                   the Building.


            THERE SHALL BE EXCLUDED FROM OPERATING COSTS:

                                      14
<PAGE>   15
            (vii)  all net recoveries by the Landlord, which reduce the expenses
                   incurred by the Landlord in operating and maintaining the
                   Building and Common Areas and Facilities, including
                   recoveries from tenants other than the Tenant as a result of
                   any act, omission, default or negligence of such tenants or
                   by reason of a breach by such tenants of provisions in their
                   respective leases but excluding recoveries from tenants under
                   clauses in their respective leases similar to Section 3.7 or
                   for supervision and management performed in respect of work
                   done for or on behalf of a tenant;
                   
            (viii) net proceeds received by the Landlord from insurance policies
                   taken out by the Landlord to the extent that such proceeds
                   relate to the costs and expenses incurred in the maintenance
                   and operation of the Building; and
                   
            (ix)   debt service incurred by the Landlord; further provided that
                   if any of the Operating Costs or costs of a like nature at
                   any time or from time to time apply disproportionately to one
                   or more tenants of the Building then the Landlord in its sole
                   discretion acting reasonably, may allocate all or a portion
                   of those costs to the tenant to whom the costs
                   disproportionately apply. Similarly, if any of the Operating
                   Costs or costs of a like nature at any time or from time to
                   time apply to the Lands as a whole or a portion thereof and
                   are not separately allocated to the building or the Premises,
                   then the Landlord in its sole discretion, acting reasonably,
                   may allocate a portion of these costs to the Operating Costs;
                   
      (l)  "OTHER TAXES" means any and all taxes, levies, duties and
           assessments, imposed on the Tenant, the Landlord, or both, or for
           which the Landlord is obliged to collect from the Tenant, with
           respect to:

            (i)    any or all amounts paid or payable by the Landlord for goods
                   and services, repairs, maintenance, real estate taxes, taxes
                   of the nature described in Section 3.7(1)(b), insurance, and
                   all other 

                                      15
<PAGE>   16
                                      
                   outlays and expenditures (including capital expenditures) for
                   and in connection with the operation and management of the
                   Building, including without limiting the generality of the
                   foregoing, repairs, maintenance and replacements in respect
                   of the Building;
                             

            (ii)   any or all amounts paid or payable by the Tenant pursuant to
                   the Lease, including rent and additional rent; and
                   
            (iii)  this Lease or services or goods supplied or provided or
                   deemed to have been supplied or provided by the Landlord or
                   which the Landlord is deemed responsible to provide in
                   accordance with the terms of this Lease or the consideration
                   for such goods and services, whether in each case
                   characterized as goods and services tax, sales tax,
                   multi-stage sales tax, value added tax, consumption tax or
                   any other tax, levy, duty or assessment.
                   
      (m)  "PREMISES" means the premises leased to the Tenant by this
           Lease and described in Section 3.1;

      (n)  "RENTABLE AREA" where applied to premises set aside by the
           Landlord for leasing to a tenant of the Building means:

            (i)    the area expressed in square feet, as deterrnined and
                   certified by the Architect, of all levels of the premises,
                   including basement floors and mezzanines measured from the
                   centre line of all walls separating the premises from
                   adjacent premises and from the exterior wall of the store
                   fronts and from the outer surface of other walls which bound
                   the premises including outer building walls, walls adjoining
                   corridors or other common facilities and other permanent
                   partitions; but if part of a wall or a store from of the
                   premises is recessed from the line of the building or the
                   line of a wall of the building, as the case may be, in which
                   the premises are situate, the last-mentioned lines are
                   considered to be the outer surface of the outside walls of
                   the premises; plus
                   

                                       16

<PAGE>   17

                  
            (ii) a proportionate share designated by the Landlord
                 of the area of the corridors, elevators, stairwells, refuge
                 area, handicapped washrooms, electrical and janitorial closets
                 and service elevator lobby in the Building;

      (o)  "TENANT'S PROPORTIONATE SHARE" where applied to an amount of
           money referable to a period of time and where expressed to be
           payable for a Lease Year means the product of:

            (i)  a fraction the numerator of which is the Rentable
                 Area of the Premises and the denominator of which is the
                 Rentable Area of all premises in the Building set aside for
                 leasing to tenants; and

            (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number
                 of days of the period of time that are within the Lease Year
                 and the denominator of which is the number of days in the
                 period of time;

      (p)  "TERM" means the term of this Lease as stipulated in Section 3 2;

      (q)  "UNAVOIDABLE DELAY" means a delay in performance of an act or
           compliance with a covenant caused by fire, strike, lock-out,
           inability to procure material, restrictive laws or governmental
           regulations or other cause of any kind beyond the reasonable control
           of the party obligated to perform or comply, excepting a delay
           caused by lack of funds or other financial reason.

ARTICLE 2 - STRUCTURE OF DOCUMENT AND INTERPRETATION

2.1 Schedules  The Schedules to this document are a part of this Lease and
consist of:

      SCHEDULE "A" - Description of Land, and SCHEDULE "B" - Plan of Premises.

2.2 NUMBER AND GENDER  The necessary grammatical changes required to make the
provisions of this Lease apply in the plural sense where the Tenant comprises
more than one entity and to corporations, associations, partnerships, or 
individuals, males 

                                       17

<PAGE>   18

or females, in all cases will be assumed as though in each case fully expressed.

2.3 HEADINGS AND CAPTIONS  The table of contents, article numbers, article
headings, section numbers and section headings are inserted for convenience of
reference only and are not to be considered when interpreting this Lease.

2.4 OBLIGATIONS AS COVENANTS   Each obligation of the Landlord or the Tenant
expressed in this Lease, even though not expressed as a covenant, is considered
to be a covenant for all purposes.

2.5 ENTIRE AGREEMENT THIS LEASE contains all the representations, warranties,
covenants, agreements, conditions and understandings between the Landlord and
the Tenant concerning the Premises or the subject matter of this Lease.

2.6 GOVERNING LAW    This Lease shall be interpreted under and is governed by
the laws of the Province of British Columbia.


ARTICLE 3 - PREMISES, TERM, RENT AND ADDITIONAL RENT

3.1 DEMISE  The Landlord in consideration of the rents, covenants, agreements
and conditions herein to be paid, observed and performed by the Tenant, hereby
demises and leases to the Tenant for the Term the Premises, situate in and
forming part of the Building, and the boundaries and locations of which are
shown in red on Schedule "B", excepting the exterior faces of all adjoining,
corridor and outside walls and excepting the roof, and the Tenant hereby rents
the Premises from the Landlord.

3.2 TERM  The Term of this Lease is five (5) years and  --  (--) months plus,
if the first day of the Term is not the first day of a calendar month, the part
of the month from the first day of the Term to the last day of a calendar month
in which the first day of the Term occurs, beginning on the earlier of the
following dates:

      (a)  the date sixty (60) days after the Landlord or the Landlord's
           Architect notifies the Tenant in writing that the Premises are
           substantially completed and ready for occupancy by the Tenant for
           the purposes of the Tenant completing its work in the Premises, and


                                      18

<PAGE>   19

      (b)  the date on which the Tenant opens the Premises for business.

3.3 WRITTEN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  The Landlord and the Tenant, upon the request of
either of them, will execute an agreement expressing the beginning and ending
dates of the Term forthwith after they have been ascertained.

3.4 FAILURE TO OPEN  If the Tenant fails to open the Premises for business fully
fixtured, stocked and staffed on the first day of the Term or at the end of 
the period following the first day of the Term equal to the period of an 
Unavoidable Delay, the Landlord, in addition to the remedies herein provided,
may:

      (a)  collect not only the fixed minimum herein provided calculated
           from the first day of the Term, but also additional rent at the rate
           of one (1%) per cent per day of the monthly instalment of the fixed
           minimum rent for each day that the Tenant fails to open for business
           (the additional rent being not a penalty but liquidated damages to
           compensate for percentage rent that might have been earned during
           the term of the Tenant's failure to open), and

      (b)  terminate this Lease upon not less than ninety (90) days'
           notice to the Tenant unless the Tenant opens for business fully
           fixtured, stacked and staffed before the expiration of the notice.

3.5 MINIMUM RENT AND PERCENTAGE RENT   The Tenant will pay to the Landlord, at
the office of the Landlord or at such other place in Canada as the Landlord
designates from time to time in writing, in lawful money of Canada and without
deduction or set-off, for each Year of the Term:

      (a)  fixed minimum rent of four hundred & forty-seven thousand,
           five hundred & fifty dollars ($447,550.00) payable in equal monthly
           instalments of thirty-seven thousand, two hundred & ninety-five
           dollars and eighty-three cents ($37,295.83) each in advance on the
           first day of each calendar month of each Lease Year, except that if
           a Lease Year contains a broken calendar month the Tenant will pay on
           the first day (within the Lease Year) of the broken calendar month
           as the installment for the broken calendar month an amount equal to
           the


                                      19


<PAGE>   20
           amount of a monthly instalment otherwise payable under this clause 
           multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days
           in the broken month that are within the Lease Year and the 
           denominator of which is the number of days in the broken month, and

      (b)  [section deleted]

Fixed minimum rent has been determined on the basis that the Rentable Area of
the Premises is eleven thousand, seven hundred and eighty-five (11,785) square
feet on the main floor at thirty ($30.00) per square foot, and five thousand,
eight hundred and seventy-five (5,875) square feet on the second floor at
sixteen ($16.00) per square foot.  Where the Architect certifies the Rentable
Area of the Premises to be other than 11.785 square feet on the main floor and
5.875 square feet on the second floor, fixed minimum rent shall be adjusted
accordingly based on the rental rate set forth above.

3.6 [section deleted]

3.7 ADDITIONAL RENT AND CHARGES  (1) In each Lease Year the Tenant will pay to
the Landlord as additional rent:

      (a)  the Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Operating Costs for
           the corresponding financial year of the Landlord,

      (b)  all taxes, charges, rates, duties and assessments of a type
           described in sub-paragraph 1.1(k)(iv) which are attributable to the
           Premises but are not included as Operating Costs,

      (c)  the HVAC Cost attributable to the Premises, and

      (d)  all other sums of money required under this Lease to be paid
           to the Landlord by the Tenant whether or not designated as
           "additional rent."

(2) In each Lease Year the Tenant will pay as additional rent and discharge
when they become due and payable, all taxes, rates, duties and assessments and
other charges that may be levied, rated, charged or assessed against
improvements, equipment and facilities of the Tenant on the Premises, and every
tax and licence fee in respect of every business conducted on or from the
Premises or in respect of their use or occupancy by the Tenant 


                                      20


<PAGE>   21
(and any and every assignee, subtenant, concessionaire, licensee and other
person conducting business on or from the Premises), whether the taxes, rates,
duties, assessments and fees are charged by a municipal, provincial, federal,
school or other body, but excluding income taxes assessed upon the net income of
the Landlord. The Tenant will indemnify and keep indemnified the Landlord
against payment for all loss, costs, charges and expenses arising from all the
taxes, rates, duties, assessments and license fees referred to and all taxes
which may in future be levied in lieu of those taxes, and any loss, costs,
charges and expenses suffered by the Landlord may be recovered by the Landlord
in the same manner as rent hereby reserved and in arrears. Upon request of the
Landlord the Tenant will deliver promptly to the Landlord for inspection
receipts for payment of all taxes, rates, duties, assessments and other charges
in respect of all improvements, equipment and facilities of the Tenant on the
Premises which were due and payable up to one (1) year prior to the request, and
will deliver to the Landlord if requested by the Landlord, evidence satisfactory
to the Landlord before the 21st day of January in each year of payments for the
preceding calendar year.

(3) If any of the amounts referred to in subsections 3.7(1) and 3.7(2) is not
paid at the time provided in this Lease, it will be collectible as rent with
the next instalment of rent falling due, but nothing in this Lease suspends or
delays the payment of any amount of money when it becomes due and payable, or
limits any other remedy of the Landlord.

(4) The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord Other Taxes as follows:

      (a)  if the amounts described in Subsections l.l(l)(i) and (iii)
           are for or in respect of items for the benefit of the Tenant only,
           then in respect of such amounts the full amount of the Other Taxes;

      (b)  if the amounts described in Subsections l.l(l)(i) and (iii)
           are for or in respect of items for the Building as a whole, then in
           respect of such amounts the Tenant's Proportionate Share of the
           Other Taxes;

      (c)  the full amount of the Other Taxes in respect of the amounts
           described in Subsection l.l(l)(ii), and such amounts of Other Taxes
           shall, subject to Subsection 3.7(5) be paid;


                                      21
<PAGE>   22

      (d)  at the same time and in the same manner as monthly payments
           of rent and additional rent are due and payable; or

      (e)  at the time the taxing authority in respect of Other Taxes
           requires the same to be paid by the Landlord if such time is earlier
           than the time in Subsection 3.7(4)(d) above

If a specific assessment of Other Taxes is unknown for whatever reason or the
Landlord has not estimated a monthly payment of Other Taxes under Subsection
3.7(5) and any amount of Other Taxes is not paid in accordance with Subsections
3.7(4)(d) and (e) above, then the Tenant shall pay the amount or amounts of
Other Taxes to the Landlord within five (5) business days of receipt of notice
from the Landlord specifying the amount of such Other Taxes.

(5) The Landlord shall for purposes of Subsection 3.7(4)(d) above estimate the
amount of Other Taxes to be paid in advance with monthly payments of rent and
additional rent for the period to which the estimate applies. Any necessary
adjustment after the period in question shall be made in the same manner as
additional rent. All Other Taxes shall be calculated and paid without regard to
any input tax credits, set-offs, exceptions, exemptions or deductions to which
the Landlord is or may be entitled to. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary, the amounts payable by the Tenant as Other Taxes shall be deemed not
to be rent or additional rent, but nevertheless the Landlord shall have the
same rights and remedies in the event of nonpayment of Other Taxes as it has
for nonpaymcnt of rent and additional rent.

3.8 PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL RENT AND CHARGES  Whenever the Tenant is to pay in a
Lease Year an amount of money referable to a period of time wholly or partly
within the Lease Year the Landlord will estimate the amount payable by the
Tenant before the beginning of the Lease Year and the Tenant will pay to the
Landlord the amount in monthly instalments in advance during the Lease Year
with the other rental payments provided for in this Lease. The Landlord shall
have the right to reasonably adjust its estimates and the amount payable by the
Tenant during the Lease Year. Within ninety (90) days after the endof each Lease
Year the Landlord will make a final determination of the Tenant's Proportionate
Share of the amount for the Lease Year, and will
                                                                   
                                       22

<PAGE>   23

furnish the Tenant with a statement of the Operating Costs and HVAC Costs
attributable to the Premises for the relevant financial year or years of the
Landlord, the municipal realty taxes attributable to the Premises for the
relevant calendar year or years and all other amounts referred to in Section
3.7(1) paid or payable for any relevant period and in each case the amount
thereof payable by the Tenant relating to the Lease Year and showing in
reasonable detail the information necessary for the determination of the costs
and the calculation of the Tenant's Proportionate Share of the amount. If the
Tenant's Proportionate Share of the amount exceeds the sum of the instalments
paid by the Tenant, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord as additional rent
within thirty (30) days after the date of delivery of the statement by the
Landlord the excess without interest or, if the sum of the monthly instalments
paid by the Tenant during the preceding Lease Year exceeds the Tenant's
Proportionate Share of the amount, the Landlord will credit the Tenant, without
interest, with the amount to the next ensuing payments due by the Tenant
pursuant to Section 3.7, and if there are no ensuing payments the amount shall
be paid to the Tenant.

3.9 PRE-AUTHORIZED PAYMENT PLAN  The Landlord may, at its option, require a
pre-authorized payment plan with a financial institution at which the Tenant
maintains an account to pay to the Landlord and debit to the account of the
Tenant amounts equal to the monthly payments for minimum rent and additional
rent, as estimated by the Landlord, such payments to be made on the date that
they accrue due pursuant to this Lease.

3.10 NET LEASE The Tenant will pay to the Landlord duly and punctually all rent
and additional rent required to be paid by the Tenant pursuant to this Lease
without any deduction, abatement or set-off whatsoever, it being the intention
of the Landlord and the Tenant that this Lease is a completely carefree net
lease to the Landlord. All expenses, costs, payments and outgoings incurred in
respect of or relating to the Premises whether or not referred to herein and
whether or not within the contemplation of the Landlord and Tenant will be
borne by the Tenant so that fixed minimum rent will be absolutely net to the
Landlord except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease.

3.11 DISPUTE AS TO COSTS  If the Tenant disputes the amount of any monies to be
paid by the Tenant to the Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the certificate of a
chartered accountant appointed by or acceptable to the Landlord to determine
such amount will be 
                                       23

<PAGE>   24

conclusive and binding on the Landlord and Tenant. If the dispute is in
connection with the amount of Operating Costs, the determination of the
chartered accountant need not be made before the date on which the Lease Year
would have ended but for the expiration of the Term. The cost of obtaining such
certificate shall be for the account of the Landlord if the amount of money to
be paid by the Tenant, as claimed by the Landlord, exceeds the amount of money
to be paid by the Tenant, as established in the certificate, be more than five
percent of the amount claimed by the Landlord.

3.12 DEPOSIT  The Landlord acknowledges receipt of a deposit of twenty five
thousand dollars ($25,000.00) which shall be applied to the fixed minimum rent
and Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Operating Costs for the first month and
the last month of the Term of this Lease.

ARTICLE 4 [section deleted]

ARTICLE 5 - ALLOCATIONS OF TAXES AND HVAC COSTS

5.1 ALLOCATION OF TAXES  If the Landlord is unable to obtain from the taxing
authorities a separate allocation of the municipal realty taxes (including
school taxes) to the Premises, the Landlord will make the allocation acting
reasonably. If there is a dispute as to the method or amount of the allocation,
the opinion of a professional real property tax consultant appointed by the
Landlord (whose fee will be borne equally by the Landlord and the Tenant) will
be conclusive.

5.2 ALLOCATION OF HVAC COSTS   If the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
equipment serving the Premises also serves other parts of the Building, the
Landlord will cause a calculation of HVAC Costs attributable to the Premises to
be made in accordance with good engineering practices, which will be the basis
of the Landlord's invoices; in the event of a dispute as to the amount or the
items included, a certificate of a mechanical engineer designated by the
Landlord (whose fees will be borne equally by the Landlord and the Tenant)
verifying the costs for the pcriod covered by the certificate will be
conclusive.

ARTICLE 6 - COVENANT TO PAY RENT

6.1 THE COVENANT   The Tenant covenants to pay rent and all other costs and
charges as herein provided.


                                      24
<PAGE>   25

ARTICLE 7 USE OF PREMISES

7.1 PURPOSE OF USE    The Premises will not be used for any purpose other than
the purpose of conducting the business of food store, deli, coffee/juice bar,
restaurant, bakery & associated products and the Tenant will not use the
Premises or permit them to be used for any other purpose. Without limitation,
none of the following businesses or methods of doing business will be conducted
on or from the Premises:

      (a)  a private auction or a fire, bulk, "going out of business" or
           bankruptcy sale or auction, other than a bulk sale to an assignee or
           sublessee pursuant to an assignment or sublease which under Section
           13.1 was consented to or did not require a consent,

      (b)  a special sale other than one incidental to the normal
           routine of the Tenant's business upon the Premises with its regular
           customers,

      (c)  a store for the sale of second-hand goods or surplus
           articles, insurance salvage stocks fire sale or bankruptcy stocks

      (d)  wholesale merchandising,

      (e)  an operation in any line of merchandise which makes a
           practice of unethical or deceptive advertising or selling
           procedures,

      (f)  an unlawful purpose, or

      (g)  any other business which would tend to lower the character of
           the Building.

7.2 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS The Tenant will conduct its business in and use the
whole of the Premises continuously throughout the Term in an up-to-date, first
class and reputable manner befitting the Building [text deleted] and in a
manner, including maintaining an adequate sales force to serve properly all
customers, [text deleted] on or from the Premises consistent with 

                                       25

<PAGE>   26
good business practice.  Nothing in this section requires the Tenant to conduct
its business during a period prohibited by law or by-law regulating the hours
when the business may be conducted.  A business practice by the Tenant whether
through advertising, selling procedures or otherwise which may harm the business
or reputation of the Landlord or reflect unfavourably on the Building, the
Landlord or other tenants of premises in the Building, or which may confuse,
mislead or deceive the public, will immediately be discontinued by the Tenant at
the request of the Landlord.  The Tenant will install and maintain at all times
displays of merchandise in the display windows (if any) of the Premises. All
articles, and the arrangement, style, colour and general appearances thereof, in
the interior of the Premises including, without limitation, window displays,
advertising matter, signs, merchandise and store fixtures shall be in keeping
with the character and standards of the improvements within the Building, as
determined by the Landlord.  The Landlord reserves the right to require the
Tenant to correct any non-conformity.  The Tenant will keep the display windows
and signs (if any) on or in the Premises well lit during the hours that the
Landlord from time to time designates.

7.3 NAME OF BUSINESS The Tenant will conduct business on or from the Premises
under the name only of "Capers" and will not change the advertised name of the
business conducted on the Premises without the prior written consent of the
Landlord.

7.4 SOLICITATION OF BUSINESS Neither the Tenant nor the Tenant's employees or
agents will solicit business in any area of the Common Areas or Facilities or
display merchandise outside the Premises without the prior written consent of
the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

7.5 OPERATIONS BY TENANT In regard to the use and occupancy of the Premises,
the Tenant will at its expense:

      (a)  keep the inside and outside of all glass in the doors and
           windows of the Premises clean;

      (b)  keep all exterior store surfaces of the Premises clean;

      (c)  replace promptly any cracked or broken glass of the Premises
           with glass of like grade and quality;


                                       26

<PAGE>   27

      (d)  maintain the Premises in a clean, orderly and sanitary
           condition and free of insects, rodents, vermin and other pests;

      (e)  keep any garbage, trash, rubbish and refuse removed on a
           daily basis;

      (g)  keep all mechanical apparatus free of vibration and noise
           which may be transmitted beyond the Premises;

      (h)  comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of
           governmental authorities and all recommendations of Landlord's fire
           insurance rating organization now or hereafter in effect;

      (i)  light the show windows of the Premises and exterior signs and
           turn the same off to the extent required by Landlord;

      (j)  comply with and observe all rules and regulations established
           by Landlord from time to time which will apply generally to all
           retail tenants in the Building;

      (k)  conduct its business in all respects in a dignified manner in
           accordance with high standards of store operation consistent with
           the quality of operation of the Building as determined by the
           Landlord and provide an appropriate mercantile quality comparable
           with the entire Building.

In regard to the use and occupancy of the Premises and the Common Areas and
Facilities, the Tenant will not:

      (l)  place or maintain any merchandise, trash, refuse or other
           articles in any vestibule or entry of the Premises, on the footwalks
           or corridors adjacent thereto or elsewhere on the exterior of the
           Premises so as to obstruct any driveway, corridor, footwalk, 
           parking area, courtyard or any other Common Areas and Facilities;

      (m)  use or permit the use of any objectionable advertising medium
           such as, without limitation, loud speakers, phonographs, public
           address systems, sound amplifiers, 


                                       27

<PAGE>   28

           which is in any manner audible or visible outside of the Premises;

      (n)  permit undue accumulations of or burn garbage, trash, rubbish
           or other refuse within or without the Premises;

      (o)  cause or permit objectionable odors to emanate or to be
           dispelled from the Premises;

      (p)  solicit business in the parking area or any other part of the
           Common Areas and Facilities;

      (q)  distribute handbills or other advertising matter to, in or
           upon any automobiles parked in the parking areas or in any other
           Common Areas or Facilities;

      (r)  permit the parking of vehicles so as to interfere with the
           use of any driveway, corridor, footwalk, parking area, courtyard or
           other Common Areas and Facilities;

      (s)  receive or ship articles of any kind outside the designated
           loading areas for the Premises; or

      (t)  use the courtyard, corridor or any other Common Area and
           Facilities adjacent to the Premises for the sale or display of any
           merchandise or for any other business, occupation or undertaking.

The Tenant acknowledges that it is the Landlord's intent that the Building be
operated in a manner which is consistent with the highest standards of decencv
and morals prevailing in the community which it serves. Toward that end, the
Tenant agrees that it will not sell, distribute, display or offer for sale any
item which in the Landlord's good faith judgment, is inconsistent with the
quality of operation of the Building or may tend to injure or detract from the
moral character or image of the Building within such community.

7.6 NON-COMPETITION   (1) The Landlord covenants with the Tenant that provided
the Tenant leases, occupies and uses the Premises for conducting its business
AS permitted in Section 7.1 herein, and provided that the Tenant is not in
default of any of the covenants, terms and agreements contained in this Lease,
the Landlord will not, without the prior written consent of the Tenant, lease
any space in the building (except the Premises) to 


                                       28
<PAGE>   29

any other party for the purpose of carrying on the business principally of the
service/sale of food, deli products, coffee/juice, baked goods & restaurant for
which total sales and in excess of five (5%) percent of total gross revenue.

(2) This provision is personal to the Tenant and applies only so long as the
Tenant is itself in occupancy of and conducting its business in the Premises.

(3) If a breach of the covenant in this section by other tenants, lessees,
occupants, sublessees, licensees of premises in the Building arises, from time
to time, the Landlord is entitled to sixty (60) days' written notice of such
breach from the Tenant, in order that the Landlord may make its best efforts to
cure the breach before any remedy or action may be sought by the Tenant against
the Landlord.

ARTICLE 8 - USE OF COMMON AREAS AND FACILITIES

8.1 NON-EXCLUSIVE USE The Tenant, its officers, employees, customers and other
invitees, in common with others designated by the Landlord, or otherwise
entitled, have the nonexclusive license to use the Common Areas and Facilities
for the purposes from time to time permitted, approved or designated by the
Landlord, subject to the management and control of the Common Areas and
Facilities by the Landlord.

8.2 MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL BY LANDLORD   The Landlord has the exclusive right
to manage and control the Building and from time to time to establish, modify
and enforce reasonable rules and regulations regarding the use, maintenance and
operation of the Common Areas and Facilities, and the rules and regulations in
all respects will be observed and performed by the Tenant, its officers,
employers, customers and other invitees. Without limitation, the Landlord has
the right in the management and control of the Building to:

      (a)  construct, maintain and operate lighting facilities and
           heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems,


      (b)  supervise and police the Common Areas and Facilities,


                                      29

<PAGE>   30
      (c)  close off all or part of the Common Areas and Facilities at
           such times as in the opinion of the Landlord are advisable,

      (d)  convey, modify and terminate easements or other rights
           pertaining to the use or maintenance of all or part of the Building,

      (e)  close off all or part of the Building for maintenance repair,
           reconstruction or construction,

      (f)  employ all persons including supervisors and managers
           required for the management and control of the Building, the Tenant
           acknowledging that the Building may be managed by the Landlord or
           such other person or persons as the Landlord from time to time
           designates in writing,                  

      (g)  use part of the Common Areas and Facilities from time to time
           for selling, display, decorations, entertainment or structures
           designed for special features and promotional activities,

      (h)  designate the entrances, areas and time where and when
           loading of goods is to be done,

      (i)  supervise and regulate the delivery and shipping of
           merchandise, supplies and fixtures to and from the Premises in such
           manner as in the sole judgment of the Landlord is necessary for the
           proper operation of the Premises and the Building,

      (j)  designate the kind of container to be used for garbage and
           waste and the manner and the times and places at which it will be
           placed for collection,

      (k)  change from time to time the area, level, location,
           arrangement or use of any part or parts of the Common Areas and
           Facilities, but not if a change results in a material and permanent
           interference with access to the Premises by the Tenant's customers,
           and

      (l)  do such other acts with reference to the Building as in the
           use of good business judgement the Landlord considers advisable with
           a view to improving the 

                                      30

<PAGE>   31
           usefulness and convenience of the Common Areas and Facilities for 
           the Tenant and others entitled to use them.

8.3 Tenant's Covenants The Tenant covenants with the Landlord that:

      (a)  it will abide by the rules, policies and decisions made by
           the Landlord in connection with the Common Areas and Facilities; and

      (b)  without limiting the foregoing, the Tenant shall not keep,
           display or sell any merchandise on or otherwise obstruct or use any
           part of the Common Areas and Facilities, except as permitted by the
           Landlord.

8.4 PARKING   The Landlord and the Tenant agree that the maximum number of
parking stalls used at any one time by the Tenant and its officers and
employees will be not applicable (--). The Landlord will designate Tenant
parking areas in the Building and the Tenant and its employees will park their
vehicles only in the parking areas designated. The Tenant will furnish the
Landlord with the current provincial licence numbers of all vehicles owned or
used by the Tenant, its officers and employees within five (5) days after
talking possession of the Premises and will notify the Landlord of changes
within (5) days after the changes occur. If the Tenant or any of its officers
or employees park their vehicles elsewhere in the Building than in the parking
areas designated, the Landlord in addition to its other remedies has the right
to charge the Tenant a daily charge per vehicle as determined by the Landlord 
from time to time, the charge is considered to be additional rent and payable 
on demand. The Landlord may impose reasonable charges for the use by anyone of 
parking facilities in the Building and may manage the parking facilities to 
ensure the proper functioning and usage of the parking facilities.  It is the 
intent of the Landlord to provide a mutually acceptable free parking designated
for the Tenant's customers.

ARTICLE 9 - REPAIR

9.1 REPAIR BY THE LANDLORD The Landlord will at all times during the Term, but
subject to reasonable wear and tear and the rights in Section 9.4, keep in a
good and substantial state of repair, as would a prudent owner of a reasonably
similar 

                                      31


<PAGE>   32
commercial development, having regard to the size, age and location of
the Building, the Common Areas and Facilities including but not limited to
foundations, roofs, exterior walls (excluding store fronts and glass in
premises set aside by the Landlord for leases to tenants of the Building),
structural sub-floors, bearing walls, columns, beams and other structural
elements thereof, and the systems provided for bringing utilities to the
Premises.                          

9.2  REPAIR BY THE TENANT   The Tenant will:

      (a)  keep in good and substantial state of repair to the standards
           of a first class Building, the Premises including all leasehold
           improvements and all trade fixtures therein, the store front, all
           glass and utilities and all heating, air conditioning and
           ventilating equipment therein, but with the exception of structural
           elements of the Premises,

      (b)  permit the landlord to enter and view the state of repair,
           and will repair according to notice in writing as required by clausc
           (a), subject only to the exception referred to in clause (a), and
           will leave the Premises in a good and substantial state of repair to
           the standards of a first class Building, subject only to the
           exception referred to in clause (a), and

      (c)  if part of the Building including the Common Areas and
           Facilities becomes in disrepair, is damaged or destroyed through the
           negligence of the Tenant or its officers, employees, customers or
           other invitees. reimburse the Landlord the cost of repairs or
           replacements promptly upon demand except to the extent that the
           Landlord is indemnified by insurance.

9.3 ABATEMENT OF RENT    If there is damage to the Premises or damage to the
Building which prevents access to the Premises or the supply of services
essential to the Prcmises and if the damage is such that the Premises or a
substantial part of the Premises is rendered not reasonably capable of use by
the Tenant for the conduct of its business for a period of time exceeding ten
(10) days,

      (a)  unless the damage was caused by the negligence of the Tenant
           or an assignee, subtenant, concessionaire 


                                      32

<PAGE>   33

           licensee or other person conducting business on or from the Premises
           or an officer, employee, customer or other invitee of any of them,
           the fixed minimum rent payable under Section 3.5(a) plus additional
           rent and charges for the period beginning upon occurrence of the
           damage until at least a substantial part of the Premises is again
           reasonably capable of use and occupancy for the purpose aforesaid
           will abate; and

      (b)  unless this Lease is terminated under Section 9.4, the
           Landlord or the Tenant or both, as the case may be (according to the
           nature of the damage and their respective obligations to repair
           under Sections 9.1 and 9.2), will repair the damage with all
           reasonable diligence, but any abatement of minimum rent to which the
           Tenant is entitled under this section will not extend beyond the
           dale by which in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord the Tenant
           should have completed its repairs with all reasonable diligence.

9.4 TERMINATION IN EVENT OF DAMAGE (1) The Landlord, by written notice to the
Tenant given within sixty (60) days of the occurrence of damage to the
Building, may terminate this Lease:

      (a)  if the Building is damaged by any cause and in the reasonable
           opinion of the Landlord either cannot be repaired or rebuilt with
           reasonable diligence within one hundred and eighty (180) days after
           the occurrence of the damage or the cost of repairing or rebuilding
           it would exceed by more than one hundred thousand ($100,000.00)
           dollars the proceeds of the Landlord's insurance available for the
           purpose, or

      (b)  if the Premises are damaged by any cause and the damage is
           such that the Premises or a substantial part of the Premises is
           rendered not reasonably capable of use by the Tenant for the conduct
           of its business and in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord cannot
           be repaired or rebuilt with reasonable diligence by six (6) months
           before the end of the Term.

(2) The Tenant, by written notice to the Landlord given within sixty (60) days
of the occurrence of the damage, may terminate this Lease if the Premises are
damaged by any cause and the damage is such that the Premises or a substantial
part of the 

                                           33

<PAGE>   34

Premises is rendered not reasonably capable of use by the Tenant for the conduct
of its business and in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord cannot be repaired
or rebuilt with reasonable diligence by six (6) months before the end of the
Term.

(3) If this Lease is terminated under either of subsections (1) or (2), neither
the Landlord nor the Tenant will be bound to repair as provided in Sections 9.1
and 9.2, and the Tenant will deliver up possession of the Premises to the
Landlord with reasonable speed but in any event within fifteen (15) days after
the giving of the notice of termination, and all rent will be apportioned and
paid to the date upon which possession is delivered up, subject to any abatement
to which the Tenant may be entitled under Section 9.3, but otherwise the
Landlord or the Tenant or both, as the case may be (according to the nature of
the damage and the respective obligations to repair) under Sections 9.1 and 9.2
will repair the damage with all reasonable diligence.

9.5 CERTIFICATE OF ARCHITECT    If the Premises or the Building is damaged and
there is a doubt as to whether the Premises or the Building can be repaired or
rebuilt within one hundred and eighty (180) days or by six (6) months before
the end of the Term or as to the cost of repairing or rebuilding the Building
or as whether the Premises or a substantial part of the Premises is rendered
not rcasonably capable of use by the Tenant for the conduct of its business or
once again has become capable of such use, the doubt will be settled by the
Architect and his certificate will be conclusive.

ARTICLE 10 - UTILITIES AND SERVICES - PREMISES

10.1 UTILITY AND SERVICE CHARGES  The Tenant is solely responsible for and will
promptly pay all charges for water, gas, electricity, janitor service, window
cleaning, and any other utility or service used on Ihc Premises. The Landlord
will not liable to the Tenant in damages or otherwise for an interruption or
failure in the supply of utilities or services to the Premises unless caused by
the negligence of the Landlord or another person for whose negligence the
Landlord is responsible in law.

10.2 TENANT NOT TO OVERLOAD UTILITY AND SERVICE FACILITIES    The Tenant will
not install equipment that will exceed or overload the capacity of utility
facilities and agrees that if equipment installed by the Tenant requires
additional facilities, 


                                      34

<PAGE>   35
they will be installed at the Tenant's expense in accordance with plans and
specifications approved by the Landlord prior to installation.

ARTICLE 11 - SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT AND STATUS STATEMENT BY TENANT

11.1 SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT   This Lease is subordinate to every Mortgage
that now affects the Land. The Tenant will subordinate this Lease to every
Mortgage that hereafter affects the Land and execute promptly and in registrable
form a document in confirmation of the subordination if requested by the
Landlord in which the Tenant also will agree with the mortgagee that if the
mortgagee becomes a mortgagee in possession or takes action to realize the
security of the Mortgage the Tenant will attorn to the mortgagee as a tenant
upon all the terms of this Lease, but only if the mortgagee agrees in writing to
accept the attornment and permit the Tenant to continue in occupation of the
Premises until this Lease is terminated by the passage of time or by action
taken because of a default of the Tenant. The Tenant appoints the Landlord its
agent or attorney at its option to execute all documents in confirmation of a
subordination of this Lease in favour of a mortgage or an attornment to a
mortgagee. If the Landlord elects not to execute the documents referred to in
the previous sentence as agent or attorney of the Tenant and if the Tenant fails
to execute them or any of them after being requested by the Landlord the
Landlord may terminate this Lease after the expiration of ten (10) days' notice
of its intention to do so because of the Tenant's failure unless within the ten
(10) day period the Tenant executes the documents.

11.2 STATUS STATEMENT  At any time and from time to time within ten (10) days
after a written request by the Landlord the Tenant will execute, acknowledge
and deliver to the Landlord or such assignee, mongagee, proposed purchaser or
other person as the Landlord designates, a certificate in a form and content
reasonably requested by the Landlord which certificate shall include, without
limitation. a statement that:

      (a)  this Lease is unmodified and in force and effect in
           accordance with its terms (or if there have been modifications, that
           this Lease is in force and effect as modified, and identifying the
           modification agreements. or if this Lease is not in force and 

                                       35

<PAGE>   36
           effect, that it is not) and that the Tenant is in possession of the
           Premises;

      (b)  the date to which rental has been paid under this Lease with
           particulars of any prepayment of rents;

      (c)  whether or not there is an existing default by the Tenant in
           the payment of rent or any other sum of money under this Lease, and
           whether or not there is any other existing default by any party
           under this Lease with respect to which a notice of default has been
           served, and if there is such a default specifying its nature and
           extent; and

      (d)  whether or not there are any set-offs, defenses or
           counterclaims against the enforcement of the obligations to be
           performed by the Tenant under this Lease.

ARTICLE 12 - INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

12.1  INSURANCE   The Tenant, at its cost, will take out and keep in force
throughout the Term and during such other time as the Tenant occupies the
Premises or part thereof, earthquake insurance and fire insurance with extended
coverage endorsement and water damage insurance (including, if applicable,
sprinkler leakage), all risk direct damage insurance upon its merchandise,
stock-in-trade, furniture, fixtures, improvements and all other contents of the
Premises and all parts of the Premises which the Tenant is obligated to keep in
repair under Section 9.2, to the full replacement value thereof, and broad
boiler insurance on any boilers in the Premises. The Tenant will take out and
maintain other insurance in amounts and upon terms reasonable for a prudent
tenant to provide as determined by the Landlord and its insurance advisers or
its mongagee. If the nature of the Tenants operation is such as to place all or
any of its employees under the coverage of local workmen's compensation or
similar statutes, the Tenant will also keep in force, at its expense, so long as
this Lease remains in effect, workmen's compensation or similar insurance
affording statutory coverage and containing statutory limits.

12.2 COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE    The Tenant will take out and
keep in force throughout the Term comprehensive general liability insurance
against claims for personal injury, 

                                       36

<PAGE>   37

death or property damage or loss arising out of all operations of the Tenant and
subtenants, concessionaires, licensees and other persons conducting business on
or from the Premises, indemnifying and protecting the Landlord and the Tenant to
a limit of two million ($2,000,000.00) dollars inclusive, or such additional
amount as would be carried by a prudent owner. Such insurance shall include
without limitation, Tenant's fire, legal and employer's liability.

12.3  TENANT'S CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE The Tenant shall require any contractor
performing work on the Premises to carry and maintain, at no expense to the
Landlord, comprehensive general liability insurance and such other insurance in
amounts and on terms reasonably determined by the Landlord.

12.4 THE INSUREDS  Each insurance policy referred to in Sections 12.1, 12.2,
and 12.3, will name the Landlord and the persons, firms or corporations
designated by the Landlord as additional named insureds as their interest may
appear, will contain a waiver of rights of subrogation against the Landlord and
the Tenant or a cross-liability clause protecting the Landlord and other
insureds designated by it against claims by the Tenant as if the Landlord and
other insureds designated by it were separately insured, and protecting the
Tenant against claims by the Landlord and other insureds by it as if the Tenant
were separately insured, and will contain a clause that the insurer will not
cancel or change or refuse to renew the insurance without first giving the
Landlord thirty (30) days' prior written notice. All policies of insurance will
be with insurers acceptable to the Landlord and in form satisfactory to the
Landlord, and the Tenant will see that there is delivered to the Landlord
copies or certificates of the policies. If the Tenant fails to take out or keep
in force any policy of insurance referred to in Sections 12.1 and 12.2 the
Landlord may do so and pay the premium, and in that event the Tenant will pay
to the Landlord the amount so paid as premium plus ten (10%) per cent for
overhead as additional rent and it will be due and payable on the first day of
the month following the payment by the Landlord.

12.5 LANDLORD'S INSURANCE  The Landlord will take out and keep in force
throughout the Term all risks direct damage insurance on the buildings and
improvements comprised in the Building, including earthquake insurance. but
which may exclude foundations and the improvements upon which the Tenant or
other tenants of the Building are obliged to take out insurance under Section



                                      37
<PAGE>   38

12.1, or similar sections in their respective leases, with responsible insurance
companies and in an amount such as would be carried by a prudent owner of a
reasonably similar commercial development, having regard to size, age and
location, and the cost of the insurance will be included in Operating Costs.
Each insurance policy referred to in this section will contain, if available, a
waiver of the right of subrogation against the Tenant to the extent only of that
part of a claim against the Tenant in excess of the amount of comprehensive
general liability insurance which the Tenant is required to take out and keep in
force.

12.6 INCREASE IN LANDLORD'S INSURANCE PREMIUMS (1) The Tenant agrees that
nothing will be done, omitted to be done, kept, used, sold or offered for sale
on or from the Premises that may contravene any of the Landlord's policies
insuring any part of the Building or which will prevent the Landlord from
procuring policies with companies acceptable to the Landlord. The Tenant will
pay all increases in premiums for all risks direct damage insurance, and broad
boiler insurance, including repair or replacement and rental income coverages
and such other insurance as is customary for prudent owners of property similar
to the Building to carry against loss of or damage to the Building or liability
arising therefrom that may be charged during the Term for insurance carried by
the Landlord insuring any part of the Building, resulting from the type of
merchandise sold on or from the Premises or anything done or kept thereon or
any use to which they may be put, whether or not the Landlord has consented to
them. In determining whether increased premiums are the result of the use of
the Premises a schedule issued by the organization making the insurance rate on
the Premises showing the various components of the rate will be conclusive
evidence of the several items and charges which make up the fire insurance rate
on the Premises.

(2) If the occupancy or use of the Premises causes an increase of premium for
any of the policies insuring the Premises or any part of the Building above the
rate for the least hazardous type of use or occupancy legally permitted in the
Premises, the Tenant will pay the amount of the increase. The Tenant will also
pay in that event any additional premium for rental income insurance carried by
the Landlord for its protection against rent loss through an insured risk.
Bills for the increases and additional payments may be rendered by the Landlord
to the Tenant when the 

                                       38

<PAGE>   39

Landlord elects, and will be due and payable by the Tenant when rendered, and
the amount thercof will be paid as additional rent.

12.7 CANCELLATION OF INSURANCE  If an insurance policy upon part of the
Building is cancelled or threatened by the insurer to be cancelled, or the
coverage thereunder reduced or threatened to be reduced by the insurer because
of the use and occupation of the Premises, and if the Tenant fails to remedy
the condition giving rise to cancellation, threatened cancellation, reduction
or threatened reduction of coverage within forty-eight (48) hours after notice
thereof by the Landlord, the Landlord may either:
                       
      (a)  re-enter the Premises whereupon Article 18 will apply, or

      (b)  enter the Premises and remedy the condition giving rise to
           the cancellation or reduction or threatened cancellation or
           reduction, and the Tenant will pay to the Landlord the cost thereof
           on demand as additional rent, and the Landlord will not be liable
           for damage or injury caused to property of the Tenant or others
           located on the Premises as a result of the entry.

12.8 INDEMNIFICATION FOR THE LANDLORD    The Tenant will indemnify the Landlord
and save it harmless from and against any and all claims, actions, damages,
liability and expenses in connection with loss of life, personal injury or
damage to property arising from any occurrence on the Premises or the occupancy
or use of the Premises or occasioned wholly or in part by an act or omission of
the Tenant, its officers, employees, agents, customers, contractors or other
invitces, licensees or concessionaires or by anyone permitted by the Tenant to
be on the Premises. In case the Landlord, without fault on its part, is made a
party to litigation begun by or against the Tenant, excepting a bona fide
action by the Tenant against the Landlord, the Tenant will protect, indemnify
and hold the Landlord harmless and will promptly pay all costs, expenses and
reasonable legal fees incurred or paid by the Landlord in connection with the
litigation.

12.9 LOSS AND DAMAGE  The Landlord is not liable for the death of or injury to
the Tenant or others on the Premises, or for the loss of or damage to property
of the Tenant or others by theft or otherwise. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, the Landlord is not liable for death, injury, loss or damage
of or to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster,
steam, gas, electricity, water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of 

                                       39

<PAGE>   40
the Premises or from the pipes. appliances or plumbing works or from the roof,
street or sub-surface or from any other place or by dampness or by other cause
of any kind. The Landlord is not liable for death, injury, loss or damage caused
by other tenants or occupants or other persons on the Premises or in any other
part of the Building, resulting from construction, alteration or repair.

12.10  SURVIVAL  The provisions of Sections 12.8 and 12.9 shall survive the
expiration or sooner determination of the Term.

ARTICLE 13 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

13.1  CONSENT REQUIRED   Except to an Eligible Corporation the Tenant not and
will not permit a subtenant to assign this Lease in whole or in part or sublet
all or part of the Premises or mortgage or encumber this Lease or the Premises
or part thereof and will not permit the occupation or use of all or any part
thereof by others other than an Eligible Corporation without complying with
Section 13.3 and at without the prior written consent of the Landlord in each
case which consent, subject to the Landlord's rights pursuant to Section 13.3
will not be withheld unreasonably [text deleted]. It will not be unreasonable
for the Landlord to consider the following factors before giving or withholding
its consent namely any covenants made by the Landlord with another tenant of the
Building, the financial background and status, business history, capability in
the Tenant's line of business, the quality of merchandise of and whether Gross
Sales are likely to be reduced bv the proposed assignee, sublessee or occupant,
and the potential impact on the philosophy and economics of both the project and
its other tenants.

Thc consent by the Landlord to an assignment or subletting will not constitute
a waiver of its consent to a subsequent assignment or subletting. This
prohibition against assignment or subletting includes a prohibition against an
assignment or subletting by operation of law. If this Lease is assigned or if
all or part of the Premises is sublet or occupied by anybody other than the
Tenant, in any case without the consent of the Landlord when required the
Landlord may collect rent from the assignee subtenant or occupant and apply the
net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no such assignment,
sublease, occupancy or collection will be considered a waiver of this covenant,
or the acceptance of the subtenant or occupant as Tenant. Despite an 


                                      40
<PAGE>   41
assignment the Tenant remains fully liable under this Lease. An assignment of
this Lease if consented to by the Landlord will be prepared by the Landlord or
its solicitors and all legal costs of its preparation will be paid by the 
Tenant.

13.2 CONDITIONS OF CONSENT If the Tenant requires and receives consent under
Section 13.1, the consent will be subject to the condition that the fixed
minimum rent payable by the assignee subtenant or occupant will be not less
than the average total annual rent (including percentage rent) paid by the
Tenant for the three (3) Lease Years immediately preceding the assignment
subletting or other grant of a right to occupy or use (or since the first day
of the Term if the Tenant at the time of the assignment, subletting or grant of
a right to occupy or use has occupied the Premises for less than three (3)
years), all the other terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to remain
the same including those relating to percentage rent. Where the sublease or the
grant of a right to occupy or use relates to a part only of the Premises the
foregoing references to rent will be adjusted in proportion to the area of the
part used in the calculation of the Rentable Area of the Premises.

13.3 LANDLORD'S OPTION   If the Tenant wishes to assign sublet or part with
possession of all or part of the Premises or to transfer this Lease in any
other manner in whole or in part of an estate or interest hereunder the Tenant
will give prior written notice to the Landlord naming the proposed assignee
subtenant or transferee and if the proposed assignee, subtenant or transferee
is not an Eligible Corporation, the Landlord may terminate this Lease upon
fifteen (15) days' notice to the Tenant given within forty-five (45) days next
following the giving of the notice by the Tenant unless the Tenant by written
notice to the Landlord given within the fifteen (15) day period withdraws the
request to assign, sublet or transfer.

13.4  NO ADVERTISING   The Tenant shall not advertise the whole or any part of
the Premises for lease nor permit any agent or broker to do so, unless the
prior written approval of the Landlord has been received.

ARTICLE 14 [section deleted]

ARTICLE 15 - WASTE AND GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS                      


                                      41
<PAGE>   42

15.1  WASTE OR NUISANCE    The Tenant will not commit or permit to be committed
waste upon the Premises or a nuisance or other thing that may disturb the quiet
enjoyment of any other tenant in the Building or of any person within one
hundred (100') feet of a boundary of the Building, whether or not the nuisance
arises out of the use of the Premises by the Tenant for a purpose permitted by
this Lease.

15.2  GOVERNMENTAL AND INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS' REGULATION     The Tenant, at the
Tenant's cost, will comply with the applicable requirements of all municipal,
provincial, federal and other governmental authorities now in force or which
may hereafter be in force pertaining to the Tenant's occupancy or use of the
Premises and will observe all municipal by-laws and provincial and federal
statutes and regulations now in force or which may hereafter be in force, and
will comply with all regulations made by fire insurance underwriters. The
Tenant grants the Landlord the right to enter the Premises at any time or times
with as little interference as is reasonably possible with the conduct of the
Tenant's business to enable the Landlord to comply with any municipal by-law or
provincial statute now or in the future applicable to the Premises whether or
not the application of the bylaw or statute to the Premises results from an act
or omission of the Landlord or another person for whose act or omission the
Landlord is responsible.

ARTICLE 16 - ACCEPTANCE, LOCATION OF PREMISES

16.1  ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES   The Tenant will notify the Landlord of any
defects in the Premises that prevent or diminish their use, within ten (10)
days after the date when the Tenant is given occupancy by the Landlord, and
failing the giving of notice the Tenant will be considered for all purposes to
have accepted the Premises in their then existing condition and the Landlord
will not have further obligation to the Tenant for defects or faults excepting:

      (a)  latent defects which cannot be discovered on a reasonable
           examination, and

      (b)  defects or faults in structural elements relating to the
           Premises not caused by the Tenant's acts or omissions.



                                      42

<PAGE>   43

If a dispute occurs as to whether or not a defect or fault exists, the decision
of the Architect will be final and binding upon both parties.

16.2    [section deleted]

16.3   NO REPRESENTATION   The Tenant agrees that there is no promise,
representation, or undertaking by or binding upon the Landlord with respect to
alterations, remodelling or decoration of or installation of equipment or
fixtures in the Premises except such, if any, as is expressly contained or
referred to in this Lease, and that unless an express provision provides for
completion of the alteration, remodelling, decoration of or installation after
the Tenant's taking occupancy of the Premises, the taking of occupancy, subject
always to the provisions of Section 16.1, constitutes conclusive evidence as
against the Tenant that the alterations, remodelling or decoration or
installation of equipment or fixtures has been satisfactorily completed.  The
certificate of the Architect that the Landlord has fulfilled its obligations in
respect of the Premises binds the parties in any event.  All property of the
Tenant kept or stored on the Premises will be kept or stored at the risk of the
Tenant only and the Tenant will indemnify and hold the Landlord harmless from
all claims arising out of damage to it, including subrogation claims by the
Tenant's insurers.

ARTICLE 17 - SIGNS, FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS

17.1   INSTALLATION AND CHANGES BY TENANT   All fixtures installed by the
Tenant will be of first class quality.  The Tenant will not make or cause to be
made any change, decoration, addition or improvement or cut or drill into, nail
or otherwise attach, secure or install any trade fixture, exterior sign, floor
covering, interior or exterior lighting, or mechanical or electrical system or
fixture, or plumbing fixture, shade or awning to any part of the Premises or to
the exterior of the Premises including the store front or hang from or affix
anything to the ceiling without first obtaining the Landlord's written
approval. The Tenant will present to the Landlord plans and specifications for
the work at the time approval is sought and the work will be done by
contractors or other workers or tradesmen approved by thc Landlord and in good
and workmanlike manner with first class materials. The Tenant will not make any
change to the structural elements of the Premises.


                                      43

<PAGE>   44

17.2 REMOVAL OF INSTALLATIONS AND RESTORATION BY TENANT   All alterations,
decorations, additions and improvements made by the Tenant or made by the
Landlord on the Tenant's behalf become on affixation the property of the
Landlord. No alteration. decoration, addition or improvement will be removed
from the Premises before the end of the Term without prior consent in writing
from the Landlord. Upon termination of this Lease the alterations, decorations,
additions and fixed improvements excepting Tenant's trade fixtures will remain
in the property of the Landlord as part of the reversion, but the Tenant will
remove all or some of the alterations, decorations, additions and fixed
improvements if and to the extent requested by the Landlord, and restore the
Premises as provided in Section 9.2(b). Every installation, removal or
restoration by the Tenant of its trade fixtures will be done at the sole expense
of the Tenant and the Tenant promptly will make good or reimburse the Landlord
the cost of making good all damage to structural elements relating to the
Premises or to the heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing. electrical
or other mechanical systems in the Building caused thereby.

17.3  NOT TO OVERLOAD FLOORS   The Tenant will not bring upon the Premises any
machinery, equipment or things that by reason of its weight, size or use in the
opinion of the Architect might damage the Premises and will not at any time
overload the floors of the Premises. If overloading occurs and damage ensues
the Tenant forthwith will repair the damage or pay to the Landlord the cost of
making it good.

17.4  TENANT TO DISCHARGE ALL LIENS   The Tenant promptly will pay all its
contractors and materialmen and do all things necessary to minimize the
possibility of a lien attaching to the Premises or to any other part of the
Building and should a claim for lien be registered the Tenant will cause it to
be discharged at the Tenant's expense within seven (7) days after it is brought
to the attention of the Tenant.

17.5  TENANT'S SIGNS, AWNINGS AND CANOPIES   The Tenant will not place or
permit to be placed or maintained on the roof or on any exterior or interior
door, wall or window of the Premises any sign, awning, canopy, decoration,
lettering, advertising matter or other thing of any kind and will not place or
maintain any decoration, lettering or advertising matter on the glass of any
window or door of the Premises without first obtaining the Landlord's written
consent. The Tenant shall maintain and operate 


                                      44
<PAGE>   45

during such reasonable hours as the Landlord may determine a sign on the sign
band for the Premises which sign shall be subject to the Landlord's approval and
be in accordance with the Landlord's specifications.

ARTICLE 18 - DEFAULT OF TENANT

18.1  RIGHT TO RE-ENTER  If the Tenant fails to observe or perform any other of
the terms, conditions or covenants of this Lease to be observed or performed by
the Tenant, and such default continues for a period of seven (7) days after
notice thereof by the Landlord or if the Tenant fails to pay rent when due,
whether or not demanded by the Landlord, or if the Tenant or an agent of the
Tenant falsifies a report required to be furnished to the Landlord pursuant to
this Lease, or if re-entry is permitted under other terms of this Lease, the
Landlord in addition to any other right or remedy it may have will have the
right of immediate re-entry and may remove all persons and property from the
Premises and the property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or
elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of the Tenant, all without service
of notice or resort to legal process and without being considered guilty of
trespass or becoming liable for loss or damage occasioned thereby.

18.2  BANKRUPTCY OF TENANT   If:

      (a)  any of the goods and chattels of the Tenant on the Premises
           at any time during the Term are seized or taken in execution or
           attachment by a creditor of the Tenant,

      (b)  the Tenant or a guarantor or indemnifier of this Lease makes
           an assignment for the benefit of creditors or a bulk sale to an
           assignee or sublessee pursuant to an assignment or sublease which
           under Section 13.1 was consented to or did not require a consent,

      (c)  a receiver-manager is appointed to control the conduct of the
           business on or from the Premises,

      (d)  the Tenant becomes bankrupt or insolvent or takes the benefit
           of an Act now or hereafter in force for bankrupt or insolvent
           debtors,

      (e)  an order is made for the winding-up of the Tenant,



                                     45

<PAGE>   46

      (f)  the Premises, without the written consent of the Landlord,
           become and remain vacant for a period of ten (10) days or are used
           by any other persons than those entitled to use them under the terms
           of this Lease,

      (g)  the Tenant, without the written consent of the Landlord,
           abandons or attempts to abandon the Premises or sells or disposes of
           its goods or chattels or removes any of them from the Premises so
           that there would not in the event of abandonment, sale or disposal
           be sufficient gods on the Premises subject to distress to satisfy
           all rentals due or accruing due hereunder.

the then current month's rent and the next ensuing three (3) months' rent
immediately will become due and payable as accelerated rent and the Landlord
may re-enter and take possession of the Premises as though the Tenant or the
servants of the Tenant or any other occupant of the premises were holding over
after the expiration of the Term and the Lease, at the option of the Landlord,
forthwith will become forfeited and determined.  In every one of the cases
above mentioned the accelerated rent may be recovered by the Landlord in the
same manner as rent reserved and in arrears and the option will be considered
to have been exercised if the Landlord or its agents give notice to that effect
to the Tenant.

18.3   LANDLORD MAY PERFORM TENANT'S OBLIGATIONS   If the Tenant fails to
perform an obligation of the Tenant under this Lease the Landlord may perform
the obligation and for that purpose may enter upon the Premises on not less
than five (5) days' prior notice to the Tenant or without notice in the case of
an emergency and do such things upon or in respect of the Premises as the
Landlord considers necessary.  The Tenant will pay as additional rent all
expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Landlord under this section plus ten
(10%) per cent for overhead upon presentation of a bill therefore. The Landlord
will not be liable to the Tenant for loss or damage resulting from such action
by the Landlord unless caused by the negligence of the Landlord or another
person for whose negligence the Landlord is responsible in law.

18.4 RIGHT TO RELET If the Landlord re-enters, as herein provided, it may
either terminate this Lease or it may from time to time without terminating the
Tenant's obligations under this 


                                     46
<PAGE>   47

Lease, make alterations and repairs considered by the Landlord necessary to
facilitate a reletting, and relet the Premises or any part hereof as agent of
the Tenant for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon such
other terms and conditions as the Landlord in its reasonable discretion
considers advisable. Upon each reletting all rent and other monies received by
the Landlord from the reletting will be applied, first to the payment of
indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from the Tenant to the Landlord,
secondly to the payment of costs and expenses of the reletting including
brokerage fees and solicitor's fees and costs of the alterations and repairs,
and third to the payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder. The residue, if any,
will be held by the Landlord and applied in payment of future rent as it
becomes due and payable. If the rent received from the reletting during a month
is less than the rent to be paid during that month by the Tenant, the Tenant
will pay the deficiency to the Landlord. The deficiency will be calculated and
paid monthly. No re-entry by the Landlord will be construed as an election on
its part to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of that intention is
given to the Tenant. Despite a reletting without termination, the Landlord may
elect at any time to terminate this Lease for a previous breach. If the
Landlord terminates this Lease for any breach, in addition to other remedies it
may recover from the Tenant all damages it incurs by reason of the breach
including the cost of recovering the Premises, reasonable legal fees and the
worth at the time of termination of the excess, if any, of the amount of rent
and charges equivalent to rent reserved in this Lease for the remainder of the
Term over the then reasonable rental value of the Premises for the remainder of
the Term, all of which amounts immediately will be due and payable by the
Tenant to the Landlord. In determining the rent which would be payable by the
Tenant after default, the annual rent for each year of unexpired Term will be
equal to the average fixed minimum and percentage rents paid or payable by the
Tenant from the beginning of the Term to the time of default, or during the
preceding three (3) full calendar years, whichever period is shorter. In any of
the events referred to in Sections 18.1, 18.2 and 18.3, in addition to all
other rights, including the rights referred to in this section and Section
18.1, the full amount of the current month's minimum rent, monthly
contributions towards taxes, insurance premiums, the Tenant's Proportionate
Share of the Operating Costs and all other payments required to be made monthly
and the next three (3) months minimum rent immediately will become due and


                                       47
<PAGE>   48

payable, and the Landlord may immediately distrain for it, together with
arrears then unpaid.

18.5   LEGAL EXPENSES  If the Landlord brings an action against the Tenant
arising from an alleged breach of a covenant or condition in the Lease to be
complied with by the Tenant and the court establishes that the Tenant is in 
breach of the covenant or condition, the Tenant will pay to the Landlord all
expenses incurred by the Landlord in the action including reasonable legal fees.

18.6  INTEREST ON OVERDUE MONIES   All overdue monies payable to the Landlord
by the Tenant on any account whatsoever shall bear interest at the rate of
eighteen (18%) per cent per annum.

18.7  WAIVER OF DISTRESS   The Tenant covenants with Landlord, that in
consideration of the making of this Lease, none of the goods and chattels of
the Tenant on the Premises is exempt from levy by distress for rent in arrears,
and that upon a claim being made for exemption by the Tenant or on distress
being made by the Landlord, this section may be pleaded as an estoppel against
the Tenant in an action brought to test the right to levy upon goods named as
exempted.

ARTICLE 19 - REMEDIES OF LANDLORD AND WAIVER

19.1  REMEDIES OR LANDLORD CUMULATIVE  No exercise of a specific right or
remedy by the Landlord or by the Tenant precludes it from or prejudices it in
exercising another right or pursuing another remedy or maintaining an action to
which it may otherwise be entitled either at law or in equity.

19.2  WAIVER  The waiver by the Landlord or the Tenant of a breach of a term,
covenant or condition of this Lease will not be considered to be a waiver of a
subsequent breach of the term, covenant or condition or another term covenant
or condition. The subsequent acceptance of rent by the Landlord will not be
considered to be a waiver of a preceding breach by the Tenant of a term,
covenant or condition of this Lease, regardless of the Landlord's knowledge of
the preceding breach at the time of acceptance of the rent. No covenant, term
or condition of this Lease will be considered to have been waived by the
Landlord or by the Tenant unless the waiver is in writing signed by the
Landlord or by the Tenant, as the case may be.




                                     48
<PAGE>   49

ARTICLE 20 - ACCESS BY LANDLORD

21.1  RIGHT OF ENTRY  The Landlord and its agents may enter the Premises at all
reasonable times to examine them and show them to a prospective purchaser,
lessee or mortgagee. The Landlord may make alterations, additions and
adjustments to and changes of location of the pipes, conduits, wiring, ducts and
other installations of any kind in the Premises where necessary to serve another
part of the Building, and the Landlord may take all material required therefor
on to the Premises without constituting an eviction of the Tenant in whole or in
part, and the rent reserved will not abate while the alterations, additions or
changes of location are being made by reason of loss or interruption of the
business of the Tenant, or otherwise, and the Landlord will not be liable for
damage to property of the Tenant or of others located on the Premises as a
result of an entry unless caused by the negligence of the Landlord or another
person for whose negligence the Landlord is responsible in law. During the six
(6) months prior to the expiration of the Term the Landlord may place upon thc
Premises the usual notice "For Rent" which the Tenant will permit to remain
without interference. If the Tenant is not present to open and permit entry into
the Premises when for proper reason entry is necessary or permissible. the
Landlord or its agents may enter by a master key or may forcibly enter without
rendering the Landlord or its agents liable therefor and without affecting the
Lease. Nothing in this section, however, imposes upon the Landlord an
obligation, responsibility or liability for the care, maintenance or repair of
the Premises or any part thereof except as specifically provided in this Lease.

20.2  CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO BUILDING   The Landlord reserves the right at
any time and from time to time:

      (a)  to make or permit changes or revisions in its plan for the
           Building including additions to, subtractions from, rearrangements
           of, alterations of, modifications of or supplements to the building
           areas, parking areas, driveways or other Common Areas and
           Facilities;

20.3   ROOF AND WALLS  The Landlord shall have the exclusive right to use all
or any part of the roof of the Premises for any purpose; and to install,
maintain, use, repair and replace within the Premises pipes, ducts, conduits,
wires and all other mechanical equipment serving other parts of the Building,
the 


                                     49

<PAGE>   50

same to be in locations within the Premises as will not unreasonably deny
the Tenant's use thereof. The Tenant agrees to give the Landlord access to the
Premises for the purpose of this Section.

ARTICLE 21 - ASSIGNMENT BY LANDLORD

21.1  ASSIGNMENT  If the Landlord sells an interest in the Building or in this
Lease, to the extent that the purchaser or assignee is responsible for
compliance with the covenants and obligations of the Landlord hereunder, the
Landlord without further written agreement will be relieved of liability under
its covenants and obligations.

ARTICLE 22 - RULES AND REGULATIONS

22.1  LANDLORD MAY MAKE  The Landlord from time to time may establish, modify
and enforce reasonable rules and regulations regarding the use and occupancy of
the Premises set aside by the Landlord for leasing to tenants of the Building.
All rules and regulations and modifications whether made under this Section or
Section 8.2 become a pan of this Lease and bind the Tenant. The Tenant will
comply with the rules and regulations and modifications. Notice of the rules
and regulations and modifications, if any, will be given to the Tenant by the
Landlord. No rule or regulation or modification will contradict a provision of
this Lease.

ARTICLE 23 - LANDLORD'S COVENANTS AND OBLIGATIONS

23.1 TAXES  The Landlord will pay all real property taxes (including local
improvement rates), that may be assessed by a lawful authority against the
Building and against the Common Area and Facilities, subject to Sections 3.7
and 5.1.

23.2  QUIET ENJOYMENT  Subject to the provisions of this Lease the Landlord
covenants with the Tenant for quiet enjoyment.

23.3  TENANT ALLOWANCE   The Landlord hereby covenants and agrees to pay to the
Tenant a fixturing cash allowance of three hundred & twenty-three thousand &
five hundred & twenty ($323,520.00) calculated on the basis of twenty-two
($22.00) dollars per square foot of Rentable Area, less $65,000.  The Tenant
Allowance shall be paid by the Landlord to the Tenant on the condition that the
Tenant has executed and delivered the lease, pursuant to the 


                                     50

<PAGE>   51

terms and conditions herein expressed, the Tenant has opened for business to
the public, and all lien periods have expired.

ARTICLE 24 - OVERHOLDING

24.1  NO TACIT RENEWAL  If the Tenant remains in possession of the Premises
after the end of the Term and without the execution and delivery of a new lease
or a written or extension of this Lease, there is no tacit or other renewal of
this Lease, and the Tenant will be considered to be occupying the Premises as a
Tenant from month to month at a monthly rental payable in advance on the first
day of each month equal to the sum of:

      (a)  twice the monthly instalment of fixed minimum rent payable
           for the last month of the Term, and

      (b)  one-sixth (1/6th) of the percentage rent, if any, for the
           Lease Year immediately preceding the last Lease Year of this Lease,
           and

      (c)  one-sixth (1/6th) of the amount of additional rent and
           charges payable by the Tenant for the year immediately preceding the
           last Lease Year of this Lease,

and otherwise upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, so far as
applicable.

ARTICLE 25 - OPIION TO RENEW

25.1  OPTION TO RENEW   Provided that:

      (a)  the Tenant pays the rental and other sums payable hereunder
           and performs each and every one of the covenants, provisos and
           agreements herein contained on the part of the Tenant to be paid and
           performed punctually and in accordance with the provisions of this
           Lease; and

      (b)  the Tenant has not assigned this Lease or sublet or permitted
           a change in occupancy of the Premises; and

      (c)  there has been no change in ownership of the majority of the
           capital stock of the Tenant and no change in the name under which
           the business of the Premises is conducted.

                                     51

<PAGE>   52

then the Tenant shall have the option of renewing this Lease by notice in
writing given to the Landlord not later than six (6) months nor earlier than
eight (8) months prior to the expiry of the Term for an additional four (4)
term(s) of five (5) years on the same terms and conditions set forth in this
Lease, save and except:

            (i)    that any renewals of this Lease shall be limited to five (5)
                   years each and shall be limited to four (4) in number; and
                 
            (ii)   the annual minimum rental to be paid during each renewal
                   term shall not be less than the aggregate of the minimum
                   rent and percentage rent to be paid during the last twelve
                   (12) month period of the preceding term and the rate for
                   percentage rent shall not be less than provided for in the
                   preceding term;
                   
            (iii)  the annual minimum rental and percentage rent shall be
                   settled by agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant, or
                   if they fail to agree within three (3) months prior to the
                   expiration of the existing Term, than the minimum rental
                   shall be the then fair market rental value for space of
                   comparable size, quality and location to that of the
                   Premises, determined by an arbitrator appointed under the
                   Commercial Arbitration Act (as such legislation may be
                   amended from time to time), whose decision shall be final
                   and binding upon the Landlord and the Tenant. The cost of
                   such arbitration Shad be borne by the Landlord and Tenant
                   equally.
                   
ARTICLE 26 - OBLIGATIONS OF GUARANTOR

26.1  COVENANT AND GUARANTEE  The Guarantor, in consideration of the sum of one
($1.00) dollar now paid by the Landlord to the Guarantor and of other valuable
consideration (the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by the Guarantor)
hereby directly and unconditionally guarantees to and covenants with the
Landlord that the Tenant will duly perform, observe and keep each and every
covenant, proviso, condition and agreement in this Lease on 

                                     52
<PAGE>   53

the part of the Tenant to be performed, observed and kept, including the
payment of rent and all other sums and payments agreed to be paid or payable
under this Lease on the days and at the times and in the manner herein
specified, and that if any default shall be made by the Tenant, whether in
payment of rent or other sums from time to time falling due hereunder as and
when the same becomes due and payable or in the performance, observance or
keeping of any of the said covenants, provisos, conditions or agreements which
under the terms of this Lease are to be performed, observed or kept by the
Tenant, the Guarantor will forthwith pay to the Landlord on demand the said
rent and other sums in respect of which such default shall have occurred and
all damages that may arise in consequence of the non-observance or
non-performance of any of the said covenants, provisos, conditions or
agreements.  The guarantor's guarantee is for a two (2) year period from the
first day of the term of this Lease.

26.2  JOINTLY BOUND   The Guarantor is jointly and severally bound with the
Tenant as principal debtor or obligor and not as surety, for the fulfillment of
all obligations of the Tenant under this Lease. In the enforcement of its
rights hereunder the Landlord may proceed against the Guarantor as if the
Guarantor were named as Tenant hereunder, and any notice given by the Landlord
to the Tenant shall be deemed to have been given also to the Guarantor.

26.3  WAIVER   The Guarantor waives any right to require the Landlord to
proceed against the Tenant or to proceed against or to exhaust any Security
hold from the Tenant or to pursue any other remedy whatsoever which may be
available to the Landlord before proceeding against the Guarantor.

26.4  NO RELIEF OF OBLIGATIONS  No neglect or forbearance of the Landlord in
endeavouring to obtain payment of the rent observed herein or other payments
required to be made under the provisions of this Lease as and when the same
become due, no delays of the Landlord in taking any steps to enforce
performance or observance of the several covenants, provisos and conditions
contained in the Lease to be performed, observed or kept by the Tenant, no
extension or extensions of time which may be given by the Landlord from time to
time to the Tenant, no consent by the Landlord to any assigning or subletting
by the Tenant, and no other act or failure to act of or by the Landlord shall
release, 

                                     53
<PAGE>   54

discharge or in any way reduce the obligations of the Guarantor under
the provisions of this Article.

26.5  [text deleted]

26.6 JURISDICTION OF ENFORCEMENT The Guarantor hereby submits to the
jurisdiction of the Courts of the Province of British Columbia in any action or
proceeding whatsoever by the Landlord to enforce its rights hereunder. If the
Guarantor consists of more than one person, the obligations of each person
named herein as the Guarantor shall be joint and several.

ARTICLE 27 - MISCELLANEOUS

27.1  ACCORD AND SATISFACTION  No payment by the Tenant or receipt by the
Landlord of a lesser amount than rent herein stipulated will be considered to
be other than on account of the earliest stipulated rent, nor will an
endorsement or statement on a cheque or in a letter accompanying a cheque or
payment as rent be considered to be an accord or satisfaction, and the Landlord
may accept a cheque or payment without prejudice to the Landlord's right to
recover the balance of the rent or pursue any other remedy.

27.2  NO PARTNERSHIP  The Landlord does not in any way or for any purpose
become a partner of or joint venturer or a member of a joint enterprise with
the Tenant. The provisions of this Lease relating to percentage rent are solely
to provide a method of computing rent and neither the method of computing rent
nor any other provision of this Lease creates a relationship between the
parties other than that of Landlord or Tenant.

27.3  UNAVOIDABLE DELAY  If there is an Unavoidable Delay in the performance of
an act or compliance with a covenant or condition, performance or compliance
during the period of the Unavoidable Delay will be excused and the period for
the performance or compliance will be extended for a period equal to the period
of the Unavoidable Delay.

27.4  PARTIAL INVALIDITY  If a term, covenant or condition of this Lease or the
application thereof to any person or circumstances is held to any extent
invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease or the application of the
term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those as to
which it is held invalid or unenforceable will not be affected.



                                     54
<PAGE>   55

27.5 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY  If two or more individuals, corporations,
partnerships or other business associations (or a combination of two or more)
are the Tenant, the liability of each individual corporation, partnership or
other business association to pay rent and perform all other obligations
hereunder is joint and several. If the Tenant is a partnership or other
business association the members of which are by virtue of statute or general
law subject to personal liability, the liability of each member is joint and
several.

27.6  SUBMISSION OF LEASE NOT AN OFFER  The submission of this Lease for
examination or execution does not constitute an offer by the Landlord to lease
on the terms of this Lease and this Lease becomes effective only upon execution
and delivery thereof by the Landlord to the Tenant.

27.7  REGISTRATION  The Tenant shall have the right to register this Lease in
the Vancouver/New Westminster Land Title Office, provided the Tenant is not in
default of any of the terms and conditions of the lease. The Landlord shall not
be obligated to deliver this Lease in registrable form and all costs relative
to such registration shall be the responsibility of the Tenant, including but
not limited to costs of any special surveys or drawings required.

27.8 NOTICE  A notice, demand, request, statement or other evidence required or
permitted to be given under this Lease must be written and will be sufficicntly
given if delivered in person to the Landlord or the Tenant, or to an officer of
the Landlord or of the Tenant, as the case may be, or mailed in the Province of
British Columbia by registered mail addressed

      (a)  if to the Landlord, as follows:
                                          
           306283 British Columbia Ltd.   
           1307 West Georgia Street       
           Vancouver, British Columbia    
           V6E 3K5                        

and

      (b)  if to the Tenant, as follows:

           Capers Management Holdings Inc.



                                     55

<PAGE>   56
            2496 Marine Drive
            West Vancouver, British Columbia
            V7V 1L1

and

      (c)   if to the Guarantor(s), as follows:

            Encore Resources Ltd.
            2496 Marine Drive
            West Vancouver, British Columbia
            V7V 1L1


A notice, demand, request, statement or other instrument mailed as aforesaid
will be considered to have been given to the party to which it is addressed on
the sccond business day following the date of mailing. In the event of
interruptions in the normal postal service a notice will be deemed received
when actually received by the party to whom it is addressed.

A party at any time may give notice to the other party of a change of its
address, and after the giving of the notice the address therein specificd will
be considered to be the address of the party which gave the notice.

27.9  NO MODIFICATION  This writing is intended by the parties as a final
expression of their agreement and as a complete and exclusive statement of the
terms thereof, all negotiations, considerations and representations between the
parties having been incorporated herein. No course of prior dealings between
the parties or their officers, employees, agents or affiliates shall be
relevant or admissible to supplement, explain or vary any of the terms of this
Lease. Acceptance of, or acquiescence in, a course of performance rendered
under this or any prior agreement between the parties or their affiliates shall
not be relevant or admissible to determine the Caning of any of the terms of
this Lease. No representations, understandings or agreements have been made or
relied upon in the making of this Lease other than those specifically set forth
herein. This Lease can be modified only by a writing signed by the party
against whom the modification is enforceable.

27.10  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS  This Lease binds and benefits the parties and
their respective heirs, executors, administrators, 


                                     56
<PAGE>   57

successors and assigns.  No rights, however, benefit an assignee of the Tenant
unless under Section 13.1 the assignment was consented to or did not require a
consent.


                                       57
<PAGE>   58

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed these presents on the day and year
first above written.


LANDLORD:


THE CORPORATE SEAL of             )
306283 BRITISH COLUMBIA LTD       )
was hereunto affixed in the       )
presence of:                      )
                                  )
        S. C.                     )    C/S
- --------------------------------  )
Authorized Signatory              )
                                  )
                                  )
- --------------------------------  )
Authorized Signatory              )



TENANT:

THE CORPORATE SEAL of             )
                                  )
Capers Management Holding Inc.    )
was hereunto affixed in the       )
presence of:                      )    C/S
                                  )
Russell Precious                  )
- --------------------------------  )
Authorized Signatory              )
                                  )
Harley Rothstein                  )
- --------------------------------  )
Authorized Signatory              )


                                     58

<PAGE>   1
                             SHOPPING CENTER LEASE

                   NAME OF CENTER:  THE PLAZA AT CHERRY CREEK


1.  PARTIES.  This Lease, dated as of this 19th day of January, 1990, is made
by and between COUNTRY CLUB PLAZA ASSOCIATES (herein called "Landlord") and
ALFALFA'S CHERRY CREEK, INC. (herein called "Tenant").

2.  PREMISES.  Landlord does hereby lease to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases
from Landlord that certain space (herein called "Premises"), containing
approximately 16,300 square feet of floor area; 11,300 square feet on the
ground level, 2,000 square feet in the basement, and 3,000 square feet on the
second level, located at 201 University Bouldvard, Denver, Colorado.  The
location and dimensions of said Premises are delineated on Exhibit "A" attached
hereto and incorporated by reference herein.  Said Premises are located in the
City and County of Denver, State of Colorado.  This Lease is subject to the
terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth and the Tenant covenants as a
material part of the consideration for the Lease to keep and perform each and
all of said terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed.

3.  USE.  Tenant shall use the Premises for a grocery store, food prep and
kitchen, delicatessen, cafe, floral shop and general offices, and shall not use
or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose without the prior
written consent of  Landlord.  Tenant understands that hoods and vents are not
allowed.

4.  MINIMUM RENT.

    4.A.  I.   Tenant shall pay o Landlord $8,479.00 as minimum rent for the
Premises for the months of January and February, 1990, unless no minimum rent
is to be paid as provided herein.  Rent shall be payable on the twenty-first
day of each month, commencing January 21, 1990.  No proration of rent shall be
payable if the lease is executed prior to January 21, 1990.

          II.  Tenant shall have the obligation, on or before February 21,
1990, to obtain the financing contemplated in Section 4.B. below and to provide
Landlord with written notice confirming such financing.  Any such notice shall
be deemed to be given, for purposes of calculating rent due and free-rent
periods, effective as of the next succeeding twenty-first day of a month.  (For
example, if Tenant gives notice on February 2 that financing has been obtained,
Tenant's notice shall be deemed effective February 21, and the six-months' free
rent shall commence on February 22 and full rent shall be next due on August
21, 1990.)  Upon Tenant notifying Landlord that Tenant has obtained financing
as contemplated in Section 4.B. below, Tenant shall build out and occupy the
Premises for the following six-month period rent-free.  Thereafter Tenant shall
pay the rental rate as provided in Paragraph 4.A.III below.
<PAGE>   2
          III. upon Termination of the six-month rent-free period as provided
in 4.A.II above, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as minimum rent in advance, on
the twenty-first day of each month, the following rental rates without notice
or demand:
               (a)  $17,791.66 until such time as Tenant's sales on the
Premises for any consecutive 20-week period exceed $3,100,000.00, and
thereafter

               (b)  Once tenant's sales on the Premises for any consecutive
20-week period exceeds $3,100,000, then Tenant's Minimum Rent, regardless of
what Tenant' Minimum Rent may be at that time, shall automatically increase for
the remainder of the term of this Lease by $1,479.00 per month;

               (c)  Once Tenant's sales on the Premises for any consecutive
20-week period exeeds $3,300,000, then Tenant's Minimum Rent, regardless of
what Tenant' Minimum Rent may be at that time, shall automatically increase for
the remainder of the term of this Lease by $1,096.50 per month.

Prior to Tenant's satisfying the financing contingency, if Tenant should miss
any half-months rental payment ($8,479.00), then this Lease shall terminate at
the option of the Landlord and all monies paid by Tenant to Landlord may be
kept by Landlord as liquidated damages.  Tenant shall have two (2) months in
which to obtain financing.  Additionally, Tenant must deliver written notice to
Landlord stating that financing has been obtained on or before February 21,
1990 or this Lease shall automatically terminate, and Landlord may keep all
monies paid by Tenant to Landlord as liquidated damages.  If this Lease
terminates as described above this Paragraph then Landlord waives the right to
damages, including specific performance, other than the liquidated damages
described above.  Once Tenant has delivered written notice to Landlord stating
that financing has been obtained then the financing contingency shall be deemed
satisfied and Tenant shall no longer have any rights to terminate this Lease
due to lack of financing.

Rent for any period which is for less than one (1) month shall be a prorated
portion of the monthly installment herein based upon a thirty (30) day month.
Said rental shall be paid to Landlord, without deduction of offset, except as
provided herein, in lawful money of the United States of America and at such
place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein all payments are recognized to be payments as a
gross lease payment amount per square foot as it relates to the total amount
paid.

         4.B. Financing Contingency.

During the first two (2) months Tenant shall seek financing sufficient, in
Tenant's determination, to allow Tenant to finish the space for use as
described herein for said location and deliver notice to Landlord that Tenant
has obtained financing.  Tenant shall use its best efferts to obtain said
financing.

Tenant shall be deemed to have used its best efforts if Tenant obtains and
rejects financing which Tenant, in its good faith determination, feels is
uneconomic given the terms of such financing.
<PAGE>   3

         4.C. Escalations.

Minimum Rent shall change each year by the percentage change in the Consumer
Price Index - All Urban Consumers, Denver Metropolitan Area All Item, ("CPI")
for the twelve (12) months most recently reported by the U.S. Bureau of Labor
Statistics over the CPI, for the prior twelve (12) months, but in no event more
than four (4%) percent per year.  Minimum Rent actually payable shall be
adjusted once each two (2) years.

         4.D. Hoods and Vents.

Both Tenant and Landlord desire for Tenant to have hoods and vents in the
location for the purpose of cooking food on site.  Presently the zoning does
not allow Tenant to cook food on site.  Landlord shall diligently pursue all
necessary approvals to allow on site cooking.  Tenant shall fully cooperate
with Landlord in any and all efforts Landlord may undertake, including a
rezoning of the parcel, which Landlord might undertake for the purpose of
allowing Tenant to cook on site.  In the event that Landlord fails in its
efforts to obtain a variance or a rezoning thus allowing Tenant to cook on
site, then Landlord shall give Tenant a rental abatement of $30,000.00 per year
for a period of 5 years.  Notwithstanding anything stated to the contrary
herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to, nor shall Landlord give to Tenant any
rental subsidy after the date which is 5 years from the date of Alfalfa's grand
opening or the date on which hoods and vents are allowed for on site cooking,
whichever comes first.  The abovementioned rental abatement shall not begin
until Alfalfa's opens for business.  Said rental abatement shall reduce each
month's Minimum Rent by $2,500.00, but only for the abovementioned rental
abatement period.  Regardless of how many years this rental abatement has or
has not been in existence, if at any time during this Lease on site cooking is
approved or allowed by any and all governmental authorities having jurisdiction
thereof then the Minimum Rent abatement shall cease to exist from that day
forward, however Tenant has no obligation to repay the previously abated
monthly amounts.

5. TERM.

    A.   Primary Term.  The primary term of this Lease shall be ten (10) full
calendar years.  The parties hereto acknowledge that certain obligations under
various articles hereof may commence prior to the lease term, i.e.
construction, hold harmless, liability insurance, etc.; and the parties agree
to be bound by these articles prior to commencement of the lease term.

    B.   Option to Extend.  The Tenant shall have three (3) five-year options
to extend the term.  Rent during each renewal shall be the market rate for
comparable space in a comparable location.  However, under no circumstances
whatsoever shall the rent in any given year be less than the minimum rent in
the preceding year, as adjusted by CPI pursuant to Section 4.C. above.  Market
shall be determined as follows:  each side shall choose an appraiser; if the
two appraisers cannot agree they will choose a third appraiser and all three
appraisers will determine the market
<PAGE>   4
value of the space at that time.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
stated in this Paragraph, under no circumstances shall Tenant's rent ever
increase by more than thirty (30%) percent of Tenant's Minimum rent in the
preceding year.

    C.   Termination Option.  In the event that Alfalfa's has no 20-week period
during the first three years after the date Alfalfa's opens for business in
which the total sales for said 20 weeks is greater than $3.5 Million, then
Alfalfa's shall have an option to terminate this Lease as follows.  Alfalfa's
shall have 90 days after the third anniversary of the date Alfalfa's opens for
business in which to notify Landlord that it wishes to exercise its option to
terminate this Lease.  If Tenant does not give Landlord written notice of said
intention to terminate this Lease within said 90 day period, then any and all
options Alfalfa's has to terminate this Lease under this clause shall cease to
exist.  If Alfalfa's notifies Landlord it wishes to exercise this option to
terminate this Lease, it must inform Landlord in said written notification the
exact date on which this Lease will terminate.  This termination date cannot be
sooner than six (6) months from the date of notification not later than one (1)
year from the date of notification.

Notwithstanding the above in the event in any given 20 weeks in the first three
years Tenant has gross sales of $3.5 Million or greater during any given saie
20-week period, the option to terminate as described in thsi Paragraph 5.C.,
shall cease at that time.

Notwithstanding the above, to exercise this option Alfalfa's must deliver to
Landlord $135,000.00 in the form of a cashier's check or certified funds within
30 days after the date of notice of termination, otherwise this clause shall be
null and void and Tenant shall have no options to terminate this Lease pursuant
to this Paragraph 5.C., and the above notice of termination if already given
shall be deemed invalid and void.

6. SECURITY DEPOSIT. (Intentionally eliminated from this Lease.)

7. ADDITIONAL CHARGES.

    A.   Percentage Rent.

         I.  In addition to the Minimum Rent to be paid by Tenant pursuant to
Article 4, Tenant shall pay to Landlord at the time and in the manner herein
specified additional rent in an amount equal to one (1%) percent of all gross
sales between $175,000 - $200,000 and two (2%) percent of all gross sales
between $200,000 - $250,000 and three (3%) percent of all gross sales above
$250,000 per week which are made in, upon or from the Premises during each
calendar year of the Lease term.

         II. Within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter
following commencement of rents, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a statement
in writing, certified by Tenant to be correct, showing the total gross sales
made in, upon, or from the Premises during each week of the preceding calendar
quarter, and shall
<PAGE>   5
accompany each such statement with a payment to Landlord equal to said
hereinabove stated percentage of the total quarterly gross sales made in, upon,
or from the Premises during each calendar quarter, less the Minimum Rent for
such prior calendar quarter, if previously paid.  Said statement and payment
shall be made with the succeeding month's regular minimum rental payment.
Within sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar year of the term hereof,
Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a statement in writing, certified by an
officer of Tenant to be correct, showing the total gross sales by months made
in, upon, or from the Premises during the preceding calendar year, and within
30 days thereafter an adjustment shall be made between Landlord and Tenant to
the end that the total percentage rent paid for each such calendar year shall
be a sum equal to said hereinabove stated percentage of the total gross sales
made in, upon, or from the Premises during each calendar year of the term
hereof, less the Minimum Rent pursuant to Article 4 for each such calendar
year, if previously paid, so that at the Percentage Rent, although payable
quarterly, shall be computed and adjusted on an annual basis.

         III.    The term "gross sales" as used in this Lease shall include the
entire gross receipts of every kind and nature from sales and services made in,
upon, of from the Premises, whether upon credit or for cash in every department
operating in the Premises, which are operated by the Tenant but not by
subtenant or subtenants, (provided that under no circumstances may the
summation of the square footage of all said subtenants exceed 1,500 square
feet), excepting therefrom any rebates and/or refunds to customers and the
amount of all sales tax receipts which has to be accounted for by Tenant to any
government, or any governmental agency and any sale not in the ordinary course
or any bulk or wholesale sale of Tenant's inventory or fixtures.  Sales upon
credit shall be deemed cash sales and shall be included in the gross sales for
the period which the merchandise is delivered to the customers, whether or not
title to the merchandise passes with delivery.  Transfer of merchandise and
food between stores shall not be considered gross sales.

    IV.  For the purpose of ascertaining the percentage rent due and/or
verifying the accuracy of any statement of gross sales, the Tenant shall keep
at its general offices books and records of all gross receipts during each
month of the term hereof, and all supporting records such as excise tax
reports, state sales tax, business and occupation tax, and gross income tax
reports; and said records will be retained for at least three (3) years after
the percentage rent period to which such records relate.  All such records
shall be open to inspection and audit of Landlord and its agents at all
reasonable times upon two (2) days notice during ordinary business hours, not
exceeding once each quarter.

The Landlord may once in any calendar year cause an audit of the business of
Tenant to be made by an accountant of Landlord's selection and if the statement
of gross sales perviously made to Landlord shall be found to be inaccurate,
then and in that event, there shall be an adjustment and one party shall pay to
the other on
<PAGE>   6
demand such sums as may be necessary to settle in full the accurate amount of
said percentage rent that should have been paid for the period or periods
covered by such inaccurate statement or statements.  Tenant shall keep all said
records for three (3) years.  If said audit shall disclose an inaccuracy in
favor of Tenant of greater than a three (3%) percent error with respect to the
amount of gross sales reported by Tenant for the period of said report, then
the Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord the cost of such audit; otherwise,
the cost of such audit shall be paid by Landlord.  If such audit shall disclose
any inaccuracies exceeding six (6% percent, Tenant shall immediately pay to
Landlord in addition to all other sums owed to Landlord a penalty of 1.5 times
the amount of said inaccuracy.

    7.B. Adjustments

         I.  In addition to the Minimum Rent provided in Article 4 herinabove,
and commencing at the same time as any rental commences under this Lease Tenant
shall pay to Landlord the following items, herein called Adjustments.

             (a) Tenant shall pay Tenant's pro rata share, equal to the square
footage of the Premises divided by the total square footage of the Shopping
Center, of the costs set forth below.  For purposes of this Lease, Tenant's pro
rata share shall be 33%.  Tenant's pro rata share may decrease if the total
square footage of the Center expands, but Tenant's pro rata share shall not
increase, unless Tenant rents additional square footage from Landlord.

                 (i)     All real estate taxes and assessments for the Shopping
Center, including land, buildings and other improvements;

                 (ii)    Insurance premium for insurance required to be
carried by Landlord pursuant to Section 16 below on the Shopping Center,
including the Common Areas.  For purposes hereof, "Common Areas" shall be all
parking lots, pylon signs for the Shopping Center, sidewalks, driveways,
service corridors and other areas used in common by tenants without the
obligation to pay rent;

                 (iii)   Costs of maintenance, repair (other than costs of
structural repairs, of which Tenant shall not bear any portion), and
replacement of the Shopping Center including but not limited to its landscaping
and Common Areas;

                 (iv)    Utility costs for operation of Common Areas;

                 (v)     All costs to supervise and administer said common area,
parking lots, sidewalks, driveways, and other areas used in common by the
tenants or occupants of the Shopping Center, not to exceed in fees paid to
third parties and Landlord to supervise and administer same, an amount equal to
fifteen (15%) percent of the total costs of (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) above.

             (b) (section deleted)

             (c) In no event shall the foregoing charges exceed the actual
costs (including actual management fees paid) to operate the Center.  Tenant
shall have the right, at its own cost not more than once each quarter, to audit
Landlord's records.  If any such audit shows an overstatement of costs by more
than three (3%) percent, Landlord shall pay the cost of the audit.  Landlord
shall also promptly reimburse Tenant for any overpayments made by Tenant.
<PAGE>   7
             (d) From this date forward until Tenant is required to pay full
rent under this Lease, but in no event after September 21, 1990, Tenant shall
pay 1/2 of all CAM charges due on a monthly basis.  Once full rent commences
Tenant shall pay to Landlord full CAM from that date forward.  CAM in this
Paragraph refers to all adjustments.

         II. Upon commencement of rental Landlord shall submit to Tenant a
statement of the anticipated monthly Adjustmens for the period between such
commencement and the following January and Tenant shall pay these Adjustments
on a monthly basis concurrently with the payment of the Rent.  Tenant shall
continue to make said monthly payments until notified by Landlord of a change
thereof.  By March 1 of each year Landlord shall give Tenant a statement,
certified by Landlord's officers, of the total actual Adjustments for the
Shopping Center for the prior calendar year and Tenant's allocable share
therof, prorated from the commencement of rental.  Said notice shall also serve
as a notice of future monthly adjustment for the current year.  In the event
the total of the monthly payments which Tenant has made for the prior calendar
year is less than the Tenant's actual share of such Adjustments then Tenant
shall pay the difference in a lump sum within twenty days after receipt of such
statement from Landlord.  Any over-payment by Tenant shall be refunded by
Landlord within 20 days after receipt of such notice.  The actual Adjustments
for the prior year shall be used for purposes of calculating the anticipated
monthly Adjustments for the then current year with actual determination of such
Adjustments after each calendar year as above provided; excepting that in any
year in which resurfacing of parking areas is completed Landlord shall be
permitted to include the cost of same as part of the estimated monthly
Adjustments, amortized over two years.  Once the term has expired and Tenant
has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant's
share of said Adjustments for the year in which this Lease terminates, Tenant
shall immediately pay any increase due over the estimated Adjustments
previously paid and, conversely, any overpayment made shall be immediately
rebated by Landlord to Tenant.  Failure of Landlord to submit statements as
called for herein shall not be deemed to be a waiver of Tenant's requirement to
pay sums as herein provided.

8.  USES PROHIBITED.  Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or
about the Premises nor bring or keep anything therin which is not within the
permitted use of the premises which will in any way increase the existing rate
of or affect any fire or other insurance upon the Building or any of its
contents, or cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering said
Building or any part thereof or any of its contents.  Tenant shall not do
anything in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere
with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure them or
use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful or objectionable purpose;
nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the
Premises.  Tenant shall not commit or allow to be committed any waste in or
upon the Premises.
<PAGE>   8
9.  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  Tenant shall not use the Premises, or permit anything
to be done in or about the Premises, which will in any way conflict with any
law, stature, ordinance or governmental rule or regulation now in force or
which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated.  Tenant shall, at its sole cost
and expense, promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances and
governmental rules, regulations or requirements now in force or which may
hereafter be in force and with the requirements of any board of fire
underwriters or other similar bodies now or hereafter constituted relating to
or affecting the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises, excluding
material or structural changes not related to or required by Tenant's
improvements or specific use of the Premises.  The judgment of any court of
competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any action against Tenant,
whether Landlord be a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any law,
statute, ordinance or governmental rule, regulation or requirement, shall be
conclusive of that fact as between the Landlord and Tenant.

10. ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS.  Tenant shall not make or allow to be made any
material alterations, additions or improvements to or of the Premises or any
part thereof without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord and any
alterations, additions or improvements to or of said Premises, including, but
not limited to, wall covering, paneling and built-in cabinet work, but
excepting movable furniture and trade fixtures, shall become a part of the
realty and belong to the Landlord at the termination of this Lease and shall be
surrendered with the Premises.  In the event Landlord consents to the making of
any material alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises by Tenant,
the same shall be made by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense.

11. REPAIRS

    11.A. By entry hereunder, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the
Premises as being in good, sanitary order, condition and repair, latent defects
excepted.  Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, keep the order,
condition and repair, latent defects excepted.  Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole
cost and expense, keep the Premises and every part thereof in good condition
and repair (except as hereinafter provided with respect to Landlord's
obligations) including without limitation, the maintenance, replacement and
repair of any storefront, doors, window casements, glazing, heating and
air-conditioning system (when there is an air-conditioning system, Tenant shall
obtain a service contract for repairs and maintenance of said system, said
maintenance contract to conform to the requirements under the warranty, if any,
on said system), plumbing, pipes, electrical wiring and conduits.  Tenant
shall, upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease hereof,
surrender the Premises to the Landlord in good condition, broom clean, ordinary
wear and tear and damages for which Tenant has compensated Landlord, unless it
states elsewhere in this Lease that Tenant has no such obligation, damage from
causes beyond the reasonable control of Tenant excepted.  Any damage to
adjacent premises caused by Tenant's contractors or Tenant's agents shall be
repaired at the sole cost and expense of Tenant.  Notwithstanding
<PAGE>   9
anything stated to the contrary in this Paragraph, Tenant shall only be
responsible for the maintenance and repair of items Tenant installs.

    11.B. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 11.A. herinabove, Landlord
shall repair and maintain the structural portions of the Shopping Center,
including the exterior walls.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for amounts not
covered by insurance and incurred by Landlord, to the extent such maintenance
and repairs are caused in part or in whole by the negligence of Tenant, its
agents, servants, or employees.  Landlord shall not be liable for any failure
to make such repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall
persist for 5 days in the event of an emergency or 20 days for all other
repairs, after written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance is
given to Landlord by Tenant.  Additionally, Landlord shall not be liable if
Landlord has commenced work in the specified 5 of 20 day period and diligently
pursues said repairs to completion, even if said repairs take longer than the
said 5 or 20 days to complete.  Except as provided in Article 25 hereof, there
shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any
injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising from the making of any
repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Building or
the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein.

12. LIENS.  Tenant shall keep the Premises and the property in which the
Premises are situated free from any liens arising out of any work performed,
materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant.
Landlord may require, at Landlord's sole option, that Tenant shall provide to
Landlord, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, a lien and completion bond in an
amount equal to the estimated cost of any improvements, additions, or
alterations in the Premises which exceed $10,000.00 and which the Tenant
desires to make, to insure Landlord against any liability for mechanics' and
materialmen's liens and to insure completion of the work.

12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.  Tenant shall not either voluntarily, or by
operation of law, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber
this Lease or any interest therein, and shall not sublet the said Premises or
any part thereof, or any right or privelege appurtenant thereto, other than as
sublet of the portion of the space to a floral shop concession and/or
delicatessen or cafe, and the total of the above sublet space shall not exceed
1,500 square feet, or allow any other person (the employees, agent, servants
and invitees of Tenant excepted) to occupy or use the said Premises, or any
portion therof, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  A consent to one assignment,
subletting, occupation or use by any other person shall not be deemed to be a
consent to any subsequent assignment, subletting, occupation or use by any
other person.  Consent to any such assignment or subletting shall in no way
relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease.  Any such assignment or
subletting without such consent shall be void and shall, at the option of the
Landlord, constitute a default under the terms of this Lease.
<PAGE>   10
In the event that Landlord shall consent to a sublease or assignment hereunder,
Tenant shall pay Landlord reasonable fees, not to exceed Three Hundred and
No/100ths ($300.00) Dollars, incurred in connection with the processing of
documents necessary to giving of such consent.  Tenant cannot sublet to any
tenant outside of the Tenant's use as described in the use clause, nor may
Tenant change its use without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord.
It shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold consent for any use or
subtenant not within the stated use allowed herein which would compete with any
other tenant in the center.

14. HOLD HARMLESS.  Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord agaist
and from any and all claims arising from Tenant's use of the Premises or from
the conduct of its business and shall further indemnify and hold harmless
Landlord against and from any and all claims arising from any breach or default
in the performance of any material obligation on Tenant's part to be performed
under the terms of this Lease, or arising from any misconduct or negligence of
the Tenant, or any officer, agent or employee of Tenant, and from all costs,
attorney's fees, and liabilities incurred in or about the defense of any such
claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon and in case any action or
proceeding be brought against Landlord by reason of such claim, Tenant upon
notice to Landlord may assume the defense of the same at Tenant's expense by
reasonably comptetent counsel.  Tenant, as a material part of the consideration
to Landlord, hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons
in, upon or about the Premises, from any cause other than Landlord, its agents
or employees misconduct or negligence; and Tenant hereby waives all claims for
which Tenant has assumed risk above against Landlord.  Tenant shall give notice
to Landlord in case of casualty or accidents in the Premises as soon as Tenant
becomes aware of such occurrence.

Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for any loss or damage to persons or
property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas,
electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Building or from
the pipes, appliances or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street or
subsurface or from any other place resulting from dampness or any other cause
whatsoever, unless caused by or due to the negligence or misconduct of
Landlord, its agents, servants or employees.  Landlord or its agents shall not
be liable for interference with the light or air in or about the Premises.

15. SUBROGATION.  Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive their respective
rights of recovery against each other for any loss insured by fire, extended
coverage and other property insurance policies existing for the benefit of the
respective parties.  Each party shall apply to their insurers to obtain said
waivers.  Each party shall obtain any special endorsements, if required by
their insurer to evidence compliance with the aforementioned waiver.
<PAGE>   11
16. LIABILITY INSURANCE.  Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, obtain and keep in
force during the term of this Lease a policy of comprehensive public liability
insurance insuring Landlord and Tenant against any liability arising out of the
ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises as described in
Paragraph 2 of this Lease.  Tenant shall also carry liability coverage for
Tenant's service area in the alley and Tenant's sidewalk for any and all
accidents which occur due to Tenant's operations in said area.  Such insurance
shall be in the amount of not less than $300,000.00 for injury or death of one
person in any on accident or occurrence and in the amount of not less than
$500,000.00 for injury or death of more than one person in any one accident or
occurrence.  Such insurance shal further insure Landlord and Tenant against
liability for property damage of at least $50,000.00.  The limit of any such
insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of the Tenant hereunder.
Tenant may provide this insuarance under a blanket policy, provided that said
insurance shall have a Landlord's protective liability endorsement attached
thereto.  If Tenant shall fail to procure and maintain said insurance, Landlord
may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain same, but at the
expense of Tenant.  Insurance shall be by Grocer's Insurance or by another
company of greater or equal financial strength.  Tenant shall deliver to
Landlord, prior to right of entry, copies of policies of liability insurance
required herein or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of such
insurance with loss payable clauses satisfactory to Landlord.  No policy shall
be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage without notice to Landlord.
All such policies shall be written as primary policies not contributing with
and not in excess of coverage which landlord may carry.

Landlord shall obtain and maintaing the following insurance on the Shopping
Center throughout the term of this Lease and any renewals thereof:

    (a)  public liability insurance in an amount not less than $500,000 per
person and $1,000,000 per occurrence;

    (b)  fire and extended coverage insurance on the Center in not less than
the full replacement value thereof as adjusted not less than once each year to
include increases in replacement value.  Such insurance shall provide
protection against any peril generally indluded in the classification of "All
Risk" coverage, including protection against sprinkler damage and malicious
mischief.  The amount of the deductible shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence.

17. UTILITIES.  Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, sewer
charges, telephone service and all other services and utilities supplied to the
Premises, together with any taxes thereon.  If any such services are not
separately metered to Tenant, Tenant shall pay thirty-one (31%) percent of all
charges jointly metered with other premises.

18. PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES.  Tenant shall pay, or cause to be paid, before
delinquency any and all taxes levied or assessed and which become payable
during the term hereof upon all Tenant's leasehold improvements, equipment,
furniture, fixtures, and any other personal property located in the Premises.
In the event any or all of the Tenant's leasehold improvements, equipment,
furniture,
<PAGE>   12
fixtures and other personal property shall be assessed and taxed with the real
property, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its share of such taxes within ten (10)
days after delivery to Tenant by Landlord of a statement in writing setting
forth the amount of such taxes applicaple to Tenant's property.

19. RULES AND REGULATIONS.  Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the
rules and regulations attached hereto.  The rules and regulations shall be
binding upon the Tenant upon delivery of a copy of them to Tenant.  Landlord
shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non performance of any said rules
and regulations by any other tenants or occupants, unless said violation
substantially interfered with or damages Tenant's business and Landlord had
reasonable written notice and failed to act.  Any further rules and regulations
shall be by mutual consent.

20. HOLDING OVER.  If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises or any part
thereof after the expiration of the term hereof without the express written
consent of Landlord, such occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month at a
rental in the amount of the last Monthly minimum Rent, plus all other charges
payable hereunder, and upon all the terms herof applicable to a month to month
tenancy.

21. ENTRY BY LANDLORD.  Landlord reserves, and shall at any and all times have,
the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to submit said Premises to
prospective purchasers (or within six months of the termination hereof to
tenants) or to post notices of non-responsibility, to repair the Premises and
any portion of the Building of which the Premises are a part that Landlord may
deem necessary or desirable, without abatement of rent, and may for that
purpose erect scaffolding and other necessary structures where reasonably
required by the character of the work to be performed, always providing that
the entrance to the Premises shall not be unreasonably blocked thereby, and
further providing that the business of the Tenant shall not be interfered with
unreasonably.  Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which
Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency, in order to obtain
entry to the Premises without liability to Tenant except for any failure to
exercise due care for Tenant's property and any entry to the Premises obtained
by Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise, shall not under any
circumstances by construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into,
or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or
any portion thereof.

22. TENANT'S DEFAULT.  The occurrence of any one or more of the following
events shall constitute a default and breach of this Lease by Tenant.

    22.A. The vacating or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant.
<PAGE>   13
    22.B. The failure by Tenant to make any payment of rent or any other
payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, as and when due, where such
failure shall continue for a period of forty (40) days after written notice
thereof by Landlord to Tenant.

    22.C. The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the material
covenants, conditions, or provisions of this Lease to be observed or perfomed
by the Tenant, other than described in Article 22.B., above, where such failure
shall continue for a period of thiry (30) days after written notice hereof by
Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant's default
is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure,
then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure
within said thirty (30) days period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such
cure to completion.

    22.D. The making by Tenant of any general assignment or general arrangment
for the benefit of creditors; or the filing by or against Tenant of a petition
to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt, if not withdrawn in 60 days or a petition
or reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless,
in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within
sixty (60) days); or the appointment of a trustee or a receiver to take
possession of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or
of Tenant's interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant
within thirty (30) days; or the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure
of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's
interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged in thirty (30)
days.

23. REMEDIES IN DEFAULT.  In the event of any such default or breach by Tenant,
Landlord may at any time thereafter, in his sole discretion, with or without
notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of a right or
remedy which Landlord may have by reason of such default or breach:

    23.A. Terminate Tenant's right to possession of the Premises by any lawful
means, in which case this Lease Landlord shall teminate and Tenant shall
immediatly surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord.  In such event
Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all reasonable damages
incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant's default including, but not limited
to, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises; expenses of reletting,
including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises; reasonable
attorney's fees' and the worth at the time of award by the court having
jurisdiction thereof of the amount by which the unpaid rent and other charges
and Adjustments called for herein for the balance of the term at the time of
such award discounted to present value, exceeds the amount of such loss for the
same period that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and that portion of
any leasing commission paid by Landlord and applicable to the unexpired term of
this Lease.  Unpaid installments of rent or other sums shall bear interest from
the date due at 15% per annum; or
<PAGE>   14
    23.B. Maintain Tenant's right to possession, in which case this Lease shall
continue in effect whether or not Tenant shall have abandoned the Premises.  In
such event Landlord shall be entitled to enforce all of Landlord's rights and
remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent and any
other charges and Adjustments as may become due hereunder, and Landlord shall
use its reasonable efforts to relet the Premises; or

    23.C. Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Landlord under
the laws or judicial decisions of the State in which the Premises are located.

24. DEFAULT BY LANDLORD.  Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord
fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but
in no event later than thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to
Landlord and to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the
Premises whose name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Tenant
in writing, specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligation;
provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord's obligation is such that
more than thirty (30) days are required for performance then Landlord shall not
be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day
period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.  In no
event shall Tenant have the right to terminate this Lease as a result of
Landlord's default and Tenant's remedies shall be limited to damages and/or an
injunction.

25. RECONSTRUCTION.  In the event the Premises are damaged by fire or other
perils covered by extended coverage insurance required to be held by Landlord
pursuant to Section 16 above, Landlord agrees to forthwith repair same, and
this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that Tenant shall be
entitled to a proportionate reduction of the Minimum Rent and Adjustments from
the date of damage and while such repairs are being made, such proportionate
reduction to be based upon the extent to which the damage and making of such
repairs shall reasonably interfere with the business carried on by the Tenant
in the Premises.  If the damage is due to the negligence or misconduct of
Tenant or its employees, there shall be no abatement of rent.

In the event the Premises are damaged as a result of any cause other than the
perils covered by fire and extended coverage insurance required to be held by
Landlord pursuant to Section 16 above, then Landlord shall forthwith repair the
same, provided the extent of the destruction be less than ten (10%) percent of
the then full replacement cost of the Premises.  In the event the destruction
of the Premises is to an extent of ten (10%) or more of the full replacement
cost then Landlord shall have the option; (1) to repair or restore such damage;
this Lease continuing in full force and effect, but the Minimum Rent to be
proportionately reduced as hereinabove in this Article provided; or (2) give
notice to Tenant at any time within sixty (60) days after such damage,
terminating this Lease as of the date
<PAGE>   15
specified in such notice, which date shall be no more than thirty (30) days
after the giving of such notice.  In the event of giving such notice, this
Lease shall expire and all interest of the Tenant in the Premises shall
terminate on the date so specified in such notice and the Minimum Rent, reduced
by a proportionate reduction, based upon the extent, if any, to which such
damage interfered with the business carried on by the Tenant in the Premises,
shall be paid up to date of said such termination.  If any
repair/reconstruction shall take longer than 270 days to complete, Landlord
shall give Tenant notice thereof within 30 days after the date of damage and
Tenant may, if it elects, terminate this Lease on written notice to Landlord.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, Landlord
shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct or restore the
Premises when the damage resulting from any casualty covered under this Article
occurs during the last twenty-four months of the term of this Lease or any
extension thereof.

Landlord shall not be required to repair any injury or damage by fire or other
cause, or to make any repairs of replacements, of any leasehold improvements,
fixtures, or other personal property of Tenant.  If Landlord chooses to
terminate the Lease the Tenant shall be entitled to receive compensation for
the unamortized portion of Tenant's improvements and equipment less any
insurance proceeds paid to Tenant and less th resale value of Tenant's
equipment.

26. EMINENT DOMAIN.  If more than twenty-five (25%) percent of the Premises
shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under
the power of eminent domain, either party hereto shall have the right, at its
option, within thirty (30) days after said taking, to terminate this Lease upon
thirty (30) days written notice.  If more than 25% of the Premises are taken
(and neither party elects to terminate as herein provided), the Minimum Rent
thereafter to be paid shall be equitably reduced.  If any substantial part of
the Shopping Center other than the Premises may be so taken or appropriated,
Landlord shall within sixty (60) days of said taking have the right at its
option to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant.  In the event of
any taking or appropriation whatsoever, Landlord shall be entitled to any and
all awards and/or settlements which may be given, other than for Tenant's
property, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for the value of any
unexpired term of this Lease.  If either party terminates this Lease the Tenant
shall be entitled to apply to the condemning authority for compensation for the
unamortized portion of Tenant's improvements and equipment less awards paid to
Tenant and less the resale value of Tenant's equipment.

27. PARKING AND COMMON AREAS.  Landlord reserves the right to change the size,
entrances, exits, traffic lanes and the boundaries and locations of such common
areas, provided such do not reduce the amount of parking spaces adjacent to the
Premises by more than three spaces or obstruct access/visibility to the
Premises.
<PAGE>   16
    27.A. Prior to the date of Tenant's opening for business in the Premises,
Landlord shall cause said common and parking area or areas to be graded,
surfaced, marked and landscaped at no expense to Tenant.

    27.B. The Landlord shall keep said automobile parking and common areas in a
neat, clean and orderly condition and shall repair any damage to the facilities
thereof, but all expenses in connection with said automobile parking and common
areas shall be charged and prorated in the manner as set forth in Article 7
thereof.

    27.C. Tenant, for the use and benefit of Tenant, its agents, employees,
customers, licensees and sub-tenants, shall have the non-exclusive right in
common with Landlord, and other present and future owners, tenants and their
agents, employees, customers, licensees, and sub-tenants, to use said common
and parking areas during the entire term of this Lease, or any extension
thereof, for ingress and egress, and automobile parking.

    27.D. The Tenant, in the use of said common and parking areas, agrees to
comply with such reasonable rules and regulations for parking as the Landlord
may adopt from time to time for the orderly and proper operation of said common
and parking areas.  Such rules may include but shall not be limited to the
following:  (1) The restricting of employee parking to a limited, designated
area or areas.  Said rules and regulations shall be fair and equitable to all
Tenants; and (2) The regulation of the removal, storage and disposal of
Tenant's refuse and other rubbish at the sole cost and expense of Tenant.

    27.E. Landlord shall establish a snow removal policy 7 days per week.
Landlord will use all reasonable efforts to keep snow removed from the parking
lot.  Additionally, the lot will be shoveled whenever there is 1" or more of
accumulation.  Whenever necessary all shoveled snow shall be hauled from the
site.  No snow shall be stored in or block parking areas in the Center.

28. SIGNS.  The Tenant may affix and maintain upon the exterior walls of the
Premises only such signs, advertising placards, names, insignia, trademanks and
descriptive material as shall have first received the written approval of the
Landlord as to type, size, color, location, copy nature and display qualities.
All signs affixed within the Premises shall not be subject to Landlord's
consent.  However, Landlord has the right to cause Tenant to remove any and all
signs visible from the exterior of the Premises which are offensive.  Anything
to the contrary in this Lease notwithstanding, Tenant shall not affix any sign
to the roof.  Tenant shall, however, erect one sign on the front of the
premises not later than the date Tenant opens for business, in accordance with
a design to be prepared by Tenant and approved in writing by Landlord.
Landlord hereby approves the sign design attached hereto as Exhibit___.
<PAGE>   17
29. DISPLAYS.  The Tenant may not display or sell merchandise within the
control of Tenant to be stored or to remain outside the defined exterior walls
and permanent doorways of the Premises except for outdoor plants, flowers,
vegetables,and gardening supplies, and all other merchandise during special
promotions.  Twelve (12) promotions per year shall be allowed which may use a
maximum of 6 parking spaces.  Tenant shall also be allowed one special "dog
wash promotion."  Said promotion may use a maximum of 15 parking spaces.
Tenant further agrees not to install any exterior lighting, amplifiers or
similar devices or use in or about the Premises any advertising medium which
may be heard or seen outside the Premises, such as flashing lights,
searchlights, loudspeakers, phonographs or radio broadcasts.  Landlord shall
allow Tenant to store grocery carts outside on Tenant's sidewalk in front of
Tenant's Premises.

30. AUCTIONS.  Tenant shall not conduct or permit to be conducted any sale by
auction in, upon or from the Premises whether said auction be voluntary,
involuntary, pursuant to any assignment for the payment of creditors or
pursuant to any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding.

31. HOURS OF BUSINESS.  Subject to the provisions of Article 25 hereof, Tenant
shall continuously during the entire term hereof conduct and carry on Tenant's
business in the Premises and shall keep the Premises open for business and
cause Tenant's business to be conducted therein 7 days per week (other than
holidays), and a minimum of 56 hours per week; provided, however, that this
provision shall not apply if the Premises should be closed and the business of
Tenant temporarily discontinued therein on account of strikes, lockouts or
similar causes beyond the reasonable control of Tenant.  Compared to other
Alfalfa's stores in the region, and compared to other specialty grocery stores
if this is the only remaining Alfalfa's, Tenant shall keep the Premises
adequately stocked with merchandise, and with sufficient sales personnel to
care for the patronage.

In the event of breach by the Tenant of any of the conditions contained in this
Article 31 which continues for more than 15 days after written notice from
Landlord, the Landlord shall have, in addition to any and all remedies herein
provided, the right at its option to collect not only the Minimum Rent herein
provided, but additional rent at the rate of one-thirtieth (1/30) of the
Minimum Rent herein provided for each and every day that the Tenant shall fail
to conduct its business as herein provided; said additional rent shall be
deemed to be in lieu of any percentage rent that might have been earned during
such period of the Tenant's failure to conduct its business as herein provided.

32. MERCHANT'S ASSOCIATION.  This paragraph has been intentionally eliminated
form this Lease.

33. GENERAL PROVISIONS.
<PAGE>   18
    (i)      Plats and Riders.  Clauses, plats, riders and addendums, if any,
affixed to this Lease are a part hereof.

    (ii)     Waiver.  The waiver by Landlord of any term, covenant or condition
herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or
condition or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or
condition herein contained.  The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by
Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding default by Tenant
of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of the
Tenant to pay the particular rental so accepted, regardless of Landlord's
knowledge of such preceeding default at the time of the acceptance of such
rent.

    (iii)    Joint Obligation.  If there be more than one Tenant the
obligations hereunder imposed shall be joint and several.

    (iv)     Marginal Headings.  The marginal headings and article titles to
the articles of this Lease are not a part of the Lease and shall have no effect
upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

    (v)      Time.  Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its
provision in which performance is a factor.

    (vi)     Successors and Assigns.  The covenants and conditions herein
contained, subject to the provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the
heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties hereto.

    (vii)    Recordation.  Neither Landlord not Tenant shall record this Lease,
but a short form memorandum hereof may be recorded at the request of the
Landlord or Tenant.

    (viii)   Quiet Possession.  Upon Tenant paying the rent reserved hereunder
and observing and performing all of the material covenants, conditions and
provisions on Tenant's part to be observed and performed hereunder, Tenant
shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof, subject
to all the provisions of this Lease.

    (ix)     Late Charges.  Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by
Tenant to Landlord of rent or other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to
incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be
extremely difficult to ascertain.  Such costs include, but are not limited to,
processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be impose upon
Landlord by terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises.
Accordingly, if any installment of rent or any sum due from Tenant shall not be
received by Landlord or Landlord's designee within twenty (20) days after
written notice that said amount is past due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord
a late charge equal to 2% per month, plus any attorney's fees incurred by
Landlord by reason of Tenant's failure to pay rent and/or other charges when
due hereunder.  The parties hereby agree that such late charges represent a
fair and reasonable estimate of the cost that Landlord will incur by reason of
the late payment by Tenant.  Acceptance of such late charges by the Landlord
shall in no event constitute a waiver of Tenant's default with respect to such
overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights
and remedies granted hereunder.
<PAGE>   19
    (x)    Prior Agreements.  This Lease contains all of the agreements of the
parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Lease,
and no prior agreements or understanding pertaining to any such matters shall
be effective for any purpose.  No provision of this Lease may be amended or
added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or
their respective successors in interest.  This Lease shall not be effective or
binding on any party until fully executed by both parties hereto.

    (xi)   Inability to Perform.  This Lease and the obligations of the
Tenant and Landlord hereunder shall not be affected or impaired because the
other is unable to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or is delayed in
doing so, if such inability or delay is caused by reason or strike, labor
troubles, acts of God, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of the
Landlord.

    (xii)  Partial Invalidity.  Any provision of this Lease which shall prove to
be invalid, void, or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any
other provision hereof and such other provision shall remain in full force and
effect.

    (xiii) Cumulative Remedies.  No remedy or election hereunder shall be
deemed exclusive but shall, whenever possible, be cumulative with all other
remedies at law or in equity.

    (xiv)  Choice of Law.  This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State
of Colorado.

    (xv)   Attorney's Fees.  In the event of any action or proceeding brought by
either party against the other under this Lease the prevailing party shall be
entitled to recover for the fees of its attorneys in such action of
proceedings, including costs of appeal, if any, in such amount as the court may
adjudge reasonable as attorneys' fees.  In addition, should it be necessary for
Landlord to employ legal counsel to enforce any of the provision herein
contained, Tenant agrees to pay all attorney's fees and court costs reasonably
incurred.

    (xvi)  Sale of Premises by Landlord.  In the event of any sale of the
Premises by Landlord, Landlord shall be and is hereby entirely freed and
relieved of all liability under any and all of its covenants and obligations
contained in or derived from this Lease arising out of any act, occurrence or
omission occurring after the consummation of such sale; and the purchaser, at
such sale or any subsequent sale of the Premises shall be deemed, without any
further agreement between the parties or their successors in interest or
between the parties and any such purchaser, to have assumed and agreed to carry
out any and all of the covenants and obligations of the Landlord under this
Lease.

    (xvii) Subordination, Attornment.  Upon request of the Landlord, Tenant
shall in writing subordinate its rights hereunder to the lien of any mortgage
or deed of trust, to any bank, insurance company or other lending institution,
now or hereafter in force against the Premises, and to all advances made or
hereafter to be made upon the security thereof, provided that any such party
shall execute a binding nondisturbance agreement with Tenant.

    In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure, or in the event
of the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made
by the Landlord covering the Premises, the Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser
upon any
<PAGE>   20
such foreclosure or sale and recognize such purchaser as the Landlord under
this Lease.

    The provisions of this Article to the contraty notwithstanding, and so long
as Tenant is not in defaust hereunder, this Lease shall remain in full force
and effect for the full term thereof.

    (xviii) Notices.  All notices and demands which may or are to be required
or permitted to be given by either party on the other hereunder shall be in
writing.  All notices and demands by the Landlord to the Tenant shall be sent
by United States Mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Tenant at the
Premises, and to the address hereinbelow, or to such other place as Tenant may
from time to time designate in a notice to the Landlord.  All notices and
demands by the Tenant to the Landlord shall be sent by United States Mail,
postage prepaid, addressed to the Landlord at the address set forth herein, and
to such other person or place as the Landlord may from time to time designate
ina notice to the Tenant.

         To Landlord at:  1615 California Street, Suite 707
                          Denver, Colorado 80202

         To Tenant at:    205 Canyon, Suite 200
                          Boulder, Colorado 80302
                          Attention: S.M. Hassan

    (xix)   Tenant's Statement.  Tenant shall at any time and from time to time,
upon not less than ten days prior written notice from landlord, execute,
acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing (a) certifying that
this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating
the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified
is in full force and effect), and the date to which the rental and other
charges are paid in advance, if any, and (b) acknowledging that there are not,
to Tenant's knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of the Landlord
hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (c) setting
forth the date of commencement of rents and expiration of the term hereof.  Any
such statement may be relied upon by the prospective purchaser or encumbrancer
of all or any protion of the real property of which the Premises are a part.

    (xx)    Authority of Tenant.  If Tenant is a corporation, each individual
executing this Lease on behalf of said corporation represents and warrants that
he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said
corporation, in accordance with the bylaws of said corporation, and that this
Lease is binding upon said corporation.

    (xxi)   This agreement is being executed on January 22nd, 1990, effective 
January 22nd, 1990


(Document shows signatures for Tenant, 201 University, Inc., General Partner of
Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc.; and Landlord, Country Club Plaza Associates)
<PAGE>   21
                                GENERAL ADDENDUM


Addendum to that lease dated the 19th day of January, 1990, by and between
COUNTRY CLUB PLAZA ASSOCIATES, herein called "LANDLORD," and ALFALFA'S CHERRY
CREEK, INC. herein called "TENANT."

WHEREAS, it is intended that the parties to that lease add additional terms
therein and to have full force and effect as though set forth in said lease.

TO to extent this Addendum is at variance with the body of this Lease the
General Addendum shall prevail.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of mutual promises, TEN DOLLARS and other
valuable consideration, sufficiency and receipt acknowledged, the parties
herein further agree as follows:

1. COMMON AREA.  Tenant and its employees and invitees are, except as otherwise
specifically provided in this lease, priveleged to use the parking and common
areas in common with other occupants of the shopping center during the term of
the lease.  Landlord shall keep or cause to be kept said common area in a clean
condition, properly lighted and landscaped and shall repair and replace any
damage to the facilities thereof and shall generally maintain the same in good
condition and repair.  The costs of such common area expenses shall be charged
and prorated and paid by tenant in the manner previously set forth.  The phrase
"common area expenses" as used herein shall include, but not be limited to all
sums expended in connection with said common area for all general maintenance,
replacement and repairs; maintenance, replacement and repair of parking lot,
sidewalks, curbs and shopping center signs; maintenance, replacement and repair
of lawn sprinkler systems, planting and landscaping, pylon and directional
signs and other markers and bumpers; maintenance, replacement and repair of any
fire protection systems, elevators, escalators, roof, common area lighting
systems, common area storm drainage systems; personnel to implement such
services, but not including fees to management companies including, if Landlord
deems necessary the cost of security gruads; and a reasonable allowance for
Landlord's or a third party's supervision of said common area in an amount not
to exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the all adjustments for each lease year.
Adjustments shall include but not be limited to taxes, insurance, assessments,
and any and all common area expenses.  Landlord may cause any or all of said
services to be provided by an independent contractor or contractors.  Should
Landlord make available additional land for parking or other common area
purposes, then said expenses shall also include all expenses incurred in
connection with said additional land provided such land is used exclusively for
the shopping center, provided that such does not
<PAGE>   22
interfere with the visibility or access to the Premises, nor eliminates more
than 3 spaces adjacent to Premises.

2. SIGNAGE.  Tenant shall erect and attach, at Tenant's sole cost and expense,
its standard identifying sign on the fascia of the front of the premises; or,
if Tenant is a food court tenant in the soffit area above the Tenant's counter,
subject to and in accordance with all rules, regulations, laws, ordinances,
having jurisdiction theref, and subject to Exhibit "C".

Tenant must obtain written approval from Landlord for any and all exterior
signage to be erected at this shopping center.  All signage to be erected by
Tenant must be approved by the proper governmental authorities having
jurisdiction therein.  Tenant shall be responsible for any and all costs of
said signage.

3. ADJUSTMENTS.  All rent adjustments, expenses and all monies due under this
lease shall be considered as additional rent and payable as such.

4. PLATE GLASS INSURANCE.  The Tenant whall be responsible for the maintenance
and insuring of the plate glass on the Premises, unless breakage thereof
results from Landlord's negligence or misconduct.

5. FLOOR AREA DEFINITION.  The term "Floor Area" as used in the Lease shall
include all areas for the exclusive use and occupancy by an occupant, measures
from the exterior surface of exterior walls (and from the exterior thereof in
the case of openings) and from the center of walls dividing the premises from
other prmises.

6. MINIMUM RENT.  (This paragraph has been intentionally eliminated from this
Addendum)

7. SALES TAX (GROSS RECEIPTS TAX).  In addition to all other payments, the
Tenant shall pay sales tax and/or gross receipts tax, and any and all increases
in such tax on the total amount paid to Landlord by Tenant including, but not
limited to, rent, real estate taxes, insurance, common area maintenance fees
and common area utilities.

8. LIEN WARRANTS.  The Landlord in no manner whatsoever shall be responsible
for any contract that the Tenant makes or for any agreement that the Tenant
makes for construction, alteration, or repairing of the building or improvement
on the demised premises or for the purchase of material to be used for work and
labor to be performed in and about the construction, alteration or repair to be
made, and that such contract or agreement between the tenant and said third
party to this contract shall contain express waivers by said contractor of any
and all claim for mechanics or material liens against the demised premises or
improvements thereon, including those made and erected under the terms of this
lease.
<PAGE>   23
9. REPAIRS.  (This Paragraph has been intentionally eliminated from this
Addendum).

10. ASSIGNMENT.  (This Paragraph has been intentionally eliminated from this
Addendum).

11. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS.  If Tenant should be overdue
in the payment of monthly rent or other sums payable to Landlord on at least
two or more occasions during a year, Landlord, at its option, may require
Tenant to increase the amount of security deposit now held by Landlord by an
amount sufficient to cover at least two months' rent or greater amount to be
determined at sole discretion of Landlord.  In this event, upon receipt of the
additional security sum, Landlord and Tenant shall evidence such receipt by a
letter signed and acknowledged by both parties to be incorporated as part of
this Lease, stating the "New Total Amount" so held without liability for any
interest.

12. HAZARD INSURANCE.  Tenant shall be responsible for any increase in the
hazard insurance premium rate when said increase in the premium rates is
directly attributable to the unique use of the premises by the Tenant.

13. MORTGAGE FINANCING.  Tenant shall, upon the request of Landlord, execute
and deliver such instruments as may be required by Landlord to make this Lease
either superior or subordinate to any mortgages on or hereafter placed upon
Landlord's interest in the Shopping Center or the Demised Premises or future
additions thereto, provided the mortgage executes a satisfactory nondisturbance
agreement.  Tenant hereby attorns to any purchaser at a foreclosure sale or
sale in lieu of foreclosure or any other sale of any type, and agrees to
execute all agreements required by any such purchaser affirming such
attornment.

Upon request of any mortgage of record, Tenant shall give such mortgage copies
of all notices given by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, and Tenant shall allow
such mortgage a reasonable length of time (in any event, not more than sixty
(60) days from the date of such notice) in which to cure any default by
Landlord hereunder.  Any such notice shall be sent to such department and
address as such mortgagee shall direct Tenant in writing.

14. TAP FEES.  Landlord has installed a 2" water line for the general use of
the center.  If said 2" line is sufficient to meet the water requirement for
the center and Tenant then Tenant shall not be required to pay any tap fees for
access to said line.  If Tenant requires a longer water line or an additional
water line the Tenant shall pay for all tap fees and other costs associated
with such installation.

15. SERVICE CORRIDORS.  (This Paragraph has been intentionally eliminated from
this Addendum)
<PAGE>   24
16. RADIUS CLAUSE.  Tenant, and if Tenant is a partnership, both the
partnership and all of its partners shall not be permitted to open any new
grocery stores or similar or greater square footage which compete with
Alfalfa's within a five-block radius of the subject parcel.  Due to the fact
that Tenant is obligated to pay percentage rent to Landlord under this Lease,
Landlord considers this paragraph to be a material portion of this Lease.
Additionally, Alfalfa's, Inc., Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc. and/or any other
affiliated company will not violate this clause and will not form other
corporations which violate the clause.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Addendum this _____ day of
____________, 1990.

(Document shows signatures for Landlord and Tenant)
<PAGE>   25
                                  EXHIBIT "A"


Exhibit "A"  comprises four pages, the first three pages of which show the
ground level floor plan, second level floor plan and basement floor plan,
respectively, of the property in question, and the fourth page of which
contains a legal description of said property.
<PAGE>   26
                                  EXHIBIT "B"


CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT'S STORE

Landlord shall fund $235,000.00 of the cost of such construction, and such
amount shall be placed in escrow with Land Title Guarantee Company at such time
as Tenant obtains its financing necessary under Section 4.B. and Tenant
delivers a binding commitment for said financing from established financial
institution and/or leasing companies.  Additionally, said commitment may
contain no contingencies other than the escrowing of such funds.  Landlord
shall contribute an additional $115,000 towards the construction of Tenant's
Premises.

Tenant may draw from the escrowed funds on a monthly basis in accordance with
the terms of the escrow agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as
"Exhibit "D", which shall be executed by Tenant, Landlord and the escrow agent
at such time as Tenant has satisfied the financing contingency of Section 4.B.

Upon execution of the Lease by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall deliver a
floor plan and cross-section of the premises to the Tenant, showing theron the
columns and other structural work in the premises.  Within sixty (60) days
after the receipt of said floor plan, Tenant agrees to submit to Landlord three
(3) sets of fully dimensioned 1/8 inch scale or larger preliminary drawings
plus specifications prepared by the Tenants architect at Tenant's expense,
which drawings shall indicate the specific requirement of Tenant's space
showing the store front, including Tenant's sign, interior partitions, colors,
materials, trade fixture plan, lighting and electical outlets, all in
conformity with the provisions of this Exhibit "B".  When the preliminary plans
and specifications have been approved in writing by Landlord but not later than
fifteen (15) days after the receipt of such plans, Tenant's architect will
prepare final plans and specifications and to a sufficient degree of
completeness to allow the Tenant's acquisition of and Tenant Improvement
Building Permit (i.e. full stamped architectural, mechanical, and electical
drawings are required).  Upon completion of said final plans and
specifications, Tenant shall submit a complete copy thereof to Landlord, and
Landlord shall have fifteen (15) days thereafter within which to examine and
approve same.  Failure to approve or disapprove, in writing, specifying the
reason for such disapproval within said (15) days, shall be deemed an approval
thereof.  Where final plans and specifications are in conflict with this
Exhibit "B", the provisions of Exhibit "B" shall prevail.

Within thirty (30) days next following approval by Landlord of Tenant's plans
and specifications as same are required pursuant to "Construction of Tenant's
Store" of Exhibit "B" to the Lease, Tenant shall submit to Landlord its
estimate of the costs of construction of all work required to be performed by
Tenant.  The Landlord shall have the right of approval of such costs as
estimated by Tenant's contractor.  Approval or disapproval shall be given
within fifteen (15) days following the receipt
<PAGE>   27
of said costs estimate.  Tenant shall forthwith enter into a construction
contract with Tenant's contractor for such work and Tenant shall pay such
construction costs in the manner and on the dates provided in such construction
contract.  Failure of the Tenant to pay such construction costs shall
constitute a default under the terms of the Lease in like manner as failure to
pay rental would do.  The Premises shall be constructed in accordance with said
approved plans and specifications and Tenant's contractor shall pursue the
construction work diligently to completion, complying with all county and state
ordinances, rules and regulations relating thereto.  The contractor selected by
Tenant shall be obligated to comply with the following:

    a) Prior to start of Tenant's work Tenant's contractor shall provide
Landlord with a construction schedule in bar graph form indicating the
completion date of all phases of Tenant's work.

    b) Tenant's contractor shall be responsible for the repair, replacement or
clean up of any damage done by him to other contractor's work which basically
includes accessways to the Tenant's Premises which may be concurrently used by
others.

    c) Tenant's contractor shall contain his storage of materials and his
operations within the Premises and such other space as may be assigned by
Landlord's contractor.

    d) All trash and surplus construction materials shall be stored within the
Premises and promptly removed from the shopping center.

    e) Tenant's contractor shall provide temporary utilities, protable toilet
facilities and portable drinking water as required for his work within the
Premises and shall pay to Landlord's contractor, or Landlord the cost of any
temporary utilities and facilities provided at Tenant's contractor's request.

    f) Tenant's contractor shall notify Landlord of any planned work to be done
on weekends or other than normal job hours.

    g) Tenant's contractor shall be responsible for compliance with applicable
codes and regulations of duly constituted authorities having jurisdiction so
far as the performance of the work and completed improvements are concerned for
all wok performed by Tenant's contractor and all applicable safety regulations
established by the general contractor for the shopping center.

DESCRIPTION OF LANDLORD'S WORK

Landlord will not be responsible for providing any work whatsoever in or about
Tenant's store.  Tenant shall be building out 100% of the improvements in and
about Tenant's space and is leasing the space "as is," latent defects excepted.

DESCRIPTION OF TENANT'S WORK

Except as provided under "Description of Landlord's Work" above, all work in
the premises shall be provided by Tenant at Tenant's expense.

Tenant's work shall include, but not be limited to, decorative and/or show
window lighting, and any special furred, covered or dropped ceiling areas.
Tenant shall also furnish and install an exterior sign in accordance with
specifications provided by Landlord.  Any modifications to the fire sprinkler
system required due to irregularities
<PAGE>   28
of Tenant's partitioning and/or ceiling design or in excess of ISO ordinary
hazard rating shall be provided by Tenant at Tenant's expense.  If Landlord
performs any of Tenant's work, then the cost of said work shall be paid in the
following manner:  Fifty (50%) percent prior to commencement of construction
and the balance immediately following completion.
<PAGE>   29
                                  EXHIBIT "C"

                         STANDARD TENANT SIGN CRITERIA


Approvals

1. All exterior signs must be submitted by each tenant to the Landlord for
Landlord's approval prior to application for sign permit.  Submit to Landlord
detailed drawings showing size, layout, colors, materials, style of all letters
and graphics.

2. Each tenant shall be responsible for obtaining all permits for signs and for
providing and installing all signs.

3. In addition to approval by Landlord, all signs must be in conformance with
local sign codes.

Allowable Sign Locations

1. One sign per tenant located on face of canopy as shown in Detail "S-1".

Allowable Sign Sizes

1. Maximum allowable sign sizes shall be as shown on Detail "S-1".

General Design Requirements


1. No sign perpendicular to the face of the building shall be permitted.

2. No roof-mounted signs of any kind shall be permitted.

3. No sign of any sort shall be mounted on the building face except as shown in
Details "S-1," "S-2," "S-3."

4. No flashing, moving, or audible signs shall be permitted.

5. All electical signs shall bear the Underwriter Laboratories' label and must
comply with all local building and electrical codes.

6. No exposed conduit, tubing, neon tubing, conductors, transformers, raceways,
or other electrical appurtenances shall be used.

7. Electical service to all signs shall be provided from the tenant's meter by
the tenant.

8. Design and locations of all raceways and mounting devices shall be as
approved by Landlord.

9. The tenant shall be responsible for repair of any damage to the building
caused by the installation of his signs.
<PAGE>   30
                               ADDENDUM TO LEASE

    This Addendum to Lease (the "Lease") is between Country Club Plaza
Associates ("Landlord") and Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc., a Colorado
Corporation ("Tenant"), and is made with reference to that certain lease
between Landlord and Tenant (the "Lease") covering 16,300 square feet (the
"Premises") in the Plaza at Cherry Creek, Denver, Colorado (the "Center"), as
more fully described in the Lease.  The Addendum to Lease is hereby made a part
of and incorporated in the Lease.  The Lease is hereby amended, modified, and
supplemented by the addition of the provisions set forth below.  In the event
of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Addendum and
the provisions of the other protions of the Lease, the provisions of this
Addendum shall control.  The capitalized terms used herein and not defined
herein shall have the same meanings used in the other portions of the Lease.

    1. Interference with Tenant's Business.  Landlord may repair, restore,
alter, improve, excavate, enter into the Premises, or close portions of the
common areas of the Center, provided that any such action does not materially
interfere with or impair Tenant's ability to conduct its business in the
Premises of impair the direct access to and visibility of the Premises.  In the
event Landlort shall at any time materially impair or interfere with Tenant's
conduct of its business or impair the direct access and/or visibility of the
Premises, a proportionate amount of rental shall be abated until such
impairment or interference has been removed.

    2. Reasonable Consent.  Except with respect to assignment or subletting by
Tenant, whenever the consent, approval or permission of Landlord or Tenant is
required under the terms of the Lease, such party shall not unreasonably
withhold or delay such consent, approval or permission.

    3. Corporate Restructuring.  Tenant may, without any requirement to obtain
Landlord's consent, enter into or participate in one or more mergers,
acquisitions, consolidations or corporate reorganizations of Tenant, sales,
exchanges, issuance or other transfer of its capital stock (including, without
limitation, any "going public" stock sale), mortgage, pledge or hypothecation
of its capital stock, tender offers or "takeovers" or similar transactions;
provided that any such restructuring shall not (a) impair Tenant's ability to
pay rent as it becomes due under the Lease, (b) significantly impair the
Landlord's ability to refinance the shopping center in which the Premises are
located at terms similar to those available prior to the restructuring, of (c)
result in a significant reduction in Tenant's net worth.  For purposes hereof,
a 10% reduction in the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such
restructuring shall be deemed "significant" for purposes of this paragraph 3.
Any such restructuring shall not affect the guarantee given to Landlord by
Alfalfa's, Inc.
<PAGE>   31
    4. Interruption of Services.  If the furnishing to the Premises or to
Tenant of sewer services, gas, electicity or water shall be interrupted,
terminated or shall otherwise cease or be altered, and such occurrence
continues for at least two full days and materially impairs or interferes with
the conduct of Tenant's business in the Premises, all rental shall be abated
until such interruption, termination, cessation or alteration has ended unless
such interruption is part of an interruption of services affecting the whole
Denver metropolitan area.

    5. Assignment and Subletting.

         (a) Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any
proposed assignment or transfer of the Lease or any interest therein or any
sublease of all or part of the Premises on the conditions that:

             (i)     Tenant is not then in default under the Lease.

             (ii)    The assignee, transferee or subtenant shall continue to
use the Premises for the purposes specified in the Lease.

             (iii)   The assignee, transferee or subtenant is of good
reputation and moral character.

             (iv)    In the case of an assignment, the assignee shall agree, by
execution of an assumption agreement in writing, within 10 days prior to the
effective date of the lease, to perform and observe all of the covenants and
agreements to be performed and observed by Tenant under the Lease.

             (v)     In the case of an assignment, the assignee shall have a net
worth sufficient to permit it to pay when due all rental payable under the
Lease, as demonstrated to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord.

         (b) Tenant shall not be released from its obligations hereunder by an
assignment to a third party meeting the foregoing criteria, unless during the
first four years of this lease any such assignee has a net worth not less than
the net worth of Alfalfa's, Inc. at the time of assignment, and thereafter a
net worth not less than that of Tenant, in which event Tenant shall be released
from its obligations hereunder.

         (c) Tenant shall pay to Landlord any rental payments received from
sublessees in excess of rental amounts due hereunder, other than excess amounts
received from subletting of up to 1,500 square feet.

         (d) Tenant hereby represents that it is not a subchapter S form of
corporation.

    6. Nondisturbance.  Each and every subordination and attornment pursuant to
the provisions of the Lease shall be effective only when and if the mortgagee
or beneficiary under the applicable mortgage, trust indenture or other
encumbrance or the lessor under the applicable ground or underlying lease shall
enter into a written nondisturbance and attornment agreement with Tenant,
whereby such mortgagee, beneficiary or lessor agrees, provided Tenant is not
then in default under the Lease, that Tenant's occupancy of the demised
premises and rights and priveleges under the Lease shall not be diminished,
disturbed or interfered with in connection with any proceeding to enforce or
foreclose any such mortgage, trust indenture or other encumbrance or to enforce
or terminate any such lease and if such party or purchaser at a foreclusure
sale succeeds to the interests of Landlord by reason of
<PAGE>   32
such proceedings of conveyance in lieu thereof, the Lease shall remain in full
force and effect as a direct indenture of lease between such party or purchaser
and Tenant, and Tenant shall attorn hereunder directly to such party or
purchaser shall not be (i) liable for any act or omission of any prior Landlord
or (ii) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any
prior Landlord or (iii) bound by any rental which Tenant might have paid for
more than one month in advance to any prior Landlord.  As to any ground or
underlying lease now affecting all or any portion of the Center and as to any
mortgage, trust indenture or other encumbrance now affecting such leases or all
or any portion of the Center, Landlord shall, within 15 days after the
execution of the Lease, obtain from the mortgagee, beneficiary or lessor under
such instrument, for the benefit to Tenant, a written nondisturbance and
attornment agreement as described above.

    7. Exclusive Operations.  Landlord hereby grants Tenant the exclusive right
to operate in the Center a grocery store, delicatessen (defined as an area
devoted to the sale of cold prepared meats, salads and cheeses in bulk, rather
than for on-premises consumption), or caterer during the term of the Lease
(including any renewal terms).  During such period, Landlord agrees that it
will not lease space in the Center to any tenant that is in the business of
selling bulk produce, dairy products, meats (cooked and uncooked), or canned
goods, sandwiches (other than fast food type restaurants, including, but not
limited to a "Subway" sandwich shop to which Landlord may lease space) or
similar merchandise as Tenant, and Landlord will not itself operate any such
business in the Center.  Landlord shall be allowed to lease to an ice cream and
yogurt store.

    8. Tenant's Fixtures and Equipment.  Tenant shall have the right to alter,
improve or modify Tenant's fixtures and equipment and the decor of the Premises
without the consent of Landlord.  Tenant shall have the right during the term
of the Lease and upon termination thereof, to remove from the Premises the
fixtures and equipment installed or placed in the Premises by or for Tenant,
provided that such removal shall not impair the structural integrity of the
Building.  Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal.

    9. No Release.  No provision of the Lease shall release, or be deemed to
release, Landlord or Tenant, or require, or be deemed to require, Tenant or
Landlord to indemnify the other or any other person or entity, from or for
liability for personal injury, death, property damage or otherwise which is
caused by the negligence or intentional tortious conduct of the other, its
employees, agents, contractors, suppliers or workmen.

    10. Casualty.  In the event any portion of the Building shall be damaged by
fire or other perils (even though the Premises may be undamaged) so as to
materially impair or interfere with Tenant's ability to conduct its business in
the Premises or so as to impair the direct access to the Premises from and to
the main entrances and frontage of the Center, all minimum rental shall be
abated until such damage is
<PAGE>   33
repaired or such impairment of access is removed, or both, as the case may be.
If such damage and/or impairment cannot reasonably be repaired or removed
within 240 days after the occurrence thereof, Tenant shall have the right to
terminate the lease by giving written notice of termination to Landlord within
30 days after receipt of written notice from Landlord stating the time
reasonably estimated to repair or remove such damage or impairment (and
Landlord shall notify Tenant as promptly as possible).  Upon such termination,
the Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date of such fire or
other casualty and all rental payable by Tenant shall be prorated to the
effective date of termination and any rent paid for any period after such date
shall forthwith be refunded to Tenant.  If Tenant chooses to terminate this
Lease pursuant to this Section, Tenant shall be entitled to receive
compensation from Landlord for the unamortized portion of Tenant's improvements
and equipment, less any insurance proceeds paid to Tenant and the resale value
of Tenant's equipment.

    11. Condemnation.  If any taking or condemnation (of conveyance in lieu or
in settlement thereof) of all or a portion of the Center or the Premises shall
render the Premises unfit for the further conduct of Tenant's business (even
though the Premises may be physically untouched), or shall impair the direct
access to the Premises, Tenant may elect to terminate the Lease or continue the
same in effect and if Tenant elects to continue the Lease in effect, all rental
and other sums payable under the Lease shall be diminished by an equitable
amount.  If the parties cannot agree to such amount after good faith
negotiations, the parties shall submit the matter to arbitration, and the
decision of the arbitrators shall be final.  For purposes of this Lease, a
taking of more than 30 of the parking spaces immediately adjacent to the
Premises shall substantially interfere with the conduct of Tenant's business.
In the event of any taking of the Premises or the Center that does not result
in the termination of the Lease, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises
and the Center to a complete, architectural whole, as nearly like its condition
prior to such taking as may be possible.

    12. Operating Expense Exclusions.  Tenant's share of Adjustments and other
operating expenses to be paid pursuant to the Lease shall not include any of
the following costs or expenses:

         (a) Any costs of capital expenditures, except that if the Lease
already provides for the inclusion of capital expenditures, only the following
capital expenditures shall be included in operating expenses: (i) capital
expenditures incurred by Landlord to comply with new laws or changes in
existing laws, in either case adopted after the commencement date of the term
of the Lease; and (ii) capital expenditures incurred by Landlord to effect a
reduction or savings in operating expenses, provided that the annual amount
included in operating expenses on account of capital expenditures described in
this clause (ii) shall not exceed the annual reduction in operating expenses
achieved as a result of such capital expenditures.  In all events, costs of
capital expenditures to be included in operating
<PAGE>   34
expenses shall be amortized over the useful life of the capital item (without
regard to accelerated depreciation or cost recovery rules or other rules,
regulations or conventions used for income tax purposes) and only the annual
amortization amount shall be included in operating expenses for any particular
calendar or fiscal year or other period used to determine Tenant's payment
obligation.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, costs of
resurfacing Common Area parking lots may be ammortized over a period of two
years.

         (b) Rent under any ground, master or underlying lease and principal,
interest and other payments on loans and other debt costs.

         (c) Costs of work, including alterations or improvements, done or
performed in other tenants' premises.

         (d) Legal fees, space planner's fees, real estate broker's leasing
commissions, advertising expenses, and other costs and expenses incurred in
connection with the original development or original leasing or the Center or
future releasing of the Center.

         (e) Costs for which Landlord is entitled to reimbursement from any
tenant or from Landlord's insurance company or from any tenant's insurance
company.  Nothing in this paragraph shall relieve Tenant from payment of its
pro rata share of Adjustments, other than portions of such Adjustments payable
by other tenants as a result of their negligence or misconduct or for which
they are obligated under their lease terms.

         (f) The expense of extraordinary services provided to other tenants in
the Center (for the purposes hereof, extraordinary service shall mean any
service in excess of those services and quantities thereof required to be
furnished by Landlord to Tenant under the Lease, which are not provided for the
common benefit of tenants in the Center).

         (g) Costs associated with the operation of the business of the
partnership or entity which constitutes Landlord as opposed to costs of
operation of the Center including, without limitation, costs of selling,
syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord's interest
in the Center.

         (h) Auditor's fees for public accounting incident to the operation,
maintenance and management of the Center and the central office accounting
costs of the Landlord or the managing agent of the Center allocable to the
Center.

    13. Attorney's Fees.  In any action or proceeding (including any appeal)
brought by either party against the other under or in connection with the
Lease, the successful party shall be entitled to recover from the other party
reasonable
<PAGE>   35
attorney's fees and costs and expenses incurred by the successful party in such
action or proceeding.


(Document shows signatures for Landlord, 201 University, Inc., General Partner
of Country Club Plaza Associates; and for Tenant, Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc.)
<PAGE>   36
                                    GUARANTY

Guaranty to that lease dated the 19th of January, 1990 by and bwtween COUNTRY
CLUB PLAZA ASSOCIATES herein called Landlord, and ALFALFA'S CHERRY CREEK, INC.
herein called Tenant, by Alfalfa's Inc. Guarantor.

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, and in consideration for, and as an inducement to Landlord
to enter into a lease with Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc., a Colorado
corporation, for 16,300 square feet of space in the shopping center at 201
University Boulevard, Denver, Colorado (the "Lease"), the undersigned
guarantees to Landlord throughout the term of this Guaranty, which shall begin
on the commencement date of the Lease term and expire in 4 years following the
commencement date of Lease term, but without any other condition or limitation,
the full performance and observation of all of the material terms, covenants,
conditions, provisions and agreements therein provided to be performed or
observed by Tenant, including the "Rules and Regulations" as provided in the
Lease.  Landlord may seek performance of this Guaranty upon 5 days written
notice to Guarantor given after (a) Landlord shall have given notice of
nonperformance to Tenant and (b) Tenant shall have failed to cure such non
performance within the time period set forth in the Lease.

The undersigned expressly agrees that the validity of this Guaranty and the
obligations of the undersigned as guarantor under this Guaranty shall not be
terminated, affected or impaired at any time before the expiration of the term
of this Guaranty by reason of the assertion by Landlord against Tenant of any
of the rights or remedies reserved to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of
the Lease.  Furthermore, Landlord may grant extensions of time and other
indulgences and may modify, amend and waive any of the terms, covenants,
conditions, provisions or agreements of the Lease, and discharge or release any
party or parties to the Lease, all without notice to the undersigned and
without any way impairing, releasing or affecting the liability or obligation
of the undersigned.  The undersigned agrees that Landlord may proceed directly
against the undersigned without exhausting Landlord's remedies against Tenant;
and no discharge of Tenant in bankruptcy or in any other insolvency proceedings
shall in any way or to any extent discharge or release the undersigned from any
liability or obligation under this Guaranty.  The undersigned further covenants
and agrees that this Guaranty shall remain and continue in full force and
effect as to any renewal, modification or extension of the Lease, and that no
subletting and not assignment of the Lease, with or without Landlord's consent,
shall release or discharge the undersigned.

Guarantor has provided its most recent financial statements as inducement for
Landlord to enter into the Lease; said financial statements are attached hereto
and incorporated by reference herein.
<PAGE>   37
As an additional inducement to Landlord to make the Lease and in consideration
of the Lease, Landlord and the undersigned covenant and agree that in any
action or proceeding brought by either Landlord or the undersigned against the
other on any matter whatsoever arising out of, under, or by virtue of any of
the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of the Lease or of
this Guaranty, Landlord and the undersigned shall and do hereby waive trial by
jury.  In a suit brought by either party hereunder, the prevailing party may
recover, in addition to any damages which a court of competent jurisdiction may
award, such amount or amounts as the court may determine to be reasonable
attorney's fees and costs incurred by such party or its successors or assigns
as a result of such suit.

All rights under this Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of any successors or
assigns of Landlord.

Dated as of the 31st day of January, 1990.

(Document shows signature of S.M. Hassan, President, Guarantor Alfalfa's, Inc.,
corporate address shown to be 205 Canyon, Suite 200, Boulder, CO 80302
<PAGE>   38
                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                           SHOPPING CENTER LEASE FOR
                           THE PLAZA AT CHERRY CREEK

This First Amendment, entered into as of the 20th day of February, 1990, is
between Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc.  ("Tenant") and Country Club Plaza
Associates ("Landlord").

                                    Recitals

A.  Tenant and Landlord entered into a Shopping Center Lease dated as of
January 19, 1990 for the premises located in the Plaza at Cherry Creek shopping
center (the "Lease").

B.  Tenant and Landlord wish to amend certain terms of such Lease.

                                   Agreement

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

    1.   Defined Terms.  All defined terms used herein shall have the same
meaning defined for such terms in the Lease.

    2.   Notice of Financing.

         (a) Paragraph 4.A.(II) and (III) is hereby amended to delete the date
"February 21, 1990" and substitute therefore the date "April 10, 1990" in the
first sentence thereof as the date by which Tenant must give Landlord notice
confirming Tenant's obtaining financing for the buildout of the Premises.

         (b) Paratraph 4.A.(II) is hereby amended by deleting the third
sentence thereof and substituting therefore the following:

             "(For example, if Tenant gives notice on March 2, that financing
             has been obtained, Tenant's notice shall be deemed effective March
             21, 1990, and the six month's free rent shall commence on March 22
             and full rent shall be next due on September 21, 1990."

    3.   Commencement of Full Rent Payments.  The first sentence of Paragraph
4.A.(III) shall be deleted and the following sentence shall be added at the
beginning of Paragraph 4.A.(III):

             "Upon termination of the six-month free rent period as provided in
             Paragraph 4.A.(II), or on September 21, 1990, whichever comes
             first, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Minimum Rent in advance the
             following rental rates without notice or demand provided that
             Tenant has given notice required pursuant to Paragraph 4.A.(II)
             above."
<PAGE>   39
    4. Escrowing of Funds.

         (a) Pursuant to Exhibit B attached, "Landlord shall fund $235,000 of
the cost of such construction, and such amount shall be placed in escrow with
Land Title Guarantee Company at such time as tenant obtains its financing
necessary under Paragraph 4.B. and Tenant delivers to Landlord a binding
commitment for said financing from an established financial institution and/or
leasing company.  Additionally, said commitment may contain no contingencies
other than the escrowing of such funds.  Landlord and Tenant hereby amend the
Lease to provide that the deposit of the $235,000 and the execution of the
escrow agreement referred to in Exhibit B shall be completed within seven (7)
calendar days of Landlord's receipt of both of the following:

             (i)     A notice from Tenant stating that Tenant has obtained
financing, and consequently satisfied their financing contingency.

             (ii)    A binding commitment for said financing from an
established financial institution or leasing company, which commitment may
contain no contingencies other than the escrowing of such funds.

    5. Landlord's total contribution to Tenant's improvements shall be 
$350,000.  $235,000 of which will be placed in an escrow account, most likely
with Land Title.

For purposes of this section 5., Tenant's improvements shall include equipment
purchases, payments of fees to architects, designers, and other individuals
working on this project and construction costs and fees.  Notwithstanding the
above, Tenant's improvements shall not include any costs associated with any
direct employee, officer, or director of Alfalfa's (except for a maximum of
$35,000 to Gus Lester and $50,000 to Jon Payne who have been hired specifically
for this job as the construction and project  managers respectively); any
general and administrative expenses of Alfalfa's or its proportionate share of
which they are allocating towards this project; any accounting fees, legal
fees, or any other consultants which are not directly associated with the
construction industry.

The additional $115,000 shall be made available to Tenant commencing seven (7)
calendar days after notification by Tenant under section 4(a)(i) and (II),
above.  Notwithstanding anything stated to the contrary in this Amendment or in
the original Lease or in any exhibits to that Lease, Tenant may not draw upon
the $115,000 until such time as there are no dollars remaining of the $235,000
placed in the excrow account.  Additionally, under no circumstances whatsoever
may less than $163,000 of the $350,000 be used for items other than Hard Tenant
Finish construction costs.  "Hard Tenant Finish" construction costs are hereby
defined as the actual bricks, mortar, drywall, lighting, etc. that shall remain
part of the Premises thus becoming Landlord's property after this Lease has
expired.  Additionally, the contractors fee, so long as it is reasonable, shall
be considered a "Hard Tenant Finish Construction Cost."
<PAGE>   40
For Tenant to obtain any dollars whatsoever from Landlord, Tenant must submit
to Landlord a construction draw in the standard AIA format, and Tenant must
accompany each draw with a copy of all invoices.  Landlord shall review each
draw within 10 business days after submission by Tenant.  Within the 10 days
review Landlord shall either approve or disapprove of the draw.  After Landlord
approves said draw, said draw shall be submitted at Landlord's discretion to
Land Title or Citicorp Real Estate, Inc. for funding.  Landlord's approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld.  If Landlord fails to notify Tenant within
the 10 business days approval period of Landlord's disapproval, Landlord shall
be deemed to have accepted the draw.

With the submission of each draw, Tenant shall be required to show Landlord a
full accounting of all dollars spent on this project which Tenant has drawn
from Landlord and/or which Tenant has spent from other sources including but
not limited to all draws from United Bank of Boulder.  Additionally, Tenant
must submit to Landlord lien waivers from all contractors and/or subcontractors
which performed work on the project in an amount equal to the previous month's
draw, plus lien waivers for all dollars paid by Tenant during the previous
month for any other work associated with the project.

It shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to disapprove any draw of Tenant if
any of the following occur:

         (a) All lien waivers evidencing payment to the contractors from the
previous month's draw are not in place.  Additionally, all lien waivers for
other work paid on or before the previous month must also be in  place.

         (b) The total dollars paid to third parties on this project excluding
any rental payments and/or CAM payments is not greater than double the amount
of the total draws which Tenant has requested from Landlord including this
draw, provided however, that if the total project cost paid to third parties on
this project excluding any rental payments and/or CAM payments is less than
$700,000, Landlord shall be required to disburse to Tenant the remaining
protion of Landlord's $350,000 contribution to Tenant's improvements, upon
Tenant's opening for business to the public.

         (c) If draw is not accompanied with a copy of all invoices.
<PAGE>   41
    6.   Full Force and Effect.  Except as amended herein the terms of the
Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

Executed this 10th day of April, 1990, to be effective February 21, 1990.

(Document shows signatures of S.M. Hassan, President, Alfalfa's Cherry Creek,
Inc. (Tenant); and Panayes J. Dikeou, President, 201 University, Inc., General
Partner of Country Club Plaza Associates (Landlord)).
<PAGE>   42
(Additional copy of above "Guaranty," signed by S.M. Hassan, President,
Alfalfa's, appears here)
<PAGE>   43
                   SECOND AMEMDMENT TO SHOPPING CENTER LEASE


    This Second Amemdment is made this _____ day of March, 1991 by and between
David L. Johnson, Receiver ("Landlord") and Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc.
("Tenant"), (collectively, the "Parties").

    WHEREAS, Country Club Plaza Associates, a Colorado general partnership, and
Tenant entered into a Shopping Center Lease Agreement on January 19, 1990 and a
First Amendment to Shopping Center Lease on Febuary 20, 1990, ("Original
Lease") covering approximately 16,300 square feet of floor area; 11,300 square
feet on the ground level, 2,000 square feet in the basement, and 3,000 square
feet on the second level (the "Premises") located at 201 University Bouldvard,
Denver, Colorado (the "Property").

WHEREAS, on October 24, 1990, David L. Johnson, Receiver was appointed Receiver
for the Property pursuant to the District Court, City and County of Denver,
State of Colorado, Order For Receiver Civil Action No. 90-CV-11225.  Therefore,
David L. Johnson, Receiver is substituted as Landlord in the Original Lease.

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Original Lease to add to the
leased Premises approximately 572 square feet of rentable area on the second
floor of the Property ("Additional Space") as shown on Exhibit "A" attached
hereto, upon the terms and conditions herein described.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual covenants herein contained and
for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

    1.   Additional Space.  The Premises is hereby amended to include the
Additional Space of 572 rentable square feet on the second floor of the
Property, and all tems and conditions of the Original Lease as modified hereby
shall apply to the Additional Space.  The total square footage of the Premises,
including the Additional Space, is now 16,872.

    2.   Base Rent.  The Base Rent (monthly) for the Additional Space shall be
as follows:

         (a) For the period commencing on April 1, 1991 or the date when a
certificate of occupancy is issued by the Denver building department, whichever
comes later, and ending on August 28, 2000, unless otherwise extended or
terminated per the terms and conditions set forth in the Original Lease, shall
be Four Hundred Seventy-Six and 67/100 Dollars ($476.67).
<PAGE>   44
    3.   Operating Expenses.  Section 7.B.I.(a) of the Original Lease, is
revised, whereas, Tenant's pro rata share of Adjustments shall be 33.39% upon
April 1, 1991 or upon issuance of a certificate of occupancy, whichever occurs
later.

Landlord hereby certifies to Tenant that the Property currently contains 50,537
rentable square feet.  Landlord agrees that in the event that the square
footage of the Property increases, Tenant's percentage share of Adjustments
shall correspondingly decrease.

    4.   Tenant Improvements.  Landlord shall make improvements in and provide
tenant finish ("Landlord's Work") to the Additional Space in accordance with
the drawings attached hereto as Exhibit B and the specifications attached
hereto as Exhibit C.  Landlord estimates that Landlord's Work will cost
$14,897.44.  Landlord hereby agrees to pay up to $9,724.00.  Tenant shall pay
costs of Landlord's Work in excess of $9.724.00 up to $5,173.44.  Should
changes be required to Landlord's Work, with the exception of changes solely
requested by Tenant, such changes shall only be made upon mutual consent
between Landlord and Tenant.  Tenant shall bear the cost of all changes
requested solely by Tenant; the bearer of costs of all other changes shall be
as mutually agreed upon between Landlord and Tenant.

Landlord shall provide Tenant with a final accounting of total costs of
Landlord's Work, including all relevant documentation thereof, and Tenant shall
pay, within 30 days after receipt of such accounting, any amounts owed by
Tenant.  Landlord shall at its sole expense be responsible for obtaining
mechanics' and materialmens' lien waivers and all necessary permits and
licenses required to perform Landlord's Work.

    5.   Lease.  All terms and definitions in the Original Lease shall have the
same meaning herein.  If there is any conflict between the terms of this Second
Amendment and the terms of the Original Lease, the terms of this Second
Amendment shall control.  As herein modified, the Original Lease shall remain
in full force and effect according to its terms.

    6.   Court Approval.  It is acknowledged by the Parties that Landlord is
authorized to enter into leases and lease amendments pertaining to the Property
due to the powers vested in him by the Order for Receiver, Paragraph 13(i).  It
is also acknowledged by the Parties that this Second Amemdment shall not be
effective until approved by the Court, pursuant to the Order for Receiver,
Paragraph 13(i)(ii).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Second Amendment as the date
first above written.

(Document shows signature of David L. Johnson, Receiver, for The Plaza at
Cherry Creek (Landlord); and shows signature for Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc.
(Tenant))
<PAGE>   45
                                   EXHIBIT A

The document described as Exhibit A is a drawing showing the floor plan of the
Additional Space.

<PAGE>   46
                                  EXHIBIT B

The document described as Exhibit B is a drawing showing improvements to be
made to the Additional Space.
<PAGE>   47
                                   EXHIBIT C
                                LANDLORD'S WORK


    1.   Landlord shall provide the following tenant finish and improvements:

         (a) Installation of electrical outlets and utility stubs as shown on
Exhibit B;

         (b) Installation of telephone connections as shown on Exhibit B;

         (c) Installation of drywall as shown on Exhibit B;

         (d) Installation of doors, carpeting, paint, windows, woodwork and
other tenant finish items of the same color, materials and quality contained in
the space currently occupied by Tenant on the second floor of the Premises.

    2.   Landlord shall be solely responsible for procuring and supervising
contractors and subcontractors to perform Landlord's Work.  All contractors and
subcontractors shall be selected on a lowest-bid basis.  Landlord shall be
compensated for any tenant finish work performed by Landlord at rates not
exceeding average hourly rates charged by area contractors to perform similar
work.  Tenant shall not be responsible for any costs incurred by Landlord to
correct defective work performed by Landlord's contractors and subcontractors.

    3.   Landlord shall notify Tenant at such time as Landlord's Work has been
substantially completed, and Tenant and Landlord shall perform a walk-through
inspection of the Additional Space.  Landlord and Tenant shall prepare a punch
list of all items to be completed at such time, or of any items not completed
to Tenant's satisfaction, and Landlord shall promptly pursue completion of such
items to Tenant's satisfaction.  Tenant's occupancy of the Additional Space
shall constitute acceptance thereof, latent defects excepted.


Per Tenant, tenant took occupancy of additional space 4/18/91.
<PAGE>   48
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT


Board of Directors
Alfalfa's, Inc.
Denver, Colorado


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Alfalfa's, Inc.
(formerly Natural Horizons, Inc.) and subsidiaries, as of June 25, 1989 and
June 26, 1988, and the related consolidated statements of earnings,
shareholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended.  These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Alfalfa's, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of June 25, 1989 and June 26, 1988, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.


(Document shows company signature of Touche Ross & Co., Certified Public
Accountants, dated September 1, 1989)
<PAGE>   49
The six pages following the above are financial statements, as described below,
accompanying the above "Independent Auditor's Report."

1)  Alfalfa's, Inc. Consolidated Balance Sheets, Assets

2)  Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity

3)  Alfalfa's, Inc., Consolidated Statements of Earnings (2 pages)

4)  Alfalfa's, Inc., Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

5)  Alfalfa's, Inc., Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

All of the above have figures compiled for years ended June 25, 1989 and June
26, 1988.
<PAGE>   50
                                ESCROW AGREEMENT

The subsequent document is an escrow agreement between 201 University, Inc.,
general partner of Country Club Plaza Associates, Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc.,
and Land Title Guarantee Company, showing deposits in the amount of $235,000.00
and showing the signatures for all parties, and referencing Exhibit A, entered
in full below
<PAGE>   51
                                  EXHIBIT "A"

                                ESCROW AGREEMENT

This Agreement, dated this 6th day of April, 1990, is among the Country Club
Plaza Associates, a Colorado corporation ("CC"), Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc.
("Alfalfa's"), and Lant Title Guarantee Company ("LT").

                                    Recitals

A.  CC and Alfalfa's have entered into a lease (the "Lease") by which CC will
lease to Alfalfa's, and Alfalfa's will lease from CC 16,300 square feet of
space (the "Space") in the building at 201 University Boulevard, Denver (the
"Building").

B.  CC and Alfalfa's have agreed that CC will pace $235,000 in escrow with LT
for disbursement to Alfalfa's to complete construction of certain improvements
in the Building.

                                   Agreement

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.  Appointment of Escrow Agent.  CC and Alfalfa's hereby appoint LT to act as
escrow agent on behalf of CC and Alfalfa's in accordance with the terms of this
agreement, and LT agrees to serve in this capacity.

2.  Deposit with LT.  CC shall deposit with LT, and LT shall acknowledge the
receipt of $235,000 in cash or immediately available funds within seven (7)
days after CC has received both of the following:

    (a)  A notice to CC stating that Alfalfa's has satisfied their financing
contingency under Paragraph 4 of the Lease.

    (b)  A binding commitment for said financing from an established financial
institution and/or leasing company, which sommitment may contain no
contingencies other than the escrowing of funds.

Alfalfa's and CC shall each pay 1/2 of all fees and charges levied by LT as
escrow agent.  Such fees and charges shall not be paid from the escrow funds.

3.  Disbursement of Funds.  LT shall disburse the funds as follows:
<PAGE>   52
    (a)  To Alfalta's, or to such other party as Alfalfa's may direct, fromtime
to time upon receipt of an affidavid of an officer of Alfalfa's which is
confirmed and approved by an oficer of CC that a proportionate amount of work
on the tenant finish in the Space has been completed in substantial accordance
with Alfalfa's plans and specifications, in an amount specified in such
affidavit; certain terms under which CC may reasonably disapprov a draw request
are set forth in the First Amendment to Shopping Center Lease for the Plaza at
Cherry Creek; if such affidavit is received by Escrow Agent from Alfalfa's and
Escrow Agent does not receive, within 10 business days thereafter, confirmation
from CC of its approval or disapproval of the draw, Escrow Agent may deem the
draw approved, provided Alfalfa's gives to LT a domestic return receipt showing
that CC received a copy of said draw a minimum to 10 business days prior to
funding to Alfalfa's; and disburse the funds to Alfalfa's in accordance with
the affidavit; and

    (b)  To CC upon receipt of a notice from and officer of CC that Alfalfa's
has breached the terms of the Lease, has been given notice and an opportunity
to cure in accordance with the Lease terms, has failed to cure the breach, and
that CC has elected to terminate the Lease.

    (c)  To CC upon receipt of a notice from an officer to CC that Alfalfa's
has received a total of $350,000, in which case LT shall disburse to CC the
remaining amount that is in escrow.

4.  Liability of Escrow Agent.  In performing its duties hereunder, LT will
have no obligation to determine the merits of any dispute between CC and
Alfalfa's, and LT will have no liability to any party in connection herewith
except for the failure by LT to fulfill any of its duties under this Agreement,
negligent acts or omissions by LT or willful misconduct by LT.  In the event of
any conflicting demands upon LT with respect to this escrow or any of the
rights of any of the parties hereunder, LT shall have the right to file an
action in interpleader and deposit in court the amount of any funds in dispute.

5.  Term.  This Agreement shall be terminated on the earlier to occur of
disbursement of all funds held by LT upon Alfalfa's request in accordance with
Section 3(a) above, or upon disbursement of funds to CC in accordance with
Section 3(b) above.

6.  Miscellaneous.

    (a)  Any notices required hereunder shall be given in writing to the
parties at the following address:

         Alfalfa's:  205 Canyon Boulevard, Suite 200
                     Boulder, Colorado 80302
<PAGE>   53

                 with a copy to:

                     Freya R. Brier
                     Hol me Roberts & Owen
                     1401 Pearl Street, Suite 400
                     Boulder, Colorado 80302

                 CC:

                     Panayes J. Dikeou
                     Country Club Plaza Associates
                     1615 California Street, Suite 707
                     Denver, Colorado 80202

         LT:         Land Title Guarantee Company
                     3033 E 1st Avenue, Suite 600
                     Denver, Colorado 80206


    (b)  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Colorado.

    (c)  This Agreement shall be binding on an inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto, their successors and assigns.


(Document shows signatures for Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc.; 201 Unitersity
Inc., general Partner of Country Club Plaza Associates; and Land Title
Guarantee Company)


Exhibit A is followed by Special Deposit Instructions, comprising one page and
detailing initial deposit instructions in reference to "Escrow Agreement,"
above, and showing signatures for Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc.; 201 Unitersity
Inc., general Partner of Country Club Plaza Associates; and Land Title
Guarantee Company
<PAGE>   54
                      APPROVAL OF NONDISTURBANCE AGREEMENT

Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc. hereby notifies Land Title Guarantee Company and
Country Club Plaza Associates that it has obtained from Citicorp Real Estate,
Inc. a Nondisturbance Agreement in form and contents satisfactory to Alfalfa's
Cherry Creek, Inc.

(Document shows signature for Alfalfa's Cherry Creek, Inc. of S.M. Hassan,
President)
<PAGE>   55
Subsequent to the above is a Landlord - Mortgagee Waiver, comprising two pages
and showing a signature for Country Club Plaza Associates, 201 University Inc.,
general partner

<PAGE>   1

                                LEASE AGREEMENT

         THIS AGREEMENT OF LEASE executed in duplicate at Santa Monica,
California this 15th day of September, 1994, is by and between Fireside
Liquors, Inc., hereinafter referred to as "Lessor," and Wild Oats Markets Inc.,
hereinafter referred to as "Lessee."

                                    RECITALS

         A.      Lessor is the owner of or party in control with full power and
authority to lease the property and improvements commonly known as:  1425
MONTANA AVENUE AND THE APPROXIMATE ONE-HALF RENT OF 1421 MONTANA AVENUE AND THE
REAR ONE HALF CONSISTING OF APPROXIMATELY 1,000 SQUARE FEET OF 1411 MONTANA
AVENUE, SANTA MONICA, CA 90403.

         B.      The subject matter of this agreement is the real estate
described above and none other.  There is no business opportunity being sold,
leased, offered for sale or lease or being purchased.  The improvement on said
real estate being leased is a retail shop/store front.  The real estate and
improvements together, hereinafter shall be referred to as the "Premises."

         C.      Lessee warrants that he or his agents have inspected the
Premises and accepts same in "as is" condition and therefore enters into this
agreement with no contingencies.

         D.      Lessor makes no warranties as to the legality, economic
feasibility or acceptability as to the intended purpose Lessee has in mind for
the Premises now or in the future.

         E.      This agreement together with any attached exhibits is intended
to be a legally binding contract.  If Lessee has any questions relative to the
terms, covenants, conditions or provisions herein, he is advised to consult an
attorney prior to executing this agreement.

         F.      Any exhibits attached hereto are hereby made a part hereof by
reference.  If a conflict in terms or language should result between any
exhibit and this agreement, the terms and language of the exhibit shall
prevail.  To be valid, exhibits must be signed by the parties hereto and their
number and identification listed in the space provided below.  These exhibits
are identified as:  EXHIBIT "A."

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and their
mutual promises and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Lessee and Lessor
hereby agree as follows:





                                       1
<PAGE>   2
                                   LEASE TERM

         The term of this lease shall be ten years commencing on the 1st day of
June, 1995, and ending at midnight Pacific Time on the 31st day of May, 2005.

                                      RENT

         Monthly rent shall be paid in advance on the 1st day of each month
beginning with the month of September 1995, except that the first month's rent
due on or before September 1, 1995 shall be paid on or before June 1, 1995.
The beginning base monthly rent shall be TWENTY FOUR THOUSAND DOLLARS
($24,000.00).

         The base rent shall be adjusted as follows during the term of this
lease:

         BASE RENT

                 MONTHS  1 -  36  $24,000.00 PER MONTH NNN
                 MONTHS 37 -  48  $20,000.00 PER MONTH NNN
                 MONTHS 49 -  60  $24,000.00 PER MONTH NNN
                 MONTHS 61 - 120  $27,600.00 PER MONTH NNN

                                TRIPLE NET LEASE

         The parties acknowledge that this lease is what is commonly called a
triple net lease, it being understood that Lessor shall receive the rent set
forth in the preceding paragraph free and clear of any and all impositions,
taxes, liens, charges or expenses of any nature whatsoever in connection with
the ownership and operation of the Premises.  In addition to the rent reserved
by the preceding paragraph, Lessee shall pay to the parties respectively
entitled thereto all impositions, insurance premiums, operating charges,
maintenance charges, construction costs and any other charges, costs and
expenses which arise or may be contemplated under any provisions of this lease
during the term hereof.  All of such charges, costs and expenses shall
constitute additional rent, and upon the failure of Lessee to pay any of such
costs, charges or expenses, Lessor shall have the same rights and remedies as
otherwise provided in this lease for the failure of Lessee to pay rent.

                        LEASE DEPOSITS AND PREPAID RENT

         Lessor hereby credits Lessee's rental account with TWENTY FOUR
THOUSAND DOLLARS ($24,000.00) as a security deposit to secure the performance
of this lease.  It is agreed by the parties hereto that the security deposit
shall be used to offset Lessor costs in the event of a Lessee default of any
covenant or term herein.  If Lessee fails to comply with the full and timely
performance of any or all of Lessee's covenants and obligations set forth in
this lease, then Lessor may, from time to time, without waiving any other
remedy available to Lessor, use the security deposit, or any portion of





                                       2
<PAGE>   3
it, to the extent necessary to cure or remedy such failure or to compensate
Lessor for all damages sustained by Lessor resulting from Lessee's failure to
comply fully and timely with its obligations pursuant to this lease.  Lessor's
obligations with respect to the security deposit are those of a debtor and not
a trustee.  Lessor shall not be required to maintain the security deposit
separate and apart from Lessor's general or other funds, and Lessor may
commingle the security deposit with any of Lessor's general or other funds.
Lessee shall not at any time be entitled to interest on the security deposit.

         On the thirty-seventh (37th) month of operation, if Lessee has not
been in default of this Lease (or any of the terms, conditions, or duties
herein contained), Lessor shall refund to Lessee the security deposit herein.

                            SUBLEASE AND ASSIGNMENT

         Lessee is prohibited from subleasing or assigning his interest herein,
either in part or in total, to anyone without the prior written consent of
Lessor.  Any attempt to sublease or assign any interest, or part thereof, by
Lessee, without Lessor's written consent, shall be deemed a material breach of
this lease.  In the event Lessor should give permission for one such sublease
or assignment by Lessee, the permission granted on one occasion shall not be
deemed permission for any subsequent sublease or assignment.  Consent to
sublease or assign shall be at the sole discretion of the Lessor which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.  It is agreed, however, that Lessor shall
use the prospective sublessee or assignee's financial and business experience
criteria to determine whether or not to give consent to Lessee's sublease or
assignment.

                                WASTE - NUISANCE

         Lessee agrees not to commit nor to suffer to be committed any of the
following:  (a) any waste upon said premises; (b) any nuisance; (c) any action
which will increase the rate of insurance upon the building(s) of which said
premises are a part (the "building") or cause a cancellation of any insurance
policy covering said building or any part thereof.

                                   HOLD OVER

         Lessee shall, upon the termination of this lease, quit the Premises
and surrender the same in good order and condition, subject to reasonable use
and wear.  In the event Lessee holds over with the consent of the Lessor, then
there shall exist a month-to-month tenancy under terms and conditions set forth
at that time by the Lessor.

                                INDEMNIFICATION

         Lessee shall at its expense defend, indemnify, and hold Lessor and
Lessor's agents, contractors, licensees, employees, directors, officers,
partners and trustees (collectively, "Lessor's Employees") harmless from and
against any and all claims, arising out of or in connection with Lessee's use
of the Premises or the project (which





                                       3
<PAGE>   4
project is commonly referred to as FIRESIDE PLAZA) of which the Premises are a
part (the "Project"), the conduct of Lessee's business, any activity, work or
things done, permitted or allowed by Lessee in or about the Premises or the
Project, including the installation of alterations, Lessee's or Lessee's
Employees' nonobservance or nonperformance of any statute, law, ordinance, rule
of regulation, or any negligence or willful act or failure to act of Lessee or
Lessee's Employees.

                                   INSURANCE

         A.      Lessee's Insurance.  Lessee shall have the following insurance
obligations:

                 a.       Liability Insurance.  Lessee shall obtain and keep in
full force a policy of comprehensive general liability and property damage
insurance (including but not limited to automobile, personal injury, broad form
contractual liability, owner's (i.e., Lessee's) contractors protective and
broad form property damage) under which Lessee is named as the insured and
Lessor, Lessor's agent and any lessors and mortgagees (whose names shall have
been furnished to Lessee) are named as additional insureds.  The minimum limits
of liability shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence
of not less than Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,5000,000.00).
The policy shall be primary coverage for Lessee and Lessor for any liability
arising out of Lessee's and Lessee's Employees' use, occupancy or maintenance
of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto.  Such insurance shall
provide that it is primary insurance and not "excess over" or contributory.
The policy shall contain a severability of interest clause.  Not more
frequently than once each year, if, in the reasonable opinion of Lessor's
lender or of the insurance consultant retained by Lessor, the amount of public
liability and property damage insurance coverage at that time is not adequate,
Lessee shall increase the insurance coverage as reasonably required by either
Lessor's lender or Lessor's insurance consultant.

         b.      Lessee's Property Insurance.  Lessee at its cost shall
maintain on all leasehold tenant improvements and on all of Lessee's personal
property in, on or about the Premises, an "all risk" Property policy containing
an agreed percent (90%) of the full replacement cost valuation.  The proceeds
from any such policy shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of such
leasehold tenant improvements and personal property.

         c.      Workers' Compensation Insurance.  Lessee shall maintain
Workers' Compensation insurance as required by law and Employer's Liability
insurance in an amount not less than five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

         d.      Business Interruption/Extra Expense Insurance.  Lessee shall
maintain loss of income, business interruption and extra expense insurance in
such amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings
and incurred costs attributable to the perils commonly covered by Lessee's
property insurance described above but in no event less than One Million
Dollars ($1,000,000.00).  Such insurance will be carried with the same insurer
that issues Lessee's property insurance.





                                       4
<PAGE>   5
         e.      Other Coverage.  Lessee, at its cost, shall maintain such
other insurance as Lessor may reasonably require from time to time.

         f.      Insurance Criteria.  All the insurance required to be
maintained by Lessee under this lease shall:

                 i.       Be issued by insurance companies authorized to do
business in the state of California, with a financial rating of at least an
A:XIII status for any property insurance and B+:IX for any liability insurance
as rated in the most recent edition of Best's Insurance Reports;

                 ii.      Be issued as a primary policy;

                 iii.     Contain an endorsement requiring thirty (30) days
written notice from the insurance company to both parties and to Lessor's
lender before cancellation or any material change in the coverage, scope, or
amount of any policy; and

                 iv.      With respect to property loss or damage, a waiver of
subrogation must be obtained, as required by Subsection D below.

                 g.       Evidence of Coverage.  A certificate of insurance
with a list of endorsements shall be deposited with Lessor at the commencement
of the term, and on renewal of the policy a certificate of insurance listing
the insurance coverages required hereunder and naming Lessor and any other
interested parties as additional insured shall be deposited with Lessor not
less than seven (7) days before expiration of the term of the policy.

         B.      Lessor's Insurance.  Lessor shall have the following insurance
obligations:

         Lessor shall maintain in effect at all times fire and hazard "all
risk" insurance covering one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement
cost valuation of the building and Lessor's personal property including its
business papers, furniture, fixtures, and equipment, subject to commercially
reasonable deductibles, in the event of fire, lightning, windstorm, vandalism,
malicious mischief and all other risks normally covered by "all risk" policies
for similar commercial/retail properties in the vicinity of the Project.
Lessor shall also obtain and keep in full force (a) a policy of commercial
general liability and property damage insurance, and (b) loss of rent
insurance.

         C.      Assumption of Risk/Waivers of Subrogation/Minimization of
Duplication of Insurance Coverage/Limitations on Liability and Damages.

                 a.       Purpose.  The purpose of this provision is to allow
Lessor and Lessee to allocate and assume certain risks to coincide with
insurance coverages required to be maintained pursuant to the terms of this
lease.  Lessor and Lessee recognize the





                                       5
<PAGE>   6
benefit that each will receive from the waivers of subrogation each is required
to obtain pursuant to this Subsection and Subsection D below and that there are
significant advantages to each in connection with minimizing duplication of
insurance coverage.  Lessor and Lessee further agree to accept and place
certain limitations on each other's respective liabilities and responsibility
for damages to coincide with required insurance coverages.

                 b.       Property Insurance.      Lessor agreed to insure, in
accordance with subsection B above, the building, the Project and Lessor's
personal property including its business papers, furniture, fixtures, and
equipment (collectively, "Lessor's Property").  Accordingly, Lessor agrees that
Lessee will have no liability to Lessor in the event that Lessee damages or
destroys, negligently or otherwise, all or any part of Lessor's Property,
except to the extent said damage and/or destruction is not covered by
insurance.  Lessor will cause to be placed in its insurance policies covering
Lessor's Property a waiver of subrogation so that its insurance company will
not become subrogated to Lessor's rights and will not be able to proceed
against Lessee in connection with any such damage or destruction which is
covered by said insurance.

                 Lessee agrees to insure in accordance with Subsection A above
all leasehold tenant improvements and Lessee's personal property including its
business papers, furniture, fixtures, and equipment (collectively, "Lessee's
Property".  Accordingly, Lessee agrees that Lessor will have no liability to
Lessee in the event Lessor damages or destroys, negligently or otherwise, all
or any part of Lessee's Property.  Lessee will cause to be placed in its
insurance policies covering Lessee's Property a waiver of subrogation so that
the insurance company will not become subrogated to Lessee's rights and will
not be able to proceed against Lessor in connection with any such damage or
destruction.

                 Lessor shall not be responsible or liable to Lessee for any
damages or destruction to Lessee's Property caused by Lessor's employees,
agents, or independent contractors (collectively, "Lessor's Associates"), and
Lessee hereby releases Lessor from any claims resulting from damage or
destruction to Lessee's Property caused directly or indirectly by Lessor and/or
Lessor's Associates; provided, however, nothing herein shall be deemed to
release Lessor's independent contractors from any such claims Lessee may have
against Lessor's independent contractors.

                 c.       Damage to Business and Loss of Rents.  Lessor shall
carry continuation of rent insurance and Lessee shall be responsible for
carrying business interruption insurance (extra expense insurance) all in
accordance with this Section of the lease.  Accordingly, in the event that
Lessor's Property is damaged or destroyed because of any act or conduct,
negligent or otherwise, by Lessee and/or by Lessee's Associates, Lessor shall
have no rights against Lessee and hereby releases Lessee from all Claims,
including claims for loss of rent, by Lessor directly or indirectly resulting
from the damage or destruction of Lessor's Property by conduct by Lessee and/or
by Lessee's Associates.  Likewise, in the event that Lessee's Property is
damaged or destroyed





                                       6
<PAGE>   7
because of any act or conduct, negligent or otherwise, by Lessor and/or by
Lessor's Associates, Lessee shall have no rights against Lessor and hereby
releases Lessor from all claims by Lessor directly or indirectly resulting from
the damage or destruction of Lessee's Property by the conduct of Lessor and/or
Lessor's Associates; provided, however, nothing herein shall be deemed to
release Lessee's or Lessor's independent contractors from any liability to
Lessee and/or Lessor.

                 d.       Injury and Death to Individuals.  Lessor and Lessee
understand that waivers of subrogation do not apply to injury and death to
individuals.  Lessor and Lessee shall each carry insurance, as provided by this
Section of the lease, in connection with injury and death to individuals.
Lessor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Lessee from any liability
which Lessee may otherwise have with respect to injury or death to individuals
occurring within the Project but outside the Premises except to the extent that
such injury or death is caused by the negligence of Lessee and/or Lessee's
Associates and is not covered by the insurance Lessor is required to carry
under this lease.  Likewise, Lessee agrees to defend and hold harmless Lessor
from any liability for injury or death to persons occurring within the Premises
except to the extent such injuries or death are caused by the negligence of
Lessor and/or Lessor's Associates and is not covered by the insurance Lessee is
required to carry under this lease.

                 e.       Abatement of Rent.  Except as provided in the
Destruction of Premises and Eminent Domain Sections of this lease, Lessee shall
not otherwise be entitled to rent abatement and shall not otherwise have, and
hereby releases Lessor from, any Claims resulting from Lessee's inability to
utilize all or any part of the Premises.

                 f.       Limitation of Liability and Damages.  Lessor agrees
that in the event of a default by Lessee under the lease, Lessor will not have
a right to collect from Lessee a greater amount of rent than Lessor would have
been able to collect in the event that Lessee did not default under the lease.
Lessor further agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to
mitigate its damages in connection with any default by Lessee.  Nothing herein
shall be construed to prevent Lessee or Lessor, if it is the prevailing party
in connection with any litigation, dispute, or controversy between Lessor and
Lessee, from collecting, and each agrees that under such circumstances the
other shall have a right to collect and shall be awarded, (a) its reasonable
attorneys' fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with any such
litigation, dispute, or controversy and (b) interest, at the Interest Rate, on
any amounts not paid when due.

         D.      Allocation of Insured Risks/Subrogation.   Lessor and Lessee
release each other from any claims and demands of whatever nature for damage,
loss or injury to the Premises and/or the building and/or the Project, or to
the other's property in, on or about the Premises and the building and the
Project, that are caused by or result from risks or perils insured against
under any property insurance policies required by the lease to be carried by
Lessor and/or Lessee and in force at the time of any such damage, loss or
injury.  Lessor and Lessee shall cause each insurance policy obtained by them
or either of them to provide that the insurance company waives all right of
recovery by way of





                                       7
<PAGE>   8
subrogation against either Lessor or Lessee in connection with any damage
covered by any such policy or policies.  Neither Lessor nor Lessee shall be
liable to the other for any damage caused by fire or any of the risks insured
against under any insurance policy required by the lease.  If an insurance
policy cannot be obtained with a waiver of subrogation, or is obtainable only
by the payment of an additional premium charge above that charged by insurance
companies issuing policies without waiver of subrogation, the party undertaking
to obtain the insurance shall notify the other party of this fact.  The other
party shall have a period of ten (10) days after receiving the notice either to
place the insurance with a company that is reasonably satisfactory to the other
party and that will carry the insurance with a waiver of subrogation at no
additional cost, or to agree to pay the additional premium if such a policy is
obtainable at additional cost.  If the insurance cannot be obtained or the
party in whose favor a waiver of subrogation is desired refuses to pay the
additional premium charged, the other party is relieved of the obligation to
obtain a waiver of subrogation with respect to the particular insurance
involved.

                            EXPENSES PAID BY LESSEE

         Lessee shall pay to the appropriate party and in a timely manner all
expenses associated with its occupancy of the Premises, including, but not
limited to: (a) utilities, including water as shown on the water meter
installed in the Premises; (b) interior and exterior maintenance (of every type
and kind whether structural or non-structural) for the Premises except Lessor
is responsible for those expenses that are considered to be capital
improvements; (c) plate glass insurance and repair; (d) sign and awning repair
replacement, and maintenance; (e) roof, except lessor is responsible for those
expenses that are considered to be capital improvements, electrical and
plumbing repairs and maintenance; (f) plaza trash removal and the cleaning and
sanitizing of the trash removal area located in the Project; and (g) all
personal property and personal taxes, assessments, and licenses.  for the
purposes of this paragraph, Lessor may elect to undertake repair(s) of those
items specified above in sub-paragraphs (d) and (e) if Lessee fails to act
after notice of Lessor's intent to repair.  In the event Lessor shall elect to
undertake such repair(s), then Lessee shall promptly reimburse Lessor upon
Lessor's submitting a bill for reasonable costs of said repair(s).

         Lessee shall also pay to Lessor a pro rata share of the cost(s) of the
operation, maintenance and/or repair of the building and the common areas of
the FIRESIDE PLAZA shopping center (sometimes referred to herein as the
"Project").  Lessee's share of the property taxes, assessments, fees,
insurance, common area and building operation, maintenance and repairs shall be
computed by adding the property taxes, assessments, fees insurance premiums,
etc./bills for operation, maintenance and repairs of the properties located at
1401 through 1427 Montana and north to a depth of 170 feet (150' by 300') and
the sum thereof shall be divided by the total square footage of rentable area
in such properties to provide a "building per foot" cost, the parties agreeing
that for purposes of this calculation the total amount of square footage of
rentable area in such properties is 19,000.  This building per foot cost shall
then be multiplied by EIGHT





                                       8
<PAGE>   9
THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED FIFTY (8,250) to yield the Lessee's share of the said
expense(s).  Said sum is due and payable upon presentation by Lessor of a
statement to Lessee.  During the first lease year common area maintenance (CAM)
charges, taxes and insurance are estimated to be no more than $2.00 per square
foot.  Both parties agree that CAM shall not, barring any extraordinary
expenses, increase by more than 5% per year.

Lessee shall also pay not later than fifteen (15) days before they become
delinquent all taxes and assessments of every nature levied or assessed during
the term of this lease on the property or any fixtures, equipment or furniture
or personal property located on the Premises, Lessee shall furnish Lessor with
proof of such payment not later than five (5) days before such tax or
assessment becomes delinquent.

                                    PREMISES

         A.      Use of Premises.  The Premises shall be used only for: RETAIL
FOOD/GROCERY STORE AND RELATED USES and for no other purpose without the
written consent of the Lessor, and Lessee shall, as a material part of the
consideration for this lease, not permit the Premises or any part thereof to be
used for (1) the conduct of any offensive, noisy or dangerous activity that
would increase the premiums for fire insurance on the Premises or the building;
(2) the creation of maintenance of a public nuisance; (3) anything which is
against public regulations or rules of any public authority at any time
applicable to the Premises; or (4) the sale or consumption of any alcoholic
beverages or storage, displaying, gifting or dealing in any alcoholic
beverages.  Furthermore, Lessee acknowledges that the success of the Project as
a whole depends on the quality of the operation, service and merchandise
maintained by Lessee in the Premises.  As a material consideration by Lessor to
enter into this lease, Lessee will at all times maintain the quality of the
operation, service and merchandise maintained by Lessee in the Premises
consistent with a first-class retail food and grocery market at least
comparable to the present quality of operation, service and merchandise
typically found in a "Mrs. Gooch's" type of food market.

         B.      Hours of Operation.  Lessee shall, during the term of this
lease and any extensions thereof, unless prevented by conditions beyond
Lessee's control, conduct business of the nature specified above on the
Premises in a efficient and diligent manner and keep said Premises open for the
conduct of business from at least 10:00 a.m. to at least 8:00 p.m. seven (7)
days per week, excluding major holidays.  During all hours of operation, the
"Liquor Dept." sign presently located in the Premises (or a suitable
replacement therefor approved by Lessor) shall remain illuminated, it being
agreed and understood that Lessor shall have no obligation to continue to
maintain a liquor store in such remaining portion of the building throughout
the term of this lease.

                            DESTRUCTION OF PREMISES

         Should any building or improvements on the Premises be damaged or
destroyed by fire, the elements, acts of God or other causes, they shall be
repaired or replaced by





                                       9
<PAGE>   10
Lessor at Lessor's option or election and the rent payable by Lessee pursuant
to this lease shall be abated to the extent such damage or destruction renders
the Premises uninhabitable by Lessee.  The Lessor may, at his option, either
repair and restore the damaged building s and improvements or cancel this lease
and return any unearned rent previously paid under this lease by Lessee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if more than 50% of the Premises are damaged or
destroyed, Lessee may, at its option, cancel this lease.

         This Section shall be Lessee's sole and exclusive remedy in the event
of damage or destruction to the Premises, and Lessee, as a material inducement
to Lessor entering into this lease, irrevocably waives and releases Lessee's
rights under California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4).  No damages,
compensation or claim shall be payable by Lessor for any inconvenience, any
interruption or cessation of Lessee's business, or any annoyance arising from
any damage to or destruction of all or any portion of the Premises or the
building or the Project.

                                 EMINENT DOMAIN

         A.      Permanent Taking - When Lease Can Be Terminated.  If the whole
of the Premises, or so much of the Premises as to render the balance unusable
by Lessee, shall be taken under the power of eminent domain, the lease shall
automatically terminate as of the date of final judgment in such condemnation,
or as of the date possession is taken by the condemning authority, whichever is
earlier.  A sale by Lessor under threat of condemnation shall constitute a
"taking" for the purpose of this Section of the lease.  No award for any
partial or entire taking shall be apportioned and Lessee assigns to Lessor any
award which may be made in such taking or condemnation, together with all
rights of Lessee to such award, including, without limitation, any award or
compensation for the value of all or any part of the leasehold estate; provided
that nothing contained in this Section of the lease shall be deemed to give
Lessor any interest in or to require Lessee to assign to Lessor any award made
to Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to maintain an action for (a) the taking
of Lessee's Personal Property, or (b) interruption of or damage to Lessee's
business, or (c) Lessee's unamortized cost of the leasehold tenant improvements
to the extent paid for by Lessee.

         B.      Permanent Taking - When Lease Cannot Be Terminated.  In the
event of a partial taking which does not result in a termination of the lease
under A above base rent shall be proportionately reduced based on the portion
of the Premises rendered unusable, and Lessor shall restore the Premises or the
building to the extent of available condemnation proceeds.

         C.      Exclusive Remedy.  This Section of the lease shall be Lessee's
sole and exclusive remedy in the event of a taking or condemnation.  Lessee
hereby waives the benefit of California Code of Civil Procedure Section
1265.130.





                                       10
<PAGE>   11
         D.      Release Upon Termination.  Upon termination of the lease
pursuant to this Section of the lease, Lessee and Lessor hereby agree to
release each other from any and all obligations and liabilities with respect to
the lease except such obligations and liabilities which arise or accrue prior
to such termination.

                             CONDITION OF PREMISES

         Lessee stipulates that he has examined the Premises as well as the
building, the Project and all improvements located on the Premises.  Lessee
acknowledges that Lessee accepts the Premises in their current as-is condition
and that Lessor has not made any representations or warranties of any kind or
type about the condition of the Premises, the building or the Project or its or
their compliance with any applicable codes.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Lessor agrees to maintain the building and the plumbing, electrical and HVAC in
good working order until June 1, 1995.

                       MAINTENANCE OF PREMISES BY LESSEE

         Lessee expressly agrees to repair and maintain the Premises,
appurtenances, and the interior and exterior of the Premises in good and
sanitary order, condition, and repair during the entire lease term.  It is
expressly understood that the Lessee agrees to undertake such repairs as part
of the consideration for the rental under this lease except as provided for
above.

                       IMPROVEMENTS ON PROPERTY OF LESSOR

         All alterations, changes and improvements built, constructed or placed
on the Premises by Lessee, except movable fixtures, equipment and inventory,
shall, unless otherwise provided by written agreement between Lessor and
Lessee, be the property of the Lessor and remain on the Premises at the
expiration or sooner termination of this lease.  Nothing contained in this
paragraph, however, shall authorize the Lessee to make or place any such
alterations, changes or improvements on the Premises without having first
obtained the written consent of Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld.  Landlord's consent shall not be required for non-structural
alterations, changes or improvements in an amount less that $5,000.

                          SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

         A.      Obligations of Lessee.    The lease and the rights granted to
Lessee by the lease are and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to
(a) all ground or underlying leases affecting all or any part of the Project
now or later existing and all amendments, renewals, modifications, supplements
and extensions of the leases, and (b) all deeds of trust or mortgages now or
later affecting or encumbering all or any part of the Project and/or any ground
or underlying leasehold estate; provided however, that if Lessor or any lessor
under an existing ground lease or beneficiary under an existing deed of trust
elects at any time to have Lessee's interest in the lease be or become
superior, senior or prior to





                                       11
<PAGE>   12
any such instrument, then upon receipt by Lessee of written notice of such
election, Lessee shall immediately execute all necessary subordination
instruments or other documents confirming the subordination of such mortgage,
deed of trust, ground or underlying lease to the lease.

         B.      Attornment by Lessee.  In the event of the cancellation or
termination of any or all ground or underlying leases affecting all or any part
of the Project in accordance with its terms or by the surrender thereof,
whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, or by summary
proceedings, or in the event of any foreclosure of any or all mortgages or
deeds of trust encumbering the Project by trustee's sale, voluntary agreement,
deed in lieu of foreclosure, or by the commencement of any judicial action
seeking foreclosure, Lessee, at the request of the then landlord under the
lease, shall attorn to and recognize (a) the ground or underlying lessor, under
the ground or underlying lease being terminated or canceled, and (b) the
beneficiary or purchaser at the foreclosure sale, as Lessee's landlord under
this lease, and Lessee agrees to execute and deliver at any time upon request
of such ground or underlying lessor, beneficiary, purchaser, or their
successors, any instrument to further evidence such attornment.  Lessee hereby
waives its right, if any, to elect to terminate the lease or to surrender
possession of the Premises in the event of any such ground or underlying lease
cancellation or termination or mortgage or deed of trust foreclosure.

                               NO LIENS BY LESSEE

         Lessee shall at all times keep the Premises, the building and the
Project free from any liens arising out of any work performed or allegedly
performed, materials furnished or allegedly furnished or obligations incurred
by or for Lessee.  At any time Lessee either desires or is required to make any
alterations, Lessor may require Lessee, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, to
obtain and provide to Lessor a completion and/or performance bond in a form and
by a surety acceptable to Lessor and in an amount not less than one and
one-half (1-1/2) times the estimated cost of such alterations to insure Lessor
against liability from mechanics' and materialmen's liens and to insure
completion of the work and may also require such additional items or assurances
as Lessor may reasonably request.  Lessee agrees to indemnify and hold Lessor
harmless from and against any and all claims for mechanics', materialmen's or
other liens in connection with any alterations, repairs, or any work performed,
materials furnished or obligations incurred by or for Lessee.  Lessor reserves
the right to enter the Premises for the purpose of posting such notices of
non-responsibility as may be permitted by law, or desired by Lessor.  Upon
request by Lessee, Lessor agrees to subordinate its liens (common law and
statutory) that exist or may exist on Lessee's equipment, fixtures or inventory
to any bank or other lender.

                                    DEFAULTS

         Each of the following shall be a default by Lessee and a material
breach of the lease:





                                       12
<PAGE>   13
         1.      Lessee shall fail to make any payments owed by Lessee under
the lease, as and when due, and where such failure is not cured within five (5)
days following receipt of written notice by Lessee from Lessor.  Any such
notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under
Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure;

         2.      Lessee shall fail to observe, keep or perform any of the
terms, covenants, agreements or conditions under the lease that Lessee is
obligated to observe or perform, other than that described in subparagraph no.
1 above, for a period of thirty (30) days after notice to Lessee of said
failure; provided however, that if the nature of Lessee's default is such that
more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Lessee
shall not be deemed to be in default under the lease if Lessee shall commence
the cure of such default so specified within said thirty (30) day period and
diligently prosecutes the same to completion.  Such thirty (30) day notice
shall be in lieu of and not in addition to any notice required under Section
1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure; and

         3.      Lessee shall vacate or abandon the Premises.

                          LESSOR'S REMEDIES AND RIGHTS

         A.      Termination of Lease.       In the event of any default by
Lessee, Lessor shall have the right, in addition to all other rights available
to Lessor under this lease or now or later permitted by law or equity, to
terminate this lease by providing Lessee with a notice of termination.  Upon
termination, Lessor may recover any damages proximately caused by Lessee's
failure to perform under the lease, or which are likely in the ordinary course
of business to be incurred, including any amount expended or to be expended by
Lessor in an effort to mitigate damages, as well as any other damages which
Lessor is entitled to recover under any statute now or later in effect.
Lessor's damages include the worth, at the time of any award, of the amount by
which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of the award
exceeds the amount of the rental loss that the Lessee proves could be
reasonably avoided.  The worth at the time of award shall be determined by
discounting to present value such amount at three percent (3%) more than the
discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank in San Francisco in effect at the
time of the award.  Other damages to which Lessor is entitled shall earn
interest at the Interest Rate (as such term is defined in Subsection E.
below).

         B.      Continuation of Lease.    In accordance with California Civil
Code Section 1951.4 (or any successor statute), Lessee acknowledges that in the
event Lessee has breached this lease and abandoned the Premises, this lease
shall continue in effect for so long as Lessor does not terminate Lessee's
right to possession, and Lessor may enforce all its rights and remedies under
this lease, including the right to recover rent as it becomes due under this
lease.  Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises or
the appointment of a receiver upon initiative of Lessor to protect Lessor's
interest under this lease shall not constitute a termination of Lessee's right
to possession.





                                       13
<PAGE>   14
In addition to its other rights under this lease, Lessor has the remedy
described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Lessor may continue the
lease in effect after Lessee's breach and abandonment and recover rent as it
becomes due, if Lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to
reasonable limitations).

         C.      Right of Entry.    In the event of any default by Lessee,
Lessor shall also have the right, with or without terminating this lease, to
enter the Premises and remove all persons and personal property from the
Premises, such property being removed and stored in a public warehouse or
elsewhere at Lessee's sole cost and expense.  No removal by lessor of any
persons or property in the Premises shall constitute an election to terminate
this lease.  Such an election to terminate may only be made by Lessor in
writing, or decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction.  Lessor's right of
entry shall include the right to remodel the Premises and re-let the Premises.
All reasonable costs incurred in such entry and re-letting shall be paid by
Lessee.  Rents collected by Lessor from any other lessee which occupies the
Premises shall be offset against the amounts owed to Lessor by Lessee.  Lessee
shall be responsible for any amounts not recovered by Lessor from any other
lessee.  Any payments made by Lessee shall be credited to the amounts owed by
Lessee in the sole order and discretion of Lessor, irrespective of any
designation or request by Lessee.  No entry by Lessor shall prevent Lessor from
later terminating the lease by written notice.

         D.      Right to Perform.    If Lessee fails to perform any covenant
or condition to be performed by Lessee, Lessor may perform such covenant or
condition at its option, after notice to Lessee.  All reasonable costs incurred
by Lessor in so performing shall immediately be reimbursed to Lessor by Lessee,
together with interest at the Interest Rate (as defined in Subsection E below)
computed from the date incurred by Lessor.  Any performance by Lessor of
Lessee's obligations shall not waive or cure such default.  Lessor may perform
Lessee's defaulted obligation at Lessee's sole cost and expense without notice
in the case of any emergency.  All costs and expenses incurred by Lessor,
including reasonable attorneys' fees (whether or not legal proceedings are
instituted), in collecting rent or enforcing the obligations of Lessee under
the lease shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor upon demand.

         E.      If Lessee defaults in the payment of any installment of rent
hereunder, such installment shall bear interest at the rate of one and one-half
percent (1-1/2%) per month but in no event in excess of the maximum rate
permitted by law (herein referred to as the "Interest Rate") from the date such
payment is due until actually paid.  In like manner, all other obligation,
benefits, and monies which may become due under the terms hereof and which are
paid by either party because of the default of the other, shall bear interest
at the Interest Rate from the date such payments were made until the date the
paying party is reimbursed by the defaulting party therefor.

         F.      Remedies Not Exclusive.   The rights and remedies of Lessor
set forth herein are not exclusive, and Lessor may exercise any other right or
remedy available to it under this lease, at law or in equity.





                                       14
<PAGE>   15
                              RIGHT OF INSPECTION

         The Lessor and its agents have the right at all reasonable times
during the term of this lease to enter the Premises for the purpose of
inspecting the Premises and all building and improvements on the Premises.

                                 SQUARE FOOTAGE

         Lessor makes no warranty as to the exact or actual square footage of
the Premises.  If square footage is critical to Lessee's business operation,
they it shall be his responsibility to measure and assure himself that the
space provided is adequate to meet his needs.  Lessor shall incur no liability
in regard to error or mistake on this matter.

         Further, Lessee does warrant that he or his agents have inspected
and/or measured and are satisfied with the Premises and the space regardless of
the actual square footage therein.

                                   OCCUPANCY

         Occupancy of the Premises shall be made available to the Lessee by the
Lessor on the 1st day of June 1995 or as soon thereafter as possible and the
free rent period shall be extended accordingly.

                                TIME OF ESSENCE

         Time is of the essence of this lease.

                                WAIVER OF BREACH

         The waiver by Lessor of any breach of any provision this lease shall
not constitute a continuing waiver or a waiver of any subsequent breach of the
same or a different provision of this lease.

                                LITIGATION COSTS

         In any action or proceeding between Lessor and Lessee, the prevailing
party shall be awarded costs and attorneys' fees.

                               PARTIAL INVALIDITY

         No partial invalidity of this lease shall affect the remainder.





                                       15
<PAGE>   16
                                    PARKING

         Parking is unassigned and for use of all FIRESIDE PLAZA customers.
Parking for employees is not provided and is prohibited in the parking provided
for FIRESIDE PLAZA.  Lessee shall have the use of one (1) unassigned parking
space for its employee use.  Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep
the parking lot adjacent to the Premises illuminated during hours of darkness
for security reasons but only until two hours after business hours.

                                  LATE CHARGES

         All monies due Lessor by Lessee pursuant to the terms hereof shall be
paid promptly when due and shall become subject to a late charge equal to ten
percent (10%) of the overdue amount ten (10) days after the due date if not
received by Lessor by that time.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall
not be liable for late charged until it has received one written notice in any
given month that such month's rent payment was late.

                             GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS

         Should any governmental authority with jurisdiction over the Premises
or the Lessor:

         1.      Demand of the Lessor to improve the Premises or the Project,
the cost of which, in the discretion of the Lessor, would render this lease no
longer profitable for the Lessor;

         2.      Limit or restrict the current use of the Premises or the
Project;

         3.      Limit, restrict, regulate or try to impose in any way
standards for the amount of rent to be collected hereunder or on the manner in
which rent is to be collected; or

         4.      Require that the Premises or the Project conform in part or in
total to earthquake standards of safety now in effect or hereinafter adopted by
said governmental authority;

then, and in that event, this lease shall, at Lessor's option, automatically
and without notice become a tenancy from month-to-month and any unused
remainder of the lease term identified under the heading "Lease Term" herein
above is hereby waived by both the Lessor and Lessee without liability incurred
to either party by either party for any reason.

                             ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

         Lessee shall, at any time and from time to time upon request of
Lessor, within ten (10) days following notice of such request from Lessor,
execute, acknowledge and deliver





                                       16
<PAGE>   17
to Lessor in recordable form, a certificate ("Estoppel Certificate") in writing
in such form as Lessor or any of its lenders, prospective purchasers,
lienholders or assignees may reasonably deem appropriate.  Failure by Lessee to
deliver the Estoppel Certificate within this ten (10) day period shall be
deemed to establish conclusively that this lease is in full force and effect
and has not been modified except as may be represented by Lessor.  Lessee
irrevocably constitutes and appoints Lessor as its special attorney-in-fact to
execute and deliver the Estoppel Certificate to any lender, purchaser, investor
or lien holder if the Estoppel Certificate is not executed by Lessee and
delivered to Lessor within the ten (10) day period; but such appointment and
subsequent execution and delivery by Lessor shall not be deemed to have cured
any default by Lessee under this Section of the Lease.

                            MODIFICATION FOR LENDER

         Upon Lessor's request, Lessee agrees to modify this lease to meet the
requirements of any or all lenders or ground lessors selected by Lessor who
request such modification as a condition precedent to providing any loan or
financing or to entering into any ground lease affecting or encumbering the
Project or any part thereof, provided that such modification does not (a)
increase the base rent or any other monetary obligation or the cost of
conducting business at the Premises; or (b) alter the term, or (c) materially
adversely affect Lessee's rights under this lease.

                                    BROKERS

         Each party represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any real
estate broker or agent other than CB COMMERCIAL in connection with this lease.
Each party shall indemnify the other and hold it harmless from any cost,
expense, or liability (including costs of suit and reasonable attorneys' fees)
for any compensation, commission or fees claimed by any real estate broker or
agent in connection with this lease or its negotiation by reason of any act or
statement of the indemnifying party.

                              HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

         Lessee shall comply with all federal, state or local laws, ordinances
or regulations relating to industrial hygiene and environmental conditions on,
under or about the Premises including, but not limited to, soil and ground
water conditions.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Lessee
shall not transport, use, store, maintain, generate, manufacture, handle,
dispose, release or discharge any "Hazardous Material" (as defined below) upon
or about the Project, nor permit Lessee's Employees (as such term is defined in
this lease) to engage in such activities upon or about the Project.  However,
the foregoing provisions shall not prohibit the transportation to and from, and
the use, storage, maintenance and handling within, the Premises of substances
customarily used in connection with normal retail food/grocery market use
provided:  (a) such substances shall be used and maintained only in such
quantities as are reasonably necessary for the permitted use of the Premises
set forth in this lease, strictly in





                                       17
<PAGE>   18
accordance with applicable laws and the manufacturers' instructions therefor,
(b) such substances shall not be disposed of, released or discharged on the
Project, and shall be transported to and from the Premises in compliance with
all applicable laws, and as Lessor shall reasonably require, (c) if any
applicable law or Lessor's or Lessee's trash removal contractor requires that
any such substances by disposed of separately from ordinary trash, Lessee shall
make arrangements at Lessee's expense for such disposal directly with a
qualified and licensed disposal company at a lawful disposal site (subject to
scheduling and approval by Lessor), and shall ensure that disposal occurs
frequently enough to prevent unnecessary storage of such substances in the
Premises, and (d) any remaining such substances shall be completely, properly
and lawfully removed from the Project upon expiration or earlier termination of
this lease.

         The term "Hazardous Material" for purposes hereof shall mean any
chemical, substance, material or waste or component thereof which is now or
hereafter listed, defined or regulated as a flammable explosive, radioactive
material, hazardous or toxic chemical, substance, material or waste or
component thereof (whether injurious by themselves or in conjunction with other
materials) by any federal, state or local governing or regulatory body having
jurisdiction, or which would trigger any employee or community "right-to-know"
requirements adopted by any such body, or for which any such body has adopted
any requirements for the preparation or distribution of a material safety data
sheet.

         If any Hazardous Material is released, discharged or disposed of by
Lessee or Lessee's Employees on or about the Project or if any Hazardous
Material is determined to be in or about the Premises in violation of the
foregoing provisions, Lessee shall immediately, properly and in compliance with
applicable laws clean up and remove the Hazardous Material from the Project and
any other affected property and clean or replace any affected personal property
(whether or not owned by Lessor), at Lessee's expense.  Such clean-up and
removal work shall be subject to Lessor's prior written approval (except in
emergencies), and shall include, without limitation, any testing,
investigation, and the preparation and implementation of any remedial action
plan required by any governmental body having jurisdiction or reasonably
required by Lessor.  If Lessee shall fail to comply with the provisions of this
Section within five (5) days after written notice by Lessor, or such shorter
time as may be required by applicable law or in order to minimize any hazard to
persons or property, Lessor may (but shall not be obligated to) arrange for
such compliance directly or as Lessee's agent through contractors or other
parties selected by Lessor, at Lessee's expense (without limiting Lessor's
other remedies under this lease or applicable law).  If any Hazardous Material
is released, discharged or disposed of on or about the Project and such
release, discharge or disposal is not caused by Lessee, Lessee's Employees or
other occupants of the Premises, such release, discharge or disposal shall be
deemed casualty damage under the Destruction of Premises Section of this lease
to the extent that the Premises or common areas serving the Premises are
affected thereby; in such case, Lessor and Lessee shall have the obligations
and rights respecting such casualty damage provided under such Section of this
lease.





                                       18
<PAGE>   19
                                    HEADING

         Headings shall not limit or affect any paragraph in this lease.

                                OPTION TO EXTEND

         In consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, conditions and
duties herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, Lessor
grants to Lessee, if Lessee is not then in default under the lease, the
exclusive right to extent the term of the lease on the Premises for two
additional periods of ten (10) years each, from the original expiration date of
the lease.  In the event Lessee shall exercise this option to extend, the
extended period of the lease shall be on the same terms, covenants, conditions
and subject to the same exceptions and reservations contained in the lease
except that the then current base rent shall be as follows:

         FIRST OPTION (10 YEARS):

                 MONTHS 121 - 189                  $31,740.00 PER MONTH NNN
                 MONTHS 181 - 240                  $36,501.00 PER MONTH NNN

         SECOND OPTION (10 YEARS):

                 MONTHS 241 - 300                  $41,976.15 PER MONTH NNN
                 MONTHS 301 - 360                  $48,272.57 PER MONTH NNN

this increased amount shall be the new base rent for the period specified in
the option period.  In order to exercise this option to extend, Lessee must
notify Lessor, in writing not less than twelve (12) months prior to the
expiration date of the lease, of its intention to extend.  The option(s)
described herein are an integral part of the lease and cannot separately be
assigned, transferred or hypothecated (unless approved by Lessor as part of a
sublease or assignment of Lessee's entire leasehold interest).  Any attempt to
assign, transfer or hypothecate any interest therein shall be null and void
and, at Lessor's option, shall terminate the option(s).

                             RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

         If Lessee, during the lease term, or any extension of the term, elects
to sell all or any portion of its fixtures and/or equipment, including all
fixtures and equipment upon termination of lease, as conducted at the Premises,
Lessor shall have the right of first refusal to meet any bona fide offer of
sale from a third party on the same terms and conditions of that offer,
including, but not limited to the price and date for close of sale.  Upon
receipt of a bona fide third party offer to purchase the equipment and/or
fixtures, Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing of the offer, its terms and
conditions.  Lessor, with twenty (20) days after the date of Lessee's notice
shall notify Lessee in writing whether





                                       19
<PAGE>   20
or not Lessor agrees to purchase the said equipment and/or fixtures on the same
terms and conditions as contained in the third party offer.

                                    NOTICES

         Except as expressly provided by law, all notices or other
communications between the parties hereto shall be in writing and mailed or
hand-delivered to the Lessee at the Premises and to Lessor at 1421 Montana
Avenue, Santa Monica, CA  90403.  Either party may change its address for
purposes of receipt of notices by giving written notice of that change to the
other party.

                                  NO RECORDING

         Neither the lease, nor a memorandum thereof, may be recorded.

                                QUIET ENJOYMENT

         Lessor warrants to Lessee that this instrument, when executed and
delivered, will constitute a binding obligation of Lessor, enforceable in
accordance with its terms; that the execution and delivery of this instrument
and performance of all of its terms will not conflict with or result in a
breach of any law or ordinance, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree,
or of any agreement binding on Lessor; that (subject to conditions created by,
or acts of, Lessee) the condition of the Premises is not now and will not upon
commencement of the Term be in violation of any law, ordinance, order, notice
or regulation of any kind; and that no consent by any court, governmental
instrumentality or any other party is required for the execution and delivery
of this instrument by Lessor, or for its performance by Lessor.  Lessor hereby
warrants that it is vested fee simple owner of record of the Shopping Center or
is the party in control with full authority to lease.  Lessor warrants that it
will put Lessee into complete and exclusive possession of the Market, and into
possession of the Common Area in common with the rights of other tenants, free
from any agreement, easement, restriction, ordinance, zoning law or other law
which would prevent or interfere with the operation of the Shopping Center or
the Market.  Lessor further warrants that if Lessee shall pay all rental and
other sums as provided herein to be paid by Lessee and perform all the
covenants of the Lease to be performed by Lessee, then Lessee shall, during the
Term hereof, freely, peaceably and quietly occupy and enjoy the full possession
of the Premises, together with all appurtenances and all other rights and
privileges herein granted, without hindrance or interruption by Lessor or any
other person(s) lawfully or equitably claiming by through or under the Lessor.

                                ENTIRE AGREEMENT

         This agreement is the entire agreement of the parties hereto and any
verbal representations or agreements made by either party shall not be relied
upon to amend,





                                       20
<PAGE>   21
modify, govern or add to the provisions herein contained unless reduced to
writing and signed by the obligated party and attached hereto.




                                NEGOTIATED TERMS

         This lease is a result of negotiations of the parties, each of which
is sophisticated in commercial leasing matters and each of which has had the
opportunity to be represented by counsel, and all of the terms have been agreed
to by both Lessor and Lessee after negotiations.  Accordingly, any rule of law
or legal decision that would require interpretation of any provision of this
lease against the party that has drafted it is not applicable and is waived.
The provisions of this lease shall be interpreted in a reasonable manner to
effect the purposes of the parties hereto.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed this agreement and
any exhibits identified herein and attached hereto the day and year first above
written.


BY: /s/ Officer of Fireside Liquors, Inc.       BY: /s/ Elizabeth C. Cook
   --------------------------------------          ----------------------------
LESSOR - FIRESIDE LIQUORS, INC.                 LESSEE:  WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.





                                       21
<PAGE>   22
                                  EXHIBIT "A"

                                ADDITIONAL TERMS


1.       Lessor agrees that, during the term of this Lease, it will not execute
a lease for space surrounding the property within a five (5) mile radius with
another Tenant whose primary business activities conflict with the operations
of a natural-food grocery store or deli.  The current Tenants of FIRESIDE PLAZA
whose current use conflict with that of Lessee, their successors, assignees,
sublessees, and/or purchasers are exempted from this exclusivity clause,
provided such use remains comparable in size and nature to the current use.

2.       Lessee shall have the use of up to one-half (1/2) of the existing
pylon (roof) sign and maximum exposure upon the front exterior wall of the
Premises (1425 Montana Avenue) provided, however, such signage does not impair
FIRESIDE LIQUORS' existing signage.  All modifications or additions to the
current sign usage shall be in accordance with the ordinances, rules,
regulations and laws currently in force, except where said modification or
addition would adversely affect any current use "grandfathered" from previous
law.

3.       Lessor shall not add any additional leasable building square footage
to any property adjacent to or part of existing building that may impair
Lessee's business without reasonable consent of Lessee.

4.       Lessor, Lessee, and CB COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE GROUP, INC., Broker
herein, warrant to each other that they have dealt with no other real estate
broker in connection with transaction.  Within ten (10) days from execution of
this Lease, CB COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE GROUP, INC. shall be paid a FORTY EIGHT
THOUSAND DOLLAR ($48,000.00) commission by Lessor as and for their
participation in this lease transaction.

                               (*to be attached*)





                                       22

<PAGE>   1
                            Shopping Center Lease
                            Amended and Restated

The State of Colorado
County of Arapahoe

    This lease, entered into this first day of May, 1992 by and between the
Landlord and the Tenant hereinafter named.

    Article I.  Definitions and Certain Basic Provisions.  1.1

    (a)  "Landlord":  The Trustees Under the will and of the Estate of James
Campbell, Deceased, acting in their fiduciary and not in their individual
capacities.

    (b)  Landlord's Address:      425 California Street, Ste. 1000
                                  San Fancisco, CA 94104
                                  Attn: Director, Mainland Properties

    (c)  "Tenant":  Alfalfa's Littleton, Inc., a Colorado corporation

    (d)  Tenant's mailing address:         201 University Boulevard, Suite 200
                                           Denver, Colorado 80206
                                           Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

    (e)  Tenant's trade name:  (None listed)

    (f)  Tenant's address in Shopping Center:         910 South University 
                                                      Boulevard, #E-1
                                                      Littleton, Colorado 80121

    (g)  "Demised Premises":  approximately 22,500 square feet in Building "E"
(computed from measurements to the exterior of outside walls of the building
and to the center if interior walls), such premises being shown and outlined on
the plan attached hereto as Exhibit A, and being part of the Shopping Center
situated upon the property described in Exhibit B attached hereto.  "Shopping
Center" shall refer to the property described in Exhibit B, together with such
additions and other changes as Landlord may from time to time designate as
included within the Shopping Center.

    (h)  Lease term:  Commencing on the "Commencement Date" as hereinafter
defined and ending one hundred forty four (144) months thereafter except that
in the event the Commencement Date is a date other than the first day of a
calendar month, said term shall extend for said number of months in addition to
the remainder of the calendar month following the Commencement date..

    (i)  Commencement Date:  May 1, 1992.

    (j)  Minimum Guaranteed Rental:  See Section 29.2 of the Addendum.

    (k)  Percentage Rental:  2.5% of gross sales in excess of the Minimum
Guaranteed Rental / 2.5% per month during the calendar year, payable on or
before the 10th day of each following month subject to Article IV, Section 4.3
below.

    (l)  Initial Common Area Maintenance charge per month:  $2,325.00

    (m)  Initial Insurance Escrow Payment per month:  $262.50

    (n)  Initial Tax Escrow Payment per month:  $2,137.50

    (o)  "Security Deposit":  $0

    (p)  Permitted use:  To operate a supermarket, and purposes incidental to
that use.
<PAGE>   2

<TABLE>
    <S>  <C>
    1.2  The sum of:
         Minimum Guaranteed Rental as set forth in Article I, Section 1.1(j); and . . . . . . . .    *
         Initial Common Area Maintenance charge, as set forth in Article I, Section 1.1(l); and $2,325.00
         Initial Insurance Escrow Payment as set forth in Article I, Section 1.1(m); and  . .     $262.50
         Initial Tax  Escrow Payment as set forth in Article I, Section 1.1(n)  . . . . . . .   $2,137.50
         Monthly Payment Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   (None Shown)
</TABLE>

* See Section 29.2 of the Addendum

    1.3  Each of the foregoing definitions and basic provisions shall be
construed in conjunction with and limited by references thereto in other
provisions of this lease.

    Article II.  Granting Clause.  2.1  In consideration of the obligation in
Tenant to pay rent and other charges as herein provided and in consideration of
the other terms, covenants and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby demises and
leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby takes from Landlord the Demised Premises as
described in Article I, Section 1.1(g).  TO HAVE AND TO HOLD said premises for
the lease term specified in Article I, Section 1.1(h), all upon the terms and
conditions set forth in this lease.

    Article III.  3.1  (Ommitted)

    3.2  Tenant agrees to open the Demised Premises to the public on The
Commencement Date.  Landlord and Tenant each agree that at the request of
either they will, following the Commencement Date, execute and deliver a
recordable short form lease containing the basic provisions of this lease,
acknowledging that Tenant has accepted possession, and reciting the exact
Commencement Date and termination date of this lease.

    3.3  (Ommitted)

    3.4  (Ommitted)

    Article IV.  Monthly Payment  4.1  Monthly Payment, as specified in Article
I, Section 1.2, shall accrue hereunder from the Commencement Date, and shall be
payable at the place designated for the delivery of notices to Landlord at the
time of payment, without demand and without set-off or deduction, for any
reason whatsoever, except as herein provided.  Monthly Payment shall mean the
sum of Minimum Guaranteed Rental in monthly installments in the amount
specified in Article I, Section 1.1(j), Percentage Rental as set forth in
Article I, Section 1.1(k), Common Area Maintenance Charge as set forth in
Article VI, Insurance Escrow Payment as set forth in Article XIII and Tax
Escrow Payment as set forth in Article XVIII.

    4.2  Tenant shall pay to Landlord Minimum Guaranteed Rental in monthly
installments in the amount specified in Article I, Section 1.1(j) above.  The
first such monthly installment shall be due and payable on or before the
Commencement Date, and subsequent installments shall be due and payable on or
before the first day of each succeeding calendar month during
<PAGE>   3
the hereby lease term; provided that if the Commencement Date is a date other
than the first day of a calendar month, there shall be due and payable on or
before such date as minimum guaranteed rental for the balance of such calendar
month a sum equal to that proportion of the rent specified for the first full
calendar month as herein provided, which the number of days from the
Commencement Date to the end of the calendar month during which the
Commencement Date shall fall bears to the total number of days in such month.

    4.3  In addition to the Minimum Guaranteed Rental, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord for each calendar year during the term of the lease as Percentage
Rental, a sum equivalent to the amount, if any by which the percentage of gross
sales set forth in Article I, Section 1.1(k), above exceeds Minimum Guaranteed
Rental set forth in Article I, Section 1.1(j), above and annulized for such
calendar year.  The Percentage Rental shall be paid in monthly installments as
follows:  on or before the 10th day of each calendar month during the term of
this lease.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, after deducting therefrom the
Minimum Guaranteed Rental paid for the preceding calendar month, a sum of money
equal to the product of the percentage rental rate specified multiplied by the
total gross sales made in or from the Demised Premises during such preceding
month.  In the event that the total of the monthly payments of Percentage
Rental for any calendar year is not equal to the annual Percentage Rental
computed on the amount of gross sales for such calendar year in accordance with
the specified rate or rates, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord any deficiency
or Landlord shall refund to Tenant any overpayment, as the case may be, within
sixty days after the end of such calendar year.  In no event shall the rent to
be paid by Tenant and retained by Landlord for any calendar year be less than
the annual Minimum Guaranteed Rental herein specified.

    4.4  If this lease should commence on a date other than the first day of a
calendar year or terminate on a date other than the last day of a calendar
year, Percentage Rental for such fractional part of the calendar year following
the Commencement Date or preceding the termination date, as the case may be,
shall be paid at the specified rate or rates for all sales made during such
fractional part of a calendar year, after deducting from such Percentage Rental
all payments of Minimum Guaranteed Rental for such fractional period, such
percentage rental to be paid in monthly installments as provided above with
respect to full calendar years.  (1)  See also Section 29.4 of the Addendum.

    4.5  Each sale upon installment or credit shall be treated as a sale for
the full price in the month during which such sale was made, irrespective of
the time when Tenant receives payment from its customer.  No deduction shall be
allowed for uncollected or uncollectible credit accounts.  Gross Sales shall
not include, however, any sums collected and paid out for any sales or direct
excise tax imposed by any duly constituted governmental authority, nor shall it
include the exchange of merchandise between the stores of Tenant, if any, where
such exchanges are made solely for the convenient operation of the business of
Tenant and not for the purpose of consummating a sale which has theretofore
been made in or from the Demised Premises and/or for the purpose of depriving
Landlord of the benefit of a sale which otherwise would be made in or from the
Demised Premises, nor the amount of returns to shippers or manufacturers, nor
the amount of any cash or credit refund made upon any sale
<PAGE>   4
where the merchandise sold, or some part thereof, is thereafter returned by
purchaser and accepted by Tenant, nor sales of Tenant's fixtures, nor the sale
of lottery tickets.

    Article V.  Sales Reports and Records.  5.1  On or before the 10th day of
each calendar month during the term of this lease Tenant shall prepare and
deliver to Landlord at the place designated by Landlord a statement of Gross
Sales made during the preceding calendar month.  In addition, within sixty days
after the expiration of each calendar year and within sixty days after
termination of this lease, if this lease should not terminate at the end of a
celendar year, Tenant shall prepare and deliver to Landlord at the place
designated by Landlord a statement of Gross Sales during the preceding calendar
year (or partial calendar year), certified to be correct by Tenant.  Tenant
shall furnish similar statements for its licensees, concessionaires and
subtenants, if any.  All such statements shall be in such form as Landlord may
require.  If any such certified statement discloses error in the calculation of
the percentage rental for any period, appropriate adjustment of the Percentage
Rental shall be made, subject, however, to Landlord's rights under Article V,
Section 5.3.

    5.2  Tenant shall keep in the Demised Premises or at some other location
approved in writing by Landlord, a permanent, accurate set of books and records
of all sales of merchandise and revenue derived from business conducted in the
Demised Premises, and all supporting records such as tax reports, banking
records, cash register tapes, sales slips and other sales records.  All such
books and records shall be retained and preserved for at least twenty-four
months after the end of the calendar year to which they relate, and shall be
subject to inspection and audit by Landlord and its agents at all reasonable
times.

    5.3  In the event Landlord is not satisfied with any monthly statement or
certified annual statement of Gross Sales submitted by Tenant, Landlord shall
have the right to have its auditors make a special audit of all books and
records, wherever located, pertaining to sales made in or from the Demised
Premises during the period in question.  If such statements are found to be
incorrect to an extent of more than two percent (2%) over the figures submitted
by Tenant, Tenant shall pay for such audit.  Tenant shall promptly pay to
Landlord any deficiency or Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant any
overpayment, as the case may be, which is established by such audit.  See
Section 29.5 of the Addendum.

    Article VI.  Common area.  6.1  The "Common Area" is the part of the
Shopping Center designated by Landlord from time to time for the common use of
all tenants, including among other facilities, parking area, sidewalks,
landscaping, curbs, loading areas, private streets and alleys, lighting
facilities, hallways, malls, rest rooms, and other areas and improvements
provided by Landlord for the common use of all tenants, all of which shall be
subject to Landlord's sole management and control and shall be operated and
maintained in such manner as Landlord, in its discretion, shall determine,
except as restricted by Addendum.  Landlord reserves the right to change from
time to time the dimensions and location of the Common Area as shown on Exhibit
A as well as the location, dimensions, identity and type of any building shown
on Exhibit A and to construct additional buildings or additional stories on
existing buildings or other improvements in the Shopping Center, and to
eliminate buildings from the plan shown on Exhibit A.  Tenant and its
employees, customers,
<PAGE>   5
subtenants, licensees and concessionaires shall have the non-exclusive right
and license to use the Common Area as constituted from time to time, such use
to be in common with Landlord, other tenants of the Shopping Center and other
persons permitted by Landlord to use the same, and subject to such reasonable
rules and regulations governing use as Landlord may from time to time
prescribe, including the designation of specific areas within the Shopping
Center or in reasonable proximity thereto in which automobiles owned by Tenant,
its employees, subtenants, licensees and concessionaires shall be parked.
Tenant will furnish to Landlord upon request a complete list of license numbers
of all automobiles operated by Tenant, its employees, subtenants, licensees or
concessionaires.  Tenant shall not solicit business or display merchandise
within the Common Area, or distribute handbills therein, or take any action
which would interfere with the rights of other persons to use the Common Area
without the prior written consent of the Landlord.  Landlord may temporarily
close any part of the Common Area for such periods of time as may be necessary
to prevent the public from obtaining prescriptive rights or to make repairs or
alterations.

    6.2  In addition to the rights reserved to Landlord in Section 6.1 above,
landlord may from time to time substitute for any parking area shown on Exhibit
A other areas or multi-level parking facilities reasonably accessible to the
tenants of the Shopping Center.

    6.3  Tenant agrees to pay as an additional charge each month for its
proportionate share of the cost of operation and maintenance of the Common Area
(including, among other costs, those incurred for lighting, heating, air
conditioning, water, sewerage, painting, cleaning, policing, inspecting,
landscaping, repairing, replacing, guarding, protecting and insuring against
property damage and liability, which may be incurred by Landlord in its
reasonable discretion.  The proportionate share to be paid by Tenant of the
cost of operation and maintenance of the Common Area shall be computed on the
ratio that the total area of the Demised Premises bears to the gross leasable
retail area of buildings within the Shopping Center from time to time.
Landlord shall make monthly or other periodic charges based upon the estimated
annual cost of operation and maintenance of the Common Area, payable in advance
but subject to adjustment after the end of the year on the basis of the actual
cost for such year.  Any such periodic charges shall be due and payable upon
delivery of notice therof.  The Initial Common Area Maintenance Charge, subject
to adjustment as provided herein, shall be that amount set out in Article I,
Section 12.1(l).

    Article VII:  Use and Care of Premises.  7.1  The Demised Premises may be
used only for the purpose or purposes specified in Article I, Section 1.1(p)
above, and for no other purpose or puposes without the prior written consent of
Landlord.  Tenant shall use in the transaction of business in the Demises
Premises the trade name specified in Article I, Section 1.1(e) above and no
other trade name without the prior written consent of Landlord; said consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Tenant shall not at any time leave the
Demised Premises vacant, but shall in good faith continuously throughout the
term of this lease conduct and carry on in the entire Demised Premises the type
of business for which the Demised Premises are leased.  Tenant shall operate
its business with a complete line of full selection and sufficient stock of
first class merchandise of current style and type, attractive displays and in
an efficient, high class and reputable manner so as to produce the maximum
amount of sales
<PAGE>   6
from the Demised Premises, and shall, except during reasonable periods for
repairing, cleaning and decorating keep the Demised Premises open to the public
for business with adequate and competent personnel in attendance on all days
and during all hours (including evenings) established by Landlord from time to
time as store hours for the Shopping Center, and during any other day hours
when the Shopping Center generally is open to the public for business.  At a
minimum, Tenant shall be open to the public for business six (6) days per week
for at least eight (8) hours per day, except to the extent Tenant may be
prohibited from being open for business by applicable law, ordinance or
government regulation.


    7.2  (first line ommitted on photocopy)...insurance premium cost or
invalidates any insurance policy carried on the Demised Premises or other part
of the Shopping Center, Tenant shall pay as additional rental, upon demand of
Landlord, any such increased premium cost due to Tenant's use or occupation of
the Demises Premises.  All property kept, stored or maintained within the
premises by Tenant shall be at Tenant's sole risk.

    7.3  Tenant shall not conduct within the Demised Premises any fire, auction
or bankruptcy sales or operate within the Demised Premises a "Wholesale" or
"factory outlet" store, a cooperative store, a "second hand" store, a "surplus"
store or a store commonly referred to as "discount house."  Tenant shall not
advertise that it is a "discount," "cut- price," or "cut-rate" store.  Tenant
shall not permit any objectionable or unpleasant odors to emanate from the
Demised Premises, nor place or permit any radio, television, loud-speaker or
amplifier on the roof or outside the Demised Premises or where the same can be
seen or heard from outside the building or in the Common Area, nor place an
antenna, awning or other projection on the exterior of the Demised Premises;
nor solicit business or distribute leaflets or other advertising material in
the Common Area; nor take any other action which in the exclusive judgment of
Landlord would constitute a nuisance or would disturb or endanger other tenants
of the Shopping Center or unreasonably interfere with their use of their
respective premises, nor do anything which would tend to injure the reputation
of the Shopping Center.

    7.4  Tenant shall take good care of the Demised Premises and keep the same
free from waste at all times.  Tenant shall keep the Demised Premises and
sidewalks, service-ways and loading areas adjactent to the Demised Premises
neat, clean and free from dirt, rubbish, insects and pests at all times, and
shall store all trash and garbage within the area designated by Landlord for
such trash pickup and removal and only in receptacles of the size, design and
color from time to time prescribed by Landlord.  Receiving and delivery of
goods and merchandise and removal of garbage and trash shall be made only in
the manner and areas from time to time prescribed by Landlord.  Landlord may,
at its sole option, arrange for collection of all trash and garbage  and should
Landlord exercise such election, Tenant's proportionate share of the cost
thereof will be part of its Common Area Maintenance Charge.  Tenant shall not
operate an incinerator or burn trash or garbage within the Shopping Center.

    7.5  Tenant shall maintain all display windows in a neat attractive
condition, and shall keep all display window, exterior electric signs in front
of the Demised Premises lighted from dusk until 10:00 PM. every day, including
Sundays and holidays.
<PAGE>   7
    7.6  Tenant shall use its best efforts to include the address and identity
of its business activities in the Demised Premises in all advertisements made
by Tenant in which the address and identity of any similar local business
activity of Tenant is mentioned.

    7.7  Tenant shall procure, at its sole expense, any permits and licenses
required for the transaction of business in the Demised Premises and otherwise
comply with all applicable laws, ordinances and governmental regulation.

    Article VIII.  Maintenance and Repair of Premises.  8.1  Landlord shall
keep the foundation, the exterior walls (except store fronts, plate glass
windows, doors, door closure devices, window and door frames, moulding, locks
and hardware and painting or other treatment of interior and exterior walls
which are part or the store front) and roof of the Demised Premises in good
repair.  Landlord shall also, at its sole expense, replace or repair facing and
worn surfaces as reasonably necessary for service... (ommitted by photocopy)...
dock over the life of this Lease; except that Landlord shall not be required to
make any repairs occasioned by the act or negligence of Tenant, its agents,
employees, subtenants, licensees and concessionaires, which repairs shall be
made by Tenant.  In the event that the Demised Premises should become in need
of repairs required to be made by Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall give
immediate written notice thereof to Landlord and Landlord shall not be
responsible in any way for failure to make any such repairs until a reaonable
time shall have elapsed after delivery of such written notice.  Landlord's
obligation hereunder is limited to repairs specified in this Article VIII,
Section 8.1 only.

    8.2  Tenant shall furnish, maintain and replace all electric light bulbs, 
tubes and tube casings.

    8.3  Tenant shall keep the Demised Premises in good, clean condition and
shall, at its sole cost and expense, make all needed repairs and replacements,
including replacement of cracked or broken glass, except for repairs and
replacements required to be made by Landlord under the provisions of Article
VIII, section 8.1 and Article XV and shall keep all plumbing units, pipes and
connections free from obstruction and protected against ice and freezing.  If
any repairs required to be made by Tenant hereunder are not made within 31 days
after written notice delivered to Tenant by Landlord, Landlord may, at its
option, make such repairs without liability to Tenant for any loss or damage
which may result to its stock or business by reason of such repairs, and Tenant
shall pay to Landlord immediately upon demand as additional rental hereunder
the cost of such repairs plus ten percent (10%) of the amount thereof and
failure to do so shall constitute an event of default hereunder.  At the
expiration of this lease, Tenant shall surrender the Demised Premises in good
condition, reasonable wear and tear and loss by fire or other casualty excepted
and shall surrender all keys for the Demised Premises to Landlord and shall
inform Landlord of all combinations of locks, safes and vaults, if any, in the
Demised Premises.

    Article IX.  Alterations.  9.1 Tenant shall not make any alterations,
additions or improvements to the Demised Premises without the prior written
consent of Landlord, except for the installation of unattached, movable trade
fixtures which may be installed without
<PAGE>   8
drilling, cutting or otherwise defacing the Demised Premises.  All alterations,
additions, improvements and fixtures (other than trade fixtures) which may be
made or installed by either party upon the Demised Premises shall remain upon
and be surrendered with the Demised Premises and become the property of
Landlord at the termination of this lease, unless Landlord requests their
removal in which event Tenant shall remove the same and repair any damage to
the Demised Premises arising from such removal to their original condition at
Tenant's expense.  Any linoleum, carpeting or other floor covering which may be
cemented or otherwise affixed to the floor of the Demised Premises is a
permanent fixture and shall become the property of Landlord without credit or
compensation to Tenant.

    9.2  All construction work done by Tenant within the Demised Premises shall
be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, in compliance with all
governmental requirements, and the requirements of any contract or deed of
trust to which the Landlord may be a party and in such manner as to cause a
minimum of interference with other construction in progress and with the
transaction of business in the Shopping Center.  Tenant agrees to indemnify
Landlord and hold it harmless against any loss, liability or damage resulting
from such work, and Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord, furnish bond or
other security satisfactory to Landlord against any such loss, liability or
damage.

    9.3  Tenant agrees that all venting, opening, sealing, waterproofing or any
altering of the roof whall be performed by Landlord's roofing contractor at
Tenant's expense and that when completed Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a
certificate from Landlord's roofing contractor that all such alterations
approved by Landlord have been completed in accordance with the plans and
specifications therefor approved by Landlord.

    Article X.  Landlord's Right of Access; Use of Roof.  10.0 Landlord shall
have the right to enter upon the Demised Premises at any reasonable time for
the purpose of inspecting the same, or of making repairs to the Demised
Premises, or of making repairs, alterations or additions to adjacent premises,
or of showing the Demised Premises to prospective purchasers, lessees or
lenders.

    10.2  Use of the roof above the Demised Premises is reserved to Landlord.

    Article XI.  Signs; Store Fronts.  11.1 Tenant shall not, without
Landlord's prior written consent (a) make any changes to or paint the store
front; or (b) install any exterior lighting, decorations or paintings; or (c)
erect or install any signs, window or door lettering, placards, decorations or
advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the
Demised Premises, excepting only dignified displays of customary type for its
display windows.  All signs, decorations and advertising media shall conform in
all respects to the sign criteria established by Landlord for the Shopping
Center form time to time in the exercise of its sole discretion, and shall be
subject to the prior written approval of Landlord as to construction, method of
attachment, size, shape, height, lighting, color and general appearance.  All
signs shall be kept in good condition and in proper operating order at all
times.  Landlord reserves the right to designate a uniform type of sign for the
Shopping Center to be installed and paid for by Tenant.  See Exhibit "D" for
Landlord's Sign Criteria.
<PAGE>   9
    11.2  Tenant agrees to have erected and/or installed and fully operative on
or before the Commencement Date of this lease all signs in accordance with
Landlord's sign criteria.  The Tenant, upon vacation of the Demised Premises,
or the removal or alteration of its sign for any reason, shall be responsible
for the repair, painting, and/or replacement of the building fascia surface
where signs are attached.

    Article XII.  Utilities.  12.1  Landlord agrees to cause to be provided and
maintained the necessary mains, conduits and other facilities necessary to
supply water, electricity, telephone service and sewerage service to the
Demised Premises.

    12.2  Tenant shall promptly pay all charges for electricity, water, gas,
telephone service, sewerage service and other utilities furnished to the
Demised Premises and shall promptly pay any maintenance charges therefor.
Landlord may, if it so elects, furnish one or more utility services to Tenant,
and in such event Tenant shall purchase the use of such services as are
tendered by Landlord, and shall pay on demand as additional rental the rates
established therefor by Landlord which shall not exceed the rates which would
be charged for the same services if furnished directly by the local public
utility companies.  Landlord may at any time discontinue furnishing any such
service without obligation to Tenant other than to connect the Demised Premises
to the public utility, if any, furnishing such service.

    12.3  Landlord shall not be liable for any interruption or failure
whatsoever in utility services, unless caused by the negligence of Landlord or
Landlord's agents or employees.

    Article XIII.  Indemnity, Public Liability Insurance and Fire and Extended
Coverage Insurance.  13.1.  Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or to
Tenant's employees, agents or visitors, or to any other person or entity,
whomsoever, for any injury to person or damage to or loss of property on or
about the Demised Premises or the Common Area caused by the negligence or
misconduct of Tenant, its employees, subtenants, licensees or concessionaires,
or of any other person entering the Shopping Center under the express or
implied invitation of Tenant, or arising out of the use of the premises by
Tenant and the conduct of its business therin, or arising out of any breach or
default by Tenant in the performance of its obligations hereunder or resulting
from any other cause except Landlord's negligence, and Tenant hereby agrees to
indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from any loss, expense or claims
arising out of such damage or injury.

    13.2  Tenant shall procure and maintain throughout the term of this lease a
policy of insurance, at its sole cost and expense, insuring both Landlord and
Tenant against all claims, demands or actions arising out of or in connection
with Tenant's use or occupancy of the Demised Premises, or by the condition of
the Demised Premises, combined single limit of no less than $1,000,000.00, to
be written by insurance companies reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.  Tenant
shall obtain a written obligation on the part of each insurance company to
notify Landlord at least ten days prior to cancellation of such insurance.
Such policies or duly executed certificates of insurance shall be promptly
delivered to Landlord and renewals thereof as required shall be delivered to
Landlord at least thirty days prior to the expiration of
<PAGE>   10
the respective policy terms. Tenant's failure to comply with the foregoing
requirements relating to insurance shall constitute an event of... (ommitted by
photocopy) ... remedies provided in Article XIX of this lease, Landlord may,
but is not obligated to obtain such insurance and Tenant shall pay to Landlord
upon demand as additional rental the premium cost thereof plus interest at the
rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the date of payment by Landlord until
repaid by Tenant.

    13.3  Landlord and Tenant agree and covenant that neither shall be liable
to the other for loss arising out of damage to or destruction of the Demised
Premises or contents thereof when such loss is caused by any perils included
within standard fire and extended coverage insurance policy of the state in
which the Demised Premises is situated; this agreement shall be binding whether
or not such damage or destruction be caused by negligence or either party or
their agents, employees or visitors.  Landlord agrees to carry fire and
extended coverage to the extent required by its lender.

    13.4  Tenant agrees to pay its proportionate share to Landlord's cost of
carrying public liability and property damage coverage and fire and extended
coverage insurance ("Insurance") on the Shopping Center.  During each month of
the term of this lease, tenant shall make a monthly escrow deposit with
Landlord equal to 1/12 of its proportionate share of the insurance on the
Shopping Center which will be due and payable for that particular year.  Tenant
authorizes Landlord to use the funds deposited by him with Landlord under this
Article XIII, Section 13.4 to pay cost of such insurance.  Each Insurance
Escrow Payment shall be due and payable at the same time and manner of the
payment of Minimum Guaranteed Rental as provided herein.  The amount of the
initial monthly Insurance Escrow Payment will be that amount set out in Article
I, Section 1.1(m) above.  The initial monthly Insurance Escrow Payment is based
upon Tenant's proportionate share of the estimated Insurance on the Shopping
Center for the year in question, and the monthly Insurance Escrow Payment is
subject to increase or decrease as determined by Landlord to reflect an
accurate monthly escrow of Tenant's estimated proportionate share of the
insurance.  The Insurance Escrow Payment account of Tenant shall be reconciled
annually.  If the Tenant's total Insurance Escrow Payments are less than
Tenant's actual pro rata share of the insurance on the Shopping Center, Tenant
shall pay to Landlord upon demand the difference.  If the total Insurance
Escrow Payments of Tenant are more than Tenant's actual pro rata share of the
taxes on the Shopping Center, Landlord shall retain such excess and credit it
to Tenant's Insurance Escrow Payment account.  Tenant's proportionate share of
the cost of Insurance on the Shopping Center shall be computed by multiplying
the cost of insurance by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number
of square feet of floor space in the Demised Premises and the denominator of
which shall be the number of square feet of all stores in the Shopping Center.

    Article XIV.  Non-Liability for Certain Damages.  14.1  Landlord and
Landlord's agents and employees shall not be liable to Tenant or any other
person or entity whomsoever for any injury to person or damage to property
caused by the Demised Premises or other portions of the Shopping Center
becoming out of repair or by defect in or failure of equipment, pipes or
wiring, or broken glass, or by the backing up to drains, or by gas, water,
steam, electricity or
<PAGE>   11
oil leaking, escaping or flowing into the Demised Premises unless directly
caused by the negligence or intentional act of Landlord or Landlord's agents or
employees, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant or any other person or entity
whomsoever for any loss or damage that may be accasioned by or through the acts
or ommissions of other tenants of the Shopping Center or of any other persons
or entities whomsoever, excepting only duly authorized employees and agents of
Landlord.  With respect to latent or patent defects in the Demised Premises or
in the building of which they form a part, Landlord's liability shall not
extend beyond one year from the date of substantial completion of the
construction of the Demised Premises, whether or not such defects are
discovered within such one-year period.  Tenant shall indemnify and hold
Landlord harmless from any loss, cost, expense or claims arising out of such
injury or damage arising out of the repair or maintenance obligations of Tenant
pursuant to this Lease.

    Article XV.  Damage by Casualty.  15.1  Tenant shall give immediate written
notice to Landlord of any damage caused to the Demised Premises by fire or
other casualty.

    15.2 In the event that the Demised Premises shall be damaged or destroyed
by fire or other casualty insurable under standard fire and extended coverage
insurance and Landlord does not elect to terminate this lease as hereinafter
provided, Landlord shall proceed with reasonable diligence and at its sole cost
and expense to rebuild and repair the Demised Premises.  If the building in
which the Demised Premises are located shall (I) be destroyed or substantially
damaged by a casualty not covered by Landlord's Insurance; or (II) be destroyed
or rendered untenantable to an extent in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the
first floor area by a casualty covered by Landlord's Insurance; or (III) be
damaged to such extent that the remaining term of this lease is not sufficient
to amortize the cost of reconstruction, the Landlord may elect either to
terminate this lease as hereinafter provided or to proceed to rebuild and
repair the Demised Premises.  Should Landlord elect to terminate this lease it
shall give written notice of such election to Tenant within ninety days after
the occurrence  of such casualty.  If Landlord should not elect to terminate
this lease.  Landlord shall proceed with reasonable diligence and at its sole
cost and expense to rebuild and repair the Demised Premises.  Se also Section
29.6 of the Addendum.

    15.3  Landlord's obligation to rebuild and repair under this Article XV
shall in any event be limited to restoring to substantially the conditin in
which the same existed prior to the casualty, and shall be further limited to
the extent of the Insurance proceeds available to Landlord for such
restoration, and Tenant agrees that promptly after completion of such work by
Landlord, it will proceed with reasonable diligence and at its sole cost and
expense to rebuild, repair and restore its Demised Premises, including, but not
limited to its signs, fixtures, and equipment.  See also section 29.7 of the
Addendum.

    15.4  Tenant agrees that during any period of reconstruction or repair of
the Demised Premises it will continue the operation or its business within the
Demised Premises to the extent practicable.  During the period from the
occurrence of the casualty until Landlord's repairs are completed, the Minimum
Guaranteed Renatal shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and
reasonable under the circumstances, however, there shall be no abatement of
<PAGE>   12
the percentage rental.  Other charges provided for herein shall be adjusted to
the fraction of which the area of the Premises is the numerator and the area of
the Shopping Center is the denominator from the occurrence of the casualty
until Landlord's repairs are completed.

Article XVI.  Eminent Domain.  16.1  If more than twenty percent (20%) of the
floor area of the Demised Premises should be taken for any public or
quasi-public use under any governmental law, ordinance or regulation or by
right of eminent domain or by private purchase in lieu thereof, this lease
shall terminate and the rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of
this lease, effective on the date physical possession is taken by the
condemning authority.

    16.2  If less than twenty percent (20%) of the floor are of the Demised
Premises should be taken as aforesaid, this lease shall not terminate; however,
the Minimum Guaranteed Rental payable hereunder during the unexpired portion of
this lease shall be reduced in proportion to the area taken, effective on the
date physical possession is taken by the condemning authority.  Percentage
Renatl shall be adjusted to reflect such change in the Minimum Guaranteed
Rental.  Following such partial taking, Landlord shall make all necessary
repairs or alterations necessary to make the Demised Premises an architectural
whole.

    16.3  If any part of the Common Area shall be taken as aforesaid, this
lease shall not terminate, nor shall the rental payable hereunder be reduced,
except that either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this lease if the area of
the Common Area remaining following such taking plus any additional parking are
provided by Landlord in reasonable proximity to the Shopping Center shall be
less than seventy percent (70%) of the area of the Common Area immediately
prior to the taking.  Any election to terminate this lease in accordance with
this provision shall be evidenced by written notice of termination delivered to
the other party within thirty days after the date physical possession is taken
by the condemning authority.

    16.4  All compensation awarded for any taking (or the proceeds of private
sale in lieu thereof) of the Demised Premise or Common Area shall be the
property of Landlord and Tenant hereby assigns its interest in any such award
to Landlord; provided, however, Landlord shall have no interest in any award
made to Tenant for loss of business or for the taking of tenant's fixtures and
other property if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant.

    Article XVII.  Assignment and Subletting.  17.1  Tenant shall not assign or
in any manner transfer this lease or any estate or interest therein, or sublet
the Demised Premises or any part thereof, or grant any license, concession or
other right to occupy any portion of the Demised Premises without the prior
written consent of Landlord.  Consent by Landlord to one or more assignments of
sublettings shall not operate as a waiver of Landlord's rights as to any
subsequent assignments and sublettings.  Notwithstanding any assignment or
subletting, Tenant and any guarantor of Tenant's obligations under this lease
shall at all times remain fully responsible and liable for the payment of the
rental herein specified and for compliance with all of its other obligations
under this lease.  See also Section 29.8 of the Addendum.
<PAGE>   13
    17.2  In the event of the transfer and assignment by Landlord or its
interest in this lease and in the building containing the Demised Premises to a
person expressly assuming Landlord's obligations under this lease, Landlord
shall thereby be released from any further obligations hereunder, and Tenant
agrees to look solely to such successor in interest of the Landlord for
performance of such obligations.  Any security given by Tenant to secure
performance of Tenant's obligations hereunder may be assigned and transferred
by Landlord to such successor in interest, and Landlord shall thereby be
discharged of any further obligation relating thereto.

    17.3  Tenant shall not mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber its interest
in this lease or in the Demised Premises.

    Article XVIII.  Property Taxes.  18.1  Tenant shall be liable for all taxes
levied against personal property and trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the
Demised Premises.  If any such taxes are levied against Landlord or Landlord's
property and if Landlord elects to pay the same or if the assessed value of
Landlord's property is increased by inclusion of personal property and trade
fixtures placed by Tenant in the Demised Premises and Landlord elects to pay
the taxes based on such increase, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand that
part of such taxes for which Tenant is primarily liable hereunder.

    18.2  Tenant agrees to pay its proportionate share of all taxes,
assessments and governmental charges of any kind and nature whatsoever
(hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Taxes"), levied or assessed
against the Shopping Center.  Tenant's proportionate share of the Taxes on the
Shopping Center shall be computed by multiplying the Taxes by a fraction, the
numerator of which shall be the number of square feet of floor space in the
Demised Premises and the denominator of which shall be the number of square
feet of all [stores] in the Shopping Center.  See also Section 29.9 of the
Addendum.

    18.3  If Tenant should fail to pay any taxes, assessments, or governmental
charges required to be paid by Tenant hereunder, in addition to any other
remedies provided herein, Landlord may, if it so elects, pay such taxes,
assessments, and governmental charges.  Any sums so paid by Landlord shall be
deemed to be so much additional rental owing by Tenant to Landlord and due and
payable up on demand as additional rental plus interest at the rate of ten
percent (10%) per annum from the date of payment by Landlord until repaid by
Tenant.

    18.4  (a)  If at any time during the term of this lease, the present method
of taxation shall be changed so that in lieu of the whole or any part of any
taxes, assessments, levies or charges levied, assessed or imposed on real
estate and the improvements thereon, there shall be levied, assessed or imposed
on Landlord a capital levy or other tax directly on the rents received
therefrom and/or a franchise tax, assessment, levy or charge measured by or
based, in whole or in part, upon such rents or the present or any future
building or buildings on the Shopping Center, then all such taxes, assessments,
levies or charges, or the part thereof so measured or based, shall be deemed to
be included within the term "Taxes" for the purposes hereof.
<PAGE>   14
         (b) Tenant may, alone or along with any other tenants of said
building, at its or their sole cost and expense, in its or their own name(s)
and/or in the name of Landlord, dispute and contest any "Taxes" by appropriate
proceeding diligently conducted in good faith, but only after Tenant and all
other tenants, if any joining with Tenant in such contest have deposited with
Landlord the amount so contested and unpaid, or their proportionate shares
thereof as the case may be, which shall be held by Landlord without obligation
for interest until the termination of the proceedings, at which time the
amount(s) deposited shall be applied by Landlord toward the payment of the
items held valid (plus any court costs, interest, penalties and other
liabilities associated with the proceedings), and Tenant's share of any excess
shall ber returned to Tenant.  Tenant further agrees to pay to Landlord upon
demand Tenant's share (as among all tenants who participated in the contest) of
all court costs, interest, penalties and other liabilities relating to such
proceedings.  Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless the
Landlord from and against any cost, damage or expense (including attorneys'
fees) in connection with any such proceedings.

         (c) Any payment to be made pursuant to this Article XVIII with respect
to the real estate tax year in which this lease commences or terminates shall
bear the same ratio to the payment which would be required to be made for the
full tax year as that part of such, tax year covered by the term of this lease
bears to a full tax year.

    Article XIX.  Default by Tenant and Remedies.  19.1  The following events
shall be deemed to be events of default by Tenant under this lease:

         (1) Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of rental or any other
expense demanded by Landlord as herein provided and such failure shall continue
for a period of ten days.

         (2) Tenant shall fail to comply with any term provision or covenant of
this lease, other than the payment of rental or expenses demanded by Landlord
and shall not cure such failure within 30 days after written notice thereof to
Tenant.

         (3) Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations under this lease
shall become insolvent, or shall make a transfer in fraud of creditors, or
shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

         (4) Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations under this lease
shall file a petition under any section or chapter of the National Bankruptcy
Act, as amended, or under any similar law or statute of the United States of
any State thereof; or Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations under
this lease shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent in proceedings filed against
Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations under this lease.

         (5) A receiver or Trustee shall be appointed for all Demised Premises
or for all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor of
Tenant's obligations under this lease.

         (6) Tenant shall desert or vacate any substantial portion of the 
Demised Premises.

         (7) Tenant shall do or permit to be done anything which creates a lien
upon the Demised Premises which is not bonded within 30 days.

         (8) The Business operated by Tenant shall be closed for failure to pay
any State sales tax as required or for any other reason within the control of
Tenant, except Tenant may close for hours not required by Section 7.
<PAGE>   15
Upon the occurrence of any such events of default, Landlord shall have the
option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice
or demand whatsoever:

         A.  Terminate this lease in which event Tenant shall immediately
surrender the Demised Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so,
Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which he may have for
possession or arrearages in rental, enter upon and take possession of the
Demised Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be
occupying said premises or any part thereof, using reasonable force if
necessary, without being liable for prosecution or any claim of damages
therefor.

         B.  Enter upon and take possession of the Demised Premises and expel
or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying said premises or any
part thereof, using reasonable force if necessary, without being liable for
peosecution or any claim for damages therfor with or without having terminated
the lease.

         C.  Enter upon the Demised Premises using reasonable force if
necessary without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages
therefor, and do whatever Tenant is obligated to do under the terms of this
lease, and Tenant agrees to reimbuse Landlord on demand for any expenses which
Landlord may incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant's obligations under
this lease, and Tenant futher agrees that landlord shall not be liable for any
damages resulting to the Tenant from such action.

         D.  Alter all locks and other security devices at the Demised Premises
without terminating this lease.  See also Section 29.10 of the Addendum.

    19.2  Exercise by Landlord or any one or more remedies hereunder granted or
otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the
Demised Premises by Tenant, whether by agreement or by operation of law, it
being understood that such surrender can be effected only by the written
agreement of Landlord and Tenant.  No such alteration of locks or other
security devices and no removal or other exercise of dominion by Landlord over
the property of Tenant or others at the Demised Premises shall be deemed
unauthorized or constitute a conversion, Tenant hereby consenting, after any
event of default, to the aforesaid exercise of dominion over Tenant's property
within the Demised Premises.  All claims for damages by reason of such re-entry
and/or repossession and/or alteration of locks or other security devices are
hereby waived, as are all claims for damages by reason of any distress warrant,
forcible detainer proceedings, sequestration proceedings or other legal
process.  Tenant agrees that any re-entry by Landlord may be pursuant to
judgment obtained in forcible detainer proceedings or other legal proceedings
or without the necessity for any legal proceedings, as Landlord may elect, and
Landlord shall not be liable in trespass or otherwise.

    19.3  In the event Landlord elects to terminate the lease by reason of an
event of default, then notwithstanding such termination, Tenant shall be liable
for and shall pay to Landlord, at the address specified for notice to Landlord
herein the sum of all rental and other indebtedness accrued to date of such
termination, plus, as damages, an amount equal to the difference between (1)
the then present value of the total rental (minimum guaranteed and percentage,
computed as stated below) plus Tenant's Common Area Maintenance Charge,
Insurance Escrow Payment and Tax Escrow Payment hereunder for the remaining
portion of the lease term (had such term not been terminated by Landlord prior
to the date of expiration
<PAGE>   16
stated in Article (1), and (2) the then present value of the then fair rental
value of the Demised Premises for such period.  The then present value in (1)
and (2) of this Section 19.3 shall be determined by discounting at the rate of
9%.

    19.4  In the event that Landlord elects to repossess the Demised Premises
without terminating the lease, then Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay to
Landlord at the address specified for notice to Landlord herein all rental and
other indebtedness accrued to the date of such repossesseion, plus rental
required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord during the remainder of the lease
term until the date of expiration of the term as stated in Article I diminished
by any net sums thereafter received by Landlord through reletting the Demised
Premises during said period (after deducting expenses incurred by Landlord as
provided in Article XIX, Section 19.5 hereof).  In no event shall Tenant be
entitled to any excess of any rental obtained by reletting over and above the
rental herein reserved.  Actions to collect amounts due by Tenant to Landlord
as provided in this Article XIX, Section 19.5 may be brought from time to time,
on one or more occasions, without the necessity of Landlord's waiting until
expiration of the lease term.

    19.5  In case of any event of default or breach by Tenant, Tenant shall
also be liable for and shall pay to Landlord, at the address specified for
notice to Landlord herein, in addition to any sum provided to be paid above,
brokers' fees incurred by Landlord in connection with reletting the whole or
any part of the Demised Premises; the costs of removing and storing Tenant's or
other occupant's property; the costs of repairing, altering, remodeling or
otherwise putting the Demised Premises into condition acceptable to a new
tenant or tenants, and any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in
enforcing or defending Landlord's rights and/or remedies including reasonable
attorneys' fees.

    19.6  (Ommitted)

    19.7  If Tenant should fail to make any payment or cure any default
hereunder within the time herein permitted, Landlord, without being under any
obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may make such
payment and/or remedy such other default for the account of Tenant (and enter
the Demised Premises for such purpose), and thereupon Tenant shall be obligated
to, and hereby agrees, to pay Landlord, upon demand, all costs, expenses and
disbursements (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by Landlord in
taking such remedial action.

    19.8  Upon receipt from Tenant of the sum stated in Article I, Section
1.1(o) above, such sum shall be held by Landlord without interest as security
for the performance by Tenant of Tenant's covenants and obligations under this
lease, it being expressly understood that such deposit is not an advance
payment of rental or a measure of Landlord's damages in case of default by
Tenant.  Said deposit shall be held by Landlord without payment of interest, as
security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants
and conditions of this lease by said Tenant to be kept and performed during the
term hereof.  If at any time during the term of this lease any of the rental
herein reserved shall be overdue and unpaid, or any other sum payable by Tenant
to Landlord hereunder shall be overdue and unpaid then
<PAGE>   17
Landlord may, at the option of the Landlord (but Landlord shall not be required
to) appropriate and apply any portion of said deposit to the payment of any
such overdue rental or other sum.  In the event of the failure of Tenant to
keep and perform any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease to be
kept and performed by Tenant, then the Landlord at its option may appropriate
and apply the security deposit, or so much thereof as may be necessary, to
compensate the Landlord for loss or damage sustained or suffered by Landlord
due to such breach on the part of Tenant.  Should the security deposit, or any
portion thereor be appropriated and applied by Landlord for the payment of
overdue rental or other sum due and payable to Landlord by Tenant hereunder,
then Tenant shall, upon the written demand of Landlord, forthwith remit to
Landlord a sufficient amount in cash to restore the security deposit to the
original sum deposited, and Tenant's failure to do so within five days after
receipt of such demand shall constitute a default under this lease.  Should
Tenant comply with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease and
promptly pay all of the rental herein provided for as it falls due, and all
other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, the security deposit shall
be returned in full to Tenant at the end of the term of this lease, or upon the
earlier termination of this lease.

    19.9  In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant shall have a right to
any action in law or in equity except that Tenant shall have no right to
terminate this Lease.  Tenant hereby waives the benefit of any laws granting it
a lien upon the property of the Landlord and/or upon rent dur Landlord, but
prior to any such action Tenant will give Landlord written notice specifying
such default with particularity, and Landlord shall thereupon have thirty days
in which to cure any such default.  Unless and until Landlord fails to so cure
any default after such notice.  Tenant shall not have any remedy or cause of
action by reason thereof.  All obligations of Landlord hereunder will be
construed as covenants, not conditions; and all such obligations will be
binding upon Landlord only during the period of its possession of the Shopping
Center and not hereafter.

The term "Landlord" shall mean only the owner, for the time being of the
Shopping Center, and in the event of transfer by such owner of its interest in
the Shopping Center, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from
all covenants and obligations of the Landlord thereafter accruing, but such
covenants and obligations shall be binding during the lease term upon each new
owner for the duration of such owner's ownership.

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, Landlord shall not have any
personal liability hereunder.  In the event of any breach or default by
Landlord in any term or provision of this lease.  Tenant agrees to look solely
to the equity or interest then owned by Landlord in the land and improvements
which constitute the Shopping Center; however, in no event, shall any
deficiency judgment or any money judgment of any kind be sought or obtained
against any party Landlord.

    19.10  For the purpose of computing the amount of Tenant's liability under
this Article XIX for Percentage Rental after default, the periodic Percentage
Rental for which Tenant shall be liable after termination of Tenant's right to
possession shall be the total of all of the amounts Tenant was obligated to pay
as Percentage Rental during the entire period before
<PAGE>   18
such termination divided by the number of Percentage Rental payment periods in
such entire time, Tenant will also pay a pro rata part of such periodic
Percentage Rental based upon the length of time between the previous payment of
Percentage Rental and the date of termination; and upon such termination Tenant
will be obligated to submit to Landlord a statement accurately showing Gross
Sales made since submission of its last previous statement together with such
additional supporting financial records as Landlord may require.  The
provisions of this Article XIX, Section 19.10 relating to Percentage Rental, if
any, payable by Tenant hereunder are included solely for the purpose of
providing for the payment of rental in excess of the Minimum Guaranteed Rental,
and providing for a method whereby such additional rental is to be measured,
ascertained and paid, and shall be cumulative with and not in limitation of all
other remedies provided for Landlord herein.

    19.11  In the event that Landlord shall have taken possession of the
Demised Premises pursuant to the authority herein granted, then Landlord shall
have the right to keep in place and use all of the furniture, fixtures and
equipment of the Demised Premises, including that which is owned by or leased
to Tenant at all times prior to any foreclosure thereon by Landlord or
repossession thereof by a lessor thereof or third party having a lien thereon.
Landlord shall also have the right to remove from the Demised Premises (without
the necessity of obtaining a distress warrant, writ of sequestration or other
legal process) all or any portion of such furniture, fixtures, equipment and
other property located thereon and place same in storage at any premises within
the County in which the Demised Premises is located; and in such event, Tenant
shall be liable to Landlord for costs incurred by Landlord in connection with
such removal and storage and shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from
all loss, damage, cost, expanse and liability in connection with such removal
and storage.  Landlord shall also have thr right to relinquish possession of
all or any portion of such furniture, fixtures, equipment and other property to
any person ("Claimant") claiming to be entitled to possession thereof who
presents to Landlord a copy of any instrument represented to Landlord by
Claimant to have been executed by Tenant (or any predecessor of Tenant)
granting Claimant the right under various circumstances to take possession of
such furniture, fixtures, equipment or other property, and Tenant agrees to
indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all cost, expense, loss, damage and
liability incident to Landlord's relinquishment of possession of all or any
portion of such furniture, fixtures, equipment or other property to Claimant.
The rights of Landlord herein stated shall be in addition to any and all other
rights which Landlord has or may hereafter have at law or in equity; and Tenant
stipulates and agrees that the rights herein granted Landlord are commercially
reasonable.

    Article XX.  Landlord's Lien.  20.1  TO SECURE THE PAYMENT OF ALL RENTAL
AND OTHER SUMS OF MONEY DUE AND TO BECOME DUE HEREUNDER AND THE FAITHFUL
PERFORMANCE OF THIS LEASE BY TENANT, TENANT HEREBY GIVES TO LANDLORD AN EXPRESS
FIRST AND PRIOR CONTRACT LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST ON ALL PROPERTY (INCLUDING
FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, CHATTELS AND MERCHANDISE) WHICH MAY BE PLACED IN THE
DEMISED PREMISES, AND ALSO UPON ALL PROCEEDS OF ANY INSURANCE WHICH MAY ACCRUE
TO TENANT BY REASON OF DESTRUCTION OF OR DAMAGE TO ANY SUCH PROPERTY, SUCH
PROPERTY SHALL NOT BE REMOVED THEREFROM
<PAGE>   19
WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF LANDLORD UNTIL ALL ARREARAGES IN RENTAL AND
OTHER SUMS OF MONEY THEN DUE TO LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL FIRST HAVE BEEN PAID.
ALL EXEMPTION LAWS ARE HEREBY WAIVED IN FAVOR OF SAID LIEN AND SECURITY
INTEREST.  THIS LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST IS GIVEN IN ADDITION TO THE
LANDLORD'S STATUTORY LIEN AND SHALL BE CUMULATIVE THERETO.  UPON THE OCCURRENCE
OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT, THIS LIEN MAY BE FORECLOSED WITH OR WITHOUT COURT
PROCEEDINGS BY PUBLIC OR PRIVATE SALE, PROVIDED LANDLORD GIVES TENANT AT LEAST
FIFTEEN DAYS NOTICE OF THE TIME AND PLACE OF SAID SALE, AND LANDLORD SHALL HAVE
THE RIGHT TO BECOME THE PURCHASER, UPON BEING THE HIGHEST BIDDER  AT SUCH SALE.
CONTEMPORANEOUS WITH THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE (AND IF REQUESTED HEREAFTER BY
LANDLORD), TENANT SHALL EXECUTE AND DELIVER TO LANDLORD UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE
FINANCING STATEMENTS IN SUFFICIENT FORM SO THAT WHEN PROPERLY FILED, THE
SECURITY INTEREST HEREBY GIVEN SHALL THEREUPON BE PERFECTED.  IF REQUESTED
HEREAFTER BY LANDLORD TENANT SHALL ALSO EXECUTE AND DELIVER TO LANDLORD UNIFORM
COMMERCIAL CODE FINANCING STATEMENT CHANGE INSTRUMENTS IN SUFFICIENT FORM TO
REFLECT ANY PROPER AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION IN OR EXTENSION OF THE AFORESAID
CONTRACT LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST HEREBY GRANTED.  LANDLORD SHALL IN ADDITION
TO ALL OF ITS RIGHTS HEREUNDER, ALSO HAVE ALL OF THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF A
SECURED PARTY UNDER THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE AS ADOPTED IN THE STATE IN
WHICH THE DEMISED PREMISES IS LOCATED.  See also Section 29.11 of the Addendum.

Article XXI.  Holding Over.  21.1  In the event Tenant remains in possession of
the Demised Premises after the expiration of this lease and without the
execution of a new lease, it shall be deemed to be occupying said premises as a
tenant from month to month at a rental equal to the rents (including any
Percentage Rental) herein provided plus fifteen percent (15%) of such amount
and otherwise subject to all the conditions, provisions and obligations of this
lease insofar as the same are applicable to a month to month tenancy.

    Article XXII.  Subordination.  22.1  Tenant accepts this lease subject and
subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust or other lien presently existing or
hereafter created upon the Demised Premises or the Shopping Center, and to any
renewal and extensions thereof, but Tenant agrees that any such mortgage shall
have the right at any time to subordinate such mortgage, deed of trust or other
lien to this lease.  Landlord is hereby irrevocably vested with full power and
authority to subordinate this lease to any mortgage, deed of trust or other
lien hereafter placed upon the Demised Premises or the Shopping Center, and
Tenant agrees upon demand to execute such further instruments subordinating
this lease as Landlord may request, so long as Tenant is assured that its
possession of the Demised Premises will be disturbed so long as no event of
default has occurred.
<PAGE>   20
    Article XXIII.  Merchants' Association.  23.1  In the event that Landlord
shall organize a merchants' association composed of tenants in the Shopping
Center, Tenant agrees that it will join, actively participate, and maintain
current membership in such association, will pay such dues and assessments as
may be fixed and determined from time to time by the association and will
comply with such group advertising, reasonable bylaws, rules and regulations as
may be adopted from time to time by the association.

         Article XXIV.  Notices.  24.1  Wherever any notice is required or
permitted hereunder such notice shall be in writing.  Any notice or document
required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered
whether actually received or not when deposited in the United States mail,
postage prepaid, Certified or Registered Mail, Return Receipt Requested,
addressed to the parties hereto at the respective addresses set out in Article
I, Section 1.1 above, or at such other addresses as they may have hereafter
specified by written notice.

    24.2  If and when included within the term "Landlord" as used in this
instrument here are more than one person, firm or corporation, all shall
jointly arrange among themselves for their joint execution of such notice
specifying some individual at some specific address for the receipt of notices
and payments to Landlord; if and when included within the term "Tenant" as used
in this instrument there are more than one person, firm or corporation, all
shall jointly arrange among themselves for their joint execution of such a
notice specifying some individual at some specific address for the receipt of
notices and payments to Tenant.  All parties included with terms "Landlord" and
"Tenant" respectively, shall be bound by notices and payments given in
accordance with the provisions of this Article to the same effect as if each
had received such notice or payment.

    Article XXV.  Late Charges.  25.1  In the event Tenant fails to pay
Landlord when due any installment of rental or other sum to be paid to Landlord
which may become due hereunder, Landlord will incur additional expenses in an
amount not readily ascertainable and which have not been elsewhere provided for
between Landlord and Tenant.  If Tenant should fail to pay to Landlord when due
any installment of rental or other sum to be paid hereunder, Tenant will pay
Landlord on demand a late charge of five percent (5%) thereof.  Failure to pay
such late charge upon demand therefor shall be an event of default hereunder.
Provision for such late charge shall be in addition to all other rights and
remedies available to Landlord hereunder or at law or in equity and shall not
be construed as liquidate damages or limiting Landlord's remedies in any
manner.

    Article XXVI.  Direction of Tenant's Energies.  26.1  Tenant acknowledges
that Tenant's monetary contribution to Landlord (in the form of rentals) and
Tenant's general contribution to commerce within the Shopping Center (also
important in Landlord's determination to execute this lease with Tenant) will
be substantially reduced if during the term of this lease, either Tenant or any
person, firm or corporation, directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by
or under common control with Tenant shall directly or indirectly operate,
manage, conduct or have any interest in any gourmet grocery store within
commercial proximity of the Shopping Center.  Accordingly, Tenant agrees that
during the term of this lease neither
<PAGE>   21
Tenant nor any person, firm or corporation, directly or indirectly controlling,
controlled by or under common control with Tenant (and also, in the event
Tenant is a corporation, if any officer or director thereof or shareholder
owning more than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding stock thereof, or parent,
subsidiary or related or affiliated corporation) shall directly or indirectly
operate, manage, conduct, or have any interest in any gourmet grocery store
within 2.5 miles of the Shopping Center, except that any such commercial
establishment existing at the date of this lease may continue to be operated,
managed, conducted and owned in the same manner as on the date of this lease,
provided there is no change in the size or trade name of such commercial
establishment.

    Article XXVII.  Miscellaneous.  27.1  Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed or construed by the parties hereto, nor by any third party, as creating
the relationship of principal and agent or of partnership or of joint venture
between parties hereof, if being understood and agreed that neither the method
of computation of rental, nor any other provisions contained herein, nor any
acts of the parties hereto, shall be deemed to create any relationship between
the parties hereto other than the relationship of Landlord and Tenant.
Whenever herein the singular number is used, the same shall include the plural,
and words of any gender shall include each other gender.

    27.2  The captions used herein are for convenience only and do not limit or
amplify the provisions hereof.

    27.3  One or more waivers of any covenant, term or condition of this lease
by either party shall not be construed as a waiver of a subsequent breach of
the same covenant, term or condition.  The consent or approval by either party
to or of any act by the other party requiring such consent or approval shall
not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary consent to or approval of any
subsequent similar act.

    27.4  Whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken
by Landlord, Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for and there shall be
excluded from the computation of any such period of time, any delays due to
strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, government
laws, regulations or restrictions or any other causes of any kind whatsoever
which are beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.  At any time when there is
outstanding a mortgage, deed of trust or similar security instrument covering
Landlord's interest in the Demised Premises, Tenant may not exercise any
remedies for default by Landlord hereunder unless and until the holder of the
indebtedness secured by such mortgage, deed of trust or similar security
instrument shall have received written notice of such default and a reasonable
time for during such default shall thereafter have elapsed.

    27.5  Landlord agrees that if Tenant shall perform all of the covenants and
agreements herein required to be performed by Tenant, Tenant shall, subject to
the terms of this lease, at all times during the continuance of this lease have
the peaceable and quiet enjoyment and possession of the Demised Premises.
<PAGE>   22
    27.6  This lease contains the entire agreement between the parties, and no
agreement shall be effective to change, modify or terminate this lease in whole
or in part unless such agreement is in writing and duly signed by the party
against whom enforcement of such change, modification or termination is sought.

    27.7  Tenant warrants that it has had no dealing with any broker or agent
in connection with the negotiation or execution of this lease other than
Landlord's broker, if any, in the event any agent or broker other than
Landlord's broker, if any, shall make a claim for a commission, or fee, Tenant
shall be responsible for payment thereof and hereby indemnifies and holds
Landlord harmless from such claim for commission or fees.

    27.8  Tenant agrees that it will from time to time, upon request by
Landlord, execute and deliver to Landlord within five days after demand
therefor an Estoppel Certificate in Landlord's form certifying that this lease
is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been
modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as so modified).

    27.9  The laws of the State in which the Demised Premises is located shall
govern the interpretation, validity, performance and enforcement of this lease.
If any provision of this lease should be held to be invalid or unenforceable,
the validity  and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this lease
shall not be affected thereby.

    27.10  The terms, provisions and covenants contained in this lease shall
inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their
respective heirs, successors in interest and legal representatives except as
otherwise herein expressly provided.

    27.11  (Ommitted)

    27.12.  Landlord may deliver the security deposit hereunder by Tenant to a
purchaser of Landlord's interest in the Demised Premises, in the event that
such interest be sold and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any
further liability with respect to such deposit.

    27.13  Maintenance of the air conditioning and heating equipment provided
Tenant shall be Tenant's sole responsibility throughout the entire term of this
lease. Landlord will insure heating and air conditioning are operational upon
occupancy.  See also Section 29.1 of the Addendum.

    Article XXVIII.  (Ommitted)

This Lease Agreement shall not be binding on any party unless and until
executed by all parties to it.

Dated this 1st day of May, 1992
<PAGE>   23
Landlord:  The Trustees Under the Will and of the Estate of James Campbell,
Deceased, acting in their fiduciary and not in their individual capacities.

(Document shows signatures of Roy S. Robins, Director Mainland Properties, and
Dorine J. Holsey, Senior Assistant Manager)

Tenant:  Alfalfa's Littleton, Inc., a Colorado corporation

(Document shows signatures of S.M. Hassan, President)
<PAGE>   24
(Subsequent to the above are two pages, the first of which shows OZ
Architecture Invoice Number 3220, invoicing Alfalfa's in the sum of $1714.07
for Professional Services, April 1, 1994 through April 30, 1994, and the second
of which shows an Accounts Payable Voucher authorizing the payment of the
above)
<PAGE>   25
             ADDENDUM TO STANDARD COMMERCIAL SHOPPING CENTER LEASE

THIS ADDENDUM TO STANDARD COMMERCIAL SHOPPING CENTER LEASE ("Addendum") is
attached to and made a part of that certain Standard Commercial Shopping Center
Lease dated May 1, 1992 between The Trustees Under the Will and of the Estate
of James Campbell, Deceased, acting in their fiduciary and not in their
individual capacities ("Landlord"), and Alfalfa's Littleton, Inc., a Colorado
corporation ("Tenant").  The provisions of this Addendum are incorporated into
the lease as if set forth in full in it and supersede any inconsistent
provisions of the lease.

    29.1  Amendment and Restatement.  This Lease amends and restates in its
entirety the Standard Commercial Shopping Center Lease dated May 17, 1985
between Crow-Watson #14 Ltd., a Texas limited partnership (predecessor in
interest to the Landlord) and Natural Horizons, Inc., a Colorado corporation,
now known as Tenant, as amended by the First Amendment to Standard Shopping
Center Lease dated as of September 1, 1988 (the "Prior Lease") and superseded
all inconsistent provisions of the Prior Lease.  Landlord has no liability for
any of the obligations of Crow-Watson #14 Ltd. under paragraph 29.9 of the
Prior Lease except to the extent that Landlord owns any portion of the parcel
described in that paragraph.  Subject to the preceding sentence, the parties
expressly acknowledge and agree that the provisions of section 29.9 of the
Prior Lease continue in full force and effect.

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that each of them has performed all of  its
obligations under the Prior Lease up to the date of this Lease.  Without
limiting the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Minimum Guaranteed
Rental for the months of January through April, 1992, inclusive, under the
Prior Lease was $18,666.66.  The guaranties for the Prior Lease dated May 17,
1985 by S.M. Hassan and Mark Retszloff are terminated as of the date of this
Lease, and Landlord releases and forever discharges S.M. Hassan and Mark
Retzloff and their successors and assigns from any and all liability of any
nature whatsoever relative to those guaranties immediately upon execution of
this Lease by Landlord and Tenant.

    29.2  Amendment of Section 1.1(j) - Minimum Guaranteed Rental.  The Mimimum
Guaranteed Rental as set forth in Article I, Section 1.1(j), shall be as
follows:
         (a) Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing through May 31,
1993:  $18,750.00;

         (b) Commencing June 1, 1993 and continuing through May 31, 1994:
$19,312.50;

         (c) Commencing June 1, 1994 and continuing through May 31, 1995:
$19,891.88;

         (d) Commencing June 1, 1995 and continuing through May 31, 1996:
$20,488.63;

         (e) Commencing June 1, 1996 and continuing through May 31, 1997:
$21,103.29;

         (f) Commencing June 1, 1997 and continuing through May 31, 1998:
$21,736.39;

         (g) Commencing June 1, 1998 and continuing through May 31, 1999:
$22,388.48;

         (h) Commencing June 1, 1999 and continuing through May 31, 2000:
$23,060.13;

         (i) Commencing June 1, 2000 and continuing through May 31, 2001:
$23,751.94;

         (j) Commencing June 1, 2001 and continuing through May 31, 2002:
$24,464.50;
<PAGE>   26

         (k) Commencing June 1, 2002 and continuing through May 31, 2003:
$25,198.43;

         (l) Commencing June 1, 2003 and continuing through May 31, 2004:
$25,954.39;

    29.3  Acceptance of the Demised Premises.  Landlord shall be deemed to have
delivered possession to Tenant and Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted
possession from Landlord of the Demised Premises on the Commencement Date,
AS-IS in its present condition on the Commencement Date.

    29.4  Amendment of Section 4.5.  The first sentence of Section 4.5 is
deleted in its entirety and the following sentence is inserted in its place:

    The term "Gross Sales" as used herein shall be construed to include the
    entire amount of the sales price, whether for cash or otherwise, of all
    sales, leases, rentals, licenses, or the dispositions of merchandise
    (including gift and merchandise certificates), services, and other receipts
    whatsoever of all business conducted (including, without limitation,
    interest, time price differential, finance charges, service charges,
    credit, and layaway sales) in or from the Demised Premises, including mail,
    fax, or telephone orders received or filled at the Demised Premises,
    deposits not refunded to purchasers, orders taken (although said orders may
    be filled elsewhere), sales to employees, sales through vending machines or
    other devices, and sales by any sublessee, concessionaire, or licensee or
    otherwise in the Demised Premises but specifically excluding:  sales
    undertaken as charitable benefits that are essentially offset by the
    expense thereof, reimbursements by manufacturers for the direct cost of
    in-store demonstrations conducted by those manufacturers, allowances or
    reimbursements received for the cost of advertising of specific products,
    proceeds from the sale of stamps and other U.S. Post Office products at
    cost as an accommodation to customers, and proceeds from the sale of
    flowers from an in-store, independent concession stand (except that any
    percentage of those concession proceeds paid directly by the concessionaire
    to Tenant or any affiliate of Tenant shall be specifically included in
    Gross Sales).

    29.5  Amendment of Article V.  Article V is amended by the addition of
Section 5.4, which reads as follows:

         5.4  Tenant will furnish or cause to be furnished to Landlord (a) as
    soon as practicable, and in any event within 45 days after the end of each
    fiscal quarterly period, a statement of income of Tenant and Alfalfa's,
    Inc., a Colorado corporation (the "Guarantor") with a period from the
    beginning of the current fiscal year to the end of such quarterly period
    and a consolidated balance sheet of Tenant and the Guarantor as of the end
    of each quarterly period, all in reasonable detail, which statements and
    balance sheet will be warranted by Tenant and the Guarantor to present
    fairly the financial condition of the Tenant and the Guarantor being
    reported on; and (b) a copy of any audited financial statements with
    respect to Tenant or the Guarantor (including any consolidated statements),
    including the auditor's opinion thereon, as soon as practicable after
    Tenant has them.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant
    and the Guarantor shall not be obligated to obtain any audited financial
    statements unless
<PAGE>   27
    specifically requested to do so by Landlord, and if Landlord requests
    audited financial statements and they are not otherwise available, Landlord
    will pay the cost of preparing them.

    29.6  Amendment of Section 15.2.  Section 15.2 is amended by the addition
of the following sentence at the end of the Section:

    If more than 50% of the first floor area of the Demised Premises is
    rendered untenantable by a casualty and less than two years remain on the
    lease term in effect at the time of the casualty and Landlord is unable to
    complete rebuilding and repair of the Demised Premises within 270 days of
    the date of the casualty, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by
    delivering 60 days' advance written notice of Tenant's intent to terminate
    this Lease within 60 days following the expiration of the above-referenced
    270-day period.

    29.7  Amendment to Section 15.3.  Section 15.3 is amended by the addition
of the following language at the end of the Section:

    If Landlord is unable to restore the Demised Premises (not including any
    and all improvements of any kind made by Tenant) to substantially the
    condition in which the same existed prior to the casualty due to the
    unavailability of insurance proceeds to Landlord for such restoration,
    Tenant shall have the right to terminate this lease by delivering 60 days'
    advance written notice to Landlord within 30 days following Landlord's
    written notice to Tenant of Landlord's intent not to substantially restore
    the Demised Premises (not  including any and all improvements of any kind
    made by Tenant) as described above due to the unavailability of insurance
    proceeds.  Landlord's failure to supply said written notice within 150 days
    of the occurrence of the casualty shall constitute a waiver or Landlord's
    right to limit the restoratin described above due to the unavialibility of
    insurance proceeds to Landlord.

    29.8  Amendment of Section 17.1.  Section 17.1 is amended by the addition
of the following language at the end of the Section:

    Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold its consent regarding
assignment provided the proposed assignee:

         (a) Operates a minimum of two grocery stores in the Denver
    metropolitan area immediately following this assignment.

         (b) Has a net worth of at least $250,000 after this assignment.  The
    net worth will be calculated according to generally accepted accounting
    principles as though assignee were a corporation into which Tenant had
    merged.

         (c) Demonstrates management expertise equal to or greater than Tenant.

         (d) Operates pursuant to the Use Clause contained in this lease.
<PAGE>   28
    29.9  Amendment of Section 18.2.  Section 18.2 is amended by the addition
of the following language at the end of the Section:

    Provided Tenant is not in default of this lease, Tenant shall not have to
    pay taxes on a monthly escrow basis but shall be required to pay taxes
    within 10 days following notice from Landlord but not sooner than 30 days
    prior to the date on which taxes are due and payable by Landlord.  Landlord
    agrees to furnish Tenant with a copy of a tax bill within a reasonable time
    following Tenant's request.

         29.10  Amendment of Section 19.1.  Section 19.1 is amended by the
    addition of the following language at the end of the Section:

             (9) At the end of any calendar quarter (a "default quarter"):
                 (i)   Tenant shall have a net worth of less than $250,000
    according to generally accepted accounting principles; and
                 (ii)  There are corporations (the "affiliates"):
                       (A)  Any of whose outstanding capital stock is owned or
    controlled directly or indirectly by Tenant or
                       (B)  Any of whose outstanding capital stock is directly 
    or indirectly owned or controlled by a corporation that also directly or
    indirectly owns or controls any of Tenant's capital stock or
                       (C)  That own or control directly or indirectly any of
    Tenant's outstanding capital stock; and
                 (iii) The sum of the net worths of the affiliates who are
    guarantors of this lease or otherwise liable under it, when added to
    Tenant's net worth, is less than $250,000; and
                 (iv)  Within 135 days after the end of the default quarter,
    Tenant does not furnish Landlord with a certificate of no default
    executed by Tenant's president or chief operating officer, accompanied
    by appropriate financial sstatements (which may be unaudited) demonstrating
    that no event of default under clause (i), (ii), and (iii) of this Section 
    19.1(9) then exists.

         29.11  Amendment to Section 20.1.  Section 20.1 is amended by the
    addition of the following language at the end of the Section:

         Landlord's lien will be subordinate to the interest of Tenant's banks,
         financing institutions, lessors, and any purchase money security
         interests of suppliers.  In all other respects, Section 20.1 of this
         lease is specifically and expressly republished and ratified by the
         parties hereto.

         29.12  Amendment of Section 27.11.  Section 27.11 is deleted in its
    entirety and replaced with the following language:
<PAGE>   29
             27.11  As part of the consideration of the Landlord's agreement to
         lease the Demised Premises to Tenant, Alfalfa's, Inc. ("Guarantor")
         will guaranty Tenant's performance under the lease.  Guarantor will
         execute a separate Guaranty of Lease in the form attached to this
         lease as Exhibit C.

         29.13  Amendment to Section 27.13.  Section 27.13 is amended by
    deleting the second sentence in its entirety and by adding the following
    language at the end of the Section:

         Tenant shall enter into a regularly scheduled preventive
         maintenance/service contract with a maintenance contractor for
         servicing all heating and air conditioning systems and equipment
         within the Demised Premises.  The maintenance contractor must be
         approved by Landlord.  The service contract must include all services
         suggested by the equipment manufacturer within the
         operation/maintenance manual and must become effective within 30 days
         of the date Tenant installs HVAC on the Demised Premises.  A copy of
         said contract is also to be delivered to Landlord within said 30-day
         period.  All guarantees/warranties provided with the heating and air
         conditioning system will be recognized within this program.

         29.14  Phase III Parking.  If, after the date of this lease, Landlord
    purchases the property designated on Exhibit E as "Phase III - Parcels 1
    and 2," Landlord shall not construct any improvements in the area
    designated "No Building Area" on Exhibit E, and shall make parking
    available in that area.  If Landlord does not purchase that property,
    Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to try to persuade the owner of
    that property (a) not to construct improvements in that area and (b) to
    cause parking to be made available in that area.  Tenant acknowledges
    Landlord's disclaimer of any right or power to affect that owner's conduct.

         29.15  Prohibited Business Purposes.  After the date of this lease,
    and subject to Landlord's good faith belief about the prohibitions of law
    now or hereafter in effect, (a) Landlord shall not lease space in the
    Shopping Center, and if Landlord purchases Phase II - Parcels 1 and 2
    (shown on Exhibit E), Landlord shall not lease space in Phase III - Parcels
    1 and 2, to any tenant for primary use as a specialty food store, a grocery
    store, a vitamin and supplement store, or a natural cosmetics and natural
    body care products store; and (b) Landlord shall not lease any space in
    Buildings B, B-1, C, C, or F (or Parcel 2 of Phase III if Landlord acquires
    it) to any tenant for primary use as a delicatessen or bakery.  Landlord
    and Tenant acknowledge that Landlord cannot assure Tenant that tenants of
    the Shopping Center whose leases antedate this lease will not use part or
    all of their premises for uses that are proscribed by this Section 29.15;
    however, Landlord will not permit any such use if it violates any of those
    Leases, and Landlord will not expand the permitted uses under such leases
    in violation of this prohibition.  Landlord and Tenant agree that this
    Section 29.15 prohibits Landlord from leasing space in the Shopping Center
    to any future tenants or expanding permitted uses for existing tenants for
    the primary business purpose of a specialty food store, a grocery store, a
    vitamin and supplement store (or either of them), or a natural cosmetics
    and natural body care
<PAGE>   30
    products store (or any of them), and is not to be interpreted as granting
    Tenant the exclusive right to sell certain products or product lines.  If
    Landlord does not purchase Phase III - Parcels 1 and 2, Landlord agrees to
    use reasonable efforts to try to persuade the owner of that property to
    cause prohibitions such as the ones in this paragraph to be imposed in that
    area.  Tenant acknowledges Landlord's disclaimer of any right or power to
    affect that owner's conduct.

         29.16  Prohibition of Movie Theatre and Health Club.  Landlord shall
    not construct nor lease premises to be used as a movie theatre or health
    club (in excess of 5,000 square feet) within the area designated on Exhibit
    A without Tenant's consent, which consent will not be unreasonably
    withheld.

         29.17  Loading Zone.  Subject to governmental regulation, Landlord
    shall designate as a "Loading Zone" the area designated on Exhibit A.  The
    Loading Zone may be used by Tenant and Tenant's customers to load groceries
    into motor vehicles.  Tenant shall not use the Leading Zone for any other
    purpose.  Tenant's right to use the Loading Zone shall terminate if a third
    party prevails in a legal action protesting Tenant's use of the Loading
    Zone.

         29.18  Option to Renew.

             (a) Option Period.  So long as Tenant is not in default (which is
    not cured within aplicable cure periods) under this lease, either at the
    time of exercise or at the time the extended term commences, Tenant shall
    have the option to extend the term of this lease for three additional
    periods of five years each (each an "option period") on the same terms,
    covenants, and conditions of this lease (including percentage rent), except
    that the Minimum Guaranteed Rental per month during the option period shall
    be determined pursuant to subparagraph (b), below.  Tenant whall exercise
    its option by giving Landlord written notice ("option notice") at least 180
    days but not more than 270 days prior to the expiration of the current term
    of this lease.

             (b) Option Minimum Guaranteed Rental.  The initial Minimum
    Guaranteed Rental per month for each option period shall be determined as
    follows:

                 (1) Landlord and Tenant shall have 15 days after Landlord
    receives the option notice within which to agree on the then-fair market
    rental value of the Demised Premises as definced in subparagraph (b)(3),
    below, for the first year of each option period.  The Minimum Guaranteed
    Rental per month shall increase by 3% compounded each year of the option
    period.  If Landlord and Tenant agree on the initial Minimum Guaranteed
    Rental per month for the option period within 15 days, they will amend this
    lease by stating the initial Minimum Guaranteed Rental per month for the
    option period.

                 (2) If they are unable to agree on the initial Minimum
    Guaranteed Rental per month for the option period within 15 days, then the
    initial Minimum Guaranteed Rental
<PAGE>   31
    per month for the option period shall be the then-fair market rental value
    of the Demised Premises, as determined in accordance with subparagraph
    (b)(3), (b)(4), and (b)(5) below.

                 (3) The "then-fair market rental value of the Demised
    Premises" means what a landlord under no compulsion to lease the Demised
    Premises and a tenant under no compulsion to lease the Demised Premises
    would determine as rents for the option period, as of the commencement of
    the option period, taking into consideration the uses permitted under this
    lease, the quality, size, design, and location of the Demised Premises, and
    the rent for comparable buildings located in the vicinity of the Denver,
    Colorado, metropolitan area.  The then-fair market rental value of the
    Demised Premises and the Minimum Guaranteed Rental per month in the option
    period shall not be less than that provided during the last year of the
    previous term.

                 (4) Within seven days after the expiration of the 15-day
    period set forth in subparagraph (b)(2), above, Landlord and Tenant shall
    each appoint a real estate appraiser with at least five years' full-time
    commercial appraisal experience in the area in which the Demised Premises
    are located to appraise the then-fair market rental value of the Demised
    Premises.  If either Landlord or Tenant does not appoint an appraiser
    within ten days after the other has given notice of the name of its
    appraiser, the single appraiser appointed has given notice of the name of
    its appriaser, the single appraiser appointed shall be the sole appraiser
    and shall set the then-fair market rental value of the Demised Premises.
    If two appraisers are appointed pursuant to this paragraph, they shall meet
    promptly and attempt to set the then-fair market rental value of the
    Demised Premises.  If they are unable to agree within 30 days after the
    second appraiser has been appointed, they shall attempt to elect a third
    appraiser meeting the qualifications stated in this paragraph within ten
    days after the last day of the two appraisers are given to set the
    then-fair market rental value for the Demised Premises.  If they are unable
    to agree on the third appraiser, either Landlord or Tenant, by giving ten
    days' prior notice to the other, can apply to the then-presiding judge of
    the Arapahoe County Court for the selection of a third appraiser who meets
    the qualifications stated in this paragraph.  Landlord and Tenant shall
    bear one-half of the cost of appointing the third appraiser and of paying
    the third appraiser's fee.  The third appraiser, however selected, must be
    a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either Landlord
    or Tenant.

                 (5) Within 30 days after the selection of the third appraiser,
    a majority of the appraisers shall set the then-fair market rental value of
    the Demised Premises.  If a majority of the appraisers are unable to set
    the then-fair market rental value of the Demised Premises within 30 days
    after selection of the third appraiser, the three appraisals shall be
    averaged and the average shall be the then-fair market rental value of the
    Demised Premises.

         29.19  Refund of Security Deposit; Offset.  Landlord holds $29.625.00
    as a security deposit under the Prior Lease.  Tenant owes Landlord
    percentage rent of $24,791.34 in total for February, March, and April, 1992
    under the Prior Lease and minimum rent of $83.37 for each of the months of
    June and July, 1992 under this Lease.  Within fifteen
<PAGE>   32
    (15) days after full execution of this Lease, Landlord will refund the
    security deposit of $29,625.00 to Tenant, and Tenant will pay $24,958.08 in
    rent described above to Landlord.


    Dated this first day of May, 1992

    Landlord:  THE TRUSTEES UNDER THE WILL AND OF THE ESTATE OF JAMES CAMPBELL,
    DECEASED, acting in their fiduciary and not in their individual capacities

    (Document shows signatures of Roy S. Robins, Director Mainland Properties,
    and Dorine J. Holsey, Senior Asset Manager)

    Tenant:  ALFALFA'S LITTLETON, INC., a Colorado corporation

    (Document shows signature of S.M. Hassan, President)
<PAGE>   33
                                   EXHIBIT A

    Exhibit A shows a map view of the Proposed Site Plan for Cherry Hills
    Marketplace, similar to Exhibit E but also showing the "Loading Zone."


                                   EXHIBIT B

    Exhibit B is a legal description of Parcel Three


                                   EXHIBIT C

    Exhibit C is a Guaranty of Lease, showing Alfalfa's, Inc., a Colorado
    corporation, as Guarantor, and signed under notary seal by S.M. Hassan,
    President


                                   EXHIBIT D

    Exhibit D is the text of Cherry Hills Marketplace' Sign Criterion, 
    comprising four pages


                                   EXHIBIT E

    Exhibit E shows a map view of the Proposed Site Plan for Cherry Hills
    Marketplace, similar to Exhibit A but also showing the locations of Parcel
    1, Parcel 2 and the "No Building Area."

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.1


                           WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.
              STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF PRO FORMA NET INCOME
                         PER COMMON SHARE (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  SIX MONTHS
                                               YEAR ENDED            ENDED
                                              DECEMBER 31,          JUNE 30,
                                                  1995               1996
                                              ------------       ------------
<S>                                           <C>                <C>
Weighted average number of common
  shares outstanding                             1,309,115          1,309,115

Weighted average number of shares of
  preferred stock assumed converted to
  common stock at the time of issuance             585,541            585,541
Common and common equivalent shares
  issued during the twelve month period
  prior to the filing of the Company's
  proposed initial public offering 
  calculated using the treasury stock
  method.                                          581,416            581,416
                                              ------------       ------------
Pro forma weighted average number of 
  common shares outstanding                      2,476,072          2,476,072
                                              ============       ============

Net income                                    $    376,000       $    458,000
                                              ============       ============

Pro forma net income per common
  share (unaudited)                                   $.15               $.18
                                                      ====               ====
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1





                            WILD OATS MARKETS, INC.

                                  Subsidiaries

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALFALFA'S, INC.     ALFALFA'S ROCKY MOUNTAIN,     ALFALFA'S CANADA, INC.    ALFALFA'S NORTHWEST, INC.     ALFALFA'S SANTA FE, INC.
                                     INC.                                                                                     
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                  <C>                           <C>                       <C>                            <C>
                                                    Capers Managment 
                                                      Holdings, Inc.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Encore Resources Ltd.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
     We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our reports dated August 15, 1996, August
29, 1996, August 23, 1996 and February 9, 1996 (except for Note 2, as to which
the date is July 14, 1996) relating to the financial statements of Alfalfa's,
Inc., Kathy's Natural Foods Ranch Market, Inc., New Frontiers, Inc., and Wild
Oats Markets, Inc., respectively. We also consent to the application of our
above referenced report relating to the financial statements of Wild Oats
Markets, Inc. to the Financial Statement Schedule for the three years ended
December 30, 1995 listed under Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement when
such schedule is read in conjunction with the financial statements referred to
in our report; the audits referred to in such report also included this
schedule. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Selected
Financial and Operating Data of Wild Oats Markets, Inc.," "Selected Financial
and Operating Data of Alfalfa's, Inc." and "Experts" in such Prospectus.
However, it should be noted that Price Waterhouse LLP has not prepared or
certified such "Selected Financial and Operating Data of Wild Oats Markets,
Inc." or "Selected Financial and Operating Data of Alfalfa's, Inc."
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Boulder, Colorado
August 29, 1996

<PAGE>   1
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Wild Oats Markets, Inc.
on Form S-1 of our report dated September 6, 1995, relating to the consolidated
balance sheet of Alfalfa's Inc. and Subsidiaries as of June 25, 1995 and the
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash
flows for the years ended June 25, 1995 and June 26, 1994, appearing in the
Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Selected Financial and
Operating Data of Alfalfa's, Inc." and "Experts" in such Prospectus.


/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Denver, Colorado

August 30, 1996


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996             DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1996             JAN-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1996             DEC-31-1995
<CASH>                                           2,816                   1,150
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                      673                     378
<ALLOWANCES>                                        48                      47
<INVENTORY>                                      9,849                   7,789
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                15,985                  11,491
<PP&E>                                          22,145                  19,318
<DEPRECIATION>                                   5,473                   3,868
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  47,807                  38,376
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           15,486                  11,017
<BONDS>                                         17,342                  13,302
<COMMON>                                        18,009                  16,956
                                0                       0
                                          1                       1
<OTHER-SE>                                       4,810                 (4,210)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    47,807                  38,376
<SALES>                                         68,102                  98,517
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                68,102                  98,517
<CGS>                                           46,424                  67,449
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   66,714                  97,738
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0                       0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 578                     363
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                    810                     416
<INCOME-TAX>                                       352                      40
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                458                     376
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                       458                     376
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0                       0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0                       0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission